covid-19 – Radio Free https://www.radiofree.org Independent Media for People, Not Profits. Sat, 28 Jun 2025 14:24:44 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://www.radiofree.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/cropped-Radio-Free-Social-Icon-2-32x32.png covid-19 – Radio Free https://www.radiofree.org 32 32 141331581 Anatomy of a Wrap-Up Smear https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/28/anatomy-of-a-wrap-up-smear/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/28/anatomy-of-a-wrap-up-smear/#respond Sat, 28 Jun 2025 14:24:44 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=159493 Article in Wired magazine by “Beth Mole” Speaking at an anti-vaccine rally in 2022, Malone spread dangerous falsehoods about mRNA Covid-19 vaccines: “These genetic vaccines can damage your children. They may damage their brains, their heart, their immune system and their ability to have children in the future. Many of these damages cannot be repaired.” […]

The post Anatomy of a Wrap-Up Smear first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

Article in Wired magazine by “Beth Mole”

Speaking at an anti-vaccine rally in 2022, Malone spread dangerous falsehoods about mRNA Covid-19 vaccines: “These genetic vaccines can damage your children. They may damage their brains, their heart, their immune system and their ability to have children in the future. Many of these damages cannot be repaired.”

By the way, besides being a pro-pharma propaganda rag, Wired magazine appears to have ties with, shall we say, “the intelligence community”

Hold on to your horses there, “Beth Mole”, Tech Bro.

What do you think myocarditis is? What do you think blood clots do? What do you think the damage to the pituitary/hypothalamac/gonadal axis is? What do you think that passing a decidual clot in a pre-menopausal girl is? Do you think these are not damaging? And you got your training in Pathology and Medicine where?

This is just one of many examples currently being pushed by dead media to delegitimize the current Secretary of Health and Human Services and build the false narrative that both RFK jr and his appointees are wild-eyed crazies.

NBC news, for example, just invents quotes that I did not write concerning Measles and Measles vaccines. Measles vaccines are 60 – 80 % effective, depending on the study and context. That means that, on average, if you expose 100 people to an infectious dose of measles, 20 – 40 of them will get infected. Technically, that is what is called in the business a leaky vaccine. Measles vaccines are live attenuated, and at a low frequency will genetically revert and can cause measles, and others can be infected when this happens. The recent West Texas outbreak happened in a Mennonite community. Mennonites historically, for decades, do not generally vaccinated their children. This has nothing to do with RFK jr. It is a historic fact. An immigrant family introduced wild-type measles into that Mennonite community, and it spread like wildfire – measles virus is extremely infectious but rarely lethal. Some in the surrounding region who thought they were protected became infected. See above statistics. Two young girls died. Their medical records demonstrated that their immediate cause of death were 1) inadequately treated mycoplasma pneumonia, and 2) inadequately treated hospital acquired E coli pneumonia. Not measles.

Another example, from the “Associated Press”, states that “Malone, who runs a wellness institute and a popular blog, rose to prominence during the COVID-19 pandemic as he relayed conspiracy theories around the outbreak and the vaccines that followed.” Apparently the Associated Press is confused about the difference between myself and Dr. Peter McCullough. I do not run a “wellness institute”, whereas Peter is the CSO for The Wellness Company. The capabilities of these reporters and their editors to even factcheck their own work product appears to be…. limited.

I have previously written about the roll up smear in our book PsyWar, Enforcing the New World Order, and here is a relatively mild example of that strategy being deployed by the generally more centrist “News Nation”.

The wrap-up Smear is a deflection tactic whereby a smear is made-up and leaked to the press. The press then amplifies the smear and publishes it, which conveys legitimacy. Then another organization or author can use the press coverage of the smear as a validation to write a summary story which is the wrap-up smear.

The teaser prelude to the piece (before the break) was to frame me as one of the “Nation’s leading vaccine skeptics”. Then the opening cuts to headlines attacking the Secretary of HHS and his legitimacy. Then it transitions to the Wired magazine smear piece, and then comes the wrap-up.

Key context for this includes the following:

  1. HHS/CDC communications leadership has asked me to not engage in interviews concerning the ACIP, and to refer interview requests to designated CDC personnel.
  2. I have a booker, paid for by Skyhorse publishing, that sets up interviews to promote sales of the “PsyWar” book. News Nation went through her to book me, but did not disclose that the intention was to discuss the ACIP situation rather than the book.
  3. I get a notice from the booker yesterday that she has lined me up for a News Nation interview last night (9:30 PM). Nothing shared about the topic, which I presume is the book. I log on and am told that the interview will be all about the ACIP. An ambush wrap-up smear. At that point I have two options – tough it out and then inform the CDC press people that this happened, or cancel at the last minute. I decide to go ahead, but start by refuting the lede that I am one of the Nation’s leading vaccine skeptics, and then do what I can to defend the Secretary and the current CDC/ACIP.

I admit that this exchange was pretty unsettling, and I had a very restless night. It did not help that we left the front door cracked open and one of the dogs got sprayed by a skunk, and then came into the bedroom to lie down.

In the AM, I wrote the notifications to the CDC press personnel so that they would not be surprised. In the afternoon I received a very supportive call from a senior white house official, along with a gentle suggestion to not do any more interviews at least until next week’s ACIP meeting was over, a conclusion already reached between myself, the publisher and the booker.

Never a dull moment. Now I have to sign off because our senior Stallion (Jade) just broke out of his paddock and is busy trying to convince the mares that it is time for making whoopee, and he has to be caught and put back in against his will.

Until later, be careful out there!

The post Anatomy of a Wrap-Up Smear first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Robert Malone.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/28/anatomy-of-a-wrap-up-smear/feed/ 0 541726
Anatomy of a Wrap-Up Smear https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/28/anatomy-of-a-wrap-up-smear-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/28/anatomy-of-a-wrap-up-smear-2/#respond Sat, 28 Jun 2025 14:24:44 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=159493 Article in Wired magazine by “Beth Mole” Speaking at an anti-vaccine rally in 2022, Malone spread dangerous falsehoods about mRNA Covid-19 vaccines: “These genetic vaccines can damage your children. They may damage their brains, their heart, their immune system and their ability to have children in the future. Many of these damages cannot be repaired.” […]

The post Anatomy of a Wrap-Up Smear first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

Article in Wired magazine by “Beth Mole”

Speaking at an anti-vaccine rally in 2022, Malone spread dangerous falsehoods about mRNA Covid-19 vaccines: “These genetic vaccines can damage your children. They may damage their brains, their heart, their immune system and their ability to have children in the future. Many of these damages cannot be repaired.”

By the way, besides being a pro-pharma propaganda rag, Wired magazine appears to have ties with, shall we say, “the intelligence community”

Hold on to your horses there, “Beth Mole”, Tech Bro.

What do you think myocarditis is? What do you think blood clots do? What do you think the damage to the pituitary/hypothalamac/gonadal axis is? What do you think that passing a decidual clot in a pre-menopausal girl is? Do you think these are not damaging? And you got your training in Pathology and Medicine where?

This is just one of many examples currently being pushed by dead media to delegitimize the current Secretary of Health and Human Services and build the false narrative that both RFK jr and his appointees are wild-eyed crazies.

NBC news, for example, just invents quotes that I did not write concerning Measles and Measles vaccines. Measles vaccines are 60 – 80 % effective, depending on the study and context. That means that, on average, if you expose 100 people to an infectious dose of measles, 20 – 40 of them will get infected. Technically, that is what is called in the business a leaky vaccine. Measles vaccines are live attenuated, and at a low frequency will genetically revert and can cause measles, and others can be infected when this happens. The recent West Texas outbreak happened in a Mennonite community. Mennonites historically, for decades, do not generally vaccinated their children. This has nothing to do with RFK jr. It is a historic fact. An immigrant family introduced wild-type measles into that Mennonite community, and it spread like wildfire – measles virus is extremely infectious but rarely lethal. Some in the surrounding region who thought they were protected became infected. See above statistics. Two young girls died. Their medical records demonstrated that their immediate cause of death were 1) inadequately treated mycoplasma pneumonia, and 2) inadequately treated hospital acquired E coli pneumonia. Not measles.

Another example, from the “Associated Press”, states that “Malone, who runs a wellness institute and a popular blog, rose to prominence during the COVID-19 pandemic as he relayed conspiracy theories around the outbreak and the vaccines that followed.” Apparently the Associated Press is confused about the difference between myself and Dr. Peter McCullough. I do not run a “wellness institute”, whereas Peter is the CSO for The Wellness Company. The capabilities of these reporters and their editors to even factcheck their own work product appears to be…. limited.

I have previously written about the roll up smear in our book PsyWar, Enforcing the New World Order, and here is a relatively mild example of that strategy being deployed by the generally more centrist “News Nation”.

The wrap-up Smear is a deflection tactic whereby a smear is made-up and leaked to the press. The press then amplifies the smear and publishes it, which conveys legitimacy. Then another organization or author can use the press coverage of the smear as a validation to write a summary story which is the wrap-up smear.

The teaser prelude to the piece (before the break) was to frame me as one of the “Nation’s leading vaccine skeptics”. Then the opening cuts to headlines attacking the Secretary of HHS and his legitimacy. Then it transitions to the Wired magazine smear piece, and then comes the wrap-up.

Key context for this includes the following:

  1. HHS/CDC communications leadership has asked me to not engage in interviews concerning the ACIP, and to refer interview requests to designated CDC personnel.
  2. I have a booker, paid for by Skyhorse publishing, that sets up interviews to promote sales of the “PsyWar” book. News Nation went through her to book me, but did not disclose that the intention was to discuss the ACIP situation rather than the book.
  3. I get a notice from the booker yesterday that she has lined me up for a News Nation interview last night (9:30 PM). Nothing shared about the topic, which I presume is the book. I log on and am told that the interview will be all about the ACIP. An ambush wrap-up smear. At that point I have two options – tough it out and then inform the CDC press people that this happened, or cancel at the last minute. I decide to go ahead, but start by refuting the lede that I am one of the Nation’s leading vaccine skeptics, and then do what I can to defend the Secretary and the current CDC/ACIP.

I admit that this exchange was pretty unsettling, and I had a very restless night. It did not help that we left the front door cracked open and one of the dogs got sprayed by a skunk, and then came into the bedroom to lie down.

In the AM, I wrote the notifications to the CDC press personnel so that they would not be surprised. In the afternoon I received a very supportive call from a senior white house official, along with a gentle suggestion to not do any more interviews at least until next week’s ACIP meeting was over, a conclusion already reached between myself, the publisher and the booker.

Never a dull moment. Now I have to sign off because our senior Stallion (Jade) just broke out of his paddock and is busy trying to convince the mares that it is time for making whoopee, and he has to be caught and put back in against his will.

Until later, be careful out there!

The post Anatomy of a Wrap-Up Smear first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Robert Malone.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/28/anatomy-of-a-wrap-up-smear-2/feed/ 0 541727
Why the All the Promotions for COVID Spokespeople? https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/24/why-the-all-the-promotions-for-covid-spokespeople/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/24/why-the-all-the-promotions-for-covid-spokespeople/#respond Tue, 24 Jun 2025 14:40:09 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=159402 What special talent do the spokespeople for the COVID "pandemic" have?

The post Why the All the Promotions for COVID Spokespeople? first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

The post Why the All the Promotions for COVID Spokespeople? first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/24/why-the-all-the-promotions-for-covid-spokespeople/feed/ 0 540831
Vindication for the Unvaccinated? https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/20/vindication-for-the-unvaccinated/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/20/vindication-for-the-unvaccinated/#respond Fri, 20 Jun 2025 15:00:08 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=159214 Salvador Dali — Geopoliticus Child Watching The Birth Of The New Man At a recent family gathering, I sat at the dinner table with a group of loved ones for the first time since the COVID-19 fiasco. Most of the cheerful discussion focused on the spectacular event of the week; my mother’s 100th birthday. I […]

The post Vindication for the Unvaccinated? first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
Salvador Dali — Geopoliticus Child Watching The Birth Of The New Man

At a recent family gathering, I sat at the dinner table with a group of loved ones for the first time since the COVID-19 fiasco. Most of the cheerful discussion focused on the spectacular event of the week; my mother’s 100th birthday.

I was the only person at the table who hadn’t had any form of flu for many years, while all of the guests had been ill to one degree or another. Almost everyone had tested positive for COVID at least once over the last few years with accompanying flu symptoms. Although no one in my family was hospitalized or died during the so-called pandemic, they all had been vaccinated repeatedly. As far as I know, my wife and I were the only ones in our families who didn’t get any COVID shot and I haven’t been inoculated for anything in the last seventy years.

On this happy occasion, the fear, masks, lockdowns, and accusations of the recent past had been mostly forgotten. It was not because the signs and symptoms of the disease had ended, nor that the call for vaccination or testing had been silenced. No one understood why they were still occasionally feeling unwell, with some continuing to report they’d been diagnosed with COVID.

My view of healthcare has always been outside of the box, having practiced Traditional Chinese Medicine for many decades. I’d worked closely with medical doctors in treating some of their patients and also served as the chief medical officer of a volunteer fire department, appreciating life-saving emergency procedures of modern biomedicine. Through a range of experiences, I gained some knowledge of the causes and cures for suffering and illness.

Before the COVID fiasco, my alternative approach to illness had been respected; I’d shared my knowledge with whoever might ask. My medical perspective was no secret from friends and family. When my daughters were young, they weren’t vaccinated as there were no threats of deadly or debilitating diseases. This was in a place and time when vaccination for infants could be considered and refused; not done by rote. There was reasonable dialogue about the topic — and non-compliance certainly did not elicit threats of excommunication.

As the specter of a pandemic arose, my opinion about vaccination became dangerous and irrelevant.

From the outset, it was apparent that the claimed benefits of the new vaccines did not outweigh their risks. I openly said and wrote that the technology remained untested — though never advised anyone to refrain from inoculation — only counseling those who listened to remain fully informed.

It wasn’t complicated. Using genetic-based technology in developing a new drug that attempted to manipulate the magnificent complexity of the human immune system was at a minimum, a gamble. As easily demonstrated, this new technology embraced the bold assumption that human design was flawed and could be improved. It was premature to declare that this experimental treatment was safe and effective. We still don’t know the actual long-term effects — particularly over generations.

This simple and logical evaluation was considered preposterous by those who responded to the seemingly new disease with unbridled fear. The danger of the COVID flu was deemed sufficient to quell all reasonable responses about the risks of the vaccines. Suddenly, there was an eclipse of medical autonomy, and debate was scorned. The actions and motives of corrupted government agencies and their profit-oriented allies in Big Pharma were blessed by devious leaders, who deemed them altruistic and unquestionable.

This atmosphere, developed and enforced in a haze of authoritarian dictates, created an unprecedented climate of hostility that infected all relationships. Because of my views and unvaccinated status, I rapidly became a pariah to my family.

Early on, when the fear tactics were in high gear, my cousin, who is an attorney involved in healthcare issues, sent a blistering email, condemning one of my first articles skewering the pandemic response. He left no room for dialogue and writing, it is the height of irresponsibility to add to the disinformation that is everywhere about the COVID Vaccine. He concluded…

I am really upset that you have chosen to use your talents and thoughtful manner to give credence to the kind of wrongheaded rhetoric and conspiracy theories that feed the mass hysteria over accepting the reality that if we are to beat this pandemic, we need to not just take the vaccine if we want to, but take it on a societal level whether certain individuals want to or not. Your call for “transparency” just further feeds a certain, huge segment of the populations’ belief that they know better than the experts on this issue. They do not. You do not. I do not. But every reputable researcher and medical professional who has reviewed this data agree – it is safe, it is effective, and it is critical.

The venom exuded in response to my unwillingness to join in the mass delusion supporting vaccination was palpable. My crime was unforgivable.

Although we had been very close, all contact ended. However, it was not his unconscious, misdirected anger that troubled me, rather that he shared his views and wrath with my daughters, supporting their inclination to distance themselves from me because of my independent views. This wound with my cousin may never heal.

My mother, who had cordially disagreed with me on vaccination, balanced his bias with sound advice to her granddaughters. She urged them not to be harsh; suggesting that whatever differences they see, these were not worthy of destroying their relationship with their father. Thanks to her wise counsel, the love my daughters and I share has survived.

This and similar events had been left smoldering. In the Spring of 2025 at this happy gathering celebrating my mom’s longevity, to my surprise, the topic turned to COVID. (My cousin was not there). Conversation comprised mostly of personal accounts of suffering and confessions of a lack of understanding of why the virus persisted.

My sister said she’d attended a lecture at a local college on the history of the social response to mass infection. She described the common human responses and behaviors to past epidemics and pandemics, including how scapegoating was a dominant and destructive response.

Managing to remain quiet until all had acknowledged these horrors of the past, I spoke up, voicing a simple question; Did the recent COVID pandemic fit this pattern?

Of course, was the answer.

I innocently replied, And what group was reproached and attacked for causing the COVID pandemic?

There was a considered pause, and then everyone agreed, it was the Chinese.

With certainty I said, There were questions about whether an animal market or a lab leak was the initiating cause, but the Chinese as a culture or a nation were never blamed. Wasn’t there another group who became the scapegoats?

No one seemed to be willing to consider this inquiry, and I was pressed to say who I believed was targeted.

The vast majority of health professionals, public figures, including actors and business leaders, government medical agencies and the entire administration stood behind the President of the United States who openly declared that this was a pandemic of the unvaccinated. The press echoed this vicious attack. A majority of Americans did not object to this belligerent contrivance, but there was never any evidence that the unvaccinated had caused or exacerbated the pandemic. Wasn’t this overt and classic scapegoating?

There was dead silence at the table. I expected some defense of my assessment, but there was none. Then suddenly my brother (who had been vaccinated and had been ill a few times) spoke up loudly and emotionally, almost in tears, saying, I don’t want to hear any more about COVID — it has caused enough pain and suffering — and we should stop talking about it.

As he was trembling with emotion, I gently suggested that he leave the table and he did. His explosive declaration ended any conversation about the topic —there was no further response to my contention; I didn’t push it further.

My brother soon returned and unnecessarily apologized for his outburst. Though seemingly irrational, it was a direct response to my assertion — he had processed it as best he could. No one else had responded to my suggestion that they had participated in scapegoating the unvaccinated; he failed to recognize his ethical transgression, though at least had expressed some emotion.

It became apparent that historical atrocities are much easier to recognize than more recent iniquities. Few have admitted that ignorance, anger, and the demeaning of innocent people in response to COVID was an egregious, unfounded violation of human rights.

Those who sat with me at this table — and millions of others — have not considered the eclipse of their compassion and rationality. Few people can confess to having been manipulated into indefensible, loathsome conduct. They would have to see their similarity with those in past pandemics, who had projected blame and abused innocents for the suffering they were feeling. It takes a brave soul to admit that their emptiness and desperation caused them to display venom, disdain, and violence.

Because of the unwillingness to face the truth, the unrecognized pain and tears of those who questioned or refused mass vaccination remain unhealed, continuing a climate where repressive tactics and regimes are tolerated.

No matter how much information about the abuses of powerful forces during the pandemic, no matter how much data supports the dangers of the COVID response, no matter how much is learned about the deviant behavior of leadership and government agencies; the unvaccinated have yet to be vindicated.

Self-serving, unconscious attitudes continue to dominate; confirming human nature has not evolved since the plagues of the Dark Ages. In times of difficulty and stress — it remains more convenient and simpler to find others at fault — rather than perceive our failures.

The post Vindication for the Unvaccinated? first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by David Marks.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/20/vindication-for-the-unvaccinated/feed/ 0 540071
Daniel Ortega is No Nayib Bukele https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/12/daniel-ortega-is-no-nayib-bukele/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/12/daniel-ortega-is-no-nayib-bukele/#respond Thu, 12 Jun 2025 14:17:05 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=159010 Left Photo: Inmate in Nicaragua receives diploma (19 Digital). Right Photo: Inmates dehumanized in El Salvador (El Salvador Presidency handout/Anadolu/Getty Images) Ortega and Bukele are polar opposites: one invests in dignity and democracy, the other in mass incarceration and imperial alliances. Opposition media from both Nicaragua and El Salvador, along with the Washington Post, Amnesty […]

The post Daniel Ortega is No Nayib Bukele first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
Inmate in Nicaragua receives diploma next to Inmates dehumanized in El Salvador
Left Photo: Inmate in Nicaragua receives diploma (19 Digital). Right Photo: Inmates dehumanized in El Salvador (El Salvador Presidency handout/Anadolu/Getty Images)

Ortega and Bukele are polar opposites: one invests in dignity and democracy, the other in mass incarceration and imperial alliances.

Opposition media from both Nicaragua and El Salvador, along with the Washington Post, Amnesty International, and Human Rights Watch, all vilify Nicaraguan President Daniel Ortega by equating him with Salvadoran President Nayib Bukele. Although Ortega and Bukele are both serving consecutive terms, and a Central American polling firm reports that they enjoy high popularity among their respective populations, the two presidents actually offer a study in contrasts.

Crime and punishment

Bukele is praised for drastically reducing violence in El Salvador, but his political career is actually based on perpetuating it. First, some history. The country’s gang problem originated in the bloody US-supported war of the 1980s, including US and Israeli funding and training of death squads, that forced thousands of young men to escape forced military recruitment by fleeing to the United States. As an underclass of undocumented immigrants, and without the support of their families, many of these young men wound up in gangs on the streets of Los Angeles or in its prisons. In the mid-1990s, thousands of these gang members were deported to El Salvador, bringing violence back to a country that had just lost 75,000 lives in a brutal conflict. As Hillary Goodfriend writes, “the devastated neoliberal economic landscape proved fertile terrain for the US gang culture imported by Salvadoran youth deported from Los Angeles in the mid-1990s.” The right-wing Nationalist Republican Alliance (ARENA) governments of the postwar years responded to the gang problem with an iron fist.

Then from 2009-2019, while the former guerrillas (Frente Farabundo Martí de Liberación Nacional—FMLN) were in office, a preventive approach was attempted. Structural problems were addressed with “unprecedented increases in social spending, including critical education, health care, land, infrastructure and agricultural investment.” But these efforts were frustrated by a majority opposition legislature that limited spending on such programs, and USAID funding for a private sector approach that favored the opposition. The FMLN also made its own mistakes, including secret negotiations (along with the Catholic Church) for a gang truce, which was initially successful but politically costly once it fell apart. Still, progress was made as Salvadoran youth found more alternatives.

Nayib Bukele arrived on the national scene as the FMLN candidate for mayor of San Salvador in 2014. There has been suspicion that his political rise was based on secret deals with the gangs, and an increasing number of international media are giving details on how that worked. He is alleged to have bribed the gangs for their loyalty in that mayoral race, outbidding the ARENA candidate by a two to one margin. Bukele soon broke with the FMLN and ran against the party in the 2019 presidential election. MS-13 gang leaders are alleged to have negotiated with him prior to the vote, demanding an end to extraditions to the US, shortened sentences, and control of territory. In return they reduced the homicide rate by hiding their crimes. After Bukele’s election, the official murder rate fell, but disappearances went up. This gang also helped him get out the vote for his legislative supermajority in 2021, sometimes violently. While he colludes with the gangs in secret, the public face of Bukele’s crime policy is a return to the repression of the ARENA years.

In March 2022, Bukele instituted a state of exception which persists to this day and has led to the imprisonment of an additional 85,000 people, giving El Salvador the highest incarceration rate in the world. Several social movement leaders are among those detained without trial. Meanwhile, many Salvadorans enjoy comparative safety in the country’s streets since the gang violence is less visible and small businesses no longer have to make extortion payments. This, along with savvy manipulation of social media, has made the president extremely popular among a segment of the population, particularly voters living in the diaspora. Now Bukele has gleefully agreed to serve as an offshore jailer for Donald Trump, and seems to delight in images of dehumanized inmates in crowded cells, indicating that they will never leave. Conditions are torturous and rehabilitation is non-existent. As Alan MacLeod reports , “cruelty is the point.” And violence persists.

The photos at the top of this article show the stark contrast in attitude towards prisoners in Nicaragua vs. El Salvador. While Bukele serves cruelty and humiliation, Nicaragua’s Daniel Ortega focuses on human dignity and rehabilitation—particularly through education. A recent article tells of some 8,400 inmates enrolled in university studies, vocational programs, and completing primary and secondary schooling. Inmates are also allowed to work, if they so choose, and their earnings are sent to their families. Sentences are frequently reduced for good behavior. Reconciliation is a hallmark of the Sandinista movement, which abolished the death penalty in 1979. Corporate media stories about “political prisoners” are part of a US-funded propaganda campaign and should be viewed skeptically. This article gives information about the heinous crimes committed by those US media heroes.

In Nicaragua there is minimal gang activity, drug trafficking, and drug abuse. At 6 per 100,000 inhabitants, the country’s homicide rate has been declining since 2007 and is currently just below that of the US. This decrease is thanks to successful implementation of the kinds of social programs the FMLN attempted in El Salvador, which have engaged the youth and greatly reduced poverty. It has been a steady, long-term process that prioritizes the formerly impoverished majority; not an illusion for social media. People are empowered by creative programs that help farmers feed their families and communities, support entrepreneurs in starting a business, promote women’s health and safety, reinstate rights to Afro-descendant and Indigenous peoples, and allow Nicaraguans of all ages to get an education. These are not changes that can easily be turned back, and are the reason that Daniel Ortega keeps getting a larger and larger percentage of the vote in each election.

NGOs

The Washington Post and Amnesty International inaccurately equate El Salvador’s new Foreign Agents Law with Nicaragua’s non-profits law. The Nicaraguan law requires organizations to report payments coming from outside the country and tell how such money is spent, prohibiting the use of foreign monies for political activity. It is meant to curtail foreign interference like the 2018 coup attempt that subjected the Nicaraguan population to three months of politically-motivated terror. This article provides detailed documentation of the extensive flow of USAID regime-change money to Nicaraguan opposition and media outlets before 2022. In a shameless admission that they are still dependent on US funding, the Nicaraguan opposition took to social media at the start of the second Trump administration to decry the crisis they had fallen into because their US funding was cut . Contrary to what the Post and Amnesty would have us believe, media outlets dependent on US government funding are not “independent.” Unfortunately, USAID/NED funding for Nicaraguan opposition media operating outside the country has already been reinstated.

El Salvador has also been targeted by USAID in the past for political purposes, including during the FMLN administrations. US meddling is less likely to target Bukele, given his close alignment with the Trump administration. Criticism of the new law’s provision to charge Salvadoran charities a 30% tax on international donations does seem valid. In Nicaragua, most charitable organizations pay a 1% administrative fee on international donations, while the wealthiest charities pay up to 3%—a far cry from Bukele’s 30% tax.

Treatment of Migrants

Ortega never participated in the schemes the Trump and Biden administrations negotiated with Nicaragua’s northern neighbors to inhibit the flow of migrants; nor did he impose a ‘special fee’ on migrants in transit from Africa , as Bukele did. Nicaragua accepted direct flights from Haiti and Cuba as a humanitarian gesture to ease the crises that US intervention created in those countries. For a period, Nicaragua was a transit country for migrants looking for an inexpensive and safer route to the US that avoided the dangerous Darien Gap. It was rewarded with baseless accusations of “human trafficking” by the US Congress.

Meanwhile, Bukele zealously collaborates with Trump’s mass deportation/incarceration plan for migrants, even refusing to release a wrongfully deported Salvadoran man. Daniel Ortega has adamantly denounced this , demanded the return of the kidnapped Venezuelans held in El Salvador, and pleaded for respect for all migrants. Nicaraguan migrants who are deported home from the US are welcomed with free health check-ups, a meal, transportation to their home communities, and a small stipend to get re-settled.

Handling of the COVID-19 pandemic

El Salvador had one of the most authoritarian responses to the pandemic. The Bukele government shut down the economy,  used military repression to enforce a nationwide quarantine, declared a state of exception, and forced people into COVID detention centers, where many were infected and some died. Bukele tweeted sadistic photos of gang members crowded together like sardines in prisons—bragging about his repressive response with no regard for the danger of spreading the virus.

President Ortega did the exact opposite: the economy and schools remained open, while children continued to receive their daily lunches. The government deployed a massive public health campaign with house-to-house information visits, prepared public hospitals to treat COVID, established a hotline for contact tracing and monitoring of patients, and released some prisoners. No one was jailed or went hungry due to the pandemic; the government did not incur excessive debt; and Nicaragua achieved the highest vaccination rate in Central America.

Nicaragua had one of the lowest excess death rates from the pandemic in the world (292 per 100,000 inhabitants). UNICEF congratulated Nicaragua on its pandemic response because unlike children who faced lockdowns, Nicaraguan youngsters did not experience more health risks, poorer nutrition, decreased vaccination rates, or diminished education outcomes due to the pandemic.

Salvadoran children, unfortunately, faced all the detrimental effects of an extreme lockdown. The country’s democracy suffered, the economy shrank severely, and the government incurred tremendous debt. The excess death rate in El Salvador due to the pandemic was 364 per 100,000 inhabitants.

Israel and Palestine

Historically, Zionist collaboration with right-wing repression in Central America has included the selling of napalm to ARENA governments to use on the Salvadoran people, and aid for Nicaragua’s Somoza dictatorship and contra terrorists.  Now, despite Bukele’s Palestinian heritage, he has clearly allied with Israel. His imports of Israeli weapons and surveillance technology are growing at an alarming rate, and El Salvador is one of the most extensive users of Israel’s Pegasus spyware, reportedly deployed against dozens of Bukele’s critics.

In contrast, Sandinista Nicaragua has a long history of solidarity with the Palestinian people . Since October 7, 2023, Ortega has resolutely supported the Palestinian people’s right to peace and self-determination and the end of Israeli aggression. His was the first nation to join the South Africa suit at the International Court of Justice over Israel’s violations of the Genocide Convention. Nicaragua then filed its own suit against Germany for aiding and abetting genocide, which succeeded in reducing weapons sales to Israel and reinstating German funding to UNRWA. Nicaragua does this despite threats of increased sanctions from the US Congress and Israel.

Government social spending

Since Bukele became president, classic neoliberal policies have cut education, healthcare, and poverty reduction programs introduced by the FMLN governments before him. Schools are being closed and healthcare is increasingly unaffordable. Meanwhile, there are constant increases in spending on the military, policing, and prisons.

Social spending has been a priority for Nicaragua since President Ortega took office in 2007 and now constitutes 60% of the national budget. There have been vast improvements in health, education, nutrition, housing, drinking water, roads, and electricity. The country’s Human Development Index has surpassed El Salvador’s—remarkable since Nicaragua’s per capita GDP (an important component of that score) is half that of El Salvador. And Nicaragua ranks third lowest in the western hemisphere for military spending, even behind Costa Rica which supposedly has no army.

The many differences between the two presidents are best summarized by looking at them in historical perspective. Despite the hype, the young Bukele offers nothing new. He is perpetuating the cycle of physical and structural violence in his country, in collusion with the US government. The elder statesman Ortega, however, is helping his country break free from imperialist violence. That is something new.

  • First published at BAR.
  • The post Daniel Ortega is No Nayib Bukele first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Jill Clark-Gollub.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/12/daniel-ortega-is-no-nayib-bukele/feed/ 0 538481
    No One Is Safe Until Everyone Is: Humanity’s Missing Project https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/29/no-one-is-safe-until-everyone-is-humanitys-missing-project/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/29/no-one-is-safe-until-everyone-is-humanitys-missing-project/#respond Thu, 29 May 2025 15:00:14 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=158658 Fragmented by nationalism and distracted by power games, humanity stands at a turning point. We face global crises that threaten our survival, yet we remain without a common purpose rooted in solidarity and mutual care. This—our failure to recognize our shared fate—is the true crisis of our time. Every nation clings to its sovereign right […]

    The post No One Is Safe Until Everyone Is: Humanity’s Missing Project first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    No One Is Safe Until Everyone Is.jpeg
    Fragmented by nationalism and distracted by power games, humanity stands at a turning point. We face global crises that threaten our survival, yet we remain without a common purpose rooted in solidarity and mutual care. This—our failure to recognize our shared fate—is the true crisis of our time.
    Every nation clings to its sovereign right to act in its interest: to strike deals, close borders, and extract value from the global system. This is not new, but it is increasingly dangerous. The Global South strives to reclaim agency from centuries of domination. Africa seeks to shape its future free of outside interference. Asia is lifting millions from poverty through rapid development. Meanwhile, Western powers continue to exert dominance through sanctions, militarization, and economic coercion. Under the banner of a “multipolar world,” the global political order is recycling the same hegemonic logic, just under new names. Both sides of the political divide seem to believe that militarization and bullying are legitimate means to consolidate this fragmentation, all in the name of “security.”
    But the realities of our time demand something radically different.
    COVID-19 swept across the planet, ignoring borders, languages, and religions. Climate catastrophe looms ever closer. Unchecked corporate power fuels inequality and environmental destruction. These crises do not discriminate, and they cannot be resolved by individual nations alone.
    Everything humanity has developed—language, technology, religion, agriculture—has brought us to this moment. We are now confronted with the inescapable truth of our interdependence. We exist together on this Earth. We survive together—or not at all. We have a moral obligation to transform that oneness into a living reality.
    The tragedy is that we have no unifying project. No shared aim worthy of our human potential. Despite our vast knowledge and powerful tools, we have failed to answer the simplest question: Why are we here? This is where we must direct our energy.
    Instead, we remain trapped in short-term self-interest, both personal and national. We protect our own at the expense of others. But if we want to survive as a species—and not just as competing nations—we must reverse course. We must stop mistaking sovereignty for strength. True strength lies in solidarity.
    So what are we here for, as human beings? What could we create together if we aligned our energy with our conscience? What if the measure of sovereignty were not how fiercely we protect our borders, but how deeply we protect human dignity—everywhere?
    We possess knowledge, technology, and science beyond anything our ancestors could have imagined. To move forward, we must transcend our “ego-ism,” both personal and national, and begin to imagine another future—one where solidarity, not sovereignty, leads the way.
    If we want to survive as a species—and not just as nations—we must urgently ask the only question that matters:
    What can we build together?
    First published in Pressenza and  available in: Spanish
    The post No One Is Safe Until Everyone Is: Humanity’s Missing Project first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by David Andersson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/29/no-one-is-safe-until-everyone-is-humanitys-missing-project/feed/ 0 535475
    The Origins of SARS-CoV-2 https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/12/the-origins-of-sars-cov-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/12/the-origins-of-sars-cov-2/#respond Mon, 12 May 2025 15:00:31 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=158129 China’s government released its white paper on tracing the origins of SARS-CoV-2, wherein it stated: The US should cease from shifting blame and evading responsibility, stop finding external excuses for its internal malaise, and genuinely reflect on and overhaul its public health policies. The US cannot continue to turn a deaf ear to the numerous […]

    The post The Origins of SARS-CoV-2 first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    China’s government released its white paper on tracing the origins of SARS-CoV-2, wherein it stated:

    The US should cease from shifting blame and evading responsibility, stop finding external excuses for its internal malaise, and genuinely reflect on and overhaul its public health policies. The US cannot continue to turn a deaf ear to the numerous questions over its conduct. It must promptly respond to the legitimate concerns of the international community, proactively share with the WHO data on its early suspected cases, disclose information about Fort Detrick, its global network of biological laboratories, and the so-called research conducted therein, and provide a responsible account to the global public.

    The post The Origins of SARS-CoV-2 first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/12/the-origins-of-sars-cov-2/feed/ 0 532482
    COVID Kindergarten https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/25/covid-kindergarten/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/25/covid-kindergarten/#respond Fri, 25 Apr 2025 14:40:15 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=157740 Findings In this systematic review of 36 studies from 11 countries, school closures and social lockdown during the first COVID-19 wave were associated with adverse mental health symptoms (such as distress and anxiety) and health behaviors (such as higher screen time and lower physical activity) among children and adolescents. — Russell Viner, Simon Russell, Rosella […]

    The post COVID Kindergarten first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    Findings In this systematic review of 36 studies from 11 countries, school closures and social lockdown during the first COVID-19 wave were associated with adverse mental health symptoms (such as distress and anxiety) and health behaviors (such as higher screen time and lower physical activity) among children and adolescents.

    — Russell Viner, Simon Russell, Rosella Saulle, et al. “School Closures During Social Lockdown and Mental Health, Health Behaviors, and Well-being Among Children and Adolescents During the First COVID-19 Wave: A Systematic Review, JAMA Pediatr. 2022;176(4):400-409. doi:10.1001/jamapediatrics.2021.5840, 18 January 2022,

    The post COVID Kindergarten first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/25/covid-kindergarten/feed/ 0 529460
    Story Time https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/23/story-time/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/23/story-time/#respond Wed, 23 Apr 2025 17:30:22 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=157684 The Grimm Brothers never came up with such a tale.

    The post Story Time first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    The post Story Time first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/23/story-time/feed/ 0 528985
    No Wonder https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/19/no-wonder/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/19/no-wonder/#respond Sat, 19 Apr 2025 15:18:39 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=157591 We found all-cause death risks to be even higher for those vaccinated with one and two doses compared to the unvaccinated and that the booster doses were ineffective. We also found a slight but statistically significant loss of life expectancy for those vaccinated with 2 or 3/4 doses. — Cited from conclusion in Alessandria, M., […]

    The post No Wonder first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    We found all-cause death risks to be even higher for those vaccinated with one and two doses compared to the unvaccinated and that the booster doses were ineffective. We also found a slight but statistically significant loss of life expectancy for those vaccinated with 2 or 3/4 doses.

    — Cited from conclusion in Alessandria, M., Malatesta, G. M., Berrino, F., & Donzelli, A. (2024). A Critical Analysis of All-Cause Deaths during COVID-19 Vaccination in an Italian Province. Microorganisms, 12(7), 1343. https://doi.org/10.3390/microorganisms12071343

    The post No Wonder first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/19/no-wonder/feed/ 0 527435
    Life-Saving or Life-Taking Vaccines? https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/18/life-saving-or-life-taking-vaccines/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/18/life-saving-or-life-taking-vaccines/#respond Tue, 18 Mar 2025 14:08:34 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=156672 Denis G. Rancourt, PhD, and Joseph Hickey, PhD, “Quantitative evaluation of whether the Nobel-Prize-winning COVID-19 vaccine actually saved millions of lives,” 08 October 2023. Fantastic statements that the Nobel-Prize-winning COVID-19 vaccines saved millions (and tens of millions) of lives are based on the theoretical scenarios of Watson et al. (2022), published in The Lancet Infectious […]

    The post Life-Saving or Life-Taking Vaccines? first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    Denis G. Rancourt, PhD, and Joseph Hickey, PhD, “Quantitative evaluation of whether the Nobel-Prize-winning COVID-19 vaccine actually saved millions of lives,” 08 October 2023.

    Fantastic statements that the Nobel-Prize-winning COVID-19 vaccines saved millions (and tens of millions) of lives are based on the theoretical scenarios of Watson et al. (2022), published in The Lancet Infectious Diseases. Watson et al. (2022) theoretically inferred massive mortality reductions distributed globally, occurring solely during vaccine rollouts. We calculated the quantitative consequences of Watson et al. (2022)’s low-value (14.4 million lives saved) theoretical scenario on all-cause mortality by time (by week or by month, 2020-2022) in 95 countries. Our calculations provide graphical proof that the theoretical proposals of Watson et al. (2022) are untenable, compared to measured all-cause mortality. Therefore, the characteristics of the COVID-19 vaccines (efficacies in preventing infection or serious illness, duration of protection, waning, etc.) and of COVID-19 spread input by Watson et al. (2022) must be invalid.

    Denis G. Rancourt, PhD; Marine Baudin, PhD; Jérémie Mercier, PhD, “Probable causal association between Australia’s new regime of high all-cause mortality and its COVID-19 vaccine rollout,” 20 December 2022.

    Australia experienced a significant and sustained increase in all-cause mortality, starting with its COVID-19 vaccine rollout aimed at high-risk residents in mid-April 2021, whereas it saw no detectable excess all-cause mortality up to that point during 13 months of a pandemic that was declared by the World Health Organization (WHO) on 11 March 2020.

    The post Life-Saving or Life-Taking Vaccines? first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/18/life-saving-or-life-taking-vaccines/feed/ 0 519759
    Covid-19 Report Examined | Shane Smith Has Questions | Vice News https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/14/covid-19-report-examined-shane-smith-has-questions/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/14/covid-19-report-examined-shane-smith-has-questions/#respond Fri, 14 Feb 2025 17:00:36 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=178e94b56bde2c3186c75ab0269cfe8e
    This content originally appeared on VICE News and was authored by VICE News.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/14/covid-19-report-examined-shane-smith-has-questions/feed/ 0 513764
    Stories of Resistance: How Indigenous peoples in Brazil fought COVID-19 https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/10/stories-of-resistance-how-indigenous-peoples-in-brazil-fought-covid-19/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/10/stories-of-resistance-how-indigenous-peoples-in-brazil-fought-covid-19/#respond Mon, 10 Feb 2025 20:43:04 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=331800 Kayapó indigenous people from the Baú and Menkragnoti villages, near the city of Novo Progresso, in the south of Pará, Brazil, on August 17, 2020, block the BR-163 highway in protest against the lack of resources to combat COVID-19. Photo by Ernesto Carriço/NurPhoto via Getty Images"We have traditional medicine. We have our cure inside the forest."]]> Kayapó indigenous people from the Baú and Menkragnoti villages, near the city of Novo Progresso, in the south of Pará, Brazil, on August 17, 2020, block the BR-163 highway in protest against the lack of resources to combat COVID-19. Photo by Ernesto Carriço/NurPhoto via Getty Images

    Back to the Earth

    In the early days of COVID, when the disease spreads like wildfire 

    And ICU units overflow capacity

    There are few places as bad as Brazil

    And the Amazon is ground zero 

    A sign of just how scary it can get

    And what awaits everyone else

    Mass graves in Manaus

    Hospitals at capacity

    Oxygen running out

    Cases spiking 

    The death count rising

    Particularly among Indigenous populations

    And president Jair Bolsonaro laughs off the virus

    He tells cameras it was just a little cold

    That he is strong and won’t catch it (even though he does)

    He fights with governors

    And attacks lockdowns

    And refuses to wear masks

    And pushes unproven drugs

    And his government turns its back on Indigenous communities

    Bolsonaro’s administration pulls officials working to protect native lands

    And health workers who cared for their peoples

    And left Indigenous territories stranded, like islands in a sea of unknown and fear

    But the country’s Indigenous peoples are used to having backs turned against them.

    And they take action.

    They set up roadblocks in the entrances into their territories. 

    They test temperatures 

    And spray alcohol 

    And distribute masks

    And block unwanted visitors

    And stand tall against the disease

    Which they know can ravage their peoples

    And when COVID does spread to their lands

    Like it does everywhere

    They turn to their ancestral medicine

    Their native plants

    They share their knowledge with other neighboring tribes. 

    That’s what Indigenous leader Almerinda Ramos de Lima saw 

    in the farthest reaches of Brazil. 

    in the Upper Rio Negro, 

    near the Colombian Border.

    “They didn’t wait for exams. They didn’t wait for doctors to arrive,” she says.

    “Each community organized 

    and shared the traditional medicines that they were preparing.”

    “Where we have forests, 

    where we have plants, 

    we have traditional medicine,” she says. 

    “We have our cure inside the forest.”

    Historic Indigenous leaders still fell. 

    Chief Aritana Yawalapiti, who led his Xingu people for five decades. 

    Paulinho Paiakan, of the Kayapó.

    Artist and healer Vovó Bernaldina… from the Macuxi tribe in the Raposa Serra do Sol territory. 

    Reservoirs of knowledge and wisdom. Heartbreaking losses. 

    But their people sang. 

    And danced their tribal dances. 

    And honored their loved ones and their elders.

    And new leaders have risen. 

    Fighting to protect their lands, their communities and their way of life.

    Now and forever.

    Hi folks. thanks for listening. This is the fourth episode of Stories of Resistance. This is a new project co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. I’m your host, writer, and producer, Michael Fox. I’m a longtime journalist based in Latin America. Each week, I’ll bring you stories of resistance and hope like this. Inspiration for dark times. If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment or leave a review. 

    I’ve also just launched a Kickstarter to help get this podcast series off the ground and up and running. I’ll add a link in the show notes.

    As always, thanks for listening. I hope you like the stories. 


    This is the fourth episode of Stories of Resistance.

    Stories of Resistance is a new project, co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

    If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review.

    We’ve recently launched a Kickstarter to help get the series off the ground. You can support it by clicking here: Stories of Resistance: Inspiration for Dark Times Kickstarter

    Written and produced by Michael Fox.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/10/stories-of-resistance-how-indigenous-peoples-in-brazil-fought-covid-19/feed/ 0 518262
    5th anniversary of the COVID-19 pandemic | Radio Free Asia (RFA) https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/25/5th-anniversary-of-the-covid-19-pandemic-radio-free-asia-rfa/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/25/5th-anniversary-of-the-covid-19-pandemic-radio-free-asia-rfa/#respond Sat, 25 Jan 2025 01:32:15 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=ccb05289247845b8c8b3c42eecd73ae6
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/25/5th-anniversary-of-the-covid-19-pandemic-radio-free-asia-rfa/feed/ 0 511041
    5th anniversary of COVID-19: Lessons from a global crisis | Radio Free Asia (RFA) https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/13/5th-anniversary-of-covid-19-lessons-from-a-global-crisis-radio-free-asia-rfa/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/13/5th-anniversary-of-covid-19-lessons-from-a-global-crisis-radio-free-asia-rfa/#respond Mon, 13 Jan 2025 22:13:33 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=40292e63c1d707037e2cf7e12e91ac22
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/13/5th-anniversary-of-covid-19-lessons-from-a-global-crisis-radio-free-asia-rfa/feed/ 0 509509
    It’s been 5 years since Covid-19 changed our lives forever https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/09/its-been-5-years-since-covid-19-changed-our-lives-forever/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/09/its-been-5-years-since-covid-19-changed-our-lives-forever/#respond Thu, 09 Jan 2025 08:52:29 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=3ced37dfa9374f9f553b29f0c004d0e1
    This content originally appeared on Human Rights Watch and was authored by Human Rights Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/09/its-been-5-years-since-covid-19-changed-our-lives-forever/feed/ 0 508930
    WHO calls on China to release all data on COVID-19 origins https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/01/01/china-who-covid19-origins-data/ https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/01/01/china-who-covid19-origins-data/#respond Wed, 01 Jan 2025 17:26:32 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/01/01/china-who-covid19-origins-data/ The World Health Organization has called on China to fully release crucial data surrounding the emergence of the COVID-19 pandemic in Wuhan in 2020, although the call was dismissed by Beijing.

    Five years ago, on Dec. 31, 2019, WHO’s Country Office in China picked up a media statement by the Wuhan Municipal Health Commission on cases of “viral pneumonia” in Wuhan, China, the World Health Organization, or WHO, said in a statement commemorating the start of the pandemic.

    “In the weeks, months and years that unfolded after that, COVID-19 came to shape our lives and our world,” the United Nations health body said. “We continue to call on China to share data and access so we can understand the origins of COVID-19. This is a moral and scientific imperative.”

    The statement came after the World Health Organization (WHO) urged China to release key COVID-19 origin data from Wuhan.

    It added: “Let’s take a moment to honor the lives changed and lost, recognize those who are suffering from COVID-19 and long COVID, express gratitude to the health workers who sacrificed so much to care for us.”

    China on Tuesday dismissed calls on its government to release more data from the emergence of the pandemic, which has killed at least 7 million people worldwide, and defended its record on international collaboration.

    Peter Daszak, a member of the World Health Organization team investigating the origins of COVID-19, takes a swab sample on the balcony of a hotel in Wuhan, China, Feb. 6, 2021.
    Peter Daszak, a member of the World Health Organization team investigating the origins of COVID-19, takes a swab sample on the balcony of a hotel in Wuhan, China, Feb. 6, 2021.
    (Hector Retamal/AFP)

    “After the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic five years ago, China immediately shared epidemic information and virus gene sequences with the World Health Organization and the international community,” foreign ministry spokeswoman Mao Ning told a regular news briefing in Beijing on Tuesday.

    “On the issue of COVID-19 origin tracing, China has always adhered to the spirit of science, openness and transparency, actively supported and participated in global scientific tracing, and resolutely opposed any form of political manipulation,” Mao said, quoting WHO experts as saying that they were satisfied with the access granted during their February 2021 visit.

    Early days of COVID-19 pandemic

    When reports first began to emerge of a “mystery virus” causing pneumonia in patients in Wuhan, China said it definitely wasn’t SARS, but later said it was a SARS-like virus.

    Officials initially denied that the disease was being transmitted between people.

    Ho Pak-leung, head of the University of Hong Kong’s Centre for Infection, warned in early January 2020 that that it was highly possible that the disease was spreading from human to human, given the sheer number of cases that appeared in a short period of time.

    Human-to-human transmission was confirmed by the WHO on Jan. 19, 2020.

    RELATED STORIES

    US intel chief: Agencies ‘divided’ over COVID origins

    Pandemic citizen journalist evicted from newly leased home in Wuhan

    Whistleblowing pandemic journalist Zhang Zhan back in detention

    Officials also denied that the virus spread through the air.

    The WHO also continued to advise that the disease was spread through “respiratory droplets and contact” rather than traveling through the air like smoke. This led governments and health services around the world to emphasize hand-washing and social distancing over other preventive measures.

    The body eventually published a report in April 2024 admitting that the virus was transmitted “through the air.”

    Experts lacked full picture

    But a WHO team sent to Wuhan to investigate the origins of the coronavirus pandemic in February 2021 sent out mixed signals regarding the transparency of the probe. Investigators said China refused to hand over raw patient data on early COVID-19 cases, making it harder to figure out how the outbreak began.

    Whistleblowing doctors like Li Wenliang died of COVID-19 in the early phase of the pandemic, while those who survived were later silenced by intense political pressure.

    Citizen journalists who went to Wuhan to document the early weeks of the outbreak and the citywide lockdown that followed were eventually caught, detained and sentenced to lengthy jail terms. Even after their release, some continue to face restriction and harassment.

    Medical workers attend to COVID-19 patients in the intensive care unit of a hospital in Wuhan, China, Feb. 6, 2020.
    Medical workers attend to COVID-19 patients in the intensive care unit of a hospital in Wuhan, China, Feb. 6, 2020.
    (China Daily via Reuters)

    Rights groups said many Chinese people who spoke out against the government’s handling of the initial outbreak that eventually spread around the world had been prevented from getting anywhere near the team.

    Competing theories of origin

    Experts hired by the global health body to carry out a politically sensitive investigation of the origins of the pandemic had initially said that a leak from the lab was “extremely unlikely.” But WHO chief Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus later said the lab leak theory warranted further investigation, as experts from 13 countries criticized a lack of transparency from China.

    The U.S. intelligence community remains divided over whether COVID-19 originated from a lab in Wuhan or from natural exposure to an infected animal, and is only sure it wasn’t a deliberate bioweapon, Director of National Intelligence Avril Haines told the Senate in March 2023.

    China has continued to insist that the virus originated from outside its borders, a claim reiterated by Mao on Tuesday.

    “The international scientific community has more and more clues pointing to the global origin of the virus,” she said. “Origin tracing should also be based on a global perspective and carried out in multiple countries and regions.”

    Better public health response still needed

    Nearly five years since the first SARS-CoV-2 infections were reported, most countries have lifted public health and social measures and have moved to end their national COVID-19 emergencies, the WHO said on its official website.

    The bio-containment level 4 laboratory, called P4 (left), is seen on the campus of the Wuhan Institute of Virology in Wuhan, China, Dec. 21, 2024.
    The bio-containment level 4 laboratory, called P4 (left), is seen on the campus of the Wuhan Institute of Virology in Wuhan, China, Dec. 21, 2024.
    (Hector Retamal/AFP)

    “COVID-19 continues to circulate widely, however, presenting significant challenges to health systems worldwide,” it said, adding that “tens of thousands” of people are infected or re-infected with SARS-CoV-2 each week around the world.

    It called on governments to “sustain the public health response to COVID-19 amid ongoing illness and death and the emergence of SARS-CoV-2 variants.”

    According to the National Institutes of Health’s LitCovid website, which compiles COVID-19 research from around the world, Long COVID and sequelae — new health problems like neurological and cardiovascular disease that are caused by the virus — are among the most heavily researched and trending topics among scientists.

    Papers on the virus' links to neurodegeneration, chronic fatigue and mitochondrial damage topped the list of trending topics out of more than 440,000 articles from 8,000 scientific journals on the website on Dec. 31, 2024.

    Edited by Roseanne Gerin.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Luisetta Mudie.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/01/01/china-who-covid19-origins-data/feed/ 0 508132
    China says it has always been open about COVID-19 | Radio Free Asia (RFA) https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/31/china-says-it-has-always-been-open-about-covid-19-radio-free-asia-rfa/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/31/china-says-it-has-always-been-open-about-covid-19-radio-free-asia-rfa/#respond Tue, 31 Dec 2024 20:01:40 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=c50ee6fc6534e380e12a13082eb89cf6
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/31/china-says-it-has-always-been-open-about-covid-19-radio-free-asia-rfa/feed/ 0 508060
    China says it has always been open about COVID-19 | Radio Free Asia (RFA) https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/31/china-says-it-has-always-been-open-about-covid-19-radio-free-asia-rfa-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/31/china-says-it-has-always-been-open-about-covid-19-radio-free-asia-rfa-2/#respond Tue, 31 Dec 2024 19:40:26 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=179832f7011ea56d78208b1ab86f1028
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/31/china-says-it-has-always-been-open-about-covid-19-radio-free-asia-rfa-2/feed/ 0 508075
    NZ govt plans to make ‘heavy handed’ change to free speech rules for universities https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/21/nz-govt-plans-to-make-heavy-handed-change-to-free-speech-rules-for-universities/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/21/nz-govt-plans-to-make-heavy-handed-change-to-free-speech-rules-for-universities/#respond Sat, 21 Dec 2024 07:19:05 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=108547 By John Gerritsen, RNZ News education correspondent

    The New Zealand government coalition is tweaking university regulations to curb what it says is an increasingly “risk-averse approach” to free speech.

    The proposed changes will set clear expectations on how universities should approach freedom of speech issues.

    Each university will then have to adopt a “freedom of speech statement” consistent with the central government’s expectations.

    The changes will also prohibit tertiary institutions from adopting positions on issues that do not relate to their core functions.

    Associate Education Minister David Seymour said fostering students’ ability to debate ideas is an essential part of universities’ educational mission.

    “Despite being required by the Education Act and the Bill of Rights Act to uphold academic freedom and freedom of expression, there is a growing trend of universities deplatforming speakers and cancelling events where they might be perceived as controversial or offensive,” he said.

    “That’s why the National/ACT coalition agreement committed to introduce protections for academic freedom and freedom of speech to ensure universities perform their role as the critic and conscience of society.”

    Minister for Tertiary Education and Skills Penny Simmonds said freedom of speech was fundamental to the concept of academic freedom.

    “Universities should promote diversity of opinion and encourage students to explore new ideas and perspectives. This includes enabling them to hear from invited speakers with a range of viewpoints.”

    It is expected the changes will take effect by the end of next year, after which universities will have six months to develop a statement and get it approved.

    Te Herenga Waka-Victoria University of Wellington said the important issue of free speech had been a dominant topic throughout the year.

    It believed a policy it had come up with would align with the intent of the criteria laid out by the government today.

    However, the Greens are among critics, saying the government’s changes will add fuel to the political fires of disinformation, and put teachers and students in the firing line.

    Labour says universities should be left to make decisions on free speech themselves.

    ‘A heavy-handed approach’
    The Tertiary Education Union (TEU) said proposed rules could do more harm than good.

    They have been been welcomed by the Free Speech Union, which said academic freedom was “under threat”, but the TEU said there was no problem to solve.

    TEU president Sandra Grey said the move seemed to be aimed at ensuring people could spread disinformation on university campuses.

    “I think one of the major concerns is that you might get universities opening up the space that is for academic and rigorous debate and saying it’s okay we can have climate deniers, we can have people who believe in creationism coming into our campuses and speaking about it as though it were scientific, as though it was rigorously defendable when in fact we know some of these questions . . .  have been settled,” she said.

    Grey said academics who expressed views on campus could expect them to be debated, but that was part and parcel of working at a university and not an attack on their freedom of speech.

    “There isn’t actually a problem. I do think universities, all the staff who work there, the students, understand that they’re covered by all of their requirements for freedom of speech that other citizens are.

    “So it feels like we’ve got a heavy-handed approach from a government that apparently is anti-regulation but is now going to put in place the whole lot of requirements on a community that just doesn’t need it.”

    Some topics ‘suppressed’

    Jonathan Ayling of the Free Speech Union submits to Parliament's Economic Development, Science and Innovation select committee regarding the Fair Digital News Bargaining Bill, 15 February 2024.
    Free Speech Union chief executive Jonathan Ayling . . . some academics are afraid to express their views and there is also a problem with “compelled speech”. Image: VNP/Phil Smith/RNZ News

    Free Speech Union chief executive Jonathan Ayling said freedom of speech was under threat in universities.

    “We’ve supported academics . . .  where they feel that they have been unfairly disadvantaged simply for holding a different opinion to some of their peers. Of course, that is also an addition to the explicit calls for people to be cancelled, to be unemployed,” he said.

    Ayling said some academics were afraid to express their views and there was also a problem with “compelled speech”.

    “Forcing certain references on particularly ideological issues. There’s questions around race, gender, international conflicts, covid-19, these are all questions that we’ve found have been suppressed and also there’s the aspect of self-censorship,” he said.

    “As we have and alongside partners looked into this more and more, it seems that many people in the academy exist in a culture of fear.”

    University committed to differing viewpoints
    Te Herenga Waka-Victoria University of Wellington is committed to hearing a range of different viewpoints on its campuses, vice-chancellor Professor Nic Smith says.

    Free speech had been an important issue during 2024, and the university had arrived at a policy that covered both freedom of speech and academic freedom.

    By consulting widely, there was now a shared understanding of “foundational principles”, and its policy would be in place early in the new year.

    “We believe this policy aligns with the intent of the criteria [from the government] as we understand them. It recognises the strength of our diverse university community and affirms that this diversity makes us stronger,” Professor Smith said.

    “At the same time, it acknowledges that within any diverse community, individuals will inevitably encounter ideas they disagree with-sometimes strongly.

    “Finding value in these disagreements is something universities are very good at: listening to different points of view in the spirit of advancing understanding and learning that can ultimately help us live and work better together.”

    The university believed in hearing a range of views from staff, rather than adopting a single institutional position.

    “The only exception to this principle is on matters that directly affect our core functions as a university.”

    ‘Stoking fear and division’

    Francisco Hernandez delivers his maiden statement.
    The Green Party’s spokesperson for Tertiary Education, Francisco Hernadez . . . this new policy has nothing to do with free speech. Image: VNP/Phil Smith/RNZ News

    Green Party’s spokesperson for Tertiary Education, Francisco Hernadez, said the new policy had nothing to do with free speech.

    “This is about polluting our public discourse for political gain.”

    Universities played a critical role, providing a platform for informed and reasoned debate.

    “Our universities should be able to decide who is given a platform on their campuses, not David Seymour. These changes risk turning our universities into hostile environments unsafe for marginalised communities.

    “Misinformation, disinformation, and rhetoric that inflames hatred towards certain groups has no place in our society, let alone our universities. Freedom of speech is fundamental, but it is not a licence to harm.”

    Hernandez said universities should be trusted to ensure the balance was struck between academic freedom and a duty of care.

    “Today’s announcement has also come with a high dose of unintended irony.

    “David Seymour is speaking out of both sides of his mouth by on the one hand claiming to support freedom of speech, but on the other looking to limit the ability universities have to take stances on issues, like the war in Gaza for example.

    “This is an Orwellian attempt to limit discourse to the confines of the government’s agenda. This is about stoking fear and division for political gain.”

    Labour’s Associate Education (Tertiary) spokesperson Deborah Russell responded: “One of the core legislated functions of universities in this country is to be a critic and conscience of society. That means continuing to speak truth to power, even if those in power don’t like it.”

    “Nowhere should be a platform for hate speech. I am certain universities can make these decisions themselves.”

    ‘Expectations clarified’ – university
    The University of Auckland said in a statement the announcement of planned legislation changes would help “to clarify government expectations in this area”.

    “The university has a longstanding commitment to maintaining freedom of expression and academic freedom on our campuses, and in recent years has worked closely with [the university’s] senate and council to review, revise and consult on an updated Freedom of Expression and Academic Freedom Policy.

    “This is expected to return to senate and council for further discussion in early 2025 and will take into account the proposed new legislation.”

    The university described the nature of the work as “complex”.

    “While New Zealand universities have obligations under law to protect freedom of expression, academic freedom and their role as ‘critic and conscience of society’, as the proposed legislation appreciates, this is balanced against other important policies and codes.”

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/21/nz-govt-plans-to-make-heavy-handed-change-to-free-speech-rules-for-universities/feed/ 0 506971
    Death Wish https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/14/death-wish/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/14/death-wish/#respond Sat, 14 Dec 2024 22:19:33 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=155393

    RETRACTED: The Safety of COVID-19 Vaccinations—We Should Rethink the Policy

    The post Death Wish first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/14/death-wish/feed/ 0 506096
    Kia kaha Lebanon: NZ media only tell half your story of struggle https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/20/kia-kaha-lebanon-nz-media-only-tell-half-your-story-of-struggle/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/20/kia-kaha-lebanon-nz-media-only-tell-half-your-story-of-struggle/#respond Wed, 20 Nov 2024 23:45:31 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=107221 The United States has vetoed a UN Security Council ceasefire resolution — for the fourth time — in Israel’s war on Gaza, while Hezbollah demands a complete ceasefire and “protection of Lebanon’s sovereignty” in any deal with Israel. Amid the death and devastation, Joe Hendren reflects on his time in Lebanon and examines what the crisis means for a small country with a population size similar to Aotearoa New Zealand.

    SPECIAL REPORT: By Joe Hendren

    Since the Israeli invasion of Lebanon I can’t help but think of a friend I met in Beirut.

    He worked at the Regis Hotel, where I stayed in February 2015.

    At one point, he offered to make me a Syrian dish popular in his hometown of Aleppo. I have long remembered his kindness; I only wish I remembered his name.

    At the time, his home city was being destroyed. A flashpoint of the Syrian Civil War, the Battle of Aleppo lasted four long years. He didn’t mention this of course.

    I was lucky to visit Lebanon when I did. So much has happened since then.

    Economic crisis and a tragic port explosion
    Mass protests took over Lebanese streets in October 2019 in response to government plans to tax WhatsApp calls. The scope of the protests soon widened, as Lebanese people voiced their frustrations with ongoing economic turmoil and corruption.

    A few months later, the covid-19 pandemic arrived, deepening the economic crisis and claiming 10,000 lives.

    On 4 August 2020, the centre of Beirut was rocked by one of the largest non nuclear explosions in history when a large amount of ammonium nitrate stored at the Port of Beirut detonated. The explosion killed 218 people and left an estimated 300,000 homeless. The government of Hassin Diab resigned but continued in a “caretaker” capacity.

    Tens of thousands of protesters returned to the streets demanding accountability and the downfall of Lebanon’s political ruling class. While some protesters threw stones and other projectiles, an Al Jazeera investigation found that security forces violated international standards on the use of force. The political elite were protected.

    In 2021, The World Bank summarised the situation:

    “The Lebanon financial and economic crisis is likely to rank in the top 10, possibly top three, most severe crises episodes globally since the mid-nineteenth century. This is a conclusion of the Spring 2021 Lebanon Economic Monitor (LEM) in which the Lebanon crisis is contrasted with the most severe global crises episodes as observed by Reinhart and Rogoff (2014) over the 1857–2013 period.

    “In fact, Lebanon’s GDP plummeted from close to US$ 55 billion in 2018 to an estimated US$ 33 billion in 2020, with US$ GDP/capita falling by around 40 percent. Such a brutal and rapid contraction is usually associated with conflicts or wars.”

    The Lebanon Poverty and Equity Assessment, produced by the World Bank in 2024, found the share of individuals in Lebanon living under the poverty line more than tripled, rising from 12 percent to 44 percent. The depth and severity of poverty also increased over the decade between 2012 and 2022.

    To make matters worse, the port explosion destroyed Lebanon’s strategic wheat reserves at a time when the war in Ukraine drove significant increases in global food prices. Annual food inflation in Lebanon skyrocketed from 7.67 percent in January 2019 to a whopping 483.15 percent for the year ending in January 2022. While food inflation has since declined, it remains high, sitting just below 20 percent for the year ending September 2024. The World Bank said:

    “The sharp deterioration of the Lebanese pound, which lost 98 percent of its pre-crisis value by December 2023, propelled inflation to new heights. With imports constituting about 60 percent of the consumption basket (World Bank, 2022), the plunging currency led to triple-digit inflation which rose steeply from an annual average of 3 percent between 2011 and 2018, to 85 percent in 2019, 155 percent in 2020, and 221 percent in 2023 . . .

    “Faced with falling foreign exchange reserves, the government withdrew subsidies on medication, fuel, and wheat further fuelling rising costs of healthcare and transport (Figure 1.2). Rapid inflation acted effectively as a highly regressive tax, striking hardest at the poor and those with fixed, lira-denominated incomes.” 

    The ongoing crisis of the Lebanese economy has amplified the power of Hezbollah, a paramilitary group formed in 1982 in response to Israel’s invasion and occupation of Lebanon.

    “Hezbollah is famous for entrenching its power in an elaborate social infrastructure of Islamic welfare. The social grip of those structures and services is increased by the ongoing crisis of the Lebanese economy. When the medical service fails, desperate families turn to the Hezbollah-run health service,” says Adam Tooze

    As banks imposed capital controls, many Lebanese lost confidence in the financial system. The financial arm of Hezbollah, the al-Quad al-Hassan Association (AQAH), experienced a significant increase in clients, despite being subject to US Treasury sanctions since 2007.

    The US accuses Hezbollah of using AQAH as a front to manage its financial activities. When a 28-year-old engineer, Hassan Shoumar, was locked out of his dollar accounts in late 2019, he redirected his money into his account at AQAH: “What I care about is that when I want my money, I can get it.”

    While Hezbollah portrays itself as “the resistance”, as a member of the governing coalition in Lebanon, it also forms an influential part of the political elite. Adam Tooze gives an example of how the political elite is still looking after itself:

    “[T]he Lebanese Parliament in a grotesque act of self-dealing in January 2024 passed a budget that promised to close the budget deficit of 12.8 of GDP by raising regressive value-added tax while decreasing the progressive taxes levied on capital gains, real estate and investments.

    “For lack of reforms, the IMF [International Monetary Fund] is refusing to disburse any of the $3bn package that are allocated to Lebanon.”

    While the protest movement called for a “technocratic” government in Lebanon, the experiences of Greece and other countries facing financial difficulties suggest such governments can pose their own risks, especially when they involve unelected “experts” in prominent positions.

    One example is the political reaction to the counterproductive austerity programme imposed on Greece by the European Commission, European Central Bank and IMF in the aftermath of the 2007-2008 financial crisis. This demonstrates how the demands of international investors can conflict with the needs of the local population.

    Lebanon carries more than its fair share of refugees
    Lebanon currently hosts the largest number of refugees per capita in the world, despite its scarce resources. This began as an overflow from the Syrian conflict in 2011, with nearly 1.2 million ‘displaced’ Syrians in Lebanon registered with UNHCR by May 2015.

    When I visited Lebanon in 2015, I tried to grasp the scale of the refugee issue. In terms of population, Lebanon is comparable to New Zealand, with both countries having just over 5 million people.

    I imagined what New Zealand would be like if it attempted to host a million refugees in addition to its general population. Yet in terms of land area Lebanon is only 10,400 square kilometres — about the size of New Zealand’s Marlborough region at the top of the South Island.

    Now, imagine accommodating a population of over 5 million in such a small space, with more than a fifth of them being refugees.

    While it was encouraging to see New Zealand increase its refugee quota to 1500 places in July 2020, we could afford to do much more in the current situation. This includes creating additional visa pathways for those fleeing Gaza and Lebanon.

    On top of all that – Israeli attacks and illegal booby traps
    Since the Hamas attack on Israel on October 7, 2023, and the ongoing Israeli invasion of Gaza, Israel and Hezbollah have exchanged fire across Lebanon’s southern border.

    Israel makes much of the threat of rocket attacks on Israel from Hezbollah. However, data from US based non-profit organisation Armed Conflict Location and Event Data (ACLED) shows Israel carried out 81 percent of the 10,214 attacks between between the two parties from October 7, 2023, and September 20, 2024.

    These attacks resulted in 752 deaths in Lebanon, including 50 children. In contrast, Hezbollah’s attacks, largely centred on military targets, killed at least 33 Israelis.

    Hezbollah continues to offer an immediate ceasefire, so long as a ceasefire also applies to Gaza, but Israel has refused these terms.

    While the Israeli Defence Force (IDF) disputed these figures as an “oversimplification”, the IDF do not appear to dispute the reported number of Lebanese casualties. Hezbollah continues to offer an immediate ceasefire, so long as a ceasefire also applies to Gaza, but Israel has refused these terms.

    In a further escalation, thousands of handheld pagers and walkie-talkies used in both civilian and military contexts in Lebanon and Syria suddenly exploded on September 17 and 18.

    Israel attempted to deny responsibility, with Israeli President Isaac Herzog claiming he “rejects out of hand any connection” to the attack. However, 12 defence and intelligence officials, briefed on the attack, anonymously confirmed to The New York Times that Israel was behind the operation.

    Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu later boasted during a cabinet meeting that he had personally approved the pager attack. The New York Times described the aftermath:

    “Powered by just a few ounces of an explosive compound concealed within the devices, the blasts sent grown men flying off motorcycles and slamming into walls, according to witnesses and video footage. People out shopping fell to the ground, writhing in agony, smoke snaking from their pockets.”

    The exploding devices killed 42 people and injured more than 3500, with many victims losing one or both of their hands or eyes. At least four of the dead were children.

    Lebanese Prime Minister Najib Mikatri called the explosions “a serious violation of Lebanese sovereignty and a crime by all standards”.

    While around eight Hezbollah fighters were among the dead, most of those killed worked in administration roles and did not take part in hostilities. Under international humanitarian law targeting non-combatants is illegal.

    Additionally, the UN Protocol on Mines, Booby-Traps and Other Devices also prohibits the use of “booby-traps or other devices in the form of apparently harmless portable objects which are specifically designed and constructed to contain explosive material”. Israel is a signatory to this UN Protocol.

    Israel’s decision to turn ordinary consumer devices into illegal booby traps could backfire. While Israel frequently stresses the importance of its technology sector to its economy, who is going to buy technology associated with Israel now that the IDF have demonstrated its ability to indiscriminately weaponise consumer devices at any time?

    International industry buyers will source elsewhere. Such a “silent boycott” could give greater momentum to the call from Palestinian civil society for boycotts, divestments and economic sanctions against Israel.

    The booby trap pagers are also likely to affect the decisions of foreign airlines to service Israel on the grounds of safety. Since the war began in October 2023, the number of foreign airlines calling on Ben Gurion Airport in Israel has fallen significantly. Consequently, the cost of a round-trip ticket from the United States to Tel Aviv has risen sharply, from approximately $900 to $2500.

    Israel targets civilian infrastructure in Lebanon
    Israel has also targeted civilian organisations linked to Hezbollah, such emergency services, hospitals and medical centres operated by the Islamic Health Society (IHS). Israel claims Hezbollah is “using the IHS as a cover for terrorist activities”. This apparently includes digging people out of buildings, as search and rescue teams have also been targeted and killed.

    Israel accuses the microloan charity AQAH of funding “Hezbollah’s terror activities”, including purchasing weapons and making payments to Hezbollah fighters. On October 20, Israel attacked 30 branches of AQAH across Lebanon, drawing condemnation from both Amnesty International and the United Nations.

    Ben Saul, UN Special Rapporteur on Human Rights and Counter-terrorism maintains AQAH is not a lawful military target: “International humanitarian law does not permit attacks on the economic or financial infrastructure of an adversary, even if they indirectly sustain its military activities.”

    Where the author ate his Za’atar man’ousheh - Pigeon’s Rock, Corniche, Beiruit
    Where the author ate his Za’atar man’ousheh – Pigeon’s Rock, Corniche, Beiruit. Image: Joe Hendren

    On top of all that — an Israeli invasion
    In 1982, Israel attempted to use war to alter the political situation in Lebanon, with counterproductive results, including the creation of Hezbollah. In 2006, Hezbollah used the hilly terrain of southern Lebanon to beat Israel to a stalemate. Israel risks similar counterproductive outcomes again, at the cost of many more lives.

    Yet on 1 October 2024, Israel launched a ground invasion of Lebanon, alongside strikes on Beirut, Sidon and border villages. The IDF confirmed the action on Twitter/X, promising a “limited, localised and targeted” operation against “Hezbollah terrorist targets” in southern Lebanon. One US official noted that Israel had framed its 1982 invasion as a limited incursion, which eventually turned into an 18-year occupation.

    Israeli strikes have since expanded all over the country. According to figures provided by the Lebanese Ministry of Public Heath on November 13, Israel is responsible for the deaths of at least 3365 people in Lebanon, including 216 children and 192 health workers. More than 14,000 people have been wounded, and more than one million have been displaced from their homes.

    Since September 30, 47 Israeli troops have been killed in combat in Southern Lebanon. Around 45 civilians in northern Israel have died due to rocket fire from Lebanon.

    So, on top of an economic crisis, runaway inflation, unaffordable food, increasing poverty, the port explosion and covid-19, the Lebanese people now face a war that shows little signs of stopping.

    Analysts suggest there is little chance of a ceasefire while Israel retains its “maximalist” demands, which include a full surrender of Hezbollah and allowing Israel to continue to attack targets in southern Lebanon.

    A senior fellow at the Carnegie Middle East Center in Beirut, Mohanad Hage Ali, believes Israel is feigning diplomacy to push the blame on Hezbollah. The best chance may come alongside a ceasefire in Gaza, but Israel shows little signs of negotiating meaningfully on that front either.

    On September 26, the Lebanese Foreign Minister Abdallah BouHabib summarised the mood of the country in the wake of the pager attack:

    “[N]obody expected the war to be taken in that direction. We Lebanese—we’ve had enough war. We’ve had fifteen years of war. . . .We’d like to live without war—happily, as a tourist country, a beautiful country, good food—and we are not able to do it. And so there is a lot of depression, especially with the latest escalation.”

    In Aotearoa New Zealand, the Māori phrase “Kia kaha” means “stand strong”. If I could send a message from halfway across the world, it would be: “Kia kaha Lebanon. I look forward to the day I can visit you again, and munch on a yummy Za’atar man’ousheh while admiring the view from the beautiful Corniche Beirut.”

    Joe Hendren holds a PhD in international business from the University of Auckland. He has more than 20 years of experience as a researcher, including work in the New Zealand Parliament, for trade unions and on various research projects. This is his first article for Asia Pacific Report. His blog can be found at http://joehendren.substack.com

    Where I ate my Za’atar man’ousheh – Pigeon’s Rock, Corniche Beiruit

     


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/20/kia-kaha-lebanon-nz-media-only-tell-half-your-story-of-struggle/feed/ 0 502852
    What Kind of Pandemic? https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/08/what-kind-of-pandemic/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/08/what-kind-of-pandemic/#respond Tue, 08 Oct 2024 15:02:34 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=154065 Aren't we supposed to question everything and demand evidence?

    The post What Kind of Pandemic? first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    The post What Kind of Pandemic? first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/08/what-kind-of-pandemic/feed/ 0 496823
    On the Frontlines with Healthcare Workers Fighting COVID-19 https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/26/on-the-frontlines-with-healthcare-workers-fighting-covid-19/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/26/on-the-frontlines-with-healthcare-workers-fighting-covid-19/#respond Thu, 26 Sep 2024 16:00:41 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=5d902b96cdc6b375cee34d39fa0624a0
    This content originally appeared on VICE News and was authored by VICE News.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/26/on-the-frontlines-with-healthcare-workers-fighting-covid-19/feed/ 0 495239
    When You Suffer for Your Sanity and Struggle to Get Free https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/26/when-you-suffer-for-your-sanity-and-struggle-to-get-free/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/26/when-you-suffer-for-your-sanity-and-struggle-to-get-free/#respond Thu, 26 Sep 2024 14:47:09 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=153783 Vincent van Gogh (Netherlands), The Starry Night, 1889. In 1930, Clément Fraisse (1901–1980), a shepherd from France’s Lozère region, was confined in a nearby psychiatric hospital after he tried to burn down his parents’ farmhouse. For two years, he was held in a dark, narrow cell. Using a spoon, and later the handle of his […]

    The post When You Suffer for Your Sanity and Struggle to Get Free first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    Vincent van Gogh (Netherlands), The Starry Night, 1889.

    In 1930, Clément Fraisse (1901–1980), a shepherd from France’s Lozère region, was confined in a nearby psychiatric hospital after he tried to burn down his parents’ farmhouse. For two years, he was held in a dark, narrow cell. Using a spoon, and later the handle of his chamber pot, Fraisse carved symmetrical images into the rough, wooden walls that surrounded him. Despite the inhumane conditions in these psychiatric hospitals, Fraisse made beautiful art in the darkness of his cell. Not far from Lozère is the monastery of Saint Paul de Mausole in Saint-Rémy-de-Provence, where Vincent van Gogh had been confined four decades earlier (1889–1890) and where he completed around 150 paintings, including several important works (among them The Starry Night, 1889).

    Ex OPG, Naples (Italy), 2024.

    I was thinking about both Fraisse and Van Gogh when I visited the old Ospedale Psichiatrico Giudiziario (OPG) in Naples (Italy) in September for a festival that took place in this former criminal asylum, which once held those who had committed serious offences and were deemed to be insane. The vast building, which sits in the heart of Naples on the Monte di Sant’Eframo, was first a monastery (1573–1859), then a military barrack for the Savoy regime during Italy’s unification in 1861, and then a prison set up by the fascist regime in the 1920s. The prison was closed in 2008, and then, in 2015, occupied by a group of people who would later form the political organisation Potere al Popolo! (Power to the People!). They renamed the building Ex OPG – Je so’ pazzo, ‘ex’ meaning that the building is no longer an asylum, and Je so’ pazzo referring to the favourite song of the beloved local singer Pino Daniele (1955–2015), who died around the time the building was occupied:

    I’m crazy. I’m crazy.
    The people are waiting for me.
    ….
    I want to live at least one day as a lion.
    Je so’pazzo, je so’ pazzo.
    C’ho il popolo che mi aspetta.
    ….
    Nella vita voglio vivere almeno un giorno da leone.

    Today, the Ex OPG is home to legal and medical clinics, a gym, a theatre, and a bar. It is a place of reflection, a people’s centre that is designed to build community and confront the loneliness and precarity of capitalism. It is a rare kind of institution in our world, one in which an exhausted society is increasingly isolated and individuals, encaged in a prison house of frustrated aspirations, nonetheless hope to use their meagre tools (a spoon, the handle of a chamber pot) to carve out their dreams and to reach for the starry sky.


    Anita Rée (Germany), Self-Portrait, 1930.
    Rée (1885–1933) killed herself after the Nazis declared her work to be ‘degenerate’.

    Even the World Health Organisation (WHO) does not have sufficient data on mental health, largely because the poorer nations are unable to maintain an accurate account of their populations’ immense psychological struggles. As a result, the focus is often limited to the more affluent countries, where such data is collected by governments and where there is greater access to psychiatric care and medications. A recent survey of thirty-one countries (mostly in Europe and North America, but also including some poorer nations such as Brazil, India, and South Africa) shows a shifting attitude and increased concern about mental health. The survey found that 45% of those polled selected mental health as ‘the biggest health problems facing people in [their] country today’, a significant increase from the previous poll, conducted in 2018, in which the figure was 27%. Third in the list of health challenges is stress, with 31% selecting it as the leading cause of concern. There is a significant gender gap in attitudes towards mental health amongst young people, with 55% of young women selecting it as one of their primary health concerns, compared to 37% of young men (reflecting the fact that women are disproportionately impacted by mental health issues).

    While it is true that the COVID-19 pandemic heightened mental health problems across the world, this crisis predated the coronavirus. Information from the Global Health Data Exchange shows that in 2019 – before the pandemic – one in eight, or 970 million, people from around the world had a mental disorder, with 301 million struggling with anxiety and 280 million with depression. These numbers should be seen as an estimate, a minimum picture of the severe crisis of unhappiness and maladjustment to the current social order.

    There are range of ailments that go under the name of ‘mental disorder’, from schizophrenia to forms of depression that can result in suicidal ideation. According to the WHO’s 2022 report, one in 200 adults struggle with schizophrenia, which on average results in a ten- to twenty-year reduction in life expectancy. Meanwhile, suicide, the leading cause of death amongst young people globally, is responsible for one in every 100 deaths (bear in mind that only one in every twenty attempts results in a death). We can make new tables, revise our calculations, and write longer reports, but none of this can assuage the profound social neglect that pervades our world.


    Adolf Wölfli (Switzerland), General View of the Island Neveranger, 1911.
    Wölfli (1864–1930) was abused as a child, sold as an indentured labourer, and then interned in the Waldau Clinic in Bern, where he painted for the rest of his life.

    Neglect is not even the correct word. The prevailing attitude to mental disorders is to treat them as biological problems that merely require individualised pharmaceutical care. Even if we were to accept this limited conceptual framework, it still requires governments to support the training of psychiatrists, make medications affordable and accessible for the population, and incorporate mental health treatment into the wider health care system. However, in 2022, the WHO found that, on average, countries spend only 2% of their health care budgets on mental health. The organisation also found that half of the world’s population – mostly in the poorer nations – lives in circumstances where there is one psychiatrist to serve 200,000 or more people. This is the state of affairs as we witness a general decline of health care budgets and of public education about the need for a generous attitude toward mental health problems. The most recent WHO data (December 2023), which covers the spike in pandemic-related health spending, shows that, in 2021, health care spending in most countries was less than 5% of Gross Domestic Product. Meanwhile, in its 2024 report A World of Debt, the United Nations Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD) shows that almost a hundred countries spent more to service their debts than on healthcare. Though these are foreboding statistics, they do not get at the heart of the problem.

    Over the course of the past century, the response to mental health disorders has been overwhelmingly individualised, with treatments ranging from various forms of therapy to the prescription of different medications. Part of the failure to deal with the range of mental health crises – from depression to schizophrenia – has been the refusal to accept that these problems are not only influenced by biological factors but can be – and often are – created and exacerbated by social structures. Dr. Joanna Moncrieff, one of the founders of the Critical Psychiatry Network, writes that ‘none of the situations we call mental disorders have been convincingly shown to arise from a biological disease’, or more precisely, ‘from a specific dysfunction of physiological or biochemical processes’. This is not to say that biology does not play a role, but simply that it is not the only factor that should shape our understanding of such disorders.

    In his widely read classic The Sane Society (1955), Erich Fromm (1900–1980) built on the insights of Karl Marx to develop a precise reading of the psychological landscape in a capitalist system. His insights are worth re-considering (forgive Fromm’s use of the masculine use of the word ‘man’ and of the pronoun ‘his’ to refer to all of humanity):

    Whether or not the individual is healthy is primarily not an individual matter, but depends on the structure of his society. A healthy society furthers man’s capacity to love his fellow men, to work creatively, to develop his reason and objectivity, to have a sense of self which is based on the experience of his own productive powers. An unhealthy society is one which creates mutual hostility, distrust, which transforms man into an instrument of use and exploitation for others, which deprives him of a sense of self, except inasmuch as he submits to others or becomes an automaton. Society can have both functions; it can further man’s healthy development, and it can hinder it; in fact, most societies do both, and the question is only to what degree and in what directions their positive and negative influence is exercised.


    Kawanabe Kyōsai (Japan), Famous Mirrors: The Spirit of Japan, 1874.
    Kyōsai (1831–1889) was shocked, at the age of nine, when he picked up a corpse and its head fell off. This marked his consciousness and his later break with ukiyo-e traditional painting to inaugurate what is now known as manga.

    The antidote to many of our mental health crises must come from re-building society and forming a culture of community rather than a culture of antagonism and toxicity. Imagine if we built cities with more community centres, more places such as Ex OPG – Je so’ pazzo in Naples, more places for young people to gather and build social connections and their personalities and confidence. Imagine if we spent more of our resources to teach people to play music and to organise sports games, to read and write poetry, and to organise socially productive activities in our neighbourhoods. These community centres could house medical clinics, youth programmes, social workers, and therapists. Imagine the festivals that such centres could produce, the music and joy, the dynamism of events such Red Books Day. Imagine the activities – the painting of murals, neighbourhood clean-ups, and planting of gardens – that could emerge as these centres incubate conversations about what kind of world people want to build. In fact, we do not need to imagine any of this: it is already with us in small gestures, whether in Naples or in Delhi, in Johannesburg or in Santiago.

    ‘Depression is boring, I think’, wrote the poet Anne Sexton (1928–1974). ‘I would do better to make some soup and light up the cave’. So let’s make soup in a community centre, pick up guitars and drumsticks, and dance and dance and dance till that great feeling comes upon everyone to join in healing our broken humanity.

    The post When You Suffer for Your Sanity and Struggle to Get Free first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Vijay Prashad.

    ]]> https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/26/when-you-suffer-for-your-sanity-and-struggle-to-get-free/feed/ 0 495213 When You Suffer for Your Sanity and Struggle to Get Free https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/26/when-you-suffer-for-your-sanity-and-struggle-to-get-free-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/26/when-you-suffer-for-your-sanity-and-struggle-to-get-free-2/#respond Thu, 26 Sep 2024 14:47:09 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=153783 Vincent van Gogh (Netherlands), The Starry Night, 1889. In 1930, Clément Fraisse (1901–1980), a shepherd from France’s Lozère region, was confined in a nearby psychiatric hospital after he tried to burn down his parents’ farmhouse. For two years, he was held in a dark, narrow cell. Using a spoon, and later the handle of his […]

    The post When You Suffer for Your Sanity and Struggle to Get Free first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    Vincent van Gogh (Netherlands), The Starry Night, 1889.

    In 1930, Clément Fraisse (1901–1980), a shepherd from France’s Lozère region, was confined in a nearby psychiatric hospital after he tried to burn down his parents’ farmhouse. For two years, he was held in a dark, narrow cell. Using a spoon, and later the handle of his chamber pot, Fraisse carved symmetrical images into the rough, wooden walls that surrounded him. Despite the inhumane conditions in these psychiatric hospitals, Fraisse made beautiful art in the darkness of his cell. Not far from Lozère is the monastery of Saint Paul de Mausole in Saint-Rémy-de-Provence, where Vincent van Gogh had been confined four decades earlier (1889–1890) and where he completed around 150 paintings, including several important works (among them The Starry Night, 1889).

    Ex OPG, Naples (Italy), 2024.

    I was thinking about both Fraisse and Van Gogh when I visited the old Ospedale Psichiatrico Giudiziario (OPG) in Naples (Italy) in September for a festival that took place in this former criminal asylum, which once held those who had committed serious offences and were deemed to be insane. The vast building, which sits in the heart of Naples on the Monte di Sant’Eframo, was first a monastery (1573–1859), then a military barrack for the Savoy regime during Italy’s unification in 1861, and then a prison set up by the fascist regime in the 1920s. The prison was closed in 2008, and then, in 2015, occupied by a group of people who would later form the political organisation Potere al Popolo! (Power to the People!). They renamed the building Ex OPG – Je so’ pazzo, ‘ex’ meaning that the building is no longer an asylum, and Je so’ pazzo referring to the favourite song of the beloved local singer Pino Daniele (1955–2015), who died around the time the building was occupied:

    I’m crazy. I’m crazy.
    The people are waiting for me.
    ….
    I want to live at least one day as a lion.
    Je so’pazzo, je so’ pazzo.
    C’ho il popolo che mi aspetta.
    ….
    Nella vita voglio vivere almeno un giorno da leone.

    Today, the Ex OPG is home to legal and medical clinics, a gym, a theatre, and a bar. It is a place of reflection, a people’s centre that is designed to build community and confront the loneliness and precarity of capitalism. It is a rare kind of institution in our world, one in which an exhausted society is increasingly isolated and individuals, encaged in a prison house of frustrated aspirations, nonetheless hope to use their meagre tools (a spoon, the handle of a chamber pot) to carve out their dreams and to reach for the starry sky.


    Anita Rée (Germany), Self-Portrait, 1930.
    Rée (1885–1933) killed herself after the Nazis declared her work to be ‘degenerate’.

    Even the World Health Organisation (WHO) does not have sufficient data on mental health, largely because the poorer nations are unable to maintain an accurate account of their populations’ immense psychological struggles. As a result, the focus is often limited to the more affluent countries, where such data is collected by governments and where there is greater access to psychiatric care and medications. A recent survey of thirty-one countries (mostly in Europe and North America, but also including some poorer nations such as Brazil, India, and South Africa) shows a shifting attitude and increased concern about mental health. The survey found that 45% of those polled selected mental health as ‘the biggest health problems facing people in [their] country today’, a significant increase from the previous poll, conducted in 2018, in which the figure was 27%. Third in the list of health challenges is stress, with 31% selecting it as the leading cause of concern. There is a significant gender gap in attitudes towards mental health amongst young people, with 55% of young women selecting it as one of their primary health concerns, compared to 37% of young men (reflecting the fact that women are disproportionately impacted by mental health issues).

    While it is true that the COVID-19 pandemic heightened mental health problems across the world, this crisis predated the coronavirus. Information from the Global Health Data Exchange shows that in 2019 – before the pandemic – one in eight, or 970 million, people from around the world had a mental disorder, with 301 million struggling with anxiety and 280 million with depression. These numbers should be seen as an estimate, a minimum picture of the severe crisis of unhappiness and maladjustment to the current social order.

    There are range of ailments that go under the name of ‘mental disorder’, from schizophrenia to forms of depression that can result in suicidal ideation. According to the WHO’s 2022 report, one in 200 adults struggle with schizophrenia, which on average results in a ten- to twenty-year reduction in life expectancy. Meanwhile, suicide, the leading cause of death amongst young people globally, is responsible for one in every 100 deaths (bear in mind that only one in every twenty attempts results in a death). We can make new tables, revise our calculations, and write longer reports, but none of this can assuage the profound social neglect that pervades our world.


    Adolf Wölfli (Switzerland), General View of the Island Neveranger, 1911.
    Wölfli (1864–1930) was abused as a child, sold as an indentured labourer, and then interned in the Waldau Clinic in Bern, where he painted for the rest of his life.

    Neglect is not even the correct word. The prevailing attitude to mental disorders is to treat them as biological problems that merely require individualised pharmaceutical care. Even if we were to accept this limited conceptual framework, it still requires governments to support the training of psychiatrists, make medications affordable and accessible for the population, and incorporate mental health treatment into the wider health care system. However, in 2022, the WHO found that, on average, countries spend only 2% of their health care budgets on mental health. The organisation also found that half of the world’s population – mostly in the poorer nations – lives in circumstances where there is one psychiatrist to serve 200,000 or more people. This is the state of affairs as we witness a general decline of health care budgets and of public education about the need for a generous attitude toward mental health problems. The most recent WHO data (December 2023), which covers the spike in pandemic-related health spending, shows that, in 2021, health care spending in most countries was less than 5% of Gross Domestic Product. Meanwhile, in its 2024 report A World of Debt, the United Nations Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD) shows that almost a hundred countries spent more to service their debts than on healthcare. Though these are foreboding statistics, they do not get at the heart of the problem.

    Over the course of the past century, the response to mental health disorders has been overwhelmingly individualised, with treatments ranging from various forms of therapy to the prescription of different medications. Part of the failure to deal with the range of mental health crises – from depression to schizophrenia – has been the refusal to accept that these problems are not only influenced by biological factors but can be – and often are – created and exacerbated by social structures. Dr. Joanna Moncrieff, one of the founders of the Critical Psychiatry Network, writes that ‘none of the situations we call mental disorders have been convincingly shown to arise from a biological disease’, or more precisely, ‘from a specific dysfunction of physiological or biochemical processes’. This is not to say that biology does not play a role, but simply that it is not the only factor that should shape our understanding of such disorders.

    In his widely read classic The Sane Society (1955), Erich Fromm (1900–1980) built on the insights of Karl Marx to develop a precise reading of the psychological landscape in a capitalist system. His insights are worth re-considering (forgive Fromm’s use of the masculine use of the word ‘man’ and of the pronoun ‘his’ to refer to all of humanity):

    Whether or not the individual is healthy is primarily not an individual matter, but depends on the structure of his society. A healthy society furthers man’s capacity to love his fellow men, to work creatively, to develop his reason and objectivity, to have a sense of self which is based on the experience of his own productive powers. An unhealthy society is one which creates mutual hostility, distrust, which transforms man into an instrument of use and exploitation for others, which deprives him of a sense of self, except inasmuch as he submits to others or becomes an automaton. Society can have both functions; it can further man’s healthy development, and it can hinder it; in fact, most societies do both, and the question is only to what degree and in what directions their positive and negative influence is exercised.


    Kawanabe Kyōsai (Japan), Famous Mirrors: The Spirit of Japan, 1874.
    Kyōsai (1831–1889) was shocked, at the age of nine, when he picked up a corpse and its head fell off. This marked his consciousness and his later break with ukiyo-e traditional painting to inaugurate what is now known as manga.

    The antidote to many of our mental health crises must come from re-building society and forming a culture of community rather than a culture of antagonism and toxicity. Imagine if we built cities with more community centres, more places such as Ex OPG – Je so’ pazzo in Naples, more places for young people to gather and build social connections and their personalities and confidence. Imagine if we spent more of our resources to teach people to play music and to organise sports games, to read and write poetry, and to organise socially productive activities in our neighbourhoods. These community centres could house medical clinics, youth programmes, social workers, and therapists. Imagine the festivals that such centres could produce, the music and joy, the dynamism of events such Red Books Day. Imagine the activities – the painting of murals, neighbourhood clean-ups, and planting of gardens – that could emerge as these centres incubate conversations about what kind of world people want to build. In fact, we do not need to imagine any of this: it is already with us in small gestures, whether in Naples or in Delhi, in Johannesburg or in Santiago.

    ‘Depression is boring, I think’, wrote the poet Anne Sexton (1928–1974). ‘I would do better to make some soup and light up the cave’. So let’s make soup in a community centre, pick up guitars and drumsticks, and dance and dance and dance till that great feeling comes upon everyone to join in healing our broken humanity.

    The post When You Suffer for Your Sanity and Struggle to Get Free first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Vijay Prashad.

    ]]> https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/26/when-you-suffer-for-your-sanity-and-struggle-to-get-free-2/feed/ 0 495214 When You Suffer for Your Sanity and Struggle to Get Free https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/26/when-you-suffer-for-your-sanity-and-struggle-to-get-free-3/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/26/when-you-suffer-for-your-sanity-and-struggle-to-get-free-3/#respond Thu, 26 Sep 2024 14:47:09 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=153783 Vincent van Gogh (Netherlands), The Starry Night, 1889. In 1930, Clément Fraisse (1901–1980), a shepherd from France’s Lozère region, was confined in a nearby psychiatric hospital after he tried to burn down his parents’ farmhouse. For two years, he was held in a dark, narrow cell. Using a spoon, and later the handle of his […]

    The post When You Suffer for Your Sanity and Struggle to Get Free first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    Vincent van Gogh (Netherlands), The Starry Night, 1889.

    In 1930, Clément Fraisse (1901–1980), a shepherd from France’s Lozère region, was confined in a nearby psychiatric hospital after he tried to burn down his parents’ farmhouse. For two years, he was held in a dark, narrow cell. Using a spoon, and later the handle of his chamber pot, Fraisse carved symmetrical images into the rough, wooden walls that surrounded him. Despite the inhumane conditions in these psychiatric hospitals, Fraisse made beautiful art in the darkness of his cell. Not far from Lozère is the monastery of Saint Paul de Mausole in Saint-Rémy-de-Provence, where Vincent van Gogh had been confined four decades earlier (1889–1890) and where he completed around 150 paintings, including several important works (among them The Starry Night, 1889).

    Ex OPG, Naples (Italy), 2024.

    I was thinking about both Fraisse and Van Gogh when I visited the old Ospedale Psichiatrico Giudiziario (OPG) in Naples (Italy) in September for a festival that took place in this former criminal asylum, which once held those who had committed serious offences and were deemed to be insane. The vast building, which sits in the heart of Naples on the Monte di Sant’Eframo, was first a monastery (1573–1859), then a military barrack for the Savoy regime during Italy’s unification in 1861, and then a prison set up by the fascist regime in the 1920s. The prison was closed in 2008, and then, in 2015, occupied by a group of people who would later form the political organisation Potere al Popolo! (Power to the People!). They renamed the building Ex OPG – Je so’ pazzo, ‘ex’ meaning that the building is no longer an asylum, and Je so’ pazzo referring to the favourite song of the beloved local singer Pino Daniele (1955–2015), who died around the time the building was occupied:

    I’m crazy. I’m crazy.
    The people are waiting for me.
    ….
    I want to live at least one day as a lion.
    Je so’pazzo, je so’ pazzo.
    C’ho il popolo che mi aspetta.
    ….
    Nella vita voglio vivere almeno un giorno da leone.

    Today, the Ex OPG is home to legal and medical clinics, a gym, a theatre, and a bar. It is a place of reflection, a people’s centre that is designed to build community and confront the loneliness and precarity of capitalism. It is a rare kind of institution in our world, one in which an exhausted society is increasingly isolated and individuals, encaged in a prison house of frustrated aspirations, nonetheless hope to use their meagre tools (a spoon, the handle of a chamber pot) to carve out their dreams and to reach for the starry sky.


    Anita Rée (Germany), Self-Portrait, 1930.
    Rée (1885–1933) killed herself after the Nazis declared her work to be ‘degenerate’.

    Even the World Health Organisation (WHO) does not have sufficient data on mental health, largely because the poorer nations are unable to maintain an accurate account of their populations’ immense psychological struggles. As a result, the focus is often limited to the more affluent countries, where such data is collected by governments and where there is greater access to psychiatric care and medications. A recent survey of thirty-one countries (mostly in Europe and North America, but also including some poorer nations such as Brazil, India, and South Africa) shows a shifting attitude and increased concern about mental health. The survey found that 45% of those polled selected mental health as ‘the biggest health problems facing people in [their] country today’, a significant increase from the previous poll, conducted in 2018, in which the figure was 27%. Third in the list of health challenges is stress, with 31% selecting it as the leading cause of concern. There is a significant gender gap in attitudes towards mental health amongst young people, with 55% of young women selecting it as one of their primary health concerns, compared to 37% of young men (reflecting the fact that women are disproportionately impacted by mental health issues).

    While it is true that the COVID-19 pandemic heightened mental health problems across the world, this crisis predated the coronavirus. Information from the Global Health Data Exchange shows that in 2019 – before the pandemic – one in eight, or 970 million, people from around the world had a mental disorder, with 301 million struggling with anxiety and 280 million with depression. These numbers should be seen as an estimate, a minimum picture of the severe crisis of unhappiness and maladjustment to the current social order.

    There are range of ailments that go under the name of ‘mental disorder’, from schizophrenia to forms of depression that can result in suicidal ideation. According to the WHO’s 2022 report, one in 200 adults struggle with schizophrenia, which on average results in a ten- to twenty-year reduction in life expectancy. Meanwhile, suicide, the leading cause of death amongst young people globally, is responsible for one in every 100 deaths (bear in mind that only one in every twenty attempts results in a death). We can make new tables, revise our calculations, and write longer reports, but none of this can assuage the profound social neglect that pervades our world.


    Adolf Wölfli (Switzerland), General View of the Island Neveranger, 1911.
    Wölfli (1864–1930) was abused as a child, sold as an indentured labourer, and then interned in the Waldau Clinic in Bern, where he painted for the rest of his life.

    Neglect is not even the correct word. The prevailing attitude to mental disorders is to treat them as biological problems that merely require individualised pharmaceutical care. Even if we were to accept this limited conceptual framework, it still requires governments to support the training of psychiatrists, make medications affordable and accessible for the population, and incorporate mental health treatment into the wider health care system. However, in 2022, the WHO found that, on average, countries spend only 2% of their health care budgets on mental health. The organisation also found that half of the world’s population – mostly in the poorer nations – lives in circumstances where there is one psychiatrist to serve 200,000 or more people. This is the state of affairs as we witness a general decline of health care budgets and of public education about the need for a generous attitude toward mental health problems. The most recent WHO data (December 2023), which covers the spike in pandemic-related health spending, shows that, in 2021, health care spending in most countries was less than 5% of Gross Domestic Product. Meanwhile, in its 2024 report A World of Debt, the United Nations Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD) shows that almost a hundred countries spent more to service their debts than on healthcare. Though these are foreboding statistics, they do not get at the heart of the problem.

    Over the course of the past century, the response to mental health disorders has been overwhelmingly individualised, with treatments ranging from various forms of therapy to the prescription of different medications. Part of the failure to deal with the range of mental health crises – from depression to schizophrenia – has been the refusal to accept that these problems are not only influenced by biological factors but can be – and often are – created and exacerbated by social structures. Dr. Joanna Moncrieff, one of the founders of the Critical Psychiatry Network, writes that ‘none of the situations we call mental disorders have been convincingly shown to arise from a biological disease’, or more precisely, ‘from a specific dysfunction of physiological or biochemical processes’. This is not to say that biology does not play a role, but simply that it is not the only factor that should shape our understanding of such disorders.

    In his widely read classic The Sane Society (1955), Erich Fromm (1900–1980) built on the insights of Karl Marx to develop a precise reading of the psychological landscape in a capitalist system. His insights are worth re-considering (forgive Fromm’s use of the masculine use of the word ‘man’ and of the pronoun ‘his’ to refer to all of humanity):

    Whether or not the individual is healthy is primarily not an individual matter, but depends on the structure of his society. A healthy society furthers man’s capacity to love his fellow men, to work creatively, to develop his reason and objectivity, to have a sense of self which is based on the experience of his own productive powers. An unhealthy society is one which creates mutual hostility, distrust, which transforms man into an instrument of use and exploitation for others, which deprives him of a sense of self, except inasmuch as he submits to others or becomes an automaton. Society can have both functions; it can further man’s healthy development, and it can hinder it; in fact, most societies do both, and the question is only to what degree and in what directions their positive and negative influence is exercised.


    Kawanabe Kyōsai (Japan), Famous Mirrors: The Spirit of Japan, 1874.
    Kyōsai (1831–1889) was shocked, at the age of nine, when he picked up a corpse and its head fell off. This marked his consciousness and his later break with ukiyo-e traditional painting to inaugurate what is now known as manga.

    The antidote to many of our mental health crises must come from re-building society and forming a culture of community rather than a culture of antagonism and toxicity. Imagine if we built cities with more community centres, more places such as Ex OPG – Je so’ pazzo in Naples, more places for young people to gather and build social connections and their personalities and confidence. Imagine if we spent more of our resources to teach people to play music and to organise sports games, to read and write poetry, and to organise socially productive activities in our neighbourhoods. These community centres could house medical clinics, youth programmes, social workers, and therapists. Imagine the festivals that such centres could produce, the music and joy, the dynamism of events such Red Books Day. Imagine the activities – the painting of murals, neighbourhood clean-ups, and planting of gardens – that could emerge as these centres incubate conversations about what kind of world people want to build. In fact, we do not need to imagine any of this: it is already with us in small gestures, whether in Naples or in Delhi, in Johannesburg or in Santiago.

    ‘Depression is boring, I think’, wrote the poet Anne Sexton (1928–1974). ‘I would do better to make some soup and light up the cave’. So let’s make soup in a community centre, pick up guitars and drumsticks, and dance and dance and dance till that great feeling comes upon everyone to join in healing our broken humanity.

    The post When You Suffer for Your Sanity and Struggle to Get Free first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Vijay Prashad.

    ]]> https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/26/when-you-suffer-for-your-sanity-and-struggle-to-get-free-3/feed/ 0 495215 Food, Clothes, Men, Gas, and other Problems https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/24/food-clothes-men-gas-and-other-problems/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/24/food-clothes-men-gas-and-other-problems/#respond Tue, 24 Sep 2024 14:08:36 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=153751 How Covid Increased Housing Rage Covid may have reduced road rage and cut gas and transportation bills but it has increased housing rage. Many in apartment or condo buildings have had their fill of the following irritants after more than a year of seclusion (not to mention their fill of family or roommates). Here are […]

    The post Food, Clothes, Men, Gas, and other Problems first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    How Covid Increased Housing Rage

    Covid may have reduced road rage and cut gas and transportation bills but it has increased housing rage. Many in apartment or condo buildings have had their fill of the following irritants after more than a year of seclusion (not to mention their fill of family or roommates). Here are some of the issues of contention that have increased since Covid.

    Mail Room

    Why do businesses keep attaching door hangers for home improvements or cut-rate auto tune-ups? Don’t they know we are as broke as they are?

    Why do companies send several copies of the same piece of junk mail? If we didn’t want one of the fliers—why would we want three? Why do neighbors drop the junk mail on the floor? Don’t they live here too?

    Why are the mail compartments in the building five inches by two inches so packages don’t fit and you only get an Attempt-To-Deliver notice of a package or worse—the package left on the floor for anyone to steal?

    Why has a phone book covered with spider webs sat in the corner for a year?

    Laundry Room

    Why are the washers and driers either in use or holding hot masses of “done” clothes that you don’t want to touch?

    Why do the settings either boil your delicate clothes or barely heat?

    Why has drier Number 3 not had heat for a year?

    What is the blue glue-like substance on the top of washer Number 2 that apparently doesn’t wash off? Can you avoid washer 2?

    Who owns the clothing in the “lost and found” box that is so big or strange that it seems like a joke for Halloween? Are there really neighbors who wear those articles?

    Neighbors

    Is there an apartment rule that one neighbor must cook cabbage, Brussels sprouts or cauliflower every day of the week so there is always a sulfur smell?

    Are the daily pot smokers really “medical users”? Has anyone ever seen them?

    Why do the techno music lovers begin, not end, playing their music at 10 PM?<

    Why doesn’t the couple in Unit 12 just get a divorce?

    Do the people in Unit 22 really move furniture every night? Or are they jumping up and down with ten friends for our edification?

    Amazon

    We get it that anything brick and mortar stores can do, Amazon can do quicker. We get it that people like to shop online at all hours and that driving for Amazon is one of the few viable jobs today. Still, why must the building entrance be filled all day every day with so many Amazon deliveries you could fall getting around them?

    Family

    Covid caused many Millennials to move home with their families and many white collar workers to “work from home.” We predict that many extended families will skip celebrating holidays this winter with their family, if they can—having had enough exposure to them. We also predict that no one for the next ten years will say they are leaving a job to “spend more time with my family.

    The post Food, Clothes, Men, Gas, and other Problems first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Martha Rosenberg.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/24/food-clothes-men-gas-and-other-problems/feed/ 0 494853
    Technofascism: The Government Pressured Tech Companies to Censor Users https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/28/technofascism-the-government-pressured-tech-companies-to-censor-users/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/28/technofascism-the-government-pressured-tech-companies-to-censor-users/#respond Wed, 28 Aug 2024 01:32:26 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=153121 Mark Zuckerberg, the CEO of Meta, has finally admitted what we knew all along: Facebook conspired with the government to censor individuals expressing “disapproved” views about the COVID-19 pandemic. Zuckerberg’s confession comes in the wake of a series of court rulings that turn a blind eye to the government’s technofascism. In a 2-1 decision in Children’s […]

    The post Technofascism: The Government Pressured Tech Companies to Censor Users first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    Mark Zuckerberg, the CEO of Meta, has finally admitted what we knew all along: Facebook conspired with the government to censor individuals expressing “disapproved” views about the COVID-19 pandemic.

    Zuckerberg’s confession comes in the wake of a series of court rulings that turn a blind eye to the government’s technofascism.

    In a 2-1 decision in Children’s Health Defense v. Meta, the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals dismissed a lawsuit brought by Children’s Health Defense against Meta Platforms for restricting CHD’s posts, fundraising, and advertising on Facebook following communications between Meta and federal government officials.

    In a unanimous decision in the combined cases of NetChoice v. Paxton and Moody v. NetChoice, the U.S. Supreme Court avoided ruling on whether the states could pass laws to prohibit censorship by Big Tech companies on social media platforms such as Facebook, TikTok, and YouTube.

    And in a 6-3 ruling in Murthy v. Missouri , the Supreme Court sidestepped a challenge to the federal government’s efforts to coerce social media companies into censoring users’ First Amendment expression.

    Welcome to the age of technocensorship.

    On paper—under the First Amendment, at least—we are technically free to speak.

    In reality, however, we are now only as free to speak as a government official—or corporate entities such as Facebook, Google or YouTube—may allow.

    Case in point: internal documents released by the House Judiciary Select Subcommittee on Weaponization of the Federal Government confirmed what we have long suspected: that the government has been working in tandem with social media companies to censor speech.

    By “censor,” we’re referring to concerted efforts by the government to muzzle, silence and altogether eradicate any speech that runs afoul of the government’s own approved narrative.

    This is political correctness taken to its most chilling and oppressive extreme.

    The revelations that Facebook worked in concert with the Biden administration to censor content related to COVID-19, including humorous jokes, credible information and so-called disinformation, followed on the heels of a ruling by a federal court in Louisiana that prohibits executive branch officials from communicating with social media companies about controversial content in their online forums.

    Likening the government’s heavy-handed attempts to pressure social media companies to suppress content critical of COVID vaccines or the election to “an almost dystopian scenario,” Judge Terry Doughty warned that “the United States Government seems to have assumed a role similar to an Orwellian ‘Ministry of Truth.’

    This is the very definition of technofascism.

    Clothed in tyrannical self-righteousness, technofascism is powered by technological behemoths (both corporate and governmental) working in tandem to achieve a common goal.

    The government is not protecting us from “dangerous” disinformation campaigns. It is laying the groundwork to insulate us from “dangerous” ideas that might cause us to think for ourselves and, in so doing, challenge the power elite’s stranglehold over our lives.

    Thus far, the tech giants have been able to sidestep the First Amendment by virtue of their non-governmental status, but it’s a dubious distinction at best when they are marching in lockstep with the government’s dictates.

    As Philip Hamburger and Jenin Younes write for The Wall Street Journal: “The First Amendment prohibits the government from ‘abridging the freedom of speech.’ Supreme Court doctrine makes clear that government can’t constitutionally evade the amendment by working through private companies.”

    Nothing good can come from allowing the government to sidestep the Constitution.

    The steady, pervasive censorship creep that is being inflicted on us by corporate tech giants with the blessing of the powers-that-be threatens to bring about a restructuring of reality straight out of Orwell’s 1984, where the Ministry of Truth polices speech and ensures that facts conform to whatever version of reality the government propagandists embrace.

    Orwell intended 1984 as a warning. Instead, it is being used as a dystopian instruction manual for socially engineering a populace that is compliant, conformist and obedient to Big Brother.

    In a world increasingly automated and filtered through the lens of artificial intelligence, we are finding ourselves at the mercy of inflexible algorithms that dictate the boundaries of our liberties.

    Once artificial intelligence becomes a fully integrated part of the government bureaucracy, there will be little recourse: we will all be subject to the intransigent judgments of techno-rulers.

    This is how it starts.

    First, the censors went after so-called extremists spouting so-called “hate speech.”

    Then they went after so-called extremists spouting so-called “disinformation” about stolen elections, the Holocaust, and Hunter Biden.

    By the time so-called extremists found themselves in the crosshairs for spouting so-called “misinformation” about the COVID-19 pandemic and vaccines, the censors had developed a system and strategy for silencing the nonconformists.

    Eventually, depending on how the government and its corporate allies define what constitutes “extremism, “we the people” might all be considered guilty of some thought crime or other.

    Whatever we tolerate now—whatever we turn a blind eye to—whatever we rationalize when it is inflicted on others, whether in the name of securing racial justice or defending democracy or combatting fascism, will eventually come back to imprison us, one and all.

    Watch and learn.

    We should all be alarmed when any individual or group—prominent or not—is censored, silenced and made to disappear from Facebook, Twitter, YouTube and Instagram for voicing ideas that are deemed politically incorrect, hateful, dangerous or conspiratorial.

    Given what we know about the government’s tendency to define its own reality and attach its own labels to behavior and speech that challenges its authority, this should be cause for alarm across the entire political spectrum.

    Here’s the point: you don’t have to like or agree with anyone who has been muzzled or made to disappear online because of their views, but to ignore the long-term ramifications of such censorship is dangerously naïve, because whatever powers you allow the government and its corporate operatives to claim now will eventually be used against you by tyrants of your own making.

    Eventually, as Orwell predicted, telling the truth will become a revolutionary act.

    If the government can control speech, it can control thought and, in turn, it can control the minds of the citizenry.

    As I make clear in my book Battlefield America: The War on the American People and in its fictional counterpart The Erik Blair Diaries, it’s happening already.

    The post Technofascism: The Government Pressured Tech Companies to Censor Users first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by John W. Whitehead and Nisha Whitehead.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/28/technofascism-the-government-pressured-tech-companies-to-censor-users/feed/ 0 490737
    Jeffrey Sachs: US Biotech Cartel behind Covid Origins and Cover-up https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/10/jeffrey-sachs-us-biotech-cartel-behind-covid-origins-and-cover-up-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/10/jeffrey-sachs-us-biotech-cartel-behind-covid-origins-and-cover-up-2/#respond Sat, 10 Aug 2024 18:03:40 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=152681 Jeffrey Sachs joins The Grayzone’s Max Blumenthal and Aaron Maté to discuss the investigation into the origins of Covid-19. As chair of the Lancet COVID-19 commission, Sachs alleges that SARS-CoV2 originated from dangerous gain of function experiments sponsored and conducted by US biotech institutions. He alleges a vast cover-up of Covid origins, including by former […]

    The post Jeffrey Sachs: US Biotech Cartel behind Covid Origins and Cover-up first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    Jeffrey Sachs joins The Grayzone’s Max Blumenthal and Aaron Maté to discuss the investigation into the origins of Covid-19. As chair of the Lancet COVID-19 commission, Sachs alleges that SARS-CoV2 originated from dangerous gain of function experiments sponsored and conducted by US biotech institutions. He alleges a vast cover-up of Covid origins, including by former members of his commission, and details the personal attacks he has incurred for speaking out.

    The post Jeffrey Sachs: US Biotech Cartel behind Covid Origins and Cover-up first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by The Grayzone.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/10/jeffrey-sachs-us-biotech-cartel-behind-covid-origins-and-cover-up-2/feed/ 0 488048
    The Jab https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/09/the-jab/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/09/the-jab/#respond Fri, 09 Aug 2024 14:27:39 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=152617 Can healthcare be enforced?

    The post The Jab first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    The post The Jab first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/09/the-jab/feed/ 0 487859
    President Joe Biden is returning home to Delaware to self-isolate after being diagnosed with COVID-19 – July 17, 2024 https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/17/president-joe-biden-is-returning-home-to-delaware-to-self-isolate-after-being-diagnosed-with-covid-19-july-17-2024/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/17/president-joe-biden-is-returning-home-to-delaware-to-self-isolate-after-being-diagnosed-with-covid-19-july-17-2024/#respond Wed, 17 Jul 2024 18:00:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=fbafc6600aeb95e20f1f73cf1592adfd Comprehensive coverage of the day’s news with a focus on war and peace; social, environmental and economic justice.

    The post President Joe Biden is returning home to Delaware to self-isolate after being diagnosed with COVID-19 – July 17, 2024 appeared first on KPFA.


    This content originally appeared on KPFA - The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays and was authored by KPFA.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/17/president-joe-biden-is-returning-home-to-delaware-to-self-isolate-after-being-diagnosed-with-covid-19-july-17-2024/feed/ 0 484414
    From Rio to the Amazon: Brazil’s COVID-19 Crisis https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/02/from-rio-to-the-amazon-brazils-covid-19-crisis/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/02/from-rio-to-the-amazon-brazils-covid-19-crisis/#respond Tue, 02 Jul 2024 16:00:48 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=8a74eb3756b232c8c9c37ce8d380db02
    This content originally appeared on VICE News and was authored by VICE News.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/02/from-rio-to-the-amazon-brazils-covid-19-crisis/feed/ 0 482158
    Years of Living Deniably https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/18/years-of-living-deniably/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/18/years-of-living-deniably/#respond Tue, 18 Jun 2024 19:40:04 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=151282 The summer of discontent is upon us. Whether we will find ourselves witness to direct exchange of fire or targets of another global counter-insurgency sweep is anyone’s guess. This time in 2020 the most massive abrogation of human and civil rights (temporary privileges granted to selective populations at different levels) in recorded history was accelerating […]

    The post Years of Living Deniably first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    The summer of discontent is upon us. Whether we will find ourselves witness to direct exchange of fire or targets of another global counter-insurgency sweep is anyone’s guess. This time in 2020 the most massive abrogation of human and civil rights (temporary privileges granted to selective populations at different levels) in recorded history was accelerating on the highway to Hell, paved by the psychopathic oligarchy and the pharmaments industry. In the first half of 2024, distorted, partial, and self-serving disclosures and omissions have animated what remains of critical faculty in the West.

    Predictably, at least for those few who learned no later than 2001 to trust nothing governments and corporations say or do, the schedule of lies—both by commission and omission—has been released for public assessment. Almost without exception, the assertions made by those who opposed both the state of siege and the subsequent mass poisoning of approximately a billion people have been verified in fragmentary form. The arbitrary nature and futility of the measures even for their ostensible purpose have been admitted. The genetic engineering origins of the alleged pathogen have also been licensed for public chatter. A recent report attributed to Establishment mouthpiece, Reuters, claims that covert US military operations included an Internet campaign to discredit China’s Sinovac injections, presumably to protect Pfizer market share. An “anti-vax” attack on the Philippine government was supposedly launched to discourage Filipinos from taking the Chinese prophylaxis. Such an “anti-vax” operation in the former US colony persisted while in the rest of the West those critical of the de facto mandatory injections were actively suppressed. Perhaps one should not rush to attribute so much value to this revelation.

    The concern about the competition in the injection market, also known as vaccines or biologics (a term used to evade certain legacy regulatory conditions that survived the gutting of public institutions for assuring safe food and drugs) belies a confidence in the underlying official myth upon which the so-called COVID-19 pandemic is based. Hence one can see how these disclosures trigger gossip habits among critics, diverting their attention from the core issues.

    Starting with the basic deception at the end of November 2019, there were early analysts like Larry Romanoff in Shanghai (aka Moon of Alabama I believe) who provided a clear breakdown of the alleged spread of whatever pathogen(s) were attributed to the first December days in Wuhan, Hubei province. Numerous other, meanwhile forgotten or ignored observers pointed to the coincidence of the World Military Games and a strangely ill US contingent. The suppression of reports by a medical practitioner in Washington State, early in the run-up to the all out war, has also been forgotten for all intents and purposes. Other observers pointed to the peculiar and not entirely explained role of a US agent, ostensibly on behalf of the paramilitary Centers for Disease Control, who had been seconded to China until shortly after the alleged outbreak when she suddenly returned to the US. Here it should be noted that the general ignorance of the standard literature on covert action became apparent. Aside from a few early commentators, there were hardly any reactions to these reports. All focus turned to pseudo-medical debates about transmissibility of animal viruses to humans and security conditions in biological experimentation laboratories. The obvious signals of covert action were scrupulously ignored or merely overlooked. David Martin remained one of the diligent open source researchers who refused to ignore the accumulated twenty years of overt-covert action. None of the mainstream and much of the conformist alternative media perpetuated the navel contemplation by which every event in the world is measured.

    For example, while attention was focussed on the Japanese cruise ship in quarantine almost no questions were raised as to how a Wuhan “infection” became lethal for several high-ranking Iranian officials. Despite the well-known assassination campaign by the settler-colonial regime in Palestine and its principal patron on the Potomac, virtually no one discussed the possibility of a complex synchronisation of belligerence. The repeated occurrence of extraordinary livestock infections in China have yet to reach common consciousness in the overall story. Meanwhile the role of the Italian NATO Gladio squads in bombing the Bologna railway station (2 August 1980, killing 85 and wounding over 200) is public record. Aside from the fact that the OSS/CIA and Italian organised crime (aka the Mafia) have been running Italian politics since 1944, one needs no imagination to contemplate a scheme by which the Bergamo “covid” deaths in old-age facilities could have been perpetrated. The COVID-19 “pandemic” is entirely consistent with the NATO “strategy of tension” executed by Gladio units throughout Europe in the 1970s and early 1980s.

    In short, before launching a dilettante debate about healthcare policy and pandemic preparedness, the facts on the ground already discredit any such starting point. On the contrary, while there continues to be speculation about “lab leaks” and “blow back”, there is little consistent discussion about the actual events in sequence and their political context.

    What can be called the COVID counter-insurgency is really a sequel to the 2001 Global War on Terror triggered by relatively minor state terrorism using US military grade anthrax and followed by the highly profitable demolition of the World Trade Center towers in New York City. As has been argued elsewhere, we are in the midst of a world war, and it is against us. The euphemism “hybrid warfare” actually designates the systems approach to global counter-insurgency. The so-called “Great Reset” is better named “Phoenix 8.0”—the “infrastructure” to be neutralized is the bulk of humanity itself. While the weblogs surge with daily fear reports and reminders of what our psychopathic 1% “could do” little attention is directed to what they have done and are doing.

    Admittedly there has to be some reason to wake every morning and not reach for some means of self-destruction. Yet in the midst of a crusade, the “infidels” have to know that they are dealing with religion and religious fanaticism and not misguided or mistaken neighbours whose only vice is too much money or power. That said, the ultimately political nature of the present struggle should not be forgotten. A political struggle is always collective even if not uniform. The hybrid quality of the offensive can be seen in the way overt military action, e.g. the war in Ukraine (as well as a hundred others with no exposure) and the mass murder of indigenous inhabitants in the reservations established by European settler-colonialists in Palestine are part of the same action that was launched in 2020—although demonstrably in the active planning and rehearsal phase since 2001!

    Whether or not there was a novel virus and whether or not it leaked (deliberately) or was deployed ought not to be ignored but relegated to the details bin. “The virus” did not do anything—people did. More attention ought to be given to some hundred biological weapons laboratories operated by the US under contract in every country bordering Russia or China where foothold can be obtained. Jeffrey Sachs can be taken at his word when he confirms publicly what the record has long shown– that NIH (and CDC) are the cover for the massive US pharmaments industry, developing weapons against enemies both foreign and domestic. Global health threats are just the next stage in the jargon of hybrid warfare that started in 1913. The purpose of hybrid warfare or counter-insurgency is population control. Territorial control follows naturally. Population control means the exercise of force, physical, psychological, personal and environmental to manipulate the target humans at whatever scale is deemed necessary to achieve strategic objectives, e.g. power over natural resources, space, energy, “elimination of useless eaters”, etc. The crucial innovative success of the past four years has been enhanced scalability. Moreover through years of highly selective hyper-indoctrination, the COVID counter-insurgency could be launched without B-52 bombing strikes. However assassinations were and remain an essential part of mission tactics.

    A series of articles posted in Dissident Voice and Global Research in 2020, 2021 and 2022 describe these operations in conceptual detail. Repeating them here would add only length.

    The principal barrier to political analysis and after-action deliberation lies in the trauma of mass deaths. That is also part of the overall strategy. The oligarchy that waged saturation bombing against Germany, Japan, Korea and Vietnam, just to name the most egregious cases, learned that this does not break civilian morale. Instead they adopted the lesson of concentration camp management, namely that senseless death from disease, malnutrition, and other quasi-natural phenomena, even though induced by an aggressive external force, is far more traumatic. The trauma is compounded by the psychological torture of incarceration itself, especially irrational and arbitrary discipline imposed in prison-type conditions.

    Failure to understand the degree to which the healthcare system has been integrated into the military-industrial (pharmaments) complex over the course of a century, i.e., Rockefeller control over medical education and certification finally established by the end of WW2 (when the WHO was established to internationalise it), prevents many serious critics from distinguishing between healthcare and state-ordered euthanasia. Trust in the Marcus Welby, Ben Casey, or Doctor House versions of in and out patient medicine has sustained a Disneyland view of the hospital and the virtually extinct GP. Here Lars von Trier’s 1994/1997 mini-series The Kingdom would be a far more instructive story.

    Morticians and whistleblowing staff along with less naive medical experts repeatedly pointed to systematic malpractice perpetrated by hospital administrations for pay. Physicians in private practice have long been discouraged from practicing proper diagnosis and preventive care by state and private health insurers who only pay for treatments and expensive technology. The amount of money – bribery – paid throughout the North American and European hospital and outpatient “healthcare” apparatus to sustain the illusion of a pandemic—which was only so defined by a deliberate alteration of the international health regulations to accommodate the scheme—has yet to be measured. Add to this the amounts of bribery paid to obtain exclusive, mandatory deployment of the definite biological weapon: the genetic engineering injection euphemistically called a “covid vaccine”.

    So far what we have is the fundamental collapse of anything resembling a popularly accountable government at any level and its entire appropriation by financial interests (hedge funds, private equity, banks etc.) armed to the teeth with the world’s most powerful propaganda apparatus and legions of brainwashed terrorists.

    This war is far from over. One of the few Germans conspicuous for his attempts to integrate all these levels of hybrid warfare, eschewing distractions but collecting all details that might help explain the incoherent and contradictory aspects of this war, Reiner Füllmich, has been held in German maximum security prison for the past six months after he was kidnapped in Mexico by secret police assets. Having established in open court (Göttingen regional court) that the charges of embezzlement and dereliction of fiduciary duty upon which he has been held were not only fraudulent but baseless on their face, the presiding judge simply amended the charges and insisted that he would be found guilty of something else. Documents disclosed establish that Füllmich was kidnapped, charged and incarcerated by conspiracy of the German secret police. Others have already been silenced, bankrupted or driven into exile. During the active phase of the counter-insurgency fatal “accidents” neutralized several of the more prominent opposition, just in Germany. There has been no tally of the political assassinations in other countries. However, it is reasonable to say that large numbers of those in hospital did not die from a “virus” but from institutional violence, to paraphrase Johan Galtung.

    The most well-trained response to the above is to deny that there is sufficient proof. Denial is also derived from the apparent absence of some “plan” that could have produced this result. Was it all just for money? Could these folks really have planned to cull a billion or so people from the herd? Not everybody was injured or died from the injections. It was an unprecedented emergency, hence mistakes could be expected. Certainly all these well-meaning medical professionals did not go to work to kill the old and infirm isolated in their factories. Some of our best friends are doctors.

    These objections miss the point of counter-insurgency, covert warfare and hybrid operations. The psychological control which is the ultimate aim of hybrid/ counter-insurgency operations derives from what must be called a “conversion”. Conversion is different from conquest. Conquest seizes the land but leaves the people. Conversion seizes the people, the land follows. Conversion is accomplished through trauma, destruction of the knowledge base of the target, and injection of a new structure to replace the knowledge base destroyed. That is the technology of Christendom, Christian mission.

    Moreover the trauma not only destroys the knowledge base it undermines the target’s capacity to distinguish internal and external phenomena. No deception is ever perfect. Therefore it is necessary to create and maintain sufficient doubt and uncertainty in the target so that he or she is unable to stabilise any explanation for events and circumstances to which he or she has been subjected. This is what torture aims to do. Helplessness, although also an illusion, is a powerful means of self-control. Conviction replaces empirical experience and all facts become deniable. William Colby, while Director of Central Intelligence, explained to the US Congress the meaning of plausible deniability. Then he was only referring to the actions of the Agency. Since 2020, Western society has been restructured entirely along those lines. So began the years of living deniably.

    The post Years of Living Deniably first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by T.P. Wilkinson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/18/years-of-living-deniably/feed/ 0 480157
    Reuters Reveals Secret U.S. Government Anti-China Operation to Increase Covid-19 Deaths in East Asia and Pacific https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/16/reuters-reveals-secret-u-s-government-anti-china-operation-to-increase-covid-19-deaths-in-east-asia-and-pacific/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/16/reuters-reveals-secret-u-s-government-anti-china-operation-to-increase-covid-19-deaths-in-east-asia-and-pacific/#respond Sun, 16 Jun 2024 19:06:15 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=151216 On June 14, Reuters headlined: “Pentagon ran secret anti-vax campaign to undermine China during pandemic: The U.S. military launched a clandestine program amid the COVID crisis to discredit China’s Sinovac inoculation – payback for Beijing’s efforts to blame Washington for the pandemic. One target: the Filipino public. Health experts say the gambit was indefensible and […]

    The post Reuters Reveals Secret U.S. Government Anti-China Operation to Increase Covid-19 Deaths in East Asia and Pacific first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    On June 14, Reuters headlined: “Pentagon ran secret anti-vax campaign to undermine China during pandemic: The U.S. military launched a clandestine program amid the COVID crisis to discredit China’s Sinovac inoculation – payback for Beijing’s efforts to blame Washington for the pandemic. One target: the Filipino public. Health experts say the gambit was indefensible and put innocent lives at risk.”

    A June 15 Google-search of the headline “Pentagon ran secret anti-vax campaign to undermine China during pandemic” produced virtually no publication of that Reuters news-report anywhere within the U.S. empire — U.S., Canada, Europe, Japan, South Korea, Philippines, etc. The news-report was not published, for example, in the New York Times, Washington Post, London Times, Guardian, Telegraph, and Daily Mail, nor CNN, NBC, CBS, BBC, NPR, PBS, Deutsche Welle, etc. That headline did briefly run on the websites of USA Today and Fox News, but never the news-report itself on that given site, and the link to the story no longer works at either USA Today or Fox News. There had been a link to that headlined story, but that news-report had not been published on either site. The only mainstream site in the U.S. empire that posted not only the headline but that also at their site the actual news-report, was Australian Broadcasting Corporation, on June 15. A Google-search of that headline four hours later on June 15 showed no better results. So, this extraordinarily important news-report remains as being news even the day after Reuters had published it on their news-feed. Suppression of a major news-story from a U.S. empire news-agency such as Reuters is highly extraordinary.

    That suppressed news-report — which should immediately have been splashed everywhere, because it was among the biggest news-stories anywhere on June 14 — opened:

    At the height of the COVID-19 pandemic, the U.S. military launched a secret campaign to counter what it perceived as China’s growing influence in the Philippines, a nation hit especially hard by the deadly virus.

    The clandestine operation has not been previously reported. It aimed to sow doubt about the safety and efficacy of vaccines and other life-saving aid that was being supplied by China, a Reuters investigation found. Through phony internet accounts meant to impersonate Filipinos, the military’s propaganda efforts morphed into an anti-vax campaign. Social media posts decried the quality of face masks, test kits and the first vaccine that would become available in the Philippines – China’s Sinovac inoculation.

    Reuters identified at least 300 accounts on X, formerly Twitter, that matched descriptions shared by former U.S. military officials familiar with the Philippines operation. Almost all were created in the summer of 2020 and centered on the slogan #Chinaangvirus – Tagalog for China is the virus.

    This post, identified by Reuters, matched the messaging, timeframe and design of the U.S. military’s anti-vax propaganda campaign in the Philippines, former and current military officials say. Social media platform X also identified the account as fake and removed it.

    TRANSLATION FROM TAGALOG

    #ChinaIsTheVirus

    Do you want that? COVID came from China and vaccines came from China

    (Beneath the message is a picture of then-Philippines President Rodrigo Duterte saying: “China! Prioritize us first please. I’ll give you more islands, POGO and black sand.” POGO refers to Philippine Offshore Gaming Operators, online gambling companies that boomed during Duterte’s administration. Black sand refers to a type of mining.)

    “COVID came from China and the VACCINE also came from China, don’t trust China!” one typical tweet from July 2020 read in Tagalog. The words were next to a photo of a syringe beside a Chinese flag and a soaring chart of infections. Another post read: “From China – PPE, Face Mask, Vaccine: FAKE. But the Coronavirus is real.”

    RELATED

    Podcast: Pentagon’s anti-vax campaign

    After Reuters asked X about the accounts, the social media company removed the profiles, determining they were part of a coordinated bot campaign based on activity patterns and internal data.

    The U.S. military’s anti-vax effort began in the spring of 2020 and expanded beyond Southeast Asia before it was terminated in mid-2021, Reuters determined. Tailoring the propaganda campaign to local audiences across Central Asia and the Middle East, the Pentagon used a combination of fake social media accounts on multiple platforms to spread fear of China’s vaccines among Muslims at a time when the virus was killing tens of thousands of people each day. A key part of the strategy: amplify the disputed contention that, because vaccines sometimes contain pork gelatin, China’s shots could be considered forbidden under Islamic law.

    The military program started under former President Donald Trump and continued months into Joe Biden’s presidency, Reuters found – even after alarmed social media executives warned the new administration that the Pentagon had been trafficking in COVID misinformation. The Biden White House issued an edict in spring 2021 banning the anti-vax effort, which also disparaged vaccines produced by other rivals, and the Pentagon initiated an internal review, Reuters found.

    “I don’t think it’s defensible. I’m extremely dismayed, disappointed and disillusioned to hear that the U.S. government would do that.”

    Daniel Lucey, infectious disease specialist at Dartmouth’s Geisel School of Medicine.

    The news-report also said:

    Then-Philippines President Rodrigo Duterte pleaded with citizens to get the COVID vaccine. “You choose, vaccine or I will have you jailed,” a masked Duterte said in this televised address in June 2021.

    When he addressed the vaccination issue, the Philippines had among the worst inoculation rates in Southeast Asia. Only 2.1 million of its 114 million citizens were fully vaccinated – far short of the government’s target of 70 million. By the time Duterte spoke, COVID cases exceeded 1.3 million, and almost 24,000 Filipinos had died from the virus. The difficulty in vaccinating the population contributed to the worst death rate in the region.

    COVID-19 deaths in the Philippines

    The pandemic hit the Philippines especially hard, and by November 2021, COVID had claimed the lives of 48,361 people there. …

    To implement the anti-vax campaign, the Defense Department overrode strong objections from top U.S. diplomats in Southeast Asia at the time, Reuters found. Sources involved in its planning and execution say the Pentagon, which ran the program through the military’s psychological operations center in Tampa, Florida, disregarded the collateral impact that such propaganda may have on innocent Filipinos.

    “We weren’t looking at this from a public health perspective,” said a senior military officer involved in the program. “We were looking at how we could drag China through the mud.” …

    In 2019, before COVID surfaced in full force, then-Secretary of Defense Mark Esper signed a secret order that later paved the way for the launch of the U.S. military propaganda campaign. The order elevated the Pentagon’s competition with China and Russia to the priority of active combat, enabling commanders to sidestep the State Department when conducting psyops against those adversaries. The Pentagon spending bill passed by Congress that year also explicitly authorized the military to conduct clandestine influence operations against other countries, even “outside of areas of active hostilities.”

    Esper, through a spokesperson, declined to comment. A State Department spokesperson referred questions to the Pentagon.

    The statement — “We weren’t looking at this from a public health perspective,” said a senior military officer involved in the program. “We were looking at how we could drag China through the mud.” — means that the U.S. Government was placing a higher priority upon “dragging China through the mud” than on keeping covid-19 deaths down in the Assia-Pacific region. Especially in the Phillipines, which under Duarte’s Presidency was neutralist in the conflict between the U.S. Government and the Chinese Government, adding to the death-rate there was not a practical concern for the U.S. Government. In other words: the U.S. Government treats neutralist nations as-if they’re instead among its enemy-nations, to such an extent that even civilian deaths there that are caused by the U.S. Government, are of no practical (much less of ethical) concern. This operation by the U.S. Government was expected to increase deaths in that region (because the U.S. Government believed that vaccinations would reduce covid-19 deaths in its own and allied territories), but they were not concerned about that. They were interested only in “how we could drag China through the mud.” The possibily that deaths would increase deaths in and around Asia as a result of what they were doing, was of no concern to them. The extent to which the post-1945 U.S. Government is significantly different than was Hitler’s Government in Germany, is therefore an appropriate matter for public debate, though it’s not being debated anywhere in today’s U.S. empire. The major importance of this news-report from Reuters is that it importantly contributes to that debate; and, now, the further fact of its virtually complete black-out within the U.S. empire, displays the extent to which the U.S. empire will not tolerate the existence of any such public debate. Perhaps this fact is even more important than that extraordinary report from Reuters itself was.

    A reasonable conclusion from all of this is that America’s Government treats neutral countries as-if they are enemy countries. An associated aspect of this fact is that starting on June 11th the U.S. Government increased its secondary sanctions against Russia — the sanctions against businesses that trade with Russia — so as to punish them for that and thereby to limit such firms’ choices as to which countries they will be allowed by the U.S. Government to have commerce with. Secondary sanctions present non-U.S. targets (neutral countries and firms) with a choice: do business with the United States or with the sanctioned target, but not both. This is erecting a new “iron curtain,” of a specifically economic type, between the American empire — “The West” — and “The East.”

    The U.S. Government is, in effect, betting that to force neutrals to choose between “The West” and “the East,” “The West” will expand, instead of reduce, its empire. Whether, or the extent to which, the reverse might happen, was so much as even considered by “The West,” is not, as-of yet, publicly known.

    However, specifically as regards what was the topic in that Reuters news-report: to be concerned not at all about how the death-rates in the east-Asian region would be affected, but ONLY about “how we could drag China through the mud,” was — given the fact that the U.S. Government thought that to increase the vaccination-rates in that region would reduce the death-rates there — for the U.S. Government to intend to increase covid-19 deaths in the East-Asia & Pacific region. It was their intent, regardless of whether, or the extent to which, it was the result of what the U.S. Government did there.

    The post Reuters Reveals Secret U.S. Government Anti-China Operation to Increase Covid-19 Deaths in East Asia and Pacific first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Eric Zuesse.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/16/reuters-reveals-secret-u-s-government-anti-china-operation-to-increase-covid-19-deaths-in-east-asia-and-pacific/feed/ 0 479852
    Iran’s Response to COVID-19 https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/04/irans-response-to-covid-19/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/04/irans-response-to-covid-19/#respond Tue, 04 Jun 2024 16:00:05 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=467036a53a8df0cd796c5a3db2d9d7e6
    This content originally appeared on VICE News and was authored by VICE News.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/04/irans-response-to-covid-19/feed/ 0 477903
    The Untold History of the Cold War, CIA Coups Around the World, and COVID’s Origin https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/29/the-untold-history-of-the-cold-war-cia-coups-around-the-world-and-covids-origin/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/29/the-untold-history-of-the-cold-war-cia-coups-around-the-world-and-covids-origin/#respond Wed, 29 May 2024 13:40:11 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=150702 Professor Jeffrey Sachs is the President of the UN Sustainable Development Solutions Network and Director of the Center for Sustainable Development at Columbia University. He is the author of many best selling books, including The End of Poverty and The Ages of Globalization. Here he is with probably the smartest and most accurate assessment of […]

    The post The Untold History of the Cold War, CIA Coups Around the World, and COVID’s Origin first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    Professor Jeffrey Sachs is the President of the UN Sustainable Development Solutions Network and Director of the Center for Sustainable Development at Columbia University. He is the author of many best selling books, including The End of Poverty and The Ages of Globalization. Here he is with probably the smartest and most accurate assessment of the Ukraine war, and American foreign policy more broadly, ever caught on tape.

    The post The Untold History of the Cold War, CIA Coups Around the World, and COVID’s Origin first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Tucker Carlson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/29/the-untold-history-of-the-cold-war-cia-coups-around-the-world-and-covids-origin/feed/ 0 477003
    Zhang Zhan, the Chinese activist jailed for reporting on the Covid-19 lockdown, finally freed https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/27/zhang-zhan-the-chinese-activist-jailed-for-reporting-on-the-covid-19-lockdown-finally-freed/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/27/zhang-zhan-the-chinese-activist-jailed-for-reporting-on-the-covid-19-lockdown-finally-freed/#respond Mon, 27 May 2024 10:04:42 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=12bbd9df3285af9e3fe4ade7deb02732
    This content originally appeared on Human Rights Watch and was authored by Human Rights Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/27/zhang-zhan-the-chinese-activist-jailed-for-reporting-on-the-covid-19-lockdown-finally-freed/feed/ 0 476620
    Surviving COVID-19 Without a Safety Net https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/23/surviving-covid-19-without-a-safety-net/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/23/surviving-covid-19-without-a-safety-net/#respond Thu, 23 May 2024 19:00:17 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=79cd7b303a1913c012b53a44d7046507
    This content originally appeared on VICE News and was authored by VICE News.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/23/surviving-covid-19-without-a-safety-net/feed/ 0 476069
    From COVID-19 to Campus Protests: How the Police State Muzzles Free Speech https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/22/from-covid-19-to-campus-protests-how-the-police-state-muzzles-free-speech/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/22/from-covid-19-to-campus-protests-how-the-police-state-muzzles-free-speech/#respond Wed, 22 May 2024 20:57:27 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=150545 The police state does not want citizens who know their rights. Nor does the police state want citizens prepared to exercise those rights. This year’s graduates are a prime example of this master class in compliance. Their time in college has been set against a backdrop of crackdowns, lockdowns and permacrises ranging from the government’s […]

    The post From COVID-19 to Campus Protests: How the Police State Muzzles Free Speech first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    The police state does not want citizens who know their rights.

    Nor does the police state want citizens prepared to exercise those rights.

    This year’s graduates are a prime example of this master class in compliance. Their time in college has been set against a backdrop of crackdowns, lockdowns and permacrises ranging from the government’s authoritarian COVID-19 tactics to its more recent militant response to campus protests.

    Born in the wake of the 9/11 attacks, these young people have been raised without any expectation of privacy in a technologically-driven, mass surveillance state; educated in schools that teach conformity and compliance; saddled with a debt-ridden economy on the brink of implosion; made vulnerable by the blowback from a military empire constantly waging war against shadowy enemies; policed by government agents armed to the teeth ready and able to lock down the country at a moment’s notice; and forced to march in lockstep with a government that no longer exists to serve the people but which demands they be obedient slaves or suffer the consequences.

    And now, when they should be empowered to take their rightful place in society as citizens who fully understand and exercise their right to speak truth to power, they are being censored, silenced and shut down.

    Consider what happened recently in Charlottesville, Va., when riot police were called in to shut down campus protests at the University of Virginia staged by students and members of the community to express their opposition to the ongoing humanitarian crisis in Palestine.

    As the local newspaper reported, “State police sporting tactical gear and riot shields moved in on the demonstrators, using pepper spray and sheer force to disperse the group and arrest the roughly 15 or so at the camp, where for days students, faculty and community members had sang songs, read poetry and painted signs in protest of Israel’s ongoing war in the Palestinian territory of Gaza.”

    What a sad turn-about for an institution which was founded as an experiment in cultivating an informed citizenry by Thomas Jefferson, the author of the Declaration of Independence, champion of the Bill of Rights, and the nation’s third president.

    Unfortunately, the University of Virginia is not unique in its heavy-handed response to what have been largely peaceful anti-war protests. According to the Washington Post, more than 2300 people have been arrested for taking part in similar campus protests across the country.

    These lessons in compliance, while expected, are what comes of challenging the police state.

    Free speech can certainly not be considered “free” when expressive activities across the nation are being increasingly limited, restricted to so-called free speech zones, or altogether blocked.

    Remember, the First Amendment gives every American the right to “petition his government for a redress of grievances.”

    Along with the constitutional right to peacefully (and that means non-violently) assemble, the right to free speech allows us to challenge the government through protests and demonstrations and to attempt to change the world around us—for the better or the worse—through protests and counterprotests.

    If citizens cannot stand out in the open and voice their disapproval of their government, its representatives and its policies without fearing prosecution, then the First Amendment with all its robust protections for free speech, assembly and the right to petition one’s government for a redress of grievances is little more than window-dressing on a store window—pretty to look at but serving little real purpose.

    After all, living in a representative republic means that each person has the right to take a stand for what they think is right, whether that means marching outside the halls of government, wearing clothing with provocative statements, or simply holding up a sign.

    That’s what the First Amendment is supposed to be about: it assures the citizenry of the right to express their concerns about their government to their government, in a time, place and manner best suited to ensuring that those concerns are heard.

    Unfortunately, through a series of carefully crafted legislative steps and politically expedient court rulings, government officials have managed to disembowel this fundamental freedom, rendering it with little more meaning than the right to file a lawsuit against government officials.

    In more and more cases, the government is declaring war on what should be protected political speech whenever it challenges the government’s power, reveals the government’s corruption, exposes the government’s lies, and encourages the citizenry to push back against the government’s many injustices.

    Indeed, there is a long and growing list of the kinds of speech that the government considers dangerous enough to red flag and subject to censorship, surveillance, investigation and prosecution: hate speech, conspiratorial speech, treasonous speech, threatening speech, inflammatory speech, radical speech, anti-government speech, extremist speech, etc.

    Clearly, the government has no interest in hearing what “we the people” have to say.

    Yet if Americans are not able to peacefully assemble for expressive activity outside of the halls of government or on public roads on which government officials must pass, or on college campuses, the First Amendment has lost all meaning.

    If we cannot stand peacefully outside of the Supreme Court or the Capitol or the White House, our ability to hold the government accountable for its actions is threatened, and so are the rights and liberties that we cherish as Americans.

    And if we cannot proclaim our feelings about the government, no matter how controversial, on our clothing, or to passersby, or to the users of the world wide web, then the First Amendment really has become an exercise in futility.

    The source of the protest shouldn’t matter. The politics of the protesters are immaterial.

    To play politics with the First Amendment encourages a double standard that will see us all muzzled in the end.

    The power elite has made their intentions clear: they will pursue and prosecute any and all words, thoughts and expressions that challenge their authority.

    As I make clear in my book Battlefield America: The War on the American People and in its fictional counterpart The Erik Blair Diaries, this is the final link in the police state chain.

    If ever there were a time for us to stand up for the right to speak freely, even if it’s freedom for speech we hate, the time is now.

     

    The post From COVID-19 to Campus Protests: How the Police State Muzzles Free Speech first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by John W. Whitehead and Nisha Whitehead.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/22/from-covid-19-to-campus-protests-how-the-police-state-muzzles-free-speech/feed/ 0 475875
    Donald Trump’s Actual Record on COVID-19 https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/05/donald-trumps-actual-record-on-covid-19/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/05/donald-trumps-actual-record-on-covid-19/#respond Fri, 05 Apr 2024 21:49:51 +0000 https://progressive.org/latest/donald-trumps-actual-record-on-covid19-lueders-20240405/
    This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Bill Lueders.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/05/donald-trumps-actual-record-on-covid-19/feed/ 0 468383
    An Important Admission https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/29/an-important-admission/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/29/an-important-admission/#respond Fri, 29 Mar 2024 14:17:08 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=149308 Were we duped?

    The post An Important Admission first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    The post An Important Admission first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/29/an-important-admission/feed/ 0 466972
    Mistakes Were Made https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/18/mistakes-were-made/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/18/mistakes-were-made/#respond Mon, 18 Mar 2024 21:00:37 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=148984 Make fun of the Germans all you want, and I’ve certainly done that a bit during these past few years, but, if there’s one thing they’re exceptionally good at, it’s taking responsibility for their mistakes. Seriously, when it comes to acknowledging one’s mistakes, and not rationalizing, or minimizing, or attempting to deny them, and any […]

    The post Mistakes Were Made first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    Make fun of the Germans all you want, and I’ve certainly done that a bit during these past few years, but, if there’s one thing they’re exceptionally good at, it’s taking responsibility for their mistakes. Seriously, when it comes to acknowledging one’s mistakes, and not rationalizing, or minimizing, or attempting to deny them, and any discomfort they may have allegedly caused, no one does it quite like the Germans.

    Take this Covid mess, for example. Just last week, the German authorities confessed that they made a few minor mistakes during their management of the “Covid pandemic.” According to Karl Lauterbach, the Minister of Health, “we were sometimes too strict with the children and probably started easing the restrictions a little too late.” Horst Seehofer, the former Interior Minister, admitted that he would no longer agree to some of the Covid restrictions today, for example, nationwide nighttime curfews. “One must be very careful with calls for compulsory vaccination,” he added. Helge Braun, Head of the Chancellery and Minister for Special Affairs under Merkel, agreed that there had been “misjudgments,” for example, “overestimating the effectiveness of the vaccines.”

    This display of the German authorities’ unwavering commitment to transparency and honesty, and the principle of personal honor that guides the German authorities in all their affairs, and that is deeply ingrained in the German character, was published in a piece called “The Divisive Virus” in Der Spiegel, and immediately widely disseminated by the rest of the German state and corporate media in a totally organic manner which did not in any way resemble one enormous Goebbelsian keyboard instrument pumping out official propaganda in perfect synchronization, or anything creepy and fascistic like that.

    Germany, after all, is “an extremely democratic state,” with freedom of speech and the press and all that, not some kind of totalitarian country where the masses are inundated with official propaganda and critics of the government are dragged into criminal court and prosecuted on trumped-up “hate crime” charges.

    OK, sure, in a non-democratic totalitarian system, such public “admissions of mistakes” — and the synchronized dissemination thereof by the media — would just be a part of the process of whitewashing the authorities’ fascistic behavior during some particularly totalitarian phase of transforming society into whatever totalitarian dystopia they were trying to transform it into (for example, a three-year-long “state of emergency,” which they declared to keep the masses terrorized and cooperative while they stripped them of their democratic rights; i.e., the ones they hadn’t already stripped them of, and conditioned them to mindlessly follow orders, and robotically repeat nonsensical official slogans, and vent their impotent hatred and fear at the new “Untermenschen” or “counter-revolutionaries”), but that is obviously not the case here.

    No, this is definitely not the German authorities staging a public “accountability” spectacle in order to memory-hole what happened during 2020-2023 and enshrine the official narrative in history. There’s going to be a formal “Inquiry Commission” — conducted by the same German authorities that managed the “crisis” — which will get to the bottom of all the regrettable but completely understandable “mistakes” that were made in the heat of the heroic battle against The Divisive Virus!

    OK, calm down, all you “conspiracy theorists,” “Covid deniers,” and “anti-vaxxers.” This isn’t going to be like the Nuremberg Trials. No one is going to get taken out and hanged. It’s about identifying and acknowledging mistakes, and learning from them, so that the authorities can manage everything better during the next “pandemic,” or “climate emergency,” or “terrorist attack,” or “insurrection,” or whatever.

    For example, the Inquiry Commission will want to look into how the government accidentally declared a Nationwide State of Pandemic Emergency and revised the Infection Protection Act, suspending the German constitution and granting the government the power to rule by decree, on account of a respiratory virus that clearly posed no threat to society at large, and then unleashed police goon squads on the thousands of people who gathered outside the Reichstag to protest the revocation of their constitutional rights.

    Once they do, I’m sure they’ll find that that “mistake” bears absolutely no resemblance to the Enabling Act of 1933, which suspended the German constitution and granted the government the power to rule by decree, after the Nazis declared a nationwide “state of emergency.”

    Another thing the Commission will probably want to look into is how the German authorities accidentally banned any further demonstrations against their arbitrary decrees, and ordered the police to brutalize anyone participating in such “illegal demonstrations.”

    And, while the Commission is inquiring into the possibly slightly inappropriate behavior of their law enforcement officials, they might want to also take a look at the behavior of their unofficial goon squads, like Antifa, which they accidentally encouraged to attack the “anti-vaxxers,” the “Covid deniers,” and anyone brandishing a copy of the German constitution.

    Come to think of it, the Inquiry Commission might also want to look into how the German authorities, and the overwhelming majority of the state and corporate media, accidentally systematically fomented mass hatred of anyone who dared to question the government’s arbitrary and nonsensical decrees or who refused to submit to “vaccination,” and publicly demonized us as “Corona deniers,” “conspiracy theorists,” “anti-vaxxers,” “far-right anti-Semites,” etc., to the point where mainstream German celebrities like Sarah Bosetti were literally describing us as the inessential “appendix” in the body of the nation, quoting an infamous Nazi almost verbatim.

    And then there’s the whole “vaccination” business. The Commission will certainly want to inquire into that. They will probably want to start their inquiry with Karl Lauterbach, and determine exactly how he accidentally lied to the public, over and over, and over again …

    And whipped people up into a mass hysteria over “KILLER VARIANTS” …

    And “LONG COVID BRAIN ATTACKS” …

    And how “THE UNVACCINATED ARE HOLDING THE WHOLE COUNTRY HOSTAGE, SO WE NEED TO FORCIBLY VACCINATE EVERYONE!”

    And so on. I could go on with this all day, but it will be much easier to just refer you, and the Commission, to this documentary film by Aya Velázquez. Non-German readers may want to skip to the second half, unless they’re interested in the German “Corona Expert Council” …

    Look, the point is, everybody makes “mistakes,” especially during a “state of emergency,” or a war, or some other type of global “crisis.” At least we can always count on the Germans to step up and take responsibility for theirs, and not claim that they didn’t know what was happening, or that they were “just following orders,” or that “the science changed.”

    Plus, all this Covid stuff is ancient history, and, as Olaf, an editor at Der Spiegel, reminds us, it’s time to put the “The Divisive Pandemic” behind us …

    … and click heels, and heil the New Normal Democracy!

    The post Mistakes Were Made first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by C.J. Hopkins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/18/mistakes-were-made/feed/ 0 464830
    Better immunisation coverage needed to prevent Pacific measles, says WHO https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/13/better-immunisation-coverage-needed-to-prevent-pacific-measles-says-who/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/13/better-immunisation-coverage-needed-to-prevent-pacific-measles-says-who/#respond Wed, 13 Mar 2024 00:44:10 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=98180 By Caleb Fotheringham, RNZ Pacific journalist

    Surveillance and better vaccine coverage is needed to prevent another measles outbreak in the Pacific, says the World Health Organisation’s (WHO) Western Pacific regional director.

    Dr Saia Ma’u Piukala said many children missed out on routine vaccinations — including measles and rubella — during the covid-19 pandemic.

    According to WHO, measles cases jumped by 225 percent — from just over 1400 cases in 2022 to more than 5000 last year — in the Western Pacific region.

    “I think the health workforce were concentrating on covid-19 vaccinations and forgot about routine vaccinations, not only for measles, but other routine immunisation schedule,” Piukala told RNZ Pacific.

    “People are going back to fill the gaps.”

    From 2022 to 2023, 11 countries in the Western Pacific, including Fiji, Kiribati, Marshall Islands, the Federated States of Micronesia, Palau and Papua New Guinea, conducted nationwide measles and rubella vaccination campaigns.

    Catch-up successful
    Piukala said the catch-up campaigns had been successful.

    “That will definitely reduce the risk,” he said.

    “No child should get sick or die of measles.”

    In 2019, Samoa had an outbreak that killed 83 people off the back of an outbreak in Auckland.

    WHO Regional Director for the Western Pacific Dr Saia Ma’u Piukala
    WHO Regional Director for the Western Pacific Dr Saia Ma’u Piukala . . . “No child should get sick or die of measles.” Image: Pierre Albouy/WHO

    Piukala said the deaths made people understand the importance of measles and rubella vaccinations for their children.

    Fiji, Guam, French Polynesia and New Caledonia are the only countries or territories that have local testing capacity for measles, with most nations sending samples to Melbourne for testing.

    Piukala said WHO plans for Samoa, the Cook Islands, and the Solomon Islands to have testing capacity by 2025.

    “The PCR machines that were made available in Pacific Island countries during the covid pandemic can also be used to detect other respiratory viruses, including the flu, LSV, and measles and rubella.”

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/13/better-immunisation-coverage-needed-to-prevent-pacific-measles-says-who/feed/ 0 463692
    China’s COVID-19 vaccine victims petition Chinese political elites https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/china-vaccine-victims-03012024002629.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/china-vaccine-victims-03012024002629.html#respond Fri, 01 Mar 2024 05:30:00 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/china-vaccine-victims-03012024002629.html Luo Zhehan, a primary school student in China’s Jiangsu province, was diagnosed with acute lymphoblastic leukemia after being vaccinated with a domestically-produced COVID-19 vaccine and passed away a month afterwards. But his family rather faced significant challenges in seeking justice, recounting threats of imprisonment from the government during their pursuit. 

    Luo is not alone. Victims of China’s home-made COVID-19 vaccine have issued a petition calling on the authorities to take responsibility, as representatives vowed to take their grievances to Beijing during the “two sessions” meetings that will open next Tuesday. Like Luo’s family, however, they face an uncertain and challenging path ahead.

    Qian Dalong, the victims’ representative in Beijing told Radio Free Asia that the authorities have blocked the petition on the internet after it spread online rapidly, while many human rights representatives have been monitored by the police or placed under house arrest. 

    The two sessions are the state’s most important annual political meetings – the concurrent meetings of the National People’s Congress (NPC), top legislature, and the Chinese People’s Political Consultative Conference (CPPCC), the political advisory body to the Chinese Communist Party. 

    But he said the group has mailed the petition to delegates of the two sessions, hoping to draw their attention to their plight.

    “[The authorities have] set up layers of obstacles to prevent people from speaking. We have already mailed [the petition] to them. Whether the delegates have a conscience, or dare to take up the issue? We don’t know.”

    ENG_CHN_Petition_03012024_2.png
    Qian Dalong says he is currently being surveilled. (Photo provided by Qian Dalong)

    Qian said he suddenly became paralyzed after taking the third dose of the Chinese vaccine, Sinovac. He revealed the side effects of the vaccine on Chinese social media last July, which led to a month of detention and the blockade of his Weibo account. Attempts to contact the authorities via the government to take responsibility failed.

    “There should be more than 3,000 victims, as some don’t even realize that it’s because of the vaccine.”

    Most of the nearly 3,000 victims who signed the petition have contracted leukemia (2,973 cases) and type 1 diabetes, according to a post by the Chinese blog Weiquanwang, which translates into Rights Protection Network, on Feb. 22. 

    The victims and their families last called out to the Chinese government to investigate and take responsibility in February last year. 

    In an open letter, they called on the National Health Commission to investigate all cases of major health problems occurring after vaccination, and to call in independent and scientific investigators to probe their claims, as well as pay the medical expenses of those left sick or disabled by vaccines, and offer them appropriate levels of care.

    Systemic problem

    An expert involved in handling public health incidents and did not want to be named for fear of reprisal believes that China’s public health incidents are systemic problems. 

    “In the history of China’s public health, similar incidents have emerged one after another. The most terrifying thing about this country is not the technical problem,” said the expert. “The Chinese government and vaccine companies are bound by interests. There has never been transparent data and credible information. The system is shady, so what defenders are facing is not just a company, but the entire government.” 

    The expert called on the health ministry to act as a coordinator for the drug company to fork out the money for a third agency to establish a fund that the victims can supervise. The fund will be used for the immediate treatment of victims and for their long-term well-being. 

    “But I don’t have any hope,” the expert added.

    According to China’s “Vaccine Administration Law,” the state implements a compensation system for abnormal vaccination reactions. But the government has brought forth official experts to refute victims’ claims.

    One was the Chinese Academy of Sciences fellow, Wang Fusheng who slammed the victims and rights advocates’ claims as “irresponsible,” reiterating that research has shown the vaccine does not cause leukemia and diabetes.

    The National Health Commission and the Chinese Center for Disease Control and Prevention did not respond to requests for comment.

    Translated with additional reporting by RFA Staff. Edited by Taejun Kang and Mike Firn.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Yitong Wu and Chingman for RFA Cantonese.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/china-vaccine-victims-03012024002629.html/feed/ 0 461455
    Government Gag Rules Keep Vital Info From the Public https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/23/government-gag-rules-keep-vital-info-from-the-public/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/23/government-gag-rules-keep-vital-info-from-the-public/#respond Fri, 23 Feb 2024 21:49:58 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9038406   Reporting on the government institution charged with saving us from the Covid pandemic was restricted enough to leave real holes in what we knew. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention—like many other organizations these days, public and private—prohibits its employees from speaking freely to reporters. At many entities, the rules mean staff members […]

    The post Government Gag Rules Keep Vital Info From the Public appeared first on FAIR.

    ]]>
     

    Reporting on the government institution charged with saving us from the Covid pandemic was restricted enough to leave real holes in what we knew.

    The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention—like many other organizations these days, public and private—prohibits its employees from speaking freely to reporters. At many entities, the rules mean staff members cannot have any unauthorized contact with reporters, with media inquiries often redirected to a public information office (PIO).

    The forced notification of the higher-ups is quite enough to silence many employees about anything that would displease the bosses. But beyond that, reporters’ requests to speak to someone are often not granted at all.

    Unreported gaps in defenses

    WaPo: Lessons unlearned

    Washington Post (7/4/20)

    Why are those controls not an outrage? Certainly, some CDC shortcomings that led to ill-controlled Covid spread could have been revealed earlier—maybe well before the pandemic—if people were talking to reporters normally. That would include confidential conversations, if that were the agreement between staff member and reporter.

    The Covid Crisis Group, in its investigative report last year, pointed out (among many other shortcomings) that neither the CDC nor anyone in government had a well-developed design for screening people at international air gateways. Nor had  CDC or any other agency  “tried to build a rapid-action, interdisciplinary, systematic biomedical surveillance network.” In July 2020, months after the agency’s mistakes with the Covid test hampered the early response, the Washington Post (7/4/20) revealed CDC had made the same mistakes with the Zika virus test four years before.

    One could look at each such gap in the nation’s pandemic defenses and think: “There were agency staff who understood the problem—possibly couldn’t sleep at night because of it—and they were banned from speaking freely about it to reporters.”

    Quite possibly either a general-interest outlet or a specialized trade newsletter would have been tipped off, if they had  normal contact with such people.

    Gradually, over several decades, with almost no public discussion, these gag rules have come to many corners of  society, including public and private entities, businesses, federal, state and local governments, organizations covered by science reporters, schools of all levels, and police departments. The censorship mechanism is taught in at least some communications classes.

    Journalists’ responsibility to fight such restrictions, not just get stories, is indicated by regular reports about bad situations that might have been changed earlier: information on generic drug production problems that took author Katherine Eban 10 years to pull out of the system; plans by the Trump administration to separate children from parents; young CDC scientists who knew in early 2020 that Covid could be spread by people who did not seem ill; or the many law enforcement organizations all over the country that stifle reporting on themselves.

    Blockages politically driven

    Quill: Former Media Relations Head

    Quill (9/22/22)

    Former CDC media relations head Glen Nowak (Quill, 9/22/22) has said the agency’s controls grew tighter with each presidential administration, beginning with President Ronald Reagan. Each new administration looked back at what the previous one had done, and saw there had been no adverse political impact from tightening the restrictions. Nowak said the blockages were often politically driven, and frequently effective in controlling information.

    When a reporter contacts the PIO for permission to talk to someone at the CDC, the request is sent up through the political layers of government, at least to the Department of Health and Human Services secretary of public affairs, and often all the way to the White House. Behind closed doors, officials decide who may speak to whom, and what may be discussed.

    Nowak said:

    Administrations, typically, their priority is trying to remain elected. And they’re often looking at policies through: how will this help or not help when it comes to running for election…. A serious health threat can be underplayed or ignored if it doesn’t align with political ideology of the party in power, or a party is trying to get power.

    For over 15 years, a number of journalism organizations have been fighting these controls. Letters signed by 25 to 60 organizations have gone to the Obama, Trump and Biden administrations, as well as to Congress, calling for an end to the constraints in federal entities.

    News outlets have researched or editorialized against the practice. Last year, the Lexington Courier Journal (6/15/23) found that of 35 Kentucky agencies, 70% restrict or prohibit employees from talking to journalists. The Pittsburgh Post Gazette editorial board (9/4/23) said that “governments and other agencies have tightly constricted access to the people who actually make the decisions and know, first-hand, key information.”

    Testing the restrictions

    There’s been another important step in the last few months. Two journalists filed separate suits against public agencies for having these policies. Some people, including attorneys, have said in the past that journalists could not sue agencies in such instances.  A plaintiff, they said, would have to be an insider, a “willing speaker.”

    However, Brittany Hailer, director of the Pittsburgh Institute for Nonprofit Journalism, sued the Allegheny County Jail last August for allegedly prohibiting employees and contractors from speaking to journalists without prior approval of the warden. Her complaint says that the jail, which houses on average 1,553 people, has had a death rate “reportedly nearly twice the national average among local jails of similar size.”

    Hailer is represented by the Yale Law School Media Freedom and Information Access Clinic and the Reporters Committee for Freedom of the Press.

    In addition, the publishers of the Catskills, NY–based Reporter sued the Delaware County (New York) Board of Supervisors. The board had pulled the county’s legal advertising from the paper, allegedly in retaliation for news coverage the board didn’t like, and then prohibited county employees from speaking to the paper about “pressing matters of public concern.” The board mandated, the complaint said, that all communications with the Reporter be funneled through the county attorney’s office.

    The Reporter’s publishers are represented by the Cornell Law School First Amendment Clinic and Michael J. Grygiel.

    Both cases are currently pending before the courts.

    Foundational thinking for the cases was provided by a 2019 report by prominent First Amendment attorney Frank LoMonte, who was then head of the Brechner Center for Freedom of Information, and is now counsel at CNN. In a summary report, LoMonte said of the constraints:

    Media plaintiffs should be able to establish that their interests have been injured, whether directly or indirectly, to sustain a First Amendment challenge to government restraints on employees’ speech to the media. The only question is whether the restraint will be treated as a presumptively unconstitutional prior restraint, or whether a less rigorous level of scrutiny will apply.

    Is this authoritarianism?

    Is this trend a kind of authoritarianism that is growing out of our public relations culture?

    Many types of media—national, local or specialized—publish, with little or no skepticism, information handed out from government agencies. Nor do journalists warn audiences that the staff members who know other parts of the story are walled off from reporters.

    Why does the press assume that any human organization will maintain competence or integrity when it is blocking or manipulating information about itself?

    Even as climate disruption poses an ever-greater threat, the Environmental Protection Agency and the Department of Energy have these don’t-talk policies, as do most federal agencies.

    Last year, the Department of Commerce, with its prominent role in regulating artificial intelligence, put out a policy saying that requests for official press interviews should go through the public affairs officials, and further

    should be submitted by email with details to include story angle, background, requested attribution, Q&A, suggested talking points and reporter’s deadline. Please do not agree to attribution terms prior to OPA [Office of Public Affairs] clearance. If possible, please allow a 24-hour turnaround for print interviews. Please allow a 48-hour turnaround for television interviews, due to the extended White House clearance process.

    But, again, even with the hazards inherent in such restraints on journalism, the press doesn’t often tell the public about the controls.

    At the local level, stories emerge about abuses by law enforcement, like the murder of George Floyd and systemic abuse by sheriffs’ departments. Still, most of the press doesn’t explain that many police departments impose rules that can hide such violations.

    The gag rules, or “censorship by PIO,” have become a cultural norm, and millions of people in the United States are now banned from speaking, or speaking freely, to journalists. Even though free speech is necessary for democracy and public welfare, journalists have in large part acquiesced to making routine, permission-to-speak requests through PIOs or others.

    A right to control the message?

    Police1: Roundtable: How to educate officials on the value of the public information officer

    Police1 (7/27/20)

    I’ve heard reporters from prominent outlets gripe about the process, and the time it takes to be allowed to talk to someone. But there seems to be no recognition that the public needs to know when none of the thousands of people in an agency are allowed to speak to journalists without that oversight, and most can’t speak to them at all. Nor is there discussion that someone in the agency, in a high or low position, could blow the journalists’ story out of the water, even after publication, or blow their minds about something they are oblivious to.

    This may have originated with the long-held journalism convention that news outlets do not complain to the public about the trials they go through when people in power try to block their newsgathering. We may fear that if we admit we’ve been blocked, we discredit our news product.

    On the other side, some public relations people or agency leaders try to rebut the idea they are censors, saying they are trying to help the press, or increase transparency, or they want to coordinate the story from different parts of their organization. That, of course, doesn’t address the fact they could serve these functions without banning all unfettered contacts.

    Other PR officials are quite straightforward about why employees are silenced: People leading an organization, they say, have a right to set the message.

    There is no doubt that agencies and offices have real challenges in this communications era. Carefully crafted, honest messages can be blown apart by careless statements. Employees can be ill-informed, or they can be promoting their own agenda. Statements can come across as coming from the organization itself when they are not—due to what the staffer says, what the news outlet says or how the audience interprets it. Journalists are often time-pressured, and can be sensation-seeking or less than careful.

    Those are serious problems that can cause real harm. They need to be continuously addressed by both agencies and journalists, with both sides listening carefully to the other. However, they are not a reason to degrade ourselves to what is one of the most repressive and deadly things in history: people in power controlling information.

    There is no reason news outlets can’t fight this. If they stand together, they can fight against these policies, and work to ensure the press and others have normal access to staff. They can work within their associations or build coalitions. They can agree to tell the public routinely when employees are gagged, treating the situation like the corruption it is.

    The press has led similar fights for decades, pushing for access to documents with freedom of information laws, and access to official meetings under the open meetings laws. Fighting for normal communication with human beings should not be different.

    Why is the press doing this?

    Popular Resistance: Journalists File Suit Against Gag Rules in Public Agencies

    Popular Resistance (2/5/24)

    Jay Rosen, journalism professor at New York University, says (Popular Resistance, 2/5/24): “The news system is not designed for human understanding. Even at the top providers, it’s designed to produce a flow of new content today—and every day.”

    Media, at their best, do seriously excellent content. In this era of information tsunamis, a lot of stuff is still pushed at the press. There are also masses of information in the public arena that just take work to pull together. By reading the Federal Register or other public documents, a reporter can find something intriguing that’s getting little attention.  And reporters also get material that isn’t public.

    The unfortunate side of all this legitimate supply is that it keeps outlets from worrying too much about how people in power are manipulating us away from overall understanding, and from some of the most critical information.

    Journalists often respond to questions about these censorship systems with something like, “Good reporters get the story anyway.” It’s possible that we can use our skills to dig out stories that audiences are interested in, and hopefully our news outlet survives. That doesn’t mean that we are doing good enough coverage of the institutions that impact the public—not with nearly everyone in the organization silenced.

    The newsgathering controls began to grow well before today’s alarming decline in numbers of journalists and news outlets, or the emergence of other threats to democracy. One can imagine that vicious cycles among those factors will worsen as journalists grow even more dependent “on inexpensive official sources as the credible news source,” as press critic Victor Pickard (Editor & Publisher, 11/15/21) has called them.

    It’s up to journalists to fight for the right to talk to people with vital information normally, fluidly, without authorities’ involvement.


    Featured image: Creative Commons photo by .

     

     

    The post Government Gag Rules Keep Vital Info From the Public appeared first on FAIR.


    This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by FAIR.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/23/government-gag-rules-keep-vital-info-from-the-public/feed/ 0 460293
    Chinese director Chen Pinlin arrested over White Paper protest documentary   https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/22/chinese-director-chen-pinlin-arrested-over-white-paper-protest-documentary/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/22/chinese-director-chen-pinlin-arrested-over-white-paper-protest-documentary/#respond Thu, 22 Feb 2024 17:17:22 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=358490 Taipei, February 22, 2024—Chinese authorities must immediately release documentary director Chen Pinlin, drop all legal proceedings, and allow journalists to document demonstrations, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Thursday.

    On February 18, Chinese authorities charged Chen, who published a documentary on anti-COVID restriction protests in late 2023, with “picking quarrels and provoking trouble,” according to Chinese human rights news websites Minsheng Guancha and Weiquanwang. On January 5, Shanghai police arrested Chen, who published work under the pseudonym Plato, and detained the filmmaker at the Baoshan Detention Center.

    “The arrest of Chen demonstrates China’s fear of genuine reporting on its authoritarian practices,” said Iris Hsu, CPJ’s China representative. “Chinese authorities should immediately release and drop all charges against Chen and stop detaining journalists and documentarians who are merely doing their job to cover issues of public concern.”

    The protests, also known as the “White Paper Movement,” started when a deadly apartment fire in the northwest region of Xinjiang killed at least 10 people in November 2022, and questions were raised about whether the government’s stringent lockdown measures prevented the victims from escaping.

    Chen posted the documentary “Not the Foreign Force” on the first anniversary of the White Paper Movement on YouTube and X, formerly Twitter, in late November 2023, according to those reports. The documentary compiled extensive protest footage, translated social media posts demanding freedom of expression, and reported that some protesters remained detained. Chen’s X account and YouTube channel were deleted within that week.

    An officer at the Baoshan Detention Center told CPJ that he could not disclose information about the detainees and redirected CPJ to the public security bureau. CPJ called the Shanghai Public Security Bureau Baoshan Branch for comment, but no one answered.

    China was the world’s worst jailer of journalists, according to CPJ’s latest annual prison census, with at least 44 behind bars on December 1, 2023.


    This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/22/chinese-director-chen-pinlin-arrested-over-white-paper-protest-documentary/feed/ 0 460144
    COVID-19 Tested Our Commitment to Freedom https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/21/covid-19-tested-our-commitment-to-freedom/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/21/covid-19-tested-our-commitment-to-freedom/#respond Wed, 21 Feb 2024 16:44:47 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=148299 The remedy is worse than the disease. — Francis Bacon, “Of Seditions and Trouble” in Essayes or Counsels, Civill and Morall The government never cedes power willingly. Neither should we. If the COVID-19 debacle taught us one thing it is that, as Justice Neil Gorsuch acknowledged, “Rule by indefinite emergency edict risks leaving all of […]

    The post COVID-19 Tested Our Commitment to Freedom first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    The remedy is worse than the disease.

    — Francis Bacon, “Of Seditions and Trouble” in Essayes or Counsels, Civill and Morall

    The government never cedes power willingly.

    Neither should we.

    If the COVID-19 debacle taught us one thing it is that, as Justice Neil Gorsuch acknowledged, “Rule by indefinite emergency edict risks leaving all of us with a shell of a democracy and civil liberties just as hollow.”

    Unfortunately, we still haven’t learned.

    We’re still allowing ourselves to be fully distracted by circus politics and a constant barrage of bad news screaming for attention.

    Three years after the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, which gave world governments (including our own) a convenient excuse for expanding their powers, abusing their authority, and further oppressing their constituents, there’s something being concocted in the dens of power.

    The danger of martial law persists.

    Any government so willing to weaponize one national crisis after another in order to expand its powers and justify all manner of government tyranny in the so-called name of national security will not hesitate to override the Constitution and lockdown the nation again.

    You’d better get ready, because that so-called crisis could be anything: civil unrest, national emergencies, “unforeseen economic collapse, loss of functioning political and legal order, purposeful domestic resistance or insurgency, pervasive public health emergencies, and catastrophic natural and human disasters.”

    COVID-19 was a test to see how quickly the populace would march in lockstep with the government’s dictates, no questions asked, and how little resistance the citizenry would offer up to the government’s power grabs when made in the name of national security.

    “We the people” failed that test spectacularly.

    Characterized by Supreme Court Justice Neil Gorsuch as “the greatest intrusions on civil liberties in the peacetime history of this country,” the government’s COVID-19 response to the COVID-19 pandemic constituted a massively intrusive, coercive and authoritarian assault on the right of individual sovereignty over one’s life, self and private property.

    In a statement attached to the Supreme Court’s ruling in Arizona v. Mayorkas, a case that challenged whether the government could continue to use it pandemic powers even after declaring the public health emergency over, Gorsuch provided a catalog of the many ways in which the government used COVID-19 to massively overreach its authority and suppress civil liberties:

    Executive officials across the country issued emergency decrees on a breathtaking scale. Governors and local leaders imposed lockdown orders forcing people to remain in their homes. They shuttered businesses and schools, public and private. They closed churches even as they allowed casinos and other favored businesses to carry on. They threatened violators not just with civil penalties but with criminal sanctions too. They surveilled church parking lots, recorded license plates, and issued notices warning that attendance at even outdoor services satisfying all state social-distancing and hygiene requirements could amount to criminal conduct. They divided cities and neighborhoods into color-coded zones, forced individuals to fight for their freedoms in court on emergency timetables, and then changed their color-coded schemes when defeat in court seemed imminent.”

    Truly, the government’s (federal and state) handling of the COVID-19 pandemic delivered a knockout blow to our civil liberties, empowering the police state to flex its powers by way of a bevy of lockdowns, mandates, restrictions, contact tracing programs, heightened surveillance, censorship, overcriminalization, etc.

    What started off as an experiment in social distancing in order to flatten the curve of an unknown virus (and not overwhelm the nation’s hospitals or expose the most vulnerable to unavoidable loss of life scenarios) quickly became strongly worded suggestions for citizens to voluntarily stay at home and strong-armed house arrest orders with penalties in place for non-compliance.

    Every day brought a drastic new set of restrictions by government bodies (most have been delivered by way of executive orders) at the local, state and federal level that were eager to flex their muscles for the so-called “good” of the populace.

    There was talk of mass testing for COVID-19 antibodies, screening checkpoints, mass surveillance in order to carry out contact tracing, immunity passports to allow those who have recovered from the virus to move around more freely, snitch tip lines for reporting “rule breakers” to the authorities, and heavy fines and jail time for those who dared to venture out without a mask, congregate in worship without the government’s blessing, or re-open their businesses without the government’s say-so.

    It was even suggested that government officials should mandate mass vaccinations and “ensure that people without proof of vaccination would not be allowed, well, anywhere.”

    Those tactics were already being used abroad.

    In Italy, the unvaccinated were banned from restaurants, bars and public transportation, and faced suspensions from work and monthly fines. Similarly, France banned the unvaccinated from most public venues.

    In Austria, anyone who had not complied with the vaccine mandate faced fines up to $4100. Police were to be authorized to carry out routine checks and demand proof of vaccination, with penalties of as much as $685 for failure to do so.

    In China, which adopted a zero tolerance, “zero COVID” strategy, whole cities—some with populations in the tens of millions—were forced into home lockdowns for weeks on end, resulting in mass shortages of food and household supplies. Reports surfaced of residents “trading cigarettes for cabbage, dishwashing liquid for apples and sanitary pads for a small pile of vegetables. One resident traded a Nintendo Switch console for a packet of instant noodles and two steamed buns.”

    For those unfortunate enough to contract COVID-19, China constructed “quarantine camps” throughout the country: massive complexes boasting thousands of small, metal boxes containing little more than a bed and a toilet. Detainees—including children, pregnant women and the elderly— were reportedly ordered to leave their homes in the middle of the night, transported to the quarantine camps in buses and held in isolation.

    If this last scenario sounds chillingly familiar, it should.

    Eighty years ago, another authoritarian regime established more than 44,000 quarantine camps for those perceived as “enemies of the state”: racially inferior, politically unacceptable or simply noncompliant.

    While the majority of those imprisoned in the Nazi concentration camps, forced labor camps, incarceration sites and ghettos were Jews, there were also Polish nationals, gypsies, Russians, political dissidents, resistance fighters, Jehovah’s Witnesses, and homosexuals.

    Culturally, we have become so fixated on the mass murders of Jewish prisoners by the Nazis that we overlook the fact that the purpose of these concentration camps were initially intended to “incarcerate and intimidate the leaders of political, social, and cultural movements that the Nazis perceived to be a threat to the survival of the regime.”

    How do you get from there to here, from Auschwitz concentration camps to COVID quarantine centers?

    You don’t have to be a conspiracy theorist to connect the dots.

    You just have to recognize the truth in the warning: power corrupts, and absolute power corrupts absolutely.

    This is about what happens when good, generally decent people—distracted by manufactured crises, polarizing politics, and fighting that divides the populace into warring “us vs. them” camps—fail to take note of the looming danger that threatens to wipe freedom from the map and place us all in chains.

    It’s about what happens when any government is empowered to adopt a comply-or-suffer-the-consequences mindset that is enforced through mandates, lockdowns, penalties, detention centers, martial law, and a disregard for the rights of the individual.

    This is the slippery slope: a government empowered to restrict movements, limit individual liberty, and isolate “undesirables” to prevent the spread of a disease is a government that has the power to lockdown a country, label whole segments of the population a danger to national security, and force those undesirables—a.k.a. extremists, dissidents, troublemakers, etc.—into isolation so they don’t contaminate the rest of the populace.

    The slippery slope begins with propaganda campaigns about the public good being more important than individual liberty, and it ends with lockdowns and concentration camps.

    As I make clear in my book Battlefield America: The War on the American People and in its fictional counterpart The Erik Blair Diaries, the danger signs are everywhere.

    COVID-19 was merely one crisis in a long series of crises that the government has shamelessly exploited in order to justify its power grabs and acclimate the citizenry to a state of martial law disguised as emergency powers.

    Everything I have warned about for years—government overreach, invasive surveillance, martial law, abuse of powers, militarized police, weaponized technology used to track and control the citizenry, and so on—has become part of the government’s arsenal of terrifying lockdown powers should the need arise.

    What we should be bracing for is: what comes next?

    The post COVID-19 Tested Our Commitment to Freedom first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by John W. Whitehead and Nisha Whitehead.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/21/covid-19-tested-our-commitment-to-freedom/feed/ 0 459817
    Australian student journos explore Fiji media landscape with USP team https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/12/australian-student-journos-explore-fiji-media-landscape-with-usp-team/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/12/australian-student-journos-explore-fiji-media-landscape-with-usp-team/#respond Mon, 12 Feb 2024 23:50:59 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=96976 Wansolwara News

    The University of the South Pacific journalism programme is hosting a cohort student journalists from Australia’s Queensland University of Technology this week.

    Led by Professor Angela Romano, the 12 students are covering news assignments in Fiji as part of their working trip.

    The visitors were given a briefing by USP journalism teaching staff — Associate Professor in Pacific journalism and programme head Dr Shailendra Singh, and student training newspaper supervising editor-in-chief Monika Singh.

    PACIFIC MEDIA CONFERENCE 4-6 JULY 2024
    PACIFIC MEDIA CONFERENCE 4-6 JULY 2024

    The students held lively discussions about the form and state of the media in Fiji and the Pacific, the historic influence of Australian and Western news media and its pros and cons, and the impact of the emergence of China on the Pacific media scene.

    Dr Singh said the small and micro-Pacific media systems were “still reeling” from revenue loss due to digital disruption and the covid-19 pandemic.

    As elsewhere in the world, the “rivers of gold” (classified advertising revenue) had virtually dried up and media in the Pacific were apparently struggling like never before.

    Dr Singh said that this was evident from the reduced size of some newspapers in the Pacific, in both classified and display advertising, which had migrated to social media platforms.

    Repeal of draconian law
    He praised Fiji’s coalition government for repealing the country’s draconian Media Industry Development Act last year, and reviving media self-regulation under the revamped Fiji Media Council.

    However, Dr Singh added that there was still some way to go to further improve the media landscape, including focus on training and development and working conditions.

    “There are major, longstanding challenges in small and micro-Pacific media systems due to small audiences, and marginal profits,” he said. “This makes capital investment and staff development difficult to achieve.”

    The QUT students are in Suva this month on a working trip in which students will engage in meetings, interviews and production of journalism. They will meet non-government organisations that have a strong focus on women/gender in development, democracy or peace work.

    The students will also visit different media organisations based in Suva and talk to their female journalists on their experiences and their stories.

    The USP journalism programme started in Suva in 1988 and it has produced more than 200 graduates serving the Pacific and beyond in various media and communication roles.

    The programme has forged partnerships with leading media players in the Pacific and our graduates are shining examples in the fields of journalism, public relations and government/NGO communication.

    Asia Pacific Report publishes in partnership with The University of the South Pacific’s newspaper and online Wansolwara News.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Wansolwara.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/12/australian-student-journos-explore-fiji-media-landscape-with-usp-team/feed/ 0 458337
    Are the COVID Protestors Crazy? https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/12/are-the-covid-protestors-crazy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/12/are-the-covid-protestors-crazy/#respond Mon, 12 Feb 2024 15:01:40 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=148038 Who is genuinely crazy?

    The post Are the COVID Protestors Crazy? first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    The post Are the COVID Protestors Crazy? first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/12/are-the-covid-protestors-crazy/feed/ 0 458335
    Darién Gaps and Injun Country https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/05/darien-gaps-and-injun-country/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/05/darien-gaps-and-injun-country/#respond Mon, 05 Feb 2024 16:40:52 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=147911 A recent X post from Tucker Carlson featured biologist and podcaster Bret Weinstein (DarkHorse) to talk about the US immigration crisis after a visit to the Darién Gap. The gap is a jungle in the Panamanian isthmus where the Pan American Highway is interrupted on its way to South America. There, at the incitement of […]

    The post Darién Gaps and Injun Country first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    A recent X post from Tucker Carlson featured biologist and podcaster Bret Weinstein (DarkHorse) to talk about the US immigration crisis after a visit to the Darién Gap. The gap is a jungle in the Panamanian isthmus where the Pan American Highway is interrupted on its way to South America. There, at the incitement of weblogger and US Special Forces officer Michael Yon, Weinstein went to see the immigration camps and learn how people from all over the world are trekking to the Rio Bravo border to enter the US.

    His detailed description was rational and cautious, yet it raised a specter which was clearly alarming. Weinstein described the conditions and the character of two camps that he saw. One fit the description of a classic refugee camp. It was visibly managed by a number of NGOs as well as US government agencies. The other appeared to be full of Chinese. He was able to talk to numerous migrants in the first camp but was unable to enter the one which appeared to be Chinese.

    The “Chinese” camp seemed to be full of military age young men who when addressed outside the camp were reluctant to talk.

    After discussing the discrepancies, Carlson asked if he had any explanation. Weinstein was exceptionally cautious and only uttered hypotheses. However, the direction implied the possibility that China was sending men to the US behind the migrant screen.

    Then Weinstein shifted to the possible relation between a Chinese contingent and Covid with the mRNA injections that the US government (along with nearly all Western governments) forced on much of the population. Although Weinstein was very explicit that his hypotheses were not facts and that he did not know if there was any relationship to verify, the discussion proceeded to cover possible motives and objectives of both policies supported by the US regime.

    The speculation is provocative and not to be easily dismissed. Nonetheless, it also revealed how little many people seem to understand about how covert operations can work. Michael Yon can be recognized as a special operations professional. While popular imagination continues to portray these men as mere super soldiers, the reality is that Special Forces are the armed cadres of the CIA and other covert action (state terrorism) agencies. A quick look at Yon’s website shows him as a super-soldier or soldier of fortune who has been a dedicated operator in all the CIA managed wars of the past three decades. That alone ought to raise suspicions about his coverage and why he was so interested to show a biologist and popular podcaster the frontier of what are undoubtedly covert operations. Weinstein was taken into Yon’s confidence much like the journalist character in John Wayne’s notorious The Green Berets film, promoting the war against Vietnam.

    Allowing that Weinstein reported what he honestly saw, the question remains whether he saw what he was supposed to see. That returns us to the question “why Chinese?” The ensuing discussion raised legitimate questions about connections between US immigration policy and the Covid War. However before considering them it is necessary to return to the first camp. Weinstein named several organisations supporting the migrant camp. He identified USG agencies and the UN agency IOM. What he either did not know or did not recognise is that the International Organization for Migration is run by the US national security bureaucrat Amy Pope.1There is general confusion about how the UN and its specialized agencies are run. The WHO is essentially an arm of the Gates Foundation and the international pharmaceuticals (pharmaments) cartel. It would not be unreasonable to suppose Ms Pope assures that the IOM complies with the policies set by those who rule the US. Weinstein’s conclusion is that such policies as those articulated by the Biden administration reflect corruption on a global scale. However that does not answer the question who benefits from those policies and how?

    To return to the compulsory mass injection, especially of the military and other health and safety services, Weinstein and Carlson both expressed their bewilderment and shock that the compulsion was so rigorous in what might be called the public services sector. Then more speculation returned to COVID and mRNA injections and what these were doing to people in the US. Consensus prevailed that this was biological weaponry deployed. While there is no reason to doubt that assertion, the next step was to repeat the half truth that China was the source of the raw material both for the pathogen and for the injections since the latter were based on the former. Neither Weinstein nor Carlson could recall that the actual origin was Eco-Health Alliance, a cutout for US bioweapons development and Ralph Baric at UNC-Chapel Hill, the principal investigator commissioned for the DoD gain of function (weapons) development. Weinstein is probably not savvy enough to understand how cut-outs work or the details of false flag operations. Carlson probably does know but rarely if ever discusses such details. The accuracy of the media depictions of COVID in China were accepted as debunked. Yet the sources of that “information” were not examined. Thus, Chinese authorship was implied.

    While discussing the implications of the migration crisis + “Chinese”, the hypothesis was aired that both the managed “uncontrolled” migration and the covid/mRNA weapons aimed to weaken the US from within. This might serve the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI) by mass infiltration of potentially militarized immigrants who would then create the conditions most favorable to alleged Chinese expansionism. This it was suggested might be due to China having essentially bought the US government. This hypothesis has been peppered by regular reports of bribes paid to inter alia the Biden family by Chinese interests.

    Striking in the discussion is the absence of two considerations: a) the complex of US anti-China war propaganda which naturally compromises any reporting about China in the West as a whole and b) the interests of the Western oligarchy in redesigning the West as a neo-feudal regime. Leave that eyesore, the CIA-founded WEF, aside for a moment. There are purely national phenomena which provide a far more efficient explanation.

    As a matter of record Mr Gates is now the largest private owner of farm land in the US. There is no indication that he has stopped buying. Since the 2008 mortgage crisis, the hedge funds like Black Rock have become the largest owners of rental property (residential and commercial). This feat was accomplished by the massive derivatives fraud that forced millions of mortgagees to forfeit their real property. The economic devastation continued this process. Sane economists, of which Michael Hudson is one of the few, have charted this conversion of home ownership to rental tenancy and its acceleration. The Anglo-American finance oligarchy is aggressively pursuing through the banking, tax and monetary system an unparalleled expropriation of rank and file Americans.

    During the mass incarceration, I wrote several times that COVID was political-economic warfare using biological agents and financial terror. My argument, then and now, was that this is atomic grade social engineering. In the worst case — for the oligarchy — this neutralization of the country’s majority was a clearing of the decks for open world war. Masses who might, under pressure of extermination — especially in the military and armed citizenry — actually rebel and mutiny leading to an October scenario. However, there is another scenario compatible with the history of North American conquest. In the 19th century, the tiny oligarchy was incapable of fulfilling its manifest destiny by stealing the whole continent. So bonded labor and massive immigration were used to take and hold everything between the Allegheny and the Pacific. Poor immigrants were granted the freedom to fight and die in battle against the indigenous population. Afterwards the land won was handed to railroads, finance, miners and ranchers. Successive economic crises bankrupted smallholders regularly. They abandoned their homes and moved westward. “Indians” and Chinese-bonded labor kept those settlers busy while the usual suspects seized all the land and loot, selling it back to successive suckers. Forced displacement was fundamental to the business model that “won the West”. Even to this day, the oligarchy represented in Washington understates the use of biological agents to eradicate the indigenous peoples. Few 19th century immigrants admit how they were used to enrich East Coast elites. Perhaps that is the policy followed today, the one at home which bears examination. The immigrants are driven by plane and on foot from the South. Meanwhile, mRNA injections provided the same comfort as smallpox-treated blankets.

    ENDNOTE

    It is after all just a hypothesis, but with tradition.

    The post Darién Gaps and Injun Country first appeared on Dissident Voice.
    1    IOM mission statement
    Harnessing the Power of Migration

    Comprehensive solutions to the world’s biggest challenges – from poverty and inequality to climate change, and conflict – are all inextricably linked to migration. IOM knows that migration has the power to transform the lives of individuals, their families, their communities and societies for the better. It is clear that the Sustainable Development Goals cannot be reached without safe, orderly and regular migration. For this reason, our vision is: to deliver on the promise of migration, while supporting the world’s most vulnerable.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by T.P. Wilkinson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/05/darien-gaps-and-injun-country/feed/ 0 456950
    What If They Never Wake up? https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/26/what-if-they-never-wake-up/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/26/what-if-they-never-wake-up/#respond Fri, 26 Jan 2024 16:58:42 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=147725 Sleepwalking through life

    The post What If They Never Wake up? first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    The post What If They Never Wake up? first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/26/what-if-they-never-wake-up/feed/ 0 454994
    Four years on, Wuhan remembers the first COVID-19 lockdown https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/covid-lockdown-anniversary-01242024142454.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/covid-lockdown-anniversary-01242024142454.html#respond Wed, 24 Jan 2024 19:39:59 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/covid-lockdown-anniversary-01242024142454.html For many people in 2020, the news that the central Chinese city of Wuhan had been placed under lockdown was the first indication that something was profoundly amiss, and that the emerging pandemic could have a global impact.

    On Jan. 23, 2020, the provincial authorities imposed a travel ban on some 18 million people in Wuhan and surrounding areas, prompting a mass rush to leave the city, three days after admitting that the newly emerging coronavirus was transmissible between people, something experts elsewhere had suspected for weeks.

    Four years on, there has been no official mention of the anniversary, although the authorities appeared to be taking steps to ensure nobody uses the date to cause trouble for the ruling party.

    Staff members check the temperatures of passengers arriving on a train from Wuhan to Hangzhou, China, Jan. 23, 2020. (AFP)
    Staff members check the temperatures of passengers arriving on a train from Wuhan to Hangzhou, China, Jan. 23, 2020. (AFP)

    Wuhan police took at least one activist out of town ahead of the politically sensitive fourth anniversary of the citywide lockdown – the first of the COVID-19 pandemic, RFA has learned.

    The person, who requested anonymity for fear of further reprisals, said state security police had forced him to leave town with them on a "day trip" on Tuesday, which marked the anniversary of the start of Wuhan's lockdown on Jan. 23, 2020.

    "They took me out for a day trip yesterday because it was the anniversary of the [Wuhan] lockdown," the person said. "I was confused yesterday, and I didn't realize why I was being dragged out for the day."

    "I only saw later what my friends were posting on WeChat Moments, that it was the fourth anniversary," he said. 

    "The authorities were having a 'stability maintenance' day," the activist said, in a reference to a nationwide system of controls and restrictions that targets potential activists before they take action.

    State media silent

    There was no mention of the anniversary in state media, although some people commemorated the date on overseas social media platforms, posting the official announcement from four years ago.

    "Today, Hubei province has launched its top-level response to a major public health emergency," the announcement said. 

    "From Jan. 23, 2020, all bus, subway, ferry and long-distance passenger transportation in and out of the city will be suspended."

    "No residents will be permitted to leave Wuhan without a special reason," it said.

    Patients infected with COVID-19 rest at a temporary hospital in the Wuhan Sports Center, Feb. 17, 2020. (Xiao Yijiu/Xinhua via AP)
    Patients infected with COVID-19 rest at a temporary hospital in the Wuhan Sports Center, Feb. 17, 2020. (Xiao Yijiu/Xinhua via AP)

    The notice was to plunge the city into a whirlwind of compulsory daily testing, enforced quarantine in rapidly constructed mass facilities, and a desperate struggle to seek medical treatment as hospitals in the city were overwhelmed.

    As political heads rolled, the government tried to claw back control of the narrative by suppressing whistleblowing doctors like Li Wenliang and Ai Fen, as police started rounding up frontline bloggers, archivists, diarists, YouTubers, livestreamers and other citizen journalists.

    Meanwhile, seriously ill people were left scrambling for medical attention, as crematoriums started operating around the clock.

    A recent documentary made from footage filmed at the time and smuggled out of the country for editing overseas remains blocked to viewers behind China's Great Firewall, including the 11 million people who call Wuhan home.

    "The level of control they had over people [back then] was like something out of a novel, with scenes straight out of [George Orwell's dystopian novel] 1984 becoming part of our daily lives," one of the film's producers, who declined to be named for fear of reprisals, told RFA. "It was very scary."

    "What's even more scary now, looking back on it, is that people have already forgotten that this kind of thing was happening all around us," they said. "It could come back at any time."

    Poverty spreads

    Several Wuhan residents told RFA that most people have more pressing concerns in the current economic downturn.

    "The trauma fades as time goes by, but I definitely won't forget it, because the pain of that time was unforgettable," a resident who gave only the surname Wang for fear of reprisals told RFA.

    "Some people have no jobs, and nothing to eat, and the sequelae [of the zero-COVID era] aren't going to be resolved any time soon," he said.

    A Jianghan district resident who gave only the surname Song agreed, saying that poverty appears much more widespread in Wuhan these days.

    "Who could forget the beginning of lockdown on Jan. 23, 2020?" she said. "It had a huge impact on people's lives."

    "A lot of people were made unemployed ... and a lot of the shops are closed ... for example on Hongqiqu Road in Jianghan district," she said. "Many people are worried about their livelihood – things are really tough."

    A passenger arrives at the nearly deserted Wuhan train station, usually full of passengers ahead of the Lunar New Year, on Jan. 23, 2020. (Hector Retamal/AFP)
    A passenger arrives at the nearly deserted Wuhan train station, usually full of passengers ahead of the Lunar New Year, on Jan. 23, 2020. (Hector Retamal/AFP)

    Others took to social media to comment on the date, or to say that the past four years were something of a blur. Others complained that they were far worse off, economically, than four years ago.

    For many who lived through that time, the full story remains untold, although possibly guessed at.

    Even by the end of Wuhan's 76-day lockdown, which was to set the pattern for ruling Chinese Communist Party leader Xi Jinping's nationwide zero-COVID restrictions over the three years that followed, residents were calling into question the official death toll as the virus ripped through an unprepared and as-yet-unvaccinated community.

    Widespread doubts remain that China's reported COVID-19 death toll – a 2021 study published in British medical journal The Lancet estimated excess deaths outside China at 18 million -- could be an accurate reflection of reality.

    Translated by Luisetta Mudie.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Gu Ting for RFA Mandarin.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/covid-lockdown-anniversary-01242024142454.html/feed/ 0 454633
    Skepticism Guards against Gullibility https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/20/skepticism-guards-against-gullibility/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/20/skepticism-guards-against-gullibility/#respond Sat, 20 Jan 2024 14:43:33 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=147555

    As the WEF and WHO drum up fear of “Disease X” there is a new set of narrative gatekeepers assembling a phony Dream Team of ‘covid dissidents.’ The trouble is most of them supported all the mandates!
    Phony COVID Dissidents: Beware the Dream Team Narrative Police

    The post Skepticism Guards against Gullibility first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/20/skepticism-guards-against-gullibility/feed/ 0 453587
    Some of Us Tried to Warn Others https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/16/some-of-us-tried-to-warn-others/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/16/some-of-us-tried-to-warn-others/#respond Tue, 16 Jan 2024 16:00:27 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=147427 But what's happened has happed.

    The post Some of Us Tried to Warn Others first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    The post Some of Us Tried to Warn Others first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/16/some-of-us-tried-to-warn-others/feed/ 0 452244
    Some of Us Tried to Warn Others https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/16/some-of-us-tried-to-warn-others/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/16/some-of-us-tried-to-warn-others/#respond Tue, 16 Jan 2024 16:00:27 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=147427 But what's happened has happed.

    The post Some of Us Tried to Warn Others first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    The post Some of Us Tried to Warn Others first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/16/some-of-us-tried-to-warn-others/feed/ 0 452245
    The Distortion of Science https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/02/the-distortion-of-science/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/02/the-distortion-of-science/#respond Tue, 02 Jan 2024 18:20:36 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=147135 Starting in the mid-20th century, companies began distorting and manpulating science to favor specific commercial interests. Big tobacco is both the developer and the poster child of this strategy. When strong evidence that smoking caused lung cancer emerged in the 1950s, the tobacco industry began a campaign to obscure this fact. The Unmaking of Science […]

    The post The Distortion of Science first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    Starting in the mid-20th century, companies began distorting and manpulating science to favor specific commercial interests.

    Big tobacco is both the developer and the poster child of this strategy. When strong evidence that smoking caused lung cancer emerged in the 1950s, the tobacco industry began a campaign to obscure this fact.

    The Unmaking of Science

    The tobacco industry scientific disinformation campaign sought to disrupt and delay further studies, as well as to cast scientific doubt on the link between cigarette smoking and harms. This campaign lasted for almost 50 years, and was extremely successful… until it wasn’t. This tobacco industry’s strategic brilliance lay in the use of a marketing and advertising campaign (otherwise known as propaganda) to create scientific uncertainty and sow doubts in the minds of the general public. This, combined with legislative “lobbying” and strategic campaign “donations” undermined public health efforts and regulatory interventions to inform the public about the harms of smoking and the regulation of tobacco products.

    Disrupting normative science has become a de rigueur component of the pharmaceutical industry business model. A new pharmaceutical product is not based on need, it is based on market size and profitability. When new data threatens the market of a pharmaceutical product, then that pharma company will try to sprout the seeds of scientific uncertainty and lack of proof. For instance, clinical trials can be easily coopted to meet specified end-points positive for the drug products. Other ways to manipulate a clinical trial include manipulating the dosing schedule and amounts. As these practices have been exposed, people no longer trust the science. Fast forward to the present, and the entire industry of evidence-based (and academic) medicine is now suspect due to the malfeasance of certain pharma players. In the case of COVID-19, Pharma propaganda and cooptation practices have now compromised the regulatory bodies controlling the pharma product licensing and deeply damaged global public confidence in those agencies.

    We all know what climate change is. The truth is that the UN, most globalists and a wide range of world leaders” blame human activities for climate change. Whether or not climate change is real or that human activities are enhancing climate change is not important to this discussion. That is a subject for another day.

    Most climate change scientists receive funding from the government. So they must comply with the government edict and policy position that human activity-caused climate change is an existential threat to both humankind and global ecosystems. When these “scientists” publish studies supporting the thesis that human activities cause climate change, they are more likely to receive more grant monies and therefore more publications- and therefore to be academically promoted (or at least to survive in the dog-eat-dog world of modern academe). Those who produce a counter narrative from the government approved one soon find themselves without funding, tenure, without jobs, unable to publish and unable to procure additional grants and contracts. It is a dead-end career wise. The system has been rigged.

    And by the way, this is nothing new. Back in the day, during the “war on drugs, if a researcher who had funding by the NIH’s NIDA (National Institute of Drug Addiction) published an article or wrote an annual NIH grant report showing benefits to using recreational drugs, that would be a career ending move, as funding would not be renewed and new funding would never materialize. Remember, the NIH peer review system only triages grants, it does not actually chose who receives grant money. The administrative state at NIH does that! And anything that went against the war on drugs was considered a war on the government. Funding denied. This little truthbomb was conveyed to me – word of mouth- many years ago by a researcher and Professor who specialized in drug addiction research. Nothing printed, all heresy. Because that is how the system works. A whisper campaign. A whiff of a message on the wind.

    The ends justify the means.

    The new wrinkle in what has now happened with corrupted climate change activism/propaganda/”science” is that the manipulation of research is crossing disciplines. No longer satisfied with oppressing climate change scientists, climate change narrative enforcers have moved into the nutritional sciences. This trend of crossing disciplines portends death for the overall independence of any scientific endeavors. A creeping corruption into adjacent disciplines. Because climate change activists, world leaders, research institutions, universities and governments are distorting another branch of science outside of climate science. They are using the bio-sciences, specifically nutrition science, to support the climate change agenda. It is another whole-of-government response to the crisis, just like with COVID-19.

    Just like with the tobacco industry’s scientific disinformation campaign, they are distorting health research to make the case that eating meat is dangerous to humans. Normal standards for publication have been set aside. The propaganda is thick and easily spotted.

    As the NIH is now funding researchers to find associations between climate change and health, it is pretty clear that those whose research is set-up to find such associations will be funded. Hence, once again, the system is rigged to support the climate change narrative.

    The standard approach for nutritional research is based on a food-frequency and portion questionnaire – usually kept as a diary. The nutrient intake from this observational data set is then associated with disease incidence. Randomized interventional clinical trials are not done due to expense and bioethical considerations.

    The problem is that the confounding variables in such studies are hard to control. Do obese people eat more, so would their intake of meat be more or less in proportion to dietary calories? What do they eat in combination? What about culture norms, combined with genetic drivers of disease? Age? Geo-considerations? The list of confounding variables is almost never ending. Garbage in, garbage out.

    We have all witnessed how these studies get used to promulgate one point of view or another.

    It’s not just within the context of red meat. The same thing happens over and over. We get dietary recommendations put together by expert committees and the data are reviewed. But when subsequent, so-called systematic reviews of specific recommendations take place, the data don’t meet reliability standards…

    Yes, available information is mostly based on studies of association rather than causation, using methods that fall short of proving chronic disease effects, especially in view of the crucial dietary measurement issues. The whole gestalt produces reports that seem very uncertain in terms of the standards that are applied elsewhere in the scientific community for reliable evidence. (Dr. Ross Prentice, Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center)

    Some recent “peer reviewed” academic publications on climate change and diet:





    Enter climate change regulations, laws and goals – such as those found in UN Agenda 2030. Enter globalists determined to buy up farm-land to control prices, agriculture and eating trends. Enter politics into our food supplies and even the science of nutrition What a mess.

    Below are some of the more outlandish claims being made in the name of climate science and nutrition. The United Nations’s World Food Program writes:

    The climate crisis is one of the leading causes of the steep rise in global hunger. Climate shocks destroy lives, crops and livelihoods, and undermine people’s ability to feed themselves. Hunger will spiral out of control if the world fails to take immediate climate action.

    Note that “Climate shocks” have always existed and will always exist. The existence of readily observed (and easily propagandized) human tragedies associated with hurricanes, fires and droughts are embedded throughout the entire archaeological record of human existence. This is nothing new in either written human history or prehistory. This does not equate to a pressing existential human crisis.

    In fact, reviewing the evidence of calories and protein available reveals a very different trend. Over time, per capita caloric and protein supplies have increased almost across the board.

    The prevalence of undernourishment is the leading indicator of food availability. The chart below shows that the world still has a significant issue with poverty and food stability, but it is not increasing. If anything, people are better nourished in countries with extreme poverty than they were 20 years ago.

    *Note the COVIDcrisis has most likely exacerbated extreme poverty and undernourishment, but those results for the 2021-2023 years are not (yet?) available.

    Despite clear and compelling evidence that climate change is not impacting on food availability or undernutrition, websites, news stories and research literature all make tenuous assertions about how the climate change “crisis” is causing starvation.

    These are from the front search page on google for “climate change starvation”:

    But the actual data documents something different.

    This is not to say that that the poorest nations in the world don’t have issues with famine, they do. It is an issue, but not a climate change issue. It is a gross distortion of available data and any objective scientific analysis of those data to assert otherwise.

    The best way to stop famine is to ensure that countries have adequate energy and resources to grow their own food supply, and have a domestic manufacturing base. That means independent energy sources.

    If the United Nations and the wealthy globalists at the WEF truly want to help nations with high poverty and famine rates <and reduce our immigration pressure>, they would help them secure stable energy sources. They would help them develop their natural gas and other hydrocarbon projects. Then they could truly feed themselves. They could attain independence.

    Famine is not a climate change issue, it is an energy issue. Apples and oranges. This is not “scientific”. Rather, it is yet more weaponized fearporn being used as a Trojan horse to advance hidden political and economic objectives and agendas of political movements, large corporations and non-governmental organizations.

    Facts matter.

    The post The Distortion of Science first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Robert Malone.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/02/the-distortion-of-science/feed/ 0 449026
    Wuhan residents can’t view documentary about COVID-19 lockdown trauma https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/wuhan-covid-documentary-01022024101839.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/wuhan-covid-documentary-01022024101839.html#respond Tue, 02 Jan 2024 15:19:04 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/wuhan-covid-documentary-01022024101839.html Wuhan was Ground Zero in the emergence of the COVID-19 pandemic, the first city in the world to undergo a total lockdown in early 2020.

    Yet like citizens across China, residents of the city have been unable to see a new documentary about their experiences during that crisis without risking punishment to circumvent the Great Firewall of government censorship.

    Using footage smuggled out of China by citizen journalist Lu Yuyu, who fled to Canada after serving a four-year jail term for building a database of public protests, “Wuhan Lockdown” also compiles frontline reporting from the early days of the pandemic by citizen journalists, many of whom are now behind bars, held incommunicado or in exile.

    While the project was conceived by the film's executive producer and former 1989 student leader Wang Dan, it was financed, shot, researched, compiled and edited by a huge team of writers, businesspeople, photographers, music producers and other volunteers, who wrote their own anti-censorship software to get around the Great Firewall.

    "There were two different anti-censorship systems overseas at the time, which would automatically collect relevant reports from various media and form a very detailed picture, from which we learned a lot of information," a producer who asked to remain anonymous for fear of reprisals told RFA in a recent interview.

    "We also conducted research and verification, then collected videos, pictures and text from citizens’ protests, and investigated the number of deaths from Wuhan pneumonia," they said, using an early term for COVID-19 that was current in China at the start of the pandemic.

    ENG_CHN_WuhanDocumentary_01012024.2.jpg
    The “Wuhan Lockdown” project was conceived by Wang Dan, the film's executive producer and former 1989 student leader. He is shown during a press conference in Tokyo, Dec. 1, 2022.

    "Lu Yuyu played a big role in that process," the producer said. "Our documentary was very long starting out ... but we had to condense it, so we could only touch on the role played by some characters."

    A resident of Wuhan who gave only the surname Li for fear of reprisals said he would love to watch "Wuhan Lockdown" but would have to use illegal circumvention software to "climb the Great Firewall" to see it from China.

    Don’t forget

    Wang Dan said he started to coordinate the project a year ago to remind people of that traumatic part of China's recent history.

    "It has been more than a year since the three-year zero-COVID restrictions, and production began more than a year ago," said Wang, who writes commentaries for RFA Mandarin.

    "We were worried that people would start to forget about this human tragedy, so we wanted to revisit it after some time had elapsed."

    The film sees the early days of the pandemic in Wuhan and its impact on the city's 10 million residents through the eyes of people whose voices cut through attempts by local Communist Party officials to cover up the nature of the airborne, highly transmissible disease as it ripped through an unprepared and unvaccinated population.

    ENG_CHN_WuhanDocumentary_01012024.3.jpeg
    Citizen journalist Lu Yuyu smuggled the “Wuhan Lockdown” footage out of China and fled to Canada. (Lu Yuyyu)

    The film starts with attempts by whistleblowing Wuhan doctors Li Wenliang and Ai Fen to warn people about the wave of mysterious infections sweeping the city's hospitals that appeared to be remarkably similar to the SARS outbreak of 2003.

    It showcases the work of now-jailed citizen reporters like Fang Bin, Zhang Zhan and Fang Bin, as well as exiled journalist Kcriss Li, who checked into hotel rooms in the city to report from its streets, hospitals and rapidly built quarantine centers while evading attempts by state security police to catch up with them.

    Yet much of the material was collected before the idea for a film took off.

    "We started collecting evidence of the Wuhan authorities' censorship of speech [about the outbreak] on social media," the production team member said. "We hadn't thought of making it into a documentary at first, but then we started seeing very detailed videos after the Wuhan lockdown ended, with very rich content about civil resistance, censorship and so on."

    "It was like something out of the novel 1984," they said, referencing George Orwell's dystopian work about life under the totalitarian surveillance of the fictional Big Brother. "That's why Wang Dan's team decided to make a documentary out of it."

    Escape from China

    Lu made an initial edit of the film while he was still in China, before fleeing China via the mountainous border areas of the southwestern region of Guangxi where he crossed into neighboring Laos and, eventually, Thailand.

    He was granted political asylum by the Canadian government in September 2023, and brought his film with him.

    Most of the production team have now left China due to fears for their personal safety and those of their loved ones, the team member said.

    The film also touches on official attempts to cover up the initial death toll as the novel coronavirus infected the people of Wuhan.

    Authorities claimed that only 2,531 people died, but nobody believes that number. Estimates at the time based on the number of cremations carried out by the city’s seven crematoria suggested that tens of thousands died.

    ENG_CHN_WuhanDocumentary_01012024.4.jpg
    Chinese students and their supporters hold a memorial for Dr Li Wenliang, who was the whistleblower on the coronavirus that originated in Wuhan, China, and caused the doctor’s death, outside the UCLA campus in Westwood, California, on Feb. 15, 2020. (Mark Ralston/AFP)

    A Wuhan resident who gave only the surname Zhou for fear of reprisals said she visited the Huanan Seafood Market on Dec. 31, 2019, in a bid to find out more about the mystery disease.

    "The people there selling seafood told me that it was a rumor, that there was no such thing," Zhou said. "They said the rumors had ruined business."

    She said her family has been ruined by the pandemic and the subsequent three-year zero-COVID restrictions, which were lifted in December 2022 following nationwide protests.

    "I've been so sad over the past four years," she said. "The pandemic has wiped out all of our family's money."

    "Wages haven't increased, while prices have skyrocketed," Zhou said. "It makes it very hard for ordinary people to get by."

    Fellow Wuhan resident Li said people are still getting infected with mutated strains of COVID-19, and that he just wants it all to stop.

    "They are still playing announcements for people to wear masks on the bus," Li said. "People are still wearing masks on the streets."

    "Wuhan Lockdown" premiered globally on Dec. 30, with screenings in democratic Taiwan, the Hague, Toronto, Los Angeles and New York, as well as Japan and Germany, according to its publicity trailer on YouTube.

    Translated by Luisetta Mudie. Edited by Malcolm Foster.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Gu Ting for RFA Mandarin.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/wuhan-covid-documentary-01022024101839.html/feed/ 0 449021
    Letter from India: Stop World Health Organization’s “Pandemic Preparedness” Tyranny https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/17/letter-from-india-stop-world-health-organizations-pandemic-preparedness-tyranny/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/17/letter-from-india-stop-world-health-organizations-pandemic-preparedness-tyranny/#respond Sun, 17 Dec 2023 16:54:18 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=146663 The global pandemic preparedness accord (‘pandemic treaty’) currently being put in place by the World Health Organization (WHO) will pave the way for “a fascist approach to societal management.” The beneficiaries will be unscrupulous corporations and investors whom the COVID‐19 response served well. This will result in the loss of human rights and individual freedom. […]

    The post Letter from India: Stop World Health Organization’s “Pandemic Preparedness” Tyranny first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    The global pandemic preparedness accord (‘pandemic treaty’) currently being put in place by the World Health Organization (WHO) will pave the way for “a fascist approach to societal management.” The beneficiaries will be unscrupulous corporations and investors whom the COVID‐19 response served well. This will result in the loss of human rights and individual freedom.

    So says Dr David Bell, a clinical and public health physician with a PhD in population health and former WHO scientific and medical officer. The treaty represents a terrifying power grab that, if successful, will give the WHO a central directing role and monopoly power in global health governance.

    As currently drafted, the treaty will hand the WHO the authority to order measures, including significant financial contributions by individual states, lockdowns, travel restrictions, forced medical examinations and mandatory vaccinations during a public health emergency of its own declaring.

    The WHO will have sole and extensive power to declare Public Health Emergencies of International Concern (PHEIC) for any potential or real threat for extended areas, whether these threats are biological, climate or environment related. And it will do so without proper proof and solely decide measures and medical substances to be imposed on the public without informed consent.

    Its powers will also include the official censorship of information, including free speech — views opposing the official narrative put out by the WHO ­— and it will be accountable to no national parliament or be limited by any constitutional safeguards.

    A group of prominent lawyers, doctors and concerned citizens have written to Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi and Minister of Health and Family Welfare Shri Mansukh L Mandaviya urging them to reject the WHO’s global pandemic treaty. The signatories are listed at the end of this article, and the 10-page letter can be accessed in full with all relevant links and references on the Awaken India website: WHO Pandemic Treaty Ultra Vires of the Constitution).

    The WHO released a Zero Draft of the WHO CA+ (this ‘pandemic treaty’ is now officially known as an ‘accord’) with 38 Articles on 1 February 2023 and, subsequently, another draft with 41 Articles on 2 June 2023. The accord marks a fundamental change in how the WHO will function. It seeks secretively, behind closed doors, sweeping powers under its director general.

    The signatories make clear that, under the proposed accord, the WHO can, at will, call a pandemic, declare a PHEIC and then take over the authority of national governments to detain citizens, restrict their travel, require them to have vaccine passports (forced testing and vaccination) and increase social media censorship. The accord would also operate as a ‘framework convention’ that’s on-going, year after year, indefinitely. It facilitates a dictatorship role for the WHO as it moves to acquire unfettered power.

    Two instruments, the accord itself and amendments to the International Health Regulations (IHR) 2005, are designed to operate in parallel to give draconian powers to the WHO. Both texts irremediably entail the transfer to the WHO of the power to threaten health freedom, thereby representing a fundamental threat to national, medical and bodily autonomy.

    In their letter, the authors state that the WHO is an external, unelected body, which may not and cannot be appointed to such a dictatorship position. During the COVID-19 event, the WHO’s role in facilitating medical tyranny was clear to see.

    It advocated enforced lockdowns, which destroyed the livelihoods of millions in India and across the world and created a surge in mental health problems. It shut down schools, putting back the education of a generation. It promoted incompletely tested and unapproved vaccines under EUA (Emergency Use Authorisation) that despite the claims of ‘safe and effective’ where nothing of the sort and caused a sharp rise in spike protein-induced heart and brain disease.

    If adopted at the 77th World Health Assembly in May 2024 by a simple majority vote, the ‘pandemic treaty’ will come into force within 12 months for all countries, unless a country proactively files rejections or reservations within a 10-month period.

    The letter to the prime minister and the health minister states that the accord and those pushing it are:

    Manifestly violative of Fundamental Rights of the citizens of India and, therefore, Ultra Vires of the Indian Constitution. In their very intent, they cancel the fundamental right to bodily autonomy and integrity, through mandating medical procedures, coercion and further grossly illegal acts.

    The letter adds:

    This is a breathtaking and terrifying onslaught on fundamental civil liberties. It must be understood as fundamental, that the negation of bodily integrity of any human being means the loss of all human rights.

    In making its point, the letter refers to the Nuremberg Code (1947) by stating:

    The consent of the human subject is absolutely essential. The International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights resumed this ban against unintentional experimentation in its 1966 text, which states: no one may be subjected without his consent to medical or scientific experiment.

    It also references the Geneva statement for doctors (1948):

    I will respect the autonomy and dignity of my patient. I will not use my medical knowledge to infringe human rights and civil liberties, even under force. I will keep absolute respect for human life, from conception. I will consider my patient’s health as my first concern.

    The signatories note that there is little alternative but to jettison the WHO from national life and implore the prime minister and the health minister to act to uphold the sovereignty of India and the rights of every citizen.

    They add that unelected, unaccountable and largely unknown delegates from 194 countries meet in Geneva during World Health Assembly meetings, as they did in 2022 when they adopted amendments to the IHR. The process is fraught with secrecy, autocracy and impending tyranny, blatantly devoid of any transparent, democratic process.

    These country delegates are unelected and do not represent the people of their country. The signatories ask:

    How can they negotiate on behalf of nations, let alone an international/global health regulation binding on 194 countries?

    If the ‘global pandemic treaty’ is forced through, we could see perpetual lockdowns. At the same time, corporate interests will dominate. Pandemics will become self-sustaining by creating a bureaucracy whose existence will depend on them.

    People will be at the mercy of the police and bureaucrats who will be immune to any penalty for any acts carried out in ‘good faith’. These acts could take the form of mandatory medical procedures, forced entry into premises, forced isolation and quarantine.

    It was bad enough in 2020 with the full force of the state lined up against the public, especially those who did not agree with COVID policies, but imagine the abuse of power that could occur if the WHO acquires the powers it seeks.

    The seeds of totalitarianism were clear to see with Anthony Fauci saying that he is ‘the science’, former New Zealand PM Jacinda Arden declaring the government as the ‘single source of truth’ and social media companies working hand in glove with the deep state to censor and deplatform prominent figures and world-renowned scientists who questioned the official narrative.

    We saw the suspension of fundamental civil liberties with the threat of state violence on hand, often resulting in citizens being abused by de facto paramilitary police forces for breaching ‘pandemic rules’ that had no scientific basis.

    Governments declared that they were ‘following the science’, but what we saw were inflated death numbers, manipulated data and the fraudulent use of RT-PCR tests to help create the perception of a deadly pandemic in the minds of the public. Readers can consult the online article Stay Home, Save Lives: Uncovering the COVID Deception, which provides insight into the various deceptions that helped instill fear into the global population in 2020.

    The WHO also provided a wrong projection of mortality. The exaggeration caused panic in the population ­— part of a carefully orchestrated ‘fear pandemic’ ­— and paved the way for lockdowns and the mass uptake of vaccines sold to the public based on false claims. The synthetic spike protein of the vaccines has resulted in clotting, bleeding, heart problems and brain blood clotting as well as neurodegenerative problems. And what we are seeing across so many countries since the vaccine rollout is significant excess mortality, which the media is silent about.

    Moreover, the WHO operates within a biopharmaceutical complex, a complicated syndicate that has formed over time, which instructs world health policies. This complex involves the health agencies of national governments, including India, the US and the UK, the World Economic Forum, the Gates Foundation, the Welcome Group and major pharmaceutical companies. Revolving door arrangements between these organisations have resulted in regulatory capture.

    Researcher and campaigner Yohan Tengra of the Awaken India Movement conducted a two-year investigation into how this works in India. Through his research, he exposed the billionaire cartel that controlled India’s COVID-19 Task Force. Tengra listed not just the names of those who sat on this task force, but he also detailed how they are financially connected to the pharmaceutical-vaccine industry.

    The task force was responsible for the aggressive push to lockdown, mandatory mask requirements, forced testing of asymptomatic people, dropping ivermectin from the national protocol, suppressing vaccine adverse events and much more.

    Tengra also exposed how India’s prominent public health personalities, who regularly appeared in the media and on TV, are connected to the Gates Foundation, Rockefeller Foundation, Welcome Trust, USAID, the World Bank and other aspects of the global deep state.

    We have every right to be concerned about a ‘pandemic treaty’ shaped by powerful interests with stakes in closing down economies (see the online article Systemic Collapse and Pandemic Simulation by Fabio Vighi), mandatory vaccination programmes and digital surveillance who are all too willing to strip away our fundamental rights for their own gain.

    The letter to India’s prime minister and the minister of health makes clear that the WHO’s massive conflict of interest should disqualify it from any role in world health. 

     Signatories:

    Dr. Jacob Puliyel, Delhi, MD, MRCP, MPhil, Paediatrician and Visiting Faculty International

    Prashant Bhushan, New Delhi, Senior Advocate, Supreme Court of India

    Colin Gonsalves, New Delhi, Senior Advocate, Supreme Court of India

    Nilesh Ojha, Mumbai, President – Indian Bar Association, Advocate Bombay High Court and Supreme Court of India, Human Rights Activist

    Author Dr. Amitav Banerjee, Pune, MD, Formerly Epidemiologist, Indian Armed Forces

    Dr Aseem Malhotra, London (Overseas Citizen of India), MBChB, MRCP. Consultant Cardiologist

    Aruna Rodrigues, Mhow, Lead Petitioner: GMO PIL in the Supreme Court and Member Iridescent Blue Fish (IBF)

    Dr. Donthi Narasimha Reddy, Hyderabad, Public Policy Expert and Campaigner

    Dr. Megha Consul, Gurugram, Paediatrics, Senior Consultant, Neonatologist

    Dr. Pravin Chordia, Pune, MD Surgeon

    Dr. Lalitkumar Anande, Mumbai, MBBS, PG Diploma in Clinical Research

    Dr. Vijay Raghava, Bangalore, MBBS Dr. Veena Raghava, Bangalore, MBBS, DA

    Dr. Kuldeep Kumar, Haridwar, MBBS MS (GENERAL SURGERY) Dr. Praveen Saxena, Hyderabad, Radiologist & Clinical metal toxicologist, MBBS, DMRD Osmania

    Dr. Biswaroop Roy Chowdhury, Faridabad, Ph.D (Diabetes)

    Dr. Gautam Das, Kolkata, MBBS, General Physician

    Saraswati Kavula, Hyderabad, Documentary Filmmaker & Freelance Journalist, Awaken India Movement

    Bhaskaran Raman, Mumbai, Professor, Dept. of Computer Science & Engineering. Indian Institute of Technology Bombay Advocate

    Ishwarlal S. Agarwal, Mumbai Advocate

    Tanveer Nizam, Mumbai

    Dr. Susan Raj, Chattisgrah, BSc Nurse, MSW(M&P), Doctorate Humanities, Behavior Specialist

    Jagannath Chaterjee, Bhubhaneshwar, Social Activist

    Dr. Abhay Chedda, Mumbai, BHMS, CCAH, FCAH

    Dr. Gayatri Panditrao, Pune, Homeopathic Physician, BHMS, PGDEMS

    Dr. Rashmi Menon, Mumbai, BHMS, ChT

    Rossamma Thomas, Pala, Kottayam, Kerala, Freelance Journalist

    Ambar Koiri, Mumbai, Awaken India Movement

    Dr. G Prema, Tamil Nadu, Classical Homeopath, Aasil Health Care

    Dr. S. G. Vombatkere, Mysuru, Human Rights Activist Advocate

    Anand Singh Bahrawat, Indore, High Court of Indore Advocate

    Vijay Kurle, Mumbai

    Advocate L Shunondo Chandiramani, Indore, High Court of Indore

    The post Letter from India: Stop World Health Organization’s “Pandemic Preparedness” Tyranny first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Colin Todhunter.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/17/letter-from-india-stop-world-health-organizations-pandemic-preparedness-tyranny/feed/ 0 446320
    China restarts COVID-19 testing in hospitals, airports https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/china-covid-testing-12062023133541.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/china-covid-testing-12062023133541.html#respond Wed, 06 Dec 2023 18:36:02 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/china-covid-testing-12062023133541.html Authorities in China have started testing people for COVID-19 again in hospitals and transportation hubs as a wave of respiratory disease tears through the country, according to local residents and government directives.

    As parents and children continued to flock to pediatric clinics and emergency rooms in Beijing with severe respiratory disease, hospitals are once more performing COVID-19 tests on patients, although there has been little on the news regarding a resurgence of the virus, new variants of which are emerging globally.

    Chinese health officials have acknowledged the spike in pneumonia and other respiratory cases, blaming a cocktail of pathogens including mycoplasma pneumonia, respiratory syncytial virus, seasonal influenza and COVID-19.

    Now, government documents are starting to warn about a new wave of coronavirus infections in particular, with the State Council ordering local authorities to resume testing and disease monitoring at ports and airports, in schools, care homes and other institutions.

    "All localities should strengthen prevention and control in elderly care, childcare, schools, social welfare and other institutions as well as confined spaces, and urge daily protection and health monitoring," a Nov. 24 State Council directive warned.

    At least 2 million people are estimated to have died when the first wave of Omicron infections swept the country after the lifting of restrictions under ruling Chinese Communist Party leader Xi Jinping's “zero-COVID” policy.

    Hated tracker app

    Unconfirmed reports have been swirling on social media that local governments are starting to reactivate the hated "Health Code" COVID-19 tracker app, which was once used to confine people to their homes or to mass quarantine camps.

    "I took my child to hospital to get a nucleic acid test [for COVID-19]," a Beijing resident who gave only the surname Yu for fear of reprisals told RFA Mandarin on Wednesday. "My daughter had been for emergency treatment at the People's Liberation Army General Hospital pediatric department, and after triage ... she was told to get a nucleic acid test."

    "It seems that a mutated strain of COVID is back, but the virus isn't being mentioned on the news," Yu said. "I can't figure out what's happening."

    ENG_CHN_COVIDTesting_12062023.2.jpg
    A health worker waits for people to take swab samples to test for COVID-19 in Shanghai on Dec. 19, 2022. Chinese government documents are starting to warn about a new wave of COVID-19 infections. (Hector Retamal/AFP)

    A Beijing resident who gave only the surname Wu for fear of reprisals said some places in the city are offering free COVID-19 tests.

    "I heard that they're not charging now because they want people to cooperate," Wu said. "They're testing at the bigger railway stations and international airports and at some conference venues."

    A directive from the Ministry of Education dated Dec. 4 called on schools around the country to take steps to mitigate the wave of "winter disease," specifically naming COVID-19, which isn't seasonal.

    "According to the judgment of the health and disease control departments, the global COVID-19 pandemic is still under way, and the COVID-19 virus is still mutating," the directive said.

    "This winter and next spring, we may face superimposed epidemics of multiple respiratory diseases," it warned, citing a State Council ruling on "preventing and controlling new COVID-19 infections." 

    Fearing a resurgence

    Health officials have been telling people to wear masks, wash their hands and ventilate indoor spaces to prevent the spread of disease.

    A Beijing resident who gave only the surname Zhao said the government seems to fear a resurgence of the coronavirus, adding that many of the cases of "pneumonia" and other respiratory diseases have symptoms that are basically indistinguishable from COVID without a test.

    "The propaganda is saying that these cases are caused by mycoplasma pneumonia, yet I also heard that the [SARS-CoV2] virus has mutated," Zhao said. "I'm not a doctor, so I don't know exactly which disease it is."

    The European Centre for Disease Prevention and Control is currently tracking a number of "variants of concern," including Omicron BA.2.75 that was first detected in India and Omicron XBB.1.5-like (a) that was first detected in the United States.

    The U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention is monitoring a larger number of COVID-19 variants but hasn't designated any variants of concern.

    ENG_CHN_COVIDTesting_12062023.3.jpg
    People queue to buy antigen test kits at a pharmacy amid the Covid-19 pandemic in Xian, in China's northern Shaanxi province on Dec. 20, 2022. A Beijing resident says some places there are offering free COVID-19 tests to encourage people to get tested. (AFP)

    Social media posts showed documents from the 2023 China Textile Industry Federation Science and Technology Awards Conference, which is scheduled for Dec. 6 in Beijing, requiring all participants to present a certificate certifying a negative COVID test dated the day before.

    "For a conference starting on Dec. 6, they want a test dated Dec. 5, and they're not letting anyone in without a health clearance certificate," Beijing resident Wu said.

    Wu said he knows a lot of people who are currently sick, with "a very bad flu."

    "They suspect that maybe it's COVID, but officials are saying it's the flu," he said.

    Kids infected

    Repeated calls to the People's Liberation Army General Hospital pediatric clinic, Beijing's Chaoyang Hospital and several other hospitals rang unanswered during office hours on Wednesday.

    A kindergarten principal in the central city of Shaoyang who gave only the surname Shao for fear of reprisals said most of the children are sick with "fever."

    "A lot of kids are infected," Shao said. "In one class, only three kids turned up for school, and the rest were off sick."

    A resident of Hunan's provincial capital Changsha who gave only the surname Chen said authorities there are also getting ready to start COVID-19 testing again.

    "We're going to start nucleic acid testing again," Chen said. "Right now, our hospitals are full of kids."

    "The directive has already come through – people in the government are saying that it's better to rely on just testing [as opposed to other restrictive measures]," he said.

    Chen said he has no wish to return to the days of zero-COVID, which ended in December 2022 amid nationwide protests.

    "The thing I fear most is another lockdown," he said.

    Translated by Luisetta Mudie. Edited by Malcolm Foster.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Gu Ting for RFA Mandarin.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/china-covid-testing-12062023133541.html/feed/ 0 444044
    Former broadcast minister defends NZ journalism fund, state-funded media independence https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/27/former-broadcast-minister-defends-nz-journalism-fund-state-funded-media-independence/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/27/former-broadcast-minister-defends-nz-journalism-fund-state-funded-media-independence/#respond Mon, 27 Nov 2023 20:04:53 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=95060 RNZ News

    Former broadcasting minister Willie Jackson has defended Aotearoa New Zealand’s public interest journalism fund that his government started during the covid-19 pandemic, after the new deputy prime minister characterised it as “bribery”.

    Speaking to media on Monday after his swearing in, Deputy Prime Minister Winston Peters accused state-funded media organisations of a lack of independence from the previous Labour government.

    Peters was asked how quickly he expected government departments to take action on removing te reo Māori from their names.

    “Well, we’ll see the speed at which TVNZ and RNZ — which are taxpayer owned — understand this new message. We’ll see whether these people, both the media and journalists — are they independent?,” he said.

    “Well, isn’t that fascinating, I’ve never seen evidence of that in the last three years.” he said.

    He then laughed, and said “you can’t defend $55 million of bribery, cannot defend $55 million of bribery. Get it very clear”.

    That last remark was a reference to the Public Interest Journalism Fund, a three-year $55m contestable fund for journalists initially set up to shore up public interest media during the covid-19 pandemic, which was wound up in July.

    Media jobs, development funded
    This included funding for 219 jobs and 22 industry development projects. Political coverage was exempted from eligibility to benefit from it. The fund was administered by NZ On Air.

    Jackson, who became broadcasting minister in the Labour government two years after the fund was set up, said it was for media around the country, not just state-funded organisations.

    “It was introduced during covid because it was a disastrous time in terms of media and we were pressured by good people out there to say, ‘hey, you support financial institutions so how about supporting local media that’s struggling’.”

    It was aimed at supporting New Zealand media to keep producing public interest stories, he said and was “not just for RNZ and for TVNZ”.

    “What you saw was a great investment in support of media outlets, Māori, Pasifika, regional [outlets] … Gisborne Herald, Otago Daily Times, Asburton Guardian, they got support and an opportunity to rebuild, reset.

    “I’m very proud of what we did.”

    Influence denied
    He denied the then Labour government had any influence over the media as a result.

    “The rules are very clear, we can’t interfere, we can’t intervene . . .  You guys have to have your own independence.”

    RNZ’s charter requires the broadcaster to be independent, including providing “reliable, independent, and freely accessible news and information”.

    While the organisation is funded by the government, by law no ministers of the Crown or person acting on their behalf may give direction to RNZ relating to programming, newsgathering or presentation, or standards, and cannot have staff removed.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/27/former-broadcast-minister-defends-nz-journalism-fund-state-funded-media-independence/feed/ 0 442017
    A Future Laugh https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/23/a-future-laugh/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/23/a-future-laugh/#respond Thu, 23 Nov 2023 15:30:45 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=145941


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/23/a-future-laugh/feed/ 0 441339
    Superstitions https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/16/superstitions/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/16/superstitions/#respond Thu, 16 Nov 2023 16:00:44 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=145776


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/16/superstitions/feed/ 0 439233
    Dear K: A Letter across the Covid Divide https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/13/dear-k-a-letter-across-the-covid-divide/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/13/dear-k-a-letter-across-the-covid-divide/#respond Mon, 13 Nov 2023 15:45:35 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=145693 In order to sustain a friendship, there must be grounds for complicity. To know what these grounds might be, it is necessary to see the other as clearly as possible. Nonetheless, you seem to be interested not in finding out who I am but in making declarations about my character. Perhaps you want rebuttals. Maybe you want me to say, “Oh, no. I’m not right-wing. I’m not a kook. Here, I have proof.” The burden of proof does not lie with me but with you. And you have offered none.

    So what kind of a response am I left with? Would you like me to proceed with declarations about your character, which you would then feel compelled to rebut, the waters getting muddier with each exchange, the gulf between us growing wider as you drag political binaries into the discussion of Covid, where they don’t belong, even as you profess to oppose the state’s divide-and-conquer strategies? No, I’m not taking that bait either.

    So what is left? You suggest that we compare science, but that is the domain of peer review, and everything that I have ever published about Covid (or about anything else, for that matter, including 9/11) is supported by peer review. So what is there to compare? To take the simplest aspect of Covid (the masks), both the peer-reviewed studies and common sense (the pores of a mask being macroscopic and the virus being microscopic) tell us that the mask mandates were useless and did more harm than good. See, for instance, the March 2023 issue of Druthers, published in Alberta, which you may deem to be a right-wing province, but I assure you that science, when done and reported properly, is right-left blind.

    Every part of the official Covid narrative is in fact false, from the masks to the PCR tests to the death rates to the safety and effectiveness of the “vaccines,” but since it is not my place to convince you of that, I will not burden you with web links in support of the point. Rather, I will lay out a comparison of two perceptions of reality, and you can tell me whether there are any grounds for complicity between us across this divide.

    Official reality

    Maskers protected themselves and others.

     

    No existing remedies could treat Covid, so society needed to shut down until there was a “vaccine.”

    Vaxxers protected themselves and others by helping to halt the spread of the virus.

     

    Anti-vaxxers are selfish, irresponsible, and anti-science.

    Unofficial reality

    Maskers were duped into helping the state create an atmosphere of mass obedience, necessary for vaccine compliance.

    Proven remedies for Covid were slandered to permit emergency use of the “vaccines.”

    Vaxxers helped to create a false sense that the “vaccines” were safe and effective, paving the way for genocide.

    Anti-vaxxers are courageous and clear-sighted, as demonstrated by the fact that the “vaccines” have led to horrible injuries, miscarriages, and infertility, along with a staggering increase in mortality – a genocide – among healthy, working-age people over the past two years.

    By your account, I am a right-wing kook for embracing the unofficial reality. By my account, you are a do-gooder without a clue for embracing the official one. I don’t blame you for not having a clue. You have been subjected to relentless propaganda for more than three years. I have written elsewhere on the phenomenon of trance and how it can be triggered by fear, so I know what you’ve been up against.

    But the question remains of whether there can be any grounds for complicity between us when we are not living in the same world. Should we agree to disagree? Should we live and let live? Aren’t the stakes too high? What about the next “crisis”? The next false flag, the next plandemic? Will we have to go through this gut-wrenching dance again, friendships and families wrecked? Will we have learned nothing? I think that depends on you.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Robert Sean Lewis.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/13/dear-k-a-letter-across-the-covid-divide/feed/ 0 439041
    Dear K: A Letter across the Covid Divide https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/13/dear-k-a-letter-across-the-covid-divide/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/13/dear-k-a-letter-across-the-covid-divide/#respond Mon, 13 Nov 2023 15:45:35 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=145693 In order to sustain a friendship, there must be grounds for complicity. To know what these grounds might be, it is necessary to see the other as clearly as possible. Nonetheless, you seem to be interested not in finding out who I am but in making declarations about my character. Perhaps you want rebuttals. Maybe you want me to say, “Oh, no. I’m not right-wing. I’m not a kook. Here, I have proof.” The burden of proof does not lie with me but with you. And you have offered none.

    So what kind of a response am I left with? Would you like me to proceed with declarations about your character, which you would then feel compelled to rebut, the waters getting muddier with each exchange, the gulf between us growing wider as you drag political binaries into the discussion of Covid, where they don’t belong, even as you profess to oppose the state’s divide-and-conquer strategies? No, I’m not taking that bait either.

    So what is left? You suggest that we compare science, but that is the domain of peer review, and everything that I have ever published about Covid (or about anything else, for that matter, including 9/11) is supported by peer review. So what is there to compare? To take the simplest aspect of Covid (the masks), both the peer-reviewed studies and common sense (the pores of a mask being macroscopic and the virus being microscopic) tell us that the mask mandates were useless and did more harm than good. See, for instance, the March 2023 issue of Druthers, published in Alberta, which you may deem to be a right-wing province, but I assure you that science, when done and reported properly, is right-left blind.

    Every part of the official Covid narrative is in fact false, from the masks to the PCR tests to the death rates to the safety and effectiveness of the “vaccines,” but since it is not my place to convince you of that, I will not burden you with web links in support of the point. Rather, I will lay out a comparison of two perceptions of reality, and you can tell me whether there are any grounds for complicity between us across this divide.

    Official reality

    Maskers protected themselves and others.

     

    No existing remedies could treat Covid, so society needed to shut down until there was a “vaccine.”

    Vaxxers protected themselves and others by helping to halt the spread of the virus.

     

    Anti-vaxxers are selfish, irresponsible, and anti-science.

    Unofficial reality

    Maskers were duped into helping the state create an atmosphere of mass obedience, necessary for vaccine compliance.

    Proven remedies for Covid were slandered to permit emergency use of the “vaccines.”

    Vaxxers helped to create a false sense that the “vaccines” were safe and effective, paving the way for genocide.

    Anti-vaxxers are courageous and clear-sighted, as demonstrated by the fact that the “vaccines” have led to horrible injuries, miscarriages, and infertility, along with a staggering increase in mortality – a genocide – among healthy, working-age people over the past two years.

    By your account, I am a right-wing kook for embracing the unofficial reality. By my account, you are a do-gooder without a clue for embracing the official one. I don’t blame you for not having a clue. You have been subjected to relentless propaganda for more than three years. I have written elsewhere on the phenomenon of trance and how it can be triggered by fear, so I know what you’ve been up against.

    But the question remains of whether there can be any grounds for complicity between us when we are not living in the same world. Should we agree to disagree? Should we live and let live? Aren’t the stakes too high? What about the next “crisis”? The next false flag, the next plandemic? Will we have to go through this gut-wrenching dance again, friendships and families wrecked? Will we have learned nothing? I think that depends on you.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Robert Sean Lewis.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/13/dear-k-a-letter-across-the-covid-divide/feed/ 0 439042
    Authoritarians Drunk on Power https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/31/authoritarians-drunk-on-power/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/31/authoritarians-drunk-on-power/#respond Tue, 31 Oct 2023 20:01:04 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=145384

    There is something terribly wrong with this country, isn’t there? Cruelty and injustice, intolerance and oppression. And where once you had the freedom to object, to think and speak as you saw fit, you now have censors and systems of surveillance coercing your conformity and soliciting your submission. How did this happen? Who’s to blame?

    V for Vendetta

    We have arrived at the dystopian future depicted in the 2005 film V for Vendetta, which is no future at all.

    Set in the year 2020, V for Vendetta (written and produced by the Wachowskis) provides an eerie glimpse into a parallel universe in which a government-engineered virus wreaks havoc on the world. Capitalizing on the people’s fear, a totalitarian government comes to power that knows all, sees all, controls everything and promises safety and security above all.

    Concentration camps (jails, private prisons and detention facilities) have been established to house political prisoners and others deemed to be enemies of the state. Executions of undesirables (extremists, troublemakers and the like) are common, while other enemies of the state are made to “disappear.” Populist uprisings and protests are met with extreme force. The television networks are controlled by the government with the purpose of perpetuating the regime. And most of the population is hooked into an entertainment mode and are clueless.

    With Vendetta, whose imagery borrows heavily from Nazi Germany’s Third Reich and George Orwell’s 1984, we come full circle. The corporate state in V conducts mass surveillance on its citizens, helped along by closed-circuit televisions. Also, London is under yellow-coded curfew alerts, similar to the American government’s color-coded Homeland Security Advisory System.

    Sounds painfully familiar, doesn’t it?

    As director James McTeighe observed about the tyrannical regime in V for Vendetta, “It really showed what can happen when society is ruled by government, rather than the government being run as a voice of the people. I don’t think it’s such a big leap to say things like that can happen when leaders stop listening to the people.”

    Clearly, those we appointed to represent our interests have stopped following the Constitution and listening to the American people.

    What will it take for the government to start listening to the people again?

    In V for Vendetta, as in my novel The Erik Blair Diaries, the subtext is that authoritarian regimes—through a vicious cycle of manipulation, oppression and fear-mongering—foment violence, manufacture crises, and breed terrorists, thereby giving rise to a recurring cycle of blowback and violence.

    Only when the government itself becomes synonymous with the terrorism wreaking havoc in their lives do the people to finally mobilize and stand up to the government’s tyranny.

    V, a bold, charismatic freedom fighter, urges the British people to rise up and resist the government. In Vendetta, V the film’s masked crusader blows up the seat of government on November 5, Guy Fawkes Day, while in Erik Blair, freedom fighters plot to unmask the Deep State.

    Acts of desperation and outright anarchy are what happens when a parasitical government muzzles the citizenry, fences them in, herds them, brands them, whips them into submission, forces them to ante up the sweat of their brows while giving them little in return, and then provides them with little to no outlet for voicing their discontent: people get desperate, citizens lose hope, and lawful, nonviolent resistance gives way to unlawful, violent resistance.

    This way lies madness.

    Then again, madness may be unavoidable unless we can wrest back control over our runaway government starting at the local level.

    It is time to recalibrate the government.

    For years now, we have suffered the injustices, cruelties, corruption and abuse of an entrenched government bureaucracy that has no regard for the Constitution or the rights of the citizenry.

    By “government,” I’m not referring to the farce that is the highly partisan, two-party, bureaucracy of the Republicans and Democrats. Rather, I’m referring to “government” with a capital “G,” the entrenched Deep State that is unaffected by elections, unaltered by populist movements, and has set itself beyond the reach of the law.

    We are overdue for a systemic check on the government’s overreaches and power grabs.

    We have lingered too long in this strange twilight zone where ego trumps justice, propaganda perverts truth, and imperial presidents—empowered to indulge their authoritarian tendencies by legalistic courts, corrupt legislatures and a disinterested, distracted populace—rule by fiat rather than by the rule of law.

    The COVID-19 pandemic provided the government with the perfect excuse to lay claim to a long laundry list of terrifying lockdown powers (at both the federal and state level) that override the Constitution: the ability to suspend the Constitution, indefinitely detain American citizens, bypass the courts, quarantine whole communities or segments of the population, override the First Amendment by outlawing religious gatherings and assemblies of more than a few people, shut down entire industries and manipulate the economy, muzzle dissidents, reshape financial markets, create a digital currency (and thus further restrict the use of cash), determine who should live or die, and impose health mandates on large segments of the population.

    Crises tend to bring out the authoritarian tendencies in government.

    That’s no surprise: power corrupts, and absolute power corrupts absolutely.

    Where we find ourselves now is in the unenviable position of needing to rein in all three branches of government—the Executive, the Judicial, and the Legislative—that have exceeded their authority and grown drunk on power.

    This is exactly the kind of concentrated, absolute power the founders attempted to guard against by establishing a system of checks of balances that separate and shares power between three co-equal branches: the executive, the legislative and the judiciary.

    “The system of checks and balances that the Framers envisioned now lacks effective checks and is no longer in balance,” concludes law professor William P. Marshall. “The implications of this are serious. The Framers designed a system of separation of powers to combat government excess and abuse and to curb incompetence. They also believed that, in the absence of an effective separation-of-powers structure, such ills would inevitably follow. Unfortunately, however, power once taken is not easily surrendered.”

    Unadulterated power in any branch of government is a menace to freedom.

    There’s no point debating which political party would be more dangerous with these powers.

    The fact that any individual—or branch of government—of any political persuasion is empowered to act like a dictator is danger enough.

    So, what we can do to wrest back control over a runaway government and an imperial presidency?

    It won’t be easy.

    We are the unwitting victims of a system so corrupt that those who stand up for the rule of law and aspire to transparency in government are in the minority.

    This corruption is so vast it spans all branches of government: from the power-hungry agencies under the executive branch and the corporate puppets within the legislative branch to a judiciary that is, more often than not, elitist and biased towards government entities and corporations.

    We are ruled by an elite class of individuals who are completely out of touch with the travails of the average American.

    We are viewed as relatively expendable in the eyes of government: faceless numbers of individuals who serve one purpose, which is to keep the government machine running through our labor and our tax dollars. Those in power aren’t losing any sleep over the indignities we are being made to suffer or the possible risks to our health. All they seem to care about are power and control.

    We are being made to suffer countless abuses at the government’s hands.

    We have little protection against standing armies (domestic and military), invasive surveillance, marauding SWAT teams, an overwhelming government arsenal of assault vehicles and firepower, and a barrage of laws that criminalize everything from vegetable gardens to lemonade stands.

    In the name of national security, we’re being subjected to government agencies such as the NSA, FBI and others listening in on our phone calls, reading our mail, monitoring our emails, and carrying out warrantless “black bag” searches of our homes. Adding to the abuse, we have to deal with surveillance cameras mounted on street corners and in traffic lights, weather satellites co-opted for use as spy cameras from space, and thermal sensory imaging devices that can detect heat and movement through the walls of our homes.

    That doesn’t even begin to touch on the many ways in which our Fourth Amendment rights are trampled upon by militarized police and SWAT teams empowered to act as laws unto themselves.

    In other words, freedom—or what’s left of it—is threatened from every direction.

    The predators of the police state are wreaking havoc on our freedoms, our communities, and our lives. The government doesn’t listen to the citizenry, it refuses to abide by the Constitution, which is our rule of law, and it treats the citizenry as a source of funding and little else. Police officers are shooting unarmed citizens and their household pets. Government agents—including local police—are being armed to the teeth and encouraged to act like soldiers on a battlefield. Bloated government agencies are fleecing taxpayers. Government technicians are spying on our emails and phone calls. Government contractors are making a killing by waging endless wars abroad.

    In other words, the American police state is alive and well and flourishing.

    Nothing has changed, and nothing will change unless we insist on it.

    How to do this? It’s not rocket science.

    There is no 10-step plan. If there were a 10-step plan, however, the first step would be as follows: turn off the televisions, tune out the politicians, and do your part to stand up for freedom principles in your own communities.

    Stand up for your own rights, of course, but more importantly, stand up for the rights of those with whom you might disagree. Defend freedom at all costs. Defend justice at all costs. Make no exceptions based on race, religion, creed, politics, immigration status, sexual orientation, etc. Vote like Americans, for a change, not Republicans or Democrats.

    Most of all, use your power—and there is power in our numbers—to nullify anything and everything the government does that undermines the freedom principles on which this nation was founded.

    Don’t play semantics. Don’t justify. Don’t politicize it. If it carries even a whiff of tyranny, oppose it. Demand that your representatives in government cut you a better deal, one that abides by the Constitution and doesn’t just attempt to sidestep it.

    That’s their job: make them do it.

    As I make clear in my book Battlefield America: The War on the American People and in its fictional counterpart The Erik Blair Diaries, all freedoms hang together. They fall together, as well.

    The police state does not discriminate. Eventually, we will all suffer the same fate.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by John W. Whitehead and Nisha Whitehead.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/31/authoritarians-drunk-on-power/feed/ 0 437834
    Virtue Signalling https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/21/virtue-signalling/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/21/virtue-signalling/#respond Sat, 21 Oct 2023 14:51:03 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=145087


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/21/virtue-signalling/feed/ 0 435904
    A Message to Donald Rumsfeld’s Ghost About My Known Knowns https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/10/a-message-to-donald-rumsfelds-ghost-about-my-known-knowns/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/10/a-message-to-donald-rumsfelds-ghost-about-my-known-knowns/#respond Tue, 10 Oct 2023 00:45:07 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=144729

    On February 12, 2002 at a Pentagon news conference, Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld was asked by Jim Miklaszewski, the NBC Pentagon correspondent, if he had any evidence that Iraq had weapons of mass destruction and was supplying them to terrorists.  Rumsfeld delivered a famous non-answer answer and said:

    Reports that say that something hasn’t happened are always interesting to me, because as we know, there are known knowns; there are things we know we know. We also know there are known unknowns; that is to say we know there are some things we do not know. But there are also unknown unknowns — the ones we don’t know we don’t know.

    When he was pressed by Jamie McIntyre, CNN’s Pentagon correspondent, to answer the question about evidence, he continued to talk gobbledygook, saying, “I could have said that the absence of evidence is not evidence of absence, or vice versa.”

    He never said he had evidence, because he didn’t.

    Rumsfeld, who enjoyed his verbal games, was the quintessential bullshitter and liar for the warfare state.  This encounter took place when Rumsfeld and his coconspirators were promoting lie after lie about the attacks of September 11, 2001 and conflating false stories about an alliance between Saddam Hussein and Osama bin Laden in order to build a case to wage another war against Iraq, in order to supplement the one in Afghanistan and the war on “terror” that they launched post September 11 and the subsequently linked anthrax attacks.

    A year later on February 5, 2003, U. S. Secretary of State Colin Powell went before the U. N. Security Council and in a command performance assured the world that the U.S. had solid evidence that Iraq had “weapons of mass destruction,” repeating that phrase seventeen times as he held up a stage prop vial of anthrax to make his point.  He said, “My colleagues, every statement I make today is backed up by sources — solid sources. These are not assertions. What we’re giving you are facts and conclusions based on solid intelligence.”  He was lying, but to this very day his defenders falsely claim he was the victim of an “intelligence failure,” a typical deceitful excuse along with “it was a mistake.”  Of course, Iraq did not have “weapons of mass destruction” and the savage war waged on Iraq was not a mistake.

    Scott Ritter, the former Marine U.N. weapons inspector,  made it very clear back then that there was no evidence that Iraq had weapons of mass destruction, but his expertise was dismissed, just as his current analysis of the war in Ukraine is.  See his recent tweet about Senator Diane Feinstein in this regard:

    Thirteen months after Rumsfeld’s exchange in the news conference, the United States invaded Iraq on March 19, 2003, knowing it had no justification.  It was a war of aggression.  Millions died as a result.  And none of the killers have been prosecuted for their massive war crimes.  The war was not launched on mistaken evidence; it was premeditated and based on lies easy to see.  Very, very easy to see.

    On January 28, 2003, eleven days before Powell performance, I, an independent writer, wrote a newspaper Op Ed, “The War Hoax,” saying:

    The Bush administration has a problem: How to start a war without having a justifiable reason for one.  No doubt they are working hard to solve this urgent problem.  If they can’t find a justification, they may have to create one.  Or perhaps they will find what they have already created. . . . Yet once again, the American people are being played for fools, by the government and the media.  The open secret, the insider’s fact, is that the United States plans to attack Iraq in the near future.  The administration knows this, the media knows it, but the Bush scenario, written many months ago, is to act as if it weren’t so, to act as if a peaceful solution were being seriously considered. . . . Don’t buy it.

    Only one very small regional Massachusetts newspaper, the North Adams Transcript, was willing to publish the piece.

    I mention this because I think it has been very obvious for a very long time that the evidence for United States’ crimes of all sorts has been available to anyone who wished to face the truth.  It does not take great expertise, just an eye for the obvious and the willingness to do a little homework.  Despite this, I have noticed that journalists and writers on the left have continued to admit that they were beguiled by people such as Bill and Hillary Clinton, Barack Obama, and Joseph Biden, con men all.  I do not mean writers for the mainstream press, but those considered oppositional.  Many have, for reasons only they can answer, put hope in these obvious charlatans, and some prominent ones have refused to analyze such matters as the JFK assassination, September 11th, or Covid-19, to name a few issues.  Was it because they considered these politicians and matters known unknowns, even when the writing was on the wall?

    Those on the right have rolled with Reagan, the Bushes, and Trump in a similar manner, albeit for different reasons.  It causes me to shake my head in amazement.  When will people learn?  How long does it take to realize that all these people are part of a vast criminal enterprise that has been continuously waging wars and lying while raking in vast spoils for the military-industrial complex.  There is one party in the U.S. – the War Party.

    If you have lived long enough, as have I, you reach a point when you have, through study and the accumulation of evidence, arrived at a long list of known knowns.  So with a backhand slap to Donald Rumsfeld, that long serving servant of the U.S. war machine, I will list a very partial number of my known knowns in chronological order.  Each could be greatly expanded. There is an abundance of easily available evidence for all of them – nothing secret – but one needs to have the will for truth and do one’s homework.  All of these known knowns are the result of U.S. deep state conspiracies and lies, aided and abetted by the lies of mass corporate media.

    My Known Knowns:

    • The U.S. national security state led by the CIA assassinated President John F. Kennedy on November 22, 1963. This is The foundational event for everything that has followed.  It set the tone and sent the message that deep state forces will do anything to wage their wars at home and abroad.  They killed JFK because he was ending the war against Vietnam, the Cold War, and the nuclear arms race.
    • Those same forces assassinated Malcolm X fourteen months later on February 21, 1965 because he too had become a champion of peace, human rights, and racial justice with his budding alliance with Rev. Martin Luther King, Jr. Such an alliance of these two black leaders posed too great a threat to the racist warfare state.  This conspiracy was carried out by the Nation of Islam, the New York Police Department, and U.S. intelligence agencies.
    • The Indonesian government’s slaughter of more than one million mainly poor rice farmers in 1965-6 was the result of a scheme planned by ex-CIA Director Allen Dulles, whom JFK had fired. It was connected to Dulles’s role in the assassination of JFK, the CIA-engineered coup against Indonesian President Sukarno, his replacement by the dictator Suharto, and his mass slaughter ten years later, starting in December 1975.  The American-installed Indonesian dictator Suharto, after meeting with Henry Kissinger and President Ford and receiving their approval, would slaughter hundreds of thousands East-Timorese with American-supplied weapons in a repeat of the slaughter of more than a million Indonesians in 1965.
    • In June of 1967, Israel, a purported ally of the U.S., attacked and destroyed the Egyptian and Syrian armies, claiming falsely that Egypt was about to attack Israel. This was a lie that was later admitted by former Israeli Prime Minister Menachem Begin in a speech he gave in 1982 in Washington, D.C.  Israel annexed the West Bank and Gaza and still occupies the Golan Heights as well.  In June 1967, Israel also attacked and tried to sink the U.S. intelligence gathering ship the U.S. Liberty, killing 34 U.S. sailors and wounding 170 others.  Washington covered up these intentional murders to protect Israel.
    • On April 4, 1968, these same intelligence forces led by the FBI, assassinated Martin Luther King, Jr. in Memphis, Tennessee. He was not shot by James Earl Ray, the officially alleged assassin, but by a hit man who was part of another intricate government conspiracy.  King was killed because of his work for racial and human rights and justice, his opposition to the Vietnam War, and his push for economic justice with the Poor People’s Campaign.
    • Two months later, Senator Robert F. Kennedy, on his way to the presidency, was also assassinated by deep state intelligence forces in another vastly intricate conspiracy. He was not killed by Sirhan Sirhan, who was a hypnotized patsy standing in front of RFK. He was assassinated by a CIA hit man who was standing behind him and shot him from close range.  RFK, also, was assassinated because he was intent on ending the war against Vietnam, bringing racial and economic justice to the country, and pursuing the assassins of his brother John.
    • The escalation of the war against Vietnam by Pres. Lyndon Johnson was based on the Tonkin Gulf lies. Its savage waging by Richard Nixon for eight years was based on endless lies.  These men were war criminals of the highest order.  Nixon’s 1968 election was facilitated by the “October Surprise” when South Vietnam withdrew from peace negotiations to end the war.  This was secretly arranged by Nixon and his intermediaries.
    • The well-known Watergate scandal story, as told by Woodward and Bernstein of The Washington Post, that led to Richard Nixon’s resignation in August 1974, is an entertaining fiction concealing intelligence operations.
    • Another October Surprise was arranged for the 1980 presidential election. It was linked to the subsequent Iran-Contra scandal during the Reagan administration, led by future CIA Director under Reagan, William Casey, and former CIA Director and Vice-President under Reagan, George H. W. Bush.  As in 1968, a secret deal was made to secure the Republican’s election by making a deal with Iran to withhold releasing the American hostages they held until after the election.  They were released minutes after Reagan was sworn in on January 20, 1981.  American presidential elections have been fraught with scandals, as in 2000 when George W. Bush and team stole the election from Democrat Al Gore, and Russia-gate was conjured up by the Democrats in 2016 to try to prevent Trump’s election.
    • The Reagan administration, together with the CIA, armed the so-called “Contras” to wage war against the Sandinista government of Nicaragua that had overthrown the vicious U.S. supported dictator Anastasio Somoza. The Contras were Somoza supporters and part of a long line of terrorists that the U.S. had used throughout Latin America where they supported dictators and death squads to squelch democratic movements. Such state terrorism was of a piece with the September 11, 1973 U.S. engineered coup against the democratic government of President Salvatore Allende in Chile and his replacement with the dictator Augusto Pinochet.
    • The Persian Gulf War waged by George H.W. Bush in 1991 – the first made for TV war – was based on lie upon lie promoted by the administration and their public relations firm. It was a war of aggression celebrated by CNN and other media as a joyous July 4th fireworks display.
    • Then the neoliberal phony William Clinton spent eight years bombing Iraq, dismantling the social safety net, deregulating the banks, attacking and dismantling Yugoslavia, savagely bombing Serbia, etc. In a span of four months in 1999 he bombed four countries: Afghanistan, Sudan, Iraq, and Yugoslavia.  He maintained the U.S. sanctions placed on Iraq following the Gulf War that resulted in the death of 500,00 Iraqi children.  When his Secretary of State Madeleine Albright was asked by Lesley Stahl of 60 Minutes if the price was worth it, Albright said, “We think the price is worth it.”
    • The attacks of September 11, 2001, referred to as 9/11 in an act of linguistic mind control in order to create an ongoing sense of national emergency, and the anthrax attacks that followed, were a joint inside operation – a false flag – carried out by elements within the U.S. deep state.  Together with the CIA assassination of JFK, these acts of state terrorism mark a second fundamental turning point in efforts to extinguish any sense of democratic control in the United States.  Thus The Patriot Act, government spying, censorship, and ongoing attacks on individual rights.
    • The George W. Bush-led U.S. invasion of Afghanistan, Iraq, etc. and its “war on terror” were efforts to terrorize and control the Middle East, Southwest Asia, as well as the people of the U.S. The aforementioned Mr. Rumsfeld, along with his partner in crime Dick Cheney, carried out Bush’s known known war crimes justified by the crimes of Sept 11 as they simultaneously created a vast Homeland Security spying network while eliminating Americans basic freedoms.
    • Barack Obama was one of the most effective imperialist presidents in U.S. history. Although this is factually true, he was able to provide a smiling veneer to his work at institutionalizing the permanent warfare state.  When first entering office, he finished George W. Bush’s unfinished task of bailing out the finance capitalist class of Wall St.  Having hoodwinked liberals of his bona fides, he then spent eight years presiding over extrajudicial murders, drone attacks, the destruction of Libya, a coup in Ukraine bringing neo-Nazis to power, etc.  In 2016 alone he bombed seven countries Pakistan, Libya, Yemen, Afghanistan, Syria, Somalia, and Iraq.  He expanded U.S. military bases throughout the world and sent special forces throughout Africa and Latin America.  He supported the new Cold War with sanctions on Russia.  He was a fitting successor to Bush junior.
    • Donald Trump, a New York City reality TV star and real estate tycoon, the surprise winner of the 2016 U.S. presidential election despite the Democratic Party’s false Russia-gate propaganda, attacked Syria from sea and air in the first two years of his presidency, claiming falsely that these strikes were for Syria’s use of chemical weapons at Douma and for producing chemical weapons. In doing so, he warned Russia not to be associated with Syrian President Assad, a “mass murderer of men, women, and children.”  He did not criticize Israel that to the present day continues to bomb Syria, but he recognized Jerusalem as the capital of Israel. He ordered the assassination by drone of Iranian General Qasem Soleimani near Baghdad International Airport while on a visit to meet with Iraq’s prime minister.  As an insider contrary to all portrayals, he presided over Operation Warp Speed Covid vaccination development and deployment, which was a military-pharmaceutical-CIA program, whose key player was Robert Kadlec (former colleague of Donal Rumsfeld with deep ties to spy agencies), Trump’s Assistant Secretary of Health and Human Services for Preparedness and Response and an ally of Dr. Anthony Fauci and Bill Gates.  On December 8, 2020 Trump joyously declared: “Before Operation Warp Speed, the typical time-frame for development and approval [for vaccines], as you know, could be infinity. And we were very, very happy that we were able to get things done at a level that nobody has ever seen before. The gold standard vaccine has been done in less than nine months.”  And he announced they he will quickly distribute such a “verifiably safe and effective vaccine” as soon as the FDA approved it because “We are the most exceptional nation in the history of the world. Today, we’re on the verge of another American medical miracle.”  The Pfizer/BioNTech vaccine was approves three days later. Moderna’s Covid-19 vaccine received FDA emergency use authorization a week later.
    • This Covid-19 medical miracle was a con-job from the start. The official Covid operation launched in March 11, 2020 with worldwide lockdowns that destroyed economies while enriching the super-rich and devastating regular people, was a propaganda achievement carried out by intelligence and military apparatuses in conjunction with Big Pharma, the WHO, the World Economic Forum, etc. and promulgated by a vast around-the-clock corporate media disinformation campaign.  It was the third fundamental turning point – following the JFK assassination and the attacks of September 11, 2001 and anthrax – in destabilizing the economic, social and political life of all nations while undermining their sovereignty.  It was based on false science in the interests of further establishing a biosecurity state.  The intelligence agency planners who had conducted many germ war game simulations leading up to Covid -19 referred to a future arising out of such “attacks,” as the “New Normal.”  A close study of these  precedents, game-planning, and players makes this evident.  The aim was to militarize medicine and produce a centralized authoritarian state.  Its use of the PCR “test” to detect the virus was a lie from the start.  The Nobel Award winning scientist who developed the test, Kary Mullis, made it clear that “the PCR is a process. It does not tell you that you are sick.”  It is a processto make a whole lot of something out of nothing,” but it can not detect a specific virus.  That it was used to detect all these Covid “cases” is all one needs to know about the fraud.
    • Joseph Biden, who was Obama’s point man for Ukraine while vice-president and the U.S. engineered the 2014 coup d’état in Ukraine, came into office intent on promoting the New Cold War with Russia and refused all Russian efforts to peacefully settle the Ukrainian crisis. He pushed NATO to further provoke Russia by moving farther to the east, surrounding Russia’s borders.  He supported the neo-Nazi Ukrainian elements and its government’s continuous attacks on the Russian speaking Donbass region in eastern Ukraine.  In doing so, he clearly provoked Russian into sending troops into Ukraine on 24 February 2022.  He has fueled this war relentlessly and has pushed the world to the brink of nuclear annihilation.  He supported the invasion of Afghanistan and Iraq.  He currently presides over an aggressive provocation of China.  And like his predecessor Trump, he promotes the Covid disinformation campaign and the use of “vaccines,” urging people to get their jabs.
    • Throughout all these decades and the matters touched upon here – some of my known knowns – there is another dominant theme that recurs again and again.  It is the support for Israel and its evil apartheid regime’s repeated slaughters and persecution of the Palestinian people after having dispossessed them of their ancestral land. This has been a constant fact throughout all U.S. administrations since the JFK assassination and Israel’s subsequent acquisition of nuclear weapons that Kennedy opposed.  It is been aided and abetted by the rise of the neocon elements within the U.S. government and the 1997 formation of The Project for the New American Century, founded by William Kristol and Donald Kagan, whose signees included Donald Rumsfeld, Dick Cheney, Paul Wolfowitz, et al., and their claim for the need “for a new Pearl Harbor.”  Many of these people, who held dual U.S. and Israeli citizenship, became members of the Bush administration.  Once the attacks of September 11th occurred and a summer of moviegoers watching the new film Pearl Harbor had passed, George W. Bush and the corporate media immediately and repeatedly proclaimed the attacks a new Pearl Harbor.  Once again, the Palestinian’s and Hamas’s Oct. 7, 2023 attack on Israel that is widely and falsely reported as unprovoked, as is Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, has been referred to as “a Pearl Harbor Moment.”  By today, Monday 9 Oct. 2023, President Biden has already given full U.S. support to Israel as it savagely attacks Gaza and has said that additional assistance for the Israeli Defense Forces is now on its way to Israel with more to follow over the coming days. Rather than acting as an instrument for peace, the U.S. government continues its  support for Israel’s crimes as if it were the same country. The Israel Lobby and the government of Israel has for decades exerted a powerful control over U.S. Middle East policies and much more as well.  The Mossad has often worked closely under the aegis of the CIA together with Britain’s M16 to assassinate opponents and provoke war after war.

    Donald Rumsfeld, as a key long time insider to U.S. deep state operations, was surely aware of my list of known knowns.  He was just one of many such slick talkers involved in demonic U.S. operations that have always been justified, denied, or kept secret by him and his ilk.

    One does not have to be a criminologist to realize these things.  It is easy to imagine that Rumsfeld’s forlorn ghost is wandering since he went to his grave with his false “unknown unknowns” tucked away.

    When he said, “I could have said that the absence of evidence is not evidence of absence, or vice-versa,” he did say it, of course.  Despite double-talkers like him, evidence of decades of U.S. propaganda is easy to see through if one is compelled by the will-to-truth.

    “Ancestral voices prophesying war; ancestral spirits in the danse macabre or war dance; Valhalla, ghostly warriors who kill each other and are reborn to fight again.  All warfare is ghostly, every army an exercitus feralis (army of ghosts), every soldier a living corpse.”  – Norman O. Brown

    Note:  If you think I too have no evidence, look at this for many of them.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Edward Curtin.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/10/a-message-to-donald-rumsfelds-ghost-about-my-known-knowns/feed/ 0 433054
    The Greeks Haul out a Horse for the Trojan Masses https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/04/the-greeks-haul-out-a-horse-for-the-trojan-masses/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/04/the-greeks-haul-out-a-horse-for-the-trojan-masses/#respond Wed, 04 Oct 2023 14:05:49 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=144507


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/04/the-greeks-haul-out-a-horse-for-the-trojan-masses/feed/ 0 431891
    Who Were the Kooks? https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/29/who-were-the-kooks/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/29/who-were-the-kooks/#respond Fri, 29 Sep 2023 11:55:25 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=144397


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/29/who-were-the-kooks/feed/ 0 430701
    Anchorage City Commissioner Charged With Fraudulently Obtaining $1.6 Million in COVID-19 Relief Funds for Her Charity https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/28/anchorage-city-commissioner-charged-with-fraudulently-obtaining-1-6-million-in-covid-19-relief-funds-for-her-charity/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/28/anchorage-city-commissioner-charged-with-fraudulently-obtaining-1-6-million-in-covid-19-relief-funds-for-her-charity/#respond Thu, 28 Sep 2023 18:15:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/alaska-anchorage-rosalina-mavaega-fraud-charity-indictment by Kyle Hopkins, Anchorage Daily News

    This article was produced for ProPublica’s Local Reporting Network in partnership with the Anchorage Daily News. Sign up for Dispatches to get stories like this one as soon as they are published.

    An Anchorage city commissioner and her husband have been charged with fraudulently obtaining $1.6 million in COVID-19 recovery money for their charity. Charges filed in federal court in Anchorage accuse the couple of buying cryptocurrency and making personal use of money intended to help people find homes and addiction treatment.

    A federal grand jury on Sept. 19 indicted Rosalina Mavaega, 41, and Esau Fualema Jr., 44, on five felony charges including major fraud, wire fraud and money laundering. The charges come after the Anchorage Daily News and ProPublica first reported in May that the Anchorage Assembly gave the couple one of the city’s largest awards under the American Rescue Plan Act despite prior fraud allegations.

    Mavaega was arrested Wednesday, court records show. The U.S. Attorney’s Office publicly announced the charges that afternoon.

    As of Thursday morning, the city website still listed Mavaega as a member of the Anchorage Equal Rights Commission, which is tasked with investigating allegations of discrimination, as well as the city housing and homelessness committee.

    Anchorage Mayor Dave Bronson appointed Mavaega to the commissions in 2022. The executive director of the Equal Rights Commission said Thursday morning that Mavaega remains a commissioner. Spokespersons for Bronson and the housing and homelessness commission did not immediately respond to questions. Bronson’s spokesperson previously said the mayor “doesn’t have the unilateral ability to remove members from commissions.”

    Mavaega and Fualema were in custody as of Thursday morning and could not immediately be reached for comment. When a reporter visited Mavaega’s office on May 18, an employee said she was not available but was scheduled to talk with investigators that afternoon. She did not respond to subsequent emails and phone calls seeking comment.

    Fualema also did not respond to emails, phone messages or an interview request delivered to his home at the time.

    First image: Rosalina Mavaega. Second image: Esau Fualema Jr. (LinkedIn)

    The Anchorage Assembly in May 2021 awarded Mavaega and Fualema’s charity, House of Transformations, $1.6 million even though the state permanently barred the couple from serving as Medicaid providers in 2015.

    The state Division of Senior and Disability Services gave four reasons for the ban: violating background check requirements, submitting billing claims without adequate documentation, offering a rebate for Medicaid referrals and submitting claims without supporting documentation.

    As a result, Maveaga’s business can no longer bill any federal health care program, including Medicare, Medicaid and Denali KidCare, for its services. Mavaega appealed the ban in 2016, arguing the penalty was too severe and relied on hearsay evidence, but a state Superior Court judge upheld the punishment.

    The charges relate to how they obtained the 2021 grant, how they used the money and alleged efforts to subsequently acquire additional grants from the city.

    They are accused of lying to federal, state and city officials in order to claim they met legal requirements to receive an ARPA grant from the city. The charges say the couple directed a grant writer to submit proposals that “falsely described the operating expenses and officers and directors” of their various charities.

    The charges say the couple transferred $297,250 of the grant to their personal checking account, using the money as collateral to obtain a personal loan. The loan money was used, in turn, to buy $191,000 in cryptocurrency and to pay taxes owed by one of their businesses.

    An additional $402,000 in grant money was used to finance a for-profit beauty salon, according to the charges. The charges say that as part of their grant agreement, they promised to use about $500,000 to make down payment on two Anchorage properties that could be used for housing services. They did not do so, the charges say, and failed to disclose that Fualema already owned 50% of one of the properties.

    House of Transformations and various limited liability companies that use the same office address and same name, or similar names, are among a constellation of nonprofits and businesses the couple created in recent years.

    House of Transformations was one of the biggest recipients in the first round of ARPA grant awards from the city. It received more than city agencies such as the fire and police departments, and it received the 13th overall largest grant out of the 64 awarded.


    This content originally appeared on Articles and Investigations - ProPublica and was authored by by Kyle Hopkins, Anchorage Daily News.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/28/anchorage-city-commissioner-charged-with-fraudulently-obtaining-1-6-million-in-covid-19-relief-funds-for-her-charity/feed/ 0 430539
    Planet of Morons https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/28/planet-of-morons/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/28/planet-of-morons/#respond Thu, 28 Sep 2023 15:11:23 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=143951


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/28/planet-of-morons/feed/ 0 430486
    New Caledonia’s Backès resigns from French govt after losing Senate vote https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/28/new-caledonias-backes-resigns-from-french-govt-after-losing-senate-vote/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/28/new-caledonias-backes-resigns-from-french-govt-after-losing-senate-vote/#respond Thu, 28 Sep 2023 05:07:17 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=93755 ANALYSIS: By Patrick Decloitre, RNZ French Pacific correspondent

    A prominent pro-France leader in New Caledonia, Sonia Backès, has resigned from the French government after a resounding defeat at France’s Senatorial elections four days ago.

    In July 2022, Backès, a member of French President Macron’s Renaissance party, had been appointed Assistant Minister for Citizenship in French Prime Minister Elisabeth Borne’s government.

    She is also President of New Caledonia’s affluent Southern Province and a leading figure within New Caledonia’s pro-France camp.

    At the Senatorial poll on Sunday, she was vying for one of the two seats reserved for New Caledonia, but lost to Robert Xowie, a pro-independence indigenous Kanak leader from the FLNKS (Kanak and Socialist National Liberation Front) who is also the Mayor of Lifou in New Caledonia’s Loyalty Islands group.

    Xowie is the first ever pro-independence leader to be elected to the French Senate.

    Backès’ setback had since fuelled speculation that she would have to resign.

    Her appointment to a ministerial position had raised eyebrows from New Caledonia’s pro-independence movement on a possible conflict of interest and the necessary partiality of the French government in view of future talks about the French Pacific entity’s political future.

    On Wednesday in Paris, she is reported to have tendered her resignation to the French President, who is understood to have accepted it, according to French media report.

    Double blow to pro-French camp
    The French Senate elections last weekend were a double blow for the pro-French camp in New Caledonia: for the other contested seat, another pro-French candidate, Georges Naturel, Mayor of the small town of Dumbéa near Noumea took the seat in spite of his candidacy was not endorsed by his own political party, Les Républicains (LR).

    Incumbent Pierre Frogier, 72, a veteran politician in New Caledonia, who was bidding for another mandate, also lost.

    He has since publicly announced this defeat marked “the end of (his) public life” which spanned half a century.

    Frogier is one of the few remaining politicians in New Caledonia who had signed both the Matignon-Oudinot Accord in 1988 (marking the end of half a decade of a bloody civil war) and the Nouméa Accord 10 years later in 1998, setting the roadmap for a gradual process of enlarged autonomy and a transfer of powers from France to New Caledonia.

    But 25 years after its signing, the Nouméa Accord is coming to an end and the three referendums it prescribed have been held over the past 5 years.

    Holding those three referendums was a key provision of the Nouméa Accord and the majority of voters responded “no” to the question “Do you want New Caledonia to access full sovereignty and become independent?”

    Since then, Paris regards this outcome as an unequivocal indication that New Caledonia wants to remain French.

    The first two referendums’ results were no (56.67 percent, November 4, 2018) and no (53.26 percent, October 4, 2020).

    However, the FLNKS is contesting the validity of the third referendum’s results (96.50 percent for no, December 12, 2021). However, less than half — 43.87 percent — of the registered voters turned out for this referendum due to the Kanak boycott of the poll after the covid pandemic ravaged the community.

    New Caledonia symbols of decolonisation
    The Kanak ensign flies alongside the French tricolour as has been the custom since the 1998 Noumea Accord preparing the region for greater self-government. Image: RNZ Pacific/123rf

    ‘A response to neo-colonial attitude’
    Sunday, September 24 was not only Senatorial election day in France.

    In New Caledonia, ironically, it was the “Citizenship Festival”, a new way to mark this year — the 170th anniversary of what used to be called the “Day of Taking Possession”, a direct reference to the first French landing, September 24, 1853, when French Commodore Febvrier-Despointes “took possession” of the islands on behalf of Napoleon III and planted the French tricolour flag in the small coastal village of Balade.

    The electoral setback is also perceived as a strong message sent from the pro-independence camp to the Paris, as parties have last month resumed talks on New Caledonia’s political future.

    “[The victory] is a response to President Macron’s neo-colonial attitude which persists in ignoring that our country is engaged in an irreversible decolonisation process,” the FLNKS wrote in a media release earlier this week.

    “It is also a stinging response to [France’s] unacceptable ‘martyr’ document,” the release adds in a direct reference to a draft document outlining suggestions for future changes to New Caledonia’s institutions, citizenship and self-determination modus operandi.

    For instance, under the French suggestions, there would no longer be a deadline for any future referendum for New Caledonia, no more “yes” or “no” options, but the matter would be considered if a “project” was submitted to approval after bipartisan talks.

    Other suggestions relate to the notion of a New Caledonian citizenship, which would co-exist with a French citizenship and would be detailed in a scheduled Constitutional amendment that President Macron would like to have voted by the French Congress (a gathering of both Houses of the French Parliament, the National Assembly and the Senate) sometime early 2024.

    The document has been dubbed “martyr” by France’s Home Affairs and Overseas minister Gérald Darmanin during talks early September in Paris because it was destined to be discussed and largely debated by all sides of New Caledonia’s political spectrum.

    Another round of talks is scheduled to take place in October in Nouméa with Darmanin.

    Backès’ rebuff and subsequent resignation are said not to have any impact on the October schedule.

    Fractured political landscape
    But the new situation leaves a largely fractured political landscape in New Caledonia.

    On the pro-independence side last week, one of the main and largest components of FLNKS, the Union Calédonienne (UC), back-tracked on its earlier commitment to attend the Nouméa talks.

    Its spokesperson, Gilbert Tyuienon, said the “martyr” draft was “unacceptable” and “not serious” because it cast doubt on New Caledonia’s self-determination process.

    Other components of the pro-independence umbrella, the PALIKA (Parti de Libération Kanak) and the UPM (Union Progressiste Mélanésienne), however, said they remained committed to further talks with Darmanin.

    On the pro-France side, Backès’ senatorial setback and subsequent resignation also leaves a deeply divided terrain, some of its leaders admitting their recent skirmishes had largely contributed to the defeat and deprived them of a voice within the French Senate and more generally on the French National political scene.

    It has since transpired that both Xowie and Naturel’s victory resulted from a secret exchange of votes agreement struck between the two, on a bipartisan basis.

    This triggered furious reactions from the pro-France side, which have since labelled Naturel a “traitor”.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/28/new-caledonias-backes-resigns-from-french-govt-after-losing-senate-vote/feed/ 0 430344
    A Return to Masking? https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/20/a-return-to-masking/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/20/a-return-to-masking/#respond Wed, 20 Sep 2023 13:02:57 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=144109

    It looks like the Trudeau government in Canada is preparing to mandate masking again, despite the science, in randomized control trials, revealing no prophylaxis effect of masking compared to non-masking against respiratory viruses.

    Dr. Theresa Tam, Canada’s chief public health officer, is setting up a return to enforced masking of Canadians.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/20/a-return-to-masking/feed/ 0 428461
    What Was Obedience to the COVID-19 Mandates? https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/15/what-was-obedience-to-the-covid-19-mandates/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/15/what-was-obedience-to-the-covid-19-mandates/#respond Fri, 15 Sep 2023 12:38:42 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=144003

    Self-incarceration


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/15/what-was-obedience-to-the-covid-19-mandates/feed/ 0 427419
    9/11: The Onslaught of an Endless War on Humanity https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/13/9-11-the-onslaught-of-an-endless-war-on-humanity/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/13/9-11-the-onslaught-of-an-endless-war-on-humanity/#respond Wed, 13 Sep 2023 21:53:44 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=143937 Monday, September 11, 2023 marked the 22nd Anniversary of the NYC 9/11, a day of global mourning, the beginning, or activation, of a crime of biblical proportions like never before in history remembered. Activation stands for onslaught of a colossal War on Humanity. What the small supremacist elite calls War on Terror is nothing less than an endless war on mankind. A war waged by a death cult. The preparation for the war started decades or probably hundred-plus years before.

    Two planes hitting the twin towers of the NYC World Trade Center (WTC) on September 11, 2001 – probably remote-controlled – because most pilots admit this kind of close-curved maneuver necessary to hit the towers was impossible to carry out by a pilot.

    The world was told the perpetrators were a group of some 12 Saudi terrorists. An outright lie. One of the first ones – to be followed by countless others – all in the name of instilling fear to control mankind, to eventually upgrade the war to a killing machine – leading onto the infamous UN Agenda 2030, alias the Great Reset, and the all-digitizing, QR-code -crowned Fourth Industrial Revolution, what Klaus Schwab, WEF’s founder and CEO proudly claims as his brainchild.

    Who else could come up with a new world order based on linearism, digitalized transhumanism, 180-degrees opposite of what life, the universe is – an infinite multitude of dynamism – life in multiple dimensions, evolving naturally as a cog in the universe’s endless wheel?

    Right there on NYC’s 9/11, more than 3000 people were killed. Thousands more followed in the immediate aftermath.

    The third building that collapsed a day later – seemingly out of the blue – was apparently ripe with documented evidence of the crime. Almost silence by the media.

    And to this day, nobody knows what happened to the people on the plane that apparently crashed into an open field in Pennsylvania. No debris and no people were ever found. Here too, no media coverage, no investigation – just destined to be forgotten.

    What happened to the dozens of policemen and firefighters who were near the WTC towers and in their basements, reporting on hearing explosions underground and in the lower strata of the extremely solid constructions just before they collapsed in the well-known style of purposeful city demolition techniques? Most of them were never seen again. “Victims” of the accident?

    Overall, since the NYC-9/11 millions of people were killed in the aftermath of the trigger to the so-called war on terror, which, in fact, was meant to be — and is — a war on humanity.

    The onslaught of wars began. The US invasion of Afghanistan, barely a month after the suspected auto-coup of the 9/11 Twin Towers implosion. The pretext was Osama Bin Laden, an Al Qaeda CIA recruit, who, the George W. Bush Administration lied, having orchestrated the 9/11 attack from Afghanistan, had to be eliminated by invading the mountainous and resources-rich Afghanistan landlocked in the center of Asia.

    Al Qaeda was a CIA creation of the late 1980’s, already then as an instrument to justify the coming war on terror.

    True reasons for invading Afghanistan were several: The Turkmenistan–Afghanistan–Pakistan–India Gas Pipeline, also known as Trans-Afghanistan Pipeline, or TAPI Pipeline, was to bring natural gas from the world’s second largest gas fields in Galkynysh, Turkmenistan, discharging 33 billion cubic meters of gas per year to the Gulf of India. Washington wanted control over this largest gas transit, potentially disrupting US petrol giants market dominance.

    The ever-closer relations between Afghanistan and China were a thorn in the eyes for US political supremacy, and finally the extreme mineral riches especially rare earths, vital for production of electronics and chips used for military equipment as well as for multiple civilian uses.

    Afghanistan was the first “leg” on the endless “War on Terror”.

    The Afghanistan invasion was followed by the May 2003 Iraq invasion, one of the hydrocarbon richest countries in the Middle East, with a leader, Saddam Hussein, who was at the point of defying OPEC rules of trading hydrocarbons in US-dollars only. Saddam wanted to trade Iraq’s hydrocarbons in Euros. Iraq was also labeled an al Qaeda terrorist country.

    A “Shock and Awe” attack should eliminate the country’s leader and bring Iraq to her knees before the almighty US of A. By now we know that it did not exactly happen that way. It was probably also planned as an endless war.

    Iraq – another “War on Terror” – emanating from the 9/11 auto-attack.

    Syria. From 2011 forward Washington’s secret service created a “civil war” applying the principle of divide to conquer. In September 2014 the conflict culminated in the US intervening, siding with the [US-created] Syrian rebels, fighting the Islamic State, the so-called “Operation Inherent Resolve” in what was labeled international war against the Islamic State.

    In truth, Washington wanted to get rid of the highly popular and democratically elected Syrian President, Bashar al-Assad. Again, the interest was control over the large Syrian oil and mineral resources.

    Also, under the flag of “War on Terror”.

    Coincidentally – though, there are no coincidences – the Ukraine war also started in [February] 2014, by the US instigated coup against the democratically elected Viktor Yanukovych. Remember Victoria Nuland’s recorded phone conversation with the US Ambassador in Kiev – “f**k Europe”?  And the recent admission by NATO boss, Jens Stoltenberg, that the Ukraine War started already in 2014?

    Other US-initiated wars and conflicts followed.  In Sudan in 2006 / 2007 after the broken Darfur Peace Agreement; in Pakistan in 2011 under the pretext and on the heels of several targeted killings in Karachi, leaving hundreds of people dead. US presence never left the country, as Pakistan was attempting establishing closer relations with China.

    To the “war on terror” may also be counted the October 2011 US / French / NATO lynching of Libyan President, Muammar Gaddafi, leaving the country as of this day in a state of constant civil strife and mafia-like killings and enslavement of refugees. Gaddafi was about to introduce the Gold Dinar as a unified currency for Africa to liberate Africa from French and US/K currency exploitation.

    The NYC 9/11 was — and is — a war instrument that until this day has not been fully recognized as what it was supposed to be – a precursor to possibly the planned final phase for civilization as we know it, the UN Agenda 2030, alias The Great Reset, leading to the full digitization of humanity into transhumanism and simply a One World Order (OWO), run by full control via digitization of everything, complemented with Artificial Intelligence (AI).

    It is the plan. A scary plan, a plan with the purpose of instilling fear. Thus, it is hoped, making the population defenseless against a tyrannical take-over.

    This plan will not materialize.

    Lest we forget, it is important to point out that there was another 9/11 “event” 50 years back that took place in Chile. It also killed instantly hundreds of people, and over the following 16 years, until General Pinochet’s demise in March 1990, tens of thousands of people disappeared and were killed.

    The purpose of the US-instigated and Henry Kissinger executed military coup in Chile was to get rid of the “uncomfortable” democratically elected, socialist-leaning, President Salvador Allende so that the United States could implement and test a “Chicago Boys” designed neoliberal economic system to run an entire country. Later to be repeated throughout Latin America, a remedy to make sure Latin America would keep their US “Backyard” status, for a long time to come.

    The “Chicago Boys” were a group of Chilean and international economists, most of whom were educated in the 1970s and 1980s by arch-conservative Milton Friedman at the Department of Economics of the University of Chicago.

    Also, not to forget, the major coup planner and instigator, was the then Secretary of State, Henry Kissinger, under Richard Nixon’s presidency. Kissinger later received the Nobel Peace Prize for his alleged peace efforts in the Vietnam war which he also “directed”, and following his ordered bombing of Cambodia and Laos to bloody rubble with hundreds of thousands, if not millions, of deaths. Remember the infamous “Killing Fields” in Cambodia?  Well, that was also Henry Kissinger, arguably the most notorious war criminal still alive.

    Earlier this year, Henry Kissinger turned 100. This could be natural old age, or it could be old age enhanced by adrenochrome.

    Is it sheer coincidence that the Santiago Chile and the NYC Nine-Eleven massacres are exactly 50 years apart? A half a century.

    There are no coincidences. Just connecting the dots.

    As a reminder 911 is the emergency-call number in the United States. That is hardly a coincidence.

    Kissinger is a close buddy, ally and advisor of Klaus Schwab, CEO of the controversial World Economic Forum (WEF). As of this day, Kissinger’s advice is sought by leaders around the world.

    In July 2023, Kissinger was received by China’s President Xi Jinping, who apparently greeted Kissinger with a comment, “old friends” like him will never be forgotten. The irony is subtle. The US-initiated meeting was apparently meant to mend frayed ties between Washington and Beijing.

    A tremendous attribute for President Xi. He is always open for initiatives potentially leading to improved relations, harmony, and peace.

    Back to NYC-9/11

    What we, especially the western world’s humanity, currently are living is a colossal crime never seen and recorded before in known history.

    After 9/11 for many, and for a long time for most, flying has become a nightmare and a huge business for a few. The long security lines, the manual checking – often more reminiscent of groping – of passengers, who often for some medical reasons, have a hard time passing through the control machines without the red-light flashing.

    The first US Secretary of Homeland Security, Tom Ridge and associates, became insanely rich by launching the manufacturing of the airport security machines that were imposed worldwide, and which are being constantly upgraded.

    Backtracking 

    9/11 sparked “wars on terror” – alias on humanity — that may have had several phases of activation.

    The Club of Rome, first unofficially meeting in 1956 in Rome, was formally created in 1968 as an initiative of David Rockefeller with Aurelio Peccei, Alexander King and Dr. Mamphela Ramphele, founder and President of Africa’s Agang party, and others.

    The Club of Rome issued in 1972 the infamous report “Limits to Growth” (LTG), arguing against continued economic and population growth, setting the first marks for a massive eugenist agenda, a population reduction down to about 500 million people from today’s 8 billion-plus, a reduction of about 95%.

    Dennis Meadows, one of the main authors of the Club of Rome’s “The Limits of Growth”, is a member of the World Economic Forum. He propagates as of this day massive population reduction. See this.

    This eugenist plan is as of this day the blueprint for what we are living. It is the core for UN Agenda 2030, the Great Reset and All-digitization.

    From it was born covid, the worldwide coercive vaxx mandate, possibly more lab-made “viruses” to come, as well as the climate change hoax, justifying geoengineering of weather, causing droughts, floods, never-seen-before hurricanes and tornadoes, Directed Energy Weapons (DEW) caused forest and other fires, like the destruction of Lahaina on Maui, and others – all bringing about poverty, famine, misery, and death.

    Closing the circle with NYC’s 9/11 setting the stage 22 years ago.

    There is no waiting. We must resist with heart and soul and peaceful spirits. We shall never forget 9/11 and what it triggered, and we shall overcome.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Peter Koenig.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/13/9-11-the-onslaught-of-an-endless-war-on-humanity/feed/ 0 426985
    9/11: The Onslaught of an Endless War on Humanity https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/13/9-11-the-onslaught-of-an-endless-war-on-humanity/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/13/9-11-the-onslaught-of-an-endless-war-on-humanity/#respond Wed, 13 Sep 2023 21:53:44 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=143937 Monday, September 11, 2023 marked the 22nd Anniversary of the NYC 9/11, a day of global mourning, the beginning, or activation, of a crime of biblical proportions like never before in history remembered. Activation stands for onslaught of a colossal War on Humanity. What the small supremacist elite calls War on Terror is nothing less than an endless war on mankind. A war waged by a death cult. The preparation for the war started decades or probably hundred-plus years before.

    Two planes hitting the twin towers of the NYC World Trade Center (WTC) on September 11, 2001 – probably remote-controlled – because most pilots admit this kind of close-curved maneuver necessary to hit the towers was impossible to carry out by a pilot.

    The world was told the perpetrators were a group of some 12 Saudi terrorists. An outright lie. One of the first ones – to be followed by countless others – all in the name of instilling fear to control mankind, to eventually upgrade the war to a killing machine – leading onto the infamous UN Agenda 2030, alias the Great Reset, and the all-digitizing, QR-code -crowned Fourth Industrial Revolution, what Klaus Schwab, WEF’s founder and CEO proudly claims as his brainchild.

    Who else could come up with a new world order based on linearism, digitalized transhumanism, 180-degrees opposite of what life, the universe is – an infinite multitude of dynamism – life in multiple dimensions, evolving naturally as a cog in the universe’s endless wheel?

    Right there on NYC’s 9/11, more than 3000 people were killed. Thousands more followed in the immediate aftermath.

    The third building that collapsed a day later – seemingly out of the blue – was apparently ripe with documented evidence of the crime. Almost silence by the media.

    And to this day, nobody knows what happened to the people on the plane that apparently crashed into an open field in Pennsylvania. No debris and no people were ever found. Here too, no media coverage, no investigation – just destined to be forgotten.

    What happened to the dozens of policemen and firefighters who were near the WTC towers and in their basements, reporting on hearing explosions underground and in the lower strata of the extremely solid constructions just before they collapsed in the well-known style of purposeful city demolition techniques? Most of them were never seen again. “Victims” of the accident?

    Overall, since the NYC-9/11 millions of people were killed in the aftermath of the trigger to the so-called war on terror, which, in fact, was meant to be — and is — a war on humanity.

    The onslaught of wars began. The US invasion of Afghanistan, barely a month after the suspected auto-coup of the 9/11 Twin Towers implosion. The pretext was Osama Bin Laden, an Al Qaeda CIA recruit, who, the George W. Bush Administration lied, having orchestrated the 9/11 attack from Afghanistan, had to be eliminated by invading the mountainous and resources-rich Afghanistan landlocked in the center of Asia.

    Al Qaeda was a CIA creation of the late 1980’s, already then as an instrument to justify the coming war on terror.

    True reasons for invading Afghanistan were several: The Turkmenistan–Afghanistan–Pakistan–India Gas Pipeline, also known as Trans-Afghanistan Pipeline, or TAPI Pipeline, was to bring natural gas from the world’s second largest gas fields in Galkynysh, Turkmenistan, discharging 33 billion cubic meters of gas per year to the Gulf of India. Washington wanted control over this largest gas transit, potentially disrupting US petrol giants market dominance.

    The ever-closer relations between Afghanistan and China were a thorn in the eyes for US political supremacy, and finally the extreme mineral riches especially rare earths, vital for production of electronics and chips used for military equipment as well as for multiple civilian uses.

    Afghanistan was the first “leg” on the endless “War on Terror”.

    The Afghanistan invasion was followed by the May 2003 Iraq invasion, one of the hydrocarbon richest countries in the Middle East, with a leader, Saddam Hussein, who was at the point of defying OPEC rules of trading hydrocarbons in US-dollars only. Saddam wanted to trade Iraq’s hydrocarbons in Euros. Iraq was also labeled an al Qaeda terrorist country.

    A “Shock and Awe” attack should eliminate the country’s leader and bring Iraq to her knees before the almighty US of A. By now we know that it did not exactly happen that way. It was probably also planned as an endless war.

    Iraq – another “War on Terror” – emanating from the 9/11 auto-attack.

    Syria. From 2011 forward Washington’s secret service created a “civil war” applying the principle of divide to conquer. In September 2014 the conflict culminated in the US intervening, siding with the [US-created] Syrian rebels, fighting the Islamic State, the so-called “Operation Inherent Resolve” in what was labeled international war against the Islamic State.

    In truth, Washington wanted to get rid of the highly popular and democratically elected Syrian President, Bashar al-Assad. Again, the interest was control over the large Syrian oil and mineral resources.

    Also, under the flag of “War on Terror”.

    Coincidentally – though, there are no coincidences – the Ukraine war also started in [February] 2014, by the US instigated coup against the democratically elected Viktor Yanukovych. Remember Victoria Nuland’s recorded phone conversation with the US Ambassador in Kiev – “f**k Europe”?  And the recent admission by NATO boss, Jens Stoltenberg, that the Ukraine War started already in 2014?

    Other US-initiated wars and conflicts followed.  In Sudan in 2006 / 2007 after the broken Darfur Peace Agreement; in Pakistan in 2011 under the pretext and on the heels of several targeted killings in Karachi, leaving hundreds of people dead. US presence never left the country, as Pakistan was attempting establishing closer relations with China.

    To the “war on terror” may also be counted the October 2011 US / French / NATO lynching of Libyan President, Muammar Gaddafi, leaving the country as of this day in a state of constant civil strife and mafia-like killings and enslavement of refugees. Gaddafi was about to introduce the Gold Dinar as a unified currency for Africa to liberate Africa from French and US/K currency exploitation.

    The NYC 9/11 was — and is — a war instrument that until this day has not been fully recognized as what it was supposed to be – a precursor to possibly the planned final phase for civilization as we know it, the UN Agenda 2030, alias The Great Reset, leading to the full digitization of humanity into transhumanism and simply a One World Order (OWO), run by full control via digitization of everything, complemented with Artificial Intelligence (AI).

    It is the plan. A scary plan, a plan with the purpose of instilling fear. Thus, it is hoped, making the population defenseless against a tyrannical take-over.

    This plan will not materialize.

    Lest we forget, it is important to point out that there was another 9/11 “event” 50 years back that took place in Chile. It also killed instantly hundreds of people, and over the following 16 years, until General Pinochet’s demise in March 1990, tens of thousands of people disappeared and were killed.

    The purpose of the US-instigated and Henry Kissinger executed military coup in Chile was to get rid of the “uncomfortable” democratically elected, socialist-leaning, President Salvador Allende so that the United States could implement and test a “Chicago Boys” designed neoliberal economic system to run an entire country. Later to be repeated throughout Latin America, a remedy to make sure Latin America would keep their US “Backyard” status, for a long time to come.

    The “Chicago Boys” were a group of Chilean and international economists, most of whom were educated in the 1970s and 1980s by arch-conservative Milton Friedman at the Department of Economics of the University of Chicago.

    Also, not to forget, the major coup planner and instigator, was the then Secretary of State, Henry Kissinger, under Richard Nixon’s presidency. Kissinger later received the Nobel Peace Prize for his alleged peace efforts in the Vietnam war which he also “directed”, and following his ordered bombing of Cambodia and Laos to bloody rubble with hundreds of thousands, if not millions, of deaths. Remember the infamous “Killing Fields” in Cambodia?  Well, that was also Henry Kissinger, arguably the most notorious war criminal still alive.

    Earlier this year, Henry Kissinger turned 100. This could be natural old age, or it could be old age enhanced by adrenochrome.

    Is it sheer coincidence that the Santiago Chile and the NYC Nine-Eleven massacres are exactly 50 years apart? A half a century.

    There are no coincidences. Just connecting the dots.

    As a reminder 911 is the emergency-call number in the United States. That is hardly a coincidence.

    Kissinger is a close buddy, ally and advisor of Klaus Schwab, CEO of the controversial World Economic Forum (WEF). As of this day, Kissinger’s advice is sought by leaders around the world.

    In July 2023, Kissinger was received by China’s President Xi Jinping, who apparently greeted Kissinger with a comment, “old friends” like him will never be forgotten. The irony is subtle. The US-initiated meeting was apparently meant to mend frayed ties between Washington and Beijing.

    A tremendous attribute for President Xi. He is always open for initiatives potentially leading to improved relations, harmony, and peace.

    Back to NYC-9/11

    What we, especially the western world’s humanity, currently are living is a colossal crime never seen and recorded before in known history.

    After 9/11 for many, and for a long time for most, flying has become a nightmare and a huge business for a few. The long security lines, the manual checking – often more reminiscent of groping – of passengers, who often for some medical reasons, have a hard time passing through the control machines without the red-light flashing.

    The first US Secretary of Homeland Security, Tom Ridge and associates, became insanely rich by launching the manufacturing of the airport security machines that were imposed worldwide, and which are being constantly upgraded.

    Backtracking 

    9/11 sparked “wars on terror” – alias on humanity — that may have had several phases of activation.

    The Club of Rome, first unofficially meeting in 1956 in Rome, was formally created in 1968 as an initiative of David Rockefeller with Aurelio Peccei, Alexander King and Dr. Mamphela Ramphele, founder and President of Africa’s Agang party, and others.

    The Club of Rome issued in 1972 the infamous report “Limits to Growth” (LTG), arguing against continued economic and population growth, setting the first marks for a massive eugenist agenda, a population reduction down to about 500 million people from today’s 8 billion-plus, a reduction of about 95%.

    Dennis Meadows, one of the main authors of the Club of Rome’s “The Limits of Growth”, is a member of the World Economic Forum. He propagates as of this day massive population reduction. See this.

    This eugenist plan is as of this day the blueprint for what we are living. It is the core for UN Agenda 2030, the Great Reset and All-digitization.

    From it was born covid, the worldwide coercive vaxx mandate, possibly more lab-made “viruses” to come, as well as the climate change hoax, justifying geoengineering of weather, causing droughts, floods, never-seen-before hurricanes and tornadoes, Directed Energy Weapons (DEW) caused forest and other fires, like the destruction of Lahaina on Maui, and others – all bringing about poverty, famine, misery, and death.

    Closing the circle with NYC’s 9/11 setting the stage 22 years ago.

    There is no waiting. We must resist with heart and soul and peaceful spirits. We shall never forget 9/11 and what it triggered, and we shall overcome.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Peter Koenig.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/13/9-11-the-onslaught-of-an-endless-war-on-humanity/feed/ 0 426986
    The Sheep behind the Masks https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/13/the-sheep-behind-the-masks/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/13/the-sheep-behind-the-masks/#respond Wed, 13 Sep 2023 12:25:30 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=143948


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/13/the-sheep-behind-the-masks/feed/ 0 426834
    NZ election 2023: Raucous Northland debate crowd rails at covid, te reo Māori mentions https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/13/nz-election-2023-raucous-northland-debate-crowd-rails-at-covid-te-reo-maori-mentions/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/13/nz-election-2023-raucous-northland-debate-crowd-rails-at-covid-te-reo-maori-mentions/#respond Wed, 13 Sep 2023 09:17:31 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=92996 By Peter de Graaf, RNZ News

    Northland MP Willow-Jean Prime walked into the lion’s den when she took part in an election debate in Kerikeri last night.

    The traditionally blue seat is currently held by Labour — the election of 2020 was the first time it had been won by the left since 1938 — but polls suggest that won’t last much longer.

    Five candidates took part in the live-streamed debate at the Homestead Tavern organised by right-wing lobby group the Taxpayers’ Union.

    With a partisan audience and The Daily Blog editor/publisher Martyn “Bomber” Bradbury and libertarian Damien Grant as MCs — political commentators from opposite ends of the political spectrum — it was a rollicking, raucous ride, sometimes rude but never dull.

    For Prime it was a foray into hostile territory with the Labour MP all but drowned out by shouts and jeers.

    She had little chance to defend her party’s record or set out her priorities above the din.

    The loudest reaction came after mention of the C word — that’s covid, of course.

    Covid response ‘saved lives’
    Prime defended the government’s response, saying it was one of the best in the world and had saved lives, but acknowledged some in the room did not agree with her.

    The crowd at Kerikeri's Homestead Tavern raises a toast to the upcoming election.
    The crowd at Kerikeri’s Homestead Tavern raises a toast to the upcoming election. Image: RNZ/Peter de Graaf

    There were angry shouts from some in the near-capacity crowd anytime she used a word in te reo Māori, such as Aotearoa or puku [belly].

    The other candidates received a warmer reception, with Matt King — the former Northland MP who quit National and set up DemocracyNZ in protest at the party’s covid policy — having the loudest supporters.

    New Zealand First candidate Shane Jones continued his campaign theme of describing himself as the politician who delivered for Northland when he held the purse strings for the Provincial Growth Fund.

    He also said it was time Northlanders broke their habit of electing lions, only to find they turned into lambs as soon as they took their place in Parliament.

    Jones promised a “laser-like focus” on Northland’s infrastructure deficit, especially when it came to roads, rail and shipping.

    Northland election debate MC Damien Grant grills candidates, from left, Shane Jones (New Zealand First), Grant McCallum (National), Willow-Jean Prime (Labour), Mark Cameron (Act) and Matt King (DemocracyNZ).
    Northland election debate MC Damien Grant grills candidates (from left) Shane Jones (New Zealand First), Grant McCallum (National), Willow-Jean Prime (Labour), Mark Cameron (Act) and Matt King (DemocracyNZ). Image: RNZ/Peter de Graaf

    ‘Squeezed middle’
    National candidate Grant McCallum, a Maungaturoto farmer who won the party’s selection process to replace King, also promised a laser-like focus — but in his case it would be on costs and the “squeezed middle”.

    He said middle New Zealanders had been hard hit by rising prices and interest rates.

    King was initially denied a place in the debate, raising the prospect of a protest outside the venue by his supporters, with the Taxpayers’ Union saying he did not meet the criteria.

    Those criteria included being a sitting MP or polling at least 5 percent in the electorate.

    King was told on Monday he could join the debate after all because the weekend’s Taxpayers’ Union-Curia poll put his support in Northland at 5 percent, once undecided voters were excluded.

    King promised to “fight back for farmers” against what he called a “climate change catastrophist narrative”.

    ACT list MP Mark Cameron, meanwhile, just wanted less government, saying New Zealanders should be left alone to do what they did best.

    Gun register dismissed
    He was questioned by MC Martyn Bradbury about ACT’s plans to reverse a ban on high-calibre semi-automatic weapons, which Cameron did not address — but he did say bringing in a gun register had not worked overseas and would not work in New Zealand.

    Between the serious politicking there was also plenty of humour.

    When New Zealand First was accused of being less interested in real issues than in culture-war talking points such as the use of public toilets by transgender women, MC Damien Grant asked — with some trepidation — how Jones defined a woman.

    “Matua Shane Jones has 19 mokopuna [grandchildren],” Jones replied.

    “And he has his beautiful wife sitting right in front. Bro, that’s a woman.”

    The last word went to Prime, who warned the crowd a change of government would lead to cuts in basic services.

    It is not clear, however, if anyone heard her above the jeers.

    ‘Lot at stake in election’
    “There is a lot at stake in this election, and I implore you all, to ask the questions and do the research,” Prime said.

    Earlier in the evening, the organisers released the results of a Taxpayers’ Union-Curia poll conducted in the Northland electorate the previous weekend.

    The poll showed McCallum had 43 percent of the electorate vote, followed by Prime on 18 percent and Jones on 13 percent.

    Both King and the Greens’ Reina Tuai Penney, who did not take part in the debate, had 4 percent support with Cameron trailing on 2 percent.

    However, the poll had a relatively small sample size of 400 and a margin of error of almost 5 percent.

    The proportion of respondents who had not made up their minds was 11 percent. If they were excluded, McCallum’s share of the vote jumped to 49 percent.

    The poll showed broadly similar trends when it came to the party vote, although personal support for Jones (13 percent) was much higher than support for his party overall in Northland (3 percent).

    Situation reversed
    The situation was reversed for Cameron who had just 2 percent support as a candidate while his party, ACT, polled 12 percent.

    Cameron has, however, been campaigning for the party vote only and suggesting his supporters give their electorate votes to McCallum.

    Respondents were asked what they believed was the most important issue facing Northland.

    Unsurprisingly, given the state of the region’s transport network, 36 percent opted for roads, followed by the cost of living on 15 percent, health on 14 percent and law and order on 8 percent.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/13/nz-election-2023-raucous-northland-debate-crowd-rails-at-covid-te-reo-maori-mentions/feed/ 0 426810
    NZ election 2023: Raucous Northland debate crowd rails at covid, te reo Māori mentions https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/13/nz-election-2023-raucous-northland-debate-crowd-rails-at-covid-te-reo-maori-mentions-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/13/nz-election-2023-raucous-northland-debate-crowd-rails-at-covid-te-reo-maori-mentions-2/#respond Wed, 13 Sep 2023 09:17:31 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=92996 By Peter de Graaf, RNZ News

    Northland MP Willow-Jean Prime walked into the lion’s den when she took part in an election debate in Kerikeri last night.

    The traditionally blue seat is currently held by Labour — the election of 2020 was the first time it had been won by the left since 1938 — but polls suggest that won’t last much longer.

    Five candidates took part in the live-streamed debate at the Homestead Tavern organised by right-wing lobby group the Taxpayers’ Union.

    With a partisan audience and The Daily Blog editor/publisher Martyn “Bomber” Bradbury and libertarian Damien Grant as MCs — political commentators from opposite ends of the political spectrum — it was a rollicking, raucous ride, sometimes rude but never dull.

    For Prime it was a foray into hostile territory with the Labour MP all but drowned out by shouts and jeers.

    She had little chance to defend her party’s record or set out her priorities above the din.

    The loudest reaction came after mention of the C word — that’s covid, of course.

    Covid response ‘saved lives’
    Prime defended the government’s response, saying it was one of the best in the world and had saved lives, but acknowledged some in the room did not agree with her.

    The crowd at Kerikeri's Homestead Tavern raises a toast to the upcoming election.
    The crowd at Kerikeri’s Homestead Tavern raises a toast to the upcoming election. Image: RNZ/Peter de Graaf

    There were angry shouts from some in the near-capacity crowd anytime she used a word in te reo Māori, such as Aotearoa or puku [belly].

    The other candidates received a warmer reception, with Matt King — the former Northland MP who quit National and set up DemocracyNZ in protest at the party’s covid policy — having the loudest supporters.

    New Zealand First candidate Shane Jones continued his campaign theme of describing himself as the politician who delivered for Northland when he held the purse strings for the Provincial Growth Fund.

    He also said it was time Northlanders broke their habit of electing lions, only to find they turned into lambs as soon as they took their place in Parliament.

    Jones promised a “laser-like focus” on Northland’s infrastructure deficit, especially when it came to roads, rail and shipping.

    Northland election debate MC Damien Grant grills candidates, from left, Shane Jones (New Zealand First), Grant McCallum (National), Willow-Jean Prime (Labour), Mark Cameron (Act) and Matt King (DemocracyNZ).
    Northland election debate MC Damien Grant grills candidates (from left) Shane Jones (New Zealand First), Grant McCallum (National), Willow-Jean Prime (Labour), Mark Cameron (Act) and Matt King (DemocracyNZ). Image: RNZ/Peter de Graaf

    ‘Squeezed middle’
    National candidate Grant McCallum, a Maungaturoto farmer who won the party’s selection process to replace King, also promised a laser-like focus — but in his case it would be on costs and the “squeezed middle”.

    He said middle New Zealanders had been hard hit by rising prices and interest rates.

    King was initially denied a place in the debate, raising the prospect of a protest outside the venue by his supporters, with the Taxpayers’ Union saying he did not meet the criteria.

    Those criteria included being a sitting MP or polling at least 5 percent in the electorate.

    King was told on Monday he could join the debate after all because the weekend’s Taxpayers’ Union-Curia poll put his support in Northland at 5 percent, once undecided voters were excluded.

    King promised to “fight back for farmers” against what he called a “climate change catastrophist narrative”.

    ACT list MP Mark Cameron, meanwhile, just wanted less government, saying New Zealanders should be left alone to do what they did best.

    Gun register dismissed
    He was questioned by MC Martyn Bradbury about ACT’s plans to reverse a ban on high-calibre semi-automatic weapons, which Cameron did not address — but he did say bringing in a gun register had not worked overseas and would not work in New Zealand.

    Between the serious politicking there was also plenty of humour.

    When New Zealand First was accused of being less interested in real issues than in culture-war talking points such as the use of public toilets by transgender women, MC Damien Grant asked — with some trepidation — how Jones defined a woman.

    “Matua Shane Jones has 19 mokopuna [grandchildren],” Jones replied.

    “And he has his beautiful wife sitting right in front. Bro, that’s a woman.”

    The last word went to Prime, who warned the crowd a change of government would lead to cuts in basic services.

    It is not clear, however, if anyone heard her above the jeers.

    ‘Lot at stake in election’
    “There is a lot at stake in this election, and I implore you all, to ask the questions and do the research,” Prime said.

    Earlier in the evening, the organisers released the results of a Taxpayers’ Union-Curia poll conducted in the Northland electorate the previous weekend.

    The poll showed McCallum had 43 percent of the electorate vote, followed by Prime on 18 percent and Jones on 13 percent.

    Both King and the Greens’ Reina Tuai Penney, who did not take part in the debate, had 4 percent support with Cameron trailing on 2 percent.

    However, the poll had a relatively small sample size of 400 and a margin of error of almost 5 percent.

    The proportion of respondents who had not made up their minds was 11 percent. If they were excluded, McCallum’s share of the vote jumped to 49 percent.

    The poll showed broadly similar trends when it came to the party vote, although personal support for Jones (13 percent) was much higher than support for his party overall in Northland (3 percent).

    Situation reversed
    The situation was reversed for Cameron who had just 2 percent support as a candidate while his party, ACT, polled 12 percent.

    Cameron has, however, been campaigning for the party vote only and suggesting his supporters give their electorate votes to McCallum.

    Respondents were asked what they believed was the most important issue facing Northland.

    Unsurprisingly, given the state of the region’s transport network, 36 percent opted for roads, followed by the cost of living on 15 percent, health on 14 percent and law and order on 8 percent.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/13/nz-election-2023-raucous-northland-debate-crowd-rails-at-covid-te-reo-maori-mentions-2/feed/ 0 426811
    Covid Variants https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/09/covid-variants/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/09/covid-variants/#respond Sat, 09 Sep 2023 14:35:48 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=143863


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/09/covid-variants/feed/ 0 426114
    Extra! January/February 2021 Soundbites https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/07/extra-january-february-2021-soundbites/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/07/extra-january-february-2021-soundbites/#respond Thu, 07 Sep 2023 18:49:22 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9035241 Missed Story: Latino Voting Surge Boosted Biden A common theme in post-election coverage was how well Donald Trump did with people of color, particularly Latinos. “How Democrats Missed Trump’s Appeal to Latino Voters” was one New York Times story (11/9/20); another (11/16/20) read, “Liberals Envisioned a Multiracial Coalition. Voters of Color Had Other Ideas.” While […]

    The post Extra! January/February 2021 Soundbites appeared first on FAIR.

    ]]>
    Missed Story: Latino Voting Surge Boosted Biden

    A common theme in post-election coverage was how well Donald Trump did with people of color, particularly Latinos. “How Democrats Missed Trump’s Appeal to Latino Voters” was one New York Times story (11/9/20); another (11/16/20) read, “Liberals Envisioned a Multiracial Coalition. Voters of Color Had Other Ideas.”

    While exit polls showed slightly higher rates of Latino and Black voting for Trump in 2020 compared to 2016, these stories tended to gloss over the fact that people of color still voted overwhelmingly against Trump (Extra!, 12/20). What’s more, as Democracy Now!‘s Juan González (11/11/20) pointed out, the real story of 2020 “is that in an election which saw historic turnout, people of color—and especially Latinos—had an unprecedented increase in voting.” Since the Latino vote grew so much over the past four years—as much as 63%—even a slightly smaller majority for Democrats translated into a lot more votes: Roughly 6 million more Latinos voted for Clinton over Trump, whereas 10 million more picked Biden.

    Questions About Corporate Ties Brought, but Not Necessarily Asked

    New York Times reporters Kenneth Vogel and Eric Lipton, assigned to the money and politics beat, reported on November 28 that “Biden Aides’ Ties to Consulting and Investment Firms Pose Ethics Test.” The article focused on WestExec, a corporate consulting firm co-founded by Secretary of State-designate Antony Blinken; numerous staffers of the firm are involved in the Biden transition, “bring[ing] with them questions about whether they might favor or give special access to the companies they had worked with in the private sector.”

    But just because they bring those questions doesn’t mean they’ll be asked in the Times‘ day-to-day coverage of the transition (FAIR.org, 12/8/20). When Blinken’s nomination was announced, the Times story (11/22/20) not only mentioned “his extensive foreign policy credentials” but also that he “plays in a band” and “has a tight group of close friends from his days as a student at Harvard.” But there was no room to mention, apparently, that the prospective cabinet secretary launched a consulting firm with close ties to the military/industrial complex.

    NYT Article Dissents From Message of Headline

    “More Than Others, Trump Judges Show Penchant for Dissent” was the headline in the New York Times print edition (12/17/20) over a story that didn’t say that at all. Instead, the piece reported research by the Times that showed that compared to other presidents’ picks, Trump-appointed judges were least likely to dissent to opinions written by colleagues from the same party, and most likely to dissent to opinions from the opposite party. The online headline, “As Trump Leaves the White House, His Imprint on the Judiciary Deepens,” was at least not deceptive, but “Trump Judges Show Most Partisan Pattern of Dissents” would have told readers what the story was actually about.

    CNBC on What to Do With Half to a Third of the Money You Need to Avoid Eviction

    “Second Stimulus Checks May Be on the Way,” read a CNBC headline (12/17/20). “Here’s What Advisors Say You Should Do With the Money.” “Start by whittling down high-interest debt and bulking up your emergency and retirement savings,” was one bullet-pointed piece of advice offered by Lorie Konish. “The reported sum of $600 per individual might not sound like much, but can have lasting effects if used wisely, advisors say.” It’s true that it doesn’t sound like much—it sounds like less than 1% of the median household income. But if you’re one of the 20 million renters in the US who owe approximately $1,250–$1,700 apiece in back rent, according to the National Council of State Housing Agencies (9/25/20), good luck with bulking up your retirement savings.

    It’s Different Because It’s Them

    The BBC on December 8 ran the headline “Covid-19 Vaccine: First Person Receives Pfizer Jab in UK,” accompanying a story that quoted the “UK grandmother…who turns 91 next week” describing it as the “best early birthday present.” The same day, the British state broadcaster also ran a report from Russia: “Coronavirus: Sputnik V Vaccine Rushed Out to Wary Russians.”

    How Reuters Meets ‘Disparate Needs of US Government’

    The Thomson Reuters news company has a “government global business director,” whose job is “advancing Thomson Reuters‘ ability to meet the disparate needs of the US government.” Dawn Scalici, who has held this job since July 2015, “develops strategic relationships with government sector constituents and key decision-makers,” according to the company’s website, while “optimally leveraging its vast and unique data, products and services.” She prepared for this job by working for 33 years for the CIA, most recently as “national intelligence manager for the Western Hemisphere.”

    As Ali Abunimah remarked on Twitter (12/17/20), “It’s perfectly normal and not at all compromising for a news agency like Reuters to employ a CIA agent to ensure that the company can ‘meet the disparate needs of the US government.'”

    New Adventures in False Balance

    “Biden and Trump Vie to Project Authority, Making for a Tense Transition”

    —Washington Post headline (12/5/20) that equates being elected president with attempting to overturn an election

    The post Extra! January/February 2021 Soundbites appeared first on FAIR.


    This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by FAIR.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/07/extra-january-february-2021-soundbites/feed/ 0 425528
    The Next Crisis Is Anyone’s Guess, But the Government Is Ready to Lockdown the Nation https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/06/the-next-crisis-is-anyones-guess-but-the-government-is-ready-to-lockdown-the-nation/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/06/the-next-crisis-is-anyones-guess-but-the-government-is-ready-to-lockdown-the-nation/#respond Wed, 06 Sep 2023 04:20:41 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=143751

    The whole aim of practical politics is to keep the populace alarmed (and hence clamorous to be led to safety) by an endless series of hobgoblins, most of them imaginary.

    — H.L. Mencken, In Defence of Women, 1918

    First came 9/11, which the government used to transform itself into a police state.

    Then the COVID-19 pandemic hit, which the police state used to test out its lockdown powers.

    In light of the government’s tendency to exploit crises (legitimate or manufactured) and capitalize on the nation’s heightened emotions, confusion and fear as a means of extending the reach of the police state, one has to wonder what so-called crisis it will declare next.

    It’s a simple enough formula: first, you create fear, then you capitalize on it by seizing power.

    Frankly, it doesn’t even matter what the nature of the next national emergency might be (terrorism, civil unrest, economic collapse, a health scare, or the environment) as long as it allows the government to lockdown the nation and justify all manner of tyranny in the so-called name of national security.

    Cue the Emergency State.

    Terrorist attacks, mass shootings, “unforeseen economic collapse, loss of functioning political and legal order, purposeful domestic resistance or insurgency, pervasive public health emergencies, and catastrophic natural and human disasters”: the government has been anticipating and preparing for such crises for years now.

    As David C. Unger writes for the New York Times:

    Life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness have given way to permanent crisis management: to policing the planet and fighting preventative wars of ideological containment, usually on terrain chosen by, and favorable to, our enemies. Limited government and constitutional accountability have been shouldered aside by the kind of imperial presidency our constitutional system was explicitly designed to prevent.”

    Here’s what we know: given the rate at which the government keeps devising new ways to establish itself as the “solution” to all of our worldly problems at taxpayer expense, each subsequent crisis ushers in ever larger expansions of government power and less individual liberty.

    This is the slippery slope to outright tyranny.

    You see, once the government acquires (and uses) authoritarian powers—to spy on its citizens, to carry out surveillance, to transform its police forces into extensions of the military, to seize taxpayer funds, to wage endless wars, to censor and silence dissidents, to identify potential troublemakers, to detain citizens without due process—it does not voluntarily relinquish them.

    The lesson for the ages is this: once any government is allowed to overreach and expand its powers, it’s almost impossible to put the genie back in the bottle. As Harvard constitutional law professor Laurence Tribe recognizes, “The dictatorial hunger for power is insatiable.

    Indeed, the history of the United States is a testament to the old adage that liberty decreases as government (and government bureaucracy) grows. To put it another way, as government expands, liberty contracts.

    In this way, every crisis since the nation’s early beginnings has become a make-work opportunity for the government.

    Each crisis has also been a test to see how far “we the people” would allow the government to sidestep the Constitution in the so-called name of national security; a test to see how well we have assimilated the government’s lessons in compliance, fear and police state tactics; a test to see how quickly we’ll march in lockstep with the government’s dictates, no questions asked; and a test to see how little resistance we offer up to the government’s power grabs when made in the name of national security.

    Most critically of all, it has been a test to see whether the Constitution—and our commitment to the principles enshrined in the Bill of Rights—could survive a national crisis and true state of emergency.

    Unfortunately, we’ve been failing this particular test for a long time now.

    Indeed, the powers-that-be have been pushing our buttons and herding us along like so much cattle since World War II, at least, starting with the Japanese attacks on Pearl Harbor, which not only propelled the U.S. into World War II but also unified the American people in their opposition to a common enemy.

    That fear of attack by foreign threats, conveniently torqued by the growing military industrial complex, in turn gave rise to the Cold War era’s “Red Scare.” Promulgated through government propaganda, paranoia and manipulation, anti-Communist sentiments boiled over into a mass hysteria that viewed anyone and everyone as suspect: your friends, the next-door neighbor, even your family members could be a Communist subversive.

    This hysteria, which culminated in hearings before the House Un-American Activities Committee, where hundreds of Americans were called before Congress to testify about their so-called Communist affiliations and intimidated into making false confessions, also paved the way for the rise of an all-knowing, all-seeing governmental surveillance state.

    By the time 9/11 rolled around, all George W. Bush had to do was claim the country was being invaded by terrorists, and the government used the USA Patriot Act to claim greater powers to spy, search, detain and arrest American citizens in order to keep America safe.

    By way of the National Defense Authorization Act, Barack Obama continued Bush’s trend of undermining the Constitution, going so far as to give the military the power to strip Americans of their constitutional rights, label them extremists, and detain them indefinitely without trial, all in the name of keeping America safe.

    Despite the fact that the breadth of the military’s power to detain American citizens violates not only U.S. law and the Constitution but also international laws, the government has refused to relinquish its detention powers made possible by the NDAA.

    Then Donald Trump took office, claiming the country was being invaded by dangerous immigrants and insisting that the only way to keep America safe was to expand the reach of the border police, empower the military to “assist” with border control, and essentially turn the country into a Constitution-free zone.

    That so-called immigration crisis then morphed into multiple crises (domestic extremism, the COVID-19 pandemic, race wars, civil unrest, etc.) that the government has been eager to use in order to expand its powers.

    Joe Biden, in turn, has made every effort to expand the reach of the militarized police state, pledging to hire 87,000 more IRS agents and 100,000 police officers, and allowing the FBI to operate as standing army.

    What the next crisis will be is anyone’s guess, but you can be sure that there will be a next crisis.

    So, what should you expect if the government decides to declare another state of emergency and institutes a nationwide lockdown?

    You should expect more of the same, only worse.

    More compliance, less resistance.

    More fear-mongering, mind-control tactics and less tolerance for those who question the government’s propaganda-driven narratives.

    Most of all, you should expect more tyranny and less freedom.

    Given the government’s past track record and its long-anticipated plans for using armed forces to solve domestic political and social problems in response to a future crisis, there’s every reason to worry about what comes next.

    Mark my words: as I make clear in my book Battlefield America: The War on the American People and in its fictional counterpart The Erik Blair Diaries, if and when another crisis arises—if and when a nationwide lockdown finally hits—if and when martial law is enacted with little real outcry or resistance from the public— then we will truly understand the extent to which the powers-that-be have fully succeeded in acclimating us to a state of affairs in which the government has all the power and “we the people” have none.

    In the meantime, if all we do to reclaim our freedoms and regain control over our runaway government is vote for yet another puppet of the Deep State, by the time the next crisis arises, it may well be too late.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by John W. Whitehead and Nisha Whitehead.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/06/the-next-crisis-is-anyones-guess-but-the-government-is-ready-to-lockdown-the-nation/feed/ 0 425155
    Hipkins warns NZ voters against ‘turning the clock back’ on reforms https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/31/hipkins-warns-nz-voters-against-turning-the-clock-back-on-reforms/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/31/hipkins-warns-nz-voters-against-turning-the-clock-back-on-reforms/#respond Thu, 31 Aug 2023 22:24:04 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=92541 By Russell Palmer, RNZ News digital political journalist

    Parliament has ended for another term, shutting down ahead of the Aotearoa New Zealand election campaign with a debate where many focused on attacking their political opponents.

    Labour Party leader and Prime Minister Chris Hipkins warned New Zealanders: “We can continue to move forward under Labour, or we can face a coalition of cuts, chaos, and fear: A National/ACT/New Zealand First government that would be one of the most inexperienced and untested in our history.”

    Parliament typically rises at the end of a term with an adjournment debate, and Thursday’s seemed to confirm the coming election on October 14 would be full of negative campaigning.

    Here is a brief summary of the political leaders’ speeches:

    Chris Hipkins (Labour):

    Prime Minister Chris Hipkins on the last day of parliament before the 2023 election
    Labour Party leader and PM Chris Hipkins . . . “Ours is a government that has been forged through fire. Every challenge that has been thrown our way, we have risen to that.” Image: RNZ/Angus Dreaver

    Labour’s leader and incumbent Prime Minister Chris Hipkins launched into the closing adjournment debate reflecting on the eventful past six years. He said his own tenure in the role had not broken that mould, with the Auckland floods sweeping in just two days after he was sworn in, followed by Cyclone Gabrielle.

    “Ours is a government that has been forged through fire. Every challenge that has been thrown our way, we have risen to that,” he said.

    He said Labour had achieved a lot, but there was more to do — and much at stake in the coming election.

    “We can continue to move forward under Labour, or we can face a coalition of cuts, chaos, and fear: A National/ACT/New Zealand First government that would be one of the most inexperienced and untested in our history, a government who want to wind the clock back on all of the progress that we are making.”

    He praised Finance Minister Grant Robertson’s handling of the economy, highlighting a 6 percent larger economy than before the covid-19 pandemic, record low unemployment, and wages “growing faster under our government than inflation”.

    He soon returned to attacking political opponents, however.

    “Now is not the time to turn back. Now is not the time to stoke the inflationary fires with unfunded tax cuts as the members opposite promised, and it is not a time to turn our backs on talent by introducing a talent tax,” he said, referring to National’s plan to increase levies on visas.

    “National wants to turn the clock backwards; we want to keep moving forward.”

    He finished by saying Labour had a positive vision for New Zealand, before his final parting words: “and I wave goodbye to Michael Woodhouse, too, because he’s guaranteed not to be here after the election”.

    Christopher Luxon (National):

    Leader of the National Party Christopher Luxon
    National Party leader Christopher Luxon . . . “[The Labour government] turned out it was all words and no action, because, as we expected, [Hipkins] just carried on doing more of the same: Excessive, addicted government spending.” Image: RNZ/Angus Dreaver

    The National leader said Hipkins’ speech should be one of apology, “to the parents and the kids who actually have been let down by an education system …to all the people who have waited for endless times and hours in hospital emergency departments … to all the victims of ram raids in dairies and superettes … to all the people that are lying awake at night worried about how they’re going to make their payments and keep their house.”

    He continued with the requisite thanks such speeches so often sprinkle on officials, staff, supporters and workers before thanking the man he had been criticising.

    “I do want to thank, in particular, the Prime Minister Chris Hipkins for his services to the National Party, because he rode in very triumphantly in February, and he announced that he was sweeping away everything that Jacinda Ardern stood for-especially kindness. But I have to say it turned out it was all words and no action, because, as we expected, he just carried on doing more of the same: Excessive, addicted government spending.

    He turned to the slew of Labour personnel problems of the past year and more, likening the government to a car with the wheels falling off; the Greens were “in this rally too, they’re on their e-bikes, and they’re pedalling along the Wellington cycle lanes,” while Te Pāti Māori were “in their waka, but, sadly, they’re not the party of collaboration that they once were”.

    “Then there are the ACT folk. They’re off in their pink van, and it’s been wonderful. They’re travelling the countryside, and David’s reading Mandela’s Long Walk to Freedom, which is a good read, as you well know, Mr Speaker.”

    He lavished praise on his own team, singling out deputy Nicola Willis, then closed by promising National was “ready to govern, we are sorted, we are united, we have the talent, we have the energy, we have the ideas, we have the diversity to take this country forward”.

    David Seymour (ACT):

    ACT party leader David Seymour speaks at the censure of National MP Tim van de Molen
    ACT party leader David Seymour . . . “Half the people who voted for Labour at the last election have abandoned voting for Labour in three years. The question that they must be asking themselves is why that is.” Image: RNZ/Angus Dreaver

    ACT’s leader also honed in on his political opponents, targeting Labour’s polling.

    “It’s been a long three years in this Chamber and it has been characterised by one fact that lays bare what has happened, and that is the fact that the Labour Party, in Roy Morgan, polled 26 percent. That means that half the people who voted for Labour at the last election have abandoned voting for Labour in three years. The question that they must be asking themselves is why that is.”

    “I think the reason that we have so much change and support-Labour have lost half of their supporters in the last three years because, frankly, never has so much been promised to so many and yet so little actually delivered … New Zealanders overwhelmingly say this country is going in the wrong direction, and they also will tell you that their number one concern is the cost of living. That is Grant Robertson’s epitaph.”

    He targeted housing, debt, inflation, victimisation, and child poverty before targeting the government for taking “a divisive approach to almost every single issue”.

    “If you take the example of vaccination. Now, I’m a person who says that vaccination was safe and effective, yet by using ostracism as a tool to try and increase vaccination levels this government has eroded social cohesion and divided New Zealanders when they didn’t need to,” he said.

    “New Zealand have had enough of that style of politics. They’ve had enough of Chris Hipkins going negative. They’ve had enough of the misinformation.”

    He finished by saying the choice for New Zealanders now was not between swapping “Chris for Chris and red for blue”, but “we’ll actually deliver what we promise, we’ll cut waste, we’ll end racial division, and we’ll get the politics out of the classroom. Those aren’t just policies, those are values that we all share.”

    James Shaw (Greens):

    Green Party co-leader James Shaw
    Green Party co-leader James Shaw . . . “Our greenhouse gas emissions in Aotearoa are falling, and that is because — and it is only because — with the Green Party in government with Labour, we have prioritised that work every single day.” Image: RNZ/Angus Dreaver

    The Green co-leader took his own opening shot at Seymour, as “the leader of ‘New New Zealand First'”.

    “Mr Seymour must be feeling quite grumpy right now, because last term he worked so hard to get rid of Winston Peters so that this term he could become Winston Peters, and now Winston Peters is calling and he wants his Horcrux back because that blackened shard of a soul can only animate the body of one populist authoritarian at once.”

    He turned the hose on both major parties in one statement, saying it was odd National was proposing more new taxes than Labour while the Greens were promising bigger tax cuts than National. He criticised National over its plan to spend the funds from the Emissions Trading Scheme, before turning to climate change overall as — unusually — a source of positivity.

    “Our greenhouse gas emissions in Aotearoa are falling, and that is because — and it is only because — with the Green Party in government with Labour, we have prioritised that work every single day.”

    But positivity did not last long.

    “Under the last National government, one in 100 new cars sold in this country was an electric vehicle. Last June, it was one in two … and National want to cancel all of that so that they can have an election year bribe.”

    Rawiri Waititi (Te Pāti Māori):

    Te Pati Māori MPs Debbie Ngarewa-Packer and Rawiri Waititi (speaking) on the Budget debate, 18 May 2023
    Te Pati Māori MPs Debbie Ngarewa-Packer and Rawiri Waititi (speaking) . . . “Te Pāti Māori is a movement that leaves no one behind, whether you are tangata whenua or a tangata Tiriti, tangata hauā, takatāpui, wāhine, tāne, rangatahi, mokopuna — you are whānau.” Image: Johnny Blades

    The Pāti Māori leader Rawiri Waititi began with a fairy tale.

    “It seems like this side of the House can find a grain of salt in a sugar factory. I just wanted to say, as I heard the story about Goldilocks — Mama Bear, Papa Bear, Baby Bear — I tell you, it’s been very difficult to sit next to a polar bear and a gummy bear, and it’s been quite hard to contain the grizzly bear in me.”

    He spoke in te reo Māori before giving a speech which — unlike the other leaders — focused exclusively on his own party’s promises.

    “We are the only movement that will fight for our people,” he said.

    “What does an Aotearoa hou look like? It looks like how we would treat you on the marae. We will welcome you. We will feed you. We will house you. We will protect you. We will educate you. We will care you. We will love you.”

    “Te Pāti Māori is a movement that leaves no one behind, whether you are tangata whenua or a tangata Tiriti, tangata hauā, takatāpui, wāhine, tāne, rangatahi, mokopuna — you are whānau.”

    He spoke of the need to reduce poverty and homelessness, before making the second of two references to his suspension from Parliament this week, then said it was time to “believe in ourselves to be proud, to be magic, and to believe in your mana”.

    “I am proud of you all, I am proud of our movement, and I’m proud to head into this campaign, doing what we said we would do.”

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/31/hipkins-warns-nz-voters-against-turning-the-clock-back-on-reforms/feed/ 0 424268
    Postmodern Tyranny: States of Deception from 9/11 to Covid-19 https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/29/postmodern-tyranny-states-of-deception-from-9-11-to-covid-19/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/29/postmodern-tyranny-states-of-deception-from-9-11-to-covid-19/#respond Tue, 29 Aug 2023 04:59:11 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=143524 It’s been well over a year now since the health scare dubbed the Covid-19 pandemic has had any widespread impact upon the lives of the vast majority of humanity. Since the “fog of war” has lifted, so to speak, there has been very little introspection regarding the knee-jerk authoritarianism imposed upon humanity in the liberal press or mainstream academia. Eerie parallels connect the panic stirred up during the health crisis with the reaction to 9/11. There is also plenty of circumstantial evidence of prior knowledge and pre-planning for both of these events. In their wake, mass hysteria, government propaganda, tyranny, censorship, and irrational belief systems spawned out of each, supported by ruling class interests and mass media mouthpieces.

    Although many policies related to the global war on terror and the pandemic certainly have fascistic and totalitarian impulses, there are key differences. Whereas the fascist and totalitarian rely on a single despot, and the marginalization of minority groups, postmodern tyranny operates according to the flows of late capitalism: diversity and inclusion are encouraged; power is spread through a corporate oligarchy, as well as political, military, and now medical hierarchies; and devastating economic and social effects are engendered by “absent causes”; i.e., abstract engines of capital: stock fluctuations, algorithms, financial instruments and various Finance/Insurance/Real Estate (FIRE) sector bubbles and scams. The public is predictably bewildered by a revolving cast of bureaucrats and elites with varying amounts of sociopathic and narcissistic traits; however, the personal attributes of the cast members are extraneous to capital accumulation, imperialism, and the liquidation of nature. It is fine to use phrases like fascist or totalitarian in response to government policies for rhetorical effect; however, most Americans do not feel that way or use that terminology, which harkens back to a simpler era of boot stamping. We are rather enmeshed in a dictatorship of capital.

    A related aspect of what we may call postmodern tyranny is the absence of metanarratives. The establishment props up whatever narrative suits their interest in the moment, but is able to cast them off at the first serious grumblings from the public. From about 2001-2011, the global war on terror dominated; from 2011-2016, it was “regime change” in Syria and Libya with a little ISIS and feigned horror at Russia taking Crimea sprinkled in; from 2016-2020, the overblown Russiagate connection; from 2020-2022, Covid-19; and now the Ukraine-Russia war, in which we are told NATO and the US are completely innocent allies who did not start, provoke, and manipulate the geopolitical chessboard going back decades, and who only want to assist the helpless Ukrainians.

    Yet after two years of being subjected to the tyrannical orders of an authoritarian medical panic orchestrated by the ruling classes, transnational political puppets, as well as the establishment medical “experts” who espoused fraudulent and laughable claims over and over, people worldwide are waking up to the health scare as well as the US proxy war in Ukraine. There are many striking similarities between the 9/11 false flag attack and the Covid-19 global health freak-out. Both events led to mass hysteria and a globalized form of ostrich syndrome, where denial and collective hallucination became the norm, paving the way for deeper imperial tyranny and mass obedience. Recently, many who supported government policies and narratives including lockdowns, travel bans, vaccine mandates, and health passports are asking for “Pandemic Amnesty” regarding their panic-inducing and tyrannical behavior; and admitting they were dead wrong, even as they championed ridiculous and deadly policies and demonized anyone who tried to stand in their way.

    Revisiting the “Catalyst”

    The parallels between government reactions to 9/11 and the Sars-CoV-2 pandemic are uncanny. Prior to 9/11, a sizable chunk of US citizens would not have put up with domestic mass surveillance. Similarly, prior to the health crisis of 2020, populations would have been very skeptical of mandatory lockdowns, absurd masking rules, and coercive vaccine mandates and propaganda; as well as blocking off access to travel, public spaces, and businesses with vaccine passports. Most interpret this as government exploiting a crisis, rather than governments’ prior knowledge and pre-planning of the events. However, from the start, the ready-made, manufactured hysteria and propaganda suggests a collusion of military-intelligence, industrial, financial, and medical forces of industry and government.

    The economic indicators had been blinking red for months before even January of 2020, going back to the repo crisis of September 2019. Quoting an investor in CNBC from March 2020:

    The virus was the catalyst but it’s not the cause,’ said Christopher Whalen, founder of Whalen Global Advisors. ‘Both bonds and equities were inflated rather dramatically by our friends at the Fed. You’re seeing the end game for monetary policy here, which is at a certain point you have to stop. Otherwise you get grotesque asset bubbles like we saw, and the engine just runs out of fuel.’ [Emphasis mine]

    Reuters concurs, with a major figure at the Fed blurting the quiet part out loud: “Pandemic aid was also ‘banking bailout‘”. The liberal/left site The Intercept sums up the game quite well, explaining that the CARES Act of March 2020 allows for:

    Direct purchases of corporate debt — the first nongovernment bond-buying in the Fed’s history — would now be allowed. Companies have swelled their borrowing in recent years, and experts have identified this as a source of serious economic risk. A sudden shock like the pandemic that wiped out revenues would not only cause bankruptcies, but also accelerate bond defaults, broadening stress throughout the financial system.

    Further on in the piece, the author notes how the CARES Act calls for an “Exchange Stabilization Fund”. Worth 454 billion, the money is leveraged just like a major bank, allowing for:

    A $4.5 trillion slush fund would be created, equity markets ballooned. The total value of the stock market cratered to 103 percent of GDP, about $21.8 trillion, on March 23. By April 30 it was back to 136.3 percent of GDP, or $28.9 trillion. By that metric, $7.1 trillion in stock market wealth has been created in that period.

    In other words, the US saw the writing on the wall coming from China: the economic slowdown and shuttering of factories which began in January 2020 was finally affecting the US stock market, which had cratered by mid-March 2020. Only the exaggeration of a pandemic, a sloughing off of millions of jobs, and new spigots opening for the banking sector, would allow for corporations to maintain profitability. Debt restructuring was inevitable and the only way to accomplish this was to railroad legislation through Congress, not a difficult task considering our lawmakers are essentially lobbyists for major multinational corporations. Large companies got billions in aid while workers and small businesses fell into ruin.

    Once the medical agenda was set, panic set in, and it turns out overcrowding nursing homes, firing one million medical workers and 40 million total US workers, blaring apocalyptic propaganda non-stop, censoring any talk of vitamin and supplement use, imposing stressful lockdowns, and turning patients away from doctors can have an effect on worldwide mortality. Hardly anyone in the medical community was willing to confront those inconvenient truths, and those that did were censored further.

    It was known very soon after March 2020 what the infection fatality rate would be: a very low percentage, perhaps twice the rate from seasonal influenza. World elites did not care- they had an agenda in hand.  Regardless of the seriousness, capitalist elites wouldn’t have put 40 million Americans out of work and imploded the economy without a plan. And they had one ready-made: a 5 trillion dollar plan. Later on, US elites would not have advocated for coercive vaccine mandates – get the shot or lose your job – unless the word came down from the very highest echelons of the elite, and although many, if not most, of the establishment bought it wholesale, it’s clear that the federal government was not going to leave states to make decisions based off the inputs of local county and state health officials. The word came down from on high; there certainly was obvious collusion to centralize and organize the Covid dogma, yes, a “conspiracy”, because asking the public to “trust the science” only takes you so far when conflicting and contradictory data about the danger of the virus is staring them right in the face.

    Given the unreliability of the initial tests for Sars-CoV-2, the deliberate use of too many PCR cycles per test, and the simple fact that it’s quite probable that multiple benign strains and variants of coronaviruses resulted in positive tests, it’s easy to see how a global pandemic was manufactured at the outset. From the very beginning, government propaganda emanating from the medical, military, and intelligence establishments were obviously coordinated, centralized, and directed to coerce and cow citizens into submission to a globalized, medical cult. Local and national news all parroted the same line, and a global groupthink biosecurity agenda was pushed to the forefront of society. It’s important to remember that before the declared emergency, to “quarantine” involved restricting access to the sick, not the whole of society.

    The language was not only Orwellian, but was written from scripts in the Department of Defense and Intelligence community. We were told to “shelter in place”, and doctors and nurses were on the “frontlines” of the fight. These were certainly designed to conjure images of war and create an impassioned atmosphere where dissent was marginalized, repeating the lockstep ideological conformity that occurred after 9/11. Phrases like social distancing and contact tracing entered the lexicon with barely a grumble. Hilariously, after more than a year of putting up with absurd and ever-changing laws, Britain toyed with the idea of offering its citizens “Freedom Passes” for those compliant enough to test frequently, their reward being the “freedom” to leave their own home.

    Canadian and British reporting confirms the unethical propaganda to coerce, scare, and guilt-trip civilian populations. One UK psychologist dubbed their government program “totalitarian”. Every mainstream news outlet in the US from March 2020 to February 2022 resembled a liberal version of the Sinclair broadcasting scandal from 2018, where the media conglomerate, which has a known right-wing bias, made 193 local news anchors repeat the same minute-long script, word-for-word, warning of “false news” and “fake stories” proliferating on social media and mainstream news, echoing Trump’s rhetoric at the time.

    Natural immunity was scoffed at, gathering in public was outlawed, visitors to households were forbidden, a vaccine was deemed to be the only response to the threat, and even health advocates who gave common-sense reminders to take vitamins and supplements were derided as unserious crackpots.

    A pertinent question to think about is this: given the uptick in supposed deaths from Sars-CoV-2 around March 2020, was a global upheaval of lockdowns, travel restrictions, limited movement outside one’s home, and caps on gatherings justified? With hindsight, many if not the majority of Americans now say no. However, the fact remains that many astute observers were calling the bluff of the World Health Organization, the CDC, and the medical and national security establishments from the beginning. Those voices were censored and silenced by a corporatist oligarchy bent on imposing pain on small business and the average citizen. Millions lost their livelihoods and small businesses never recovered.

    Another related question: how and why was the medical establishment so driven to combat an acute health threat caused by the virus Sars-CoV-2, but lies dormant when global poverty is clearly the number one cause of death in the world, followed by cancer and heart disease? We were led to believe the world could be turned upside down to fight a virus, yet nothing can be done to alleviate the leading causes of death, poverty: structural, chronic health issues are off the table, as they are caused by capitalism’s inexorable drive to profit, pollute, and impoverish the majority of the Earth’s inhabitants.

    Even the WHO admits that ¼ of total deaths today are attributable to “unhealthy environments”; i.e., conditions of extreme poverty, preventable disease, starvation, and malnutrition. In 2012 that was 12.6 million deaths per year, but the total is undoubtedly higher today, probably about 20 million.  The WHO also concedes about 2 million people in China alone die from air pollution every year, with about 6.7 million deaths per year worldwide. Where is the outcry and global mobilization to stop these much deadlier problems?

    Could there have been a more rational path, where people over the age of say, 60 or 65, the most likely to be affected, could have been shielded with voluntary plans to restrict interpersonal contact, as well as given access to the best care and medicine, while the rest of the world would be allowed to carry on without draconian measures? Surely medical professionals in the US could have developed a plan in conjunction with governments which allowed for freedom of movement, as in Sweden and Japan. The path, however, was blocked by the national security state in conjunction with unelected health authorities, Big Tech, Big Pharma, and global capitalists eager to institute repressive measures and rake in trillions from a restructuring of the world economy. The global economy needed a “Great Reset” to centralize and buy-up small businesses for pennies on the dollar, and the financial system was reeling going back to September of 2019. Disturbingly, this sequence of events is reminiscent of the last time the national security state remade the world, after 9/11.

    The Mask Comes Off

    Many leftists pointed out that the work stoppage from the lockdowns would allow us time to reflect on the inhumanity, overproduction, alienation, and exploitation inherent to capitalism. No doubt this was true. What most overlooked, however, was the ridiculousness of having the poor and working classes keep on working while the remote-working, white-collar privileged classes were offered a respite from the grind of work culture. There was, and is, an inherent inequality and power imbalance in having restaurants and drivers deliver packages and food to one’s doorstep while chastising those same people who refused to mask (even outdoors, absurdly).

    The middle and upper class guilty pleasures of living in a consumerist society cocooned at home with streaming TV and take-out overwhelmed the need for solidarity with the poor and working classes, who were in many cases unable and unwilling to shelter or get an experimental injection from a government that has treated the poor and minorities as human guinea pigs or worse for the entirety of its history.

    The felt need for security against an acute contagion, while resisting to grapple with the complexities and culpability of being part of a global-imperial-capitalist death machine, epitomized the Western Left position. Other than the obvious responses: “This is why we need universal health care!” etc., there was barely anyone talking about the number one cause of real pandemics: our proximity to inhumane and unsanitary animal agriculture. The collective, fear-based knee-jerk response was to inhumanely slaughter tens of millions of animals: estimates suggest more than 10 million hens, perhaps 5-10 million pigs, and 17 million mink were killed due to “overproduction”, and in the case of mink, to the possibility of the spread of Sars-CoV-2.

    A Brief Recap of our 21st Century Dystopia

    Twenty three years ago, many people around the world had high hopes as a new millennium dawned. The year 2000 was ushered in, and to untrained eyes, the global outlook looked rosy. The Fukuyaman “end of history” narrative still dominated after nearly a decade of unopposed US dominance in world financial markets and military and political hegemony. There were no major wars among world powers and the global economy provided new avenues of wealth for the middle classes around the world.

    The party didn’t last long. It turned out that globalization, that catch-all term trotted out over and over by both liberal internationalists and conservative realists to defend the seemingly interminable reign of capitalists, had plenty of cracks in the foundation. The notion that Western states were “democratic republics” caring for citizens’ interests began to crumble. The diminishing returns of capitalism as well as brazen corporate and government corruption began to disrupt the confidence of the global middle classes. The consent of the governed could no longer be assured; and as the façade of democratic legitimacy collapsed, Western governments, headed by the US, began to look for a new ideological force to justify neoliberal capitalism.

    World events took a swift turn for the worse starting from the very first months of the new millennium. In March 2000 the dot-com bubble burst, with losses eventually reaching 1.75 trillion in the US alone; this rippled through the world economy. The total loss in market capitalization was estimated to be 5 trillion by the end of the recession in 2002. Over 2.2 million jobs were lost in the US and unemployment continued to climb into mid-2003.

    In November of 2000 the contested Bush-Gore election ran into a stalemate. A judicial coup in the Supreme Court ruled in favor of Bush 5-4, effectively stopping the recount. There was relatively little public push-back, and the lack of any real resistance from the Democratic party machine solidified the coup, and the “Bush-Cheney junta”, as the late Gore Vidal called it, steamrolled into power.

    The true events of September 11th, 2001 may always remain partially shrouded in mystery, yet some tell-tale signs point to the obvious: a conspiracy in which the US government played an active role in orchestrating the sequence of events we call 9/11. Any cursory look at the “conspiracy theories” and the 9/11 truth movements’ findings shows the glaring holes in the official story. Examining and absorbing all the evidence leads to the inevitable conclusion- the events of 9/11 was a false flag, orchestrated by our own government, and the perpetrators are still at large, much like the JFK assassination.

    Most everyone over thirty remembers what came next, even though most are loath to recall. The Bush regime blamed Al Qaeda before the end of the night, news broadcasts showed the towers falling non-stop, and color coded terror alerts became our “new normal” (we’ll get to the next iteration shortly). An axis of evil was rolled out; any country who vaguely opposed US imperialism was put on the naughty list, and a new “crusade” was decreed, with explicit threats “if you’re not with us, you’re against us.” Shortly after, the mysterious anthrax attacks swept the nation, and captivated the US, even as it became crystal clear that the type of anthrax used was a highly weaponized version coming from a US biolab, which could only mean it was deliberately stolen and released by high elements within our own government.

    The state of emergency became normalized immediately. A new surveillance state was constructed, the Patriot Act and AUMF allowed for extra-judicial assassination, torture, and spy programs began to expand globally. Officially war was declared against Iraq and Afghanistan; unofficially, Special Forces and black ops spread to approximately 130 nations. The empire was expanding and on the move- especially in the Middle East, Central Asia, and North Africa, where control over access to fossil fuels alongside the continuing supremacy of the petrodollar is paramount in maintaining global hegemony today.

    The Permanent State of Emergency/Exception

    Power loves catastrophe: the running theme here being that when non-natural disasters occur, Western governments quickly rally and conspire in order to procure quick profits, maintain control, and flex power over weaker nations.

    In our era, authoritarian regimes have argued for the permanent suspension of the rights of their own citizens, as well as human rights and international law. This concept was popularized by Giorgio Agamben in his 2005 book, State of Exception. Agamben uses the example of Nazi jurist Carl Schmitt’s definition of sovereignty: the sovereign is the one who decides on the exception. By abrogating the rights of their own citizens in response to an emergency, both nominally democratic and dictatorial regimes can use the threat of future catastrophes to install permanent police states, declare martial law, and normalize what used to be considered extralegal into the framework of law in the name of national security.

    The imperial core settled on a tried and true model: programming the public to accept that every catastrophe caused by the capitalist global system is an emergency that must be responded to with an increasingly authoritarian society. Police state tactics, lifted from Nazi Germany, became normalized as the economic, political, and ideological forces backing the War on Terror saw little resistance from a mystified and fearful citizenry. This process is known as a state of exception, originally codified in law by the Nazi jurist Carl Schmitt. A succinct definition can be found here:

    [The state of exception] defines a special condition in which the juridical order is actually suspended due to an emergency or a serious crisis threatening the state. In such a situation, the sovereign, i.e. the executive power, prevails over the others and the basic laws and norms can be violated by the state while facing the crisis.

    Nearly every major significant political flash point of the last twenty two years was used as an excuse to broaden and deepen the national security state and corporate rule. This process has effectively disempowered the western masses to such a degree that the majority of Western populations, including many in the middle classes, have effectively neo-feudal, debtor relationships to state and market forces.

    The author Naomi Klein described the new, globalized, neoliberal model quite well in her 2007 book The Shock Doctrine, where disaster capitalism becomes a force for “creative destruction”, leading entire continents into debt spirals with World Bank and IMF loans while at the same time militarizing and financializing Western economies to serve the interests of Wall Street and the Pentagon while destroying small businesses and parasitizing off the working classes.  Soon after, President Obama’s chief of staff, Rahm Emmanuel, said the quiet part out loud discussing the financial crisis, when he referred to the trillions in public money used to prop up our unregulated banking system. He blurted out:

    You never want a serious crisis to go to waste. And what I mean by that [is] it’s an opportunity to do things that you think you could not do before.

    How can we define our time? Again, the phrase postmodern tyranny fits better than describing the present moment as totalitarian or fascist. Those two words have become so overused, interchanged, that they’ve lost much meaning and luster for people today. Although many of the various government responses to 9/11 and Covid certainly have elements of totalitarian, fascist, and dictatorial regimes, the terminology is outdated in a sense. It no longer fits the historical moment and hardly anyone really sees Joe Biden or Emmanuel Macron as totalitarian leaders. No single despot is necessary for the system to continue. We are facing is a dictatorship of money, an oligarchy dedicated to ensuring the smooth movement of capital. We live in a pyramid scheme, economically and socially: a system of petty tyrants consisting of your boss, your mayor, your landlord, your HOA president, etc. In fact, added together there are millions of petty tyrants in the US alone; the bourgeoisie and their millions of enforcers: judges, the police and military, politicians, lawyers, all who serve private property, an unjust hierarchy of labor, and, as we’ve seen, most doctors who were eager to impose and rubber-stamp the petty diktats we’ve enshrined into law.

    2019: Global Protests Mushroom

    Besides well-documented evidence such as US funding of coronavirus research, Event 201, and many other suspicious activities, there is one other piece of circumstantial evidence that ties into prior knowledge and pre-planning the pandemic. In 2019, global protests reached a height unsurpassed in modern history, with one commentator dubbing that year “The Age of Mass Protests”. On December 30, 2019, Robin Wright published a column in The New Yorker entitled: “The Story of 2019: Protests in Every Corner of the Globe”. One highlight from the piece claims:

    “‘People in more countries are using people power than any time in recorded history. Nonviolent mass movements are the primary challenges to governments today,’ Erica Chenoweth, a political scientist at Harvard, told me. ‘This represents a pronounced shift in the global landscape of dissent.’”

    The Washington Post dubbed 2019 “The year of the global street protest”. Bloomberg proclaimed that “A Year of Protests Sparked Change Around the Globe“. Massive disruptions to governments occurred in Iraq, Iran, Hong Kong, Sudan, Algeria, Chile, and many other nations. Ordinary people were becoming a nuisance to the smooth movement of capital. Governments were forced to face challenges they’d been ignoring for decades, as rising food, housing, heating, and materials costs skyrocketed globally. All of a sudden, in January 2020, the looming specter of a “global pandemic” put a stop to all of it, instantaneously.

    The positives for governments were obvious. No more protests. No public gatherings. No more pesky citizens demanding lower prices on goods, for more social programs, and protesting unjust taxes and authoritarian rulers. Without any in-person organizing, the momentum of people power from 2019 quickly died out.

    Shifting the Goalposts: From “Two Weeks to Flatten the Curve” to Biosecurity State

    Similar to 9/11, the justification for and continued adherence to official government propaganda rested on total obedience and social conformity: peer pressure at the familial, community, workplace, and public levels all contributed to an atmosphere of hysteria, panic, and paranoia. Shortly after 9/11, the US government shifted priorities from an invasion of Afghanistan and ousting the Taliban and Al-Qaeda, to an invasion of Iraq in 2003 which cost perhaps 1 million Iraqi lives, then to a global war on terror (remember US General Wesley Clark’s admission that the Pentagon’s intention was to invade nation’s dubbed as the “axis of evil” and take out “seven countries in five years”). Torture and mass surveillance was sanctioned and cheered, the Patriot Act and AUMF rammed through Congress.

    As soon as the pandemic was announced in March 2020, the goalposts kept moving, from a period where we were told two weeks of isolation would be enough to flatten the curve of infection to nearly two years of absurd rules for masking, lockdowns, public gatherings, household gatherings, vaccines, and passports. The hokum kept piling up, as increasingly illogical “expert opinions” were rolled out to “protect” us, or so we were told. It soon became clear that the lockdowns themselves were killing plenty of people. Many credible “medical experts” who believed in the seriousness of the pandemic were blunt about the lockdowns: they were a form of democide”, with many estimating that approximately one-third of the excessive deaths were caused by the lockdowns. Routine checkups were avoided, nursing homes were overcrowded, the elderly were being neglected, and unnecessary, and over a million healthcare workers were laid off precisely when they would have been most useful, at least according to the official narrative.

    The irrational masking mandates were completely unscientific, especially the outdoor masking requirements in major cities, and, ludicrously, beaches as well as various outdoor recreation areas. Regardless, it wasn’t until December 2021 that a major mainstream medical figure admitted the obvious: “cloth masks are useless” and little more than facial decorations. The mask was the signifier of the good citizen for two years; anyone who disagreed was tarred and feathered without regard for the actual science. Many analyses of randomized controlled trials (RCTs) were done with previous viruses. Not to mention the basic fact that the infection and fatality rates were basically the same for the 39 US states that imposed mask mandates versus the 11 that did not.

    The conflation of case fatality rate (CFR) with infection fatality rate (IFR) in the mainstream media made the disease appear far more deadly than it actually was. The actual chance of young and healthy adults dying from Covid-19 was minuscule.

    Social distancing became de rigueur among the ruling classes, as well as the upper-middle chattering class effete liberals (and sadly, many leftists) even as the chance of moderate to severe illness in health young or even middle-aged people was almost nil. The specter of the postmodern alienated, affluent Western subject, with all their bundles of anxieties and neuroses, began to unspool, implode; a process of involution nurturing the solipsistic narcissism inherent in late capitalism.

    The sociopathic tendencies of our elites, heightened and distilled through centuries of class war in Western culture, spilled out into the open. The upper-middle professional classes, alert to the tendencies of their overlords’ desires to distance themselves from the rabble, were eager to parrot the diktats of their rulers. The upper-class winners condemned themselves to a path of neo-Victorian purity politics. The clean must be segregated from the dirty. The educated believers in “science” are clearly rational; the anti-vax hordes certainly must be acting out of pure self-interest and resentment.  Needless to say, little to no self-examination was made of the panicked overreaction of the well-to-do liberal authoritarians, which frankly fell within a spectrum of agoraphobic and hypochondriac behavior.

    The death rates were complete junk science, overestimated for the sake of juicing up the atmosphere of pandemonium, not to mention the monetary rewards for hospitals and healthcare corporations. As many know by now, “dying with” Covid became conflated with “dying from” the virus, with doctors pressured to include Sars-CoV-2 on death certificates.

    Pushing the experimental vaccine onto healthy children and young adults was completely unnecessary, and harmful. The risks of heart problems outweighed the negligible benefits of the vaccine for the young. This was obvious from the beginning and the medical establishment continued its role as a propaganda arm of Big Pharma rather than objectively viewing the facts. One study showed a laughable, embarrassing efficacy of 12% for 5-11 year olds.

    UN Estimate of Extreme Hunger, Food Insecurity, and Starvation

    Shortly after the lockdowns began in March 2020, the UN World Food Program put out a warning:

    The number of people facing acute food insecurity (IPC/CH 3 or worse) stands to rise to 265 million in 2020, up by 130 million from the 135 million in 2019, as a result of the economic impact of COVID-19, according to a WFP projection. The estimate was announced alongside the release of the Global Report on Food Crises, produced by WFP and 15 other humanitarian and development partners.

    In effect, the government and private architects of lockdowns were fully prepared to sacrifice hundreds of millions of younger, poorer minorities in less-developed countries to shield older, richer, whiter populations in developed nations from the very low potential of sickness, and yes, possible death. While many leftists are quick to point out economic “sacrifice zones” where labor violations are the norm and economic exploitation is rampant, they were mainly silent regarding the potential of mass death, starvation, and the explosion of extreme poverty due to lockdown policies. In fact, many leftists gleefully supported lockdowns and restrictions against the unvaccinated; and were either completely unaware or feigned ignorance of the economic devastation they unleashed.

    The Africa  Paradox

    The obvious data sets to look at regarding the efficacy of the experimental vaccines would be the West, with very high levels of vaccination, versus Africa, which had extremely low percentages. While obviously many countries had incomplete information due to lack of resources, it becomes obvious that the vaccines had zero effect on transmission or reduction in deaths. In fact, the mortality rates in African nations are so low that experts simply shrug them off. A holistic view would put the excess deaths from “Covid-19” squarely on the unhealthy lifestyles, toxic food supply, the unregulated chemical industries, and stressful conditions endemic to Western living.

    Agamben’s Laments

    Right off the bat, Giorgio Agamben questioned the motives behind the lockdowns, rightly pointing out that the fear of death and the elevation of science as the new religion had reduced communities and governments to quantifying basic survival – “bare life” – as more valuable than tangible human freedoms. As he put it in a March 2020 blog post:

    Fear is a bad advisor, but it brings up many things you pretended not to see. The first thing that the wave of panic that has paralyzed the country clearly shows is that our society no longer believes in anything but bare life. It is clear that Italians are willing to sacrifice practically everything, normal living conditions, social relationships, work, even friendships, affections and religious and political convictions at the risk of falling ill. Bare life – and the fear of losing it – is not something that unites men, but blinds and separates them.

    In May 2020, Agamben expands on the notion of medicine as a modern cult- and its many parallels with Christian dogmas.

    It is immediately evident that we are dealing here with a cultic practice and not with a rational scientific requirement. By far the most frequent cause of mortality in our country is cardio-vascular disease and it is known that these could decrease if a healthier lifestyle were practiced and if one adhered to a particular diet. But it had never occurred to any doctor that this form of life and diet, which they recommended to patients, would become the subject of legal legislation, which decreed ex lege [as a matter of law] what one must eat and how one must live, transforming the whole existence into a health obligation. Precisely this has been done and, at least for now, people have accepted as if it were obvious to give up their freedom of movement, work, friendships, love, social relationships, their religious and political convictions.

    Even the mealy-mouthed World Health Organization was forced to admit in October 2020 that lockdowns were extremely detrimental to poor and minority communities globally and should be used as a “very, very last resort”. This did not stop governments and medical advisors from clamoring for more restrictions and shutdowns for seventeen more months, even as Agamben and many others, including many experts who signed the Great Barrington Declaration, were speaking out against political overreach.

    Latour’s Dress Rehearsal: Right for the Wrong Reasons

    In a widely cited article from March 2020, French sociologist Bruno Latour asked an interesting question regarding the lockdowns: “Is This a Dress Rehearsal?” The problem in his formulation, of course, is that he believes governments innocently imposed the lockdown protocols in response to a clear and present danger; as well as his belief that governments will, in the future, impose lockdowns in response to climate change with reductions in carbon emissions in mind. Rather, we should realize that governments, colluding with the mega rich and multinational corporations, imposed lockdowns in order to profit off the collapse and resurgence of the stock markets, discipline the public in order to accept draconian “new normal” policies, and accelerate the process of biometric IDs, all-encompassing surveillance, a drop in living standards, and advance a social credit system based on rewards and punishments.

    The old panem et circenses method of distracting the masses can no longer hold together an increasingly polarized society breaking into “post-truth” enclaves where distrust and paranoia spawn out of late-capitalist alienation and exploitation. A society in which two of the biggest overarching political narratives are as ridiculous as Q-Anon and Russiagate has no business dismissing the obvious conspiracy and collusion involved in promulgating an exaggerated and manufactured pandemic.

    Latour is correct in claiming that this is a sort of dress rehearsal. Sadly, like many a typical liberal, he assumes governments had our best interest at heart, and are reacting to objective facts and medical realities. In the near future, governments will probably enact travel restrictions and lockdowns not only to reduce carbon emissions, but rather to train citizens to accept food rations, lack of fossil fuels due to high prices and supply issues, lower living standards, and lack of goods and provisions. In this process of disciplining and punishing masses, many will be forced to accept whatever government edicts are enacted, at the risk of job loss, social isolation, or worse, just as we witnessed during the pandemic. The next lockdown could be designed and pre-planned precisely to stave off protests, rebellions, and revolutions which will spring up as the rot in capitalism deepens.

    Medical Tyranny? WHO’s asking?

    A recent report shows that a private foundation set up to finance the World Health Organization, called the WHO Foundation, explains that 40% of donations came from anonymous donors. The potential for conflicts of interest is inevitable, as obviously only individuals and groups connected to Big Pharma would want to anonymize where their slush funds go to.

    A global Pandemic Treaty is being formulated by the WHO in order to force nations to accept the next pandemic, if global elites are so foolish as to try and institute another round of medical authoritarianism.

    Much like 9/11, the lead-up to the Covid-19 “event” as well as its early stages remain clouded in secrecy, misinformation, and a web of lies. We were all shown images of dead Chinese citizens lying in the streets, although it’s unclear if this was from the virus, or even from the city of Wuhan or Hubei province in some cases. We were told the virus originated in a wet market in the city center, although now we know that link has never been proven, and was most likely thrown out as a hypothesis to satisfy public opinion, but more likely was a cynical intelligence ploy, a classic case of misdirection, especially since we know now that a secretive US medical intelligence unit admitted to tracking Covid in November 2019, and possibly much earlier.

    When a global pandemic was declared by the World Health Organization on March 11, 2020, there were around 118,000 global cases and under 5,000 declared deaths. Relatively speaking those numbers were quite low and there was no reason to declare Sars-CoV-2 a public health emergency based on the figures. The estimated death rates were pulled completely out of thin air by a complete fraud, Neil Ferguson of the Imperial College of London, who broke lockdown rules which he helped to implement.

    PCR tests were declared the gold standard even though Kary Mullis, one of its inventors, declared publicly that the tests were not made to prove the existence of active infections. Further, the cycling for the tests was deliberately set too high, which resulted in untold amounts of false positive cases. Death rates miraculously shot up for “Covid-19” because doctors and coroners were pressured to list the disease as a cause of death even without a positive test; any “suspected case” could be listed. Flu, pneumonia, and every other respiratory disease magically disappeared and Covid filled in the gap, boosting the figures.

    Not to mention, the effect of declaring a global pandemic necessarily induced a stress response from the global population, which, along with the late-winter (March-April) time frame in the northern hemisphere, definitely contributed to the excess deaths. In fact, many established medical organizations freely admit that the lockdowns were responsible for a significant percentage (many say up to one third) of excess deaths, yet somehow have managed to absolve themselves of responsibility for clamoring for the lockdowns like trained seals. Along with the loss of jobs, home confinement, and lack of community, it should be noted that just as yelling fire in a crowded movie theater is almost certain to cause some sort of violent event, screaming “pandemic” through a 24/7 news cycle will do the same.

    Much like the daily reporting in the aftermath of 9/11, with nightly news explaining the nation’s risk of terror attacks as red, orange, or yellow, the daily cases, hospitalizations, and deaths; we all remember the 24/7 circus designed to frighten the population and maintain obedience. In this deliberately instilled, panic-stricken environment, the ruling class fundamentally altered the landscape: following a short downturn in the stock market, the digital economy and tech firms quickly rebounded and boomed- the tech sector, Big Pharma, web services companies, and basically all major corporations tangentially related to providing services on the internet struck gold.

    Within weeks, the need for a vaccine was trotted out. Many seasonal viruses come and go within months, yet somehow the medical establishment was able to figure out that only a vaccine would be able to stop this disease. The pharmaceutical companies were simply trying to profit off a new media-hyped and establishment-protected exaggerated pandemic. The fact that so many corners were cut, with no long-term studies, all to market unproven mRNA technology did not seem to faze at least half of the public, who openly clamored for lockdowns, vaccines, passports, and authoritarian measures which would be unthinkable a few years prior.

    Ridiculous masking mandates came into effect- masking outdoors was mandatory in many cities globally. No scientific basis was ever presented. Vaccine passports were likewise implemented even though natural immunity was found to be 27 times greater in some instances. Were health authorities simply trying to be overly cautious, or were there more sinister agendas at play? Were institutional medical practices imposed simply to make profits for pharmaceutical corporations?

    The simple fact that an unproven, dangerous vaccine was pushed and mandated at various levels- and that it was swallowed so comfortably by so many- simply shows how effective modern propaganda can be. No guns were needed- but you could lose your job, standing in the community, your friends, family, and social relations. A vast social experiment was conducted and anyone who dared to question “the science”, instead of blindly placing trust in a capitalist health system where profits have always taken precedence over people’s interests, was demonized.

    The frenzy around Covid-19 may indeed have had a bit of luck, at least here in the US. It was, of course, President Trump that downplayed the virus at the start. Therefore, anyone else aligning with his views on Covid was seen as a repugnant narcissist, an uncaring dullard willing to put corporate profits over human life. Imagine an alternate universe where Trump or a right-wing, authoritarian, US presidential figure like him took the virus extremely seriously, with Chinese-style lockdowns. Would people still have clamored for mandatory shots, and for friends, family, and co-workers to be excommunicated from society? Probably not, but we’ll never know.

    Vaccine passports threatened to segregate society based on a frankly fascist vision of the clean versus unclean. Anti-vaccine activists and regular people who refused to take an experimental injection were wrongly vilified. As many pointed out, the lack of reduction of transmission in the vaccinated made the whole prospect of compulsory vaccination pointless, unscientific, counterproductive, and just plain wrong.

    In November 2021, the conflict came to a head as Biden, speaking to the unvaccinated, remarked: “We’ve been patient. But our patience is wearing thin. And your refusal has cost all of us.” He proposed a plan for weekly testing or vaccination of all workers in every US company with over 100 employees, as well as a mandate for around 17 million health care workers.

    The Postmodern Subject: Manufacturing the Hyperreal

    The parallels between 9/11 and Covid-19 go far beyond their initial propaganda campaigns. Ultimately, part of the reason contemporary propaganda is so effective lies in the psychological structure of postmodern consciousness. Safety, stability, and security are seen as the final end products of mass civilization. Even one of the great charlatans of the 1990s, Francis Fukuyama, was astute enough to note the parallels between the postmodern subject and Nietzsche’s notion of the “last man”.

    Today, the veneer of idealistic concepts such as freedom, democracy, and equality which were supposed to undergird and inspire the collective to greater heights is wearing off in the face of massive global inequality, environmental disasters, climate catastrophe, and vicious media propaganda campaigns. As material living standards stagnate and crumble even in the developed world, increasing numbers of people are forced to compete for the same resources, perpetuating a scarcity-based mindset in the populace. Nearly all socioeconomic questions are framed as zero-sum, binary, black-and-white contests between good and evil where little nuance or questions of morality are allowed into the public arena.

    In this fragile social environment, it’s not surprising that citizens flock to ready-made narratives and propaganda campaigns. Ruling class propaganda is swallowed uncritically, precisely because it obfuscates, masks, and numbs the pain of living in late-stage capitalist collapse. One of the reasons Western liberals and even most of the “Left” fell for the farce that was the over-hyped, medical global Psy-op we call the Covid-19 pandemic is because the postmodern subject has now delved so far into the hyperreal; where symbols, social relations, and even science become cheap imitations of themselves. This is precisely why so many people, at the beginning of the lockdowns in March 2020, remarked that they “felt like they were living in a movie.” Media-induced pseudo-events can no longer be distinguished from severe medical emergencies today, just as twenty two years ago the mass panic after 9/11 produced the same fog of war and irrational hatred of the other.

    Imbued with meaning and purpose, the mask-wearing, jab-taking, “papers-please”, vaccine passport-bearing citizen could now feel a common cause with others in the community; artificially induced feelings of well-being conjured up through media organs and distilled into catchy slogans like “trust the science”. The sign-value of “doing the right thing” became a potent force; and this was weaponized by the establishment to suit various agendas.

    Many of these agendas were, in fact, actual conspiracies to: establish a permanent biosecurity state; set up a soft version of martial law where people’s movements are restricted and tracked; manufacture a false narrative of safe vaccines to bankroll a new industry for mRNA technologies, create a pathway to health passports, digital IDs, central bank digital currencies, and social credit systems; destroy the working class and middle class small businesses, and psychically prepare the global populace for a fall in living standards, a fall in access to goods, services, and resources, as well as rationing; provide an excuse to ban protests; continue the broad militarization of society, as well as the implementation of a global regime of ideological compliance and obedience.

    Big Pharma, Wall Street, Silicon Valley, and the military and intelligence communities were colluding to fleece the poor and working classes- the fact that one can’t find a smoking gun for each of these interlocking and moving parts of the economy and government doesn’t refute this basic fact. All the while, corporate America continued enriching the one percent who gained trillions during the pandemic. Medical-authoritarian edicts were issued without any actual science behind them. Surveillance and population control have always been at the forefront of elite agendas for managing 21st century life. Global flows of people, information, goods, and revolutionary thought can no longer be stage-managed by tyrannical capitalist elites as conditions deteriorate around the planet. A show must be put on every ten to twenty years.

    The many faces and branding strategies of the global elite come into full view: the “new normal”, “own nothing and be happy”, “mask up”, “follow the science”, and the “lockstep” scenario for implementing planetary tyranny are seen by the ruling class as necessary steps to secure profits and control in increasingly unstable economic and political landscapes. Their techno-feudal dreams are our nightmares as the drudgery of capitalist labor and the vagaries of imperial war continue on. Our masters offer little respite for the masses of humanity, as they’ve imposed a totalizing spectacle. Cult-like behavior dominated after 9/11; overblown fears of terrorism and anti-Muslim racism permeated the country, just as a year or two ago, overblown fears of the virus and authoritarian-based dislike and instant dismissal of anyone skeptical of Big Pharma and the government continued to dominate.

    Even as the narrative has shifted, and the farce that was the reaction to a relatively mild virus receded, the potential for propaganda and fear campaigns against the global collective remains. It is precisely the qualities of postmodernity, such as the end of meta-narratives, de-realization of the subject, hyperreality, the nature of the spectacle, and pseudo-events, guided by ruling class interests, and imposed on us by capitalism, which allow for the recurrence of these paradigm-shifting forces to dominate social life. The parallels of two of the biggest geopolitical events of the 21st century, 9/11 and the Covid-19 health scare, reveal the foundations of global regimes of cruelty, domination, and oppression. And there certainly isn’t much “new” or “normal” about any of it.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by William Hawes.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/29/postmodern-tyranny-states-of-deception-from-9-11-to-covid-19/feed/ 0 423435
    Once again, the FDA admits it lied to us, and once more, we yawn https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/23/once-again-the-fda-admits-it-lied-to-us-and-once-more-we-yawn/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/23/once-again-the-fda-admits-it-lied-to-us-and-once-more-we-yawn/#respond Wed, 23 Aug 2023 22:14:45 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=143422 The reality is that most of us are not ready for the truth. We want reassurance. We cling to our comfort blankets because the idea that we live in a world in which our and our families’ interests are not paramount is too disturbing.

    The idea that our fates are entirely dependent on a giant Ponzi scheme that might come crashing down at any moment from any one of multiple design flaws – an ecological crisis, a nuclear catastrophe, a pandemic or a hubristic mis-step with Artificial Intelligence – is simply too terrifying.

    So, even as we mock a figurehead like Donald Trump, Joe Biden or Boris Johnson, we remain deeply invested in the system that keeps producing them. We need to believe – and just as desperately as a child refusing, a little longer, to give in to suspicions that Father Christmas might not exist. Despite all the evidence to the contrary, our societies, we insist, are on a continuous upwards trajectory named progress.

    Few are willing to consider that we might actually be in a death spiral. So instead of doing something to change the world, we bury our heads. We ignore every sign, however blatant, of the system’s inherent dysfunction and corruption.

    These dark thoughts are prompted in part by the very belated concession from the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) – whispered by government lawyers in a court hearing – that for two years it has been peddling disinformation about both Ivermectin and the fact that doctors were not authorised to prescribe it in the treatment of Covid.

    Ok, let’s pause right there. Because already I sense you reaching for the remote to change channels. Isn’t Ivermectin a horse drug that only anti-vaxxers and Covid deniers ever talk about?

    Before I lose you entirely, let me hurriedly issue a disclaimer. This piece isn’t really about Ivermectin – least of all its efficacy in the treatment of Covid. I’m not a doctor and I’m not qualified to judge. I talk about things I am familiar with, that I have some insight on.

    I’m not interested in medical debates about Ivermectin. I’m interested in deconstructing the political debates around it – and what they tell us about the way medical matters, and much else besides, have been entirely captured by political and commercial interests.

    I can assure you I have no shares in Ivermectin and won’t profit either way, whether its use increases or declines. Unlike Big Pharma, that’s not the reason I’m taking an interest.

    It just so happens that Ivermectin is a particularly fascinating case study – both of the corruption of our governance and regulatory systems, and of our own unwillingness to recognise that corruption out of fear of what it might signify.

    Ivermectin provides one more data point that might help drag each of us out of our carefully constructed cocoon of ideological comfort.

    This article can be seen as a follow-up to my recent piece on the refusal by precisely the same actors – Big Pharma, medical regulators, the corporate media – to investigate why over the past two years far higher numbers of people than was to be expected have been dying across the Western world of unexplained causes not related to Covid.

    Both of these post-pandemic issues ought to make us angry, and more willing to fight for our species’ survival.

    ‘Merely quips’

    After all, the general assumption that Ivermectin is a horse dewormer didn’t come from nowhere. It was a view cultivated in us by the FDA and the corporate media. Here is the tweet the agency sent out exactly two years ago to persuade us that only dangerous nutjobs talk about Ivermectin:

    I am guessing that those 108,000 likes make it one of the most influential tweets ever by the FDA. There is a reason why it went so viral.

    The corporate media worked overtime to promote exactly the same messaging: that Ivermectin was only good for horses and cows. The media echoed the FDA in implying very strongly that the drug’s use in humans was not safe. There was not a late-night show host who did not mock Ivermectin as a horse drug and ridicule its supporters, even leading doctors.

    Super-star podcaster Joe Rogan’s admission that he had been prescribed Ivermectin by his doctor when he fell ill with Covid were enough to foment demands for his banning from social media for spreading misinformation.

    Social media giants like Youtube played their own part, treating any reference to Ivermectin, in pretty much any positive context, even by doctors, as “misinformation”. The algorithms were adjusted accordingly, which is why I will have to avoid mentioning Ivermectin when I post this story on social media.

    And yet now, two years on, the FDA is quietly admitting that it, not Rogan, outright lied. Ivermectin isn’t a medicine used only by vets. It’s a human drug that’s been prescribed billions of times – and so successfully that it won the Nobel prize for medicine in 2015. A leading science journal called it a “wonder drug” in 2017 – before the pandemic changed what could be said publicly – highlighting “its unexpected potential as an antibacterial, antiviral and anti-cancer agent”.

    It is the FDA – not Rogan – now admitting that Ivermectin is safe and that doctors, including Rogan’s, do indeed have the authority to prescribe the drug, not just to treat parasites but to treat Covid too.

    It was tweets like the one above that instigated a witch-hunt by US state medical boards against doctors who prescribed Ivermectin, the matter at the heart of the case currently before the 5th US Circuit Court of Appeals.

    With the FDA’s statements about Ivermectin now being harshly criticised by the judges hearing the case, the US government has fallen back on the barely credible argument that its comments were meant as “merely quips”.

    So why would the FDA lie about Ivermectin – and maintain that lie for at least two years until forced to come clean under cross-examination by the courts?

    And why did all those expert medical correspondents working for Big Media, journalists who knew only too well that Ivermectin was a human drug, conspire with the FDA in promoting a blatant lie?

    Here, for example, is Dr Sunjay Gupta of CNN being put on the spot by Rogan when he appeared on his show. He is forced to admit, uncomfortably, that the media were not telling the truth about Ivermectin.

    Emergency use

    Which brings us to the politics surrounding Ivermectin – which is far more revelatory than any medical debate about it.

    Remember, the FDA’s drug division receives three-quarters of its funding from the pharmaceutical industry. That doesn’t just mean the continuing salaries of many thousands of government officials depend on keeping Big Pharma happy. It also ensures wider political pressures. Washington prefers not to alienate Big Pharma and then have to foot the FDA’s budget through higher taxes. And, as we shall see, leading politicians have every incentive to avoid picking a fight with a corporate America.

    The reality is that Ivermectin and other drugs that might have been repurposed for Covid posed an enormous threat in principle to the FDA and its funders in Big Pharma – completely aside from the practical question of whether those drugs actually work against Covid.

    The new, experimental mRNA vaccines could only be rushed out for use in humans on the basis of an emergency authorisation so long as no other drug could be shown to be an effective treatment for Covid.

    Well, that was a good thing, I hear you say. Those vaccines reduced the severest symptoms, even if sadly they didn’t actually stop transmission.

    Let’s pull back a second and try to see the bigger picture for a moment. Let’s do precisely what the FDA and Pfizer don’t want us to do: engage our critical faculties.

    Ivermectin has been off-patent for years. No one can make any serious money from it, and certainly not giant pharmaceuticals based in the United States. Any Indian factory with the right approvals can knock out the tablets for a few cents.

    So in short, Big Pharma, which was poised to become fabulously enriched by its new vaccines, had every financial incentive imaginable to make sure there were no rivals in the stakes for a Covid miracle cure. The focus had to be entirely and exclusively on the vaccines.

    Endless profiteering

    The corporate media had exactly the same priorities. Why?

    A superficial, if truthful analysis is that companies like Pfizer subsidise the corporate media as heavily as they do the FDA. Just watch this short compilation video to get a sense of quite how complete Big Pharma’s stranglehold of sponsorship is on the main TV networks:

    But a deeper analysis is that Big Pharma and Big Media are just separate wings of the same Big Business empire headquartered in the US. What’s good for Big Pharma is good for Big Weapons is good for Big Farming is good for Big Food is good for Big Media, and so on.

    What is important for all of them is the maintenance of a political and economic climate that allows for Big Everything’s permanent profiteering. What is good for one of them is good for all.

    So Ivermectin was never going to be allowed a look-in, irrespective of whether it worked.

    But that doesn’t really matter, I hear you interject, because Ivermectin doesn’t work against Covid.

    And how do we know that? The anwer is we don’t. Our assumption that Ivermectin is useless against Covid is nothing more than that. It is an assumption. Some studies suggest it doesn’t help, while others suggest possible effectiveness.

    Medicine has an established way to deal with such uncertainties. It settles them with an expensive, large-scale, randomised, controlled study.

    In a time of profound crisis such as a pandemic, politics has an additional way to settle such questions: move heaven and earth to carry out emergency trials of drugs that look like they may be suitable for repurposing against the threat. Shift into a war footing.

    Which is exactly what would have happened – not just for Ivermectin but for other promising potential treatments like the mis-named sunshine hormone Vitamin D – if we lived in a world in which scientific principles, not profiteering by a tiny wealth-elite, guided our societies’ decisions.

    Instead, all of us – even children who were under no threat from Covid – were forced to worship exclusively at the altar of the novel vaccines.

    That should make your blood boil.

    Many millions of people died. Some of them might have been helped through the use of safe, potentially beneficial treatments before the vaccines were rolled out.

    Some of those who refused to take the vaccines – the heretics – might have had their lives saved through the approval of other treatments.

    Everyone, even the vaccinated and multi-boosted, might have had even better outcomes with the help of treatments to complement the vaccines.

    Instead, the response to the pandemic prioritised one thing only: not saving lives, but maximising to the greatest extent possible the profits of Big Pharma.

    I don’t know whether Ivermectin would have helped. You don’t know whether it would have helped. But what’s important – what is scandalous – is that the FDA doesn’t know either, and still doesn’t care to know whether lives would have been saved through the use of treatments in place of, or in addition to, the vaccines.

    That is a violation both of fundamental medical ethics and of the social contract. I can barely believe I need to spell it out – and even less that I will be called irresponsible for doing so by the vaccine cultists.

    Smears and insinuation

    The issue isn’t whether Ivermectin works against Covid. That narrow issue is the one Big Pharma, Big Media and the FDA want you focusing on. Because they have made sure the question will only ever be settled in the arena of official smear and insinuation, in misleading social media soundbites like the FDA’s horse drug one.

    That isn’t science, it’s propaganda.

    If the FDA has good arguments against Ivermectin, it needs to use them, not play mind games with us – games that can have only one possible outcome: further eroding public trust in our compromised, financially captured medical authorities. Revealingly, those most worried about the “Trump misinformation threat” are also the ones, it seems, least concerned about the FDA’s record of promoting falsehoods.

    To run a controlled trial of Ivermectin for treating Covid – even now, three years too late – costs a small fortune. One that can be afforded only by Big Pharma or governments. And in the circumstances, neither has any interest to find out.

    Why does this matter? It shouldn’t need stating. But from reactions on social media, I see that it very much does.

    It matters because it shows that we live in a world where “facts” are of no interest, where science is not followed, unless it can be monetised. Science is no longer for the benefit of all. It has become private property – the property of powerful, unaccountable corporations – like everything else in our societies. Science has been weaponised to further enrich a corrupt wealth-elite.

    It matters because, if we continue to resign ourselves so passively to these constant mind-games and manipulations, we must also accept that the profiteering they conceal should take priority over our health, over saving lives.

    Ivermectin isn’t the issue. It’s a waymark: to the depths of corruption to which our supposedly Enlightened, rational civilisation has been sunk by money and its worship.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Jonathan Cook.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/23/once-again-the-fda-admits-it-lied-to-us-and-once-more-we-yawn/feed/ 0 421291
    Stupidity? https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/23/stupidity/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/23/stupidity/#respond Wed, 23 Aug 2023 16:46:12 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=143401


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/23/stupidity/feed/ 0 421174
    A COVID Timeline https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/21/a-covid-timeline/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/21/a-covid-timeline/#respond Mon, 21 Aug 2023 14:50:12 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=143335


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/21/a-covid-timeline/feed/ 0 420668
    Stockholm Syndrome https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/17/stockholm-syndrome/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/17/stockholm-syndrome/#respond Thu, 17 Aug 2023 18:38:48 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=143209


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/17/stockholm-syndrome/feed/ 0 419979
    NZ’s covid-19 mandates end: GP group says some mask-wearing, self-isolation still important https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/14/nzs-covid-19-mandates-end-gp-group-says-some-mask-wearing-self-isolation-still-important/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/14/nzs-covid-19-mandates-end-gp-group-says-some-mask-wearing-self-isolation-still-important/#respond Mon, 14 Aug 2023 23:45:56 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=91871

    A GPs advocacy group says that practices learned from the covid-19 pandemic, like staying home when sick or wearing masks in health facilities, should remain in place to halt the spread of infectious diseases.

    As of August 15, the mandates ended for the seven-day isolation period and masks in health settings, with the Health Minister Dr Ayesha Verrall saying wastewater testing showed little trace of the virus.

    Dr Verrall acknowledged many would still feel vulnerable.

    “So it is on all of us to think well if we’re visiting an aged residential care home for example, that we do follow the recommended procedures there.

    “Te Whatu Ora will continue to encourage people to wear masks when they go to hospital — they won’t be mandated.”

    Covid cases accounted for just over 2 percent of hospital admissions, Dr Verrall said.

    Last step on wind down
    Prime Minister Chris Hipkins told RNZ Morning Report this was the last step in winding down covid-19 restrictions.

    “We waited until after the winter peak period. The health system overall, while it’s been under pressure and it’s still under pressure, had a much better winter this winter than last winter.”

    He said it was on the advice of the director-general of health and there was never a perfect time to make changes to health settings.

    General Practice New Zealand chair Dr Bryan Betty said practices like mask wearing and self-isolation should be encouraged for all viruses, not just Covid.

    He told Morning Report people needed to continue with the lessons that were learnt from covid but which were applicable to all viruses that were spread from person-to-person such as influenza and RSV.

    “Voluntarily staying at home if you do have a flu or a cold so you don’t spread it, and I think masking in public areas of health facilities voluntarily is something we should still keep in play.”

    Health providers should consider ensuring masks were worn in places where sick people gathered such as hospitals or GPs’ waiting areas, Dr Betty said.

    Vaccination still important
    Vaccination would still play an important part in reducing infection and re-infection, he said.

    “We do that every year for influenza, we are potentially going forward going to be recommending that for covid, especially for vulnerable populations.”

    Employers should be considering how to support workers so they do not come into work sick, he said.

    Employers should give people with colds, the flu or Covid the opportunity to work from home if they can to avoid spreading the illness around the workplace, he said.

    University of Otago epidemiologist Professor Michael Baker also urged people to stay home when they were sick with covid-19, even though all of the health restrictions had been lifted.

    Professor Baker told Morning Report that covid had transitioned from a pandemic threat to an endemic infectious disease.

    “Unfortunately that means it’s there the whole time, it is still in New Zealand among the infectious diseases, the leading cause of death and hospitalisation and we know that those infections and reinfections are going to add to that burden of long covid.”

    Still vital to isolate
    People must remember that it was still vital to isolate when they were sick and not go to work or school or socialise which spread the virus, he said.

    People should also continue to wear masks in medical facilities and in poorly ventilated indoor spaces, he said.

    New Zealand had come through its fourth wave of infection for the Omicron variant, he said.

    “We are going to see new subvariants or lineage of the virus arrive, they will be better at escaping from our immunity, our immunity will wane of course unless you get boosted.”

    The government needed to look at how to reinforce those behaviours that prevented covid from spreading now that the mandates had been removed, he said.

    “I mean this could be running media campaigns or developing codes of practice say with employers, Business New Zealand, I mean this is a chance for them really to show leadership about how they’re going to support the workforce in New Zealand, self-isolating when they are sick.”

    Hospitilisations and mortality rates showed that covid-19 continued to have an impact and watching those rates would indicate whether the mandates had been removed too early, he said.

    Integrated approach needed
    New Zealand needed to develop a coherent, integrated approach to dealing with all respiratory infections which were the infectious diseases that had the biggest impact, he said.

    “They have a big drain on our health resources and so we do need to look at better surveillance for these infections that will tell us what’s happening and also really it’s just having a culture of limiting transmission of these infections.”

    That meant staying home when sick and using masks in indoor environments with poor ventilation, he said.

    Auckland Council disability strategic advisory group chair Dr Huhana Hickey said getting rid of masks at health care centres was extremely dangerous for immunocompromised people.

    “The problem for immune-compromised people is we’re frequent flyers, but we’re being asked to go into a situation that puts us all at risk of not just dealing with what’s making us sick but risking getting covid, which could kill us.”

    Hickey said scrapping the seven-day compulsory isolation period could result in more workers returning while still infectious, which she believed would mean immunocompromised people were likely to stay home.

    “If they cannot stay home and employers require them to work, they’re going to spread covid as well, so that means I don’t go to restaurants now because I don’t know if the waiter’s sick, I don’t know if the chef’s sick.”

    Minimal impact of numbers
    University of Auckland mathematics professor and covid-19 modeller Michael Plank expected the lack of mask and isolation requirements to have a minimal impact on case numbers.

    He said the main drivers of infection were people who were asymptomatic cases or had not tested yet.

    “I’m not sure than an isolation mandate is going to have a particularly large effect on infection rates in the long term.

    “If we look at other countries that removed isolation mandates, like Australia, there’s really no evidence of a surge in numbers.”

    Restaurant owners embraced the government’s decision.

    The Restaurant Association surveyed more than 200 of its members, and 84 percent said they supported the idea.

    But many planned to introduce their own requirements, chief executive Marisa Bidois said.

    “Thirty nine percent of the respondents said they intended to mandate a five day isolation period for their employees,” she said.

    “So that’s something they’re going to implement themselves as an internal policy.”

    Many hospitality workers would also be expected to test themselves proactively.

    “We also had 42 percent of respondents planning to require employees with any symptoms to undergo testing before returning to work.”

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/14/nzs-covid-19-mandates-end-gp-group-says-some-mask-wearing-self-isolation-still-important/feed/ 0 419304
    NZ’s covid-19 mandates end: GP group says some mask-wearing, self-isolation still important https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/14/nzs-covid-19-mandates-end-gp-group-says-some-mask-wearing-self-isolation-still-important-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/14/nzs-covid-19-mandates-end-gp-group-says-some-mask-wearing-self-isolation-still-important-2/#respond Mon, 14 Aug 2023 23:45:56 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=91871

    A GPs advocacy group says that practices learned from the covid-19 pandemic, like staying home when sick or wearing masks in health facilities, should remain in place to halt the spread of infectious diseases.

    As of August 15, the mandates ended for the seven-day isolation period and masks in health settings, with the Health Minister Dr Ayesha Verrall saying wastewater testing showed little trace of the virus.

    Dr Verrall acknowledged many would still feel vulnerable.

    “So it is on all of us to think well if we’re visiting an aged residential care home for example, that we do follow the recommended procedures there.

    “Te Whatu Ora will continue to encourage people to wear masks when they go to hospital — they won’t be mandated.”

    Covid cases accounted for just over 2 percent of hospital admissions, Dr Verrall said.

    Last step on wind down
    Prime Minister Chris Hipkins told RNZ Morning Report this was the last step in winding down covid-19 restrictions.

    “We waited until after the winter peak period. The health system overall, while it’s been under pressure and it’s still under pressure, had a much better winter this winter than last winter.”

    He said it was on the advice of the director-general of health and there was never a perfect time to make changes to health settings.

    General Practice New Zealand chair Dr Bryan Betty said practices like mask wearing and self-isolation should be encouraged for all viruses, not just Covid.

    He told Morning Report people needed to continue with the lessons that were learnt from covid but which were applicable to all viruses that were spread from person-to-person such as influenza and RSV.

    “Voluntarily staying at home if you do have a flu or a cold so you don’t spread it, and I think masking in public areas of health facilities voluntarily is something we should still keep in play.”

    Health providers should consider ensuring masks were worn in places where sick people gathered such as hospitals or GPs’ waiting areas, Dr Betty said.

    Vaccination still important
    Vaccination would still play an important part in reducing infection and re-infection, he said.

    “We do that every year for influenza, we are potentially going forward going to be recommending that for covid, especially for vulnerable populations.”

    Employers should be considering how to support workers so they do not come into work sick, he said.

    Employers should give people with colds, the flu or Covid the opportunity to work from home if they can to avoid spreading the illness around the workplace, he said.

    University of Otago epidemiologist Professor Michael Baker also urged people to stay home when they were sick with covid-19, even though all of the health restrictions had been lifted.

    Professor Baker told Morning Report that covid had transitioned from a pandemic threat to an endemic infectious disease.

    “Unfortunately that means it’s there the whole time, it is still in New Zealand among the infectious diseases, the leading cause of death and hospitalisation and we know that those infections and reinfections are going to add to that burden of long covid.”

    Still vital to isolate
    People must remember that it was still vital to isolate when they were sick and not go to work or school or socialise which spread the virus, he said.

    People should also continue to wear masks in medical facilities and in poorly ventilated indoor spaces, he said.

    New Zealand had come through its fourth wave of infection for the Omicron variant, he said.

    “We are going to see new subvariants or lineage of the virus arrive, they will be better at escaping from our immunity, our immunity will wane of course unless you get boosted.”

    The government needed to look at how to reinforce those behaviours that prevented covid from spreading now that the mandates had been removed, he said.

    “I mean this could be running media campaigns or developing codes of practice say with employers, Business New Zealand, I mean this is a chance for them really to show leadership about how they’re going to support the workforce in New Zealand, self-isolating when they are sick.”

    Hospitilisations and mortality rates showed that covid-19 continued to have an impact and watching those rates would indicate whether the mandates had been removed too early, he said.

    Integrated approach needed
    New Zealand needed to develop a coherent, integrated approach to dealing with all respiratory infections which were the infectious diseases that had the biggest impact, he said.

    “They have a big drain on our health resources and so we do need to look at better surveillance for these infections that will tell us what’s happening and also really it’s just having a culture of limiting transmission of these infections.”

    That meant staying home when sick and using masks in indoor environments with poor ventilation, he said.

    Auckland Council disability strategic advisory group chair Dr Huhana Hickey said getting rid of masks at health care centres was extremely dangerous for immunocompromised people.

    “The problem for immune-compromised people is we’re frequent flyers, but we’re being asked to go into a situation that puts us all at risk of not just dealing with what’s making us sick but risking getting covid, which could kill us.”

    Hickey said scrapping the seven-day compulsory isolation period could result in more workers returning while still infectious, which she believed would mean immunocompromised people were likely to stay home.

    “If they cannot stay home and employers require them to work, they’re going to spread covid as well, so that means I don’t go to restaurants now because I don’t know if the waiter’s sick, I don’t know if the chef’s sick.”

    Minimal impact of numbers
    University of Auckland mathematics professor and covid-19 modeller Michael Plank expected the lack of mask and isolation requirements to have a minimal impact on case numbers.

    He said the main drivers of infection were people who were asymptomatic cases or had not tested yet.

    “I’m not sure than an isolation mandate is going to have a particularly large effect on infection rates in the long term.

    “If we look at other countries that removed isolation mandates, like Australia, there’s really no evidence of a surge in numbers.”

    Restaurant owners embraced the government’s decision.

    The Restaurant Association surveyed more than 200 of its members, and 84 percent said they supported the idea.

    But many planned to introduce their own requirements, chief executive Marisa Bidois said.

    “Thirty nine percent of the respondents said they intended to mandate a five day isolation period for their employees,” she said.

    “So that’s something they’re going to implement themselves as an internal policy.”

    Many hospitality workers would also be expected to test themselves proactively.

    “We also had 42 percent of respondents planning to require employees with any symptoms to undergo testing before returning to work.”

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/14/nzs-covid-19-mandates-end-gp-group-says-some-mask-wearing-self-isolation-still-important-2/feed/ 0 419305
    Pacific media should be supported post-covid, says PJR report https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/02/pacific-media-should-be-supported-post-covid-says-pjr-report/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/02/pacific-media-should-be-supported-post-covid-says-pjr-report/#respond Wed, 02 Aug 2023 00:01:33 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=91323 By Kelvin Anthony, RNZ Pacific lead digital and social media journalist

    The media sector in the Pacific should be supported with an enabling environment to report “without fear” in the face of ongoing challenges brought about since the covid-19 pandemic, according to a new study.

    The paper, titled Pacific media freedom since the pandemic, is published in the latest edition of the Pacific Journalism Review.

    As part of the research, the authors hosted an online panel discussion with senior Pacific journalists and news editors from Palau, Solomon Islands, Tonga and Fiji in December 2021 and held a follow-up discussion with those journalists in March 2023.

    The latest Pacific Journalism Review . . . July 2023
    The latest Pacific Journalism Review . . . July 2023.

    Researchers from the Australian National University and the University of the South Pacific said there was a need for “ongoing vigilance with regards to media freedom in the Pacific Island countries” post-pandemic.

    ANU’s Dr Amanda Watson and USP’s Dr Shailendra Singh, who are the paper’s co-authors, said covid-19 exposed the difficulties faced by media organisations and journalists in the region.

    “Covid-19 has been a stark reminder about the link between media freedom and the financial viability of media organisations”, they said, adding “especially in the Pacific, where the advertising markets are relatively small and profit margins correspondingly limited”.

    They said media companies “faced challenges during the height of the pandemic due to revenue downturns”.

    ‘Strives for impartial reporting’
    However, the industry “continues to strive to conduct impartial reporting, for the benefit of citizens and the societies in which they live,” they said.

    “Media professionals and businesses face various challenges and thus it is important to support their work and ensure that they are able to operate without fear of violence or any other forms of reprisal,” the researchers concluded.

    A media study from 2021 found that Pacific journalists were among the youngest, most inexperienced and least qualified in the world.

    Dr Singh has told RNZ Pacific in the past that capacity building of local journalists must become a priority for mainstream media to improve its standards and Pacific governments must also play a key role in investing in the industry’s development.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/02/pacific-media-should-be-supported-post-covid-says-pjr-report/feed/ 0 416227
    Coutts Four Denied Bail, in Prison in Canada for over 500 Days without Trial. Are they Political Prisoners? https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/29/coutts-four-denied-bail-in-prison-in-canada-for-over-500-days-without-trial-are-they-political-prisoners/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/29/coutts-four-denied-bail-in-prison-in-canada-for-over-500-days-without-trial-are-they-political-prisoners/#respond Sat, 29 Jul 2023 16:26:59 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=142618 Over five hundred and twenty-five days ago, between the evening of February 13 and afternoon of February 14, 2022, four men were arrested for their participation in Freedom Convoy protests at the Alberta border town of Coutts.

    They were charged with conspiracy to commit murder of police officers in support of a plot to overthrow the Government of Canada. They have been dubbed the ‘Coutts Four.’

    The accused are self-employed fisherman Chris Carbert, who ran a landscaping and fencing business with nine employees. A Lethbridge, Alberta, resident, 42-year-old Carbert is a single father who has been raising his son since the boy was nine-months-old.

    Another Lethbridge resident, and best friend of Chris Carbert since public school, is 49-year-old Chris Lysak. He is an electrician and father of two girls.

    A third member of the ‘Coutts Four’ accused of conspiracy to commit murder is 41-year-old Jerry Morin. He is a lineman who grew up near Vulcan, Alberta. The CBC states he resided in Olds, Alberta, at the time of his arrest. The fourth accused of these serious charges is Anthony “Tony” Olienkick. Tony, age 40, took part of the clean-up in High River, Alberta, after the 2013 floods.[1] He has a gravel truck and is self-employed, and the CBC has reported his home is in Claresholm, Alberta.

    The Coutts Four have been denied bail. They have remained in custody for over 525 days with a trial date yet to be set. More pretrial motions will be heard between July 25 to 28 by the crown and defence lawyers at the Lethbridge court house. Since the Magna Carta was signed in 1215, kingdoms and democracies have allowed those charged with a crime to be presumed innocent until proven guilty. With that provision has come the right to be granted bail and to a speedy trial. When citizens are accused of a crime and left to rot in prison without having their day in court, their spirits can be broken and be persuaded to agree to plead guilty even when they are innocent.

    Bail Is Granted to Those Accused of Having Committed Murder, and Lesser Charges in Canada

    In Canada, when someone is charged with committing a crime, they are released on bail. This includes for those charged with murder. For example, on September 2021, 31-year-old Umar Zameer was released on bail after being charged with first-degree murder of Toronto Police Constable Jeffrey Northrup.[2] In April 2022, Marlena Isnardy was released on bail after while awaiting her trial for the charge of murdering 27-year-old Matthew Cholette in Kelowna, British Columbia.[3] A case of double murder in the city of Mission in the Fraser Valley of British Columbia, concerned the deaths of Lisa Dudley and her boyfriend Guthrie McKay. Accused of first-degree murder, Tom Holden was released on bail.[4] And in March 2023, 22-year-old Ali Mian was released on bail as he awaited trial to answer to charges of second-degree murder in the shooting death of an armed intruder, 21-year-old Alexander Amoroso-Leacock.[5]

    But the Coutts Four are not granted bail

    Meanwhile others charged of first and second-degree murder are out on bail. What is going on here? Does the RCMP have a case that proves the accused pose a danger, if released on bail, and plan to violently overthrow of the government? Or, are their applications for bail being denied as part of political theatre within a larger government narrative to justify invocation of the Emergencies Act?

    In 1166 the Assize of Clarendon ruling under England’s King Henry II established the tradition of habeas corpus (in Latin: “that you have the body”) which gave those charged with a crime a right to appear in court to defend themselves. The 1166 judgment declared, “No Freeman shall be taken or imprisoned, or be disseized of his Freehold, or Liberties, or free Customs, or be outlawed, or exiled, or any other wise destroyed; nor will We not pass upon him, nor condemn him, but by lawful judgment of his Peers, or by the Law of the land.”[6] And, in the Magna Carta, section 38 states “No bailiff (legal officer) shall start proceedings against anyone [not just freemen, this was even then a universal human right] on his accusation alone (on his own mere say-so), without trustworthy witnesses having been brought for the purpose.”[7] Habeas corpus rights are part of the British legal tradition inherited by Canada. The rights exist in the common law and have been enshrined in section 10(c) of the Charter of Rights and Freedoms, which states that “[e]veryone has the right on arrest or detention … to have the validity of the detention determined by way of habeas corpus and to be released if the detention is not lawful.” While section 9(c) of the Charter states that a protected right of Canadian citizens is “freedom from arbitrary detention or imprisonment.”[8]

    Former Toronto Police Sergeant Detective, Donald Best, points out that it is almost unheard of in Canada for an accused to be denied bail.

    Does the denial of bail mean the four must be guilty? Consider the way the RCMP gathered evidence.

    The Mounties alleged that other unknown persons were still at large and connected to the plot to overthrow the government.

    Yet, the RCMP didn’t fingerprint and DNA test the firearms and other items that might have originated with ‘other unknown’ suspects. If you are an investigator, you want to identify who else might be involved in a plot. If you have a weapon, getting the fingerprints and DNA evidence can point to the identities of other persons that are suspects in the larger plot. Yet, the RCMP didn’t bag each item where it was found, and protect each item for its secure transit to a forensic lab. Best wrote on his website, “Failure of police officers to adhere to fundamentals of exhibits collection and protection doesn’t just potentially weaken the prosecution’s case, it can also deny exculpatory evidence to the defense. Many times, I have seen otherwise good officers get ‘tunnel vision’ about a suspect or an investigation, and begin to pay attention only to evidence that supports their theory of the case and the crime. These officers become so focused that they will even deliberately exclude evidence that doesn’t support their vision of events.”

    Best points out in the RCMP photo of the cache of weapons ‘discovered’ by the Mounties, “Items have been arranged on the floor with five of the long-guns rather precariously leaning against the table for display. No (investigator) would normally position or store firearms in such a manner where a bump of the table might cause them to fall…” A photo of the cache of weapons “had a national impact and was used by both the media and the government as justification for invoking the Emergencies Act, and the police operations to arrest and clear Freedom Convoy protesters in Ottawa.”[9]

    Background

    In January 2022 Canadian mainstream media and politicians described an unruly mob headed for Ottawa. On January 26, 2022, Prime Minister Justin Trudeau told Canadians there was a “fringe minority” with “unacceptable views” coming to Ottawa in a “so-called freedom convoy.”[10] Protesters began arriving in Ottawa on January 28, with the majority arriving the following day.


    Source: OffGuardian

    Protest leaders worked with Ottawa Police Service Police Liaison Teams to ensure emergency lanes in downtown Ottawa remained open. On two occasions, an Ontario court ruled the protests in Ottawa could proceed. The second ruling, on February 16, 2022, took into account the protesters adhering to the February 7 injunction against honking of horns. There was no looting, no acts of actual physical violence, no smashing of windows. Numbers of police remarked about the lack of criminality. Nonetheless, inflammatory rhetoric coming from politicians and the media depicted the protesters as “terrorists,” “mercenaries,” “hillbillies,” “white supremacists,” “Nazis,” “insurrectionists,” “an unruly mob,” and more.[11]

    Protest leaders held press conferences welcoming an opportunity to meet with government leaders, including public health officials. They wanted to have a discussion about the pandemic measures.

    Could dialogue lead to a breakthrough, a win-win? Even when unions and management are in tough negotiations during a strike, there can be a breakthrough with an unexpected way forward to resolve matters. Face-to-face dialogue was always a first step to learn if there was a way forward. A 73-page plan by the Ontario Provincial Police included recommendations that the federal government enter into dialogue with the protesters. The government did so in 2020 when First Nations protesters disrupted rail service, ferry sailings, pipeline construction and blockaded an Ontario highway. But in 2022, the Liberal government was in no mood for dialogue. Policing agencies and even the Ontario Attorney-General had suggested the federal government engage in dialogue with the protesters. But the protesters were depicted as impossible, unreasonable people, incapable of participating in discussion.

    *****
    On the 31st of January 2022, the prime minister of Canada, Justin Trudeau addressed the nation regarding the Freedom Convoy protest movement at a Press Conference from an undisclosed location which was broadcast live. 

    He portrayed the protesters as violent people, racists and more.

    On the 2nd of February, he added another layer with a tweet. (Below, See this)

    Are the protesters really what he claims them to be?

    I was there for four days with my camera, I never saw or witnessed anything close to what he describes. 

    Is it possible this is all made up? If it is, what is the purpose? (Jean Francois Girard)

    VIDEO

    At 4:30 p.m., February 14, Justin Trudeau invoked the Emergencies Act to crush the protest. Bank accounts of some hundreds of protesters were frozen.

    Yet, in an effort to defuse the situation in downtown Ottawa, on February 12, 2022 protest leaders came to an agreement with the City of Ottawa to remove seventy-five percent of protest vehicles from the city between February 14th and 16th. By 12PM, February 14, 102 vehicles had been removed, according to Serge Arpin, City of Ottawa Chief of Staff to the Mayor.[12] There were other Freedom Convoy protests that emerged during the Ottawa protests. Yet, in relation to the justification to invoke the Emergencies Act, in Windsor, Ontario, protesters and police reached an agreement to clear the blockade at the Ambassador Bridge by late on February 13th. The charges against protesters in Coutts, Alberta, across from Sweetgrass, Montana, were dealt with under the existing laws of the land on the February 14.

    “Comments made publicly, by public figures and in the media (about Ottawa protests) … were not premised in fact” – Supt. Patrick Morris (Ontario Provincial Police Intelligence)

    After the Emergencies Act was invoked, it triggered a mandatory inquiry as prescribed in 1988 legislation passed in Parliament. A Public Order Emergency Commission (POEC) was held over six weeks in Ottawa during the fall of 2022. But the justification for invoking the Emergencies Act began to unravel as police and intelligence officers gave testimony. At 1:00 PM on February 14, 2022, prior to the Emergencies Act invocation, an Ontario Provincial Police (OPP) “Operational Intelligence Report” described  the Ottawa protest. “The mood today was again calm, festive, and family oriented. Speakers were again telling people to walk away from agitators and thanked the police for remaining calm. Many of the speakers were promoting love and peaceful protest, some even taking quotes from the Bible. Speakers were also wishing everyone a happy Valentine’s.” The memo noted there were “children on Wellington Street playing hockey.”[13]

    Supt. Patrick Morris, “the foremost authority in the Province of Ontario regarding Intelligence” with the OPP testified before the POEC. He said of the protest, “ … the lack of violent crime was shocking …. If there was an actual threat, then there would have been an investigation, and if it was an actual threat, I assume the Ottawa Police Service would have laid a charge for uttering threats.”

    Morris testified,

    I was concerned by the politicization and I was concerned by hyperbole and I was concerned by the affixing of labels without evidence to individuals’ movements et cetera.” Morris elaborated in his testimony that his letter reflected his concern about “comments made publicly, by public figures and in the media that I believed were not premised in fact …. I was leading the criminal intelligence collection of information and the production of criminal intelligence in relation to these events. So, I believed I was in a unique situation to understand what was transpiring. So, when I read accounts that the State of Russia had something to do with it; Or that this was the result of American influence, either financially or ideologically; Or that Donald Trump was behind it; Or that it was un-Canadian; Or that the people participating were un-Canadian and that they were not Canadian views and they were extremists; I found it to be problematic, because what I ascertained from my role … I did not see validation for those assertions …. I did not see information that substantiated what was being said publicly and via the media. And I found that the subjective assertions sensationalized … and exacerbated conflict …. So the labelling was problematic to me.

    Morris further stated in a letter before the POEC, “I do not know where the political figures are acquiring information on intelligence on the extent of extremist involvement.” He was emphatic, “I want to be clear on this. We produced no intelligence to indicate these individuals would be armed. There has been a lot of hyperbole around that.”[14]

    OPP Commissioner Thomas Carrique, with a certificate from the University of St. Andrews in Terrorism Studies, also testified. He agreed that, “based on all OPP intelligence and the intelligence provided by the RCMP and federal intelligence agencies to the OPP…there was no credible threat to the security of Canada.” Carrique confirmed it “would be my understanding” that in order to invoke the Emergencies Act, there needs to be a “credible threat.” He agreed that the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms protected citizens’ rights to assemble and protest. He agreed that this includes protesting government policies. Carrique also concurred that the trucks that were arriving in Ottawa in late January 2022 “did so at the direction of police officers.”[15]

    Incendiary Allegations Made About Coutts Early into the Protest

    If the comments made publicly by politicians and the media about the protests in Ottawa were “problematic, being controlled and one-sided,” was this also the case in Coutts? On February 1, 2022 Alberta Premier Jason Kenney spoke to the press and residents of the province. He stated that he’d “received reports in the last hour of people allied with the protesters assaulting RCMP officers, including in one instance trying to ram members of the RCMP, later leading to a collision with a civilian vehicle in the area. This kind of conduct is totally unacceptable. Assaulting law enforcement officers who are simply doing their job to maintain public safety and the rule of law is completely unacceptable. And without hesitation, I condemn those actions …. ”[16]

    But in a documentary titled Trucker Rebellion: The Story of the Coutts Blockade, Rebel News reporters Kiane Simone and Sydney Fizzard learned that Premier Kenney’s statements were not accurate. Simone spoke on his cell phone with RCMP Corporal Curtis Peters. The officer clarified, “There were no physical altercation(s) between RCMP officers and protesters. Yesterday, when we had protesters go around and breach the road block set up on Highway 4 to the north, there was some public safety concerns and officer safety concerns that took place there. Vehicles travelled through, drove through fields to get around the road block and then onto Highway 4. They were travelling southbound on Highway 4 in the northbound lanes. And that was happening at the same time we had a few vehicles leaving the protest and travelling northbound in the northbound lanes. So, we had a traffic-meeting head-on on the double-lane highway there. And we did have a collision take place. A head-on collision occurred as a result of all this between a person trying to reach the blockade and a person who was just travelling north on the highway. And fortunately, it was a relatively minor collision. But a confrontation which led to an assault took place as a direct result of that collision.”

    Kiane Simone asked, “was that an assault on an RCMP officer?” Peters replied, “No. That was an assault between two civilians, between a protester and a civilian.” Kian Simone pressed, “So, Jason Kenney’s statement was not true at the press conference.” RCMP Corporal Peters emphasized, “I can tell you what I just told you, sir. You can have my name. It’s Corporal Curtis Peters. I’m the spokesperson here. My badge number is 5-2-9-5-7.”[17]

    The Coutts Four in the Headlines

    On February 14, 2022 the RCMP issued a press release regarding arrests in Coutts. It included a photo of an RCMP vehicle in the background, and a table in the foreground. Leaning against, on and below the table were weapons the RCMP said it “discovered” in “three trailers associated to this criminal organization.” The weapons they seized included 13 long guns, several handguns, multiple (three) sets of body armour, a machete, and high-capacity magazines. The press release did not name any of the individuals or the charges against them.[18] Global News carried the story later that day, and a reporter spoke to Alberta RCMP Supt. Roberta McHale. She said, “There was a heavy stash of weapons and these weapons were brought by people who had the intent on causing harm.” She announced that the RCMP were investigating a range of charges, including conspiracy to commit murder. McHale added, “This was a very complex, layered investigation, and some people might ask why it took so long. These investigations aren’t necessarily easy.”[19]

    On February 17, 2022 the Toronto Star ran this headline: “Father of accused in alleged Coutts blockade murder conspiracy says son was radicalized online, as others dispute RCMP narrative.” Mike Lysak, whose son Chris is one of the Coutts Four, was reported to have expressed his frustration watching his son “fall further and further into an online world of COVID-19 misinformation.” The Toronto Star claimed Mike Lysak said his son had become involved in the Diagolon group.[20] But, Granny Mackay, a guest on the Good Morning with Jason podcast, rejects that narrative. She has let me know that after the Toronto Star ran their story, Mike Lysak was upset. He said the newspaper twisted his words.

    Global News had reported on February 15 about tweets by the Canadian Anti-Hate Network which stressed that RCMP had seized “a plate carrier with Diagolon patches.” The tweets described Diagolon as “an accelerationist movement that believes a revolution is inevitable and necessary to collapse the current government system.” Deputy Director for Anti-Hate, Elizabeth Simmons, warned about Diagolon. “A lot of them claim to be ex-military and … have some kind of military training.” She added, “this is a very anti-Semitic group. It’s rife with neo-Nazis.” She pointed to the February 3, 2022 arrest in Nova Scotia of Jeremy MacKenzie on firearms charges.[21]

    A Global News story on February 3, 2022 described Jeremy MacKenzie as the “creator of Diagolon.” An RCMP warrant to search MacKenzie’s home in Pictou, Nova Scotia on January 26, 2022 referred to a video where MacKenzie spoke about “Diagolona.” RCMP contended that MacKenzie intended to create a new nation from Alaska to Florida made up of the provinces and states with the fewest pandemic restrictions. MacKenzie, a Canadian Armed Forces veteran of the Afghanistan War, attended some of the Freedom Convoy protest in Ottawa. But his firearms charges are not related to the Freedom Convoy. MacKenzie had a firearms license, but it was alleged he had an over-capacity magazine.[18] At the time the news story was reported, the Freedom Convoy protests were less than a week old. But, the headline, “Man who attended Ottawa protest convoy arrested on firearms charges,” inferred that the people protesting on Parliament Hill were violent. And now, here were followers of Jeremy MacKenzie in Coutts who were allegedly also violent.[22]

    Radio-Canada reported on February 17, 2022 about the names of those who were charged. Chris Carbert and Chris Lysak were described as people who have ties to Jeremy MacKenzie, of the “American-style militia movement” Diagolon, a “neo-fascist, white supremacist” and “violent insurrectionist movement.” The news story contended it was the aim of Diagolon to “establish a white nationalist state … that would run diagonally from Alaska through westerns Canada’s provinces, all the way south to Florida.” The news story cited a Facebook post in October 2021 by Carbert where he said he was “prepared to die in protest of government mandates.” Carbert apparently posted, “I’ll likely be dead soon and likely will be front page news … I will die fighting for what I believe is right and I mean this.” He added in another post, “I won’t live long. I’ve come to terms with this.” Radio-Canada stated that “Carbert has prior convictions for assault, drug trafficking and two drunk driving convictions.” However, Granny Mackay has learned from Chris Carbert that he was never convicted of assault. Another man picked a fight with him in a bar. Carbert was given a conditional sentence. He has no record of an assault conviction. The drug charge in question concerns getting some ecstasy for a friend when he was in his early 20s. Both happened prior to 2004. Jerry Morin posted on February 13, 2022 “This is war. Your country needs (you) more than ever now.”[23]

    On April 25, 2022 the CBC reported that crown prosecutors Aaron Rankin and Matt Dalidowicz stated that the plan was to try all four men in one trial. Daldiowicz told the CBC that the cases for Carbert, Olienick and Morin were “moving quickly.” But there were complications with the Lysak case.[24] The Lethbridge Herald reported on June 10, 2022 that three of the Coutts Four had been denied bail, with Jerry Morin awaiting his bail hearing.[25]

    In early September 2022, some of the contents of the Information To Obtain search warrant by RCMP Constable Trevor Checkley was made public in the press. The warrant in question was the one granted by an Alberta judge to allow RCMP officers to search properties. This was due to Checkley’s urgent request and belief that a serious crime was about to be committed. In the ITO, Checkley swore before the judge, “I have reasonable grounds to believe that (Tony) Olienick, (Chris) Carbert and (Jerry) Morin were part of a group that participated in the Coutts blockade and brought firearms into the Coutts blockade area with the intention of using those firearms against police.” The officer attested that “I believe (these protesters were) arming themselves for a standoff against police.”[26]

    On November 30, 2022 the Calgary Herald ran the attention-getting headline “Some Coutts protesters wanted to alter Canada’s political system.” Allegedly, in conversations with undercover officers, RCMP Constable Trevor Checkley stated Anthony “Olienick described (Christopher) Lysak as a hitman, sniper and gun-fighter.” Checkley emphasized that Jerry “Morin said it was World War Three and that stripping freedoms and making everyone slaves was warfare.”[27] The next day, the CBC ran a story about how the Coutts Four were making calls while in custody directly to their bosses in “the extremist network called Diagolon.” It was inferred that bosses outside of Coutts who were directing the Coutts Four to agitate for a new order.[28]

    On the Good Morning with Jason podcast, a woman named Danielle who has attended the pretrial motions in June 2023 spoke about the media coverage. A regular guest on the Good Morning with Jason show, Danielle observed “ever since Christmas (2022) mainstream media has been very, very quiet about this. Global News hasn’t reported a single thing on it (since December 2022). There’s been absolute crickets.” Jason Lavigne spoke to a staff member of the Western Standard in Alberta, who is also a friend. In addition to the publication ban requested by the defense to protect the jury pool process, there is also some sort of gag order related to the media. Lavigne’s contact at the Western Standard, who he spoke with in July 2023, is not at liberty to discuss this any further.[29]

    Coutts Protests, Arrests, on the A-list to Justify Invocation of Emergencies Act

    Testimony by numbers of government officials at the POEC pointed to the protests at Coutts as being on the A-list of events triggering the Emergencies Act. Clerk of the Privy Council, Janice Charette, raised the alarm about the protests in Coutts in the context of discussing the conversation about whether to invoke the Emergencies Act. “We were seeing the results of the law enforcement activity and what was happening at Coutts and we were seeing the size of the stash of firearms and ammunition that were found in Coutts amongst the protesters. So, this was new and I would say relevant information in terms of just the nature of the threat that we were worried about in terms of the risk for serious violence.”[30] Charette testified that “the situation at Coutts was more complex … It looked like it was getting fixed, then it was not getting fixed; looked like it was getting fixed, then it was not getting fixed …. The quantity of weapons and ammunition that was discovered by the RCMP conducting that law enforcement activity was more than I would have expected. So that, to me, indicated a seriousness and a scale of the illegal activity that was either contemplated at Coutts or people were ready to engage in at Coutts … that was beyond … my prior expectations …. ” When discussing the Freedom Convoy protests across Canada, including Coutts, Janice Charette warned of insurrectionist intentions. “There was talk of overthrowing the government and installing a different government with a governor general …. ” [31]

    Deputy Clerk of the Privy Council, Nathalie Drouin, was asked if she knew that the protesters in Coutts intended to leave the area. “Well, I was not aware of that. No, that’s not true. I have heard about the potential breakthrough in Coutts. …prior to the enforcement action, we didn’t know about the cache.”[32] Prime Minister Justin Trudeau explained one of the reasons invoking the Emergencies Act was on the table “was (the) presence of weapons at Coutts …. ” Trudeau complained that once Premier Jason Kenney removed “a number of mandates” in Alberta, “the occupation at Coutts seemed to be emboldened … ‘Let’s keep going.’” Trudeau also revealed under cross examination that he had been considering invoking the Emergencies Act in response to the Freedom Convoy protests “from the very beginning.”[33]

    National Security Advisor to the Prime Minister, Jody Thomas, reflected in the decision-making process on the road to invoking the Emergencies Act. Regarding “acts of serious violence,” can that include “the violence that people … of Ottawa were experiencing on the streets, … the inability of the Town of Coutts to function, is that a line? … There is a spectrum of activity and behaviour and threat in there that we need to understand …. ”[34]

    One of the Liberal cabinet ministers who cited the situation in Coutts as a catalyst in the A-list of reasons to invoke the Emergencies Act was Public Safety Minister Marco Mendicino. He testified that “not knowing exactly how it was that the operation in Coutts was going to play out at that time, and bearing in mind the sensitivities, the fact that the situation was combustible, that the individuals that were involved in Coutts were prepared to go down with a fight that could lead to the loss of life, that if that had happened and that occurred, it still remains an open question in my mind as to whether or not it would have triggered other events across the country. And so that’s why I – in my mind, it was very much – it was a threshold moment.”[35]

    In her testimony before the POEC, Deputy Prime Minister Chrystia Freeland spoke about the protests in Coutts as accelerating the sense that the government had to respond decisively to the Freedom Convoy. She recalled that on February 12, 2022 when “we heard from the RCMP Commissioner about concerns that there were serious weapons in Coutts. …that really raised the stakes in terms of my degree of concern about what could be happening in this sort of whack-a-mole copycat situation across the country.” [36] Minister of Emergency Preparedness, Bill Blair, also echoed this view in his testimony before the POEC on November 21, 2022.

    The mayor of Coutts, Jimmy Willet, also testified before the POEC on November 9, 2022. A text was entered as evidence from Mayor Willett to CTV reporter Bill Graveland. In it the mayor described the protesters in Coutts as “Domestic Terrorists.” But told Graveland in the text “You need to find someone in a protected position to call these guys what they are, Domestic Terrorists. Won’t be me. They are right outside my window. I would be strung up, literally. Just a thought.” He stated that his wife saw some protesters “moving heavy hockey bags” and said “it’s guns.”[37] Why the mayor’s wife presumed the hockey bags contained guns has not been followed up by any reporters.

    Jeremy MacKenzie and Diagolon

    On Tom Marazzo’s Meet Me in the Middle podcast in June 20, 2023, Jeremy MacKenzie spoke about his February 3, 2022 arrest in Nova Scotia. “They tried to play it up that I was in hiding. I had lawyers who were trying to talk to these people. What is going on. They flew four RCMP officers on their own planes and flew it from Saskatchewan to Halifax, where I spent six days in solitary confinement. And then flew me out to Saskatchewan in chains and ankle and arms and belly chains. And then I did two and a half months in jail in Saskatchewan before I could get bail. I have no criminal record. Never convicted of anything. And there was a murder while I was there, a woman stabbed another woman at a dance club. She was out on bail the next day. But, I’m too dangerous to be let out. And if it wasn’t for my lawyers and my legal team, I’d probably still be in there … on a common assault charge.” The common assault charge relates to an incident in Saskatchewan in November 2021, and not anything connecting MacKenzie to the Freedom Convoy protests. He told Tom Marazzo on the podcast that sixteen months after the protests in the winter of 2022, “I still to this day have not been asked a single question by the RCMP or CSIS … regarding any of this (Diagolon).” MacKenzie asserted that the government of Canada needed a scapegoat to justify invoking the Emergencies Act.[38]

    At the POEC, MacKenzie testified from his prison cell in Saskatchewan Correctional Centre. MacKenzie confirmed that in January 2021 he drew a diagonal line on his cell phone from Alaska, through Alberta and Saskatchewan, through the Dakotas, down to Texas and across to Florida and named it Diagolon. It became a brand name for followers on his podcasts. He made a plastic goat figurine, named Philip, the vice-president of Diagolon. Philip, he explained to his viewers was a demonic time-travelling, cocaine addict. He pointed out that the official narrative about Diagolon as “militia” and “extremist, has come from the largely government-funded Canadian Anti-Hate Network. MacKenzie observed how Anti-Hate posts scary articles about Diagolon which both the media and the police take at face value.[39] While in Ottawa, Jeremy MacKenzie posted that he wanted any of his followers at Freedom Convoy protests “If there’s a speed limit (go) slower than that. Don’t even litter. Don’t sit. Don’t even throw a snowball. Don’t give anyone any excuse to point at you and say, ‘Look what you’ve done.’”[40]

    In his testimony, MacKenzie confirmed that he had met Chris Lysak in person at a meet-and-greet in Saskatchewan in the summer of 2021, and at a BBQ where people were having steak on the grill. MacKenzie spoke to Lysak sometime after the charges for conspiracy to commit murder. He confirmed that the patches on some tactical vests looked like Diagolon patches. But that anyone could have made them and sold them. “I really can’t speak to their origins,” stated MacKenzie. Though he did not claim that the RCMP might have planted the Diagolon patches on the tactical vests discovered among the weapons cache in Coutts, MacKenzie stated “law enforcement (in) Canada has a history of things like this taking place. It’s not outside the realm of possibility … Could it be planted? … I would leave that open to possibility.”[41] During POEC testimony, it was confirmed that Jeremy MacKenzie has no criminal record.

    A reasonable person might conclude that an organization whose vice-president is a plastic goat figurine that does time-travelling and has a narcotics addiction should not be taken seriously. Anymore, than a friend at a bar having one too many announces “one day I’ll be Prime Minister.” How might the United States government view an attempt to trigger the secession of 26 states from Alaska, and Idaho across to the Atlantic coast from Virginia to Florida?

    But police and intelligence in Canada in 2021-2022 took every statement on Jeremy MacKenzie’s podcasts at face value. If Jeremy MacKenzie read the story of Goldilocks and the Three Bears, would Canadian law enforcement issue an all-points-bulletin to be on the lookout for a little girl with blonde hair on charges of breaking and entering, and damaging personal property of the Bear family?

    What Sparked the Protests?

    As I have written in previous articles, the Freedom Convoy protests began in response to the Canadian government ending the truck driver exemption from vaccination in order to cross the Canadian border. [42] Truck drivers had enjoyed an exemption since the start of the pandemic were hailed as heroes by Prime Minister Trudeau. No data about COVID-19 spread and truck drivers was presented to the House of Commons Health Committee in January 2022. The infection fatality rate for Covid-19 was about 0.25%.[43]


    Source: Children’s Health Defense

    For truck drivers entering the United States, Labor Secretary Marty Walsh clarified the Biden Administration’s new regulations. “The ironic thing is most truckers are not covered by this, because they’re driving a truck, they’re in a cab, they’re by themselves, they wouldn’t be covered by this,” Walsh said. Though often framed as equivalent to Canadian mandates for truck drivers, American mandates were less restrictive. The US Administration mandate exempted workers “who do not report to a workplace where other individuals such as coworkers or customers are present.”[44] And there were no vaccine requirements for truck drivers entering Mexico. Canadian truck drivers were not being deprived of making a living due to regulations in the United States. During the pandemic, with other nations concerned about healthy economies and supply chains, Canada was an outlier in its vaccine restrictions for truck drivers.

    Original Search Warrant Listed Only Mischief Over $5,000, No Mention of Weapons or Conspiracy to Commit Murder

    A Search Warrant was issued on February 13, 2022 to RCMP Constable Trevor Checkley. The search was granted, effective 10PM, February 13th, due to the officer’s sworn oath that he had reasonable grounds to suspect “Mischief Over $5,000.” The warrant was not issued on “weapons charges” or “conspiracy to commit murder.” The search stated officers could search for “Documents and data related to planning organization and operations of the protest group’s security for the Coutts blockade.” A question the lawyers for the Coutts Four need to determine is if it is legitimate to have a search warrant for a minimum charge; if the RCMP believes a far more serious crime is about to unfold, but not name it in the search. Donald Best, a former Sergeant (Detective) with the Toronto Police, highlights that in order to get a search warrant, there are affidavits and likely photos presented to the judge to support the Information To Obtain search. [45]

    Behaviour of Those Arrested Resembled Ordinary Citizens, Not Domestic Terrorists

    On the Good Morning with Jason podcast, a local woman named Danielle, summarized the arrests of the Coutts Four. The first person to get arrested was Christopher Lysak at 9PM, on February 13, 2022, “in front of Smuggler’s” Saloon, in Coutts. This was in front of many other protesters. When Anthony Olienick learned that Lysak might have been arrested, “he began videotaping and posting online saying he wished the cops would put their guns down and come and have coffee with us.” What Olienick did not do was head off and grab a bunch of guns and start a standoff with the police. Then Olienick was arrested about 9:50 PM. This was “in amongst the protesters.” Danielle reports that “Chris Carbert was sleeping in his trailer when they (RCMP) did the raid on the property …. He also knew the other two had been arrested.” Yet, Carbert chose to go to bed. He didn’t try to overthrow the government. He was arrested around 12:30 AM on February 14, 2022. Later that day, after having gone to work in Calgary, Jerry Morin was arrested by the RCMP about 12PM. At the time of his arrest, Morin knew the other three had been arrested. All of the Coutts Four were unarmed when they were arrested. None of them were running or hiding.

    Retired police sergeant Donald Best flags several problems with the timeline of arrests. “This is all politically driven. They (several Liberal cabinet ministers) knew about it in Ottawa before the warrant went down. We saw that from the Commission (POEC). … that means the politicians on the political side of this were involved in the creation of, and the timeline, and the date and time of execution; and if all that is true, and I believe it is … these men deserve to see their day in court. And they deserve to be out with an ankle bracelet, or whatever.[46]

    Commenting on the cache of weapons displayed by the RCMP on February 14, 2022, local gun owner Zach Schmidt made these observations. “This is not what I would be choosing if I were to hypothetically (try) to take down the RCMP.” There were about 50 RCMP vehicles in the Coutts vicinity and so about a hundred officers …. This just looks like someone’s basement was raided. Numbers of the guns are rifles that would be better for hunting deer. There are no sniper rifles, no precision rifles. They’re just run-of-the-mill hunting guns …. ” Donald Best added, “When the RCMP were investigating the multiple shooting in Nova Scotia (in 2022), the lead investigators refused to release the types and photos of the weapons involved. Why? Because they’re in the middle of an investigation. They want to know where they came from. Contrast that with the RCMP action in Coutts.”[47]

    There are some instances in the past where the RCMP have created a threat, or impeded ongoing investigations. On July 1, 2013 there were reports that a plot to bomb the British Columbia legislature had been averted by the RCMP. Offices acting undercover, with the support of over 200 staff working to prevent the plot, saved the day and caught the plotters red-handed. Or so the public was led to believe. When the case went to court it turned out that the RCMP was in the spotlight, and uncomfortably so. The CBC headline reported, “RCMP entrapment of B.C. couple in legislature bomb plot was ‘travesty of justice,’ court rules: John Nuttall-Amanda Korody’s convictions had been stayed due to entrapment, abuse of process.”[48]

    In her verdict, Justice Catherine Bruce wrote, “Simply put, the world has enough terrorists. We do not need the police to create more out of marginalized people who have neither the capacity nor the sufficient motivation to do it themselves.” Bruce made clear that the RCMP had not foiled a pre-existing plan. The couple in the RCMPs crosshairs were not terrorists. They were not people with capacities that terrorists might want to recruit. Said Bruce, “This is truly a case where the RCMP manufactured the crime.”[49]

    Writing for The Tyee, Bill Tieleman asked:

    Why did the RCMP create the July 1, 2013 B.C. Legislature bomb plot and train and equip a hapless, methadone-addicted, developmentally challenged couple to undertake terrorist actions? And why did the RCMP also break Canada’s laws in doing so? Money. Lots and lots of money. John Nuttall and Amanda Korody were freed Friday after three years in jail thanks to a stunning decision that saw a respected judge condemn the RCMP in the strongest terms possible, while overturning a jury’s guilty verdict on terrorism changes because the Surrey couple were “entrapped” by police, who also committed an “abuse of process.”…

    So why did the RCMP take such obviously reprehensible actions? What was their motivation in turning two sad, naïve recovering heroin addicts who barely left their basement apartment into Canada’s most famous terrorists? To get government money for its huge operations. The RCMP has a $2.8-billion annual budget and more than 29,000 employees. It depends on the federal government for its funding – and counterterrorism dollars depend on results, as I wrote in The Tyee in 2013 after covering the first court appearances of Nuttall and Korody. The RCMP is also competing with the Canadian Security Intelligence Service for financial support, so it is highly motivated to show public success. And in the RCMP’s Departmental Performance Report one of the major “expected results” is “Terrorist criminal activity is prevented, detected, responded to and denied.”

    In the absence of real terrorist plots to foil, the case of Nuttall and Korody indicated the RCMPs work can include manufacturing plots in order to foil them. From the success of these sting operations, the RCMP gets favorable media coverage and a subsequent boost in future yearly budgets. As long as they don’t get caught. [50]

    In the past, the RCMP have engaged in policing to advance the political agendas of those in the federal government. The Halifax Examiner ran this headline in June 2022: “RCMP Commissioner Brenda Lucki tried to ‘jeopardize’ mass murder investigation to advance Trudeau’s gun control efforts.” The paper reported:

    “RCMP Commissioner Brenda Lucki “made a promise” to Public Safety Minister Bill Blair and the Prime Minister’s Office to leverage the mass murders of April 18/19, 2020 to get a gun control law passed.” RCMP in Nova Scotia were left out of the loop regarding numbers of victims and release of information. The article detailed how “Contravening the agreed protocol, throughout the early hours of Sunday evening, RCMP Commissioner Brenda Lucki agreed to a number of one-on-one interviews with reporters. At 7:36PM, CBC News quoted Lucki as stating there were 13 victims; at 7:40PM, CTV reported Lucki had said 14 victims; and at 7:56PM, the Canadian Press quoted Lucki as having confirmed 17 dead, including the gunman. The public and the press corps were both confused and alarmed.

    “So how does it happen that Commissioner Lucki …. ?” Mass Casualty Commission lawyer Krista Smith started to ask Communications director Lia Scanlan during an interview last February. “I don’t know, ask National Headquarters,” retorted Scanlan. “The commissioner (Lucki) releases a body count that we (Communications) don’t even have. She went out and did that. It was all political pressure. That is 100% Minister Blair and the Prime Minister. And we have a Commissioner that does not push back.” [51]

    During the FLQ Crisis in the fall of 1970, the RCMP was found to have engaged in illegal activities. As the McDonald Commission Report of 1981 found, the RCMP forged documents, was involved in the theft of the membership list of the Parti Quebecois, several break-ins, illegal opening of mail, and the burning a barn in Quebec.[52] The McDonald Commission recommended revisions to the War Measures Act. These were tabled by Perrin Beatty in Parliament in July 1988 as the Emergencies Act.

    Discrepancies in Disclosure Pointed to During Pretrial Motions

    Pretrial motions were heard at the Lethbridge, Alberta courthouse between June 12 and 29. At one point, there was an animated discussion between the judge, lawyers for the accused, and the Crown. One of those attending was a local woman named Danielle, who spoke to Jason Lavigne on his podcast on July 13, 2023. She described how “the Crown kept talking about the solicitor-client privilege.” A lawyer for one of the accused stopped them after a while. This lawyer said ‘Listen. This might not be the case that there’s evidence of unlawful activity. We’re talking about disclosure that has been discovered.’” Danielle described how the Crown had dumped thousands of pages of disclosure at the last minute on the defence. There was mention of “inadvertent disclosure” on a number of occasions. Danielle told Jason Lavigne, “I don’t believe they (defence lawyers) were supposed to have found it. I think she kind of found it. And she got excited that she found it. And then everybody got a lot more excited after the content of that was more apparent to them. Again, we’re not privy to exactly what’s in that conflict of disclosure. The Crown mentioned that due to the content, the disclosure conflicted not only about the disclosure. It is also in regards to two of the crown prosecutors …. This application (by the defence) coming up, (two) Crown prosecutors are going to have to be witnesses. So, they (the prosecutors who are representing the case for the Crown) are going to be part of the hearing.” This opens up the possibility that some Crown prosecutors may be defendants at some point in relation to this case.

    Danielle described to Jason the importance of this moment during the pretrial motions. The defence made an application to the court during disclosure. It related to the cross examination of one of the witnesses as the case against the accused was being built. Danielle, stated, “There were notes. There were scribbled notes in one book. And there were scribbled notes in another book from the scribes that were hired for this person (witness). And there was also another scribe that had been hired that had … typed notes. … it was discovered that the typed notes were never submitted to the defence counsel. However, the witness had testified “I’ve given the Crown everything that I have.” So, it was discovered that there was a large pile of typed notes. What was problematic is the content of the scribbled notes, and the content of the typed notes contain crucial discrepancies. The defence was excited about this inadvertent discovery. What can explain these discrepancies? Were the typed notes exculpatory evidence helpful to the defense? [53]

    Another guest on the Good Morning with Jason podcast Margaret “Granny” Mackay has also attended the pretrial motions in June. She also witnessed the astonishing developments in the court house that Danielle described to viewers of the podcast on July 13, 2023.

    On the Good Morning with Jason podcast on July 24, Danielle discussed notes she took from the pretrial motions on June 29. That day one of the Crown prosecutors agreed to recuse themselves from the case. [54]

    A Facebook group has sprung up under the name Alberta Political Prisoners. The RCMP and the Crown present themselves as having a solid case to convict the four accused on conspiracy to commit murder. But this may not be the case. It’s plausible that the case for the Crown is thin at best, as has been the case for the Trudeau governments justification for invoking the Emergencies Act. After over five hundred days without bail, more people are starting to pay attention to this case that’s been largely ignored by the media.

    Chris Carbert has been leading a Bible study in the remand centre early into his custody. Jerry Morin has been leading other inmates in yoga classes. One of the guards told Morin after he’d been in custody for a few weeks, “This is weird. We were expecting a lot of different behaviour from you. We thought that you were a white supremacist.”[55] The four men in custody on conspiracy charges are looking less like insurrectionists, and more like political prisoners in Justin Trudeau’s Canada.

  • Published on Global Research. This article was originally published on Propaganda in Focus.
  • ENDNOTES

    [1] “High River residents grateful for yard cleanup months after flood,” CBC, June 1, 2014. https://www.cbc.ca/news/canada/calgary/high-river-residents-grateful-for-yard-cleanup-months-after-flood-1.2661368

    [2] Lieberman, Caryn, “Suspect charged in connection with death of Toronto officer granted bail,” Global News, September 22, 2021.https://globalnews.ca/news/8212220/umar-zameer-bail-jeffrey-northrup-toronto-police/

    [3] Geleneau, Jacqueline, “Kelownna woman charged with murder released on bail,” Kelowna Capital News, April 28, 2022.https://www.kelownacapnews.com/news/kelowna-woman-charged-with-murder-released-on-bail/

    [4] “Accused in Mission double murder released on bail,” CBC, October 17, 2013.https://www.cbc.ca/news/canada/british-columbia/accused-in-mission-double-murder-released-on-bail-1.2101838

    [5] McDonald, Catherine, “Milton, Ont. Man accused of murdering armed intruder released on bail,” Global News, March 2, 2023.https://globalnews.ca/news/9523161/milton-man-home-invasion-shooting-bail/

    [6] Henderson, Ernest F, “Assize of Clarendon, 1166,” in Select Historical Documents of the Middle Ages, (London, George Bell and Sons, 1896). https://avalon.law.yale.edu/medieval/assizecl.asp

    [7] Magna Carta, 1215, Section 38 https://magnacarta.cmp.uea.ac.uk/read/magna_carta_1215/Clause_38

    [8] “Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms,” Constitution Act of 1982, 1982. https://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/const/page-12.html

    [9] Best, Donald, “Denying Bail to Coutts Four is a Political Decision and Act,” Donaldbest.ca, July 8, 2023 https://donaldbest.ca/denying-bail-to-the-coutts-four-is-a-political-decision-and-act/

    [10] Gilmore, Rachel, “’Fringe minority’ in truck convoy with ‘unacceptable views’ don’t represent Canadians: Trudeau,”Global News, January 26, 2022. https://globalnews.ca/news/8539610/truckerconvoy-covid-vaccine-mandates-ottawa/

    [11] Farrow, Anna, “I Saw A Mob; It Wasn’t the Truckers,”Catholic Register, January 31, 2022 https://www.catholicregister.org/opinion/guestcolumnists/item/33985-i-saw-a-mob-it-wasn-ttruckers

    [12] “Mr. Serge Arpin, Sworn,” Public Order Emergency Commission, Ottawa, October 17, 2022, 194-329. https://publicorderemergencycommission.ca/files/d ocuments/Transcripts/POEC-Public-HearingsVolume-3-October-17-2022.pdf

    [13] Wilson, Pete, “Police Called Convoy Protest ‘Calm, Festive’ on Same Day Emergencies Act Was Invoked: Internal Memo,” Epoch Times, November 3, 2022. https://www.theepochtimes.com/police[called-convoy-protest-calm-festive-on-same-dayemergencies-act-was-invoked-internalmemo_4839848.html](https://www.theepochtimes.com/police-called-convoy-protest-calm-festive-on-same-day-emergencies-act-was-invoked-internal-memo_4839848.html)

    [14] “Supt. Patrick Morris, Sworn,” Public Order Emergency Commission, Ottawa, October 19, 2022, 184-305. https://publicorderemergencycommission.ca/files/d ocuments/Transcripts/POEC-Public-HearingsVolume-5-October-19-2022.pdf

    [15] “TDF Litigation Director questions OPP Supt. Carson Pardy,” The Democracy Fund, October 21, 2022. https://www.thedemocracyfund.ca/tdf_litigation_di rector_questions_opp_pardy

    [16] Joannou, Ashley, “Kenney calls for calm, says RCMP officers assaulted at Coutts border,”Edmonton Journal, February 2, 2022. https://edmontonjournal.com/news/local-news/kenney-calls-for-calm-says-rcmp-officers-assaulted-at-coutts-border-crossing

    [17] Simone, Kiane and Fizzard, Sydney,Trucker Rebellion: The Story of the Coutts Blockade, Rebel News, August 19, 2022. https://rumble.com/v1glv1z-trucker-rebellion-the-story-of-the-coutts-blockade.html

    [18] “Alberta RCMP make arrests at Coutts Border Blockade,” RCMP, February 14, 2022. https://www.rcmp-grc.gc.ca/en/news/2022/alberta-rcmp-make-arrests-coutts-border-blockade

    [19] Gibson, Caley, “RCMP arrest 13 people, seize weapons and ammunition near Coutts border blockade,” Global News, February 14, 2022. https://globalnews.ca/news/8618494/alberta-coutts-border-protest-weapons-ammunition-seized/

    [20] Leavitt, Kieran and Mosleh, Omar, “Father of accused in alleged Coutts blockade murder conspiracy says son was radicalized online, as others dispute RCMP narrative,”Toronto Star, February 17, 2022. https://www.thestar.com/news/canada/2022/02/17/father-of-accused-in-alleged-coutts-blockade-murder-conspiracy-says-son-was-radicalized-online-as-others-dispute-rcmp-narrative.html

    [21] Tran, Paula,“Anti-hate experts concerned about possible neo-fascist involvement at Alberta trucker convoy,” Global News, February 15, 2022. https://globalnews.ca/news/8621125/canadian-anti-hate-network-concerned-diagolon-coutts-border-protest-diagolon/

    [22] Bell, Stewart, “Man who attended Ottawa protest convoy arrested on firearms charges,” Global News, February 3, 2022. https://globalnews.ca/news/8593064/ns-man-ottawa-convoy-protest-firearms-charge/

    [23] “The Coutts 13: New details on the men and women arrested at border blockade,” Radio-Canada, February 17, 2022. https://ici.radio-canada.ca/rci/en/news/1862953/the-coutts-13-new-details-on-the-men-and-women-arrested-at-border-blockade

    [24] Grant, Meghan,“4 men accused of conspiring to murder RCMP officers to be tried together: prosecutors: Chris Lysak, Chris Carbert, Anthony Olienick, Jerry Morin charged after Coutts protests,” CBC, April 25, 2022. https://www.cbc.ca/news/canada/calgary/coutts-border-protest-conspiracy-to-murder-trials-1.6430369

    [25] Shurtz, Delon, “Bail denied for accused in Coutts conspiracy case,”Lethbridge Herald, June 10, 2022. https://lethbridgeherald.com/news/lethbridge-news/2022/06/10/bail-denied-for-accused-in-coutts-conspiracy-case/

    [26] Martin, Kevin, “Arming for a standoff against police,” Regina Leader-Post, Regina, SK, September 8, 2022. https://www.pressreader.com/canada/regina-leader-post/20220908/281711208483474

    [27] Martin, Kevin, “Some Coutts protesters wanted to alter Canada’s political system,”Calgary Herald, November 30, 2022. https://calgaryherald.com/news/crime/some-coutts-protesters-wanted-to-alter-canadas-political-system-court-documents-say

    [28] Ward, Rachel and Grant, Meghan, “Bosses of Alberta men accused in plot to murder Mounties still under investigation, court docs suggest,” CBC, December 1, 2022. https://www.cbc.ca/news/canada/calgary/coutts-protest-blockade-border-ito-documents-unsealed-1.6670025

    [29] Lavigne, Jason, “The Coutts Four | Day 515,” Good Morning with Jason podcast, July 13, 2023. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=w4wdeUOWqnQ&t=44s

    [30] “Ms. Janice Charette, Sworn, Ms. Nathalie Drouin, Affirmed,” Public Order Emergency Commission, Ottawa, November 18, 2022, p. 163. https://publicorderemergencycommission.ca/files/documents/Transcripts/POEC-Public-Hearings-Volume-26-November-18-2022.pdf

    [31] Ibid, pp. 183-184.

    [32] Ibid, pp. 296-297.

    [33] “Prime Minister Justin Trudeau, Affirmed,” Public Order Emergency Commission, Ottawa, November 25, 2022, 52, 76, 42. https://publicorderemergencycommission.ca/files/documents/Transcripts/POEC-Public-Hearings-Volume-31-November-25-2022.pdf

    [34] “Ms. Jody Thomas, Sworn,” Public Order Emergency Commission, Ottawa, November 17, 2022, p. 225. https://publicorderemergencycommission.ca/files/documents/Transcripts/POEC-Public-Hearings-Volume-25-November-17-2022.pdf

    [35] “Minister Marco Mendicino, Sworn,” Public Order Emergency Commission, Ottawa, November 22, 2022, p. 168. https://publicorderemergencycommission.ca/files/documents/Transcripts/POEC-Public-Hearings-Volume-25-November-17-2022.pdf

    [36] “Deputy PM Chrystia Freeland, Sworn,” Public Order Emergency Commission, Ottawa, November 24, 2022, https://publicorderemergencycommission.ca/files/documents/Transcripts/POEC-Public-Hearings-Volume-30-November-24-2022.pdf

    [37] “Mayor Jimmy Willett, Sworn,” Public Order Emergency Commission, Ottawa, November 9, 2022, pp. 29, 31-32. https://publicorderemergenncycommission.ca/files/documents/Transcripts/POEC-Public-Hearings-Volume-20-November-9-2022.pdf

    [38] Tom Marazzo, “Jeremy MacKenzie Interview,” Meet Me in the Middle podcast, June 21, 2023.https://rumble.com/v2v7xfk-tom-marazzo-jeremy-mackenzie-pt-1-excerpt-2-meet-me-in-the-middle-podcast.html

    [39] “Mr. Jeremy Mitchell MacKenzie, Affirmed,” Public Order Emergency Commission, Ottawa, November 4, 2022, pp. 151-152, 157, 218. https://publicorderemergencycommission.ca/files/documents/Transcripts/POEC-Public-Hearings-Volume-17-November-4-2022.pdf

    [40] Ibid, p. 164.

    [41] Ibid, p. 176-193.

    [42] McGinnis, Ray, “Justin Trudeau and the Politics of the Possible,” Propaganda in Focus, December 14, 2022. https://propagandainfocus.com/justin-trudeau-and-the-politics-of-possible-the-emergencies-act-inquiry-in-canada-and-the-triumph-of-propaganda/

    [43] Ioannidis, John P. and Axfors, Catherine, “Infection Fatality Rate of Covid-19 in community-dwelling populations with emphasis on the elderly: An overview,” Stanford University, Stanford, CA, December 23, 2021.  https://www.medrxiv.org/content/10.1101/2021.07.0[8.21260210v2.full.pdf](https://www.medrxiv.org/content/10.1101/2021.07.08.21260210v2.full.pdf)

    [44] Kimball, Spencer, ““Labor secretary says most truck drivers are exempt from Covid mandate, handing industry a win,” CNBC, November 5, 2021. https://www.cnbc.com/2021/11/05/labor-secretary-says-most-truck-drivers-are-exempt-from-covid-mandate-handing-industry-a-win-.html

    [45] Lavigne, “The Coutts Four | Day 515,” (See note 29).

    [46] Lavigne, “The Coutts Four | Day 515,” (See note 29).

    [47] Lavigne, Jason, “The Coutts Four | Day 506,” Good Morning with Jason, July 4, 2023. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HR9C2w2DXso

    [48] Proctor, Jason, “RCMP entrapment of B.C. couple in legislature bomb plot was ‘travesty of justice,’ court rules: John Nuttall-Amanda Korody’s convictions had been stayed due to entrapment, abuse of process,” CBC, December 19, 2018. https://www.cbc.ca/news/canada/british-columbia/johnnuttall-amanda-korody-2018-1.4952431

    [49] Proctor, Jason, “Terrorists or targets? Appeal Court to decide fate of B.C. couple accused in bomb plot,” CBC, December 18, 2018. https://www.cbc.ca/news/canada/british-columbia/nuttall-korody-entrapment-terrorism-1.4951447

    [50] Tieleman, Bill, “BC Terror Trial Verdict a Scathing Indictment of RCMP Management,” The Tyee, August 2, 2016.  https://thetyee.ca/Opinion/2016/08/02/BC-Terror-Trial-Verdict/

    [51] Henderson, Jennifer, “RCMP Commissioner Brenda Lucki tried to ‘jeopardize’ mass murder investigation to advance Trudeau’s gun control efforts,” Halifax Examiner, June 21, 2022. https://www.halifaxexaminer.ca/policing/rcmpcommissioner-brenda-lucki-tried-to-jeopardize-massmurder-investigation-to-advance-trudeaus-gun-controlefforts/

    [52] McDonald, D.C.,Commission of Inquiry Concerning Certain Activities of the Royal Canadian Mounted Police – second report, volume 2: freedom and security under the law, Privy Council Office, 1981. https://publications.gc.ca/site/eng/471402/publication.html

    [53] Lavigne, “The Coutts Four | Day 515” (See note 29).

    [54] Lavigne, Jason, “The Coutts Four | Day 526,” Good Morning with Jason, July 24, 2023. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jSUplSQ3PDA

    [55] Lavigne, Jason, “The Coutts Four | Day 509,” Good Morning with Jason, July 7, 2023. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ac00IscReIs&t=3215s


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Ray McGinnis.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/29/coutts-four-denied-bail-in-prison-in-canada-for-over-500-days-without-trial-are-they-political-prisoners/feed/ 0 415642
    Experimenting with Drugs? https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/21/experimenting-with-drugs/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/21/experimenting-with-drugs/#respond Fri, 21 Jul 2023 14:01:58 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=142292


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/21/experimenting-with-drugs/feed/ 0 413558
    Popular Myanmar bridge sees plunge in tourism since COVID-19, military coup | Radio Free Asia (RFA) https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/20/popular-myanmar-bridge-sees-plunge-in-tourism-since-covid-19-military-coup-radio-free-asia-rfa/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/20/popular-myanmar-bridge-sees-plunge-in-tourism-since-covid-19-military-coup-radio-free-asia-rfa/#respond Thu, 20 Jul 2023 21:09:44 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=8266013204e929f3826e651d1684dfea
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/20/popular-myanmar-bridge-sees-plunge-in-tourism-since-covid-19-military-coup-radio-free-asia-rfa/feed/ 0 413331
    Trinity’s Shadow https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/20/trinitys-shadow/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/20/trinitys-shadow/#respond Thu, 20 Jul 2023 20:09:50 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=142283 I sit here in the silence of the awakening dawn’s stillness stunned by the realization that I exist.  I wonder why.  It is my birthday.  The first rays of the rising sun bleed crimson over the eastern hills as I imagine my birth. The house and my family sleep.

    Someday I will die and I wonder why.  This is the mystery I have been contemplating since I was young.  That and the fact that I was born in a time of war and that when my parents and sisters were celebrating my first birthday, my country’s esteemed civilian and military leaders celebrated another birth: the detonation of the first atomic bomb code-named Trinity.

    Trinity has shadowed my life, while the other Trinity has enkindled my days.

    Sick minds play sick word games as they inflict pain and death.  They nicknamed this death bomb “the Gadget,” as if it were an innocent little toy.  They took and blasphemed the Christian mystery of the Trinity as if they were mocking God, which they were.  They thought they were gods.

    Now they are all dead gods, their fates sealed in their tombs.

    Where are they now?

    Where are all their victims, the innocent dead of Hiroshima and Nagasaki?

    Where are the just and the unjust?

    Where are the living now, asleep or awake as Trinity’s progenitors in Washington, D.C. and the Pentagon prepare their doomsday machines for a rerun, the final first-strike run, the last lap in their race to annihilate all the living?  Will they sing as they launch the missiles – “So long, farewell, auf Wiedersehen, good night?”

    Joseph Biden, the second Roman Catholic president, while mocking the essence of Jesus’s message, pushes the world toward a nuclear holocaust, unlike JFK, the first Catholic president, who was assassinated by the CIA for pushing for the elimination of nuclear weapons and the end of the Cold War.

    The wheel turns.  We count the years.  We wonder why.

    Years ago I started my academic life by writing a thesis entitled “Dealing With Death or Death Dealing.”  It was a study of the transformation of cultural symbol systems, death, and nuclear weapons.  The last hundred years and more have brought a transformation and disintegration of the traditional religious symbol system – the sacred canopy – that once gave people comfort, meaning, and hope.  Science, technology, and nuclear weapons have changed all that. Death has been socially relocated and we live under the nuclear umbrella, a sinister “safeguard” that is cold comfort. The ultimate power of death over all life has been transferred from God to men, those controlling the nuclear weapons. This subject has never left me.  I suppose it has haunted me.  It is not a jolly subject, but I think it has chosen me.

    Was I born in a normal time?  Is war time our normal time?  It is. I was.

    But to be born at a time and place when your country’s leaders were denouncing their German and Japanese enemies as savage war criminals while execrably emulating them and then outdoing them is something else again.  With Operation Paperclip following World War II, the United States government secretly brought 1,600 or more Nazi war criminals into the U.S. to run our government’s military, intelligence, space, chemical, and biological warfare programs.  We became Nazis.  Lewis Mumford put it this way in The Pentagon of Power:

    By the curious dialectic of history, Hitler’s enlargement and the refurbishment of the Nazi megamachine gave rise to the conditions for creating those counter-instruments that would conquer it and temporarily wreck it. In short, in the very act of dying the Nazis transmitted their disease to their American opponents; not only the methods of compulsive organization or physical destruction, but the moral corruption that made it feasible to employ those methods without stirring opposition.

    There are always excuses for such moral corruption.  When during WW II the U.S. firebombed almost all Japanese cities, Dresden and Cologne in Germany, and then dropped atomic bombs on Hiroshima and Nagasaki killing hundreds of thousands of innocent civilians in gratuitously savage attacks, these were justified and even celebrated as necessary to defeat evil enemies.  Just as Nazi war criminals were welcomed into the U.S. government under the aegis of Allen Dulles who became the longest running CIA director and the key to JFK’s assassination and coverup, the diabolic war crimes of the U.S. were swept away as acts of a moral nation fighting a good war.  What has followed are decades of U.S. war crimes from Korea through Vietnam and Iraq, etc.  A very long list.

    The English dramatist Harold Pinter, in his Nobel Address, put it bluntly:

    It never happened. Nothing ever happened. Even while it was happening it wasn’t happening. It didn’t matter. It was of no interest. The crimes of the United States have been systematic, constant, vicious, remorseless, but very few people have actually talked about them. You have to hand it to America. It has exercised a quite clinical manipulation of power worldwide while masquerading as a force  for universal good. It’s a brilliant, even witty, highly successful act of hypnosis.

    Nothing could be truer.  When in 2014 the U.S. engineered the coup in Ukraine (coups being an American specialty), it allied itself with neo-Nazi forces to oppose Russia.  This alliance should have shocked no one; it is the American way.  Back in the 1980s when the U.S. was supporting death squads in Central America, Ronald Reagan told the world that “The Contras are the moral equivalent of the Founding Fathers.”  Now the Ukrainian president Zelensky is feted as a great hero, Biden telling him in an Oval Office visit that “it’s an honor to be by your side.”  Such alliances are not anomalies but the crude reality of U. S. history.

    But let me return to “Trinity,” the ultimate weapon of mass destruction since I was reading a recent article about it.

    Kai Bird, the coauthor of  American Prometheus: The Triumph and Tragedy of J. Robert Oppenheimer, the book that inspired the new film Oppenheimer about J. Robert Oppenheimer, the scientist credited as “the father of the atomic bomb” and the man who named the first atomic bomb Trinity, has written an Op Ed piece in The New York Times titled, “The Tragedy of J. Robert Oppenheimer.” True in certain respects, this article is an example of how history can be slyly used to distort the present for political purposes.  In typical NY Times fashion, Bird tells certain truths while concealing, distorting, and falsifying others.

    I do not consider Oppenheimer a tragic figure, as does Bird.  Complicated, yes; but he was essentially a hubristic scientist who lent his services to a demonic project, and afterwards, having let the cat out of the bag by creating the Bomb, guiltily urged the government that used it in massive war crimes to restrain itself in the future.  Asking for such self-regulation is as absurd as asking the pharmaceutical or big tech industries to regulate themselves.

    Bird rightly says that Oppenheimer did not regret his work inventing the atomic bomb, and he correctly points out the injustice of his being maligned and stripped of his security clearance in 1954 in a secret hearing by a vote of 2 to 1 of a security panel of The Atomic Energy Commission for having communist associations. “Celebrated in 1945 as the ‘father of the atomic bomb,’” Bird writes, “nine years later he would become the chief celebrity victim of the McCarthyite maelstrom.”  A “victim,” I should add, who named names to save his own reputation.

    But tucked within his article, Bird tells us: “Just look at what happened to our public health civil servants during the recent pandemic.”  By which he means these officials like Anthony Fauci were maligned when they gave the public correct scientific information.  This is absurd.  Fauci – “attacks on me quite frankly are attacks on science” – and other government “civil servants” misinformed the public and lied over and over again, but Bird implies they too were tragic figures like Oppenheimer.

    He writes:

    We stand on the cusp of another technological revolution in which artificial intelligence will transform how we live and work, and yet we are not yet having the kind of informed civil discourse with its innovators that could help us to make wise policy decisions on its regulation. Our politicians need to listen more to technology innovators like Sam Altman and quantum physicists like Kip Thorne and Michio Kaku.

    Here too he urges “us” to listen to the very people responsible for Artificial Intelligence, just as “we” should have listened to Oppenheimer after he brought us the atomic bomb.  Implicit here is the belief that science just marches progressively on and there’s no stopping it, and when dangerous technologies emerge from scientists’ work, we should trust them to control them.  Nowhere does Bird suggest that scientists have a moral obligation before the fact to not pursue a certain line of research because of its grave possible consequences.  Maybe he has never read Mary Shelley’s Frankenstein, only written over two hundred years ago.

    Finally, and most importantly, Bird begins his concluding paragraph with these words:

    Today, Vladimir Putin’s not-so-veiled threats to deploy tactical nuclear weapons in the war in Ukraine are a stark reminder that we can never be complacent about living with nuclear weapons.

    This is simply U.S. propaganda.  The U.S. has provoked and fueled the war in Ukraine, broken all nuclear weapon treaties, surrounded Russia with military bases, stationed nuclear weapons in Europe, engaged in nuclear blackmail with its first strike policy and threats, etc.  Putin has said in response that if – and only if – the very existence of the Russian state and land is threatened with extinction would the use of nuclear weapons be considered.

    So Bird, in writing a piece about Oppenheimer’s “tragedy” and defending science, has also subtly defended a trinity of other matters: the government “science” on Covid, the transformative power coming from AI, and the U.S. propaganda about Russia and nuclear weapons. There is no mention of JFK’s call to abolish nuclear weapons.  This is how the “paper of record” does its job.

    I sit here now at the end of the day.  Shadows are falling and I contemplate such trinities.  I am stunned by the fact that we exist, but under a terrifying Shadow that many wish to ignore.  Jung saw this shadow side as not just personal but social, and when it is ignored, the collective evils of modern societies can autonomously erupt.

    Bird argues that nuclear weapons are the result of a scientific quest that is unstoppable.  He writes that Oppenheimer “understood that you cannot stop curious human beings from discovering the physical world around them [and then making nuclear bombs or designer babies].”

    This is the ideology of progress that brooks no opposition since it is declared inevitable. It is a philosophy that believes there should be no limits to human knowledge, which would include the knowledge of good and evil, but which can then be ignored since it and all thought and beliefs are considered a priori to be relative.  The modern premise that everything is relative is, of course, a contradiction since it is an absolute statement.  Many share this philosophy of despair disguised as progress as it has crept into everything today.  It is tragic, for if people accept it, we are doomed to follow a Faustian pact with the devil and all hell will follow.

    I think of Bob Dylan singing :

    I just don’t see why I should even care
    It’s not dark yet, but it’s gettin’ there

    But I do care, and I wonder why.  As night comes on, I sit here and wonder.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Edward Curtin.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/20/trinitys-shadow/feed/ 0 413317
    Across the West, people are dying in greater numbers: nobody wants to learn why https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/18/across-the-west-people-are-dying-in-greater-numbers-nobody-wants-to-learn-why/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/18/across-the-west-people-are-dying-in-greater-numbers-nobody-wants-to-learn-why/#respond Tue, 18 Jul 2023 17:12:41 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=142225

    During the pandemic, the challenge for each of us was to maintain critical distance: spurning both the tribalism of those insisting Covid was a hoax and the counter-tribalism of those who demanded complete acquiesence to a corporate-political agenda dictated by Big Pharma under the mantle of “Follow the science”.

    Fear of living under Big Brother or of dying from plague drove many people not only into the arms of one of these two oppositional camps but fuelled a pandemic mania in which reason and compassion were replaced with either extreme cynicism or extreme compliance. We are still living with the consequences.

    There has been a spate of “excess deaths” over the past two years across the West – well above what would normally be expected – and yet this sustained trend is being universally ignored by governments, establishment media and medical bodies. No one is protesting. The cult of compliance is still in the ascendant.

    More on that in a moment.

    But it is worth first revisiting briefly the climate of intolerance and willed ignorance that predominated at the height of the pandemic, as I documented in real time in a series of essays that upset more of my readers than any I had written before.

    It was always unwarranted to press for vaccine mandates, if only because they violated the critically important principle of bodily autonomy. But the demand became completely unhinged once it was clear – as it was much earlier than publicly let on by Big Pharma, the World Health Organisation and national regulators – that the vaccines were doing little to halt virus transmission.

    Similarly, it was always unethical to insist that children should be routinely given the vaccine and boosters when it was evident that the virus posed no threat to the overwhelming majority of them – and all the more so given that the mRNA vaccines were based on a new technology whose development had been rushed through on an emergency licence.

    By definition, no one could know the long-term effects of mRNA vaccines on humans because there had been no long-term studies. The science was built on a wing and a prayer, which is part of the reason the Joint Committee on Vaccinations and Immunisation, the British government’s official advisory body on vaccinations, demurred for so long, and despite huge political pressure, on recommending vaccination for children.

    And it was always deeply irresponsible to refuse to consider, or even study, other treatments that might have had an impact on the virus. Medical authorities ignored or warned the public of potential prophylactics and immunity-boosting treatments and behaviours – even when those interventions could have complemented the role of the vaccines, rather than serving as an alternative to them.

    Nothing could be allowed to dilute the public’s exclusive reliance on vaccinations.

    One prize example was Vitamin D, the sunshine hormone that, uniquely, every cell in the human body has a receptor for. Most people in the West are deficient in Vitamin D, many of them severely so, and doctors still have little understanding of what the consequences of that deficiency – beyond osteoporosis – might be.

    Even before Covid, there were many studies suggesting that Vitamin D was critical to improving the health of our immune systems, including by warding off and aiding recovery from coronaviruses. That evidence has only grown stronger subsequently.

    But definitive proof has been lacking because full-scale controlled studies are extraordinarily expensive and only Big Pharma has deep enough pockets to fund such studies (given that our captured governments refuse to dig deep themselves), but Big Pharma has no interest in proving a cheap hormone like Vitamin D – one it cannot patent or profit from – might offer the public health benefits not only in relation to Covid but for a wide range of chronic health conditions.

    The fact that most medical regulators and media commentators continue to prefer to shut down debate about the potential benefits of Vitamin D rather than demand that governments fund research to confirm or refute the growing body of evidence for such benefits should be a scandal. But, predictably, it isn’t.

    Blanket silence

    I set this out as a preface to this latest scandal on excess deaths, one that – like so much else related to the pandemic and its aftermath – continues to elicit a blanket silence from the establishment media, politicians and, of course, our medical authorities.

    The consistent and markedly elevated death rates each month across most of the Western world are not due to Covid and are far above the seasonal five-year average before the pandemic.

    Such deaths have been significantly raised since late 2020 or mid-2021. That is all the more surprising because, after early waves of Covid killed off those who were already sick and vulnerable, the expectation was that excess deaths would fall, not rise. That anomaly needs explaining – scientifically.

    Despite the backlash inevitably provoked by asking critical questions, I want to examine this development because it highlights something important about the way of our supposedly democratic governments, and the regulatory and adversarial institutions meant to hold them in check, have been hollowed out. We imagine we live in societies where scientific reason and compassion guide our response to a medical crisis. The reality is different. In our societies, one thing rules: money.

    The issue of excess deaths is only one of many problems – though probably the most serious – that have emerged in the aftermath of the pandemic. Unless you have made an extraordinary effort to do your own research and managed to evade the internet censors and their algorithms, you will most likely not know about these developments. Neither politicians nor establishment media have publicised them.

    Instead troubling data is buried away in obscure, peer-reviewed scientific journals, or has to be squeezed out of government authorities through freedom of information requests – and even then the information is often heavily redacted.

    Such data would remain largely unnoticed but for the efforts of a few brave souls daring to draw attention to it – only to be smeared as cranks and crackpots, whatever their formal qualifications.

    Dr John Campbell, whose Youtube channel became an invaluable internet resource during the pandemic and since (at least for those trying to sift the wheat from the chaff), has done sterling work shedding light on many of those problems.

    Some notable videos have covered:

    • the mishandling and lack of oversight of Pfizer’s research into its vaccine;
    • the astounding admission that Pfizer never actually tested whether its vaccine stopped transmission;
    • continuing efforts to obscure evidence demonstrating that natural infection confers superior immunity to the vaccine;
    • the troubling discovery that mRNA can remain in the blood for at least a month after vaccination, with no understanding of what it might be doing in that time to our immune systems;
    • high variation in adverse reactions caused by different batches of mRNA vaccine, with some off the scale;
    • the involvement of US researchers and Pfizer in engineering Frankenstein’s monster-type coronaviruses of the very kind that, it increasingly seems, led to the Covid pandemic in the first place;
    • new research demonstrating the lack of evidence for reduction in virus transmission from masking;
    • the failure of policymakers to weigh the serious financial, social and possibly medical costs of lockdowns;
    • and a causal connection, confirmed by the WHO, between vaccination and the development of autoimmune disease like multiple sclerosis.

    There is doubtless much worse, but we cannot learn of it – at least from qualified sources – because any effort to discuss it publicly will almost certainly result in banning by the corporations that run social media, our modern town squares.

    For his efforts shining a light into the darkest recesses of the West’s pandemic response, Dr Campbell has been pilloried by the tribe that still identifies with Big Pharma. Arrogantly, they dismiss him as a glorified “nurse”, even though he has written widely read and authoritative medical textbooks.

    More to the point, the smears are designed to distract from the fact that, more often than not, Dr Campbell is not speaking for himself but relaying in intelligible language the findings of peer-reviewed studies or interviewing respected experts in their field to draw attention to their work.

    Complete mystery

    Nonetheless, the issue of unexplained excess deaths is an order of magnitude more serious than even these other matters, which is why Dr Campbell has dedicated so many of his videos to discussing it.

    Many, many thousands more people, including young people, are now dying each month across the Western world (where such data is reliably collected) than should be, compared to previous years. And they are dying for entirely mysterious reasons.

    Yet:

    This deeply troubling phenomenon barely merits a mention from politicians, the media or medical authorities.

    Governments are failing to fund research to determine the causes of these extra deaths, even though the rates have been elevated for two years or more.

    This reckless, self-imposed climate of ignorance is being sustained even as expert medical bodies warn that we face future pandemics.

    It is almost as if Western governments prefer to let large numbers of people die unnecessarily, and potentially at great cost to health care services, rather than learn the truth. It seems these governments are quite happy, if they believe another pandemic is on the way, to risk repeating any mistakes they made during Covid that may have caused those excess deaths.

    In a world where we are supposed to “follow the science”, how can that possibly be the case? What is going on?

    If we try to understand why a blind eye is being turned to the shocking data showing a sustained and unexplained rise in deaths, it is hard not to arrive at one, and only one, conclusion.

    Governments, establishment media and the medical regulators are frightened. They are scared of what they may discover if the research is carried out.

    And that suggests something further. That these are not groups with their own discrete or competing interests and agendas.

    The media, whatever it claims, is not a watchdog on government or the medical establishment. It colludes with them against the public. In fact, the corporate interests of all three are closely aligned.

    Why? Because the government is captured by Big Business. Because the medical authorities are funded by Big Pharma, which can make or break careers. And because the media is owned by billionaires, and serves as little more than the public relations arm of concentrated wealth and as cheerleader for a neoliberalism that normalises the criminal profiteering of drug manufacturers like Pfizer.

    Cultivated ignorance

    Before I continue further, let me state unequivocally – because sadly, these things need emphasising in our ever-more tribal, polarised societies – that I have no idea what is causing this wave of excess deaths.

    The point of this piece is not to pre-judge the matter or adopt a tribal position.

    Rather, I’m trying de-tribalise your and my own thinking so that we can better understand why our governments and medical agencies prefer that no research is conducted, and why our establishment media chooses not to expose this glaring failure.

    Dr Vibeke Manniche, a member of the Danish medical team whose peer-reviewed research showed that some batches of the mRNA vaccine caused off-the-scale adverse reactions, believes there are likely to be an array of contributory factors. That sounds right to me.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Jonathan Cook.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/18/across-the-west-people-are-dying-in-greater-numbers-nobody-wants-to-learn-why/feed/ 0 412623
    Entire village tested as covid reaches third Tokelauan atoll https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/18/entire-village-tested-as-covid-reaches-third-tokelauan-atoll/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/18/entire-village-tested-as-covid-reaches-third-tokelauan-atoll/#respond Tue, 18 Jul 2023 02:35:25 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=90784 By Lydia Lewis, RNZ Pacific journalist

    The number of covid-19 community cases in Tokelau has surpassed 50 and has now cropped up on all three atolls.

    The Ulu o Tokelau, or head of government in Tokelau, Kelihiano Kalolo, has announced the territory’s first community outbreak in Fakaofo atoll.

    An entire village has been tested after a man who visited Fanuafala hospital tested positive.

    After the positive test, the doctor there decided to conduct a screening of the whole village.

    The screening confirmed 15 community cases, as of July 11.

    The latest case tested positive after arriving in Nukunonu, the largest atoll in Tokelau.

    The latest Tokelau Health Department update shows 56 cases on Fakaofo, the second-largest atoll of the group.

    Atoll at outbreak centre
    This is the atoll at the centre of the first outbreak.

    There is currently one covid case in Nukunonu and none in Atafu, though there have been five cases at the border since the end of last year.

    There have been 80 cases in total in Tokelau since the virus arrived at the border in December last year.

    The government’s General Fono meeting is to be held over Zoom this month because of the outbreak.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.

    Tokelau Covid-19 Update July 14 2023.
    Tokelau Covid-19 Update July 14, 2023. Image: Tokelau Health Department/RNZ Pacific


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/18/entire-village-tested-as-covid-reaches-third-tokelauan-atoll/feed/ 0 412400
    The Awakening https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/13/the-awakening-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/13/the-awakening-2/#respond Thu, 13 Jul 2023 15:26:41 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=142028

    The government keeps telling us they are “guided by the science,” but this mantra does not fit the facts.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/13/the-awakening-2/feed/ 0 411452
    NZ universities eye new tie-ups with Indian institutions to attract international students https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/09/nz-universities-eye-new-tie-ups-with-indian-institutions-to-attract-international-students/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/09/nz-universities-eye-new-tie-ups-with-indian-institutions-to-attract-international-students/#respond Sun, 09 Jul 2023 13:56:42 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=90569 By Blessen Tom, RNZ News journalist

    A third New Zealand university is close to signing with Mumbai’s Bombay Stock Exchange Institute, opening up opportunities for Indian students to study in Aotearoa.

    The Bombay Stock Exchange Institute is a subsidiary of Bombay Stock Exchange, which at 148 years old, is the oldest stock exchange in Asia.

    Managing director and CEO of the Bombay Stock Exchange Institute Ambarish Datta said it was a privilege to partner with universities in New Zealand.

    “New Zealand education is recognised worldwide, and students are offered a fantastic opportunity to learn in a great country,” he said.

    The University of Canterbury signed a memorandum of understanding in late 2018, allowing students to study in New Zealand for two of its master’s programmes.

    It allows students to start their course in India and then travel to New Zealand to graduate while still qualifying for a Post Study Work Visa.

    University of Canterbury Business Taught Masters programme director Stephen Hickinson said the agreement was beneficial to universities because they get students in different levels of study.

    Cheaper for students
    “It is also cheaper for students because they spend the first half of their study in India.”

    The University of Otago reached agreements with five Indian institutions in 2017.

    International director Jason Cushen said staff were also looking to develop further partnerships across India, particularly in the southern region and in the state of Maharashtra.

    He said these programmes offer more opportunities for international students that may not be accessible in their home country

    RNZ understands that another New Zealand university is in the final stages of signing an agreement with the Bombay Stock Exchange Institute.

    A spokesperson for the institute said they are currently finalising the curriculum and planning to start the programme by February next year.

    Covid-19 impact
    According to a recent Education New Zealand study, international students contributed $3.7 billion to New Zealand’s economy in 2019, with a sizeable portion going to universities.

    But the pandemic changed everything.

    “We started the course in 2019 and then covid hit, so we have only had a few students so far,” Hickinson said.

    “At the moment, it’s a little unknown how things will turn out.”

    Education Minister Jan Tinetti and Finance Minister Grant Robertson recently announced extra funding for struggling universities and tertiary institutions.

    An additional $128 million will be invested to increase tuition subsidies at degree-level and above by a further 4 percent in 2024 and 2025. This is in addition to the 5 percent funding increase that was included in the 2023 Budget, which the government described as the most significant funding increase in 20 years.

    “The government has heard the concerns of the sector,” Tinetti said.

    “When we began our Budget process, universities and other degree providers were forecasting enrolment increases. The opposite has occurred, and it is clear that there is a need for additional support.”

    A new approach
    However, Quality NZ Education chief executive Sandeep Sharma believed the pandemic offered a fresh perspective.

    The organisation was formed during covid-19 and played a major role in creating the pathway programmes that connect Indian students with New Zealand universities.

    “The pandemic was a good time for us because all our shareholders were in New Zealand, and they found that the pandemic [changed] a lot of things in the education industry, especially the traditional way of recruiting students,” he said.

    Quality NZ Education's CEO Sandeep Sharma
    Quality NZ Education head Sandeep Sharma . . . “the pandemic [changed] a lot of things in the education industry, especially the traditional way of recruiting students.” Image: RNZ News

    He mentioned that there was considerable interest among Kiwis to go to India to learn about “wellbeing, Ayurveda and yoga”.

    Sharma believed that it was time for universities to introduce programmes that were not dependent on border control.

    He also highlighted the importance of Indian contributions to New Zealand’s education sector in the coming years.

    “India is going to be the largest pool of international students, overtaking China by 2027,” Sharma said.

    “It’s vital to have these pathway programmes and I think New Zealand should capitalise on these opportunities.”

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/09/nz-universities-eye-new-tie-ups-with-indian-institutions-to-attract-international-students/feed/ 0 410446
    NZ universities eye new tie-ups with Indian institutions to attract international students https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/09/nz-universities-eye-new-tie-ups-with-indian-institutions-to-attract-international-students/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/09/nz-universities-eye-new-tie-ups-with-indian-institutions-to-attract-international-students/#respond Sun, 09 Jul 2023 13:56:42 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=90569 By Blessen Tom, RNZ News journalist

    A third New Zealand university is close to signing with Mumbai’s Bombay Stock Exchange Institute, opening up opportunities for Indian students to study in Aotearoa.

    The Bombay Stock Exchange Institute is a subsidiary of Bombay Stock Exchange, which at 148 years old, is the oldest stock exchange in Asia.

    Managing director and CEO of the Bombay Stock Exchange Institute Ambarish Datta said it was a privilege to partner with universities in New Zealand.

    “New Zealand education is recognised worldwide, and students are offered a fantastic opportunity to learn in a great country,” he said.

    The University of Canterbury signed a memorandum of understanding in late 2018, allowing students to study in New Zealand for two of its master’s programmes.

    It allows students to start their course in India and then travel to New Zealand to graduate while still qualifying for a Post Study Work Visa.

    University of Canterbury Business Taught Masters programme director Stephen Hickinson said the agreement was beneficial to universities because they get students in different levels of study.

    Cheaper for students
    “It is also cheaper for students because they spend the first half of their study in India.”

    The University of Otago reached agreements with five Indian institutions in 2017.

    International director Jason Cushen said staff were also looking to develop further partnerships across India, particularly in the southern region and in the state of Maharashtra.

    He said these programmes offer more opportunities for international students that may not be accessible in their home country

    RNZ understands that another New Zealand university is in the final stages of signing an agreement with the Bombay Stock Exchange Institute.

    A spokesperson for the institute said they are currently finalising the curriculum and planning to start the programme by February next year.

    Covid-19 impact
    According to a recent Education New Zealand study, international students contributed $3.7 billion to New Zealand’s economy in 2019, with a sizeable portion going to universities.

    But the pandemic changed everything.

    “We started the course in 2019 and then covid hit, so we have only had a few students so far,” Hickinson said.

    “At the moment, it’s a little unknown how things will turn out.”

    Education Minister Jan Tinetti and Finance Minister Grant Robertson recently announced extra funding for struggling universities and tertiary institutions.

    An additional $128 million will be invested to increase tuition subsidies at degree-level and above by a further 4 percent in 2024 and 2025. This is in addition to the 5 percent funding increase that was included in the 2023 Budget, which the government described as the most significant funding increase in 20 years.

    “The government has heard the concerns of the sector,” Tinetti said.

    “When we began our Budget process, universities and other degree providers were forecasting enrolment increases. The opposite has occurred, and it is clear that there is a need for additional support.”

    A new approach
    However, Quality NZ Education chief executive Sandeep Sharma believed the pandemic offered a fresh perspective.

    The organisation was formed during covid-19 and played a major role in creating the pathway programmes that connect Indian students with New Zealand universities.

    “The pandemic was a good time for us because all our shareholders were in New Zealand, and they found that the pandemic [changed] a lot of things in the education industry, especially the traditional way of recruiting students,” he said.

    Quality NZ Education's CEO Sandeep Sharma
    Quality NZ Education head Sandeep Sharma . . . “the pandemic [changed] a lot of things in the education industry, especially the traditional way of recruiting students.” Image: RNZ News

    He mentioned that there was considerable interest among Kiwis to go to India to learn about “wellbeing, Ayurveda and yoga”.

    Sharma believed that it was time for universities to introduce programmes that were not dependent on border control.

    He also highlighted the importance of Indian contributions to New Zealand’s education sector in the coming years.

    “India is going to be the largest pool of international students, overtaking China by 2027,” Sharma said.

    “It’s vital to have these pathway programmes and I think New Zealand should capitalise on these opportunities.”

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/09/nz-universities-eye-new-tie-ups-with-indian-institutions-to-attract-international-students/feed/ 0 410447
    Peter Hotez’s War Against Science https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/26/peter-hotezs-war-against-science/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/26/peter-hotezs-war-against-science/#respond Mon, 26 Jun 2023 15:00:43 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=141429

    Image from Ferrovial press release, “Baylor College of Medicine Receives $162,000 Donation from Ferrovial and Webber Amid COVID-19 Crisis

    This article was written by a physician who writes using the pseudonym “A Midwestern Doctor”. Both Dr. Pierre Kory and I are fans of this work and insights, I subscribe to his substack, and you may also wish to consider subscribing to his substack (“The Forgotten Side of Medicine”), which can be found here. He requested it be published in this substack (“Who is Robert Malone”) because the general topic is aligned with prior essays which we have published regarding cyberstalking, disruptors, chaos agents, fifth generation warfare, and propaganda.


    When I was in High School, I heard a quote that really stuck with me:

    “Great people talk about ideas, average people talk about themselves, and small people talk about others” — John C. Maxwell.

    As I went on through life, I noticed that all of my happy and successful friends freely admitted when they made mistakes and rarely disparaged others. On the other hand, my friends whose lives were perpetually a mess, tended to do the opposite and in some cases, I had dear friends who made these mistakes for decades. Yet, regardless of how bad things went for them or how close we were, rarely would they be open to receiving feedback that required them to take ownership of their situation instead of blaming others for their bad luck.

    Since I often observed this phenomenon inside and outside my circle of friends, I frequently asked myself what drove people to do this. Eventually, I concluded that much of it results from a classic way humans cope with pain.

    A central dogma within Chinese Medicine is that there will be pain wherever something cannot flow in a human being (e.g., a fluid or their conception of the human biological energy known as “Qi”). The phrase classically used to convey this is “Tong Ze Bu Tong. Tong Ze Bu Tong” which translates to “when open, there is no pain. When there is pain, it is not open.”

    In a recent article, I put forward the thesis that the secret to emotional health is to allow your emotions to be open and able to flow (and eventually exit you) rather than being contracted and suppressed (so they remain as a pathologic force within you indefinitely). Unfortunately, this is rarely practiced as our culture actively encourages us to do the opposite because it is much easier to endlessly sell unneeded products to emotionally unhealthy people.

    Note: contractions can be acute or chronic. For example, clenching your fist creates an acute contraction, while people often have muscles in their body that have chronically remained tight for such a long time that they’ve become numb. Likewise, contractions also exist in the mind and spirit (e.g., consider how often people close their minds to things that don’t sit well with them). Initially, this concept seems abstract, but once you spot it a few times, it becomes very apparent how frequently habitual contractions crop up.

    Whenever a problematic contraction (e.g., a painful one) is present in the body, mind, or spirit, to resolve it, the contraction needs to open up so it can disperse. However, the innate reflex instead is typically to contract into the contraction (e.g., the classic example is someone biting down on a stick right before a painful procedure), which provides a brief alleviation of the pain before it inevitably returns.

    The (unhealthy) approaches people typically use to address physical and emotional pain thus somehow contract them into their pain or disconnect them from it. Unfortunately, the greater the pain or trauma someone carries, the harder it is for the individual to not contract into their pain (which is quite tragic as it perpetually prevents them from utilizing an approach that opens their system and can resolve the underlying trauma residing within them).

    Generally speaking, I find that the more one can keep their body, mind, and spirit open rather than closing it down (especially under challenging circumstances), the more successful one will be in life. Unfortunately, this becomes increasingly difficult to do as individuals carries more and more trauma or enter more and more stressful circumstances.
    Note: This resistance to contraction was a common factor amongst the doctors who did the right thing throughout the pandemic and resisted following the overpowering COVID-19 narrative.

    So, while they are quite challenging to deal with, I often have a great deal of compassion for individuals who continually lash out at others if I can tell they hold significant pain somewhere in their body, mind, or spirit. In turn, I’ve lost count of how many times I’ve seen someone demonize someone else (without a good reason for doing so) as a way of contracting into their pain. I’ve even had a few cases where the individual directly admitted they were doing it to alleviate their pain temporarily and that they greatly feared a time would come when it was longer possible for them to continue lashing out at a relative who allowed them to.

    In personal relationships, the best rule I’ve found to navigate this dynamic came from the book How to Be An Adult, which advised having both “Unconditional Love” and “Conditional Involvement” (meaning you can love the individual but separate yourself from them if they insist on making the relationship unhealthy). In the professional sphere, it gets a bit more challenging and complex (since you often have to be involved with those individuals), so I hesitate to try to soundbite a specific strategy.

    However, I must note that in addition to alternative activist movements being comprised of the 5-10% of the population that see things for what they are (and thus dissent from the prevailing narrative), they also tend to attract individuals with habitual emotional contractions. I believe those individuals are drawn in because their self-sabotaging behaviors prevent them from succeeding within the conventional sphere resulting in the alternatives spheres being the only ones still available to them.

    Thus, many within this movement have shared the observation that there are quite a few individuals within our movement who continually attack or demonize other people who I know are sincerely trying to do a good job. In almost all cases, just like my friends from childhood, I have found these people are unwilling to listen to feedback suggesting they behave differently, even when it could allow them to be much more successful in their endeavors.

    Each time I go through this dynamic with someone (e.g., authors I knew from early on here) I am continually reminded of two song lyrics. One of them is from Taylor Swift:

    And the haters gonna hate, hate, hate, hate, hate
    Baby, I’m just gonna shake, shake, shake, shake, shake
    I shake it off, I shake it off

    The other is from an obscure German song about how we are continually lied to and given a false conception of reality by the ruling class:

    You let it go
    As if you know you are alone.

    You always underrate the ability
    To change the state
    Of mind

    And what you’ll find
    Is hate so blind
    It destroys every way out of here
    .

    Note: the song is a bit weird and jarring, but it holds a special place in my heart because of how accurately it describes how we have been trained to close our hearts and minds to what is directly in front of us.

    Attacking Public Figures

    Because of my views on emotional contractions, I hesitate to publicly attack anyone I harbor negative feelings towards. Beyond not wanting to set a bad example, there are two specific reasons I do not do this:

    •The first is that it is challenging to know with certainty what someone’s motivations are and if they are guilty of what they are accused of. I feel very strongly about upholding the doctrine of “innocent until proven guilty,” Thus, I will not make an accusation unless I am relatively sure of it.

    To use a contemporary example, many friends and readers have shared concerns about Dr. Malone, and I’ve looked into quite a few of them. At this point, I’ve lost count of how many were either (often nonsensical) misinterpretations of existing information or assumptions from afar about his personality that are entirely at odds with who I have found Malone to be when speaking to him directly. In many of those instances, I can see why their thought processes and emotionally biased filters of reality led them to those negative conclusions. Simultaneously, I believe those misinterpretations could have been prevented had they prioritized being “beyond a reasonable doubt” before making their accusations.

    •The second is that it is seldom productive to respond to an emotional contraction with an emotional contraction (the only time this can work is when one has the strength to overpower someone else, and irrespective of what people believe, it is very rare they actually do). There are two specific reasons why doing so is counterproductive:

    •If you engage an emotional contraction while contracting inside yourself, all that does is cause the other person to contract more (this is somewhat analogous to saying something which makes the other person become defensive which grinds the discussion to a halt); you can only overcome a contraction by remaining open.

    •Humans (and some animals) have an animalistic instinct to interpret someone contracting (e.g., reacting to taunt) as a sign of weakness, which causes them not to take the contracting individual seriously and often to be drawn to attack them (predators instinctually seek out the weakest prey).

    All of this thus begs the question—when should you denounce public figures? My view is that some, and ideally all, of the following requirements first need to be met:

    •The individual is directly responsible for something that has caused significant harm.

    •The individual consciously chose to make the events happen and willfully ignored warnings not to engage in their conduct.

    •The individual in the present moment continues to perpetuate the harmful events.

    To illustrate these points, there are many public figures I fully admit I dislike (e.g., the militant doctors who have spent years going after anyone who questions an existing narrative). However, unless these people directly challenge something I put forward, I don’t confront them—and when that happens, I try to present their argument in the best possible light before debating it rather than doing the opposite and misportraying it (which is what ideologically driven individuals typically do).

    Because of this, there are a relatively small number of people I directly criticize. For example, Anthony Fauci has met the above criteria, and as I discussed in a recent article, Robert Califf, the current head of the FDA, has as well.

    Peter Hotez

    Peter Hotez has spent his career as one of the vaccine establishment’s leading cheerleaders, and I believe he was one of the individuals most directly responsible for the deadly censorship we saw throughout COVID-19. This is because right before COVID-19, he paved the way for it by going on a media tour to make people aware of the extreme dangers of the anti-vaccine movement and the critical need to censor them on each platform.

    Note: I have long suspected (but cannot prove) his actions were part of a public relations campaign because many other things also happened at that time, Hotez used the same phrases in each media appearance (suggesting a PR company made them), and he consistently is invited to speak by major networks despite not being photogenic (the guy is a mess).

    After Hotez got the mass censorship he clamored for, he then pivoted to aggressively defending the current narrative on television, frequently asserting statements with absolute certainty that were later definitively proven to be false. Following this, he then pivoted to gradually denouncing with increasing fervor anyone who questioned the narrative (i.e., Hotez’s lies), which gradually escalated to him calling for any criticism of Anthony Fauci to become a federal hate crime and for governments around the world to mobilize against anyone who did not support COVID-19 vaccines because vaccine skeptics were killing people.

    Since Hotez was a clown, most of us just ignored him. However, last December, this was posted by the WHO, and we decided Hotez’s actions had reached the point we needed to do something.

    Note: many of Hotez’s statements in the WHO’s video were disingenuous or outright false (which in turn casts the WHO in a very bad light). Additionally, there is no way Hotez could have made this video himself, once again suggesting that this was part of a broader PR campaign.

    After I saw Hotez’s call for political crackdowns, I remembered that during his 2019 media tour, Hotez had given an interview on Joe Rogan, which ended up being comical since Hotez was a mess, and unlike the rest of the media, Rogan gave Hotez a few tough questions. I felt simply letting Hotez show exactly who he was constituted the best response to his calls for political crackdowns, so I clipped their exchange and sent it to Pierre Kory. Many others felt the same way, and it immediately went viral (presently, it has 3.5 million views).

    Note: in this clip and within the full interview, Hotez makes false statements, some of which his past statement demonstrated he knew were lies.

    Later that day, once the clip had gone viral on Twitter, Hotez decided he needed to issue one of the few “apologies” of his career:

    I then dug into Hotez’s background and learned a few noteworthy things about him:

    •Because he ardently promotes vaccines and has an autistic daughter, anyone suggesting vaccines cause autism provokes profound mental and emotional contractions within him. He thus wrote a book to prove “Vaccines Did Not Cause Rachel’s Autism” and regularly cites it as proof vaccines don’t cause autism. I read the book and discovered not only did Hotez fail to provide any proof vaccines don’t cause autism, but he also provided a chronology of events and symptoms in his daughter identical to what many parents with autistic children have observed immediately following vaccination. That’s pretty sad but emblematic of how people like Hotez think.

    •The most unbelievable passage I found in Peter Hotez’s book says a great deal about he sees himself and the world:

    •Not surprisingly, I discovered that Peter Hotez has deep financial entanglements with the Gates Foundation and has received numerous large grants for vaccine development.

    •Hotez is very thin-skinned. Anytime he is criticized, he frequently blames it on “antisemitism” or “anti-scientism,” he continually complains on Twitter about all the harassment he receives (which I feel is minimal relative to the inflammatory rhetoric he puts out) and he immediately blocks anyone who uses data to debunk one of his lies on Twitter.
    Note: This personal weakness is something I associate with someone who follows a path they are internally conflicted with, which leads to a wide variety of contractions in the body, mind, and spirit, thereby preventing one from having the openness that could provide the internal strength to persist in the face of obstacles.

    •Hotez worked very hard to brand himself as a scientific celebrity (to the point he even wrote a paper about how he’d done it) so he could be an ambassador of science. One of the most noteworthy things about the publication was Hotez emphasizing the importance of self-awareness with how you presented yourself in the public sphere—which again illustrates how distorted his view of the world is as how he presents himself publicly is often abysmal.

    •In 2019, Hotez stated that the anti-vaccine lobby owns the internet and that the brave defenders of science need someone to protect the anti-vaxxer’s onslaught (see the clip for yourself).

    The story of Peter Hotez is covered in more detail here:

    The Forgotten Side of Medicine
    Why Does Peter Hotez Think We Are Mass Murderers?

    One of the most common tactics the medical industry uses to defend against the scrutiny of bad medical practices is to accuse those who question those practices (and thus make the public reluctant to receive them) of “killing their patients!” (under the logic that the treatment is so safe and effective that causing the public to avoid it equates to murd…
    Read more

    6 months ago · 966 likes · 1,114 comments · A Midwestern Doctor


    When I looked at Hotez’s whole life story, I genuinely felt bad for the guy and could only imagine what his childhood was like. Beyond being a mess, he struck me as someone who continually got scammed by life and might just be being controlled by his unresolved internal distress to the point he could genuinely buy into the narrative that there was an evil cabal of anti-vaccine advocates who were terrorizing Hotez and his colleagues with impunity.

    However, after I posted the article, an MD (who had been in Hotez and Fauci’s world and then left it to become a whistleblower) reached out and shared that she had directly worked with Hotez and deemed him to be a sociopath.

    Anti-Science Violence

    Recently Tucker Carlson aired the second episode of his widely viewed show on Twitter. A key point he made was how problematic nebulously defined crimes are as they undermine the fundamental rule of law our society depends upon (where you know what is illegal and what crime you are being charged with) and thereby leave everyone in a perpetual state of terror because they might accidentally break that unwritten rule.

    These “crimes” are commonly created by the media relentlessly promoting an emotional charge to a word. Eventually, through doing this, anything associated with the word becomes “bad” solely based on the alleged association, which, in turn, becomes the means through which political opponents can be targeted as needed. This becomes particularly problematic because once that emotional gestalt is associated with the trigger word, the public’s filters become primed to associate everything with the evils of that trigger word (regardless of if it is or is not related) and then zealously move to enforce its de-facto law upon the entire population.

    Peter Hotez’s key talking point has been to link everything he disagrees with (e.g., anything that questioned the scientifically flawed pandemic narrative) to being “anti-science” and to link “anti-science” to every other bad thing in the world (e.g., the far right). For the last few months, his focus has been promoting his upcoming book The Deadly Rise of Anti-science: A Scientist’s Warningwhich in its brief Amazon description, concisely portrays Hotez’s distorted view of reality:

    During the height of the COVID-19 pandemic, one renowned scientist, in his famous bowtie, appeared daily on major news networks such as MSNBC, NPR, the BBC, and others. Dr. Peter J. Hotez often went without sleep, working around the clock to develop a nonprofit COVID-19 vaccine and to keep the public informed. During that time, he was one of the most trusted voices on the pandemic and was even nominated for a Nobel Peace Prize for his selfless work. He also became one of the main targets of anti-science rhetoric that gained traction through conservative news media.

    In this eyewitness story of how the anti-vaccine movement grew into a dangerous and prominent anti-science element in American politics, Hotez describes the devastating impacts it has had on Americans’ health and lives. As a scientist who has endured antagonism from anti-vaxxers and been at the forefront of both essential scientific discovery and advocacy, Hotez is uniquely qualified to tell this story. By weaving his personal experiences together with information on how the anti-vaccine movement became a tool of far-right political figures around the world, Hotez opens readers’ eyes to the dangers of anti-science. He explains how anti-science became a major societal and lethal force: in the first years of the pandemic, more than 200,000 unvaccinated Americans needlessly died despite the widespread availability of COVID-19 vaccines. Even as he paints a picture of the world under a shadow of aggressive ignorance, Hotez demonstrates his innate optimism, offering solutions for how to combat science denial and save lives in the process.

    All of this thus raises a simple question. What exactly is “anti-science?”

    I’ve spent a while looking for an answer to this, and as best as I can tell (I admit I have not read all of his papers or seen all his interviews), Hotez never defines it. Rather, as is seen in many other PR campaign who just repeats the word in a charged manner over and over with as many negative associations as possible to demonize anyone who disagrees with him. So, if anyone can cite an example of Hotez defining exactly what anti-science is, I would greatly appreciate seeing it.

    At this point, the only definition I’ve found of anti-science comes from Wikipedia. It essentially says that individuals who are skeptical either of mainstream scientific positions or the scientific method being the objective arbiter of truth are “anti-science,” as are those who believe in concepts (e.g., alternative medicine) not supported by mainstream scientific consensus.

    Unlike Hotez’s hysterical portrayal of “anti-science” extremists, the existing definition is fairly tame as it’s essentially just a philosophical disagreement and applies to almost every revolutionary scientist throughout history. In turn, I would argue the Wikipedia definition of “anti-science” refers to opposing the political institution of science rather than science itself (which to some extent is acknowledged within Wikepedia’s article). This essentially means anyone who rallies against “anti-science” (to protect the prevailing institutions of science) is attacking science itself, and that is exactly what we saw throughout COVID-19 as every piece of scientific evidence which could have prevented the catastrophe we witnessed was systematically attacked and censored.

    Regardless of which interpretation you choose from the Wikipedia article, one thing is clear. The accepted definitions are a far cry from Hotez’s portrayal and likely why he refuses to define anti-science. After all if it was, it could no longer be weaponized against those dissenting from the current narrative:

    It is my sincere hope that this article will inspire Hotez to define exactly what anti-science violence is or where it has occurred. I would also like to know exactly where this anti-science violence is occurring because presently, while acts of violence were committed throughout COVID-19, I only know of them being committed against those who did not support “the science.”

    Conclusion

    Many spiritual traditions heavily emphasize compassion because they believe it is the one emotion that can antidote all of the contractions inside you and those within the world around you. However, there is also much more to compassion than the colloquial understanding that it is equivalent to empathy.

    For example, compassion requires you not only to bear witness to someone’s conduct while having a deep understanding of where it originated from but also to be able to do that without having any contractions within your heart. This is quite difficult to do, and I frequently see individuals claiming to be compassionate towards someone while simultaneously having all manner of negative emotions arise within them during their moments of compassion.

    Likewise, genuine compassion also requires the wisdom to know what is right and the strength to do it. In my own life, I’ve had so many times where I did what I believed was in someone’s best interest that later ended up backfiring and doing the opposite of what I intended (e.g., I sought to “help” them, but all I accomplished was enabling a bad habit on their part which was eventually catastrophic for them).

    In a recent post, Robert Malone also provided an important example of why compassion requires strength—as stated above, bad actors will often filter into activist groups and then, once established in the group, fracture it apart. These individuals are usually relatively easy to spot, but despite that, the group’s leadership often takes a passive role and allows the bad actors to entangle themselves within the group.

    Malone argued that this arises from personal weakness in the leadership:

    Protest movement leaders, eager to grow their organization and activities, are prone to say “Yes” to any and all volunteers. And very reluctant to prune out the bad wood, to get rid of the bad apples before they contaminate the entire barrel. And so they postpone, rationalize, provide soft reprimands. “C’mon kids, cut it out, just play nice with each other”.

    And therein lies the trap. The nice-guy trap. The “I just want to be liked, can’t we all get along” trap.

    Having seen the same, I agree but would go further and state that weakness arises from the emotions and minds of the leaders being closed down. Conversely, when open, and those individuals live in accordance with their values, they are filled with a strength that does not permit this cowardice and allows them to persist through the most challenging of obstacles—something many have observed throughout history (e.g., for those who stand against a malignant mass formation) and which I repeatedly saw in the 5-10% of my profession who resisted the COVID-19 narrative. Much of this is encapsulated by the iconic quote:

          “If you don’t stand for something, you fall for anything.”

    Like many of you, since I was a child, I always wanted to be a “good” person, but as life moved forward, more and more, I learned that this was easier said than done. Many of the ideas here likely come across as quite abstract, and I thank you for considering them. It is my sincere hope they provided insights on how each of us can be better prepared to stand against the wave of technocratic tyranny sweeping the world and provided more of a context for the abhorrent actions of those of like Peter Hotez.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Robert Malone.

    ]]> https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/26/peter-hotezs-war-against-science/feed/ 0 407072 A Suspicious Number https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/24/a-suspicious-number/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/24/a-suspicious-number/#respond Sat, 24 Jun 2023 14:21:07 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=141379


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/24/a-suspicious-number/feed/ 0 406788
    The Futility of Reasoning with an Irate Mask Wearer https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/15/the-futility-of-reasoning-with-an-irate-mask-wearer/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/15/the-futility-of-reasoning-with-an-irate-mask-wearer/#respond Thu, 15 Jun 2023 14:42:51 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=141113


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/15/the-futility-of-reasoning-with-an-irate-mask-wearer/feed/ 0 404047
    The Vaccine Hesitant https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/10/the-vaccine-hesitant/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/10/the-vaccine-hesitant/#respond Sat, 10 Jun 2023 14:08:42 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=140998

    Contrary to the vaccine hesitant crowd, retired professor Noam Chomsky opined, “People who refuse to accept vaccines, I think the right response for them is not to force them to, but rather to insist that they be isolated. If people decide, ‘I am willing to be a danger to the community by refusing to vaccinate,’ they should say then, ‘Well, I also have the decency to isolate myself.'”


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/10/the-vaccine-hesitant/feed/ 0 402723
    Everything you need to know about the UK Covid-19 inquiry https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/09/everything-you-need-to-know-about-the-uk-covid-19-inquiry/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/09/everything-you-need-to-know-about-the-uk-covid-19-inquiry/#respond Fri, 09 Jun 2023 17:08:28 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/covid-19-inquiry-baroness-hallett-boris-johnson-explainer/
    This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Ruby Lott-Lavigna.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/09/everything-you-need-to-know-about-the-uk-covid-19-inquiry/feed/ 0 402520
    Mahoney: The lingering legacy of China’s COVID-19 censorship https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/06/mahoney-the-lingering-legacy-of-chinas-covid-19-censorship/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/06/mahoney-the-lingering-legacy-of-chinas-covid-19-censorship/#respond Tue, 06 Jun 2023 12:02:56 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=290885 One time she drew flowers on a letter to her ailing mother from her Chinese prison cell. Another time it was pictures of penguins. The drawings were a good sign. Zhang Zhan, the journalist jailed for her COVID-19 reporting from Wuhan, is maybe doing better.

    The 39-year-old Shanghai lawyer-turned social media reporter was one of a handful of journalists, bloggers and writers who slipped into Wuhan – the epicenter of the pandemic – in early 2020 as the Chinese censorship juggernaut crushed on-the-ground independent reporting, hastening the spread of the virus that the World Health Organization says has since killed more than 6.9 million people worldwide.

    Chinese journalist in Wuhan
    A YouTube screenshot shows Zhang Zhan reporting outside a railway station in Wuhan. The video was uploaded the day before her May 14, 2020 arrest for reporting on the COVID-19 pandemic.

    Zhang’s defiant reporting and activism earned her a four-year prison sentence in December 2020. She has been on several hunger strikes since then and her family and supporters have been worried for her health.

    “Her mother thinks that if Zhang is able to draw on the envelopes or letters, it seems to suggest that her mental state has changed,” human rights lawyer Li Dawei said.

    Pictures of the letters were posted on Twitter last December by her brother.

    They have since been deleted.

    • A screenshot of Zhang’s drawings from a now-deleted tweet by her brother

      Li told Deutsche Welle that Zhang’s mother, who underwent cancer surgery last year, is also allowed to call her daughter once a month. Little is known, however, of Zhang’s physical condition. At her trial, she was too weak to stand because of her hunger strike.

    “She went on a hunger strike to protest against the lockdown and published many articles and video interviews about the life of Wuhan residents under the lockdown,” says Murong Xuecun, a writer who also went to Wuhan to chronicle the COVID outbreak.

    Other would-be investigative reporters in the city around the same time were Chen Qiushi, Li Zehua and Fang Bin. After their Chinese social media accounts were blocked, they posted vivid accounts from overflowing hospital emergency rooms and nighttime cremations on YouTube and Twitter to show the extent of the government’s concealment of the truth. Foreign social media platforms are banned in China but accessible with Great Firewall circumvention technologies.

    Li Zehua reported from Wuhan at the outset of the COVID-19 pandemic. (Photo: Li Zehua)

    Inevitably, these reporters were all swept up in China’s digital social control dragnet. Murong escaped to write a book, “Deadly Quiet City,” and now lives in Australia. He devotes a whole chapter to Zhang, whom he interviewed in Wuhan. She was forcibly quarantined in a Wuhan neighborhood before her arrest. “When her community banned residents from entering and exiting freely, she repeatedly pushed down the fence that closed the road, and was threatened, humiliated, and even beaten for this,” Murong told me.

    “She was the only citizen journalist left in Wuhan after Fang Bin, Li Zehua and Chen Qiushi disappeared. The authorities punished her not only for her reporting of the truth, which was also what Chen Qiushi and Li Zehua had done, but also for her courageous resistance and her outspoken criticism of the CCP (Chinese Communist Party) and the Chinese government.”

    It’s perhaps hard for those of us in liberal democracies to understand the courage of these truth-seekers in a Leninist dictatorship like that of President Xi Jinping. China has been among the world’s top jailers of journalists since CPJ began its annual prison census three decades ago.

    “We rarely mentioned Xi Jinping in conversation, even in private gatherings, because of the potential for very serious consequences,” Murong explains. “We used a gesture – a thumbs up with the right hand – in place of his name. The situation is even worse now, with few people daring to give interviews to the Western media.”

    What struck Murong about the residents of Wuhan was a characteristic of other autocratic countries – even though people suspect they are being manipulated, they believe some of what they are told thanks to pervasive propaganda.

    “One of the most important things I learnt from interviewing and writing this book is, people who have lived under the CCP’s rule for a long time often have complex and contradictory views on the government and its policies… They often expressed their support for the CCP but also showed their doubts and fears to its policies.”

    However, skeptics who ventured outside with a camera after lockdown did not last long.

    Fang Bin was a resident of Wuhan. He uploaded his first video on January 25, 2020 and was detained several times before disappearing into the state security apparatus on February 9, after lamenting the death of whistle-blowing physician Li Wenliang.

    Chen Qiushi arrived in Wuhan on January 24, 2020, the day after the city went into lockdown. He managed to keep reporting until February 6. Li Zehua posted his first YouTube video on February 12 then filmed his own arrest 14 days later. Zhang lasted 104 days.

    These and other chroniclers who called themselves citizen journalists could not do deep investigative reporting in Wuhan. Truthful official sources were non-existent. Some reporters tried but failed to get inside the Wuhan Institute of Virology, the government laboratory which became the focus of speculation abroad of a lab leak rather than animal-to-human transfer as the source of the virus.

    But they did tell the stories of Wuhan residents who watched loved ones die in hospital corridors or who were locked down in their own homes. This went against Beijing’s attempts to conceal the scope of the pandemic from the world as it pumped out stories about how its system of government was superior to that of the West in coping with the outbreak.

    This approach of denial, obfuscation, and lies proved to be a disaster for the planet. 

    “This not only led to more infections and more deaths, but also enabled the virus to infect the world more easily and more quickly,” Murong notes. “We all should be aware that it was the CCP regime that turned a manageable incident into a huge disaster of the century. Without its concealment and censorship, there wouldn’t have been so many deaths.”

    No one knows the true infection rates or death toll from COVID because authoritarian governments systematically covered up the extent of the pandemic to mask their own incompetence and unpreparedness – something I and co-author Joel Simon covered in our book, “The Infodemic: How censorship and lies made the world sicker and less free.”

    We are still living with the results of this censorship. And Murong believes it could happen again. “If there is another disaster like this, the Chinese government will continue to block out the truth and drag the world into the abyss once again,” he said.

    Meanwhile, Chen Qiushi is free, having emerged after 20 months of detention in October 2021. He has remained largely silent, living inside China. Li Zehua fled to the United States after his release. Fang Bin was unexpectedly released on May 2 this year. Murong moved to Australia, fearing arrest.

    Zhang, however, still has more than a year of her sentence to serve for the crime of reporting.

    Robert Mahoney


    This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Robert Mahoney.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/06/mahoney-the-lingering-legacy-of-chinas-covid-19-censorship/feed/ 0 401228
    Revealed: Bereaved families denied a voice as Covid-19 inquiry begins https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/05/revealed-bereaved-families-denied-a-voice-as-covid-19-inquiry-begins/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/05/revealed-bereaved-families-denied-a-voice-as-covid-19-inquiry-begins/#respond Mon, 05 Jun 2023 12:24:44 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/covid-19-bereaved-families-witnesses-cut-out-inquiry/
    This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Ruby Lott-Lavigna.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/05/revealed-bereaved-families-denied-a-voice-as-covid-19-inquiry-begins/feed/ 0 400932
    King’s Birthday Honours: Former NZ leader Jacinda Ardern receives high accolade https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/05/kings-birthday-honours-former-nz-leader-jacinda-ardern-receives-high-accolade/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/05/kings-birthday-honours-former-nz-leader-jacinda-ardern-receives-high-accolade/#respond Mon, 05 Jun 2023 02:43:29 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=89289 By Katie Scotcher, RNZ News political reporter

    Former New Zealand prime minister Jacinda Ardern has received one of the top accolades in today’s King’s Birthday Honours.

    Ardern, who was prime minister from September 2017 until January this year, has been appointed a Dame Grand Companion of the New Zealand Order of Merit.

    She received the honour for services to the state.

    Dame Jacinda declined to speak to RNZ about the award, but said in a statement she was “incredibly humbled”.

    Jacinda Ardern interacts with her daughter from the floor of the debating chamber after her valedictory speech at Parliament. Her arms are wide and she looks like someone recently freed.
    Jacinda Ardern after giving her valedictory speech. Image: Phil Smith/RNZ News
    Former prime minister Jacinda Ardern in NZH
    Former prime minister Jacinda Ardern featured on the NZ Herald front page today. Image: NZH screenshot APR

    “I was in two minds about accepting this acknowledgement. So many of the things we went through as a nation over the last five years were about all of us rather than one individual,” Ardern said.

    “But I have heard that said by so many Kiwis who I have encouraged to accept an honour over the years. And so for me this a way to say thank you — to my family, to my colleagues, and to the people who supported me to take on the most challenging and rewarding role of my life.”

    Ardern’s official citation listed her leadership in response to the March 15 terrorist attacks and the covid-19 pandemic “positioning New Zealand as having one of the lowest covid-19 related death rates in the Western world.”

    It noted she had been named top of Fortune Magazine‘s World’s 50 Greatest Leaders in 2021.

    The citation also referenced Ardern’s focus on child poverty reduction and listed several policies her government introduced, including free school lunches in some schools.

    Jacinda Ardern and Chris Hipkins visit a vaccination clinic in Lower Hutt
    Jacinda Ardern at a covid-19 vaccination clinic. Image: Angus Dreaver/RNZ

    Ardern was first elected in 2008 and became leader of the Labour Party in 2017. She became prime minister later that year.

    Ardern announced her surprise resignation in January, saying she did not have “enough in the tank” to seek re-election.

    Since leaving politics in April, Ardern has become New Zealand’s Special Envoy for the Christchurch Call and trustee of Prince William’s Earthshot Prize.

    Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern
    Jacinda Ardern meets with members of the Muslim community following the 2019 terrorist attack. Image: RNZ

    She has also been appointed two fellowships at Harvard University.

    In a statement, Prime Minister Chris Hipkins said Ardern was recognised for leading New Zealand through some of the “greatest challenges” the country has faced in modern times.

    “Leading New Zealand’s response to the 2019 terrorist attacks and to the covid-19 pandemic represented periods of intense challenge for our 40th prime minister, during which time I saw first hand that her commitment to New Zealand remained absolute.”

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/05/kings-birthday-honours-former-nz-leader-jacinda-ardern-receives-high-accolade/feed/ 0 400853
    Tokelau covid: Two new cases announced as lockdown ends https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/29/tokelau-covid-two-new-cases-announced-as-lockdown-ends/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/29/tokelau-covid-two-new-cases-announced-as-lockdown-ends/#respond Mon, 29 May 2023 11:28:34 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=89057 By Lydia Lewis, RNZ Pacific journalist

    Tokelau’s largest atoll, Nukunonu, is now out of lockdown after experiencing its first community cases of covid-19.

    In a statement, the government said Fakaofo Atoll has had two cases at the border and Nukunonu now has six positive community cases — all within the same household.

    This includes the two new community cases who are children from the same family who have been isolating together.

    The two kids were confirmed as covid-19 positive on Friday, May 26.

    Tokelau confirmed its first community case on May 21, becoming one of the last places in the world to record community transmission.

    Government spokesperson Aukusitino Vitale said they were all in good health and were being taken care of.

    Hospital staff continued to manage their situation daily.

    Meanwhile, the Council for the Ongoing Government, chaired by the Ulu o Tokelau (head of government), is set to meet on Friday to discuss the next official covid-19 update.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/29/tokelau-covid-two-new-cases-announced-as-lockdown-ends/feed/ 0 399179
    After COVID https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/27/after-covid/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/27/after-covid/#respond Sat, 27 May 2023 14:02:30 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=140563


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/27/after-covid/feed/ 0 398932
    Covid-19 inquiry appears to distance itself from Tory-linked PR firms https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/26/covid-19-inquiry-appears-to-distance-itself-from-tory-linked-pr-firms/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/26/covid-19-inquiry-appears-to-distance-itself-from-tory-linked-pr-firms/#respond Fri, 26 May 2023 10:29:43 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/covid-19-inquiry-mc-saatchi-23red-pr-every-story-matters/
    This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Ruby Lott-Lavigna.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/26/covid-19-inquiry-appears-to-distance-itself-from-tory-linked-pr-firms/feed/ 0 398642
    Revealed: Government’s fight to withhold evidence from Covid-19 inquiry https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/24/revealed-governments-fight-to-withhold-evidence-from-covid-19-inquiry/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/24/revealed-governments-fight-to-withhold-evidence-from-covid-19-inquiry/#respond Wed, 24 May 2023 11:52:25 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/cabinet-office-blocks-whatsapp-messages-diary-boris-johnson-covid-19-inquiry/
    This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Ruby Lott-Lavigna.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/24/revealed-governments-fight-to-withhold-evidence-from-covid-19-inquiry/feed/ 0 397848
    Corona Sirens https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/23/corona-sirens/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/23/corona-sirens/#respond Tue, 23 May 2023 13:15:28 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=140440

    If this is going on at Surrey Memorial Hospital  in British Columbia Canada where else is it going on?

    “These patients take up beds and nursing support that would normally be used to treat incoming emergencies. This bed-block forces us to routinely treat strokes, heart attacks, traumas, miscarriages and palliative patients in the hallway.”

    — “Visitor ‘overwhelmed’ by crowded emergency at Surrey Memorial Hospital,” Vancouver Sun, 18 May 2023


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/23/corona-sirens/feed/ 0 396984
    An Unwanted Solution https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/22/an-unwanted-solution/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/22/an-unwanted-solution/#respond Mon, 22 May 2023 13:39:01 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=140386


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/22/an-unwanted-solution/feed/ 0 396706
    Hyping China’s Overseas “Police Stations,” Canada Gravely Infected by US Virus of Smearing China https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/16/hyping-chinas-overseas-police-stations-canada-gravely-infected-by-us-virus-of-smearing-china/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/16/hyping-chinas-overseas-police-stations-canada-gravely-infected-by-us-virus-of-smearing-china/#respond Tue, 16 May 2023 13:33:51 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=140223 Canada’s choice Illustration: Tang Tengfei/GT

    When Canadian Public Safety Minister Marco Mendicino attempted to hype up the so-called China’s overseas police stations, one word stood out — could. “Mendicino concedes there could be new ‘Chinese police stations’ in Canada,” the country’s CTV News reported on Sunday.

    The first paragraph of the article is filled with similar expressions, such as “there may be” new “Chinese police stations” and Royal Canadian Mounted Police will close any new sites “if they do exist.”

    The real story should be why this speculation without evidence became a news story in the first place.

    In April, the US arrested two Chinese Americans, accusing them of operating a “secret police station,” attempting to label China as engaging in illegal extraterritorial law enforcement and undermining the sovereignty of other countries. After that, the Canadian government was demanded to follow suit and take more proactive actions against such stations, Deutsche Welle reported on Monday.

    Canada now shows its obedience. However, when it makes audacious slander against China based solely on vague information, it is making a fool of itself – pretending to be serious in dealing with a “national security threat” yet with nothing more than junky information at hand.

    China has repeatedly clarified, as Wang Wenbin, Chinese Foreign Ministry spokesperson, said again on Monday, there is no so-called overseas police stations. The relevant institutions helped overseas Chinese who could not return to China due to the pandemic renew their driving licence and perform physical examination. They are not so-called police stations or police service centers at all. The local Chinese groups who helped provide venues for the services and the volunteers are Chinese from the local communities who are willing to help their compatriots, not Chinese police personnel. In light of the evolving COVID situation and relevant services now available online, the relevant service centers have been closed. China always upholds the principle of non-interference in other countries’ internal affairs, strictly observes the international law, and respects the judicial sovereignty of all countries.

    Neither the US nor Canada listens. Instead, they cherish the report about so-called Chinese overseas police service centers made by the Spanish-based so-called human rights NGO, Safeguard Defenders. Its founder, Peter Dahlin, was previously expelled from China for engaging in illegal unregistered activities.

    The financing of Safeguard Defenders cannot be traced on its official website. But reports show its previous incarnation, the Chinese Urgent Action Working Group, an NGO claimed to assist so-called human rights defenders in China, received funds from the National Endowment for Democracy, an organization set up to fund groups conducive to Washington’s regime change priorities.

    It seems there is an answer about whom Safeguard Defenders works for, or manipulates and fabricates information for.

    Safeguard Defenders’ reports focus on overseas dissidents and corrupt officials from China. It’s like a group of illegal individuals forming a clique.

    Some Chinese fugitives, fearing being repatriated, often tell fabricated stories about China to NGOs. The NGOs, which likely make money from the fugitives, collect stories from them and help them seek political asylum, while feeding Western governments with anti-China materials they received, Shen Yi, a professor at Fudan University, told the Global Times. It has nothing to do with national security, but is more likely a money-for-shelter business, Shen said.

    Experts question whether Canada, before smearing China, has carried out independent verification of the information at hand. Can it provide solid evidence instead of fabricated stories?

    The US is a source of spreading virus of discrediting China. Canada, sharing the longest international border in the world with the US, is severely infected. It’s a virus, which does no good to Canada’s long-term healthy development, Shen said. It is going too far in blindly following the US on the path of slandering China in an ugly way, regardless of what a fool it is making itself, and regardless of the fact that there is no historical dispute or conflicting interests between China and Canada.

    Canada coordinating with the US goes beyond just hyping the police station. There are the Meng Wanzhou case, and the hype of so-called Chinese interference in Canada’s internal affairs. Worse, it announced the expulsion of a Chinese diplomat last week, triggering a reciprocal countermeasure from China.

    Now the bilateral relationship is in a state of diplomatic crisis, said Liu Dan, a research fellow with the Center for Canadian Studies, Guangdong University of Foreign Studies.

    Yet, Liu added that facts have repeatedly shown that the US is willing to sacrifice Canada when necessary as it believes Canada can be easily manipulated. Forcing Canada to restructure the North American Free Trade Agreement, launching a trade war on steel and aluminum against Canada, and canceling the Keystone XL pipeline project with Canada are proofs.

    Abandoning diplomatic independence does not necessarily bring the greatest security to Canada. Only by positioning itself as a balancer between major powers while making its independent voice, can Canada truly gain respect, including from its ally, the US, Liu added.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Global Times.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/16/hyping-chinas-overseas-police-stations-canada-gravely-infected-by-us-virus-of-smearing-china/feed/ 0 395238
    Who Knows? https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/15/who-knows/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/15/who-knows/#respond Mon, 15 May 2023 14:23:11 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=140165


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/15/who-knows/feed/ 0 394921
    Sanders, Jayapal Plan Town Hall on Healthcare as Human Right to Promote Medicare for All Bill https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/12/sanders-jayapal-plan-town-hall-on-healthcare-as-human-right-to-promote-medicare-for-all-bill/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/12/sanders-jayapal-plan-town-hall-on-healthcare-as-human-right-to-promote-medicare-for-all-bill/#respond Fri, 12 May 2023 20:41:28 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/sanders-jayapal-medicare-for-all

    As Sen. Bernie Sanders and Rep. Pramila Jayapal prepare to reintroduce legislation to establish a national health program expanding Medicare to all Americans, the two lawmakers announced on Friday their plans to hold a town hall at the U.S. Capitol on May 16 regarding the need for Medicare for All.

    As many health policy experts have since the coronavirus pandemic began in 2020, Sanders on Friday pointed to the public health crisis as an event that made the need for universal healthcare clearer "than it has ever been before."

    "The American people understand, as I do, that healthcare is a human right, not a privilege," said the Vermont Independent senator, who chairs the Senate Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions Committee. "It is not acceptable to me, nor to the American people, that over 85 million people today are either uninsured or underinsured. As we speak, there are millions of people who would like to go to a doctor but cannot afford to do so. This is an outrage. In America, your health and your longevity should not be dependent on your wealth."

    The deaths of at least one-third of the 1.1 million people in the U.S. who died of Covid-19 were linked to a lack of health insurance, said the senator, who has advocated for Medicare for All for decades—and has been dismissed by corporate Democrats and Republicans who have claimed the proposal is unpopular, too expensive, and "unrealistic," despite the fact that other wealthy countries have government-run health programs, lower health costs, and better health outcomes than the United States.

    A poll by Morning Consult in 2021 showed that 55% of Americans support a Medicare for All program, and in January Gallup released a survey showing that 57% of respondents believe the federal government should ensure everyone has healthcare.

    "We live in a country where millions of people ration lifesaving medication or skip necessary trips to the doctor because of cost," said Jayapal (D-Wash.). "Sadly, the number of people struggling to afford care continues to skyrocket as 15 million people lose their current health insurance as pandemic-era programs end. Breaking a bone or getting sick shouldn't be a reason that people in the richest country in the world go broke."

    "There is a solution to this health crisis—a popular one that guarantees healthcare to every person as a human right and finally puts people over profits and care over corporations," she added. "That solution is Medicare for All—everyone in, nobody out. I'm so proud to fight for this legislation to finally ensure that all people can get the care they need and the care they deserve."

    The lawmakers are introducing the legislation as 44% of adults in the U.S. struggle to pay for their medical care and 68,000 people die each year due to the cost of healthcare.

    Amid those devastating health outcomes, Sanders said on Twitter Friday, private health insurers have spent $141 billion on stock buybacks since 2007 while healthcare costs for the average household have skyrocketed.

    "It is long past time to end the international embarrassment of the United States being the only major country on Earth that does not guarantee healthcare to all of its citizens," said Sanders.

    On Tuesday the lawmakers will be joined by doctors, nurses, and patients who will speak about how their lives and work have been affected by the healthcare crisis.

    The event will be livestreamed on Sanders' social media pages.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Julia Conley.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/12/sanders-jayapal-plan-town-hall-on-healthcare-as-human-right-to-promote-medicare-for-all-bill/feed/ 0 394531
    The Rise and Fall of the Raccoon Dog Theory of Covid-19 https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/10/the-rise-and-fall-of-the-raccoon-dog-theory-of-covid-19/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/10/the-rise-and-fall-of-the-raccoon-dog-theory-of-covid-19/#respond Wed, 10 May 2023 11:00:33 +0000 https://theintercept.com/?p=427313

    A new paper by a prominent American virologist has called into question a string of high-profile news reports about the role that raccoon dogs may have played in the emergence of the Covid-19 pandemic.

    Late last month, Jesse Bloom, a computational virologist at the Fred Hutchinson Cancer Center in Seattle released a paper in which he analyzed raw genomic data from hundreds of environmental swabs that Chinese scientists collected from cages, carts, and other surfaces at the Huanan Seafood Wholesale Market in Wuhan, China. The swabs were collected beginning on January 1, 2020, after Chinese authorities abruptly shut down the market amid the worsening Covid-19 outbreak in the city.

    The Huanan seafood market’s role in the emergence of the Covid-19 pandemic is at the center of a hot debate. Many of the early Covid cases in Wuhan (though not all) have been linked to the market, which was known to sell live animals, including species like common raccoon dogs that are susceptible to infection with SARS-CoV-2. Some have argued that these and other findings make the market the likely site of one or more natural spillover events in which SARS-CoV-2 first entered the human population from a raccoon dog or another intermediate animal host. But no infected animal was found at the market, and others have argued that the bustling facility was more likely the site of a super-spreader event, in which a virus that had already entered the human population in late 2019 was amplified. Which was it: the site of the original spillover or only a super-spreader venue? This question has been a key battleground in the tumultuous debate about Covid-19’s origin.

    Given this context, the raw data from the environmental swabs have long been seen as a possible clue to what happened at the Huanan Seafood Wholesale Market. But the data only became available to the global research community in 2023, after years in which Chinese Center for Disease Control and Prevention and its researchers kept it out of the public domain. The data has since sparked a firestorm of discussion, including numerous stories in mainstream news outlets that have relied on the data to report a link between raccoon dogs and Covid’s origin. Bloom’s new paper helps clarify what has become something of a confused, and confusing, media spectacle.

    Bloom’s paper, which was published as a preprint on bioRxiv on April 26, found that the data from the swabs provide no evidence one way or another about whether raccoon dogs or other animals at the market were infected with SARS-CoV-2. It also highlights what is perhaps the most significant limitation of the data from the environmental swabs collected by Chinese scientists. The swabs were collected, Bloom writes, “at least a month after the first human infections in Wuhan.”

    “It is just very hard to take data collected that far downstream of initial entry into humans and to convincingly support any precise scenario for how the virus got into humans,” he said in an interview.

    “Even if you had animal-to-human transmission in the market in December, by the time you collected samples in January, it could have been easily spreading back from humans to animals,” added Sergei Pond, a computational virologist at Temple University who was not involved in Bloom’s research. “Any self-respecting defense attorney would have a field day with this.”

    Members of staff of the Wuhan Hygiene Emergency Response Team drive their vehicle as they leave the closed Huanan Seafood Wholesale Market in the city of Wuhan, in Hubei, Province on January 11, 2020, where the Wuhan health commission said that the man who died from a respiratory illness had purchased goods. - China said on January 11, 2020 that a 61-year-old man had become the first person to die from a respiratory illness believed to be caused by a new virus from the same family as SARS (Sudden Acute Respiratory Syndrome), which claimed hundreds of lives more than a decade ago. Forty-one people with pneumonia-like symptoms have so far been diagnosed with the new virus in Wuhan, with one of the victims dying on January 8, 2020, the central Chinese city's health commission said on its website. (Photo by NOEL CELIS / AFP) (Photo by NOEL CELIS/AFP via Getty Images)

    Members of staff of the Wuhan Hygiene Emergency Response Team drive their vehicle as they leave the closed Huanan Seafood Wholesale Market in the city of Wuhan, in Hubei province, China, on Jan. 11, 2020.

    Photo: Noel Celis/AFP via Getty Images

    Bold, Exaggerated Headlines

    Bloom’s analysis contains other significant insights (more on that below), but he was not the first nor the only scientist independent of Chinese institutions to obtain and analyze some of the raw data from the Huanan market environmental swabs. In March, an international team of virologists, evolutionary biologists, and other scientists — many of whom have been starring players in the heated scientific and social media debates about Covid’s origins — discovered that a portion of the raw data had been uploaded by Chinese researchers to a global online database. The international group put together their own independent report on the available data and first informed the World Health Organization of their preliminary findings on March 11. Before the report was ready to be released publicly, the press got wind of the team’s work. What followed was a bumper crop of bold headlines.

    “The Strongest Evidence Yet That an Animal Started the Pandemic,” declared The Atlantic in a March 16 headline. “New Data Links Pandemic’s Origins to Raccoon Dogs at Wuhan Market,” announced the New York Times that same day. “New Evidence Supports Animal Origin of Covid Virus through Raccoon Dogs,” wrote the Scientific American a day later. The news of a link between raccoon dogs and Covid’s origins spread like a conflagration.

    What was this strong evidence? The Atlantic’s March 16 story described the international team’s work like this:

    “A new analysis of genetic sequences collected from the market shows that raccoon dogs being illegally sold at the venue could have been carrying and possibly shedding the virus at the end of 2019,” wrote The Atlantic’s Katherine Wu. “It’s some of the strongest support yet, experts told me, that the pandemic began when SARS-CoV-2 hopped from animals into humans, rather than in an accident among scientists experimenting with viruses.”

    Wu reported, among other things, that the international team of researchers had “discovered that several market samples that tested positive for SARS-CoV-2 were also coming back chock-full of animal genetic material — much of which was a match for the common raccoon dog, a small animal related to foxes that has a raccoon-like face.”

    At the time The Atlantic published its article on March 16, the international team’s report was not yet publicly available; it wouldn’t be released until the following week. In the days before and after the report’s release, several of its authors gave interviews to top news outlets about their findings. One of the scientists involved in the international team’s analysis was quoted in The Atlantic saying: “This is a really strong indication that animals at the market were infected. There’s really no other explanation that makes any sense.” Another author told the New York Times: “This isn’t an infected animal. But this is the closest you can get without having the animal in front of you.”

    The actual text of the international team’s report, though, offered more limited conclusions than the press statements of some of its authors.

    “Declarations in the media are what people as individuals think and their interpretation and different people in the group had different certainty on what you can deduce,” said Florence Débarre, a French evolutionary biologist and one of the authors of the international team’s report, who did not speak to The Atlantic for its story.

    The international team’s report appeared on Zenodo on March 20. Contrary to the quoted assertions of a few days before, the published report did not claim that its findings could only sensibly be explained by infected animals at the market, or that its work was the closest you could get without having an infected animal in front of you. What it did convincingly show was that raccoon dogs and other mammals susceptible to SARS-CoV-2 were being sold at the market in the run-up to its closure on January 1, 2020. “It was a significant finding given that the Chinese CDC had not mentioned them before in the context of these data,” Débarre said.

    The international team’s report also said that the genetic material from susceptible nonhuman animals were at their “highest frequency” in stalls in the southwest corner of the market, where live wildlife was known to have been sold and where most SARS-CoV-2 genetic material was collected. And the team’s report engaged in a metagenomic analysis of the data they had from the environmental swabs: Among other things, the team parsed the mix and quantity of animal genetic material found in environmental swabs that had been designated as positive for SARS-CoV-2 by the China CDC.

    The team found that there were several SARS-CoV-2 positive swabs from the market that also contained some quantity of genetic material from raccoon dogs and other susceptible mammals. As the New York Times reported in its March 16 story, one swab, in particular, caught the researchers’ eyes: a swab labeled Q61. This swab was collected from a cart in the southwest corner of Huanan market on January 12, 2020; it was designated as positive for SARS-CoV-2 in the China CDC’s data set; and when the international team analyzed the contents of the swab, it contained a large quantity of raccoon dog genetic material and very little human genetic material.

    As one of the team’s scientists told the New York Times: “We were able to figure out relatively quickly that at least in one of these samples, there was a lot of raccoon dog nucleic acid, along with virus nucleic acid.”

    In the end, based on these and other findings, the international team stated the following in their report: “Although we cannot identify the intermediate animal host species from these data, a plausible explanation for the co-occurrence of the genetic material of SARS-CoV-2 and susceptible animals is that a subset of these animals were infected. Combined with the previously published observation of the strong association of the earliest reported Covid-19 cases with the west side of the market, and the clustering of SARS-CoV-2-containing environmental samples near the wildlife stalls, this provides further support for the hypothesis that wildlife were the source of the first human SARS-CoV-2 infections.” Elsewhere in the report, the authors write that their findings identify “these species, particularly the common raccoon dog, as the most likely conduits for the emergence of SARS-CoV-2 in late 2019.”

    View of a raccoon dog or Tanuki (Nyctereutes procyonoides) at the Chapultpec Zoo in Mexico City on August 06, 2015. A month ago nine raccoon dog pups were born. This species is native from Japan and China, and the parents of the cubs were donated by Japan. AFP PHOTO / ALFREDO ESTRELLA        (Photo credit should read ALFREDO ESTRELLA/AFP via Getty Images)

    View of a raccoon dog at the Chapultepec Zoo in Mexico City on Aug. 6, 2015.

    Photo: Alfredo Estrella /AFP via Getty Images

    Statistically Insignificant

    This is where Jesse Bloom entered the picture. After the international team’s work made major headlines across the news media, the Chinese researchers posted their own analysis of the Huanan seafood market swab data online, in a revision to an earlier preprint from February 2022. A peer-reviewed version was then published in the scientific journal Nature. That paper confirmed the presence of raccoon dogs and other susceptible animals at the market but noted that the environmental samples “cannot prove that the animals were infected.” At this point, Bloom decided to jump in too and take his own look at the raw data.

    Bloom’s analysis took a slightly different approach than the international team that preceded him. Among other things, he was working from a more complete data set, which had been released by the Chinese researchers after they posted their paper. And Bloom not only looked at the quantity and type of animal genetic material in the environmental swab data, but he also analyzed and published the quantity of SARS-CoV-2 genetic material found in the swabs. When Bloom looked under the hood, he made some surprising findings.

    For instance, he took a close looked at swab Q61: the swab featured in the New York Times article that contained a great deal of raccoon dog genetic material and was also purportedly positive for SARS-CoV-2. What Bloom found was that the swab indeed contained a significant quantity of raccoon dog genetic material but very low amounts of SARS-CoV-2 genetic material.

    As Bloom reports in his paper, “This sample tested negative by RT-qPCR and appears to have been called positive on the basis of containing 1 of ~200,000,000 reads that mapped to SARS-CoV-2.”

    In other words, as Sergei Pond explained, the swab Q61 that got all that media attention was not all it was reported to be.

    “One read out of 200,000,000 is completely statistically insignificant,” said Pond. “It really had no SARS-CoV-2. There is no evidence based on genetic analysis there was SARS-CoV-2 in that sample. One read out of 200,000,000 — it could have been a low level of trace contamination.”

    What’s more, as Bloom’s preprint reports, Q61 was the only swab above a certain threshold for raccoon dog genetic material that contained any SARS-CoV-2 RNA at all: “13 of the 14 samples with at least 20% of their chordate mitochondrial material from raccoon dogs contain no SARS-CoV-2 reads, and the other sample [swab Q61] contains just 1 of ~200,000,000 million reads mapping to SARS-CoV-2.” When Bloom plotted the quantity of animal genetic material found in the swabs with their SARS-CoV-2 RNA content, he determined that there was in fact a negative correlation between the abundance of SARS-CoV-2 and genetic material from raccoon dogs in the swabs.

    “I wouldn’t read too much into these correlations, but to the extent SARS-CoV-2 genetic material is associated with any of the material from these species, it is not with species that we think could have been infected with SARS-CoV-2,” he said. “It just sort of suggests that by the time these samples were collected, SARS-CoV-2 was all over the place, probably unrelated to the distribution of the animals and animal products [at the market].”

    Photo taken on Dec. 29, 2022, shows Wuhan's Huanan seafood wholesale market, which has been closed for about three years since the initial outbreak of the novel coronavirus there. The Chinese government eased its strict antivirus measures earlier in the month. (Kyodo via AP Images) ==Kyodo

    Wuhan’s Huanan Seafood Wholesale Market, which has been closed for about three years since the initial outbreak of the novel coronavirus, on Dec. 29, 2022.

    Photo: Kyodo via AP

    Media Hype vs. Scientific Method

    Bloom notes that his preprint confirms many of the international team’s findings, including the presence of raccoon dogs and other susceptible mammals at Huanan market in the run-up to January 1, 2020. But the bottom line, Bloom said, is that “when looked at carefully these data are not sufficient to conclude anything either way about whether there were infected animals.”

    He also had pointed words (at least in the context of a staid scientific paper) for the media coverage of this matter. The findings from his preprint, Bloom writes, “are somewhat inconsistent with related media articles that emphasized co-mingling of raccoon dog and viral material (Wu 2023; Mueller 2023) — in fact, raccoon dogs are one of the species with the least co-mingling of their genetic material and SARS-CoV-2.” Instead, Bloom found that the greatest co-mingling of viral and animal material involved species that were “almost certainly not infected with SARS-CoV-2,” such as fish and livestock.

    James Alwine, a virologist and emeritus professor at the University of Pennsylvania, who has written on the Covid origin debate and favors the natural spillover hypothesis, said he worries about the negative impact that sensational headlines and overhyped press statements have on the credibility of scientists.

    “I must say I am always worried about the sensationalism that comes out with every one of these discoveries, because it just goes against my idea of how science should be talked about to the public,” he said. “And you know,” he added, “scientists are humans just like all of us, they get carried away and don’t always say the right things. But it has a deleterious effect.”

    Apart from the media coverage, Alwine was keen to point out that the papers from Bloom and the international team actually show the iterative scientific process at work. Indeed, Bloom and some of the key scientists from the international team have had a professional and fruitful debate since their respective publications appeared. Several authors on the international team, including Débarre, have offered feedback on Bloom’s preprint. Bloom, in turn, slightly revised the piece to incorporate some of their comments.

    Débarre, for her part, noted that despite Bloom’s findings regarding the Q61 swab, the international team still showed that raccoon dog genetic material was located in the same area of the market, indeed in the same stall, where other separate swabs found SARS-CoV-2 material.

    “Overall we pretty much agree with what Jesse Bloom concludes,” she told me. “It is more a matter of interpretation in how you weigh other data and other pieces of evidence to form an interpretation.”

    In terms of the broader picture — the overall debate about the origin of Covid-19 and whether it spilled over from nature or emerged out of a lab — Bloom told me he remains agnostic.

    “I mean it is obviously hard when you are interpreting what is all circumstantial evidence. All publicly available evidence right now about how SARS-CoV-2 entered humans, it is all circumstantial,” he said.

    “I think it is very unclear how SARS-CoV-2 first entered humans,” he added.

    Since incorporating the comments he received, Bloom has submitted his preprint for peer review at a scientific journal. According to Débarre, the international team is working on new analyses that it hopes to submit for peer review at a future date.


    This content originally appeared on The Intercept and was authored by Jimmy Tobias.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/10/the-rise-and-fall-of-the-raccoon-dog-theory-of-covid-19/feed/ 0 393814
    Doctors’s Coin Toss https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/08/doctorss-coin-toss/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/08/doctorss-coin-toss/#respond Mon, 08 May 2023 12:37:09 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=139956

    “The CDC hides vaccine failures and props up the ‘pandemic of the unvaccinated’ narrative by only counting breakthrough cases that result in hospitalization or death.” Life Site.

    “Suppression of Evidence: CBC Censorship of Top Scientists in COVID-19 Research: Prof. Anthony Hall” Global Research.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/08/doctorss-coin-toss/feed/ 0 393211
    WHO covid-19 status changed but still NZ’s infectious ‘number one killer’ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/07/who-covid-19-status-changed-but-still-nzs-infectious-number-one-killer/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/07/who-covid-19-status-changed-but-still-nzs-infectious-number-one-killer/#respond Sun, 07 May 2023 14:03:48 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=88002 RNZ News

    The World Health Organisation’s decision to remove covid-19 as a global health emergency is the right move, epidemiologist Professor Michael Baker says.

    The organisation said the virus was now an established and ongoing health issue that no longer constituted a public health emergency of international concern.

    Professor Baker said the global status change made sense at this stage, but it did not impact on whether covid-19 was still a pandemic.

    Covid-19 was still New Zealand’s number one killer when it came to infectious disease and people should make sure they were vaccinated and take sensible precautions, he said.

    “There might be some scaling down in the international reporting of cases, but really it doesn’t make a difference to somewhere like New Zealand.

    “It makes no practical difference whatsoever to how countries manage this infection.”

    World Health Organisation chief Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus
    WHO chief Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus says it is likely about 20 million people have died globally from covid-19. The organisation estimated there were about 3500 deaths a week by late April 2023. Image: RNZ Pacific/AFP

    1000 NZ deaths predicted this year
    Professor Baker earlier said that this year covid-19 was on track to kill some 1000 people in New Zealand and hospitalise around 10,000.

    The threat of long covid also loomed — with one recent study suggesting as many as one in five New Zealanders reported lingering symptoms after their first infection.

    He emphasised the need for caution in easing our few remaining protections.

    The latest vaccine was one of the best things people could do to guard against the disease, because it included protection against omicron — the current dominant variant circulating in the community.

    “You have to always think why the World Health Organisation assigned it [a global health emergency originally] and it’s really related to these certain criteria.

    “It is about how severe and how unexpected [the disease is], but it’s really about whether an international response is needed and whether there’s potential for international spread.”

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/07/who-covid-19-status-changed-but-still-nzs-infectious-number-one-killer/feed/ 0 393136
    As WHO Ends Emergency, World Urged Not to Repeat ‘Mistakes of This Pandemic in the Next’ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/05/as-who-ends-emergency-world-urged-not-to-repeat-mistakes-of-this-pandemic-in-the-next/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/05/as-who-ends-emergency-world-urged-not-to-repeat-mistakes-of-this-pandemic-in-the-next/#respond Fri, 05 May 2023 21:56:30 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/who-covid-emergency-next-pandemic

    The World Health Organization's declaration Friday that Covid-19 is no longer a global health emergency elicited fresh calls for learning from the pandemic and dramatically expanding access to prevention and treatment for diseases in the future.

    "Covid-19 may no longer be classified as the highest level of international emergency, but the virus has not gone away," said Dr. Mohga Kamal-Yanni, policy co-lead of the People's Vaccine Alliance, a global coalition working toward equitable access to medical technologies that help to prevent and respond to Covid-19 and future pandemics.

    "There are billions of people in developing countries who still cannot access affordable Covid-19 tests and treatments," Kamal-Yanni stressed. "They need action from governments to remove the intellectual property barriers that prevent the widespread production of generic medicines."

    "Rich countries behaved shamefully in this pandemic, upholding pharmaceutical monopolies and grabbing vaccines, tests, and medicines for their people, pushing developing countries to the back in the line."

    WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus said Friday that while the agency has documented almost 7 million deaths from the virus, "we know the toll is several times higher—at least 20 million." A study published last year in Nature and cited by the People's Vaccine Alliance estimates that 1.3 million fewer people would have died by the end of 2021 if Covid-19 vaccines were equitably distributed.

    "Rich countries behaved shamefully in this pandemic, upholding pharmaceutical monopolies and grabbing vaccines, tests, and medicines for their people, pushing developing countries to the back in the line," said Kamal-Yanni. "And pharmaceutical companies are the biggest winners, achieving the biggest profit from a single medical product in history, while people died without access."

    Ahead of the WHO announcement but in the wake of the annual general meetings of Johnson & Johnson, Merck, Moderna, and Pfizer, Amnesty International health adviser Tamaryn Nelson on Thursday lamented that the pharmaceutical giants declined to "right their wrongs" by passing resolutions to facilitate the universal distribution of Covid-19 vaccines.

    "For the past three years, those at the helm of Big Pharma companies have seen earnings soar, while people in low- and lower-middle-income countries are still struggling to access lifesaving medicines," Nelson noted. "While their efforts to speedily develop Covid-19 vaccines should be recognized, it's clear pharmaceutical companies have failed in their human rights responsibilities when it comes to ensuring equal access—and continue to do so. Why aren't investors holding them to account?"

    "With reports that Pfizer and Moderna are considering quadrupling the price of each Covid-19 vaccine in some countries, only 25% of people in low-income countries are now fully vaccinated and millions are still waiting for the first dose," she continued, calling the allocation of the shots "one of the worst examples of global inequality to date."

    According to Nelson, "It's time for investors to ensure these companies are making structural changes with immediate effect to ensure the world can withstand future pandemics collectively, without leaving anyone behind."

    Kamal-Yanni argued that tackling future crises will require more actively involving people from lower-income nations.

    "The institutions set up to support developing countries, like COVAX and ACT-A, failed to involve developing countries in their creation or decision-making, and failed to deliver an equitable response," she said. "For future pandemics, preparation and response must be led by the Global South, instead of creating more global platforms dominated by donors."

    "People in developing countries should never again wait for the 'good will' of rich countries, nor charitable actions of pharmaceutical companies," she asserted. "The world needs transformative commitments in the Pandemic Treaty and International Health Regulations to ensure knowledge and technology are shared, remove intellectual property barriers, and to support medical research and manufacturing in developing countries."

    Negotiators aim to finalize a draft of the Pandemic Treaty for consideration by the 77th World Health Assembly in 2024.

    "Just as with HIV, the global response to Covid-19 failed the world's most vulnerable, prioritizing windfall profits ahead of public health," said Kamal-Yanni. "World leaders must now learn from the last three years, and make structural changes in global health. Or else, we are doomed to repeat the mistakes of this pandemic in the next."

    Dr. Uché Blackstock, a former emergency medicine professor who works to end bias and racism in healthcare, tweeted Friday that "it's truly unfortunate that both domestically and globally, other than vaccines—which I'm truly grateful to science for—there have been no significant improvement/investments in our public health infrastructure to keep people and their communities safe."

    The Covid-19 crisis could have led to massive investments in health workers, workplace protections, and paid leave, Blackstock said in response to the WHO announcement. The United States could have shifted to universal healthcare and joined other nations of the Global North in promoting vaccine equity.

    "It felt like THIS was our opportunity to do better!!" she added, also circulating a graphic shared by Dr. Madhu Pai showing that the 2.3 billion people who remain unvaccinated against Covid-19 are largely concentrated in low- and middle-income countries.

    Pai also pointed to an "important" piece published Thursday in Science titled "Cascading Failures in Covid-19 Vaccine Equity."

    Noting that "the proliferation of equity rhetoric does not appear to be matched by corresponding rates of progress in reducing global disparities," a trio of U.S.-based experts wrote for Science that "the stark gap between the pervasive rhetoric about equity and the dismal reality of the global vaccine distribution" the past three years "demands a collective reckoning."

    "Expansive rhetoric and empty promises have surprising staying power," they added. "If we wish equity to have anything more than allegorical value, we must take the concept more seriously, beginning with a disciplined and deliberate examination of the equity-deficit cascade."

    As Common Dreamsreported throughout the Covid-19 crisis, experts have warned that preventing future pandemics requires not only improvements in healthcare systems but also global land use reforms—from conservation efforts to changes in agricultural practices—to stop the spillover of diseases from animals to humans.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jessica Corbett.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/05/as-who-ends-emergency-world-urged-not-to-repeat-mistakes-of-this-pandemic-in-the-next/feed/ 0 392860
    As WHO Ends Emergency, World Urged Not to Repeat ‘Mistakes of This Pandemic in the Next’ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/05/as-who-ends-emergency-world-urged-not-to-repeat-mistakes-of-this-pandemic-in-the-next-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/05/as-who-ends-emergency-world-urged-not-to-repeat-mistakes-of-this-pandemic-in-the-next-2/#respond Fri, 05 May 2023 21:56:30 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/who-covid-emergency-next-pandemic

    The World Health Organization's declaration Friday that Covid-19 is no longer a global health emergency elicited fresh calls for learning from the pandemic and dramatically expanding access to prevention and treatment for diseases in the future.

    "Covid-19 may no longer be classified as the highest level of international emergency, but the virus has not gone away," said Dr. Mohga Kamal-Yanni, policy co-lead of the People's Vaccine Alliance, a global coalition working toward equitable access to medical technologies that help to prevent and respond to Covid-19 and future pandemics.

    "There are billions of people in developing countries who still cannot access affordable Covid-19 tests and treatments," Kamal-Yanni stressed. "They need action from governments to remove the intellectual property barriers that prevent the widespread production of generic medicines."

    "Rich countries behaved shamefully in this pandemic, upholding pharmaceutical monopolies and grabbing vaccines, tests, and medicines for their people, pushing developing countries to the back in the line."

    WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus said Friday that while the agency has documented almost 7 million deaths from the virus, "we know the toll is several times higher—at least 20 million." A study published last year in Nature and cited by the People's Vaccine Alliance estimates that 1.3 million fewer people would have died by the end of 2021 if Covid-19 vaccines were equitably distributed.

    "Rich countries behaved shamefully in this pandemic, upholding pharmaceutical monopolies and grabbing vaccines, tests, and medicines for their people, pushing developing countries to the back in the line," said Kamal-Yanni. "And pharmaceutical companies are the biggest winners, achieving the biggest profit from a single medical product in history, while people died without access."

    Ahead of the WHO announcement but in the wake of the annual general meetings of Johnson & Johnson, Merck, Moderna, and Pfizer, Amnesty International health adviser Tamaryn Nelson on Thursday lamented that the pharmaceutical giants declined to "right their wrongs" by passing resolutions to facilitate the universal distribution of Covid-19 vaccines.

    "For the past three years, those at the helm of Big Pharma companies have seen earnings soar, while people in low- and lower-middle-income countries are still struggling to access lifesaving medicines," Nelson noted. "While their efforts to speedily develop Covid-19 vaccines should be recognized, it's clear pharmaceutical companies have failed in their human rights responsibilities when it comes to ensuring equal access—and continue to do so. Why aren't investors holding them to account?"

    "With reports that Pfizer and Moderna are considering quadrupling the price of each Covid-19 vaccine in some countries, only 25% of people in low-income countries are now fully vaccinated and millions are still waiting for the first dose," she continued, calling the allocation of the shots "one of the worst examples of global inequality to date."

    According to Nelson, "It's time for investors to ensure these companies are making structural changes with immediate effect to ensure the world can withstand future pandemics collectively, without leaving anyone behind."

    Kamal-Yanni argued that tackling future crises will require more actively involving people from lower-income nations.

    "The institutions set up to support developing countries, like COVAX and ACT-A, failed to involve developing countries in their creation or decision-making, and failed to deliver an equitable response," she said. "For future pandemics, preparation and response must be led by the Global South, instead of creating more global platforms dominated by donors."

    "People in developing countries should never again wait for the 'good will' of rich countries, nor charitable actions of pharmaceutical companies," she asserted. "The world needs transformative commitments in the Pandemic Treaty and International Health Regulations to ensure knowledge and technology are shared, remove intellectual property barriers, and to support medical research and manufacturing in developing countries."

    Negotiators aim to finalize a draft of the Pandemic Treaty for consideration by the 77th World Health Assembly in 2024.

    "Just as with HIV, the global response to Covid-19 failed the world's most vulnerable, prioritizing windfall profits ahead of public health," said Kamal-Yanni. "World leaders must now learn from the last three years, and make structural changes in global health. Or else, we are doomed to repeat the mistakes of this pandemic in the next."

    Dr. Uché Blackstock, a former emergency medicine professor who works to end bias and racism in healthcare, tweeted Friday that "it's truly unfortunate that both domestically and globally, other than vaccines—which I'm truly grateful to science for—there have been no significant improvement/investments in our public health infrastructure to keep people and their communities safe."

    The Covid-19 crisis could have led to massive investments in health workers, workplace protections, and paid leave, Blackstock said in response to the WHO announcement. The United States could have shifted to universal healthcare and joined other nations of the Global North in promoting vaccine equity.

    "It felt like THIS was our opportunity to do better!!" she added, also circulating a graphic shared by Dr. Madhu Pai showing that the 2.3 billion people who remain unvaccinated against Covid-19 are largely concentrated in low- and middle-income countries.

    Pai also pointed to an "important" piece published Thursday in Science titled "Cascading Failures in Covid-19 Vaccine Equity."

    Noting that "the proliferation of equity rhetoric does not appear to be matched by corresponding rates of progress in reducing global disparities," a trio of U.S.-based experts wrote for Science that "the stark gap between the pervasive rhetoric about equity and the dismal reality of the global vaccine distribution" the past three years "demands a collective reckoning."

    "Expansive rhetoric and empty promises have surprising staying power," they added. "If we wish equity to have anything more than allegorical value, we must take the concept more seriously, beginning with a disciplined and deliberate examination of the equity-deficit cascade."

    As Common Dreamsreported throughout the Covid-19 crisis, experts have warned that preventing future pandemics requires not only improvements in healthcare systems but also global land use reforms—from conservation efforts to changes in agricultural practices—to stop the spillover of diseases from animals to humans.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jessica Corbett.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/05/as-who-ends-emergency-world-urged-not-to-repeat-mistakes-of-this-pandemic-in-the-next-2/feed/ 0 392861
    WHO COVID-19 declaration: World “doomed to repeat the mistakes of this pandemic” without structural change https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/05/who-covid-19-declaration-world-doomed-to-repeat-the-mistakes-of-this-pandemic-without-structural-change/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/05/who-covid-19-declaration-world-doomed-to-repeat-the-mistakes-of-this-pandemic-without-structural-change/#respond Fri, 05 May 2023 16:49:09 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/who-covid-19-declaration-world-doomed-to-repeat-the-mistakes-of-this-pandemic-without-structural-change Responding to the WHO’s declaration that the COVID-19 Public Health Emergency of International Concern is over, Dr Mohga Kamal-Yanni, Policy co-lead for the People’s Vaccine Alliance, said:

    “COVID-19 may no longer be classified as the highest level of international emergency, but the virus has not gone away. There are billions of people in developing countries who still cannot access affordable COVID-19 tests and treatments. They need action from governments to remove the intellectual property barriers that prevent the widespread production of generic medicines.

    “Rich countries behaved shamefully in this pandemic, upholding pharmaceutical monopolies and grabbing vaccines, tests and medicines for their people, pushing developing countries to the back in the line. And pharmaceutical companies are the biggest winners, achieving the biggest profit from a single medical product in history, while people died without access.

    “The institutions set up to support developing countries, like COVAX and ACT-A, failed to involve developing countries in their creation or decision-making, and failed to deliver an equitable response. For future pandemics, preparation and response must be led by the Global South, instead of creating more global platforms dominated by donors.

    “People in developing countries should never again wait for the ‘good will’ of rich countries, nor charitable actions of pharmaceutical companies. The world needs transformative commitments in the Pandemic Treaty and International Health Regulations to ensure knowledge and technology are shared, remove intellectual property barriers, and to support medical research and manufacturing in developing countries.

    “Just as with HIV, the global response to COVID-19 failed the world’s most vulnerable, prioritising windfall profits ahead of public health. World leaders must now learn from the last three years, and make structural changes in global health. Or else, we are doomed to repeat the mistakes of this pandemic in the next.”


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/05/who-covid-19-declaration-world-doomed-to-repeat-the-mistakes-of-this-pandemic-without-structural-change/feed/ 0 392768
    WHO Declares Covid-19 Global Health Emergency Officially Over https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/05/who-declares-covid-19-global-health-emergency-officially-over/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/05/who-declares-covid-19-global-health-emergency-officially-over/#respond Fri, 05 May 2023 16:01:33 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/who-ends-global-covid-19-emergency

    The World Health Organization chief announced Friday that it is "with great hope that I declare Covid-19 over as a global health emergency."

    WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus had declared the emergency of international concern on January 30, 2020, when there were fewer than 100 reported cases outside of China.

    "In the three years since then, Covid-19 has turned our world upside down," Tedros noted Friday. "Almost 7 million deaths have been reported to WHO, but we know the toll is several times higher—at least 20 million."

    "But Covid-19 has been so much more than a health crisis," he continued. "It has caused severe economic upheaval, erasing trillions from GDP, disrupting travel and trade, shuttering businesses, and plunging millions into poverty."

    Stressing that the move does not mean the virus "is over as a global health threat," Tedros said that "it is time for countries to transition from emergency mode to managing Covid-19 alongside other infectious diseases."

    The public health emergency of international concern (PHEIC) "is a tool created within the International Health Regulations to help the WHO respond to disease events with the potential for global spread," STATexplained.

    As the news outlet reported:

    When a PHEIC is in place, the WHO director-general can make special recommendations, mainly aimed at discouraging countries from closing borders or restricting trade—actions that could deter countries from alerting the WHO if they are dealing with dangerous disease outbreaks.

    Didier Houssin, the chair of the emergency committee, said the decision to recommend an end to the PHEIC was in part due to the belief that the tool was not adapted to disease events that are sub-acute or chronic. Houssin acknowledged that there remains a risk that a more pathogenic variant of the SARS-CoV-2 virus may emerge, and that a new PHEIC might need to be declared.The WHO's declaration comes days before the U.S. public health emergency will expire, on May 11.

    The Biden administration announced Monday that when the U.S. emergency ends next week, so will Covid-19 vaccine requirements for federal employees and contractors as well as international air travelers—and agencies will start the process to cancel such mandates for Head Start educators, employees of some healthcare facilities, and certain noncitizens at land borders.

    "While vaccination remains one of the most important tools in advancing the health and safety of employees and promoting the efficiency of workplaces," the White House said, "we are now in a different phase of our response when these measures are no longer necessary."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jessica Corbett.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/05/who-declares-covid-19-global-health-emergency-officially-over/feed/ 0 392980
    Brazilian Police Allege ‘Criminal’ Forgery of Bolsonaro Covid Vaccine Card Before US Trip https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/03/brazilian-police-allege-criminal-forgery-of-bolsonaro-covid-vaccine-card-before-us-trip/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/03/brazilian-police-allege-criminal-forgery-of-bolsonaro-covid-vaccine-card-before-us-trip/#respond Wed, 03 May 2023 22:00:23 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/bolsonaro-vaccine

    Agents from Brazil's Federal Police on Wednesday raided the home of former Brazilian President Jair Bolsonaro as part of an investigation into whether the far-right leader forged his Covid-19 vaccination certificate so he could travel to the United States.

    Brazilian and international media report Federal Police seized cellphones from Bolsonaro and his wife, Michelle Bolsonaro, and arrested some of the former president's top aides as part of the operation.

    Federal Police allege a "criminal association" is behind the entry of false vaccination data with the Ministry of Health in November and December 2022—while Bolsonaro was president—to "circumvent health restrictions."

    Investigators said "the objective of the group was to hold together in relation to their ideological agenda; in this case, to sustain the rhetoric regarding their attacks on the coronavirus vaccine."

    Bolsonaro—who lost last year's presidential runoff election to leftist Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva—traveled to Florida last December, shortly before da Silva was inaugurated on New Year's Day.

    The former president denies any wrongdoing, telling reporters Wednesday morning that "I was never asked for a vaccine card" to enter the U.S.

    "There is no tampering on my part," Bolsonaro insisted. "I didn't take the vaccine, period. I never denied that."

    Bolsonaro is a notorious Covid-19 vaccine skeptic, once suggesting that getting the shot could turn people into alligators. The president's policies and actions sparked massive nationwide protests during the height of the pandemic.

    The Bolsonaro administration also came under fire for intentionally stalling coronavirus vaccine deals with Pfizer, as well as for allegedly conditioning the purchase of other vaccine stockpiles on bribes.

    A 2021 Brazilian congressional probe of Bolsonaro's handling of the Covid-19 pandemic accused him of "crimes against humanity" and found that as president, his policies were to blame for more than 300,000 deaths—half the nation's coronavirus toll at the time.

    A study examining the scale of Brazil's Covid-19 catastrophe was published in July 2021. It concluded that 400,000 lives could have been saved had the Bolsonaro administration implemented more stringent social distancing rules and begun vaccinating people earlier.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Brett Wilkins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/03/brazilian-police-allege-criminal-forgery-of-bolsonaro-covid-vaccine-card-before-us-trip/feed/ 0 392312
    Brazilian Police Allege ‘Criminal’ Forgery of Bolsonaro Covid Vaccine Card Before US Trip https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/03/brazilian-police-allege-criminal-forgery-of-bolsonaro-covid-vaccine-card-before-us-trip-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/03/brazilian-police-allege-criminal-forgery-of-bolsonaro-covid-vaccine-card-before-us-trip-2/#respond Wed, 03 May 2023 22:00:23 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/bolsonaro-vaccine

    Agents from Brazil's Federal Police on Wednesday raided the home of former Brazilian President Jair Bolsonaro as part of an investigation into whether the far-right leader forged his Covid-19 vaccination certificate so he could travel to the United States.

    Brazilian and international media report Federal Police seized cellphones from Bolsonaro and his wife, Michelle Bolsonaro, and arrested some of the former president's top aides as part of the operation.

    Federal Police allege a "criminal association" is behind the entry of false vaccination data with the Ministry of Health in November and December 2022—while Bolsonaro was president—to "circumvent health restrictions."

    Investigators said "the objective of the group was to hold together in relation to their ideological agenda; in this case, to sustain the rhetoric regarding their attacks on the coronavirus vaccine."

    Bolsonaro—who lost last year's presidential runoff election to leftist Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva—traveled to Florida last December, shortly before da Silva was inaugurated on New Year's Day.

    The former president denies any wrongdoing, telling reporters Wednesday morning that "I was never asked for a vaccine card" to enter the U.S.

    "There is no tampering on my part," Bolsonaro insisted. "I didn't take the vaccine, period. I never denied that."

    Bolsonaro is a notorious Covid-19 vaccine skeptic, once suggesting that getting the shot could turn people into alligators. The president's policies and actions sparked massive nationwide protests during the height of the pandemic.

    The Bolsonaro administration also came under fire for intentionally stalling coronavirus vaccine deals with Pfizer, as well as for allegedly conditioning the purchase of other vaccine stockpiles on bribes.

    A 2021 Brazilian congressional probe of Bolsonaro's handling of the Covid-19 pandemic accused him of "crimes against humanity" and found that as president, his policies were to blame for more than 300,000 deaths—half the nation's coronavirus toll at the time.

    A study examining the scale of Brazil's Covid-19 catastrophe was published in July 2021. It concluded that 400,000 lives could have been saved had the Bolsonaro administration implemented more stringent social distancing rules and begun vaccinating people earlier.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Brett Wilkins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/03/brazilian-police-allege-criminal-forgery-of-bolsonaro-covid-vaccine-card-before-us-trip-2/feed/ 0 392313
    What the Government Wants https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/03/what-the-government-wants/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/03/what-the-government-wants/#respond Wed, 03 May 2023 16:53:51 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=139832

    FDA sued by prominent docs over suppression of ivermectin to treat COVID

    Ivermectin: Australian regulator bans drug as Covid treatment after sharp rise in prescriptions

    Health Canada warns against using anti-parasitic drug ivermectin to treat COVID-19


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/03/what-the-government-wants/feed/ 0 392240
    The End of Covid-Era Benefits Reveals a Society Still Profoundly Sick https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/03/the-end-of-covid-era-benefits-reveals-a-society-still-profoundly-sick/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/03/the-end-of-covid-era-benefits-reveals-a-society-still-profoundly-sick/#respond Wed, 03 May 2023 11:04:01 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/opinion/poverty-reduction-covid-19

    “In order to fully recover, we must first recover the society that has made us sick.”

    I can still hear those prophetic words, now a quarter-century old, echoing through the Church Center of the United Nations. At the podium was David, a leader with New Jerusalem Laura, a residential drug recovery program in North Philadelphia that was free and accessible to people, no matter their insurance and income status. It was June 1998 and hundreds of poor and low-income people had gathered for the culminating event of the “New Freedom Bus Tour: Freedom from Unemployment, Hunger, and Homelessness,” a month-long, cross-country organizing event led by welfare rights activists. Two years earlier, President Bill Clinton had signed welfare “reform” into law, gutting life-saving protections and delivering a punishing blow to millions of Americans who depended on them.

    That line of David’s has stuck with me over all these years. He was acutely aware of how one’s own health — whether from illness, addiction, or the emotional wear and tear of life — is inextricably connected to larger issues of systemic injustice and inequality. After years on the frontlines of addiction prevention and treatment, he also understood that personal recovery can only happen en masse in a society willing to deal with the deeper malady of poverty and racism. This month, his words have been on my mind again as I’ve grieved over the death of Reverend Paul Chapman, a friend and mentor who was with me at that gathering in 1998. The issue of “recovery” has, in fact, been much on my mind as the Biden administration prepares to announce the official end of the public-health emergency that accompanied the first three years of the Covid-19 pandemic.

    However briefly, the pandemic showed us that such an American world is not only possible, but right at our fingertips.

    For our society, that decision is more than just a psychological turning of the page. Even though new daily cases continue to number in the thousands nationally, free testing will no longer be available for many, and other pandemic-era public-health measures — including broader access to medication for opioid addiction — will also soon come to an end. Worse yet, a host of temporary health and nutrition protections are now on the chopping block, too (and given the debate on the debt ceiling in Congress, the need for such programs is particularly dire).

    When the pandemic first hit, the federal government temporarily banned any Medicaid or Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP) cuts, mandating that states offer continuous coverage. As a result, enrollment in both swelled, as many people in need of health insurance found at least some coverage. But that ban just expired and tens of millions of adults and children are now at risk of losing access to those programs over the next year. Many of them also just lost access to critically important Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) benefits, as pandemic-era expansions of that program were cut last month.

    Of course, the announced “end’ of the public-health emergency doesn’t mean the pandemic is really over. Thousands of people are still dying from it, while 20% of those who had it are experiencing some form of long Covid and many elderly and immunocompromised Americans continue to feel unsafe. Nor, by the way, does that announcement diminish a longer-term, slow-burning public health crisis in this country.

    Early in the pandemic, Reverend William Barber II, co-chair of the Poor People’s Campaign, warned that the virus was exploiting deeply entrenched fissures in our society. Before the pandemic, there had already been all too many preconditions for a future health calamity: in 2020, for instance, there were 140 million people too poor to afford a $400 emergency, nearly 10 million people homeless or on the brink of homelessness, and 87 million underinsured or uninsured.

    Last year, the Poor People’s Campaign commissioned a study on the connections between Covid-19, poverty, and race. Sadly, researchers found the fact that all too many Americans refused to be vaccinated did not alone explain why this country had the highest pandemic death toll in the world. The lack of affordable and accessible health care contributed significantly to the mortality rate. The study concluded that, despite early claims that Covid-19 could be a “great equalizer,” it’s distinctly proven to be a “poor people’s pandemic” with two to fivetimes as many inhabitants of poor counties dying of it in 2020 and 2021 as in wealthy ones.

    The pandemic not only exposed social fissures; it exacerbated them. While life expectancy continues to rise across much of the industrialized world, it stagnated in the United States over the last decade. Then, during the first three years of the pandemic, it dropped in a way that experts claim is unprecedented in modern global history.

    In comparison, peer countries initially experienced just one-third as much of a decline in life expectancy and then, as they adopted effective Covid-19 responses, saw it increase. In our country, the stagnation in life expectancy before the pandemic and the seemingly unending plunge after it hit mark us as unique not just among wealthy countries, but even among some poorer ones. The Trump administration’s disastrous pandemic response was significantly to blame for the drop, but beyond that, our track record over the last decade speaks volumes about our inability to provide a healthy life for so many in this country. As always, the poor suffer first and worst in such a situation.

    The Pandemic as a Portal

    In the early weeks of those Covid-19 lockdowns, Indian writer Arundhati Roy reflected on the societal change often wrought by pandemics in history. And she suggested that this sudden crisis could be an opportunity to embrace necessary change:

    “Historically, pandemics have forced humans to break with the past and imagine the world anew. This one is no different. It is a portal, a gateway, between one world and the next. We can choose to walk through it, dragging the carcasses of our prejudice and hatred, our avarice, our data banks and dead ideas, our dead rivers and smoky skies behind us. Or we can walk through lightly, with little luggage, ready to imagine another world. And ready to fight for it.”

    There was hope in Roy’s words but also caution. As she suggested, what would emerge from that portal was hardly guaranteed to be better. Positive change is never a certainty (in actuality, anything but!). Still, a choice had to be made, action taken. While contending with the great challenges of our day — widespread poverty, unprecedented inequality, racial reckoning, rising authoritarianism, and climate disaster — it’s important to reflect soberly on just how we’ve chosen to walk through the portal of this pandemic. The sure-footed decisions, as well as the national missteps, have much to teach us about how to chart a better path forward as a society.

    Consider the federal programs and policies temporarily created or expanded during the first years of the pandemic. While protecting Medicaid, CHIP, and SNAP, the government instituted eviction moratoriums, extended unemployment insurance, issued stimulus payments directly to tens of millions of households, and expanded the Child Tax Credit (CTC). Such proactive policy decisions did not by any means deal with the full extent of need nationwide. Still, for a time, they did mark a departure from the neoliberal consensus of the previous decades and were powerful proof that we could house, feed, and care for one another. The explosion of Covid cases and the lockdown shuttering of the economy may have initially triggered many of these policies, but once in place, millions of people did experience just how sensible and feasible they are.

    The Child Tax Credit is a good example. In March 2021, the program was expanded through the American Rescue Plan, and by December the results were staggering. More than 61 million children had benefited and four million children were lifted above the official poverty line, a historic drop in the overall child poverty rate. A report found that the up to $300 monthly payments significantly improved the ability of families to catch up on rent, afford food more regularly, cover child-care expenses, and attend to other needs. Survey data also suggested that the CTC helped improve the parental depression, stress, and anxiety that often accompany poverty and the suffering of children.

    How extraordinary, then, that, rather than being embraced for offering the glimmer of something new on the other side of that pandemic portal, the expanded CTC was abandoned as 2022 ended. The oppressive weight of our “dead ideas,” to use Roy’s term, crushed that hopeful possibility. Last year, led by a block of unified Republicans, Congress axed it, invoking the tired and time-worn myth of scarcity as a justification. When asked about the CTC, Congressman Kevin Brady (R-TX) claimed that “the country frankly doesn’t have the time or the money for the partisan, expensive provisions such as the Child Tax Credit.” Consider such a response especially disingenuous given that Brady and a majority of congressional Republicans and Democrats voted to increase the military budget to a record $858 billion that same year.

    In so many other ways, our society has refused to relinquish old and odious thinking and is instead “dragging the carcasses of our prejudice and hatred” through the portal of the pandemic.

    There are continued attacks on the health of women and the autonomy of those who can get pregnant; on LGBTQ+ people, including a wave of anti-trans legislation; on homeless people who are criminalized for their poverty; and on poor communities as a whole, including disinvestment, racist police abuse, and deadly mass incarceration at sites like New York City’s Rikers Island and the Southern Regional Jail in the mountains of West Virginia. And while weathering a storm of Christian nationalist and white supremacist mass shootings, this country is a global outlier on the issue of public safety, fueled by endless stonewalling on sensible gun legislation.

    To add insult to injury, economic inequality in the United States rose to unprecedented heights in the pandemic years (which proved a godsend for America’s billionaires), with millions hanging on by a thread and inflation continuing to balloon. And as pandemic-era protections for the poor are being cut, ongoing protections for the rich — including Donald Trump’s historic tax breaks — remain untouched.

    Another World Is Possible

    In the office of the Employment Project where I worked upon first moving to New York City in 2001, there was a poster whose slogan — “Another World Is Possible” — still stays with me. It hung above my head, while I labored alongside my friend and mentor Paul Chapman.

    Paul died this April and we just held a memorial for him. He was an activist in welfare rights and workers’ rights, director of the Employment Project, and one of the founders of the Poverty Initiative, a predecessor to the Kairos Center for Religions, Rights, and Social Justice that I currently direct.

    Paul did pioneering work to bring together Protestant and Catholic communities in Boston, organized delegations of northern clergy to support civil rights struggles in small towns in North Carolina, and sponsored significant fundraisers for the movement, alongside his friend, theologian Harvey Cox. He also spent time in Brazil connecting with liberation theologians and others who went on to found the World Social Forum (WSF), an annual gathering of social movements from across the globe whose founding mantra was “Another World Is Possible.” Over the course of his long life, Paul would do what Black Freedom Struggle leader Ella Baker called “the spadework,” the slow, often overlooked labor of building trust, caring for people, planting seeds, and tilling the ground so that transformative movements might someday blossom. His life was a constant reminder that every organizing moment, no matter how small, is a fundamentally important part of how we build toward collective liberation.

    Paul explained many things, including that powerful movements for social change depend on the leadership of those most impacted by injustice. Right next to the WSF poster there was another that read: “Nothing about us, without us, is for us.” Paul spoke regularly about how poor and oppressed people had to be the moral-standard bearers for society. He was unyielding in his belief that it was the duty of clergy and faith communities to stand alongside the poor in their struggles for respect and dignity. As a young antipoverty organizer and seminarian, I was deeply inspired by the way he modeled a principled blending of political and pastoral work.

    Perhaps the most important lesson I learned from him was about the idea of “kairos” time. Paul taught me that, in ancient Greece, there were two conceptions of time. Chronos was normal, chronological time, while kairos was a particular moment when normal time was disrupted and something new promised — or threatened — to emerge. In our hours of “theological reflection,” he would say that during kairos time, as the old ways of the world were dying and new ones were struggling to be born, there was no way you could remain neutral. You had to decide whether to dedicate your life to change or block its path. In some fashion, his description of kairos time perfectly matched Roy’s evocative metaphor of that pandemic portal and when I first read her essay I instantly thought of Paul.

    In antiquity, Greek archers were trained to recognize the brief kairos moment, the opening when their arrow had the best chance of reaching its target. The image of the vigilant archer remains a powerful one for me, especially because kairos time represents both tremendous possibility and imminent danger. The moment can be seized and the arrow shot true or it can be missed with the archer just as quickly becoming the target. Paul lived his life as an archer for justice, ever vigilant, ever patient, ever hopeful that another better world was indeed possible.

    Despite our bleak current moment, I retain the same hope. However briefly, the pandemic showed us that such an American world is not only possible, but right at our fingertips. As the public-health emergency draws to an “official” end, it’s hardly a surprise to me that so many of those in power have chosen to double down on policies that protect their interests. But like Paul, it’s not the leadership of the rich and powerful that I choose to follow. As our communities continue to fight for healthcare, housing, decent wages, and so much more, I believe that, given half a chance, the poor, the hurting, and the abandoned, already standing in the gap between our wounded old world and a possible new one, could help usher us into a far better future.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Rev. Dr. Liz Theoharis.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/03/the-end-of-covid-era-benefits-reveals-a-society-still-profoundly-sick/feed/ 0 392150
    Smaller covid waves in NZ, but still ‘major uncertainties’ – professor https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/29/smaller-covid-waves-in-nz-but-still-major-uncertainties-professor/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/29/smaller-covid-waves-in-nz-but-still-major-uncertainties-professor/#respond Sat, 29 Apr 2023 23:06:17 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=87665 RNZ News

    New Zealand is in the grip of a fourth wave of covid but it is predicted to be smaller than previous mass outbreaks.

    The most recent analysis from the Public Health Communication Centre at Otago University indicates there could be up to 12,000 hospitalisations and more than a 1000 deaths this year from covid.

    Leading epidemiologist Professor Michael Baker said the fourth wave was potentially driven by a rise in the XBB subvariant, which had become dominant in the last two months — exacerbated by waning immunity and people spending more time indoors with the cooler weather.

    “This pattern of small to moderate sized waves may indicate what we can expect to see with covid-19 in coming years. But there are still major uncertainties given the potential for this virus to continue to evolve,” he said.

    There was growing evidence that subsequent infections tended to be less severe, which was good news — but there was no room for complacency, Professor Baker said.

    “It’s a very different virus to influenza.

    “With influenza, you might get it once or twice a decade. But with covid 19, it looks like you might get it once or twice a year.

    “And each time you get this infection you’re running all of those risks of getting seriously ill, going to hospital or worse, and potentially developing long-term effects.”

    Even those who escaped serious illness could be off work some time, which was having an impact on the workforce.

    Covid-19 was still the leading cause of death from infectious disease in New Zealand, with 2419 deaths last year.

    “Covid-19 is also a major cause of hospitalisation, with more than 22,000 admissions in 2022… and the virus is a source of inequalities with Māori and Pasifika markedly more likely to be admitted to hospital and die from this infection.”

     

    Professor Baker and his colleagues have also been examining the multiple monitoring systems for covid-19, and suggest it could be time to transition to a “sustainable and enduring surveillance system” that covers other important respiratory infections, such as influenza and RSE.

    This need had become more critical now that the Health Ministry had ditched its plans for covid-19 prevalence surveys, he said.

    “A potential alternative is establishing sentinel surveillance of respiratory infections. For example, routinely testing a random sample of people attending specific health care settings such as general practices and emergency departments or community sites such as schools.”

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/29/smaller-covid-waves-in-nz-but-still-major-uncertainties-professor/feed/ 0 391462
    Pandemic and Climate Crisis Usher In a New Age of Inequality https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/29/pandemic-and-climate-crisis-usher-in-a-new-age-of-inequality/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/29/pandemic-and-climate-crisis-usher-in-a-new-age-of-inequality/#respond Sat, 29 Apr 2023 17:44:33 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/opinion/pandemic-climate-inequality

    Economic summits in Washington, DC rarely provoke much interest on the streets of Khartoum or Karachi. The Spring Meetings of the IMF and the World Bank, held in the United States capital during April 10-16, were no exception.

    Listening to the range of comments from ministers and other officials throughout the week, one could not help but wonder whether we will ever be able to resolve the many crises we are currently facing. As is often the case, talk was plenty in Washington, but answers were few.

    Remember how, just a few short years ago, our leaders were determined to resolve what was deemed a “pandemic of inequality”? How they were all talking about tackling the rampant divides in our societies that COVID-19 “laid bare”?

    Do you remember how they celebrated our essential workers, praised care and collectivism, and recognised the importance of well-funded public services and social safety nets?

    Just three short years after the beginning of the pandemic, the hope and calls for a meaningful reset, for the global pandemic response to become a portal to a better world are a distant memory.

    In fact, today we are in a new age of inequality. The rising cost of living, joblessness, underfunded and inadequate public services, and extreme weather events with devastating consequences are at the top of people’s ever-growing list of concerns.

    And not only is anxiety and frustration reaching a peak, but people are also becoming increasingly aware that their governments, and the international financial institutions (IFIs) whose rules are shaping the economy on the streets, are not serving them. They are realizing that as long as crushing debt repayments continue to be funded by austerity measures, with the poorest and the most marginalized bearing the brunt, their societies will remain in constant crisis and their lives in a state of precarity.

    When the World Bank and the IMF “experts” talked about interest rates and slow growth last week in Washington, DC, their discussions appeared irrelevant to the daily reality of people struggling around the world, such as the Zambians who are forced to queue for staple foods on a regular basis. The two conversations, however, are well-connected. The crushing austerity measures that devastate Zambian households today – like similar policies worldwide – are exported from Washington in ideology, whether they are “approved” by the national government or not.

    These days all our economic woes are blamed on “a perfect global storm” with four horsemen of inequality galloping towards us: rising inflation, record food and energy prices, and above all the war in Ukraine.

    There is no doubt Russia’s offensive has darkened our outlook further. But what got us here was decades of policies and politics that have consistently served the rich and failed the poor. After all, inequality is not new – it is baked into the system.

    But now the crises have become so perilous, and public anger so widespread from London to Lagos that our leaders are being forced to act. Politicians in countries as diverse as Mexico, Zimbabwe, the US and Kenya are having to talk about “taxing the rich”. And it goes way beyond a national scale – people are calling into question the very systems that underpin the global economy.

    In response to the climate crisis’s disproportionate impact on her country, Barbadian Prime Minister Mia Mottley announced in November 2022 the Bridgetown Initiative, aimed at holding rich countries to account for their failed promises on climate finance. The proposal seeks to substantially tweak the global financial architecture to make a lot more money available for climate finance, allow more flexibility in how countries could spend it, and have the international financial institutions act as a guarantor for larger, more substantial private sector funding.

    Keen to get in on the act, Emmanuel Macron will host a summit for “A New Global Financial Pact” on climate financing in June. A summit co-chaired by Macron, who is currently repressing trade unions to raise the retirement age against the wishes of the French population, already feels counterintuitive. He will be joined by India’s Narendra Modi, the current chair of the G20, whose involvement has rightly sparked further scepticism about where such a process will lead.

    There is a fundamental question to be asked about this approach. Can those perpetuating the problem stay in the driving seat to create the solution? Those looking to fight the inequality crisis are struck by the fact that the people who are affected the most are not considered part of the solutions proposed by political leaders.

    Our current situation demonstrates why the rich and powerful cannot continue to speak for the poorest and most marginalized. We cannot get out of this “perfect storm” if we allow the governing elites to blithely rewrite the rules while keeping intact the power dynamics that brought our societies to the brink of collapse in the first place.

    Politicians need to understand that the clamor for systemic change is growing. People want to come up with their own solutions and build a new economic system in the process.

    This is why when at the Spring Meetings, IMF Africa Director Abebe Selassie called for another “Gleneagles moment” (to echo the G8 summit in 2005 when aid and debt cancellation were on the rich countries’ agenda) to deal with the debt crisis looming on the continent, he missed the point.

    We have crossed the Rubicon. Solutions and processes spearheaded by rich countries simply won’t cut it – there is no going back to business as usual.

    The pandemic has left scars that will not heal. Our leaders may have forgotten the promises they made, but the ongoing inequality crisis that blights the lives of so many across the globe continues to defy this amnesia. The toxic combination of lower taxes on the richest and prioritising debt repayments over people’s basic needs and rights is unacceptable and fundamentally unfair.

    Our biggest failure in the aftermath of the 2008 global financial crisis was not grasping the unique opportunity for systemic change that arose. We allowed those in charge, and those who were responsible for the crisis, to chart our way forward and guarantee more suffering and devastation.

    We cannot allow history to repeat itself. The costs of continuing down this path have become too great.

    Protesters on the streets in France, Peru, Ecuador and beyond are already saying “enough is enough”. Their cries are varied, from opposing attempts to raise the age of retirement and resisting government oppression to demanding fair pay and affordable child care. But the overall message is clear: People want systemic change.

    They are questioning the purpose and utility of institutions like the IMF and the World Bank that have come to be seen as the custodians of the neoliberal economic order. Formed almost 80 years ago, to help countries rebuild after the second world war, these institutions are dominated by rich countries at every level of their governance. Despite an attempt at a progressive rebranding in recent years, they continue to mete out the same failed neoliberal policy solutions. So their offers of “help” and economic interventions are increasingly causing public anger across the world, from Argentina and Tunisia to Sri Lanka and beyond.

    This is the time to have an honest conversation about what is really at the root of our current crisis, and what real change should look like. That is why groups like Fight Inequality Alliance have begun calling for “People’s Alternatives”.

    Our current crisis makes it clear that we need systemic change and we need it fast. But we cannot leave the redesign of our economic system to the same governments and IFIs that are responsible for the current catastrophe – this is really a job for the people.

    They say “economics is too important to be left to the economists”. Well, it is also too important to be left to the politicians and the richest.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jenny Ricks.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/29/pandemic-and-climate-crisis-usher-in-a-new-age-of-inequality/feed/ 0 391446
    COVID Red Pill Crisis https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/27/covid-red-pill-crisis/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/27/covid-red-pill-crisis/#respond Thu, 27 Apr 2023 16:00:01 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=139660


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/27/covid-red-pill-crisis/feed/ 0 390889
    Media Cover-up https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/27/media-cover-up/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/27/media-cover-up/#respond Thu, 27 Apr 2023 02:55:56 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=139657


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/27/media-cover-up/feed/ 0 390772
    Media Cover-up https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/27/media-cover-up/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/27/media-cover-up/#respond Thu, 27 Apr 2023 02:55:56 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=139657


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/27/media-cover-up/feed/ 0 390773
    End of COVID-19 Emergency Declarations is Shortsighted and Premature https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/24/end-of-covid-19-emergency-declarations-is-shortsighted-and-premature/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/24/end-of-covid-19-emergency-declarations-is-shortsighted-and-premature/#respond Mon, 24 Apr 2023 05:28:33 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=280032

    In January 2023, the Biden administration announced its plans to end two COVID-19-related emergency declarations — a “public health emergency” declaration and a “national emergency” declaration — on May 11, 2023. That same month, the Administration also opposed two GOP-led resolutions to end both declarations before May 11, calling the resolutions “a grave disservice to the American people”. Last week, on April 10, 2023, the Administration changed course, as President Biden signed a GOP-led resolution to end the COVID-19 national emergency. The related, but distinct, public health emergency remains in effect until May 11, 2023. Ending either emergency is premature and shortsighted given the lingering threat of COVID-19 to public health. Doing so also lends legitimacy to pandemic minimization efforts, instead of reckoning with the danger COVID-19 continues to pose.

    The national and public health emergency declarations are among the few remaining formal components of the US’ strategy to combat COVID-19. Both declarations have granted federal, state, and local governments significant flexibility to expand, and more inclusively administer, social programs for the duration that the orders are in effect. The end of the national emergency means an end to extended COBRA healthcare coverage, which will sunset on July 10, 2023. The end of the public health emergency next month, meanwhile, will have a wider reaching impact on programs like Medicaid/CHIP, Medicare, SNAP, and many others. Ending the public health emergency could also impact access to telehealth services, and will end the requirement that private insurers cover COVID related healthcare costs such as vaccines, tests, and treatment.

    COVID-19 continues to kill, disable, and disrupt to an extent that would not have been tolerated prior to the pandemic. The CDC reports that over 3,000 people in the United States died from COVID-19 in the last two weeks, and more than 40,000 people have died in 2023 thus far. To put this in perspective, nearly two and half times as many people have died of COVID-19 in just the last month than died in the 9/11 attacks over twenty years ago. While the death rate has come down from its peak in January 2021, it is still at a level that would have been considered alarming and unacceptable in 2019. Meanwhile, worrying rates of excess mortality and shifts in reporting mean that official statistics may be undercountingCOVID-19’s impact. Research increasingly implicates COVID-19 as a contributing factor in deaths attributed to other causes, and repeat infections may be especially dangerous.

    The focus on acute deaths also discounts the disease’s lingering impacts, which can be debilitating. Experts increasingly acknowledge the COVID-19 pandemic as a mass disabling event. Symptoms that appear or persist after an acute COVID-19 infection are colloquially referred to as “Long COVID.” Commonly reported Long COVID symptoms include difficulty concentrating or thinking (“brain fog”), difficulty breathing, crushing fatigue, post-exertional symptom exacerbation, and muscle and joint pain, among others.

    As of January 2023, 28 percent of people in the United States who have ever had COVID-19 have experienced Long COVID symptoms. Studies suggest that the risk of Long COVID increases with each reinfection. In Fall 2022, nearly 17.2 million adults in the US said they were experiencing Long COVID symptoms. Of these, 13.7 million reported that their symptoms disrupted their daily activities, a measure commonly used as a proxy for disability. Long COVID may explain the rising tide of disability among working-age adults in the United States. And despite the tendency to dismiss COVID as something only “the vulnerable” need fear, the truth is that all of us are vulnerable. The dismissal of our shared risk and responsibility is a disservice to everyone, especially those whose health problems persist.

    If the focus were on protecting the health of the population, the end of both the national emergency and the public health emergency would coincide with the neutralization of the threat to which they were meant to respond. This is not what has taken place. Policymakers are attempting to end a public health crisis by decree rather than taking meaningful steps to address the problem.

    Some progress has undoubtedly been made with vaccines and antivirals like Paxlovid. Other pharmaceutical tools, like monoclonal antibodies, have fallen in the face of variants and are no longer authorized as effective treatments. This includes Evusheld, which once offered immunocompromised people some additional protection against COVID-19 infection but lost effectiveness as the virus mutated. Variant-proof non-pharmaceutical forms of mitigation, such as respirators and improved indoor air quality, have remained lacking or been phased out in many places, even in medical facilities.

    The end of the public health emergency will further shrink the toolbox for many by turning COVID-19 vaccines, tests, and treatment over to the commercial market. This will put these lifesaving medical items out of reach for many, and especially for the 27.2 million uninsured and 50 million underinsured people in the US. The rush to end the declared emergency jeopardizes the security of even the minimal policy gains enabled by the emergency orders.

    The premature ending of the national and health emergency declarations threatens the health and safety of millions of US residents. It also undermines the progress made in response to the pandemic in many areas of social policy that are a testament to what is possible when the force of the US government is aimed at improving the lives of everyday working families. Research finds huge benefits resulting from COVID-related social policy reforms like expanding SNAP benefits, implementing continuous Medicaid enrollment, expanding the Child Tax Credit, and eviction moratoria. The decision by the Biden administration to accede to Republican demands to end the national emergency adds legitimacy to GOP efforts to roll back these milestone achievements.

    Despite this disappointing news, there are some bright spots. State and local governments with unspent American Rescue Plan State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds (SLFRF) still have time to invest those resources to fortify their public sectors. This includes, but is not limited to, state and local public health infrastructure. The Biden Administration has also announced a new initiative to expedite the development of next generation COVID-19 vaccines, ones that are better equipped to reduce transmission and harder for new variants to outpace.

    These promising new developments are a great start, but lawmakers must do more to ensure everyone can be ‘Davos safe’. Following the lead of the Biden Administration’s Clean Air in Buildings Challenge, stricter indoor air quality standards would reduce transmission of SARS-COV-2 and other viruses in shared indoor spaces, with a host of other health benefitsbesides. Paid family and medical leave would cut down on workplace transmission and allow people to fully recover from illnesses and to safely care for loved ones. Better access to vaccines, tests, and treatments — regardless of ability to pay — would help control transmission and ensure equitable medical treatment for those who contract COVID-19. Treatment and care for those with Long COVID and other complex chronic conditions must become more of a priority, and Long COVID research must include patient voices. This is by no means an exhaustive list, but collectively these things would go a long way towards keeping people safer and healthier.

    Further dismantling the US’ limited public health infrastructure and rolling back pandemic policy gains leads to a harsh new normal: one that bakes in more suffering and more marginalization in a country that has already seen tremendous slides in life expectancy. A better way forward is possible. The United States can and should do more to protect people and invest in public health. Prematurely sunsetting some of the few remaining pandemic countermeasures is a step in the wrong direction.

    This column first appeared on CEPR.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Haley Brown – Tori Coan.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/24/end-of-covid-19-emergency-declarations-is-shortsighted-and-premature/feed/ 0 389929
    Robert Kennedy: I’ll CLOSE all the military bases and bring the troops home! https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/22/robert-kennedy-ill-close-all-the-military-bases-and-bring-the-troops-home/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/22/robert-kennedy-ill-close-all-the-military-bases-and-bring-the-troops-home/#respond Sat, 22 Apr 2023 15:40:54 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=139515 Robert F Kennedy kicked off his bid for the Presidency proving he is for pretty much everything present-day politicians are against: He is against military expansion, he is against censorship, against the CIA, against authoritarianism. He’ll get no mainstream media coverage for this! So we’ll give him some air time and discuss his ideas on Redacted. What do you think? Has he got a chance?


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Redacted.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/22/robert-kennedy-ill-close-all-the-military-bases-and-bring-the-troops-home/feed/ 0 389728
    The Scream Updated https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/22/the-scream-updated/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/22/the-scream-updated/#respond Sat, 22 Apr 2023 13:33:52 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=139489


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/22/the-scream-updated/feed/ 0 389693
    Hesitancy https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/20/hesitancy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/20/hesitancy/#respond Thu, 20 Apr 2023 17:00:05 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=139441


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/20/hesitancy/feed/ 0 389161
    Hunger Profiteers, Granny Killers, and Skin-Deep Morality https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/20/hunger-profiteers-granny-killers-and-skin-deep-morality/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/20/hunger-profiteers-granny-killers-and-skin-deep-morality/#respond Thu, 20 Apr 2023 13:38:04 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=139455 Today, a fifth (278 million) of the African population are undernourished, and 55 million of that continent’s children under the age of five are stunted due to severe malnutrition.  

    In 2021, an Oxfam review of IMF COVID-19 loans showed that 33 African countries were encouraged to pursue austerity policies. Oxfam and Development Finance International also revealed that 43 out of 55 African Union member states face public expenditure cuts totalling $183 billion over the next few years. 

    As a result, almost three-quarters of Africa’s governments have reduced their agricultural budgets since 2019, and more than 20 million people have been pushed into severe hunger. In addition, the world’s poorest countries were due to pay $43 billion in debt repayments in 2022, which could otherwise cover the costs of their food imports. 

    Last year, Oxfam International Executive Director Gabriela Bucher stated that there was a terrifying prospect that in excess of a quarter of a billion more people would fall into extreme levels of poverty in 2022 alone. That year, food inflation rose by double digits in most African countries.  

    By September 2022, some 345 million people across the world were experiencing acute hunger, a number that has more than doubled since 2019. Moreover, one person is dying of hunger every four seconds. From 2019 to 2022, the number of undernourished people grew by 150 million

    Billions of dollars’ worth of arms continue to pour into Ukraine from the NATO countries as US neocons pursue their goal of regime change in Russia and balkanisation of that country. 

    Yet people in those NATO countries are experiencing increasing levels of hardship. The US has sent almost 80 billion dollars to Ukraine, while 30 million low-income people across the US are on the edge of a ‘hunger cliff’ as a portion of their federal food assistance is taken away. In 2021, it was estimated that one in eight children were going hungry in the US. In England, 100,000 children have been frozen out of free school meals.  

    Due to the disruptive supply chain effects of the conflict in Ukraine, speculative trading that drives up food prices, the impact of closing down the global economy under the guise of COVID and the inflationary impacts of pumping trillions of dollars into the financial system between September 2019 and March 2020, people are being driven into poverty and denied access to sufficient food. 

    Matters are not helped by issues that have long plagued the global food system: cutbacks in public subsidies to agriculture, WTO rules that facilitate cheap, subsidised imports which undermine or wipe out indigenous agriculture in poorer countries and loan conditionalities, resulting in countries ‘structurally adjusting’ their agri sectors thereby eradicating food security and self-sufficiency – consider that Africa has been transformed from a net food exporter in the 1960s to a net food importer today.  

    Great game food geopolitics continue and result in elite interests playing with the lives of hundreds of millions who are regarded as collateral damage. Policies, underpinned by neoliberal dogma masquerading as economic science and necessity, which are designed to create dependency and benefit a handful of multi-billionaires and global agribusiness corporations who, ably assisted by the World Bank, IMF and WTO, now preside over an increasingly centralised food regime. 

    Many of these corporations have engaged in rampant profiteering at a time when people across the world are experiencing rising food inflation. For instance, 20 corporations in the grain, fertiliser, meat and dairy sectors delivered $53.5 billion to shareholders in the fiscal years 2020 and 2021. At the same time, the UN estimates that $51.5 billion would be enough to provide food, shelter and lifesaving support for the world’s 230 million most vulnerable people. 

    As a paper in the journal Frontiers noted in 2021, these corporations form part of a powerful alliance of multinational corporations, philanthropies and export-oriented countries who are subverting multilateral institutions of food governance. Many who are involved in this alliance are co-opting the narrative of ‘food systems transformation’ as they anticipate new investment opportunities and seek total control of the global food system. 

    This type of ‘transformation’ is more of the same wrapped in a climate emergency narrative in an attempt to move food and farming further towards an ecomodernist techno-dystopia controlled by big agribusiness and big tech, as described in the article “The Netherlands: Template for Ecomodernism’s Brave New World.” 

    A ‘brave new world’ where a concoction of genetically engineered items, synthetic food and ultra-processed products will do more harm than good – but will certainly boost the bottom line of the pharmaceutical corporations.  

    While securing further dominance over the global food system and undermining food security in the process, global agribusiness frames this as ‘feeding the world’. 

    The model these corporations promote not only creates food insecurity but also produces death and illness.   

    Former Professor of Medicine Dr Paul Marik recently stated

    If you believe the narrative, Type 2 diabetes is a progressive metabolic disease that’ll result in cardiac complications. You’re going to lose your legs. You’re going to have kidney disease, and the only treatment is expensive pharma drugs. That is completely false. It’s a lie.

    It is projected that by the end of this decade half of the world’s population are going to be obese and over 20% to 25% will have Type 2 diabetes.   

    According to Marik, the bottom line is Type 2 diabetes is a metabolic disease due to bad lifestyle and really bad eating habits: 

    “We eat all the time. We snack all the time. This is part of the food industry’s goal. Processed food, starch, becomes an addiction. Most of us are glucose addicted and it’s, in fact, more addictive than cocaine. It creates this vicious cycle of insulin resistance.” 

    He adds that if you’re insulin resistant, this prevents leptin and the other hormones acting on your brain, so you’re continually hungry: 

    “If you are continually hungry, you eat more, which causes more insulin resistance. It causes this vicious cycle of overeating carbohydrates…” 

    This is the nature of the modern food system. Cheap processed ingredients, low-nutrient value, highly addictive and maximum profits. A system that is being imposed or has already been imposed on countries whose populations once had healthy, unadulterated diets (see Obesity, malnutrition and the globalisation of bad food – theecologist.org). 

    Over the past 60 years in Western nations, there have been fundamental changes in the quality of food. In 2007, nutritional therapist David Thomas in “A Review of the 6th Edition of McCance and Widdowson’s the Mineral Depletion of Foods Available to Us as a Nation” noted a precipitous change towards convenience and pre-prepared foods containing saturated fats, highly processed meats and refined carbohydrates, often devoid of vital micronutrients yet packed with a cocktail of chemical additives including colourings, flavourings and preservatives. 

    Aside from the negative impacts of Green Revolution cropping systems and practices, Thomas proposed that these changes are significant contributors to rising levels of diet-induced ill health. He added that ongoing research clearly demonstrates a significant relationship between deficiencies in micronutrients and physical and mental ill health. 

    Increasing prevalence of diabetes, childhood leukaemia, childhood obesity, cardiovascular disorders, infertility, osteoporosis and rheumatoid arthritis, mental illnesses and so on have all been shown to have some direct relationship to diet, specifically micronutrient deficiency, and pesticide use

    It is clear that we have a deeply unjust and unsustainable food system that causes environmental devastation, illness and malnutrition, among other things. People often ask: So, what’s the solution? The solutions have been made clear time and again and involve a genuine food transition towards agroecology.  

    Unlike the co-opted version of ‘food transition’ being promoted, agroecology offers concrete, practical solutions to many of the world’s problems that move beyond (but which are linked to) agriculture. Agroecology challenges the prevailing moribund doctrinaire economics of a neoliberalism that drives a failing system. Well-known academics like Raj Patel and Eric Holtz-Gimenez have written extensively on the potential of agroecology. And its benefits are clear

    In finishing, let us consider the skin-deep morality pedalled throughout the COVID period. During COVID, the official narrative was underpinned by emotive slogans like ‘protect lives’ and ‘keep safe’. Those who refused the COVID jab were labelled ‘granny killers’ and ‘irresponsible’. All presided over by government politicians who too often failed to obey their own COVID rules.  

    Meanwhile, while having terrorised the public with a health crisis narrative, they continue to collude with powerful agrifood corporations that destroy health courtesy of their practices. They continue to facilitate a system that serves the needs of global agricapital and ruthless investors like BlackRock’s Larry Fink who secure massive profits from a monopolistic food system (Fink also invests in the pharma sector – one of the biggest beneficiaries of a sickening global food regime) that by its very nature creates illness, malnutrition and hunger.    

    The COVID narrative was imbued with the notion of moral responsibility. The people who sold it to the masses have no morality. Like the UK’s former health minister and COVID rule breaker Matt Hancock (see Matt Hancock’s Car Crash Interview), they are willing to sell their soul (or influence) to the highest bidder – in Hancock’s case, a £10,000 wage demand for a day’s ‘consultancy’ as a sitting politician or a few hundred thousand to bolster his ego, bank balance and image on a celebrity TV programme.  

    In a corrupted and corrupting society, the rewards could be even higher for the likes of Hancock when he leaves office (a health minister who helped traumatise the population while doing nothing to hold the health-damaging agribusiness corporations to account). But with a long line of well-rewarded fraudsters to choose from, we already know that.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Colin Todhunter.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/20/hunger-profiteers-granny-killers-and-skin-deep-morality/feed/ 0 389068
    VAERS https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/19/vaers/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/19/vaers/#respond Wed, 19 Apr 2023 15:06:10 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=139408

    Canadians Are Organizing a Citizen-Led Inquiry to Seek Accountability for COVID Crimes.”


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/19/vaers/feed/ 0 388857
    Why We Must Beat Back Private Equity’s Deadly Hold on Nursing Homes https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/19/why-we-must-beat-back-private-equitys-deadly-hold-on-nursing-homes/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/19/why-we-must-beat-back-private-equitys-deadly-hold-on-nursing-homes/#respond Wed, 19 Apr 2023 12:57:11 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/opinion/protect-nursing-home-residents-from-private-equity

    Unbeknownst to most people with loved ones in nursing homes, it's often nearly impossible to determine if the facility you've entrusted your family member to is owned by a private equity firm–an ownership structure that has been shown to result in worse health outcomes for patients, at greater cost. Within the past two decades, the once-obscure private equity industry has ballooned in size from $1 trillion in 2008 to nearly $4.5 trillion in 2021. Millions of people in the United States have been directly impacted by an industry that was once known mostly to finance insiders like institutional investors and financial journalists.

    In February, the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) issued an important rule requiring the disclosure of beneficial ownership of nursing homes that would bring greater transparency to this complex ownership model. This step is critical to preventing further harm by private equity firms and is part of a broader effort to reign in the abuses of the private equity industry in key sectors of our economy.

    Whether private equity drove the retail company where you worked into bankruptcy or bought the house you rent, private equity's rapacious business practices are hitting close to home for more people than ever. Whatever industry it enters, a private equity firm's risky business practices often burdens businesses with excessive debt, forces the sale of assets for short-term gain, squeezes workers, and compromises services at the expense of most stakeholders to drive profits to private equity executives.

    Evidence of the dangerous role of private equity's takeover of nursing homes has emerged over the last decade, but due in part to the COVID-19 pandemic, its ownership in the industry has faced new scrutiny in the last three years.

    The healthcare sector has not been spared from private equity's expansion and extraction. A growing body of evidence shows that the private equity industry is incompatible with providing people with stable, quality, affordable healthcare. In ownership of hospitals, private equity firms have bought and shuttered urban, suburban, and rural facilities, leaving healthcare deserts in those communities. Private equity firms created a business model of surprise medical bills that intentionally billed services out of insurance networks, leaving patients with huge out-of-pocket expenses through no fault of their own. During the COVID-19 pandemic, private equity-owned physician staffing agencies fired physicians in already understaffed emergency rooms who spoke out against the lack of personal protective equipment like masks, and other practices endangering patient safety.

    The private equity industry's track record in other areas of the care economy are equally appalling. Stories of the results of private equity ownership in companies caring for vulnerable populations are downright grisly, including deadly neglect and abuse of residential centers for the severely disabled, denying care to medicare and medicaid patients with life-threatening eating disorders, and delaying access to wheelchair repair to bill for more profitable equipment replacement. Another recent study raises alarm over private equity's expansion into hospital at home programs without sufficient guardrails to protect acutely ill patients at home.

    Evidence of the dangerous role of private equity's takeover of nursing homes has emerged over the last decade, but due in part to the COVID-19 pandemic, its ownership in the industry has faced new scrutiny in the last three years. At the onset of the crisis, infections and deaths among nursing home workers and residents was an early crisis point before the development of vaccines. As thousands of people died in nursing homes, advocates and policymakers looked for patterns in ownership and management practices of facilities that might shed light on life-saving interventions. Private equity's common business practice of hiding behind layers of ownership and avoiding disclosures became a matter of life and death in the COVID-19 context. Americans for Financial Reform published a study in 2020 uncovering evidence that the nursing home chains in the state of New Jersey that were owned or backed by private equity firms had "higher resident infection and death rates and a larger share of Coronavirus cases and deaths compared to their share of residents relative to for-profit, non-profit, and public facilities."

    In 2021, academics at the Becker Institute for Economics at the University of Chicago examined the outcomes of private equity-owned nursing homes over a 12-year period. Their conclusions were unflinching: "Our estimates show that PE ownership increases the short-term mortality of Medicare patients by 10%, implying over 20,000 lives lost due to PE ownership over our twelve-year sample period."

    Policymakers must take action to protect patients and their families from private equity greed. President Biden highlighted the need for action in the 2022 State of the Union Address, calling out private equity's role in driving down quality of care while raising prices. The Administration has cited ownership transparency as a critical step to address private equity's now well-documented abuses in healthcare and to implement further safeguards like staff-to-patient ratios. Transparency in the healthcare sector is also the subject of a recent report highlighting opacity in ownership in end of life care, home health, and reproductive health services, among others.

    Given the widespread and deadly role private equity firms are playing throughout the healthcare sector, federal protections like CMS's proposed rule, which requires detailed ownership of nursing homes to be made public, are urgently needed–and we can't let them be weakened by industry pressure. You can add your voice by joining AFR's organizational sign-on comment or our individual sign-on. CMS has signaled intentions to issue further safeguards on nurse-to-patient ratios in nursing homes this year. We have to beat back private equity's predatory hold on healthcare companies. We also need fundamental reform with the passage of the Stop Wall Street Looting Act. But the momentum for change starts now, with this measure to protect some of the most vulnerable, our loved ones in nursing homes.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Ricardo Valadez.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/19/why-we-must-beat-back-private-equitys-deadly-hold-on-nursing-homes/feed/ 0 388834
    ‘Mask up’ – warns epidemiologist over NZ’s rising fourth wave of covid-19 https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/16/mask-up-warns-epidemiologist-over-nzs-rising-fourth-wave-of-covid-19/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/16/mask-up-warns-epidemiologist-over-nzs-rising-fourth-wave-of-covid-19/#respond Sun, 16 Apr 2023 08:01:08 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=87103 RNZ News

    Epidemiologist Professor Michael Baker says Aotearoa New Zealand is experiencing its fourth wave of covid-19 infection and warns people to stay vigilant.

    He said it was not as intense as the previous waves but it was definite, with a gradual rise in the number of self-reported cases every day, as seen in RNZ’s ongoing database of covid-19 information.

     

    “It’s the first distinct rise, a sustained rise in cases this year.

    “We’ve seen that numbers reached a low point in February and have been tracking up since then.”

    The average number of daily cases sits at about 2000 at the moment, but Professor Baker said the actual number could be higher with people less inclined to test and report.

    He said other indicators including the number of hospitalisations, people in intensive care units, deaths and traces of the virus in wastewater were also pointing to a new wave.

    He encouraged people to get the new covid booster, isolate if they were infected, and mask up in poorly ventilated environments.

    “It’s really important that everyone who has a position in authority thinks about the health of their workforce and their school population and the social venues that they operate in.”

     

    Professor Baker also said that the Ministry of Education should provide monitors to reduce transmission in early childhood centres.

    He also encouraged people to mask up on public transport.

    “If you’re on a bus commuting … or train, you are going to be in that indoor environment for many hours every week and the ventilation is poor, so that would be a situation where I think masks should still be worn by everyone.”

    Last week, cabinet decided to keep the few remaining covid-19 restrictions for at least the next two months.

    Most pandemic rules have been scrapped, but people still have to self-isolate for seven days if they test positive, and masks must be worn in hospitals in some circumstances.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/16/mask-up-warns-epidemiologist-over-nzs-rising-fourth-wave-of-covid-19/feed/ 0 388118
    As Paper Shows Benefits of Expanded Child Tax Credit, Sinema Challenger Gallego Says ‘Bring It Back’ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/15/as-paper-shows-benefits-of-expanded-child-tax-credit-sinema-challenger-gallego-says-bring-it-back/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/15/as-paper-shows-benefits-of-expanded-child-tax-credit-sinema-challenger-gallego-says-bring-it-back/#respond Sat, 15 Apr 2023 15:26:29 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/gallego-sinema-child-tax-credit

    "Bring it back."

    That's what Congressman Ruben Gallego (D-Ariz.)—who is running to replace Sen. Kyrsten Sinema (I-Ariz.) in 2024—said Friday in response to new research highlighting some benefits of the expanded child tax credit (CTC) of 2021.

    Krista Ruffini, an economist and assistant professor at Georgetown University's McCourt School of Public Policy, shared a working paper about how Covid-19 pandemic stimulus and expanded CTC payments impacted infant health on the open access research platform SSRN.

    After three rounds of stimulus checks throughout the first year of the pandemic, households with children received $250-$300 per child each month for the last six months of 2021 through the CTC expansion included in the American Rescue Plan relief package.

    Ruffini found that "increased resources during pregnancy improve child well-being, and that unconditional cash transfers have large effects on infant health." Specifically, she connected an additional $1,000 with "increasing Apgar scores 0.02 points, reducing very low birth weight by at least 0.6 percentage points, and reducing preterm births by approximately 3 percentage points."

    "Payment timing is also important: Resources received during the final months of a pregnancy yield a greater health benefit than those received earlier on," the economist explained. "Patterns in prenatal care and maternal health suggest that these benefits to infants accrue through both investments in children as well as improvements in the prenatal environment."

    "The improvements in infant health documented in this paper are consistent with previous work showing that families used the payments on essential goods and services and to improve their financial position. It builds on this literature by showing that these improvements in material hardship benefited the next generation in ways that are expected to yield long-term benefits," she wrote. "These findings are particularly relevant as dozens of U.S. cities are piloting guaranteed income programs and policymakers contemplate a permanent expansion of the federal child tax credit."

    Despite the well-documented benefits of the boosted CTC, including a dramatic drop in child poverty, congressional Democrats' efforts to lengthen the period of the program or even make it permanent have been unsuccessful.

    After long joining with Sen. Joe Manchin (D-W.Va.) to thwart various priorities of Democratic lawmakers and President Joe Biden, Sinema formally ditched the party in December and became an Independent. Although Sinema has not officially announced whether she will seek reelection next year, Gallego's campaign has gained national attention since launching in late January.

    Throughout his campaign, Gallego has shared his experience growing up poor, as one of four children being raised by a single mother, and accused Sinema of fighting "for the interests of Big Pharma and Wall Street at our expense."

    As Gallego's campaign said Friday:

    Sen. Sinema helped block the expanded child tax credit from being included in the Inflation Reduction Act—essentially giving a thumbs up to 3.7 million children living in poverty. While, simultaneously, she fought to protect the carried interest tax loophole—a favorite of her hedge fund donors.

    Growing up as the child of a poor, single mother, Ruben understands what the child tax credit means for millions of hard-working Americans and their children. That is why he has always been and remains a firm and vocal supporter of the child tax credit—because working families deserve to make ends meet and no child should ever have to worry about where their next meal will come from. In the Senate, Ruben will always fight for working people—because that's who he is and where he comes from.

    While Sinema weighs whether to run for Senate again, her campaign filings for the first quarter of this year revealed Friday that she only raised $2.1 million, compared with Gallego's $3.7 million since launching his campaign.

    Sinema "brought in funds from several prominent Republican donors and Wall Street sources. She raised more than $280,000 from employees of Blackstone, the private investment company, and $196,000 from employees of the Carlyle Group, a private equity firm," Politico reported. "Former White House Communications Director Anthony Scaramucci also gave her campaign the maximum $3,300, while the No Labels Problem Solvers PAC gave $10,000."

    Gallego's campaign highlighted that less than $6,000 of Sinema's funds for January through March came from small-dollar donors, while 98% of those who have given to his campaign are small-dollar donors.

    "I'm proud to be running a people-powered campaign where 98% of my donors are small-dollar donors who chipped in less than $100," Gallego said. " It's unfortunate that Sinema has pursued a different strategy: catering to a small group of rich donors."

    "It doesn't seem to be getting her very far," he added. "At the end of the day: this seat is not going to be bought by a few rich guys on Wall Street. It's going to be won with the support of regular, everyday Arizonans—and I'm proud to have them in my corner."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jessica Corbett.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/15/as-paper-shows-benefits-of-expanded-child-tax-credit-sinema-challenger-gallego-says-bring-it-back/feed/ 0 388031
    Jabs Caused 300,000 Excess Deaths and $147 Billion in Damage to Economy in 2022 https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/15/jabs-caused-300000-excess-deaths-and-147-billion-in-damage-to-economy-in-2022/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/15/jabs-caused-300000-excess-deaths-and-147-billion-in-damage-to-economy-in-2022/#respond Sat, 15 Apr 2023 13:53:58 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=139292

    In the U.S., COVID-19 vaccines injured 6.6 million people, disabled 1.36 million people, caused more than 300,000 excess deaths, and cost the economy an estimated $147 billion in damage — in 2022 alone — according to a new analysis by Humanity Projects, a wing of Portugal-based research firm Phinance Technologies.

    Read the full article here.

    Listen to my interview with Ed Dowd on the Post-Woke podcast, episode 60, right here — and please share the link! The tide is turning…


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Mickey Z..

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/15/jabs-caused-300000-excess-deaths-and-147-billion-in-damage-to-economy-in-2022/feed/ 0 388039
    Oxfam Shows US Billionaires Almost a Third Richer Today Than When Covid Hit https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/14/oxfam-shows-us-billionaires-almost-a-third-richer-today-than-when-covid-hit/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/14/oxfam-shows-us-billionaires-almost-a-third-richer-today-than-when-covid-hit/#respond Fri, 14 Apr 2023 19:23:17 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/wealth-inequality

    As the deadline for Americans to file federal income tax returns fast approaches, Oxfam America on Friday renewed calls for taxing the ultrarich while publishing an analysis showing America's growing number of billionaires saw their wealth increase by nearly one-third since the start of the Covid-19 pandemic and by nearly 90% over the past decade.

    "Wealth inequality in the U.S. is more extreme and dangerous than income inequality; and we need to change our approach, so we effectively tax wealth as well as income," the charity said in an introduction to the report, Tax Wealth, Tackle Inequality.

    Based on Forbes data, the report found that "U.S. billionaires are almost a third richer (over a trillion dollars, in real terms) than they were at the onset of the pandemic in 2020," while overall U.S. billionaire wealth has soared 86% since 2013.

    The number of U.S. billionaires—of which there are now more than 700—is also nearly 60% higher than it was a decade ago, according to the analysis.

    As the report notes:

    At the same time, our country has a "permanent underclass" of working families who are denied their economic rights, trapped in poverty, and unable to accumulate wealth no matter how hard they work. Oxfam data shows that almost a third of the U.S. labor force earns less than $15 an hour; half of all working women of color earn less than $15.14.

    The racial wealth gap is actually growing wider since the 1980s, and today is close to what it was in 1950. The average Black American household currently has only about 12 cents in wealth for every dollar of the average white American household.

    And while the gender pay gap has barely budged in two decades, the gender wealth gap is much wider. One study found a raw gender wealth gap of women owning 32 cents for every dollar of male wealth. For women of color, the gap is even more profound.

    "At a time when the ultrawealthy are amassing historic and dangerous levels of wealth, a federal wealth tax offers a vital and necessary tool for directly redressing extreme wealth inequality, as well as advancing racial justice, tackling the climate crisis, and protecting democracy," Oxfam argued. "It also offers a reminder that today's debt ceiling gridlock is a consequence of giving tax breaks to the ultrawealthy."

    Oxfam urges Congress and the Biden administration to enact legislation like Sen. Elizabeth Warren's (D-Mass.) Ultra-Millionaire Tax Act, which would impose a 2% annual tax on the net worth of households and trusts exceeding $50 million, plus a 1% annual surtax on billionaires.

    According to an analysis by University of California, Berkeley economists Emmanuel Saez and Gabriel Zucman, the tax would bring in at least $3 trillion in revenue over 10 years without raising taxes on 99.95% of American households worth less than $50 million.

    Citing figures from the Institute for Policy Studies and Patriotic Millionaires, Oxfam's analysis showed that:

    • The wealth tax proposed by Sen. Warren, based on taxing U.S. billionaires alone, would raise $114 billion annually—more than enough to pay for reinstating the Child Tax Credit;
    • An annual net wealth tax could raise over half a trillion dollars ($582.6 billion) each year, by taxing more than only billionaires and using marginally higher rates: 2% for wealth above $5 million, 3% above $50 million, and 5% above $1 billion; and
    • If there had been a net wealth tax of 6.9% since 2013, it would have kept billionaire wealth simply constant.
    "Tax Day is a reminder that the tax system isn't working for ordinary Americans. It's built to favor the richest in our society," said Nabil Ahmed, Oxfam America's director of economic justice. "The ultrawealthy are sitting on mountains of wealth that remain largely untouched by taxes, and their wild riches are in no small part a result of intentional public policy."

    "We need to implement strategic wealth taxes if we want to stand any chance at reining in this kind of Gilded-Era wealth inequality that allows the super-rich to have a stranglehold over our economy," Ahmed continued.

    "Taxing the ultrawealthy is essential to tackle extreme wealth inequality and protect our democracy from the threat of oligarchy—but it is also central to advancing racial and climate justice, connections that we must pay more attention to," he added. "It's also clear that political gridlock around the debt ceiling is a consequence of tax cuts on the richest."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Brett Wilkins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/14/oxfam-shows-us-billionaires-almost-a-third-richer-today-than-when-covid-hit/feed/ 0 387866
    No Turning Back https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/14/no-turning-back/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/14/no-turning-back/#respond Fri, 14 Apr 2023 13:03:44 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=139244 The following article is another installment in Project Censored’s long-form Dispatches series. It is a detailed examination of establishment media coverage of the Covid-19 pandemic. It critiques the missteps, censorship, and establishment propaganda that often passed for real investigative journalism during a crisis when the American public needed truly independent media the most. This is not a piece that takes a position on the efficacy of masks, vaccines, or virus origins, though those are discussed, but rather, a critique of how the corporate media often botched reporting on such crucial matters, censored legitimate counter-narratives that posed important questions, and ultimately diminished its own credibility and trustworthiness in the eyes of the American public, which this year is now at an historic low point. Simply put, we the people deserve better from our Fourth Estate. They have some important work to do to restore that trust. –Project Censored Director, Mickey Huff

    In March 2023, legacy news media outlets reported that a study from international scientists based on previously unknown data found that Covid-19 originated in animals and was first transferred from raccoon-dogs to humans near a Chinese wet market. “The pandemic originated from animals, not a lab” reported Huffington Post. CNN’s headline exclaimed “Researchers say newly posted analysis supports natural origin for Covid-19 pandemic.”

    The raccoon-dog report recently emerged as polls showed that nearly two-thirds of Americans believed the lab leak hypothesis – which posits that Covid-19 was created and somehow released from the Wuhan Institute of Virology in China – is a more probable explanation of Covid-19’s origins than the market theory – which posits that the virus was transferred from an animal to humans at a Chinese wet market. Indeed, only about 15% of those polled had confidence in the market theory.

    The press reports about the raccoon-dog study were quickly dismissed because the study was a pre-publication, meaning it had not been peer-reviewed or confirmed. The reports on the origin of the Covid-19 virus – which remains unknown to this day – are illustrative of the news media’s flippant pattern of drawing conclusions on flimsy evidence during the pandemic. Indeed, in early 2020, the legacy news media incorrectly reported that the scientific community had reached a consensus on the origin of the virus and it was the market theory. However, by 2023, research indicated that these reports were inaccurate because the scientific community remained unsure about Covid-19’s origin.

    During the pandemic, the legacy news media’s shoddy reporting contributed to the public’s significant lack of trust in societal and public institutions. They wasted precious time and resources that could have been dedicated to improving the global response to Covid-19 and future pandemics. In the process, they silenced credentialed experts and rational skeptics. It is not the case that all news media reporting or government statements on Covid-19 were wrong, but amplification of false and misleading reports by those in government and news media during the pandemic fed into the lingering distrust of societal institutions.

    A Government Megaphone

    Many scientists have conceded that we may never know the origin of the Covid-19 virus. Nonetheless, since 2020, the news media have reported that scientists were certain the virus originated zoonotically from a wet market in China. It is true that government officials proclaimed that the market theory was the most plausible explanation for the origin of Covid-19, but unbeknownst to the public, and the legacy news media that were parroting government reports, the government was and remains divided on the origins of Covid-19.

    In spring 2020, shortly after the pandemic began, there was a conference call comprised of government officials who were managing the pandemic response. Some of the participants noted that they believed that the lab leak hypothesis was plausible. Rather than share the details of this scientific debate with the public, three days later, one of the participants, Dr. Anthony Fauci – who was then the Director of the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases at the National Institutes of Health (NIH) (1984-2022) and later the Chief Medical Advisor to the President (2022-2023), prompted four of the scientists on the call to author a paper titled “The Proximal Origin of SARS-CoV-2.” The paper concluded that the lab leak theory was implausible. Fauci cited the paper as evidence that the lab leak theory was improbable without noting he had commissioned the paper. It is very clear that at the time, many government scientists did not want the public considering the veracity of the lab leak hypothesis. Indeed, a month after the initial conference call, then Director of the National Institutes of Health Dr. Francis Collins, who was also on the original call, expressed frustration that “The Proximal Origin of SARS-CoV-2” paper had not quelled the public’s interest in the lab leak theory.

    Some have mused that the government scientists’ opposition to the lab leak theory may be rooted in a conflict of interest. Under Fauci’s leadership, the NIH, through EcoHealth Alliance, funded research at Wuhan Institute of Virology in China that is similar to that which is cited as potentially responsible for a lab leak. This conflict of interest went beyond Fauci. In February 2020, a leading peer-reviewed medical journal, The Lancet, published a letter signed by 27 prominent scientists concluding that Covid-19 was not a result of a lab leak. However, one of the authors was Peter Daszak of EcoHealth Alliance. A conflict of interest does not prove someone is lying, but it is important context for the free press to provide to audiences as they consider the letter and statements from Fauci. Instead, the legacy media parroted Fauci’s narrative that the lab leak was implausible, and chose mostly to not investigate it further.

    Attacking The Messenger

    The news media and social media companies helped legitimize the market-theory narrative by quashing discussion of the lab-leak theory. For example, Facebook removed posts discussing the lab leak for an entire year. Similarly, the legacy press denounced those who considered non-market theory explanations for Covid-19’s origins. For example, when U.S. Senator Tom Cotton touted the lab leak hypothesis in 2020, a New York Times report called it a “conspiracy theory;” Washington Post reported that “Tom Cotton keeps repeating a coronavirus conspiracy theory that was already debunked;” PolitiFact dismissed the hypothesis as “inaccurate and ridiculous. We rate it Pants on Fire!;” and Blake Hounshell of Politico inaccurately said that Cotton’s conclusion could be “easily debunked within three minutes.”

    A consistent refrain in the legacy news media’s dismissal of the lab-leak hypothesis was to label it “racist.” Journalist Glenn Greenwald scoffed at this conclusion noting that if any hypothesis is racist, it is the wet market theory: “Covid was caused by the filthy, primitive food markets of the Chinese.” In 2021, comedian Jon Stewart became painfully aware that the lab leak hypothesis was the proverbial third rail. After he did a bit on Stephen Colbert’s late night program where he joked that the Covid-19 virus emerged from a lab leak, he was vilified by leftists who labeled him an alt-right racist despite decades of establishing himself as one of the most high profile liberals in the country.

    By early 2023, it became clear that legacy news media’s reporting had concealed substantive scientific debates about origin of Covid-19. In 2023, the Energy Department and the FBI had publicly concluded – with low certainty – that the lab leak was the most probable explanation for the origin of Covid-19. So too did the former head of the CDC. Meanwhile, other agencies still concluded it was a natural origin as described in the market theory. Again, it is critical to note that the public discovered that there was division in government about the origin not because of dogged journalism, but because of publicly available government reports. The Wall Street Journal was one of the first major legacy news media outlets to cite government sources that confirmed the existence of evidence that showed that lab leak was in fact, “plausible.”

    The Disinformation Crisis

    The legacy news media’s dearth of investigative journalism during the pandemic was due in part to the moral panic over disinformation. A moral panic occurs when there is widespread fear – often irrational in nature – over a perceived threat. The panic over disinformation was rooted in post-2016 fears about  Donald Trump’s presidency; the proliferation of white nationalist and supremacist groups; and violent clashes such as those in Charlottesville, Virginia in 2017 and at the US Capitol in 2021. By 2020 when Covid-19 safety measures were put into place, the moral panic over fake news was a global phenomenon, with citizens and leaders concerned that false information regarding the origins, nature, and existence of the Covid-19 virus, and subsequently the vaccine, posed a threat to their nation’s viability and well-being.

    These concerns were expressed by the World Health Organization (WHO), United Nations, UNESCO, and other global organizations, who warned in a joint statement that there was a global “infodemic,” which the WHO defined as “too much information including false or misleading information in digital and physical environments during a disease outbreak.” In 2021, Fauci echoed these sentiments arguing that anyone who critiqued or questioned his conclusions related to Covid-19 was engaged in “an attack on science.”

    There was certainly a plethora of false information spreading during the pandemic. For example, early in the pandemic, a popular documentary titled “Plandemic: The Hidden Agenda Behind Covid-19,” saw a former researcher from the Whittemore Peterson Institute (WPI) Judy Mikovits, spread baseless and inaccurate claims about the amount hospitals receive from the government for Covid-19 patients, her wrongful arrest, and that the flu vaccine increased someone’s likelihood of contracting Covid-19. Similarly, many social media users and influential celebrities were claiming that 5G – the 5th generation mobile network and wireless standard – was connected to the spread of Covid-19. There were even reports of fatalities from people ingesting fish tank cleaner after reading online that it was a treatment for Covid-19.

    Rather than live up to their commitment to be truth-tellers in an infodemic, the legacy news media often spread falsehoods of its own. For example, podcaster and comedian Joe Rogan noted that in addition to other remedies, he had taken Ivermectin when he was infected with Covid-19. Ivermectin, originally prescribed as a veterinary drug, has been used for over half a century by billions of people to treat parasitic diseases. Yet, when CNN reported on Rogan using Ivermectin they accused him of using “livestock dewormer Ivermectin.” This was demonstrably false as Rogan had not taken any dewormer. Indeed, American neurosurgeon and CNN medical reporter Sanjay Gupta agreed that CNN’s reporting was inaccurate when he appeared on Rogan’s podcast. Still, others such as CNN’s Don Lemon defended his network’s reporting. The false reports from CNN and other media outlets appeared to be an effort to discredit Rogan. After all, Rogan’s recovery from Covid-19, which reportedly occurred quickly and without the need for vaccination, undermined the legacy news media’s rigid reporting on the Covid-19 response. They stopped reporting that Rogan had used horse dewormer once he threatened to bring a defamation lawsuit against them. During the Rogan saga, the legacy media appeared less interested in reporting on the efficacy of vaccines or lack of evidence for Ivermectin, than destroying one of their competitors in the news media space. The irony is that in the process, the legacy news media lied and hurt its own waning credibility.

    Manufacturing Consent

    The accuracy of the legacy news media’s pandemic reporting was further hindered by their reliance on those in power as sources. During the pandemic, influential government officials and agencies spread disinformation. Rather than correct these errors, the legacy press often excused or echoed them. For example, Fauci admitted that when the pandemic began, he was so concerned that there would be a shortage of personal protective equipment such as masks that he lied and reported that masks would not prevent the spread of Covid-19. For example, in a 60 Minutes interview he said:

    When you’re in the middle of an outbreak, wearing a mask might make people feel a little bit better, and it might even block a droplet. But it’s not providing the perfect protection that people think that it is. And often, there are unintended consequences. People keep fiddling with the mask, and they keep touching their face…When you think ‘masks,’ you should think of health care providers needing them.

    Rather than roast Fauci for lying to the public and putting people at risk, the news media excused his behavior. Slate justified it as a “noble lie.” Reason equivocated arguing that Fauci “may not have ‘lied’ about face masks, but he was not exactly honest either.” CNN argued that audiences needed more “context” before they called Fauci a liar (even though Fauci himself admitted to not being truthful).

    In a December of 2020 example of news media covering for government officials lies, Fauci explained that he had purposely reported a reduced number of vaccinations needed to achieve herd immunity – the point in time where enough of the population receives a vaccine to mitigate the spread of the virus – because the public, in his opinion, was not ready to hear the truth. In December 2020, shortly after the vaccine was announced, he explained:

    When polls said only about half of all Americans would take a vaccine, I was saying herd immunity would take 70 to 75 percent … Then, when newer surveys said 60 percent or more would take it, I thought, “I can nudge this up a bit,” so I went to 80, 85. We need to have some humility here …. We really don’t know what the real number is. I think the real range is somewhere between 70 to 90 percent. But, I’m not going to say 90 percent.

    That same month, New York Times reported that in a telephone interview, “Fauci acknowledged that he had slowly but deliberately been moving the goalposts” on herd immunity.

    Rather than lambaste Fauci for conflating the manipulation of public opinion with science, news outlets provided him safe space where he could communicate to the public without scrutiny or difficult questions. For example, Fauci made a January 2021 on MSNBC with Rachel Maddow. It was his first appearance on Maddow’s show since the pandemic began. According to Fauci, former President Donald Trump would not allow him to appear on MSNBC. Rather than interrogate his previous inconsistent statements, Maddow was more interested in finding out why Trump would not allow Fauci on her show.

    The legacy press introduced baseless political claims as sound science. After President Joe Biden came to power in 2021, the press echoed his contention that the continuing infection rate was a “pandemic of the unvaccinated.” In February of 2022, Washington Post reported “yes it’s still a pandemic of the unvaccinated arguably even more so now.”

    The phrase misleadingly insinuated that the virus would have been eradicated had all people been vaccinated. It was part of the government’s propaganda campaign to get people vaccinated, which included Fauci attempting in 2021 to shame an unvaccinated person of color into getting vaccinated by telling them that they would have “no symptoms” if they contracted Covid-19 after taking the vaccine. The claims that the vaccine would stop the spread of the virus completely are demonstrably false as practicing research scientists, the CDC, and doctors have noted that vaccinated and unvaccinated people have and will become infected (including this author, on two occasions).

    If the legacy media wanted to boost vaccine rates, a more accurate description would have been: “a global pandemic of capital.” It was the U.S. copyright laws upheld by the Biden Administration that prevented unvaccinated people around the globe from accessing the vaccine because it was considered intellectual property. Instead, the legacy news media chose to frame vaccine hesitancy as a racial and partisan issue.

    They lampooned conservatives for being vaccine hesitant, but ignored the leftists who were vaccine hesitant. They coupled their partisan reporting with claims that “whiteness” explained vaccine hesitancy. Albeit higher among white conservatives, this reporting ignored the research demonstrating that even Democrats and people of color such as the U.S. Vice-President Kamala Harris were vaccine hesitant. In fact, there is a long history in the U.S. that supports such skepticism from marginalized communities around public health matters. This narrow framing of vaccine hesitancy missed a much larger story: that Americans increasingly do not trust their institutions – including the news media and Big Pharma.

    Conclusion: Mea-Culpa and Beyond

    During the pandemic, the legacy media centered themselves as the resistance to disinformation, but their hubris and elite bias led them to oversimplify scientific discourses. The scientific community was not as united on the Covid-19 response as legacy media would have audiences believe. For example, while The Lancet letter and “The Proximal Origin of SARS-CoV-2” received laudatory press coverage, legacy media ignored The Great Barrington Declaration. It was a letter signed in 2020 by infectious disease epidemiologists and public health scientists, argued for focused protection on vulnerable populations during the pandemic while the larger population achieves herd immunity through infection. Fauci denounced the plan as “nonsense” and ‘”dangerous,” but it was strong evidence that there was some division among scientists. This is also true on the efficacy of vaccines. Although news reports denounced The Great Barrington Declaration for arguing people could achieve natural immunity through infection, scientific studies in 2021 and 2023 studies found the opposite. Indeed, even Fauci noted on numerous occasions that a past infection might be as effective as a vaccine. In fact, by February of 2023, NBC News, citing a new study from The Lancet, reported that “immunity acquired from a Covid infection is as protective as vaccination against severe illness and death” and that “the immunity generated from an infection was found to be ‘at least as high, if not higher’ than that provided by two doses of mRNA vaccines.” This is important to remember given that medical professionals and other workers that dissented from the official narratives around Covid-19 were unlawfully fired from their jobs for not adhering to vaccine mandates, some of whom argued they had natural immunity from prior infection.

    Also in 2023, Fauci made an appearance on CNN and seemed to communicate that even he was aware that questions about the lab-leak hypothesis were not disappearing anytime soon. He explained that if it leaked from a lab Covid-19 was probably brought to the lab by a person who had contracted it and then spread it to the lab, before spreading it outside the lab. Although, his statement redefined what the lab leak hypothesis is, it does communicate that even he has to admit that there is ambiguity regarding Covid-19’s origin. Other market theorists such as Bill Gates – who is not a medical scientist but is often turned to for scientific advice by the donor class and legacy media journalists – simply continues to deny the lab leak hypothesis as being a possibility. So does late night comedian (not a scientist) Stephen Colbert, who continues to lampoon people who consider the lab leak hypothesis without adequately acknowledging the disagreement among researchers.

    The legacy news media has also tacitly admitted errors in their reporting. In 2023, Washington Post reported “There is no question that the lab leak theory is ascendant in Americans’ minds, despite the scientific community and some in the media having cast plenty of doubt upon it [lab leak theory].” Other legacy news outlets offered a more detailed mea-culpa for their inaccurate reporting. USA Today exclaimed “COVID may have leaked out of a Chinese lab, after all. So much for ‘misinformation.’” New York Times admitted that “We have been talking about the lab-leak hypothesis all wrong.” Such admissions are a step toward regaining public trust.

    The changes in rhetoric by government officials and the press demonstrate that they recognize the errors made in pandemic era reporting. Undoubtedly, some defenders of legacy media will conclude “mistakes happen, but through investigative journalism the press eventually corrected the record!” The problem with defending this approach to journalism is that it is ignores the long periods of time that passed before the corrections. During that time, audiences were inundated with falsehoods from powerful institutions and may never be informed about what the truth is. Indeed, March 2023 was also the 20 year anniversary of when government falsehoods amplified by legacy press reporting convinced almost 70% of Americans that Iraq had weapons of mass destruction and aided in the attacks on 9/11. Although, most people now know these are both categorically false, it comes after decades of war have resulted in massive death tolls in U.S., Iraq, and beyond. In short, it is too late.

    The same is true for Covid-19. Take the New York Times report that liberals are more likely to exaggerate pandemic deaths and infections than conservatives, who are more likely to underestimate them. It is one of many indicators of the long-term impact of shoddy reporting. How many people in five or ten years will think that the science is settled on masks, natural immunity, lockdowns, or the origins of Covid-19 when it is not? How will these misconceptions impact public policy and discourse moving forward? Had the press done a substantive job earlier: could we have proven the origin of the virus? If so, what would be the implications for global relations? What safeguards could have been but in place to prevent a future outbreak had we not censored and ridiculed those investigating alternative explanations? We will never know because the legacy news media’s failures cannot be reversed. However, we can learn lessons from this saga and work to improve both the reporting from the Fourth Estate and public trust in our institutions.

  • First published at Project Censored.

  • This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Nolan Higdon.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/14/no-turning-back/feed/ 0 387755
    Unknown Anger https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/14/unknown-anger/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/14/unknown-anger/#respond Fri, 14 Apr 2023 01:25:25 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=139228

    Who is an Anti-vaxxer?


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/14/unknown-anger/feed/ 0 387600
    NYT Blames US Public for Collapse of Pandemic Safety Net https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/12/nyt-blames-us-public-for-collapse-of-pandemic-safety-net/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/12/nyt-blames-us-public-for-collapse-of-pandemic-safety-net/#respond Wed, 12 Apr 2023 22:01:43 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9033099   A ban on evictions. Required paid leave. Continuous Medicaid coverage. Free school meals. Emergency SNAP allotments. An extra $600 a week in unemployment benefits. Child tax credit expansion. Thousands in stimulus checks. These measures were part of a suite of policies the US government passed in response to the Covid-19 pandemic and the economic […]

    The post NYT Blames US Public for Collapse of Pandemic Safety Net appeared first on FAIR.

    ]]>
     

    Apricitas Economics: A Historic Labor Market Recovery

    Thanks in large part to pandemic social spending, employment recovered from the 2020 recession in record time (Chart: Apricitas Economics, 4/8/23).

    A ban on evictions. Required paid leave. Continuous Medicaid coverage. Free school meals. Emergency SNAP allotments. An extra $600 a week in unemployment benefits. Child tax credit expansion. Thousands in stimulus checks.

    These measures were part of a suite of policies the US government passed in response to the Covid-19 pandemic and the economic fallout it precipitated. They were meant to blunt the damage, to protect the population from a much darker alternative.

    And they were remarkably successful. The government boosted incomes of the worst-off in a way that would have appeared totally alien in 2001 or 2008. And the speed at which employment rebounded put other recent recoveries to shame.

    Median real earnings relative to pre-recession year, by income quintile: Bottom quintile

    Change in median real earnings for the poorest 20% during recent recessions. In the Covid pandemic, unlike in 2001 and 2008, government relief more than made up for loss of income by poor workers. (Chart: Social Science Research Network, 12/5/22.)

     

    Yet the pandemic era social safety net is now in the midst of a long death gasp. After pulling a much more robust welfare state out of a hat, the government appears determined to slowly suffocate it. Meanwhile, the public is treated to muffled yelps.

    The national news media seem relatively uninterested in informing the population of the demise of Covid-related safety net provisions. In 2021, Sunday shows were silent about the expiration of the eviction ban and increased unemployment benefits. In the lead-up to the expiration of continuous Medicaid coverage on March 31 of this year, major cable news outlets were once again largely mute about the development. As Bryce Greene summarized for FAIR (4/7/23), “Trump’s Idling Plane Got More TV Coverage Than Biden Cutting Healthcare for 15 Million.”

    A mix of reality and fantasy

    New York Times: Most Safety Net Programs Started During the Pandemic Have Ended

    The New York Times article (4/6/23) had a helpful chart that showed when pandemic era programs started and ended.

    So it was great to see an article dedicated to the issue show up in the New York Times (4/6/23). The piece, headlined “The US Built a European-Style Welfare State. It’s Largely Over,” included a detailed breakdown of various additions to the US welfare state—a much-demonized term for what amounts to a host of government programs that look out for the well-being of the population, particularly the worst-off—over the course of the pandemic.

    Reporters Claire Cain Miller and Alicia Parlapiano touted the child tax credit’s success in cutting child poverty by a third. They pointed to the success of pandemic-era policies in reducing the percentage of Americans lacking health insurance to a historic low of 8%. And they hailed the breadth of coverage achieved by expanded unemployment insurance.

    And yet, in classic Times fashion, the piece supplemented this serious, data-driven analysis with stunningly lazy and dishonest mischaracterizations of the US political system, ones that get repeated enough to sound reasonable, but only because most reporters seem to lack the energy or interest to actually consult reality.

    Blaming the victim

    Overall, the public is dissatisfied with the way the government is spending in key public policy areas.

    Polling (AP/NORC, 3/29/23) suggests that large majorities of the US public would like to see more spending on education, healthcare, Social Security, infrastructure, assistance to the poor and Medicare.

    To start, after laying out the trajectory of the pandemic welfare state, the Times offered a theory for its demise–lack of support among the US public:

    There has been little political will to make policies permanent because they did not emerge from a deeper shift in how Americans view the role of government or the rights of citizens, said Sheri Berman, a political science professor at Barnard College who has studied social democracies….

    “People did not have an ideological conversion, a new view of what American citizenship could be,” she said. Rather, it was a recognition that during the crisis, “without these things, the entire system could go under.”

    This theory is cited uncritically, leaving the reader with the impression that there must be something to this professor’s sweeping statements about US values. But her generalizations more closely resemble the pontifications of a cocktail party guest on the Upper West Side than the studied remarks of a scholar.

    Polling provides little support for the idea that Americans oppose a stronger social safety net, and only consented to one during the pandemic out of necessity.

    An AP/NORC poll from March, for instance, found a majority of the public in favor of increasing government spending in key areas, including education (65%), healthcare (63%), Social Security (62%), assistance to the poor (59%), Medicare (58%) and assistance for childcare (53%).

    In the particular case of the expanded child tax credit, which the Biden administration instituted in 2021, survey data from Data for Progress demonstrated consistent support for permanent expansion during its time in effect.

    And this eagerness to strengthen the welfare state is not just a recent phenomenon; it stretches back decades. Data from the General Social Survey reaching to the 1970s shows high, often overwhelming, support for greater social spending. Even in the case of the lowest support level shown on this graph—Social Security in 1993—support for increasing spending is tied with support for keeping spending the same. Support for cutting spending clocks in at 7%.

    Support for Increased Spending on National Prioirities

    Going back to the 1970s, polling has shown solid support for increased social spending. (Source: General Social Survey)

    Pew polling likewise reveals long-standing support for other aspects of a robust safety net. In particular, the idea that the government should “guarantee food and shelter to all” polled at 62% during the Reagan years, and 69% twenty years later.

    To look at all this data and conclude that the real reason the pandemic era safety net has receded is US public opinion is ludicrous. The professor has things exactly backwards. It’s true that there has not been some sudden shift in favor of strengthening the welfare state. But that’s because the public has wanted to scale it up for decades.

    Manufacturing opposition

    YouGuv: Most Americans say Social Security should be given more funding

    Saying that the “United States has historically been opposed to…large government programs” is a sleight-of-hand that ignores the fact that US citizens have been strongly supportive of large government programs like Social Security (YouGovAmerica, 2/8/23).

    The Times nevertheless continued along this path:

    The United States has historically been opposed to the large government programs and high tax rates seen in much of Europe. As a result, it is unusual among its peers in not providing universal healthcare, entitlements for children and generous cash assistance to the poor, said Robert A. Moffitt, an economics professor at Johns Hopkins.

    Has the US public historically opposed large government programs and high tax rates? Not in the case of Social Security. Public opinion polling has shown consistent popular support for the program—and for expanding it—throughout its history. A 2022 poll put support for increasing Social Security benefits for all at 77%. And polling has for years shown much more support for raising taxes than cutting benefits—the same 2022 poll found 76% support for financing an increase in benefits by imposing payroll taxes on high-income Americans.

    And Social Security is not an anomaly. As the GSS data cited above demonstrates, it is just one example of the American fervor for increased social spending.

    Recent polling, moreover, shows extraordinarily favorable views towards existing social programs across the board:

    It’s not that no polling exists suggesting skepticism of large government programs. But the unqualified claim of ingrained popular opposition to these programs simply doesn’t fit with the evidence.

    An absurd theory of politics

    Pew: Americans Frustrations With the Federal Tax System

    The US public’s major frustrations with the federal tax system are that some corporations and wealthy people don’t pay their fair share (Pew, 4/7/23).

    And the same is true when it comes to support for higher taxes. Gallup surveys have repeatedly returned solid majority support for raising taxes on corporations and high earners for years. According to recent polling, most Americans say it bothers them “a lot” that corporations and wealthy people don’t pay their fair share in taxes. Sixty-one percent support raising taxes on households pulling in over $400,000 a year, and 65% support hiking rates on corporations.

    It would be one thing if the Times went through this or other polling data and provided evidence backing up its claims. But it doesn’t reference a single poll throughout the piece. It just outsources the thinking to professors, whose credentials mean they must know what they’re talking about. This is lazy reporting. And it leaves the readership with a completely absurd understanding of how politics works, with readers apparently meant to believe in a political process like this:

    The general public doesn’t support programs → Government gets rid of programs → Public is fine with that

    The reality, on the other hand, is more like:

    The general public supports programs → Wealthy people and corporations finance political campaigns and lobbying efforts → Politicians do the bidding of their backers → People lose Medicaid coverage or have their SNAP benefits cut → The public reads that they didn’t really support the programs and that’s why the programs were ended → The public still supports the programs but is now very confused about what is going on

    The polarization bogeyman

    The Times didn’t stop after this string of lazy and misleading theorizing. Instead, it opted to tack on a couple additional pet theories for the slow death of the pandemic welfare state. First, the paper turned to a classic duo—polarization and gridlock: “Political polarization and congressional gridlock have made a permanent expansion of social benefits more difficult.” Because when Republicans and moderate Democrats both oppose increased social spending, the problem is that the parties don’t agree on enough…. Wait.

    Jacobin: The Reconciliation Bill’s Gutting Is What Happens When Your Party Is Addicted to Corporate Money

    To get a serious discussion about why popular social programs weren’t maintained, you had to leave the New York Times and turn to left publications like Jacobin (10/29/21).

    In a superficial sense, of course, the idea that gridlock has played a role in preventing a permanent expansion of the safety net is obviously correct. But blaming gridlock is functionally equivalent to saying, The government couldn’t get things done because the parties couldn’t work together to pass things. That’s true, but it doesn’t tell us anything of value.

    Polarization, on the other hand, is an utterly uncompelling explanation for the demise of the pandemic welfare state. It’s true that Republicans are fundamentally committed to opposing increased social spending, but Democrats had control of the House, Senate and White House for the first two years of Biden’s presidency. That’s why the American Rescue Plan was able to pass in early 2021, even though no Republican voted for it.

    The rest of the Build Back Better agenda, which would have represented a serious expansion of the social safety net, stalled and withered because of opposition within the Democratic party, specifically from conservative Democrats like Joe Manchin and Kyrsten Sinema (Jacobin, 10/29/21, 6/7/22, 8/3/22), not because of polarization.

    After moderates joined together to substantially weaken additional Build Back Better legislation over months of negotiations, Manchin basically single-handedly tanked the Build Back Better Act in late 2021, as the New York Times recognized at the time (Daily, 12/21/21). He then tanked it again in the summer of 2022, only to revive it shortly thereafter in a severely eroded form, culminating in the passage of the renamed Inflation Reduction Act.

    Over the whole period, the aspirations of the Build Back Better plan sharply receded—$3.5 trillion in proposed spending fell to $500 billion; expansions to the safety net were largely stripped (Jacobin, 8/2/22).

    To consolidate the expiration of the pandemic welfare state, congressional Democrats at the end of last year passed an omnibus spending bill that included provisions ending continuous coverage for Medicaid recipients and prematurely terminating enhanced SNAP benefits. The bill received bipartisan support in the Senate, passing with 68 votes. It passed more along party lines in the House, with only nine Republican votes. Is this what polarization looks like?

    None of this history shows up in the Times piece. The closest the article comes to mentioning the role played by conservative Democrats in the murder of the pandemic welfare state is the following sentence: “Efforts to extend certain programs—or to formally create a more generous safety net, as President Biden laid out in his large social spending bill—have failed.” Notice the passive voice.

    Long live incrementalism

    Samuel Hammond

    Economist Samuel Hammond, who works for the Koch-funded Lincoln Network, thinks social spending was doomed by the “macro environment.” What do economists who aren’t funded by the Koch brothers think? The New York Times doesn’t say.

    But don’t worry, immediately after blaming polarization and gridlock, the Times generously offered a third theory for the pandemic welfare state’s death: “the current economic climate, with high inflation and interest rates.” It then presented the thoughts of a conservative economist:

    The politics of trying to make these programs permanent just isn’t there today, not to mention budget constraints. The macro environment has turned in a way that has sort of reaffirmed the fiscal conservatives.

    Missing is similar space for the commentary of a progressive economist, who might argue that an environment of economic insecurity makes safety net programs more necessary, not less. To avoid stoking inflation, these programs could be offset by, for instance, reversing the Trump tax cuts, which conservative Democrats have prevented the Biden administration from doing. For the Times, this perspective merits no hearing.

    To sum up, then, the Times offers a total of three explanations for the death of the pandemic welfare state: 1) The US public doesn’t support an expanded welfare state; 2) polarization and gridlock have made it difficult to do anything; 3) ongoing economic issues tie Congress’s hands. These explanations are variously shallow, unhelpful or flat-out wrong. They are the definition of lazy journalism, but they serve a useful ideological purpose: distract from what’s actually going on, blame the people, and exonerate the Democratic establishment.

    The whole point of the Times piece is not to criticize increased social spending. In fact, the authors seem fond of some aspects of the pandemic expansions:

    Smaller programs—like food assistance and the child tax credit expansion—patched long-existing holes in the safety net. Now that the patches are being removed, the problems are more apparent.

    The point, rather, is to discourage people from thinking about a serious transformation of the safety net, and to gesture towards dull and overly complicated incremental reforms as the only possible option. It’s to instill complacency as a default orientation towards welfare state expansion, something that appeals to a high-earning elite, many of whom consume the Times with self-serving credulity.

    The article ends by highlighting areas where unspecified experts “would like to see changes become permanent,” including unemployment insurance, support for families with young children, and health insurance access.

    What, though, would the American people like to see? Higher taxes on the rich and corporations. Much more spending on the welfare state. Medicare for All. A Green New Deal. And so on and so on. But don’t expect to read much about that in the New York Times.


    ACTION ALERT: You can send a message to the New York Times at letters@nytimes.com (Twitter: @NYTimes). Please remember that respectful communication is the most effective. Feel free to leave a copy of your communication in the comments thread.

    The post NYT Blames US Public for Collapse of Pandemic Safety Net appeared first on FAIR.


    This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Conor Smyth.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/12/nyt-blames-us-public-for-collapse-of-pandemic-safety-net/feed/ 0 387240
    Media’s Lab Leak Theorists See Spies, Not Scientists, as Arbiters of Science https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/07/medias-lab-leak-theorists-see-spies-not-scientists-as-arbiters-of-science/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/07/medias-lab-leak-theorists-see-spies-not-scientists-as-arbiters-of-science/#respond Fri, 07 Apr 2023 22:58:45 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9033026   The Wall Street Journal (2/26/23) broke the news that classified documents show the US Energy Department believes Covid emerged from a lab leak in China, which sent shockwaves through the rest of the media. Such a statement by the Energy Department  “would be significant despite the fact that, as the report said, the agency […]

    The post Media’s Lab Leak Theorists See Spies, Not Scientists, as Arbiters of Science appeared first on FAIR.

    ]]>
     

    WSJ: Lab Leak Most Likely Origin of Covid-19 Pandemic, Energy Department Now Says

    Readers should have very low confidence in the Wall Street Journal‘s assumption (2/26/23) that classified intelligence reports are helpful gauges of scientific questions.

    The Wall Street Journal (2/26/23) broke the news that classified documents show the US Energy Department believes Covid emerged from a lab leak in China, which sent shockwaves through the rest of the media. Such a statement by the Energy Department  “would be significant despite the fact that, as the report said, the agency made its updated judgment with ‘low confidence,’” according to the Guardian (2/26/23).

    “Low confidence” is a term intelligence agencies use to signify that “information’s credibility and/or plausibility is questionable, or that the information is too fragmented or poorly corroborated to make solid analytic inferences, or that we have significant concerns or problems with the sources.”

    Speaking of low confidence, Michael Gordon, one of the Journal reporters on the byline, used to write for the New York Times. There he co-authored spurious articles with the infamous Judith Miller about imaginary Iraqi weapons of mass destruction that were used to justify the US invasion of Iraq (New York Times, 9/8/02, 9/13/02; New York Review of Books, 2/26/04; Guardian, 5/27/04FAIR.org, 3/20/13).*

    Nevertheless, this one article from a sketchy reporter, relaying a single government agency’s speculations that were self-labeled as dubious, managed to reignite the lab leak controversy, with virtually every major US news outlet returning to the story.

    Readers should be asking why so many in media find government talking points on a scientific question so newsworthy. There is a vast amount of scientific research that points to Covid spreading to humans from other animal hosts—“zoonotic jump” is the technical term—and pours serious cold water on the lab leak hypothesis, as well as some of the political actors who promote it.

    ‘Public-health groupthink’

    NYT: Lab Leak Most Likely Caused Pandemic, Energy Dept. Says

    “Officials would not disclose what the intelligence was”—but that’s good enough for the front page of the New York Times (2/26/23).

    After the Journal story broke, the New York Times (2/26/23) noted that the FBI “has also concluded, with moderate confidence, that the virus first emerged accidentally from the Wuhan Institute of Virology, a Chinese lab that worked on coronaviruses.” Meanwhile, “four other intelligence agencies and the National Intelligence Council have concluded, with low confidence, that the virus most likely emerged through natural transmission.” Other outlets trumpeted the Journal’s report, giving the impression that new evidence about the pandemic’s origins had come to light (CNN, 2/27/23; NPR, 2/27/23; CBS, 2/28/23).

    While this reporting indicates that there is little consensus among government agencies about the virus’ origins, those who want to believe in the lab leak myth—like Rupert Murdoch’s media empire, to which the Journal belongs—used the report as definitive proof of Chinese carelessness, or even treachery.

    The Wall Street Journal editorial board (2/26/23) said the Energy Department declaration “doesn’t mean the case is definitive,” but that it adds “more evidence that the media and public-health groupthink about Covid was mistaken and destructive.” The Journal stressed that the “salient detail is that DoE’s judgment is based on ‘new’ but still secret intelligence”—which is known as the “trust us” school of journalism.

    In another Journal op-ed (3/6/23), Tim Trevan, a founder of CHROME Biosafety and Biosecurity Consulting, attempted to say that money, political liberalism, careerism and social pressure clouded the scientific community’s ability to accept the lab leak hypothesis. “I am not suggesting that scientists consciously decided to thwart the truth,” he said:

    You don’t have to posit conspiracy theories to explain the rush by the science establishment to exclude a lab-leak explanation to Covid. You merely have to admit that scientists are human.

    Trevan offers no evidence that a lab leak caused the pandemic, to back up his insistence that scientists have been blind to the truth. He does, however, indulge in low-brow anti-Communism and orientalism, saying the “transparency” necessary for adequate laboratory safety “runs against the grain of both Communism and China’s hierarchical traditional culture.” Which is it: Is China too egalitarian in its Maoist ways, or too stuck in its backward, pre-revolutionary past?

    Jonathan Turley opined at the New York Post (2/26/23) that the Journal’s scoop vindicated lab leak theorists who had been branded as racists or conspiracy nuts. Fox News (2/27/23) echoed Turley, and it gloated (2/27/23) that “reporters, pundits and media outlets” who had doubted the lab leak theory “were scolded and lampooned” as a result of the Journal report.

    ‘Intentionally manufactured’

    Fox: CCP government 'intentionally released' COVID-19 'all over the world,' Chinese virologist says

    You really can say anything on Fox News (2/28/23) as long as it makes the right people look bad.

    Fox News host Tucker Carlson, who has promoted the racist “great replacement” myth on his show (FAIR.org, 10/20/21; NPR, 5/12/22), took the lab leak speculation and ran with it. He showcased Chinese virologist Li-Meng Yan (2/28/23), who said that “the Chinese government intentionally manufactured and released” the coronavirus behind the pandemic, while Carlson suggested “the Chinese government unleashed Covid to destroy Western economies and elevate their own position globally.”

    Yan’s research, while backed by MAGA ideologist Steve Bannon (Vox, 9/18/20), has been questioned by National Geographic (9/18/20) and her own Hong Kong University (7/11/20).

    Her narrative nevertheless fits into the anti-China hysteria of Fox News, and has been an important player for the right’s media war since the pandemic began. As the New York Times (11/20/20) put it:

    For the diaspora, Dr. Yan and her unfounded claims provided a cudgel for those intent on bringing down China’s government. For American conservatives, they played to rising anti-Chinese sentiment and distracted from the Trump administration’s bungled handling of the outbreak.

    Carlson, of course, is not bothered by the reality that the pandemic negatively impacted the Chinese economy (Wall Street Journal, 1/17/23) and led to internal political unrest (Al Jazeera, 12/22/22).

    NY Post: The lab-leak theory is now almost certainly proved and other commentary

    Anything you can point to is “proof” when you are not trying to examine reality but instead have a story you want to tell (New York Post, 10/10/21).

    Rebroadcasting reports of official government assertions aligns nicely with the Republican agenda. The Hill (2/26/23) reported that the “lack of confidence or details on the assessment didn’t stop Republicans from claiming validation and calling for urgent action against China.” And Sen. Roger Marshall (R.–Kansas) told the Washington Post (2/28/23) that the report “gives us momentum to expose the true origins of Covid.” He added, with Michael Crichton–like flair: “I think that there’s just no way this virus could have come from nature. It’s just too perfect.”

    The lab leak claim has been a major feature in Republican circles, the conservative media and anti-Beijing political tendencies for years now. The New York Post editorial board (10/10/21) claimed that the alleged lab leak, and the Chinese government’s supposed attempts to cover it up, were all but proven in the fall of 2021.

    Sen. Tom Cotton (R.–Arkansas), who has insisted that China must be punished for the Covid pandemic (Fox News, 4/10/20), “said part of the widespread media dismissal of the coronavirus lab-leak theory last year stemmed from liberal networks’ financial connections to the Chinese government” (Fox News, 6/7/21).

    The Journal report has raised tensions. US ambassador to China Nicholas Burns (BBC, 2/28/23) said China must “be more honest about what happened three years ago in Wuhan with the origin of the Covid-19 crisis.” It should come as no surprise that reactionary corporate shock jocks like Joe Rogan, the all-star of pandemic disinformation pundits (Washington Post, 2/2/22), are fans of the theory (Fox News, 4/12/22).

    Appeals to hunches

    Des Moines Register: Think horses, not zebras; COVID-19 lab leak origin makes more and more sense

    The “zebra” in this case is the lab leak theory—rather than zoonotic transfer, which is the normal way new diseases are introduced to the human population (Des Moines Register, 2/19/23).

    If the absence of anything new in the Energy Department statement didn’t seem to give reporters and editors pause, that’s because in a lot of media, the lab leak hypothesis is advanced not so much based on evidence—because as far as tracing the virus back to the lab, there is none—but on an appeal to the hunches, and prejudices, of readers.

    For example, an opinion piece in the Des Moines Register (2/19/23) offered a list of events that are supposed to lead one to the idea that it could be true: The “Wuhan lab was working on bat coronaviruses, that gain-of-function work was being done there, [and] that there were concerns about the lab’s safety practices.” The Register op-ed, by former Republican congressmember and retired surgeon Dr. Greg Ganske, mused “that the pandemic started in the city where the lab is located, and that there has been no natural occurrence explanation of the virus.” The takeaway: “Which theory is most likely?”

    This answer posed as a question is presented as though no one has ever considered it, yet a brief look at the scientific record confirms that the scientific community has looked into it.

    First, it’s not proven that gain-of-function (GoF) research was, in fact, being conducted  in subpar safety conditions at the Wuhan Institute of Virology (WIV). Basic research being conducted there has been misrepresented as deliberately trying to make viruses more dangerous to humans, along with other widespread falsehoods spread by disgraced science writer Nicholas Wade. Sen. Rand Paul accused Dr. Anthony Fauci, without evidence, of “lying” to Congress about the NIH not funding GoF research at the WIV (MintPress News, 9/29/21; Newsweek, 7/22/21).

    However, even if it were proven the WIV was doing GoF research on the SARS-CoV-1-like coronaviruses known to be present there, like RaTG13 (which shares 96% genetic similarity with the genome of SARS-CoV-2, the virus that causes Covid-19),  that would still not bolster the lab leak theory. For GoF experiments to create SARS-CoV-2, one would need to start with a virus with at least 99% genetic similarity, and there is no evidence the Wuhan lab had anything like this (Health Feedback, 3/19/21; Cell, 9/16/21).

    Cutting through the noise

    NPR: What does the science say about the origin of the SARS-CoV-2 pandemic?

    NPR (2/28/23) asked the right question.

    One mainstream media report in the aftermath of the Journal “exclusive” cut through the noise, noting that while US government agencies bicker about which low-confidence report is correct, the scientific community is not particularly divided. “Virologists who study pandemic origins are much less divided than the US intelligence community,” NPR (2/28/23) reported, adding that “they say there is ‘very convincing’ data and ‘overwhelming evidence’ pointing to an animal origin.”

    The Energy Department disclosure comes one year after two peer-reviewed studies concluded that wildlife susceptible to SARS-CoV-2 present at the Huanan Seafood Market in Wuhan was the most likely origin of the pandemic (Science, 7/26/22, 7/26/22), and that there were likely two, not one, animal spillovers at the market, since a preponderance of the earliest known Covid-19 cases have a direct or indirect link there, instead of to the WIV, which is nearly 10 miles away.

    In the earliest days of the pandemic, two distinct genetic variants of SARS-CoV-2 (known as lineages A and B) were circulating in Wuhan’s population. If the pandemic truly originated at the WIV, as many lab origin proponents suspect, one would have to posit convoluted scenarios, like one person from the WIV being infected with lineage B and immediately going to Huanan Market, not infecting anyone on the way; and another person at WIV being independently infected with lineage A, also immediately going to the market a week later. Both hypothetical spreaders would each have to leave no trace at the lab or any other location in Wuhan, to explain why the preponderance of the earliest known Covid-19 cases are clustered near the market instead of near the WIV.

    This is why scientists like Angela Rasmussen and Michael Worobey (Globe and Mail, 7/28/22), for example, have concluded that “the evidence base for the origin of SARS-CoV-2 is more robust and conclusive than nearly any other emergent virus in the past century.” They noted that “we have access to the home locations of the earliest known 174 COVID-19 cases in the world.” The authors noted that scientists have “never had a spatial record like this, of the ignition of any other pandemic, in human history”:

    Using the data available and the scientific method in which we have been trained, we have shown that the likelihood of SARS-CoV-2 originating anywhere other than the Huanan market is vanishingly slim.

    The “much simpler explanation” of SARS-CoV-2 being introduced to the human population by “two separate zoonotic transmission events at the market,” the authors conclude, is much more likely in comparison.

    Evidence of animal origins

    Atlantic: The Strongest Evidence Yet That an Animal Started the Pandemic

    Scientists offering new evidence about the origin of Covid-19 was a much less compelling story than spies offering new speculation (Atlantic, 3/16/23).

    More recent evidence from scientists researching previously unavailable genetic material collected by Chinese investigators from swabs at the Huanan Seafood Wholesale Market in January 2020—shortly after Chinese authorities shut that market down on suspicions it was linked to the virus’s outbreak—definitively shows that multiple animal species known to be susceptible to SARS-CoV-2 (most notably raccoon dogs) were present at the market, since animal DNA there was found to be commingled with SARS-CoV-2 (Atlantic, 3/16/23; Zenodo, 3/20/23). This corroborates photographic and business records of illegal live animal sales being conducted there right before the pandemic’s outbreak, despite the Chinese government’s lies and stonewalling regarding the wildlife trade (Nature, 6/7/21; Science, 8/18/22).

    While these findings aren’t smoking-gun evidence of an animal origin, because the data doesn’t distinguish whether the virus collected in the wildlife stall there was brought there by wildlife or by already-infected humans, they are still significant. The area in the market where most of the SARS-CoV-2 positive samples clustered was also where most of the samples containing wild animal DNA were found, whereas human genetic material was most abundant in other parts of the market (indicating the pandemic likely spread from animals to humans, rather than the other way around). This is entirely consistent with a market origin, and exactly what one would expect to find if the Huanan Market was indeed the origin of the pandemic (Nature, 3/21/23; Science, 3/21/23).

    But despite the positive evidence in favor of a zoonotic origin, in comparison to no evidence whatsoever for a lab origin, the Journal ran with the Energy Department statement as though it were a scientific revelation, and the rest of the media went along for the ride. It’s easy to chalk that up as mere journalistic laziness, but one has to wonder if there is something more sinister afoot, given US corporate media’s enthusiastic participation in the US governments’ propaganda campaign to pump up China as an adversary (FAIR.org, 3/16/23).

    In a media environment raising tensions over a Chinese balloon (FAIR.org, 2/10/23), and an Air Force memo about possible war with China (CounterPunch, 2/7/23), along with the Biden administration’s decision to send up to 200 more troops to Taiwan (Wall Street Journal, 2/23/23), reports on a government disclosure about a potential lab leak with no real new information create more friction between the two military giants, and bring us no closer to understanding the pandemic’s origins or how to prepare for the next viral catastrophe.


    * To be fair, the other co-author, Warren Strobel, was one of the very few in corporate media to report skeptically on WMD claims, along with his partner at Knight Ridder, Jerry Landay (Extra!, 3–4/06). In recent years, however, Strobel has produced far more credulous work, including a piece whitewashing the torture record of CIA director Gina Haspel (Wall Street Journal, 5/25/19; see FAIR.org, 6/6/19).

    The post Media’s Lab Leak Theorists See Spies, Not Scientists, as Arbiters of Science appeared first on FAIR.


    This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/07/medias-lab-leak-theorists-see-spies-not-scientists-as-arbiters-of-science/feed/ 0 386264
    COVID-19 isn’t ‘over’—but your Medicaid might be | The Chris Hedges Report w/ Dr. Margaret Flowers https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/06/covid-19-isnt-over-but-your-medicaid-might-be-the-chris-hedges-report-w-dr-margaret-flowers/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/06/covid-19-isnt-over-but-your-medicaid-might-be-the-chris-hedges-report-w-dr-margaret-flowers/#respond Thu, 06 Apr 2023 21:20:07 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=d5ab50dfdc61337082d70f8c61479201
    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by The Real News Network.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/06/covid-19-isnt-over-but-your-medicaid-might-be-the-chris-hedges-report-w-dr-margaret-flowers/feed/ 0 385880
    Jacinda Ardern says goodbye to parliament – how her politics of ‘kindness’ fell on unkind times https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/06/jacinda-ardern-says-goodbye-to-parliament-how-her-politics-of-kindness-fell-on-unkind-times/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/06/jacinda-ardern-says-goodbye-to-parliament-how-her-politics-of-kindness-fell-on-unkind-times/#respond Thu, 06 Apr 2023 00:10:22 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=86822 ANALYSIS: By Grant Duncan, Massey University

    Jacinda Ardern’s resignation as prime minister in January was a courageous and pragmatic decision for herself, her family and her party.

    Although many said she had done a great job as leader, she rightly reminded us that a great leader is “one who knows when it’s time to go”.

    Since hitting stellar heights in mid-2020, Ardern’s Labour Party had dropped significantly in the polls and was trailing the opposition National Party throughout 2022.

    The “Jacinda effect” had switched from being a uniting force to a polarising one. With an election coming in October, it was time for a change.

    Her decision to stand down was as politically astute and timely as her elevation to leader of the Labour Party in August 2017. After all, Labour is now ahead of National in recent polls.

    By the time she gives her valedictory statement to parliament later today, Ardern will have served as an MP for nearly 15 years. While the intervening period has undoubtedly changed her, she remains in many ways the same person she was as a novice backbencher.

    In her maiden speech to the House of Representatives in 2008, she expressed the small-town values that got her started:

    Some people have asked me whether I am a radical. My answer to that question is very simple: I am from Morrinsville. Where I come from a radical is someone who chooses to drive a Toyota rather than a Holden or a Ford.

    She described herself as a social democrat who believed in human rights, social justice, equality and democracy. She spoke especially about work, education, community and the reduction of poverty – child poverty in particular.

    A promotional fridge magnet from Ardern’s pre-PM days.
    A promotional fridge magnet from Ardern’s pre-PM days.

    All fine aspirations. But back then, Ardern’s Labour Party was looking at nine long years in opposition after Helen Clark’s three-term government lost power.

    Unable to break the run National’s John Key enjoyed as prime minister, Labour went through one leader after another while Ardern rose through the ranks.

    In mid-2017, despite a mood for change, it still looked like the election wouldn’t go well for Labour, at the time polling down around 25 percent. Then, at the beginning of August, Andrew Little handed leadership of the party to Ardern. With just seven weeks until the election, it was either an inspired move or the ultimate hospital pass.

    As history shows, however, Ardern’s elevation immediately energised Labour’s campaign. It also drew international attention to the New Zealand election, as what became known as “Jacindamania” changed the mood on the streets and in the media.

    Deputy Prime Minister Winston Peters with PM Jacinda Ardern
    Deputy Prime Minister Winston Peters with Jacinda Ardern near the end of her first term as prime minister. Image: The Conversation/Getty Images

    Accidents of history
    Critics sometimes labelled Ardern the “accidental prime minister” — a rookie “appointed” by Winston Peters, whose New Zealand First party held the balance of power in post-election negotiations. Conventional wisdom has it that Ardern simply offered Peters a better coalition deal, despite her party having won fewer seats than National.

    But Peters gave those critics some more ammunition during a recent TV interview. He appeared to reveal that New Zealand First was forced to choose coalition with Labour when then-National leader Bill English alerted him to a potential leadership coup by Judith Collins.

    According to Peters, English had assured him Collins didn’t have the numbers to pull it off. (Collins would eventually become National leader, of course, losing spectacularly to Ardern at the 2020 election.)

    This sliding-doors version of events may be conjecture. But Peters can’t have forgotten how Jenny Shipley had rolled previous National leader and prime minister Jim Bolger in 1997.

    That ultimately led to the breakup of the National-New Zealand First coalition in which Peters had been deputy prime minister and treasurer.

    Perhaps, then, we have Collins to thank for Ardern’s elevation to the top job. We’ll probably never know.

    A familiar sight during the pandemic, then prime minister Jacinda Ardern and Director-General of Health Dr Ashley Bloomfield
    A familiar sight during the pandemic, then prime minister Jacinda Ardern and Director-General of Health Dr Ashley Bloomfield update the nation, August 2020. Image: The Conversation/Getty Images

    Rise and fall
    The “Jacinda effect” wasn’t a flash in the pan, however. Labour’s election support went from 25 percent in 2014 to 37 percent in 2017, and then to an extraordinary 50 percent in 2020. Coming on the back of Ardern’s exemplary leadership through the covid pandemic, it was an unprecedented result under the country’s proportional MMP system.

    Her belief in “kindness” as a political force appeared to have been vindicated, if not for long. While New Zealand eventually recorded the world’s lowest excess mortality rate during the pandemic, this success was far from cost-free. In particular, there was a human and political price to pay for the lockdowns and border closures.

    Businesses struggled, many New Zealanders abroad couldn’t return, and many resisted the pressure to be vaccinated. No nation escaped unscathed, and in New Zealand resistance to vaccine mandates boiled over on the grounds of parliament in early 2022.

    Some protesters were angered by Ardern’s trademark empathy and kindness, which they now perceived as a false front. Due to the extremist elements among the protests, she refused to address them directly.

    Ardern’s positive leadership reputation was earned on her responses to tragedies: the Christchurch terror attack, the Whakaari-White Island eruption, and the pandemic. But no sane politician would have welcomed such crises.

    Nor were they part of Ardern’s social democratic plan. In fact, they hindered it. She did a lot for child poverty and family incomes, in line with her core values. But those achievements were overshadowed by a pandemic response that upended her government’s fiscal policy.

    Police block the road to the Beehive
    Police block the road to the Beehive after riot police moved to break up the occupation of parliament grounds in March, 2022. Image: The Conversation/Getty Images

    Promise unfulfilled
    So, if catastrophes were the making of Jacinda’s career as prime minister, they were also the breaking of it. From her first campaign speech in August 2017, she had created a sense of promise that her government was ultimately unable to fulfil.

    She claimed climate change was her generation’s “nuclear-free moment”, and that a decent, affordable home was everyone’s right. It sounded great, but on both counts progress fell short of expectation and need. Later, she would capitulate on a full capital gains tax to help solve the housing crisis. That allowed coalition partner Peters to claim credit for the backdown.

    But it would also be wrong if the lasting narrative was one of failure to deliver. Her government’s Child Poverty Reduction Act now mandates reporting on progress towards poverty targets, bringing the problem into the engine room of fiscal policy. The Healthy School Lunches program helped reduce food insecurity.

    Future governments will encounter strong political resistance if they try to rescind those measures.

    Even those tireless advocates for children, the Child Poverty Action Group (CPAG), gave Ardern qualified approval following her resignation — although the truce didn’t last long. CPAG was back on the attack when Stats NZ reported “child poverty rates for the year ended June 2022 were unchanged compared with the previous year”.

    Jacinda Ardern spent her last day as PM with her successor Chris Hipkins at the annual Rātana celebrations
    Jacinda Ardern spent her last day as PM with her successor Chris Hipkins at the annual Rātana celebrations in Whanganui, January 2023. Image: The Conversation/Getty Images

    A complex legacy
    In the end, Ardern did not use the single-party majority she won in 2020 to fix the things she had wanted to fix. When her government saw a problem, its default setting was to say “let’s centralise it” — as if that would do. Good social democratic government was sidelined by bureaucratic shakeups in healthcare, education and (before the plan was cancelled) public broadcasting.

    An elaborate structural reform of water services became mired in controversy over Māori co-governance and loss of local democratic control. The sixth Labour government’s only potentially historic contribution to the development of New Zealand’s social security system — a proposed unemployment insurance scheme — was quietly shelved after criticism from both left and right.

    So, will Ardern be remembered as one the great Labour leaders? To do so would put her in the pantheon of Michael Joseph Savage and Peter Fraser, who achieved so much in social security, healthcare and education, and who led the country through the Second World War.

    It would also place her next to Norman Kirk, whose 1972-75 government universalised accident compensation, introduced the domestic purposes benefit, and stood against French nuclear testing in the Pacific.

    Jacinda Ardern with baby Neve in 2018
    Jacinda Ardern with baby Neve in 2018, the second prime minister globaly to give birth while in office. Image: The Conversation/Getty Images

    Ardern with baby Neve in 2018, the second prime minister to give birth while in office.
    Getty Images

    It’s a high bar, but not unreasonable to make the case. Ardern broke through barriers for women, most notably giving birth to her daughter while she held office. She united the country after the mosque shootings, soothing what could have become a divisive moment.

    By listening to the scientific evidence and advice about covid, she helped save countless lives.

    Ardern will undoubtedly be remembered as one of Aotearoa New Zealand’s outstanding prime ministers. This may not be for reasons of her choosing, though. Once the disaster management is accounted for, there are no major lasting achievements for which her government will be cited in the history books.

    What will be remembered is Ardern’s exemplary and highly effective leadership through covid. Yet there is no “kind” pathway through an unkind pandemic.

    Nevertheless, Jacinda Ardern is owed gratitude for all that she did — and acknowledgement of all she had to endure — to get her nation through it.The Conversation

    Dr Grant Duncan is associate professor, School of People, Environment and Planning, Massey University. This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons licence. Read the original article.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/06/jacinda-ardern-says-goodbye-to-parliament-how-her-politics-of-kindness-fell-on-unkind-times/feed/ 0 385609
    Jacinda Ardern’s valedictory plea – ‘take politics out of climate change’ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/05/jacinda-arderns-valedictory-plea-take-politics-out-of-climate-change/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/05/jacinda-arderns-valedictory-plea-take-politics-out-of-climate-change/#respond Wed, 05 Apr 2023 10:18:37 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=86759 RNZ News

    Former New Zealand prime minister Jacinda Ardern has used her valedictory speech to Parliament to ask the House to take the politics out of climate change.

    In her speech, Ardern said when she became prime minister she knew she wanted climate change to be “front and centre”.

    “I called it our nuclear moment — I believed it then and I believe it still now.

    “We have seen first hand the reality of our changing environment … when crisis has landed in front of us I have seen the best of this place.”

    Ardern said one of the only things she wanted to ask on her departure was for the House to take the politics out of climate change.

    Her government had worked to uphold the Treaty of Waitangi by crossing the bridge more often, she said.

    That included the creation of the Māori Crown portfolio, growth of te reo Māori, the establishment of the Māori Health Authority and the creation of Matariki — the first national Māori holiday, she said.

    ‘Not always easy’
    “The path we travel as a nation will not always be linear and it won’t always be easy, but I’m glad I was in part of a government that took on the hilly bits.”

    One of the hardest things about covid-19 was the unknowns, Ardern said.

    “A valedictory is not the time to summarise a pandemic, no one has the time for that type of group therapy.”

    Former prime minister Jacinda Ardern’s valedictory speech today. Video: Parliament

    Ardern said she remained forever grateful that science was “on our side” and that she was surrounded by wonderful smart compassionate people trying to do the right thing.

    She said they did not always get it right but “we went in as a nation with a goal to look after one another and we did”.

    Other things, such as a sense of security, were lost along the way and so much of the information swirling around during the pandemic was false, Ardern said.

    Ardern described how she tried and failed to convince a protester that they were relying on totally false information.

    She said she could not single-handedly pull someone out of a rabbit hole but that perhaps collectively “we could stop them from falling into it in the first place”.

    “Debate is critical to a healthy democracy but conspiracy is its nemesis.”

    Struggled over mosque attacks
    Ardern said she still struggled to talk about the mosque attacks in Christchurch on 15 March 2019, but the Muslim community had humbled her beyond words.

    She said she was unsure what the response of one of the survivors of the attack would be when she met him in the immediate aftermath.

    “What came next is one of the most profound memories I have of that period, he thanked us. Here was someone who had been through one of the most horrific experiences I could imagine and he thanked New Zealand and expressed gratitude for his home.”

    Grant Robertson and Jacinda Ardern
    Finance Minister Grant Robertson and former PM Jacinda Ardern at Parliament ahead of her valedictory speech. Image: Samuel Rillstone/RNZ

    The most significant task for us as a nation was “to live up to the expectations that those experienced it have of us, to deserve their thanks”.

    Ardern became emotional at the end of her valedictory speech describing herself as sensitive, somewhat negative, and “a crier and a hugger”.

    But said she “would rather be criticised for being a hugger than being heartless”.

    She closed her speech telling the House that she hoped she had demonstrated anyone could be a leader.

    ‘You can lead, just like me’
    “You can be anxious, sensitive, kind and wear your heart on your sleeve, you can be a mother or not, you can be an ex-Mormon or not, you can be a nerd, a crier, a hugger — you can be all of these things and not only can you be here, you can lead, just like me.”

    Ardern received a standing ovation at the end of her speech, before hugging Finance Minister Grant Robertson (who had been her deputy) and then Deputy Prime Minister Carmel Sepuloni.

    Yesterday, it was announced the former prime minister was taking on two new roles: A voluntary position as Special Envoy for the Christchurch Call and trustee of Prince William’s Earthshot Prize.

    Ardern resigned in January saying she no longer had “enough in the tank” to lead the country.

    Former prime minister Helen Clark said Ardern would be remembered largely as the prime minister whose pandemic-era policies saved thousands of Kiwis’ lives.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/05/jacinda-arderns-valedictory-plea-take-politics-out-of-climate-change/feed/ 0 385259
    Jacinda Ardern’s legacy for NZ: Unique covid-19 strategy ‘saved many lives’ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/05/jacinda-arderns-legacy-for-nz-unique-covid-19-strategy-saved-many-lives/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/05/jacinda-arderns-legacy-for-nz-unique-covid-19-strategy-saved-many-lives/#respond Wed, 05 Apr 2023 03:28:30 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=86745 RNZ News

    Jacinda Ardern will largely be remembered in Aotearoa New Zealand as the prime minister whose pandemic-era policies saved thousands of Kiwi lives, according to former prime minister Helen Clark.

    And she will also be considered an example of how to govern in the age of social media and endless crises, political experts say, while also achieving more than her critics might give her credit for.

    Ardern was set to deliver her valedictory speech later today, having stepped down as prime minister earlier this year after just over five years in the job.

    “I think that while I’m happy for Jacinda that she’s going to get a life and design what she wants to do and when she wants to do it, you can’t help feeling sad about her going,” Clark, herself a former Labour prime minister, told RNZ Morning Report ahead of Ardern’s speech.

    “Leaders like Jacinda don’t come along too often and we’ve lost one.”

    Ardern has played down suggestions online vitriol played a part in her decision to stand aside — but acknowledged on Tuesday she hoped her departure would “take a bit of heat out” of the conversation.

    Clark said she “fundamentally” believed the hatred got to Ardern, powered by “populism and division” generated by former US President Donald Trump and his supporters.

    ‘Conspiracies took hold’
    “Conspiracies took hold and suddenly you know, as the pandemic wore on here, I think the sort of relentless barrage from America — not, not just through Trump himself and the reporting of him, but through the social media networks — we have the anti-science people, the people who completely distrusted public authority, the QAnon conspiracies and hey, it played out on our Parliament’s front lawn and it still plays out and it’s very, very vitriolic and divisive.

    “So I think that that spillover impact was really quite, well, not just unpleasant — it was horrible.”

    Former PM Jacinda Ardern on the front page of the New Zealand Herald today
    Former PM Jacinda Ardern on the front page of the New Zealand Herald today . . . revealing her next move. Image: Screenshot APR

    Researchers have found Ardern was a lightning rod for online hate.

    The perpetrator of the 2019 mosque shootings used the internet to connect with and learn from other extremists, which led to Ardern setting up the Christchurch Call movement to eliminate terrorist and violent extremist content online.

    Her post-parliamentary career will include continuing that work, as New Zealand’s Special Envoy for the Christchurch Call, reporting to her replacement, Prime Minister Chris Hipkins.

    “The mosque murders was just the most horrible thing to have happen on anyone’s watch, and she rose to the occasion, and I think the international reputation was very much associated with initially the empathy that she showed at that time,” said Clark.

    But “one of New Zealand’s darkest days”, as Ardern put it at the time, was not the only near-unparalleled crisis she had to deal with in her time as prime minister.

    “The White Island tragedy was another that needed, you know, very empathetic and careful handling. But then comes covid, and there’s no doubt that thousands of people are alive today because of the steps taken, particularly in 2020.

    ‘Would we have survived?’
    “You know, I mean, I’m obviously in the older age group now which is more vulnerable. My father is 101 now and has survived the pandemic. But would we have survived it if it had been allowed to rip through our community, like it was allowed to rip through others?

    “I think that there’d be so many New Zealanders not alive today had those steps not been taken.”

    Data shows New Zealand has actually experienced negative excess mortality over the past few years — the elimination strategy so successful, fewer Kiwis have died than would have if there was no pandemic.

    Former Director-General of Health Dr Ashley Bloomfield said that was “unique, virtually unique around the world”.

    Despite that, it was New Zealand’s aggressive approach towards covid-19 in 2020 and 2021 that arguably drove much of the polarisation and online vitriol.

    “There’s no doubt that those measures did save lives. They also drove people into frenzied levels of opposition and fear and isolation,” said Clark. “They felt polarised, they felt locked out.”

    But she said Ardern bore “very little” responsibility for that.

    UNDP head Helen Clark poses in Paris on June 1, 2015
    Former PM Helen Clark . . . “There’s no doubt that those measures did save lives.” Image: RNZ News/AFP

    Political scientist Dr Bronwyn Hayward of the University of Canterbury said Ardern’s Christchurch Call to eliminate extremist content will have a long-lasting impact on not just New Zealand, but the world.

    “There’s been a lot made about the fact that she resigned under pressure from the trolls, which is completely missing the point that what she’s saying is that in this era where we’ve got particularly Russian, but also other countries’ bots that are attacking liberal leaders,” Dr Hayward told Morning Report, saying Ardern was the first global leader to “really understand” how what happens online can spill over into the real world.

    “She understands that democracies are now under attack, and the front line is your social media, where we’ve got a propaganda war coming internationally.

    “So she’s taken a very systemic approach to thinking about how to tackle that, so that in local communities it feels like you’re reeling from Islamophobia, to racism to transphobia, but actually, when we look internationally at what’s happening, naive and quite disaffected groups have been constantly fed this material and she’s taken a systemic approach to it.”

    Clark said one of the biggest differences in the world between Ardern’s time as prime minister and her own, was that she did not have to deal with social media.

    “I didn’t have a Twitter account, didn’t know what it was really. We had texts, that was about it. We used to have pagers, for heaven’s sake.”

    Ardern’s domestic legacy
    One of the first things Hipkins did when he took over as prime minister was the “policy bonfire” — but critics have long said the Ardern-led government has had trouble delivering on its promises.

    Interviewer Guyon Espiner reminded Clark that her government had brought in long-lasting changes like Working for Families, the NZ Super Fund and Kiwibank — asking her what Ardern could point to.

    Clark defended Ardern, saying the coalition arrangement with NZ First in Ardern’s first term slowed any reform agenda she might have had, and then there was covid-19.

    “Looking back, there needs to be more recognition that the pandemic blindsided governments, communities, publics around the world. It wasn’t easy.”

    Dr Hayward pointed to the ban on new oil and gas exploration and child poverty monitoring, “which before that was ruled as impossible or too difficult”.

    Dr Lara Greaves, a political scientist at the University of Auckland, said it was “incredibly hard to really evaluate” Ardern’s legacy outside of covid-19.

    “Ultimately … she is the covid-19 prime minister.”

    Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern
    Former PM Jacinda Ardern at a covid-19 press conference. Image: RNZ News/Pool/NZ Herald/Mark Mitchell

    The future
    Clark said Ardern would be emotional during her valedictory speech.

    “You have very close relationships with colleagues, you have relationships with others of a different kind — with the opposition, with the media, with the public — and you’re walking away, you’re closing the door on it.

    “But you know that a new chapter will open, and that life post-politics can be very rewarding. I’ve certainly found it so. I have no doubt that Jacinda will get back into her stride with doing things that she feels are worthwhile for the the general public and worthwhile for her.”

    After losing the 2008 election, Clark rose the ranks at the United Nations. She said while that was an option for Ardern, there is plenty of time for the 42-year-old to do other things first.

    “I was, you know, 58 when I left being prime minister. And Jacinda’s leaving in her early 40s and she has a young child, so who knows? She may want Neve to grow up with a good old Kiwi upbringing.

    “And she may want her, you know, involvement internationally to be more, you know, forays out from New Zealand. That’s for her to decide. I mean, the world’s her oyster, if she chooses to follow that.”

    Dr Greaves also pointed to Ardern’s relative youth.

    “It seems like she’s going for a period of sort of recovery and reflection and figuring out what to do next. But of course, she’s got another 20 years in her career, at least — the world’s her oyster.”

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by David Robie.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/05/jacinda-arderns-legacy-for-nz-unique-covid-19-strategy-saved-many-lives/feed/ 0 385176
    The health worker initiative easing stress of COVID-19 burnout https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/03/the-health-worker-initiative-easing-stress-of-covid-19-burnout/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/03/the-health-worker-initiative-easing-stress-of-covid-19-burnout/#respond Mon, 03 Apr 2023 16:41:59 +0000 https://news.un.org/feed/view/en/audio/2023/04/1135297 Latest data shared by the UN World Health Organization (WHO) indicates that one in two frontline health workers suffered burnout during COVID-19.

    To help protect these key staff in the event of another pandemic, the WHO has convened its Fifth Global Forum on Human Resources for Health, in Geneva.

    Participants include Dr Emma O’Brien from The Royal Melbourne Hospital, whose celebrated music therapy ensemble known as the Scrub Choir, most recently provided comfort to 1,000 under-pressure health workers, as she tells UN News’s Daniel Johnson.

    First, though, we’ll hear from the WHO’s Workforce Director Jim Campbell, who explains why an action plan is needed so urgently to strengthen the global health workforce.


    This content originally appeared on UN News - Global perspective Human stories and was authored by Daniel Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/03/the-health-worker-initiative-easing-stress-of-covid-19-burnout/feed/ 0 384743
    15 Million People Could Lose Coverage as Nightmarish Medicaid ‘Purge’ Begins https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/01/15-million-people-could-lose-coverage-as-nightmarish-medicaid-purge-begins/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/01/15-million-people-could-lose-coverage-as-nightmarish-medicaid-purge-begins/#respond Sat, 01 Apr 2023 11:12:30 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/medicaid-purge-begins

    Beginning on Saturday, states across the U.S. will start the process of stripping Medicaid coverage from millions of people as pandemic-related protections lapse, part of a broader unraveling of the safety net that was built to help families withstand the public health crisis and resulting economic turmoil.

    Medicaid's continuous coverage requirements were enacted early in the Covid-19 pandemic to help vulnerable people maintain insurance amid the health emergency, resulting in record-high Medicaid enrollment.

    But at the end of last year, congressional negotiators agreed on a bipartisan basis to set April 1 as the beginning of the "unwinding" process for the continuous coverage mandates, which prevented states from conducting regular eligibility screenings for Medicaid recipients.

    The bipartisan deal gave states 12 months to determine who is still eligible for Medicaid, but some states—including Arkansas and South Dakota—are jumping at the opportunity to quickly remove people from the program. (State timelines for kicking off the unwinding process can be seen here.)

    "Tonight at midnight some people in AZ, AR, ID, NH, and SD will lose their Medicaid coverage," Joan Alker, executive director of the Georgetown Center for Children and Families, tweeted Friday. "South Dakota is especially vexing as expansion kicks in July 1st. The state could structure their renewals to ensure that parents move seamlessly into expansion. But they are erroneously claiming federal rules mean they can't. Not true."

    Residents of the 10 states that have refused lifesaving Medicaid expansion under the Affordable Care Act (ACA) are likely to be hit hardest by the end of continuous coverage requirements, which the Biden administration estimates could result in 15 million people losing health insurance nationwide—including millions of children.

    "Because those states tend to make only the extremely poor eligible for Medicaid, they will have many people who make too much to qualify for the government health insurance but not enough to reach the income needed to get federal subsidies to afford health plans sold on ACA marketplaces—the coverage the administration is counting on as the main fallback," The Washington Post's Amy Goldstein reported earlier this week.

    "The toll will be large, too, in 13 states that have not chosen to extend Medicaid benefits to women for a full year after they give birth," Goldstein added. "Texas falls on both lists."

    Because of the administrative barriers associated with income verification and other eligibility tests, many people are likely to lose Medicaid coverage even though they're still eligible for the program.

    The Health and Human Services (HHS) Department has estimated that nearly 7 million people could be removed from Medicaid despite still being eligible due to "administrative churning."

    The consequences of what one commentator has dubbed "The Great Medicaid Purge" could be disastrous, given the health impacts associated with insurance loss.

    As HHS summarized in a recent report:

    People who experience churning or coverage disruptions are more likely to delay care, receive less preventive care, refill prescriptions less often, and have more emergency department visits. One study found that unstable Medicaid coverage increased emergency department use, office visits, and hospitalizations between 10% and 36% and decreased use of prescription medications by 19%, compared to individuals with consistent Medicaid coverage. Children with interruptions in coverage also are more likely to have delayed care, unmet medical needs, and unfilled prescriptions.

    "I feel sick," said Adam Gaffney, an ICU doctor at the Cambridge Health Alliance. "Some 15 million people will be purged from Medicaid, including 7 million who actually remain eligible for the program but fail to jump through the bureaucratic hoops! Medicaid is not enough: we need seamless, lifelong universal care now."

    The Medicaid continuous coverage requirements are the latest pandemic-era protections to fall in recent months.

    Starting on March 1, enhanced Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) benefits were cut off in dozens of states, slashing food aid for tens of millions.

    Additionally, the boosted Child Tax Credit (CTC) expired in late 2021 due to opposition from Sen. Joe Manchin (D-W.Va.) and congressional Republicans, resulting in a rapid surge in child poverty. Shortly before the expanded CTC lapsed, boosted unemployment benefits that helped millions weather economic chaos ended.

    As the pandemic-era safety net crumbles, congressional Republicans are looking to roll back Medicaid, SNAP, and other key programs even further with spending cuts and punitive work requirements.

    "Republican calls to cut government funding put everything from child care to opioid treatment and mental health services to nutrition assistance at risk for millions," Rep. Rosa DeLauro (D-Conn.), the top Democrat on the House Appropriations Committee, warned earlier this week.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jake Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/01/15-million-people-could-lose-coverage-as-nightmarish-medicaid-purge-begins/feed/ 0 384211
    The Theatrics of COVID https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/25/the-theatrics-of-covid/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/25/the-theatrics-of-covid/#respond Sat, 25 Mar 2023 17:12:18 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=139091 What goes on behind the scenes.

    The post The Theatrics of COVID first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    The post The Theatrics of COVID first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/25/the-theatrics-of-covid/feed/ 0 382158
    The Theatrics of COVID https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/25/the-theatrics-of-covid-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/25/the-theatrics-of-covid-2/#respond Sat, 25 Mar 2023 17:12:18 +0000 https://new.dissidentvoice.org/?p=139091


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/25/the-theatrics-of-covid-2/feed/ 0 382424
    What Does the Data Reveal? https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/23/what-does-the-data-reveal/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/23/what-does-the-data-reveal/#respond Thu, 23 Mar 2023 22:51:15 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=139052 Coincidental?

    The post What Does the Data Reveal? first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    The post What Does the Data Reveal? first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/23/what-does-the-data-reveal/feed/ 0 381678
    What Does the Data Reveal? https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/23/what-does-the-data-reveal-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/23/what-does-the-data-reveal-2/#respond Thu, 23 Mar 2023 22:51:15 +0000 https://new.dissidentvoice.org/?p=139052


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/23/what-does-the-data-reveal-2/feed/ 0 382855
    Bernie Sanders Targets Moderna Greed in Covid-19 Vaccine Hearing https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/22/bernie-sanders-targets-moderna-greed-in-covid-19-vaccine-hearing/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/22/bernie-sanders-targets-moderna-greed-in-covid-19-vaccine-hearing/#respond Wed, 22 Mar 2023 18:47:21 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/bernie-sanders-moderna-greed

    Sen. Bernie Sanders on Wednesday denounced Moderna's proposal to more than quadruple the price of the Covid-19 vaccine it co-developed with billions of dollars in public funding—along with mRNA technology co-invented by government scientists—as an example of Big Pharma's "unacceptable corporate greed."

    At a hearing held by the Senate Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions (HELP), the Vermont Independent reiterated his widely shared belief that the purpose of medical advancements should be to save as many lives as possible, not make executives "obscenely rich."

    Sanders, who chairs the panel, invited Moderna CEO Stéphane Bancel to testify at a hearing titled "Taxpayers Paid Billions For It: So Why Would Moderna Consider Quadrupling the Price of the Covid Vaccine?"

    In his opening statement, Sanders stressed that scientists at the National Institutes of Health (NIH) and other federal agencies "worked with Moderna to research, develop, and distribute the Covid vaccine that so many of our people have effectively used."

    "While Moderna may wish to rewrite history," Sanders continued, "this vaccine would not exist without NIH's partnership and expertise and the substantial investment of the taxpayers of this country. As a matter of public record, U.S. taxpayers spent $12 billion on the research, development, and procurement of the NIH-Moderna Covid vaccine."

    "For that huge investment," added the progressive lawmaker, Moderna is "thanking the taxpayers of America by proposing to quadruple the price of the Covid vaccine to as much as $130 once the government stockpile runs out—at a time when it costs just $2.85 to manufacture that vaccine."

    "Moderna has already made $21 billion in profits off of the Covid vaccine during the pandemic and four of Moderna's executives and investors collectively became more than $10 billion wealthier as a result of the massive taxpayer investment into that corporation," said Sanders. "Mr. Bancel literally became a billionaire overnight and is now worth $4.7 billion."

    "Do we not need to change the current culture of greed into a culture which understands that science and medical breakthroughs should work for ordinary people, and not just enrich large corporations and CEOs?"

    In the words of the senator, "This type of profiteering and excessive CEO compensation is exactly what the American people are sick and tired of."

    In response to a letter Sanders sent to Bancel following Moderna's January announcement of its planned price hike, the corporation vowed to make Covid-19 vaccines and boosters "available at no cost for the vast majority of people in the United States." Last month, after Bancel agreed to testify at Wednesday's hearing, Moderna said that when the federal government's public health emergency declaration expires in May, "Covid-19 vaccines will continue to be available at no cost for insured people," while the company's patient assistance program "will provide Covid-19 vaccines at no cost" to uninsured or underinsured people.

    "That is good news," Sanders said Wednesday. "The bad news is that most patient assistance programs are poorly designed and are extremely difficult, if not impossible, for patients to access," he added, urging Moderna "to reconsider their decision to quadruple the price of this vaccine and not raise the price at all."

    "Our committee looks forward to working with Moderna to develop a program that allows every American to continue to receive the Covid vaccine for free without the need to file complicated forms or paperwork, answer personal questions, or wait for hours on end at the pharmacy," said Sanders. "In other words, let us truly make this vaccine available for free to all Americans."

    But when asked by Sanders if Moderna will charge the U.S. government less for the NIH-Moderna Covid-19 vaccine, Bancel refused to commit, citing so-called "complexity."

    "You have money for stock buybacks by the billions, and you guys became billionaires," Sanders responded. "That doesn't seem too complex to me."

    In a video shared Tuesday, Senate HELP Committee senior health counsel Zain Rizvi further detailed how Moderna has tried to suppress evidence of the U.S. public's massive contributions to the NIH-Moderna Covid-19 vaccine while refusing to share the recipe with South African scientists who are working with the World Health Organization to boost global supply.

    The refusal of Moderna and other pharmaceutical corporations to transfer publicly funded technology to qualified generic manufacturers has contributed to global Covid-19 vaccine apartheid, needlessly prolonging and worsening the pandemic.

    Although Covid-19 jabs have been credited with preventing roughly 20 million deaths worldwide in 2021 alone, researchers estimate that 1.3 million additional lives could have been saved in the first year of the vaccine rollout had shots been distributed equitably. As a result of unequal access to lifesaving Covid-19 vaccines—made worse by corporate-friendly trade rules that protect Big Pharma's intellectual property monopolies and lead to artificial scarcity—one person suffered an avoidable death from the disease every 24 seconds in 2021.

    "Moderna has taken a publicly funded vaccine, built on decades of publicly funded research, and used it to maximize their own profits at the expense of public health," Julia Kosgei, policy co-lead for the People's Vaccine Alliance, said Wednesday in a statement. "It's long past time for Stéphane Bancel to be held to account."

    "Today's hearing must be the beginning of a conversation about how governments can place public health needs before private profit. That means requiring companies that profit from publicly funded research to share new technologies with the world."

    Citing the corporation's latest earnings report, Kosgei noted that "Moderna is spending as much on buybacks and dividends as it is on research and development." She called it "plainly ludicrous to suggest that this is the best way to ensure everyone has access to effective vaccines and medicines."

    "This should be a moment of reckoning for Big Pharma," said Kosgei. "Today's hearing must be the beginning of a conversation about how governments can place public health needs before private profit. That means requiring companies that profit from publicly funded research to share new technologies with the world."

    Like Kosgei, Rizvi stressed that Moderna's behavior is not unique and called for far-reaching action "to put an end to the greed of the pharmaceutical industry."

    That's also precisely what Sanders did during his opening remarks:

    In the pharmaceutical industry today we are looking at an unprecedented level of corporate greed—and that is certainly true with Moderna. Today, while 37% of the American people could not afford the prescription drugs their doctors prescribe, 10 major pharmaceutical companies made over $100 billion dollars in profits in 2021—a 137% increase from the previous year. In these corporations, the 50 top executives made over $1.9 billion in total compensation in 2021 and are in line to receive billions more in golden parachutes once they leave their companies. In other words, Americans die because they cannot afford the outrageous cost of prescription drugs, while the drug companies make huge profits.

    Further, while many Americans don't know this, the taxpayers of this country have spent many tens of billions of dollars over the past decade to research and develop life-saving medicine. Yet, despite that huge investment, and the vitally important work done by NIH scientists, the citizens of the United States pay far more for prescription drugs than do the people of any other country, in some cases, as much as 10 times more. Unbelievably, there are important drugs on the market today that literally cost hundreds of thousands of dollars.

    "What does a lifesaving drug mean for a person who cannot afford to buy that drug?" Sanders asked. "Should people in America and around the world be allowed to get sicker and sometimes die because they cannot afford the outrageous and arbitrary prices that the pharmaceutical industry demands?"

    "Do we not need to change the current culture of greed into a culture which understands that science and medical breakthroughs should work for ordinary people, and not just enrich large corporations and CEOs?" he continued.

    Sanders urged people "to remember the contributions of great scientists like Dr. Jonas Salk who, in the 1950s, invented the vaccine for polio. Salk's work saved millions of lives and prevented millions more from being paralyzed."

    According to the progressive lawmaker: "It has been estimated that if Dr. Salk had chosen to patent the polio vaccine he would have made billions of dollars. But he did not. When asked who owns the patent to this vaccine Dr. Salk said: 'Well, the people, I would say. There is no patent. Could you patent the sun?' What Dr. Salk understood was that the purpose of the vaccine he invented was to save lives, not to make himself obscenely rich."

    Salk was not alone, as Sanders explained:

    In 1928, Alexander Fleming, a scientist from Scotland, discovered penicillin at St. Mary's hospital in London. Fleming's discovery of penicillin changed the medical world and saved millions of lives.

    When Fleming was asked about his role, he did not talk about the outrageous fortune he could have made through his discovery. Instead, he said: "I did not invent penicillin. Nature did that. I only discovered it by accident." He refused to make obscene profits from his discovery.

    In 1921, Dr. Frederick Banting along with two other scientists at the University of Toronto invented insulin—an issue we're hearing a lot about today. When Dr. Banting was asked why he wouldn't patent insulin and why he sold the rights to insulin for just $1 he replied: “Insulin does not belong to me. It belongs to the world.”

    It has been estimated that Dr. Banting's invention saved some 300 million lives. Once again, a great scientist made it clear that his purpose in life was to ease suffering and save human lives, not to make billions for himself.

    "In this moment of excessive corporate greed," said Sanders, "the moral vision of these great scientists is something that we might learn from."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Kenny Stancil.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/22/bernie-sanders-targets-moderna-greed-in-covid-19-vaccine-hearing/feed/ 0 381434
    Is Vindication Coming for COVID Skeptics? https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/17/is-vindication-coming-for-covid-skeptics/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/17/is-vindication-coming-for-covid-skeptics/#respond Fri, 17 Mar 2023 15:01:27 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=138833 Some may say that vindication has already arrived for COVID skeptics.

    The post Is Vindication Coming for COVID Skeptics? first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    The post Is Vindication Coming for COVID Skeptics? first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/17/is-vindication-coming-for-covid-skeptics/feed/ 0 380191
    Deadly Disinformation – The Underreported Scandal at the New York Times https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/16/deadly-disinformation-the-underreported-scandal-at-the-new-york-times/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/16/deadly-disinformation-the-underreported-scandal-at-the-new-york-times/#respond Thu, 16 Mar 2023 17:50:40 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/opinion/bret-stephens-masks-new-york-times

    Today's assignment:

    You write for the most influential newspaper in America. Your recent column about COVID relied on dubious sourcing, specifically, Person A, who agreed with your personal views on the issue.

    Your opening "hook" for readers was Person A's inaccurate and misleading statements. He characterized a medical review in which he participated (along with 11 others) as supporting your position, although the review itself stated that it didn't.

    Your column went viral. The medical community condemned Person A's false characterization of the review and highlighted the review's methodological limitations and failings that your column ignored.

    Two weeks later, you doubled down on your position.

    Shortly thereafter, the review's editor-in-chief issued a statement that Person A and many commentators had misrepresented the review's conclusions.

    What do you do now?

    What if you're the newspaper's editor?

    Bret Stephens' February 21 column on mask mandates created this scandal at the New York Times.

    How It Began

    When the next airborne pandemic strikes, the disinformation currently surrounding COVID will paralyze policymakers and the public. Both-sidesing critical mitigation measures such as masks—even when one side lacks serious factual support—has undermined science and created mass confusion.

    Over the past three weeks, Stephens and the New York Times have added to that confusion.

    The factis that masks andmask mandateslimited the spread of COVID. But Stephens claimed to have "unambiguous" proof from a recent Cochrane Library review that mandates didn't work at all. A cursory reading of the Cochrane review abstract and authors' summary revealed that it expressly—and repeatedly—declined to support Stephens' position:

    • "The high risk of bias in the trials, variation in outcome measurement, and relatively low adherence with the interventions during the studies hampers drawing firm conclusions."
    • "There is uncertainty about the effects of face masks. The low to moderate certainty of evidence means our confidence in the effect estimate is limited, and that the true effect may be different from the observed estimate of the effect."
    • "We are uncertain whether wearing masks or N95/P2 respirators helps to slow the spread of respiratory viruses based on the studies we assessed."

    Likewise before Stephens published his column, the medical community had warned that anti-maskers were misusing the Cochrane review to support their broader agenda.

    Throwing caution—and facts—to the wind, Stephens turned to Tom Jefferson, one of the review's 12 authors. Jefferson is a senior associate tutor in the department of continuing education at the University of Oxford. He has a history of being wrong about COVID.

    As more than 50,000 Americans were dying during the month of April 2020 alone, Jefferson questioned whether the outbreak was really a pandemic or just a prolonged respiratory flu season. He continues to claim that there is no basis for saying that COVID spreads through airborne transmission, despite the fact that major public health agencies have long said otherwise. The "Declarations of interest" relating to the Cochrane mask review noted that Jefferson had voiced "an opinion on the topic of the review in articles for popular media…[and] was not involved in the editorial process for this review."

    Ignoring the red flags, Stephens opened his column by quoting Jefferson's inaccurate and misleading statements, starting with: "'There is just no evidence that they' — masks — "'make any difference. Full stop.'"

    Then Stephens blasted CDC Director Rochelle Walensky for acknowledging the limitations in Cochrane's review, accused her of turning the CDC into an "accomplice to the genuine enemies of reason and science," and called for her resignation. He closed by saying that the review had vindicated those who fought mandates.

    The Stephens/Jefferson misleading characterization of the Cochrane review provokedwidespreadcondemnationfrom the medical community and others. Two days after Stephens' column appeared, former CDC Director Tom Frieden wrote on Twitter:

    "Community-wide masking is associated with 10-80% reductions in infections and deaths, with higher numbers associated with higher levels of mask wearing in high-risk areas."

    How It Proliferated

    As anti-maskers weaponized Stephens' column and it went viral, the New YorkTimes failed to correct it:

    • The Times published four brief online letters to the editor accurately challenging Stephens' false assertions and unsupportable conclusions.
    • The following Sunday's print edition (February 26) boasted that Stephens' column was one of "Last Week's Top Trending Headlines" and noted that it "cited an analysis of Oxford studies by an Oxford epidemiologist, drew nearly 3,800 comments from readers, not all of them agreeing with him."
    • In the February 27 installment of "The Conversation"—a weekly dialogue between Stephens and the Times' Gail Collins—neither mentioned Stephens' misleading column.
    • In Stephens' next weekly column for the Times on February 28, he moved on to a new subject—Ukraine.

    The TimesMarch 6 episode of "The Conversation" finally raised the issue. Reaffirming his incorrect position, Stephens ignored the medical community's criticism of the Cochrane review and his column, denied relying solely on the review (even though his column cited nothing else), and dragged his fellow Times mask-mandate critic, David Leonhardt, into the fray.

    How It Unraveled

    Four days later, on March 10, Times opinion columnist Zenyep Tufekci, a journalism professor at Columbia University, published yet another detailed critique of the Cochrane review: "Here's Why the Science Is Clear That Masks Work." She didn't name Stephens, but she detailed facts and evidence that demolished Jefferson's misleading claims in his column.

    Some of that evidence came from Cochrane Library's editor-in-chief, Karla Soares-Weiser. She told Tufekci that Jefferson had seriously misinterpreted its finding on masks when he said that it proved that "there is just no evidence that they make any difference."

    "[T]hat statement is not an accurate representation of what the review found," Soares-Weiser said.

    Hours later, Soares-Weiser issued Cochrane's statement repeating the cautionary caveats in the review itself, which "has been widely misinterpreted… Given the limitations in the primary evidence, the review is not able to address the question of whether mask-wearing itself reduces people's risk of contracting or spreading respiratory viruses." (Italics in original)

    Cochrane's statement also called out the purveyors of disinformation: "Many commentators have claimed that a recently-updated Cochrane Review shows that 'masks don't work', which is an inaccurate and misleading interpretation." (Italics in original)

    How the Times Made It Worse

    The Tufekci article suggested that the Times had come down on the side of fact-based science demonstrating that masks and mandates had been effective. But on Sunday, March 12, its online edition presented mask mandates as a debatable proposition: Should we use them in the next pandemic?

    Using a "Yes" or "No" format, the Times relied on Dr. Anders Tegnell, former state epidemiologist for Sweden, to defend the "No Mask Mandate" position. Given the parameters of the hypothetical pandemic that the Times posed (only five cases of a deadly respiratory virus in a single jurisdiction and 10 cases nationwide), Tegnell said that masks should be used in health and elder care settings. He said that it was too soon for a mandate, but the decision would depend on how the situation unfolded.

    So even the "No" wasn't really a no. The Times failed to mention that Tegnell had presided over his country's disastrous "do-nothing" response during the first year of COVID-19, when Sweden's COVID death rate far exceeded neighboring Nordic countries.

    How It Will Haunt Us

    Stephens moved on without remorse, but the incalculable damage left in his wake endures. Mask mandates are disappearing and won't return any time soon, but not because they were ineffective when needed. The catastrophic consequences of Stephens' disinformation will arrive when the next airborne virus (or COVID variant) strikes, pandemic victims overwhelm hospitals, policymakers and the public disregard science, and a proven mitigation tool remains on the shelf.

    The Times is complicit. After failing to issue a correction to Stephens' column, it then regressed to both-sidesism. Presenting both sides of an issue as if they stand on equal, fact-based footing when they don't is not journalism. It's an insidious form of disinformation.

    When it involves public health, it can be deadly.

    Related Articles Around the Web


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Steven Harper.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/16/deadly-disinformation-the-underreported-scandal-at-the-new-york-times/feed/ 0 379990
    “Cyber Misogyny” on the Rise During COVID-19 Pandemic https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/15/cyber-misogyny-on-the-rise-during-covid-19-pandemic/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/15/cyber-misogyny-on-the-rise-during-covid-19-pandemic/#respond Wed, 15 Mar 2023 19:41:14 +0000 https://www.projectcensored.org/?p=27837 Gender-based violence escalated during the pandemic, which also forced many people to rely on online communication platforms such as Zoom, WhatsApp, Instagram, and Twitter. Unfortunately, the increased reliance on online…

    The post “Cyber Misogyny” on the Rise During COVID-19 Pandemic appeared first on Project Censored.

    ]]>
    Gender-based violence escalated during the pandemic, which also forced many people to rely on online communication platforms such as Zoom, WhatsApp, Instagram, and Twitter. Unfortunately, the increased reliance on online platforms “provides abusers with a new avenue” to engage in harassment, stalking, and other forms of abuse, Suzie Dunn reported in a September 2022 article for Canadian feminist magazine Herizons. Technology, Dunn wrote, “can both amplify abuse and make such behavior easier to conduct.”

    In a 2015, Nicole Etherington, then an advanced PhD candidate at the University of Western Ontario, coined the term cyber misogyny to describe “the various forms of gendered hatred, harassment, and abusive behavior targeted at women and girls via the internet.” Etherington’s 2015 brief defining the topic described the internet as a “new frontier for misogynistic hate, harassment, and abuse” and detailed some of its real-world consequences, including psychological distress, public humiliation, identity theft, job loss, and suicide. (Dr. Etherington is now a Senior Research Associate in the Clinical Epidemiology Program at the Ottawa Hospital Research Institute.)

    As Dunn reported for Herizons, the pandemic significantly increased the amount of time spent online and how individuals communicate. With the implementation of lockdown restrictions intended to slow the spread of COVID-19, cyber misogyny flourished because many technology companies were unable to provide content moderation services to meet the increased demand for online communication. For example, as many higher education institutions turned to online platforms to provide remote learning, women reported harassment during lectures and offensive comments in course-focused group chats.

    Beyond online classrooms, a cross-national study published in 2018 by Amnesty International, Toxic Twitter, documented how the popular social media service functioned as both a powerful tool for women to express themselves and vehicle for “technology-facilitated gender-based violence” that all too often “silenced” women and girls, Herizons summarized.

    Dunn’s article concluded with a call for “more accessible options for content removal and a greater focus on victim-centered and trauma-informed responses.”

    As of early March 2023, no major US news outlets appear to have covered the topic of cyber misogyny, as examined by Suzie Dunn’s article for Herizons.

    Source: Suzie Dunn, “How to Stop Cyber Misogyny,” Herizons, January 15, 2022.

    Student Researcher: Emily Kittell (North Central College)

    Faculty Evaluator: Steve Macek (North Central College)

    The post “Cyber Misogyny” on the Rise During COVID-19 Pandemic appeared first on Project Censored.


    This content originally appeared on Project Censored and was authored by Vins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/15/cyber-misogyny-on-the-rise-during-covid-19-pandemic/feed/ 0 379666
    Video Proves Joe Rogan WAS RIGHT About Bill Gates! https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/14/video-proves-joe-rogan-was-right-about-bill-gates/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/14/video-proves-joe-rogan-was-right-about-bill-gates/#respond Tue, 14 Mar 2023 23:56:43 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=138787 Bill Gates is not a medical doctor, not a virologist, not a scientist and not even a college graduate, yet we as a society hang on his every word when it comes to proper response to a viral pandemic. Why? It probably has something to do with the millions of dollars he’s “donated” to the […]

    The post Video Proves Joe Rogan WAS RIGHT About Bill Gates! first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    Bill Gates is not a medical doctor, not a virologist, not a scientist and not even a college graduate, yet we as a society hang on his every word when it comes to proper response to a viral pandemic. Why? It probably has something to do with the millions of dollars he’s “donated” to the World Health Organization and otherwise spent to become a go-to mouthpiece for a range of financial interests, from food to vaccines. Jimmy and guest Robert F. Kennedy jr. discuss how Gates made $500 million off of the COVID vaccines he was wildly promoting, then cashed out and started acknowledging that the vaccines aren’t actually all that great.

    Follow Robert F. Kennedy Jr. on Twitter: https://twitter.com/RobertKennedyJr

    The post Video Proves Joe Rogan WAS RIGHT About Bill Gates! first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by The Jimmy Dore Show.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/14/video-proves-joe-rogan-was-right-about-bill-gates/feed/ 0 379416
    China should improve overseas media accreditation, access following restrictive political meetings https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/14/china-should-improve-overseas-media-accreditation-access-following-restrictive-political-meetings/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/14/china-should-improve-overseas-media-accreditation-access-following-restrictive-political-meetings/#respond Tue, 14 Mar 2023 17:22:46 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=269476 Taipei, March 14, 2023 – Chinese authorities should allow international media to cover events and political gatherings without restrictions, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Tuesday, after several accredited journalists reported being denied access or having access restricted to the first major political meetings since China relaxed its zero-COVID policy.  

    The state-run China Daily reported that about 1,000 journalists from Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan, or overseas applied to cover China’s parliament, the National People’s Congress, which  convenes annually alongside the advisory Chinese People’s Political Consultative Conference for a 10-day gathering known as the “two sessions.”

    The events, which concluded Monday, provide a rare chance for foreign correspondents to engage with the country’s top leaders, yet foreign journalists in Beijing reported being repeatedly denied access to meetings, according to news reports.

    “Foreign journalists play an essential role in reporting on China and its relations with the rest of the world,” said Iris Hsu, CPJ’s China representative. “Chinese authorities must ensure that the international press are able to do their jobs at major events like the ‘two sessions’ and not use accreditation and health measures as an excuse to hamper reporting.”

    International journalists were required to check into a “quarantine” hotel and seek permission to enter individual sessions and press conferences, according to Taiwanese public news outlet Central News Agency, which said some were limited to video access of events.

    One Beijing-based correspondent for a European broadcaster told CPJ that he was not allowed to attend any sessions despite his outlet having been accredited to cover them. Speaking on condition of anonymity to avoid reprisals, the journalist said authorities would open each session for additional accreditation two days in advance, but his applications to attend were never granted.

    “It’s pretty clear that they are just cherry picking the people that they think should be there,” the journalist told CPJ.  

    Other journalists reported similar limitations on Twitter:

    Will Glasgow, North Asia correspondent for The Australian wrote that his application to cover the two sessions was not approved.  

    – The BBC’s China correspondent Stephen McDonell said that no BBC presence was allowed at the Congress.

    – The Straits Times’ China correspondent Elizabeth Law wrote that she could count only 20 China-based foreign journalists at key sessions during the start of the meeting and about 40 at the closing ceremony.

    China’s Ministry of Foreign Affairs did not immediately respond to CPJ’s email requesting comment.

    Chinese authorities curtail independent coverage of domestic politics, and issue frequent instructions to local news outlets forbidding them to report on topics that the ruling Chinese Communist Party determines to be off limits. China was the world’s second-worst jailer of journalists in 2022, according to CPJ’s annual prison census.


    This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Madeline Earp.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/14/china-should-improve-overseas-media-accreditation-access-following-restrictive-political-meetings/feed/ 0 379325
    My Dad died because the UK took Covid-19 vaccines from the Global South https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/14/my-dad-died-because-the-uk-took-covid-19-vaccines-from-the-global-south/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/14/my-dad-died-because-the-uk-took-covid-19-vaccines-from-the-global-south/#respond Tue, 14 Mar 2023 15:43:51 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/covid-19-vaccine-inequity-big-pharma-hancock-serum-institute/ The UK government prioritised politicians’ careers and Big Pharma’s profits over global vaccine equity


    This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Sakina Datoo.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/14/my-dad-died-because-the-uk-took-covid-19-vaccines-from-the-global-south/feed/ 0 379332
    Massive Public Investment Made COVID-19 Vaccines Possible https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/13/massive-public-investment-made-covid-19-vaccines-possible/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/13/massive-public-investment-made-covid-19-vaccines-possible/#respond Mon, 13 Mar 2023 05:14:40 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=276440 In a new study published in the BMJ, Dr. Hussain Lalani and a team of six other medical researchers document the massive extent to which the US public (through the federal government) financed the development, production, and purchase of mRNA COVID-19 vaccines. Through March 2022, the US government spent at least $2.7 billion to develop More

    The post Massive Public Investment Made COVID-19 Vaccines Possible appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Shawn Fremstad – Tori Coan.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/13/massive-public-investment-made-covid-19-vaccines-possible/feed/ 0 378981
    Lab Rats Protest https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/11/lab-rats-protest/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/11/lab-rats-protest/#respond Sat, 11 Mar 2023 16:20:35 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=138644 When humans steal the jobs of lab rats.

    The post Lab Rats Protest first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    The post Lab Rats Protest first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/11/lab-rats-protest/feed/ 0 378830
    Three Years Into Covid Pandemic, World Leaders Say ‘Never Again’ to Vaccine Apartheid https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/11/three-years-into-covid-pandemic-world-leaders-say-never-again-to-vaccine-apartheid/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/11/three-years-into-covid-pandemic-world-leaders-say-never-again-to-vaccine-apartheid/#respond Sat, 11 Mar 2023 00:06:39 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/vaccine-apartheid

    Around 200 current and former world leaders, Nobel laureates, health and faith leaders, and activists this week marked the third anniversary of the World Health Organization's Covid-19 pandemic declaration by taking aim at the "vaccine apartheid" that according to one advocacy group was responsible for one death every 24 seconds during the outbreak's first year alone.

    A letter led by the People's Vaccine Alliance notes that three years have passed since "the World Health Organization (WHO) first characterized Covid-19 as a pandemic" on March 11, 2020 and implores governments to "never again" allow nationalism and capitalist greed to supersede human needs."

    "We have seen extraordinary feats of scientific innovation and an enormous mobilization of public resources to develop effective vaccines, tests, and treatments," the letter continues. "But we have also seen a global response held back by profiteering and nationalism."

    The signers asserted:

    We are hopeful that an end to the acute stage of the Covid-19 pandemic may be in sight. Thus, the world is at a critical juncture. Decisions made now will determine how the world prepares for and responds to future global health crises. World leaders must reflect on mistakes made in responding to the Covid-19 pandemic so that they are never repeated.

    There are decades of publicly funded research behind Covid-19 vaccines, treatments, and tests. Governments have poured taxpayer money by the billions into research, development, and advance orders, reducing the risks for pharmaceutical companies. These are the people's vaccines, the people's tests, and the people's treatments. Yet, a handful of pharmaceutical companies has been allowed to exploit these public goods to fuel extraordinary profits, increasing prices in the Global North while refusing to share technology and knowledge with capable researchers and producers in the Global South.

    "Instead of rolling out vaccines, tests, and treatments based on need, pharmaceutical companies maximized their profits by selling doses first to the richest countries with the deepest pockets," the letter adds. "Billions of people in low- and middle-income countries, including frontline workers and the clinically vulnerable, were sent to the back of the line."

    These inequities, the alliance said, resulted in over 1.3 million preventable deaths—one every 24 seconds—in the pandemic's first year alone. Even today, as the pandemic enters its fourth year, much of the Global South lacks adequate access to Covid-19 testing and treatments.

    The letter's signatories urge world leaders to take immediate action to:

    • Support a pandemic accord at the WHO that embeds equity and human rights in pandemic preparedness and response;
    • Invest in scientific innovation and manufacturing capacity in the Global South through projects like the mRNA Technology Transfer Hub established by the WHO and partners;
    • Invest in global common goods; and
    • Remove the intellectual property barriers that prevent knowledge and technology sharing.

    "In the AIDS pandemic, pharmaceutical monopolies have resulted in an appalling number of unnecessary deaths—and it has been the same story with Covid-19," lamented Winnie Byanyima, executive director of UNAIDS and co-chair of the People's Vaccine Alliance.

    "It was only the production of inexpensive generics in developing countries that made the first generation of HIV medicines available and affordable to people in the [Global] South," she added. "But governments still have not learned that lesson. Unless they break the monopolies that prevent people from accessing medical products, humanity will sleepwalk unprepared into the next pandemic."

    East Timorese President José Manuel Ramos-Horta, who also signed the letter, said that "in the Covid-19 pandemic, those of us in low and middle-income countries were pushed to the back of the line for vaccines and denied access to the benefits of new technologies."

    "Three years on, we must say 'never again' to this injustice that has undermined the safety of people in every country," he added. "Steps that we take today can hasten global access to vaccines, medicines, and tests in the next pandemic, with regional hubs researching, developing, and manufacturing medical products for everyone, everywhere."

    Former United Nations Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon asserted:

    The great tragedy of the Covid-19 pandemic has been the failure of multilateralism and the absence of solidarity between the Global North and Global South. These past three years should act as a warning for future pandemics. We need a return to genuine cooperation between nations in our preparation and response to global threats. That requires a pandemic accord rooted in equity and human rights, which places the needs of humanity above the commercial interests of a handful of companies.

    Independent Panel for Pandemic Preparedness and Response co-chair Helen Clark—who served as New Zealand's prime minister from 1999 to 2008—noted that "publicly funded science contributed a lot to the phenomenal success of Covid-19 vaccines."

    "Yet, that public investment did not lead to vaccines being treated as global common goods," Clark continued. "Rather, nationalism and profiteering around vaccines resulted in a catastrophic moral and public health failure which denied equitable access to all."

    "We need to fix the glaring gaps in pandemic preparedness and response today," she added, "so that people in all countries can be protected when a pandemic threat emerges."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Brett Wilkins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/11/three-years-into-covid-pandemic-world-leaders-say-never-again-to-vaccine-apartheid/feed/ 0 378679
    Three Years Into Covid Pandemic, World Leaders Say ‘Never Again’ to Vaccine Apartheid https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/11/three-years-into-covid-pandemic-world-leaders-say-never-again-to-vaccine-apartheid-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/11/three-years-into-covid-pandemic-world-leaders-say-never-again-to-vaccine-apartheid-2/#respond Sat, 11 Mar 2023 00:06:39 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/vaccine-apartheid

    Around 200 current and former world leaders, Nobel laureates, health and faith leaders, and activists this week marked the third anniversary of the World Health Organization's Covid-19 pandemic declaration by taking aim at the "vaccine apartheid" that according to one advocacy group was responsible for one death every 24 seconds during the outbreak's first year alone.

    A letter led by the People's Vaccine Alliance notes that three years have passed since "the World Health Organization (WHO) first characterized Covid-19 as a pandemic" on March 11, 2020 and implores governments to "never again" allow nationalism and capitalist greed to supersede human needs."

    "We have seen extraordinary feats of scientific innovation and an enormous mobilization of public resources to develop effective vaccines, tests, and treatments," the letter continues. "But we have also seen a global response held back by profiteering and nationalism."

    The signers asserted:

    We are hopeful that an end to the acute stage of the Covid-19 pandemic may be in sight. Thus, the world is at a critical juncture. Decisions made now will determine how the world prepares for and responds to future global health crises. World leaders must reflect on mistakes made in responding to the Covid-19 pandemic so that they are never repeated.

    There are decades of publicly funded research behind Covid-19 vaccines, treatments, and tests. Governments have poured taxpayer money by the billions into research, development, and advance orders, reducing the risks for pharmaceutical companies. These are the people's vaccines, the people's tests, and the people's treatments. Yet, a handful of pharmaceutical companies has been allowed to exploit these public goods to fuel extraordinary profits, increasing prices in the Global North while refusing to share technology and knowledge with capable researchers and producers in the Global South.

    "Instead of rolling out vaccines, tests, and treatments based on need, pharmaceutical companies maximized their profits by selling doses first to the richest countries with the deepest pockets," the letter adds. "Billions of people in low- and middle-income countries, including frontline workers and the clinically vulnerable, were sent to the back of the line."

    These inequities, the alliance said, resulted in over 1.3 million preventable deaths—one every 24 seconds—in the pandemic's first year alone. Even today, as the pandemic enters its fourth year, much of the Global South lacks adequate access to Covid-19 testing and treatments.

    The letter's signatories urge world leaders to take immediate action to:

    • Support a pandemic accord at the WHO that embeds equity and human rights in pandemic preparedness and response;
    • Invest in scientific innovation and manufacturing capacity in the Global South through projects like the mRNA Technology Transfer Hub established by the WHO and partners;
    • Invest in global common goods; and
    • Remove the intellectual property barriers that prevent knowledge and technology sharing.

    "In the AIDS pandemic, pharmaceutical monopolies have resulted in an appalling number of unnecessary deaths—and it has been the same story with Covid-19," lamented Winnie Byanyima, executive director of UNAIDS and co-chair of the People's Vaccine Alliance.

    "It was only the production of inexpensive generics in developing countries that made the first generation of HIV medicines available and affordable to people in the [Global] South," she added. "But governments still have not learned that lesson. Unless they break the monopolies that prevent people from accessing medical products, humanity will sleepwalk unprepared into the next pandemic."

    East Timorese President José Manuel Ramos-Horta, who also signed the letter, said that "in the Covid-19 pandemic, those of us in low and middle-income countries were pushed to the back of the line for vaccines and denied access to the benefits of new technologies."

    "Three years on, we must say 'never again' to this injustice that has undermined the safety of people in every country," he added. "Steps that we take today can hasten global access to vaccines, medicines, and tests in the next pandemic, with regional hubs researching, developing, and manufacturing medical products for everyone, everywhere."

    Former United Nations Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon asserted:

    The great tragedy of the Covid-19 pandemic has been the failure of multilateralism and the absence of solidarity between the Global North and Global South. These past three years should act as a warning for future pandemics. We need a return to genuine cooperation between nations in our preparation and response to global threats. That requires a pandemic accord rooted in equity and human rights, which places the needs of humanity above the commercial interests of a handful of companies.

    Independent Panel for Pandemic Preparedness and Response co-chair Helen Clark—who served as New Zealand's prime minister from 1999 to 2008—noted that "publicly funded science contributed a lot to the phenomenal success of Covid-19 vaccines."

    "Yet, that public investment did not lead to vaccines being treated as global common goods," Clark continued. "Rather, nationalism and profiteering around vaccines resulted in a catastrophic moral and public health failure which denied equitable access to all."

    "We need to fix the glaring gaps in pandemic preparedness and response today," she added, "so that people in all countries can be protected when a pandemic threat emerges."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Brett Wilkins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/11/three-years-into-covid-pandemic-world-leaders-say-never-again-to-vaccine-apartheid-2/feed/ 0 378680
    Chinese journalist held for reporting on Wuhan COVID outbreak wishes he’d done more https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/09/chinese-journalist-held-for-reporting-on-wuhan-covid-outbreak-wishes-hed-done-more/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/09/chinese-journalist-held-for-reporting-on-wuhan-covid-outbreak-wishes-hed-done-more/#respond Thu, 09 Mar 2023 16:39:27 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=268311 When reports of a novel respiratory virus spreading through Wuhan began to surface in early 2020, a few independent video journalists rushed to the city. Among them was Li Zehua, a former journalist for state broadcaster CCTV, who goes by the name Kcriss Li.

    Giving the slip to officials chasing down reporters who challenged the official narrative, Li interviewed some of the city’s 12 million residents, who had not been told the truth about COVID-19. He found communities frustrated by hastily imposed restrictions on movement and migrant workers who could not find work. He even made it to the Wuhan Institute of Virology, the government laboratory at the heart of speculation about the origin of the disease. He posted it all online, angering the Chinese Communist Party (CCP).

    He now wishes he had gone better prepared, had better equipment, and been able to report more fully on what was to become a once-in-a-century pandemic before the crushing power of China’s surveillance state silenced him.

    Li filmed himself being followed, then on February 26, 2020, livestreamed security officers knocking on his door. His channels went dark for nearly two months until he reappeared on YouTube. In an obviously staged video, Li said he had been taken to a police station, questioned, and sent to “quarantine.” He was eventually released under supervision.

    Li was one of a small band of video journalists in Wuhan that included Chen Qiushi and Zhang Zhan. Chen was also forcibly quarantined and later released. Zhang was less lucky. She was sentenced to four years in prison.

    In August 2021, Li made it out of China to study at a college in Rochester, New York, from where he recently spoke with CPJ. The interview has been edited for length and clarity.

    What drove you to report in Wuhan?

    I wanted to take on the responsibility of being a journalist. I used to call myself a journalist, but I didn’t do anything a real journalist is supposed to be doing. And I had to take part in this historical [event].

    Did you succeed?

    It was a mission where I mostly completed what I expected. Famous journalists or documentary producers would probably try to stay in Wuhan for a longer period of time and produce more [detailed reporting].

    But I went there alone, with limited gear, devices, and resources. I chose other ways to try to present news [and] collect factual information.

    Do you think you’ve made a difference?

    I’d say yes. At least, I finished the process [of reporting] myself, [even] while being alone in the information black hole. I tried my best to collect information…and I actually expected the CCP, the administration, to come after me.

    What happened after you cut off the livestream of authorities at your door?

    They detained me for around 35 days. The so-called “quarantine” was supposed to be 14 days. I was quarantined for 16 or 17 days [in Wuhan.] After that, I was sent to my hometown [Nanchang city, in Jiangxi province], and I was “quarantined” again for 16 days.

    [I posted the YouTube video about what had happened] during that period. Authorities wanted me to praise them, but I reduced that to the minimum. After I was released, one of the provincial police chiefs reached out to me and asked me to post something because a lot of people were concerned about where I was. I refused. I couldn’t do it.

    How would you characterize the treatment you received at the hands of the authorities?

    I was lucky. I was not treated badly. But I don’t think that’s the way they would treat others…

    I think it was the things I’ve done that protected me, [such as] livestreaming throughout the whole process [of detention]. And I was one the first group of people, like Chen Qiushi. [We] entered Wuhan at the very beginning, when the police had no experience dealing with these types of situations. But I heard that the journalists who went to Wuhan after me got arrested, like Zhang Zhan.

    What was on your mind on February 26 when those officers showed up at the door?

    I felt very disappointed and sad. The feeling made me recall when I was traveling in North Korea. My thought was, “Come on. We are in a so-called democratic country in the 21st century. What have I done? Am I a criminal?”

    Even though I had courage, and as brave as I am, I still trembled. In that fear, there was total disappointment with the [Chinese] state. I thought the first half of my life had been terminated.

    You said in the video about what happened that you were arrested for “disrupting public order.” What did you think of the charge?

    That was stupid. Hilarious. They wanted to be seen as following the legal process, but they were actually just doing whatever they wanted.

    How would you characterize China’s current state of media freedom?

    There is no freedom. There’s no media. There is only propaganda.

    What could have happened had there been an open media?

    The more media freedom [and] freedom of speech we had, the less the disease would have spread. The disease was a scientific problem. We could have removed the political factors from the scientific discussion.

    There’s a lot of speculation that the virus leaked from the Wuhan Institute of Virology. Do you think that’s a possibility?

    I think so…In a regime like China or North Korea, with so much information fog around all the affairs and incidents, no one would [trust] the government to be the source of information. So, I am more [inclined] to believe that the virus came from the institute. 

    Do you have any regrets about what you did?

    The regretful part would be that I wasn’t well prepared and did not reveal more factual information about what authorities were doing. If I were more prepared, I probably would have, like you said, made a more significant difference or let more people know how important the freedom to spread information is.

    Were you surprised that you were allowed to leave China after what happened in Wuhan?

    Yes, it did surprise me. But it showed that the bureaucratic system was so stupid. After they released me, they assigned “secret police” to monitor me every now and then, a couple of times a month. As time went on, they just came to my house to visit my parents once a month. They know how to control your network, [family,] and everyone surrounding you in order to control you.

    Before I left China, only my parents and my closest friends knew what I was doing. I pretended I was struggling to make a living by doing low-end jobs. I acted like I was out of my mind when the police reached out to me. I started speaking dialect instead of perfect Mandarin like before. I put on a performance showing that I was incapable, misleading them into thinking that I would never go abroad. After I got my visa from the embassy, I just booked a ticket, walked through customs, and successfully came out.

    Would you ever consider going back to China?

    I don’t know. It is sad. I feel sad. [Officials] threatened me even though I didn’t do anything criminal. The totalitarianism, the authoritarianism made [it so that] people like me couldn’t go back.

    You mentioned your parents. Have they been harassed?

    At the very beginning, yes. Especially my father. He runs a small business, a dental clinic. Some officers were trying to interfere with his business. But my father and my mother don’t really care about what I was doing. And because they were not concerned about what I was doing, the police couldn’t leverage the relationship between me and my parents. The less my parents are concerned about me, the fewer safety issues there are. 

    You are in the United States, what’s the future for you?

    I just graduated from the University of Rochester. I am working at an artificial intelligence lab, trying to get more experience. I will probably try to apply for a Ph.D program. I want to contribute in a practical way in the future, unlike what I used to do. I want to find a way to fight digital totalitarianism.


    This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Iris Hsu.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/09/chinese-journalist-held-for-reporting-on-wuhan-covid-outbreak-wishes-hed-done-more/feed/ 0 378260
    Covidian Logic https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/09/covidian-logic/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/09/covidian-logic/#respond Thu, 09 Mar 2023 15:30:40 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=138548

    The post Covidian Logic first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/09/covidian-logic/feed/ 0 378262
    Standing Together: Resisting the New Normal https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/07/standing-together-resisting-the-new-normal/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/07/standing-together-resisting-the-new-normal/#respond Tue, 07 Mar 2023 14:24:45 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=138465 The US wanted Russia to attack Ukraine. So says Robert H Wade, professor of Global Political Economy at the London School of Economics. And then it brought in its wide-ranging sanctions regime in response. According to renowned investigative journalist Seymour Hersch, the US subsequently blew up the Nord Stream 2 gas pipeline.   The result is that […]

    The post Standing Together: Resisting the New Normal first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    The US wanted Russia to attack Ukraine. So says Robert H Wade, professor of Global Political Economy at the London School of Economics. And then it brought in its wide-ranging sanctions regime in response. According to renowned investigative journalist Seymour Hersch, the US subsequently blew up the Nord Stream 2 gas pipeline 

    The result is that Europeans are experiencing an energy crisis, and Germany in particular faces deindustrialisation. The Ukraine situation is not just a NATO proxy war with Russia. It is also a trade and energy war inflicted by the US on Europe.  

    Although the impact of the war is acutely felt by Europe, inflation continues to increase across the Western countries, including the US, and their economies are in crisis. 

    While the sanctions and war are having an inflationary impact, they serve as convenient cover for the effects of a massive increase in ‘quantitative easing’ that occurred in late 2019 and in 2020. The US Federal Reserve created almost a fifth of all US dollars ever created in 2020. According to economist Professor Richard Werner, central banks around the world also pumped more money into their economies during this period. He concludes that central banks are largely responsible for the inflation we now see. 

    Financial markets were collapsing in October 2019, and the crisis reached a head in February 2020 with a massive crash. Prior to COVID and then under cover of this bogus public health crisis, trillions of dollars were pumped into the economy and lockdowns were imposed to prevent an immediate hyperinflation shock. The global economy was shut down.  

    Much of the inflation currently being experienced is a result of this. COVID lockdowns were not a cause of economic collapse. They were a symptom of it. A temporary band aid for an imploding neoliberalism that now requires a radical restructuring of economies and societies. 

    And that restructuring is brutal. Neoliberalism has been on life support for some time and has resorted to various strategies (expansion consumer credit, speculative finance, debt, etc) to keep it alive. But these strategies have to a large extent run their course.   

    In response, we are witnessing a controlled demolition of large parts of the economy and a shift towards authoritarian governance to deal with the growing resentment and dissent that governments fully expect. While lockdowns can be regarded as extraordinary monetary policy measures for addressing short-term inflation risk, they also did much to accelerate the restructuring of economies, not least by closing down small independent businesses.  

    The effects of the current sanctions regime on Russia may be regarded as an extension of this restructuring. We must not assume that the people implementing the sanction policies were too ignorant to see what the outcome would be for the Western economies.  

    So, for ordinary people, what’s the end game? 

    Soaring inflation means your money will lose value. Your savings could evaporate. And rising interest rates will intensify hardship – both for ordinary people and for businesses. Increased interest rates in a debt-ridden economy could well precipitate economic collapse.  

    Enter central bank digital currencies (CBDCs). It seems likely that these will eventually be brought in as part of a new monetary system. When people have lost almost everything (the WEF mantra – own nothing and be happy), many might well be desperate enough to want a (programmable) digital universal basic income from the government.  

    But this – in the longer term – would lead to a digital prison: your carbon credit score and social credit score linked to your ability to use your digital currency, your freedom of movement and so on. 

    The fiat currency system is dying. De-dollarisation is now underway and the US’s longstanding partner – Saudi Arabia – is turning to China and accepting non-dollar payment for oil. 

    The world is increasingly trading in currencies other than the US dollar. Global US hegemony rests on the dollar being the world reserve currency. This is coming to an end.   

    What CBDCs will base their value on remains to be seen. A return to a gold standard perhaps. But the strategy appears to involve a process of economic restructuring (or demolition) leading to the impoverishment of populations then the rollout of CBDCs.  

    COVID was an accelerator that saw entire populations cajoled into submission thanks to a crisis narrative. Integral to the plan is the eventual imposition of digital IDs. 

    Whether it is immigration, war, food shortages, fear of pandemics, potential cyberattacks, climate emergency or some other crisis narrative, one way or another, circumstances will be manipulated to engineer the introduction of digital IDs – precursors to CBDC servitude. A servitude linked to ‘smart’ city surveillance technology, net zero ideology and 15-minute de facto lockdown cities. 

    Can this be prevented? What can ordinary people do? 

    We can, for instance, grow our own food (if we have access to land), use farmer markets, boycott the retail giants and cashless stores, use cash whenever possible, create our own credit unions and so on. But to act in unison, it is essential that we come together and do not feel isolated in a world in which division is encouraged.

    Many instinctively knew from the start that there was something seriously amiss with the COVID narrative and the lockdowns. But the vast majority of people – at least at the beginning of the COVID exercise – went along with the narrative. Dissenters tended to feel isolated and came together online. As the weeks passed, they began to attend protests in person. 

    At these gatherings – the speeches aside – it felt uplifting simply to be in the company of like-minded people. But after the protests, many returned home and were again surrounded by friends, family and colleagues who still kept faith in the narrative and the relentless media propaganda.  

    COVID might have receded into the background at this point, but the end goal is clear. That’s why it remains important to continue to stand together – in person, in solidarity. From small acorns, movements grow.  

    With this in mind, Fifi Rose, who helped initiate the A Stand In The Park movement in the UK, describes as a non-hierarchal people’s collective of autonomous groups, tells an inspiring story on a recent edition of the Locked & Loaded podcast with Rick Munn on TNT radio.  

    The podcast shows how one man’s resistance – which involved standing alone in a Sydney park for weeks on end – helped create a growing global movement based on face-to-face interaction. 

    The post Standing Together: Resisting the New Normal first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Colin Todhunter.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/07/standing-together-resisting-the-new-normal/feed/ 0 377615
    ‘Financial Vulture’ SoFi Sues to Block Biden’s Student Loan Repayment Pause https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/07/financial-vulture-sofi-sues-to-block-bidens-student-loan-repayment-pause/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/07/financial-vulture-sofi-sues-to-block-bidens-student-loan-repayment-pause/#respond Tue, 07 Mar 2023 01:15:42 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/biden-student-loan-pause

    Supporters of U.S. President Joe Biden's plan to cancel over $400 billion in college debt to more than 43 million borrowers reacted angrily Monday to a lawsuit filed by an online finance company trying to overturn his administration's latest pause on student loan repayments—a policy that has cost the firm more than $100 million in lost profits.

    San Francisco-based SoFi filed suit Friday in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia onFriday against the U.S. Department of Education and Education Secretary Miguel Cardona over the agency's rdecision in November to extend a Covid-19-based moratorium on student loan repayments due to ongoing legal battles.

    Founded in 2011, SoFi "was once the leader of a booming private student loan refinancing industry," according to to the Student Borrower Protection Center (SBPC), a nonprofit advocacy group. SoFi's stock price has plummeted by more than 70% since its peak.

    "SoFi has a long history of misleading student debtors and tricking them into refinancing their loans."

    SoFi toldThe Washington Post that "we have supported and continue to support targeted student loan forgiveness, in addition to the student loan payment moratorium during the economic crisis at the height of the Covid-19 pandemic," but that the latest extension is an "illegal overreach."

    However, according to the Debt Collective, the U.S.' first debtors union:

    SoFi has a long history of misleading student debtors and tricking them into refinancing their loans in a way that costs hardworking Americans more interest in the long run. SoFi also engages in racist lending practices. The Debt Collective is encouraging its members—and anyone who has been misled or harmed by SoFi—to immediately file a complaint with the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau as well as their state's attorney general.

    The Biden administration's pause extensions have kept cash in the pockets of people who desperately need it—disproportionately women, low-income families, and Black communities. Thanks to years of a pause on federal student debt, tens of millions of Americans have been able to put food on the table, pay for childcare, stay in their homes, and purchase their lifesaving medicine.

    "SoFi CEO Anthony Noto is a financial vulture gorging himself on our bloated and broken student loan system," SBPC executive director Mike Pierce said in a statement. "Noto's failing company thinks it is entitled to engorge itself by skimming the cream off of the federal student loan portfolio and—after a failed back-room lobbying blitz—is running into court because the government doesn't agree."

    "The real story here is the huge risk this poses to tens of millions of working people who SoFi would never lend to—families across the country that depend on the student loan payment pause to shield them from financial devastation," Pierce added.

    As the Post's Danielle Douglas-Gabriel noted:

    SoFi has a lot at stake with the ongoing payment pause. The company made a name for itself by refinancing education loans—lowering the interest rates and monthly payments of people with private and federal student loans. Refinancing federal student loans can save borrowers money, especially those with high-interest graduate debt. But it means giving up federal benefits, including access to income-driven repayment plans and public service loan forgiveness. The trade-off has become less appealing in the wake of the payment pause, according to SoFi.

    The moratorium has eliminated the primary benefits of student loan refinancing by suspending interest on most federal student loans for the past three years, the complaint said. Whereas SoFi originated about $450 million to $500 million of refinanced federal student loans per month before March 2020, the volume plummeted by more than 75% following the initial pause, according to the company. The decline has accelerated and resulted in the company losing roughly $150 million to $200 million in profits over the past three years, the company said.

    The current repayment pause—which costs the federal government $5 billion each month—could continue until August, depending upon the timing of the U.S. Supreme Court's ruling on two cases that will decide the fate of Biden's plan.

    Last month, the nine justices heard oral arguments in the cases. Members of the court's right-wing supermajority repeatedly criticized the president's proposal and its estimated $400 billion-plus price tag. U.S. Solicitor General Elizabeth Prelogar told the Supreme Court that failing to cancel student debt and lifting the moratorium will bring extreme financial hardship to millions of borrowers and cause defaults to skyrocket.

    "The Department of Education should immediately cancel all federal student loans. Don't feed the parasites."

    Debt Collective spokesperson Braxton Brewington ripped SoFi's "ridiculous" filing as "just a continuation of the sham lawsuits pushed by Republican states and right-wing dark-money groups opposing student debt relief."

    "What the Biden administration needs to do is fight back and choose working-class people over corporate profits," Brewington continued. "A predatory corporation losing revenue because the federal government continues good policy is not grounds to end that policy. "SoFi claims they want to lower Americans' interest rates, but they're working to destroy 0% interest to force Americans into a higher rate with them."

    Debt Collective organizer Thomas Gokey called SoFi "a parasite on a policy failure."

    "SoFi CEO Anthony Noto is starting to get desperate now that everyone realizes that there is no reason to ever restart student debt payments," Gokey contended. "The Department of Education should immediately cancel all federal student loans. Don't feed the parasites."

    The lawsuit came on the same day that the Student Loan Law Initiative—an academic partnership between the University of California, Irvine School of Law and SBPC—published a new analysis detailing how "the ongoing student loan payment pause may have been even more beneficial for federal borrowers than previously understood."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Brett Wilkins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/07/financial-vulture-sofi-sues-to-block-bidens-student-loan-repayment-pause/feed/ 0 377493
    Biggest Lies https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/06/biggest-lies/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/06/biggest-lies/#respond Mon, 06 Mar 2023 15:56:49 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=138447 An American focus on what are the biggest lies.

    The post Biggest Lies first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    The post Biggest Lies first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/06/biggest-lies/feed/ 0 377358
    Saving Fauci’s Life? https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/04/saving-faucis-life/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/04/saving-faucis-life/#respond Sat, 04 Mar 2023 17:20:06 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=138363 There’s a disturbing dynamic that occurs on every Manhattan street corner — virtually every minute of every day. By simply watching the typical New York City pedestrian as they reach the corner at a red light, you get a pretty good idea of what it’s like to deal with an overcrowded, rancorous metropolitan area on […]

    The post Saving Fauci’s Life? first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    There’s a disturbing dynamic that occurs on every Manhattan street corner — virtually every minute of every day. By simply watching the typical New York City pedestrian as they reach the corner at a red light, you get a pretty good idea of what it’s like to deal with an overcrowded, rancorous metropolitan area on a daily basis. No one waits on the sidewalk.

    Even if a thousand cars are racing by, practically every single New Yorker insists on stepping a few steps out into the street while waiting for the light to change. They’ll even go as far as squeezing themselves past other impatient street-crossers just to get to the front of the pack.

    We are so hyped up, so overstressed, and so programmed to do everything quickly that we can’t even endure waiting 30 seconds for a traffic light. We’ll risk death by stepping off the curb in order to get a head start when the light turns green.

    With this in mind, here’s a little thought experiment: Let’s say I’m on such a corner as a pedestrian pushes past me — too harried to realize that he is stepping directly into the path of an oncoming SUV. I reach out, grab ahold of his jacket, and yank his back to safety…only to realize it was none other than former NIAID director, Anthony Fauci.

    How might that make me feel?

    Reflexively, I’d likely be relieved and gratified to have saved a fellow earthling’s life. But what if that earthling is responsible, in part, for an incalculable number of deaths (with no end in sight)?

    What if I would’ve known in advance it was Fauci whose life was in danger? Would I have acted to save him?

    Sure, it’s so easy to publicly and hypothetically virtue signal and brag about how I would never help such a pernicious beast and would celebrate his demise.

    In the heat of the moment, however, I’m aware that something very human in me might kick in to challenge the black-and-white of it all.

    Dr. Fauci, in my estimation, has been a terrible, destructive force for decades — part of the much larger culture of relentless destruction. Saving his life (or the life of any other major political/corporate player) is, by definition, dooming countless others to more misery and death.

    Meanwhile, if I didn’t react swiftly to pull Fauci to safety, surely his passing would cause sadness. Friends and family would mourn. People close to him would understandably be devastated and heartbroken.

    However, Fauci’s efforts have spread global sorrow and mourning on a far greater scale. Has he, I wonder, ever considered the myriad of family and friends whose lives have been shattered thanks to his handiwork?

    Also, of course, we can’t forget: he’s replaceable. There’s always another commissar ready to step in and keep the murderous machine running…with or without Fauci. Hence, those most victimized by this soulless structure would theoretically not even notice the change.

    So, I return to the earlier question: If you knew in advance it was Dr. Anthony Fauci whose life was in danger on that NYC street corner, would you reach out— on purely instinctual, human-to-human terms — to save him?

    The post Saving Fauci’s Life? first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Mickey Z..

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/04/saving-faucis-life/feed/ 0 377143
    What Would Charles Bukowski Say Today? https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/04/what-would-charles-bukowski-say-today/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/04/what-would-charles-bukowski-say-today/#respond Sat, 04 Mar 2023 15:38:57 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=138346 The prolific underground writer Charles Bukowski used his pen to illustrate the despair of city life, especially for the down and out in American.

    The post What Would Charles Bukowski Say Today? first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    The post What Would Charles Bukowski Say Today? first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/04/what-would-charles-bukowski-say-today/feed/ 0 377145
    NY AG Proposes New Rules to Stop Corporate Price Gouging https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/02/ny-ag-proposes-new-rules-to-stop-corporate-price-gouging/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/02/ny-ag-proposes-new-rules-to-stop-corporate-price-gouging/#respond Thu, 02 Mar 2023 20:18:10 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/price-gouging-in-ny

    Citing the "soaring cost of essentials" that have "pushed hardworking New Yorkers to the brink," Democratic New York Attorney General Letitia James on Thursday proposed rules to strengthen enforcement of the state's anti-price gouging law.

    James' office said the new rules would "make it more straightforward to investigate and combat price gouging by setting clear guardrails against price increases during emergencies."

    The rules would "clarify that a price increase over 10% during an abnormal market disruption may constitute price gouging."

    "When times get tough, New Yorkers can trust that my office will always have their back."

    Furthermore, corporations with more than 30% market shares would be prohibited from increasing profit margins during abnormal market disruptions. Limits would be placed on dynamic pricing—when the cost of a good or service varies due to market conditions—and protections would be extended to "vital and necessary" products and services after market disruptions.

    "The rules proposed by my office will bolster our efforts to crack down on price gouging and ensure that large corporations do not take advantage of New Yorkers during difficult times," explained James, who last year launched a probe into Big Oil price gouging.

    "When times get tough, New Yorkers can trust that my office will always have their back," she added.

    According to the Albany Times Union:

    At least 10 states, including New Jersey and California, use the 10% threshold that James' office is proposing as setting the legal threshold for what qualifies as price gouging in New York. Others use higher thresholds, like Pennsylvania at 20%. (New York City has a 10% standard already on the books.)

    If adopted, the 10% threshold is intended to provide clarity both from a legal lens and to business owners. It would in effect define the current standard for price gouging, which is "unconscionably excessive." Laws against price gouging in New York began in 1979, which followed a drop in production of oil after the Iranian revolution that then contributed to a spike in oil prices.

    Corporations have used the Covid-19 pandemic, Russia's invasion of Ukraine, and inflation as pretexts to price gouge consumers.

    "Price increases of necessary items during emergencies are unacceptable and illegal," New York state Sen. Kevin Thomas (D-6) said in a statement. "The responses to certain supply chain and market disruptions during the Covid-19 pandemic by companies made it clear that stronger enforcement of New York's price gouging statute was needed."

    Rakeen Mabud, chief economist at the Groundwork Collaborative, applauded James "for protecting consumers and cracking down on the corporations that have been taking advantage of families and small businesses for far too long."

    "The proposed rules will directly target big corporations that have been jacking up prices on essential goods to boost their bottom line," Mabud added. "States and policymakers across the country should take note of Attorney General James' proposal and work to protect consumers from exploitative corporate behavior."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Brett Wilkins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/02/ny-ag-proposes-new-rules-to-stop-corporate-price-gouging/feed/ 0 376631
    ‘A Decent Society Would Not Let This Happen’: 30 Million Across US Face Food Aid Cuts https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/28/a-decent-society-would-not-let-this-happen-30-million-across-us-face-food-aid-cuts/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/28/a-decent-society-would-not-let-this-happen-30-million-across-us-face-food-aid-cuts/#respond Tue, 28 Feb 2023 22:51:38 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/snap-food-aid-cuts

    As of Wednesday, around 30 million people across the United States will have their family's food assistance slashed, despite high prices and expert warnings about a "hunger cliff."

    Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) benefits were initially increased at the beginning of the Covid-19 pandemic. Although Republicans in 18 states had already ended the emergency allotments (EAs), households in the other 32 states along with Washington, D.C., Guam, and the U.S. Virgin Islands have continued to receive them.

    However, the increased SNAP benefits are set to end Wednesday because of the omnibus spending package from December—federal lawmakers traded the temporary pandemic-era boost for a permanent program to feed children in the summer.

    "Poverty is a policy choice in this country."

    "We're really going to struggle," Deanna Hardy, a mother of two in Marshfield, Wisconsin, told ABC News. "We're going to have to end up going back to cheaper items like noodles and processed stuff because the meat, the dairy, fruits, and veggies. It's expensive."

    "I don't think the cuts could have happened at a worse time," added Hardy—whose family relies on a fixed income and will see their benefits drop from $960 to $200 per month. "When the extra payments began, food prices were nowhere near where they are now."

    As Tracy Roof, an associate professor of political science at the University of Richmond, recently wrote for The Conversation:

    Many advocates for a stronger safety net say that SNAP benefits are too low to meet the needs of low-income people. They are warning of a looming hunger cliff—meaning a sharp increase in the number of people who don't get enough nutritious food to eat—in March 2023, when the extra help ends.

    At that point, the lowest-income families will lose $95 in benefits a month. But some SNAP participants, such as many elderly and disabled people who live alone and on fixed incomes and who only qualify for the minimum amount of help, will see their benefits plummet from $281 to $23 a month.

    A trio of Center on Budget and Policy Priorities (CBPP) experts pointed out earlier this month that "a study estimated that EAs kept 4.2 million people above the poverty line in the last quarter of 2021, reducing poverty by 10%―and child poverty by 14%―in states with EAs at the time. The estimated reduction in poverty rates due to EAs was highest for Black and Latino people."

    CBPP president Sharon Parrott warned Axios Tuesday that the cuts will "allow very high levels of poverty to remain in the country."

    Noting the outlet's report, Public Citizen President Robert Weissman declared that "a decent society would not let this happen."

    The looming cuts are a reminder that "poverty is a policy choice in this country," Elizabeth Lower-Basch, deputy executive director for the Center for Law and Social Policy, told Axios. "For a while, we decided we were going to make a different policy choice."

    Congressional Progressive Caucus Chair Pramila Jayapal (D-Wash.) agreed and demanded action by federal lawmakers.

    "Tomorrow, SNAP benefits will drop back to pre-pandemic levels," she tweeted. "That means $171 less each month for 520,000 Washington families struggling to make ends meet. Ending these increased benefits will cause more food insecurity and poverty."

    "It's unacceptable," Jayapal added. "Poverty and hunger are policy choices. It's time we step up and do more."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jessica Corbett.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/28/a-decent-society-would-not-let-this-happen-30-million-across-us-face-food-aid-cuts/feed/ 0 376070
    How to Reason with Scientists and Other Partially Rational Creatures https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/28/how-to-reason-with-scientists-and-other-partially-rational-creatures/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/28/how-to-reason-with-scientists-and-other-partially-rational-creatures/#respond Tue, 28 Feb 2023 15:29:20 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=137935 Scientists are increasingly aware that they need to improve their skills of public engagement, so as to combat scientific misinformation more effectively than they have been able to manage to date. This is a welcome development, on the whole, as the American public’s scientific illiteracy is boundless, which has contributed to substantial unnecessary loss of […]

    The post How to Reason with Scientists and Other Partially Rational Creatures first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    Scientists are increasingly aware that they need to improve their skills of public engagement, so as to combat scientific misinformation more effectively than they have been able to manage to date. This is a welcome development, on the whole, as the American public’s scientific illiteracy is boundless, which has contributed to substantial unnecessary loss of life in the COVID-19 era, and promises to continue to do so on a range of issues in the future. Having said that, however, it is becoming equally clear that the unexamined assumptions of the scientists hoping to keep us properly informed may lead us as far astray as the self-interested propaganda put out by pseudo-scientific grifters.

    Consider the following passage from a recent book on how to reason with “science deniers.”

    “Content Rebuttal and technique rebuttal can be effective tools.”

    We already know, based on the work of Schmid and Betsch, that it is possible to present science deniers with information that might change their minds. In the case of COVID-19 denial, what information might that be? With content rebuttal, we might share the studies showing that masks are effective. With technique rebuttal, we might point out the problem with conspiracy reasoning, either just before or just after they have heard scientific misinformation. Or — if that doesn’t work — perhaps we might exploit their predilection for conspiracist thought. Imagine a conversation in which you are talking to a COVID-19 denier (which means that the person is already predisposed to believe in conspiracy theories), and you share the fact that Russia and China are engaged in a massive disinformation campaign on social media in support of the idea that the coronavirus is a ‘hoax’ and we need to ‘liberate’ ourselves from more lockdown restrictions. This is not a conspiracy theory, it is a real live conspiracy! Might this not appeal to them? I’ve cited some sources earlier in this chapter that you can print out and hand to them. Some even include graphs and charts. You might encourage your interlocutor to think about who is benefiting from all the polarization and division in the U.S. Doesn’t that make them even a little bit suspicious? If all else fails, suggest that they do their own research. It is perverse, but it just might work!

    — Lee McIntyre, How To Talk To A Science Denier (MIT Press, 2021) p. 174

    We might cite studies showing that masks are effective.

    True, we might, but that won’t necessarily have the desired effect, as there are also studies showing that masks are ineffective. McIntyre’s book shows that cherry picking data is a key problem in “science denial,” so how can he justify overlooking the studies that run counter to his preferred conclusion? See, for example, Dr. Dean Edell’s Eat, Drink, & Be Merry, (HarperCollins, 1999) p. 246, which cites a study of 1500 Swedish surgeons showing that working maskless did not result in a higher rate of infections, and more recently, “The scientific case against face masks,” (Unherd TV, January 13, 2023), which cites a range of mask studies claiming they are minimally effective or ineffective. For those who feel that the kind of mask is all-important, check with the This Week in Virology podcast, which recently cited a study of medical workers that concluded surgical masks and N95 masks were about equally effective in preventing disease transmission.

    We might point out the problem with conspiracy reasoning.

    Again, we might, but if we do we also have to point out that McIntyre’s own sources claiming “apparently” massive Russian and Chinese disinformation campaigns targeting Americans about COVID-19 and other issues are anonymous U.S. government officials whose intelligence services have a record of lying, distortion, and propaganda that make Mao and Stalin look like hopeless amateurs. In other words, he’s as guilty of conspiracy thinking as the “science deniers” he’s calling out in his book. It’s difficult to see how hypocrisy is the road to rational consensus.1

    I’ve cited some sources earlier in the chapter that you can print out and hand to them.

    Which is about as condescending as it gets. Jehovah’s Witnesses use this approach. Should that convince us their worldview is rational?

    In any case, why would this be a better approach than people sharing links to their favorite online sources, as is commonly done, with no evidence that it leads to broader and deeper rational consensus? On the contrary. It leads to wholesale denunciation of those who fail to accept the presumably superior insight of one’s favored sources.

    Some even include graphs and charts.

    Graphs and charts are not inherently more credible sources of information than pure text, as McIntyre seems to believe. Trying to convince someone by means of the form of an argument rather than the substance is part of the problem. In short, graphs and charts are only as good as the person who makes them. Vaccine skeptics and climate change skeptics can and do use graphs and charts to support irrational or misleading conclusions.

    You might encourage your interlocutor to think about who is benefiting from all the polarization and division in the U.S.

    This is good advice, but the answer is not “Russia and China,” as McIntyre thoughtlessly assumes, but the U.S. national security state and the banks and other corporations that dominate it. The power of the propaganda apparatus they have developed to mislead the public mind is unprecedented in human history, with the possible exception of the medieval Church. The Russian and Chinese contribution to false American beliefs is about as significant as how much your toaster contributes to global warming.

    Do your own research! 

    Uh, no. Do your research in collaboration with others. This is how science works, and how democracy best works. Doing one’s own research might lead to endless ratification of confirmation bias, that is, selectively looking for information that reinforces what one already believes. Only when we interact with others do we have a chance of discovering our errors. This is less likely to happen online, where information is curated for your eyes only, which leads to ideological silos where underlying assumptions remain unseen and unchallenged. So do your research with others, and include people who hold different initial assumptions than you do, though hopefully not too radically different. And be respectful.

    Obviously, science has a lot to teach us about what the relevant facts are and how they are best accounted for in areas of specialized knowledge, but there are no grounds for believing that when scientists venture into social and political thought that their conclusions are any better than those of the next guy you meet at the bus stop.

    1. McIntyre’s dubious sources on alleged Russian and Chinese disinformation include: “The Coronavirus Gives Russia and China Another Opportunity to Spread Their Disinformation,” Washington Post, March 29, 2020. Also, “Chinese Agents Spread Messages That Sowed Virus Panic in U.S., Officials Say,” New York Times, April 22, 2020.
    The post How to Reason with Scientists and Other Partially Rational Creatures first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Michael K. Smith.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/28/how-to-reason-with-scientists-and-other-partially-rational-creatures/feed/ 0 375961
    CPJ, rights groups call on Bangladesh to cease harassment of Rozina Islam in public letter https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/27/cpj-rights-groups-call-on-bangladesh-to-cease-harassment-of-rozina-islam-in-public-letter/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/27/cpj-rights-groups-call-on-bangladesh-to-cease-harassment-of-rozina-islam-in-public-letter/#respond Mon, 27 Feb 2023 02:00:00 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=265799 Sent by email

    Mr. Asaduzzaman Khan, MP
    Minister of Home Affairs
    People’s Republic of Bangladesh
    minister@mha.gov.bd

    Mr. Zahid Maleque, MP
    Minister of Health and Family Welfare
    People’s Republic of Bangladesh
    minister@mohfw.gov.bd

    Dear Ministers Khan and Maleque,

    We, the undersigned press freedom and human rights groups, write to seek your leadership in ensuring an immediate end to the harassment of Bangladeshi journalist and human rights defender Rozina Islam. Islam faces an ongoing investigation under the colonial-era Official Secrets Act and the penal code in apparent retaliation for merely exercising her right to freedom of expression through her reporting on alleged government corruption and irregularities in the public health sector at the outset of the COVID-19 pandemic. If formally charged and convicted under the Official Secrets Act, Islam faces up to 14 years in prison, or a death sentence. Islam was arbitrarily detained for seven days in May 2020, when a health ministry official filed the complaint accusing the journalist of taking photos of official documents in the ministry’s secretariat, leading to the ongoing investigation.

    Since her release on bail, Islam has been routinely summoned for court appearances, many of which have been unduly delayed and rescheduled in violation of her right to a fair trial as guaranteed under Article 14 of the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights (ICCPR), to which Bangladesh is a state party. In August 2021, the Bangladesh Financial Intelligence Unit asked banks to provide transaction details of any accounts held by Islam, in an apparent move to further intimidate the journalist.

    Islam continues to face unlawful restrictions on her right to freedom of movement in violation of Article 12 of the ICCPR. She was granted bail on the condition that she surrender her passport, imposing an effective travel ban despite the fact that there is no provision for conditional bail in the Code of Criminal Procedure. In January 2022, a Dhaka court temporarily permitted the return of her passport for six months. Since then, however, Islam has been obliged to request her passport from the court whenever she plans to travel abroad.

    After 14 months of investigation, the detective branch of the Dhaka police submitted its final report to court in July 2022, and called for the case against Islam to be dropped due to lack of evidence. Seven months later, in January 2023, the health ministry official filed a naraji (no-confidence) petition against the detective branch’s report, in response to which the court directed the Police Bureau of Investigation to further investigate Islam. We are deeply disturbed by a government official’s use of a naraji petition to prolong the investigation of a journalist under a national security law, particularly given that police have failed to produce a charge sheet or present any concrete evidence indicating that she has committed a crime.

    Islam’s work, for which she received the United States Department of State’s Anti-Corruption Champions Award in 2022, is a public service, not a crime, and should be protected under Sections 4 and 5 of the Disclosure of Public Interest Information (Protection) Act.

    We urge the authorities to fully respect and protect the human rights of journalist and human rights defender Rozina Islam, including her right to a fair trial, and to immediately cease all forms of judicial harassment against her, facilitating the return of her passport from judicial custody, and ensuring that she is not subjected to further retaliation for her work.

    Signed:

    Amnesty International

    Anti-Death Penalty Asia Network

    Capital Punishment Justice Project

    Coalition For Women In Journalism

    Committee to Protect Journalists

    CIVICUS: World Alliance for Citizen Participation

    Dart Center for Journalism and Trauma

    Free Media Movement

    Front Line Defenders

    International Federation for Human Rights (FIDH), within the framework of the Observatory for the Protection of Human Rights Defenders

    International Federation of Journalists

    International Women’s Media Foundation

    Overseas Press Club of America

    Pakistan Press Foundation

    PEN America

    PEN Bangladesh

    PEN International

    Reporters Without Borders

    Robert F. Kennedy Human Rights

    South Asian Journalists Association

    World Organisation Against Torture (OMCT), within the framework of the Observatory for the Protection of Human Rights Defenders


    CC: Mr. Anisul Haq
    Minister of Law, Justice, and Parliament
    People’s Republic of Bangladesh
    secretary@lawjusticediv.gov.bd

    CC: Mr. A.K. Abdul Momen, MP
    Minister of Foreign Affairs
    People’s Republic of Bangladesh
    fm@mofa.gov.bd


    This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Madeline Earp.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/27/cpj-rights-groups-call-on-bangladesh-to-cease-harassment-of-rozina-islam-in-public-letter/feed/ 0 375598
    Whatever Happened to the New York Times Fact-Checker? https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/25/whatever-happened-to-the-new-york-times-fact-checker/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/25/whatever-happened-to-the-new-york-times-fact-checker/#respond Sat, 25 Feb 2023 14:46:28 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/opinion/new-york-times-masks-covid

    Labeling a newspaper column an “opinion” doesn’t create a license to play fast and loose with facts.

    All of my op-eds for the New York Times have gone through rigorous fact-checking with a conscientious Times editor. Apparently, columnist Bret Stephens is exempt from any such requirement. The Times should alert its readers to his special status so they can protect themselves.

    Masks Work

    For years, the science of masking to minimize the spread of airborne viruses, includingCOVID, has been settled. But Stephens’ February 21 column mischaracterized a recent review of other researchers’ studies to push his anti-masking views. In the process, he made the Times amegaphone for broadcasting incomplete, misleading, and dangerous assertions as if they were facts.

    Stephens began his column by describing the Cochrane Library’s January 30, 2023 review as the “most rigorous and comprehensive analysis of scientific studies on the efficacy of masks for reducing the spread of respiratory illnesses — including Covid-19.” Then he wrote that one of the study’s 11 authors, Tom Jefferson, said its conclusions “were unambiguous.”

    We’ll return to that one.

    Quoting Jefferson, Stephens continued, “‘There’s just no evidence that they’ – masks – ‘make any difference.’”

    How about high-quality N-95 masks?

    Again, quoting Jefferson, Stephens wrote, “‘Makes no difference – none of it.’”

    Stephens then quoted Jefferson on the futility of using masks in conjunction with many other accepted medical precautions – hand hygiene, physical distancing, or air filtration: “‘There’s no evidence that many of these things make any difference.’”

    Stunning statements – and flat-out wrong. Even Cochrane’s review undermined Jefferson’s draconian certainty. The “plain language summary” accompanying the published review began with this “Key message” about its findings: “We are uncertain whether wearing masks or N95/P2 respirators helps to slow the spread of respiratory viruses based on the studies we assessed.”

    "Uncertain" is a far cry from “unambiguous.”

    Then again, Jefferson has been wrong before. In March 2020, he said of COVID, “[T]here does not seem to be anything special about this particular epidemic of influenza-like illness.” In July 2020, he asserted that COVID may have been lying dormant around the world, rather than originating in China. And for years, he has been hostile toward masking.

    Garbage In, Garbage Out

    Stephens used Jefferson’s comments to introduce his larger argument: “Mask mandates were a bust.” As he attacked the CDC’s “mindless adherence to its masking guidance,” Stephens failed to mention the growing body of medical and scientific literature lambasting those misusing Cochrane’s review to undermine masking generally.

    First, Cochrane’s was not a new scientific study. It retrieved and combined data from separate trials that varied greatly in “quality, design, populations, and outcomes” in what scientists call a “meta-analysis.” But combining such apples, oranges, grapes, peaches, and pears can create problems.

    That’s why the 11 Cochrane authors themselves warned: “The variable quality of the studies hampers drawing any firm conclusions.”

    Second, most of the actual trials in Cochrane’s review tested only mask effectiveness at preventing infection in the wearer. They ignored the potential benefits of face masks in preventing the spread of infection to others. In fact, buried in Stephens’ op-ed is his telling admission:

    “[T]he analysis does not prove that proper masks, properly worn, had no benefit on an individual level.”

    Third, Cochrane’s authors acknowledged that in their assessment of community-wide masking effectiveness, “Relatively low numbers of people followed the guidance about wearing masks or about hand hygiene, which may have affected the results of the studies.”

    How can anyone conclude from clinical trials that masks don’t work when most people in the trials didn’t wear them, much less wear them correctly?

    Likewise, some of the studies in Cochrane’s review relied on participants to self-report their mask usage. That’s a big problem. In a study of masking in Kenya, 76% of participants self-reported masking in public, but the actual observed masking rate was only 5%.

    The Cochrane Review Itself Repeatedly Acknowledged Its Limitations

    As a group, Cochrane’s authors themselves listed the many limitations of their review that accounted for “the observed lack of effect of mask-wearing”: poor study design, lower adherence to mask-wearing (especially among children), the quality of the masks used, and more.

    Commenting on Cochrane’s review, one medical fact-checker observed, “Each of these factors increases the risk of bias, reducing the reliability of [Cochrane’s] conclusions. In addition, while some studies confirmed the type of [COVID] infection by a laboratory test, many others relied on self-reporting to assess both mask-wearing and infection, further increasing the risk of bias.”

    All of which explains why Cochrane’s authors collectively expressly discounted their own conclusions about the effectiveness of population-level masking: “The high risk of bias in the trials, variation in outcome measurement, and relatively low adherence with the interventions during the studies hampers drawing firm conclusions.”

    Again, the authors’ “plain language summary” accompanying the review noted: “Our confidence in these results is generally low to moderate for the subjective outcomes related to respiratory illness….”

    In less technical terms: “garbage in, garbage out.”

    Tragedy Ahead

    The New York Times’ failure to fact-check Stephens on this critical public health issue has real-world consequences. It prolongs needless controversy over whether wearing masks protects individuals from COVID when the proven fact is that they do. As a result of Stephens’ rant, some people will decide not to wear a mask, even in high-risk settings. Some people will become ill. Some people will be hospitalized. Some people will die.

    For me and the millions of immunocompromised households in America, this is especially personal. To a great degree, our health depends upon others wearing masks to protect us, as well as them, in high-risk settings. We’re on the front lines of a war that Americans can win. But Bret Stephens and the New York Times have erected another misinformation obstacle to victory over the pandemic.

    Waiting for Stephens’ Next Epiphany

    Maybe someday Stephens will change his mind, as he did with climate change. For more than a decade, he was a leading climate-change denier. While still at the Wall Street Journal, he wrote in 2008 that global warming was “a mass hysteria phenomenon.” A year later, he said that the intellectual methods of “global warming true believers” were “instructively similar” to Stalin’s.

    But in August 2022, Stephens’ trip to Greenland’s melting glaciers resulted in “fresh thinking” that produced a lengthy op-ed for the Times. He opened his eyes and changed his mind:

    “I always said to myself, that I should never be afraid to change my mind in public, even on subjects where I’ve taken, you know, I’ve really put a stake in the ground. So that was, that was how that long 6,000-word giant piece came to life….”

    Using the thin reed of the latest Cochrane Library review, Stephens has put another bad stake in the ground. Someday he might change his mind. But the country can’t afford to wait the years that it took for his epiphany on global warming.

    Visiting COVID patients in an ICU might accelerate his awakening. Perhaps Stephens could bring along another New York Times columnist without public health qualifications who has downplayed COVID repeatedly – David Leonhardt.

    If they believe what Stephens led his readers to conclude on February 21, they won’t wear masks. And they’ll encourage the doctors and nurses in attendance to remove theirs.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Steven Harper.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/25/whatever-happened-to-the-new-york-times-fact-checker/feed/ 0 375462
    Moderna-NIH Agreement on Publicly-Funded Discovery Will Be Dwarfed by Moderna’s Unconscionable Price Spike https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/24/moderna-nih-agreement-on-publicly-funded-discovery-will-be-dwarfed-by-modernas-unconscionable-price-spike/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/24/moderna-nih-agreement-on-publicly-funded-discovery-will-be-dwarfed-by-modernas-unconscionable-price-spike/#respond Fri, 24 Feb 2023 15:46:15 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/moderna-nih-agreement-vaccine

    Speaking to Common Dreams by phone after the press conference, Barber said that "we need a full, independent investigation by the Justice Department. We're talking about basic civil rights and human dignity. Give us the truth. Give us justice."

    "We need a full, independent investigation by the Justice Department. We're talking about basic civil rights and human dignity. Give us the truth. Give us justice."

    "There are too many unanswered questions here," he added. "We're talking about people dying in jail."

    In one case, a man jailed at Southern Regional Jail (SRJ) for littering and missing a court date died 81 days after his arrest. In another, a woman died after she was brutally beaten and literally torn apart by inmates looking for drugs in her private parts.

    Latasha Williams, whose 37-year-old fiancée Quantez Burks died a day after he was locked up at SRJ for alleged wanton endangerment and obstruction, said she only found out her partner was dead when she called to inquire about posting bond the day after his arrest.

    "The magistrate said, 'I hate to tell you this, but he passed away last night at 9:00 pm,'" Williams recounted. "I threw the phone and started crying... and I [said] they lying, it's somebody else, 'cause I just talked to him."

    After state officials said the cause of Burks' death was "natural," his loved ones raised $5,000 for an independent autopsy by Pittsburgh forensic pathologist Cyril Wecht, a former president of the American Academy of Forensic Sciences.

    "We just felt like there was probably some foul play in it, and that's really what made us decide to get that second autopsy," Burks explained.

    "Findings were consistent with being handcuffed while being beaten," she said. "Both of his wrists were broken. He had an arm broken, nose broken, and a leg bone broken. He also had blunt force trauma to his whole body, including his head. He also had a heart attack, which they said was probably caused by the stress his body was put into."

    Reacting to Burks' remarks, Barber asserted that "poverty or a prison sentence should not be a death sentence."

    "We need an independent federal investigation. We need it now. We need the Justice Department to come in and meet with these families."

    "Countless low-income West Virginians of all races... have died under the watch of the state prison and jail system," he continued. "We need an independent federal investigation. We need it now. We need the Justice Department to come in and meet with these families."

    "The mothers and fathers and sisters and brothers and family members of those who have died at the hands of our jail system in West Virginia need and deserve answers," Barber added. "We cannot allow our elected leaders to continue to ignore what is unfolding right in front of them."

    Barber urged U.S. Sen. Joe Manchin (D-W.Va.) and Republican Gov. Jim Justice to support an independent federal probe into the "dangerous, inhumane, and unconstitutional conditions in the Southern Regional Jail."

    "You don't have video. You don't have body cameras," said Barber. "But you have real lives and real families and tremendous pain and death and people going in for... minor offenses and then family members finding out, sometimes in less than 24 hours, sometimes less than 24 days, that a loved one is dead, dead, dead. And all kinds of questions have gone unanswered."

    While the U.S. Department of Homeland Security last year conducted an investigation of conditions at SRJ, critics including attorneys for inmates at the jail called the probe a "sham."

    Barber told Common Dreams that "only a full federal investigation, with the DOJ and its power of the federal purse strings," would be sufficient to "give us the truth" and answer the questions of those whose loved ones died at SRJ.

    "Systems that investigate themselves are not as thorough, and are prone to cover-ups," he added.

    Thursday's press conference came as current and former prisoners filed a new class-action lawsuit this week over conditions at SRJ. The suit alleges that inmates are denied access to drinking water, that they face dangerous overcrowding, mold, human sewage, toilet water, rats, sexual assault, and other violence.

    According toWVNS journalist Jessica Farrish, who has reported extensively on the jail:

    The suit states that up to 16 mentally ill people are forced inside of an alleged "suicide cell" that measures 120 square feet, and that prison and medical staff allegedly leave them in the cell for days. Attorneys also say jail staff allegedly destroys legal mail sent to inmates, opens inmates' legal mail when they are not present, and photocopies legal mail sent to inmates.

    A previous class-action lawsuit filed last year alleges abuse and mistreatment at SRJ.

    "Hearing these stories, my heart is breaking," said Rev. Dr. Liz Theoris, co-chair of the Poor People's Campaign. "This drive to criminalize the poor is immoral and poverty and incarceration... should not be a death sentence."

    "Enough is enough. This has to stop," she added. "We are calling... on our elected officials and on the DOJ to make a difference. We are calling on Sen. Manchin and Gov. Justice to hear the cries of the families seeking answers and to do what's right."

    A state investigation into conditions at SRJ that concluded inmates were lying about abuse was widely dismissed as grossly inadequate.

    As an October 2022 editorial in the Register-Herald, a Beckley, West Virginia-based paper, noted:

    The state report on conditions at SRJ was produced lickety-split, in about 30 days, by West Virginia Homeland Security Secretary Jeff Sandy, who cooked the books to deny any problems whatsoever at the facility. A high school term paper would have been more revealing—and more credible. Sandy once served as chair of the Regional Jail Board from 2012 to 2016 and now serves in the governor's cabinet.

    Yes, the governor directed an insider to conduct a fair and impartial investigation. Even a blind man could see that was never going to happen. As such, the problems at SRJ persist because they have not been meaningfully addressed—and inmates are dying because of it.

    Kat Robles, an attorney at the advocacy group Forward Justice, specifically called on the U.S. Justice Department's Civil Rights Division to launch an investigation under the Civil Rights of Institutionalized Persons Act, which empowers the DOJ to probe abuse and neglect in prisons and jails, mental health facilities, and other institutions.

    "This is an urgent crisis. This is an outrage," said Robles, who added that what's needed is "not just an investigation."

    "We want them to meet with community leaders, to meet with families, and to remedy this urgent crisis," she said.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/24/moderna-nih-agreement-on-publicly-funded-discovery-will-be-dwarfed-by-modernas-unconscionable-price-spike/feed/ 0 375216
    Moderna’s ‘Deadly’ Profits Show Public Funding Must Have Strings Attached https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/23/modernas-deadly-profits-show-public-funding-must-have-strings-attached/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/23/modernas-deadly-profits-show-public-funding-must-have-strings-attached/#respond Thu, 23 Feb 2023 19:05:29 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/moderna-profits-public-funding

    Thirty-eight cars derailed, including 11 containing hazardous materials "that subsequently ignited, fueling fires that damaged an additional 12 non-derailed railcars," according to the new National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) report. Amid fears of an explosion, crews conducted a "controlled venting of the five vinyl chloride tank cars."

    While the release of hazardous materials and its short- and long-term impacts on residents and the region have garnered national attention—and the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency this week ordered Norfolk Southern to pay for cleaning up contaminated soil and water—the NTSB's four-page report has put focus on a potential cause of the derailment: a wheel bearing failure.

    Citing Allan Zarembski, director of the Railway Engineering and Safety Program at the University of Delaware, The Washington Post reported Thursday that "an overheated bearing is perhaps the most common cause of a failed axle in a derailment."

    "In recent years," the newspaper added, "railroads—including Norfolk Southern—have added sensors on tracks that measure the temperature of bearings to determine whether overheating could pose a derailment risk."

    Train 32N, which Norfolk Southern workers say they knew was unsafe, passed three hot bearing detector (HBD) systems—designed to detect overheating and provide audible real-time warnings to crews—before it derailed, the NTSB report says. At milepost 79.9, the suspect bearing from car 23 was 38°F above ambient temperature; at milepost 69.01, it was 103°F; at milepost 49.81, it was 253°F.

    NS crews are supposed to stop and inspect potential problems when alerts indicate that there is "a difference between bearings on the same axle greater than or equal to 115°F," or there is a bearing between 170°F and 200°F, the publication notes. If the recorded temperature is greater than 200°F, the instruction is to "set out" the railcar.

    In this case, the HBD system at milepost 49.81 "transmitted a critical audible alarm message instructing the crew to slow and stop the train to inspect a hot axle," the document details. "The train engineer increased the dynamic brake application to further slow and stop the train. During this deceleration, an automatic emergency brake application initiated, and train 32N came to a stop."

    "After the train stopped, the crew observed fire and smoke and notified the Cleveland East dispatcher of a possible derailment," the report continues. "With dispatcher authorization, the crew applied handbrakes to the two railcars at the head of the train, uncoupled the head-end locomotives, and moved the locomotives about 1 mile from the uncoupled railcars. Responders arrived at the derailment site and began response efforts."

    In addition to outlining the evidence collected from the scene, the NTSB document stresses that the investigation is ongoing:

    Investigators examined railroad equipment and track conditions; reviewed data from the signal system, wayside defect detectors, local surveillance cameras, and the lead locomotive's event recorder and forward-facing and inward-facing image recorders; and completed interviews. NTSB investigators identified and examined the first railcar to derail, the 23rd railcar in the consist. Surveillance video from a local residence showed what appeared to be a wheel bearing in the final stage of overheat failure moments before the derailment. The wheel bearing and affected wheelset have been collected as evidence and will be examined by the NTSB. The vinyl chloride tank car top fittings, including the relief valves, were also removed and examined by the NTSB on scene. The top fittings will be shipped to Texas for testing under the direction of the NTSB.

    The report was put out as U.S. Transportation Secretary Pete Buttigieg visited East Palestine—the day after an appearance there from former President Donald Trump, who is seeking the GOP's 2024 presidential nomination and whose administration rolled backback Obama-era rail safety regulations.

    Buttigieg's trip to the Ohio town also followed the Tuesday release of a U.S. Department of Transportation's plan to hold rail companies accountable and protect workers and affected communities—a plan which, as Common Dreams reported, has "too many holes," according to Railroad Workers United.

    Politico noted that Buttigieg on Thursday morning addressed why he had not visited the town sooner.

    "What I tried to do is balance two things: My desire to be involved and engaged and on the ground—which is how I’m generally wired to act—and my desire to follow the norm of Transportation secretaries, allowing NTSB to really lead the initial stages of the public-facing work," he said. "I'll do some thinking about whether I got that balance right, but I think the most important thing is first of all making sure the residents here have what they need."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/23/modernas-deadly-profits-show-public-funding-must-have-strings-attached/feed/ 0 374944
    Khanna Leads Call for FDA to Address Flu and Cold Medicine Shortage https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/23/khanna-leads-call-for-fda-to-address-flu-and-cold-medicine-shortage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/23/khanna-leads-call-for-fda-to-address-flu-and-cold-medicine-shortage/#respond Thu, 23 Feb 2023 16:52:11 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/fda-cold-medicine-shortage

    U.S. Rep. Ro Khanna led several Democratic members of Congress in calling on the Food and Drug Administration to take more aggressive action to ensure families and healthcare providers have access to common over-the-counter medicines that have been depleted on drugstore shelves across the U.S. this winter.

    Despite "round-the-clock efforts from manufacturers" of ibuprofen and acetaminophen, which can reduce fever and other symptoms for sufferers of the flu, respiratory syncytial virus (RSV), and Covid-19, "demand for these medicines is outpacing supply," wrote the lawmakers to FDA Commissioner Robert Califf.

    Cases surged late last fall—earlier than in previous cold and flu seasons—leading to shortages, according to retailers and manufacturers. Politicoreported last month that drug shortage crises can also be caused by supply disruptions resulting from "companies cutting corners" and shutting down manufacturing lines, misallocation of drug supplies across the country, and hoarding of drugs by wholesalers in anticipation of shortages.

    The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) is still reporting hundreds of thousands of new cases of Covid-19 per week, as well as hundreds of RSV cases. Seasonal flu activity is currently low nationally, but certain places across the country including New York City, New Mexico, and Washington, D.C. have reported recent case surges.

    Honolulu-based journalist Nina Wu tweeted photos of nearly-empty cold medicine shelves on February 6.

    Reps. Lisa Blunt Rochester (D-Del.) and Buddy Carter (R-Ga.) last month urged Congress to pass their bipartisan proposal to require the federal government to keep a six-month stockpile of 50 generic medications for common health conditions.

    "As Congress works to find a legislative solution regarding rates of production, we believe that the FDA can take further actions to address this issue," wrote Khanna (D-Calif.) in Wednesday's letter, along with Reps. Barbara Lee (D-Calif.), Sara Jacobs (D-Calif.), Jamaal Bowman(D-N.Y.), Bennie Thompson (D-Miss.) and Troy Carter (D-La.).

    The FDA has already issued guidance for healthcare providers and pharmacists directing them to make ibuprofen in-house if they have certain ingredients available, but the lawmakers said the agency should also:

    • Disseminate updated guidance to pharmacists and healthcare providers regarding available alternatives for pediatric ibuprofen and acetaminophen, including dosage conversions;
    • Encourage additional transparency from manufacturers to the FDA regarding supply location and the distribution of consumer demand for pediatric fever-relieving medications, allowing the FDA to help assist manufacturers distribute supply more evenly, preventing such sudden shortages in different areas around the country; and
    • Communicate proactively to caregivers regarding the shortage through a public outreach campaign to alleviate concerns and prevent misinformation.

    "As cases of pediatric illnesses remain steadily high, a stronger response from the FDA is necessary to ensure that children are able to recover safely and swiftly," wrote the lawmakers.

    Khanna noted in a statement to The Hill that his family has "experienced the impact of this shortage firsthand."

    "The agency must provide clear guidance to healthcare providers about the steps they can take now to ensure that all children have the medicine they need," he said.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Julia Conley.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/23/khanna-leads-call-for-fda-to-address-flu-and-cold-medicine-shortage/feed/ 0 374907
    Moderna’s 2022 Windfall a ‘Scandalous’ Result of Pandemic Profiteering, Campaigners Say https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/23/modernas-2022-windfall-a-scandalous-result-of-pandemic-profiteering-campaigners-say/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/23/modernas-2022-windfall-a-scandalous-result-of-pandemic-profiteering-campaigners-say/#respond Thu, 23 Feb 2023 14:56:38 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/moderna-windfall-pandemic-profiteering

    The Massachusetts-based pharmaceutical giant Moderna announced Thursday that it brought in over $19 billion in revenue and $8.4 billion in profits in 2022 thanks primarily to its Covid-19 vaccine, which was made possible by federal funding and government technology.

    "U.S. taxpayers and people all over the world should be furious," Maaza Seyoum, Global South convenor of the People's Vaccine Alliance, said in response to Moderna's earnings report. "It was built on decades of publicly funded research into mRNA vaccines. And it was developed in partnership with the U.S. National Institutes of Health. This should be the people's vaccine, available and affordable to everyone, everywhere, not a goldmine for Big Pharma."

    “Moderna's revenue in 2022 alone is equivalent to the combined health budgets of 68 countries," Seyoum noted. "Already, the company expects to make more from the vaccine in 2023 than the combined health budgets of 42 countries." As CNBCreported, "Moderna has contracts on the books for $5 billion in Covid vaccine deliveries for 2023."

    Moderna sold $18.4 billion worth of its coronavirus vaccine—the company's only product on the market—last year while rejecting calls to share critical technology with the rest of the world, denying low-income countries the ability to quickly produce lifesaving shots for their populations.

    Tim Bierley, a pharma campaigner at the U.K.-based advocacy group Global Justice Now, said Thursday that "history will not be kind to Moderna, whose scandalous profits are a direct result of the company's refusal to share vaccine technology with the Global South, even when it was clear that global shortages would be deadly."

    "Millions of people around the world are now grieving the loss of family members, many of whom were unable to get a Covid-19 vaccine," said Bierley. "Moderna's pandemic profiteering is even more shocking given that the U.S. public-funded 100% of this vaccine's development. Now the company is brazenly threatening to hike prices on its vaccine—but governments should refuse to be held to ransom. And well before the next pandemic, we must make sure that taxpayer money comes with conditions that put lives above profits."

    Moderna's earnings announcement came weeks after the company sparked widespread backlash by proposing to hike the U.S. price of its coronavirus vaccine by 4,000% over the cost of production.

    Among those who condemned the planned price hike was Sen. Bernie Sanders of Vermont, who has used his platform as chair of the Senate Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions Committee to call out Moderna and other pharmaceutical giants for exploiting health crises to pad their bottom lines.

    Shortly after Sanders announced last week that he intends to grill Moderna's billionaire CEO on the vaccine price during a Senate hearing next month, the company said it would ensure its shot remains available for free in the U.S.

    "This is an astounding reversal, entirely due to Bernie Sanders preparing to make Moderna a poster child of corporate greed, along with the public organizing against the company," said Robert Weissman, president of the consumer advocacy group Public Citizen.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jake Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/23/modernas-2022-windfall-a-scandalous-result-of-pandemic-profiteering-campaigners-say/feed/ 0 374886
    The COVID Inquisition https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/22/the-covid-inquisition/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/22/the-covid-inquisition/#respond Wed, 22 Feb 2023 15:36:17 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=138044

    A citation has been issued by the College of Physicians and Surgeons of British Columbia against Dr. Hoffe for (allegedly) publicly spreading misleading information by recommending Ivermectin for Covid-19, “Open Letter to the College of Physicians and Surgeons of British Columbia re Dr. Charles Hoffe, February 6, 2023.”

    The post The COVID Inquisition first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/22/the-covid-inquisition/feed/ 0 374579
    Hunger Cliffs Looms in US With Extra Food Benefits Set to Expire https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/21/hunger-cliffs-looms-in-us-with-extra-food-benefits-set-to-expire/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/21/hunger-cliffs-looms-in-us-with-extra-food-benefits-set-to-expire/#respond Tue, 21 Feb 2023 11:02:01 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/opinion/food-snap-benefits-expire-covid Millions of Americans will find it harder to put enough food on the table starting in March 2023, after a Covid-19 pandemic-era boost to Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program benefits comes to an end. Congress mandated this change in budget legislation it passed in late December 2022.

    Roughly 41 million Americans are currently enrolled in this program, which the government has long used to ease hunger while boosting the economy during downturns.

    Many families enrolled in the program, commonly known as SNAP but sometimes called food stamps, stand to lose an average of roughly US$90 per person a month.

    While researching SNAP for an upcoming book, I've observed that this program has provided critical assistance to struggling families over the last three years. The extra benefits, which Americans can use to purchase food at the roughly 250,000 stores that accept them, have helped millions of people weather the pandemic's economic fallout and high inflation rates.

    More in U.S. got SNAP benefits during Covid-19 pandemic

    Millions of Americans will find it harder to put enough food on the table starting in March 2023, after a Covid-19 pandemic-era boost to Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program benefits comes to an end. Congress mandated this change in budget legislation it passed in late December 2022.

    Roughly 41 million Americans are currently enrolled in this program, which the government has long used to ease hunger while boosting the economy during downturns.

    Many families enrolled in the program, commonly known as SNAP but sometimes called food stamps, stand to lose an average of roughly US$90 per person a month.

    While researching SNAP for an upcoming book, I've observed that this program has provided critical assistance to struggling families over the last three years. The extra benefits, which Americans can use to purchase food at the roughly 250,000 stores that accept them, have helped millions of people weather the pandemic's economic fallout and high inflation rates.

    SNAP benefits grew during the pandemic

    In the early days of the Covid-19 pandemic, lines at food banks grew and millions lost their jobs. One way that Congress responded was with legislation that let the states, which administer this federally funded program, expand SNAP benefits during the public health emergency.

    Under this temporary arrangement, all families who were eligible for SNAP could get the maximum allowable benefit amount for the size of their household. Otherwise, that maximum amount would only be available to people with no income at all. But starting in March 2023, SNAP benefits will once again be distributed everywhere on a sliding scale based on income levels.

    Some states began to drop the extra benefits in the spring of 2021. But 32 states and the District of Columbia were still offering the extra help in February 2023.

    Maximum monthly SNAP benefits available in 2023

    A study from the Urban Institute, a think tank, estimated that the extra benefits kept 4.2 million people out of poverty at the end of 2021 and had reduced overall poverty in states still offering the benefits by 9.6% and child poverty by 14%.

    Although the unemployment rate has recently fallen to the lowest level since 1969, the extra SNAP benefits have continued to help low-income families deal with soaring prices that increased the cost of food consumed at home by 11.3% in the 12 months ending in January 2023.

    With more people enrolled in the program today than before the Covid-19 pandemic, and the distribution of extra benefits, SNAP spending reached a record $114 billion in the 12 months that ended in September 2022.

    Looming hunger cliff

    Many experts on food insecurity have long argued that SNAP benefits have historically been too low.

    The Biden administration has already tried to boost them by adjusting the "Thrifty Food Plan"—the standard the U.S. Department of Agriculture uses to set SNAP benefits based on the cost of a budget-conscious and nutritionally adequate diet.

    As a result, benefits rose an average of $36 a month, a 21% increase, in October 2021. That increase more than offset the expiration of a temporary seven-month boost in benefits that Congress had approved earlier that year.

    SNAP benefits automatically adjust every October based on the increase in food prices in July as compared with the previous year. In 2022, they increased 12.5%. But when prices are rising quickly, as is currently the case, SNAP benefits can lose a lot of ground in the months before the next adjustment.

    Many advocates for a stronger safety net say that SNAP benefits are too low to meet the needs of low-income people. They are warning of a looming hunger cliff—meaning a sharp increase in the number of people who don't get enough nutritious food to eat—in March 2023, when the extra help ends.

    At that point, the lowest-income families will lose $95 in benefits a month. But some SNAP participants, such as many elderly and disabled people who live alone and on fixed incomes and who only qualify for the minimum amount of help, will see their benefits plummet from $281 to $23 a month.

    Most people on SNAP who get Social Security benefits will see their SNAP benefits fall. That's because of the 8.7% cost of living increase in Social Security benefits implemented in January 2023, which increases their income and lowers the amount of nutritional assistance they can receive. And some of these Americans may even have enough income that they no longer qualify for SNAP at all.

    For an average family of four on SNAP, benefits will fall from the maximum of $939 to $718, according to an estimate by the Center for Budget and Policy Priorities, an anti-poverty research group.

    Food banks, already under stress because of higher food costs and falling donations, are bracing for higher demand. Food banks in some states that ended the emergency boost in benefits early have seen a 30% increase in need.

    More people on SNAP also reported skipping meals in the states that dropped extra benefits than those that did not.

    Lawmakers poised to resume a longtime fight

    Several Democrats have proposed legislation to increase SNAP benefits over the long term. But many Republicans want to reduce spending on SNAP and put more limits on who can get the program's benefits.

    Debate centers around whether unemployed adults deemed capable of working should be able to get SNAP. This argument, almost as old as the program itself, was largely set aside during the pandemic.

    Legislation enacted in early 2020 suspended a requirement that limited benefits for adults under 50 who meet the government's definition of able-bodied and have no dependents. They can receive no more than three months of SNAP benefits every three years—unless they work or participate in a work-training program at least 20 hours a week.

    This time limit will come back when the public health emergency ends in May 2023.

    But many critics of SNAP have argued the work requirements were never effectively enforced. A few Republicans want to make tightening restrictions on SNAP benefits a condition for raising the debt ceiling. At this point, it isn't clear if they will succeed.

    Debate over SNAP reforms is likely to come up when Congress considers the program as part of broad food and agriculture legislation known as the farm bill. Congress must act to renew the program before October 2023.

    But with the House narrowly controlled by Republicans and the Senate controlled by a slim Democratic majority, I believe it will be hard to make big changes to the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Tracy Roof.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/21/hunger-cliffs-looms-in-us-with-extra-food-benefits-set-to-expire/feed/ 0 374197
    Sanders Excoriates ‘Unprecedented’ Greed of Big Pharma During Pandemic https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/15/sanders-excoriates-unprecedented-greed-of-big-pharma-during-pandemic/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/15/sanders-excoriates-unprecedented-greed-of-big-pharma-during-pandemic/#respond Wed, 15 Feb 2023 22:59:12 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/bernie-sanders-moderna-2659422623

    Asserting that Americans are "sick and tired of being ripped off" by Big Pharma during the Covid-19 pandemic, U.S. Sen. Bernie Sanders said Wednesday that Stéphane Bancel, Moderna's billionaire CEO, will testify next month before the Senate committee he chairs.

    Last month, Sanders wrote to Bancel—who according to the committee "became a billionaire after U.S. taxpayers gave his company billions of dollars to research, develop, and distribute its Covid-19 vaccines"—urging the CEO to "refrain from more than quadrupling the price of the vaccine to as much as $130 while it costs just $2.85 to manufacture."

    Speaking on the Senate floor Wednesday, Sanders, who chairs the Senate Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions Committee, said the American people want to know "how does it happen that in the United States we pay by far... the highest prices in the world for prescription drugs?"

    "Why is it, people are asking, that nearly 1 out of every 4 Americans cannot afford the prescriptions their doctors write?" he added. "Think about how crazy that is."

    "How does it happen that nearly half of all new drugs in the United States cost more than $150,000 a year?" Sanders asked. "How does it happen that in Canada and other major countries, [the] same exact same medications, manufactured by the same exact companies, are sold for a fraction of the price that we pay in America?"

    According to a new HELP Committee report:

    The answers to these questions are not complicated. In fact, they can be summed up in three words—unprecedented corporate greed.

    Over the past 25 years, the pharmaceutical industry has spent $8.5 billion on lobbying and over $745 million on campaign contributions to get Congress and the government to do its bidding. Incredibly, last year, the drug companies hired over 1,700 lobbyists including the former congressional leaders of both major political parties—over three pharmaceutical industry lobbyists for every member of Congress. And it has paid off—big time.

    "Meanwhile," said Sanders, "as Americans die because they cannot afford the medications they need, the pharmaceutical industry makes higher profits every year than other major industries, year after year after year."

    "Between the years 2000 and 2018, drug companies in this country made over $8 trillion... in profits," the senator noted.

    As the HELP Committee reported:

    Ten of the top pharmaceutical companies in the U.S.—AbbVie, Pfizer, Johnson & Johnson, Eli Lilly, Merck, Moderna, Bristol-Myers Squibb, Amgen, Gilead Sciences, and Regeneron Pharmaceuticals—made a total of more than $102 billion in profits in 2021—a 137% increase from the previous year. In 2021 alone, 50 top executives in these 10 pharmaceutical companies took home over $1.9 billion in compensation and stock awards. Those 50 pharmaceutical executives are also in line to receive golden parachutes amounting to more than $2.8 billion when they depart the companies. Those golden parachutes are tied to the company's stock price and provide executives with massive payouts if they leave the company on good terms after hitting certain stock price targets—a tactic to ensure executives focus on increasing their company's stock prices at the expense of Americans who cannot afford their lifesaving medication.

    "The question that I think Americans should be asking themselves," said Sanders, is if it is "morally acceptable that tens of thousands of people die each year in this country because they cannot afford the medicine their doctors prescribe, while at the same time, the drug companies make billions of dollars in profits and provide their CEOs with huge compensation packages?"

    "The American people, regardless of their political affiliations, are sick and tired of being ripped off by the pharmaceutical industry," Sanders concluded. "Now is the time for us to have the courage to take on the 1,700 lobbyists all over Capitol Hill, to take on the unlimited financial resources of that industry. Now is the time to stand with the American people and substantially lower prescription drug prices in this country."

    Moderna said Wednesday that its mRNA vaccine "will continue to be available at no cost for insured people" and that "for uninsured or underinsured people, Moderna's patient assistance program will provide Covid-19 vaccines at no cost."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Brett Wilkins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/15/sanders-excoriates-unprecedented-greed-of-big-pharma-during-pandemic/feed/ 0 372988
    New York’s Incarcerated Population Forced To Work Dangerous Jobs For “Slave” Wages During COVID-19 Pandemic https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/14/new-yorks-incarcerated-population-forced-to-work-dangerous-jobs-for-slave-wages-during-covid-19-pandemic/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/14/new-yorks-incarcerated-population-forced-to-work-dangerous-jobs-for-slave-wages-during-covid-19-pandemic/#respond Tue, 14 Feb 2023 21:04:08 +0000 https://www.projectcensored.org/?p=27594 According to recent reports from the Intercept’s Akela Lacy, much of New York’s incarcerated population was forced to endure dangerous, slave-like working conditions throughout the COVID-19 pandemic. In addition to…

    The post New York’s Incarcerated Population Forced To Work Dangerous Jobs For “Slave” Wages During COVID-19 Pandemic appeared first on Project Censored.

    ]]>
    According to recent reports from the Intercept’s Akela Lacy, much of New York’s incarcerated population was forced to endure dangerous, slave-like working conditions throughout the COVID-19 pandemic. In addition to early reports of prisoners manufacturing coffins and hand sanitizer, newer documents reveal that incarcerated people were forced to perform other, more dangerous jobs. Data uncovered by the Intercept shows that inmates in state prisons were expected to complete jobs, such as asbestos abatement and lead paint removal, for penny wages.

    Seven states have overturned laws allowing slave labor in prisons, which is exempt under the 13th Amendment’s prohibition of slavery. Currently, New York’s state constitution does not protect the rights of incarcerated workers, nor does it offer any provisions for slavery.

    Many of the prisoners affected by these work environments wrote letters to document their experiences, five of which were given to the Intercept to share in its reports. According to the article, the letters describe “unlivable wages of cents per hour; retaliation against people who miss or refuse to perform work, in the form of assault and threats of relocation to more dangerous cell blocks; and inability to afford necessities required to survive in prison.” In one letter an inmate wrote, “even though we are incarcerated we are supposed to be in these prisons for correction, not to be used for slave labor. We are fathers, sons, brothers, and most of all humans.”

    One beneficiary of prison labor is Corcraft, a division within the Department of Corrections that manages prison industries. The industry is responsible for providing products to many of New York’s public agencies, including the New York Police Department and the State University of New York. Moreover, Corcraft has created a monopoly on state-affiliated goods and services which forces New York’s institutions and public-benefiting corporations to purchase products from sources recommended by the state.

    The Intercept’s reports reveal that Corcraft made $550 million between 2010 and 2021, while worker wages remained between 16 to 65 cents per hour and were capped at $2 a day.

    In one of the letters shared with the Intercept, an inmate described their work environment as a “slave to master kind of relationship/treatment with most staff.” They go on to describe how they were physically punished because they “refused to work according to [the officer’s] liking.” Currently, New York lawmakers are considering banning prison labor and establishing a state prison labor board to manage and implement changes to the department. However, no major changes have been made since the publishing of this article.

    So far, CNBC and Politico have covered stories about Corcraft and incarcerated people being forced to make hand sanitizer, but neither outlet mentioned that prisoners were forced to remove asbestos and lead paint. Additionally, the outlets did not mention the $550 million dollars Corcraft pocketed from forced prison labor.

    Source: Akela Lacy, “Incarcerated People Forced To Do Dangerous Work for ‘Slave’ Wages At Height Of Pandemic,” The Intercept, December 12, 2022.

    Student Researcher: Reagan Haynie (Loyola Marymount University)
    Faculty Evaluator: Mickey Huff (Diablo Valley College)

    The post New York’s Incarcerated Population Forced To Work Dangerous Jobs For “Slave” Wages During COVID-19 Pandemic appeared first on Project Censored.


    This content originally appeared on Project Censored and was authored by Vins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/14/new-yorks-incarcerated-population-forced-to-work-dangerous-jobs-for-slave-wages-during-covid-19-pandemic/feed/ 0 372686
    Let the Bandwagon Play On! https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/14/let-the-bandwagon-play-on/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/14/let-the-bandwagon-play-on/#respond Tue, 14 Feb 2023 15:00:36 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=137763 How do I then deftly move from housing as a human right (my last piece in DV is about housing, a job, my interviews, and getting the boot, i.e., not getting hired for a job I am perfect for — What’s It All About, Alfie?), and from the discrimination of this culture on all levels, […]

    The post Let the Bandwagon Play On! first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    How do I then deftly move from housing as a human right (my last piece in DV is about housing, a job, my interviews, and getting the boot, i.e., not getting hired for a job I am perfect for — What’s It All About, Alfie?), and from the discrimination of this culture on all levels, but also in housing, against the non-White non-Hispanic, into the next and the next topic on my mind?

    Vaccination Bandwagon gone rogue

    How will I be able to tie in what I have expressed in THAT piece into something around the issues, say, confronting the County where I live giving students-parents until Wednesday to prove their kiddos are up-to-date on vaccinations, or some sort of exception? While the Covid Crack Shots are not mandatory, anymore, that is, but really, it’s the bandwagon effect that makes them “mandatory” (why now have your children NOT gotten that life affirming, life saving mRNA?). Imagine what sorts of shots these kids have received outside of the mRNA madness, and to be honest, most kids have been double boosted.

    Oregon requires immunization against 11 vaccine-preventable diseases. They are given in many iterations, many boosters, and, well, go to the CDC here: Birth to 15 Months and then scroll two inches to here: 18 Months to 18 Years

    • Tetanus
    • Pertussis (whooping cough)
    • Polio
    • Varicella (chickenpox)
    • Measles
    • Mumps
    • Rubella
    • Hepatitis B
    • Hepatitis A
    • Hib (Haemophilus influenzae type B) – only for children under five years old

    Those listed above are only a fraction of what the CDC lists. It is absolutely scary. You do not need RFK, Jr., to tell you why so many jabs mixed in with other jabs at birth and during the first 6 years of life are bad news bears. (Oh, man, the anti-RFK, Jr., bandwagon is huge!)  And it’s not just about a perservative:

    Thimerosal: Let the Science Speak

    I covered a new documentary, in French w/ English subtitles, over at Hormones Matter: “Injecting Aluminum: Documentary Questions Vaccine Safety“:

    Injecting-Aluminum-Meme-Quote-Yehudi_preview

    A new film airing in May, Injecting Aluminum, looks at a specific aspect of the vaccine “debate” through what easily is the one giant Gordian knot metaphor of the entire vaccine injury and death history – the adjuvant aluminum hydroxide developed in the 1920s as the “best” optimizer of the immune response when injecting the disease.

    The subtitle of 90-minute film by director Marie-Ange Poyet, How Toxic are Vaccines?, really takes the air out of the sails of the pro-vaccine-and-never-question-the-vaccinologist zealots. In fact, it’s the Gordian knot we can cut away: disentangling an impossible knot but cutting that damned thing, or finding a loophole through creative and robust outside the box thinking:

    Turn him to any cause of policy,
    The Gordian Knot of it he will unloose,
    Familiar as his garter

    — Shakespeare, Henry V, Act 1 Scene 1. 45–47

    Any critical thinking around what goes into a hypodermic needle and injected into baby’s body, that then is the new Labelling Questioners as Anti-Science Bandwagon!

    Covid19 (SARS or MERS, anyone) Bandwagon

    logo - Americares

    Source: The COVID-19 Global Pandemic

    Get into the weeds to understand this SARS-MERS thing, the Covid 19 thing, those bio-tech untested mRNA jabs: “When ‘Mutated Lab Made Viruses’ Are Used on Captive Monkeys…

    Don’t judge! Science is hard. Sasha Latypova

    Less humorous explanation of the monkey business: the C-19 potions are designed, financed, and made by DARPA/DOD/BARDA and related clown agencies via consortia of defense contractors including Pfizer who are paid huge sums of money, are not in control of the entire supply chain and product, and are promised protection by the government. The paperwork Pfizer submitted to the FDA reflects this fact: it is a prop in a play called “vaccine development and approval” and that’s why it looks so unprofessional, full of gaping holes and obvious fraud. The FDA is of course fully complicit in this and continues to pretend to “authorize” these military biowarfare agents as pharmaceuticals.

    *****

    But certainly for the present age, which prefers the sign to the thing signified, the copy to the original, representation to reality, the appearance to the essence… illusion only is sacred, truth profane. Nay, sacredness is held to be enhanced in proportion as truth decreases and illusion increases, so that the highest degree of illusion comes to be the highest degree of sacredness.

    — Ludwig Feuerbach (Preface to the second edition of The Essence of Christianity)

    Even Hegel understood the problems engendered by Capitalism. And in the sixties Debord tracked the direction of western capitalism and sketched with remarkable clarity the history and also created a sense of aesthetics that felt innately radical and subversive. Seeing the fundamental sickness of the Capitalist system was not new. Today, nothing is left of that radical quality, certainly not in the arts or academia. Increasingly there is a rote reflexive hatred of Marx, Freud, Communism, Mao, Stalin, and Fidel. The Frankfurt School is attacked, more from the left than the right, and self identifying left publications embrace the most reactionary of positions (Jacobin comes to mind, of course) on the pandemic protocols. And capitalism is viewed as if it is Nature, a god created fact. — John Steppling

    Pre-employment Google Check Bandwagon & the All-Female Band?

    But, in the end, this latest job rejection, what is it all about, Haeder, many ask? Do they Google you and find THESE anti-this, anti-that, pro-this, pro-that articles and then see you/ME are/is not part of their band wagon?

    I have been interviewed more than a dozen times here in Lincoln County (Pop. 50,000) the last 24 months. Every interview “team” has been comprised of 100 percent female (she, her, hers) about 90 percent of the time, and then other times, six out of seven, she-her-hers.

    I grew up with strong women — my mom had to divorce her first husband because he had Vancouver, BC mafia after him for gambling debts. She was an amazing force in Paris when we were kids over there, and amazing in Tucson, when she ended up there after divorcing my father, US Military. She had to bury her daughter at 23 after she was struck on her motorcycle in Kamloops. My grandmother Kirk, another strong Scottish woman, who ended up in Canada working her tail off. Aunt who opened a fancy restaurant with two other strong women. Aunts that were midwives, and aunt who was a nurse who managed her husband’s surgical and general medicine practice. Strong women left and right. My wife is an incredibly strong woman on many levels, not just because she puts up with me, but her entire life has been struggle and trauma and success!

    Ahh, but now, in my world, with so many not-so-strong women in my midst interviewing me, which is a form of critical judgement, and to be truthful, the fix is in when it comes to me, one lone guy, now older, applying for case managers and non-profit this or that position, and the team that interviews me and for which would be working with the new hire are all women.

    Band Wagons, man. Circle those wagons from whichever self-righteous perch you and your clan find yourself in.

    Again, this is all speculation, but you gotta be me to know speculation is also reality! Even when it comes to vaccinations and what the band wagon effect does to society (today, 2/12, that big band wagon event — Love it, or Leave us Star Spangled Banner, F-18 Super Bowl Flyover).

    But, here I am, working with mostly women, as a special Olympics basketball coach. And, while I get turned down for a four-county kick-ass job I am more than passionate about and qualified for, I am on the Special Needs bus to learn how to drive that bus and get to know the routes and students.

    So, this essay shifts to the band wagons within the female persuasion clan.

    Now now, there are many parents coming out to support these teams, and while there are two-gender homes, many of the special youth have been growing up with moms, aunts, grandmothers.

    Facts: The unfortunate correlation between a child with special needs and a marriage, though, is that the amount of participation from each parent can vary based upon how they are handling the issue emotionally. Tragically, there is a high rate of men who simply focus on work while leaving a mother to raise the child at home, creating a distance. This is not true for all fathers. However, far too often we receive phone calls from mothers who find themselves addressing their child’s needs on their own, either due to divorce or simple emotional distance.

    Not all men are the ones who cave and leave, that’s for sure. But I am seeing over several states a majority of women caregivers, parental figures, and social services providers, aides, teachers, and such.

    I wouldn’t exchange all the rewarding work I have done with both youth and adults with developmental disabilities for this kick-ass job I just got “railroaded out of.” You see, the job I applied for was compliance worker for Fair Housing Coalition of Oregon. That was Oct. 2022. No word until two weeks ago, 2/2/2023. Asking me if I’d put my resume and cover letter into the ring for this outreach specialists since the person writing me thought I was definitely qualified to do the job.

    WAR Bandwagon (Crocodile Tears When They Strike up the Band, Super Bowl Sunday!)

    Oh that web so many people have woven in their personal and work lives. Tangled when we practice to deceive is what Walter Scott had as one famous lines in Scott’s epic poem, Marmion: A Tale of Flodden Field. My entire life has been that complicated web, but not because I have gone out to deceive, but because I have not set forth deception, and I have been true to myself, honest with others, and forthright in a world where more and more people are “acting” and playing roles with a modicum of heart in their work if it involves social work. There are great people in social services, don’t get me wrong. But more and more the world of that arena is all about acting, Thespian crap, show and tell, bells and whistles, and now “Your Zoom Presence — How to Make Yourself into a Star” is what rules.

    I could go on and on, but this is a minor speed bump in my road called life. Pissed off? Sort of, but not really, though angry at the systems of repression and oppression and how the world I sort of run in is now made up of the ghosting and cancelling and intolerance of this modern end game of confirmation bias and only listening to what one bandwagon is blasting on its Propaganda Speakers.

    Until I am still working as a school bus trainee in progress. With old people with their biases and backward thinking, and me, again, not on their bandwagon. Imagine, old guys telling me they hate Russia and Russians. No, they are not from Russia, nor did they have anyone from Russia or who fought in the Great Patriotic War. They just hate people they have never met, rendezvoused with or broke bread with. All those horrific propaganda movies, all that Russia Gate lunacy (Bandwagon), and yet, these 77-year-old truckers who are now school busing, hate a people and country they never knew or will never know.

    Oh,my,  they are equal opportunity racists, because they hate China and Chinese equally. That is one earth-killing nuclear war bandwagon!

    And theses bus drivers hate their $19 an hour part-time bus driving gig, with precious K12 cargo, and hate the three cameras in the buses and the smart tablet that tracks acceleration, idling, route, stops, hard stops, but they will never begrudge a dollar to the obscene pimps of war: This is America’s Biggest band playing in that Bandwagon called MIC:

    All that money going to new nuclear missiles, strategic bombers (the newly revealed B-21), submarines and so on, which in total will cost $1.7 trillion, according to congressional numbers—all in all an impressive escalation. So, $1 billion for each bomber made by Northrop Grumman (the Air Force began planning for the B-21 in 2011 and awarded the major development contract in 2015. The B-21 is expected to make its first flight in 2023 and enter service by 2027) is no big deal. Imagine that, one guy has to pay for hearing aids, at age 77, to the tune of $7000 or $9000 for a pair. Imagine the cognitive dissonance and retrograde thinking and imploding critical analyses skills with that two plus two equals three equation.

    So it goes, sisters and brothers. You get older, you get more radical with each day, you get tired of lies, fakes, faux concepts, marketing, and merchandizing death and co-option, and then you, or I, become not jaded or cynical, but emancipated. Or even more decoupled from the fraudulent nature of almost every angle and every silo this sad sack of a country has propped up to destroy the world.

    You realize you have never been on any bandwagon, so, as James Howard Kunstler states, we are in a Cluster Fuck Nation Bandwagon.

    Final Run of that Big Bandwagon — DoD!

    This is 24 years behind the times: “A Brief History of U.S. Interventions: 1945 to the Present” by William Blum, June 1999. And I know several of the parents today wondered why I left my cap on, turned away from the American flag, bowed my head, and looked sad when the stupid Star Spangled Banner came on the speakers at the beginning of the tourney. I was already standing in the bleachers, but I usually sit, bow my head, and leave my hat or cap on.

    One of Blum’s last points in 2017: “The Anti-Empire Report #153: Cold War Number One: 70 years of daily national stupidity Cold War Number Two: Still in its youth, but just as stupid”

    The Cold War strategist, George Kennan, wrote prophetically: “Were the Soviet Union to sink tomorrow under the waters of the ocean, the American military-industrial establishment would have to go on, substantially unchanged, until some other adversary could be invented. Anything else would be an unacceptable shock to the American economy.”6

    Writer John Wight has described the new Cold War as being “in response to Russia’s recovery from the demise of the Soviet Union and the failed attempt to turn the country into a wholly owned subsidiary of Washington via the imposition of free market economic shock treatment thereafter.”

    And there this rambling essay ends. Stupidity and cancel culture and ingrained hatred of Russia and Venezuela and Cuba and Nicaragua and Iran and Chine and North Korea, those are the drools coming from a half-brained rabid society. The spiritual rabies crosses all political boundaries, all camps, all silos.

    The essential American soul is hard, isolate, stoic, and a killer. It has never yet melted.

    ― D.H. Lawrence, Studies in Classic American Literature.

    Children learn more from what you are than what you teach.

    ― W.E.B. DuBois

    It’s liberty or death. It’s freedom for everybody or freedom for nobody. …. I believe that there will ultimately be a clash between the oppressed and those that do the oppressing. I believe that there will be a clash between those who want freedom, justice and equality for everyone and those who want to continue the systems of exploitation.

    — Malcom X

    The post Let the Bandwagon Play On! first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Paul Haeder.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/14/let-the-bandwagon-play-on/feed/ 0 372565
    What Do Trump’s Racism, Expensive Eggs, and a Bird Flu Pandemic Have in Common? https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/10/what-do-trumps-racism-expensive-eggs-and-a-bird-flu-pandemic-have-in-common/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/10/what-do-trumps-racism-expensive-eggs-and-a-bird-flu-pandemic-have-in-common/#respond Fri, 10 Feb 2023 17:59:23 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/opinion/trump-egg-prices-bird-flu

    Trump’s no longer president, but he and his racism could still be responsible for millions more American deaths from a new pandemic disease. How and why? I’ll explain in just a moment, but first let’s look at the disease itself.

    One reason egg prices are so high right now is because a new strain of bird flu — H1N5 — has popped up among egg-laying chickens. The disease has a shocking mortality rate, leading to the death (both from disease and from euthanizing flocks to stop its spread) of almost 60 million domesticated birds in the US alone, so far.

    The virus has mutated enough to infect wild birds, and dead or dying wild birds with H1N5 have now been found in 920 counties across all 50 states. It’s also spread to mink in Europe (whose respiratory systems are so similar to ours they’re used for research) and has caused seizures and death among bears in the United States.

    The disease also infects and kills humans, although all of the cases so far have been people infected directly from sick animals.

    Nonetheless, the numbers are grim: according to the World Health Organization, there have been 863 people infected with H1N5 “bird flu” so far, most of them in Egypt, Indonesia, and Vietnam, and 456 of them — 52.8 percent — have died of the disease.

    For comparison, Ebola kills about 40 percent of the people infected by it, according to the CDC.

    For the H1N5 flu to move from bird-to-human transmission to human-to-human transmission will only require a small mutation in the virus.

    It would just have to pick up a gene that’s present in the other flu variants that currently infect people, presumably by infecting a person who’s also already infected with or recovering from a “normal” flu. Like a poultry worker who catches the seasonal flu but goes to work anyway because she doesn’t have paid sick leave.

    Odds are that if it stays as deadly as it currently is it wouldn’t spread as rapidly or as widely as a less deadly variety, simply because it would kill its hosts so quickly.

    But even if its pathogenicity dropped from 52.8 percent all the way down to 2.5 percent, that would equal the Spanish Flu of the 1918-1920 pandemic that killed 50 million people around the world and an estimated 675,000 Americans when our population was only a third of what it is today.

    For comparison, Covid kills 1.4 percent of unvaccinated people who acquire the disease.

    To deal with this potential crisis, America should right now be developing H1N5 vaccines in large quantities and begin inoculating workers in factory farms, slaughter, and meat-packing operations. And informing the American people about the possible scope of an H1N5 pandemic.

    Instead of going along with government efforts to prepare for and even prevent another pandemic, however, Republican politicians — as the legacy from the way Trump handled Covid — will probably instead try to block CDC, WHO, and HHS efforts.

    If their Bird Flu behavior is consistent with past Covid behavior, they’ll be joined in that by DeSantis, who’s even now convened a grand jury to investigate the companies manufacturing Covid medications, and other crackpots across the GOP who’re trying to convince Americans that vaccines are killing people left and right.

    Just imagine how they’ll react to a new government effort to vaccinate as many Americans as possible and even mandate vaccines for workers in a position to infect many people (from healthcare workers to waiters and clerks).

    Which is where we’ll run into that crisis created by Donald Trump’s racism and lust for dictatorial power that I mentioned earlier.It’s a badly underreported story: most Americans have no idea how one day’s headlines changed the course of our country’s response to Covid, leading to at least 300,000 unnecessary deaths.

    While Trump told Bob Woodward how deadly Covid was in January of 2020, he initially lied to the American people about it, hoping to keep the economy going into that election year.

    But by March of that year he began behaving as if his administration was actually committed to doing something about Covid.

    Trump put medical doctors on TV daily, the media was freaking out about refrigerated trucks carrying bodies away from New York hospitals, and doctors and nurses were our new national heroes.

    On March 7th, US deaths had risen from 4 to 22, but that was enough to spur federal action. Trump’s official emergency declaration came on March 11th, and most of the country shut down or at least went partway toward that outcome that week.

    The Dow collapsed and millions of Americans were laid off, but saving lives was, after all, the number one consideration. Jared Kushner even put together an all-volunteer taskforce of mostly preppie 20-somethings to coordinate getting PPE to hospitals.

    But then came April 7th, the fateful day that changed the course of the pandemic and guaranteed the unnecessary death of hundreds of thousands of Americans.

    The New York Times ran a front-page story with the headline: Black Americans Face Alarming Rates of Coronavirus Infection in Some States.

    Other media ran similar headlines across America, and it was heavily reported on cable news and the network news that night. Most of the people dying, our nation’s media breathlessly reported, were Black or Hispanic, not white people.

    Republicans responded with a collective, “What the hell?!?”

    Limbaugh declared that afternoon that:

    “[W]ith the coronavirus, I have been waiting for the racial component.” And here it was. “The coronavirus now hits African Americans harder — harder than illegal aliens, harder than women. It hits African Americans harder than anybody, disproportionate representation.”

    Claiming that he knew this was coming as if he was some sort of a medical savant, Limbaugh said:

    “But now these — here’s Fauxcahontas, Cory Booker, Kamala Harris demanding the federal government release daily race and ethnicity data on coronavirus testing, patients, and their health outcomes. So they want a database to prove we are not caring enough about African Americans…”

    It didn’t take a medical savant, of course, to see this coming. African Americans die disproportionately from everything, from heart disease to strokes to cancer to childbirth. It’s a symptom of a racially rigged economy and a healthcare system that only responds to money, which America has conspired to keep from African Americans for over 400 years. Of course they’re going to die more frequently from coronavirus.

    But the New York Times and the Washington Post simultaneously publishing front-page articles about that racial death disparity with regard to Covid, both on April 7th, echoed across the rightwing media landscape like a Fourth of July fireworks display.

    Tucker Carlson, the only prime-time Fox News host who’d previously expressed serious concerns about the dangers of the virus, changed his tune the same day, as documented by Media Matters for America. Now, he said:

    “[W]e can begin to consider how to improve the lives of the rest, the countless Americans who have been grievously hurt by this, by our response to this. How do we get 17 million of our most vulnerable citizens back to work? That’s our task.”

    White people were out of work, and Black people were most of the casualties, outside of the extremely elderly. Those white people wanted their jobs back, and if Trump was going to win in November he needed the economy humming again!

    Brit Hume joined Tucker’s show and, using his gravitas as a “real news guy,” intoned:

    “The disease turned out not to be quite as dangerous as we thought.”

    Left unsaid was the issue of to whom it was “not quite as dangerous,” but Limbaugh listeners and Fox viewers are anything but unsophisticated when it comes to hearing dog-whistles on behalf of white supremacy.

    Only 12,677 Americans were dead by that day, but now that Republicans knew most of the non-elderly were Black, things were suddenly very, very different. Now it was time to quit talking about people dying and start talking about getting people back to work!

    It took less than a week for Trump to get the memo, presumably through Fox and Stephen Miller.

    On April 12th, he retweeted a call to fire Dr. Anthony Fauci and declared, in another tweet, that he had the sole authority to open the US back up, and that he’d be announcing a specific plan to do just that “shortly.”

    On April 13th, the ultra-rightwing, nearly-entirely-white-managed US Chamber of Commerce published a policy paper titled Implementing A National Return to Work Plan.

    Unspoken but big on the agenda of corporate America was the desire get the states to rescind their stay-home-from-work orders so that companies could cut their unemployment costs.

    When people file unemployment claims, those claims are ultimately paid by the companies themselves, so when a company has a lot of claims they get a substantial increase in their unemployment insurance premiums/taxes.

    If the “stay home” orders were repealed, workers could no longer, in most states, file for or keep receiving unemployment compensation.

    The next day, Freedomworks, the billionaire-founded and -funded group that animated the Tea Party against Obamacare a decade earlier, published an op-ed on their website calling for an “economic recovery” program including an end to the capital gains tax and a new law to “shield” businesses from Covid death or disability lawsuits.

    Three days after that, Freedomworks and the House Freedom Caucus issued a joint statement declaring that “[I]t’s time to re-open the economy.”

    Freedomworks published their “#ReopenAmerica Rally Planning Guide” encouraging conservatives to show up “in person” at their state capitols and governor’s mansions, and, for signage, to “Keep it short: ‘I’m essential,’ ‘Let me work,’ ‘Let Me Feed My Family’” and to “Keep [the signs looking] homemade.”

    One of the first #OpenTheCountry rallies to get widespread national attention was April 19th in New Hampshire. Over the next several weeks, rallies filled with white people had metastasized across the nation, from Oregon to Arizona, Delaware, North Carolina, Virginia, Illinois and elsewhere.

    One that drew particularly high levels of media attention, complete with swastikas, Confederate flags, and assault rifles, was directed against the governor of Michigan, rising Democratic star Gretchen Whitmer.

    Trump lied about the coronavirus and told people it was like the flu and could be cured with hydroxychloroquine, a fairly toxic malaria medicine that actually makes people with Covid get sicker and more likely to die. In states where governors were maintaining mask requirements to save lives, Trump’s rhetoric infuriated his “white trash base” (to quote James Carville).

    First they showed up at the Capitol building in Lansing with guns, swastikas, and Confederate flags. Then they plotted to kidnap the governor, hold a mock trial, and televise her execution.

    When Rachel Maddow reported that meat packing plants were epicenters of mass infection, the Republican-voting Chief Justice of the Wisconsin Supreme Court pointed out that the virus flare wasn’t coming from the “regular [white] folks” of the surrounding community; they were mostly Hispanic and Black.

    The conservative meme was now well established: this isn’t that big a deal for white people, and you can’t trust public health officials, doctors, or the CDC who are all trying to protect vulnerable Black people.

    About a third of the people the virus killed were old white folks in nursing homes. Which, commentators on the right said, could be a good thing for the economy because they’re just “useless eaters” who spend our Medicare, Medicaid, and Social Security tax money but are on death’s door anyway.

    For example, Texas’s Republican Lt. Governor Dan Patrick told Fox News:

    “Let’s get back to living… And those of us that are 70-plus, we’ll take care of ourselves.”

    A conservative town commissioner in Antioch, CA noted that losing many elderly “would reduce burdens in our defunct Social Security System…and free up housing…”

    He added, “We would lose a large portion of the people with immune and other health complications. I know it would be loved ones as well. But that would once again reduce our impact on medical, jobs, and housing.”

    Then came news that the biggest outbreaks were happening in prisons along with the meat packing plants, places with even fewer white people (and the few whites in them were largely poor and thus disposable).

    Trump’s response to this was to issue an executive order using the Defense Production Act (which he had refused to use to order production of testing or PPE equipment) to force the largely Hispanic and Black workforce back into the slaughterhouses and meat processing plants.

    African Americans were dying in our cities, Hispanics were dying in meat packing plants, the elderly were dying in nursing homes.

    But the death toll among white people, particularly affluent white people in corporate management who were less likely to be obese, have hypertension or struggle with diabetes, was relatively low.

    And those who came through the infection were presumed to be immune to subsequent bouts, so we could issue them “COVID Passports” and give them hiring priority.

    As an “expert” member of Jared Kushner’s team of young, unqualified volunteers supervising the administration’s PPE response to the virus noted to Vanity Fair’s Katherine Eban:

    “The political folks believed that because it was going to be relegated to Democratic states, that they could blame those governors, and that would be an effective political strategy.”

    It was, after all, exclusively Blue States that were then hit hard by the virus: Washington, New York, New Jersey, and Connecticut.

    Former Attorney General Robert F. Kennedy’s grandson Max Kennedy Jr, 26, was one of the volunteers, and blew the whistle to Congress on Kushner and Trump. As Jane Mayer wrote for The New Yorker:

    “Kennedy was disgusted to see that the political appointees who supervised him were hailing Trump as ‘a marketing genius,’ because, Kennedy said they’d told him, ‘he personally came up with the strategy of blaming the states.’”

    So the answer to the question of why, by June of 2020, the United States had about 25% of the world’s Covid deaths, but only 4.5% of the world’s population, is pretty straightforward: Republicans chose to be just fine with Black people dying, particularly when they could blame it on Democratic Blue-state governors and a vast liberal conspiracy at the CDC.

    And once they put that strategy into place in April, it later became politically impossible to back away from it, even as more and more Red State white people became infected.

    Everything since then, right down to Trump’s December 26th, 2020 tweet (“The lockdowns in Democrat run states are absolutely ruining the lives of so many people — Far more than the damage that would be caused by the China Virus.”), has been a double-down on death and destruction, now regardless of race.

    So here we are facing the early warning signs of a possible new pandemic that could be even more deadly than Covid. And because Trump chose to politicize the Covid pandemic, only 27 percent of Republicans today trust the CDC (compared with over three-quarters of Democrats).

    Only 34 percent of Republicans today even trust their own doctors or medical science in general, which helps explain why so many were enthusiastic to take horse dewormer or antimalarial drugs in a futile effort to stop Covid.

    And, of course, there are the Republicans in Congress who will recoil from any mention of planning for another pandemic. Since such preparations would include costs, and that may increase pressure to raise income taxes on billionaires above their current 3%, it’ll be a fight.

    Nonetheless, the Biden administration should be moving on this now, as Zeynep Tufekci so eloquently noted in last Friday’s New York Times. The best time to stop a pandemic is before it starts.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Thom Hartmann.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/10/what-do-trumps-racism-expensive-eggs-and-a-bird-flu-pandemic-have-in-common/feed/ 0 371841
    In New York Times Op-Ed, US Physician Blasts ‘Lucrative System of For-Profit Medicine’ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/05/in-new-york-times-op-ed-us-physician-blasts-lucrative-system-of-for-profit-medicine/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/05/in-new-york-times-op-ed-us-physician-blasts-lucrative-system-of-for-profit-medicine/#respond Sun, 05 Feb 2023 16:16:59 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/physician-for-profit-healthcare

    A U.S. physician took to the op-ed pages of The New York Times on Sunday to offer a scathing condemnation of the country's for-profit healthcare system and his profession's historical complicity in campaigns against universal coverage.

    "Doctors have long diagnosed many of our sickest patients with 'demoralization syndrome,' a condition commonly associated with terminal illness that's characterized by a sense of helplessness and loss of purpose," wrote Eric Reinhart, a physician at Northwestern University. "American physicians are now increasingly suffering from a similar condition, except our demoralization is not a reaction to a medical condition, but rather to the diseased systems for which we work."

    "The United States is the only large high-income nation that doesn't provide universal healthcare to its citizens," Reinhart continued "Instead, it maintains a lucrative system of for-profit medicine. For decades, at least tens of thousands of preventable deaths have occurred each year because healthcare here is so expensive."

    The coronavirus pandemic accelerated that trend and spotlighted the fatal dysfunction of the nation's healthcare system, which is dominated by a handful of massive corporations whose primary goal is profit, not the delivery of care.

    According to one peer-reviewed study published last year in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, a universal single-payer healthcare system could have prevented more than 338,000 Covid-19 deaths in the U.S. from the beginning of the crisis through mid-March 2022.

    "In the wake of this generational catastrophe, many healthcare workers have been left shaken," Reinhart wrote Sunday. "One report estimated that in 2021 alone, about 117,000 physicians left the workforce, while fewer than 40,000 joined it. This has worsened a chronic physician shortage, leaving many hospitals and clinics struggling. And the situation is set to get worse. One in five doctors says he or she plans to leave practice in the coming years."

    "To try to explain this phenomenon, many people have leaned on a term from pop psychology for the consequences of overwork: burnout. Nearly two-thirds of physicians report they are experiencing its symptoms," he added.

    But for Reinhart, the explanation lies more in "our dwindling faith in the systems for which we work" than in the "grueling conditions we practice under."

    He explained:

    What has been identified as occupational burnout is a symptom of a deeper collapse. We are witnessing the slow death of American medical ideology.

    It's revealing to look at the crisis among healthcare workers as at least in part a crisis of ideology—that is, a belief system made up of interlinking political, moral, and cultural narratives upon which we depend to make sense of our social world. Faith in the traditional stories American medicine has told about itself, stories that have long sustained what should have been an unsustainable system, is now dissolving.

    During the pandemic, physicians have witnessed our hospitals nearly fall apart as a result of underinvestment in public health systems and uneven distribution of medical infrastructure. Long-ignored inequalities in the standard of care available to rich and poor Americans became front-page news as bodies were stacked in empty hospital rooms and makeshift morgues. Many healthcare workers have been traumatized by the futility of their attempts to stem recurrent waves of death, with nearly one-fifth of physicians reporting they knew a colleague who had considered, attempted, or died by suicide during the first year of the pandemic alone.

    Although deaths from Covid have slowed, the disillusionment among health workers has only increased. Recent exposés have further laid bare the structural perversity of our institutions. For instance, according to an investigation in The New York Times, ostensibly nonprofit charity hospitals have illegally saddled poor patients with debt for receiving care to which they were entitled without cost and have exploited tax incentives meant to promote care for poor communities to turn large profits. Hospitals are deliberately understaffing themselves and undercutting patient care while sitting on billions of dollars in cash reserves.

    Acknowledging that "little of this is new," Reinhart wrote that "doctors' sense of our complicity in putting profits over people has grown more difficult to ignore."

    "From at least the 1930s through today, doctors have organized efforts to ward off the specter of 'socialized medicine,'" he wrote. "We have repeatedly defended health care as a business venture against the threat that it might become a public institution oriented around rights rather than revenue."

    Confronting and beginning to solve the myriad crises of the U.S. healthcare system will "require uncomfortable reflection and bold action," Reinhart argued, and "any illusion that medicine and politics are, or should be, separate spheres has been crushed under the weight of over 1.1 million Americans killed by a pandemic that was in many ways a preventable disaster."

    "Doctors can no longer be passive witnesses to these harms," he concluded. "We have a responsibility to use our collective power to insist on changes: for universal healthcare and paid sick leave but also investments in community health worker programs and essential housing and social welfare systems... Regardless of whether we act through unions or other means, the fact remains that until doctors join together to call for a fundamental reorganization of our medical system, our work won’t do what we promised it would do, nor will it prioritize the people we claim to prioritize."

    Reinhart's op-ed came as the prospects for legislative action to transform the U.S. healthcare system appear as distant as ever, despite broad public support for a government guarantee of universal coverage.

    With the for-profit status quo deeply entrenched—preserved by armies of industry lobbyists and members of Congress who do their bidding—the consequences are becoming increasingly dire, with tens of millions uninsured or underinsured and one health crisis away from financial ruin.

    In a study released last month, the Commonwealth Fund found that "the U.S. has the lowest life expectancy at birth, the highest death rates for avoidable or treatable conditions, the highest maternal and infant mortality, and among the highest suicide rates" among rich countries, even as it spends far more on healthcare than comparable nations both on a per-person basis and as a share of gross domestic product.

    "Not only is the U.S. the only country we studied that does not have universal health coverage," the study added, "but its health system can seem designed to discourage people from using services."

    Related Articles Around the Web


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jake Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/05/in-new-york-times-op-ed-us-physician-blasts-lucrative-system-of-for-profit-medicine/feed/ 0 370014
    In New York Times Op-Ed, US Physician Blasts ‘Lucrative System of For-Profit Medicine’ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/05/in-new-york-times-op-ed-us-physician-blasts-lucrative-system-of-for-profit-medicine-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/05/in-new-york-times-op-ed-us-physician-blasts-lucrative-system-of-for-profit-medicine-2/#respond Sun, 05 Feb 2023 16:16:59 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/physician-for-profit-healthcare

    A U.S. physician took to the op-ed pages of The New York Times on Sunday to offer a scathing condemnation of the country's for-profit healthcare system and his profession's historical complicity in campaigns against universal coverage.

    "Doctors have long diagnosed many of our sickest patients with 'demoralization syndrome,' a condition commonly associated with terminal illness that's characterized by a sense of helplessness and loss of purpose," wrote Eric Reinhart, a physician at Northwestern University. "American physicians are now increasingly suffering from a similar condition, except our demoralization is not a reaction to a medical condition, but rather to the diseased systems for which we work."

    "The United States is the only large high-income nation that doesn't provide universal healthcare to its citizens," Reinhart continued "Instead, it maintains a lucrative system of for-profit medicine. For decades, at least tens of thousands of preventable deaths have occurred each year because healthcare here is so expensive."

    The coronavirus pandemic accelerated that trend and spotlighted the fatal dysfunction of the nation's healthcare system, which is dominated by a handful of massive corporations whose primary goal is profit, not the delivery of care.

    According to one peer-reviewed study published last year in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, a universal single-payer healthcare system could have prevented more than 338,000 Covid-19 deaths in the U.S. from the beginning of the crisis through mid-March 2022.

    "In the wake of this generational catastrophe, many healthcare workers have been left shaken," Reinhart wrote Sunday. "One report estimated that in 2021 alone, about 117,000 physicians left the workforce, while fewer than 40,000 joined it. This has worsened a chronic physician shortage, leaving many hospitals and clinics struggling. And the situation is set to get worse. One in five doctors says he or she plans to leave practice in the coming years."

    "To try to explain this phenomenon, many people have leaned on a term from pop psychology for the consequences of overwork: burnout. Nearly two-thirds of physicians report they are experiencing its symptoms," he added.

    But for Reinhart, the explanation lies more in "our dwindling faith in the systems for which we work" than in the "grueling conditions we practice under."

    He explained:

    What has been identified as occupational burnout is a symptom of a deeper collapse. We are witnessing the slow death of American medical ideology.

    It's revealing to look at the crisis among healthcare workers as at least in part a crisis of ideology—that is, a belief system made up of interlinking political, moral, and cultural narratives upon which we depend to make sense of our social world. Faith in the traditional stories American medicine has told about itself, stories that have long sustained what should have been an unsustainable system, is now dissolving.

    During the pandemic, physicians have witnessed our hospitals nearly fall apart as a result of underinvestment in public health systems and uneven distribution of medical infrastructure. Long-ignored inequalities in the standard of care available to rich and poor Americans became front-page news as bodies were stacked in empty hospital rooms and makeshift morgues. Many healthcare workers have been traumatized by the futility of their attempts to stem recurrent waves of death, with nearly one-fifth of physicians reporting they knew a colleague who had considered, attempted, or died by suicide during the first year of the pandemic alone.

    Although deaths from Covid have slowed, the disillusionment among health workers has only increased. Recent exposés have further laid bare the structural perversity of our institutions. For instance, according to an investigation in The New York Times, ostensibly nonprofit charity hospitals have illegally saddled poor patients with debt for receiving care to which they were entitled without cost and have exploited tax incentives meant to promote care for poor communities to turn large profits. Hospitals are deliberately understaffing themselves and undercutting patient care while sitting on billions of dollars in cash reserves.

    Acknowledging that "little of this is new," Reinhart wrote that "doctors' sense of our complicity in putting profits over people has grown more difficult to ignore."

    "From at least the 1930s through today, doctors have organized efforts to ward off the specter of 'socialized medicine,'" he wrote. "We have repeatedly defended health care as a business venture against the threat that it might become a public institution oriented around rights rather than revenue."

    Confronting and beginning to solve the myriad crises of the U.S. healthcare system will "require uncomfortable reflection and bold action," Reinhart argued, and "any illusion that medicine and politics are, or should be, separate spheres has been crushed under the weight of over 1.1 million Americans killed by a pandemic that was in many ways a preventable disaster."

    "Doctors can no longer be passive witnesses to these harms," he concluded. "We have a responsibility to use our collective power to insist on changes: for universal healthcare and paid sick leave but also investments in community health worker programs and essential housing and social welfare systems... Regardless of whether we act through unions or other means, the fact remains that until doctors join together to call for a fundamental reorganization of our medical system, our work won’t do what we promised it would do, nor will it prioritize the people we claim to prioritize."

    Reinhart's op-ed came as the prospects for legislative action to transform the U.S. healthcare system appear as distant as ever, despite broad public support for a government guarantee of universal coverage.

    With the for-profit status quo deeply entrenched—preserved by armies of industry lobbyists and members of Congress who do their bidding—the consequences are becoming increasingly dire, with tens of millions uninsured or underinsured and one health crisis away from financial ruin.

    In a study released last month, the Commonwealth Fund found that "the U.S. has the lowest life expectancy at birth, the highest death rates for avoidable or treatable conditions, the highest maternal and infant mortality, and among the highest suicide rates" among rich countries, even as it spends far more on healthcare than comparable nations both on a per-person basis and as a share of gross domestic product.

    "Not only is the U.S. the only country we studied that does not have universal health coverage," the study added, "but its health system can seem designed to discourage people from using services."

    Related Articles Around the Web


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jake Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/05/in-new-york-times-op-ed-us-physician-blasts-lucrative-system-of-for-profit-medicine-2/feed/ 0 370015
    In New York Times Op-Ed, US Physician Blasts ‘Lucrative System of For-Profit Medicine’ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/05/in-new-york-times-op-ed-us-physician-blasts-lucrative-system-of-for-profit-medicine-3/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/05/in-new-york-times-op-ed-us-physician-blasts-lucrative-system-of-for-profit-medicine-3/#respond Sun, 05 Feb 2023 16:16:59 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/physician-for-profit-healthcare

    A U.S. physician took to the op-ed pages of The New York Times on Sunday to offer a scathing condemnation of the country's for-profit healthcare system and his profession's historical complicity in campaigns against universal coverage.

    "Doctors have long diagnosed many of our sickest patients with 'demoralization syndrome,' a condition commonly associated with terminal illness that's characterized by a sense of helplessness and loss of purpose," wrote Eric Reinhart, a physician at Northwestern University. "American physicians are now increasingly suffering from a similar condition, except our demoralization is not a reaction to a medical condition, but rather to the diseased systems for which we work."

    "The United States is the only large high-income nation that doesn't provide universal healthcare to its citizens," Reinhart continued "Instead, it maintains a lucrative system of for-profit medicine. For decades, at least tens of thousands of preventable deaths have occurred each year because healthcare here is so expensive."

    The coronavirus pandemic accelerated that trend and spotlighted the fatal dysfunction of the nation's healthcare system, which is dominated by a handful of massive corporations whose primary goal is profit, not the delivery of care.

    According to one peer-reviewed study published last year in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, a universal single-payer healthcare system could have prevented more than 338,000 Covid-19 deaths in the U.S. from the beginning of the crisis through mid-March 2022.

    "In the wake of this generational catastrophe, many healthcare workers have been left shaken," Reinhart wrote Sunday. "One report estimated that in 2021 alone, about 117,000 physicians left the workforce, while fewer than 40,000 joined it. This has worsened a chronic physician shortage, leaving many hospitals and clinics struggling. And the situation is set to get worse. One in five doctors says he or she plans to leave practice in the coming years."

    "To try to explain this phenomenon, many people have leaned on a term from pop psychology for the consequences of overwork: burnout. Nearly two-thirds of physicians report they are experiencing its symptoms," he added.

    But for Reinhart, the explanation lies more in "our dwindling faith in the systems for which we work" than in the "grueling conditions we practice under."

    He explained:

    What has been identified as occupational burnout is a symptom of a deeper collapse. We are witnessing the slow death of American medical ideology.

    It's revealing to look at the crisis among healthcare workers as at least in part a crisis of ideology—that is, a belief system made up of interlinking political, moral, and cultural narratives upon which we depend to make sense of our social world. Faith in the traditional stories American medicine has told about itself, stories that have long sustained what should have been an unsustainable system, is now dissolving.

    During the pandemic, physicians have witnessed our hospitals nearly fall apart as a result of underinvestment in public health systems and uneven distribution of medical infrastructure. Long-ignored inequalities in the standard of care available to rich and poor Americans became front-page news as bodies were stacked in empty hospital rooms and makeshift morgues. Many healthcare workers have been traumatized by the futility of their attempts to stem recurrent waves of death, with nearly one-fifth of physicians reporting they knew a colleague who had considered, attempted, or died by suicide during the first year of the pandemic alone.

    Although deaths from Covid have slowed, the disillusionment among health workers has only increased. Recent exposés have further laid bare the structural perversity of our institutions. For instance, according to an investigation in The New York Times, ostensibly nonprofit charity hospitals have illegally saddled poor patients with debt for receiving care to which they were entitled without cost and have exploited tax incentives meant to promote care for poor communities to turn large profits. Hospitals are deliberately understaffing themselves and undercutting patient care while sitting on billions of dollars in cash reserves.

    Acknowledging that "little of this is new," Reinhart wrote that "doctors' sense of our complicity in putting profits over people has grown more difficult to ignore."

    "From at least the 1930s through today, doctors have organized efforts to ward off the specter of 'socialized medicine,'" he wrote. "We have repeatedly defended health care as a business venture against the threat that it might become a public institution oriented around rights rather than revenue."

    Confronting and beginning to solve the myriad crises of the U.S. healthcare system will "require uncomfortable reflection and bold action," Reinhart argued, and "any illusion that medicine and politics are, or should be, separate spheres has been crushed under the weight of over 1.1 million Americans killed by a pandemic that was in many ways a preventable disaster."

    "Doctors can no longer be passive witnesses to these harms," he concluded. "We have a responsibility to use our collective power to insist on changes: for universal healthcare and paid sick leave but also investments in community health worker programs and essential housing and social welfare systems... Regardless of whether we act through unions or other means, the fact remains that until doctors join together to call for a fundamental reorganization of our medical system, our work won’t do what we promised it would do, nor will it prioritize the people we claim to prioritize."

    Reinhart's op-ed came as the prospects for legislative action to transform the U.S. healthcare system appear as distant as ever, despite broad public support for a government guarantee of universal coverage.

    With the for-profit status quo deeply entrenched—preserved by armies of industry lobbyists and members of Congress who do their bidding—the consequences are becoming increasingly dire, with tens of millions uninsured or underinsured and one health crisis away from financial ruin.

    In a study released last month, the Commonwealth Fund found that "the U.S. has the lowest life expectancy at birth, the highest death rates for avoidable or treatable conditions, the highest maternal and infant mortality, and among the highest suicide rates" among rich countries, even as it spends far more on healthcare than comparable nations both on a per-person basis and as a share of gross domestic product.

    "Not only is the U.S. the only country we studied that does not have universal health coverage," the study added, "but its health system can seem designed to discourage people from using services."

    Related Articles Around the Web


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jake Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/05/in-new-york-times-op-ed-us-physician-blasts-lucrative-system-of-for-profit-medicine-3/feed/ 0 370016
    Thinking for Oneself https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/03/thinking-for-oneself/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/03/thinking-for-oneself/#respond Fri, 03 Feb 2023 15:20:55 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=137433 More illogic from the vaxxed.

    The post Thinking for Oneself first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    The post Thinking for Oneself first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/03/thinking-for-oneself/feed/ 0 369617
    WHO Pandemic Treaty Draft Provides ‘Glimmer of Hope,’ Say Health Justice Advocates https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/01/who-pandemic-treaty-draft-provides-glimmer-of-hope-say-health-justice-advocates/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/01/who-pandemic-treaty-draft-provides-glimmer-of-hope-say-health-justice-advocates/#respond Wed, 01 Feb 2023 17:40:57 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/who-pandemic-treaty-draft

    As a draft of the World Health Organization's pandemic treaty circulated Wednesday, human rights champions praised the text as a welcome departure from the corporate-friendly intellectual property regime that has constrained the global supply of lifesaving medical tools and worsened preventable suffering throughout the coronavirus pandemic.

    "After the collective trauma of the Covid-19 pandemic, we have a glimmer of hope," Mohga Kamal-Yanni, policy co-lead for the People's Vaccine Alliance, said in a statement. "This text contains measures to provide everyone, everywhere with access to the tools needed to prevent and combat pandemics."

    "This draft marks a powerful recognition that pandemic response cannot succeed on charity, rather it requires global solidarity."

    Kamal-Yanni was not alone. James Love, director of Knowledge Ecology International, said that the WHO pandemic treaty draft "is surprisingly strong on several topics."

    Love pointed to the draft treaty's intellectual property provisions, which stipulate that in the event of a pandemic, parties "will take appropriate measures to support time-bound waivers of intellectual property rights that can accelerate or scale up manufacturing of pandemic-related products."

    Among other things, the text also states that parties "shall encourage all holders of patents related to the production of pandemic-related products to waive, or manage as appropriate, payment of royalties by developing country manufacturers on the use, during the pandemic, of their technology for production of pandemic-related products, and shall require, as appropriate, those that have received public financing for the development of pandemic-related products to do so."

    Dose hoarding by high-income nations and knowledge hoarding by pharmaceutical corporations whose Covid-19 vaccines, tests, and treatments owe their existence to billions of dollars in public funding has resulted in artificial scarcity, prolonging the pandemic while turning several executives into billionaires. According to the latest figures from Our World in Data, less than 27% of people in low-income countries have received a single jab to date, and similar inequalities have been observed with respect to therapeutics and diagnostics.

    Policymakers from wealthy countries have refused to force profitable drugmakers like Pfizer and Moderna to relinquish their monopoly power over publicly funded technology even as the pandemic's global death toll soared to well over 15 million. The coronavirus continues to kill nearly 2,600 people around the world each day. Moreover, excess mortality—an estimate of the difference in the number of deaths that occur amid a crisis compared with what would have been expected under "normal" conditions—has been four times higher in poorer countries than rich ones throughout the pandemic.

    The emerging pandemic treaty acknowledges this injustice, declaring that the document's creation began in December 2021 in response to "the catastrophic failure of the international community in showing solidarity and equity in response to the coronavirus disease."

    Kamal-Yanni stressed Wednesday that the new WHO document "is a draft, not a final text."

    "Governments need to demonstrate their commitment to a treaty based on equity and human rights" during negotiations, she said.

    The WHO's Intergovernmental Negotiating Body (INB), which assembled the draft and will lead negotiations, is scheduled to meet next on February 27. It has until the WHO's 2024 World Health Assembly to finalize the pact.

    Health Policy Watchreported that the draft "is unlikely to survive in its current form given the strong pharmaceutical lobby, particularly in the European Union," while Kamal-Yanni tweeted, "Now the real fight begins!"

    James Cole, advocacy manager at STOPAIDS, echoed his colleagues.

    "This draft marks a powerful recognition that pandemic response cannot succeed on charity, rather it requires global solidarity," Cole said in a statement. "With vaccines, tests, and treatments being delivered thanks to billions in public funding, it is welcome to see this text include support for intellectual property waivers, increased local production capacity, and conditions on public funding for research."

    "The text is a strong first step to loosening the grip on intellectual property that Big Pharma companies have used to uphold monopolies and deny access to lifesaving health tools through the Covid pandemic," Cole continued. "By loosening this chokehold, the world will not have to fight the next pandemic with one hand behind its back."

    "However," he warned, "language of 'promoting' and 'encouraging' manufacturers to enact the measures outlined lets industry off the hook and should be strengthened to ensure all stakeholders are committed to achieving an equitable pandemic response. Now, low- and middle-income member states must stand firm through negotiations and ensure that rich nations do not dilute the text in the interests of private profits."

    "Low- and middle-income member states must stand firm through negotiations and ensure that rich nations do not dilute the text in the interests of private profits."

    Kamal-Yanni, for her part, stated that "building manufacturing capacity in developing countries is critical to controlling pandemics, which will ultimately save lives everywhere."

    Notably, the WHO has sought to facilitate knowledge sharing and ramp up local production capacity in low- and middle-income nations through its mRNA Vaccine Technology Transfer Hub.

    The first consortium—based at Afrigen Biologics in Cape Town, South Africa—has successfully replicated the mRNA Covid-19 vaccine co-created by Moderna and the U.S. National Institutes of Health despite Big Pharma's best attempts to undermine their work.

    As of last April, 15 manufacturers in developing countries have been named as "spokes," or recipients of mRNA technology and training from the Afrigen hub. In addition, the WHO has teamed up with South Korea to establish a global teaching facility that can share best practices.

    Bolstering such efforts "will address the injustice of the Covid-19 and AIDS pandemics that saw people in lower-income countries forced to wait at the back of the line for vaccines, tests, and treatments," said Kamal-Yanni.

    “To achieve this, we need more than just words," she continued. "Governments must commit to sharing medical technology and know-how. The intellectual property rules that uphold pharmaceutical company monopolies must be waived automatically when a health emergency is declared. And governments must place conditions to ensure that publicly funded innovations are available to manufacturers in the Global South."

    "As negotiations over a pandemic treaty begin in earnest," Kamal-Yanni added, "governments must look to the greed, nationalism, and profiteering that characterized the world's response to Covid-19 and say: 'never again.'"


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Kenny Stancil.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/01/who-pandemic-treaty-draft-provides-glimmer-of-hope-say-health-justice-advocates/feed/ 0 368946
    Moderna’s Home State Newspaper to Biden: ‘Play Hardball’ Over Covid Vaccine Price Hike https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/30/modernas-home-state-newspaper-to-biden-play-hardball-over-covid-vaccine-price-hike/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/30/modernas-home-state-newspaper-to-biden-play-hardball-over-covid-vaccine-price-hike/#respond Mon, 30 Jan 2023 12:08:15 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/moderna-biden-price-hike

    The largest daily newspaper in Moderna's home state of Massachusetts published an editorial on Sunday urging the Biden administration to "play hardball" with the pharmaceutical giant over its plan to raise the price of its Covid-19 vaccine by up to 4,000% over the cost of production, a proposal that has drawn backlash from vaccine equity campaigners and members of Congress.

    The Boston Globenoted in its editorial that Moderna's reported plan to charge between $110 and $130 per dose for its mRNA vaccine—which was developed with the critical aid of U.S. government funding and scientific advances—would mean "more than quadrupling" the price compared to what the federal government paid in its latest contract with the company.

    The coronavirus vaccine is Moderna's only product on the market, and stock price appreciation resulting from the development of the shot helped make CEO Stéphane Bancel a billionaire.

    "In 2021, Moderna made over $12 billion in profits, the first year it turned a profit since it was founded in 2010," the Globe's editorial board observed. "While Moderna's proposed sticker price mirrors Pfizer's commercial plans for the Covid vaccine that it developed with BioNTech, Moderna is in a worse position to defend such a drastic increase. Unlike Pfizer's vaccine, the clinical development of Moderna's mRNA vaccine was almost exclusively funded by the US government and included collaboration with scientists at the National Institutes of Health."

    While the White House has voiced concerns over Moderna's planned price hike, with Press Secretary Karine Jean-Pierre telling reporters earlier this month that it is hard to "understand or to justify," the Globe noted that "the Biden administration has not taken any serious steps to ensure that Moderna's vaccine will be reasonably priced—let alone accessible to anyone who wants it."

    Citing public health advocates, the Globe argued that "the administration should be willing to play hardball" with Moderna, which has rebuffed pressure from governments and global institutions such as the World Health Organization to make its vaccine technology widely available, particularly for developing nations that have struggled to access a sufficient quantity of doses.

    The editorial continued:

    As Asia Russell, the executive director of the public health advocacy organization Health GAP, pointed out to the Globe editorial board, there is precedent for doing so.

    In the midst of the 2001 anthrax attacks that targeted media and government offices, the U.S. government sought to boost its stockpile of Cipro, a drug that treats anthrax. Bayer, which produced the drug under a patent, balked at the George W. Bush administration's request for a discount. So Tommy Thompson, then secretary of Health and Human Services, threatened to bypass Bayer's patent and allow both production and purchase of generic alternatives. He didn't have to follow through on his threat; Bayer quickly agreed to dramatically reduce the drug's price.

    The administration can also take—or deter Moderna's price hike by simply threatening to take—steps to slash the company's share of the market overseas.

    Sen. Bernie Sanders (I-Vt.), the first member of Congress to publicly denounce Moderna's coming price hike, welcomed the Globe's editorial.

    "The Boston Globe is right," Sanders wrote on Twitter. "The Biden administration should not allow Moderna to more than quadruple the price of the Covid vaccine to $130 when it costs just $2.85 to produce. The Covid vaccine must be used to save lives, not to further enrich the billionaire owners of Moderna."

    Moderna's plans to raise the price of its coronavirus vaccine come as the Biden administration is shifting away from purchasing the shots and Covid-19 treatments and toward commercialization. As White House coronavirus response coordinator Ashish Jha put it in August, Covid-19 vaccines and treatments will be moved "into the regular healthcare system"—a hotbed of dysfunction, price gouging, and deadly denial of care.

    The Kaiser Family Foundation recently noted that "while most consumers with public and private insurance will be protected from having to pay directly for vaccine costs, those who are uninsured and underinsured may face cost barriers when the federally-purchased vaccine doses are depleted."

    In a letter to Moderna's CEO last week, Sens. Elizabeth Warren (D-Mass.) and Peter Welch (D-Vt.) warned that the firm's proposed price hike "threatens to reduce access to a lifesaving vaccine while boosting your company's profits."

    "Thanks to billions of federal dollars used to support production and delivery of Moderna's vaccine product, Moderna's Covid-19 vaccine is currently free for patients in the United States," the senators wrote. "Over 665 million doses of the Covid-19 vaccine have been administered in the U.S., and many million more worldwide, and more than 80% of the total U.S. population has received at least one dose."

    "This is a landmark public health achievement," they continued. "But this progress may be put at risk because of Moderna's greed, which has the potential to increase vaccination costs for millions of un- and underinsured Americans."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jake Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/30/modernas-home-state-newspaper-to-biden-play-hardball-over-covid-vaccine-price-hike/feed/ 0 368304
    If We Ever Needed George Carlin https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/28/if-we-ever-needed-george-carlin/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/28/if-we-ever-needed-george-carlin/#respond Sat, 28 Jan 2023 15:05:23 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=120054 So, there are no other ways to look at the lab-generated, multivariant SARS-2 than through the lens of mass murdering complicit media and the charlatans of propaganda, all in the employ of billionaires, millionaires and high income folks in this Big Pharma-Big Medicine-Big Feat triage of destruction? Who the hell with a normal-functioning mind believes […]

    The post If We Ever Needed George Carlin first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    So, there are no other ways to look at the lab-generated, multivariant SARS-2 than through the lens of mass murdering complicit media and the charlatans of propaganda, all in the employ of billionaires, millionaires and high income folks in this Big Pharma-Big Medicine-Big Feat triage of destruction? Who the hell with a normal-functioning mind believes that?

    It’s a great piece here, at Gray Zone — Amid rising reports of vaccine-related menstrual disruptions, the CDC and FDA are dismissing women’s concerns and denying them information while corporate media pathologizes them in sexist fashion.

    CDC Covid vaccine women menstrual cycle

    The writer drills down into the vaccine loving industries (ipso facto, thoughtful and investigative critical thinking maligning industries), and how women were not a big part of the mRNA trials (sic), and that the disruption of the reproductive system of a female ain’t no big thing, according to the FDA and Saint Fauci and Company. Imagine, the adverse effects of these shots, on everyone, and no fetuses. This Gray Zone article focuses on women, and the writer, Marcie Smith Parenti, looks from a feminist point of view, albeit, one flawed since she equates feminism USA style with supporting the Democratic party, AKA, War-Banking-Poverty Pimping Party, as equal in its profane treatment of humanity as the Republican party. Here, a quote:

    I have five female friends who, after receiving Covid-19 vaccines, experienced disruption to their menstrual cycles. Their symptoms have included hemorrhagic bleeding lasting more than a month; heavy intermittent bleeding for four months; passing golf-ball size clots of blood; and extreme cramping, serious enough to land one friend in the ER.

    Most of these women are in their 20s and 30s, and at least one of them thinks she might want to have children. She now worries that her symptoms might be the harbinger of long-term fertility problems. At least two of my friends have symptoms that have not resolved. All are feminists and have throughout the years been consistent Democratic Party voters.

    Other women of childbearing age have reported becoming temporarily “postmenopausal” after their second mRNA shot; conversely, women in menopause are reporting suddenly beginning to bleed again; trans men on hormone therapy have also reported sudden bleeding. Apparently, the number of vaccinated women around the world reporting alarmingly disrupted menstruation is, to be conservative, in the tens of thousands.

    The US Food and Drug Administration (FDA), however, does not warn women who get the shots that they may experience a disrupted menstrual cycle.

    The big issue and concern with this piece is that Parenti does not go into detail around the OTHER jabs that do not use mRNA DARPA-Mengele wizardry as the undergirding of the treatment protocols–

    mRNA vaccine
    mRNA vaccine
    A mRNA vaccine is made using mRNA that gives your cells instructions for how to make the spike protein found on the surface of the COVID-19 virus. After vaccination, your immune cells begin making the spike protein and displaying them on cell surfaces. This causes your body to create antibodies that can fight the COVID-19 virus.
    Viral vector vaccine
    Viral vector vaccine
    A viral vector vaccine is made when genetic material from a COVID-19 virus is inserted into a unrelated, harmless virus. When the viral vector gets into your cells, it delivers genetic material from the COVID-19 virus that gives your cells instructions for how to make the spike protein found on the surface of the COVID-19 virus. Once your cells displace the spike proteins on their surfaces, your immune system creates antibodies that can fight the COVID-19 virus.

    The Mayo Clinic lies here about the mRNA vaccine, and even this site doesn’t give the information on the alternative “vaccines.” But here, on this flagging blog, more information in a short screed than all of Mainstream Mush and Murdering Media:

    1) WHOLE VIRUS VACCINE

    Vaccines include: Sinopharm, Sinovac

    Number of doses required: 2 doses, intramuscular

    Other licensed vaccines that use this type of technology: Hepatitis A, polio, rabies (all inactivated type)

    What to know: The whole virus vaccine uses a weakened or deactivated form of the pathogen that causes COVID-19 to trigger protective immunity to it.

    The two vaccines mentioned above – Sinopharm and Sinovac – both use inactivated pathogens, therefore they cannot infect cells and replicate, but can trigger an immune response.

    3) NON-REPLICATING VIRAL VECTOR

    Vaccines include: Oxford-AstraZeneca, Sputnik V (Gamaleya Research Institute)

    Number of doses required: 2 doses, intramuscular

    Other licensed vaccines that use this type of technology: Ebola

    What to know: This type of vaccine introduces a safe, modified version of the virus – known as “the vector” – to deliver genetic code for the antigen. In a COVID-19 vaccine, the “vector” is the spike proteins found on the surface of the coronavirus.

    Once the body’s cells are “infected”, the cells are instructed to produce a large amount of antigens, which in turn trigger an immune response.

    Benefits: Viral vector-based vaccination is another well-established technology that can trigger a strong immune response as it also involves both B cells and T cells.

    4) PROTEIN SUBUNIT

    Vaccines include: Novavax

    Number of doses required: 2 doses, intramuscular

    Other licensed vaccines that use this type of technology: Hepatitis B, meningococcal disease, pneumococcal disease, shingles

    What to know: The protein subunit vaccine contains purified “pieces” of a pathogen rather than the whole pathogen to trigger an immune response. It is thought that by restricting the immune system to the whole pathogen, the risk of side effects is minimised.

    Benefits: The protein subunit vaccination is also a well-established technology that’s advantageous for those with compromised immune systems.

    But reading Parenti’s piece, you can sense her socialism, her radical (root, fair, smart) belief that the wool has been pulled over the eyes of USA and Western societies Big Time by the war profiteers, and in this case, the war profiteers are those in this so-called war against a virus — Big Pharma, Big Medicine, Big Double Dealing. The planned pandemic that is, thanks to DARPA and the gain of function viral Mengele shit, is now an endemic — variants will come hell or highwater. What are we going to do about that? Boosters, straightjacket medicine — the resisters are the enemy. One Minute of Hate by Biden, that’s the ticket!

    To many, this probably seems wrong-headed; and indeed, growing “scientific evidence” indicates it is a mistake. A recent University of Chicago and UC-Berkeley study found that women suffer higher rates of adverse reactions to pharmaceutical products than men, even when dosage is calibrated for differences in body weight. This is likely due to the more subtle dance of hormones that dictate women’s well-being, but the issue is very rarely studied.

    It was not until 1993 that the federal government began requiring pharmaceutical companies to include women in their drug studies. And only in 2016 did the NIH begin to formally request that researcher grantees consider “sex as a biological variable” and specifically report on such findings.

    Yet the fast-tracked Covid vaccine research skipped these provisions. Women were included in the initial Covid vaccine trials, however, none of these studies disaggregated research findings by sex.

    Unfortunately, this is all tied to mind-stripping, and that Google guy, that celebrity in the movie, The Social Network, is being paraded around by lefties like Russel Brand. In that interview, Brand or the celebrity don’t look at what mind-stripping really does — not just scraping data and thoughts and emotions from people, the targets, but using that data to sway entire sectors of our lives, changing up to down, reality to fiction when it comes to regime change, the lies of Empire, the financial-AI-Wall Street thugs who want Cuba do go down, want Syria in flames, want Iran imploded by Israel’s nukes and alleged biological/viral/chemical bombs.

    Russel Brand sometimes appears to be milquetoast, maybe, I don’t know, part of his UK roots, really, and this dude, Tristan Harris. You may recognize him from the Netflix documentary The Social Dilemma.

    Here Tristan explains how our attention is being mined and that we have now become the product.”

    I watched the The Social Network. Bad all around, geared to a 6th grade reading level, really, and this Harris guy is quite the multimillionaire charlatan. He’s in the film, about 1/3 of the total running time. Now, big tech is a million times worse than this shit-show demonstrates, and then when you see take-downs on Harris, on the film, we get those other misanthrope elite thinking Ayn Rands piling on their own libertarianism, and some equate questioning the main thrust of The Social Network — that big tech kills — to those who pushed the movie, Reefer Madness — trying to emote fear into citizens against pot smoking fellow citizens. Wrong comparison — apples to pig skins.

    Techies are more than just smart arbiters of tech-surveillance capitalism; there is something highly broken in many of them, and they should never be in a position of power, legal or otherwise, that is, many of us believe. They are their own demigods, and they believe that Digital Tech is no different than the technology that brought us the bicycle. Look at this mind numbing stuff here criticizing the documentary for all the wrong reasons, I believe — “The Social Dilemma Manipulates You With Misinformation As It Tries To Warn You Of Manipulation By Misinformation.”

    Note: Netflix, the company which produced, distributed and widely promoted the documentary, is also arguably the first big internet company to spend time, money, and resources on trying to perfect the “recommendation algorithm”! That’s capitalism, folks!

    Taking this to the next stage, Ollie, the violent video games.

    See Where Oliver Hardy Grew Up in Georgia | Official Georgia Tourism & Travel Website | Explore Georgia.org

    Yeah, so violent, murder-seeped, war-mongering, racist interactive X-box games, come on, they have zero effect on the brains of punks and not-so-punky kids and adults who play them, and live them, and spend countless human life hours joy sticking with them (Not). Look at this spin, “We present you our “TOP 10 Brutal FPS Games of 2021 & 2022” for PS4, PS5, Xbox One, Xbox Series X/S, STADIA & PC” ranking list. Hope you enjoy it!”

    Well, isn’t that capitalism — you are what you eat, what you breathe, what you hear, what you think, what you read, what you believe, what you do, what you make, what you destroy, what you hope for, what you demand, what you consume in general, none of that has any effect on humanity. That’s the basis of the techies who see these violent, misogynistic and racist “games” as basically just entertainment.

    That is the big smoke and mirrors, propaganda, lie of capitalism. This is not a lie:

    The results showed that there was a significant positive correlation between exposure to violent video games and adolescent aggression; normative beliefs about aggression had a mediation effect on exposure to violent video games and adolescent aggression, while family environment moderated the first part of the mediation process. For individuals with a good family environment, exposure to violent video games had only a direct effect on aggression; however, for those with poor family environment, it had both direct and indirect effects mediated by normative beliefs about aggression. This moderated mediation model includes some notions of General Aggression Model (GAM) and Catalyst Model (CM), which helps shed light on the complex mechanism of violent video games influencing adolescent aggression. (“The Relation of Violent Video Games to Adolescent Aggression: An Examination of Moderated Mediation Effect”)

    Yeah, so 4 G, cell phones to the ear, all the EMF’s, now Internet of Things, Internet of Nano-Things, Internet of Biological Things, none of that create negative effects on humans, plants, animals. This is how these charlatans of the Mengele Brand work. However, let’s see where this takes us, RFK Jr.:

    The U.S. Court of Appeals for the DC Circuit published its decision Aug.13. The court ruled that the FCC failed to consider the non-cancer evidence regarding adverse health effects of wireless technology when it decided that its1996 radiofrequency emission guidelines protect the public’s health.

    The court’s judgment states:

    “The case be remanded to the commission to provide a reasoned explanation for its determination that its guidelines adequately protect against harmful effects of exposure to radiofrequency radiation…”

    CHD Chairman and attorney on the case Robert F Kennedy, Jr. said:

    “The court’s decision exposes the FCC and FDA as captive agencies that have abandoned their duty to protect public health in favor of a single-minded crusade to increase telecom industry profits.” (Source)

    “The FCC will finally have to recognize the immense suffering by the millions of people who have already been harmed by the FCC’s and FDA’s unprecedented failure to protect public health. Finally the truth is out. I am hopeful that following this decision, the FCC will do the right thing and halt any further deployment of 5G.”Children’s Health Defense won its historic case against the Federal Communications Commission.

    So, now, break out the masks, in my state, Oregon. Absurdity, and I have volunteer jobs, and the mandate is to have the masks on at interpretive centers, everywhere the public may walk into. I know for a fact after thousands of hours of research on the topic of mask efficacy and tertiary topics that these masks do not stop a virus. Truly. Alas, though, I can chuck everything by sticking to my guns and my knowledge base, or put up with a mask that I pull over (off of my nose) to breathe. Now, just applying for work, the vaccine passport will be mandatory. No passport, no job, no food, nothing. And these  Democrats didn’t see this coming (bs), and now that it is here, Bring on the Stasi. No different than the white supremacist Republicans and their stupidity about racism, structural racism, structural violence, and the mis-history of their pathetic souls believing Young George Shall Not Tell a Cherry-Tree Chopping Lie. This country is diseased with infantilized thinkers, and putridity on both sides of the Apple Pie Red-White-Blue manure pile of political parties wafts in my air.

    Danny does it well here, in the article at Black Agenda Report, “Critical Race Theory Debacle Signals the Collapse of the American Empire.” Old Stan and Ollie would be proud:

    The GOP’s entire identity is shaped by white supremacy.

    The question that must inevitably be answered is: where do correct ideas come from? It is clear they do not come from General Mark Milley. The U.S. military will not become less racist if it studies “white rage” because white supremacy is baked into the fabric of its very purpose as an institution. Correct ideas also do not come from the GOP, as its opposition to Critical Race Theory is based on the equally faulty and racist premise that “culture wars” are destroying what makes the United States “special.” Correct ideas are inevitably lost on dueling sections of a ruling class seeking to stabilize an illegitimate empire.

    The people’s struggle to liberate themselves from systems of exploitation is the primary generator of correct ideas. Critical Race Theory’s growing influence correlates with the emergence of Black Lives Matter protests dating back to the murder of Trayvon Martin in 2011. The growth in the popularity of “socialism” can be traced back to the Occupy Wall Street movement and the struggle against union busting and austerity in Wisconsin, Chicago, and elsewhere. The history of class struggle, whether in the case of Black America or liberation movements abroad, is characterized in part by masses of people being propelled into a lifelong search for the correct alignment of ideas and actions that will bring qualitative changes in their conditions of life.

    Critical Race Theory’s growing influence correlates with the emergence of Black Lives Matter protests.”

    The debate over Critical Race Theory will not resolve the contradictions that ensure Black Americans make less than sixty cents for every white American dollar , the U.S. military receives trillions to bomb Black and brown people abroad, and racist New Cold War tropes continue to be recycled to justify policies such as the extremely counterproductive sanctions on China’s solar energy sector . Super exploitation and war are all the American Empire has left to offer. A huge challenge for the class struggle in the United States is the fact that there are more corporate consultants and Democratic Party operatives posing as “anti-racist” than grassroots leaders and organizations prepared to take on the urgency of the political moment. Liberal elites, even when they tolerate criticisms of capitalism and racism, ultimately suppress or smear the revolutionary leaders and movements that inform revolutionary struggle. This is why establishment adherents to Critical Race Theory can offer anti-capitalist critique while scantly supporting organizations fighting to free U.S. political prisoners like Mumia Abu-Jamal whose activities remain criminalized by the state.

    The collapse of the condominium in Florida serves as an apt metaphor for the system of imperialism as a whole. Our search for correct ideas exists within the confines of the crumbling edifice of the American Empire. Conditions continue to worsen for the majority, which will inevitably lead to graver and more acute crises as demonstrated by the COVID-19 pandemic. The American Empire offers no answers, just platitudes and lies. Social transformation rests upon the ability of the oppressed to look beyond the narratives of their oppressor, seek truth from facts, and build a mass movement that can sustain radical and revolutionary debate and organization.

    Of course, the word “critical” comes from a bedrock of critical thinking, looking beyond the looking glass, tossing all those the rose tinted shit Capitalism glasses to the crusher, and stopping the feeding tube filled with lies and historical fictions into our babies on through the K12 system. The amount of stupidity coming from many K12 teachers and administrators and curriculum dictators is reflected in the amount of deficits in thinking and knowledge and compassion and ethics and vital questioning of authority many of these 18 year old’s are plagued with once they graduate (sic). Yep, you are what you do not know, what you do not think, what you do not speak, what you do not hope for, what you are not exposed to, what you do not eat, drink, breathe, consumer, buy, do, believe, hope for, imagine, create, grow, what you do not read or discuss or debate.

    Here it is, black and white, what you do or do not ask, what you do or do not investigate, what you do or do not study scientifically, what you do or do not engage in, that’s the Kurtz horror in our Heart of Darkness. These elite MDs, et al. are Mengele on a very sophisticated level.

    When it comes to the Covid-19 vaccine and “fertility,” the official talking points have been dizzyingly contradictory. On the one hand, one regularly encounters passionate and categorical insistence that there is no evidence of any negative impact on fertility, short or long term, attending any Covid-19 vaccine. As of yesterday, the CDC now states, “There is currently no evidence that any vaccines, including COVID-19 vaccines, cause fertility problems in women or men.”

    In the Guardian article from April, Dr. Gunter sneeringly invokes the age-old, disingenuous, sexist, and murderous conflict between male “scientists” and female “witches,” saying, “No, the Covid-19 vaccine is not capable of exerting reproductive control via proxy. Nothing is. This is because it is a vaccine, not a spell.” Brumfiel of NPR asks, “Can vaccines cause infertility, miscarriages? The answer to all this is no.” Concerns to the contrary, he says, are nothing more than “a persistent set of lies.” The New York Times states, “Scientists have said there is no evidence that the vaccines affect fertility or pregnancy.” Dr. Brian Levine, founding partner of a reproductive health clinic, says, “No one has been able to say that there are any untoward outcomes on anyone’s reproductive potential or reproductive future as a result of receiving the Covid-19 vaccine or the sequence of vaccines.”

    A widely quoted male gynecologist told the BBC that there was “no evidence to suggest that COVID-19 vaccines will affect fertility.” Alan Copperman, MD, of the Mt. Sinai Department of Obstetrics, Gynecology, and Reproductive Science, claims “the evidence shows that the vaccines will not affect anyone’s fertility.”  Just yesterday, from the Boston Globewe are told there is “conclusive evidence that the vaccine has no negative impacts on reproduction.”

    Such statements give the unmistakable impression that the matter of Covid-19 vaccination and fertility is resoundingly decided.

    But, here’s what is confusing. The menstrual cycle – and please, someone do correct me if I’m wrong – is a fertility cycle, consisting of a follicular phase, the ovulation phase, the luteal phase, and then the passing of the menses itself. If a woman accepts a Covid-19 vaccine and begins to suddenly and hemorrhagically bleed, for weeks or months or end,  this by no means necessarily suggests she is permanently sterilized, but nevertheless indicates her cycle has been thrown off track, which is a fertility-related side effect – one which is particularly salient to a woman trying to conceive.

    Indeed, when one reads the medical literature and official corporate and government statements with the uncharitable eye of a lawyer (which I am), the medical establishment’s position on Covid-19 vaccination and fertility is strikingly more circumspect than that which appears in the press.

    It turns out that the lack of “scientific evidence” that Covid-19 vaccines affect fertility has at least something to do with the lack of actual scientific research on the question.

    Again, Capitalism runs on chaos, confusion, patriotisms, false gods, scientism, divide and conquer technique, and much much more, but also relies on the head in the sand proposition; on overload, general anxiety disorder on steroids; and through the super-charged world of Social (sic) Media. To the point of most humanity in these United States of America having no conversations about masks, the mRNA, vaccinations forced while you are held down by the thugs of capitalism: banks, mortgage holders, landlords, employers, the cops/pigs, authorities, state, local and county boards. Mandates are marching orders. Mandates are, well, this: “If you don’t see, hear or speak the evil, then, we are dead, the living dead, when the evil is in the corporations, in the courtrooms, in the cop shops, in the various branches of government, in the military, in the Social Network brain zapping, mind stripping systems of oppression.”

    There are evil forces out there, Mister Ostrich, and I ain’t talking lions and leopards. The evil is the banality of it, the Eichmanns, the folks wearing lab coats, the uniformed military, civilians and such in DARPA who are just regular people working on the next and the next evil virus that can’t be taken down by normal methods.

    Do ostriches really bury their head in the sand? - BBC Science Focus Magazine

    Now this is evil  suppression of a theraputic — SaNoTize, it should have been approved March 2020! Imagine that, nasal spray, to cut down on viral load. Guaranteed to work better than social distancing, masks and endless antimicrobial spays and foams that are not creating AMR — antimicrobial resistance on steroids.

    Anti-Covid nasal spray in approval queue could be game changer for India: Scientist - Times of India

    The self-administered nitric oxide spray, developed by Vancouver biotech firm SaNOtize, is said to have yielded promising results in its UK and Canada clinical trials, including against the UK variant. The company is preparing submissions to worldwide regulators for emergency approval.

    “We are currently working to find the right partner in India and hoping it will be approved as a medical device in India to prevent Covid-19,” said CEO and co-founder of SaNOtize Dr Gilly Regev.”What I would have loved right now is to go and give this to a whole town in India and show that everyone using it is not getting infected,” she said. “We would have saved millions of lives if we could have brought it to market last year.”

    Participants protest during the Legalise Ivermectin to fight COVID-19 demonstration on January 11, 2021

    Again, you are what you are not allowed to see, not allowed to read, not allowed to hear, not allowed to watch, not allowed to speak:

    Mere discussion of the drug has resulted in big-tech censoring or deplatforming thought leaders in collaboration with the Biden administration.

    Meanwhile, Merck Co. – which manufactured the drug in the 1980s, has come out big against the use of ivermectin to treat Covid-19. In February, the company’s website read: “Company scientists continue to carefully examine the findings of all available and emerging studies of Ivermectin for the treatment of COVID-19 for evidence of efficacy and safety. It is important to note that, to date, our analysis has identified no scientific basis for a potential therapeutic effect against COVID-19 from pre-clinical studies; no meaningful evidence for clinical activity or clinical efficacy in patients with COVID-19 disease, and a concerning lack of safety data in the majority of studies.”

    As the Post points out – Merck has not launched a single study of its own on ivermectin.

    “You would think Merck would be happy to hear that ivermectin might be helpful to corona patients and try to study it, but they are most loudly declaring the drug should not be used,” said Schwartz.

    “A billion people took it. They gave it to them. It’s a real shame.”

    In closing, the research team writes that “Developing new medications can take years; therefore, identifying existing drugs that can be re-purposed against COVID-19 [and] that already have an established safety profile through decades of use could play a critical role in suppressing or even ending the SARS-CoV-2 pandemic.”

    “Using re-purposed medications may be especially important because it could take months, possibly years, for much of the world’s population to get vaccinated, particularly among low- to middle-income populations.

    ‘Oh say can you say, by the dawn’s early propaganda/censoring/book-internet burning’: You can’t view this on YouTube or Facebook. Now that’s a crime against humanity.

    The post If We Ever Needed George Carlin first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Paul Haeder.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/28/if-we-ever-needed-george-carlin/feed/ 0 368058
    ‘Unprecedented Danger’: Doomsday Clock Set at 90 Seconds to Midnight https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/24/unprecedented-danger-doomsday-clock-set-at-90-seconds-to-midnight/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/24/unprecedented-danger-doomsday-clock-set-at-90-seconds-to-midnight/#respond Tue, 24 Jan 2023 16:49:20 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/doomsday-clock-2023-90-seconds

    "We are living in a time of unprecedented danger, and the Doomsday Clock time reflects that reality."

    That's what Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists president and CEO Rachel Bronson said in a statement Tuesday about the historic symbol being set at 90 seconds to midnight, or global catastrophe, after three years at 100 seconds to midnight.

    As the bulletin's annual statement explains, the clock—created in 1947—has reached its current position due to "an exceedingly dangerous nuclear situation," largely from Russia's war on Ukraine; inadequate global action to tackle the climate emergency; a "daunting array" of biological threats, exemplified by the Covid-19 pandemic; and "disruptive" technologies enabling the spread of disinformation.

    "90 seconds to midnight is the closest the clock has ever been set to midnight, and it's a decision our experts do not take lightly," Bronson noted. "The U.S. government, its NATO allies, and Ukraine have a multitude of channels for dialogue; we urge leaders to explore all of them to their fullest ability to turn back the clock."

    Watch the full announcement:

    While the nearly yearlong Russian invasion—with fighting over a nuclear power plant and thinly veiled threats of using weapons of mass destruction—is a primary reason humanity is now closer than ever to apocalypse, experts from across the globe emphasized that it's far from the only threat.

    The Elders chair Mary Robinson, a former president of Ireland and U.N. High Commissioner for Human Rights, stressed that "the Doomsday Clock is sounding an alarm for the whole of humanity. We are on the brink of a precipice. But our leaders are not acting at sufficient speed or scale to secure a peaceful and liveable planet."

    "From cutting carbon emissions to strengthening arms control treaties and investing in pandemic preparedness, we know what needs to be done," she said. "The science is clear, but the political will is lacking. This must change in 2023 if we are to avert catastrophe. We are facing multiple, existential crises. Leaders need a crisis mindset."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jessica Corbett.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/24/unprecedented-danger-doomsday-clock-set-at-90-seconds-to-midnight/feed/ 0 366808
    What Science? https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/24/what-science/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/24/what-science/#respond Tue, 24 Jan 2023 16:00:33 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=137185 When all the science provided no support for the prophylaxis of mask wearing (in fact, even pointed out the health hazards of mask wearing) or social distancing, and the vaccines were still in testing phase, people were being ordered to mask up, stay inside, and when outside the home to keep their distance from others, get vaxxed, boosted, boosted again and again. Each time the science was cited and never presented.

    The post What Science? first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    The post What Science? first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/24/what-science/feed/ 0 366796
    People trafficking report highlights fears that COVID-19 has diverted resources from rescuing victims   https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/24/people-trafficking-report-highlights-fears-that-covid-19-has-diverted-resources-from-rescuing-victims/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/24/people-trafficking-report-highlights-fears-that-covid-19-has-diverted-resources-from-rescuing-victims/#respond Tue, 24 Jan 2023 00:01:01 +0000 https://news.un.org/feed/view/en/audio/2023/01/1132722 Disturbing new data released on Tuesday from the UN Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC) has highlighted concerns that most human trafficking victims who manage to escape, do so without the help of law enforcement. 

    The worry is that the COVID pandemic has forced governments to divert resources away from law enforcement activities that include tracking smuggling rings and locating victims.  

    The coronavirus is also believed to be responsible for a reported 11 per cent drop in the number of trafficking victims, but the devil is in the details, as UNODC’s Fabrizio Sarrica tells UN News’s Daniel Johnson. 


    This content originally appeared on UN News - Global perspective Human stories and was authored by Daniel Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/24/people-trafficking-report-highlights-fears-that-covid-19-has-diverted-resources-from-rescuing-victims/feed/ 0 366617
    People trafficking report highlights fears that COVID-19 has diverted resources from rescuing victims   https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/24/people-trafficking-report-highlights-fears-that-covid-19-has-diverted-resources-from-rescuing-victims-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/24/people-trafficking-report-highlights-fears-that-covid-19-has-diverted-resources-from-rescuing-victims-2/#respond Tue, 24 Jan 2023 00:01:01 +0000 https://news.un.org/feed/view/en/audio/2023/01/1132727 Disturbing new data released on Tuesday from the UN Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC) has highlighted concerns that most human trafficking victims who manage to escape, do so without the help of law enforcement. 

    The worry is that the COVID pandemic has forced governments to divert resources away from law enforcement activities that include tracking smuggling rings and locating victims.  

    The coronavirus is also believed to be responsible for a reported 11 per cent drop in the number of trafficking victims, but the devil is in the details, as UNODC’s Fabrizio Sarrica tells UN News’s Daniel Johnson. 


    This content originally appeared on UN News - Global perspective Human stories and was authored by Daniel Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/24/people-trafficking-report-highlights-fears-that-covid-19-has-diverted-resources-from-rescuing-victims-2/feed/ 0 366619
    Chris Hipkins becomes NZ’s new prime minister – there are two ways it can go from here https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/22/chris-hipkins-becomes-nzs-new-prime-minister-there-are-two-ways-it-can-go-from-here/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/22/chris-hipkins-becomes-nzs-new-prime-minister-there-are-two-ways-it-can-go-from-here/#respond Sun, 22 Jan 2023 04:43:34 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=83275 ANALYSIS: By Grant Duncan, Massey University

    Following the surprise resignation of Jacinda Ardern on January 19, Aotearoa New Zealand already has a new Prime Minister and Labour Party leader: Chris Hipkins.

    The handover from Ardern to Hipkins has been achieved with the same efficiency as the handover from Andrew Little to Ardern in 2017. But will it be as successful?

    Hipkins entered Parliament in 2008 — along with Ardern. Under Ardern’s leadership, he held ministerial portfolios in education, police and public services, and was Leader of the House.

    His role as education minister includes a (not altogether successful) centralisation of all the country’s polytechnics under one administrative umbrella — a form of restructuring typical of this Labour government.

    He distinguished himself during the covid pandemic as a hard-working and competent leader who contributed a much-needed clarity and common sense. He is a dependable and intelligent politician who does not mind being an attack dog when it is called for.

    As leader with Tongan Carmel Sepuloni as his deputy, however, Hipkins now faces an uphill battle, with his party trailing the opposition National Party in the most recent published polls. But he lacks Ardern’s charisma.

    In 2017, there was an instant “Jacindamania” effect when she took the party leadership, and Labour’s polling shot up. One simply can’t imagine a “Chris-mania”, however. But maybe that’s not a bad thing right now.

    Jacinda Ardern
    Jacinda Ardern . . . charismatic and highly competent but also polarising. Image: Getty Images/The Conversation

    Game over?
    There are two ways this could go now. First, the nightmare scenario for Labour: the government continues to be sniped at over controversial and unpopular policies such as the Three Waters programme and the income insurance scheme, economic problems continue to damage household budgets, the opposition leaders (both National’s Christopher Luxon and ACT’s David Seymour) have a field day.

    In head-to-head debates with Luxon once the election campaign begins, Hipkins lacks the fire that Ardern was able to show when she needed it, and becomes political roadkill at the ballot box on October 14.

    Labour supporters wake up in a cold sweat.

    With Labour’s ongoing slump in the polls, trailing National by around five or six percentage points, this scenario cannot be ruled out. Following defeat, Labour could go into the kind of spiral it endured after Helen Clark’s loss in 2008, with one unsuccessful leader after another.

    We can recall the defeat of Labour’s Phil Goff in 2011 and David Cunliffe in 2014 when up against National’s John Key. And, to be fair, National suffered a similarly bad run after Bill English stood down in 2018 and until Luxon became leader in November 2021.

    A new hope?
    So is there a dream scenario for Labour? With Ardern’s charismatic — and now rather polarising — personality heading for the exit, the party could turn things around.

    New leadership licences a significant cabinet reshuffle and (more importantly) a refresh of policy. Labour could now neutralise (or even dump) some policy proposals that are presently causing public dissatisfaction.

    Rather than Hipkins having somehow to fill Ardern’s shoes, he could follow his own path in his own trusty trainers.

    An advantage he has is an apparent unanimity of support from his caucus. This suggests his team is focused on beating National rather than beating one another.

    But can Labour win back the support of those middle-ground voters who have shifted to the centre-right? It appears many of those who have swung away from Labour actually liked Ardern.

    And Ardern remained on top in preferred prime minister polls right up until days before she resigned.

    We could infer from this that a leadership change on its own will not suffice to woo these voters back. The loss of Ardern could indeed precipitate a further drop in polling for Labour.

    A policy reset
    Late in 2022, Ardern had stated that the government’s focus this year would be the economy. And National will inevitably use the line that they (National) are the more competent when it comes to “managing the economy”.

    If Labour is serious about winning the 2023 election, then, they need to convince enough voters of the following:

    • they are addressing the real economic concerns that are affecting people presently;
    • they have taken heed of people’s disquiet over some current policy changes and are prepared to revise them; and
    • they are not going any further with controversial matters, especially co-governance with Māori, without first seeking a wider public understanding and consensus.

    Hipkins is a competent and reliable person. If he has his party’s backing to revise or backtrack on policy, then he may have some success. With less focus on personalities this time around, his best hope may be to convince people his government is serious about resetting the country’s direction.The Conversation

    Dr Grant Duncan, associate professor, School of People, Environment and Planning, Massey University. This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons licence. Read the original article.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/22/chris-hipkins-becomes-nzs-new-prime-minister-there-are-two-ways-it-can-go-from-here/feed/ 0 366327
    Historic Population Decline https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/21/historic-population-decline/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/21/historic-population-decline/#respond Sat, 21 Jan 2023 17:26:57 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=137128 This week’s News on China in 2 minutes.

    • GDP increased 3% in 2022
    • Historic population decline
    • Nearly 60,000 COVID-19 related deaths in the last month
    • The ‘Three Body Problem’ debuts on TV

    The post Historic Population Decline first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Dongsheng News.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/21/historic-population-decline/feed/ 0 366243
    DeSantis Proposes ‘Dangerous’ Permanent Ban on Covid-19 Mitigation Measures https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/18/desantis-proposes-dangerous-permanent-ban-on-covid-19-mitigation-measures/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/18/desantis-proposes-dangerous-permanent-ban-on-covid-19-mitigation-measures/#respond Wed, 18 Jan 2023 16:16:06 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/desantis-covid

    Appearing at a press conference with two of his allies who have consistently spread Covid-19 misinformation, Florida Gov. Ron DeSantis on Tuesday unveiled a proposal to permanently ban masking requirements, vaccine mandates, and other pandemic mitigation measures in his state.

    The Republican governor, who is widely expected to run for president in 2024 and was found to be neck-and-neck with former President Donald Trump in a University of Massachusetts Amherst poll last week regarding potential GOP candidates, announced his plan to make permanent several laws passed in Florida in November 2021, including one that would penalize companies that require workers to wear masks or be vaccinated against Covid-19.

    Under the proposal, vaccine and mask requirements for people using public transit or entering schools or government buildings would be forbidden, and employers would be banned "from hiring or firing based on mRNA jabs," said the governor.

    A new ban pertaining to healthcare officials' efforts to curtail public health misinformation was also included in DeSantis's proposal, with the governor boasting that Florida could soon offer "landmark protections for free speech for medical practitioners."

    Those protections would come in the form of a ban on medical boards reprimanding medical providers for spreading Covid-19 misinformation, including on social media.

    "When the world lost its mind, Florida was a refuge of sanity, serving strongly as freedom's linchpin," DeSantis said as he unveiled the proposal. "These measures will ensure Florida remains this way."

    "This is extremely dangerous and deadly."

    Florida Surgeon General Joseph Ladapo joined DeSantis at his press conference Tuesday and repeated false claims about Covid-19 mitigation strategies, saying masks do not prevent the spread of the coronavirus and that vaccines are ineffective.

    Ladapo's colleagues at University of Florida College of Medicine published a report on Monday finding that the surgeon general used "careless, irregular, or contentious research practices" to reach his conclusions about Covid-19 inoculation.

    DeSantis was also joined by dermatologist Dr. Jon Ward, who the governor praised as "one of the engines behind this movement" and who in 2021 urged parents to "train your child" to lie to school officials about previous Covid-19 infections in order to avoid having to quarantine after an exposure.

    The governor suggested his proposed bans will help establish Florida as a bastion of freedom from public health requirements that have been found in several studies to reduce the risk of spreading Covid-19 and developing a severe, deadly case of the disease—but Rep. Fentrice Driskell (D-67), the state House Democratic leader, countered that DeSantis is promoting "backwards thinking."

    "Well, that was weird," Driskell said at a press conference responding to DeSantis's proposal. "The governor made the point that Florida is the only state in the nation giving this type of vaccine guidance. There is a reason for that."

    Driskell accused DeSantis of being "the No. 1 peddler of misinformation from the anti-vax establishment" and promoting "a fake ideology with real consequences."

    According to Statista, as of this month Florida has had the 13th highest rate of death from Covid-19 in the U.S., and the 8th highest case rate.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Julia Conley.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/18/desantis-proposes-dangerous-permanent-ban-on-covid-19-mitigation-measures/feed/ 0 365475
    Covid-19 Drugmaker Pushed Twitter to Censor Activists Demanding Generic Vaccine https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/16/covid-19-drugmaker-pushed-twitter-to-censor-activists-demanding-generic-vaccine/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/16/covid-19-drugmaker-pushed-twitter-to-censor-activists-demanding-generic-vaccine/#respond Mon, 16 Jan 2023 20:45:20 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/covid-19-drugmaker-pushed-twitter-to-censor-activists-demanding-generic-vaccine

    Drugmaker BioNTech and the German government pushed Twitter to "hide" posts by activists calling on Big Pharma to temporarily lift patents on Covid-19 vaccines—a move which would have given people the Global South greater access to the lifesaving inoculations, a report published Monday by The Intercept revealed.

    Twitter lobbyist Nina Morschhaeuser "flagged the corporate accounts of Pfizer, BioNTech, Moderna, and AstraZeneca for her colleagues to monitor and shield from activists," according to The Intercept's Lee Fang. An email from Morschhaeuser said the German Federal Office for Information Security also contacted Twitter on behalf of BioNTech, whose spokesperson, Jasmina Alatovic, asked the social media giant to "hide" activist tweets targeting her company's account for two days.

    Morschhaeuser, meanwhile, requested that colleagues track the hashtags #PeoplesVaccine—a movement for the temporary lifting of patent protections—and #JoinCTAP, a reference to the World Health Organization's Covid-19 Technology Access Pool. Morschhaeuser further warned that the advocacy group Global Justice Now shared an online signup form for a December 2020 People's Vaccine Day of Action.

    "The allegations in this article suggest that government and industry tried to silence legitimate criticism during a crisis," Maaza Seyoum, Global South convener at the People's Vaccine Alliance, said in a statement Monday. "At a time when online mobilizations were one of the few forms of protest available to the public, Twitter was seemingly asked to shield the powerful from criticism. That should worry all those who care about accountability."

    Global Justice Now director Nick Dearden also noted the troubling timing of BioNTech's censorship request during a period of global pandemic lockdowns.

    "To try and stifle digital dissent during a pandemic, when tweets and emails are some of the only forms of protest available to those locked in their homes, is deeply sinister," he told The Intercept.

    Fang writes:

    It is not clear to what extent Twitter took any action on BioNTech's request. In response to Morschhaeuser's inquiry, several Twitter officials chimed in, debating what action could or could not be taken. Su Fern Teo, a member of the company's safety team, noted that a quick scan of the activist campaign showed nothing that violated the company's terms of service, and asked for more examples to "get a better sense of the content that may violate our policies."
    But it shows the extent to which pharmaceutical giants engaged in a global lobbying blitz to ensure corporate dominance over the medical products that became central to combating the pandemic. Ultimately, the campaign to share Covid vaccine recipes around the world failed.

    While U.S. President Joe Biden in 2021 heeded activists' calls and joined most of the Global South in backing a Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS) waiver at the World Trade Organization, most rich nations—including Germany—oppose the policy and have, along with Big Pharma, fought to thwart it.

    "If the German government wants to show that it is now willing to side with public health over private profit, it must change its approach to pandemic response," Seyoum asserted. "That means backing efforts at the World Trade Organization to improve access to generic Covid-19 medicines and treatments, supporting the World Health Organization's mRNA Hub in South Africa, and standing up to corporate interests in negotiations over a Pandemic Treaty."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Brett Wilkins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/16/covid-19-drugmaker-pushed-twitter-to-censor-activists-demanding-generic-vaccine/feed/ 0 364830
    Covid-19 Drugmakers Pressured Twitter to Censor Activists Pushing for Generic Vaccine https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/16/covid-19-drugmakers-pressured-twitter-to-censor-activists-pushing-for-generic-vaccine/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/16/covid-19-drugmakers-pressured-twitter-to-censor-activists-pushing-for-generic-vaccine/#respond Mon, 16 Jan 2023 15:30:49 +0000 https://theintercept.com/?p=419184

    In mid-December 2020, Nina Morschhaeuser, a lobbyist for Twitter in Europe, emailed colleagues with a dire warning. The drugmaker BioNTech, along with the German government, had contacted her with news of an imminent “campaign targeting the pharmaceutical companies developing the COVID-19 vaccine,” she wrote.

    “The authorities are warning about ‘serious consequences’ of the action, i.e. posts and a flood of comments ‘that may violate TOS’ as well as the ‘takeover of user accounts’ are to be expected,” wrote Morschhaeuser. “Especially the personal accounts of the management of the vaccine manufacturers are said to be targeted. Accordingly, fake accounts could also be set up.”

    The campaign they were concerned about was the launch of an international push to force the drug industry to share the intellectual property and patents associated with coronavirus vaccine development. Making the patents available, in turn, would allow countries across the world to swiftly manufacture generic vaccines and other low-cost therapeutics to deal with the ongoing pandemic.

    Morschhaeuser, while alerting several site integrity and safety teams at Twitter, forwarded on an email from BioNTech spokesperson Jasmina Alatovic, who asked Twitter to “hide” activist tweets targeting her company’s account over a period of two days.

    Morschhaeuser flagged the corporate accounts of Pfizer, BioNTech, Moderna, and AstraZeneca for her colleagues to monitor and shield from activists. Morschhaeuser also asked colleagues to monitor the hashtags #PeoplesVaccine and #JoinCTAP, a reference to the World Health Organization’s Covid-19 Technology Access Pool, a program promoted by developing countries to accelerate the development of vaccines through the equitable sharing of research and manufacturing capacity. She noted that the group Global Justice Now was spearheading the action with an online sign-up form.

    It is not clear to what extent Twitter took any action on BioNTech’s request. In response to Morschhaeuser’s inquiry, several Twitter officials chimed in, debating what action could or could not be taken. Su Fern Teo, a member of the company’s safety team, noted that a quick scan of the activist campaign showed nothing that violated the company’s terms of service, and asked for more examples to “get a better sense of the content that may violate our policies.”

    But it shows the extent to which pharmaceutical giants engaged in a global lobbying blitz to ensure corporate dominance over the medical products that became central to combatting the pandemic. Ultimately, the campaign to share Covid vaccine recipes around the world failed.

    The Intercept accessed Twitter’s emails after the company’s billionaire owner, Elon Musk, granted access to several reporters in December. This is the second story I have reported through access to these files. The first centered on the Pentagon’s network of fake Twitter accounts used to spread U.S. narratives in the Middle East.

    In reporting this story, as with the last, Twitter did not provide unfettered access to company information; rather, they allowed me to make requests without restriction that were then fulfilled on my behalf by an attorney, meaning that the search results may not have been exhaustive. I did not agree to any conditions governing the use of the documents, and I made efforts to authenticate and contextualize the documents through further reporting. The redactions in the embedded documents in this story were done by The Intercept to protect privacy, not Twitter.

    Twitter and the German Federal Office for Information Security, the cybersecurity agency that Morschhaeuser said contacted Twitter on behalf of BioNTech, did not respond to a request for comment. BioNTech’s Alatovic, in response to a request for comment, stressed that the firm “takes its societal responsibility seriously and is investing in solutions to improve the health of people regardless of their income.”

    In November, the Bureau of Investigative Journalism published a lengthy report showing that pharmaceutical companies went to great lengths to stifle efforts to share pandemic-related patents and IP, including threats to the leadership of Belgium, Colombia, and Indonesia. The Intercept has also detailed the domestic lobbying push to block support for a special World Trade Organization waiver necessary for the rapid creation of generic pandemic medicine. German media has similarly reported on the aggressive effort by BioNTech to build support from the German government in opposing the waiver at the WTO.

    In May 2021, the Biden administration reversed its earlier position and that of the Trump administration and voiced support for the WTO waiver, making the U.S. one of the largest wealthy countries to support the idea, backed by a coalition led by India and South Africa. But infighting at the international trade body, along with staunch opposition from other wealthy countries, prevented any effective progress on the issue.

    The largely successful assault against the creation of generic vaccines resulted in an unprecedented explosion in profit for a few select biopharmaceutical drug interests. Pfizer and BioNTech generated a staggering $37 billion in revenue from its shared mRNA vaccine in 2021 alone, making it one of the most lucrative drug products of all time.

    Moderna, which made $17.7 billion from vaccine sales in 2021, recently announced its plan to hike the price of its Covid shot by about 400 percent.

    The high cost of vaccines and concentrated ownership meant supplies in 2021 were hoarded in the European Union, United Kingdom, United States, Canada, Japan, and other wealthy countries, while much of the developing world was forced to wait for excess vaccines the following year.

    “To try and stifle digital dissent during a pandemic, when tweets and emails are some of the only forms of protest available to those locked in their homes, is deeply sinister.”

    “For more than two years, a global movement has been speaking out against pharmaceutical greed and demanding that everyone, everywhere has the tools to combat pandemics,” said Maaza Seyoum, a campaigner for the People’s Vaccine Alliance.

    “Whatever nasty tricks companies and governments pull,” she added, “we cannot and will not be silenced.”

    Nick Dearden, director of Global Justice Now, noted that at the time of BioNTech’s censorship request, much of the world was under various lockdown orders, making digital forms of protest all the more vital for influencing public policy.

    “To try and stifle digital dissent during a pandemic, when tweets and emails are some of the only forms of protest available to those locked in their homes, is deeply sinister,” he said.

    The headquarter of biopharmaceutical company BioNTech, September 18, 2020 in Mainz, Germany.

    The headquarter of biopharmaceutical company BioNTech, September 18, 2020 in Mainz, Germany.

    Photo: Yann Schreiber/Getty Images


    The BioNTech request was not the only channel through which vaccine-makers sought to shape content moderation actions at Twitter.

    Stronger, a campaign run by Public Good Projects, a public health nonprofit specializing in large-scale media monitoring programs, regularly communicated with Twitter on regulating content related to the pandemic. The firm worked closely with the San Francisco social media giant to help develop bots to censor vaccine misinformation and, at times, sent direct requests to Twitter with lists of accounts to censor and verify.

    Internal Twitter emails show regular correspondence between an account manager at Public Good Projects, and various Twitter officials, including Todd O’Boyle, lobbyist with the company who served as a point of contact with the Biden administration. The content moderation requests were sent throughout 2021 and early 2022.

    The entire campaign, newly available tax documents and other disclosures show, was entirely funded by the Biotechnology Innovation Organization, a vaccine industry lobbying group. BIO, which is financed by companies such as Moderna and Pfizer, provided Stronger with $1,275,000 in funding for the effort, which included tools for the public to flag content on Twitter, Instagram, and Facebook for moderation.

    Many of the tweets flagged by Stronger contained absolute falsehoods, including claims that vaccines contained microchips and were designed to intentionally kill people. But others hinged on a gray area of vaccine policy through which there is reasonable debate, such as requests to label or take down content critical of vaccine passports and government mandates to require vaccination.

    One tweet flagged by the BIO-backed moderation effort read, “if a vaccinated person and an unvaccinated person have roughly the same capacity to carry, shed and transmit the virus, particularly in its Delta form, what difference does implementing a vaccination passport actually make to the spread of the virus?”

    Public health experts and civil libertarians strongly debated the constitutionality of such passports, an idea that was eventually discarded by U.S. policymakers.

    Joe Smyser, the chief executive of Public Good Projects in charge of the Stronger campaign, said his organization’s work was a good-faith effort to battle disinformation. “BIO contributed money and said, ‘You guys are planning on running a pro-vaccine, anti-vaccine misinformation effort and we will give you $500,000 [per year] no questions asked,’” said Smyser.

    Many pharmaceutical lobby groups made exaggerated claims about the danger of sharing vaccine technology. PhRMA, another drug industry lobby group, falsely claimed on Twitter that any effort to allow the creation of a generic Covid vaccine would result in placing all 4.4 million jobs supported by the entire American drug industry at risk.

    I asked Smyser whether his group ever flagged any content distributed by the pharmaceutical lobby as “misinformation.”

    Smyser agreed that policy debate was important, and if misinformation was spread by pharmaceutical companies, any global citizen “should be aware of it,” but that his organization never flagged or focused on any drug industry content.

    “I understand why someone would be skeptical, because as a researcher, it matters where your money comes from,” Smyser said. But, he argued, “my job is, how do people figure out where to go get vaccinated? And how do I encourage them to get the vaccine? That was it.”

    In a December 2020 email thread further discussing how to monitor BioNTech and respond to the vaccine equity campaign engaging in “spammy behavior” potentially in violation of the social media company’s policies, Holger Kersting, a Twitter spokesperson in Germany, offered several links to tweets in potential violation of the policy.

    Two of the tweets were from an account owned by Terry Brough, a retired bricklayer in a small town outside of Liverpool. The messages called on the chief executives of Pfizer, Moderna, and AstraZeneca to share vaccine technology with “poor countries.”

    Reached for comment, Brough reacted with surprise that his messages were being monitored for possible fake content.

    “I’m actually 74 and still living,” said Brough with a chuckle. “I was a bricklayer all my life just like my dad. I’m no Che Guevara, but I’ve been an activist, a trade unionist, and a socialist. And all I did was sign a tweet. I wish I could’ve done more, really.”


    This content originally appeared on The Intercept and was authored by Lee Fang.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/16/covid-19-drugmakers-pressured-twitter-to-censor-activists-pushing-for-generic-vaccine/feed/ 0 364773
    China Reopens Its Borders https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/14/china-reopens-its-borders/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/14/china-reopens-its-borders/#respond Sat, 14 Jan 2023 17:15:56 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=136923 This week’s News on China in 2 minutes.

    • China reopens its borders
    • COVID-19 frontline rural doctors
    • Jack Ma gives up Ant Group
    • China moves to climate-adaption

    The post China Reopens Its Borders first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Dongsheng News.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/14/china-reopens-its-borders/feed/ 0 364568
    Big Names Dropping in Larger Numbers? https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/12/big-names-dropping-in-larger-numbers/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/12/big-names-dropping-in-larger-numbers/#respond Thu, 12 Jan 2023 16:00:47 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=136871 It has been reported that many elite athletes and celebrities appear to be succumbing to what is claimed to be the effects of the COVID-19 vaccinations. Are these high-profile injuries and deaths out of the ordinary? Whether ordinary or not, what is undeniable is that people were coerced and put at risk by governments to […]

    The post Big Names Dropping in Larger Numbers? first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    It has been reported that many elite athletes and celebrities appear to be succumbing to what is claimed to be the effects of the COVID-19 vaccinations. Are these high-profile injuries and deaths out of the ordinary? Whether ordinary or not, what is undeniable is that people were coerced and put at risk by governments to be jabbed with a so-called vaccine that had not undergone safety testing.

    The post Big Names Dropping in Larger Numbers? first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/12/big-names-dropping-in-larger-numbers/feed/ 0 364078
    Soaring School Lunch Debt Shows Need for Universal Free Meals https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/12/soaring-school-lunch-debt-shows-need-for-universal-free-meals/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/12/soaring-school-lunch-debt-shows-need-for-universal-free-meals/#respond Thu, 12 Jan 2023 01:01:03 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/school-lunch-debt

    Congress initially responded to the Covid-19 pandemic by enabling U.S. public schools to provide free breakfast and lunch to all 50 million children, but Republicans blocked a continuation of the program last summer—and now, districts and kids are suffering.

    Halfway through the academic year, the nonprofit School Nutrition Association (SNA) on Wednesday released the results of a November survey that shows school meal programs are struggling with increasing costs, staff and menu item shortages, and unpaid charges.

    "Congress has an opportunity to protect this critical lifeline."

    Last June, Congress passed the Keep Kids Fed Act, bipartisan compromise legislation that increased the federal reimbursement rates for the National School Lunch Program (NSLP) by 40 cents and the School Breakfast Program (SBP) by 15 cents for the 2022-23 school year.

    However, only around a quarter of the 1,230 districts that responded to SNA's survey said those levels are sufficient, and 99.2% of them have moderate or serious concern about the raised rates expiring.

    Additionally, a majority of districts that charge for meals said that the loss of the federal pandemic waiver enabling them to feed all students led to a rise in unpaid meal debt (96.3%), complaints and concerns from families (86.8%), administrative burden (86.5%), and stigma for low-income students (66.8%).

    Over two-thirds of the districts reported unpaid meal debt collectively totaling $19.2 million. By district, debt ranged from just $15 to $1.7 million, but the median was $5,164.

    A new position paper outlines SNA's primary recommendations:

    • Make permanent the Keep Kids Fed Act reimbursement rates;
    • Expand NSLP/SBP to offer healthy school meals for all students at no charge;
    • Ensure the U.S. Department of Agriculture maintains current nutrition standards; and
    • Reduce administrative and regulatory burdens.

    "School meal programs are at a tipping point as rising costs, persistent supply chain issues, and labor shortages jeopardize their long-term sustainability," said SNA president Lori Adkins. "Congress has an opportunity to protect this critical lifeline by making reimbursement increases permanent and allowing us to offer free meals to ensure all students are nourished during the school day."

    SNA is far from alone in demanding congressional action—though the dynamic on Capitol Hill is even more complicated now than it was last summer, since a divided Republican Party took narrow control of the U.S. House of Representatives last week.

    "We are experiencing cost increases in food, supplies, and labor like we have never seen before, and the meal reimbursement rate is not sufficient to cover the costs," Katie Wilson, executive director of the Urban School Food Alliance, a nonprofit created by school food service professionals, told The Washington Post, which reported on the SNA survey.

    "We are witnessing large negative balances in schools since free meals have been discontinued," Wilson added, noting that some districts have started giving children with certain levels of debt alternate, lesser meals.

    Highlighting that school meal policies vary by state and district, Wilson's organization tweeted Wednesday that "access to good nutrition should not depend on where a child lives or their family finances!"

    As USA Today—which also reported on SNA's survey Wednesday—detailed:

    After pandemic-era waivers granting universal schools meal expired at the start of the school year, some states effectively extended them this school year, including Massachusetts, Nevada, Vermont, and Pennsylvania.

    California, Maine, and now Colorado are the only states with laws ensuring permanent universal meal programs for all children, regardless of parents' income.

    A few districts, including Chicago and New York City, also offer free meals to kids.

    However, Donna Martin, nutrition director for the Burke County school district in Georgia, warned the Post that "doing universal school meals state by state is way too piecemeal and will ultimately leave needy students out."

    "School districts are incurring hundreds of thousands of dollars in school meal debt that the school districts' budgets—not school nutrition—will eventually have to cover," Martin stressed. "This takes dollars away from teaching and learning."

    Elliot Haspel, author of Crawling Behind: America's Child Care Crisis and How to Fix It, said in a series of tweets Wednesday that "I, too, dislike the state-by-state approach. HOWEVER, given the political makeup of Congress, I think every state that can needs to be passing universal school meals (at solid reimbursement rates) during the '23 legislative session."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jessica Corbett.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/12/soaring-school-lunch-debt-shows-need-for-universal-free-meals/feed/ 0 363884
    States and Cities Urged to Use $150B in Unspent Covid Relief Funds to Rebuild Public Sector https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/11/states-and-cities-urged-to-use-150b-in-unspent-covid-relief-funds-to-rebuild-public-sector/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/11/states-and-cities-urged-to-use-150b-in-unspent-covid-relief-funds-to-rebuild-public-sector/#respond Wed, 11 Jan 2023 22:39:55 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/american-rescue-plan-unspent-funds

    The American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 created a $350 billion fund to help state and local governments mitigate the Covid-19 pandemic and facilitate economic recovery. Nearly two years later, however, more than $150 billion remains unspent even as employment in the public sector and caring professions remains below pre-pandemic levels.

    Dave Kemper, a researcher at the Economic Policy Institute (EPI) and 20-year veteran of the labor movement, argued Wednesday that states and cities should use tens of billions of dollars in untapped relief money to reconstruct the public sector and strengthen the care economy.

    "The ARPA dollars earmarked as part of the State and Local Fiscal Recovery Fund (SLFRF) have fueled transformative investments across the country, but there's more to be done now," Kemper wrote in an EPI blog post.

    "A return to the pre-pandemic status quo is not sufficient."

    "As 2023 begins, state and local governments should prioritize spending relief funds on... rebuilding the public sector; expanding access to paid leave; and bolstering our systems of care through increasing access to quality childcare and eldercare, and supporting the workers who perform that work," Kemper continued. These are "three critical areas that are incredibly important for the welfare of children and families."

    As shown in the map below, the 10 states with the lowest uptake of SLFRF dollars have each spent less than 7.5% of their allotted funds.

    "It's not clear why those states have not yet made significant use of the money," wrote Kemper, though he noted that "all 10 states have Republican governors and Republican-controlled state legislatures."

    Another tab in the map depicts significant public sector job losses nationwide since the emergence of the coronavirus.

    "While private sector employment has exceeded pre-pandemic levels, public sector employment is still far below February 2020 levels," Kemper wrote. "In December, there were 452,000 fewer workers in the public sector than before the pandemic, and state and local governments in particular have 2.3% fewer workers than before than pandemic."

    "Fully half those losses are in K-12 public education," he continued. "Not only are flourishing public schools necessary to the long-term well-being of children and communities, but it's also the case that parents can't easily reenter the workforce if safe and nurturing schools aren't available."

    Noting that "state and local governments never fully recovered from the Great Recession of 2008-09" thanks to an ill-advised bipartisan austerity regime throughout the 2010s, Kemper stressed that "a return to the pre-pandemic status quo is not sufficient."

    According to Kemper, "The shortfall in state and local government jobs is driven in large part by the inadequate wages paid to public sector workers."

    As he explained:

    Fully one-third of state and local government workers are paid less than $20 an hour, and 15% are paid less than $15 an hour. Black and Latinx employees are especially likely to be paid inadequate wages in the public sector, which also employs a disproportionate share of women workers. These workers need a raise, and state and local governments will need assistance in raising pay for their workers. Meanwhile, the teacher pay penalty has hit a new high: Teachers are now paid 23.5% less than comparable college-educated, non-teaching peers.

    Fortunately, a solution is in sight, Kemper pointed out: Rather than continuing to sit on "substantial SLFRF dollars," policymakers "can and should" use these funds "to increase public sector pay and fill vacant jobs."

    Kemper went on the make the case for investing idle SLFRF money to expand paid sick and family leave—a popular and lifesaving policy that is currently denied to most of the country's worst-paid private sector employees—and to boost care worker wages.

    Low wages in the care economy, where "women and Black and Brown workers make up a disproportionate share of the workforce," are a key reason why "only 76% of the childcare service jobs lost during the pandemic have been recovered" and why there were nearly 300,000 fewer employees nursing and residential care facilities in November 2022 than in February 2020, Kemper observed.

    "The needs of today demand action."

    "It is unlikely that federal policymakers will enact significant new paid leave policies in 2023, nor can we expect substantial new federal investments in childcare, domestic healthcare, or long-term residential care" given the current makeup of Congress, Kemper wrote. "State and local governments can and should use SLFRF dollars to fill the gap, providing needed supports to working families and children."

    "State and local governments, which spent so much of the Great Recession dealing with the consequences of austerity policies that ravaged public services, may very well be reluctant to spend down their still-ample SLFRF balances," he acknowledged. "There is, however, no better time than the present."

    "The needs of today demand action," Kemper concluded. "State and local governments have more than $150 billion left to spend, and there is no better use than spending the money on transformative investments that can restore the public sector and provide vital help to low-wage workers and their families."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Kenny Stancil.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/11/states-and-cities-urged-to-use-150b-in-unspent-covid-relief-funds-to-rebuild-public-sector/feed/ 0 363890
    Sanders Wants Answers Over ‘Unconscionable’ Moderna Vaccine Price Gouging https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/10/sanders-wants-answers-over-unconscionable-moderna-vaccine-price-gouging/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/10/sanders-wants-answers-over-unconscionable-moderna-vaccine-price-gouging/#respond Tue, 10 Jan 2023 19:44:11 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/bernie-sanders-moderna

    Expressing "very deep concerns" about the effects of corporate price gouging on public health and the financial well-being of working people, Sen. Bernie Sanders on Tuesday called on Covid-19 vaccine manufacturer Moderna to reverse its reported plan to significantly increase the price of its vaccine, representing a 4,000% markup over its estimated production cost of less than $3 and a quadrupling of the $26.36 the U.S. government has previously paid for each dose.

    As Common Dreamsreported Tuesday, the company is planning to raise the price to as much as $130 per dose—a price hike the Vermont Independent senator called particularly "outrageous" considering the role the U.S. government played in the development of the vaccine.

    "The vaccine was jointly developed in partnership with scientists from the National Institutes of Health (NIH), a U.S. government agency that is funded by U.S. taxpayers," wrote Sanders in a letter to Stéphane Bancel, CEO of Moderna. "The federal government directly provided$1.7 billion to your company for research and development, and guaranteed your company billions more in sales. In other words, you propose to make the vaccine unaffordable for the residents of this country who made the production of the vaccine possible."

    "The purpose of the recent taxpayer investment in Moderna was to protect the health and lives of the American people, not to turn a handful of corporate executives and investors into multibillionaires."

    The message Sanders, who is the incoming chair of the Senate Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions (HELP) Committee, intended to send was simple, he said on Twitter: "In the midst of a public health crisis, quadrupling the price of a publicly funded Covid-19 vaccine is unacceptable corporate greed."

    Sanders warned that the company's price gouging is certain to cause a strain on the federal budget as well as households across the country and could lead to an untold number of preventable deaths as Americans struggle to pay for a vaccine that has been distributed free-of-charge since late 2020.

    "The huge increase in price that you have proposed will have a significantly negative impact on the budgets of Medicaid, Medicare, and other government programs that will continue covering the vaccine without cost-sharing for patients," wrote Sanders. "Your outrageous price boost will also increase private health insurance premiums. Perhaps most significantly, the quadrupling of prices will make the vaccine unavailable for many millions of uninsured and underinsured Americans who will not be able to afford it."

    "How many of these Americans will die from Covid-19 as a result of limited access to these lifesaving vaccines?" he added. "While nobody can predict the exact figure, the number could well be in the thousands. In the midst of a deadly pandemic, restricting access to this much needed vaccine is unconscionable."

    Sanders also pointed out that Moderna and its top executives owe much of their financial success to the vaccine they produced with the help of the U.S. government, with Bancel himself reportedly becoming a multibillionaire "as a direct result of Moderna's Covid vaccine."

    Other co-founders are now worth more than $2 billion each, he wrote, adding that "Moderna approved a$926 million golden parachute for you once you leave the company along with $160 million for Stephen Hoge (Moderna's president) and $53 million for Juan Andres (Moderna's chief technical officer)."

    Sanders' letter suggests that Bancel, in light of his company's reported pricing decision, "is a corporate ingrate for the ages," tweeted science writer Antonio Regalado.

    "The purpose of the recent taxpayer investment in Moderna was to protect the health and lives of the American people," wrote the senator, "not to turn a handful of corporate executives and investors into multibillionaires."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Julia Conley.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/10/sanders-wants-answers-over-unconscionable-moderna-vaccine-price-gouging/feed/ 0 363531
    Chinese media hit out over pricing talks with Pfizer as COVID-19 cases skyrocket https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/pricing-01102023125638.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/pricing-01102023125638.html#respond Tue, 10 Jan 2023 18:11:00 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/pricing-01102023125638.html China’s state-backed media have accused U.S. "capital forces" of profiteering from the current wave of COVID-19, amid an ongoing shortage of antivirals and widespread reports of pneumonia since the lifting of restrictions last month.

    "The U.S. tends to brag about ... its leading and generous role in the battle against the pandemic, [but] U.S. capital forces tend to show their business expansionism and insistence on maximizing their interests," the English-language Global Times newspaper said in a front-page editorial.

    "For them, everything can be put on the trading table and profit always comes first."

    The financial magazine Caixin quoted unnamed sources as saying that Pfizer hadn't lowered its price significantly beyond the 1,890 yuan (U.S. $280) it currently charges Chinese hospitals.

    Paxlovid hasn't been included in China's national medical insurance program, as negotiations between China's National Healthcare Security Administration (NHSA) and Pfizer "failed because of the drug's high price," according to the Global Times.

    Pfizer chief executive Albert Bourla said on Monday that the company isn't considering allowing China to make generic Paxlovid, but was currently "in discussions" about the price of the drug.

    "We have an agreement already for local manufacturing of [branded] Paxlovid in China," Bourla told a J.P. Morgan healthcare conference. "So we have a local partner that will make Paxlovid for us, and then we will sell it to the Chinese market."

    China's Zhejiang Huahai Pharmaceutical said on Tuesday it was "actively cooperating" with Pfizer to ensure the adequate supply of the drug in the Chinese market, where a single course of Paxlovid is currently changing hands for up to 50,000 yuan (U.S. $7,300), compared with the original price of 2,000 yuan (U.S. $295), Reuters reported.

    Meanwhile Pfizer's Bourla said the company has shipped millions of courses to China since the lifting of disease controls and lockdowns sparked a mass wave of infections and deaths across the country.

    Patients receive IV drip treatment at a community health service center in Shanghai, China, Monday, Jan. 9, 2023. Credit: cnsphoto via Reuters
    Patients receive IV drip treatment at a community health service center in Shanghai, China, Monday, Jan. 9, 2023. Credit: cnsphoto via Reuters
    'You can't get this anywhere'

    A medical devices agent from the eastern Chinese province of Anhui, who gave only the surname Liu for fear of reprisals, said the current shipments will only last a couple of months, however.

    "They may have imported millions of courses of the emergency treatment [Paxlovid] in the last batch, but estimates show that will be gone by March 31," Liu said. "You can't get this medicine anywhere right now, no matter where you look for it."

    "There are so many people with severe disease right now -- it took three friends to help source a five-day course of treatment for my father," she said.

    Scholar Zhang Guangsheng, who has an in-depth understanding of China's medical insurance system, said only people in China with official connections can get hold of Paxlovid right now, with the drug beyond the reach of the general public.

    He said the negotiations over the price of Paxlovid were misleading, however.

    "They wouldn't buy it even if it were cheaper, because the medical insurance bureau is pretty corrupt and has form when it comes to these kinds of negotiations," Zhang said.

    "They will never sign a low-price deal, but they will sign one at a higher price."

    "They're not trying to save money for the government; they're trying to price-gouge as much as possible from the pockets of the general public," he said.

    A healthcare industry insider who gave only the surname Wang said there are competing interests within China, such as the companies that make and sell a Chinese-branded version of the antiviral Azvudine.

    "There's Azvudine and another drug that hasn't undergone clinical trials yet," Wang said. "There have been several rounds of discussions with Pfizer." 

    "The Chinese government's stance has basically been that they can sell their drug [in China] if they agree to share the formula," she said.

    Ground-glass opacity

    The negotiations come as the central province of Henan estimated that nearly 90% of its population has been infected with COVID-19 during the current wave, amid growing concerns over the high prevalence of ground-glass opacity in pneumonia patients with the disease.

    Ground-glass opacity was widely seen in patients during the original outbreak of COVID-19 after it emerged in the central Chinese city of Wuhan in late 2019.

    Kan Quan, Henan provincial party chief for health, told a Jan. 9 news conference that the estimated infection rate in urban areas stood at 89.1% on Jan. 6, with rates of 88.9% in rural areas.

    Some 8% of cases are developing into pneumonia, according to Jiao Yahui of the National Health Commission.

    Jiao said in an interview with state broadcaster CCTV that the estimate was based on data from hospitals and other clinical settings in late 2022.

    A healthcare worker in Shanghai who gave only the surname Wang said that local media reports have shown infection rates of at least 70% across China.

    "Based on that, and on the 8% [estimate], that means 80 million people in China have developed pneumonia," she said.

    She said ground-glass opacity also has far-reaching effects on a person's health.

    "Even after recovery, your lungs will still be fibrotic, making it hard for you to take care of yourself," she said. 

    Translated by Luisetta Mudie.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Gu Ting for RFA Mandarin.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/pricing-01102023125638.html/feed/ 0 363529
    In Letter to CEO, Sanders Calls Moderna Plan to Raise Price of COVID-19 Vaccine “Unacceptable Corporate Greed” https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/10/in-letter-to-ceo-sanders-calls-moderna-plan-to-raise-price-of-covid-19-vaccine-unacceptable-corporate-greed/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/10/in-letter-to-ceo-sanders-calls-moderna-plan-to-raise-price-of-covid-19-vaccine-unacceptable-corporate-greed/#respond Tue, 10 Jan 2023 18:04:49 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/in-letter-to-ceo-sanders-calls-moderna-plan-to-raise-price-of-covid-19-vaccine-unacceptable-corporate-greed

    Following news reports that the pharmaceutical corporation plans to quadruple its price for the COVID-19 vaccine up to $130 per dose, Sen. Bernie Sanders (I-Vt.), the incoming chairman of the Senate Committee on Health, Education, Labor and Pensions, on Tuesday sent a letter to Moderna’s CEO urging the company to reconsider its decision and refrain from any price increase in light of the role the federal government has played in the development of the vaccine.

    Sanders wrote: “The huge increase in price that you have proposed will have a significantly negative impact on the budgets of Medicaid, Medicare and other government programs that will continue covering the vaccine without cost-sharing for patients. Your decision will cost taxpayers billions of dollars. Your outrageous price boost will also increase private health insurance premiums. Perhaps most significantly, the quadrupling of prices will make the vaccine unavailable for many millions of uninsured and underinsured Americans who will not be able to afford it. How many of these Americans will die from COVID-19 as a result of limited access to these lifesaving vaccines? While nobody can predict the exact figure, the number could well be in the thousands. In the midst of a deadly pandemic, restricting access to this much needed vaccine is unconscionable.”

    While the price hike planned by the company would make the lifesaving vaccine unaffordable for millions of Americans, estimates show that the cost of producing the vaccine is now as low as $2.85 per dose – 2.2% of what Moderna plans to charge. Meanwhile, over the last two years, Moderna made over $19 billion in profits off of the COVID-19 vaccine which they developed in partnership with scientists from the National Institutes of Health (NIH), a U.S. government agency that is funded by U.S. taxpayers. The federal government directly provided $1.7 billion to Moderna’s COVID-19 vaccine research and development, and guaranteed the company billions more in sales.

    While nearly 1.1 million Americans died from COVID-19 in the last three years and over 100 million more have become ill, Moderna has used those profits to provide incredibly extravagant compensation packages to top officials at the company. In addition to CEO Bancel becoming a multi-billionaire as a direct result of Moderna’s COVID-19 vaccine, with Forbes currently estimating his wealth at $6.1 billion, Noubar Afeyan, Moderna’s chairman and co-founder, is currently worth $2.1 billion; Robert Langer, another co-founder of Moderna, is now worth $2.2 billion; and Timothy Springer, a founding investor in Moderna is now worth $2.6 billion.

    “The purpose of the recent taxpayer investment in Moderna was to protect the health and lives of the American people, not to turn a handful of corporate executives and investors into multi-billionaires,” Sanders wrote to CEO Bancel. “As you know, the federal government, over the years, has supported Moderna every step of the way going back to 2013 when your company reportedly only had three employees. Now, in the midst of a continuing public health crisis and a growing federal deficit, is not the time for Moderna to be quadrupling the price of this vaccine. Now is not the time for unacceptable corporate greed.”

    Read the full letter, here.
    The text of the full letter is below.

    Dear Mr. Bancel:

    Yesterday, the Wall Street Journal reported that Moderna is considering more than quadrupling the price of its COVID vaccine after the supply that the U.S. government purchased, and distributed to Americans at no cost, is depleted. Instead of charging $26.36 per dose, the price that the government paid, Moderna has indicated that the commercial price will go up to as much as $130 per dose.

    I have very deep concerns about that decision and the impact that it will have on the federal budget, the cost of private insurance and the unnecessary deaths that may occur because millions of Americans may not be able to afford the vaccine at the new cost.
    I am writing to ask you to reconsider your decision and refrain from any price increases.
    The huge increase in price that you have proposed will have a significantly negative impact on the budgets of Medicaid, Medicare and other government programs that will continue covering the vaccine without cost-sharing for patients. Your decision will cost taxpayers billions of dollars. Your outrageous price boost will also increase private health insurance premiums. Perhaps most significantly, the quadrupling of prices will make the vaccine unavailable for many millions of uninsured and underinsured Americans who will not be able to afford it. How many of these Americans will die from COVID-19 as a result of limited access to these lifesaving vaccines? While nobody can predict the exact figure, the number could well be in the thousands. In the midst of a deadly pandemic, restricting access to this much needed vaccine is unconscionable.
    I find your decision particularly offensive given the fact that the vaccine was jointly developed in partnership with scientists from the National Institutes of Health (NIH), a U.S. government agency that is funded by U.S. taxpayers. The federal government directly provided $1.7 billion to your company for research and development, and guaranteed your company billions more in sales. In other words, you propose to make the vaccine unaffordable for the residents of this country who made the production of the vaccine possible. That is not acceptable.
    Mr. Bancel: In the last two years, Moderna made over $19billion in profits and used those profits to provide incredibly extravagant compensation packages to you and other top officials at your company. It is reported that you, yourself, became a multi-billionaire as a direct result of Moderna’s COVID vaccine with Forbes currently estimating your wealth at $6.1 billion.
    Moreover, Noubar Afeyan, Moderna’s chairman and co-founder is currently worth $2.1 billion. Robert Langer, another co-founder of Moderna, is now worth $2.2 billion. Timothy Springer, a founding investor in Moderna is now worth $2.6 billion. Further, my understanding is that Moderna approved a $926 million golden parachute for you once you leave the company along with $160 million for Stephen Hoge (Moderna’s president) and $53 million for Juan Andres (Moderna’s chief technical officer).
    I should point out that all of this corporate welfare and profiteering has taken place in the midst of the worst public health crisis in America in 100 years. In the last three years, nearly 1.1 million Americans died from COVID-19 and over 100 million more have become ill. It has also been estimated that the cost of producing the vaccine is now as low as $2.85 per dose – 2.2% of what Moderna has suggested charging to the public.
    Let’s be clear: The purpose of the recent taxpayer investment in Moderna was to protect the health and lives of the American people, not to turn a handful of corporate executives and investors into multi-billionaires.
    As you know, the federal government, over the years, has supported Moderna every step of the way going back to 2013 when your company reportedly only had three employees. Now, in the midst of a continuing public health crisis and a growing federal deficit, is not the time for Moderna to be quadrupling the price of this vaccine. Now is not the time for unacceptable corporate greed.
    As the incoming Chairman of the Committee on Health, Education, Labor and Pensions in the United States Senate, I look forward to hearing your response in the very near future.
    Sincerely,
    Bernard Sanders
    United States Senator


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/10/in-letter-to-ceo-sanders-calls-moderna-plan-to-raise-price-of-covid-19-vaccine-unacceptable-corporate-greed/feed/ 0 363490
    In Letter to CEO, Sanders Calls Moderna Plan to Raise Price of COVID-19 Vaccine “Unacceptable Corporate Greed” https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/10/in-letter-to-ceo-sanders-calls-moderna-plan-to-raise-price-of-covid-19-vaccine-unacceptable-corporate-greed-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/10/in-letter-to-ceo-sanders-calls-moderna-plan-to-raise-price-of-covid-19-vaccine-unacceptable-corporate-greed-2/#respond Tue, 10 Jan 2023 18:04:49 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/in-letter-to-ceo-sanders-calls-moderna-plan-to-raise-price-of-covid-19-vaccine-unacceptable-corporate-greed

    Following news reports that the pharmaceutical corporation plans to quadruple its price for the COVID-19 vaccine up to $130 per dose, Sen. Bernie Sanders (I-Vt.), the incoming chairman of the Senate Committee on Health, Education, Labor and Pensions, on Tuesday sent a letter to Moderna’s CEO urging the company to reconsider its decision and refrain from any price increase in light of the role the federal government has played in the development of the vaccine.

    Sanders wrote: “The huge increase in price that you have proposed will have a significantly negative impact on the budgets of Medicaid, Medicare and other government programs that will continue covering the vaccine without cost-sharing for patients. Your decision will cost taxpayers billions of dollars. Your outrageous price boost will also increase private health insurance premiums. Perhaps most significantly, the quadrupling of prices will make the vaccine unavailable for many millions of uninsured and underinsured Americans who will not be able to afford it. How many of these Americans will die from COVID-19 as a result of limited access to these lifesaving vaccines? While nobody can predict the exact figure, the number could well be in the thousands. In the midst of a deadly pandemic, restricting access to this much needed vaccine is unconscionable.”

    While the price hike planned by the company would make the lifesaving vaccine unaffordable for millions of Americans, estimates show that the cost of producing the vaccine is now as low as $2.85 per dose – 2.2% of what Moderna plans to charge. Meanwhile, over the last two years, Moderna made over $19 billion in profits off of the COVID-19 vaccine which they developed in partnership with scientists from the National Institutes of Health (NIH), a U.S. government agency that is funded by U.S. taxpayers. The federal government directly provided $1.7 billion to Moderna’s COVID-19 vaccine research and development, and guaranteed the company billions more in sales.

    While nearly 1.1 million Americans died from COVID-19 in the last three years and over 100 million more have become ill, Moderna has used those profits to provide incredibly extravagant compensation packages to top officials at the company. In addition to CEO Bancel becoming a multi-billionaire as a direct result of Moderna’s COVID-19 vaccine, with Forbes currently estimating his wealth at $6.1 billion, Noubar Afeyan, Moderna’s chairman and co-founder, is currently worth $2.1 billion; Robert Langer, another co-founder of Moderna, is now worth $2.2 billion; and Timothy Springer, a founding investor in Moderna is now worth $2.6 billion.

    “The purpose of the recent taxpayer investment in Moderna was to protect the health and lives of the American people, not to turn a handful of corporate executives and investors into multi-billionaires,” Sanders wrote to CEO Bancel. “As you know, the federal government, over the years, has supported Moderna every step of the way going back to 2013 when your company reportedly only had three employees. Now, in the midst of a continuing public health crisis and a growing federal deficit, is not the time for Moderna to be quadrupling the price of this vaccine. Now is not the time for unacceptable corporate greed.”

    Read the full letter, here.
    The text of the full letter is below.

    Dear Mr. Bancel:

    Yesterday, the Wall Street Journal reported that Moderna is considering more than quadrupling the price of its COVID vaccine after the supply that the U.S. government purchased, and distributed to Americans at no cost, is depleted. Instead of charging $26.36 per dose, the price that the government paid, Moderna has indicated that the commercial price will go up to as much as $130 per dose.

    I have very deep concerns about that decision and the impact that it will have on the federal budget, the cost of private insurance and the unnecessary deaths that may occur because millions of Americans may not be able to afford the vaccine at the new cost.
    I am writing to ask you to reconsider your decision and refrain from any price increases.
    The huge increase in price that you have proposed will have a significantly negative impact on the budgets of Medicaid, Medicare and other government programs that will continue covering the vaccine without cost-sharing for patients. Your decision will cost taxpayers billions of dollars. Your outrageous price boost will also increase private health insurance premiums. Perhaps most significantly, the quadrupling of prices will make the vaccine unavailable for many millions of uninsured and underinsured Americans who will not be able to afford it. How many of these Americans will die from COVID-19 as a result of limited access to these lifesaving vaccines? While nobody can predict the exact figure, the number could well be in the thousands. In the midst of a deadly pandemic, restricting access to this much needed vaccine is unconscionable.
    I find your decision particularly offensive given the fact that the vaccine was jointly developed in partnership with scientists from the National Institutes of Health (NIH), a U.S. government agency that is funded by U.S. taxpayers. The federal government directly provided $1.7 billion to your company for research and development, and guaranteed your company billions more in sales. In other words, you propose to make the vaccine unaffordable for the residents of this country who made the production of the vaccine possible. That is not acceptable.
    Mr. Bancel: In the last two years, Moderna made over $19billion in profits and used those profits to provide incredibly extravagant compensation packages to you and other top officials at your company. It is reported that you, yourself, became a multi-billionaire as a direct result of Moderna’s COVID vaccine with Forbes currently estimating your wealth at $6.1 billion.
    Moreover, Noubar Afeyan, Moderna’s chairman and co-founder is currently worth $2.1 billion. Robert Langer, another co-founder of Moderna, is now worth $2.2 billion. Timothy Springer, a founding investor in Moderna is now worth $2.6 billion. Further, my understanding is that Moderna approved a $926 million golden parachute for you once you leave the company along with $160 million for Stephen Hoge (Moderna’s president) and $53 million for Juan Andres (Moderna’s chief technical officer).
    I should point out that all of this corporate welfare and profiteering has taken place in the midst of the worst public health crisis in America in 100 years. In the last three years, nearly 1.1 million Americans died from COVID-19 and over 100 million more have become ill. It has also been estimated that the cost of producing the vaccine is now as low as $2.85 per dose – 2.2% of what Moderna has suggested charging to the public.
    Let’s be clear: The purpose of the recent taxpayer investment in Moderna was to protect the health and lives of the American people, not to turn a handful of corporate executives and investors into multi-billionaires.
    As you know, the federal government, over the years, has supported Moderna every step of the way going back to 2013 when your company reportedly only had three employees. Now, in the midst of a continuing public health crisis and a growing federal deficit, is not the time for Moderna to be quadrupling the price of this vaccine. Now is not the time for unacceptable corporate greed.
    As the incoming Chairman of the Committee on Health, Education, Labor and Pensions in the United States Senate, I look forward to hearing your response in the very near future.
    Sincerely,
    Bernard Sanders
    United States Senator


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/10/in-letter-to-ceo-sanders-calls-moderna-plan-to-raise-price-of-covid-19-vaccine-unacceptable-corporate-greed-2/feed/ 0 363492
    ‘The Sheer Greed Is Obscene’: Moderna Plans 4,000% Markup for Covid Vaccine https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/10/the-sheer-greed-is-obscene-moderna-plans-4000-markup-for-covid-vaccine/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/10/the-sheer-greed-is-obscene-moderna-plans-4000-markup-for-covid-vaccine/#respond Tue, 10 Jan 2023 15:10:17 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/moderna-vaccine-price-markup

    The Massachusetts-based pharmaceutical giant Moderna faced angry backlash on Tuesday following the CEO's announcement that the firm is considering pricing its Covid-19 vaccine somewhere between $100 and $130 per dose in the United States.

    The upper end of that range, according to the People's Vaccine Alliance (PVA), would represent a 4,000% markup above the cost of manufacturing the shot, which experts have pegged at roughly $2.85 per dose.

    "The sheer greed is obscene," said PVA policy co-lead Julia Kosgei, who stressed that "billions of taxpayer dollars went into the development of mRNA vaccines."

    "This vaccine isn't just Moderna's, it was developed in collaboration with a government agency based on decades of publicly-funded research," Kosgei said. "It is the people's vaccine—and it should be available and affordable for everyone, everywhere."

    Stephane Bancel, Moderna's billionaire CEO, defended the proposed price range in an interview on the sidelines of the J.P. Morgan Healthcare Conference in San Francisco, tellingThe Wall Street Journal that he believes "this type of pricing is consistent with the value" of the vaccine, which was developed with the crucial help of government scientists.

    In 2020, Moderna admitted that 100% of the funding for its vaccine development program came from the federal government—which, despite its leverage, has refused to force the company to share its vaccine recipe with the world.

    "We need to learn from this pandemic and break big pharma's monopolies."

    Moderna's pricing plans come as the Biden administration is transitioning away from its free coronavirus vaccine program, shifting costs onto insurers and patients—and leaving the uninsured and underinsured with potentially significant bills.

    In August, the Health and Human Services Department announced that "as early as January 2023, the administration anticipates no longer having federal funds to purchase or distribute vaccines and will need to transition these activities to the commercial market, similar to seasonal flu or other commercially available vaccines."

    The Washington Post's Rachel Roubein noted Tuesday that "the federal government has paid far less for the company's vaccine than the potential price for commercial insurers. Moderna's updated booster shot cost the Biden administration about $26 per dose last summer, according to federal supply contracts."

    The Kaiser Family Foundation (KFF) warned in a recent policy brief that the commercial price of coronavirus shots "could discourage vaccination."

    "The suggested average price for Covid-19 vaccines after commercialization ($96 to $115 per dose) is significantly higher than the commercial price for the annual flu vaccine ($18 to 28 per dose), and could be a cost barrier for the uninsured and underinsured, who have no guaranteed mechanism for receiving COVID-19 (or any) vaccines once federal supplies are depleted," KFF observed. "While most consumers with public and private insurance will be protected from having to pay directly for vaccine costs, those who are uninsured and underinsured may face cost barriers when the federally-purchased vaccine doses are depleted. In addition, as private payers take on more of the cost of vaccinations and boosters, this could have a small upward effect on health insurance premiums."

    In a statement, Kosgei argued that "it doesn't have to be like this."

    "The World Health Organization is supporting a program to share mRNA vaccine technology with producers in low and middle-income countries," said Kosgei. "In a future pandemic, this could rapidly supply doses for the entire world, but Moderna's patents are standing in the way. We need to learn from this pandemic and break big pharma's monopolies."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jake Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/10/the-sheer-greed-is-obscene-moderna-plans-4000-markup-for-covid-vaccine/feed/ 0 363439
    As 7,000+ Nurses Strike in NYC, ‘Greedy Hospitals’ Told to Approve Fair Deal https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/09/as-7000-nurses-strike-in-nyc-greedy-hospitals-told-to-approve-fair-deal/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/09/as-7000-nurses-strike-in-nyc-greedy-hospitals-told-to-approve-fair-deal/#respond Mon, 09 Jan 2023 17:43:19 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/nurses-strike-new-york-city

    More than 7,000 unionized nurses at two of New York City's largest hospitals began a strike on Monday morning "for fair contracts that improve patient care."

    "Nurses don't want to strike," the New York State Nurses Association (NYSNA) said late Sunday in a statement. "Bosses have pushed us to strike by refusing to seriously consider our proposals to address the desperate crisis of unsafe staffing that harms our patients."

    More than 3,600 nurses at Mount Sinai Hospital in Harlem and roughly 3,500 of their counterparts at Montefiore Medical Center in the Bronx walked off the job on Monday at 6:00 am ET after management declined to approve a new contract with increased staffing levels, improved safety measures, and better pay and healthcare benefits.

    "Hospital executives created this crisis by failing to hire, train, and retain nurses while at the same time treating themselves to extravagant compensation packages."

    The hospitals' overnight intransigence came after negotiations at several other New York City hospitals yielded tentative agreements prior to the strike start date.

    “It is mind-boggling that some of the city's most prominent hospitals recognize the value and importance of our nurses, and bargained in good faith with them, while others have chosen to turn their backs on nurses and, in turn, their patients," New York City Council Member Lynn Schulman, chair of the health committee, said Monday in a statement. "As someone who has both worked and been a patient in a hospital, I can tell you firsthand how vital nurses are to the health outcomes of those they care for."

    Democratic New York Gov. Kathy Hochul on Sunday urged the union and hospital administrators to let an arbitrator settle the contract. Hochul also called on the state health department to enforce nurse staffing requirements, which were enshrined in a 2021 law thanks to organizing by NYSNA members but whose implementation has been delayed due to lobbying by New York City's hospital conglomerates.

    In response, the NYSNA said: "We welcome the governor's support in fighting for fair contracts that protect our patients, and we will not give up on our fight to ensure that our patients have enough nurses at the bedside. We call on Gov. Hochul to join us in putting patients over profits and to enforce existing nurse staffing laws. Gov. Hochul should listen to frontline Covid nurse heroes and respect our federally protected labor and collective bargaining rights."

    Picketing is expected to take place from 7:00 am to 7:00 pm at Mount Sinai Hospital and three Montefiore locations. Elected officials and labor leaders are set to join striking nurses on the Harlem picket line for a press conference at noon.

    "The decision to go on strike is never an easy one, particularly for workers who care so deeply about the patients and communities they serve," said Vincent Alvarez, president of the New York City Central Labor Council, AFL-CIO. "But hospital executives created this crisis by failing to hire, train, and retain nurses while at the same time treating themselves to extravagant compensation packages. Now it's time for them to fix what they've broken."

    Mario Cilento, president of the New York State AFL-CIO, stressed that "union members across the city and state, from the public sector, private sector, and building trades are united in our support of the nurses represented by NYSNA, who have been put in the unfortunate position of having no other choice than to strike."

    "These nurses are dedicated professionals who provide quality patient care under unimaginable conditions including short staffing, which were only exacerbated by the pandemic," said Cilento. "The hospitals' treatment of these nurses is proof that all their words of adulation for their healthcare heroes during the pandemic were hollow. It is time for the hospitals to treat these nurses fairly, with the dignity and respect they deserve, to ensure nurses can get back to serving their communities by providing superior care to their patients.”

    The NYSNA, the largest union for registered nurses in the state with more than 42,000 members, made clear that New Yorkers should not delay getting medical care amid the strike.

    U.S. Rep. Jamaal Bowman (D-N.Y.), who joined the NYSNA and their supporters on a picket line, called on holdout executives at Mount Sinai and Montefiore to agree to a fair contract immediately.

    "If CEOs can double their pay, we can give workers a fair contract," said Bowman. "It's great to hear that most nurses have finally gotten their fair contract here in New York City. But we still have 7,000 as we speak without a fair contract."

    "Montefiore, Mount Sinai, it's time for you to step up and get this done," the progressive lawmaker added. "Not next month. Not next week. Today. Right now."

    ”It should be alarming to all New Yorkers that these contract negotiations have come to this," said State Senate Labor Chair Jessica Ramos (D-13). "Rather than raising wages and ensuring hospitals have safe staffing ratios, hospital management has been granting themselves bonuses and pocketing money that could be used to strengthen our public health infrastructure. Granting these nurses a fair contact is not just a fitting way to express our gratitude, it is the best way to keep all New Yorkers safe and healthy. I stand with NYSNA, and urge management to return to the table with a fair contract."

    Schulman echoed Ramos' message, tweeting: "It should never have come to this. Nurses are the frontline of healthcare; they took the brunt of Covid-19 and are now taking the brunt of greedy hospitals."

    Michael Lighty, a consultant to the National Union of Healthcare Workers who worked for 25 years with the California Nurses Association, explained last week that "decades of mergers and acquisitions have turned New York's hospitals into profit-oriented corporations" and detailed how "nurses are fighting to change that."

    According to Lighty:

    Nurses are overwhelmed by a "tripledemic" of Covid, flu and Respiratory Syncytial Virus Infection (RSV), but the issues animating the struggle are older, rooted in the creation of mega healthcare systems over the past decade. A 2018 New York Timesreport shows that the nation's hospitals have been consolidating at an exponential rate, forming a monopolistic healthcare system. Mergers and acquisitions put market power firmly in the hands of large hospital systems, which hike up prices knowing that insurance companies will pay to keep those facilities in their networks. Insurers then pass the financial burden onto patients. The Times report found that prices for an average hospital stay have gone up between 11% and 54% because of healthcare consolidation.

    From 2015 to 2019, U.S. hospitals' net patient revenue increased by $8.6 million per year on average. By 2022, the top 25 hospitals in New York alone averaged an annual net patient revenue of close to $2 billion. These mergers have turned independent community hospitals into "nonprofit" conglomerates—"nonprofit" in their tax status, but profit-centric in every decision that counts. "My hospital, once a humanitarian institution, now behaves like a profit-driven corporate entity," says Judy Sheridan-Gonzalez, a past president of NYSNA and an emergency room nurse in the Bronx with 40 years of experience. Sheridan-Gonzalez's hospital has been aggressively acquiring smaller community hospitals for years. "It cuts staff and services to the Bronx, the county with the worst health indices in the state, investing instead in real estate and lucrative endeavors."

    Per a Crain'sNew York analysis, "the consolidation strategy has given rise to increasingly flush megasystems of hospitals concentrated in whiter, wealthier areas of the city. During the past 25 years, 20 hospitals have closed across the city, amounting to a loss of about 5,800 beds." In addition to wholesale hospital closures in poor neighborhoods, hospital managers' newfound emphasis on increasing profits has led to other cost-cutting measures such as hiring fewer staff nurses and not buying sufficient personal protective equipment (PPE). Those decisions have created unsafe working conditions and extreme burnout. The pandemic exacerbated these issues, and even though many hospitals received Covid relief funding, this did not translate into sufficient PPE, better staffing or improved working conditions.

    Instead, the effects of a monopoly health system have continued: high executive salaries and segregated units where VIPs get concierge services and specialty care, while the majority of wards are understaffed. Managers within the conglomerated health system also began to use rising profits to fuel more acquisitions, leading to a cycle of hospitals serving the rich at the expense of local communities which had relied on them.

    "Decades of legislative activism and multiple rounds of contract bargaining have yet to create a safe hospital environment for nurses and patients, leaving NYSNA nurses with no alternative but to strike," Lighty added. "To demand and win safe staffing and patient care practices is a vital community benefit. And as potential patients, we all have a stake in their struggle."

    New York City Council Member Shaun Abreu, meanwhile, argued Monday that "no one does more to care for New Yorkers than our nurses, and it's time we made sure they get taken care of, too."

    "Our nurses have risked their lives and made countless personal sacrifices since the start of the pandemic," said Abreu, "but hospital administrators have no right to take advantage of their willingness to make those sacrifices."

    State Sen. Cordell Cleare (D-30), for her part, insisted that "we must always put patients before profits; this statement is doubly true as applied to our beloved nurses, who are instrumental in ensuring that patients are cared for proactively—with dignity and compassion."

    "I support the principled movement of nurses... to stand up for themselves, their patients, and our communities," said Cleare. "Health system bureaucrats holding up contract talks and the timely implementation of safe staffing are further exacerbating the nursing shortage that they created—and this is unacceptable! Nurses are the heart and soul of the healthcare system and we must treat them with the kindness, respect, remuneration, and support they deserve!"


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Kenny Stancil.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/09/as-7000-nurses-strike-in-nyc-greedy-hospitals-told-to-approve-fair-deal/feed/ 0 363254
    When Big Pharma Spends More on Stock Buybacks Than R&D https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/09/when-big-pharma-spends-more-on-stock-buybacks-than-rd/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/09/when-big-pharma-spends-more-on-stock-buybacks-than-rd/#respond Mon, 09 Jan 2023 17:39:37 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/opinion/big-pharma-stock-buybacks-rd

    The 14 largest publicly-traded pharmaceutical companies spent $747 billion on stock buybacks and dividends from 2012 through 2021 — substantially more than the $660 billion they spent on research and development. So argue economists William Lazonick, professor emeritus of economics at the University of Massachusetts, and Öner Tulum, a researcher at Brown University, in a new paper.

    Recently Big Pharma bluntly and unashamedly announced price hikes in the United States on more than 350 drugs while continuing to brazenly insist that large price hikes are necessary for innovation. The Lazonick/Tulum research shows that the business model of America’s largest pharmaceutical companies involves far more spending on enriching shareholders and executives than on research and development.

    Big business, Big Insurance, and Big Pharma industries dominate our government with public health taking a back seat to the need for large private profit. Many government leaders from both political parties share the same ‘profits over public health’ ideology, even though the Covid-19 pandemic clearly showed how our economic system failed to serve our citizens by allowing these groups to privatize, sabotage, fragment and cripple our health, public health and other social services.

    No greater disconnect exists between the public good and private interests than in the U.S. system of monopoly, for-profit Big Pharma.

    Over forty years of profiteering by Big Pharma and oligarch control of our economy left the public totally exposed and ill-prepared to face the public health crisis of COVID-19. Because Big Pharma rarely invests in prevention, it has very little motivation to invest in preparedness for a public health crisis. Drugs for prevention do not contribute to share-holder value and profit. Instead, cures are designed once a public health crisis strikes.

    The sicker we are the more profit they earn.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by F. Douglas Stephenson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/09/when-big-pharma-spends-more-on-stock-buybacks-than-rd/feed/ 0 363256
    Bereaved families ‘increasingly marginalised’ in Covid-19 inquiry https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/09/bereaved-families-increasingly-marginalised-in-covid-19-inquiry/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/09/bereaved-families-increasingly-marginalised-in-covid-19-inquiry/#respond Mon, 09 Jan 2023 10:20:22 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/covid-19-inquiry-bereaved-families/ Bereaved Covid families believed they would be at the heart of the inquiry. Instead they say they are being silenced


    This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Ruby Lott-Lavigna.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/09/bereaved-families-increasingly-marginalised-in-covid-19-inquiry/feed/ 0 363110
    What Freedom Is https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/07/what-freedom-is/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/07/what-freedom-is/#respond Sat, 07 Jan 2023 16:21:34 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=136767 George Orwell was clear. In the land of Big Brother: freedom is slavery

    The post What Freedom Is first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    The post What Freedom Is first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/07/what-freedom-is/feed/ 0 362787
    End of Peak Cases of COVID-19 https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/07/end-of-peak-cases-of-covid-19/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/07/end-of-peak-cases-of-covid-19/#respond Sat, 07 Jan 2023 16:16:50 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=136765 This week’s News on China in 2 minutes.

    • End of peak cases of COVID-19
    • U.S. boycott affects energy transition
    • Huawei makes progress in 10nm microchip manufacturing
    • World’s largest national park system

    The post End of Peak Cases of COVID-19 first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Dongsheng News.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/07/end-of-peak-cases-of-covid-19/feed/ 0 362789
    Foolishness https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/05/foolishness/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/05/foolishness/#respond Thu, 05 Jan 2023 16:00:07 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=136654 How many jabs does it take to be immunized? Or will one even become immune despite how many jabs one receives?

    The post Foolishness first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    The post Foolishness first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/05/foolishness/feed/ 0 362201
    As US Moves On From Pandemic, Demand for Covid Vaccines Wanes in Global South https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/04/as-us-moves-on-from-pandemic-demand-for-covid-vaccines-wanes-in-global-south/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/04/as-us-moves-on-from-pandemic-demand-for-covid-vaccines-wanes-in-global-south/#respond Wed, 04 Jan 2023 19:49:00 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/covid-vaccine-demand

    Four months after U.S. President Joe Biden said in a television interview that "the pandemic is over," global immunization experts are warning that "pandemic fatigue" may be contributing to declining demand for Covid-19 vaccines in developing countries, even as vaccination rates in the Global South are far below the World Health Organization's target.

    As The Washington Post reported Wednesday, Covax, the WHO-backed vaccine sharing initiative launched in 2020, expects to deliver about 400 million doses of Covid-19 vaccines in 2023, compared to roughly one billion doses that were distributed in lower-income countries in 2021 and 2022.

    "As long as Africa lags far behind the rest of the world in reaching widespread protection, there is a dangerous gap which the virus can exploit to come roaring back."

    Millions of doses sent to South Africa were thrown away in the second half of 2022, according to the Post, though only a third of the nation's population is fully vaccinated. WHO has called on countries to ensure 70% or more of each country's population is vaccinated against the coronavirus, but just 20% of people in low-income countries were immunized as of December.

    The Post's report comes as some public health experts in the U.S. have criticized the Biden administration and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) for moving on from pandemic mitigation measure such as pushing for mask-wearing during Covid-19 surges, using metrics such as overwhelmed hospitals—rather than transmission numbers—to determine whether communities are considered to be at high risk for outbreaks, and shortening the recommended isolation period for people who have been infected.

    As Science Newsreported last month, when Biden declared the pandemic over in September, 10,000 deaths from Covid-19 were still being recorded each week—"10,000 too many, when most of these deaths could be prevented," WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus said at the time.

    Ayoade Alakija, co-chair of the African Union's African Vaccine Delivery Alliance, told the Post Wednesday that "wealthy nations were sending the wrong message to other countries that were not as highly vaccinated."

    "You're telling us the pandemic is over?" Alakija said. "It's disingenuous."

    Pandemic fatigue has also become evident in vaccination rates in the U.S., with only half of the country's vaccinated population having received booster shots, according to the CDC.

    The larger vaccination gaps in the lower-income countries could raise the chance that new variants emerge and spread across the globe, public health experts have long warned.

    "As long as Africa lags far behind the rest of the world in reaching widespread protection," Matshidiso Moeti, Africa director for WHO, said in October, "there is a dangerous gap which the virus can exploit to come roaring back."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Julia Conley.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/04/as-us-moves-on-from-pandemic-demand-for-covid-vaccines-wanes-in-global-south/feed/ 0 362010
    A Little Sagacity https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/02/a-little-sagacity/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/02/a-little-sagacity/#respond Mon, 02 Jan 2023 15:03:19 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=136556 Open-minded skepticism is using one’s smarts. One keeps one’s mind open to possibilities, but remains skeptical until solid evidence is forthcoming. In the case of COVID-19, the authorities told people to follow the science. “Follow the science” was an oft heard refrain of Canada’s prime minister Justin Trudeau, but when did he ever lay out […]

    The post A Little Sagacity first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    Open-minded skepticism is using one’s smarts. One keeps one’s mind open to possibilities, but remains skeptical until solid evidence is forthcoming. In the case of COVID-19, the authorities told people to follow the science. “Follow the science” was an oft heard refrain of Canada’s prime minister Justin Trudeau, but when did he ever lay out the science for people? To tell people to follow the science and not back it up with the science is unscientific. This is faith. The question is whether people will put faith in a so-called leaders like Trudeau or continue to demand hard evidence.

    The post A Little Sagacity first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/02/a-little-sagacity/feed/ 0 361520
    China’s 2022: A year of lockdowns, protests and mass COVID-19 infections https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/china-yearender-12312022224134.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/china-yearender-12312022224134.html#respond Sun, 01 Jan 2023 03:42:04 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/china-yearender-12312022224134.html A momentous year of lockdowns, calls for Xi Jinping's resignation, economic stagnation, street protests and the lifting of the zero-COVID policy has left China's future looking much less predictable.

    China started the year amid an ongoing program of rolling lockdowns, mass tracking of citizens and compulsory coronavirus testing and a concerted effort by Communist Party leader Xi Jinping to garner political support for an unprecedented third term in office, drawing comparisons in some quarters with late supreme leader Mao Zedong.

    It ended the year engulfed in a nationwide wave of COVID-19 deaths and mass infections after a dramatic U-turn in which the authorities abandoned Xi's pet policy, lifting all quarantine requirements and travel bans in a bid to rescue the country's flagging economy.

    What happens next, now that a key Xi policy has been upended amid calls for his release from anti-lockdown protesters is hard to predict, analysts said.

    White paper revolution

    In the top-rated news story of 2022 ranked by Chinese social media users polled by Radio Free Asia, protesters used blank sheets of paper as a symbol of political opposition.

    Blank sheets of paper were held aloft by demonstrators in late November to signify their opposition to anti-virus lockdowns, censorship and restrictions on free speech. As videos of crowds holding up paper sheets and chanting slogans flooded the internet, Chinese-language social media posts dubbed the demonstrations in more than a dozen cities the “white paper revolution.” 

    ENG_CHN_YearenderTop10_12302022.2.JPG
    People gather for a vigil and hold white sheets of paper to protest COVID-19 restrictions, as they commemorate the Urumqi fire victims in Beijing, Nov. 27, 2022. Credit: Reuters

    Many protesters were responding to a fatal lockdown fire in Xinjiang's regional capital Urumqi, in which the Uyghur victims were unable to escape as they had been locked into their homes. 

    On Nov. 26, a large crowd gathered on Urumqi Road in Shanghai to hold a vigil for the victims of the fire, holding up blank sheets of paper and chanting slogans.

    Some people were filmed chanting lines similar to those emblazoned on a banner hung on a highway flyover by the Oct. 13 “Bridge Man” protester last month: "Remove the traitor-dictator Xi Jinping!"

    A crowd of around 1,000 students gathered at Beijing's Tsinghua University, Xi Jinping's alma mater, after a student stood holding up a blank sheet of paper.

    "We want democracy and the rule of law!" they chanted in video clips posted to Twitter by former 1989 Tiananmen Square protester Zhou Fengsuo. "We want freedom of expression!"

    The protesters also sang the communist anthem The Internationale, which was also frequently heard during mass student-led protests in 1989, as well as China's national anthem, which contains the line "rise up, you who are unwilling to be slaves!"

    Bridge Man

    These slogans were a direct reference to an Oct. 13 lone protest by Peng Lifa, who hung banners emblazoned with the same words from the Sitong traffic flyover in Beijing on the eve of the Communist Party's 20th National Congress, before being taken away in a police car.

    The "Bridge Man" protest was the second-ranked news story of the social media poll. 

    Peng was widely lauded by activists in China and overseas as a hero similar to the 1989 Tank Man of Tiananmen Square, with supporting protests emerging on a number of overseas universities. 

    ENG_CHN_YearenderTop10_12302022.3.jpg
    Smoke rises as a banner with a protest message hangs off Sitong Bridge, Beijing, Oct. 13, 2022. Credit: Reuters

    "When people responded to Peng, they were agreeing with what he had to say," a student who gave only the surname Zhang for fear of reprisals told Radio Free Asia. "A government that locks down the whole of China and pays no attention to economic reality is an unreasonable government."

    "The success of the white paper movement wasn't just about getting demands met through protest, but also about mobilizing and uniting the Chinese people both at home and overseas," Zhang said. "But it was entirely predictable that people would stop protesting once most of their demands had been met."

    End of zero-COVID

    While the authorities moved quickly to quell the protests, they also responded by shutting down Xi's hugely unpopular zero-COVID policy, which was the third-ranking news story of 2022.

    On Dec. 7, the government issued a directive of "10 measures to optimize the management of the pandemic," which gave the green light to local authorities to lift lockdowns and end mass quarantine and testing procedures, while the National Health Commission announced in late December that it will no longer be publishing daily COVID-19 infection figures, as the virus ripped through the population unabated.

    ENG_CHN_YearenderTop10_12302022.4.jpg
    A COVID-19 patient lies on a bed at Tianjin Nankai Hospital in Tianjin on Wednesday, Dec. 28, 2022. Credit: AFP

    The government also said it would end mandatory quarantine on arrival for overseas travelers that had been in place since March 2020, starting from Jan. 8. Plans to open the internal border have also sparked fears of overwhelm in neighboring Hong Kong.

    The move followed a leaked ministerial document dated Dec. 20 -- which analysts said was likely the result of computer modeling in the absence of widespread testing -- said around 250 million people may now be infected with COVID-19 following the lifting of control measures. 

    Politics scholar and democracy activist Wang Juntao said the protest movement had proved to be Xi Jinping's political weak spot.

    "When you have so many issues [converging], then ordinary people are going to be unhappy and take to the streets, which is Xi Jinping's Achilles heel," Wang said. "It was very difficult for Xi to deal with, given that he had just managed to win absolute power for himself within the party at the 20th National Congress."

    "Now, his power appears to have been weakened," Wang said.

    Hu Jintao’s removal

    That power was painfully demonstrated for many observers of top-level Chinese politics when Xi had his predecessor Hu Jintao forcibly removed from the dais at the closing session of the party congress, and visibly prevented him from reading the text he was about to present, a story that also ranked in the top 10 news stories of the year.

    Seated at the leaders’ rostrum during the congress, a confused-looking Hu was physically lifted from his seat by a security guard and firmly escorted past leader Xi Jinping, whom he tried to talk to, and out of the hall.

    ENG_CHN_YearenderTop10_12302022.5.JPG
    Former Chinese President Hu Jintao leaves his seat next to Chinese President Xi Jinping and Premier Li Keqiang, during the closing ceremony of the 20th National Congress of the Communist Party of China, at the Great Hall of the People in Beijing, Oct. 22, 2022. Credit: Reuters

    The incident prompted rampant speculation that Hu's removal was a political statement from Xi and to show the total destruction of Hu's political faction, which is closely linked to the Communist Party Youth League. Xi was later voted in for an unprecedented third five-year term in office, making him the most powerful Chinese leader since Mao Zedong

    Xia Ming, political science professor at New York's City University, said the reverberations of Peng's Sitong Bridge banner protest and the white paper movement are likely still being felt in Zhongnanhai.

    "If any major changes occur, then the white paper movement will have played a major role in making that happen, because it mobilized the Chinese people and Chinese public opinion," Xia said.

    "It made Xi Jinping realize his regime was being challenged, not to mention those people in party ranks who are dissatisfied with his rule."

    Economic woes

    Yet the economic damage from Xi's zero-COVID policy is still ongoing, another top 10 story selected by respondents to RFA Mandarin's social media poll. The World Bank has slashed its economic forecast for GDP growth this year in China from 4.3 percent to 2.7 percent, and next year's forecast from 8.1 percent to 4.3 percent.

    Xi's response has been to call on the nation's youth -- who are facing unprecedented levels of unemployment -- to seek out new opportunities in rural areas, echoing late supreme leader Mao Zedong's call for urban youth to "go down to the countryside" during the Cultural Revolution (1966-1976).

    But the countryside isn't without its own pressing social problems, as demonstrated by the discovery of a chained woman in the eastern province of Jiangsu, another story that made the top 10.

    Harrowing video footage of a woman from Jiangsu's Feng county named by officials as Yang Qingxia showed her chained by the neck in an outbuilding on her husband's property, prompting a public outcry and highlighting widespread trafficking in women and girls.  

    ENG_CHN_YearenderTop10_12302022.6.jpeg
    A woman identified as Yang Qingxia is shown sitting with a chain around her neck in a dilapidated hut at a rural property near Xuzhou city in the eastern province of Jiangsu. Credit: Screenshot from video via Douyin

    Yang's husband Dong Zhimin was arrested on suspicion of domestic abuse in February 2022, but Yang's whereabouts and status remain unknown.

    The first stirrings that would become the white paper movement were actually first heard during the Shanghai lockdown in the spring of 2022.

    The authorities quickly moved to delete and suppress a short film titled "Voices of April" from social media after it detailed a slew of oppressive measures and injustices at the hands of overzealous pandemic enforcement officials.

    Listeners also rated the People's Liberation Army's live-fire military exercises around Taiwan during a visit to the democratic island by U.S. House Speaker Nancy Pelosi in August as a top story.

    ENG_CHN_YearenderTop10_12302022.7.jpg
    U.S. House Speaker Nancy Pelosi [left] stands with Taiwan's President Tsai Ing-wen at the Presidential Office in Taipei, August 3, 2022. Credit: AFP/Taiwan’s Presidential Office

    Analysts warned that China could use Pelosi's visit to normalize military exercises, ignore the median line of the Taiwan Strait, and use ongoing military exercises to blockade the island and prepare its armed forces for an invasion.

    The death of former president Jiang Zemin and the "run" phenomenon of mostly middle-class people leaving China to seek a new life elsewhere were also listed among listeners' top 10 stories of 2022.

    There are signs that the "run" phenomenon could continue despite the lifting of COVID-19 restrictions. RFA Mandarin reported on a sharp spike in keyword searches for overseas flights on top travel platforms as soon as officials announced the lifting of travel bans and quarantine restrictions. 

    Translated by Luisetta Mudie. Edited by Malcolm Foster.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/china-yearender-12312022224134.html/feed/ 0 361329
    Covid-19: NZ ‘assessing health risk’ after Australia announces China traveller testing https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/01/covid-19-nz-assessing-health-risk-after-australia-announces-china-traveller-testing/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/01/covid-19-nz-assessing-health-risk-after-australia-announces-china-traveller-testing/#respond Sun, 01 Jan 2023 02:00:53 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=82438 RNZ News

    Travellers from China to Australia will be required to have a negative pre-departure covid-19 test from January 5 — and New Zealand says it is now assessing the health risks.

    China has seen skyrocketing covid case numbers, and a range of other countries including the United Kingdom, the United States and France have also imposed testing requirements.

    NZ government duty minister Stuart Nash said tonight that New Zealand was currently assessing the situation.

    “I’ve been informed today that Australia has announced pre-departure testing for travellers arriving from China. This measure is being taken in response to the rapidly unfolding situation in China,” he said.

    “New Zealand has a public health risk assessment under way which will be completed in the next 24 hours.

    “Our response will remain proportionate to the potential risks posed by travellers and in the context of the international situation.”

    New Zealand, to date, had said it has no plans to introduce testing for Chinese visitors, the Ministry of Health said last week.

    An ‘abundance of caution’
    Australia’s Health Minister Mark Butler said this decision was taken out of an “abundance of caution” and a temporary measure due to the lack of detailed information about the epidemiological situation in China.

    “That lack of comprehensive information has led a number of countries in recent days to put in place various measures — not to restrict travel from China, it’s important to say — but to gather better information about what is happening epidemiologically in that country,” he said.

    Butler said the government warmly welcomed visitors from China, and Australia was “well positioned right now in the fight against covid”.

    “The resumption of travel between China and Australia poses no immediate public health threat to Australians,” he said.

    Butler said universities and the tourism industry would also welcome the resumption of travel from China, as would people who had long been separated from their family and friends.

    “We know there are many many hundreds of thousands of Chinese Australians who have been unable to see family and friends for months — and, in some cases, years — and their ability to do that over the coming period will be a matter of considerable joy for them, particularly as we head into the Lunar New Year period,” he said.

    Butler said that, although the subvariant that appeared to be driving the wave in China was already present in Australia, the situation was “developing very quickly”.

    Concerns over new variant
    “There are concerns, in an environment of cases spreading so quickly, about the possibility of the emergence of a new variant,” he said.

    “Now there’s no evidence of that right now.

    “This is a measure taken out of an abundance of caution to provide Australians and the Australian government with the best possible information about a fast-evolving situation.”

    Butler said the Chinese government was informed about the measures this morning.

    “It won’t come as any surprise to the Chinese government that Australia is putting this arrangement in place, I don’t think, given the broad range of countries that have taken similar steps over the last 48 to 72 hours,” he said.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ. 


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/01/covid-19-nz-assessing-health-risk-after-australia-announces-china-traveller-testing/feed/ 0 361340
    Covid-19: NZ ‘assessing health risk’ after Australia announces China traveller testing https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/01/covid-19-nz-assessing-health-risk-after-australia-announces-china-traveller-testing-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/01/covid-19-nz-assessing-health-risk-after-australia-announces-china-traveller-testing-2/#respond Sun, 01 Jan 2023 02:00:53 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=82438 RNZ News

    Travellers from China to Australia will be required to have a negative pre-departure covid-19 test from January 5 — and New Zealand says it is now assessing the health risks.

    China has seen skyrocketing covid case numbers, and a range of other countries including the United Kingdom, the United States and France have also imposed testing requirements.

    NZ government duty minister Stuart Nash said tonight that New Zealand was currently assessing the situation.

    “I’ve been informed today that Australia has announced pre-departure testing for travellers arriving from China. This measure is being taken in response to the rapidly unfolding situation in China,” he said.

    “New Zealand has a public health risk assessment under way which will be completed in the next 24 hours.

    “Our response will remain proportionate to the potential risks posed by travellers and in the context of the international situation.”

    New Zealand, to date, had said it has no plans to introduce testing for Chinese visitors, the Ministry of Health said last week.

    An ‘abundance of caution’
    Australia’s Health Minister Mark Butler said this decision was taken out of an “abundance of caution” and a temporary measure due to the lack of detailed information about the epidemiological situation in China.

    “That lack of comprehensive information has led a number of countries in recent days to put in place various measures — not to restrict travel from China, it’s important to say — but to gather better information about what is happening epidemiologically in that country,” he said.

    Butler said the government warmly welcomed visitors from China, and Australia was “well positioned right now in the fight against covid”.

    “The resumption of travel between China and Australia poses no immediate public health threat to Australians,” he said.

    Butler said universities and the tourism industry would also welcome the resumption of travel from China, as would people who had long been separated from their family and friends.

    “We know there are many many hundreds of thousands of Chinese Australians who have been unable to see family and friends for months — and, in some cases, years — and their ability to do that over the coming period will be a matter of considerable joy for them, particularly as we head into the Lunar New Year period,” he said.

    Butler said that, although the subvariant that appeared to be driving the wave in China was already present in Australia, the situation was “developing very quickly”.

    Concerns over new variant
    “There are concerns, in an environment of cases spreading so quickly, about the possibility of the emergence of a new variant,” he said.

    “Now there’s no evidence of that right now.

    “This is a measure taken out of an abundance of caution to provide Australians and the Australian government with the best possible information about a fast-evolving situation.”

    Butler said the Chinese government was informed about the measures this morning.

    “It won’t come as any surprise to the Chinese government that Australia is putting this arrangement in place, I don’t think, given the broad range of countries that have taken similar steps over the last 48 to 72 hours,” he said.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ. 


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/01/covid-19-nz-assessing-health-risk-after-australia-announces-china-traveller-testing-2/feed/ 0 361341
    16,000 Nurses Say They Are Ready to Strike Across New York City https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/31/16000-nurses-say-they-are-ready-to-strike-across-new-york-city/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/31/16000-nurses-say-they-are-ready-to-strike-across-new-york-city/#respond Sat, 31 Dec 2022 14:30:08 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/new-york-nurse-strike

    An estimated 16,000 unionized nurses from private hospitals across the New York City metropolitan area announced strike authorizations on Friday as current contracts are set to expire and the region continues to experience a "tridemic" health crisis that includes Covid-19, flu, and the respiratory illness known as RSV.

    The New York State Nurses Association (NYSNA) issued ten-day notices on Friday for strikes to begin on January 9 if contract agreements are not reached at eight hospitals, including NewYork-Presbyterian, Montefiore, Mount Sinai Hospital, Mount Sinai Morningside and West, Maimonides, BronxCare, Richmond University Medical Center, and Flushing Hospital Medical Center.

    "Somebody needs to understand that we are struggling. This is not going to be sustainable for much longer."

    Nurses at each of the hospitals voted separately on whether their union members would go on strike as they called for better caregiver-to-patient ratios, increased benefits, and a sustainable and fair solution to chronic staffing shortages.

    In a statement, the NYSNA said the notices "give hospitals time to plan care for patients while nurses are on strike. But the best way for management to protect patients is to listen to nurses and settle fair contracts that protect patient care in the next 10 days."

    "We are truly struggling," Michelle Gonzalez, a registered nurse and NYSNA member, told local NBC affiliate News 4 outside a hospital in Yonkers on Friday. "We have been telling the institution that there is not enough of us, that we can not split ourselves into two people—if we could, we would easily have done that already."

    "This is about our communities," added Vanessa Weldon, another nurse and member of the union. "This is about providing the best patient care to our community."

    Weldon said the message to management "is that we need a fair contract." According to Gonzalez, the strike authorizations at the various hospitals are about making sure the voices of nurses are being heard.

    "Somebody has to hear us," she said. "Somebody needs to understand that we are struggling. This is not going to be sustainable for much longer and we're only continuing to lose more healthcare workers" if action is not taking to improve working conditions and benefits for the nursing staff.

    Ahead of the vote and Friday's announcement, NYSNA president Nancy Hagans, BSN, RN, said the union does not take the strike threat "lightly."

    "Striking is always a last resort," Hagans said. "But we are prepared to strike if our bosses give us no other option. Nurses have been to hell and back, risking our lives to save our patients throughout the Covid-19 pandemic, sometimes without the PPE we needed to keep ourselves safe, and too often without enough staff for safe patient care."

    "Instead of supporting us and acknowledging our work," she added, "hospital executives have been fighting against Covid nurse heroes. They've left us with no other choice but to move forward with voting to authorize a strike for better patient care."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jon Queally.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/31/16000-nurses-say-they-are-ready-to-strike-across-new-york-city/feed/ 0 361272
    Of Economic Crises and Pandemics https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/31/of-economic-crises-and-pandemics/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/31/of-economic-crises-and-pandemics/#respond Sat, 31 Dec 2022 14:08:56 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=136567 If events since March 2020 have shown us anything, it is that fear is a powerful weapon for securing hegemony. Any government can manipulate fear about certain things while conveniently ignoring real dangers that a population faces. Author and researcher Robert J Burrowes says: “… if we were seriously concerned about our world, the gravest and longest-standing […]

    The post Of Economic Crises and Pandemics first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    If events since March 2020 have shown us anything, it is that fear is a powerful weapon for securing hegemony. Any government can manipulate fear about certain things while conveniently ignoring real dangers that a population faces.

    Author and researcher Robert J Burrowes says: “… if we were seriously concerned about our world, the gravest and longest-standing health crisis on the planet is the one that starves to death 100,000 people each day. No panic about that, of course.”

    No panic because the controlling interests of the global food system have long profited from a ‘stuffed and starved’ strategy that ensures people unnecessarily go hungry when corporate profit rather than need dictates policies.

    US social commentator Walter Lippmann once said that ‘responsible men’ make decisions and must be protected from the ‘bewildered herd’ – the public. He added that the public should be subdued, obedient and distracted from what is really happening. Screaming patriotic slogans and fearing for their lives, they should be admiring with awe leaders who save them from destruction.

    During COVID, Prime Minister of New Zealand Jacinda Ardern urged citizens to trust the government and its agencies for all information and stated:  “Otherwise, dismiss anything else. We will continue to be your single source of truth.”

    In the US, Fauci presented himself as ‘the science’. In New Zealand, Ardern was ‘the truth’. It was similar in countries across the world – different figures but the same approach.

    Like other political leaders, Ardern clamped down on civil liberties with the full force of state violence on hand to ensure compliance with ‘the truth’. Those who questioned the COVID narrative – including world-renowned scientists – were smeared, shut down and censored.

    It was an internationally orchestrated campaign involving governments, the big tech companies, media and the WHO, among others.

    The EU Times reported on 17 December 2022 that the US Centers for Disease Control worked with social media to censor facts and information about COVID that ran afoul of official narratives.

    The organisation America First Legal noted in a press release that the fourth set of documents it released – obtained from litigation against the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) – revealed: “… further concrete evidence of collusion between the CDC and social media companies to censor free speech and silence the public square under the government’s label of ‘misinformation’.”

    Twitter ran a ‘Partner Support Portal’ for government employees and other ‘stakeholders’ to submit posts that it would remove or flag as ‘misinformation’ on its platform.

    The US government was actively working to ‘socially inoculate’ the public against anything that threatened its narrative. Big tech corporations monitored and manipulated users for the purposes of censoring unapproved information and pushing government propaganda. Facebook sent written materials to the CDC in which it talked of censoring more than sixteen million ‘pieces of content’ containing opinions or information the government wanted suppressed.

    AFL noted that the CDC was “collaborating with UNICEF, the WHO and IFCN member and leading civil society organisation Mafindo” to mitigate ‘disinformation’. Mafindo is a Facebook third-party fact-checking partner based in Indonesia and funded by Google.

    AFL states: “What is clear is that the United States government, big tech platforms, and international organizations were fully entangled in an intricate campaign to violate the First Amendment, to silence the American people, and to censor dissenting views.”

    The CDC’s mask guidance policies for school children were also shown to be driven by politics rather than science.

    Across all the major Western nations, there was a clamp down on dissent and a massive censorship campaign to justify a policy framework of social and economic lockdowns, masking, distancing and state intrusion into almost every aspect of private life.

    The findings of AFL indicate how centres of power can and do act in unison when they need to. The fact that it involved a worldwide campaign shows something huge was at stake.

    The official narrative was about protecting populations from a deadly virus. And any dissent that did seep into the edges of mainstream discourse (like Tucker Carlson on Fox News or a few presenters on Talk Radio in the UK, for instance) tended to focus on politicians going too far on lockdowns and restrictions and being caught up in their egotistical lust for power and control.

    Such a superficial explanation avoided a deep, critical analysis of the situation. Indeed, any focus on big finance’s – Wall Street and the City of London – role in this was conspicuous by its absence.

    In March 2022, BlackRock’s Rob Kapito warned that a ‘very entitled’ generation of people would soon have to face shortages for the first time in their lives as some goods grow scarce because of rising inflation. BlackRock is the world’s most powerful investment fund. 

    Kapito talked about the situation in Ukraine and COVID being responsible for the current economic crisis, conveniently ignoring the inflationary impact of the trillions pumped into imploding financial markets in 2019 and 2020 (dwarfing the crisis of 2008).

    The war in Ukraine as well as COVID are being used to explain the roots of the current economic crisis. But COVID policies were a symptom not a cause of the crisis – they were used to manage what by late 2019 was regarded as an impending economic meltdown. Draconian COVID policies had little to do with a public health emergency.

    That much is made clear in the article “A Self-Fulfilling Prophecy: Systemic Collapse and Pandemic Simulation” by Professor Fabio Vighi.

    On 15 August 2019, BlackRock issued a white paper instructing the US Federal Reserve to inject liquidity directly into the financial system to prevent “a dramatic downturn”. The message was unequivocal: “An unprecedented response is needed when monetary policy is exhausted and fiscal policy alone is not enough. That response will likely involve ‘going direct’.” It also stated the need to find ways to get central bank money directly in the hands of public and private sector spenders while avoiding hyperinflation.

    Six days earlier, the Bank of International Settlements (BIS) had in a working paper called for “unconventional monetary policy measures” to “insulate the real economy from further deterioration in financial conditions”.

    Vighi’s shows why the hegemonic class reacted so severely to a public health issue that impacted a minority of the population. This response only makes sense when viewed within the context of economics.

    Come late 2019 and especially 2020, pumping trillions into the financial system followed by lockdowns (to prevent hyperinflation) were used as the “unconventional monetary policies” that the BIS had called for on 9 August 2019.

    Did you really think the authorities cared so much about something that mainly affected the over-80s and those with severe co-morbidities that they would lock down the entire global economy?

    Did they really care so much about ordinary people, especially unproductive labour – the working class old and working class infirm – when through the years of imposed austerity, we saw the working classes being treated with utter contempt?

    And did those who imposed restrictions and lockdowns really believe there was a ‘deadly’ virus on the loose?

    Think of booze parties at Downing Street, Neil Ferguson’s breaking of lockdown rules to carry on an extra-marital affair, Matt Hancock breaking his own COVID rules with his lover, maskless world leaders gathering in London while their servants wore masks, various US political leaders ignoring their own rules and the public theatre of Fauci et al masking up for TV cameras then maskless as soon as they were off camera.

    While such people tyrannised populations with fear and lockdowns, it is clear they themselves were unworried about ‘the virus’.

    After embarking on a massive anti-Russia media propaganda campaign earlier this year to garner public support for Ukraine, the centres of power in the West are now sending billions of dollars of the public’s money into the coffers of the likes of weapons manufacturers Raytheon and Boeing.

    Such corporations are more than happy to profit from sacrificing the lives of ordinary Ukrainians in the geopolitical quest to weaken and balkanise Russia so that US interests can gain a dominant, strategic foothold on the Eurasian landmass.

    And while billions of dollars are being spent to achieve this, a wholly unnecessary ‘cost of living’ crisis (resulting from reckless economic neoliberalism which has finally imploded) is being imposed on working people in the Western countries – regarded as mere collateral damage when it comes to economic policies, war and corporate profit. The result is misery and poverty and the demonisation of some of the (now striking) workers who were lauded as ‘heroes’ during COVID.

    But – of course – the powers that have so much demonstrable contempt for the lives of ordinary people at home and abroad will close down the entire global economy to protect their health!

    Those who believe this are testament to the power of propaganda.

    COVID-related policies were wholly disproportionate to any risk posed to public health, especially when considering the way ‘COVID death’ definitions and data were often massaged and how PCR tests were misused to scare populations into submission.

    And the big winner has been Big Pharma, an industry with a track record of dirty tricks, false advertising and death and injury resulting from its products. If, say, Pfizer were an individual, given its corporate crimes, it would be serving a lengthy prison sentence with the proverbial key being thrown away.

    But corporations with lengthy corporate rap sheets across many sectors are promoted to the public as being trustworthy and dependable. When governments partner (conspire) with such enterprises, they are conspiring with criminal recidivist companies. And when people purchase stock in them, the same applies.

    Given the reference to the global food system at the beginning of this article, of particular interest are the crimes of Dupont and Bayer (see the Powerbase website), and Monsanto and Cargill (see the Corporate Research Project (CRP) website).

    And, of course, Pfizer and its disturbing corporate rap sheet also appears on the CRP site.

    These immensely wealthy corporations spend millions each year funding various groups and lobbying governments and international bodies. Little wonder that they wield tremendous influence and, in one way or another, become ‘trusted partners’ of governments, the WHO, the WTO and the like.

    In Pfizer’s case, trusted so much as being granted ‘emergency use authorisation’ to have its ‘vaccines’ brought to market and then forced on the public via the coercive policies of governments.

    Returning to Lippmann, since early 2020 so many people have feared for their lives and have admired with awe leaders who supposedly saved them from destruction. Even now as reports on vaccine injuries, vaccine inefficacy and increased mortality rates since the jab rollouts are largely taboo within the mainstream media, the public are being kept on message as the WHO and Big Pharma work towards a global treaty that will strip all their rights come the next economic meltdown or ‘pandemic’.

    This article was written over the Yuletide period, an increasingly secular celebration stripped of religious connotation. These days, ‘in Big Pharma we trust’ might be more apt along with blind faith in a Zuckerberg-esque fantasy metaverse where Facebook is fact, government is truth and Big Pharma is God.

    Because (heaven help us) that we should be left to think for ourselves!

    The post Of Economic Crises and Pandemics first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Colin Todhunter.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/31/of-economic-crises-and-pandemics/feed/ 0 361268
    Two senior Vietnamese leaders dismissed amid COVID-19 scandals https://www.rfa.org/english/news/vietnam/deputypmsremoved-12302022131339.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/vietnam/deputypmsremoved-12302022131339.html#respond Fri, 30 Dec 2022 18:14:00 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/vietnam/deputypmsremoved-12302022131339.html Vietnam’s Communist Party dismissed two senior leaders from its Central Committee today amid a wave of scandals linked to the country’s response to the COVID-19 pandemic. 

    Deputy Prime Ministers Pham Binh Minh and Vu Duc Dam were removed from their positions as members of the Communist Party of Vietnam’s Central Committee, the state-controlled Vietnam News Agency reported.

    The dismissals were announced without specific reasons, but the moves come after each was involved in separate scandals related to authorities’ handling of COVID-19 outbreaks. 

    The party is expected to hold a regular meeting in early January where new members of the Central Committee would be nominated. 

    Pham Binh Minh headed the effort to repatriate Vietnamese citizens stuck abroad, and was accused of being involved in a scheme to extort fees that were split up between and pocketed by Vietnamese officials.

    Meanwhile, Vu Duc Dam appears tied to the Viet A Company scandal, where authorities claimed that a Vietnamese-made COVID-19 testing kit was approved by the WHO for use, only to later apologize for the claim after the WHO said the test was not on its approved list. 

    Dam was in charge of healthcare when the Viet A Joint Stock Company won a license to produce COVID-19 testing kits. They were sold at a 45% markup, earning $172 million in profits for the company even though the kits were found to be substandard. 

    Viet A’s chief executive officer admitted bribing officials around 800 billion dong (U.S.$34 million) to ensure the kits were used in hospitals.

    Over the past year, Vietnamese officials have investigated and questioned more than 900 public officials over claims of corruption and abuses of power. 

    Translated by Chau Vu. Written in English by Nawar Nemeh. Edited by Malcolm Foster.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By RFA Vietnamese.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/vietnam/deputypmsremoved-12302022131339.html/feed/ 0 361146
    Medicare Keeps Spending More on COVID-19 Testing. Fraud and Overspending Are Partly Why. https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/30/medicare-keeps-spending-more-on-covid-19-testing-fraud-and-overspending-are-partly-why/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/30/medicare-keeps-spending-more-on-covid-19-testing-fraud-and-overspending-are-partly-why/#respond Fri, 30 Dec 2022 10:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/how-fraud-increases-medicare-spending-covid-19-testing by Anjeanette Damon

    ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up for Dispatches, a newsletter that spotlights wrongdoing around the country, to receive our stories in your inbox every week.

    As the COVID-19 pandemic continues to churn, Medicare spending on testing for the virus continued to increase in 2022 and is outpacing the two prior years.

    Through Oct. 31, Medicare had spent $2 billion on COVID-19 tests in 2022, an amount that will surpass last year’s total as claims are filed, according to new data provided to ProPublica by CareSet, a research organization that works to make the health care system more transparent.

    That compares to $2 billion for all of 2021 and $1.5 billion in 2020, a recent analysis by the Department of Health and Human Services’ Office of Inspector General shows.

    Fraud and overspending are contributing to the increases, experts say, because federal money for COVID-19 testing is not subject to some of the same financial and regulatory constraints as other tests covered by Medicare, the government insurance program for people 65 and older and the disabled.

    The growing costs concern some of these experts, who say the need for financial incentives to expand the availability of testing has passed.

    Early in the pandemic, testing was both critical to slowing the spread of the virus and in short supply. So the federal government enacted measures to make it more profitable to get in the COVID-19 testing business. Good for the duration of the public health emergency, which has not yet expired, the measures include a generous Medicare reimbursement rate, requirements for private insurance to cover testing — even compelling insurance plans to pay whatever cash price is demanded by out-of-network labs — and a hefty fund for testing those people who didn’t have insurance.

    The measures succeeded in drawing new and existing labs into the COVID-19 business and helped ensure most people had access to testing, even if some faced excessive waits to get their results. But the incentives also attracted price-gougers, fraudsters and people with no experience in the laboratory business. The result was a chaotic approach that ranged from bungled testing programs and confusion over new requirements to outright fraud.

    “It was an unprecedented wave of fraud,” said Michael Cohen, an operations officer with the HHS Inspector General, which investigates crimes involving federal health care programs.

    This year, ProPublica detailed how one Chicago-based lab, Northshore Clinical, used political connections in Nevada to speed its licensing and generated tremendous volume through agreements with school districts, universities and local governments. The story also detailed questionable billing practices that one insurance expert described as fraudulent. A study of Northshore’s testing on the University of Nevada Reno campus found the company missed 96% of COVID-19 cases during December 2021.

    The company submitted 600 pages of documentation to state regulators to support its claim that it fixed deficiencies noted by inspectors, but it ultimately asked the state to close its license and pulled out of Nevada before the investigation was finished. Northshore repeatedly declined to comment to ProPublica.

    The OIG, which had been investigating Northshore in Illinois, expanded its probe to Nevada after ProPublica published its report.

    Cohen said OIG investigators have faced challenges responding to the onslaught of suspected fraud — from a lack of additional resources to constantly evolving policies.

    In April, the Department of Justice announced criminal charges against people in eight states who allegedly submitted more than $149 million in COVID-19 false billings to federal programs. The OIG has also performed analyses on Medicare data, including for a report released this month that found 378 labs had billed Medicare for expensive add-on tests at “questionably high levels” after testing individuals for COVID-19.

    Attorneys general in a handful of states have taken action against labs for forging results, charging fees for “expedited results” that arrived days later and deceptive marketing practices.

    Programs to pay for COVID-19 testing aren’t the only pandemic assistance funds that have attracted people seeking to profit. Paycheck Protection Program loans went to fake businesses or were spent on luxury goods instead of keeping people employed, ProPublica and other news outlets have reported. Expanded state unemployment programs also saw unprecedented fraud that a partial accounting estimates is $57.3 billion.

    Tolerating some fraud is a necessary trade-off to attain legitimate public policy goals, said Loren Adler, associate director of the USC-Brookings Schaeffer Initiative for Health Policy. But once the incentives and loose regulations boosted the availability of testing, they could have been revised to prevent abuse and overspending, he argued.

    “We were in a very different world in April 2020,” Adler said. “We needed to overpay because we needed more capacity. Once we scaled up, it was no longer necessary. We could’ve saved a lot of taxpayer money.”

    According to the data provided by CareSet, more than 2,300 new labs have enrolled as Medicare providers since the pandemic began and have been billing for COVID-19 testing, evidence of the increased capacity generated by the federal measures.

    Total Medicare spending on COVID-19 testing is a small fraction of the $4 trillion federal response to the pandemic. That figure includes not only testing and treatment but also direct support for individuals, businesses, schools and local governments. Adler said that may be why lawmakers haven’t revisited the incentives.

    Still, testing — as funded by Medicare, private insurance and other federal assistance programs — was a lucrative corner of the pandemic response for many providers.

    Labs with troubled operations reaped millions from Medicare, the CareSet data shows.

    Northshore Clinical, for example, submitted $6.2 million in Medicare claims for COVID-19 testing between Jan. 1, 2021, and Nov. 30, 2022. Doctors Clinical Laboratory, which is facing lawsuits filed by attorneys general in three states, billed $252,000 in 2021. Doctors Clinical did not respond to requests for comment.

    Curative Labs, one of the largest COVID-19 testing providers in the country, has billed Medicare $32 million for testing since Jan. 1, 2021. Curative, launched in California by a 25-year-old college dropout, tapped political connections to land a no-bid contract to test in Colorado’s nursing homes, according to the Colorado Springs Gazette. But the state’s decision to use Curative tests on individuals without symptoms — a use the tests had not been authorized for — led to unreliable results, as Colorado’s nursing home death rate was the highest in the nation, according to CPR News. The FDA later revoked authorization for Curative tests and the state canceled its contract with the company.

    “During the pandemic, Curative provided millions of Americans with a safe, accessible and reliable way to test for the virus, including when it was extremely difficult to obtain a COVID-19 test,” a Curative spokesperson said. “Our teams deployed tests in an efficient manner, helping to prevent the spread of outbreaks in communities across the state of Colorado and throughout the country.”

    The spokesperson also pointed to a Colorado legislative committee’s decision not to audit the procurement process as an exoneration of Curative’s operations in the state. The request for the audit failed in a tied vote along party lines after a state official testified she made the decision to use Curative based on the best science available at the time.

    Nomi Health, a lab startup in Utah, launched troubled testing programs in five states, according to a USA Today investigation. The Salt Lake Tribune detailed significant problems with Nomi’s operations in Utah. The company has billed Medicare a total of $1.9 million in 2021 and 2022. Nomi has challenged USA Today’s findings.

    “Nomi Health was one of the first partners to provide open accessible testing at scale on behalf of our partners,” Nomi’s co-founder and chief operations officer Joshua Walker said in a statement. “We remain one of the few providers in the markets we serve providing important access to this needed service.”

    Walker said Nomi continues to provide free tests for uninsured individuals despite the end of the federal program that paid for those tests. “We still feel strongly that open and easy access is an important part of keeping our communities safe and helping to drive our economy forward.”

    The OIG’s Cohen said the most common crime investigated by his agency was identity theft. Nefarious labs would snag Medicare beneficiaries’ information and use it to bill for services not provided or expensive and unnecessary add-on tests.

    “They would take it all. ‘We need your Medicare number. We need your Social Security number. Oh, we need credit card information.’ People were giving up just tons of information because people were understandably clamoring for tests,” Cohen said.

    Medicare wasn’t the only government program targeted for laboratory fraud.

    Health care providers found quick access to money in the federal fund for testing people without insurance. The program, run by another federal agency, the Health Resources and Services Administration, was designed to get money out fast and with few restrictions. “Bad actors bled the program for as much as they could,” Cohen said.

    The program was initially funded by Congress with $2 billion. It ended up paying out $11 billion in testing claims. Congress opted not to allocate any more money into it and HRSA stopped accepting claims in March 2022 — leaving many uninsured individuals on the hook for COVID-19 care.

    An HHS official said safeguards against fraud were put in place and any providers caught abusing the program could be subject to enforcement measures.

    “The COVID-19 Uninsured Program was designed to ensure that every person in the United States had access to COVID-19 testing, treatment and vaccines — regardless of insurance status — and has been successful in getting care to the most vulnerable among us,” the official said.

    As the pandemic has evolved, how people test for the virus has changed too. Now, instead of getting lab tests, many patients opt to use at-home rapid tests. And that has opened up another opportunity for fraud, experts say.

    While the public health emergency is underway, Medicare is covering up to eight over-the-counter COVID-19 tests per member each month. Some providers are trying to design “subscription” services in which they mail eight tests every month whether the beneficiary needs them or not, Cohen said.

    Indeed, the CareSet data shows a dramatic shift in spending for over-the-counter tests and away from PCR laboratory tests beginning in April.

    And as investigators try to stay atop new scams, they’re busy investigating the old ones.

    “We are still finding entities that defrauded us of just enormous amounts of money,” Cohen said.

    How to Avoid Testing Scams

    The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services offers the following tips to protect yourself from COVID-19 testing scams:

    • Be cautious of any COVID-19 testing site that requires your financial or medical information in order to receive a free test.
    • Be mindful of advertisements for COVID-19 testing, treatments or other health care services on social media platforms. If you make an appointment for a COVID-19 test online, make sure the location is an approved testing site. Check official government websites for a list of approved COVID-19 testing sites.
    • Be careful! Scammers are selling fake and unauthorized at-home COVID-19 test kits in exchange for your personal or medical information. Make sure to purchase FDA-approved COVID-19 test kits from legitimate providers.
    • As volunteers go door to door to inform communities across the country about COVID-19 vaccines or other health care services, be sure to protect yourself from criminals who are seeking to commit fraud. Do not provide personal, medical or financial details to anyone in exchange for COVID-19 services. Obtain vaccinations from trusted providers.
    • Be cautious of COVID-19 survey scams. Do not give your personal, medical or financial information to anyone claiming to offer money or gifts in exchange for your participation in a COVID-19 vaccine survey.
    • Medicare or Medicaid beneficiaries should be cautious of unsolicited requests for their personal, medical and financial information. Federal health care programs will not call beneficiaries to offer COVID-19-related products, services or benefits reviews.
    • Be suspicious of any unexpected calls or visitors offering COVID-19 tests or supplies. If you receive a suspicious call, hang up immediately.
    • Do not respond to, or open links in, text messages about COVID-19 from unknown individuals.
    • Do not give your personal or financial information to anyone claiming to offer HHS grants related to COVID-19.
    • Be aware of scammers pretending to be COVID-19 contact tracers. Legitimate contact tracers will never ask for your medical or financial information or attempt to set up a COVID-19 test.

    If you think you may have been a victim of a scam:

    • If you’re a Medicare beneficiary, contact the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (800-MEDICARE) to report that your card or Medicare number may have been compromised (your state’s Senior Medicare Patrol can help with this process). If you’re a Medicaid enrollee, contact your state-administered Medicaid office. If you are enrolled in a private commercial insurance plan, contact its customer service department.
    • Medicare or Medicaid enrollees can also report the fraud by contacting the HHS OIG hotline at 800-HHS-TIPS or online.
    • If you believe your Social Security number may have been compromised, you can report the scam with the Social Security Administration.
    • Contact your local authorities if you believe you’ve been scammed by a COVID-19 testing pop-up site.
    • Other avenues to pursue include notifying the Federal Trade Commission about the scam.


    This content originally appeared on Articles and Investigations - ProPublica and was authored by by Anjeanette Damon.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/30/medicare-keeps-spending-more-on-covid-19-testing-fraud-and-overspending-are-partly-why/feed/ 0 361020
    ‘Disastrous’: SCOTUS Upholds Title 42 Migrant Policy During Court Fight https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/28/disastrous-scotus-upholds-title-42-migrant-policy-during-court-fight/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/28/disastrous-scotus-upholds-title-42-migrant-policy-during-court-fight/#respond Wed, 28 Dec 2022 00:40:19 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/title-42

    Rights advocates on Tuesday expressed disappointment and frustration with a 5-4 U.S. Supreme Court order to keep the Title 42 policy used to swiftly expel migrants in place—at least until justices hear arguments for the case in February, with a final decision due by the end of June.

    Title 42 is the section of the U.S. public health code that the administrations of both former President Donald Trump and President Joe Biden have used to deny millions of people typical asylum proceedings during the Covid-19 pandemic.

    "As a Covid control strategy, a humanitarian policy, and a border policy, Title 42 has not only failed but caused irreparable harm on a massive scale."

    "Seeking asylum is a human right. This is a disastrous order by the Supreme Court," asserted Congressman Jesús "Chuy" García (D-Ill.), who is running for mayor of Chicago. "Title 42 is a cruel policy that was implemented using public health as an excuse. This extension of the policy until next June will put more asylum-seekers in harm's way."

    The decision from five right-wing members of the high court—Justice Neil Gorsuch and the three liberals dissented—comes after Chief Justice John Roberts last week temporarily blocked a planned rollback of the policy ordered by a district judge.

    Melissa Crow, director of litigation at the Center for Gender & Refugee Studies, said in a statement Tuesday that "the district court got it right: Title 42 is an illegal policy that has caused irreparable harm to people seeking asylum."

    "The Supreme Court's decision to extend the stay pending certiorari will have deadly consequences for people fleeing persecution," Crow charged, noting that "human rights investigators have documented over 13,000 violent attacks against people expelled to Mexico under the Biden administration, a figure that represents just the tip of the iceberg."

    "With the end of Title 42 once again delayed, this toll will rise," she said. "The Biden administration was prepared to end Title 42 last week, and service providers stood ready to welcome asylum-seekers. Instead, people seeking safety at the border are spending another holiday season languishing in dire conditions—facing freezing temperatures and the ever-looming threat of violence—with no end in sight."

    Karla Marisol Vargas, senior attorney with the Beyond Borders Program at the Texas Civil Rights Project, also stressed that "as a Covid control strategy, a humanitarian policy, and a border policy, Title 42 has not only failed but caused irreparable harm on a massive scale."

    "We are incredibly disappointed" by the order, she added, warning that continuing the policy will lead to "more needless deaths."

    Oxfam America's Diana Kearney argued that the Supreme Court's "cruel" decision "is not based on our laws but rather on our country's worst xenophobic impulses," while Javier O. Hidalgo at RAICES called it "a damning indicator of just how far the U.S. will go as a nation in turning its back on not only the immigrant community but also the rule of law."

    Several critics of the policy vowed to keep up the fight. ACLU attorney Lee Gelernt, the lead lawyer in a case against Title 42, said that "we continue to challenge this horrific policy that has caused so much harm to asylum-seekers and cannot plausibly be justified any longer as a public health measure."

    The New York Timesnoted Tuesday that "the justices said they would address only the question of whether the 19 mainly Republican-led states that had sought the stay could pursue their challenge to the measure."

    While Justices Elena Kagan and Sonia Sotomayor did not explain their votes, Justice Ketanji Brown Jackson joined an opinion in which Gorsuch argued that the legal question the court plans to tackle "is not of special importance in its own right and would not normally warrant expedited review."

    "The current border crisis is not a Covid crisis," Gorsuch wrote. "And courts should not be in the business of perpetuating administrative edicts designed for one emergency only because elected officials have failed to address a different emergency. We are a court of law, not policymakers of last resort.”

    Given that the justices are set to address such a limited legal question, some advocates and legal experts have suggested that Biden—who faced intense criticism for continuing the Trump policy—should find a way end Title 42 before the court weighs in.

    "The Supreme Court's decision today to prohibit the termination of Title 42 is a devastating failure of justice for the thousands of people and families who have been continually subjected to violence and cruelty because of this policy," declared New York Immigration Coalition executive director Murad Awawdeh. "For years, Title 42 has proven to be a horrifying distortion of American values, existing as a front for xenophobia and racism."

    "As Title 42 continues to be shuttled through the courts, it has resulted in untold pain and lives lost for those who are simply seeking freedom and safety in the United States," he continued. "This is morally and ethically unacceptable, and the Supreme Court should be ashamed that they continue to sustain such an unsparing policy. We urge the Biden administration to take meaningful action and secure additional protections for asylum-seekers, such that a humane and fair asylum system can finally be achieved for all."

    Karine Jean-Pierre, the White House press secretary, said in a statement that the order "keeps the current Title 42 policy in place while the court reviews the matter in 2023" and "we will, of course, comply with the order and prepare for the court's review."

    Jean-Pierre added:

    At the same time, we are advancing our preparations to manage the border in a secure, orderly, and humane way when Title 42 eventually lifts and will continue expanding legal pathways for immigration. Title 42 is a public health measure, not an immigration enforcement measure, and it should not be extended indefinitely. To truly fix our broken immigration system, we need Congress to pass comprehensive immigration reform measures like the ones President Biden proposed on his first day in office. Today's order gives Republicans in Congress plenty of time to move past political finger-pointing and join their Democratic colleagues in solving the challenge at our border by passing the comprehensive reform measures and delivering the additional funds for border security that President Biden has requested.
    "With over a third of a billion people in humanitarian need globally and over 100 million people displaced, the guardrails designed to protect people from humanitarian crises are quickly eroding and the continued undermining of safe, legal pathways to refuge such as the asylum process is not helping," said Kennji Kizuka, director for asylum policy at the International Rescue Committee (IRC).

    "The U.S. can and should build a safe, orderly, and humane process to welcome asylum-seekers," Kizuka continued, "and simultaneously commit and lead regional efforts to address the underlying issues that are causing humanitarian needs and displacement to continue spiraling in the Americas."

    Julio Rank Wright, IRC's regional vice president for Latin America, added that "ending restrictive border measures is essential, but it is also important that the international community increases funding and humanitarian resources for countries of origin and those along the routes that asylum-seekers follow to ensure a protection response that is robust enough to meet the moment."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jessica Corbett.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/28/disastrous-scotus-upholds-title-42-migrant-policy-during-court-fight/feed/ 0 360527
    ‘Disastrous’: SCOTUS Upholds Title 42 Migrant Policy During Court Fight https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/28/disastrous-scotus-upholds-title-42-migrant-policy-during-court-fight/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/28/disastrous-scotus-upholds-title-42-migrant-policy-during-court-fight/#respond Wed, 28 Dec 2022 00:40:19 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/title-42

    Rights advocates on Tuesday expressed disappointment and frustration with a 5-4 U.S. Supreme Court order to keep the Title 42 policy used to swiftly expel migrants in place—at least until justices hear arguments for the case in February, with a final decision due by the end of June.

    Title 42 is the section of the U.S. public health code that the administrations of both former President Donald Trump and President Joe Biden have used to deny millions of people typical asylum proceedings during the Covid-19 pandemic.

    "As a Covid control strategy, a humanitarian policy, and a border policy, Title 42 has not only failed but caused irreparable harm on a massive scale."

    "Seeking asylum is a human right. This is a disastrous order by the Supreme Court," asserted Congressman Jesús "Chuy" García (D-Ill.), who is running for mayor of Chicago. "Title 42 is a cruel policy that was implemented using public health as an excuse. This extension of the policy until next June will put more asylum-seekers in harm's way."

    The decision from five right-wing members of the high court—Justice Neil Gorsuch and the three liberals dissented—comes after Chief Justice John Roberts last week temporarily blocked a planned rollback of the policy ordered by a district judge.

    Melissa Crow, director of litigation at the Center for Gender & Refugee Studies, said in a statement Tuesday that "the district court got it right: Title 42 is an illegal policy that has caused irreparable harm to people seeking asylum."

    "The Supreme Court's decision to extend the stay pending certiorari will have deadly consequences for people fleeing persecution," Crow charged, noting that "human rights investigators have documented over 13,000 violent attacks against people expelled to Mexico under the Biden administration, a figure that represents just the tip of the iceberg."

    "With the end of Title 42 once again delayed, this toll will rise," she said. "The Biden administration was prepared to end Title 42 last week, and service providers stood ready to welcome asylum-seekers. Instead, people seeking safety at the border are spending another holiday season languishing in dire conditions—facing freezing temperatures and the ever-looming threat of violence—with no end in sight."

    Karla Marisol Vargas, senior attorney with the Beyond Borders Program at the Texas Civil Rights Project, also stressed that "as a Covid control strategy, a humanitarian policy, and a border policy, Title 42 has not only failed but caused irreparable harm on a massive scale."

    "We are incredibly disappointed" by the order, she added, warning that continuing the policy will lead to "more needless deaths."

    Oxfam America's Diana Kearney argued that the Supreme Court's "cruel" decision "is not based on our laws but rather on our country's worst xenophobic impulses," while Javier O. Hidalgo at RAICES called it "a damning indicator of just how far the U.S. will go as a nation in turning its back on not only the immigrant community but also the rule of law."

    Several critics of the policy vowed to keep up the fight. ACLU attorney Lee Gelernt, the lead lawyer in a case against Title 42, said that "we continue to challenge this horrific policy that has caused so much harm to asylum-seekers and cannot plausibly be justified any longer as a public health measure."

    The New York Timesnoted Tuesday that "the justices said they would address only the question of whether the 19 mainly Republican-led states that had sought the stay could pursue their challenge to the measure."

    While Justices Elena Kagan and Sonia Sotomayor did not explain their votes, Justice Ketanji Brown Jackson joined an opinion in which Gorsuch argued that the legal question the court plans to tackle "is not of special importance in its own right and would not normally warrant expedited review."

    "The current border crisis is not a Covid crisis," Gorsuch wrote. "And courts should not be in the business of perpetuating administrative edicts designed for one emergency only because elected officials have failed to address a different emergency. We are a court of law, not policymakers of last resort.”

    Given that the justices are set to address such a limited legal question, some advocates and legal experts have suggested that Biden—who faced intense criticism for continuing the Trump policy—should find a way end Title 42 before the court weighs in.

    "The Supreme Court's decision today to prohibit the termination of Title 42 is a devastating failure of justice for the thousands of people and families who have been continually subjected to violence and cruelty because of this policy," declared New York Immigration Coalition executive director Murad Awawdeh. "For years, Title 42 has proven to be a horrifying distortion of American values, existing as a front for xenophobia and racism."

    "As Title 42 continues to be shuttled through the courts, it has resulted in untold pain and lives lost for those who are simply seeking freedom and safety in the United States," he continued. "This is morally and ethically unacceptable, and the Supreme Court should be ashamed that they continue to sustain such an unsparing policy. We urge the Biden administration to take meaningful action and secure additional protections for asylum-seekers, such that a humane and fair asylum system can finally be achieved for all."

    Karine Jean-Pierre, the White House press secretary, said in a statement that the order "keeps the current Title 42 policy in place while the court reviews the matter in 2023" and "we will, of course, comply with the order and prepare for the court's review."

    Jean-Pierre added:

    At the same time, we are advancing our preparations to manage the border in a secure, orderly, and humane way when Title 42 eventually lifts and will continue expanding legal pathways for immigration. Title 42 is a public health measure, not an immigration enforcement measure, and it should not be extended indefinitely. To truly fix our broken immigration system, we need Congress to pass comprehensive immigration reform measures like the ones President Biden proposed on his first day in office. Today's order gives Republicans in Congress plenty of time to move past political finger-pointing and join their Democratic colleagues in solving the challenge at our border by passing the comprehensive reform measures and delivering the additional funds for border security that President Biden has requested.
    "With over a third of a billion people in humanitarian need globally and over 100 million people displaced, the guardrails designed to protect people from humanitarian crises are quickly eroding and the continued undermining of safe, legal pathways to refuge such as the asylum process is not helping," said Kennji Kizuka, director for asylum policy at the International Rescue Committee (IRC).

    "The U.S. can and should build a safe, orderly, and humane process to welcome asylum-seekers," Kizuka continued, "and simultaneously commit and lead regional efforts to address the underlying issues that are causing humanitarian needs and displacement to continue spiraling in the Americas."

    Julio Rank Wright, IRC's regional vice president for Latin America, added that "ending restrictive border measures is essential, but it is also important that the international community increases funding and humanitarian resources for countries of origin and those along the routes that asylum-seekers follow to ensure a protection response that is robust enough to meet the moment."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jessica Corbett.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/28/disastrous-scotus-upholds-title-42-migrant-policy-during-court-fight/feed/ 0 360528
    Pandemic Poverty: Ray Suarez on How COVID-19 Set Back Low-Income Workers in the US, Especially Women https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/27/pandemic-poverty-ray-suarez-on-how-covid-19-set-back-low-income-workers-in-the-us-especially-women/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/27/pandemic-poverty-ray-suarez-on-how-covid-19-set-back-low-income-workers-in-the-us-especially-women/#respond Tue, 27 Dec 2022 16:45:05 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=682f2d364b0f01d68b540ef1a11a2ab0
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/27/pandemic-poverty-ray-suarez-on-how-covid-19-set-back-low-income-workers-in-the-us-especially-women/feed/ 0 360476
    Pandemic Poverty: Ray Suarez on How COVID-19 Set Back Low-Income Workers in the U.S., Especially Women https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/27/pandemic-poverty-ray-suarez-on-how-covid-19-set-back-low-income-workers-in-the-u-s-especially-women/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/27/pandemic-poverty-ray-suarez-on-how-covid-19-set-back-low-income-workers-in-the-u-s-especially-women/#respond Tue, 27 Dec 2022 13:40:08 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=068e671ea8b36a1d3f01e6a73dc23020 Guest raysuarez

    A new series of video reports by the Economic Hardship Reporting Project and The Intercept called “Insecurity” looks at women leaving the workforce, the impact of the expanded child tax credit, and the wave of union organizing during the pandemic. The series spotlights people navigating food, housing and healthcare insecurity — who are falling through the cracks of the social safety net in the process. We feature clips from the series and speak with the host, Ray Suarez, former PBS correspondent and longtime journalist and an author, and Alissa Quart, executive director of the Economic Hardship Reporting Project and author of “Squeezed: Why Our Families Can’t Afford America.”


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/27/pandemic-poverty-ray-suarez-on-how-covid-19-set-back-low-income-workers-in-the-u-s-especially-women/feed/ 0 360435
    Mass Media’s COVID Worldview https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/26/mass-medias-covid-worldview/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/26/mass-medias-covid-worldview/#respond Mon, 26 Dec 2022 15:45:34 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=136356 A take on how governments and entrenched media report events surrounding COVID-19.

    The post Mass Media’s COVID Worldview first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    The post Mass Media’s COVID Worldview first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/26/mass-medias-covid-worldview/feed/ 0 360340
    Santa Covidclaus https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/24/santa-covidclaus/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/24/santa-covidclaus/#respond Sat, 24 Dec 2022 16:04:34 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=136255   Am I just outright stupid, or is something seriously wrong with the majority of people? Bill Gates had his summit on overpopulation and how this is a serious crisis. Yet then he claims he can reduce disease and save the population with vaccines. Gates especially seems to want to save humanity which he on the […]

    The post Santa Covidclaus first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

     

    Am I just outright stupid, or is something seriously wrong with the majority of people? Bill Gates had his summit on overpopulation and how this is a serious crisis. Yet then he claims he can reduce disease and save the population with vaccines. Gates especially seems to want to save humanity which he on the other hand says is the problem. Something is just not right.

    — “The Hypocrisy behind the Vaccines.”

    The post Santa Covidclaus first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/24/santa-covidclaus/feed/ 0 360149
    Thousands to miss Christmas thanks to covid-19 – how to avoid making it worse https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/23/thousands-to-miss-christmas-thanks-to-covid-19-how-to-avoid-making-it-worse/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/23/thousands-to-miss-christmas-thanks-to-covid-19-how-to-avoid-making-it-worse/#respond Fri, 23 Dec 2022 22:04:22 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=82195

    RNZ News

    Thousands of people will be cancelling their Christmas Day plans thanks to the invisible grinch, covid-19.

    Leading epidemiologist Professor Michael Baker estimates 85,000 people will be in isolation by then.

    He says gathering outdoors or in well-ventilated spaces is key to limiting the Christmas spread of covid — and testing beforehand.

    “No-one will thank you for turning up and infecting other people, particularly if there are vulnerable people there. This is a time to be responsible and test if you have got symptoms, and then act accordingly.”

    Crunching the numbers, Professor Baker said we could expect about 12,000 new infections on Christmas Day, based on the daily average of reported cases, plus the same number again of unreported ones.

    Covid Modelling Aotearoa programme co-leader Dion O’Neale agreed.

    “We’re sitting at the peak of a relatively decent-sized wave at the moment, so definitely lots of people will end up missing Christmas because they’re a confirmed case and will have to isolate.”

    He expected reported case numbers to decrease, but reminded people not to rely on that as a signal the wave is over.

    “They just don’t report a case when they’re having a fun time, that’s almost certainly happened this week with schools knocking off and a bunch of people leaving work.”

    ‘We have had to actually cancel Christmas’
    One Auckland man, who wished to remain anonymous, said Covid had slipped through the chimney at his house – he had two family members who tested positive this week.

    “Sadly we have had to actually cancel Christmas. We had been really looking forward to getting together with my sister and her kids for a big family get-together… and I had to phone her yesterday and say, ‘Look, I’m really sorry we can’t do it, it’s all off’.”

    They would take Christmas Day as it came and delay their family gathering.

    “We’re just going to have to try and make it as nice as we possibly can, depending how people are feeling. It could be that some people are feeling unwell.”

    Auckland woman Melanie Bruges will get out of isolation in time to celebrate Christmas Day with family.

    “We’re having family over on Christmas Day on Sunday, so I’m going to keep a really low-profile until then. We’ll probably test on Christmas Day before everybody comes over.”

    If her husband or their seven-year-old tested positive, they would postpone.

    “We’ve got five grandparents around for Christmas Day and we wouldn’t want them to be exposed to anything just for the sake of a meal. We can always put it off.”

    Free biscuit not worth the risk
    For the thousands who were flying to their Christmas Day destination, O’Neale said it paid to be cautious and mask-up.

    “Is it really diminishing your travel experience if you don’t get your free glass of water and a dry biscuit on the plane? Would you rather have a dry biscuit or covid?”

    Professor Michael Baker
    Professor Michael Baker . . . “A matter of making small changes in how you do things just to make it a lot safer for everyone.” Image: RNZ News

    He and Professor Baker did not want the grinch to steal Christmas.

    “It’s absolutely essential for your health, wellbeing and enjoyment of life to get out and reconnect with your family and friends and have an enjoyable summer, that is so important,” Professor Baker said.

    “Covid should not get in your way at all, and it’s a matter of making small changes in how you do things just to make it a lot safer for everyone.”

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ. 


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/23/thousands-to-miss-christmas-thanks-to-covid-19-how-to-avoid-making-it-worse/feed/ 0 360036
    Plandemic? https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/20/plandemic/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/20/plandemic/#respond Tue, 20 Dec 2022 15:00:44 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=136245   Together, with a huge propaganda and brainwashing effort, the entire world – 193 UN member countries were called a covid risk – and WHO declared a pandemic — as we later found out, it was a plandemic — on 11 March 2020. Imagine! With only about 4,600 “cases” worldwide, the World Health Organization calls […]

    The post Plandemic? first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

     

    Together, with a huge propaganda and brainwashing effort, the entire world – 193 UN member countries were called a covid risk – and WHO declared a pandemic — as we later found out, it was a plandemic — on 11 March 2020. Imagine! With only about 4,600 “cases” worldwide, the World Health Organization calls it a pandemic.

    The entire UN system was, and is as of today, part and parcel of this worldwide fraud. Indeed, those government leaders, who did not follow the narrative, who defied the plandemic, risked severe ‘punishment’.

    — Peter Koenig, “The Big Picture is Ignored in the Covid Debate,” Dissident Voice.

    The post Plandemic? first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/20/plandemic/feed/ 0 359001
    China can still use big data to control citizens despite ditching COVID-19 app https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/data-12162022165549.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/data-12162022165549.html#respond Sun, 18 Dec 2022 14:07:43 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/data-12162022165549.html The Chinese government still has access to vast amounts of data on its citizens' movements, despite pausing a hugely unpopular COVID-19 tracker app in the wake of nationwide protests, analysts told Radio Free Asia in recent interviews.

    China paused the use of its “Health Code” smartphone app tracking citizens' COVID-19 status as well as their movements in and out of high-risk areas on Dec. 13, as part of overall loosening of the zero-COVID policy.

    But the app, which tracked the movements of the whole population, together with the immune status of COVID-19 cases and contacts, has already reaped unprecedented amounts of data on the country's population, including residents of Hong Kong and Macau.

    With its algorithms shrouded in secrecy, little is known about how that data is gathered or the purposes it could be used for in future.

    Yang Haiying, a professor at Japan's Shizuoka University, said the ruling Chinese Communist Party decided to pause the app to maintain political stability following a wave of anti-lockdown protests across China in late November.

    "The government will continue to manage and monitor the whole of society using big data," Yang said. "[These protests] didn't form the basis for a democratic movement."

    Signs had already emerged of widespread "mission creep" from the app, with complaints from users that their "health codes" had changed from green to amber after they bought over-the-counter cold remedies or pain relief medication, forcing them to take a COVID-19 test before being able to leave home under the old restrictions.

    A former contact tracing official surnamed Ma told Radio Free Asia in January that the government was making use of "big data" on people's shopping habits and movements to try to preempt outbreaks of COVID-19.

    This means that seemingly straightforward transactions like the purchase of cold remedies or painkillers will be uploaded to the database, triggering an alert.

    "The database alerts the police, and within five minutes of your buying that medicine, your local neighborhood committee will know, regardless of whether you bought it online or in a street store," Ma said at the time.

    Separately, China said on Nov. 9 that it is planning to digitize the medical records of its 1.4 billion people, harnessing the power of big data to track the health status of everyone in the country.

    The National Health Commission and other health-related agencies issued a directive calling for the installation of "dynamically managed electronic health records and universal electronic health codes for every resident" by 2025.

    In practice, this will mean that the healthcare records of every individual in mainland China will be digitized, linked to their national ID card number via a national platform, and integrated with a unified health code that can be widely shared among hospitals, clinics and, potentially, government agencies.

    ENG_CHN_FEATUREBigData_12152022  102.jpg
    In this March 4, 2020 photo, a man walks under surveillance cameras in Shanghai, China March 4, 2020. Credit: Aly Song/Reuters

    ‘You can be tracked at any time’

    The “Health Code” smartphone app has also apparently been used to control the movements of protesters against account freezes during a fraud investigation at rural banks in the central province of Henan, according to the Communist Party-backed Global Times newspaper. 

    Chinese political scholar Chen Daoyin said the new COVID-19 rules don't mean the government will give up its strict monitoring of the public any time soon.

    "The travel tracker works mainly off your mobile phone signal, because mobile phones in mainland China are all either China Unicom, China Mobile and China Telecom, so that data is already available," Chen said.

    "During the past three years, it was used to track people's movements [in the app]."

    "Now that the COVID-19 itinerary tracker has been stopped, they can still use that data if they need to track the movements of specific groups of people, as we saw during the [anti-lockdown protests]," Chen said.

    "You can be tracked at any time if you have your phone with you, and stopping the Health Code app doesn't prevent that," he said. "They have just stopped tracking the entire population [everywhere at all times], and that’s only for economic reasons."

    Chen said that little will change politically as long as party leader Xi Jinping remains in power, and widespread controls on freedom of speech look set to remain.

    ENG_CHN_FEATUREBigData_12152022  103.jpg
    In this Aug. 10, 2019 photo, a display on a screen shows tracking modes from a Huawei device during the Huawei developer conference at the Huawei Campus in Dongguan, Guangdong province, China. Credit: Dufour/AFP

    An enormous accumulation of big data

    Current affairs commentator Fang Yuan said the government can easily keep monitoring people using the big data it already has.

    "There has been an enormous accumulation of big data over the past few years, with very detailed personal information available," Fang said. "Those in power aren't going to give up such a tasty morsel any time soon."

    He gave as an example the "Chongqing model" of law enforcement and political control that was used to crack down on those labeled "organized crime" members in the southwestern megacity under now-jailed party chief Bo Xilai, but that was later rolled out nationwide.

    "The concept demonstrated by the Chongqing model has continued, even though the public security system [under now-jailed former security czar Zhou Yongkang] was defanged," Fang said. 

    "Similarly, the app may have been removed from surface view, but the government methods and processes it established can keep going."

    Translated by Luisetta Mudie.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Chen Zifei for RFA Mandarin.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/data-12162022165549.html/feed/ 0 358577
    Shifting Focus on COVID Prevention https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/17/shifting-focus-on-covid-prevention/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/17/shifting-focus-on-covid-prevention/#respond Sat, 17 Dec 2022 16:20:07 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=136222 This week’s News on China in 2 minutes.

    • New agreements between China and Arab countries
    • Shifting focus on COVID prevention
    • Project to produce bioenergy in Shanghai moves forward
    • 119 years since the British invasion of Tibet

    The post Shifting Focus on COVID Prevention first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Dongsheng News.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/17/shifting-focus-on-covid-prevention/feed/ 0 358503
    Long covid, long tail – long summer of infection concerns in NZ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/14/long-covid-long-tail-long-summer-of-infection-concerns-in-nz/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/14/long-covid-long-tail-long-summer-of-infection-concerns-in-nz/#respond Wed, 14 Dec 2022 18:08:52 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=81712 RNZ News

    With restrictions eased, public health warnings muted and mask wearing now almost non-existent, the risk of contracting covid-19 is still very real, particularly as people come together for Christmas parties and family gatherings.

    Daily covid-19 numbers are the highest they have been for four-and-a-half months.

    Immunologist Dr Anna Brooks of the University of Auckland says she is gravely concerned at the cavalier approach hundreds of thousands of New Zealanders are now taking to covid, particularly thinking that if they have already had it, they are not at risk of reinfection.

    Dr Brooks tells Kathryn Ryan about how New Zealand is coping with the pandemic’s enduring impact and looks ahead to what could be a deadly summer of reinfection.

    Kathryn Ryan: What is going on at the moment with this rise in reported cases? Are we in another surge of covid? 

    Dr Anna Brooks: Yes, that absolutely seems to be the case.

    These variants that are circulating have a better chance of infecting us because they’re evading our immune defences and so reinfections are going to be far more common than we’ve experienced for example, in the second wave.

    So, there might be a bit more complacency because we’ve had two waves and people may have thought, “Well, I had it once I didn’t get it again,” and that’s really just not the case.

    These variants, there’s a whole bunch of them out there and many of them we actually won’t even know exist because of the low level of data collection and variant tracking.

    New subvariants
    KR: We’re getting new subvariants; just explain what that means for your existing level of protection, either from previous infection and/or from vaccination — these subvariants will be better at evading than what we had before. 

    AB: Exactly. What’s happening is as each new variant or subvariant is evolving, it’s doing so to evade our immune protection.

    So absolutely, that can be from the vaccinations and/or previous infection.

    What we’ve sort of had in our country, is we had that really large first wave, which was the BA.1 and [BA.2]… then the next wave we had was BA.4 and [BA.5], so we’ve got some what we call hybrid immunity within the community, absolutely. But it’s not enough to stop reinfection when the subvariants are still able to skip round our antibody response and infect us.

    And as we know, our vaccinations are a great starting point for preventing severe illness but they’re not great at preventing infection. So, if these variants are capable of infecting any of us, regardless of our baseline immunity, then we’re going to see cases rise, we’re going to see severe illness and hospitalisations and deaths again — that’s the facts.

    Impact of reinfection
    KR:
    Can we talk about reinfection? Because I think people have had that sense of, ‘I’ve had it, so I’ve got a few months free now.’ But is there also a sense of, ‘I’ve had it and I didn’t have any major issues, so I’ll be fine next time too.’ Can you explain what we’re learning about the impact of reinfection and what to assume, or rather not to assume? 

    AB: I think that’s exactly right. I think there’s a general feel that if you’ve had covid, you survived it perfectly fine, that if you get it again, it’ll be the same.

    But what we’re seeing coming through the literature — and these are really large-scale studies that have been tracking reinfections — is that each infection or reinfection is increasing your health harms or your risk of health harms.

    So, that’s where we really want to raise awareness right now, that people aren’t complacent about the fact that just because they’ve had at once, they’re not at risk, because everyone is at risk.

    What we don’t understand is how long the body takes to get back to what I call a baseline level of [recovery in the body] and you won’t necessarily feel that. You may have had your infection, it may have been very mild and you’re like, ‘Yeah, that was nothing.’ But it’s not really nothing if you then go and get another reinfection, and then another one on top of that.

    We don’t really know, especially now there are so many variants circulating, we just don’t know what the risk factors are and even the ability… to get exposure to multiple variants over a short period of time.

    The literature is telling us each infection is risky, and reinfections increase that risk. Some of the publications are suggesting that that risk lasts for at least six months and that those are risks of heart attacks, strokes, clotting events, all those things that nobody wants as a risk factor.

    Inflammation risk
    KR:
    Just explain again why inflammation, that elevated immune response and why inflammation associated with it is a risk factor for long covid? 

    AB: What we understand from all the research that’s going on is that, first of all, this virus is not just a respiratory virus.

    That was where the first level of complacency crept in, when we started to see less respiratory failure, and the lung issues, and kicked off with Omicron.

    But essentially, Omicron has been a different beast, and remains that way. What we do know is that it still has the ability to impact our blood vessels, our blood vessels feed all our organs.

    Part of the immune response when we get infected, we know that the virus can cause clotting issues, and that probably happens in all of us. It’s part of an immune response to form clots to get the infection under control and perhaps what’s going on is that some of us resolve that inflammation and that clotting, and we all go back to normal, and in others, that doesn’t happen.

    And that’s just one part of the picture. What I believe a lot of the literature is pointing towards — and it is one of the hypotheses we’re chasing down — is also that your immune system has had a hammering to a certain extent and we don’t know how to actually detect that, we don’t know how long it takes to resolve, but it kind of puts us all in a slightly vulnerable position.

    What we are starting to see more coming through, and again, as I say, as part of the research we’re looking into, is that it disrupts our immune control of what we are wandering around with every day and that’s all our microbiome, and including latent or dormant viruses that we got in childhood, that live with us for life.

    Some of the research is indicating that we get a reawakening of our viruses and some of the ones that are well known are chickenpox. Many of us get chickenpox, and then we get shingles. When our immune system — our immune control — breaks down, we get an outbreak of shingles because the shingles presentation, if you like, indicated that you had chickenpox as a child.

    Epstein-Barr virus
    That’s one virus we know, the other one that is kind of front and centre that everyone’s chasing down a bit more is Epstein-Barr virus. So this is EBV, or what we know of as glandular fever, and most of us are exposed to this.

    The numbers are around at least 90 percent of us wander around controlling EBV dormantly… but at the same time, we know that not everyone gets severely impacted by EBV.

    We’re starting to wonder whether it’s viruses like that, that inhibit us all, that are getting reawakened through a loss of immune control. And that could be contributing to what we now know as post-viral illnesses because, obviously, long covid is front and centre because this pandemic is uncovering that, but it also loops into myalgic encephalomyelitis or chronic fatigue syndrome.

    EBV has been a strong contender as being a cause of that illness too, so it’s really showing us that we haven’t done enough research into understanding how our immune systems wonderfully control latent viruses or dormant viruses that we contract as youth, as children, and maybe that’s part of the picture here.

    KR: So the question now is, what is it you can do to go forth and have a fabulous Christmas, a good holiday, enjoy life as fully as possible but still manage this continuing risk?  

    AB: We all want to have fun in summer and gatherings and all the rest of it. My main message at the moment is that I want to make sure people understand that there is a risk… and we want people to manage their own risk, but not just their own risk, because vulnerable people are getting more and more shut away, because they no longer feel safe to be anywhere because they’re vulnerable to infection.

    Those two things coming together, we’re basically in a position where we’re now essentially being told to look out for our own selves, because there’s very little public health messaging about the risks.

    It’s two things here. It’s education that the risk isn’t going away, you want to protect yourself and understand those risks, and know that… any infection comes with a risk and there are people out there that are getting more and more concerned about their health not being taken seriously, because people around them don’t care anymore…

    Keeping businesses open
    I think some simple measures will keep businesses open too… You know, quite often when we’re raising awareness you feel like it’s the economy or businesses that are like, ‘Oh, make covid go away.’ We’re actually raising this awareness to keep businesses open. We want businesses to thrive over summer, but if there are no health protections in place, and you have customers in enclosed spaces, and your staff are getting infected, you’ll have no staff, you can’t open and so on and so forth.

    I think the most obvious one is flying and public transport… if we’re not masking on planes, is that a ticking time bomb before there are no staff and you can’t get to your holiday destination?

    KR: Back to your other key point, which is that reinfection being the trend possibly of the summer, those rates are getting quite high… are they getting close to a third of new cases being reinfections? 

    AB: Yeah, it looks that way. We have to remember that without a surveillance programme of you know, random testing, we have actually very little intel on what that number is going to be.

    [If] we’re not collecting random data, then we have no idea how much asymptomatic spreads happening or how many people are getting infections.

    We can’t forget about that. We need to remember that that is why we RAT before an event, that is why we RAT before we go to a Christmas function. It’s not just because you’ve got symptoms — we don’t know how many people are getting asymptomatic infections.

    That’s now become an individual choice, whether you do that, because it’s not part of any public health messaging that you should check to make sure you’re not asymptomatic.

    So, if we don’t know how many people are out there asymptomatic, they’re not going to be testing, they’re not going to be reporting, and then they won’t even know if in a month, two months’ time they get an infection, whether that’s a reinfection.

    That’s what we would love to see from a scientific position, and, you know, safety and understanding all of our risks, is actually gathering data so we can understand this and that includes knowing what variants are out there.

    Every time around immune system is waning, depending on how long ago we were infected, or boosted or vaccinated, then the chances of our illness…being worse is going to increase as well. So severity, risks increase the further ago your immune response was.

    RAT tests and variants
    KR: Are the RAT tests just as effective with the new variants? 

    AB: We’ve heard that the RATs are picking up the variants. It’s only as good as how good the person is testing as well.

    KR: Are the boosters keeping up with the variants? 

    AR: Boosting revives your immune system… the data showed any boost is going to give you that little bit more protection, because what it’s doing is training the immune system, and it’s reviving it, it’s waking it up, and you’ve got more circulating antibodies. They might not be perfect at shutting down the variant that you get infected with, but it’s going to do a better job than being completely non-boosted.

    But what we’d like see is, there are the bivalent vaccination boosters that will protect you more against the BA.4 and [BA.5] strains. And essentially what we really need is a new generation of vaccines that sterilises and stops infections.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ. 


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/14/long-covid-long-tail-long-summer-of-infection-concerns-in-nz/feed/ 0 357895
    NZ covid inquiry must look at response to specific communities, Pasifika health leader says https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/06/nz-covid-inquiry-must-look-at-response-to-specific-communities-pasifika-health-leader-says/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/06/nz-covid-inquiry-must-look-at-response-to-specific-communities-pasifika-health-leader-says/#respond Tue, 06 Dec 2022 10:16:16 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=81209 RNZ News

    A Pasifika health leader hopes the Royal Commission into the Covid-19 pandemic will look into the equity of the response and resource allocation.

    Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern yesterday announced a Royal Commission into the government’s covid-19 response which will be chaired by Professor Tony Blakely, an epidemiologist working at the University of Melbourne.

    He is joined by former National Party MP Hekia Parata, and the previous secretary to Treasury, John Whitehead, as commissioners.

    Pasifika Futures chief executive Debbie Sorensen said Pasifika people were essentially left to form their own response during the earlier stages of the pandemic.

    That was despite Pasifika people working a large proportion of jobs in MIQ facilities and at the airport and other front line locations, she said.

    Many affected Pacific families experienced a great deal of hardship, she said.

    It was important for the inquiry to look at the covid-19 response in regards to specific communities, she said.

    Slowness of response
    “We’re really clear that equity in the response and in the resource allocation is an important consideration.”

    One issue was the slowness of the government’s response to both Pacific and Māori communities during the height of the pandemic, she said.

    “Advice was provided to the government, you know cabinet papers provided advice on specific responses for our communities and that advice was ignored.”

    An important aspect of the inquiry should be reviewing how that advice was given to the government, its response to it and how the government’s sought more information, she said.

    The inquiry’s initial scope appeared to be very narrow, but it could be broadened as it went along, Sorensen said.

    “The impact on mental health and the ongoing economic burden for our communities is immense — you know we have a whole generation of young people who have not continued their education because they were required to go in to work.”

    Sorensen said often young people had to work because they were the only person in their family who had a job at that time due to covid-19.

    Mental health demand
    The pandemic also increased demand for mental health services which were already under pressure, she said.

    Anyone who was unwell unlikely to be able to get an appointment within six to eight months which was shameful, she said.

    Sorensen would have preferred the inquiry had been announced earlier, but it was an opportunity to better prepare for the future, she said.

    But Te Aka Whai Ora, the Māori Health Authority, chief medical officer Dr Rawiri McKree Jansen told Morning Report he had some concerns that the probe into the covid-19 response was coming too soon to gain a full picture.

    The pandemic was ongoing and starting the inquiry so early may obstruct a complete view of it, he said.

    “I understand that there’s people champing at the bit and [saying] we should’ve done it before but it’s very difficult to do that and adequately learn the lessons.”

    Understanding how to get a proper pandemic response was in everyone’s interest, but the pandemic was now still in its third wave, he said.

    About to begin
    Nevertheless, the inquiry was about to get underway and it could make a large contribution if it was done well, he said.

    “I’m sure there will be many Māori communities that want to have voice in the inquiry and you know contribute to a better understanding of how we can manage pandemics really well.

    “We’ve had pandemics before and they’ve been absolutely tragic. We’ve got this pandemic and the outcome for us is something like two to two-and-a-half times the rate of hospitalisations and deaths, so Māori communities are fundamentally very interested in bedding in the learnings that we’ve achieved in the pandemic.”

    Dr Jansen hoped the inquiry would provide enduring information about managing pandemics with a very clear focus on Māori and how to support the best outcomes for the Māori population.

    Inquiry’s goal next pandemic
    The head of the Royal Commission said the review needed to put New Zealand in better position to respond next time a pandemic hits.

    Professor Blakely said the breadth of experience and skills of the commissioners was welcome, and would help them to cover the wide scope of the Inquiry, ranging from the health response and legislative decisions, to the economic response.

    Reviewing the response to the pandemic was a big job, he said.

    “There’s already 75 reports done so far, I think about 1700 recommendations from those reports, New Zealand’s not the only country that’s been affected by this cause it’s a global epidemic, so there’s lots of other reports.”

    The inquiry panel would have to sit at the top of all that work that had already been done “and pull it altogether from the perspective of Aotearoa New Zealand and what would help best there.

    The inquiry needed to make New Zealand was prepared for a pandemic with good testing, good contact tracing and good tools that the Reserve Bank could use to support citizens in the time of a pandemic, Professor Blakely said.

    “Our job is to try and create a situation where those tools are as good as possible, there’s frameworks to use when you’ve entered another pandemic, which will occur at some stage we just don’t know when.”

    Professor Blakely said he was flying to New Zealand next week and would meet with Hekia Parata and John Whitehead to start thinking about the shape of the inquiry going forward.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ. 


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/06/nz-covid-inquiry-must-look-at-response-to-specific-communities-pasifika-health-leader-says/feed/ 0 355657
    Domestic violence, isolation hit Pacific women during pandemic, says USP survey https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/06/domestic-violence-isolation-hit-pacific-women-during-pandemic-says-usp-survey/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/06/domestic-violence-isolation-hit-pacific-women-during-pandemic-says-usp-survey/#respond Tue, 06 Dec 2022 01:04:14 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=81169 By Sri Krishnamurthi

    While some women at the University of the South Pacific’s 14 campuses found working from home enjoyable during the covid-19 pandemic, others felt isolated, had overwhelming mental challenges and some experienced domestic violence, a Pacific survey has found.

    Titled “University Women Remote Work Challenges”, the survey was funded by the Council of Pacific Education (COPE) and was supported by the Association of the University of the South Pacific staff (AUSPS)

    The research report, released last month, was conducted by Dr Hilary Smith (an honorary affiliate researcher at the Australian National University and Massey University) for the women’s wing of AUSPS.

    AUSPS women’s wing chair Rosalie Fatiaki
    AUSPS women’s wing chair Rosalie Fatiaki . . . “Women with young children had a lot to juggle, and those who rely on the internet for work had particular frustrations.” Image: AUSPS

    “This survey confirms that many of our university women had support from their family networks while on Work From Home, but others were left feeling very isolated,” said Rosalie Fatiaki, chair of the AUSPS women’s wing.

    “Women with young children had a lot to juggle, and those who rely on the internet for work had particular frustrations — some had to wait until after midnight to get a strong enough signal,” she said.

    Around 30 percent of respondents reported having developed covid-19 during the Work From Home periods, and 57 percent had lost a family member or close friend to covid-19 as well as co-morbidities.

    In the survey there was also evidence of the “shadow pandemic” of domestic abuse and although the reported levels were low, it was likely the real incidence was much higher, said Dr Smith.

    ‘Feelings of shame’
    “That was because of the feelings of shame (reporting domestic violence). In the Pacific Islands families and communities tend to be very close-knit groupings,” Dr Smith said.

    Only two of the 14 USP campuses in 12 Pacific countries avoided any covid-19 closures between 2020 and 2022 — the shortest closure was two days in Tokelau and the longest at the three Fijian campuses of Laucala, Lautoka and Labasa lasting 161 days.

    There had been no cases on the Tuvalu campus until the second quarter of this year.

    “For women who had older children they said they enjoyed the time with their families,” Dr Smith said.

    “And it was more difficult for those with young families,” she said.

    She stressed the importance of being careful with the survey in relation to domestic violence.

    “With this kind of survey, we had to be a little bit careful. We can’t say we got evidence of how much there is because it is a very tricky thing to survey and especially in this kind of survey,” Dr Smith said.

    ‘Sensitive issue’
    “And because it is a sensitive issue and people tend not to identify and it is something that people tend to be ashamed about pretty much.

    “The survey was totally confidential, and we set it up so no one would who the respondents were.

    “It was impossible to find out through the ANU programme we used.

    “But the fact people did give some evidence then I think that we know that it is actually quite significant, and we assumed that the prevalence was quite higher.”

    She said that she was not saying there were more incidents, but from media reports, particularly in Fiji, she had suspicions that it was higher than reported in the survey.

    “We were responding to the fact that there were other news reports in Fiji we referenced, and there has been the other report by the UN (United Nations) women about it,” she said.

    The report “Measuring the Shadow Pandemic – violence against women during Covid-19” was released by the UN in December 2021 and the Violence Against Women Rapid Gender Assessments (VAW RGA) were implemented in 13 countries spanning all regions — Albania, Bangladesh, Cameroon, Colombia, Côte d’Ivoire, Jordan, Kenya, Kyrgyzstan, Morocco, Nigeria, Paraguay, Thailand and Ukraine.

    There was general support of national statistical offices (NSOs) or national women’s groups and funding from the policy and Melinda Gates Foundation, which found an incidence of 40 percent of reported domestic violence.

    ‘There in Pacific”
    “So, we weren’t saying that it was more than in other countries, but we were saying it was there in the Pacific.

    “It could be more, or it could be less but because the evidence had been already highlighted in Fiji, we were just picking up on that.”

    AUSPS had specifically asked for it to be followed up because of “widespread murmuring” that domestic violence was occurring.

    “My colleagues at USP had indicated they wanted to follow it up because they had heard that it was an issue for some women,” Dr Smith said.

    In her recommendations she had suggested counselling for women and a safe space on campus, but she was unsure if it would be acted on.

    Limited counselling
    There was limited counselling available already and some had suggested that it should be done through religious denominations, she said.

    She said internationally people had struggled with mental health issues during the pandemic, so it was common to all communities.

    “There was a relatively high incidence in Fiji, and we reported the findings from the survey,” Dr Smith said.

    Among the recommendations for support during isolation was the setting up of a helpline and regular calls from senior personnel and support staff.

    She said even if this pandemic had passed there were other events like natural disasters, politics, and wars to be mindful of.

    “Human-made or nature-made or the prevalence of other pandemics, we are basically saying the university should be prepared,” Dr Smith said.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Sri Krishnamurthi.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/06/domestic-violence-isolation-hit-pacific-women-during-pandemic-says-usp-survey/feed/ 0 355563
    NZ announces Royal Commission into government’s covid-19 response https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/05/nz-announces-royal-commission-into-governments-covid-19-response/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/05/nz-announces-royal-commission-into-governments-covid-19-response/#respond Mon, 05 Dec 2022 08:20:15 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=81137 RNZ News

    The New Zealand government has announced a Royal Commission into its covid-19 response.

    The Commission will be chaired by Australia-based epidemiologist Professor Tony Blakely, former Cabinet minister Hekia Parata, and former Treasury Secretary John Whitehead.

    It will start considering evidence from February 1 next year, concluding in mid-2024.

    The Royal Commission will look into the overall covid-19 response, including the economic response, and find what could be learned from it.

    Some things — like particular decisions taken by the Reserve Bank’s independent monetary policy committee, and the specific epidemiology of the virus and its variants — will be excluded.

    Announcing the moves, Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern said a Royal Commission was the highest form of public inquiry in New Zealand and was the right thing to do given covid-19 was the most significant threat to New Zealanders’ health and the economy since the Second World War.

    “It had been over 100 years since we experienced a pandemic of this scale, so it’s critical we compile what worked and what we can learn from it should it ever happen again,” she said.

    Fewer cases, deaths
    “New Zealand experienced fewer cases, hospitalisations and deaths than nearly any other country in the first two years of the pandemic but there has undoubtedly been a huge impact on New Zealanders both here and abroad.”


    The Royal Commission of Inquiry announcement. Video: RNZ News

    Ardern said Professor Blakely had the knowledge and experience necessary to lead the work, and Parata and Whitehead would add expertise and perspectives on the economic response and the effects on Māori.

    The terms of reference had been approved and the scope will be wide-ranging, covering specific aspects including the health response, the border, community care, isolation, quarantine, and the economic response including monetary policy.

    Ardern said monetary policy broadly was included in the review, but “what is excluded is the Reserve Bank’s independent Monetary Policy Committee (MPC) and those individual decisions that would have been made by that committee”.

    However, it “will not consider individual decisions such as how a policy is applied to an individual case or circumstance”.

    “We do need to make sure we learn broadly from the tools that we used for our response so that we make sure we have the most useful lessons possible going forward. Individual decisions don’t necessarily teach us that.

    “What we want to be careful about is that … we draw a distinction between individual decisions on any given day made by, indeed, officials within MBIE or the independent monetary policy committee given the role that they have and the independence of that committee, but broadly speaking monetary policy is included.”

    This was because the review needed to be mindful of the independence of the MPC, Ardern said.

    Impacts on Māori
    Terms of reference also included specific consideration of the impacts on Māori in the context of a pandemic consistent with Te Tiriti o Waitangi relationships, she said.

    Things like lockdowns and the length of them in general will be in scope, but for instance whether a specific lockdown should have ended one day or three days earlier would not be, Ardern said.

    Covid-19 Response Minister Dr Ayesha Verrall said the vaccine mandates were in scope, along with communication with communities, and this would be able to include looking at matters of social licence.

    The inquiry will cover the period from February 2020, to October 2022.

    Ardern was confident the inquiry would be able to be resourced appropriately.

    So far 75 reviews of New Zealand’s response had been carried out within Aotearoa since 2020, and internationally New Zealand had been named as having the fewest cases and deaths in the OECD for two years in a row, Ardern said.

    “However, we said from the outset there would be an appropriate time to review our response, to learn from it, and with the emergency over and our primary focus on our strong economic recovery — that time is now.

    ‘Our next pandemic’
    “Our next pandemic will not be for instance necessarily just a new iteration of covid-19 … one of the shortcomings we had coming into covid-19 was that our pandemic plan was based on influenza and because it was so specific to that illness there wasn’t enough in that framework that could help us with the very particular issues of this respiratory disease.”

    It would be an exercise in ensuring Aotearoa had the strongest possible playbook for a future pandemic, Ardern said.

    She expected the inquiry will cost about $15 million — similar to others, with the 2019 mosque attacks inquiry costing about $14 million.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ. 


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/05/nz-announces-royal-commission-into-governments-covid-19-response/feed/ 0 355352
    Mediawatch: Anti-vax parents create media conundrum and criticism https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/04/mediawatch-anti-vax-parents-create-media-conundrum-and-criticism/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/04/mediawatch-anti-vax-parents-create-media-conundrum-and-criticism/#respond Sun, 04 Dec 2022 10:20:35 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=81115 MEDIAWATCH: By Hayden Donnell, RNZ Mediawatch producer

    One press conference question at a Prime Ministerial summit in Aotearoa New Zealand kicked off a wave of social media scorn this week — and even criticism and international headlines about sexism. But media made a better fist of the awkward questions thrown up by parents withholding consent for the treatment of their sick baby and their supporters.

    At a press conference involving Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern and her Finnish counterpart Sanna Marin on Wednesday, November 30, a Newstalk ZB journalist unloaded a question which generated an immediate tsunami of criticism.

    “A lot of people will be wondering are you two meeting because you’re similar in age and you’ve got a lot of common stuff there, when you got into politics and stuff. Or can Kiwis actually expect to see more deals between our two countries down the line?”

    “I wonder whether or not anyone ever asked Barack Obama and John Key whether they met because they’re of similar age. We of course have a higher proportion of men in politics, it’s reality. Because two women meet it’s not simply because of their gender,” she said.

    Marin was even more succinct.

    “We are meeting because we are both prime ministers,” she said.

    After that the criticism started flooding in on social media.

    Then it came from those in the wider New Zealand media.

    Question’s premise
    On Today FM, Lloyd Burr took aim at the question’s premise.

    “Just because they’re both young women Prime Ministers? You think that’s why they’re meeting?

    “Do you think she’s come all the way to New Zealand to talk fashion and beauty tips, childbearing, menstruation, maybe anti-aging tips,” he asked, sarcastically.

    The criticism continued in the international media.

    CBS News in the US took aim at the reporter’s “sexist question” in a headline, while videos of the exchange posted by organisations like SBS News and The Washington Post garnered millions of views.

    There are questions on why Marin is here, given our two countries are not huge trading partners.

    Thankfully she kindly pointed some of those reasons out, saying she was worried about countries becoming dependent on trading with authoritarian regimes and wanted to establish closer ties with democratic allies.

    Angle covered
    Other reporters, including TVNZ’s Katie Bradford on 1News, covered that angle.

    A simple “What are you here to achieve?” would have got a similar response without generating any international headlines about sexism.

    Newstalk ZB may have produced a near-global consensus on that poor question to Marin and Ardern, but it did a lot better covering the bulletin-leading case of two parents who had refused to consent to their sick child getting a desperately-needed operation.

    They were afraid the baby might receive a transfusion of blood from a donor who hd been vaccinated against covid-19.

    Lawyer and Outdoors Party leader Sue Grey is representing the family in court — and in the media.

    That was awkward for media wary of giving their platforms to her anti-vax views and it resulted in some on-air flare-ups.

    Newstalk ZB’s Heather du Plessis-Allan cut Grey off when she started airing anti-vax talking points.

    “I don’t want to go into your beliefs on this,” du Plessis-Allan told Grey.

    “I’ve got to be honest with you, I just can’t go there. I just cannot be bothered with this.”

    Similar scenario
    A similar scenario played out the following day on RNZ’s Morning Report when Corin Dann interviewed Grey.

    That devolved into a lengthy oscillation between Grey’s attempts to recite anti-vax talking points and Dann’s increasingly exasperated interruptions.

    Predictably, Grey’s supporters have taken this treatment as evidence of a vast media cover-up.

    Meanwhile, the out-of-context or inaccurate claims about vaccines she did get to broadcast might have worried some listeners.

    But having told listeners to trust experts, and not laypeople, Morning Report and other media also allowed experts airtime.

    Dann talked to haematologist Jim Faed later on Morning Report the same day and immunology professor Nikki Turner appeared on Heather du Plessis-Allan’s ZB show and on Three’s The Project. Experts like her provided a useful corrective, but another way to avoid broadcasting misinformation is to just not book people who spread it.

    Dann sounded a little agonised over interviewing Grey while previewing Morning Report on RNZ’s First Up with Nathan Rarere.

    “We’ll talk to the lawyer of the mother about this,” he said. “This is obviously a very tricky story, a very sensitive story, but nonetheless one that is in the court.”

    Led news bulletins
    Not only was it a matter before the court — it was a story that led news bulletins and filled front pages, including that of the New Zealand Herald on Thursday.

    Sue Grey and conspiracy theorist Liz Gunn featured in the front page photo along with the child in question — all under the headline “We’re not prisoners”.

    It was probably not realistic to ban Grey from media appearances under those circumstances.

    In The Spinoff, Stewart Sowman-Lund recognised those factors compelling the media coverage, before suggesting an approach for reporters interviewing Grey.

    “Those interviewing her should either be fully prepared to counter — in detail — her anti-vaccination rhetoric or — given the likelihood it will quickly descend into conspiracy territory — cut it off early.”

    Maybe Dann and Du Plessis-Allan could have been better served committing to one of those two roads.

    But at least their questions were incisive and on-topic, even if they weren’t met with useful responses.

    If this week’s prime ministerial press conference showed us anything, it is that it is less embarrassing for our journalists to have it that way round than the opposite.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ. 


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/04/mediawatch-anti-vax-parents-create-media-conundrum-and-criticism/feed/ 0 355331
    Urumqi Fire and New Covid Outbreak https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/03/urumqi-fire-and-new-covid-outbreak/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/03/urumqi-fire-and-new-covid-outbreak/#respond Sat, 03 Dec 2022 15:43:45 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=135946 This week’s News on China in 2 minutes.

    • Urumqi Fire and new Covid outbreak
    • Pop singer sentenced to 13 years in prison
    • Local elections in Taiwan
    • New findings from the frontal region of the brain

    The post Urumqi Fire and New Covid Outbreak first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Dongsheng News.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/03/urumqi-fire-and-new-covid-outbreak/feed/ 0 355173
    Niue faces covid-19 community transmission for first time https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/30/niue-faces-covid-19-community-transmission-for-first-time/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/30/niue-faces-covid-19-community-transmission-for-first-time/#respond Wed, 30 Nov 2022 10:20:26 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=80951 By Lydia Lewis, RNZ Pacific journalist

    The Niue government has confirmed the country is experiencing covid-19 community transmission for the first time since the virus was recorded at the border in March.

    “We don’t have additional resources to be finding sources of infection, previously we haven’t done that before.

    “This is the first time we have had community transmission in Niue,” Acting Secretary of Government Gaylene Tasmania said.

    Out of the seven cases recorded in the reporting period to November 28 local time, four were listed as covid-19 community transmission.

    On November 29, 12 new cases were recorded taking the total number of active cases to 33 and the total number of cases since covid-19 arrived at the border in March 2022 to 136.

    Community transmission means a case has not been linked to any other infections, Tasmania said.

    “We are unable to link it back and we stopped linking it back because we need to look at containing the spread,” she said.

    New Zealand-based public health specialist Sir Collin Tukuitonga said this marked a new chapter in Niue’s covid-19 response,

    “You can have a community case that is not from a community transmission, this is a case that is in the community connected to the border but this person is now in the community, that is not community transmission,” Sir Collin said.

    What is ‘community transmission’?
    There has been confusion around what community transmission means with the term being used by the public.

    “You have got to be careful, for public health people like myself, we have a very strict definition of what constitutes a community transmission,” Sir Collin said.

    Any case that starts in the community and can’t be linked to the border is called a case of community transmission, according to Auckland University.

    “A case comes through the border, negative tests and therefore goes into the community but nobody knows they have covid-19 because they are asymptomatic and they test negative but they are carrying the virus with them.

    “So that individual could go home and be with family and be the source of infection,” Sir Collin gives an example of how community transmission can occur.

    Tasmania said at the moment Niue residents could assume that there were people in the community that were positive that had not yet been identified.

    “People are just picking it up just by being around the community,” Tasmania said.

    The cases deemed community transmission were not been able to be linked back to any of the positive cases or any of the close contacts, she said.

    New phase for Niue covid-19 health response
    As of Tuesday, 29 November, the government covid-19 website is set to change and will not report “community cases” just “active cases”, Tasmania said.

    “It is not an unusual response,” Sir Collin said.

    He said New Zealand “gave up”, or placed less emphasis on contact tracing when the covid-19 numbers became high and the system was stretched.

    “They have accepted the fact that there will be cases. Why would you persevere with all of that if you have changed your focus,” he said.

    “Like us they’ll probably see a blip like increasing cases you are seeing here [in New Zealand] but given the high vax status I expect the peak to be lower and not as many sick people.”

    No request has been made to New Zealand for support but Tasmania said there were options if needed.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ. 


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/30/niue-faces-covid-19-community-transmission-for-first-time/feed/ 0 354287
    Zhengzhou government orders 5-day COVID-19 lockdown in wake of Foxconn clashes https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/zhengzhou-lockdown-11252022150125.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/zhengzhou-lockdown-11252022150125.html#respond Fri, 25 Nov 2022 20:01:41 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/zhengzhou-lockdown-11252022150125.html Authorities in the central Chinese city of Zhengzhou have placed the city's 6 million residents under COVID-19 lockdown following clashes between workers and police at Taiwan-invested iPhone maker Foxconn's huge factory on the city's outskirts.

    Eight districts of Zhengzhou have been designated high risk, with residents told to stay home and barriers and checkpoints across major streets and outside apartment complexes, Agence France-Presse reported.

    The five-day order comes despite just 145 confirmed COVID-19 cases in the city as of Nov. 23, and after riot police were deployed at the Foxconn campus to quell protests by hundreds of newly arrived migrant workers who said they were getting paid less than the amount promised during the recruitment process.

    Dozens of workers, who had been hastily recruited by the government to replace hundreds of workers who quit last month due to lack of food or medical care during a COVID-19 outbreak, left the factory on Thursday, taking the proffered 10,000 yuan payouts, AFP cited social media video clips as saying.

    Meanwhile, workers who have yet to start at the factory are now stuck in quarantine hotels outside the factory, the report said.

    Foxconn, formally known as Hon Hai Precision Industry Co, declined to comment, while Apple did not immediately respond to a request for comment on Friday, Reuters reported, confirming reports that some of the new hires were already leaving.

    "The incident has a big impact on our public image but little on our (current) capacity. Our current capacity is not affected," the agency cited a source at the company as saying, adding that labor issues have nonetheless meant the plant has lost around 30 percent of its former capacity in recent months.

    It said the world's largest Apple iPhone factory has been grappling with strict COVID-19 restrictions that have fuelled discontent among workers and disrupted production ahead of Christmas and January's Lunar New Year holiday, as many workers were either put into isolation or fled the plant.

    French complaint

    Chang Meng-jen, convener of the diplomacy and international affairs program at Taiwan's Fu Jen Catholic University, said the French Embassy had issued a complaint about the zero-COVID policy on behalf of French businesses in China, shortly after the Foxconn clashes, which were also prompted by dissatisfaction over quarantine arrangements, according to social media posts.

    The French Embassy said via its official Weibo account that a directive from the Central Committee earlier this month announcing the easing of some requirements under the zero-COVID policy hadn't delivered the expected results.

    “French companies welcomed China's announcement on Nov. 11 of [the new measures], as something that would greatly reduce the negative impact of disease control and prevention on economic activities and people's lives," the embassy said.

    "However, the French Chamber of Commerce and Industry has noted that the actual implementation [on the ground] hasn't met the expectations of French companies," it said. "The Chamber of Commerce calls on the Chinese government to truly implement the [measures] and to cancel unnecessary and excessive restrictions."

    It said French companies were hoping for an end to the zero-COVID policy "as soon as possible."

    ENG_CHN_ZhengzhouLockdown_11252022.2.jpg
    In this photo provided Nov. 23, 2022, security personnel in protective clothing take away a person during a protest at the factory compound operated by Foxconn in Zhengzhou, China. Credit: Associated Press

    Chang said the timing of the statement was politically very sensitive.

    "It just so happens that the Foxconn protests in Zhengzhou have intensified over the past few days," Chang told Radio Free Asia. "Maybe the French foreign ministry saw the police beating up protesters with batons at the Zhengzhou plant, and dispersing the ... workers."

    He said the unrest at the Foxconn plant was due at least in part to unhappiness with pandemic restrictions.

    “Now they’re at it again”

    However, New York-based labor activist Li Qiang, who heads the rights group China Labor Watch, said Foxconn's quasi-military management style has led to labor issues in the past, too.

    "They have done similar things before, using hidden clauses to get out of paying previously promised bonuses," Li said. "Now they're at it again."

    Yen Chen-sheng, an international relations researcher at Taiwan's National Chengchi University, said European businesses find the zero-COVID policy hard to accept, given that most countries have abandoned mandatory disease control and prevention requirements now.

    "Many workers from European companies with factories in China are unable to go to work due to zero-COVID," Yan told RFA. "Europeans, like Americans, are not able to accept long-term isolation constraints."

    "The problem now is that this policy is unlikely to change, given that it has been extended beyond the party congress [in October]," he said.

    European Council visit

    Several European media outlets reported on Friday that European Council President Charles Michel will visit China next week to meet with Xi Jinping, the first such meeting since 2018.

    Chang said it remains to be seen whether Michel will bring up the zero-COVID policy with Xi during that meeting, although some human rights issues are on the agenda.

    He said German companies could wield considerably more influence in China than French companies, but the sheer size of their investments in the country could be holding them back.

    "The five German giants account for one third of investment coming from EU member states in China," Chang said. "Germany has always said it can't decouple from China, so it wouldn't be possible for Germany to be the first to stand up and criticize zero-COVID."

    "France is throwing the message out there first, then waiting until President Macron visits China ... which may happen early in the new year," Chang said.

    Li Hengqing, director of the Washington-based think tank, the Institute of Information and Strategy, said Foxconn is hugely important to local authorities in Zhengzhou.

    "Foxconn's production ... will drive a large number of other related or supporting industries," Li told RFA. "So the Chinese authorities will naturally be looking to work with the company to keep up tax revenues."

    Apple said in a Nov. 6 statement that the ongoing production difficulties at Foxconn's Zhengzhou plant have affected the global supply of the latest iphones.

    Neither the Henan provincial government nor the Zhengzhou municipal government had responded publicly to the Foxconn clashes at the time of writing.

    Translated and edited by Luisetta Mudie.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Jing Wei and Gao Feng for RFA Mandarin.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/zhengzhou-lockdown-11252022150125.html/feed/ 0 353520
    Were You Deceived? https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/23/were-you-deceived/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/23/were-you-deceived/#respond Wed, 23 Nov 2022 16:01:02 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=135646 There were more than a few people who scoffed at the COVID-19 scare pushed by governments, their compliant media, and Big Pharma. They were ridiculed as anti-vaxxers, more often than not erroneously. The virus was real, but the dangers posed to the masses, the lockdowns imposed to battle it, the useless mandated mask-wearing and the […]

    The post Were You Deceived? first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    There were more than a few people who scoffed at the COVID-19 scare pushed by governments, their compliant media, and Big Pharma. They were ridiculed as anti-vaxxers, more often than not erroneously. The virus was real, but the dangers posed to the masses, the lockdowns imposed to battle it, the useless mandated mask-wearing and the imposition of a vaccine of dubious efficacy and safety have been exposed as Establishment recklessness, a recklessness in which many billionaires made out like bandits while many of those living on the margins suffered.

    The post Were You Deceived? first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/23/were-you-deceived/feed/ 0 353017
    Targeting Vaccinated versus Unvaccinated Study Results Counter to Government-Manipulated Narrative https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/22/targeting-vaccinated-versus-unvaccinated-study-results-counter-to-government-manipulated-narrative/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/22/targeting-vaccinated-versus-unvaccinated-study-results-counter-to-government-manipulated-narrative/#respond Tue, 22 Nov 2022 16:32:22 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=135588 .” There is evidence that points to the vaccinated being more likely to visit health care facilities. “International Journal of Vaccine Theory, Practice, and Research” — “Taking account of the complexities of healthcare-seeking with measured covariates and outcomes, especially adverse health events, suggests that vaccination may be driving the increased need for non-routine office visits […]

    The post Targeting Vaccinated versus Unvaccinated Study Results Counter to Government-Manipulated Narrative first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    .”

    There is evidence that points to the vaccinated being more likely to visit health care facilities.
    International Journal of Vaccine Theory, Practice, and Research” — “Taking account of the complexities of healthcare-seeking with measured covariates and outcomes, especially adverse health events, suggests that vaccination may be driving the increased need for non-routine office visits for specific health complaints.”
     
    Tim Robbins Apologizes to Unvaccinated for Being Wrong on Covid Policy.”

    The post Targeting Vaccinated versus Unvaccinated Study Results Counter to Government-Manipulated Narrative first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/22/targeting-vaccinated-versus-unvaccinated-study-results-counter-to-government-manipulated-narrative/feed/ 0 352754
    Cambodia: Covid-19 Pandemic Used for Union Busting https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/21/cambodia-covid-19-pandemic-used-for-union-busting/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/21/cambodia-covid-19-pandemic-used-for-union-busting/#respond Mon, 21 Nov 2022 09:31:49 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=c14517636223754247f9fc5ac7195ae1
    This content originally appeared on Human Rights Watch and was authored by Human Rights Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/21/cambodia-covid-19-pandemic-used-for-union-busting/feed/ 0 352438
    The Road to Totalitarianism (Revisited) https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/17/the-road-to-totalitarianism-revisited/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/17/the-road-to-totalitarianism-revisited/#respond Thu, 17 Nov 2022 18:01:36 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=135531 Photo: W. Rospondek, Auschwitz-Birkenau concentration camp It feels like it’s finally over, doesn’t it, the whole “apocalyptic pandemic” thing? I mean, really, really over this time. Not like all those other times when you thought it was over, but it wasn’t over, and was like the end of those Alien movies, where it seems like […]

    The post The Road to Totalitarianism (Revisited) first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    Photo: W. Rospondek, Auschwitz-Birkenau concentration camp

    It feels like it’s finally over, doesn’t it, the whole “apocalyptic pandemic” thing? I mean, really, really over this time. Not like all those other times when you thought it was over, but it wasn’t over, and was like the end of those Alien movies, where it seems like Ripley has finally escaped, but the alien is hiding out in the shuttle, or the escape pod, or Ripley’s intestinal tract.

    But this time doesn’t feel like that. This time it feels like it’s really, really over. Go out and take a look around. Hardly anyone is wearing masks anymore (except where masks are mandatory) or being coerced into submitting to “vaccinations” (except where “vaccination” is mandatory), and the hordes of hate-drunk New Normal fanatics who demanded that “the Unvaccinated” be segregated, censored, fired from their jobs, and otherwise demonized and persecuted, have all fallen silent (except for those who haven’t).

    Everything is back to normal, right?

    Wrong. Everything is not back to normal. Everything is absolutely New Normal. What is over is the “shock-and-awe” phase, which was never meant to go on forever. It was always only meant to get us here.

    Where, you’re probably asking, is “here”? “Here” is a place where the new official ideology has been firmly established as our new “reality,” woven into the fabric of normal everyday life. No, not everywhere, just everywhere that matters. (Do you really think the global-capitalist ruling classes care what people in Lakeland, Florida, Elk River, Idaho, or some village in Sicily believe about “reality”?) Yes, most government restrictions have been lifted, mainly because they are no longer necessary, but in centers of power throughout the West, in political, corporate, and cultural spheres, in academia, the mainstream media, and so on, the New Normal has become “reality,” or, in other words, “just the way it is,” which is the ultimate goal of every ideology.

    For example, I just happened upon this “important COVID-19 information,” which you need to be aware of (and strictly adhere to) if you want to attend a performance at this Off-Broadway theater in New York City, where “everything is back to normal.”

    I could pull up countless further examples, but I don’t want to waste your time. At this point, it isn’t the mask and “vaccination” mandates themselves that are important. They are simply the symbols and rituals of the new official ideology, an ideology that has divided societies into two irreconcilable categories of people: (1) those who are prepared to conform their beliefs to the official narrative of the day, no matter how blatantly ridiculous it is, and otherwise click heels and follow the orders of the global-capitalist ruling establishment, no matter how destructive and fascistic they may be; and (2) those who are not prepared to do that.

    Let’s go ahead and call them “Normals” and “Deviants.” I think you know which one you are.

    This division of society into two opposing and irreconcilable classes of people cuts across and supersedes old political lines. There are Normals and Deviants on both the Left and the Right. The global-capitalist ruling establishment couldn’t care less whether you are a “progressive,” or a “conservative,” or a “libertarian,” or an “anarchist,” or whatever you call yourself. What they care about is whether you’re a Normal or a Deviant. What they care about is whether you will follow orders. What they care about is whether you are conforming your perceptions and behavior and thinking to their new “reality” … the hegemonic global-capitalist “reality” that has been gradually evolving for the last 30 years and is now entering its totalitarian stage.

    I’ve been writing about the evolution of global capitalism in my essays since 2016 — and since the early 1990s in my stage plays — so I’m not going to reiterate the whole story here. Readers who have just tuned into my political satire and commentary during the last two years can go back and read the essays in Trumpocalypse (2016-2017) and The War on Populism (2018-2019).

    The short version is, back in 2016, GloboCap was rolling along, destabilizing, restructuring, and privatizing the planet that it came into sole unchallenged possession of when the Soviet Union finally collapsed, and everything was hunky-dory, and then along came Brexit, Donald Trump, and the whole “populist” and neo-nationalist rebellion against globalism throughout the West. So, GloboCap needed to deal with that, which is what is has been doing for last six years … yes, the last six — not just two and a half — years.

    The War on Dissent didn’t start with Covid and it isn’t going to end with Covid. GloboCap (or “the Corporatocracy” if you prefer) has been delegitimizing, demonizing, and disappearing dissent and increasingly imposing ideological uniformity on Western society since 2016. The New Normal is just the latest stage of it. Once it gets done quashing this “populist” rebellion and imposing ideological uniformity on urban society throughout the West, it will go back to destabilizing, restructuring, and privatizing the rest of the world, which is what it was doing with the “War on Terror” (and other “democracy”-promoting projects) from 2001 to 2016.

    The goal of this global Gleichschaltung campaign is the goal of every totalitarian system; i.e., to render any and all deviance from its official ideology pathological. The nature of the deviance does not matter. The official ideology does not matter. (GloboCap has no fixed ideology. It can abruptly change its official “reality” from day to day, as we have experienced recently). What matters is one’s willingness or unwillingness to conform to whatever the official “reality” is, regardless of how ridiculous it is, and how many times it has been disproved, and sometimes even acknowledged as fiction by the very authorities who nonetheless continue to assert its “reality.”

    I’ll give you one more concrete example.

    After I happened upon the “Covid restrictions” (i.e., the social-segregation system) still being enforced by that Off-Broadway theater, I stumbled upon this article in Current Affairs about the oracle Yuval Noah Harari, the writer of which article mentions in passing that somewhere between 6 million and 12 million people have “died of Covid,” as if this were a fact, a fact that no one in their right mind would question. Which it is, officially, in our new “reality,” despite the fact (i.e., the actual fact) that — as even the “health authorities” have admitted — anyone who died of anything in a hospital after testing positive was recorded as a “Covid-19 death.”

    This is how “reality” (i.e., official “reality,” consensus “reality”) is manufactured and policed. It is manufactured and policed, not only by the media, corporations, governments, and non-governmental governing entities, but also (and, ultimately, more effectively) by the constant repetition of official narratives as unquestionable axiomatic facts.

    In our brave new totalitarian global-capitalist “reality,” anyone who questions or challenges such “facts” immediately renders oneself a “Deviant” and is excommunicated from “Normal” society. Seriously, just for fun, try to get a job at a corporation, or a university, or a part in a movie or a Broadway play, or a book deal, or a research grant, etc., while being honest about your beliefs about Covid. Or, if you’re a “respectable” journalist, you know, with literary and public-speaking agents, and book deals, and personal managers, and so on, go ahead, report the facts (i.e., the actual facts, which you know are there, but which you have been avoiding like the plague for the last two years), and watch your career get violently sucked down the drain like a turd in an airplane toilet.

    That last bit was meant for “urban professionals,” who still have careers, or are aspiring to careers, or are otherwise still invested in remaining members in good standing of “Normal” society; i.e., not you folks in Florida and Idaho, or my fellow literary and artistic “Deviants.”

    We have pretty much burned our bridges at this point. Unless you’re prepared to mindfuck yourself, and gaslight yourself, and confess, and convert, there’s no going back to “normal” society (which we couldn’t go back to anyway, on account of how it doesn’t exist anymore).

    I realize that a lot of folks have probably been looking forward to that … to the day when the Normals finally “wake up” and face the facts, and truth prevails, and we return to something resembling normality. It’s not going to happen. We’re not going back. The Normals are never going to “wake up.” Because they’re not asleep. They’re not hypnotized. They’re not going to “come to their senses” one day and take responsibility for the damage they have done. Sure, they will apologize for their “mistakes,” and admit that possibly they “overreacted,” but the official narrative of the Covid pandemic and the new “reality” it has ushered into being will remain in force, and they will defend both with their lives.

    Or, rather, they will defend both with our lives.

    If you think I’m being hyperbolic, well, consider the epithets GloboCap has conditioned the Normals to use to demonize us … “conspiracy theorist,” “science denier,” “insurrectionist,” “extremist,” “violent domestic terrorist.” None of which signify a political ideology or any political or critical position whatsoever. They signify deviation from the norm. Any type of deviation from the norm. They are tactical terms, devoid of meaning, designed to erase the political character of the diverse opposition to global-capitalism (or “globalism,” if you are touchy about the word “capitalism”), to lump us all into one big bucket of “deviance.”

    It is usually not a very good omen when nations — or totally unaccountable, supranational global-power systems — suddenly break out the “deviance bucket.” It is usually a sign that things are going to get ugly, ugly in a totalitarian fashion, which is precisely what has been happening for the past six years.

    Back in July of 2021, at the height of the fascistic New Normal hate frenzy, with the military enforcing “Covid restrictions,” a global segregation system being implemented, and people threatening to decapitate me for refusing to get “vaccinated,” I published a piece called The Road to Totalitarianism. We are still on that road. Both the Normals and we Deviants. We’ve been on that road for quite some time, longer than most of us probably realize. The weather has improved, slightly. The scenery out the window has changed. The destination has not. I haven’t seen any exits. Let me know if you do, will you?

    The post The Road to Totalitarianism (Revisited) first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by C.J. Hopkins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/17/the-road-to-totalitarianism-revisited/feed/ 0 351632
    North Korea Uses #Covid-19 as Pretext to Seal Border | #shorts https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/17/north-korea-uses-covid-19-as-pretext-to-seal-border-shorts/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/17/north-korea-uses-covid-19-as-pretext-to-seal-border-shorts/#respond Thu, 17 Nov 2022 15:45:40 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=adbe8ff1f070600c2fe08d5ba8c853bd
    This content originally appeared on Human Rights Watch and was authored by Human Rights Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/17/north-korea-uses-covid-19-as-pretext-to-seal-border-shorts/feed/ 0 351586
    Spoiler Alert https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/17/spoiler-alert/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/17/spoiler-alert/#respond Thu, 17 Nov 2022 15:07:11 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=135427 “‘The cat is out of the bag’ Christine Anderson.” Christine Anderson, a German member of the European Parliament, revealed Pfizer’s confession: “It was a gigantic lie what they [Pfizer] told us that these vaccines would prevent you from catching this virus or would prevent transmission. Well, none of that was true as it turns out, […]

    The post Spoiler Alert first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    ‘The cat is out of the bag’ Christine Anderson.”

    Christine Anderson, a German member of the European Parliament, revealed Pfizer’s confession: “It was a gigantic lie what they [Pfizer] told us that these vaccines would prevent you from catching this virus or would prevent transmission. Well, none of that was true as it turns out, and based on that lie, all of the mandates, all of the lockdowns, all of the non-pharmaceutical measures of wearing masks, staying at home — all of that was based on that gigantic lie.”

    The post Spoiler Alert first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/17/spoiler-alert/feed/ 0 351594
    For African/Black Working Class and Colonized Peoples, Midterm Elections in the U.S. Offer No Relief from War, Repression and Capitalist Misery https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/11/for-african-black-working-class-and-colonized-peoples-midterm-elections-in-the-u-s-offer-no-relief-from-war-repression-and-capitalist-misery/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/11/for-african-black-working-class-and-colonized-peoples-midterm-elections-in-the-u-s-offer-no-relief-from-war-repression-and-capitalist-misery/#respond Fri, 11 Nov 2022 07:24:21 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=135340 Skidrow in Los Angeles, California (Photo: Genaro Molina / Los Angeles Times)  The agenda was set with the Lewis Powell Memorandum in 1971. Written at the request of the United States Chamber of Commerce, probably the most influential structure of capitalist rule at the time, the concern for the Chamber was the need to find […]

    The post For African/Black Working Class and Colonized Peoples, Midterm Elections in the U.S. Offer No Relief from War, Repression and Capitalist Misery first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    Skidrow in Los Angeles, California (Photo: Genaro Molina / Los Angeles Times) 

    The agenda was set with the Lewis Powell Memorandum in 1971. Written at the request of the United States Chamber of Commerce, probably the most influential structure of capitalist rule at the time, the concern for the Chamber was the need to find a more coherent counter-offensive to the attacks against the system over the previous years. At the center of the anti-system attacks during the 1960s was, of course, the Black Liberation Movement and the Anti-War movement.

    Powell made the argument that the capitalist class had to recognize that their very survival was at stake and that meant capitalists had to understand that as a class their interests transcended their individual enterprises.

    And while the tone of Powell’s memo was “professional” and lacked rhetorical excesses, the need for a more intentional and strategic class war was the call that leaped out from the Powell memo.

    The day is long past when the chief executive officer of a major corporation discharges his responsibility by maintaining a satisfactory growth of profits, with due regard to the corporation’s public and social responsibilities. If our system is to survive, top management must be equally concerned with protecting and preserving the system itself.

    The policy implications were obvious. The U.S. ruling class concluded that it could no longer afford the “excesses” of the liberal welfare state and reform liberalism that as far as it was concerned had produced a failed war strategy, cultural decadence, rampant inflation, urban riots and demands for rights from groups representing every sector of U.S. society.

    This was the beginning of the right-wing neoliberal turn. A societal-wide counterrevolutionary policy that also required a domestic counterinsurgency strategy that would have a military, but more importantly, an ideological/cultural component. Domestically the main target of the counterinsurgency would be the revolutionary nationalist and socialist forces of the Black liberation movement and “new communist” formations.

    Internationally, the turn to neoliberalism translated into a brutal intensification of colonial/capitalist (imperialist) value extraction from nations in the global South buttressed by weak, corrupt, repressive neocolonial states politically and militarily propped-up by the U.S.

    The neoliberal counterrevolution produced irreconcilable contradictions that we are living through today. The gap between rich and poor nations and between workers and capitalists had never been more pronounced and immiseration so cruel.

    For the Black working class, the neoliberal turn was a catastrophe. The off-shoring of the U.S. industrial base with its relatively high paying jobs along with the reorganization of the economy to a service economy and the privatization wave that devastated social services and public employment where black workers were disproportionately located created structural precarity that only needed one incident to push tens of thousands into desperation. In the 2000s there were two. Hurricane Katrina and the economic collapse of 2008 that saw the greatest loss of Black wealth and income since the end of the reconstruction period between 1877 and 1896.

    Compounding this devastation, the crimes against humanity represented by the 2020 covid pandemic in which literally tens of thousands of Black people, mainly poor, unnecessarily died because the state failed to protect their fundamental human rights to health and social security.

    While Katrina exposed the fragility of Black life in the Gulf Coast, the economic crisis of 2008 just a few years later plugged millions of African workers into a desperate, depression era scramble for survival in conditions where Black labor was superfluous, and the very existence of Black life was seen as a social problem. The mass slaughter of the covid pandemic closed out the first two decades of a century that was supposed to exemplify “American” greatness with a demoralized and confused electorate turning to a washed-up hack politician named Joe Biden.

    Midterm Elections: If Stopping Fascism is on the Ballot, what was it the Africans Experienced all These Years?

    Neoliberalism was a rightist capitalist reform project. Today it informs the context for the midterms elections for African/Black workers. The objective material needs of Black workers and our desire for self-determination, independent development and peace were not on the ballot.

    And while the duopoly represents the primary political contradiction obscuring the reality of the dictatorship of capital, the most aggressive neoliberal actors now operate in and through the democratic party. Consequently, the unspoken character of the competition between the two parties is that elections have now shaped up since 2016 as a contest between the far-right elements represented today by Trump forces and the neoliberal right represented by corporate democrats tied to finance capital and transnational corporations.

    This is the undemocratic choice. The republicans represent the disaffected white nationalist petit-bourgeoisie settlers who think they are indigenous to this land. The ruling corporate capitalist elements of that party are for the most part nationalist oriented, dependent for their profits on the domestic economy. Some elements produce for the global markets, but they are in constant struggle with big capital as the capitalist economy “naturally” concentrates into its monopoly stage.

    Democrats who historically had been associated with labor and the common man even during the period when it was the party of racist segregation under the apartheid system in the South, is today the party controlled by U.S. based monopoly capital. For workers, this form of bourgeois democracy has no space or structure representing the interests of workers, the poor and structurally oppressed. The working class and poor are slowly beginning to understand that.

    That is why early evidence suggests that African/Black workers did not participate in numbers that were necessary for the democrats to have prevailed in some of those key races. The democrats have nothing to offer, no policies, no hope, and no vision.

    Some of the cowardice phony “progressives” in that party suggest that the national democrats did not push an economic message even though it was clear that the economic crisis was their most pressing concern.

    But what economic message? The democrats long ago abandoned their base and they continue to desperately find ways to dilute the influence of their most loyal base – African Americans – by seeking out that elusive white, primarily women, suburban vote.

    What the midterms reaffirmed is that the class war that Powell advocated for in the 70s as a primary strategic objective of the ruling class continues and is intensifying, even as the ruling class is in crisis and cannot rule in the same way. This means that the people must disabuse themselves of all illusions and sentimental ideas around common national interests with this reckless and increasingly irrational bourgeoisie.

    We cannot allow ourselves to fall prey to the slick propaganda that diverts attention away from the failures of the capitalist system. January 6th and Trump, evil Putin, the calculating Chinese, the exaggerated crime issue, and immigration issue, are all meant to divert us away from the fact that our lives are empty, that we have no time for friends and family, mindless soul crushing work characterizes our existence, if we have it, and the fear and anxiety that comes from a precarious existence saps our spirits and turns our confusion and anger inward.

    Ideological clarity that stems from a liberated consciousness directs us to the conclusion that it is the system that is the enemy. Not our neighbor, or the undocumented gardener or food delivery person, not the peoples of Nicaragua, Haiti, Venezuela and Cuba who just want to live in their own way and in peace.

    The democrat party is a morally bankrupt shell, hollowed out by years of lies and corruption. Many do not want to accept the bitter reality that we (Africans and colonized peoples) must objectively acknowledge that nothing will substantially change by this election or any other bourgeois election. We can and must contest in those spaces but we are clear –  as long as power is retained by the Pan European colonial/capitalist dictatorship Black people will continue to suffer and collective humanity will face an existential threat.

    First published at Black Agenda Report

    The post For African/Black Working Class and Colonized Peoples, Midterm Elections in the U.S. Offer No Relief from War, Repression and Capitalist Misery first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Ajamu Baraka.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/11/for-african-black-working-class-and-colonized-peoples-midterm-elections-in-the-u-s-offer-no-relief-from-war-repression-and-capitalist-misery/feed/ 0 349805
    Chinese health ministry won’t release lockdown suicide statistics amid COVID-19 surge https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/statistics-11082022135208.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/statistics-11082022135208.html#respond Tue, 08 Nov 2022 20:13:49 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/statistics-11082022135208.html The Chinese health ministry says statistics on suicides under the country's zero-COVID policy of rolling lockdowns and electronic tracking "are not for release," after reports that a woman threw herself from a building under lockdown in Inner Mongolia.

    Reports emerged that a 55-year-old woman had jumped from the 12th floor of her apartment building in the regional capital, Hohhot, on Friday, the Beijing-backed news site Sixth Tone reported.

    Local authorities came under fire after reports that her 29-year-old daughter told the neighborhood group chat that her door had been welded shut for the last month, making it impossible for them to leave the apartment.

    Disease control and prevention chiefs called for an end to the use of external locks, latches or welding to seal residents into their apartments during lockdowns under Chinese leader Xi Jinping's zero-COVID policy.

    "China will increase scientific epidemic control and prevention levels and firmly rectify excessive measures and hold those who fail to implement full rectifications accountable according to the law," State Council disease control and prevention officials told a news conference on Nov. 5, according to the Global Times newspaper.

    But officials declined to reveal the number of suicides that have taken place in China since the start of the COVID-19 pandemic in the central city of Wuhan in late 2019.

    "We don't have this data," an employee who answered the phone at the national bureau of statistics told RFA on Monday. "We don't have it in the database, because it's controlled by the National Health Commission."

    "It has a great deal of data, and it doesn't give us all of it," the employee said, adding that detailed cause-of-death statistics are generally only made public every 10 years, around the time of the national census.

    An employee who answered the phone at the National Health Commission said the data on suicides wasn't available to the public.

    "This information is for internal use only, and it won't be easy to come by," the employee said. "We're not allowed to give it out."

    ENG_CHN_ZeroCovid_11082022.2.JPG
    Officials wearing protective gear stand outside the locked gate of a residential compound that was placed under lockdown as outbreaks of COVID-19 continue in Beijing, Nov. 7, 2022. Credit: Reuters

    Suicide statistics as 'state secrets'

    Former Chinese Red Cross executive Ren Ruihong said statistics on suicides during the pandemic are regarded by the Chinese Communist Party as a state secret.

    Any attempt to obtain such information could be regarded as an attempt to lay hands on state secrets, Ren said.

    A front-line clinician working in a large provincial hospital said on condition of anonymity that they had anecdotal evidence of an increase in deaths from non-COVID causes during the pandemic, however.

    "We can only see our own figures; there are no statistics in this regard for the whole country," the clinician said.

    "I think those who need to go to hospital for regular follow-up appointments and long-term treatment are the worst affected," she said. "For example, people with chronic renal insufficiency, who need to go to hospital for dialysis, but they're not allowed to gather [in the facility], which accommodates 50 patients."

    The pandemic had also had a major impact on people's mental health, especially among the least privileged in society, the doctor said.

    She said suicides are occurring at a greater rate among young people, a change she described as "distressing."

    "The number of people suffering abnormal mental states increases significantly during lockdowns," the doctor said. "Previously, it might not have occurred to young people to end their own lives."

    "It used to be mostly elderly people, or people with health problems [they couldn't afford to treat]."

    "Now, some young people ... are committing suicide because of the pressures in their lives," she said. 

    She said possible suicides are often not recorded as such, as the case of people who die by drowning after jumping into bodies of water.

    NGO leader Niu Zhenxi agreed.

    "We haven't compiled figures on this; we can only say that it happens constantly," Niu said. "We're a civilian rescue team, so we go in and try to save people on behalf of the government."

    "But it’s inconvenient to ask," Niu said, in a reference to the political sensitivity of the topic. Critics of the zero-COVID policy have been detained in recent months.

    Peng Kaiping, dean of social sciences at Tsinghua University, said in recent comments that diabetes and suicide were behind most excess deaths during the pandemic in China, but made no reference to specific data.

    Repeated calls to mental health helplines run by authorities in Shanghai, Beijing, Guangzhou, Shenzhen, Qingdao, Hangzhou, as well as the psychological counseling helpline run by the Chinese Academy of Sciences, rang unanswered during service hours on Monday.

    It was unclear why calls weren't able to connect in so many locations.

    Most nationwide cases in months

    Chinese authorities reported 7,475 fresh, locally transmitted cases of COVID-19 on Monday, the highest nationwide number for six months.

    Several districts of the central city of Zhengzhou were imposing restrictions on the movements of local residents, while the Qinhuangdao municipal government buildings were under lockdown following an outbreak of cases there, according to the National Health Commission website.

    Zhengzhou resident Jia Lingmin local residents' committees and neighborhood committees are now requiring information from people that could previously only be demanded by law enforcement agencies.

    Under an amended administrative punishment law that took effect in July 2022, China recently empowered local officials at township, village, and neighborhood level to enforce the law. 

    "Security guards on the gates of the residential community and so-called epidemic prevention personnel [should] have no law enforcement power and are not qualified to obtain personal information," Jia said. 

    Jia said some local residential committees had withdrawn a political questionnaire that formed part of applications for a pass to exit residential compounds under COVID-19 restrictions, after local residents complained.

    Translated and edited by Luisetta Mudie.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/statistics-11082022135208.html/feed/ 0 349127
    6 Reasons to feel grateful for the “pandemic” https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/07/6-reasons-to-feel-grateful-for-the-pandemic/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/07/6-reasons-to-feel-grateful-for-the-pandemic/#respond Mon, 07 Nov 2022 17:14:24 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=135242 A novel coronavirus, deadly and unnecessary lockdowns, civil unrest, political division, economic crises, a rise in mental health issues — the list goes on and on and on. Since March 2020, most of the world has suffered immensely in one way or another. But, amidst the madness, there is room for gratitude. More specifically, I’m […]

    The post 6 Reasons to feel grateful for the “pandemic” first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    A novel coronavirus, deadly and unnecessary lockdowns, civil unrest, political division, economic crises, a rise in mental health issues — the list goes on and on and on.

    Since March 2020, most of the world has suffered immensely in one way or another. But, amidst the madness, there is room for gratitude. More specifically, I’m suggesting we should be grateful for what and who has been exposed over the past 32 months or so.

    6 Reasons to Feel Grateful for the “Pandemic”

    1. Exposed:  Science and Medicine

    If you ever had a doubt that these two “institutions” were hotbeds of corruption and greed, the response to Covid-19 surely cleared things up for you. Everything — from social distancing to masks to vaccines to other treatments being demonized to deadly protocols — was a poorly constructed lie.

    2. Exposed:  Corporations

    If you ever had a doubt that these two “institutions” were hotbeds of corruption and greed, the response to Covid-19 surely cleared things up for you. Everything — from social distancing to masks to vaccines to other treatments being demonized to deadly protocols — was a poorly constructed lie.

    3. Exposed:  Government

    It’s a well-worn script: A crisis unfolds and elected officials — across the ideological spectrum — exploit it to enhance their power. Were you unsure whether or not any politician could be trusted? If so, you now have your answer.

    4. Exposed:  The #woke Left

    The same clowns who once marched against Monsanto are now shilling for Moderna. Plus: Censorship, support for mandates, hypocrisy, thought control, groupthink… need I go on?

    5. Exposed:  Media and Social Media

    All media outlets and social media platforms — regardless of their ostensible “narrative” — are nothing more than AI-assisted stenographers to power.

    6. Exposed:  The General Population

    Did you ever wonder how your friends, family, co-workers, neighbors, etc., would respond to a genuine (or manufactured) crisis? Well… take a good look around. Most of them, it seems, will follow orders and respect authority without question, willingly surrender their autonomy, volunteer to be lab rats, and gleefully turn on anyone who doesn’t march in lockstep. Now you know.

    I’m so thankful that so many people and institutions in my life have openly clarified who they are and how they behave under duress. To connect with like-minded and open-minded comrades, you are required to first move on from those seeking to harm you or, at least, hold you back.

    If you wish to continue growing, learning, and evolving, you must be willing to relentlessly see and accept what’s going on.

    Translation: You must reclaim the subversive pleasure of thinking for yourself.

    #gratitude

    The post 6 Reasons to feel grateful for the “pandemic” first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Mickey Z..

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/07/6-reasons-to-feel-grateful-for-the-pandemic/feed/ 0 348615
    Beijing residents sent to quarantine for crossing paths with COVID-19 cases https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/china-quarantine-11032022164836.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/china-quarantine-11032022164836.html#respond Thu, 03 Nov 2022 20:48:48 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/china-quarantine-11032022164836.html In an apparent escalation of Chinese leader Xi Jinping's zero-COVID policy, Beijing residents are being hauled off to compulsory quarantine if they cross paths in public with a person who tests positive for COVID-19, they told RFA on Thursday.

    A Beijing resident who asked to remain anonymous for fear of reprisals said she was recently ordered into isolation by her local neighborhood committee -- the most local branch of government -- after the Health Code COVID-19 tracker app showed she had been in a public place at the same time as someone who later tested positive for the virus.

    "Someone came to inform me today that I have to quarantine at home for seven days, just because I intersected with a confirmed case in time and space," the woman said. "It's totally unreasonable."

    "The neighborhood committee notified me, and I questioned it, so they told me to contact the police, who asked me if I was going to be cooperative," she said. "So what could I do, if they've made this policy and order me into quarantine at home?"

    The woman said that most residents of the city -- which requires a green code generated from a negative PCR test from the past 48 hours to enter from the rest of China -- are now being told to scan their Health Code app every time they enter a public place.

    The data gets sent back in real time to the disease control and prevention centers, which then generate a list, she said, adding that those on the list are sent into isolation, or taken to quarantine camps.

    The woman said that previously, only people who tested positive for COVID-19 were forced into quarantine in this way.

    "They have quarantined me without determining whether or not I'm a case," she said, questioning whether neighborhood committees had the power to enforce the law.

    Under an amended administrative punishment law that took effect in July 2022, China recently empowered local officials at township, village, and neighborhood level to enforce the law. 

    A Beijing resident who gave only the surname Zhang said anyone who enters an amber or red-coded area where COVID-19 has been found will wind up with restrictions on their movements.

    He said the app will prevent them from swiping into public places, including public transportation, until they have logged three consecutive negative COVID-19 tests over the space of a week.

    "You have to report to your residential committee, do a PCR test every day, then don't go to any high-risk areas," Zhang said. "Then it will change [back to green] in about seven days."

    Getting around the system

    Online tips and hacks abound, all promising ways to get around the traffic-light system, including people offering phones or SIM cards for sale that have been “washed clean” in a green-code area for people needing to avoid restrictions.

    Some online comments suggested sending one's SIM card, by post, or with a friend or loved one, to green-coded areas, to wipe the amber or red code from the phone user's record.

    Others recommended switching off GPS location tracking, while some people who have been prevented from entering Beijing by a pop-up on the Health Code are opting to wait in green-coded cities in neighboring Hebei province for their codes to turn green, according to social media posts seen by RFA.

    Guangzhou lockdown

    Meanwhile, residents of the southern city of Guangzhou said some neighborhoods of the city are currently under lockdown, with varying degrees of compliance reported on the streets.

    A resident of Guangzhou's Baiyun district who gave only the pseudonym M for fear of reprisals said her e-commerce business has been badly affected by the COVID-19 restrictions, as supply chains and express delivery services are being disrupted by roadblocks.

    "We have no access to express delivery services at all right now, or it's very unstable," M said. "On the first day, we were told we couldn't dispatch any goods, and on the second day we were told we could. Then ... on day three, our courier said they could arrange to have them delivered secretly."

    "There has been no way to send anything to Xinjiang by post for the past three months," she said.

    She said entry and exit restrictions in the area were only partially being obeyed, amid unclear communication from local authorities.

    "One minute they're not letting anyone in or out, then the next minute they say you can come and go," M said. "It's very chaotic."

    ENG_CHN_CompulsoryQuarantine_11032022.2.JPG
    A pandemic prevention worker records personal details of people as they line up to get a swab test at a testing booth as outbreaks of COVID-19 continue in Beijing, China, November 3, 2022. Credit: Reuters

    A Guangzhou resident who gave the nickname Xiao Wei said local factories were still operating in the city's Haizhu district.

    "It's all quiet in the first part of the night, but then the lights all came on halfway through the night," Xiao Wei said from a location close to Guangzhou’s International Textile City, where most of the migrant workers hail from the central province of Hubei.

    Local COVID-19 enforcers and Chinese Communist Party volunteers had been turning a blind eye to the practice, Xiao Wei said.

    "They stopped the driver of one express delivery truck, but he told them he needs to make a living, so they let him through ... they had no choice," Xiao Wei said. "The walls they made out of traffic barriers are now full of holes where they have been destroyed."

    M said similar breakouts had been seen where she lives.

    "There are a lot of fences ... and some residents have been breaking through the fences to leave," she said. "There's no other way for them to survive."

    "A lot of people are hanging around the intersection and fleeing when there are few people around [to stop them]."

    Translated and edited by Luisetta Mudie.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Hsia Hsiao-hwa and Sun Cheng for RFA Mandarin.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/china-quarantine-11032022164836.html/feed/ 0 347724
    Self-Destructive Social Habits, Loneliness, and Propaganda https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/01/self-destructive-social-habits-loneliness-and-propaganda/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/01/self-destructive-social-habits-loneliness-and-propaganda/#respond Tue, 01 Nov 2022 18:52:21 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=135001 We are the hollow men We are the stuffed men Leaning together Headpiece filled with straw. Alas! — T.S. Eliot, “The Hollow Men”, 1925 When many people share thoughts, speech, or conduct that is frequently repeated and becomes automatic, it is fair to call it a social habit.  Such habits tend to become invisible and […]

    The post Self-Destructive Social Habits, Loneliness, and Propaganda first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    We are the hollow men
    We are the stuffed men
    Leaning together
    Headpiece filled with straw. Alas!

    T.S. Eliot, “The Hollow Men”, 1925

    When many people share thoughts, speech, or conduct that is frequently repeated and becomes automatic, it is fair to call it a social habit.  Such habits tend to become invisible and unspeakable. They become part of our taken-for-granted-world.

    When I recently wrote an essay about hoarding – “The Last Temptation of Things,” many people got angry with me.  A friend wrote to me to say: “I congratulate and curse you for writing this.”  He meant it as a complement.  I took it as meaning I had touched a raw nerve and it touched off a series of further thoughts about social habits and people’s angry reactions when they are challenged.

    Some people who criticized me absurdly complained that I was supporting Klaus Schwab and the World Economic Forum’s “You Will Own Nothing” campaign, something I have opposed from the start.  Others said that I was attacking people who kept mementos and photographs, etc. and that I was advocating living in a shack.  This was clearly false.  Some got it, of course, and knew that I was using an extreme example to make a point about excessive saving of all sorts of things and how debilitating it is to surround ourselves with far more than we could ever use, need, or even know we have.  My case study was a friend’s house that my wife and I had just cleaned out in an exhaustive case of what felt like an exorcism.

    Now I see that there is a clear connection between hoarding – or whatever word you choose to give it when the saving of things is excessive – and propaganda. Both are forms of habitual clutter, one mental and the other physical, the former imposed from without and accepted passively and the latter self-created to try to protect from loss.  In both cases, the suggestion that your social habits need to be examined is often greeted as a threat to one’s “existence”  and elicits anger or dismissal.

    Sociologists, of which I am one, have various terms for what I am calling social habits.  They don’t speak the language of ordinary people, and so their lingo rarely enters into common discourse to be heard by most people. Such verbiage often just mystifies.

    But habit is a plain and clear word, and social habit simply extends the meaning I am referring to.  José Ortega Y Gasset, the Spanish philosopher, and Max Weber referred to it as “usage” before settling on habit.  While usage is accurate, it lacks the stickiness of habit, which is the simplest word and one everyone understands as behavior that has become automatic through frequent repetition.

    For example, in the inconsequential realm of clothing fashions, men are now wearing tight leg-fitting pants, and it seems normal to most, just as loose pants did in the past.  It will change, of course, and a new or ”old” social fashion habit will replace it and most will go with it.  Either way you choose you lose – or win – depending on whether or not you follow the fashions of dress, which mean little or much depending on whether you interpret them symbolically as signifying  more than their appearances present.

    It is true that all ideas, language usage, and behavior become second nature until they are not.  For example, “my bad” may no longer be good, as far as I know, a phrase I have avoided along with “a ton of fun,” “you guys,” and “overseas contingency operations.”

    Some social habits persist for a very long time because they are continually reinforced with propaganda that created them in the first place.  As Jacques Ellul has emphasized, such propaganda is not the touch of a magic wand.  “It is based on slow, constant impregnation.  It creates convictions and compliance that are effective only by continuous repetition.”  Like a slowly dripping faucet, it drips and drips and drips to reinforce its point.

    Take the hatred of Russia promulgated by the U.S. government.  It is more than a century old.  Few Americans know that the U.S. invaded Russia in 1918 to try to stop the Russian Revolution.  Today’s U.S. war against Russia is nothing new, yet many people buy the daily lies about the war in Ukraine because it is a habit of mind, part of their taken-for-granted-world.

    Take the CIA assassinations of President Kennedy and his brother, Robert.  For decades the U.S. media has worked hand-in-glove with the CIA to reinforce the official lies by calling those who have exposed those lies “conspiracy theorists,” a term that the CIA itself promoted and the media continues to use daily to ridicule dissent.  The phrase “conspiracy theorist” is a handy social usage regularly used now to dismiss critics of any official claim, not just the Kennedys’ murders.  Additionally, it is used to lump together the most absurd claims available – e.g. a Martian woman gives birth to a cat in Las Vegas – with the exposure of real government conspiracies in order to dismiss both as ridiculous.

    Take the U.S. government assassination of Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. that has been covered up by giving MLK, Jr. his own holiday and reducing his message to pablum.  Now you can have a day of service to forget King’s passionate denunciation of the U.S. government as the most violent nation on the earth and the government’s murder of him for his powerful anti-war stance and his campaign for economic justice for all.

    Take the attacks of September 11, 2001 and the subsequent anthrax attacks.  They too were wrapped in propaganda from day one that has been reinforced since, resulting in the social habit shared by the majority that Osama bin Laden and nineteen Arab hijackers planned and carried out the attacks.  This propaganda supported the U.S. invasion of Iraq and the so-called war on terror that has never ended, the destruction of Libya, Afghanistan, the ongoing war against Syria, the aggression toward China, and the U.S. war against Russia, to name the most obvious. And it ushered in twenty-one years and counting of the squelching of civil liberties, government censorship, and surveillance.  All this with no mass resistance from a population lost in the taken-for-granted world of mind control.  Their minds cluttered with lies.

    Take the Covid pandemic propaganda that introduced  the New Normal in March 2020 and continues today.  Destroying small businesses, crippling the economies, fattening up the elites and the wealthiest classes and corporations, injecting millions with untested mRNA so-called vaccines, this diabolical Big Lie has accustomed people to accepting further restrictions on their natural rights under the guise of protecting their health while severely damaging their health.  Despite the fact that all the official claims have been proven false, the fear of death and disease, promoted for many years, has dramatically entered into the social bloodstream and additional censorship of dissenting voices has been embraced.

    In all these examples and so many more, people’s minds have been slowly and insidiously filled with ideas and distorted facts that are false and controlling, similar to a hoarder’s accretion of objects that can overwhelm them. The propagandists have stuffed them with “things” that can assuage their fear of emptiness and the consequent possibility of being able to think clearly for themselves. Excessive information is the last thing people need, for as C. Wright Mills said sixty years ago, “… in this age of Fact, information often dominates their attention and overwhelms their capacities to assimilate it.”

    Ellul describes the modern person thus:

    Above all he is a victim of emptiness – he is a man devoid of meaning. He is very busy, but he is emotionally empty, open to all entreaties and in search of only one thing – something to fill his inner void …. He is available and ready to listen to propaganda. He is the lonely man …. For it, propaganda, encompassing Human Relations, is an incomparable remedy.  It corresponds to the need to share, to be a member of a community, to lose oneself in a group, to embrace a collective ideology that will end loneliness. Propaganda is the true remedy for loneliness.

    And whenever one questions any of the social habits that sustain people’s illusions, their reactions can be sharp and shrill.  To suggest that people collect too many things out of a fear of emptiness, as I did with the hoarding piece, becomes a direct attack on some deep sense they have of themselves.  As if the “stuff” were an extension of their identities without which they would drown.  Even more threatening to so many is to question their opinions about Covid 19, JFK, RFK, the U.S war against Russia, 9/11, etc., and to suggest they have swallowed massive doses of deep-state propaganda. This often infuriates them.

    It is “unspeakable,” as the Trappist monk Thomas Merton said, as quoted by James W. Douglass in his extraordinary book, JFK and The Unspeakable:

    One of the awful facts of our age is the evidence that the [world] is stricken indeed, stricken to the very core of its being by the presence of the Unspeakable …. It is the void that contradicts everything that is spoken even before the words are said; the void that gets into the language of public and official declarations at the very moment when they are pronounced, and makes them ring dead with the hollowness of the abyss. It is the void out of which Eichmann drew the punctilious exactitude of his obedience …

    Social habits are very hard to break, especially when they are reinforced by official propaganda.  They tend to be addictive.  Ownership and use of the cell phone is a prime example.  Such phones are a key element in the digital revolution that has allowed for increased social control and propaganda.  Few can give them up.  And when your mind is filled with years of propaganda that has become second-nature, your ability to think independently is extremely limited.  There is no place for the creative emptiness that leads to genuine thought.  Dissent becomes “conspiracy theory.”

    Hollow heads filled with straw indeed.

    But Eliot may have been wrong in the way he ended his poem:

    This is the way the world ends
    This is the way the world ends
    This is the way the world ends
    Not with a bang but a whimper.

    It may end with a bang while many just whimper.

     

    The post Self-Destructive Social Habits, Loneliness, and Propaganda first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Edward Curtin.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/01/self-destructive-social-habits-loneliness-and-propaganda/feed/ 0 347060
    Clouding Reason https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/30/clouding-reason/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/30/clouding-reason/#respond Sun, 30 Oct 2022 15:33:51 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=134872 Does fearfulness make one gullible?

    The post Clouding Reason first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    The post Clouding Reason first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/30/clouding-reason/feed/ 0 346460
    Shanghai district locked down amid COVID-19 surges in dozens of Chinese cities https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/surges-10282022160320.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/surges-10282022160320.html#respond Fri, 28 Oct 2022 20:13:09 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/surges-10282022160320.html Authorities in Shanghai on Friday ordered more than a million of its residents into lockdown and mass testing, amid reports that some 200 million people are currently under some form of pandemic-related restrictions affecting their daily lives due to Chinese leader Xi Jinping's zero-COVID policy.

    The announcement for Shanghai's Yangpu district prompted fears that at least some of the city's 25 million residents could see a return to the food shortages and barriers to medical care seen during the citywide lockdown earlier this year.

    Since the end of the ruling Chinese Communist Party congress at the weekend, zero-COVID restrictions have been "clearly stepped up in a rising number of cities, as containing COVID remains a key performance measure for local officials," Reuters quoted a research note from Japan's Nomura Securities as saying.

    China on Friday reported 1,337 new COVID-19 cases — most of them asymptomatic. Eleven of those were in Shanghai.

    Protests over COVID-19 restrictions in the Tibetan capital Lhasa spread to at least four different areas of the city Thursday, prompting “scuffles” with authorities in some cases, sources told Radio Free Asia, as ethnic Chinese migrant workers demanded permits to return home from the region.

    Shanghai disease prevention worker Tao Li said nobody from Xinjiang, Tibet or Inner Mongolia is currently allowed to enter the city.

    "Shanghai is concealing high numbers of positive tests in new arrivals, with about 20 cases a day," Tao said. "If you test positive coming into the city, you have to go to a designated public health hospital at Jinshan, but it's full now, so a lot of people are sleeping in the corridors and near the toilet entrances."

    "They're charging 2,000-3,000 yuan (U.S. $275-415) per bed per day," she said. "If you want a room to yourself you need to go through the back door [have connections]."

    ENG_CHN_OtherLockdowns_10282022.2.jpg
    A health worker takes a swab sample from a man to test for COVID-19 in the Huangpu district in Shanghai on October 24, 2022. Credit: AFP

    Hohot in week 3 of lockdowns

    A resident of Hohhot, regional capital of Inner Mongolia, which borders the independent country of Mongolia, said people there are running out of supplies after lockdowns that have been going on for more than 20 days.

    "At first I thought it would last a week, then it extended to 10, then 20, then 25 days," the resident, who gave only the surname Bai, told RFA.

    "I've no idea when it will be lifted; I've asked all around, but they're not saying. There are new cases every day," he said.

    An employee who answered the phone at the Hohhot municipal government hotline on Thursday declined to comment on the lifting of restrictions.

    "There is no notification [on that] at the current time," the employee said.

    Bai said residents are now facing skyrocketing food prices and supplies that are fast running out.

    "There are six people in our family," he said. "Right now we still have some rice, and maybe enough noodles for a couple of days, but there is nothing to go with it; I just made the last dish today."

    "A pound of vegetables usually costs three or four yuan, but that has now doubled or even tripled, and meat is so expensive that I can't buy it," Bai said. "Rice is now eight yuan a pound, when it used to be five yuan a while ago."

    He said residents are increasingly fractious, with shouting matches breaking out in the middle of the night and the constant sound of ambulance sirens going back and forth. Only white-clad disease prevention workers in full protective clothing can be seen on the streets.

    Police in Hohhot's Xincheng district said in an Oct. 26 statement that two people had been placed under administrative detention, which can be handed down to perceived "troublemakers" by police for up to 15 days without need for a trial, for violating COVID-19 restrictions.

    A resident of the city's Saihan district who gave only the surname Yang said many residents are now completely dependent on online food deliveries.

    "Fortunately, we have some food stocked up in our freezer, meat and eggs, along with rice, flour, grain and oil as well," Yang said.

    Inner Mongolia reported 263 confirmed cases and 1,919 asymptomatic infections on Oct. 26.

    Yang believes there were many more cases in his local area than were reported officially, however. "It's all being covered up," he said.

    Lockdowns in multiple other cities

    Meanwhile, a college student living in the central city of Wuhan who gave only the surname Fang said a number of residential compounds in Qiaokou, Jianghan and Hanyang districts are currently under lockdowns affecting around a million people.

    "A lot of communities in Hankou have been locked down, including in [my district] Qiaokou, Jianghan and Hanyang," Fang told RFA. "It's pretty exaggerated given that there were 24 cases reported."

    "The scenic areas at Donghu and Moshan have also been closed. They're pretty big with plenty of open space, so there was no risk, but they closed them anyway," she said.

    "Small businesses, supermarkets large and small and stalls are no longer allowed to sell vegetables, particularly in Qiaokou, which is near Tongji Hospital," Fang said. "I heard a patient there brought the virus back from Xinjiang."

    Authorities in the southern city of Guangzhou reported 73 new cases on Thursday, and imposed restrictions on residential communities in Haizhu, Yuexiu, Tianhe and Liwan districts.

    And 36 colleges and universities in the southeastern city of Fuzhou are currently under lockdown, with partial restrictions in place in Lanzhou, Xining, Zhengzhou, Datong and Xi'an.

    Taiwan-invested Apple supplier Foxconn said some employees at its Zhengzhou factory had been affected by the outbreak there, but denied online rumors that 20,000 people had tested positive at the plant.

    Translated and edited by Luisetta Mudie.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Gu Ting and Sun Cheng for RFA Mandarin.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/surges-10282022160320.html/feed/ 0 346199
    COVID-19 Origins: Investigating a “Complex and Grave Situation” Inside a Wuhan Lab https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/28/covid-19-origins-investigating-a-complex-and-grave-situation-inside-a-wuhan-lab/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/28/covid-19-origins-investigating-a-complex-and-grave-situation-inside-a-wuhan-lab/#respond Fri, 28 Oct 2022 16:45:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/senate-report-covid-19-origin-wuhan-lab by Katherine Eban, Vanity Fair, and Jeff Kao, ProPublica

    ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

    This article was produced in partnership with Vanity Fair.

    “A Secret Language of Chinese Officialdom”

    Toy Reid has always had a gift for languages — one that would carry him far from what he calls his “very blue-collar” roots in Greenville, South Carolina. In high school, Spanish came easily. At nearby Furman University, where he became the first person in his family to attend college, he studied Japanese. Then, “clueless but curious,” as he puts it, he channeled his fascination with the Dalai Lama into a master’s degree in East Asian philosophy and religion at Harvard. Along the way, he picked up Khmer, the national language of Cambodia, and achieved fluency in Chinese.

    But it was his career as a China specialist for the Rand Corporation and as a political officer in East Asia for the U.S. State Department that taught him how to interpret a notoriously opaque language: the “party speak” practiced by Chinese Communist officials.

    Party speak is “its own lexicon,” explains Reid, now 44 years old. Even a native Mandarin speaker “can’t really follow it,” he says. “It’s not meant to be easily understood. It’s almost like a secret language of Chinese officialdom. When they’re talking about anything potentially embarrassing, they speak of it in innuendo and hushed tones, and there’s a certain acceptable way to allude to something.”

    For 15 months, Reid loaned this unusual skill to a nine-person team dedicated to investigating the mystery of COVID-19’s origins. Commissioned by Sen. Richard Burr, R-N.C., the team examined voluminous evidence, most of it open source but some classified, and weighed the major credible theories for how the novel coronavirus first made the leap to humans. An interim report, released on Thursday by the minority oversight staff of the U.S. Senate Committee on Health, Education, Labor & Pensions (HELP), concludes that the COVID-19 pandemic was “more likely than not, the result of a research-related incident.”

    As part of his investigation, Reid took an approach that was artful in its simplicity. Working out of the Hart Senate Office Building in Washington and a family home in Florida, he used a virtual private network, or VPN, to access dispatches archived on the website of the Wuhan Institute of Virology (WIV). These dispatches remain on the internet, but their meaning can’t be unlocked by just anyone. Using his hard-earned expertise, Reid believes he unearthed secrets that were hiding in plain sight.

    On Nov. 12, 2019, a dispatch by party branch members at the BSL-4 laboratory appeared to reference a biosecurity breach: "These viruses come without a shadow and leave without a trace."

    Ever since the Chinese city of Wuhan was identified as ground zero for the COVID-19 pandemic, a contingent of scientists have suspected that the virus could have leaked from one of the WIV’s complex of laboratories. The WIV is, after all, the venue for some of China’s riskiest coronavirus research. Scientists there have mixed components of different coronaviruses and created new strains, in an effort to predict the risks of human infection and to develop vaccines and treatments. Critics argue that creating viruses that don’t exist in nature runs the risk of unleashing them.

    The WIV has two campuses and performed coronavirus research on both. Its older Xiaohongshan campus is just 8 miles from the crowded seafood market where COVID-19 first burst into public view. Its newer Zhengdian campus, about 18 miles to the south, is home to the institute’s most prestigious laboratory, a biosafety level 4 (BSL-4) facility, designed to enable safe research on the world’s most lethal pathogens. The WIV triumphantly announced its completion in February 2015, and it was cleared to begin full research by early 2018.

    Like many scientific institutes in China, the WIV is state-run and funded. The research carried out there must advance the goals of the Chinese Communist Party (CCP). As one way to ensure compliance, the CCP operates 16 party branches inside of the WIV, where members including scientists meet regularly and demonstrate their loyalty.

    Week after week, scientists from those branches chronicled their party-building exploits in reports uploaded to the WIV’s website. These dispatches, intended for watchful higher-ups, generally consist of upbeat recitations of recruitment efforts and meeting summaries that emphasize the fulfillment of Beijing’s political goals. “The headlines and initial paragraphs seem completely innocuous,” Reid says. “If you didn’t take a close look, you’d probably think there’s nothing in here.”

    But much like imperfect propaganda, the dispatches hold glimmers of real life: tension among colleagues, abuse from bosses, reprimands from party superiors. The grievances are often couched in a narrative of heroism — a focus on problems overcome and challenges met, against daunting odds.

    As Reid burrowed into the party branch dispatches, he became riveted by the unfolding picture. They described intense pressure to produce scientific breakthroughs that would elevate China’s standing on the world stage, despite a dire lack of essential resources. Even at the BSL-4 lab, they repeatedly lamented the problem of “the three ‘nos’: no equipment and technology standards, no design and construction teams, and no experience operating or maintaining [a lab of this caliber].”

    And then, in the fall of 2019, the dispatches took a darker turn. They referenced inhumane working conditions and “hidden safety dangers.” On Nov. 12 of that year, a dispatch by party branch members at the BSL-4 laboratory appeared to reference a biosecurity breach.

    once you have opened the stored test tubes, it is just as if having opened Pandora’s Box. These viruses come without a shadow and leave without a trace. Although [we have] various preventive and protective measures, it is nevertheless necessary for lab personnel to operate very cautiously to avoid operational errors that give rise to dangers. Every time this has happened, the members of the Zhengdian Lab [BSL4] Party Branch have always run to the frontline, and they have taken real action to mobilize and motivate other research personnel.

    Reid studied the words intently. Was this a reference to past accidents? An admission of an ongoing crisis? A general recognition of hazardous practices? Or all of the above? Reading between the lines, Reid concluded, “They are almost saying they know Beijing is about to come down and scream at them.”

    And that, in fact, is exactly what happened next, according to a meeting summary uploaded nine days later.

    The dozens of pages of WIV dispatches that Reid unearthed, particularly those from November 2019, helped shape the conclusion of the interim report. Working out of a small, windowless room in the Hart building that they nicknamed “the Bat Cave,” the researchers cross-referenced Reid’s analysis with myriad clues, from procurement notices and patent filings to records of ongoing scientific experiments at the WIV. As their investigation grew, so did a timeline that unfolded across the walls like a giant checkerboard.

    A sign on the door of the Senate team’s office, nicknamed “the Bat Cave.” (Mark Peterson/Redux for Vanity Fair)

    Given advance access to hundreds of pages of the Senate researchers’ findings and analysis, Vanity Fair, in partnership with ProPublica, spent five months investigating their underlying evidence. We analyzed WIV documents, consulted with experts in CCP communications, asked biocontainment experts to help analyze documents and reviewed with independent scientists the possible evidence that certain vaccine research may have begun far earlier than acknowledged.

    We also traced the hazards that arose as the WIV built a lab to research the world’s most dangerous pathogens. Taken together, our reporting provides critical context that is not included in the pared-down 35-page interim report. It offers the most detailed picture to date of the months leading up to the COVID-19 outbreak, including new details on the intense pressure the lab faced to produce breakthrough research, its struggles to grapple with mounting safety issues and a previously unreported series of references to a mysterious incident shortly before the virus began infecting its first victims.

    The Senate HELP minority committee did not release a detailed 236-page analysis that Reid drafted as a companion report. Nor did the interim report provide context for the documents he unearthed. These omissions came as hundreds of pages were whittled down to 35 in the days before the report was released. Though some members of the Senate team reviewed a small number of classified documents, the interim report relied only on publicly available material. A spokesperson for the Senate HELP minority committee told Vanity Fair and ProPublica: “What has been included in the interim report are the facts the Committee has determined are ready for, and worthy of, publication at this time. The Committee’s bipartisan oversight investigation is still ongoing, and what is worthy of inclusion will find its way into the final report.”

    Vanity Fair and ProPublica downloaded more than 500 documents from the WIV website, including party branch dispatches from 2017 to the present. To assess Reid’s interpretation, we sent key documents to experts on CCP communications. They told us that the WIV dispatches did indeed signal that the institute faced an acute safety emergency in November 2019; that officials at the highest levels of the Chinese government weighed in; and that urgent action was taken in an effort to address ongoing safety issues. The documents do not make clear who was responsible for the crisis, which laboratory it affected specifically or what the exact nature of the biosafety emergency was.

    The interim report also raises questions about how quickly vaccines were developed in China by some teams, including one led by a military virologist named Zhou Yusen. The report called it “unusual” that two military COVID-19 vaccine development teams were able to reach early milestones even faster than the major drug companies who were part of the U.S. government’s Operation Warp Speed program.

    Vanity Fair and ProPublica spoke to experts who said that the timeline of Zhou’s vaccine development seemed unrealistic, if not impossible. Two of the three experts said it strongly suggested that his team must have had access to the genomic sequence of the virus no later than in November 2019, weeks before China’s official recognition that the virus was circulating.

    The authors of the interim report do not claim to have definitively solved the mystery of COVID-19’s origin. “The lack of transparency from government and public health officials in the [People’s Republic of China] with respect to the origins of SARS-CoV-2 prevents reaching a more definitive conclusion,” the report says, adding that its conclusion could change if more independently verifiable information becomes available.

    Throughout the pandemic, the WIV has largely remained a black box, owing to the Chinese government’s refusal to cooperate with international probes. By mining the WIV’s own records, Toy Reid and Senate researchers unearthed new clues that support the interim report’s assessment that a lab accident was “most likely” responsible for the pandemic.

    In response to detailed questions, a Chinese Embassy spokesperson, Liu Pengyu, dismissed allegations of a lab leak and said that an international team convened by the World Health Organization concluded that “the allegation of lab leaking is extremely unlikely. The conclusion should be respected. … From the very beginning, China has taken a scientific, professional, serious and responsible attitude in origins tracing.” Some American politicians and journalists “distort facts and truth,” he said, adding that the U.S. should “stop using the epidemic for political manipulation and blame games.”

    “Open the Aperture of Your Mind”

    More than two years after the COVID-19 pandemic’s onset, the question of its origin has remained a scientific whodunit for the ages. Did the virus come from a caged infected animal, languishing in the warren of stalls at a Wuhan wholesale market? Or did it come from the nearby Wuhan Institute of Virology, where China’s top coronavirus researchers, some partly funded by the U.S. government, were splicing together coronavirus strains to gauge how they might become most infectious to humans?

    A bitter battle has ensued between a group of virologists who assert their research points to a market origin and an alternate group of academics and online sleuths who argue there’s been an attempted cover-up of a more likely lab origin. Four months ago, the World Health Organization’s Scientific Advisory Group for the Origins of Novel Pathogens revised an earlier conclusion and said that both scenarios remain on the table, due to insufficient evidence, and require further investigation.

    In June 2021, with efforts to learn the truth at a virtual standstill, Burr drafted Dr. Robert Kadlec, the former Health and Human Services assistant secretary for preparedness and response under President Donald Trump, to assemble a team to examine the leading hypotheses. Burr, the ranking member of the Senate HELP committee, is retiring at year’s end. A spokesperson for Burr declined to make him available for an interview.

    In the foreword of the interim report, Burr wrote, “My ultimate goal with this report is to provide a clearer picture of what we know, so far, about the origins of SARS-CoV-2 so that we can continue to work together to be better prepared to respond to future public health threats.”

    Burr has served in the U.S. Congress for 28 years, first as a congressman and then, since 2005, as a senator. By today’s standards, he is a moderate Republican, having voted to convict Trump in the Jan. 6 impeachment. Long known for his work on biodefense issues, he helped lead passage of the Pandemic and All-Hazards Preparedness Act in 2006 and also worked to speed up the FDA’s approval of drugs for rare diseases.

    The pandemic also immersed him in scandal, as ProPublica has previously reported. In February 2020, after receiving Senate intelligence committee briefings on the health threat of COVID-19, he sold up to $1.7 million in stock holdings before the market tanked, sparking a Justice Department investigation into insider trading. Burr said he relied on public news reports to guide his decision to sell stocks. He stepped aside as chairman of the Senate Intelligence Committee after the FBI seized his cellphone. In January 2021, the DOJ closed its investigation without charging him.

    Dr. Robert Kadlec examines evidence assembled by the Senate researchers. (Mark Peterson/Redux for Vanity Fair)

    The Senate HELP committee paid the salaries of seven researchers, but little more, so Kadlec cobbled together the best team he could. From the State Department, he borrowed a veterinary epidemiologist as well as Reid, whom he’d met just weeks earlier through a mutual friend who was a Dalai Lama aficionado. At the time, Reid was detailed to the office of Sen. Marco Rubio to work on China policy issues. Kadlec also leaned on scientific advisers with expertise in virology, epidemiology and biodefense.

    Kadlec, a former Air Force officer who worked with Burr years earlier on bioterrorism issues, has served under both Republican and Democratic presidents. In 2003, he deployed to Iraq for the Department of Defense and played a critical role in debunking the false claims that trailers there doubled as mobile bioweapons labs. That experience, he says, equipped him to navigate the murky world of“dual-use research,” where civilian scientific work sometimes has a clandestine military purpose.

    In February 2020, in his role at HHS, Kadlec allowed sick Americans on a cruise ship to return to the U.S. Angry that the move added to the domestic COVID-19 case count, Trump threatened to fire him. And when Rick Bright, a senior HHS official turned whistleblower, accused the Trump administration of politicizing the pandemic response, he also alleged that Kadlec demoted him in retaliation and used federal funds to bestow contracts on favored drugmakers. The House Select Subcommittee on the Coronavirus Crisis investigated. While it did not issue formal findings against Kadlec, it noted in a press release that an HHS division under Kadlec’s control awarded a lucrative contract to a drugmaker, despite regulators’ warnings about its troubled manufacturing plants. Calling the experience “very hurtful,” Kadlec says, “I got slimed in the press.” He adds, “I still carry that with me today.”

    Kadlec says the investigation of the 2003 Columbia space shuttle disaster, in which seven astronauts died, inspired his approach to the inquiry. It showed that “in complex disasters and events, there is always a political side, an engineering side, a human error side,” he says. “These things happen for a variety of reasons, so you have to open the aperture of your mind.”

    In recruiting Reid, Kadlec found an analyst who would look for clues in places a typical scientist wouldn’t. “The things that I’ve been researching and translating are not really science,” Reid says. “It’s the party speaking to the world of science and trying to manage it.”

    “Complex and Grave Situation”

    Even the authors of the relentlessly cheerful party branch dispatches and meeting summaries in the WIV archive found it hard to sugarcoat the events of Nov. 19, 2019, Toy Reid discovered as he delved into the WIV’s archives.

    Seven days after the Zhengdian party branch members wrote their memo about rushing to the front line to defend against viral dangers, fallout arrived in the form of an official visitor from Beijing. That visitor, Dr. Ji Changzheng, is the technology safety and security director for the Chinese Academy of Sciences, the sprawling state agency that oversees more than 100 research institutions in China, including the WIV. His visit was billed as a senior safety-training seminar for a small high-level audience, including the WIV’s research department heads and top biosafety officials.

    But the meeting, chronicled in a one and a half page summary uploaded to the WIV website on Nov. 21, was no pro forma seminar. According to Reid, it appears to have been “out of the ordinary and event driven,” and distinct from the annual safety training, which had been held in April.

    For Reid, the import of Ji’s opening remarks practically leapt off the page. Ji told the assembled group that he had come bearing “important oral remarks and written instructions” from General Secretary Xi Jinping and China’s premier, Li Keqiang, to address a “complex and grave situation.”

    Though the summary’s language is characteristically vague, Ji described:

    many large-scale cases of domestic and foreign safety incidents in recent years, and from the perspective of shouldering responsibility, standardizing operations, emergency planning, and inspecting hidden dangers one-by-one, [he] laid out a deep analysis, with many layers and taken from many angles, which vividly revealed the complex and grave situation currently facing [bio]security work.

    The WIV’s deputy director of safety and security spoke next, summarizing “several general problems that were found over the course of the last year during safety and security investigations, and [he] pointed to the severe consequences that could result from hidden safety dangers.

    But what drew Reid’s full attention was the word Ji used to describe the important “written instructions” he was relaying from Beijing: “pishi.” When China’s senior leaders receive written reports on a worrying or important issue, they will write instructions in the margins, known as pishi, to be carried out swiftly by lower-level officials. As Reid interpreted it, the pishi that Ji arrived with that day appeared to have come directly from Xi, arguably China’s most powerful leader since Mao Zedong. To Reid, it suggested that Xi himself had been briefed on an ongoing crisis at the WIV.

    Is it possible that Ji meant to invoke the authority of China’s supreme leader in a general way? As Reid acknowledges, “When Chinese officials want to be taken seriously by whoever their audience is, they invoke more senior officials.” To assess whether Ji had simply been dropping Xi’s name, as a way to underscore the importance of his message, Reid researched nine of Ji’s visits to different facilities prior to the pandemic. All were characterized as annual or routine. None mentioned a pishi. “There wasn’t this bandying about of Xi,” Reid says.

    Further, when Chinese officials are invoking a higher authority in general terms, they will typically cite an important speech, says Reid. For example, Ji could have referenced the one Xi gave at the Chinese Academy of Sciences’ plenary session in May 2018. As Reid puts it, “If he just wanted to invoke the authority of Xi, the natural way to do that is to say, ‘Remember when he came to speak to all of us?’” Invoking the pishi, Reid believes, was “taking it to another level.”

    Ji did not respond to questions and a request for comment sent to the Chinese Academy of Sciences. The director general at the WIV and the head of the WIV party committee did not respond to emails seeking comment.

    Vanity Fair and ProPublica examined research from Chinese academics on pishi and separately got three experts on CCP communications to review the WIV meeting summary. All agreed that it appeared to be urgent, nonroutine and related to some sort of biosafety emergency. Two also agreed that it appeared Xi himself had issued a pishi.

    A former senior U.S. intelligence official said that, while the pishi in the dispatch is not necessarily a smoking gun, he reads it as saying that “there is some issue related to lab security, which doesn’t come up very often, that needed to be seen by Xi Jinping.” He added, “Something signed off on by the General Secretary (Xi) and Premier (Li) is high priority.”

    Another longtime CCP analyst said it was not possible to conclude from the document that Xi and Li had actually issued a pishi related to a specific incident, or even that they had been informed of one. Ji, in her view, might well have been invoking their names without their knowledge to underscore the importance of his message. However, she said that, given the party’s preference for positive communications, the acknowledgment of a “‘complex and grave situation’ means ‘We are facing something really bad.’” She also said that the language of the summary implied that the situation in question was happening at that time.

    Reading between the lines is essential to understanding what the WIV dispatches really mean. As Geremie Barmé, an emeritus professor of Chinese history at the Australian National University, who analyzed key documents at our request, said of CCP communications, “The style of self-protection, of rounding things out, of avoiding the truth, is a highly developed, bureaucratic art form.”

    Without more evidence, it is impossible to know the details of what the assembled group knew and discussed that day. But at least one news report supports the notion that the virus may have been circulating at that time. In March 2020, a veteran journalist with the South China Morning Post reported that she reviewed internal Chinese government data on early cases of COVID-19 that included a 55-year-old in Hubei province, where Wuhan is located, who contracted COVID-19 on Nov. 17, 2019.

    That was just two days before Ji arrived at the WIV, bearing urgent instructions from the highest levels of China’s government.

    “Black Swans and Gray Rhinos”

    A virologist and former Army officer, James LeDuc spent half a century studying how infectious diseases impact public health and national security. Over the course of his career, he witnessed China’s rise from a “not well-developed country” to a biotechnology superpower, he told Vanity Fair and ProPublica.

    In December 1985, LeDuc, then a supervisor at the U.S. Army medical research center, Fort Detrick, arrived at the Wuhan Institute of Virology to help work on a trial of drug efficacy for the hantavirus, a life-threatening disease transmitted by rodents. “China was emerging from the Cultural Revolution. Everyone was on bicycles,” he recalls. “I can remember giving a talk — the screen was a sheet one of us had to hold. The windows were broken out.”

    China "didn’t have the background of how to run [advanced laboratories] safely," says James LeDuc. "They were trying to do their best."

    Two and a half decades later, with help from French scientists and engineers, the WIV laid the cornerstone for China’s first BSL-4 laboratory. That facility, the Wuhan National Biosafety Laboratory, would become synonymous with the country’s lofty biotech ambitions. “China has said repeatedly and forcefully — and they’re backing up their words with actions — that they intend to own the bio-revolution,” the biodefense expert Dr. Tara J. O’Toole testified in November 2019 before a U.S. Senate Armed Services Subcommittee on Emerging Threats and Capabilities. O’Toole served as one of Kadlec’s scientific advisers for the report.

    Today, China operates three BSL-4 laboratoriesand plans to build at least five more.(Biolabs are rated 1-4, from least to most secure, according to standards set by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and international public health agencies.)

    China’s progress has been fast — arguably too fast for its infrastructure to keep pace. It remains dependent on other countries for critical technology and supplies, leading to chronic procurement hurdles that party branch members refer to as the “stranglehold problem.” It has a thin bench of experts to run the most advanced laboratories. China “didn’t have the background of how to run [advanced laboratories] safely,” says LeDuc. “They were trying to do their best.”

    From 2010 until his retirement in 2021, LeDuc served as director of the Galveston National Laboratory, one of eight BSL-4 facilities in the U.S. During that time, he went out of his way to help improve standards at the WIV. He brought several of the WIV’s scientists to Galveston for training and invited its officials to attend an international conference he hosted.

    In 2016, LeDuc returned to the WIV for a scientific meeting in which he shared a new set of recommendations. The National Science Advisory Board for Biosecurity had urged the U.S. government to more intensively screen proposals for what it called “gain-of-function research of concern” in which scientists manipulate dangerous pathogens to gauge their likelihood of sparking a pandemic.

    LeDuc says his presentation was “not necessarily well received. Most of the folks were scientists and could care less about policy.” But he felt he had a responsibility to warn them all the same. “It’s enlightened self-interest that we are doing everything to ensure [China’s] success,” he says. “We want to make sure they have the best practices. If someone screws up, we all suffer.”

    Poring through publicly available documents, Kadlec’s researchers saw that China’s top scientists had been sounding the alarm too. “The biosafety laboratory is a double-edged sword; it can be used for the benefit of humanity but can also lead to a ‘disaster,’” warned a March 2019 article co-written by Yuan Zhiming, director of the WIV’s BSL-4 laboratory. “With increasing numbers of high-level biosafety laboratories constructed in China, it is urgent to establish and implement standardized management measures.”

    That same month, the director of China’s CDC cautioned that bioengineering technologies would “also be available to the ambitious, careless, inept and outright malcontents, who may misuse them in ways that endanger our safety.” Writing in the journal Biosafety and Health, the director at the time, George Fu Gao, also urged that “modifying the genomes of animals (including humans), plants, and microbes (including pathogens) must be highly regulated.”

    Meanwhile, reports of sloppy practices, hazardous conditions and inadequate oversight reverberated across China’s laboratories, according to documents unearthed by Reid and reviewed by Vanity Fair and ProPublica. A 2018 study by a municipal agency in Zhangjiajie, which canvassed 37 laboratories in the area, came to a scorching conclusion. “Our findings allow for no optimism about biosafety conditions,” the study said. “There are many hidden safety dangers, including occupational exposure, hospital acquired infections, environmental hazard, lack of training, those without credentials taking posts, management systems that do not operate effectively, leadership that does not place enough importance [on lab safety], deficient supervision and management by relevant health departments, etc.”

    On Nov. 7, 2018, an official with the Municipal Health Inspection Bureau of Guangzhou, China’s largest manufacturing hub, identified a litany of hazards found during laboratory biosafety inspections: improper use of disinfectants, substandard management of samples, personnel with inadequate training and protective gear, and laboratory wastewater released directly into sewage systems.

    The WIV was by no means exempt from such problems, according to reports in its own archives. In 2011 and 2018, inspections of WIV laboratories turned up lapses including improper storage of viral samples and management failings.

    Then, on Dec. 24, 2018, an incident that was impossible to conceal helped catapult lab safety to the top of China’s policy agenda. Three students at Beijing Jiaotong University burned to death after improperly stored chemicals exploded inside the school’s laboratory.

    On Jan. 21, 2019, Xi Jinping gave a speech to the CCP’s Central Party School, where budding young cadres receive their higher education. Conveying a sense of “anxious urgency,” according to The New York Times, he stressed the need to prepare for two kinds of risks: “black swans and gray rhinos.” He was referring to two concepts popularized in bestselling books: A black swan is a rare and unpredictable event, while a gray rhino is an obvious risk that is ignored until it poses an immediate threat. Xi proceeded to describe potential security problems in China’s state laboratories, leaving no doubt that he was concerned about the issue.

    With Xi himself calling for action, a biosecurity bill that had been on the back burner became a top priority and later passed. In October 2019, Gao Hucheng, chairman of a National People’s Congress committee responsible for environmental protection, argued for its importance before the Congress’ standing committee.

    In the fall of that year, according to declassified intelligence in a U.S State Department fact sheet, several researchers inside the WIV became sick “with symptoms consistent with both COVID-19 and common seasonal illnesses.” The fact sheet did not say who the researchers were or how the US government learned of their illnesses.

    As the Chinese government raced to overhaul biosafety regulations, scientists at the WIV faced a conflicting imperative: Beijing’s demand for scientific breakthroughs, which created pressure to perform cutting-edge experiments that could be published in prestigious journals. A party branch dispatch noted that Tong Xiao, a member of the WIV’s CCP committee, often told scientists there: “Don’t look at your work duties as pressure. Every task is an opportunity and a ladder for continuous self-improvement. Our team’s belief is that suffering losses is good fortune.”

    “They’ve got this really aggressive regime breathing down their neck,” says Reid. “These guys are in a political pressure cooker.”

    “A Doom Loop of Pressure”

    In 2002, an outbreak of the SARS coronavirus that originated in China spread around the world, killing 774 people and infecting more than 8,000. At first, China tried to conceal the problem. When that became impossible, it played down the severity, falsely claiming the epidemic was under control. Meanwhile, in two separate incidents in 2004, SARS accidentally leaked from a top laboratory in Beijing and led to mini outbreaks.

    In the wake of the debacle, China committed to a long-term project to not only repair its public-health reputation but also achieve the cutting-edge scientific prowess worthy of a true global superpower.

    In 2004, French president Jacques Chirac flew to Beijing to sign a scientific cooperation agreement that would help catapult China into the big leagues. Welcomed with lavish ceremony, amid Champagne and strutting soldiers, Chirac pledged that France would sell China four mobile BSL-3 laboratories, help build a world-class BSL-4 lab and partner on essential research.

    Eleven years and $44 million later, construction of the BSL-4 lab was complete. Set high above a flood plain, the four-story concrete laboratory was designed to withstand a magnitude 7 earthquake. By early 2018, it had been accredited to research the world’s most dangerous pathogens, including Ebola, Marburg and Nipah viruses. Xi Jinping himself hailed it as “of vital importance to Chinese public health.”

    "My gut feeling is that the WIV was not ready to go hot when they turned everything on [at the BSL-4] and started doing experiments in early 2018," says Larry Kerr.

    From the outside, the WIV appeared to be a transparent hub for top-caliber international collaborations. That ethos was best embodied by a fearless scientist named Shi Zhengli. She had risen through the ranks at the WIV to become director of its Center for Emerging Infectious Diseases and deputy director of its BSL-4 lab. Fluent in French, she had trained at the BSL-4 Jean Mérieux-Inserm Laboratory in Lyon and was well known in China as “bat woman” for her intrepid exploration of their caves to collect samples. “Shi Zhengli was totally aware of how to handle viruses,” Gabriel Gras, a French biosafety and biocontainment technology expert who helped train the WIV’s BSL-4 staff, told Vanity Fair and ProPublica. “She has handled these all her life.”

    As the BSL-4 lab there became one of the nation’s most exalted scientific showpieces, Shi’s research grew in importance and scope. In a 2015 research paper, Shi and a University of North Carolina virologist named Ralph Baric proved that the spike protein of a novel coronavirus could be used to infect human cells. Using mice as subjects, they spliced the spike of a novel SARS-like virus from a bat into a version of the 2003 SARS virus, creating a new infectious pathogen. The virus manipulation was completed at Baric’s BSL-3 lab in North Carolina. This gain-of-function experiment was so fraught that the authors essentially put a warning label on it, writing, “scientific review panels may deem similar studies … too risky to pursue.”

    In March 2018, Shi partnered with Baric and a longtime collaborator, Peter Daszak, on a $14 million grant proposal to genetically manipulate bat coronaviruses to see how they might cause pandemics. The proposal called for possibly enhancing the viruses with something called a furin cleavage site to boost their entry into human cells. The Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) rejected the grant proposal for not adequately assessing the risks posed by a supercharged virus.

    It is not clear whether WIV scientists continued the research on their own. Shi and Baric did not offer comment. In his response to our request for comment, Daszak did not address the DARPA grant. He said that he had not reviewed the Senate report and instead pointed to another report, which he recently co-authored in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, that “strongly indicates” a natural origin for SARS-CoV-2.

    Though Shi was most often pictured in the Chinese press in her white, pressurized oxygen suit, required for BSL-4 research, published papers show that she and the researchers she supervised did much of their work in BSL-3 and even BSL-2 facilities, which the WIV allowed prior to the pandemic. The interim report enumerates several types of risky research conducted at the WIV at BSL-3 and BSL-2 levels. Animal experiments to test the efficacy of vaccines generated highly infectious aerosols that are “difficult to detect,” the interim report says, adding that “there were concerns about conducting this type of research in a BSL2 laboratory.”

    In early 2017, the collaboration with the French fizzled and Gras, the last French expert there, departed. The French had served as designers and contractors but never became partners. “I think the French did not really have a strong interest in working with Wuhan,” in part due to diverging research interests, Gras said. He added that Yuan Zhiming, the BSL-4 director, “was not an easy person. He can put pressure on people.” Yuan did not respond to emails seeking comment.

    Long before the lab began its riskiest work, there were alarming signs of trouble ahead. In 2016, during severe flooding, the waters rose so high that nearby streets were impassable, and researchers had to hike through a forested area to reach the laboratory and ensure its safety, Zhengdian lab party branch members recounted in a WIV dispatch that Toy Reid unearthed.

    The decision to build the walls out of stainless steel caused a considerable challenge. Stainless steel is “very vulnerable to corrosion” from disinfectants, Bob Hawley, the former chief of safety and radiation protection at the U.S. Army Medical Research Institute of Infectious Disease, told Vanity Fair and ProPublica. Hawley is an expert adviser to the interim report.

    Even in 2016, Chinese technicians were already struggling with how to properly disinfect laboratory surfaces and other items, according to emails obtained in a FOIA lawsuit. That July, Yuan emailed an NIH staffer he’d met the previous year under the subject line “ask for help.” He wrote that he was seeking “some suggestion for the choice of disinfectants” used in the BSL-4 laboratory. “I am sorry to disturb you and I really hope you could give us some suggestion,” he wrote.

    As LeDuc observed, “They were looking for expertise wherever they could find it.”

    Yuan himself identified the shortage of expertise as one of many problems that imperiled safe operations in China’s laboratories. In the September 2019 issue of theJournal of Biosafety and Security, he described a threadbare system where maintenance costs were “generally neglected” and “several high-level BSLs have insufficient operational funds for routine yet vital processes. Due to the limited resources, some BSL-3 laboratories run on extremely minimal operational costs or in some cases none at all.”

    Gerald Parker, associate dean for Global One Health at Texas A&M University’s School of Veterinary Medicine and Biomedical Sciences and an expert adviser to the interim report, told Vanity Fair and ProPublica that he found Yuan’s revelations “jaw-dropping.” The combination of biosafety problems and limited maintenance funds is “a recipe for disaster,” he said. “You further couple that with an authoritarian regime where you could be penalized for reporting safety issues. You are in a doom loop of pressure to produce, and if something goes wrong you may not be incentivized to report.”

    As the Zhengdian lab party branch members noted in their dispatch of Nov. 12, 2019, which the interim report includes: “In the laboratory, they often need to work for four consecutive hours, even extending to six hours. During this time, they cannot eat, drink or relieve themselves. This is an extreme test of a person’s will and physical endurance.”

    A four- to six-hour shift in a positive pressure suit would be “unusually lengthy,” said Hawley, given the stress of dehydration, lack of mobility and noise from oxygen that is so loud it requires hearing protection. “Usually, it’s only a couple of hours at the maximum.”

    Larry Kerr, a virologist who recently retired as HHS’s director of the Office of Pandemics and Emerging Threats and served as an expert adviser to the Senate report, told Vanity Fair and ProPublica, “My gut feeling is that the WIV was not ready to go hot when they turned everything on [at the BSL-4] and started doing experiments in early 2018.” He added: “Even the WIV’s people are saying, ‘We don’t have the resources and capabilities to keep this up and running.’ It’s like, holy crap, if you are working in a lab like that, I don’t understand why people don’t shut it down.”

    But the showpiece laboratory remained as busy as ever. As Reid said of the WIV dispatches he analyzed, “The feel you get from all these documents is: It’s just produce, produce, produce, like an actor preparing to take the stage before they’re ready.”

    Newspaper clippings on a cork board in the Bat Cave. (Mark Peterson/Redux for Vanity Fair) “The CCP’s Version of ‘Cover Your Ass’”

    By the fall of 2019, trouble was brewing at the WIV, according to documents turned up by Toy Reid.

    On Sept. 11, 2019, the CCP’s No. 15 Inspection Patrol Group arrived at the Beijing headquarters of the WIV’s parent organization, the Chinese Academy of Sciences (CAS), to conduct a two-month political inspection. The inspection was part of a larger routine sweep of 37 state organizations. According to the inspection team’s leader, its purpose was to sniff out any “violations of political discipline, party organizational discipline, [financial] ethics discipline, discipline with regard to the masses, work discipline, and discipline in one’s personal life.” They were also on the lookout for instances of insufficient loyalty to the CCP’s mission.

    The Beijing inspectors identified more than a dozen “principal problems” at CAS, among them a “‘persistent gap’ between Xi Jinping’s important instructions on pursuing ‘leap frog development in science and technology’ and CAS’s implementation of Xi’s instructions.” In short: not enough progress, despite all the pressure.

    A week earlier, on Sept. 3, more than 50 managers and staffers at the WIV had met to discuss a looming internal audit that would evaluate political discipline, according to a party branch dispatch. The scientists and their overseers were facing scrutiny at every level.

    A trail of evidence from that fall appears to show the WIV trying to address a crisis. “That’s when you start to see emergency response activity,” says Larry Kerr, the former director of the HHS pandemic office.

    It began within 24 hours of the start of the CAS inspection. On Sept. 12 between 2 and 3 a.m., the interim report says, the WIV took down its Wildlife-Borne Viral Pathogen Database, which contained more than 15,000 samples from bats. The database had been a resource for researchers globally. A password-protected section only accessible to WIV personnel contained unpublished sequences of bat beta-coronaviruses — the family of coronaviruses to which SARS-CoV-2 belongs. Public access to the database has not yet been restored.

    On Dec. 11, a team of WIV researchers submitted a patent application for a device to filter and contain hazardous gases inside a biological chamber, like the ones it used to transport infected animals.

    The Senate researchers analyzed a trail of procurements and patent applications, which, the interim report notes, suggest that “the WIV struggled to maintain key biosafety capabilities at its high-containment BSL3 and BSL4 laboratories.” On Dec. 11, a team of WIV researchers submitted a patent application in China for a device to filter and contain hazardous gases inside a biological chamber, like the ones it used to transport infected animals. The application, which Vanity Fair and ProPublica reviewed, noted that defective air hoses on animal carriers can lead to “multi-stage” risks when airborne pathogens are involved, and warned that a “stable high-efficiency filtering device” and corrosion-resistant frame were “urgently needed.” The following year, in November 2020, the WIV applied for a patent for a new disinfectant compound that it argued would reduce “the corrosion effect to metal, especially stainless steel material,” the interim report says.

    The patent application, which listed seven inventors, including Yuan Zhiming, vividly describes concerns related to its prior disinfectant:

    Long-term use will lead to corrosion of metal components such as stainless steel, thereby reducing the protection of … facilities and equipment. It can not only shorten its service life and cause economic losses, but also lead to the escape of highly pathogenic microorganisms into the external environment of the laboratory, resulting in loss of life and property and serious social problems.

    In the words of one China analyst who serves as an adviser to Western companies, when Chinese officials “describe the solution to a problem, that’s how you find out what went wrong.”

    Vanity Fair and ProPublica analyzed the WIV website and found that there may have been an after-the-fact attempt to reframe the events of November 2019. On Nov. 11, the WIV appeared to republish the entire section of its website containing institutional and party branch news. Every dispatch from prior dates, even those from several years earlier, contains underlying data that indicates that it was changed on that day.

    While this could have resulted from routine site maintenance, it raises another possibility: that WIV officials removed or revised documents in an effort to insulate themselves from blame ahead of the Nov. 19 visit from Ji Changzheng, the CAS biosecurity official.

    The first dispatch to be posted after Nov. 11 was the one from the Zhengdian lab party branch enumerating how its members had rushed to the front lines every time there had been a biocontainment lapse. The dispatch was dated Nov. 12, but the underlying data suggested the file was actually uploaded on Nov. 19, the day of Ji’s urgent visit.

    Matthew Pottinger, who researches China-related issues at Stanford University’s Hoover Institution and was President Trump’s former deputy national security adviser, told Vanity Fair and ProPublica, “This is the CCP’s version of ‘cover your ass.’”

    “Scientifically, Technically Not Possible”

    As Senate researchers explored the question of when the outbreak began, they and their scientific advisers examined the surprisingly fast vaccine development by several Chinese research teams.

    The work of one military vaccinologist caught their attention: Zhou Yusen, director of the State Key Laboratory of Pathogen and Biosecurity at the Academy of Military Medical Sciences Institute of Microbiology and Epidemiology, in Beijing. Zhou had spent years working to develop vaccines for pathogens including SARS and Middle East Respiratory Syndrome (MERS), a novel coronavirus first identified in Saudi Arabia in 2012. A 2016 report by the WIV featured Zhou as a key partner on its MERS vaccine research. And in November 2019, he collaborated on a paper with a team of WIV scientists that included Shi Zhengli.

    On Feb. 24, 2020, Zhou became the first researcher in the world to apply for a patent for a SARS-CoV-2 vaccine. His proposed vaccine worked by reproducing a part of the virus’s spike protein known as the receptor binding domain. In order to start vaccine development, researchers would have needed the entire SARS-CoV-2 genetic sequence, the interim report says.

    Shi Zhengli has said that her lab was the first to sequence the virus and completed that work on the morning of Jan. 2, 2020. That sequence is the one Zhou said he worked with in his Chinese patent application, which Vanity Fair and ProPublica reviewed.

    According to the interim report, there are limits to how fast a vaccine can be developed. In particular, it said that “animal studies are designed to last a specific length of time and cannot be curtailed without compromising the resulting data.”

    In his patent application and in subsequently published papers, Zhou documented a robust research and development process that included both adapting the virus to wild-type mice and infecting genetically modified ones with humanized lungs.

    Vanity Fair and ProPublica consulted two independent experts and one expert adviser to the interim report to get their assessment of when Zhou’s research was likely to have begun. Two of the three said that he had to have started no later than November 2019, in order to complete the mouse research spelled out in his patent and subsequent papers.

    Larry Kerr, who advised on the interim report, called the timeline laid out in Zhou’s patent and research papers “scientifically, technically not possible.” He added, “I don’t think any molecular biology lab in the world, no matter how sophisticated, could pull that off.”

    Rick Bright, the former HHS official who helped oversee vaccine development for the U.S. government, told Vanity Fair and ProPublica that even a four-month timetable would be “aggressive,” especially when the virus in question is new. “Things aren’t usually that perfect,” he said.

    Jesse Bloom, a virologist at the Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center, told us the timetable was very fast but “feasible for a group with substantial existing expertise and ongoing work” on developing similar SARS-related coronavirus vaccines, but only if “everything went right.”

    Zhou and his colleagues described their COVID-19 vaccine research in a preprint posted on May 2, 2020. When it was published in a peer-reviewed journal three months later, Reid found, Zhou was listed as “deceased.” The circumstances of his death have not been disclosed.

    A chart tabulating early cases of COVID-19 in Wuhan. (Mark Peterson/Redux for Vanity Fair) Battle Lines

    In the early hours of Jan. 1, 2020, Wuhan officials closed the Huanan Seafood Wholesale Market after identifying it as the site of the world’s first cluster of SARS-CoV-2 infections. Animals for sale were carted away, stalls were sanitized and an epidemiology team spent days collecting environmental samples.

    How did the virus arrive in Wuhan, a metropolis of 11 million people hundreds of miles north of China’s teeming bat caves? It was such an unlikely place for a coronavirus outbreak that WIV scientists had in the past used Wuhan residents as a control group when screening people in the countryside of Yunnan Province for exposure to bat-borne viruses. The assumption was that urbanites in Wuhan would have little contact with bats.

    To many scientists, the answer was clear: The wildlife trade in China had brought live animals, an obvious source of disease, into dangerously close proximity with people. Years earlier, something similar had happened with SARS, which spilled over into multiple different markets that sold live animals across Guangdong Province over the course of months.

    But the interim report also highlights questions that soon arose regarding the market theory. If the wildlife trade was the culprit, where was the trail of infected animals? And where was the animal host?

    The question of where COVID-19 came from has never been a purely scientific one. From the start, in both China and the U.S., it has been politicized almost beyond recognition.

    In April 2020, Trump declared at a press conference that COVID-19 — or “kung flu,” as he soon began calling it — had come from a lab in China. When pressed on the evidence for this claim, he declared: “I can’t tell you that. I’m not allowed to tell you that.”

    As a conspiratorial rabble trained its sights on the WIV generally, and Shi Zhengli specifically, Western scientists rushed to their defense. “We stand together to strongly condemn conspiracy theories suggesting that COVID-19 does not have a natural origin,” read a statement signed by 27 scientists and published by the Lancet medical journal on Feb. 19, 2020. It would later emerge that one of the scientists who’d signed that statement had sought to conceal his own role in orchestrating it and creating the impression of a consensus, as Vanity Fair has reported previously. That scientist didn’t address this issue when he replied to our request for comment for this article.

    By then, however, the battle lines had been drawn. If you backed the lab-leak theory, you were with Trump. If you believed in science, you supported the natural-origin theory generally and the market-spillover theory in particular.

    On Feb. 25, 2022, a team of researchers from China’s CDC published a preprint revealing that of the 457 swabs taken from 18 species of animals in the market, none contained any evidence of the virus. Rather, the virus was found in 73 swabs taken from around the market’s environment, all linked to human infections. And although some seafood and vegetable vendors in the market tested positive, no vendors from animal stalls did.

    The next day, a team of scientists including Michael Worobey, an evolutionary biologist at the University of Arizona, published a preprint identifying the Huanan market as the “unambiguous epicenter of the COVID-19 pandemic.” Using mapping software, they analyzed the locations of 155 of the earliest known cases reported by the Chinese authorities to the World Health Organization and found them to be centered on the market. A companion analysis led by Jonathan Pekar, a bioinformatics graduate student at the University of California San Diego, said there had been not one but “at least two” spillover events at the market.

    The Worobey paper described its findings as “dispositive evidence” for a market origin. The New York Times catapulted the preprints to international attention. When the peer-reviewed version was published in Science in July, the “dispositive evidence” language was gone. In a detailed response to our request for comment, Worobey said that the removal of those words was the authors’ editorial choice and that the language in Science was “no less definitive” than the preprint: “It was replaced with similar language: ‘our analyses indicate that the emergence of SARS-CoV-2 occurred through the live wildlife trade in China.’”

    By contrast, the interim Senate report concludes that “the hypothesis of a natural zoonotic origin no longer deserves the benefit of the doubt, or the presumption of accuracy.” The available evidence doesn’t fit the patterns of previous outbreaks, it states, including outbreaks of SARS in 2003 and avian influenza in 2013. Those outbreaks saw many independent spillover events in multiple locations, and those viruses “exhibited much greater genetic diversity than early SARS-CoV-2 strains.” And within six months of the first known case of SARS, the report says, Chinese health officials found evidence of the virus in palm civets and raccoon dogs.

    The interim report also points out that, “almost three years after the COVID-19 pandemic began, there is still no evidence of an animal infected with SARS-CoV-2, or a closely related virus, before the first publicly reported human COVID-19 cases in Wuhan in December 2019.”

    Worobey pointed to multiple papers, as well as his own, that support natural zoonotic origin as “a plausible scenario for the origin of the pandemic.” Before this story ran, Worobey posted his comments to us, as well as additional ones, on Twitter, so they would not be “ignored or filtered,” and stated he had not been given sufficient time to respond.

    While the China CDC found no evidence of the virus in animals in the market, Pekar told Vanity Fair and ProPublica that the removal of animals from the market by the start of 2020 made it difficult to “actually sample the correct animals for SARS-CoV-2.”

    The Senate’s interim report is no likelier than the Worobey and Pekar studies to close the book on the origins debate, nor does it attempt to. If anything, it seems destined to escalate the battle just as Republicans in Congress hope to retake the majority in the midterm elections. They aim to haul Dr. Anthony Fauci, the outgoing director of the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, into Benghazi-style hearings.

    The dispute over COVID-19’s origins, fought in the halls of Congress and on the web pages of scientific preprints, has become more toxic and divisive as time has passed. On Twitter, what should be scientific debate has devolved into a mosh pit of poop emojis and middle school insults. It is unclear what is driving the animus, but political advantage, egos, scientific reputations and research dollars all hang in the balance.

    “Under the Thumb of the Party State”

    In early February 2020, as COVID-19 was spreading beyond China, James LeDuc of the Galveston National Laboratory began fielding calls from journalists asking if SARS-CoV-2 could have originated from a lab.

    He didn’t think so. Nonetheless, on Feb. 9, he emailed his longtime colleague and mentee at the WIV, Yuan Zhiming. LeDuc encouraged him to “conduct a thorough review of the laboratory activities associated with research on coronaviruses so that you are fully prepared to answer questions dealing with the origin of the virus.” He included a three-page list of “some areas where you may wish to investigate.”

    Included in LeDuc’s proposed review were the following questions: “Is there any evidence to suggest a mechanical failure in biocontainment during the time in question? -were biological safety cabinets used and appropriately certified? -Exhaust air filtration systems working correctly?”

    The questions were apt. Two and a half months earlier, according to the interim report, procurement officials at the WIV posted a call for bids on a government website seeking a costly air incinerator. The post was dated Nov. 19, 2019, the very day that the visiting CAS safety official arrived to address a “complex and grave” situation there.

    "The WIV is under the thumb of the party state," says Toy Reid. "American scientists have been slow to realize that."

    Prior to the wider adoption of HEPA filters in the 1950s, air incinerators were used to “superheat air coming from one place and going to another, in order to render them free of any microbial agent,” said Bob Hawley, the former safety chief at the Army’s Medical Research Institute of Infectious Disease. “If somehow the HEPA filter system failed, because there was a tear or breach … then your quick fix would be to bring in an air incinerator.”

    LeDuc says he never heard back from Yuan.

    Toy Reid, who is now in Jakarta, Indonesia, resuming his work for the State Department, says that WIV scientists are not “free agents” who can candidly share what occurred in their laboratories. “The WIV is under the thumb of the party state,” he says. “Just because you can’t see the political pressures they’re under doesn’t mean they’re not under them. American scientists have been slow to realize that.”

    Without the cooperation of China’s government, we can’t know exactly what did or didn’t happen at the WIV, or what precise set of circumstances unleashed SARS-CoV-2. But the dispatches that Reid unearthed, when overlaid with additional evidence the Senate team compiled, point to a catastrophe in the making: political pressure to excel, inadequate resources to safeguard risky work and an effort to skirt blame once a crisis hit.

    As Reid sees it, the international community must continue to demand answers.“If you just throw your hands in the air and say, ‘We’ll never know because it’s China,’ and just move on — if you take that defeatist approach to things — you can’t prepare yourself to prevent something like this from happening in the future.”

    We Want to Talk to People Working, Living and Grieving on the Front Lines of the Coronavirus. Help Us Report.


    This content originally appeared on Articles and Investigations - ProPublica and was authored by by Katherine Eban, Vanity Fair, and Jeff Kao, ProPublica.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/28/covid-19-origins-investigating-a-complex-and-grave-situation-inside-a-wuhan-lab/feed/ 0 346131
    Protests spread in Lhasa over COVID-19 restrictions https://www.rfa.org/english/news/tibet/lhasa-10272022165739.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/tibet/lhasa-10272022165739.html#respond Thu, 27 Oct 2022 22:26:00 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/tibet/lhasa-10272022165739.html

    Protests over COVID-19 restrictions in the Tibetan capital Lhasa spread to at least four different areas of the city Thursday, prompting “scuffles” with authorities in some cases, sources told Radio Free Asia, as ethnic Chinese migrant workers demanded permits to return home from the region.

    RFA was able to confirm that many of the protesters were ethnic majority Han Chinese migrant workers who likely obtained permission to reside in Lhasa for jobs that pay daily wages. 

    Sources in the city, who spoke on condition of anonymity out of security concerns, said that the migrant workers have been demanding that local authorities issue them permits to return to their homes in eastern China because they have been unable to earn a living during the nearly three months of lockdown in the city.

    In footage from one video obtained late on Wednesday, a man claiming to be a police officer pleads with protesters in Mandarin Chinese to return to their homes, and tells them their concerns have been relayed to senior officials.

    “Please return to your homes. Why? If you [don’t] go back and block up this area, what might happen? You’ll infect each other,” the apparent officer says. “We’ve already reported to the higher ups, okay? Please go home.”

    “We understand your pain. We’re going to make a report soon,” he goes on to say. ”Please everybody understand, we will report to the relevant authorities.”

    On Wednesday, RFA Tibetan reported that scores of people had taken to the streets in what appeared to be Chengguan district’s Chakrong area, in eastern Lhasa, as well as the Payi area of the city, based on video obtained by sources in the region.

    By Thursday, protests had spread to include the districts of Lhalu and Kuang Ye, sources told RFA, with newly obtained video footage showing crowds growing more restless. In one such video, protesters appear to engage in a yelling and shoving match with authorities, while in another, a group of people appear to push a large iron gate off of its hinges.

    Trying to contain

    Sangay Kyab, a Tibet expert based in Spain, told RFA that Chinese authorities likely did not resort to violence to crack down on the protests in Lhasa because they were related to COVID-19 restrictions, and because Beijing doesn’t want the situation to escalate.

    Sakar Tashi, a Belgium-based China and Tibet watcher, took it a step further, suggesting that authorities wouldn’t have responded as peacefully to a protest held exclusively by Tibetans.

    “Han people in Lhasa protested against the epidemic control policy. Tibetans are also involved,” he wrote in a post to Twitter. “Most who led & participated were Han – if it were Tibetans, it would have been bloodily suppressed long ago.”

    RFA was able to contact an officer with the Lhasa Public Security Bureau who insisted that no protest had taken place over the past two days. “There was no gathering, assembly or protest,” he said. “Everything is in an orderly manner. We did not arrest anyone.”

    When asked how many people were able to obtain permits to leave the region, the officer replied that “anyone who meets conditions can receive permits and leave Tibet freely.”

    When pressed further about the status of the protests, the officer said that “everyone is fine, everyone went home.”

    Other sources inside the city appeared more wary about discussing the incidents, including some who had provided RFA with updates on Wednesday.

    However, accounts provided to RFA by some Lhasa residents on Thursday appeared to confirm the officer’s explanation of events. Residents said that protesters dispersed after authorities agreed to process applications for Chinese migrant workers to return to their homes outside of the region.

    RFA was unable to independently verify whether such an arrangement had been made.

    COVID-19 restrictions

    Reports of the protests in Lhasa – believed to be the largest in the city in more than a dozen years – came days after the government of the Tibet Autonomous Region issued an Oct. 24 statement announcing that a harsh COVID-19 lockdown in Lhasa would be “loosened.”

    The lockdown in Lhasa began in early August as COVID-19 numbers there and throughout China continued to climb. 

    Lhasa residents have said on social media that the lockdown order came without enough time to prepare, leaving some short on food, and making it difficult for those infected with the virus to find adequate treatment.

    Despite Monday’s announcement by authorities, residents of Lhasa told RFA on Thursday that the lockdown remains in effect and claimed even more stringent measures were being implemented.

    One video obtained by RFA appears to be taken inside a bus full of people who the narrator says are Tibetans being rounded up and taken to an undisclosed location.

    “Look, they are taking all these people who aren’t even sick,” a man’s voice says, urging viewers to “please share this on Douyin,” referring to a popular video-hosting website in China.

    Chinese state media had reported more than 18,000 cases of COVID-19 infection as of early October, with at least 60,507 people now held in quarantine in conditions described as harsh by sources inside the Tibet Autonomous Region.

    In a Sept. 26 statement, the Central Tibetan Administration – the Dharamsala, India-based Tibetan government-in-exile – said Chinese authorities are holding Tibetans in quarantine camps without adequate food, water or medical care. Camp managers have routinely placed infected persons with others still uninfected, resulting in a further spread of the virus, it said.

    Formerly an independent nation, Tibet was invaded and incorporated into China by force more than 70 years ago, following which the Dalai Lama and thousands of his followers fled into exile in India and other countries around the world.

    Beijing has accused the Dalai Lama of fomenting separatism in Tibet.

    Translated by Kalden Lodoe, Rita Cheng and Chase Bodiford. Written in English by Joshua Lipes.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By RFA Staff.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/tibet/lhasa-10272022165739.html/feed/ 0 345755
    Rare protest in Lhasa against harsh Covid-19 lockdown https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/26/rare-protest-in-lhasa-against-harsh-covid-19-lockdown/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/26/rare-protest-in-lhasa-against-harsh-covid-19-lockdown/#respond Wed, 26 Oct 2022 22:26:17 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=da6d9e12d5eb020feec0173ec2b51d04
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/26/rare-protest-in-lhasa-against-harsh-covid-19-lockdown/feed/ 0 345325
    Paris talks on Kanaky New Caledonia’s future to go ahead without pro-independence camp https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/25/paris-talks-on-kanaky-new-caledonias-future-to-go-ahead-without-pro-independence-camp/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/25/paris-talks-on-kanaky-new-caledonias-future-to-go-ahead-without-pro-independence-camp/#respond Tue, 25 Oct 2022 01:36:18 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=80333 RNZ Pacific

    None of the parties making up New Caledonia’s pro-independence Kanak and Socialist National Liberation Front (FLNKS) will attend this week’s talks in France about New Caledonia’s new political statute.

    The previously undecided UNI faction also said it would be absent after the FLNKS had already said it would not send an official delegation to Paris.

    Last December, more than 96 percent voted against full sovereignty for New Caledonia in the last of three referendums on independence from France held under the 1998 Noumea Accord.

    However, the pro-independence groups boycotted that vote after unsuccessfully seeking a postponement due to the impact that the covid-19 pandemic had had on the indigenous Kanak population.

    Turnout of the eligible voters was less than 44 percent.

    The Accord stipulates that in the case of three “no” votes, the political partners would meet to examine the situation – which had now arisen.

    The Accord, which provided for a gradual and irreversible transfer of power from France to New Caledonia, expired amid controversy as the pro-independence side refused to recognise the vote as the legitimate outcome of the decolonisation process.

    Right to self-determination
    The territory has been on the UN Decolonisation list since 1986, based on the Kanak people’s internationally recognised right to self-determination.

    The pro-independence parties abstained from voting after Paris refused to postpone the referendum to this year over concern triggered by the pandemic’s impact on the indigenous Kanak population.

    A legal challenge in France’s highest administrative court — filed by the Kanak customary Senate — was rejected, with the court ruling in June that the impact of the pandemic was not a reason to consider the referendum invalid.

    Discussions on New Caledonia’s future status were put on hold for the better part of the first half of this year because of campaigning for first the French presidential and then the parliamentary elections.

    Two ministers in the new French government formed in June promised to visit New Caledonia but abandoned their plans, making last month’s arrival of the new junior Overseas Minister Jean-Francois Carenco in Noumea the first visit of a minister of the new administration.

    Jean-Francois Carenco French Overseas minister.
    French Overseas Minister Jean-François Carenco . . . initiated the October talks in Paris. Image: RNZ Pacific/FB

    Tasked with re-establishing dialogue among the key parties, Carenco concluded days of talks with a cross-section of leaders with an announcement that the key leaders would meet in Paris in October.

    Following his trip, the plan was for both pro- and anti-independence leaders to meet the Interior Minister Gerald Darmanin for separate bilateral talks on Thursday, followed by a broader meeting on Friday, chaired by Prime Minister Elisabeth Borne.

    Wider representation
    The gathering under her leadership — dubbed Convention of Partners — is expected to include representatives of sectors of society outside the political leaders that made up the signatories to the Noumea Accord.

    The UNI faction of the FLNKS explained its absence this week by saying it failed to get a reply from Carenco about details of the planned talks.

    The anti-independence parties, however, will attend the talks, as will the ethnic Wallisian party and kingmaker in New Caledonia’s Congress, the Pacific Awakening party.

    A leading anti-independence politician and president of New Caledonia’s Southern Province, Sonia Backes, said she would quit her position in the French government if it failed to open up New Caledonia’s electoral rolls.

    Sonia Backes
    President of New Caledonia’s Southern Province Sonia Backes . . . threatened to resign her Paris citizenship post if the electoral rolls are not opened. Image: RNZ Pacific/FB

    Backes was made Secretary of Citizenship within the French Interior Ministry when Borne reshuffled her government in July.

    Under the Noumea Accord, which is enshrined in the French constitution, voting rights in provincial elections are restricted to indigenous people and residents living in New Caledonia since the 1990s.

    The anti-independence camp said restricted electoral rolls could no longer be justified after last December’s vote.

    Threat to resign
    Backes said she would resign from the Paris job if the government did not change the rolls or went against what New Caledonians had voted for — a reference to the electorate’s rejection of full sovereignty in three referendums.

    Pro-independence leaders, however, insist that the rolls must not be touched, fearing a change would “bury the indigenous Kanaks as a minority”.

    More than 40,000 French residents lack full voting rights in New Caledonia, being allowed to vote in French national elections only.

    The anti-independence side insists the opening of the electoral roll has to be integral to a new statute for a New Caledonia within France.

    Last year, Paris announced plans for a new referendum in June on a new statute, but the project was deferred in the face of the pro-independence parties’ refusal to engage in the process outlined by France.

    Comprehensive talks on the referendums’ aftermath will have to wait until the pro-independence signatories to the Noumea Accord agree to negotiate.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/25/paris-talks-on-kanaky-new-caledonias-future-to-go-ahead-without-pro-independence-camp/feed/ 0 344318
    Images of Resistance https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/23/images-of-resistance/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/23/images-of-resistance/#respond Sun, 23 Oct 2022 16:27:15 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=134718 Thomas Paine Park   I thought it could be inspiring to know how many allies we have. Thus, I’m sharing some of the many photos I took throughout NYC over the past two years.   Reminder: There are far more of us than you might imagine. City Hall   Union Square Park   Times Square […]

    The post Images of Resistance first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    Thomas Paine Park

     

    I thought it could be inspiring to know how many allies we have. Thus, I’m sharing some of the many photos I took throughout NYC over the past two years.
     
    Reminder: There are far more of us than you might imagine.

    City Hall

     

    Union Square Park

     

    Times Square

     

    Thomas Paine Park

     

    Union Square Park

     

    City Hall

     

    Columbus Circle

     

    Columbus Circle

     

    Rise like Lions after slumber
    In unvanquishable number–
    Shake your chains to earth like dew
    Which in sleep had fallen on you–
    Ye are many — they are few.

    — Percy Bysshe Shelley

    The post Images of Resistance first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Mickey Z..

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/23/images-of-resistance/feed/ 0 344023
    75th Anniversary of Nuremberg Code https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/22/75th-anniversary-of-nuremberg-code/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/22/75th-anniversary-of-nuremberg-code/#respond Sat, 22 Oct 2022 01:53:02 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=134659 I have no doubt that the C19 shots are our modern holocaust, which will cost more human lives than WW2. The implementation of Agenda 2030 is rapidly accelerating. Many people stand on the sidelines and do nothing. They just say – “wake me up when this is over”. Their inaction contributes to the rapid, insidious […]

    The post 75th Anniversary of Nuremberg Code first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    I have no doubt that the C19 shots are our modern holocaust, which will cost more human lives than WW2. The implementation of Agenda 2030 is rapidly accelerating. Many people stand on the sidelines and do nothing. They just say – “wake me up when this is over”. Their inaction contributes to the rapid, insidious progression of the globalist agenda.

    Vera Sharav, holocaust survivor and founder of Alliance for Human Research Protection

    The post 75th Anniversary of Nuremberg Code first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/22/75th-anniversary-of-nuremberg-code/feed/ 0 343851
    AIDS, Covid-19, Confederate Prisoners and a Million More Stories on Hart Island https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/21/aids-covid-19-confederate-prisoners-and-a-million-more-stories-on-hart-island/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/21/aids-covid-19-confederate-prisoners-and-a-million-more-stories-on-hart-island/#respond Fri, 21 Oct 2022 20:50:25 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=134619 What if I told you this story connected poverty, Tony Fauci, the Military-Industrial Complex, the Prison-Industrial Complex, crack, the Civil War, Covid, AIDS, Lou Reed, and my grandfather — and that’s just for starters? Hart Island is located at the western end of the Long Island Sound, off the coast of the northeastern Bronx. Despite being only […]

    The post AIDS, Covid-19, Confederate Prisoners and a Million More Stories on Hart Island first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    What if I told you this story connected poverty, Tony Fauci, the Military-Industrial Complex, the Prison-Industrial Complex, crack, the Civil War, Covid, AIDS, Lou Reed, and my grandfather — and that’s just for starters?

    Hart Island is located at the western end of the Long Island Sound, off the coast of the northeastern Bronx. Despite being only one mile long and 1/3 mile wide, it’s home to more than one million souls. It could be the tenth most populous city in the U.S. — ranked above teeming metropolises like San Francisco, Denver, DC, Boston, and Detroit.

    I say “could” because Hart Island, as a potter’s field for New York City, is actually the largest tax-funded cemetery in the world. And, until 2019, it was manned by grave-digging inmate labor shipped over from nearby Rikers Island.

    (credit: Claire Yaffa)

    Generally speaking, a potter’s field is where any city buries the bodies (and body parts) of those not claimed by any family members or unable to afford a private funeral. This typically includes the homeless, indigent, and people who live alone and below the poverty line. Low-income victims of epidemics and pandemics are often buried in such a location.

    Near the very end of his life, my grandfather would half-jokingly implore my mother to abandon him in the hospital. “They’ll put me in a potter’s field,” he explained, “and you won’t have to waste money on a funeral.”

    For the record, Mom did not take Grandpa up on his suggestion.

    My maternal grandfather with me and my older sister, approximately 200 years ago.

    Why “Hart” Island, you wonder? Like so many other Big Apple tales, there are a couple of interesting but questionable origin stories. The Middle English word “hart” means “stag.” This kinda-sorta makes sense when you consider that the island was once used as a game preserve. Also, deer did migrate from the mainland when ice covered this geographic region way back when.

    The yarn I prefer, for its poetic license, is that British cartographers originally called it “Heart” Island due to its shape. To believe this story is to assume the cartographers to be quite inept as the island’s shape is not exactly like something you’d see in a cardiology textbook. But I’m going with it.

    (credit: Claire Yaffa)

    Besides being a game preserve, over the centuries, Hart Island was also, um… multi-purposed? It’s been a potter’s field since 1875, of course, but here are just a few of the many other uses the “Island of the Undesirables” has served:

    • Training ground for the “United States Colored Troops” during the Civil War
    • Civil War prison camp (235 Confederate prisoners died and were buried on the island)
    • A special hospital was built on the island during the 1870 yellow fever epidemic
    • Tubercularium
    • Reformatory for delinquent boys
    • A women’s “lunatic asylum”
    • Homeless shelter
    • The base for Nike surface-to-air missiles during the Cold War

    In the 1960s, Phoenix House even ran a drug rehabilitation program on the island. They’d hold annual sober music festivals there (one year’s headliner was the Velvet Underground).

    At one point, plans were made to erect an amusement park on the island but somehow, that was never built. It’s not hard to discern why so many believe Hart Island to be haunted.

    Despite the myriad uses, Hart Island seemed resigned to its destiny as a potter’s field and that’s what it is full-time now. The list of famous individuals interred on the island includes:

    During the 1980s, far too many of what came to be called “crack babies” died alone in hospitals or in other settings — often diagnosed with HIV/AIDS. These unfortunate souls were frequently laid to rest on Hart Island, lined up in tiny coffins.

    (credit: Claire Yaffa)

    Fear, prejudice, paranoia, and Fauci/Big Pharma criminality helped shape the heartless response to the AIDS pandemic in the 1980s. This reality was manifest on Hart Island with inmate workers being required to wear protective outfits when handling body bags containing those who were said to have died from AIDS.

    Eventually, when it was accepted that no one could “catch” AIDS from a corpse, those bodies were buried in mass graves along with all the others. You can use an interactive map here to identify them.

    In 2008, it was decided that Hart Island would be used for mass burials should there be something like an extreme flu pandemic on the horizon. Some 20,000 slots were made available, just in case. Twelve years later, this planning would go into effect.

    Drone picture show bodies being buried on Hart Island where the Department of Corrections is dealing with the COVID-19 “outbreak” in New York City, U.S., April 9, 2020. (REUTERS/Lucas Jackson)

    In 1992, a Rikers Island inmate named Michael Roman was part of a work crew assigned to bury bodies on Hart Island. Roman called the location, “an island of poor unfortunate souls, buried here in the unknown to others.”

    He bemoaned: “If only I had the power to help this lost island.”

    With that in mind, I urge you to please take another moment to peruse the images that accompany this article. Honor them and the anonymous victims they represent. Ponder how many unrealized moments are also buried on those 101 acres. And what about the children and all the chances they never had? Who will remember these lost souls?

    Vicki Pavia, whose baby is buried on Hart Island. ©1994 Joel Sternfeld

    This is where the Hart Island Project comes in. Here’s a little from their mission statement:

    The Hart Island Project maintains an online database of people buried between 1980 and the present as well as maps of their grave locations. This database is the foundation for a system of storytelling and visualization called the Traveling Cloud Museum in an attempt to preserve the histories of who is buried for present and future generations. The Hart Island Project advocates for increased transparency of New York City burial procedures and assists individuals in gaining access to actual graves and information.

    Click here to learn how you can help them.

    (credit: Claire Yaffa)

    Maybe you’ll feel inspired by what you’ve learned about Hart Island — inspired to not assume you’ve got things all figured out. No one ever imagines they’ll be that person who ends up buried in a plain wooden box among a pile of such boxes in a mass grave that almost nobody is ever allowed to visit. But it can and it does happen, even amidst the best-laid plans.

    Perhaps the best way to venerate the virtually anonymous million-plus humans laid to rest on Hart Island is to not take our own lives or the people in our lives for granted. To live today with compassion and self-compassion, because tomorrow is never guaranteed.

    There’s nothing we can do for those buried on the “Island of the Undesirables” except to remember them and mourn them. But, a bigger question remains: What are we doing right now for those who are still here among us?

    As Mary Harris “Mother” Jones urged: “Pray for the dead and fight like hell for the living.”

    The post AIDS, Covid-19, Confederate Prisoners and a Million More Stories on Hart Island first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Mickey Z..

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/21/aids-covid-19-confederate-prisoners-and-a-million-more-stories-on-hart-island/feed/ 0 343823
    True Journalism Digs Even When a Tin Foil Hat Might Come in Handy https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/21/true-journalism-digs-even-when-a-tin-foil-hat-might-come-in-handy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/21/true-journalism-digs-even-when-a-tin-foil-hat-might-come-in-handy/#respond Fri, 21 Oct 2022 00:02:24 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=134362 There’s so much to unpack when it comes to propaganda propagating a society, or in this case, the collective west, that is collectively insane. “Amazing” is not really the operative word, since there are so many allusions to and examples of “good Germans” throughout the collective west, even before Hitler and Bernays and Goebbels and […]

    The post True Journalism Digs Even When a Tin Foil Hat Might Come in Handy first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    There’s so much to unpack when it comes to propaganda propagating a society, or in this case, the collective west, that is collectively insane. “Amazing” is not really the operative word, since there are so many allusions to and examples of “good Germans” throughout the collective west, even before Hitler and Bernays and Goebbels and hasbara.

    Milgram experiment, remember?

    The experiments began in July 1961, a year after the trial of Adolf Eichmann in Jerusalem. Milgram devised the experiment to answer the question:

    ‘Could it be that Eichmann and his million accomplices in the Holocaust were just following orders? Could we call them all accomplices?’ (Milgram, 1974).

    Some of the aspects of the situation that may have influenced their behavior include the formality of the location, the behavior of the experimenter and the fact that it was an experiment for which they had volunteered and been paid.

    Ordinary people are likely to follow orders given by an authority figure, even to the extent of killing an innocent human being.  Obedience to authority is ingrained in us all from the way we are brought up.

    ABBATravel: Strong Authority and the Milgram experiment - M&C saves 20% of potential incidents

    Authority, fear, bandwagon, transfer, glittering appeal, etc., in the propaganda, Mad Men arena:

    • Bandwagon propaganda
    • Card Stacking propaganda
    • Plain Folk Propaganda
    • Testimonial Propaganda
    • Glittering Generality Propaganda
    • Name Calling Propaganda
    • Transfer Propaganda
    • Ad nauseam propaganda (source)

    To the point of an apartheid state, Israel, with its deep roots in terrorism against the British and then mass gulag incarceration for the indigenous people, being not only called a great democracy, but one where it has a shadow government in the USA-UK-Canada-EU, in the form of Israel-Firsters of both the Jewish and non-Jewish persuasion.

    Israel’s Secret Poisonings in 1948: New article by Benny Morris and Benjamin Kedar indicates that well before the botched assassination attempt 25 years ago on Hamas’ Meshal, Israel attempted mass poisoning during the war in 1948 [so, this comes out October 6, 2022, in  Haaretz, but there will never be a documentary on Netflix or dramatization on Hulu covering this one of a million stories of Israel’s pogrom]

    Now? Check out the flip-side of flipped-out propaganda and truth: “Israel Is Arming Ukraine’s Blatantly Neo-Nazi Militia, the Azov Battalion.” USA-Israel has been for years:

    What is going wrong with the so-called mainstream journalism tied to Ukraine is what was/is wrong with the MSM and left-wing narratives around masks, lockdowns, obeying the marching orders of corrupt Big Pharma, and listening without pushback against faux scientists, while allowing for the silencing of medical experts, and public health experts who had/have a different analysis of SARS-CoV2. Hook, line and sinker:

    Benjamin F. Edwards: Hook, Line and Sinker - August 29, 2022 - AdvisorHub

    We’ll get to the Covid test for journalists in a minute, but the idea of exacting image management and agnotology and black is white, lies are truth mentality has taken off with algorithms and censoring and the onslaught of Google and Deep State and Corporate State seeding the world with a system of dumb-downing by 1,000,000,000 managed internet hits and mass hysteria.

    Zelenskyy has been using 3D imagery to deliver speeches all over the world by using a hologram.

    Zelenskyy’s “participation” in world events using a hologram has been reported by several renowned media outlets, as can be seen below.

    A supporting image within the article body

    A hologram is created through holography, a photographic technique which records the light scattered from an object and displays it three-dimensionally.

    Images, and the Mass Incarceration Media Management Show:

    Oh, these image management boys and girls:

    Hubert Lanzinger Der Bannerträger (The Standard bearer)

    It’s taken off like gangbusters with the few and the mighty controlling 90 percent of “media,” i.e. publishing (including k12 books) and radio and TV and cable and the Holly-Dirt manufacturers of lies, half-truths, multimillionaire thespians who end up acting in politics. All the world’s a stage for coiffing the reality of the poor masses, us, we useless eaters-breeders-breathers-shitters.

     This 1938 poster advertises a popular antisemitic travelling exhibit called Der Ewige Jude (The Eternal Jew).

    Then, with this total absorption of Hollywood images, the marketing ploys, the perceived, planned, hoped for complete transition from citizens to consumers to data zombies to useless to nobodies, we can have this sort of audacity, in my local rag. All full-page rainbow colors and all:

    This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is image-12.png

    Imagine that, driving in Newport, while seeing all those employee solicitations plastered up on the local Burger King and Pizza Hut billboards, seeking drive-thru help or pizza dough assistants, for $16 an hour plus signing on bonuses and a 30 percent discount on fat, salt and sugar, man.

    I’m not sure what the Burger King/Pizza Hut Covidian Madness Requirements are for those teens or Baby Boomers lining up for this gig, to actually get hired with background checks, drug checks, and vax checks, but I know the school district requires SARS-CoV2 experimental jabs, and CDC proof of it, to walk the halls of the school or help those kids on the teether ball court.

    Note, the hourly wage for substitutes has been set by a staffing agency working hand in glove with the district — $14.07 an hour. When I was substituting, well, I’d get $18 an hour, and that included pay for a full day if I pinch-hit a couple hours after the morning bell rang. That was $140 for six hours work! Not anymore!

    I’d meet the school secretary, get signed in, and then that was it —  look at the absent teacher’s notes for the day and then greet the 3rd graders and the math classes in the high schools, music room sub, or special education sub. Even PE and even all sorts of classes K12.  Now, the poor souls getting $14 an hour have to jump through the staffing agency hoop, a company out of Tennessee:

    And this another aspect of the smoke and mirrors game of Western Society — the staffing agencies, the middlemen and middlewomen just making bank by adding on to all the daily costs of living, of surviving, with their powerful Salesforce apps and servers, all of that, taking over teaching, for the time being, until it all goes on-line, in home “learning”:

    Over the last 22 years, we have innovated education staffing to provide dynamic solutions to school districts and professional opportunities to passionate educators. Our team serves over 4.5 million students with a pool of 80,000 substitute and permanent employees throughout 33 states. Internally, the ESS team is comprised of 650 individuals with a passion for education working together to ensure our 900 partner districts experience valuable education every day.

    This is the big rip-off, the taxpayers’ spending trillions over the years to establish/prop up public education, schools, buses, college prep programs, all those state colleges and junior colleges, all those school districts throughout the land, so that one day the PT Barnums’ of the world can come in and swoop up and take some munches out of that public-private partnership bs.

    I have never seen journalists question this rip-off scheme because (a) journalism has always been on life-support, always there as a town barker and nice guy in the business story realm, and (b) because “going deep” journalistically means going deeper into how immersive the rip-off schemes are in U$A.

    I’ve written about my bad times here in Lincoln County, about the spinelessness of ESS, and, well, each criticism of these systems puts another nail into my useless eater-breather-shitter life:

    Again, I think the biggest question in maybe in economics and politics of the coming decades will be what to do with all these useless people?

    The problem is more boredom and how what to do with them and how will they find some sense of meaning in life, when they are basically meaningless, worthless?

    My best guess, at present is a combination of drugs and computer games as a solution for [most]. It’s already happening…

    I think once you’re superfluous, you don’t have power.

    – from a transcript at Rielpolitic Alexandra Bruce, “Brave New World: Yuval Noah Harari asks, “What to do with all these useless people?”

    Harari goes on to outline a transhumanist vision of the future in which brain-computer interfaces make our footedness in the material world obsolete, human relationships become meaningless due to artificial substitutes, and the poor die but the rich don’t.

    Wesley J. Smith points out:

    Transhumanism, boiled down to its bones, is pure eugenics. It calls itself “H+,” for more or better than human. Which, of course, is what eugenics is all about.

    Alarmingly, transhumanist values are being embraced at the highest strata of society, including in Big Tech, in universities, and among the Davos crowd of globalist would-be technocrats. That being so, it is worth listening in to what they are saying under the theory that forewarned is forearmed.

    Transhumanism is pure eugenics” at Evolution News, April 27, 2022

    HARARI, Homo Sapiens WITHOUT Language | by Dr Jacques COULARDEAU | Medium

    Big issues, no, for the 21st Century of Fourth Industrial Revolution, Web 3.0, Social Impact Bonds, pay for success, blockchains, twinning, and so-so much more that the average gumshoe journalist just can’t dig deep because it will upset the entire playing field they so badly need to get a sense of sanity from the insane. But reporting on insanity is what we need in a time of Transhumanism and Covidian Cults?

    Try this out for size:

    When you enter the “invest in kids bonds” door knowing there are plans to create asset-backed securities in toddlers and trade them (and perhaps short them) on global markets, the single-minded interrogation of cryptocurrency exchanges and NFT rip-offs feels woefully inadequate. If the stakes weren’t so high, it might be amusing to watch folks who’ve been swimming in the shark-infested waters of financial derivatives for years point fingers decrying crypto-Ponzi-schemers. Calls for better regulation and professed empathy for those who lost their savings to fraudulent digital money schemes ring a bit hollow once you realize many of the panelists’ livelihoods are intertwined with the same financial interests, journalism outlets, and think tanks that were enmeshed in the crash of the global economy via toxic-real estate debt products. These are the same folks who are now in the process of developing the risk modeling, tokenomics, and APIs needed to run the smart “Ricardian” contract, “sustainably resilient,” open-air prison. — Alison McDowell, Wrench in the Gears

    What Stage Are We On? Immersive Storytelling, Hegelian Dialectic, and Crypto-Spectacle

    Read what the billionaire class and the techno gurus are after, and it’s data, man, tracking us, every blink, twitch, hiccup, burp, step, defecation as well as every purchase, every debt, every desire, to create the ultimate robotics, AI. It’s universal basic chump income blathering, man, and it is that World Economic Forum adage on steroids: “You’ll own nothing but be happy.”

    Go here, too, for more:

    siliconicarus.org

    So, as a real journalist, I have experienced that old time religion of lack of bandwidth, lack of humane reporting, the lack of looking at many sides, and coming out the other end of a story with, well, some solutions that are not the black-and-white game of divide and conquer. False balance, equivocation, relying on diploma-ed and credentialed sources, fear of litigation, the whole nine yards of mainstream journalism requiring an inverted triangle of information; i.e., the lede and important stuff at the top, and the superfluous and unimportant stuff (sic) at the bottom. Of course, it is the stuff at the bottom that IS important.

    Case in point: I did the story on 13 Salvadorans found dead in the Organ Pipe National Monument along the US-Mexico border. Newspaperman. Yeah, the hurly burly of all those cops, helicopters, forensics wagons, and a young reporter who happened to have friends working with refugees of El Salvador (and Chile and Guatemala) and who actually did some assistance with the so-called underground railroad. You know, assistance that would have gotten me fired and banned from journalism, even got me arrested, as in, well, helping undocumented folk get from point A to point B in my pick-up truck.

    When the grisly scene came into play, and with my background in that work, of course I got a hold of some folk working to assist those coming into the USA for sanctuary and political asylum. Of course, I knew a few academics and authors who had been writing about the dirty schemes of the Salvadoran government, businesses, military and police who were exacting hell on common people, on farmers, and on labor unionists with the material support and intellectual help of USA!

    That bottom-of-the-inverted triangle “stuff” was fought over, parsed, edited out, and eventually cut, as the newspapers I worked for was all about the facts, ma’am, if it bleeds, it leads, just get the information from the officials on the spot.

    You know, don’t upset the local readers, don’t go into “that” political stuff, and don’t bring in guys and gals from universities all the way from Cochise County, Arizona, to Chicago in your stories?

    That was in the early 1980s.

    It’s gotten worse. And, I have found over the years that journalists are intimidated by or enamored by the scientists, the reef biologists, the astrophysicists, the dudes and gals mixing up the chemicals, designing the motherboards, and trading derivatives.

    Journalists are also tone deaf to history, to backgrounding, and, alas, if the motherships are New York Times and Washington Post and another dozen or so papers sprinkled around the U$A, then that modelling has what has tainted the media, The Press.

    How disturbing it is to see the fornication of corporations and media, how disgusting it is to see what is and is not off limits in the reportage arena.

    6 corporations own 90% of USA media - Album on Imgur

    Source: Sheepdog Bernie Sanders site!

    Then, in book publishing? Fewer and fewer books of importance.

    These are the world's largest book publishers | World Economic Forum

    This prefatory bit I’m etching in hyperbole before introducing a piece on how the “left” failed the Covid reporting test big time is my angst, for sure, and my ability to see the big picture(s), even if they are holograms and 4 D chessboards in the entire propaganda game. Systems thinking, and while much about capitalism is boorish and raw and just plain usury and scamming and parasitic, there are some complicated and very technical aspects of how finance is moving into your local community, your neighborhood, your lives. BlackRock? Who controls the world?

    CEO Larry Fink built a shadow government of former agency officials in a bid to become Hillary Clinton’s Treasury secretary. That didn’t stop Fink from becoming part of the main private-sector advisory organization to Donald Trump until that panel disbanded after Charlottesville.

    Alas, though, we’d expect that non-legacy journalists, or those who were once in the Mainstream who are now leftist, supposed anti-monopoly, anti-corporation, skeptical beyond skeptical of any governmental narrative reporters, that they would have peeled back the onion peels on this SARS-CoV2 bioweapon, and then question the funny juiced-up cocktails that we call the mRNA jab.

    You’d think that the censoring of doctors, scientists, just plain deep thinkers and activists on the lockdowns, the mandates, the failure to get the data from the Moderna’s and the Pfizer’s on these bizarre untested and rapidly released jabs would pique their interest.

    Instead, many went blank, called millions of us as poorly informed, conspiracy theorists, anti-this and anti-that dupes. Imagine that, journalists who question empire, question the United Fruit Company, question authority, Vietnam, Weapons of Mass Destruction, the MIC, FIRE, and who want to look deep into the well that is American Manifest Destiny and Exceptionalism, that they would flip like dying dogs, or either go blank on the virus front, or even patronize those of us who have the gumption to look into the origins of that “virus” and who have the interest in understanding what a great reset is, and how a pathogen and mass hysterical and controlled media on that front can compel people to submit to these fascist things. Typical leftist yammering:

    “I got my vaccinations, but I understand that some people who might have personal or whatever beliefs have the right, I guess, to not get forcefully jabbed. Well, yeah, I got the jab because the information just came to me in a dream -haha. I understand science and I understand how much smarter these virologists are, and, heck, a conspiracy of them producing products that would be bad for us, or cause deaths, or that the decent governmental employees would cook up fakes on all this, get real? I get why people might not want to have blood transfusions because of their religion, or not get this vaccine, but for the greater good of all, really, this is a pandemic. We have to follow the science. Sometimes the government-law has to intervene if the Jehovah Witness parent is putting their kids in jeopardy with this inane superstition about blood transfusions and keeping them on life support. Get real, and be part of our collective society.”

    So, yes, I only have a BS in marine biology from a long time ago, and, yes, only a masters in Rhetoric and another one in urban and regional planning, and only years underwater diving, and decades as a many-venue journalist, and many decades teaching college, and many years as a sustainability coordinator, and, well, so, if I doubt the narratives around Event 201 and Gates and gain of function lies and what those bio-labs in Canada and USA and even Ukraine and former Soviet Union region are actually up to; and if I delve into many many sources tied to what the hell is going on with corona virus, bats, civets, and SARS, and what the history of Japan’s Unit 731 is, and what the history of biological warfare (ARPA and DARPA) and what is in the minds and labs (Plum Island, Fort Detrick) of U$A, well, again, lefties, liberals, Democrats: “Shut the f#@% up and just do what a good citizen should do . . . your commie countries are doing it too . . .  China, Nicaragua, Cuba . . . so take off that tin foil hat and just relax and take it as it is: these scientific things, these mRNA clipping things, this incredible advancement in the science of working with RNA and DNA, well, it supersedes your ability to understand where these big Pharma outfits are coming from. Shut up, and if you doubt any of this, then you are, well, akin to a Trumpian or Q-Anon or just a plain wacko antivaxxer, man. Embarrassing.”

    Sure, everything else written about exposures of this bizarre multiple front narrative is verboten:

    No Doubting Thomases here:

    RNA for Moderna’s Omicron Booster Manufactured by CIA-Linked Company

    Since late last year, messenger RNA for Moderna’s COVID-19 vaccines, including its recently reformulated Omicron booster, has been exclusively manufactured by a little known company with significant ties to US intelligence. (source)
    Sinister, man, and I will not belabor the point here citing even a dozen of the hundreds of sources I have read that look at what was being cooked up in labs, from North Carolina to Toronto to Wuhan, and on and on. Bill Gates? The media? Big pharma? Pathogens dropped on the Chinese in Korea in 1950? Right, the record of scientists and MIC working hand in hand is wonderful!
    This billionaire is a murder incorporated, continuing criminal enterprise booster:
    Why is Gates denying Event 201?

    In October, 2019 Microsoft founder Bill Gates, who, together with his wife, runs the richest and most powerful foundation in the world, co-organized a simulation exercise on a worldwide corona epidemic. Videos were posted documenting the exercise. But intriguingly Gates now denies such an exercise ever took place.

    Why? On April 12, 2020, Bill Gates said in an interview to the BBC, “Now here we are. We didn’t simulate this, we didn’t practice, so both the health policies and economic policies, we find ourselves in uncharted territory.”

    This is the same person who, just six months before the outbreak of the pandemic, organized a series of four role-playing simulations of a corona pandemic with very high-ranking participants. Event 201 was a simulation of a corona pandemic conducted by the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation, the World Economic Forum and Johns Hopkins University in October 2019.

    Participants from the private and public sectors were presented with a scenario, not unlike the one that has unfolded in reality, and discussed what needed to be done. There are official videos of the four meetings and a best-of-video scenario presentation and discussion by the participants, who are members of a pandemic control council in the role play. (source)

    Enough already. Here, Mister Harrington’s piece which does question those journalists which I have cited many many times concerning US and global policies that are screwing us over royally. With permission from Harrington, here it is, at Brownstone Institute.

    He titles it, “Why did the Left Fail the Covid Test So Badly?”

    Here, a few paragraphs:

    Like every other important social phenomenon, propaganda regimes have historical genealogies. For example, a very strong case could be made that the ongoing, and sad to admit, largely successful Covid propaganda onslaught under which we now live can trace its roots back to the two so-called demonstration wars (the Panama Invasion and the First Gulf Conflict) waged by George Bush Sr.

    The American elites were badly stung by the country’s defeat in Vietnam. In it, they rightly saw a considerable curtailment of what they had come to see as their divine right since the end of WWII: the ability to intervene as they so fit in any country not explicitly covered by the Soviet nuclear umbrella.

    And in their analysis of that failure, they correctly alighted to the role that the media—by simply bringing the tawdry and ignoble reality of the war into our living rooms—had played in undermining citizen willingness to engage in such fruitless, costly and savage adventures in the future.

    But his piece could have been titled: “Why did the Left, Right, Middle Fail the, now, fill in the blanks, Vietnam-Korea War Test? The Chemical Corporations Polluting Us Test? Why did they, the left, right, middle, fail to go after Carter for mining Nicaragua, for the Gulf of Tonkin Affair, for Vilifying Rachel Carson and Ralph Nader?” Harrington discusses the failure of left-wing writers who have failed to dig deep and parse through the entire reason, pretext for, history of, practice games with, this Planned Pandemic.

    It is the failure of actually sticking to your guns; i.e., question EVERYTHING corporations do, sell us, tell us, connive with government to hide from us.

    The price? Ending careers, and PayPal shut downs, and bank accounts seized, and endless ghosting and libeling on social media. Infinite social media assaults for anyone who might want to look into SARS-CoV2, the culprits in those biolabs, why the gain of function experiments were continued, why Fort Detrick was shut down months before the media wave of SARS-CoV2 hit? Why there are so many bio-labs at universities in USA and Canada and, well, in former Soviet Union; i.e., Ukraine.

    Again, his, Harrington’s, hard-edged words, but real words, with the context, with the history and backgrounding to support what he is saying:

    Reading this final flourish while remembering the lamb-like silence of John Pilger in the face of the sustained Covidian onslaught of institutionalized lies and Soviet-grade censorship, one doesn’t know whether to laugh or cry.

    And when considering that virtually all those he endorses as exemplars of propaganda-savvy journalism—people such as Chris Hedges, Patrick Lawrence, Jonathan Cook, Diana Johnstone, Caitlin Johnstone all of whose work I have frequently and enthusiastically championed over the years—took the same cud-chewing path, the sense of farce only grows.

    Go to Harrington’s piece and the piece Pilger wrote which Harrington references. You decide yourself how the left failed the Covid Narrative Badly.

    John Pilger, “arguably one of the brightest and more persistent leftist analysts of establishment propaganda,” published “Silencing the lambs: How propaganda works” on his website and then a number of progressive news outlets.

    [Leni Riefenstahl, center, filming with two assistants, 1936. (Bundesarchiv, CC-BY-SA 3.0, Wikimedia Commons)]

    The post True Journalism Digs Even When a Tin Foil Hat Might Come in Handy first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Paul Haeder.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/21/true-journalism-digs-even-when-a-tin-foil-hat-might-come-in-handy/feed/ 0 343470
    Pacific lessons in climate change journalism and combating disinformation https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/20/pacific-lessons-in-climate-change-journalism-and-combating-disinformation/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/20/pacific-lessons-in-climate-change-journalism-and-combating-disinformation/#respond Thu, 20 Oct 2022 10:01:21 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=80153 Mediasia Iafor

    New Zealand journalist and academic David Robie has covered the Asia-Pacific region for international media for more than four decades.

    An advocate for media freedom in the Pacific region, he is the author of several books on South Pacific media and politics, including an account of the French bombing of the Greenpeace flagship Rainbow Warrior in Auckland Harbour in 1985 — which took place while he was on the last voyage.

    In 1994 he founded the journal Pacific Journalism Review examining media issues and communication in the South Pacific, Asia-Pacific, Australia and New Zealand.

    The Mediasia “conversation” on Asia-Pacific issues in Kyoto, Japan. Image: Iafor screenshot APR

    He was also convenor of the Pacific Media Watch media freedom collective, which collaborates with Reporters Without Borders in Paris, France.

    Until he retired at Auckland University of Technology in 2020 as that university’s first professor in journalism and founder of the Pacific Media Centre, Dr Robie organised many student projects in the South Pacific such as the Bearing Witness climate action programme.

    He currently edits Asia Pacific Report and is one of the founders of the new Aotearoa New Zealand-based NGO Asia Pacific Media Network.

    In this interview conducted by Mediasia organising committee member Dr Nasya Bahfen of La Trobe University for this week’s 13th International Asian Conference on Media, Communication and Film that ended today in Kyoto, Japan, Professor Robie discusses a surge of disinformation and the challenges it posed for journalists in the region as they covered the covid-19 pandemic alongside a parallel “infodemic” of fake news and hoaxes.

    He also explores the global climate emergency and the disproportionate impact it is having on the Asia-Pacific.

    Paying a tribute to Pacific to the dedication and courage of Pacific journalists, he says with a chuckle: “All Pacific journalists are climate journalists — they live with it every day.”

    Challenges facing the Asia-Pacific media
    Challenges facing the Asia-Pacific media. Image: Iafor screenshot APR


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/20/pacific-lessons-in-climate-change-journalism-and-combating-disinformation/feed/ 0 343265
    The Cult of the Branch Covidian and the Banality of Evil https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/19/the-cult-of-the-branch-covidian-and-the-banality-of-evil/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/19/the-cult-of-the-branch-covidian-and-the-banality-of-evil/#respond Wed, 19 Oct 2022 20:24:59 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=134335 Everyone is the other and no one is himself. — Martin Heidegger, Being and Time, 1927 The Branch Covidian putsch is the most heinous crime ever perpetrated in the history of medicine, and some would argue, in the history of the world. Its success is attributable to the strong presence of Nazi bioethics within the […]

    The post The Cult of the Branch Covidian and the Banality of Evil first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    Everyone is the other and no one is himself.

    — Martin Heidegger, Being and Time, 1927

    The Branch Covidian putsch is the most heinous crime ever perpetrated in the history of medicine, and some would argue, in the history of the world. Its success is attributable to the strong presence of Nazi bioethics within the ranks of Western physicians, as well as a broad base of support from the ranks of neoliberals. This inhuman cult dogma, so destructive to the human spirit and antithetical to democracy, is anchored in a contempt for informed consent, and is fueled by careerism, hubris, blind obedience, and an unwavering belief in the infallibility of the public health agencies.

    Like any other cult ethos, Branch Covidian dogma operates outside the boundaries of logic and reason. Moreover, all totalitarians are amnesiacs in the sense that they have lost the ability to place political events in their appropriate historical context. Consequently, they can be lied to repeatedly without this leading them to question the veracity of an official narrative mired in pseudoscience and malevolent propaganda.

    American doctors have been groomed for the biosecurity putsch for years, as their military-style training is predicated on the notion that their superiors are demigods that must be obeyed unquestioningly. Pronouncements frequently parroted by the legacy media that end up being demonstrably untrue, such as the tale that the mRNA vaccines will take us to herd immunity, fail to break the stranglehold that the cult has over its followers, but rather, as Mattias Desmet has noted, only seem to reinforce it. The claim (reminiscent of Nazi anti-Semitism) that the unvaccinated are spreaders of disease, and that they will have to live with the shame of having murdered their friends and relatives, is still being reiterated even long after it has become apparent that the vaccines do not prevent transmission.

    There are dozens of studies that show the ineffectiveness of masks, and dozens that underscore their deleterious health effects when worn incessantly. There are also no less than 140 studies demonstrating that natural immunity to Covid-19 is durable, robust, and long-lasting. The new claim by the apostolic power, that the vaccines diminish virulence, is clearly an attempt on the part of the health care papacy to invent a new narrative following the failure of the “immunization drive.”

    “Follow the science” is, in fact, a euphemism for “Be quiet and do as you’re told.” The claim that an experimental vaccine can be rigorously tested in under a year and found to be “safe and effective” is absurd, as the process typically takes at least ten years using traditional vaccine technologies. Yet the Branch Covidian isn’t interested in the rule of law, science, morality or even basic common sense. Like the followers of Jack in Lord of the Flies, they are transfixed by the intoxicating power of the death cult.

    A few weeks ago I asked one of my doctors how the vaccines could be safe when there were over 30,000 deaths on the Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS), to which he replied, “Well, a lot of people took them.” In other words, this is an acceptable degree of collateral damage. In many ways, this is an even more deranged line of reasoning than that made by Dr. Gerhard Rose, head of the Koch Institute of Tropical Medicine during the Third Reich. Rose attempted to justify doing typhus vaccine experiments on concentration camp prisoners at the Doctors’ Trial by claiming that it was acceptable to sacrifice a hundred men if tens of thousands of German soldiers could potentially be saved, as the Wehrmacht was being ravaged by typhus. This argument was rejected by the court, and he was incarcerated. Like Fauci, Walensky, and Collins, Rose was also “really smart.”

    Yet another one of my physicians recently brought up the issue of Covid and suggested that I might consider getting the mRNA vaccine. His reasoning was as follows: he had a difficult bout with Covid despite being “fully vaccinated.” In other words, instead of concluding, as any rational person would, that the Covid vaccines demonstrate questionable efficacy, he concluded that the vaccine saved his life, that it dramatically reduced virulence, and that without it he might have ended up in an intensive care unit. Both doctors attended prestigious schools, and at least ostensibly, are of sound mind.

    When the FDA panel met to discuss whether to go ahead with approving the investigational inoculations for children aged five to eleven, Harvard professor and editor-in-chief of The New England Journal of Medicine Dr. Eric Rubin said “We’re never going to learn about how safe this vaccine is unless we start giving it. That’s just the way it goes.” Does one have to be a graduate of an elite medical school to see that this is an utterly depraved argument?

    The government of the Third Reich deceived millions of Germans into believing that they had a vast array of enemies, all of which were the spawn of the Nazi propaganda apparatus: Jews, communists, Russians, and Poles to name some of the most prominent. A similar thing has transpired with the Branch Covidians, who have been taught to despise “anti-vaxxers,” “science deniers,” “flat-earthers,” “conspiracy theorists,” and “misinformation spreaders.” This obsessive need to scapegoat is also on display with regard to the neoliberal hatred of “white privilege,” “white supremacists,” “nativists,” “misogynists,” “Trumpers,” and “Putin apologists” – the list seems to be growing by the week.

     Furthermore, this scapegoating is inextricably linked with efforts to dismantle the First Amendment, as authoritarian regimes cannot abide criticism. In an article in The Federalist by doctors Harvey Risch, Robert Malone, and Byram Bridle, the eminent authors warn of a regime which is increasingly intolerant of dissent:

    Questioning the competence and integrity of government bureaucracies like the FDA doesn’t make someone a bad person or a spreader of disinformation. Government bureaucracies can be wrong, and historically the citizens of democracies have viewed it as not only their right but their duty to scrutinize public officials’ decisions. Dissent is an integral part of the sacred compact between government and governed that underpins a free society, and Americans allow the current regime of censorship to continue at their extreme peril.

    When giving an introduction to Naomi Wolf’s The Bodies of Others at a book event in New York City, Dr. Harvey Risch denounced the devastating effects of the lockdowns, saying that the isolation has turned us into “sub-people.” Chelsea Manning has compared the lockdowns with putting billions of human beings into solitary confinement, saying “people are going to take years to recover from this.”

    Blatant lies spewed by the three letter agencies, such as the claim that Hydroxychloroquine can damage the heart, or that Ivermectin is only a veterinary drug when it is on the World Health Organization’s Model List of Essential Medicines, fail to shake the Branch Covidian belief that the orchestrators of the Covid response are irreproachable. (As Dr. Pierre Kory has done with Ivermectin, an entire book could be written on the war on Hydroxychloroquine).

    Calls to halt the disastrous mRNA vaccine program are being ignored, even when they come from distinguished voices such as the World Council for Health and renowned cardiologists Aseem Malhotra and Peter McCullough. Only those who represent the Branch Covidian priesthood – replete with its artful pope, cardinals, and bishops – are ordained to be “the experts.”

    The Western elites are acutely aware of the fact that if they can obliterate informed consent they can destroy democracy, as this would render both freedom of speech and habeas corpus obsolete. Having reached the zombie stage of capitalism, the Branch Covidian wallows in a state of unreason, amorality, and an atavistic yearning. Like Adolf Eichmann, they no longer live in a world where good and evil exist. There is only one’s career, the illusion of having overcome an excruciating alienation, and the sense of ecstasy that comes from a newfound sense of belonging to the Covid religion.

    For many years the education system has played a key role in fomenting totalitarianization by replacing humanities courses with increasingly specialized vocationally oriented courses, while rewarding ideological subservience and punishing creativity, integrity, honesty and critical thinking. It is not a coincidence that many of the most indoctrinated Americans went to the most competitive schools, as they were invented for this very purpose.

    Intertwined with the ongoing weaponization of medicine, medical students and residents are often mentored in a manner where they invariably acquire a derisive attitude towards informed consent. For example, practice pelvic exams done on anesthetized patients, patients arm-twisted into accepting the presence of trainees during their physician office visits, trainees instructed to disregard do-not-resuscitate orders (or its antithesis), trainees immersed in an environment where unnecessary surgeries are regularly performed, pediatric residents inculcated with contempt towards parental informed consent, gynecology residents trained to blackmail women into having Pap smears in exchange for birth control; and a willful failure to caution trainees regarding the highly addictive nature of opioids, benzodiazepines, barbiturates, and many psychotropic drugs – all are commonplace in American teaching hospitals.

    As transpired in Weimar Germany, the West is undergoing a period of cataclysmic destabilization which has led to a growing sense of meaninglessness, alienation, unprecedented levels of atomization, and an unraveling of centuries-old mores and ethical norms. This disintegration of communities, coupled with a growing economic inequality, has brought about the rise of a hyper-careerism where millions of people will do anything to advance their careers. The more coveted the job, the more professional success demands a deep-seated ideological and political conformity. Since there is no perceived benefit in the eyes of the hyper-careerist to being educated regarding the many serious and complex political and socio-economic problems that we face, self-imposed ignorance presents itself as a sensible course of action.

    The failure of the Branch Covidian doctor to acknowledge the irrationality behind “the science” (often preposterous even to a layperson), along with their inability to acknowledge the absence of a sound risk-benefit analysis behind any of the official Covid policies, is indicative of their having lost their souls to the cannibalistic machinery of corporate medicine. Every physician, especially in the West, should have been able to immediately ascertain that the lockdowns, mask mandates, vaccine mandates, forced testing, etc., had nothing to do with medicine and everything to do with authoritarianism due to the utter absence of informed consent. That this didn’t occur, underscores how, with the exception of the handful of courageous doctors that have spoken out, the medical profession has been led into a morass of profound moral degradation.

    Undoubtedly, those who have doubts about the official narrative yet remain silent, do so out of fear of losing their job. What they fail to understand is that this craven silence may eventually lead to a situation where the penalty for speaking out will be a loss of freedom which is total and absolute. Indeed, if informed consent is irrevocably lost, the pathologizing of dissent will be normalized. This is evidenced by the fact that Canadian physician Dr. Mel Bruchet, and for a somewhat shorter duration, Swiss cardiologist Dr. Thomas Binder, were committed and handed over to the Cult of Psychiatry for expressing heretical views on Branch Covidian theology, and so the process is already underway. This is the last stage of biofascism.

    The penchant for overspecialization (which many doctors are presently hiding behind), ruthless ambition, and an indifference towards the most outrageous forms of regulatory capture has caused the biomedical technocrat to be molded into an insensate automaton of a rapacious oligarchy. How is a Branch Covidian doctor who believes that the psychopathic Covid mandates have been necessary to protect people from a virus any less deluded than an American soldier who is sent to Vietnam, Iraq, or Afghanistan and believes that they are “fighting for democracy?”

    Writing in Eichmann in Jerusalem, Hannah Arendt emphasizes the connection between evil and mindlessness:

    Evil comes from a failure to think. It defies thought for as soon as thought tries to engage itself with evil and examine the premises and principles from which it originates, it is frustrated because it finds nothing there. That is the banality of evil.

    Karl Brandt, Reich Commissioner for Health and Sanitation and one of the most senior Nazi doctors on trial at Nuremberg, insisted that he was innocent of any wrongdoing when taking the stand at the Doctors’ Trial, despite having been a leading proponent of the Nazi euthanasia program and having been involved in forced medical experimentation on concentration camp inmates. The Nazi medical establishment believed that these ghastly crimes, which were in such incontrovertible violation of the Hippocratic Oath, were acceptable due to the credo of “the greater good” being upheld. Indeed, the Nazi doctor’s sense of utilitarianism regarded German society as one organism, with each person like a cell that collectively comprised this organism. Hence, killing Jews, the mentally ill, along with other Untermenschen, was rationalized in the same way that an oncologist today would regard liquidating cancer cells in an attempt to save a single human life. Today, the Volk is not a race, per se, but the Western elites.

    This extreme collectivist mentality, which is as intertwined with Branch Covidian doctrine as it was with the Nazi medical ethos, is antithetical to the informed consent ethic and has played a critical role in laying the foundation for a burgeoning health dictatorship.

    One must get vaccinated to protect other people. One must wear a mask to protect other people. One must practice social distancing to protect other people. One must get tested to protect other people. The foundational precept of the Nuremberg Code is that medical ethics is rooted in the right to informed consent of the individual.

    Dr. Paul Alexander, a pandemic advisor under the Trump administration, who has repeatedly decried the catastrophic harms of the lockdowns, and who possesses more empathy than the overwhelming majority of American doctors put together, has recounted a story about how he asked a senior CDC official where they got the science of the “six feet rule” of social distancing from, to which the official laughed and said it had nothing to do with science – it was about power.

    Mindless compliance with policies which are obviously not backed by science, which have an irrational risk-benefit analysis, and which trample on every human being’s inalienable right to bodily autonomy, have brought us to a crossroads where we are hovering over an abyss of a brutal authoritarianism. Nevertheless, it is essential that we continue to intellectually challenge the sleepwalkers.

    The Pentagon sacked Iraq; the Romans, Carthage; and the Greeks, Troy. Yet the Branch Covidians have sacked the whole world. Only through the restoration of reason and compassion can humanity cleanse itself from this demonic and fiendish scourge.

    The post The Cult of the Branch Covidian and the Banality of Evil first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by David Penner.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/19/the-cult-of-the-branch-covidian-and-the-banality-of-evil/feed/ 0 343137
    “The Real Anthony Fauci” is now a documentary https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/18/the-real-anthony-fauci-is-now-a-documentary/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/18/the-real-anthony-fauci-is-now-a-documentary/#respond Tue, 18 Oct 2022 21:20:05 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=134540 The scariest movie of the Halloween season is here… From Children’s Heath Defense: Throughout the pandemic, the truth has always been here. Organized forces have worked diligently to suppress the truth and misrepresent data. We have seen them consistently demonstrate a real and blatant disregard for true science. Their continual suppression of truth threatens our […]

    The post “The Real Anthony Fauci” is now a documentary first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    The scariest movie of the Halloween season is here…

    From Children’s Heath Defense:

    Throughout the pandemic, the truth has always been here.

    Organized forces have worked diligently to suppress the truth and misrepresent data. We have seen them consistently demonstrate a real and blatant disregard for true science.

    Their continual suppression of truth threatens our democracy, our health, and our freedoms.

    Soon, you will have the opportunity to see suppressed evidence, learn of Fauci’s disastrous COVID-19 pandemic response, understand his deep conflicts of interest with the pharmaceutical industry and be a witness to the history of his devastating abuse, torture, and medical experimentation on children and animals.

    We’ve partnered with our friends at Jeff Hays Films to transform Robert F. Kennedy, Jr.’s bestselling book, The Real Anthony Fauci into a compelling documentary that exposes Fauci’s past and present atrocities.

    Because the real truth has always been here, you can now see the film, streaming for FREE beginning October 18, 2022!

    The post “The Real Anthony Fauci” is now a documentary first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Mickey Z..

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/18/the-real-anthony-fauci-is-now-a-documentary/feed/ 0 342862
    Indian authorities prevent Pulitzer-winning Kashmiri journalist Sanna Irshad Mattoo from flying abroad https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/18/indian-authorities-prevent-pulitzer-winning-kashmiri-journalist-sanna-irshad-mattoo-from-flying-abroad/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/18/indian-authorities-prevent-pulitzer-winning-kashmiri-journalist-sanna-irshad-mattoo-from-flying-abroad/#respond Tue, 18 Oct 2022 18:07:13 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=238161 New Delhi, October 18, 2022 – Indian authorities should allow Kashmiri photojournalist Sanna Irshad Mattoo to travel abroad freely and collect her Pulitzer Prize in New York, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Tuesday.

    On Monday evening, immigration officials at the Indira Gandhi International Airport in New Delhi stopped Mattoo, who was flying to New York to receive the 2022 Pulitzer Prize in a ceremony scheduled for Thursday, according to the journalist who spoke with CPJ by phone.

    Mattoo, a freelance photojournalist, was part of a Reuters team that won the Pulitzer Prize for feature photography for their coverage of the COVID-19 pandemic in India, according to the journalist and the Pulitzer website.

    Officials declined to give Mattoo any reason for being barred from leaving the country, despite holding a valid passport and U.S. visa, she told CPJ. She said on Twitter that attending the award ceremony is “a once in a lifetime opportunity” for her.

    “There is no reason why Kashmiri journalist Sanna Irshad Mattoo, who had all the right travel documents and has won a Pulitzer–one of the most prestigious journalism awards–should have been prevented from traveling abroad,” said Beh Lih Yi, CPJ’s Asia program coordinator, in Frankfurt, Germany. “This decision is arbitrary and excessive. Indian authorities must immediately cease all forms of harassment and intimidation against journalists covering the situation in Kashmir.”

    In July, Mattoo was prevented from traveling to Paris without being offered any reason at the same airport, according to news reports and Mattoo’s tweet at the time.

    The Ministry of Home Affairs oversees the country’s immigration authorities and did not immediately respond to CPJ’s emailed request for comment.

    Since August 2019, when the Indian government revoked Jammu and Kashmir’s special autonomy status, Kashmiri journalists have told CPJ that they are being barred from traveling abroad.


    This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/18/indian-authorities-prevent-pulitzer-winning-kashmiri-journalist-sanna-irshad-mattoo-from-flying-abroad/feed/ 0 342840
    Assange tests positive for Covid-19 in prison https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/11/assange-tests-positive-for-covid-19-in-prison/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/11/assange-tests-positive-for-covid-19-in-prison/#respond Tue, 11 Oct 2022 03:47:49 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=134290 ©  Getty Images / Guy Smallman Wikileaks founder Julian Assange has tested positive for Covid-19 and is being kept in total isolation at Belmarsh Prison as he continues to fight extradition to the US, his wife Stella told media on Monday. “The next few days will be crucial for his general health,” the lawyer, who […]

    The post Assange tests positive for Covid-19 in prison first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    ©  Getty Images / Guy Smallman

    Wikileaks founder Julian Assange has tested positive for Covid-19 and is being kept in total isolation at Belmarsh Prison as he continues to fight extradition to the US, his wife Stella told media on Monday.

    The next few days will be crucial for his general health,” the lawyer, who married Assange in March, told reporters, adding “He is now locked in his cell for 24 hours a day.” Assange became sick on Friday with a cough and fever and was given paracetamol before testing positive for the virus the following day, she said.

    The Australian native applied in early 2020 to be released on bail due to a chronic lung condition he has suffered from for over a decade, placing him in a high-risk category for Covid-19 infection. However, his request was declined, and a UK court ruled earlier this year that he can be extradited to the US to face espionage and hacking charges for making classified Pentagon documents public.

    The Wikileaks publisher’s health has suffered noticeably during his confinement in Belmarsh, where he has been confined since the Ecuadorian government revoked his asylum status in 2019. He lost a significant amount of weight and the ability to speak coherently following his incarceration, leading prison authorities to move him to the hospital wing. In December, he suffered a stroke, leaving him with a drooping eyelid, memory problems and apparent neurological damage, according to his wife, who said the incident was triggered by the stress of ongoing extradition proceedings.

    Prior to his arrest, Assange spent seven years under de facto house arrest in London’s Ecuadorian embassy, having fled there to avoid extradition to Sweden on sex crimes charges that have since been dropped. While he has long since served time on the only charge brought against him in the UK – bail-jumping regarding the no-longer-extant Swedish case – he remains incarcerated pending extradition to the US.

    While a UK court initially ruled in his favor against extradition, agreeing with his lawyers that he would be kept in conditions in the US that would easily provoke suicide, that ruling was reversed last year.

    Assange faces a 175-year sentence on charges he leaked secret documents he received from a US Army analyst regarding the Afghanistan and Iraq wars. Wikileaks supporters have argued that he was only practicing journalism by publishing the documents, which were redacted to remove some sensitive information, and accused Washington of retaliation against the outlet for exposing its own war crimes.

    The post Assange tests positive for Covid-19 in prison first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by RT.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/11/assange-tests-positive-for-covid-19-in-prison/feed/ 0 340482
    Free Speech, Jacinda Ardern and the Tyranny of “Kindness” https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/10/free-speech-jacinda-ardern-and-the-tyranny-of-kindness/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/10/free-speech-jacinda-ardern-and-the-tyranny-of-kindness/#respond Mon, 10 Oct 2022 21:17:25 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=134253 Jacinda Ardern, New Zealand’s prime minister, grabbed the global limelight a few years ago, making headlines by stating she wanted to put “kindness” into politics. In 2019, Foreign Policy, a publication closely associated with the Atlantic Council and the US State Department, published the article ‘The Kindness Quotient’, a glowing promotion of Ardern. The strategic […]

    The post Free Speech, Jacinda Ardern and the Tyranny of “Kindness” first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    Jacinda Ardern, New Zealand’s prime minister, grabbed the global limelight a few years ago, making headlines by stating she wanted to put “kindness” into politics. In 2019, Foreign Policy, a publication closely associated with the Atlantic Council and the US State Department, published the article ‘The Kindness Quotient’, a glowing promotion of Ardern.

    The strategic marketing of Ardern in various publications has focused on her likeability, pro-environment stance, compassionate values and collaborative nature. To further appeal to liberal sentiments, she was said to represent everything Trump is not.

    Ardern belongs to a set of global leaders who were groomed for their positions through the World Economic Forum (WEF) Young Global Leaders programme. Yes, that WEF – the elitist organisation where hard-nose billionaires and their handmaidens gather to set out policies aligned with powerful business interests.

    The charm offensive that Ardern’s promoters undertook was an investment. She delivered on COVID and is now expected to sell more questionable policies to the public.

    Arden recently stated at the UN:

    As leaders, we are rightly concerned that even the most light-touch approaches to disinformation could be misinterpreted as hostile to values of free speech that we value so highly.

    She went on to state:

    How do you tackle climate change if people believe it does not exist? How do you ensure the human rights of others are upheld as they are subjected to hateful and dangerous ideology.

    She continued by saying speech (that the authorities disagree with) can be a weapon of war.

    During COVID, Ardern urged citizens to trust the government and its agencies for all information and stated:

    Otherwise, dismiss anything else. We will continue to be your single source of truth.

    Throughout that period, in the US, Fauci presented himself as ‘the science’. In New Zealand, Ardern’s government was ‘the truth’. It was similar in countries across the world – different figures but the same approach.

    When anyone in power or any institution lays claim to ‘the truth’, history shows we are on a slippery slope to silencing thought and dissent that we disagree with.

    Like other political leaders, during COVID, Ardern clamped down on civil liberties with the full force of state violence on hand to ensure compliance with ‘the truth’.

    Clearly, Ardern is not alone here. Trudeau, Biden and others display Orwellian undertones as they talk of the need to challenge ‘misinformation’ and those who question ‘the truth’. The thin end of a very wide authoritarian wedge.

    It seems critical analysis and open debate are fine as long as those involved keep within the framework of what is deemed supportive of the narrative. Chomsky was correct on that.

    We are often urged to ‘trust the science’ and accept that the ‘science is decided’ on various issues. We heard this on the COVID issue, when we were told governments are ‘following the science’, while they and the big tech companies censored world-renowned scientists and opposing views and opinions. In ‘following the science’, conflicts of interest were rife and notions of objectivity, open disclosure and organised scepticism – core values of scientific endeavour – were trampled on.

    Those who questioned the COVID narrative were smeared, shut down and censored – the playbook of Big Pharma, Big Tobacco, Big Ag and authoritarian governments down the years.

    Is anyone who questions and wants a more open debate on climate change or whether such change is occurring as stated or will lead to ‘extinction’ to be charged with disseminating misinformation?

    Is questioning the orthodoxy of the zero-carbon policy agenda to be shut down and those who challenge it to be labelled ‘extremists’.

    Ardern asks: How do you tackle climate change if people believe it does not exist?

    But it is also pertinent to ask: How do you tackle it if you accept it exists?

    Even if we accept humanity is in trouble and facing a genuine climate emergency, people should at least be able to question the current ‘green’ agenda based on a ‘stakeholder capitalism’ strategy (governments and others facilitating the needs of private capital) that has co-opted genuine concerns about the environment to pursue new multi-billion-dollar global investment opportunities – described in the 2020 report Nature for Sale by Friends of the Earth.

    If you read that report, you might conclude that we are witnessing a type of green imperialism that is using genuine concerns about the environment to pursue a familiar agenda of extractivism, colonisation and commodification – the same old mindset, greenwashed and rolled out for public consumption.

    For some, things seem set to remain the same – business as usual.

    Economic crisis

    But in March 2022, BlackRock’s Rob Kapito warned that a “very entitled” generation of people would soon have to face shortages for the first time in their lives as some goods grow scarce because of rising inflation.

    Kapito said:

    We have a very entitled generation that has never had to sacrifice.

    He, of course, was referring to ordinary people, not the high-flying class of the mega-carbon-footprint multi-millionaires and billionaires who will continue to live life to the max and cash in on their various investments and ventures.

    Kapito talked about the situation in Ukraine and COVID being responsible for the current crisis, conveniently ignoring the inflationary impact of the trillions pumped into imploding financial markets in 2019 and 2020 (dwarfing the crisis of 2008) and a moribund economic system his ilk have milked dry to the point of collapse.

    Kapito is a co-founder of Blackrock, the world’s largest asset manager which exerts enormous influence on monetary policy in the US and Europe. According to Salary.com, Kapito, as the president of BlackRock, made $26,750,780 in total compensation in 2021. Of this, $1,250,000 was received as a salary, $9,700,000 was received as a bonus, $15,125,180 was awarded as stock and $675,600 came from other types of compensation.

    Neither Kapito nor any of the hegemonic, unimaginably entitled and unelected billionaire class will have to experience any hardships in the coming years. No, they will be responsible for inflicting it on you. The same class of people who designed and profited from a strident neoliberalism based on deregulation and privatisation – a system now in collapse and responsible for the current crisis and the immiseration of hundreds of millions.

    In the 1980s, to legitimise the neoliberal agenda, governments rolled out an ideological onslaught, pressing home the notion of individual rights and the primacy of the market. Now, there is a new ideological shift towards a great reset – again being driven by neoliberalism; this time, its collapse.

    Arden’s utterances on the dangers of free speech, the singularity of ‘truth’ and the implicit shift towards authoritarianism must be viewed within the context of managing the economic crisis. What she says reveals how the financial and political elites based on Wall Street, in Washington and in the City of London are thinking.

    The authorities fear blowback in terms of mass dissent and uprisings. Liz Truss, the UK prime minister, wants to place ‘legal curbs’ on striking trade unions as many of them take action to counter the ‘cost of living’ crisis. There is also the Police, Crime, Sentencing and Courts (PCSC) Act which came into force in June and threatens citizens’ rights, not least the right to protest.

    It therefore comes as no surprise that, today, individual rights and free speech are under threat. The ultimate control mechanism would be linking central bank digital currencies to personal carbon footprints, spending and dissent in an age of economic turmoil. Trudeau gave the game away on that when he hit protesting truckers where it hurt most – denying access to their bank accounts.

    How long before ‘misinformation’ and challenging ‘the truth’ becomes thought crime and – as Jacinda Ardern might put it – ‘cruel to be kind’ actions are taken against those who challenge dominant state-corporate narratives?

    Well, not long because we have already witnessed it during the last few years.

    Tyranny is the type of ‘kindness’ we don’t need.

     

    The post Free Speech, Jacinda Ardern and the Tyranny of “Kindness” first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Colin Todhunter.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/10/free-speech-jacinda-ardern-and-the-tyranny-of-kindness/feed/ 0 340439
    Chinese authorities impose travel ban in Xinjiang, citing COVID-19 prevention https://www.rfa.org/english/news/uyghur/travel-ban-10052022202953.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/uyghur/travel-ban-10052022202953.html#respond Thu, 06 Oct 2022 00:43:51 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/uyghur/travel-ban-10052022202953.html Chinese authorities have imposed a travel ban in China’s far-western Xinjiang region to further prevent the spread of the latest coronavirus outbreak, a Xinjiang government official announced Tuesday, just weeks ahead of a sensitive leadership meeting in Beijing later this month.

    Under the ban, residents cannot leave the Xinjiang Uyghur Autonomous Region (XUAR) unless it is absolutely necessary. Trains and buses destined for places outside the region have nearly stopped operating, and the number of flights has been drastically reduced. People are not allowed to drive their own vehicles outside the XUAR.

    The ban comes on the heels of strict residential lockdowns in Xinjiang from August to September that prevented predominantly Uyghurs and other Turkic minorities from leaving their homes to get food and medicine amid the COVID-19 outbreak. Some reportedly died of malnourishment or untreated illnesses. Some of the restrictions have now been relaxed.

    The situation in Xinjiang would “create a favorable environment” for the ruling Chinese Communist Party’s (CCP) 20th Party Congress that begins on Oct. 16 in Beijing, said Liu Sushe, vice chairman of the XUAR government, at a press conference on epidemic prevention and control in Xinjiang on Tuesday.

    The congress is a key political gathering held every five years to determine China’s leadership and future policies, Authorities across the country are striving to quell problems, such as the COVID-19 outbreak in Xinjiang, ahead of the event so they do not detract from this year’s proceedings during which President Xi Jinping is expected to seek an unprecedented third term in office. 

    “The outbreak that was effectively controlled by the end of August saw a rebound because people became relaxed and measures were not strictly put in place,” Liu said.

    “The rebound led to local spread and spillover to many other provinces, causing trouble for COVID-19 control in neighboring provinces and the country,” he said.

    Authorities failed to achieve China’s “dynamic zero COVID-19” policy in the region because of the highly infectious BA.5.2 variant of the virus and the ineffectiveness of control measures, Liu said, noting low testing capacity and staff who mishandled samples and became infected themselves.

    The XUAR vice chairman also urged people of all ethnic groups to continue to cooperate with the epidemic prevention and control work to fight against what he said was the most serious public health crisis in the far-western region’s history.

    As of Monday, there were 1,170 confirmed COVID-19 cases in the Xinjiang Uyghur Autonomous Region (XUAR), home to 26 million people, including 15 million predominantly Muslim Uyghurs and Turkic-speaking minorities. 

    On Tuesday, officials reported no new confirmed coronavirus cases in the region, though there were 91 new local asymptomatic infections, bringing the total number to 354 ​​local asymptomatic infections, and one imported asymptomatic infection.

    ‘Extremely tight control’

    Many Xinjiang residents expressed anger about the travel restrictions in addition to recent strict residential lockdowns that in some cases have prevented people from buying food or obtaining medicine, causing some deaths.

    “People in Yining, Kuerle and Shihezi have been under lockdown for over 60 days, and have they [officials] apologized?” asked one netizen on social media. 

    Uyghurs in some areas under lockdown have been subjected to disinfectant spraying inside and outside their homes, sickening some and killing others.

    Washington, D.C.-based Campaign for Uyghurs (CFU) expressed concern over the total lockdown in the XUAR and the travel bans to and from the region.

    “The new restrictions imposed by the CCP against Uyghurs in East Turkestan will only continue to serve the regime’s intent of destroying Uyghurs and Turkic peoples,” Rushan Abbas, executive director of CFU, said in a statement issued Wednesday, using Uyghurs’ preferred name for Xinjiang. “China must allow for independent investigators and cease their authoritarian lockdowns that have left Uyghurs dead.”

    Locking down the entire region is not a proportional measure, said Dolkun Isa, president of Germany-based World Uyghur Congress (WUC).

    “These restrictions coincide with the increasing international pressure and scrutiny on China, particularly at the U.N., where a growing number of governments are taking a firm stance on China’s genocide of Uyghurs and the recent report by the OHCHR [Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights] has made Beijing even more anxious,” he said. 

    The report issued in late August by the OHCHR said the repression in the XUAR “may constitute international crimes, in particular crimes against humanity.”

    “The recent lockdowns might also be an attempt for the Chinese government to have an extremely tight control on the Uyghur population ahead of the CCP Party Congress,” Isa said.

    Sawut Mamat, a board member of the Japan Uyghur Association based in Tokyo and the WUC’s Japan representative, suggested the region-wide travel ban is “directly related to the Party Congress,” without providing further details.

    Payments for informants

    Authorities in other parts of China have tightened up COVID-prevention measures in the run-up to the Party Congress.

    The Shenqiu county government in central China’s Henan province, for example, began a policy on Monday rewarding people who report to authorities anyone with a yellow code on their mobile phones indicating that they have been in an area with medium coronavirus risks, or anyone who has tested positive for the virus. In return, they can receive up to 50,000 yuan (U.S. $7,000).

     Authorities are rewarding people for reporting others because there are no confirmed cases in the county, a Henan resident surnamed Jiang told RFA. 

    “If there were COVID cases, they would have restricted people from moving around,” she said. “I think they really wish to have some cases.”

     Henan’s government reported only two confirmed new coronavirus cases in the province on Monday.

     The Fuyang government in east China’s Anhui province locked down the city without notifying the public, local sources told RFA. Those traveling to Fuyang are automatically placed in quarantine in higher-end hotels that they themselves must pay for.

     Translated by RFA Uyghur. Written in English by Roseanne Gerin.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By RFA Mandarin and Alim Seytoff for RFA Uyghur.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/uyghur/travel-ban-10052022202953.html/feed/ 0 339093
    Quality of iTaukei language under threat, says Fiji scholar https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/04/quality-of-itaukei-language-under-threat-says-fiji-scholar/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/04/quality-of-itaukei-language-under-threat-says-fiji-scholar/#respond Tue, 04 Oct 2022 22:15:31 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=79625 By Rachael Nath of RNZ Pacific

    Concerns are being raised about the future survival of the iTaukei (Fijian) language as a threat of extinction looms despite its everyday use among its people.

    A language and culture scholar in Fiji, Dr Paul Geraghty, said a growing generational gap within the iTaukei language had been detected and caused concern.

    Dr Geraghty said the extent of knowledge of iTaukei vocabulary and its diversity through the different dialects had reduced significantly over the years.

    Fijian language scholar Dr Paul Geraghty
    Fijian language scholar Dr Paul Geraghty … “People are losing their distinctiveness. The language is becoming what I would call standard Fijian.” Image: USP

    “Young people of today, especially in urban areas, do not speak as well as their parents or grandparents. They don’t have the same vocabulary knowledge, so that is something to be concerned about,” he said.

    “People are losing their distinctiveness. The language is becoming what I would call standard Fijian or Fijian of the urban centres.”

    Dr Geraghty added that the loss of richness within the iTaukei language was rooted in Fiji’s long colonial history.

    “The peculiar colonial history that we have is to a large extent to blame not only for the loss of indigenous languages in Fiji or the reduction of the knowledge of Fijian language but also perceptions are an essential thing.”

    New Zealand’s influence on Fijian education
    Dr Geraghty explained that until 1930 all education was in the vernacular, either iTaukei, Hindi (Fiji’s second largest spoken language) or Rotuman, until it was no longer sustainable and colonial law makers began to look to the region for assistance.

    “The New Zealand government began teaching in Fiji, and its education system was not inclusive towards teaching Māori, which is not the case today. But that culture was brought across to Fiji and children were punished for speaking in their native languages.”

    The lasting impacts of this event were still actively practised in Fiji, added Dr Geraghty.

    “We look up to English as a superior language and make jokes about people who don’t speak English well. That is not funny — English people don’t make jokes about people who can’t speak French. The most important thing in a child’s education is learning to speak their language well.”

    Dr Geraghty has advocated the importance of incorporating native language into the education system as a scholar of language.

    History has always been a leading guide to the future, and learning not to repeat the past, is what linguists advise.

    Importance of sustaining iTaukei language
    Dr Geraghty said that multilingualism was vital for a child’s education as it stimulated the mind and opened many other possibilities.

    “Bilingualism and multilingualism — speaking two or more languages should be encouraged as it will increase the beauty of diversity in the world and our knowledge of this world and our position in it.”

    A call for the Fijian Ministry of Education to act now and implement the compulsory learning of iTaukei and Hindi in schools was paramount.

    Dr Geraghty added while the Fijian government and universities had started incorporating vernacular into the curriculum, more needed to be done.

    Fijian Language Week celebration

    Associate Minister of Health Aupito William Sio at the bowel cancer screening campaign launch.
    NZ’s Minister of Pacific Peoples Aupito William Sio … “The Fijian people can always rely on their language, traditions and values to sustain them.” Image: RNZ Pacific

    The Fijian community has launched a week-long celebration of the Fijian language, traditions and culture with events across Aotearoa.

    The Minister for Pacific Peoples, Aupito William Sio, marked Macawa ni Vosa Vakaviti — Fijian Language Week, welcoming this year’s theme of nurture, preserve and sustain the Fijian language.

    Aupito acknowledged the enduring strength and sustainability of Vosa Vakaviti and its importance as the Fijian community navigated its recovery from the covid-19 pandemic.

    “Fiji has been hit hard by the covid-19 pandemic and climate change’s ever-increasing impacts,” he said.

    “Yet, while it faces a road to recovery, the Fijian people can always rely on their language, traditions and values to sustain them.

    “Now more than ever, the Fiji language, culture, and identity is important to uphold both in Aotearoa and Fiji.”

    Aupito said the Fijian community in Aotearoa, New Zealand, should be applauded for their tireless efforts in advocating for and strengthening Vosa Vakaviti.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/04/quality-of-itaukei-language-under-threat-says-fiji-scholar/feed/ 0 338714
    NIH Awards New Grant to U.S. Organization at Center of Covid-19 Lab Leak Controversy https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/04/nih-awards-new-grant-to-u-s-organization-at-center-of-covid-19-lab-leak-controversy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/04/nih-awards-new-grant-to-u-s-organization-at-center-of-covid-19-lab-leak-controversy/#respond Tue, 04 Oct 2022 16:45:17 +0000 https://theintercept.com/?p=409636

    The main U.S.-based scientific organization at the center of the controversy over the origin of the Covid-19 pandemic has won a new grant from the National Institutes of Health for risky bat coronavirus surveillance research, despite losing a previous award for failing to provide records essential to an investigation into that origin.

    The grant was awarded September 21 to EcoHealth Alliance, helmed by Peter Daszak, and is titled “Analyzing the potential for future bat coronavirus emergence in Myanmar, Laos, and Vietnam.” The new grant comes despite an open congressional investigation into the organization, which has two other ongoing NIH grants and a third in negotiation.

    In August, the NIH terminated a sub-award to the Wuhan Institute of Virology that had been part of an earlier grant to EcoHealth Alliance, telling the House Oversight Committee that the organization had refused to turn over laboratory notebooks and other records as required. “NIH has requested on two occasions that EHA provide NIH the laboratory notebooks and original electronic files from the research conducted at WIV. To date, WIV has not provided these records,” the NIH wrote to the committee. “Today, NIH has informed EHA that since WIV is unable to fulfill its duties for the subaward under grant R01AI110964, the WIV subaward is terminated for failure to meet award terms and conditions requiring provision of records to NIH upon request.”

    On August 19, the NIH wrote to EcoHealth to let it know that the sub-award had been terminated for “material non-compliance with terms and conditions of award.” The agency added that EcoHealth could potentially renegotiate the grant without the involvement of the Wuhan lab.

    Within weeks of terminating the Wuhan lab funding, the NIH awarded the new grant. The aim of the new research is to identify areas of potential concern for future pandemic emergence in order to help public health authorities suppress an outbreak before it breaks containment. But the process of performing the research introduces the risk of sparking an outbreak that would not otherwise have occurred, a concern highlighted by The Intercept last year: “Virtually every part of the work of outbreak prediction can result in an accidental infection. Even with the best of intentions, scientists can serve as vectors for the viruses they hunt — and as a result, their work may put everyone else’s lives on the line along with their own.”

    The new grant proposes to collect samples of viruses from wildlife and then “rapidly supply viral sequences and isolates for use in vaccine and therapeutic development,” likely meaning that the researchers could ship live viruses around the world.

    “It is disturbing that additional funding continues to be awarded for the same high-risk research that may have caused the current pandemic, before there has been a national investigation of the origin of the current pandemic,” said Richard Ebright, a molecular biologist with the Waksman Institute at Rutgers University, referring to EcoHealth’s multiple ongoing grants.

    The Intercept first reported on one of the grants, “Understanding the Risk of Bat Coronavirus Emergence,” last September; the work described involves research that many scientists characterized as “gain of function,” meaning that it can confer new attributes to make a virus more pathogenic or transmissible. The specific experiments described in detail in grant documents that have so far been made available used viruses that were not closely related enough to SARS-CoV-2 to have caused the pandemic. Critical records remain outstanding. (There is no evidence that the research supported by the new grant would qualify as gain of function, though the full proposal has not been made public, only a one-page summary.)

    Another grant, “Study of Nipah virus dynamics and genetics in its bat reservoir and of human exposure to NiV across Bangladesh to understand patterns of human outbreaks,” also involves high-risk collection of viruses. The Southeast Asia hotspot grant was awarded in June 2020, at the height of controversy over the grant covering work in Wuhan.

    Early on, Daszak himself was heavily involved in coordinating two global investigations into the origin, before his conflict of interest on the question emerged. Since then, EcoHealth and its partner at the Wuhan institute have impeded the investigation. (Daszak, who did not respond to a request for comment, has previously said that he is cooperating fully.)

    Daszak’s NIH grant is also remarkable given that the NIH has repeatedly pressed Daszak for information he has declined to provide. On November 5, 2021, and again on January 6, 2022, the NIH demanded that EcoHealth Alliance provide original laboratory notebooks and electronic files related to the research under investigation as the cause of the pandemic. The records have yet to be provided. Ebright, a critic of Daszak, said it is “disturbing that additional funding continues to be awarded to a contractor that the NIH has reported to have repeatedly and seriously violated contractual terms and conditions of a grant.”

    The lack of specific lab records pinpointing a specific accident or mutation that led to the emergence of the novel coronavirus has been used as evidence to discount the possibility of a lab origin, but without access to the records in question, such evidence is unattainable.

    In early February 2020, many of the scientists who today are the most vocal advocates of a natural origin theory joined a conference call with Dr. Anthony Fauci and then-NIH head Francis Collins. Ahead of the call, and in notes afterward, they expressed varying degrees of concern that the virus may have originated in a lab. Fauci and Collins, who controlled a large portion of the global funding streams for scientific research, discouraged the pursuit of the theory.

    Alina Chan, co-author of the book “Viral: The Search for the Origin of Covid-19,” said she has questions about what new safeguards have been put in place by Daszak.

    “Can our scientific leaders, institutions, and journals stop doubling down on approaches that might’ve accidentally caused the current pandemic?” she asked. “Hunting and studying novel bat CoVs has not significantly contributed to the pandemic response.”

    Those who’ve probed the question of the pandemic’s origin, from the Lancet Commission established for that that purpose to the world of intelligence, have left it open. “After examining all available intelligence reporting and other information … the IC” — intelligence community — “remains divided on the most likely origin of COVID-19. All agencies assess that two hypotheses are plausible: natural exposure to an infected animal and a laboratory-associated incident,” offers the most comprehensive intel analysis declassified in 2021.

    Ebright said we should pause funding of such research without answers to these questions and until “there has been a national discussion of whether research should continue to be performed that offers little or no benefit and poses high risk of causing a next pandemic.”

    Democrats in Congress have paid little attention to the NIH funding controversy, but Republicans could soon be in charge of one or both chambers. Rep. Cathy McMorris Rodgers, the top Republican on the powerful Energy and Commerce Committee, is in line to chair the panel in the event of a takeover. On Monday, she slammed the NIH for its continued funding of Daszak’s organization.

    “EcoHealth Alliance and Peter Daszak should not be getting a dime of taxpayer funds until they are completely transparent. Period. This is madness,” Rodgers said in a statement. “This further intensifies our extensive commitment on the Energy and Commerce Committee to ensure accountability from the National Institutes of Health for its role in supporting taxpayer-funded risky research without proper oversight of its grantees.”


    This content originally appeared on The Intercept and was authored by Ryan Grim.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/04/nih-awards-new-grant-to-u-s-organization-at-center-of-covid-19-lab-leak-controversy/feed/ 0 338438
    The Morning After https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/03/the-morning-after/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/03/the-morning-after/#respond Mon, 03 Oct 2022 17:02:09 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=134036 This is the weirdest part of the PSYOP. It’s like the morning after an office party on which you wake up almost terminally hungover to hazy memories of having performed a Tequila-fuelled blowjob on Bob in Accounting in what was either the 9th Floor Reception Area or possibly the downstairs lobby of your building while […]

    The post The Morning After first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    This is the weirdest part of the PSYOP. It’s like the morning after an office party on which you wake up almost terminally hungover to hazy memories of having performed a Tequila-fuelled blowjob on Bob in Accounting in what was either the 9th Floor Reception Area or possibly the downstairs lobby of your building while someone vaguely resembling that smirking kid in the Mail Room filmed it on his phone.

    Yes, it’s the Morning After … that revolting regurgitant chorus you’re hearing is the sound of millions of Covidian Cultists down on their knees in their gender-neutral bathrooms praying to the Porcelain God.

    It has been quite a trip these last two and a half years, but the orgy of fear and hatred is over, the mass hysteria is wearing off, and the reality of the damage they have done is beginning to become undeniable.

    Countless thousands of people have been killed, seriously injured, and permanently disabled, victims of experimental “vaccines” they did not need but were coerced into taking. Societies have been torn apart, economies crippled, institutions discredited, democratic precepts like the rule of law and constitutional rights made mockeries of themselves, friends and families turned against each other, and so on, and the dust hasn’t even settled yet. It will take many years to assess the damage … or, rather, to recontextualize, rationalize, deny, and memory-hole the damage (while simultaneously “normalizing” the fascistic biosecurity dystopia the damage made it possible to implement).

    This process is now well underway. As I’m sure you’ve noticed over the past several months, governments, global health authorities, the corporate and state media, the culture industry, and other key components of  “The New Normal Reich” have been quietly phasing out their “Covid restrictions,” rewriting “The Science,” rewriting history (i.e., the science and history they had previously rewritten), executing limited hangouts, and otherwise transitioning the masses out of “emergency” mode and into the New Normal.

    In other words, everything is going to plan.

    You can’t keep people whipped up into a state of full-blown hysteria indefinitely. When you’re radically destabilizing and restructuring a society, you hit them hard with the Shock-and-Awe for a few weeks, or months (or years in this case), and then you gently ease them into the new “reality.” Which, after being systematically terrorized, gaslighted, threatened, and otherwise tormented for however long you did that to them, they’ll be grateful for anything resembling “normality,” no matter how fascistic it turns out to be.

    You have to be delicate executing this phase, in which the vast majority of the masses, having forced themselves to believe whatever you needed them to believe during the Shock-and-Awe phase, have to force themselves to believe they never believed whatever you needed them to believe then, and believe whatever you need them to believe now, which typically completely contradicts whatever they had previously forced themselves to believe (and actually, literally, believed) in a desperate attempt to keep you happy, so that maybe you would eventually stop beating on them, and relentlessly gaslighting and terrorizing them.

    Now, a lot people seem to be having trouble understanding or accepting this fact; i.e., the fact that human beings are capable of forcing themselves to believe whatever they need to believe in order to survive or remain in good standing with “normal” society (or whatever social body they are members of and depend on to meet their basic needs). Not pretend to believe, literally believe, the way that religious converts believe, the way we believe whatever we believe today that we didn’t believe ten years ago.

    I must say, I find it rather baffling, people’s lack of understanding and acceptance of this fact, as this capability is a fundamental human attribute that has been documented, over and over, throughout the course of human history. It is not some “theory” I just made up. It is how we maintain social cohesion. It is how we socialize our children. It is how armies and university departments work. It is basic part of how social bodies function; conformity is rewarded and non-conformity is punished. There’s nothing new about this phenomenon. People have been conforming to new official “realities” and making themselves believe whatever they have to believe to survive within them for approximately five thousand years.

    It is, however, a rare occasion when we are able to observe the process this clearly. It usually takes place more or less invisibly within the context of normal everyday life. It is only during sudden radical shifts from one “reality” to another “reality” that we can watch people force themselves to believe whatever they perceive they need to believe, or are instructed by their rulers to believe, in order to survive and thrive in society (e.g., cult indoctrinations, religious conversions, the outbreak of war, physical torture, or in the wake of political revolutions).

    This is what we’ve been watching since March 2020, not mass hypnosis, or mass formation psychosis, but the masses forcing themselves to believe whatever they sensed they needed to believe (or were instructed by the authorities to believe) in order to remain parts of “normal” society and not be demonized by their governments and the media, ostracized by their friends and family, fired from their jobs, segregated, censored, beaten and arrested by the police, and otherwise punished for non-conformity as a new “reality” was manufactured and imposed on societies throughout the world.

    And now their “reality” is changing again, or “The Science is evolving,” or whatever, and the absurdities they forced themselves to believe are being exposed as … well, as absurdities, and their fanatical and often fascistic behavior, as it turns out, was based on absolutely nothing.

    Many of them couldn’t care less, as their behavior was never “based” on anything other than going along with the herd, and so they have simply transitioned from fanatically hating “the Unvaccinated” to fanatically hating “the Russians,” and fanatically supporting Ukrainian neo-Nazis, and fanatically doing whatever else the GloboCap puppets on their televisions instruct them to fanatically do. However, a significant number of them have retained enough of their critical faculties that being yanked back and forth from “reality” to “reality” is causing them to experience mild cognitive dissonance, and confusion, and shame, or borderline psychosis.

    Believe it or not, my heart goes out to them … these formerly fanatical Covidian Cultists that wanted me segregated from society, and silenced, and locked up in an internment camp. I cannot make it easier for them by pretending they didn’t do what they did (and in too many cases are still actively doing), or pretending they were hypnotized, or in some other altered state of consciousness, while they did what they did for the past two and half years, but just imagine how they must be feeling now that the party is finally over and the brutal morning after has arrived.

    Imagine realizing at this late stage of things that everything you believed, thought, and said, the incalculable harm you have done to people, and to society, was never about a pandemic, but was always about conditioning the masses to respond to fear, coercion, and control like some global Pavlovian behavioral experiment. Or just take it from actress Jennifer Gibson

    And now comes the really nauseating part, the part where the New Normal authorities admit that they “overreacted,” and that “mistakes were made,” and that they deeply regret having needlessly murdered and seriously injured God knows how many people, and psychologically crippled countless children, and accidentally totally destabilized and restructured the entire global economy, and explain in a lengthy piece in The New Yorker how they’re sorry, but they were drunk at the time, and swear they will never do it again.

    You remember this part from 2004 after the invasion and occupation of Iraq when the photos of Abu Ghraib were published, and the American masses who had been hooting and hollering and waving American flags around, and calling people “ragheads” and “sand niggers,” and so on, had to stare themselves and their war crimes in the face.

    You recall how the Americans dealt with their shame. That’s right, they reelected George Bush and carried on murdering and torturing Iraqis, and Afghans, and assorted other brown people, and hooting and hollering “we’re number one,” and waving American flags around, because in for a penny, in for a pound.

    You see, another fundamental human attribute (in addition to our ability to force ourselves to believe whatever we need to believe in order to survive and thrive in society) is that we don’t tend to deal with shame very well. We tend to repress it and react aggressively to anyone who tries to force us to face it. If you don’t believe me, ask anyone you know who has been (or still is) in an abusive relationship. Ask them how their abuser reacts when they try to get them to take responsibility for their abusive behavior.

    I can’t tell you exactly what’s going to happen over the coming months, but I told you back in January that there was going to be wailing and gnashing of teeth, and wailing and gnashing of teeth there has been, and there is certainly going to be a lot more of it … and probably not just wailing and gnashing. This is just the dawn of the Morning After. I have a feeling we ain’t seen nothing yet.

    The post The Morning After first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by C.J. Hopkins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/03/the-morning-after/feed/ 0 338163
    Jailed Australia economist quarantined for COVID-19 in Myanmar https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/economist-covid-10012022103934.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/economist-covid-10012022103934.html#respond Sat, 01 Oct 2022 14:50:00 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/economist-covid-10012022103934.html Sean Turnell, an Australian citizen who served as an economic advisor to deposed Myanmar leader Aung San Suu Kyi and was given a three-year jail sentence this week, have been infected with COVID-19 in prison, sources familiar with their case told RFA.

    Turnell, Aung San Suu Kyi, and three ministers from the ousted National League for Democracy (NLD) government were given three year sentences Thursday under the Myanmar Government Secrets Act.

    Turnell, 58, and former Deputy Minister of Planning, Finance and Industry Set Aung were quarantined for COVID-19 infections their transfer Friday from Naypyidaw Prison in the capital to Yamethin prison, court sources told RFA.

    The other two former ministers prosecuted Thursday, Myanmar Government Planning and Finance Minister Soe Win, and Minister of Planning and Finance Kyaw Win, were also transferred to Yamethin, in the central Mandalay region.

    Turnell was also sentenced to a further three years under the Immigration Law but the two charges will be served concurrently.

    Suu Kyi, who has now been sentenced to a total of 23 years in prison for 12 cases, is still being held in Naypyidaw Prison because there are still other pending cases.

    The junta has yet to release a statement regarding the transfer of Turnell to Yamethin Prison and the circumstances of his COVID-19 infection.

    The Australian government issued a statement Thursday saying that Turnell had been unjustly arrested and that Canberra has objected to the military court's sentence against him and demanded his immediate release. The statement also said Australian diplomats were barred from attending the trial.

    Australian Foreign Minister Penny Wong told the Australian newspaper The Canberra Times that she will continue to do everything she can so that he can return to his family in Australia.

    Turnell had worked as an economic advisor to Suu Kyi since 2017 under the NLD-led government that was ousted in last year's military coup. He is the first foreigner close to the NLD to be detained since the Feb. 1, 2021 coup.

    Turnell had worked at the Myanmar Development Institute of the Macquarie University in Sydney, Australia, and is an honorary professor of that university. He had also worked at the Reserve Bank of Australia as an economics expert.

    Translated by Khin Maung Nyane. Written by Paul Eckert.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By RFA Burmese.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/economist-covid-10012022103934.html/feed/ 0 337902
    I Bless the [Covid Stats] Down in Africa https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/30/i-bless-the-covid-stats-down-in-africa/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/30/i-bless-the-covid-stats-down-in-africa/#respond Fri, 30 Sep 2022 14:20:12 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=133885 According to official [sic] statistics, despite all of the advanced medical knowledge in the Home of the Brave™, 95.8 million cases of Covid-19 occurred in the U.S. — of which, a total of 1.05 million people died. According to official [sic] statistics, only 68.3% of Americans are fully vaccinated against Covid-19. According to Science™ [sic], […]

    The post I Bless the [Covid Stats] Down in Africa first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    According to official [sic] statistics, despite all of the advanced medical knowledge in the Home of the Brave™, 95.8 million cases of Covid-19 occurred in the U.S. — of which, a total of 1.05 million people died.

    According to official [sic] statistics, only 68.3% of Americans are fully vaccinated against Covid-19.

    According to Science™ [sic], those unjabbed Americans are surely to blame.

    Now dig this: According to the CDC, only 21.6 percent of all Africans are fully vaccinated against Covid-19. Here are some of the least-vaccinated nations on the continent:

    • Mali: 7.7% are fully vaccinated
    • Niger: 6.5%
    • Senegal: 6.1%
    • Madagascar: 4.9%
    • Cameroon: 4.5%
    • The Democratic Republic of the Congo: 3%
    • Burundi: 0.2%

    I braced myself before looking at death counts in these poor, vaccine-deprived countries. Here’s what I found:

    • Mali: 741 reported Covid deaths
    • Niger: 313
    • Senegal: 1,968
    • Madagascar: 1,410
    • Cameroon: 1,935
    • The Democratic Republic of the Congo: 1,442
    • Burundi: 38

    Then we have Eritrea where at least two-thirds of the inhabitants live in poverty and less than half have access to clean water. In poor little Eritrea, 0% of the population is fully vaccinated.

    ZERO. PERCENT.

    The official [sic] Covid death count in Eritrea is (wait for it) 103.

    Across the entire continent of Africa — 1.2 billion humans in 54 countries — only 21.6 percent of all Africans are fully vaccinated. Yet, the official [sic] total of Covid cases is 12,064,330 and the official [sic] death count is 255,733.

    To recap, the Fauci-led medical mecca of America is 68.3% fully vaxxed but has a death count of 1.05 million. Poverty-stricken Eritrea vaccinated no one and only 103 people died.

    If Covid-19 was even half as dangerous as the narrative insisted, why was mostly unvaccinated Africa spared?

    (Even if you unwisely believe that the Covid tests work and the case/death counts are accurate, surely the above information does not make sense to you.)

    The post I Bless the [Covid Stats] Down in Africa first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Mickey Z..

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/30/i-bless-the-covid-stats-down-in-africa/feed/ 0 337695
    The COVID-19 Booster’s Public Relations Problem https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/27/the-covid-19-boosters-public-relations-problem/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/27/the-covid-19-boosters-public-relations-problem/#respond Tue, 27 Sep 2022 09:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/covid-vaccine-messaging-failures-paul-offit#1445857 by Robin Fields

    ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

    With the rollout this month of a new coronavirus booster, U.S. public health leaders once more face the challenge of persuading Americans that they should roll up their sleeves and get another, possibly better, shot targeted at the omicron strain.

    This has become tougher with each successive vaccination campaign.

    About 68% of the U.S. population has received either two doses of the Pfizer-BioNTech or Moderna vaccines or one dose of Johnson & Johnson, but only one-third has chosen to get a booster. In Canada, much of Europe, Japan and South Korea, people have chosen to get additional doses at far higher rates.

    This summer, when COVID-19 vaccines were finally authorized in the U.S. for children under 5, they met with low demand. By mid-August, just under 5% of kids under 5 had received their first shots and only about 1% were fully vaccinated.

    When it comes to the newest boosters, so far about 4.4 million peopleabout 1.5% of those eligible — had opted for the shots through Sept. 21, though reporting lags in some states.

    This time around, the messaging also needs to overcome the publicly expressed qualms of some notable vaccine experts.

    Several have said there’s inadequate proof that the reformulated booster shot will provide better protection than the original or that it’s been rushed out after being tested only on animals, not people. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention Director Rochelle Walensky and other proponents of the new booster have countered that waiting for more evidence would have left the U.S. using a potentially outdated vaccine if, as expected, COVID-19 surges this fall and winter.

    Among the most notable of the objectors is Dr. Paul Offit, the director of the Vaccine Education Center at Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia and a member of the Food and Drug Administration advisory committee that recommends whether to authorize vaccines and for whom. Offit has pristine pro-vaccine credentials: He’s the author of “Deadly Choices: How the Anti-Vaccine Movement Threatens Us All” and has been one of the nation’s most vocal advocates for childhood vaccination.

    We spoke to Offit about where he thinks the public messaging about the COVID-19 vaccine and boosters has broken down. The key group for health officials to reach, he said, isn’t those adamantly opposed to getting the vaccine or those who’d happily line up for 10 doses. It’s everyone else, he said, the ones thinking: “Do I really need another dose? How badly do I need this dose?”

    In an emailed statement, a spokesperson for the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services defended the CDC’s and FDA’s messaging on vaccines and promoted the new booster: “We know we can save tens of thousands of lives if we can encourage the public to get their updated booster vaccine.” (See full statement here)

    The stakes go beyond whether Americans will embrace each new COVID-19 shot, holding the potential to damage public confidence in all vaccines, Offit said. He pointed to four moments when leaders at the CDC, the FDA or in the Biden administration failed to communicate clearly what to expect from the COVID-19 vaccine and when and for whom extra shots could make a critical difference:

    1. Vaccine meets world

    When the Pfizer and Moderna vaccines were authorized in December 2020 and became available to an eager public, their makers and public health officials touted them as having efficacy rates of over 90% against mild, moderate and severe illness.

    That was true, but temporary. What got lost in the messaging was that the shots’ protection against mild illness was bound to decline over time, Offit said. Public health officials should have made clearer that the principal goal was to prevent disease severe enough to lead to hospitalization or death. That’s what the vaccines delivered:

    “If I could go back in time, right then when our committee was presented with those data in December [2020], I think we should have stood up or people should have stood up and said: ‘Realize that this protection is great. And we hope this protection holds up against severe illness and keeps you out of the hospital and keeps you out of the ICU and keeps you from dying. But this protection against mildly symptomatic illness is not going to hold up over time.’ And that’s what happened. Six months later, protection faded. Instead of offering a reasonable explanation for that, we did the opposite.”

    2. Breakthroughs

    By mid-2021, there was a flurry of stories about so-called breakthrough infections — cases of COVID-19 among Americans who were fully vaccinated. At the time, they were considered rare. Perhaps the most memorable: an outbreak in Provincetown, Massachusetts, that began over the July 4 weekend and infected 469 people, including 346 who’d had the requisite vaccine doses.

    Here, Offit said, was an opportunity to remind people that the vaccine’s protection against serious disease remained. Labeling mild cases or asymptomatic infections as “breakthroughs” was an avoidable error, he said:

    “Four of the 346 were hospitalized. That’s a hospitalization rate of 1.2%. That is a vaccine that is working well. We should have stood up and said this is what you want from this vaccine. And the other 342 had a mild or asymptomatic infection, which we labeled ‘breakthrough’ infection. And that’s the CDC’s word, I mean, in their Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report, that was the headline in that report of that outbreak, when it should have been the opposite. It should have been, ‘This vaccine is doing just what you expected it to do.’”

    The fallout from not framing breakthrough infections this way continues to this day. A July survey of vaccinated adults conducted by Kaiser Family Foundation found that almost half, 48%, said they didn’t think boosters are effective because some vaccinated people are still getting infected.

    3. Boosters for all?

    In August 2021, the Biden administration announced plans to begin offering boosters to most fully vaccinated adults starting the following month.

    The announcement was unusual, in part because the advisory panels that typically guide the CDC and FDA on vaccine decisions hadn’t yet weighed in on the booster question. Scientists who were convinced the data backed another shot quickly began debating those who thought that, at least for younger, healthier people, the first two were still plenty effective.

    That September, the panel on which Offit sits, the FDA’s Vaccines and Related Biological Products Advisory Committee, rejected the notion that most adults needed a third dose, endorsing boosters only for those 65 and older or at high risk because of underlying health conditions.

    “I mean, the most recent data, the data that were generated just a month before that, showed protection against severe disease was holding up. So what was [Biden] trying to do? Was he trying to protect against mild disease? Because that’s not doable. And so that came to our committee, and we voted no. We unanimously voted no.”

    A CDC advisory panel came to a similar conclusion, recommending boosters only for limited groups. Ultimately, though, both agencies went beyond their advisers’ guidance. The FDA authorized boosters for any adult whose work or living conditions put them at higher risk of exposure. The CDC expanded its recommendations to match.

    Said Offit: “So now you’re additionally confused. Should we get a booster dose or not?”

    The landscape shifted again with the arrival in late 2021 of the omicron variant. Omicron was sufficiently genetically different from earlier versions of COVID-19 to spark worries about how well the vaccine’s protection would hold up.

    Many public health experts who’d questioned the push to boost all adults became converts. CDC studies showed that fully vaccinated people who got boosters were less likely to end up in the hospital with COVID-19 than those who’d had only the first two doses of vaccine.

    But certain subsets of people gained far more protection against serious illness from boosters, while others gained far less, Offit said. Public health officials should have articulated this more clearly:

    “The question was, who was benefiting from that third dose or that fourth dose? Was it everybody? Was it a healthy 25-year-old? Or were there just certain select groups that were benefiting from that additional dose? And the answer is, just certain select groups. No. 1, far and away, older people. And by that, I mean really older people. People over 75. The other group was people who had the kind of serious health problems where even if they had a mild illness, they could still end up in the hospital. And then the third group, to a lesser extent, were people who were immunocompromised. That’s who was benefiting from that third or fourth dose.”

    4. Omicron booster

    Conveying a clear message about the benefits of the newest boosters has been more challenging than for previous shots, Offit said. “Even if you’ve been paying attention and reading everything you can, it’s been confusing,” he said.

    As omicron became the dominant strain of COVID-19 worldwide, manufacturers began work on reformulated vaccines designed to provide better protection against it.

    Some were what’s called bivalent, containing both the mRNA codes for the spike protein in the original virus strain that emerged in China and the spike protein in a strain of omicron.

    In June, Pfizer-BioNTech and Moderna presented data from small-scale human trials to the FDA advisory committee on which Offit sits. The data showed that people who received a bivalent booster targeting the omicron BA.1 strain made somewhat more antibodies in response to Omicron BA.1 than people who received the original booster. (For all subjects, the boosters were their fourth shots overall.)

    From Offit’s perspective, though, the increase in antibodies “did not translate to a clinically significant difference” in protection from severe disease. Other experts have expressed similar concerns.

    Since the BA.1 strain of omicron is no longer circulating, the FDA asked manufacturers to develop boosters tailored to fight the now-prevalent BA.4 and BA.5 strains. The companies provided data from animal tests for this booster, showing it triggered a strong immune response to all omicron variants.

    Ultimately, Offit voted against switching to an omicron-matched booster, but almost all his fellow panelists recommended that the FDA move ahead with these shots.

    Though its counterparts in Europe, the United Kingdom and Canada have authorized the booster targeting BA.1, for which there was some human data, the FDA authorized a booster matched to BA.4 and BA.5.

    The Biden administration has bought 171 million doses — possibly the last free doses of COVID-19 boosters Americans will get, as Congress has blocked the administration’s requests for more funding.

    At this stage in the pandemic, after so many cases and so many shots, the HHS spokesperson acknowledged that “our communications strategy is different.” Still, the administration’s statement set a high bar for what the new shot would deliver, saying it’s “expected to not only improve protection against serious disease, but may also restore protection against symptomatic disease.”

    Offit expects that by mid-October, additional data will become available on how people’s immune systems respond to the new U.S. booster, answering at least some of the lingering questions about the shots.

    “We’ll see whether or not they were right,” he said of the booster’s advocates.

    Offit fears that the federal government’s mistakes in explaining the purpose of the COVID-19 shots and boosters have the potential to undermine public confidence in other vaccines, engendering pushback even against those with decadeslong track records. That, in turn, could bring the return of devastating infectious diseases once thought vanquished.

    He pointed to a recent case of paralytic polio in Rockland County, New York, the first in the U.S. in almost a decade. Rockland County’s vaccination rates, which have long lagged those of the state and the nation, dropped even further during the pandemic. Offit worries the rest of the nation could travel down a similar path.

    “You’ll see these diseases come back,” Offit warned. “And believe me, that’s not a disease you want to see come back. I was in a polio ward when I was 5 years old. ... I didn’t have polio. I had a failed operation on my right foot. But that landed me in a polio ward for six weeks. And I remember those children. I remember iron lungs. ... I was in hell for six weeks. Nobody wants to go back there.”

    We Want to Talk to People Working, Living and Grieving on the Front Lines of the Coronavirus. Help Us Report.


    This content originally appeared on Articles and Investigations - ProPublica and was authored by by Robin Fields.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/27/the-covid-19-boosters-public-relations-problem/feed/ 0 336564
    Tunoa – house arrest – on Tokelau family ends after more than a year https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/22/tunoa-house-arrest-on-tokelau-family-ends-after-more-than-a-year/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/22/tunoa-house-arrest-on-tokelau-family-ends-after-more-than-a-year/#respond Thu, 22 Sep 2022 23:36:36 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=79487 RNZ Pacific

    The Taupulega, or council, on the Tokelau atoll of Nukunonu, has lifted a house arrest order on a family which had refused to get vaccinated against covid-19.

    The family was placed under tunoa in August 2021.

    A council meeting on Wednesday told family member Mahelino Patelesio that the tunoa was being lifted. However, the family would be updated on restrictions that might apply when a cargo ship drops off supplies.

    At the meeting, Patelesio sought forgiveness from the community for any hurt arising from the family’s refusal to be vaccinated and the resulting social media dispute.

    He also said he felt sorry about what he claimed was a lack of information that the Taupulega and atolls had about the Pfizer vaccine and felt worse about the children in the community who had had to get the vaccine, again citing claims of lack of information.

    RNZ Pacific’s correspondent on Nukunonu said members of the public and Taupulega expressed sadness and disappointment at the meeting over how the family handled this situation on such a public platform — social media — where the depth of the culture was not taken into consideration and was instead damaged.

    The general manager for the office of the council of Nukunonu, Asi Pasilio, explained to RNZ Pacific in July why the council of 36 heads of extended families who serve the atoll’s community had decided to impose tunoa.

    Decision of local council
    “This is a village rule, this is the decision of the local council which runs the island and the community. We have the laws of Tokelau but we also have the local council which has the authority over their village,” Pasilio said.

    Asi Pasilio
    Nukunonu Council general manager Asi Pasilio … “This is a village rule.” Image: RNZ Pacific

    She said there were no jails in Tokelau, but when there was a serious offence the council could just ask people to stay at home.

    Tunoa took the place of jail.

    While under tunoa, family members provided shopping for them.

    The New Zealand dependency with a population of about 1500 has had no cases of covid-19 since the global pandemic began in early 2020, according to the World Health Organisation.

    New Zealand’s Ministry of Foreign Affairs and Trade (MFAT) said in July the former Administrator, Ross Ardern, had no say in the implementation of tunoa, and that mandatory vaccination was a decision taken by Tokelau’s village leaders.

    At the time about 99 percent of Tokelau’s eligible population aged 12 and over were fully vaccinated.

    • Tokelau is a New Zealand dependency.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/22/tunoa-house-arrest-on-tokelau-family-ends-after-more-than-a-year/feed/ 0 335584
    Mayor Peels Back COVID Mandate for Millions of NYC Private Sector Workers  https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/22/mayor-peels-back-covid-mandate-for-millions-of-nyc-private-sector-workers/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/22/mayor-peels-back-covid-mandate-for-millions-of-nyc-private-sector-workers/#respond Thu, 22 Sep 2022 18:57:55 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=133577 Note: See follow up statements at the bottom! New York Mayor Eric Adams announced yesterday (September 20) an end to his city’s sweeping vaccine requirement on roughly 184,000 private businesses with at least one employee. Adams stated that rescinding COVID vaccine mandates would provide more “flexibility” to parents and businesses. “It is time to move […]

    The post Mayor Peels Back COVID Mandate for Millions of NYC Private Sector Workers  first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    Note: See follow up statements at the bottom!

    Protestors demonstrate outside the New York City Department of Health.

    New York Mayor Eric Adams announced yesterday (September 20) an end to his city’s sweeping vaccine requirement on roughly 184,000 private businesses with at least one employee.

    Adams stated that rescinding COVID vaccine mandates would provide more “flexibility” to parents and businesses.

    “It is time to move on to the next level of fortifying our city,” Adams said. “It’s imperative to send the right message and lead by example as I’m doing today by getting my booster shot.”

    While announcing this sun-setting of the nation’s strictest COVID vaccine policy mandated by former mayor Bill de Blasio, Adams implored New Yorkers to get new booster shots aimed at “highly transmissible” COVID variants.

    In front of a group of journalists, Adams received his second booster shot from the city’s Health Commissioner Dr. Ashwin Vasan.

    A picture of NYC Mayor Adams getting his COVID-19 vaccine booster shot.

    The Defender* (I) asked national grassroots organizer for Children’s Health Defense and founder of TeachersForChoice.org,  Michael Kane,  several questions regarding the authority for which Adams can roll back some parts of the mandate for the private sector.

    “NYC is still in a state of emergency renewed every six days by Mayor Adams. That is where the authority comes from and no mechanism currently exists in NYC to stop the renewals.”

    When the sweeping mandate was put into force December 27, 2021, Bill de Blasio used a commission order from the city’s health commissioner Dave Chokshi. That mandate took many city officials, businesses, union representatives and public workers by surprise.

    However, when he first announced the mandate would go into effect four days after he left office, de Blasio expressed confidence that any legal challenge to the mandate would be defeated.

    The City’s lead attorney backed him up. “The health commissioner has an obligation and a responsibility to protect the public health. Here, he is issuing an order that is intended to do just that in a public health emergency,” Corporation Counsel Georgia Pestana told Politico last year.

    The legal qualification for this emergency law is that the mandate applied across the board rather than singling out any industry.

    A picture of Bill de Blasio.

    A month earlier, November 2021, the city had mandated the COVID shot for all of the New York City’s workforce of 304,000 people.

    Almost 11 months after that mandate went into effect, yesterday’s announcement of a November 1 rollback has precipitated confusion.

    While Adams was on the record earlier this year stating he would not be enforcing the private business mandate, Kane told The Defender* (me) the law was still in effect and had far-reaching effects.

    Lack of an enforcement mechanism doesn’t mean the mandate was gone,” Kane said. “What major business in NYC would risk bucking the mandate? Once the mandate is officially repealed, some businesses may even choose to keep it.”

    For the more than 800 teachers Adams fired this month for not getting the vaccine, losing incomes and medical insurance is more than just a bitter taste in their mouths. These terminations have occurred during a statewide teacher shortage.

    When the mayor was asked yesterday why teachers and public sector employees still have to follow a vaccine mandate, his response was confusing.

    Kane put it bluntly: “Mayor Adams answered this today and it was the worst answer I have EVER SEEN to any question ever.”

    The mandate for city workers has been controversial, leading to workers being fired, lawsuits and political protests. “We’re in a steady phase of pivot and shift,” the mayor said yesterday when asked if he plans to discontinue the mandate on city workers. “We do things. We roll things out slowly. Right now, that is not on the radar for us.”

    The New York Post reported Saturday those 850 teachers and aides who were fired September 5 bring the total to nearly 2,000 “deemed to have voluntarily resigned” by the Education Department

    Adams may have rolled back some of de Blasio’s COVID restrictions, but he’s kept the public worker and school employee vaccine proof mandate.

     To date, New York City has fired more than 2,600 municipal workers in total for not getting a COVID shot, according to the New York Post’s findings.

    “I don’t think anything dealing with COVID makes sense, and there’s no logical pathway of [what] one can do,” Adams said yesterday at the press conference. “You make the decisions based on how to keep our city safe, how to keep our employees operating.”

    For many of the 24,000 members of the NYPD, last year’s mandates set off protests and lawsuits by police. Yesterday’s announcement for some is “irrational pseudoscience.”

    “This announcement is more proof that the vaccine mandate for New York City police officers is arbitrary, capricious and fundamentally irrational,” said Police Benevolent Association President Patrick Lynch. “Now that the city has abandoned any pretense of a public health justification for vaccine mandates, we expect it to settle our pending lawsuits and reinstate with back pay our members who unjustly lost their jobs.”

    It was March 24 when Adams rolled back the vaccine mandate for athletes, but not teachers and municipal workers, including cops and firefighters.

    United Federation of Teachers said in a statement that lifting the vaccine mandate for performers and athletes was a double standard.

    “The city should not create exceptions to its vaccination requirements without compelling reason,” the UFT statement read. “If the rules are going to be suspended, particularly for people with influence, then the UFT and other city unions are ready to discuss how exceptions could be applied to city workers.”

    Rachelle Garcia, a 15-year veteran teacher in New York City, spoke to Fox Friends First yesterday about her and her family’s struggle after she was fired earlier this month. She made three religious exemptions, but all were denied.

    After putting in all the in-person teaching during the pandemic and then receiving a pink slip, Garcia explained: “We went from heroes to zeroes.”

    The Defender* (I) talked at length with Kane, who had been a New York teacher 15 years before “voluntarily resigning” last year because he refused to be vaccinated. 

    “It’s a failed public health policy.” Kane said he saw a sea change in attitudes toward fired teachers and first responders at the Labor Day rally earlier this month. “My wife and I marched with New York Workers for Choice through 47th Avenue where all the teachers were,  and we were cheered on, caused a real ruckus.”

    A year ago, Kane said, the atmosphere was much different when fellow teachers did not support his anti-mandate stance. He cited a recent Emerson college poll that found 52 percent of New Yorkers were in favor of rehiring the fired teachers, compared to 30 percent against.

    Kane says good teachers and public servants no longer serve the city because of the mandate. “I had a Dreamers Alliance Club for five years. I took the kids to businesses, to Albany. Now they have nothing.”

    Many teachers like Kane have said the mandate got rid of a lot of dedicated, intelligent educators. 

    But the fight is still on. “We’re going to go back to City Hall this week and demand this policy ends.” Kane is hoping a few hundred fired workers will be there on the steps of City Hall lobbying to get their jobs back. 

    +–+

    Note: This was an assignment by Robert F. Kennedy’s Children’s Health Defense “news aggregator,” The Defender. I answered a solicitation to apply for one of two “reporter” jobs there. Got interviewed September 7.  Yeah, funny stuff, applying at age 65. The Zoom interview with two editors went well, and then a a week later I was assigned a piece, as a trial-test.

    They gave me the actual story to cover, again, a day late and a dollar short, but I got a hold of three sources for original quotations. The idea was to follow up with a story already covered heavily in the media and through environmental groups, and try to add something new.

    I was told in the Zoom interview if The Defender published the trial piece, I would be paid (not sure what that rate was). Read it, and many have praised the piece.

    Here it is, reprinted at DV, “Shell’s $6 Billion ‘Cracker’ Plant Part of ‘Ponzi Scheme for Natural Gas’, Critic Says” and then here, at the Defender, September 20, 2022.

    Ahh, the cracker story turned out to be bigger and longer than they had assigned. And, the three females looking at the copy, well, they were using this piece as a trial. The main editor said it made sense that I was not spot on with their AP style; i.e., surface level stuff.

    But, then, another test, one more test, for the $33 an hour gig. I was feeling a bit, well, used, and not confident this outfit was all up and up. But I plowed on with short notice to do a recap of the above New York City mayoral decision to lift the mandate story.

    Yeah, I contacted four places in New York for comments, both by phone and email. Luckily, fired teacher Michael Kane, who just started at CHD, was available.

    We talked for almost an hour this morning, and I submitted the story that you just read above. He told me it was fantastic.

    Yep, that was it.

    However, I received the following email after talking with Michael Kane and getting some confidence-building:

    Hi Paul. I enjoyed meeting you and appreciate your time, but the editor and I have decided you’re not the right fit for our next reporter.

    I wish you the best. S

    Now, a funny thing happened on the way to the Defender. There was a verbal discussion during the interview stage how I’d get paid for the story if they ran it. They did publish it, and it was long one. Alas, though, this is Gig economy, and the collective bargaining ain’t at a thing with nonprofits like Children’s Health Defense, usually writers get something for things published. In the old days, I got “kill fees” from magazines who assigned something and failed to publish it.

    No word back from them about getting some recompense. Typical, in my opinion.

    Also, so it goes, in my opinion, with this new normal abnormal, of gig workers, of aggregator news (sic) sites, and a world where curt and empty words, like those above, go with the territory. Unprofessional, but I was the one being judged!

    Luckily, my journalism experience over five decades has mostly been me going out and doing original work, not looking at sources that already covered a breaking news item in order to paraphrase and recap it in my own words. Sure, a ton of press releases and leads on stories from sources came my way, but the bottom line was/is I was on the spot, doing original investigation and coverage, of my own accord, usually under the auspices of my own story generation, or sometimes I pursued stories hashed out with editors that then got me deep into the weeds, sometimes.

    Now, Michael Kane and I talked at length early this AM Pacific time, since he’s in NYC. I thought the piece which I had almost completed would be apropos for The Defender. It never got looked at, essentially, never edited.

    Kane’s the lead-creator of Teachers for Choice. He has been teaching for 15 years, and had been in special education. He felt he was meant to teach after a few years of getting his feet wet.

    He told me he was super active in the union, American Federation of Teachers, and was even a union delegate and ended up in the state Capital lobbying and presenting and rallying around teachers and education issues.

    When the mandate came down for NYC educators, K12, he wanted to opt out. He ended up not signing the waiver that would have allowed him to stay home, get pay, lose his medical benefits, for a year, with the caveat of not suing the school/education district.

    His wife and Michael had just purchased a home, and he told me both of them (she’s a teacher, I believe) had lost their jobs.

    The fired teachers and public employees have a lawsuit still pending for an October court date with the 2nd Circuit Court of Appeals. He told me that he believes Adams reversal of the private employers mandate (it is sun-setting November 1, but still, it’s optional to opt out of making employees have vaccines for COVID) has set in motion “energy” around the firing of teachers, many of whom have dedicated like Michael a decade or more developing both as educators and community and student inspirations.

    He told me he is progressive, and the irony is he is supporting the Republican candidate for New York governor. “I’ve never voted Republican.”

    These alliances and allegiances are what also adds to the new abnormal. He also pointed out that de Blasio pushed MMR shots for adults in Brooklyn when a measles cluster broke out.

    “Adams is much more transactional than de Blasio was. The Mets owner Cohen gave Adams money for his campaign, and so the Mayor carved out a vax mandate exception for athletes.”

    Kane told me that “well over fifty percent of the Black Community didn’t get the COVID vaccination.” Lots of skepticism on medical overlords telling African Americans what to do with their bodies, medically and drug wise.

    We talked about how mayors and governors and the CDC and president expect educators to be compliant. He also said what he saw during the first year of the COVID teaching arena was bizarre.

    “In September 2021 I was still at my job. I stood back and it looked like the kids and teachers were robots.”

    He said they had to wear face masks and some both masks and shields. All teachers had Chrome books, and the kids had laptops. The teachers had mics set up under their masks to amplify their muffled voices. Students had to DM teachers and aides when they had a question or problem.

    “It was frightening.”

    Yep, we agreed on how the downfall of education occurred across the world when social media came into play. We talked about John Taylor Gatto, and really how education is now not about helping the kids one on one, or really about creating creative and independent thinkers.

    Ahh, so-called modern scientific schooling is actually a perverse experiment of morphing children in compliants, or hateful of learn. Here’s what Gatto calls the “seven lessons of school teaching.” These are lessons of mass forced schooling:

    It confuses the students. It presents an incoherent ensemble of information that the child needs to memorize to stay in school. Apart from the tests and trials, this programming is similar to the television; it fills almost all the “free” time of children. One sees and hears something, only to forget it again.

    It teaches them to accept their class affiliation.

    It makes them indifferent.

    It makes them emotionally dependent.

    It makes them intellectually dependent.

    It teaches them a kind of self-confidence that requires constant confirmation by experts (provisional self-esteem).

    It makes it clear to them that they cannot hide, because they are always supervised.

    As Michelle Alexander points out, these are children “who have a parent or loved one, a relative, who has either spent time behind bars or who has acquired a criminal record and thus is part of the under-caste – the group of people who can be legally discriminated against for the rest of their lives.”  She writes:

    . . . For these children, their life chances are greatly diminished. They are more likely to be raised in severe poverty; their parents are unlikely to be able to find work or housing and are often ineligible even for food stamps. For children, the era of mass incarceration has meant a tremendous amount of family separation, broken homes, poverty, and a far, far greater level of hopelessness as they see so many of their loved ones cycling in and out of prison. Children who have incarcerated parents are far more likely themselves to be incarcerated. (source)

    It is now the Pedagogy of the Oppressed, the canceled, the disenfranchised, the un-woke, the misbegotten, et al. Here, Henry Giroux:

    Education as a democratic project is utopian in its goal of expanding and deepening the ideological and material conditions that make a democracy possible. Teachers need to be able to work together, collaborate, work with the community, and engage in research that informs their teaching. In this instance, critical pedagogy refuses the atomizing structure of teaching that informs traditional and market-driven notions of pedagogy. Moreover, critical pedagogy should provide students with the knowledge, modes of literacy, skills, critique, social responsibility, and civic courage needed to enable them to be engaged critical citizens willing to fight for a sustainable and just society.

    When Schools Become Dead Zones of the Imagination: A Critical Pedagogy Manifesto
    **Final note! Nah, The Defender has not contacted me after I politely asked about the recompense. This is the new new abnormal: is it a skanky world out there now in U$A? Are people in 2022 that unprofessional, that vapid, and that deaf to human compassion? As of September 22, no word on the pay. Lovely!**

    **Second Final Note!** You don’t make money as a writer, or at least 95 percent of most writers do not make money! Aggregators like The Defender use articles from Commondreams, Yale Environment 360, Environmental Working Group, Center for Biological Diversity, and all the other mainstream ones, and I know they don’t pay for the creative commons use, and the authors of those pieces, if listed, do not get pennies from heaven. So, in reality, the piece that was up two days ago on the cracker plant should have landed me at least $150. I used to get $400 for a column I wrote. Prices for word count (or pay) have gone DOWN, and in some cases, the creepy people think that having a digital clipping of a piece of writing is reward enough. So much for solidarity amongst workers! Usury appears everywhere, and sometimes it’s just using people’s time for free. That cracker article I put in eight hours, man! Even flipping burgers at $16 an hour would be an eight-hour day at $128.

    The post Mayor Peels Back COVID Mandate for Millions of NYC Private Sector Workers  first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Paul Haeder.

    ]]> https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/22/mayor-peels-back-covid-mandate-for-millions-of-nyc-private-sector-workers/feed/ 0 335503 Dutch Farmers Resisting the Toxic Transition   https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/19/dutch-farmers-resisting-the-toxic-transition/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/19/dutch-farmers-resisting-the-toxic-transition/#respond Mon, 19 Sep 2022 19:27:08 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=133516 In recent years, governments have been demonstrating their subservience to their billionaire masters in Big Finance, the Gates and Rockefeller Foundations, BlackRock and the entire gamut of forces in the military-financial-industrial complex behind the ‘Great Reset’, ‘New Normal’ or whichever other benign-sounding term is used to disguise the crisis and current restructuring of capitalism and the brutal […]

    The post Dutch Farmers Resisting the Toxic Transition   first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    In recent years, governments have been demonstrating their subservience to their billionaire masters in Big Finance, the Gates and Rockefeller Foundations, BlackRock and the entire gamut of forces in the military-financial-industrial complex behind the ‘Great Reset’, ‘New Normal’ or whichever other benign-sounding term is used to disguise the crisis and current restructuring of capitalism and the brutal impacts on ordinary people.

    In late 2019 and early 2020 (due to collapsing financial markets immediately prior to COVID) and during COVID (via COVID-relief packages), trillions of dollars were handed over to elite interests while lockdowns and restrictions were imposed on ordinary people and small businesses. The winners were the likes of Amazon, Big Pharma and the tech giants. The losers were small enterprises and the bulk of the population, deprived of their right to work and the entire panoply of civil rights their ancestors struggled for.

    In August 2020, a report by the International Labour Organization stated that COVID policies had severely disrupted economies across the world with estimated losses of working hours equivalent to nearly 400 million full-time jobs in the second quarter of 2020.

    The restrictions and closure of the global economy impacted the most vulnerable – the 1.6 billion informal (low-income) economy workers, representing half the global workforce.

    In India, lockdown pushed around 230 million into poverty. A May 2021 report by Azim Premji University highlights how – to survive lockdown – the poorest 25% of households borrowed 3.8 times their median income, as against 1.4 times for the top 25%.

    Meanwhile, the rich were well taken care of.

    According to Left Voice:

    The Modi government has handled the pandemic by prioritising the profits of big business and protecting the fortunes of billionaires over protecting the lives and livelihoods of workers.

    But this approach was not limited to India. Between April and July 2020, the total wealth held by billionaires around the world grew from by 25% to $10+ trillion.

    Due to financial COVID ‘relief packages’, governments are now under the thumb of global creditors and the post-COVID era is seeing massive austerity measures due to strings-attached loans, especially in Africa and the Global South. This was the inevitable consequence of closing down the world economy. Something that was known beforehand and devised to benefit hegemonic interests and their geopolitical goals.

    What we are witnessing is an economic reset – which policies carried out under the guise of preventing  COVID helped set in motion. This reset includes energy and food ‘transitions’ and is tied to a ‘green’ environmental, social and governance (ESG) agenda and emerging green bond financial markets that will be highly profitable for banks and investors. Moreover, current sanctions placed on Russia are helping to disrupt food and energy markets thereby accelerating the planned changes.

    As part of the ‘food transition’, we hear much talk of ‘precision’ agriculture driven by AI and cloud technology. Farmerless farms and driverless machines are to become the norm. This transition involves commodity crops – patented, genetically engineered seeds doused with chemicals –  cultivated for ‘biomatter’, manipulated by biotech companies and constituted in giant vats into something resembling food.

    This is part of the brave new world being promoted by the self-labelled ‘visionaries’ associated with the World Economic Forum – an Orwellian future where capitalist ‘liberal democracy’ has run its course.

    To sell this to people, ‘smart’ is key to the sales pitch – smart cities, smart interconnectivity, smart agriculture and so on. A ‘smart’ digital world encompassing almost everything, not least ‘precision’ surveillance of the population – its behaviour, its dissent or conformity, its digital money and its purchasing.

    Integral to this is the financialisation of nature and an ESG agenda linked to the ‘green profiling’ of nations, companies and individuals and their carbon footprint. A green imperialism (no doubt forced through on the back of debt-related conditionalities) to ensure countries (and people) comply with sustainability/net-zero goals that are used to facilitate highly profitable technologies and fresh business models.

    For instance, how could countries demonstrate their ESG ‘green’ credentials while maintaining their international credit ratings? Perhaps by allowing herbicide-resistant GMO commodity crop monocultures that the strategically influential GM industry and its lobbyists misleadingly portray as ‘climate friendly’.

    Or maybe by displacing indigenous peoples and using their lands and forests under the guise of ‘carbon sinks’ for global corporations to ‘offset’ their pollution and claim ‘net-zero’ status.

    With this in mind, let us turn to the current farmer protest in the Netherlands, where there is a plan to remove farmers from the land, using concerns over the environment as justification.

    On one hand, there is the official government narrative that this ‘transition’ is needed to reduce animal-based agriculture and the meat industry’s dangerous emissions. This is where the ‘food transition’ comes in: ‘precision’ agriculture, fewer farmers and fake-meat made in a lab – sold as climate-friendly which is anything but, given that it will rely on intensive commodity cropping and long-line supply chains for biomatter.

    On the other hand, however, the Dutch government’s official narrative of reducing nitrogen and ammonia emissions by transforming farming can easily be used as cover for a standard ‘land grab’ to line the pockets of property developers and investors as part of the vision for a mega ‘tristate’ city – mentioned in the 2017 article “Dutch investors launch new marketing programme for NL: Tristate City“.

    Dutch campaigner Willem Engel is reported on the Rio Times website as saying that, under the guise of climate protection, the way to get there seems to be through forced expropriation. He claims that the Dutch government is not seeking to eliminate about a third of its farms for environmental reasons. Instead, it is about the construction of Tristate City, a megalopolis with a population of around 45 million extending to areas of Germany and Belgium.

    Engel says that the so-called ‘nitrogen crisis’ is fictional, a purely political issue to reshape the country’s landscape. He argues that the largest nitrogen emissions are not caused by agriculture but by industry.

    This is not to imply that the Netherlands is to become a country totally buried under concrete. But much farmland is strategically important to industry and housing. The tristate concept is based on a giant unified ‘green’ urban region ‘smart’ enough to compete with the massive metropolises we see in Asia, not least in China.

    Of course, the food transition and the tristate concept are not mutually exclusive and can both be regarded as integral to the overall ‘sustainability’ agenda. Either way, the type of corporate environmentalism, economic reset and corporate-led ‘food transition’ currently being promoted globally has little to do with protecting the environment. It is a financially lucrative agenda that has co-opted the terms and concerns of genuine environmentalists.

    That much has been made clear by investigative journalist Corey Morningstar who has described the nature of and links between the corporate-billionaire interests driving this process in her revealing multi-part article ‘The Manufacture of Greta Thunberg’.

    In finishing, let’s turn to the official tristate city website where it states:

    Dit model heeft geen enkele relatie met het stikstofbeleid van de Nederlandse overheid!

    Translation:

    This model has no relation to the nitrogen policy of the Dutch government!

    And lab-made pigs might one day fly.

    The post Dutch Farmers Resisting the Toxic Transition   first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Colin Todhunter.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/19/dutch-farmers-resisting-the-toxic-transition/feed/ 0 334457
    Unquestioning Compliance to Mandates https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/17/unquestioning-compliance-to-mandates/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/17/unquestioning-compliance-to-mandates/#respond Sat, 17 Sep 2022 15:31:59 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=133438

    Consider “COVID: ‘Disease Mainly Of The Elderly, Kind Of Like The Flu’ Says Bill Gates

    and “Do people really act like sheep?

    The post Unquestioning Compliance to Mandates first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/17/unquestioning-compliance-to-mandates/feed/ 0 334089
    Don’t Question Authority! https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/16/dont-question-authority/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/16/dont-question-authority/#respond Fri, 16 Sep 2022 12:30:38 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=133435 Open-minded skepticism is unknown to a gullible section of humanity.

    The post Don’t Question Authority! first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    The post Don’t Question Authority! first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/16/dont-question-authority/feed/ 0 333763
    Trilogy of Disaster: The Reset on Display https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/16/trilogy-of-disaster-the-reset-on-display/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/16/trilogy-of-disaster-the-reset-on-display/#respond Fri, 16 Sep 2022 00:46:48 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=133423 What we are living these days – the last 2 1/2 years – may be culminating in the “Corona Crisis” and what follows the corona crisis during the coming some eight years to completion of UN Agenda 2030, alias the Great Reset. It started out with a fake virus, never isolated, a tremendous fear campaign, […]

    The post Trilogy of Disaster: The Reset on Display first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    What we are living these days – the last 2 1/2 years – may be culminating in the “Corona Crisis” and what follows the corona crisis during the coming some eight years to completion of UN Agenda 2030, alias the Great Reset.

    It started out with a fake virus, never isolated, a tremendous fear campaign, lockdowns, forced wearing of dangerous, denigrating, face-disfiguring masks, social separation and division of societies, families and kins, followed by a coerced “vaccination” campaign, better called forced “vaxxing” – injection of a poisonous killer substance under the pretext of preventing a pandemic that never was a pandemic, but rather a “plandemic” – designed for a massive population decimation program.

    Simultaneously it was a test to what extent people may be manipulated to obey, when exposed to fear-fear-fear and coercion. Lying has become the “rule of law”. As we are witnessing, the combination of fear and threat is quite successful.

    People out of fear and total submission accepted basically a “suicide vaxxination”, beginning with the elderly and infirm, those who are an “unproductive burden” on society, or as Klaus Schwab’s top advisor, the Israeli “genius” Yuval Noah Hariri calls them, including most of Us, The People – the “Useless Eaters”.

    The first article, short whistleblower videos and interview with Reiner Fuellmich, of the German “Corona Ausschuss” (Corona Commission), deals with the extreme form of vaxx-eugenics which is clearly homicide, or first-degree murder.  See:  Video: The Corona Crisis: “We’re Dealing with Homicide, Maybe Even Murder”, Forced Vaccines in Nursing Homes, September 13, 2022.

    The second article attempts to provide a historic perspective on mind manipulation. It is going back more than hundred years, demonstrating on how our minds were consistently and persistently maneuvered to allow this Diabolical Cult to finally carry out their – what they would like to see – Final Agenda, or Great Reset, a new One World Order, a society reigned by a small ultra-wealthy elite, served by chipped and 5G-controlled, insect-eating transhuman serves, who own nothing but are happy.

    That’s their vision – the WEF’s Schwab cum Hariri couldn’t present it better. They clearly show us what they are up to – and this in full execution of their sinister program – and a vast majority of Us, the People, still ignore it. look the other way. Can’t accept the hard and miserable truth.  SeeTorn Jeans and “The Great Reset” – A History of Mind Manipulation, 13 September 2022.

    The third article is about the up-and-coming Weapon of Mass Destruction (WMD) – “Owning the Weather”, causing severe and lasting droughts, hurricanes and floods of never-before seen proportions and ice-age type cold spells, massively destroying food crops, infrastructure and human lives. This has been in the making for the last at least 60 years.

    Environmental Modification Techniques (ENMOD)  constitute instruments of “weather warfare”. They are an integral part of the US military arsenal. A 1996 Study Commissioned by the US Air Force: Weather as a Force Multiplier, Owning the Weather in 2025 says it all.  See:  Does the Military “Own the Weather”? “Weaponizing the Weather” as an Instrument of Modern Warfare, August 31, 2022.

    Although plenty of publications on the subject, including by the Pentagon’s Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA), are available, the topic is taboo among environmentalists and Climate Change freaks.  As you may imagine, they are an integral part of the intense and ongoing mind manipulation.

    Time is running out! WAKE UP, People!

    The post Trilogy of Disaster: The Reset on Display first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Peter Koenig.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/16/trilogy-of-disaster-the-reset-on-display/feed/ 0 333585
    Six dead, thousands infected in Myanmar by new COVID-19 outbreak https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/outbreak-09152022173141.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/outbreak-09152022173141.html#respond Thu, 15 Sep 2022 21:33:35 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/outbreak-09152022173141.html At least six people have died and 2,457 have been infected in Myanmar since the start of the month amid an outbreak of a new omicron variant of COVID-19, the junta’s Ministry of Health announced Thursday.

    The ministry announced the numbers for the two weeks ending Sept. 14, noting that 384 infections and one death had been recorded on Wednesday alone.

    Charity groups told RFA Burmese that the ministry’s announcement was based only on the number of patients who were treated at junta-run hospitals, suggesting that the actual number of infections is much higher.

    A doctor who runs a private clinic in Myanmar’s commercial capital Yangon said that most patients who come seeking treatment exhibit signs of COVID-19, even if they aren’t being included in the junta’s official count of infections.

    “There are fewer people wearing masks these days. Many shops have reopened and more people are going to bars and cafes,” he said, speaking on condition of anonymity.

    “Additionally, many people who need cooking oil stand in long lines at charity centers without any regard to rules of social distancing, so COVID is making a comeback.”

    The doctor told RFA that because the genetics of the disease have changed with the new variant, symptoms such as loss of smell and low oxygen levels have become less obvious.

    “But the rate of infection is increasing,” he said. “When we perform tests on patients, we find it in nearly all of them.”

    He predicted that the number of infections will only increase in the country unless measures are put into place to prevent transmission.

    Yangon residents line up to buy palm oil for cooking, Aug. 26, 2022. Credit: RFA
    Yangon residents line up to buy palm oil for cooking, Aug. 26, 2022. Credit: RFA
    Other priorities

    A resident of Yangon, who also declined to be named, said that the junta’s mismanagement of the economy has left people more concerned with ensuring that they have enough food to eat than the risks associated with the disease.

    “People are not very careful about COVID at present. They are working hard to obtain their daily sustenance, so COVID is enjoying a resurgence,” he said.

    “Most people don't even know they have the virus. They only find out they have it after getting tested. Low income laborers couldn’t care less about COVID, as their priority is finding enough food to eat.”

    The Yangon resident called the situation “critical” and suggested that, with the rising cost of medicine due to inflation, the outbreak’s toll is only likely to get worse.

    Myanmar was hit with a third wave of the coronavirus shortly after the military seized power in a February coup last year prompting the country’s workers – including its health professionals – to strike as part of a nationwide Civil Disobedience Movement. The shortage of doctors and nurses, as well as a dearth of medicine and equipment, allowed the disease to spread largely unchecked.

    This time around, said Khin Maung Tint, the chairman of a Mandalay-based social assistance association, organizations such as his were prepared, having stockpiled medicine and equipment in case of a new outbreak.

    “Our main challenge is the rise in petrol prices,” he said. “People are also enduring financial difficulties and so we are currently providing care for free in most cases.”

    However, he warned that without help from authorities to curb the outbreak, “we could run out of supplies, and that would be difficult for us.”

    Preventing transmission

    On Thursday, the junta’s Information Ministry announced to the media that mass infections had been recorded in several schools and workplaces. It said authorities are “working with relevant departments to enforce COVID prevention.”

    Some 80% of infections since the start of the year occurred in patients who had not received vaccinations, the ministry said.

    Attempts by RFA to contact junta Ministry of Health spokesperson Than Naing Soe for details on efforts to control the spread of the disease went unanswered Thursday.

    A CDM doctor, who asked to be identified by the name Olivia, urged the public to follow simple practices such as wearing masks, washing hands and adhering to social distancing guidelines, which she said would go a long way in helping to combat the outbreak in Myanmar.

    “Prices are rising fast — from basic foods to essential medicines,” she said.

    “If your health is affected, medical expenses will add a huge burden on your shoulders. So take care now more than ever — even twice as much as the last outbreak.”

    To date, 617,739 people have been infected with COVID-19 and 19,444 have died since the pandemic first spread throughout Myanmar in 2020, according to the Ministry of Health. More than 36 million of the country’s 54.4 million people have been vaccinated against the disease.

    Translated by Khin Maung Nyane. Written in English by Joshua Lipes.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By RFA Burmese.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/outbreak-09152022173141.html/feed/ 0 333549
    Life Expectancy: The US and Cuba in the Time of Covid https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/15/life-expectancy-the-us-and-cuba-in-the-time-of-covid/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/15/life-expectancy-the-us-and-cuba-in-the-time-of-covid/#respond Thu, 15 Sep 2022 20:54:45 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=133397 Recent data shows that between 2019 and 2021, life expectancy (LE) in the US plunged almost three years while for Cuba it edged up 0.2 years.  Yet, in 1960, the year after its revolution, Cuba had a LE of  64.2 years, lower by 5.6 years than that in the US (69.8 years).  As I document […]

    The post Life Expectancy: The US and Cuba in the Time of Covid first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    Recent data shows that between 2019 and 2021, life expectancy (LE) in the US plunged almost three years while for Cuba it edged up 0.2 years.  Yet, in 1960, the year after its revolution, Cuba had a LE of  64.2 years, lower by 5.6 years than that in the US (69.8 years).  As I document in Cuban Health Care, the island quickly caught up to the US and, from 1970 through 2016, the two countries were nip and tuck, with some years Cuba and other years the US, having a longer LE. But neither country was ever as much as one year of LE ahead of the other.

    Life Expectancy (LE) in US and Cuba, 2017-2021

    Year

    LE US

    LE Cuba

    US – Cuba

    2021

    76.1*

    79.0

    – 2.9

    2020

    78.8

    78.9

    -0.1

    2019

    79.0*

    78.8

    +0.2

    2018

    78.7

    78.7

    0.0

    2017

    78.6

    78.6

    0.0

    This continued through the beginning of Covid, which sharply changed the pattern.  LE in the US suddenly dropped behind that in Cuba.  Bernd Debusmann Jr. of BBC News wrote, LE in the US fell “to the lowest level seen since 1996.  Government data showed LE at birth now stands at 76.1 compared to 79 in 2019. That is the steepest two-year decline in a century.”  From 2019 to 2020, “LE declined in all 50 states and the District of Columbia”.

    How could a country with all the problems of Cuba, actually have LE almost three years greater than the US?  There were enormous differences between the way the countries responded to Covid.

    The Covid Contrast

    US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention data confirmed that “Covid-19 was the main contributing factor [to changes in LE].  The statistics show that Covid-19 accounted for 50% of the decline between 2020 and 2021. Between 2019 and 2020, the pandemic contributed to 74% of the decline.”

    A critical divergence between the two countries is that Cuba guarantees health care to all as a human right while the US system is based on profit and political grandstanding.  When Covid hit, the US dawdled for months as Cuba mobilized for medical action.

    The Ministry of Health developed a national strategy before the island’s first victim had succumbed to the disease.  Cuban TV carried daily press conferences with detailed info on the status of new patients, results of cabinet meetings on Covid, and announcing the best way for citizens to protect themselves and others.  Social distancing, masks and contact tracing were universally accepted.

    Each day Cuban medical students knocked on doors to ask citizens how they were.  Students’ tasks included obtaining survey data from residents and making extra visits to the elderly, infants and those with respiratory problems.  Clinic staff dealt with issues that doctors were unable to cope with and sent patients they could not care for to hospitals.  Medical data was used by those in the highest decision-making positions of the country.  In this way, every Cuban citizen and every health care worker, from those at neighborhood doctor offices through those at the most esteemed research institutes, had a part in determining health policy.

    This inclusive approach resulted in Cuba’s having 87 Covid deaths by July 21, 2020, when the US had experienced 140,300.  While the US population is 30 times that of Cuba, it had 1613 times as many deaths.

    Two aspects of Cuba’s response to Covid stand out.  First, Cuba does NOT have more money to spend on health care.  It actually spends less than a tenth as much per person per year than does the US, but it spends that wisely on a holistic system.  Second, Cuba’s health care is global – it continued its practice of sending thousands of medical staff to other countries during Covid.

    Over the past six decades more than 400,000 Cuban medical professionals have worked in 164 countries and improved the lives of hundreds of millions of people.  In addition to providing Cuban doctors with experience coping with diseases and medical issues they do not see at home, this action is positive global diplomacy.  US diplomacy, on the other hand, seems to focus on threatening to harm people and/or actually harming them.

    In Addition to Covid

    News stories also mentioned other factors associated with the shorter LE in the US: drug overdoses, heart disease, chronic liver disease and cirrhosis and suicides.  The corporate press also acknowledged racial disparities.

    There had been progress in reducing LE differences between Black and white Americans.  This was reversed during 2018 – 2020 when LE went down 1.36 years for whites, 3.25 years for Hispanics, and 3.88 years for Blacks.

    The fall in US life expectancy was even more pronounced among Native Americans and Alaska Natives.  Since 2019, it “dropped by 6.6 years, more than twice that of the wider US population.”

    The US has multiple groups who reject government attempts to vaccinate or wear masks.  Most loud-mouthed, of course, are the right wingers who lividly despise the very idea of public health campaigns.  While their thought processes are hallucination-based, people of color have reality-based fears of being ignored, lied to, and used for government experimentation, such as the Tuskegee Syphilis Study.  There is a strong connection between vaccination hesitation and racism.

    What They Did Not Look At

    Among factors with increasing US Covid rates ignored by corporate media in the US are poverty, an acute rise in misinformation, abortion, the embargo against Cuba and preparation for climate change.

    Poverty. The first task of the Cuban revolution was to simultaneously address poverty, food, sanitation, literacy, education, racism and housing, which the rebels saw as parts of unitary whole.  During the Covid crisis, many US corporations were determined to force low wage workers to stay at their jobs, spreading the disease.  Cuba told those with Covid to stay home.

    Misinformation.  Discussions of Covid deaths must not ignore the deadly role of science denial.  At the same time Trump was foolishly downplaying mounting dangers of Covid, Cuba was far along developing its “Novel Coronavirus Plan for Prevention and Control.”  Trump was not and is not an isolated individual – he manifests a life-threatening movement toward lunacy.  Cuba has no significant group which confronts Covid with a bottle of Clorox or expects a cure brought by Q Anon on a flying saucer.

    Abortion. Cuba also does not have a “Women’s Lives Don’t Matter!” movement seeking to eliminate abortion rights.  Those who do not want an abortion do not get one and people do not seek to impose their religious and spiritual beliefs on others.  The Supreme Court’s allowing states to criminalize abortion will cause many women to die, due both from self-attempts at abortion and lack of its availability.  LE averages are impacted more by deaths of young than elderly; so, we can expect many abortion-induced deaths in US will be among teenagers and young women, which will affect LE.

    Embargo.  The “trade sanctions” or “blockade” or “embargo” have a special relationship with LE in Cuba: one might expect it to decrease LE; but it has not done so.  When Cuba was reeling from the 1991 fall of the Soviet Union, the US passed laws intending to punish those who continued to trade with it.  This raised prices in the already impoverished country and has prevented or slowed the arrival of much life-saving medical equipment.  Yet, due to its prioritizing health care during the 1990s, Cuba’s infant mortality decreased while its LE showed a slight increase.

    International solidarity movements have stepped in to help Cuba overcome many embargo effects. Lack of essential material prevented Cuba from performing liver transplants in children.  But, during May 2022, Puentes de Amor (Bridges of Love) delivered the vital chemical compound to the William Soler Pediatric Hospital.

    Resilience.  Avoiding the use of fossil fuels and enormous hydro-, solar- and wind-projects, as Cuba does, will cut down on global destructiveness but have very little effect on reducing climate change on the island.  However, preparing for resilience in the face of climate change can hugely affect its quality of life.

    In March 2022 (p. 8) Scientific American editors wrote that most important in preparing for the next pandemic is “building new systems.” Unfortunately, this is what the US is avoiding as it becomes absorbed in making minor tweaks to outmoded, inadequate systems of environmental protection.

    Cuba has been holding Bastión (bulwark) events involving as many as four million citizens who carry out food production, disease control, sanitation and safeguarding medical supplies.  When a policy change is introduced, government representatives go to each community, including the most remote rural ones, to make sure that everyone knows the threats that climate change poses to their lives and how they can alter behaviors to minimize them.  They include such diverse actions as conservation with energy use, saving water, preventing fires and using medical products sparingly.

    Another energy positive being expanded in Cuba is farms being run entirely on agroecology principles.  Such farms can produce 12 times the energy they consume.  Biodigesters break down manure and other biomass to create biogas (very different in Cuba than the US) which is used for tractors or transportation.  Vegetable and herb production in Cuba exploded from 4000 tons in 1994 to over four million tons by 2006.  This is why Jason Hickel’s “Sustainable Development Index” rated Cuba’s ecological efficiency as the best in the world in 2019.

    Where Are We Headed?

    The connection between LE and climate change is becoming increasingly evident.  US media stories typically focus on a given disaster such as a flood and mention how aging infrastructure is being neglected.  The implication is that if infrastructure were updated to its status of 50 or 100 years ago, that would be adequate.  It would not be adequate because climate change means that storms will be more frequent, more intense and more deadly in the future.

    By 2017, Cuba had become the only country with a government-led plan (Project Life, or Tarea Vida) to combat climate change which includes a 100 year projection.  While Cuba is looking ahead and planning how to protect people from increasingly devastating storms, US politicians feverishly bury their heads in the sand in subservience to corporate interests, subjecting future generations to ever greater catastrophes.

    This causes LE in the US to plunge down while LE in Cuba climbs slowly upward.  Covid did not create the LE divide between the US and Cuba.  Covid exacerbated trends which have become increasingly intertwined for decades.  The best guess is that these trends will continue well into the future.

    The post Life Expectancy: The US and Cuba in the Time of Covid first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Don Fitz.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/15/life-expectancy-the-us-and-cuba-in-the-time-of-covid/feed/ 0 333530
    Covid-19 and 9/11: Who Lives, Who Dies, Who Cares https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/14/covid-19-and-9-11-who-lives-who-dies-who-cares/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/14/covid-19-and-9-11-who-lives-who-dies-who-cares/#respond Wed, 14 Sep 2022 10:28:47 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/339690

    On September 9, with virtually no press coverage, President Biden sent an official letter to Congress extending a state of emergency that was first declared in the aftermath of 9/11, more than two decades ago. "The terrorist threat ... continues," the letter declares. George W. Bush's original declaration of emergency led to trillions of dollars in military spending and the transformation of American society. Thousands of young Americans, and well over a million people in the Middle East, lost their lives.

    Illness doesn't make for dramatic television the way terrorism does. Sick people suffer and die alone, far from the lights and cameras.

    2,996 people died on 9/11. The enormity of the loss was almost too much bear. The reality of death was especially acute for me because, unlike most people, I had friends and acquaintances who died that day. Had I not changed jobs, I would have been working there myself. (I kept a photo-ID day pass to World Trade Center 2 for years before finally deciding that it was a fetish object which trivialized the tragedy.) My wife missed a breakfast meeting there that morning because she had the flu; she might have been among the victims. I don't need to be told how tragic that day was.  

    And yet, I wonder: why do some deaths matter so much more than others? More than one million people have died from Covid-19 in this country. Even in a "good" week like this one, the death average is 383 per day.  That's roughly one 9/11 every week. But we're not spending trillions of dollars in response. The Administration's relatively modest budget request of $22 billion for Covid response is languishing in Congress—the same Congress that recently lavished much more than that, and much more than the Pentagon requested, onto an already bloated military budget. (More war funding is almost certainly on its way.)

    Why is a life taken by terrorism worth so much more than a life lost to Covid-19? Part of the answer must lie with the fact that illness doesn't make for dramatic television the way terrorism does. Sick people suffer and die alone, far from the lights and cameras. And sick people don't have lobbyists, while weapons manufacturers do. That's no excuse: Congress must act now to fund Covid care. If Republicans are blocking those funds, as seems to be the case, Democrats must overcome their usual diffidence and confront them. (It's worth contacting your representative and senators about.)

    The Administration isn't helping its own case, to put it mildly. Its communications on Covid are misleadingly upbeat, sucking the sense of urgency from the crisis. One White House communique read, "This summer, we showed that we know how to manage fluctuations in COVID-19 and move forward safely." Safely? A review of the CDC's tracking data shows that more than 40,000 have Americans died of the disease since June 1, 2022. That may pale against the total toll of 1,045,000 (as of this writing), but it is a catastrophic number all the same.

    Back in June, administration officials were quietly telling Politico that 200 deaths per day—a horrifying number—would indicate that "the pandemic would be under control." That "aspirational" number, which was called "a general metric people have bounced around a lot" is a long way away, but in many ways the Administration is nonetheless declaring "mission accomplished."

    The politics are obvious. The Democrats don't want to go into November's election with the perception that the pandemic is out of control. And, to be fair, they have requested the money. But Congress is showing no sign of coming through, and there seems to be a reluctance to demand it. Doing so might undermine the false sense of confidence that's being promoted.

    Meanwhile, as Martha Lincoln and Anne N. Sosin report in The Nation, "Coronavirus Response Coordinator Ashish Jha (has) announced that the federal government will end its expenditures for Covid vaccines, treatments, and tests this fall (and) the popular federal program that sent Americans free at-home Covid tests was then shuttered on September 2." Jha also said, "My hope is that in 2023, you're going to see the commercialization of all of these products."

    It also reflects the profound indifference to suffering and death that characterizes our current system of privatized insurance.

    One person's hope is another's fear. The commercialization of these products—many of which were developed at public expense—has already put many of them out of the reach of millions. And it's getting worse, not better. As Lincoln and Sosin write, "The United States will be among the first countries to cease the provision of free Covid vaccinations and treatments, leaving low-income people—a group that is overrepresented among the pandemic's victims—with even less protection."  They also quote a health policy scholar as saying we will soon "enter a phase where we can virtually wipe out deaths among the well-insured."

    Wiping out deaths among the well-insured. In a nation with 28 million uninsured and many millions more severely under-insured, that comment serves as a condemnation of public policy and state morality. It also reflects the profound indifference to suffering and death that characterizes our current system of privatized insurance. Only 12 percent of Americans think this "system" works very or extremely well, according to polling, versus 56 percent with negative feelings (The positive thinkers are probably the people who haven't needed medical care yet.)

    We should ensure that everyone is well-insured through a system of public health insurance. In the meantime, the very least the government can do is provide the funding and services needed to stem the ongoing wave of deaths from Covid-19.

    "Never forget," they tell us about 9/11. But what are we supposed to remember, exactly? One would hope we're meant to remember the lives lost that day. But while we're called upon to remember that day's dead, people are dying all around us. They pass away, alone and forgotten, while the people's wealth flows into the machinery of war.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Richard Eskow.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/14/covid-19-and-9-11-who-lives-who-dies-who-cares/feed/ 0 332958
    Guiyang residents complain of hunger amid ongoing COVID-19 lockdowns across China https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/hunger-09122022170328.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/hunger-09122022170328.html#respond Mon, 12 Sep 2022 21:20:24 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/hunger-09122022170328.html Mass lockdowns and travel restrictions under China's zero-COVID policy are sparking growing complaints of hunger, amid heavy-handed enforcement by local authorities keen to keep a lid on outbreaks ahead of the ruling Chinese Communist Party (CCP)'s forthcoming national congress.

    Residents of the southwestern city of Guiyang said roadblocks have led to a breakdown in normal delivery routes, leaving food donated from elsewhere lying in rotting heaps on the ground.

    Photos and video uploaded to social media showed signs in people's windows that read simply: "I want to eat," or yelling the same demand from their windows and balconies.

    "What they're saying is true," a Guiyang resident said when contacted by RFA about the reports on Monday.

    "Our compound is under lockdown; the shops are closed and the produce market is closed," the resident said. "Now you can't get a hold of any [food], and there is nothing at home."

    In one video labeled as being shot in Guiyang, a middle-aged woman kneels in the middle of the street asking for food from people unloading goods.

    "My son is waiting for help, help, all because people have nothing to eat," she shouts. "Kind people, I'm begging you!"

    A Guiyang resident says in the video that the residential compound in question has had no supplies delivered now for several days, giving people no choice but to beg for something to eat.

    The food shortages came amid reports of heavy-handed enforcement by police and local COVID-19 enforcers in the city.

    In a clip dated Sept. 10, Guiyang police break into a residential apartment, pinning a sleeping man to the ground and reprimanding a woman for not wearing a mask, saying she would have to go to the police station.

    "You are failing to cooperate with disease control and prevention measures, and disrespecting staff [who try to enforce them]," a police officer is heard saying.

    In another clip, a group of police officers and COVID-19 enforcement personnel knock on the door of one resident of Guiyang, who refuses to undergo a PCR test, then threatens suicide.

    "What's the point of arresting me? They used to do PCR testing overseas, but now they're not doing it despite the seriousness of the situation," the man says.

    "The government is ordering people to die. I won't take the test; I'd rather jump off the building right now and die in front of you," he says, only to be detained by police, wearing only his underwear.

    In a screenshot of a video labeled as being shot in Guiyang and posted to social media, a middle-aged woman kneels in the middle of the street asking for food from people unloading goods. Credit: citizen journalist
    In a screenshot of a video labeled as being shot in Guiyang and posted to social media, a middle-aged woman kneels in the middle of the street asking for food from people unloading goods. Credit: citizen journalist
    'End the lockdown!'


    Meanwhile, in the southern city of Shenzhen, residents of Huaqiang Gardens, Niuxiangfang and other residential compounds were shown in a video clip on social media gathering and yelling: "End the lockdown! End the lockdown!"

    Some of the crowd tries to push through the metal fencing around the compound.

    A Shenzhen resident surnamed Zhang said there have been similar scenes in residential compounds across the city.

    "Here in Futian [district of] Shenzhen, we have one of the most serious outbreaks," Zhang told RFA. "A lot of places remain under lockdown."

    In Beijing, authorities at three educational campuses have ordered hundreds of students and faculty into quarantine amid an outbreak of COVID-19.

    More than 500 students, staff and faculty at the Communication University of China were sent to compulsory quarantine camps on Friday night, with similar measures reported on the Changping campus of the Beijing University of Chemical Technology and at a high school affiliated with the Nationalities University of China.

    A woman gets a swab test at a nucleic acid testing station, following a COVID-19 outbreak in Beijing, July 14, 2022. Credit: Reuters
    A woman gets a swab test at a nucleic acid testing station, following a COVID-19 outbreak in Beijing, July 14, 2022. Credit: Reuters
    Upcoming congress


    Independent political commentator Wu Qiang said officials are scrambling to show they are fully compliant with CCP leader Xi Jinping's zero-COVID policy ahead of the CCP 20th National Congress on Oct. 16.

    "I believe that the overriding political task for Beijing right now is to complete the transition of power at the CCP 20th National Congress," Wu said, in a reference to Xi's intention to seek an unprecedented third term in office at the congress.

    "The zero-COVID policy is a form of political mobilization similar to the Cultural Revolution [1966-1976]," he said. "I think the methods they are using will become permanent, including total control over people using electronic means like the health code [COVID-19 app] and 'good citizen' certificates, alongside forced testing and arbitrary lockdowns."

    "We will see institutional improvements after the 20th National Congress to strengthen the Chinese government's control over the whole of society," Wu said.

    "This level of division and polarization will affect the fundamental stability of Chinese society, and the impact will be felt for a long time to come, especially over the next five years," he said.

    Current affairs commentator Fang Yuan said zero-COVID has become a political vanity project, and a way to signal political ideology.

    "It has moved away from the scientific principles of disease control and prevention, and will inevitably conflict with the need for economic development," Fang told RFA. "The two can no more co-exist than fire and water can."

    "Enforced disease prevention and control measures will continue, although economic growth has already fallen sharply," Fang said. "A lot of people daren't try to image what the result will be."

    "The economy is on the verge of collapse; that's the only way to describe it."

    Translated and edited by Luisetta Mudie.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Gu Ting and Chen Zifei for RFA Mandarin.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/hunger-09122022170328.html/feed/ 0 332274
    COVID-19 infections on the rise again as Myanmar’s medical system struggles https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/myanmar-covid-09122022051459.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/myanmar-covid-09122022051459.html#respond Mon, 12 Sep 2022 09:33:00 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/myanmar-covid-09122022051459.html COVID-19 cases are rising again in Myanmar as the country faces an acute lack of medical workers and medicine and aid groups warn of rising complacency against the deadly virus.

    The State Administration Council’s (SAC) Ministry of Health reported 189 daily infections on Sunday.

    A total of 9,378 laboratory samples were tested, the ministry said, with 2.01% of them testing positive for COVID-19, the highest rate of daily infections this month.

    Of the 189 people testing positive, 173 people were infected locally, while the remaining 16 were infected in other countries, according to the SAC Ministry of Health’s statement.

    Myanmar’s healthcare system has been struggling since the coup on Feb. 1, 2021. Most doctors have joined the anti-junta Civil Disobedience Movement and no longer work in government hospitals. There is also an acute shortage of medicine and oxygen, with prices doubling since the coup.

    A housewife in Yangon told RFA she was worried the COVID resurgence would result in a similar death toll to the last wave and said she thought people had become complacent.

    “Although people have been vaccinated, they are infected. Many people have died from the Coronavirus, so we have to learn a lesson from what happened in the third wave and stay safe,” she said.

    “People forget to wear masks and even when they wear one, it's just on their chin. We have to remind each other to wear masks.”

    Yangon social aid groups, which often volunteer to assist people with serious health issues, also urged people to follow the rules and regulations related to COVID-19.

    Since the start of the COVID outbreak in Myanmar in late 2019 some 616,663 people have been infected and 19,442 people have died, according to the Ministry of Health.

    The highest daily rate of infections was 6,093 on July 21, 2021, according to Reuters, which stopped updating its data in July this year.

    Only 64.5 million Coronavirus vaccine doses have been administered in the country which has a population of around 55.2 million, according to the U.S.-based Johns Hopkins Coronavirus Resource Center.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By RFA Burmese.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/myanmar-covid-09122022051459.html/feed/ 0 332034
    NZ covid-19 traffic light system scrapped from midnight, says PM Jacinda Ardern https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/12/nz-covid-19-traffic-light-system-scrapped-from-midnight-says-pm-jacinda-ardern/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/12/nz-covid-19-traffic-light-system-scrapped-from-midnight-says-pm-jacinda-ardern/#respond Mon, 12 Sep 2022 04:00:18 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=79088 RNZ News

    All mask wearing requirements in Aotearoa New Zealand — except in healthcare and aged care — will be scrapped, and household contacts will no longer need to isolate, the government confirmed today.

    Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern and Minister for Covid-19 Response Dr Ayesha Verrall confirmed cabinet’s decision to scrap the Covid-19 Protection Framework — known as the “traffic light” system — and the majority of related public health restrictions.

    The traffic light system will end tonight at 11.59pm.


    Today’s media briefing.    Video: RNZ News

    They said the changes would include:

    • Mask-wearing only required in healthcare and aged care: including hospitals, pharmacies, primary care, aged residential and disability-related residential care
    • People who test positive for covid-19 must still isolate for seven days, but household contacts no longer required to provided they take a RAT test every day
    • All government vaccine mandates to end on 26 September 26
    • Removal of all vaccine requirements for incoming travellers and air crew
    • Leave support payments to continue
    • All New Zealanders over age 65, and Māori over age 50, to get automatic access to covid-19 antiviral drugs if they test positive for Covid-19
    • From Tuesday, case and hospitalisation number reporting becomes weekly, not daily

    Ardern said it marked a milestone in New Zealand’s response to the virus.

    She said people may still be asked to wear a mask in some places but it would be at the discretion of those managing the location, not a government requirement. Vaccination requirements would also be at the discretion of employers.

    ‘Claim back certainty’
    “Cabinet has determined that based on public health advice we are able to remove the traffic light system and with that decision claim back the certainty we have all lost over the last three years,” she said.

    “For the first time in two years we can approach summer with the much needed certainty New Zealanders and business need, helping to drive greater economic activity critical to our economic recovery.

    She said there was no question the actions of New Zealanders had saved thousands of lives, but the risks were changing.

    “When we moved into our first lockdown the objective was simple: To save lives and livelihoods,” Ardern said.

    “I’m sure there will be many who over the years will pore over the details of every nation’s response including ours. They’ll certainly measure the outcomes in different ways but when you look at countries of our size and compare them, they’ll find the tragic loss for instance of 15,500 people in Scotland and less than 2000 in New Zealand.

    “The most recent health advice now tells us that with the lowest cases and hospitalisations since February, our population well vaccinated, and expanded access to anti-viral medicines, New Zealand is in a position to move forward.”

    New Zealand could move on with confidence that its actions had successfully managed cases down, she said.

    ‘Never to be taken alone’
    “This pandemic was never one to be taken on alone, and it never was. And so today I say again to everyone from the bottom of my heart, thank you.

    “I know there will be those concerned by the changes made today. I can assure you that we would not make them if we did not believe we were ready but we also need to remember that not everybody experiences covid or its risk — including to our disability community — in the same way.

    “That’s why isolating covid cases to protect our most vulnerable is important, and why treatment is too.”

    She said she hoped it would be the first summer where the “covid-19 anxiety can start to heal”.

    “As a nation, covid has hurt us in many ways but perhaps the one we talk about less than others is the toll it’s taken on everyone’s mental health. I see that toll — I see it in my colleagues, in my community in Tāmaki Makaurau, and especially I see it in our kids.

    “I don’t want people’s wellbeing to be the price of covid, but it is going to take a concerted effort from us as government and others for that not to be the case.”

    Ardern said one of the byproducts of the pandemic had been that New Zealand now have some of the most advanced mental health tools in the world, and the government had taken a number of steps to improve mental wellbeing support.

    Two apps a highlight
    This included two apps she highlighted for anyone who may need them: Groove and Habits.

    Ardern finished her statement with a line from when New Zealand first went into lockdown: “‘For the next wee while, things will look worse before they look better’. It turned out to be true, things did get worse, things did get hard, but it’s also true that finally they will and can be better”.

    Ardern said looking back, decisions were often being made with imperfect information but the decisions were made with the best intentions and she stood by it.

    She said the government had been open to the idea of an independent inquiry into the response but was still getting advice about what that would look like.

    “We do want to learn from this period and I think you’ll see that we’ve been taking that approach all the way through.”

    Asked if it was the end of the covid response, Ardern said she hoped the change would give people huge confidence and optimism.

    “We are moving on because this pandemic has moved on.”

    The traffic light system used things like gathering limits but that was no longer fit for purpose, she said.

    “We don’t need those extraordinary measures, so we won’t use them.”

    Right time to remove ‘traffic lights’
    Dr Verrall said New Zealand had succeeded in avoiding the devastation caused by the pandemic overseas, and now was the right time to remove the traffic light framework and begin a new approach to managing the virus.

    “Together we have got through this with one of the lowest cumulative mortality rates in the world.”

    She announced another 40,000 courses of antiviral medication had also been purchased and would be freely available to older New Zealanders.

    “Anyone over the age of 65, and Māori and Pacific people over the age of 50, or anyone who meets Pharmac requirements, can access the treatment in the early stages of contracting the virus,” she said.

    “This means more than double the number of New Zealanders will be able to access these medicines if they need them than previously.

    She acknowledged that lessening the restrictions caused concern to disabled and immune-compromised people.

    “I want to reassure those Kiwis that we are making these changes because risks are lower, in fact cases are more than 10 times lower than what they were earlier in the year and we now have layers of protections in place.”

    She said the support was not ending and hoped that removing the remaining vaccine mandates would ease the staffing pressures disability services have been under.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/12/nz-covid-19-traffic-light-system-scrapped-from-midnight-says-pm-jacinda-ardern/feed/ 0 332002
    The Compliers https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/06/the-compliers/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/06/the-compliers/#respond Tue, 06 Sep 2022 16:32:44 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=133164 What being in the majority may reveal.

    The post The Compliers first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    The post The Compliers first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/06/the-compliers/feed/ 0 330349
    NZ anti-vaxxer appears in court again on nation’s first sabotage charges https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/02/nz-anti-vaxxer-appears-in-court-again-on-nations-first-sabotage-charges/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/02/nz-anti-vaxxer-appears-in-court-again-on-nations-first-sabotage-charges/#respond Fri, 02 Sep 2022 08:59:26 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=78723 By Ethan Griffiths, Open Justice reporter of The New Zealand Herald

    An anti-vaccination campaigner who this year became the first person ever accused of breaching New Zealand’s sabotage laws has again appeared in court.

    Taupō man Graham Philip was charged with seven counts of sabotage in May, relating to an alleged attack on New Zealand infrastructure late last year. He has pleaded not guilty to all charges.

    The exact details of what the Crown alleges remain suppressed until trial, due to what Open Justice understands is a fear of copycat offending.

    Philip appeared via audio-visual link in the High Court at Rotorua yesterday, sitting calmly in the booth as his lawyer addressed Justice Graham Lang.

    Philip’s previous lawyer Matthew Hague has withdrawn from the case, with Philip now represented by Tauranga lawyer Bill Nabney.

    Philip is currently held at Waikeria Prison in Waikato after his bail application was denied earlier this year.

    A planned Court of Appeal challenge to the bail decision has been abandoned and Philip will remain in prison until his trial, set down for late next year.

    Sabotage defined
    Under the Crimes Act, sabotage is legally defined as any activity which impairs or impedes the operation of “any ship, vehicle, aircraft, arms, munitions, equipment, machinery, apparatus, or atomic or nuclear plant” on New Zealand shores.

    A person can also be charged with sabotage if the person “damages or destroys any property which is necessary to keep intact for the safety or health of the public”.

    A conviction also requires a proven intent to prejudice the health or safety of the public.

    Each charge carries a maximum sentence of 10 years’ imprisonment.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ. This story originally appeared in the New Zealand Herald under the Public Interest Journalism Initiative funded by NZ on Air.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/02/nz-anti-vaxxer-appears-in-court-again-on-nations-first-sabotage-charges/feed/ 0 328905
    Tens of Millions of Vials of Bioweapons on the Wall . . . Or Zelenksy’s Labs! https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/02/tens-of-millions-of-vials-of-bioweapons-on-the-wall-or-zelenksys-labs/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/02/tens-of-millions-of-vials-of-bioweapons-on-the-wall-or-zelenksys-labs/#respond Fri, 02 Sep 2022 01:17:14 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=132672 Forget about the fact these Pharma Felons have a long rap sheet going way back on the injuries and deaths created by their so-called approved products. They can’t even get vials of their bioweapon off the assembly line without metal bits in millions of batches. Contaminant in Moderna COVID-19 vaccine vials found in Japan was […]

    The post Tens of Millions of Vials of Bioweapons on the Wall . . . Or Zelenksy’s Labs! first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    Forget about the fact these Pharma Felons have a long rap sheet going way back on the injuries and deaths created by their so-called approved products. They can’t even get vials of their bioweapon off the assembly line without metal bits in millions of batches.

    Contaminant in Moderna COVID-19 vaccine vials found in Japan was metallic particles: report

    That’s Pfizer and the billionaire CEO, the Greek Jewish, boosted up twice after mRNA double jab, who is now hot with SARS-CoV2, and he is happy to have the oral drug his company produced. What to believe?

    Plaxlovid.

    Pfizer and vaccine maker Moderna, which also makes a two-shot mRNA vaccine, are updating their drug formulas to provide protection against newer versions of the virus as part of a fall booster campaign.

    Paxlovid, a pill that is available by prescription after infection, helps patients avoid serious illness when it is administered shortly after the onset of symptoms.

    I got the SARS-CoV2 a week ago, maybe from Trader Joe’s up in Corvallis. Nah, a summer flu? Nah, not acting like a natural pathogen in me. I have had malaria, dengue fever, a truck load of gut diseases, and slew of bug and jellyfish stings and bites. This bug does things that are not natural. Tied to HIV? Some see that it is a venom-like hit to the body.

    I have heard person after person — young athletic people — tell me about being double vaxxed and getting SARS-CoV2 for nine days or two weeks, with pneumonia. And then, getting hit twice or three times with the bioweapon. I am talking about a surfer who is also an arborist — thin, super fit, and active.

    And, we are not to talk about these stories, not put them out there on Facebook or Twitter, not supposed to talk about the patterns, anecdotal evidence which IS valid. RJK Jr.’s Children’s Health Defense now has been deplatformed from Facebook and Twitter, so we know more and more information gathering by us, the people, will be scrubbed.

    Kennedy’s Facebook page, with more than 300,000 followers, was still active at the time of publication. The company spokesperson said there were no plans to take down that page “at this time.”

    In a statement Thursday, provided by Children’s Health Defense, the nonprofit group that he chairs, Kennedy pushed back at the assertion that his posts were false and accused Facebook of “censorship.”

    Lois Gibbs of Love Canal fame would have been deplatformed in today’s messed up censorious world:

    Love Canal is an aborted canal project branching off of the Niagara River about four miles south of Niagara Falls.  It is also the name of a fifteen-acre, working-class neighborhood of around 800 single-family homes built directly adjacent to the canal.  From 1942 to 1953, the Hooker Chemical Company, with government sanction, began using the partially dug canal as a chemical waste dump.  At the end of this period, the contents of the canal consisted of around 21,000 tons of toxic chemicals, including at least twelve that are known carcinogens (halogenated organics, chlorobenzenes, and dioxin among them).  Hooker capped the 16-acre hazardous waste landfill in clay and sold the land to the Niagara Falls School Board, attempting to absolve itself of any future liability by including a warning in the property deed.

    Public awareness of the disaster unfolded in the late 1970s when investigative newspaper coverage and grassroots door-to-door health surveys began to reveal a series of inexplicable illnesses—epilepsy, asthma, migraines, and nephrosis—and abnormally high rates of birth defects and miscarriages in the Love Canal neighborhood.  As it turns out, consecutive wet winters in the late 1970s raised the water table and caused the chemicals to leach (via underground swales and a sewer system that drained into nearby creeks) into the basements and yards of neighborhood residents, as well as into the playground of the elementary school built directly over the canal.  After a series of frustrating encounters with apathetic NYS officials, who were slow to act but quick to dismiss the activists (most of whom were working-class women who lived in the neighborhood) as a collection of hysterical housewives, President Jimmy Carter declared a state of emergency in 1978 and had the federal government relocate 239 families.  This left 700 families who federal officials viewed as being at insufficient risk to warrant relocation, even though tests conducted by the NYS Department of Health revealed that toxic substances were leaching into their homes.  After another hard battle, activists forced Carter to declare a second state of emergency in 1981, during which the remaining families were relocated.  The total cost for relocation of all the families was $17 million. (source)

    Then, how can any group of activists like RFK Jr.’s CHD coalesce in this messed up Google-Facebook-Twitter-Instagram world. What a bioweapon, no? SARS-CoV2!

    Ukraine & The Specter of Bioterror with Robbie Martin And Gumby Unlimited Hangout with Whitney Webb

    Oh, the tick:

    Michael Carroll’s Lab 257 also documents a Nazi connection to the original establishment of a U.S. laboratory on Plum Island. According to the book, Erich Traub, a scientist who worked for the Third Reich doing biological warfare, was the force behind its founding.

    During World War II,  “as lab chief of Insel Riems­a secret Nazi biological warfare laboratory on a crescent-shaped island in the Baltic Sea, ­Traub worked for Adolph Hitler’s second-in-charge, SS Reichsfuhrer Heinrich Himmler, on live germ trials,” states Lab 257.

    The mission was to develop biological warfare to be directed against animals in the Soviet Union. This included infecting cattle and reindeer with foot-and-mouth disease.

    “Ironically, Traub spent the prewar period of his scientific career on a fellowship at the Rockefeller Institute in Princeton, New Jersey, perfecting his skills in viruses and bacteria under the tutelage of American experts before returning to Nazi Germany on the eve of war,” says “Lab 257.”  While in the U.S. in the 1930s, too, relates the book, Traub was a member of the Amerika-Deutscher Volksbund which was involved in pro-Nazi rallies held weekly in Yaphank on Long Island.

    With the end of the war, Traub came back to the United States under Project Paperclip, a U.S. program under which Nazi scientists, such as Wernher von Braun, were brought to America.

    “Traub’s detailed explanation of the secret operation on Insel Riems” given to officials at Fort Detrick in Maryland, the Army’s biological warfare headquarters, and to the CIA, “laid the groundwater for Fort Detrick’s offshore germ warfare animal disease lab on Plum Island,” says “Lab 257.” “Traub was a founding father.” And Plum Island’s purpose, says the book, became what Insel Riems had been: to develop biological warfare to be directed against animals in the Soviet Union­ now that the Cold War and conflict between the U.S. and the Soviet Union had begun.

    The Long Island daily newspaper Newsday earlier documented this biological warfare mission of Plum Island. In a lead story on November 21, 1993, Newsday investigative reporter John McDonald wrote: “A 1950s military plan to cripple the Soviet economy by killing horses, cattle and swine called for making biological warfare weapons out of exotic animal diseases at a Plum Island laboratory, now-declassified Army records reveal.” A facsimile of one of the records, dated 1951, covered the front page of that issue of Newsday. (source)

    Oh, the nefarious work of former Nazi’s, and Lyme DIsease now! Pfizer working on that vaccine.

    And we trust this multibillionaire, Chairman and CEO Albert Bourla: Pfizer has been a “habitual offender,” persistently engaging in illegal and corrupt marketing practices, bribing physicians and suppressing adverse trial results. Since 2002 the company and its subsidiaries have been assessed $3 billion in criminal convictions, civil penalties and jury awards.

    I have a CPA in Tucson, from my mom’s days, and she wondered what my gmail signature block image was about:

    I was asked to send her sources, since she is stuck in Mainstream Stenographer Media, and I asked her if she has Ukraine roots, and she said her husband’s family did. Both are Jewish.

    Ukraine & The Specter of Bioterror with Robbie Martin And Gumby  Unlimited Hangout with Whitney Webb
    Scott Ritter analyzes the situation at the nuclear power plant, Russia’s non-response, the situation on the ground, and Ukraine attacks Crimea. And a prediction on how all this will end. Here.

    NATO ready to attack a Nuclear plant to ethnically cleanse Russians from Ukraine – George Eliason

    vanessa beeley

    I am not sure how much bandwidth she has for this stuff, but I warned her that if she really went through some of these sources, she will come out the other end depressed, ashamed, maybe. But who knows. I have daily people with TDS, Trump Derangement Syndrome, and they have no grounding on anything that ties both the country’s manure pile parties into war, finance, lies, scams, hatred of the people. Here, a bunch of other sources from me to the CPA, Stephen Cohen, RIP.

    Other sources sent to her:

    “Is the West finally realizing that Russia will win the war in Ukraine?”

    Originally published: People’s Party of Oregon  on June 1, 2022 by Mark Rolofson (more by People’s Party of Oregon) (Posted Jun 23, 2022)

    This article is the fourth in a series of articles I have written covering the US proxy war against Russia in Ukraine.  While this civil war in Ukraine actually began 8 years ago in 2014, the Western media narrative has portrayed this conflict as an unprovoked invasion by Russia that began on February 24, 2022.  The 8 year civil war in the Donbass Region is a direct result of the US backed coup and color revolution known as the Maidan Revolution, that ousted the democratically elected President Viktor Yanukovych and installed an ultra-nationalist, anti-Russian, Nazi government.

    The article goes on to explain that the majority of ethnic Russians in east and south Ukraine rejected the coup government. Crimea also voted to secede and was annexed into Russia.  Then, unreported in MSM, Donetsk and Lugansk became breakaway provinces thus leaving Ukraine, but were soon invaded by Ukrainian Nazis who refused to give up the region.  Western media rarely acknowledged the huge civilian death toll in eastern Ukraine. Then, Minsk Agreement accepted and afterwards not followed.

    Following that, last year the Biden Administration sent more weapons and gave special forces training to Ukrainian Nazi paramilitaries.  With those proxy events, in April 2021, Zelensky said he was not going to honor the Minsk 2 Agreement and was planning to retake the breakaway regions and Crimea by force.  The US created this war by preparing Ukrainian forces for the invasion.

    Did Russia underestimate how fiercely the Ukrainians would fight?  Perhaps so.  Did they make mistakes and lose soldiers and generals?  Absolutely.  Are they losing on the battlefield?  Absolutely not and this is becoming more apparent to Western media that hasn’t wanted to outright admit it.  It has downplayed the fact that Russia has taken much territory including Mariupol, Kherson and now 95% of Lugansk has been liberated from Ukrainian control. Western media outlets, such as Bloomberg News, are finally acknowledging the Russian victories in this region of the Donbass and that Ukrainian troops are now at risk of encirclement by Russian forces.

    I continue to help people read beyond the propaganda lines deployed by the Nulands and Kagans and Zeleskys of the world.

    What is worthy of praise is the pushback by independent journalists and media outlets against the lies reported daily in the New York Times, Washington Post, CNN, the Wall Street Journal, The Guardian, the BBC, NPR, etc.  The well researched information coming from independent media and journalists, such as The GrayzoneConsortium News, The World Socialist WebsiteThe Dive with Jackson HinkleScott RitterRegis Tremblay shines a bright light on what the establishment media is distorting and ignoring.  War reporters, Patrick Lancaster (USA), Eva K. Bartlett (Canada), Alejandro Kirk (HispanTV – Latin America) have exposed the Western media lies that Russia is responsible for the carnage and that civilians support Ukraine’s military.  All Ukrainian civilians interviewed blame Ukraine for the deaths, injuries and destruction.  Russians often bring in food and humanitarian aid.

    “These are animals, not people”: Zelensky frees convicted child rapists, torturers to reinforce depleted military ESHA KRISHNASWAMY·JULY 30, 2022.

    But then there is Vogue: And the beat goes on and on.

    Ukraine President Volodymyr Zelensky's controversial Vogue photoshoot with his wife | Marca

    Ukraine President Volodymyr Zelensky And Wife Posing In The War Zone Doesn't Sit Well With Netizens - Culture
    The post Tens of Millions of Vials of Bioweapons on the Wall . . . Or Zelenksy’s Labs! first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Paul Haeder.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/02/tens-of-millions-of-vials-of-bioweapons-on-the-wall-or-zelenksys-labs/feed/ 0 328753
    New Normal Germany’s Geisterfahrer Geist https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/29/new-normal-germanys-geisterfahrer-geist/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/29/new-normal-germanys-geisterfahrer-geist/#respond Mon, 29 Aug 2022 18:19:45 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=132920 So, it’s official. On Wednesday, August 24, New Normal Germany’s Bundestag rubber stamped the government’s latest revision to the so-called “Infection Protection Act” (i.e., New Normal Germany’s new Enabling Act), authorizing the continued persecution of “the Unvaccinated” (i.e., New Normal Germany’s new official Untermenschen), the mandatory wearing of medical-looking masks (i.e., the ideological-compliance symbol of […]

    The post New Normal Germany’s Geisterfahrer Geist first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    So, it’s official. On Wednesday, August 24, New Normal Germany’s Bundestag rubber stamped the government’s latest revision to the so-called “Infection Protection Act” (i.e., New Normal Germany’s new Enabling Act), authorizing the continued persecution of “the Unvaccinated” (i.e., New Normal Germany’s new official Untermenschen), the mandatory wearing of medical-looking masks (i.e., the ideological-compliance symbol of the New Normal Reich throughout the world), the banning of protests against the New Normal (i.e., the new official ideology of Germany), and assorted other “emergency measures.”

    These “emergency measures” are purportedly designed to protect the German people from a “health threat” that (a) does not exist; (b) the vast majority of other countries in Europe and the rest of the world have finally admitted does not exist; (c) never existed in the first place; and (d) not even the most fanatical Covidian Cultists can still pretend to present a plausible argument for the existence of without sounding like severely cognitively-impaired persons.

    For example, Karl Lauterbach (who is still for some reason the official Minister of Health of Germany, despite the fact that he has been lying to the public and fomenting hatred of “the Unvaccinated” like the reanimated corpse of Joseph Goebbels on a daily basis for over two years) explained why Germany is pushing ahead with its plan to coercively “vaccinate” the entire population, over and over. According to Lauterbach, the “vaccines” cause “multiply-vaccinated” persons to develop symptoms of the illness their multiple “vaccinations” were designed to keep them from being infected with more quickly than “the Unvaccinated,” so they stay home, and thus help to “limit the pandemic,” whereas “the Unvaccinated,” being “asymptomatic,” go around heedlessly infecting “the Vaccinated,” which they wouldn’t be doing if they had been “multiply-vaccinated,” as they would be home suffering the flu-like symptoms they were assured the “vaccines” would protect them from suffering but which actually caused them to suffer more quickly.

    OK, at this point, I know you’re probably asking, “why haven’t the German people demanded the removal of this obviously deranged clown from office?” Well, unfortunately, the problem isn’t just Karl Lauterbach. It’s also Olaf Scholz, the Chancellor of Germany, Marco Buschmann, the Minister of Justice, and the rest of the government of New Normal Germany, and the vast majority of the German people, who appear to be willing to behave as if the rest of the world did not exist, and click heels and mindlessly follow orders, no matter how completely absurd.

    For example, if you’re flying to New Normal Germany from some other country where reality prevails, the moment your plane enters German airspace, you are required to don a medical-looking mask, and not just any old medical-looking mask, but an FFP2 Filtering Face Piece as defined by the EN 149 standard, which has been proven to protect you from the BA.5 Variant of the Omicron Variant of the SARS CoV-2 Variant (i.e., the original Covid-19 Variant) by the “the Golden Syrian Hamster Model,” according to the New Normal German authorities.**

    Of course, this Filtering Face Piece mandate does not apply to government officials and their mouthpieces in the German media, an entire planeload of whom just flew from New Normal Germany to New Normal Canada and back in a state of flagrant masklessness.

    And that is just one of the numerous examples of the fascistic spirit that has taken hold of the country I willingly emigrated to almost exactly 18 years ago, which I now no longer recognize. Here’s another one, which will turn your stomach. It’s a video clip of a Deutsche Bahn Gestapo Officer (a newly created official position formerly known as “train conductor”) barking orders at a maskless woman, over and over, like in a Spielberg film, then finally physically assaulting the woman …

    I think that will suffice in terms of examples of the atmosphere here in New Normal Germany.

    Now, believe it or not, I have tried to give the German people the benefit of the doubt (i.e., as a people) during the last two and a half years. Sure, I have occasionally likened their behavior to the behavior of the German people during their unsavory (i.e., Nazi) past, and I have compared the evolution of New Normal Germany to the early days of Nazi Germany on … OK, more than a few occasions, but I have emphasized that this disturbingly fascistic, mindless, order-following behavior has nothing to do with the German character, per se, because we’ve seen the identical disturbingly fascistic, mindless, order-following behavior erupt in countries all over the world, but, at this point, if the German people continue to behave in a disturbingly fascistic, mindless, order-following manner while people all throughout the rest of the world go about their daily lives without having to show their “vaccination papers” to some goon to be allowed to enter a café and get a fucking cup of coffee, and otherwise exist in a more or less maskless, post-mass-hysterically-paranoid state … if the Germans are willing to continue to do that (i.e., behave in the aforementioned mindlessly fascistic, authority-worshiping, frightening fashion and make themselves the laughing stock of the world), I’m not going to be so nice anymore. I’m going to call them some derogatory names. I’m going to question their character as a people. I’m going to publicly speculate about exactly what the fuck is wrong with them.

    I hope and pray I don’t have to do that. We’ve got about a month before the new “restrictions” take effect. Which is plenty of time for the German people to rise up and put an end to all this. I’ve been assured by my German friends that the German people will not do this, but what can I say? I’m a hopeless optimist.

    In any event, I’ll keep you posted … unless, of course, I get arrested for “delegitimizing the democractic state” or “relativizing the Holocaust,” or whatever.

    In the meantime, enjoy the end of Summer, and don’t worry too much about what’s happening here in New Normal Germany, or in New Normal Canada, or New Normal Washington DC, or wherever. It all over now, mostly, isn’t it, the whole New Normal nightmare, right? They would never, ever, do it again … not wherever you live, right?

    * OK, I assume you’re wondering about the title. Geist means “spirit” (or “mind” or “intellect”), as in “Zeitgeist” (i.e., “the spirit of the age”), which you know because we’ve adopted it into English. Geisterfahrer is one of those essentially untranslatable German words. It basically means someone who’s driving in the wrong direction, i.e., against the flow of traffic, in the opposite direction to which everyone else is driving, but in a figurative rather than a literal sense.

    ** Golden Syrian Hamster Model Results: “Noncontact transmission was found in 66.7% (10/15) of exposed naive hamsters. Surgical mask partition for challenged index or naive hamsters significantly reduced transmission to 25% (6/24, P = .018). Surgical mask partition for challenged index hamsters significantly reduced transmission to only 16.7% (2/12, P = .019) of exposed naive hamsters. Unlike the severe manifestations of challenged hamsters, infected naive hamsters had lower clinical scores, milder histopathological changes, and lower viral nucleocapsid antigen expression in respiratory tract tissues.” (Seriously, this is from the actual study the Ministry of Health of New Normal Germany has cited as proof of the effectiveness of masks.

    The post New Normal Germany’s Geisterfahrer Geist first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by C.J. Hopkins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/29/new-normal-germanys-geisterfahrer-geist/feed/ 0 327425
    New Normal Germany’s Geisterfahrer Geist https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/29/new-normal-germanys-geisterfahrer-geist/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/29/new-normal-germanys-geisterfahrer-geist/#respond Mon, 29 Aug 2022 18:19:45 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=132920 So, it’s official. On Wednesday, August 24, New Normal Germany’s Bundestag rubber stamped the government’s latest revision to the so-called “Infection Protection Act” (i.e., New Normal Germany’s new Enabling Act), authorizing the continued persecution of “the Unvaccinated” (i.e., New Normal Germany’s new official Untermenschen), the mandatory wearing of medical-looking masks (i.e., the ideological-compliance symbol of […]

    The post New Normal Germany’s Geisterfahrer Geist first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    So, it’s official. On Wednesday, August 24, New Normal Germany’s Bundestag rubber stamped the government’s latest revision to the so-called “Infection Protection Act” (i.e., New Normal Germany’s new Enabling Act), authorizing the continued persecution of “the Unvaccinated” (i.e., New Normal Germany’s new official Untermenschen), the mandatory wearing of medical-looking masks (i.e., the ideological-compliance symbol of the New Normal Reich throughout the world), the banning of protests against the New Normal (i.e., the new official ideology of Germany), and assorted other “emergency measures.”

    These “emergency measures” are purportedly designed to protect the German people from a “health threat” that (a) does not exist; (b) the vast majority of other countries in Europe and the rest of the world have finally admitted does not exist; (c) never existed in the first place; and (d) not even the most fanatical Covidian Cultists can still pretend to present a plausible argument for the existence of without sounding like severely cognitively-impaired persons.

    For example, Karl Lauterbach (who is still for some reason the official Minister of Health of Germany, despite the fact that he has been lying to the public and fomenting hatred of “the Unvaccinated” like the reanimated corpse of Joseph Goebbels on a daily basis for over two years) explained why Germany is pushing ahead with its plan to coercively “vaccinate” the entire population, over and over. According to Lauterbach, the “vaccines” cause “multiply-vaccinated” persons to develop symptoms of the illness their multiple “vaccinations” were designed to keep them from being infected with more quickly than “the Unvaccinated,” so they stay home, and thus help to “limit the pandemic,” whereas “the Unvaccinated,” being “asymptomatic,” go around heedlessly infecting “the Vaccinated,” which they wouldn’t be doing if they had been “multiply-vaccinated,” as they would be home suffering the flu-like symptoms they were assured the “vaccines” would protect them from suffering but which actually caused them to suffer more quickly.

    OK, at this point, I know you’re probably asking, “why haven’t the German people demanded the removal of this obviously deranged clown from office?” Well, unfortunately, the problem isn’t just Karl Lauterbach. It’s also Olaf Scholz, the Chancellor of Germany, Marco Buschmann, the Minister of Justice, and the rest of the government of New Normal Germany, and the vast majority of the German people, who appear to be willing to behave as if the rest of the world did not exist, and click heels and mindlessly follow orders, no matter how completely absurd.

    For example, if you’re flying to New Normal Germany from some other country where reality prevails, the moment your plane enters German airspace, you are required to don a medical-looking mask, and not just any old medical-looking mask, but an FFP2 Filtering Face Piece as defined by the EN 149 standard, which has been proven to protect you from the BA.5 Variant of the Omicron Variant of the SARS CoV-2 Variant (i.e., the original Covid-19 Variant) by the “the Golden Syrian Hamster Model,” according to the New Normal German authorities.**

    Of course, this Filtering Face Piece mandate does not apply to government officials and their mouthpieces in the German media, an entire planeload of whom just flew from New Normal Germany to New Normal Canada and back in a state of flagrant masklessness.

    And that is just one of the numerous examples of the fascistic spirit that has taken hold of the country I willingly emigrated to almost exactly 18 years ago, which I now no longer recognize. Here’s another one, which will turn your stomach. It’s a video clip of a Deutsche Bahn Gestapo Officer (a newly created official position formerly known as “train conductor”) barking orders at a maskless woman, over and over, like in a Spielberg film, then finally physically assaulting the woman …

    I think that will suffice in terms of examples of the atmosphere here in New Normal Germany.

    Now, believe it or not, I have tried to give the German people the benefit of the doubt (i.e., as a people) during the last two and a half years. Sure, I have occasionally likened their behavior to the behavior of the German people during their unsavory (i.e., Nazi) past, and I have compared the evolution of New Normal Germany to the early days of Nazi Germany on … OK, more than a few occasions, but I have emphasized that this disturbingly fascistic, mindless, order-following behavior has nothing to do with the German character, per se, because we’ve seen the identical disturbingly fascistic, mindless, order-following behavior erupt in countries all over the world, but, at this point, if the German people continue to behave in a disturbingly fascistic, mindless, order-following manner while people all throughout the rest of the world go about their daily lives without having to show their “vaccination papers” to some goon to be allowed to enter a café and get a fucking cup of coffee, and otherwise exist in a more or less maskless, post-mass-hysterically-paranoid state … if the Germans are willing to continue to do that (i.e., behave in the aforementioned mindlessly fascistic, authority-worshiping, frightening fashion and make themselves the laughing stock of the world), I’m not going to be so nice anymore. I’m going to call them some derogatory names. I’m going to question their character as a people. I’m going to publicly speculate about exactly what the fuck is wrong with them.

    I hope and pray I don’t have to do that. We’ve got about a month before the new “restrictions” take effect. Which is plenty of time for the German people to rise up and put an end to all this. I’ve been assured by my German friends that the German people will not do this, but what can I say? I’m a hopeless optimist.

    In any event, I’ll keep you posted … unless, of course, I get arrested for “delegitimizing the democractic state” or “relativizing the Holocaust,” or whatever.

    In the meantime, enjoy the end of Summer, and don’t worry too much about what’s happening here in New Normal Germany, or in New Normal Canada, or New Normal Washington DC, or wherever. It all over now, mostly, isn’t it, the whole New Normal nightmare, right? They would never, ever, do it again … not wherever you live, right?

    * OK, I assume you’re wondering about the title. Geist means “spirit” (or “mind” or “intellect”), as in “Zeitgeist” (i.e., “the spirit of the age”), which you know because we’ve adopted it into English. Geisterfahrer is one of those essentially untranslatable German words. It basically means someone who’s driving in the wrong direction, i.e., against the flow of traffic, in the opposite direction to which everyone else is driving, but in a figurative rather than a literal sense.

    ** Golden Syrian Hamster Model Results: “Noncontact transmission was found in 66.7% (10/15) of exposed naive hamsters. Surgical mask partition for challenged index or naive hamsters significantly reduced transmission to 25% (6/24, P = .018). Surgical mask partition for challenged index hamsters significantly reduced transmission to only 16.7% (2/12, P = .019) of exposed naive hamsters. Unlike the severe manifestations of challenged hamsters, infected naive hamsters had lower clinical scores, milder histopathological changes, and lower viral nucleocapsid antigen expression in respiratory tract tissues.” (Seriously, this is from the actual study the Ministry of Health of New Normal Germany has cited as proof of the effectiveness of masks.

    The post New Normal Germany’s Geisterfahrer Geist first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by C.J. Hopkins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/29/new-normal-germanys-geisterfahrer-geist/feed/ 0 327427
    Moderna Slammed for ‘Grotesque’ Lawsuit Against Pfizer Over Covid-19 Vaccine Patents https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/26/moderna-slammed-for-grotesque-lawsuit-against-pfizer-over-covid-19-vaccine-patents/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/26/moderna-slammed-for-grotesque-lawsuit-against-pfizer-over-covid-19-vaccine-patents/#respond Fri, 26 Aug 2022 20:02:27 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/339327

    Public health experts and advocates alike on Friday condemned pharmaceutical company Moderna for its lawsuit against Pfizer over over Covid-19 vaccine technology patents, saying that if anyone should be suing it's the poor people of the world who have been refused access to the shots by the greed of both companies. 

    The two companies released some of the most effective vaccines against the disease in late 2020, using Messenger RNA (mRNA) technology that Moderna says it developed in trials in 2015.

    "If Moderna is willing to sue another U.S. pharmaceutical giant with deep pockets, then governments must step in to protect vaccine efforts in lower-income countries from cases like this."

    But as campaigners with the U.K.-based Global Justice Now pointed out, the technology used by both companies was developed with government funding, and should not be subject to patents during an ongoing public health crisis.

    "It's grotesque but unsurprising to see pharma fighting among themselves over who has the right to profiteer the most from the pandemic," said Tim Bierley, pharma campaigner for Global Justice Now. "If we want to talk about who gets the credit for the vaccines we have, the facts show that U.S. taxpayer money has for years funded mRNA vaccine development, and the technology used in the Pfizer and Moderna Covid-19 vaccines. By rights, these should be the people's vaccines."

    Moderna used nearly $10 billion in public money to develop its vaccine.

    Groups including Global Justice Now and the People's Vaccine Alliance have long called on the World Trade Organization to lift patent protections for all Covid-19 vaccines and treatments for the duration of the pandemic so countries in the Global South can use the technology developed in the U.S. to create generic versions of the products—a move that the governments of wealthy western nations and vaccine makers all fought against.

    "Pfizer and Moderna applied enormous pressure to stop governments from waiving intellectual property rules on Covid-19 vaccines, tests, and treatments," said Maaza Seyoum, global south convenor of the People's Vaccine Alliance. "What they wanted was to ensure extraordinary profits and stop low and middle-income countries from making vaccines. But the painful irony is that the companies are now embroiled in a bitter intellectual property dispute with each other." 

    "If Moderna is willing to sue another U.S. pharmaceutical giant with deep pockets, then governments must step in to protect vaccine efforts in lower-income countries from cases like this," she said.

    In 2021, as the Delta and Omicron variants caused outbreaks around the world, Moderna shipped a greater share of vaccine doses to wealthy countries than any other pharmaceutical company.

    Moderna and Pfizer have projected combined profits of more than $50 billion in 2022 from their vaccines.

    Georgetown University public health law professor Lawrence Gostin said Moderna's lawsuit is "bad for public health," even though the company is not seeking to remove Pfizer's vaccine from circulation during the pandemic.

    "The suit would push mRNA vaccines into a near monopoly and stifle innovation," Gostin said. "The public loses. Both companies should waive IP and transfer technology."

    "If anyone should be suing big pharma," said Seyoum, "it's the millions who have needlessly lost loved ones to Covid-19 while Moderna and Pfizer sold doses to the highest bidder."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Julia Conley.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/26/moderna-slammed-for-grotesque-lawsuit-against-pfizer-over-covid-19-vaccine-patents/feed/ 0 326933
    Circumventing Roe vs. Wade Reversal https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/26/circumventing-roe-vs-wade-reversal/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/26/circumventing-roe-vs-wade-reversal/#respond Fri, 26 Aug 2022 16:45:17 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=132844 Of 29 Pregnant Women That Reported an Adverse Event After Pfizer’s COVID-19 Inoculation, Only One Had a Baby That Lived

    Pregnancy, Stillbirths, & the Pfzier Vaccine

    In the Waterloo area, 86 stillbirths have occurred from January to July

    Dr Christiane Northrup – Miscarriages and Stillbirths from Covid Vax within 20 weeks of Pregnancy

    The post Circumventing Roe vs. Wade Reversal first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/26/circumventing-roe-vs-wade-reversal/feed/ 0 326835
    As covid cases drop, Marshall Islands praised for ‘unprecedented’ response https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/25/as-covid-cases-drop-marshall-islands-praised-for-unprecedented-response/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/25/as-covid-cases-drop-marshall-islands-praised-for-unprecedented-response/#respond Thu, 25 Aug 2022 23:00:22 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=78427 By Giff Johnson, editor of the Marshall Islands Journal and RNZ Pacific correspondent in Majuro

    United States-based medical doctors have praised the Marshall Islands for an “unprecedented” response to its first covid outbreak, as the positive case numbers declined dramatically this week after a record-setting first two weeks.

    “The Marshall Islands has exceeded most expectations to deliver testing and treatment for large numbers of people, and to provide care for those with covid,” said Dr Richard Brostrom, the US Centers for Disease Control Field Medical Officer who arrived in Marshall Islands last week to assist the Ministry of Health and Human Services.

    Brostrom has been engaged in the US response in all US-affiliated islands, including most recently in the Micronesian states of Pohnpei and Kosrae.

    The Marshall Islands was seeing above 1000 positive cases daily last week, but those numbers dropped to the low hundreds by Monday this week as the omicron BA.5 variant appeared to peak and drop off quickly.

    Last week, Johns Hopkins University, which tracks covid cases globally, reported that the Marshall Islands set a seven-day all-time record for the rate of positive cases of covid.

    “But what the data also shows is a jurisdiction that is able to test, treat and provide access to healthcare,” said Dr Brostrom.

    “BA.5 will behave the same everywhere,” he said. “The Marshall Islands had access points for people to get tested and treated, it was prepared and it handled thousands of people in a short period of time.”

    14 died in two weeks
    No deaths have been reported since last Friday. During the first two weeks, 14 people died of covid. The majority of the deaths were among people who were not vaccinated or partially vaccinated, the ministry reported.

    Health authorities put the low number of deaths down to widespread use of PaxLovid, a five-day treatment that Dr Brostrom said was 90 percent effective in reducing symptoms of covid.

    “The use of PaxLovid in Marshall Islands is appropriate, by the book, and unprecedented,” Brostrom said.

    He said PaxLovid had been well used in all US-affiliated islands with covid. But uniquely in the Marshall Islands, more people sought healthcare and didn’t stay home when they got covid, he said.

    “It was an opportunity for the Ministry of Health to deliver PaxLovid,” he said.

    ‘One of the best responses to this pandemic the world has seen’
    Health Secretary Jack Niedenthal praised health workers and community volunteers for their response under pressure when more than 200 were initially sidelined by covid in the early days of the outbreak.

    “As this current outbreak of covid-19 begins to lessen, the facts say, even with the complicated logistical issues and limited resources that we have in the Marshall Islands, and even though we have a very immuno-compromised population, we have had one of the best responses to this pandemic the world has seen,” said Niedenthal.

    “Our goal from the beginning has been resolute: Let the science catch up to the virus, and now we are seeing the result of over two years of diligent prevention and preparation.”

    Among unprecedented events in the Marshall Islands, Niedenthal said the nation was the “only country in the world to have been able to offer people of all ages vaccines before we had community spread of the virus”.

    He added: “Our current fatality rate of 0.1 percent of covid-19 cases ranks as among the best in the world with only Palau having a similar fatality rate for this virus.”

    Dr Brostrom was part of a “surge support medical team” involving CDC, WHO, Taiwan and other medical officials that arrived during the second week of the outbreak.

    What the visiting doctors have seen in the first two weeks of the outbreak was “an amazing delivery (of services) that we haven’t seen elsewhere,” Dr Brostrom said.

    Speed in setting up care sites
    Dr Brostrom said the Ministry of Health’s speed in setting up the alternative care sites in the community was key to dealing with the BA.5 variant that is in Marshall Islands. BA.5 is milder in its effect than earlier variants but much more contagious.

    “It is so fast that if you spend a week to get sites set up, you missed the boat.”

    He said the country had seen a five-day surge in cases, a further five days at the peak number, and now five days of numbers dropping down.

    “It is most certainly going down,” he said.

    “It’s amazing to see how the Ministry of Health has responded — not just now, but for two and a half years,” said Dr Sheldon Riklon, one of two Marshallese US-trained medical doctors working at rural clinic in Majuro.

    “The Marshall Islands has done well. The Ministry of Health leadership prepared the Marshall Islands for this.”

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/25/as-covid-cases-drop-marshall-islands-praised-for-unprecedented-response/feed/ 0 326562
    House Report Shows Trump ‘Deliberately and Repeatedly’ Undermined Covid-19 Response https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/24/house-report-shows-trump-deliberately-and-repeatedly-undermined-covid-19-response/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/24/house-report-shows-trump-deliberately-and-repeatedly-undermined-covid-19-response/#respond Wed, 24 Aug 2022 18:52:09 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/339262
    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Brett Wilkins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/24/house-report-shows-trump-deliberately-and-repeatedly-undermined-covid-19-response/feed/ 0 326176
    An Engineered Food and Poverty Crisis to Secure Continued US Dominance  https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/24/an-engineered-food-and-poverty-crisis-to-secure-continued-us-dominance/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/24/an-engineered-food-and-poverty-crisis-to-secure-continued-us-dominance/#respond Wed, 24 Aug 2022 14:26:05 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=132768 In March 2022, UN Secretary-General Antonio Guterres warned of a “hurricane of hunger and a meltdown of the global food system” in the wake of the crisis in Ukraine. Guterres said food, fuel and fertiliser prices were skyrocketing with supply chains being disrupted and added this is hitting the poorest the hardest and planting the seeds for political instability […]

    The post An Engineered Food and Poverty Crisis to Secure Continued US Dominance  first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    In March 2022, UN Secretary-General Antonio Guterres warned of a “hurricane of hunger and a meltdown of the global food system” in the wake of the crisis in Ukraine.

    Guterres said food, fuel and fertiliser prices were skyrocketing with supply chains being disrupted and added this is hitting the poorest the hardest and planting the seeds for political instability and unrest around the globe.

    According to the International Panel of Experts on Sustainable Food Systems, there is currently sufficient food and no risk of global food supply shortages.

    We see an abundance of food but skyrocketing prices. The issue is not food shortage but speculation on food commodities and the manipulation of an inherently flawed global food system that serves the interests of corporate agribusiness traders and suppliers of inputs at the expense of people’s needs and genuine food security.

    The war in Ukraine is a geopolitical trade and energy conflict. It is largely about the US engaging in a proxy war against Russia and Europe by attempting to separate Europe from Russia and imposing sanctions on Russia to harm Europe and make it further dependent on the US.

    Economist Professor Michael Hudson recently stated that ultimately the war is against Europe and Germany. The purpose of the sanctions is to prevent Europe and other allies from increasing their trade and investment with Russia and China.

    Neoliberal policies since the 1980s have hollowed out the US economy. With its productive base severely weakened, the only way for the US to maintain hegemony is to undermine China and Russia and weaken Europe.

    Hudson says that, beginning a year ago, Biden and the US neocons attempted to block Nord Stream 2 and all (energy) trade with Russia so that the US could monopolise it itself.

    Despite the ‘green agenda’ currently being pushed, the US still relies on fossil fuel-based energy to project its power abroad. Even as Russia and China move away from the dollar, the control and pricing of oil and gas (and resulting debt) in dollars remains key to US attempts to retain hegemony.

    The US knew beforehand how sanctions on Russia would play out. They would serve to divide the world into two blocks and fuel a new cold war with the US and Europe on one side with China and Russia being the two main countries on the other.

    US policy makers knew Europe would be devastated by higher energy and food prices and food importing countries in the Global South would suffer due to rising costs.

    It is not the first time the US has engineered a major crisis to maintain global hegemony and a spike in key commodity prices that effectively trap countries into dependency and debt.

    In 2009, Andrew Gavin Marshall described how in 1973 – not long after coming off the gold standard – Henry Kissinger was integral to manipulating events in the Middle East (the Arab-Israeli war and the ‘energy crisis’). This served to continue global hegemony for the US, which had virtually bankrupted itself due to its war in Vietnam and had been threatened by the economic rise of Germany and Japan.

    Kissinger helped secure huge OPEC oil price rises and thus sufficient profits for Anglo-American oil companies that had over-leveraged themselves in North Sea oil. He also cemented the petrodollar system with the Saudis and subsequently placed African nations, which had embarked on a path of (oil-based) industrialisation, on a treadmill of dependency and debt due to the spike in oil prices.

    It is widely believed that the high-priced oil policy was aimed at hurting Europe, Japan and the developing world.

    Today, the US is again waging a war on vast swathes of humanity, whose impoverishment is intended to ensure they remain dependent on the US and the financial institutions it uses to create dependency and indebtedness – the World Bank and IMF.

    Hundreds of millions will experience (are experiencing) poverty and hunger due to US policy. These people (the ones that the US and Pfizer et al supposedly cared so much about and wanted to get a jab into each of their arms) are regarded with contempt and collateral damage in the great geopolitical game.

    Contrary to what many believe, the US has not miscalculated the outcome of the sanctions placed on Russia. Michael Hudson notes energy prices are increasing, benefiting US oil companies and US balance of payments as an energy exporter. Moreover, by sanctioning Russia, the aim is to curtail Russian exports (of wheat and gas used for fertiliser production) and for agricultural commodity prices to therefore increase. This too will also benefit the US as an agricultural exporter.

    This is how the US seeks to maintain dominance over other countries.

    Current policies are designed to create a food and debt crisis for poorer nations especially. The US can use this debt crisis to force countries to continue privatising and selling off their public assets in order to service the debts to pay for the higher oil and food imports.

    This imperialist strategy comes on the back of ‘COVID relief’ loans which have served a similar purpose. In 2021, an Oxfam review of IMF COVID-19 loans showed that 33 African countries were encouraged to pursue austerity policies. The world’s poorest countries are due to pay $43 billion in debt repayments in 2022, which could otherwise cover the costs of their food imports.

    Oxfam and Development Finance International have also revealed that 43 out of 55 African Union member states face public expenditure cuts totalling $183 billion over the next five years.

    The closure of the world economy in March 2020 (‘lockdown’) served to trigger an unprecedented process of global indebtedness. Conditionalities mean national governments will have to capitulate to the demands of Western financial institutions. These debts are largely dollar-denominated, helping to strengthen the US dollar and US leverage over countries.

    The US is creating a new world order and needs to ensure much of the Global South remains in its orbit of influence rather than ending up in the Russian and especially Chinese camp and its belt road initiative for economic prosperity.

    Post-COVID, this is what the war in Ukraine, sanctions on Russia and the engineered food and energy crisis are really about.

    Back in 2014, Michael Hudson stated that the US has been able to dominate most of the Global South through agriculture and control of the food supply. The World Bank’s geopolitical lending strategy has transformed countries into food deficit areas by convincing them to grow cash crops – plantation export crops – not to feed themselves with their own food crops.

    The oil sector and agribusiness have been joined at the hip as part of US geopolitical strategy.

    The dominant notion of ‘food security’ promoted by global agribusiness players like Cargill, Archer Daniel Midland, Bunge and Louis Dreyfus and supported by the World Bank is based on the ability of people and nations to purchase food. It has nothing to do with self-sufficiency and everything to do with global markets and supply chains controlled by giant agribusiness players.

    Along with oil, the control of global agriculture has been a linchpin of US geopolitical strategy for many decades. The Green Revolution was exported courtesy of oil-rich interests and poorer nations adopted agri-capital’s chemical- and oil-dependent model of agriculture that required loans for inputs and related infrastructure development.

    It entailed trapping nations into a globalised food system that relies on export commodity mono-cropping to earn foreign exchange linked to sovereign dollar-denominated debt repayment and World Bank/IMF ‘structural adjustment’ directives. What we have seen has been the transformation of many countries from food self-sufficiency into food deficit areas.

    And what we have also seen is countries being placed on commodity crop production treadmills. The need for foreign currency (US dollars) to buy oil and food entrenches the need to increase cash crop production for exports.

    The World Trade Organization’s Agreement on Agriculture (AoA) set out the trade regime necessary for this type of corporate dependency that masquerades as ‘global food security’.

    This is explained in a July 2022 report by Navdanya International – Sowing Hunger, Reaping Profits – A Food Crisis by Design – which notes international trade laws and trade liberalisation has benefited large agribusiness and continue to piggyback off the implementation of the Green Revolution.

    The report states that US lobby and trade negotiations were headed by former Cargill Investors Service CEO and Goldman Sachs executive – Dan Amstutz – who in 1988 was appointed chief negotiator for the Uruguay round of GATT by Ronald Reagan. This helped to enshrine the interests of US agribusiness into the new rules that would govern the global trade of commodities and subsequent waves of industrial agriculture expansion.

    The AoA removed protection of farmers from global market prices and fluctuations. At the same time, exceptions were made for the US and the EU to continue subsidising their agriculture to the advantage of large agribusiness.

    Navdanya notes:

    With the removal of state tariff protections and subsidies, small farmers were left destitute. The result has been a disparity in what farmers earn for what they produce, versus what consumers pay, with farmers earning less and consumers paying more as agribusiness middlemen take the biggest cut.

    ‘Food security’ has led to the dismantling of food sovereignty and food self-sufficiency for the sake of global market integration and corporate power.

    We need look no further than India to see this in action. The now repealed recent farm legislation in India was aimed at giving the country the ‘shock therapy’ of neoliberalism that other countries have experienced.

    The ‘liberalising’ legislation was in part aimed at benefiting US agribusiness interests and trapping India into food insecurity by compelling the country to eradicate its food buffer stocks – so vital to the nation’s food security – and then bid for food on a volatile global market from agribusiness traders with its foreign reserves.

    The Indian government was only prevented from following this route by the massive, year-long farmer protest that occurred.

    The current crisis is also being fuelled by speculation. Navdanya cites an investigation by Lighthouse Reports and The Wire to show how speculation by investment firms, banks and hedge funds on agricultural commodities are profiting off rising food prices. Commodity future prices are no longer linked to actual supply and demand in the market but are based purely on speculation.

    Archer Daniels Midland, Bunge, Cargill and Louis Dreyfus and investment funds like Black Rock and Vanguard continue to make huge financial killings, resulting in the price of bread almost doubling in some poorer countries.

    The cynical ‘solution’ promoted by global agribusiness to the current food crisis is to urge farmers to produce more and seek better yields as if the crisis is that of underproduction. It means more chemical inputs, more genetic engineering techniques and suchlike, placing more farmers in debt and trapped in dependency.

    It is the same old industry lie that the world will starve without its products and requires more of them. The reality is that the world is facing hunger and rising food prices because of the system big agribusiness has instituted.

    And it is the same old story – pushing out new technologies in search of a problem and then using crises as justification for their rollout while ignoring the underlying reasons for such crises.

    Navdanya sets out possible solutions to the current situation based on principles of agroecology, short supply lines, food sovereignty and economic democracy – policies that have been described at length in many articles and official reports over the years.

    As for fighting back against the onslaught on ordinary people’s living standards, support is gathering among the labour movement in places like the UK. Rail union leader Mick Lynch is calling for a working class movement based on solidarity and class consciousness to fight back against a billionaire class that is acutely aware of its own class interests.

    For too long, ‘class’ has been absent from mainstream political discourse. It is only through organised, united protest that ordinary people will have any chance of meaningful impact against the new world order of tyrannical authoritarianism and the devastating attacks on ordinary people’s rights, livelihoods and standards of living that we are witnessing.

    The post An Engineered Food and Poverty Crisis to Secure Continued US Dominance  first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Colin Todhunter.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/24/an-engineered-food-and-poverty-crisis-to-secure-continued-us-dominance/feed/ 0 326087
    COVID Chorus Line https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/21/covid-chorus-line/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/21/covid-chorus-line/#respond Sun, 21 Aug 2022 15:16:27 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=132605 What might COVID look like on Broadway?

    The post COVID Chorus Line first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    The post COVID Chorus Line first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/21/covid-chorus-line/feed/ 0 325382
    A NZ media conundrum over how to cover the ‘dangerous’ conspiracists https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/21/a-nz-media-conundrum-over-how-to-cover-the-dangerous-conspiracists/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/21/a-nz-media-conundrum-over-how-to-cover-the-dangerous-conspiracists/#respond Sun, 21 Aug 2022 07:56:32 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=78170 By Hayden Donnell, RNZ Mediawatch producer

    A documentary from Stuff Circuit this week delved into Aotearoa New Zealand’s growing extreme far-right and anti-vax movement.

    Why did the makers of Fire and Fury decide to platform a group of conspiracy-minded idealogues, and what did it get right that others got wrong?

    In February, Newsroom’s Melanie Reid travelled to what was then called “freedom village” to interview some of the people behind the occupation taking place on Parliament grounds, Voices for Freedom leaders Alia Bland, Claire Deeks, and Libby Jonson.

    “You guys started it yeah? The three of you?” Reid asked. “Three mums.”

    “Three mums,” they agreed in unison.

    The video feature was part of a wave of press that Voices For Freedom and its allies attracted in recent months.

    Altruistic posture
    Nurses For Freedom, a group founded by Voices For Freedom local coordinator Deborah Cunliffe, featured recently on Three’s The Project.

    “Healthcare clearly matters to New Zealand. Our nurses want to help,” she said.

    Cunliffe’s altruistic posture in the interview jarred a little with calls in the Nurses For Freedom Telegram group for Nuremberg 2.0 to be carried out on public figures who backed vaccination and covid-19 health measures.

    At the end of that interview, presenter and former Black Cap Mark Richardson pointed out that the healthcare workers in question could get their jobs back with one simple step.

    “Get the jab and go back,” he said. “I don’t care what your rationale is.

    “Your country needs you. It’s like me fielding under the helmet. I didn’t want to do it but I did it for the good of the country.”

    Other coverage was more sympathetic to the anti-vax cause.

    An uncritical eye
    A story by Evan Harding in Stuff’s Southland Times cast an uncritical eye over Nurses For Freedom’s claim to represent 700 nurses just waiting to return to work.

    But according to figures from the Ministry of Health, only about 500 nurses have been suspended for failing to meet covid-19 vaccine requirements.

    Stuff’s article has since been removed, replaced by a message saying it failed to meet the company’s editorial standards, and another article by Harding on vaccinations has received the same treatment.

    Stuff wasn’t the only news organisation to pull a story after giving an uncritical platform to an anti-vaxxer.

    Last month, The New Zealand Herald carried an article by the Northern Advocate about Brad Flutey, who was protesting against the closure of the Marsden Point refinery.

    The story didn’t mention that Flutey is an anti-vaxxer who called for the Parliament protesters to shift their focus to Marsden Point as a way of retaining momentum after their occupation was broken up, nor that he had repeatedly called to overthrow the government, and had faced charges for refusing to comply with covid restrictions and wear a mask while shopping.

    After receiving criticism, The Herald took the article down and later replaced it with a rewritten version headlined “Marsden Point Oil Refinery protest passes 100-day milestone in Northland – take two”.

    The Platform platforming
    While some organisations seem to have elevated these figures either by accident, or in contravention of their own editorial standards, broadcaster Sean Plunket’s platform The Platform has platformed a succession of anti-vaxxers and extremists on purpose.

    This week, presenter Michael Laws talked to Counterspin Media host Kelvyn Alp, who once told Act leader David Seymour he was lucky protesters at the Parliament occupation hadn’t strung him up from the nearest lamppost.

    An extrajudicial execution would seem like the most extreme possible form of deplatforming, but an association with intolerance does not appear to be a deal-breaker for The Platform, which has the tagline “Open. Tolerant. Free”.

    The station had also aired long interviews with leaders of groups like Voices For Freedom and NZ Doctors Speak Out With Science in recent months, some of them not exactly neutral.

    The Platform host Rodney Hide put his cards on the table before an interview with Alia Bland, revealing himself to be a member of her group:

    “I am a very very very proud member of Voices For Freedom. This is my disclosure. I’m not having someone along that I’m neutral about. I am a fan of Voices For Freedom.”

    After his interview with the well-known Facebook anti-vaxxer Chantelle Baker, Plunket was so moved that he even offered her a show.

    “Do you want a weekly show on The Platform?” he asked. “I would be happy to have you on board on the strength of the open conversation we’ve had today.”

    Personal platform clipped
    But today The Herald reported Baker’s personal platform had been somewhat clipped, with her own Facebook page newly deactivated. Though the report said she was operating another page, just not under her own name.

    The reason Plunket was making that offer, and interviewing Baker in the first place, was because she had just been featured in a documentary which painted her and other leading anti-vax figures in a less than flattering light.

    Fire and Fury by Stuff Circuit came out last Sunday, and features clips taken from conspiracy and anti-vax groups on platforms like Telegram, which show the violent elements of the movement.

    “You gotta love that sound of execution. It’s gonna happen,” one clip begins.

    “The media in this country need burning. They really seriously need burning,” another voice continues.

    The doco also showed a darker side to Voices For Freedom.

    Far from just being — in the words of that Newsroom video — the project of “three mums”, Fire and Fury portrays a group which puts up an approachable, folksy front to draw people into a more radical, potentially violent agenda.

    Paula Penfold in Fire & Fury
    Paula Penfold in Fire and Fury … “The (conspiracists) have had their say. They have so many hundreds, thousands of hours of material on the internet already, and also the guidelines we were reading said it was dangerous to give them a platform that’s equal to the hate they’re already disseminating.” Image: Stuff

    ‘Fascistic’ ideas lurking
    In an interview with host Paula Penfold, The Disinformation Project director Kate Hannah points out potential fascistic ideas lurking beneath some of the group’s messages on vaccines and health.

    “The role of women and wellness in fascist and proto-fascist movements has always been really significant. Even in Italy and Germany in the 1920s, a lot of proto-fascist ideas came from or were augmented by ideas around health, well-being, rejection of modern medicine, because obviously if you are an uber-race, you don’t need modern medicine,” she said.

    “All of the different groups that we see in New Zealand at the moment have features of fascistic ideas around power and control.”

    The documentary also homes in on chat transcripts from former National Front leader Kyle Chapman identifying the “dark-haired” lady from Voices For Freedom as a potential political leader.

    Penfold told Mediawatch the Stuff Circuit team decided to do the documentary after watching the Wellington protests and seeing talk on associated social media channels about making the country “ungovernable”.

    They wrestled with how to to shine a light on what goes on in the shadier corners of the internet without giving further oxygen to dangerous figures.

    “There were many many, many editorial conversations about how we should do that,” she said.

    Guided by researchers
    Those conversations were guided by groups who had studied the New Zealand far right.

    They helped convince the team not to interview some of the people at the centre of their documentary, including Kelvyn Alp, former AUT law lecturer and conspiracist Amy Benjamin, and fellow conspiracy theorist Damien De Ment.

    Penfold also cited a 2017 report called The Oxygen of Amplification by US-based independent nonprofit organisation Data & Society.

    “We drew most of our guidelines from that on what we should and shouldn’t do,” she told Mediawatch.

    That approach was criticised by some journalists, including Plunket, but Penfold said it was necessary.

    “They’ve had their say. They have so many hundreds, thousands of hours of material on the internet already, and also the guidelines we were reading said it was dangerous to give them a platform that’s equal to the hate they’re already disseminating. And so this is not your ordinary right of reply situation. In a way it’s like we were giving our audience the right of reply to what’s already been said.”

    Different approach
    Stuff Circuit
    took a different approach in an earlier documentary on the conspiracy theorist Billy Te Kahika, where Penfold sat down with him for a long-form interview.

    Penfold said the team was also careful then not to platform “dangerous” content.

    “We didn’t let him platform any of his conspiracy theory views. That was an important distinction. We were challenging him on things he had said and things he had done and misrepresented in his career,” she said.

    “In this instance we just didn’t want to give them an opportunity to revoice the conspiracies they already had voiced. Sitting them down and giving them that right of reply risked re-platforming their dangerous speech and we just didn’t want to do that.”

    The question of whether to cover the extreme right, and how to do it, has been a vexed one in the media as conspiracy movements have grown noisier and more influential.

    In a recent column for The Herald, Matthew Hooton warned of a “monstrosity” emerging on the right, and concluded with this conundrum for the media:

    “Is it best to ignore these extremist movements for fear of giving them a platform? Or is it more important than ever to bring to public attention the true nature of their agenda?” he wrote.

    Pacific Journalism Review paper
    Disinformation researcher Byron C Clark has looked at that issue in a paper on the media’s coverage of the Parliament occupation for the Pacific Journalism Review.

    Clark said Fire and Fury succeeded where some other attempts to cover the anti-vax extreme right had fallen down.

    Though some far-right figures were hoping the publicity they received from the documentary would help grow their movement’s numbers, the documentary’s framing and editorial decision-making should make that unlikely, he said.

    “They’re hoping they can use this to bring more people into the fold with their beliefs, but I think that’s going to be difficult to do because it’s put some of the more violent aspects of their beliefs out there and that’s probably for a lot of people going to be the first thing they know about something like Counterspin — that they’re calling for the violent overthrow of the government.”

    Clark said the documentary’s approach could help dissuade some vulnerable people from joining conspiracy movements by inoculating them against some of the more pervasive forms of false information being peddled.

    He backed Stuff Circuit’s decision not to interview the conspiracist figures they were covering.

    “I think rather than giving them more oxygen by covering them in news articles or a documentary like this, it’s providing some of that balance that’s lacking in their own channels.

    “It’s really more restoring balance to some of these ideas rather than giving these ideas oxygen.”

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/21/a-nz-media-conundrum-over-how-to-cover-the-dangerous-conspiracists/feed/ 0 325266
    ‘Omicron’s not done with us’: A year on from NZ’s longest covid-19 lockdown https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/17/omicrons-not-done-with-us-a-year-on-from-nzs-longest-covid-19-lockdown/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/17/omicrons-not-done-with-us-a-year-on-from-nzs-longest-covid-19-lockdown/#respond Wed, 17 Aug 2022 07:02:14 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=78025 By Rowan Quinn, RNZ News health correspondent

    One year on from Aotearoa New Zealand’s longest covid-19 lockdown, an epidemiologist says further lockdowns cannot be ruled out, instead preparing to do them better.

    On 17 August 2021, New Zealand went to alert level 4 because the deadly delta variant had arrived.

    Aucklanders had no idea that day that they would still be in lockdown until December, and that after 18 months of trying to keep covid-19 out, it would be here to stay.

    The city was asked to hold the line so the country could get vaccinated, something critics said should have happened much earlier.

    Auckland University epidemiologist Professor Rod Jackson was vocal in urging the country to aim high and vaccinate more than 95 percent of eligible people.

    Reflecting back, he said New Zealanders responded well, with most areas hitting that mark or higher by the measurements at the time.

    Much had been learnt about the virus — and how to respond to it — since then, with the highly contagious but less harmful omicron variant changing everything at the start of this year, he said.

    But the danger was not over.

    Random severity of variants
    “I think there are a lot of people who think, ‘oh look, it’s getting less severe over time so we’re fine,’ but it’s pretty random whether the next variant is going to be less severe or not,” he said.

    Either way, it would need to be at least as spreadable as omicron to take over, he said.

    Traffic on the Auckland motorway near the central city at 11.30am on an atypical Thursday morning.
    Empty … an Auckland motorway near the city centre, mid-morning on 19 August 2021. By 7 September 2021 the rest of New Zealand had moved to level 2, but Auckland stayed in alert level 3 restrictions until December 2. Image: Robert Smith/RNZ

    The government has said lockdowns are not part of any future covid-19 plans, with the traffic light system taking its place.

    But Professor Jackson said that may not “cut the mustard” if the worst happened.

    “If we get a new mutation that is more severe, that kills more people, then we’ve got something huge to worry about,” he said.

    “If that happens, if people start dropping dead in the street like the original version of covid, we will have little choice but to lock down.”

    That was why the country still needed to be prepared for the worst, he said.

    Frontline of delta outbreak
    As an Auckland GP and co-leader of Te Rōpū Whakakaupapa Urutā, Dr Rawiri McKree-Jansen was at the frontline of the delta outbreak and lockdown and the vaccine rollout.

    Some Māori and Pacific health teams had initially struggled to be given the resources they needed, or to be listened to.

    The work they were able to do for their communities and the country showed what they were capable of and should be a lasting legacy, Dr McKree-Jansen said.

    They were crucial to the vaccine roll out and helped the most vulnerable, especially those isolating.

    “The mobilisation was impressive, relentless and co-ordinated,” he said.

    “Those features are remarkable and give us a great sense of optimism about the contribution that Māori communities and Māori health professionals can make and I hope that is enduring.”

    When it came to new variants, he said while it was important to be vigilant about what may come next, it was also important to focus on what was happening now.

    “Omicron’s not done with us yet … I’m keen that we don’t forget the lessons we’ve learnt from the Delta and Omicron outbreaks – and supporting communities is fundamental to that.”

    Both Professor Jackson and Dr McKree-Jansen acknowledged the people who had died since pandemic began, many more since the omicron outbreak that reached so many people.

    But they said they were also grateful that many were protected by the lockdown and the vaccine rollout.

    16 more people die
    RNZ News reports that another 16 people with covid-19 have died and there are 4489 new community cases today, according to the Ministry of Health.

    There are 496 people in hospital, 13 of them are in a high dependency unit

    Yesterday the ministry reported another 21 people with covid-19 had died and there were 533 people in hospital, including 12 in intensive care or a high dependency unit.

    Deputy Director-General and Public Health Agency head Dr Andrew Old told media this afternoon that modelling from Covid Modelling Aotearoa showed New Zealand was continuing to track at the lower end of what was expected in terms of a second wave this winter.

    “We passed a peak in cases earlier that the modelling suggested and now hospitalisations are also declining suggesting these too have peaked. It’s sitting somewhere between 800 and 850 occupied beds across the country in late July,” he said.

    Te Whatu Ora-Health New Zealand interim national medical director Dr Pete Watson said the recent drop in covid-19 cases was an encouraging trend.

    “By each one of us sticking to public health measures we are making a difference,” he said.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/17/omicrons-not-done-with-us-a-year-on-from-nzs-longest-covid-19-lockdown/feed/ 0 324201
    WHO declares public health emergency for Marshall Islands https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/16/who-declares-public-health-emergency-for-marshall-islands/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/16/who-declares-public-health-emergency-for-marshall-islands/#respond Tue, 16 Aug 2022 00:51:58 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=77934 RNZ Pacific

    The World Health Organisation (WHO) has declared the covid outbreak in the Marshall Islands a Public Health Emergency.

    A total of 571 new omicron cases of the virus were recorded in the latest 24-hour reporting period.

    Three people have died and more than 10 percent of the population in the capital Majuro have tested positive, according to the Marshall Islands Ministry of Health and Human Services.

    The WHO has declared the outbreak as a Public Health Emergency of International Concern.

    All schools will be closed for the next two months, just one of the measures under the government’s disaster management plan.

    The number of positive cases has skyrocketed from a handful on August 8 to more than 1000 by the weekend.

    RNZ Pacific’s Marshall Islands correspondent Giff Johnson said the outbreak had led to staff shortages at many businesses.

    “Everybody’s operation is affected. I went next door to buy some drinks and the owner is doing the cash register … all cashiers are out of action with covid. The Post Office had to close down because so many people came down with covid.”

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/16/who-declares-public-health-emergency-for-marshall-islands/feed/ 0 323832
    Stumbling Surveillance: The end of the COVIDSafe App https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/15/stumbling-surveillance-the-end-of-the-covidsafe-app/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/15/stumbling-surveillance-the-end-of-the-covidsafe-app/#respond Mon, 15 Aug 2022 04:44:04 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=132540 It took a few years of tolerable incompetence, caused fears about security, and was meant to be the great surveillance salvation to reassure us all.  Instead, Australia’s COVIDSafe App only identified two positive cases of infection during the SARS-CoV-2 pandemic, and failed, in every sense of the term, to work. Launched in April 2020, this […]

    The post Stumbling Surveillance: The end of the COVIDSafe App first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    It took a few years of tolerable incompetence, caused fears about security, and was meant to be the great surveillance salvation to reassure us all.  Instead, Australia’s COVIDSafe App only identified two positive cases of infection during the SARS-CoV-2 pandemic, and failed, in every sense of the term, to work.

    Launched in April 2020, this AU$21 million platform was heralded as a great tool for pandemic surveillance.  It was one of many such digital responses used by countries to combat viral transmission.  China adopted the Alipay Health Code app, which shares location data with police authorities.  Users receive various codes denoting status: red for those needing to spend two weeks in isolation; yellow for those needing to self-quarantine; and green for those able to move about freely.  India has Aarogya Setu; England and Wales, the NHS COVID-19 app.

    As Privacy International observes, the spread of these apps, some voluntarily applied, others not, had a range of consequences.  Data might be generated without the user’s involvement.  Data might also be lifted from the relevant device.  Some apps might store data locally or convey it to servers.  “And they can leak data to analytics firms and social media platforms.”

    COVIDSafe relied on Bluetooth signals transmitted at intervals to nearby users, with those testing positive would trigger a process by which state and territory authorities could request access to the phone to identify other potential infections.  The close contacts would have to be within 1.5 metres of each other for at least 15 minutes.  In principle, this was meant to lead to improved contact tracing, more effective isolation protocols and enable more restrictive measures to be eased.

    From the start, the project seemed plagued.  There were questions about the exposure window and how viable it was, notably in the face of more infectious variants.  There were concerns that user data in the national data store could become accessible to the US government, given the awarding of the data-storage contract to Amazon Web Services (AWS), a cloud subsidiary of Amazon.  By the end of April 2020, 3 million Australians had downloaded the app.  In total, there were 7.9 million downloads.  The measure of success for the program, in other words, became one of downloading an app rather than its supposed effectiveness.

    Users were assured that little needed to be done for the app to successfully operate.  “Your phone does not need to be unlocked for the app to work,” Minister for Government Services Stuart Robert claimed in an unconvincing statement.  Users were also encouraged to “have the app running in the background when they are coming into contact with others.”  This betrayed a lack of technological savvy habitual among cabinet ministers.

    In the view of the Minister for Social Services Anne Ruston, the app was part of an effort to empower Australians “to proactively limit the spread of the coronavirus and protect the community.”  Having such a mechanism in place would “help protect the lives and health of the Australian community to make sure that we are in a position to quickly respond and be able to trace people if they have come into contact with somebody who has the virus.”

    But the government’s own assessments revealed that the app only worked effectively on locked iPhones about a quarter of the time, if that.  As of late April 2020, documents from the Digital Transformation Agency found that the app’s qualities in communicating between two locked iPhones was “poor”.  The same finding was made for encounters between locked Android to iOS services and active Android to locked iOS devices.

    The rating for unlocked or active iPhone-to-iPhone encounters was, by way of contrast, “excellent”, logging in a success rate of 80-100 per cent.  But the latter rate was fairly meaningless, given that iPhone users are, for reasons of privacy, encouraged to maintain a default lock setting.

    With COVIDSafe’s effectiveness coming into question, the strategy of the Morrison government moved from the silver bullet to the general plan.  The digital tool was to be but one element in the overall battle against the pandemic, complementing, in Ruston’s words, “the existing manual process by which we currently trace and track people.”  It could be likened to, as Prime Minister Scott Morrison did with trivialising ease, donning sunscreen before heading out the door.

    A subsequent government report into the app, released on July 29th, 2021, chose to avoid some of the more glaring problems in the enterprise.  Even then, the authors had to concede that COVIDSafe was “rarely” resorted to by public health officials “except to confirm cases identified through manual processes.”  This, the reasoning went, was due to low rates of community transmission and formidable manual contact tracing.  The app’s failure, in other words, was a sign of the country’s success.

    A less than flattering counter report by software developers Richard Nelson, Jim Mussared and Geoffrey Huntley, along with cryptographer Vanessa Teague, noted a lack of “deep discussion of changes made throughout the app’s development which heavily impacted efficacy, and fails to disclose key information such as the number of active users of the application.”

    This stood in sharp contrast to the peer-reviewed study, published in Nature, which considered the epidemiological impact of the NHS COVID-19 app developed in the UK.  In that case the National Health Service abandoned initial connection methods based on Bluetooth, implementing, instead, Apple and Google’s Exposure Notification Framework.

    As the critical multi-authored study of COVIDSafe concludes, “Almost all of the serious security bugs, privacy issues, and bugs affecting efficacy that were present could have all been avoided by using the Exposure Notification Framework, keeping public perception  high.”

    A few spluttering apologias can be found in defence of the app.  One effort can be found in that dullest of fora, The Conversation.  That contribution, sterilised and pasteurised, tries to be optimistic about a profligate, failed exercise.  “One of the goals of COVIDSafe was to automate the manual work, to help the efforts of contact tracers at scale.  This goal was achieved, although the value and effectiveness are questionable, as we discuss below.”

    Then comes the following, which suggests a lamentable ignorance of the implications of surveillance.  “Getting so many Australians to download new and contested technology is an unparalleled achievement.  While the number of downloads doesn’t tell us how many people were actively using the app, it shows some success in getting people to at least download and engage with it.”

    This relish for technological utopia can only take us so far before disgust sets in.  The issue for such believers is not how good the effort was, but the fact that it was tried by the unsuspecting.  And not only that, “COVIDSafe struck a balance between being aesthetic and relatively easy to use.”

    In future, those in the business of dolling out such health initiatives should think more carefully.  These systems may be intended to keep public trust afloat but can have quite the opposite effect.  Ultimately, the proof of COVIDSafe’s great demise can be found in the number of individuals who consented to having their data added to the National COVIDSafe Data Store for reasons of contact tracing.  While there were 7.9 million registrations of the app between April 2020 and May 2022, fewer than 800 gave consent to that measure.  As Australia’s current health minister, Mark Butler, opined, the entire endeavour was a monumental waste.

    The post Stumbling Surveillance: The end of the COVIDSafe App first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Binoy Kampmark.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/15/stumbling-surveillance-the-end-of-the-covidsafe-app/feed/ 0 323592
    Marshall Islands covid spread demonstrates super variant https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/15/marshall-islands-covid-spread-demonstrates-super-variant/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/15/marshall-islands-covid-spread-demonstrates-super-variant/#respond Mon, 15 Aug 2022 04:11:59 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=77921 By Giff Johnson, Marshall Islands Journal editor and RNZ Pacific correspondent in Majuro

    The Marshall Islands is a live demonstration that the omicron BA.5 variant is the most contagious covid variant yet to appear.

    In the first five days of the outbreak in the Marshall Islands, more than 10 percent of the population in Majuro, the capital, has tested positive, reports the Ministry of Health and Human Services.

    From initial confirmation of a handful of positive cases in the community on August 8, the number of positive cases skyrocketed to the one-day total of 1064 testing positive on Saturday, August 13, at the three community-based “alternative care sites” established to test and treat local residents.

    This brings Majuro’s total in the wake of the outbreak to more than 2000 cases in a population estimated at 20,000. There were nine early hospitalisations, with most reported to be recovered by Sunday.

    President David Kabua on Friday signed a proclamation of a “State of Health Disaster,” which outlines duties of all ministries and government agencies to respond.

    It also gives the government the power to access emergency funding for the response to the initial outbreak.

    Health authorities reported two deaths in the first week — both men. The first was a 23-year-old man, the second a 69-year-old.

    Both pronounced dead
    They were both pronounced dead on arrival at Majuro Hospital’s emergency room, Health officials said. Their vaccine status was not announced.

    Majuro experienced a chaotic first couple of days as alternative care sites (ACS) were rolled out at two local schools and at an outdoor sports court, with thousands of islanders crowding in to get tested.

    By Friday the influx of hundreds of volunteers to support the Ministry of Health and Human Service in managing the flow of people led to improvements in the service.

    “What we are seeing at these sites is what we expected, the ACS sites are getting better and more organised as we go along,” said Health Secretary Jack Niedenthal Sunday.

    “Much of the chaos is beginning to die down, though it is still there for sure, but this will continue to get better.”

    Spread was not contained to Majuro Atoll, the capital. Within a day of the initial confirmation of positive cases in the Majuro community last Monday, the first case was identified on Ebeye, the densely populated community next door to the US Army’s Reagan Test Site at Kwajalein Atoll.

    In addition, several isolated outer atolls at week’s end were reporting multiple residents with covid-like symptoms.

    All remote island flights suspended
    All flights on Air Marshall Islands and all government ships to remote islands were suspended August 9 in an effort to contain the spread. But travellers from the previous week to remote islands unwittingly caused the spread.

    August 12, a special Air Marshall Islands flight took a health team to Wotje Atoll, confirming multiple positive cases, training the local health aide to conduct further testing, and leaving a supply of PaxLovid and other therapeutic medicines for islanders, according to health officials.

    Health teams were attempting to visit other remote islands for similar follow up Sunday, but all AMI pilots reportedly tested positive, putting flights in limbo.

    Although the government did not require a lockdown, most churches cancelled in-person services Sunday and the one main road in the capital atoll was unusually quiet as people appeared to be staying home.

    Restaurants also saw the number of customers decline dramatically, although most continued to see ongoing demand for takeout meals.

    “We at the Ministry of Health and Human Services are very proud of the response that has come in from all corners of our country to help us deal with the health crisis,” said Niedenthal.

    The ministry struggled in the initial phase of the outbreak with more than 200 of its staff, including many doctors and nurses, testing positive for covid — many exposed before they knew it was circulating in the community.

    Covid-free success
    Until last week the Marshall Islands had successfully employed some of the world’s strictest quarantine rules for people entering the North Pacific nation. This had kept it covid-free for the first two-and-a-half-years of the covid pandemic.

    A reduction of quarantine time in recent weeks, coupled with unprecedented numbers of people coming in through the managed quarantine process is suspected to be the cause of the outbreak.

    The government had earlier announced it was going to eliminate the managed quarantine requirement and open the borders on the October 1.

    “As expected, the outbreak continues to gain strength,” Niedenthal said on Sunday.

    “We had over 1000 cases in Majuro yesterday, almost double from the previous day. About 75 percent of the people we test are positive, which is an incredibly high positivity rate.”

    A security officer controls the flow of islanders into one of several community-based alternative care sites established by the Ministry of Health and Human Services to test and treat people in the wake of the Covid outbreak that started August 8.
    A security officer controls the flow of islanders into one of several community-based alternative care sites established by the Ministry of Health and Human Services. Image: Wilmer Joel/RNZ Pacific

    Outbreak escalating
    Last week, as the outbreak was escalating, Majuro traditional leaders sent a letter to President Kabua calling for the borders to be closed and opposing the announcement that medical teams arriving this week would not be required to quarantine.

    The medical surge support teams are from the US Centers for Disease Control and other agencies. Niedenthal emphasised the importance for delivering services to the public by these medical professionals.

    He described these as “boots on the ground medical support professionals” and said they would be tested on arrival and then sent right into the field to support ongoing services by local Health authorities.

    “As a country we have moved from prevention to mitigation because we are now fighting this disease,” he said.

    “The days of quarantine upon arrival are now over. I know some people are nervous about this, but we at the Ministry of Health are not and we are the ones on the frontline,” Niedenthal said.

    “Please respect these public health decisions. We knew this would have to be a fast shift in strategy that would trouble some people because we had been working so hard (and) successfully to prevent the disease from coming into the Marshall Islands.”

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/15/marshall-islands-covid-spread-demonstrates-super-variant/feed/ 0 323620
    Will Fiji’s 2022 hotly contested elections further cement democracy? https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/13/will-fijis-2022-hotly-contested-elections-further-cement-democracy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/13/will-fijis-2022-hotly-contested-elections-further-cement-democracy/#respond Sat, 13 Aug 2022 02:12:37 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=77791 ANALYSIS: By Shailendra Singh of the University of the South Pacific

    In Fiji’s politically charged context, national elections are historically a risky period. Since the 2022 campaign period was declared open on April 26, the intensity has been increasing.

    Moreover, with three governments toppled by coups after the 1987, 1999 and 2006 elections, concerns about a smooth transfer of power are part of the national conversation.

    The frontrunners in the election, which must be held by January 2023 but is likely to be held later this year, are two former military strongmen — Prime Minister Voreqe Bainimarama and former Prime Minister Sitiveni Rabuka.

    Both men have been involved in Fijian coups in the past.  Rabuka took power through the 1987 coups in the name of Indigenous self-determination. He became the elected prime minister in 1992 but lost power in 1999 after forming a coalition with a largely Indo–Fijian party.

    Bainimarama staged his 2006 coup in the name of good governance, multiracialism and eradicating corruption, before restoring electoral democracy and winning elections under the FijiFirst (FF) party banner in 2014 and 2018.

    FijiFirst was formed by the leaders and supporters of the 2006 coup during the transition back to democratic government via the 2014 election. Many of the FF leaders were part of the post-coup interim government that created the 2013 constitution, which delivered substantial changes to Fiji’s electoral system.

    These changes included the elimination of seats reserved for specific ethnicities, replaced by a single multi-member constituency covering the whole country, and the creation of a single national electoral roll. Seat distribution is proportional, meaning each of the eight competing parties will need to get five percent of the vote to win one of the 55 seats up for grabs this year.

    Popularity a key factor
    As votes for a particular candidate are distributed to those lower down their parties’ ticket once they cross the five percent threshold, the popularity of single candidates can make or break a party’s electoral hopes.

    For example, Bainimarama individually garnered 69 percent of FF’s total votes in 2014 and 73.81 percent in 2018, demonstrating the extent to which his party’s fortunes rest on his personal brand.

    This will be crucial as FF’s majority rests on a razor thin margin, having won in 2018 with only 50.02 percent of the vote, compared to its 59.14 percent in 2014.

    As for his major rival Rabuka, following his split with the major Indigenous Fijian party, Social Democratic Liberal Party (SODELPA), he formed and now heads the People’s Alliance Party (PAP).

    The split came after Rabuka lost a leadership tussle with SODELPA stalwart Viliame Gavoka. Rabuka’s departure is seen as a setback for SODELPA, given that he attracted 77,040, or 42.55 percent, of the total SODELPA votes in 2018.

    When it comes to issues, the state of the economy, including cost of living and national debt, are expected to be at the top of most voters’ minds. Covid-19 brought a sudden halt to tourism — which before the pandemic made up 39 percent of the country’s gross domestic product (GDP) — putting 115,000 people out of work.

    As a result, the government borrowed heavily during this period, which according to the Ministry of Economy saw the “debt-to-GDP ratio increase to over 80 percent at the end of March 2022 compared to around 48 per cent pre-pandemic”.

    Poverty ‘undercounted’
    The government stated that it borrowed to prevent economic collapse, while the opposition accused it of reckless spending. The World Bank put the poverty level at 24.1 percent in April 2022, but opposition politicians have claimed this is an undercount.

    For example, the leader of the National Federation Party (NFP) Professor Biman Prasad has claimed the real level of unemployment is more than 50 percent.

    Adding to this pressure is inflation, which reached 4.7 percent in April — up from 1.9 percent in February — and while the government blames price increases in wheat, fuel, and other staples on the war in Ukraine, the opposition attributes it to poor economic fundamentals.

    Another factor which could define the election outcome was the pre-election announcement of a coalition between the PAP and NFP. By combining the two largest opposition parties, there is clearly a hope to form a viable multiethnic alternative to FF.

    This strategy, however, is not without risks in the country’s complex political milieu. In the 1999 election, the coalition between Rabuka’s ruling Soqosoqo ni Vakavulewa ni Taukei Party and NFP failed when Rabuka’s 1987 coup history was highlighted during campaigning.

    This saw NFP’s Fijian supporters of Indian descent desert the party.

    Whether history will repeat itself is one of the intriguing questions in this election. According to some estimates, FF received 71 percent of Indo-Fijian votes in 2014, and capturing this support base is crucial for the opposition’s chances.

    Transfer of power concerns
    Against the background of pressing economic and social issues loom concerns about a smooth transfer of power. Besides Fiji’s coup culture, such anxieties are fuelled by a constitutional provision seen to give the military carte blanche to intervene in national politics.

    Section 131(2) of the 2013 Fijian constitution states: ‘It shall be the overall responsibility of the Republic of Fiji Military Forces to ensure at all times the security, defence and well-being of Fiji and all Fijians’.

    This has concerned many opposition leaders, such as NFP president Pio Tikoduadua, who has called for the country to rethink how this aspect of the constitution should be understood.

    These concerns are likely to increase by the prospect of a close or hung election. As demonstrated after last year’s Samoan general election, the risk of a protracted dispute over the results could have adverse implications for a stable outcome.

    As such, it is essential that all candidates immediately commit to respect the final result of the election whatever it may be and lay the foundations for a peaceful transition of power. In the longer-term interest, however, it will be necessary for Fiji to clarify the potential domestic power of the military implied by the constitution to put all undue speculation to rest. 

    Dr Shailendra Singh is coordinator of the University of the South Pacific journalism programme. This article is based on a paper published by ANU Department of Pacific Affairs (DPA) as part of its “In brief” series. The original paper can be found here. It was first published at Policy Forum, Asia and the Pacific’s platform for public policy analysis and opinion. Republished with the permission of the author.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/13/will-fijis-2022-hotly-contested-elections-further-cement-democracy/feed/ 0 323401
    Xinjiang residents warned of 3 weeks detention for violating COVID-19 lockdown https://www.rfa.org/english/news/uyghur/covid-08122022202701.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/uyghur/covid-08122022202701.html#respond Sat, 13 Aug 2022 00:33:55 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/uyghur/covid-08122022202701.html Authorities in Xinjiang are threatening those who flout quarantine laws with as many as three weeks of detention amid a new outbreak of COVID-19 in the region that has seen infections rise sharply since the start of the month, sources told RFA Uyghur.

    The warning comes as the Tibet Autonomous Region (TAR) capital Lhasa entered a three-day state of de facto lockdown amid a growing number of COVID-19 cases in the city.

    On Friday, authorities announced that they had documented 410 new asymptomatic COVID-19 infections in Xinjiang, bringing the total to 1,727, as the region continues to grapple with a new outbreak that has led to strict lockdowns.

    An official in Qorghas (in Chinese, Huocheng) county’s Langar township, who oversees 10 families in Yengiavat village, told RFA that authorities have been conducting street patrols to ensure that nobody is leaving their homes during an ongoing lockdown in the area and informing residents that they would be detained for up to three weeks if they do.

    “We are informing the residents that those who violate the system, that is, those who go out on the streets, will be punished and sent to 15-20 days of ‘re-education,’” said the official, who spoke on condition of anonymity, using a common euphemism for detention in the region.

    The leader of the village Women’s Committee, who also declined to be named, told RFA that “medicine is being distributed to residents” by authorities, although she was unsure of what type.

    “They are cream in color and are said to prevent disease,” she said.

    Earlier this week, Chinese state media reported that authorities ordered residents to quarantine in the cities of Urumqi (Wulumuqi), Ghulja (Yining), Aksu (Akesu), Kumul (Hami), Chochek (Tacheng), Bortala (Bole), and Kashgar (Kashi).

    A community official said that the new infections were thought to have been brought by Chinese tourists from Gansu province, and the first viral outbreak in Ghulja was found in Uchon Dungan village.

    Daily lives impacted

    On Friday, sources in Xinjiang told RFA that lockdowns in the region had begun to severely impact the daily lives of residents, with farmers unable to attend to their fields and grocery store owners unable to sell perishables or keep them fresh.

    Videos posted on social media from the region appeared to show rotten produce in markets that had been shuttered as a result of the lockdown, while residents said they were unable to obtain fresh vegetables while confined to their homes.

    RFA spoke with the security director of Ghulja’s Mazar village, who said that only farmers with “urgent irrigation and harvesting needs” are allowed to leave their homes.

    “The doors [on village homes] are sealed,” he said.

    “Farmers with urgent needs are allowed to go out on a rotating basis. The farmers first need to get the approval of the village officials in order to go to the fields.”

    The security director said those found to have violated the lockdown face at least 24 hours of detention.

    A government official in Ghulja’s Samyuzi village told RFA that farmers are being allowed to work on their fields “under supervision,” adding that security cameras had been installed throughout the area to monitor whether anyone was leaving their home without permission.

    “If they want to go out for farming needs, they will be accompanied by village officials to the fields. They can go on a rotating basis,” she said.

    “We have installed security cameras on every household [to ensure no one ignores the lockdown],” she added.

    Residents undergo mass testing following a COVID-19 outbreak in Lhasa, Tibet Autonomous Region, China, Aug. 9, 2022. Credit: CNS via Reuters
    Residents undergo mass testing following a COVID-19 outbreak in Lhasa, Tibet Autonomous Region, China, Aug. 9, 2022. Credit: CNS via Reuters
    De facto lockdown

    In the TAR, where authorities say they had documented 20 symptomatic and 127 asymptomatic COVID-19 infections as of Friday, officials in the capital Lhasa ordered a citywide “disinfection” operation from Aug. 12-15, during which people are not to leave their homes.

    Sources in the city said the order amounted to a de facto three-day lockdown, although officials have refrained from using the term.

    Those who have been confirmed positive are being quarantined and public testing is underway, they said, although authorities have failed to ensure that residents maintain proper distancing when they do so.

    “Since COVID cases are rising in Lhasa and a few other regions, people who stayed in hotels and lodges in these areas and may have contact with the infected are now quarantining for safety,” a source in Tibet told RFA Tibetan.

    “People are being subjected to continuous testing, Potala Palace and other religious sites are shut down, schools have postponed their reopening, and people are stocking up on groceries and buying face masks.” 

    Meanwhile, the summer tourism season is in full swing in Lhasa – despite concerns that the outbreak there is linked to visitors to the region – with Chinese travelers arriving in droves by plane, train, and car from other parts of China, the source said.

    “Tibetan religious pilgrims seeking to visit Lhasa from around the region are having difficulty obtaining travel permits, while Chinese tourists have no issue obtaining passes to visit Tibet,” he added.

    People line up to undergo nucleic acid tests for COVID-19 on Aug. 9, 2022, in Lhasa, in China's western Tibet Autonomous Region. Credit: CNS/AFP
    People line up to undergo nucleic acid tests for COVID-19 on Aug. 9, 2022, in Lhasa, in China's western Tibet Autonomous Region. Credit: CNS/AFP
    Airports operational

    Another source from Lhasa told RFA they are concerned that Tibet’s airports remain open, and could lead to the import of additional cases to the region.

    “I understand that Lhasa will be under [a form of] lockdown from Aug. 12, but there has been no official notice from the government yet and Gonkar Airport remains open as usual,” the source said.

    “During earlier COVID-19 surges, the Chinese government did not restrict tourists from entering Tibet, despite the concerns of Tibetans. Now, as we see a growing number of COVID-19 outbreaks and the situation remains uncertain, we are worried about what will happen in the next few days.”

    According to local regulations, only travelers who are exiting Lhasa through Gonkar Airport must undergo testing for COVID-19 48 hours prior to their departure and provide evidence of a negative result before they can leave.

    While the number of infections continues to rise in Lhasa, information about the outbreak has become increasingly difficult to obtain.

    On Wednesday, a Chinese official in Lhasa sent out a notice warning people not to share any news related to COVID-19 in the area, and social media posts about the outbreak have since become rare.

    On Friday, Chinese state media reported that five officials in Shigatse, Tibet’s second-largest city with a population of about 800,000 people, had been dismissed due to a botched response to the outbreak in the region.

    The report said that the five officials were removed from their posts for “inadequate implementation of the novel coronavirus epidemic prevention and control work.”

    The officials had served as cadres in counties that have been designated as either high-risk or medium-risk areas for the spread of COVID-19.

    Written in English by Joshua Lipes.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By RFA Tibetan and Shohret Hoshur for RFA Uyghur.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/uyghur/covid-08122022202701.html/feed/ 0 323393
    NZ’s first cruise ship since beginning of pandemic arrives – next stop Fiji https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/11/nzs-first-cruise-ship-since-beginning-of-pandemic-arrives-next-stop-fiji/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/11/nzs-first-cruise-ship-since-beginning-of-pandemic-arrives-next-stop-fiji/#respond Thu, 11 Aug 2022 23:45:10 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=77735 RNZ News

    The P&O Pacific Explorer has docked in at Queens Wharf in Auckland from Sydney, the first cruise ship to arrive in Aotearoa New Zealand nearly two and a half years.

    New Zealand Cruise Association chief executive Kevin O’Sullivan told RNZ First Up that being the first back in the country’s shores, it was a symbolic event for New Zealand.

    “It’s going to be a very exciting day and it will be very exciting for the guests coming ashore as well.”

    P&O spokesperson David Jones told Morning Report cruising back to New Zealand would be ramping up over the coming months.”

    Twenty ships were due to dock in the country before Christmas, he said.

    Its arrival also marked the reopening of cruising to the Pacific, with the ship on its way to Fiji next.

    About 2000 people — including crew and 1200 passengers — were on board.

    Below occupancy
    ‘We’re actually deliberately operating below occupancy because we’ve really only been back in business for a few months.”

    “Cruising is the same but different,” he said.

    “You’ve still got the same experience, the relaxation, being taken to great destinations but the changes are the protocols.”

    The Pacific Explorer was based in Australia and followed Australian covid-19 rules, Jones said.

    “The protocols are probably tighter than any land based environment.”

    Passengers and crew need to be fully vaccinated, wear masks when they embark and disembark and when they cannot easily isolated on board.

    If there was a covid-19 case onboard, the person and those occupying the same cabin would go into on board quarantine facilities, O’Sullivan said.

    Up and running globally
    Cruising had been up and running around the world for a long time, he said.

    “We’re last really to get cruise ships back so all the hard work’s been done on the cruise ships a long long time ago and we’re getting the benefit of it.”

    The last season before the pandemic arrived had an economic value of $550 million, and was on it’s way to being a billion-dollar industry, he said.

    “For Auckland alone, the value of that last [truncated] season was around about $200 million.”

    Retail NZ said the arrival of cruise ships was welcome news after the long winter of Covid-19.

    The next cruise ship would arrive in October.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/11/nzs-first-cruise-ship-since-beginning-of-pandemic-arrives-next-stop-fiji/feed/ 0 322880
    The COVID Blues https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/11/the-covid-blues/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/11/the-covid-blues/#respond Thu, 11 Aug 2022 15:03:56 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=132368

    The post The COVID Blues first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/11/the-covid-blues/feed/ 0 322630
    Cook Islands: Navigating the rise of third party politics and a new era https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/10/cook-islands-navigating-the-rise-of-third-party-politics-and-a-new-era/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/10/cook-islands-navigating-the-rise-of-third-party-politics-and-a-new-era/#respond Wed, 10 Aug 2022 19:30:08 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=77707 Cook Islands Press

    By Jason Brown

    Tens of thousands of Cook Islanders celebrated 57th Constitution Day events these last weeks.

    Not just in the homeland, but overseas as well, with communities across New Zealand, Australia and beyond celebrating language, dance, culture and other arts.

    How many in all might be celebrating?

    With 12,000+ in the homeland, 80,000+ in New Zealand, and 22,000+ in Australia? A conservative estimate would have to start at 126,000+ Cook Islanders worldwide, including perhaps 6000 others worldwide.

    Fast-forward seven years from those 2016 census figures? Closer to 150,000 total Cook Islanders around the planet.

    Not counting tens of thousands more second, third, fourth generations who may identify by different heritage.

    Some 150,000 Cook Islanders some time last week — and at least another 150,000 partners and papa’a family and friends. Hundreds of thousands around the world marking 57 years since the first constitution day on Wednesday, 4 August 1965.

    Surge for #CookIslands
    Boosted by overseas news coverage of the 2022 general elections, social media networks surged with #CookIslands content via public updates — 12,000 on Facebook alone.

    Many more pics, video and jokes, laughs, tears and aro’a shared privately between profiles, groups, and chat apps.

    Combined online audience for Cook Islanders?

    Easily in the millions.

    Most precious, video from home.

    For one day — but really a few weeks — homelanders largely put aside politics, questions, controversy and criticism after what one veteran politician called the “quietest” election in a long time.

    A world-changing pandemic, and an entire industry vanishing almost overnight? Saw generations of homeland Cook Islanders catching a breath after nearly 40 years of exponential tourism growth, from when the Rarotongan Hotel first opened in 1982.

    Empty … almost … everything?
    Suddenly, for the first time since then, four decades later — empty roads, empty beaches, empty .. almost … everything?

    Empty vistas led to a lot of Cook Islanders falling in love with their own home again, seeing it empty yet afresh; friendly like the “old days” in the 1970s. Easier to see what’s lost when suddenly it’s back again?

    More flowers, hugs, kisses — time to pray, think, talk and, yes, the magic of the islands.

    Cook Islanders kept breathing through a low-key campaign, voting then celebrating constitutional self-governance; following 57 years of colonialism, and a millennia or so of Māori dominion.

    Voting 14 to ten against a ruling party, sure, but calmly, including three independents. And record votes for a third party.

    All achieved without a ranked voting system like MMP in New Zealand, under plain old FFP — first past the post, not mixed member representation.

    Voters drew on a long history of coalitions — creating their own systems of mixed representation, finally winning against a two-party majority after decades of political trial and error.

    Strong vote for balanced power
    Whatever new coalition eventually wins from all the backroom texts, calls, messages, emails and face-to-face negotiations? Cook Islanders have shown a strong vote for balanced power.

    Just as originally hoped for by a father of the Cook Islands. Before self-government, Albert Henry warned against party politics as a colonial divide-and-rule threat, aimed at Māori, Polynesian and Pacific Way unity.

    Nearly six decades after that warning, Cook Islanders still prove an ancient instinct for what one coalition administration once termed #taokotaianga — a demand for solidarity.

    Published as a Sunday newspaper for four years from December 1994, the Cook Islands Press was refounded in 2021 as an online news outlet, soft launching on social media with analysis of current affairs.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/10/cook-islands-navigating-the-rise-of-third-party-politics-and-a-new-era/feed/ 0 322470
    COVID-19 infections rise in Xinjiang, said to be spread by Chinese tourists https://www.rfa.org/english/news/uyghur/covid-infections-08092022181748.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/uyghur/covid-infections-08092022181748.html#respond Tue, 09 Aug 2022 22:37:49 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/uyghur/covid-infections-08092022181748.html Authorities in Xinjiang are implementing new lockdowns in response to a coronavirus outbreak thought to have originated with Chinese tourists who visited the western region’s Ili Kazakh Autonomous Prefecture, local officials said.

    After Chinese media reported that the number of COVID-19 infections in the Xinjiang Uyghur Autonomous Region had begun to rise, authorities in Ghulja (in Chinese, Yining) and other urban areas ordered residents to quarantine, the sources said.

    The number of infected people in Xinjiang rose to 274 from July 31 to the end of the first week of August, according to an Aug. 7 report on Tengritagh (Tianshan), the official website of the Xinjiang government. The new variant of the virus was first detected in the Ili Kazakh (Yili Hasake) Autonomous Prefecture, where Ghulja is located, and spread widely from there.

    Because of the COVID-19 outbreak, authorities have divided Xinjiang into 45 high-risk areas, 34 medium-risk areas and nine low-risk areas, and implemented quarantine measures at different levels, the report said. Those areas include the cities of Urumqi (in Chinese, Wulumuqi), Ghulja (Yining), Aksu (Akesu), Kumul (Hami), Chochek (Tacheng), Bortala (Bole), and Kashgar (Kashi).

    Chinese government officials told reporters at a press conference in Urumqi on Aug. 8 that there were 34 infected people in Ili Kazakh Autonomous Prefecture, which is in the northern part of Xinjiang, but they did not say how and where they caught the highly contagious respiratory virus. 

    A community official said that the new infections were thought to have been brought by Chinese tourists from Gansu province, and the first viral outbreak in Ghulja was found in Uchon Dungan village.

    A Chinese government official in Samyuzi village told RFA that quarantine measures have been implemented in his village, and that residents are prohibited from going outside.

    A security official in Ghulja’s Mazar village said the epidemic in Ghulja was first detected in Mai village, also known as the Uchon Dungan village, and that the virus was spread by Chinese tourists from Gansu province.

    The official, who declined to give his name for safety reasons, also said that he and others now were busy with quarantine-related work and that there were five infected residents in the village, who ate in one of the same restaurants where the Chinese tourists ate.

    “They are being treated now,” he said. “They got infected while they were eating with some Chinese tourists from China proper. They got the virus from those tourists. The ones who got infected were [ethnic] Hui and Dungan [Chinese Muslims].”

    “The government checked all the people who went to eat in that restaurant and also where those Chinese tourists went while they were traveling here,” he said. “We heard that the Chinese tourists came from Gansu province.”

    The village security officer also said there were two infected people in Borichi hamlet of Yengitam village, who ate in the same restaurant where the Chinese tourists dined.

    He told RFA that he learned about the local COVID-19 infections from other community officials on the Chinese instant-messaging platform WeChat, but that he did not know where or how the infected people were being handled because information was not passed on to lower-level officials like him.

    “They also went to the same restaurant with those Chinese tourists,” he said.

    Two of the infected residents of Uchon Dungan village had been renovating their houses and bought some construction materials in Chinese provinces, he added.

    Uchon Dungan village residents have not been allowed outside for several days and are performing COVID-19 tests at home, the village security official said. 

    When COVID-19 first sprang up in Wuhan, China, in late 2019, Uyghur and Kazakh residents in Xinjiang were increasingly being confined to “re-education” camps. They have since been subjected to lockdowns during local coronavirus outbreaks.

    At that time, residents said that authorities were testing unknown drugs on them, according to an earlier RFA report.

    Ghulja city was also locked down due to a rising number of COVID-19 cases in late 2021. Desperate residents short of food were forced to complain to authorities despite official warnings to keep quiet, sources told RFA at the time.

    In late January, Chinese government health officials issued a statement about new COVID-19 infections in Qorghas (Huocheng) county, located between Ghulja and the border to Kazakhstan, in Ili Kazakh Autonomous Prefecture, and said a lockdown had been implemented as a measure to curb the spread of virus.  

    Officials wearing protective face masks stand on a street during the coronavirus pandemic in Lhasa, capital of western China's Tibet Autonomous Region, 2020. Credit: RFA
    Officials wearing protective face masks stand on a street during the coronavirus pandemic in Lhasa, capital of western China's Tibet Autonomous Region, 2020. Credit: RFA

    COVID cases in Tibet

    Meanwhile, neighboring Tibet Autonomous Region (TAR) reported four COVID-19 infections on Aug. 7, the first sign of the virus in the region since a single case was found at the start of the pandemic in January 2020. 

    Asymptomatic infections were detected in four travelers between the ages of 47 and 61 from Ngari prefecture, according to local Chinese health authorities. 

    Also on Aug. 7, 18 people tested positive for the coronavirus in Tibet’s capital Lhasa — the youngest being 3 years old and the oldest 76 — though only two people in the group were symptomatic, the TAR government’s report said. They all had traveled from Shigatse to Lhasa by train earlier this month.

    The members of the group and people who had contact with them are in quarantine for observation. 

    “COVID has spread to Lhasa now, and there are 18 [people] who have tested positive for it,” said a Tibetan source who declined to be identified. “There has been a lot of commotion in the city since yesterday as the number of COVID cases rises. Stores are crowded with panicked shoppers trying to buy essential goods and facemasks.” 

    The source said he believed the actual number of infections in the area to be higher than what Chinese health officials reported. 

    “[T]he number is likely to rise in the coming days,” he said.  

    After the cases emerged, officials in Shigatse, Tibet’s second-largest city with a population of about 800,000 people, imposed three days of restrictions, during which people were banned from entering or leaving the city and various public venues, group events were canceled, and a traditional sports event scheduled to take place on Aug. 8 was postponed. 

    Areas are being locked down, and mass testing is under way in Lhasa and other cities, and authorities have sent notices to some offices and parents of schoolchildren not to travel. 

    The TAR People’s Hospital in Lhasa has stopped seeing out-patients because of the rising number of COVID-19 cases, the report said.

    Religious activities and related gatherings and pilgrimages to Tibetan Buddhist sites have been suspended, according to an advisory issued by the Lhasa Buddhist Association on Aug. 8. 

    Additionally, Lhasa residents were directed to minimize their circumambulations around the Bharkor and Potala Palace to avoid huge crowds. 

    “The Chinese government has started imposing COVID-related restrictions in Lhasa and prompting people to get COVID tests,” said a Tibetan who declined to be named so as to speak freely. 

    Tourists and visitors to pilgrimage sites also were being restricted, the source added. 

    Translated by RFA Uyghur and by Tenzin Dickyi for RFA Tibetan. Written in English by Roseanne Gerin.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Shohret Hoshur for RFA Uyghur and by RFA Tibetan.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/uyghur/covid-infections-08092022181748.html/feed/ 0 322096
    Hong Kong to roll out Chinese-style COVID-19 traffic light system for new arrivals https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/hongkong-covid-08092022105602.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/hongkong-covid-08092022105602.html#respond Tue, 09 Aug 2022 16:13:17 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/hongkong-covid-08092022105602.html Authorities in Hong Kong are rolling out a "traffic-lights" COVID-19 system already in use in mainland China this week, sparking concerns that the system could be used to target critics of the government.

    From Friday, anyone arriving in the city will be required to stay in a designated quarantine hotel for three days, before being allowed to leave with an amber code for a further four days while taking "multiple" COVID-19 tests, the government announced on Aug. 8.

    A red code will be applied to any confirmed cases in Hong Kong.

    People given an amber code will be required to stay away from restaurants, bars, pubs, game centers, bathrooms, fitness rooms, beauty salons and karaoke parlors, but will be allowed to take transport, go to work, and shop for groceries.

    "We need to balance between people's livelihood and the competitiveness of Hong Kong to give the community maximum momentum and economic vitality," chief executive John Lee told journalists.

    The move will end an onerous three-week quarantine requirement in designated hotels that needed to be booked months in advance.

    A rule banning flights if they brought in passengers infected with COVID-19 was scrapped last month.

    Lee said the measures only apply to people arriving in Hong Kong from Taiwan and the rest of the world.

    "At this stage, there is no plan to extend the amber code to local close contacts in Hong Kong, because ... PCR tests are able to accurately identify those risks," he said.

    Tourists go through pre-departure procedures at the Sanya Phoenix airport as stranded holidaymakers prepare to leave the COVID-hit resort city of Sanya on Hainan Island, China, on August 9, 2022. Credit: AFP
    Tourists go through pre-departure procedures at the Sanya Phoenix airport as stranded holidaymakers prepare to leave the COVID-hit resort city of Sanya on Hainan Island, China, on August 9, 2022. Credit: AFP
    Political tool

    Lee said the Hong Kong authorities are currently in discussions with mainland Chinese officials over opening the border with the rest of China.

    "The government will not let its guard down in the face of the COVID-19 epidemic," a spokesman said. "We will continue to adjust anti-epidemic measures ... to safeguard the wellbeing of citizens while reducing the disruption to normal social activities, with a view to achieving the greatest effect with the lowest cost."

    Chinese current affairs commentator Si Ling said the Health Code traffic lights have already been deployed by authorities in mainland China to control the movements of protesters and critics of the ruling Chinese Communist Party (CCP).

    "Actually, the Chinese government can discriminate against political dissidents or people the government doesn't like with amber codes, especially in the run-up to the CCP's 20th National Congress later this year," Si told RFA. "Red codes can be used to put people under strict surveillance."

    "The health codes have become a political tool that is deployed by the government to conduct mass surveillance, and to greatly limit their freedom of speech and political participation," he said.

    Si said he wouldn't be surprised to see it used similarly in Hong Kong.

    "China doesn't want Hong Kong to become a base for making various kinds of noise, including contentious voices from overseas, ahead of the 20th National Congress," he said. "But it needs to use public health as an excuse ... to clamp down politically and monitor people's actions."

    The U.S. State Department recently updated its travel advice for mainland China and Hong Kong to warn people to "reconsider travel."

    "The zero-tolerance approach to COVID-19 by [Chinese] and Hong Kong ... governments severely impacts travel and access to public services," the advisory read at 1100 GMT on Tuesday.

    "Even after completing quarantine on-arrival, travelers ... may face additional quarantines and mandatory testing as well as movement and access restrictions, including access to medical services and public transportation," it said.

    A delivery courier places food near a barricade at an entrance to a residential compound, amid lockdown measures to curb theCOVID-19 outbreak in Sanya, Hainan province, China August 8, 2022. Credit: China Daily via Reuters
    A delivery courier places food near a barricade at an entrance to a residential compound, amid lockdown measures to curb theCOVID-19 outbreak in Sanya, Hainan province, China August 8, 2022. Credit: China Daily via Reuters
    Hainan outbreak

    It warned that children who test positive in Hong Kong or mainland China could be separated from their parents and kept in isolation until they meet local hospital discharge requirements.

    Hong Kong's new rules were announced as tens of thousands of tourists were left stranded in the island province of Hainan -- a popular beach holiday destination -- after local authorities ordered a local lockdown following a spike in COVID-19 cases.

    Hainan has reported more than 1,800 domestically transmitted infections already in August, locking down millions of residents in a bid to contain the outbreak, Reuters reported.

    About 178,000 tourists were stranded in Hainan, including around 57,000 in Sanya, it cited state media as saying.

    An online video clip from the resort city of Sanya showed hundreds of people chanting "We want to go home! We want to go home!" despite promises that special lodging and transportation would be provided during the lockdown.

    "Nobody here has tested positive!" they shouted.

    Tourists are already required to complete five PCR tests across seven days, so would only have been allowed into the airport for departure if all of them came out negative.

    State broadcaster CCTV reported on Sunday that all departing flights have been grounded in Sanya, while train ticket sales have also been suspended for services leaving the city, although inbound trains are still arriving.

    The Global Times said the moves came amid "a sudden outbreak" of the BA5 omicron variant of COVID-19, which is believed to have been triggered by contact with overseas fishermen.

    "The current epidemiological investigation shows that most of the infections are related to fishing ports, fishing boats, fishermen and fishing markets ... with the number of infections ... on a rapid rise due to the variant's hidden and strong transmission characteristics," the paper said.

    Sanya had reported 23 confirmed cases and 11 asymptomatic cases by noon on Aug. 8.

    The paper said outbreaks had also been reported in the eastern province of Zhejiang, where a spike in cases had spilled over into neighboring cities from Yiwu, home to a major small commodity market.

     Translated and edited by Luisetta Mudie.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Lee Yuk Yue and Raymond Chung for RFA Cantonese.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/hongkong-covid-08092022105602.html/feed/ 0 322020
    Marshall Islands loses ‘covid-free’ status with 6 cases confirmed https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/08/marshall-islands-loses-covid-free-status-with-6-cases-confirmed/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/08/marshall-islands-loses-covid-free-status-with-6-cases-confirmed/#respond Mon, 08 Aug 2022 22:25:44 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=77546

    By Giff Johnson, editor of the Marshall Islands Journal in Majuro

    The Marshall Islands lost its covid-free status yesterday when tests confirmed six positive cases in the capital, the first known community transmission since the pandemic started in early 2020.

    It was not immediately clear the source of the covid-19 spread as Marshall Islands borders have been closed since March 2020 and rules currently require 10 days of government-managed quarantine prior to release.

    The six people who tested positive Monday had “no travel history, no contact with anyone who was in quarantine,” said Health Secretary Jack Niedenthal.

    The government moved quickly last night to announce a halt to the start of the new school year with all island schools scheduled to open this week.

    President David Kabua delivered a brief 90-second statement to the nation via an online live stream in which he announced that the Ministry of Health and Human Services had confirmed six people positive in the capital of Majuro.

    The President’s short speech was the first official notice of news that in the fashion of a small island had spread several hours prior to his speech.

    “I advise people to remain calm and follow the protocols to prevent covid,” Kabua said.

    President Kabua advised the country to follow established protocols of wearing facemasks when in public. Kabua wore a facemask while delivering his speech.

    Notices on social media went viral in the minutes and hours after people learned of the first-ever covid community spread in this isolated north Pacific nation.

    Although there were no rules except for school closure announced by government, within minutes of the official confirmation of the cases, a national basketball tournament game was halted mid-way through the contest Monday night, and some restaurants began shutting their doors.

    The Office of the Chief Secretary said that the start of the new school year, which opened yesterday at some public schools and was scheduled to open later this week in private schools, would now be postponed for two months.

    While businesses and government offices can continue as usual, hospital services will be modified and masks will be required in public for the next two months, said a statement issued by the government.

    Marshall Islands President David Kabua in a file photo from 2021.
    Marshall Islands President David Kabua … he wore a facemask in his live stream broadcast. Image: Wilmer Joel/File/RNZ

    The government also announced a halt to travel by plane or ship to remote outer islands in hopes of restricting spread of covid to islands that have only rudimentary medical care services available.

    “The most important lesson learned from Palau’s experience with a wave of covid starting in January is to protect the hospital during the initial stages of a covid outbreak,” said Niedenthal.

    “This is to protect both the patients already in hospital from being infected by incoming covid patients and, of equal importance, minimising the exposure of hospital staff so they can remain functional and on the job.”

    The Ministry of Health and Human Services moved quickly last night to set up previously planned “test and treat” facilities in designated locations in the community.

    Niedenthal said the number one lesson learned from watching other nations respond to their covid waves was the priority of “protecting the hospital”.

    The goal, he said, is to have people use community test and treat facilities where health officials will perform tests and determine treatment needed.

    The entire Marshall Islands has a population estimated at only 42,000 scattered on dozens of atolls and single islands. The two urban centers of Majuro and Ebeye, however, contain three-quarters of the population and many people live in overcrowded conditions ripe for the spread of covid.

    Laboratory tests of people who were positive for covid while in managed quarantine last month showed they were all BA.5 variant. And ministry officials said they were proceeding on the basis that BA.5 is what they are seeing.

    One local resident said that he was aware of a church member who was confirmed with covid yesterday.

    “That means spreading already since yesterday was a busy day at church,” said the person.

    Giff Johnson is editor of the Marshall islands Journal and the RNZ Pacific correspondent in Majuro. This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/08/marshall-islands-loses-covid-free-status-with-6-cases-confirmed/feed/ 0 321783
    The Unvaccinated Question (Revisited) https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/08/the-unvaccinated-question-revisited/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/08/the-unvaccinated-question-revisited/#respond Mon, 08 Aug 2022 04:36:48 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=132279 On 1 September, 1941, Chief of Reich Security Reinhard Heydrich, one of the most fanatical, mass-murdering Nazis, issued a now notorious decree ordering Jews above the age of six to wear an identifying badge in public. The Jewish Badge, a yellow Star of David with the word “Jew” inscribed inside the star, was meant to […]

    The post The Unvaccinated Question (Revisited) first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    On 1 September, 1941, Chief of Reich Security Reinhard Heydrich, one of the most fanatical, mass-murdering Nazis, issued a now notorious decree ordering Jews above the age of six to wear an identifying badge in public. The Jewish Badge, a yellow Star of David with the word “Jew” inscribed inside the star, was meant to stigmatize and humiliate the Jews and was also used to segregate them and monitor and control their movements.

    Nothing like that is happening currently, especially not in New Normal Germany.

    What is happening currently in New Normal Germany is the fascist fanatics in control of the government are rewriting the “Infection Protection Act,” again — as they have been doing repeatedly for the last two years — in order to allow themselves to continue to violate the German constitution (the “Grundgesetz) and rule the nation by arbitrary decree under the guise of “protecting the public health.”

    This repeatedly revised “Infection Protection Act” — which has granted the government of New Normal Germany the authority to order lockdowns, curfews, the outlawing of protests against the New Normal, the mandatory wearing of medical-looking masks, the segregation and persecution of “the Unvaccinated“, etc. — is, of course. in no way remotely comparable to the “Enabling Act of 1933,” which granted the government of Nazi Germany the authority to issue whatever decrees it wanted under the guise of “remedying the distress of the people.”

    There is absolutely no similarity whatsoever between these two pieces of legislation.

    I mean, look at this “Autumn/Winter Plan” for the new revision of the “Infection Protection Act,” which will remain in effect from October until Easter, and which government officials and state propagandists (a/k/a the German media) are likening to “snow chain ordinances.”

    There is absolutely nothing creepily fascistic or remotely Nazi about this plan.

    Sorry, it’s in German. Allow me to translate.

    On planes and trains and at the airports and train stations, everyone will be forced to wear doggy-snout masks — i.e., FFP2 “Filtering Face Pieces” as defined by the EN 149 standard — except for the staff of the airports and train stations, and the flight attendants, conductors, etc., who will only be forced to wear “medical-looking masks.” In hospitals, clinics, doctors’ offices, nursing homes and other healthcare facilities, everyone, including the staff, will not only be forced to wear the dog-snout masks but they will also be forced to submit to testing, unless they can provide proof of “vaccination” (or recovery, which also means being tested) within the previous three-month period. On the premises of private companies; i.e., offices, factories, warehouses, and so on, the previously rescinded Arbeitsschutzverordnung (“Corona Occupational Safety Ordinance”) — masks, tests, forced “vaccinations,” “social distancing,” plastic barriers, etc. — will go back into effect in October and will remain in effect until the Easter holidays.

    The individual federal states will be empowered to impose other senseless “restrictions,” like general mask mandates in shops, restaurants, and every other type of “interior spaces,” limits on the number of people who can gather publicly or in their homes, and mandatory masks for kids in schools and testing in kindergartens and daycare facilities. In restaurants, bars, theaters, museums, sports facilities, and pretty much everywhere else in society, the federal states can demand that people show proof of recent “vaccination” or recovery to be exempted from having to wear a mask.

    OK, allow me to translate again.

    What that last part means is that anyone who refuses to submit to repeated “vaccination” or testing will be forced to wear a mask in public to identify themselves as “Unvaccinated” (i.e., the New Normal Reich’s official “Untermenschen”).

    So, OK, maybe it’s a little creepily fascistic and not as non-Nazi as I suggested above. I put it this way in a recent tweet …

    Needless to say, this could get confusing, as the New Normals are extremely attached to their masks, which they’ve been wearing — like Nazis wore swastika lapel pins — to publicly signal their “solidarity” (i.e., mindless conformity to the new official ideology) for going on the last two and half years. And now the masks will function like the “Jewish Badges” with the Star of David that the Nazis forced the Jews to wear, except on public transportation, and planes and trains, unless the federal states decide to force everyone to wear masks everywhere, in which case … well, you get the general idea.

    Still, the fact that everyone will have to present their “vaccination papers” (or their “recovery papers”) to enter a restaurant, or a bar, or go to the cinema or the theater, and, basically, to do anything else in society, should make up for the mask confusion. I mean, what kind of a fascist society would it be if you didn’t have to show your “papers” to some beady-eyed goon to get a cup of coffee?

    Now, before you report me to the BfV; i.e., Germany’s federal domestic intelligence agency, for “relativizing the Holocaust” and “delegitimizing the democratic state,” both of which are crimes here in Germany, I want to say, again, for the record, that I do not advocate using the yellow Star of David to protest the New Normal (as in the photo in the tweet above). I think it is foolish, and counterproductive. The New Normal has nothing to do with the Holocaust, or the Jews, or even Nazism, per se.

    But let’s be clear about what’s happening in Germany.

    What is happening is, a new official ideology is being imposed on society. It is being imposed on society by force. And now, those of us who refuse to conform to it will be ordered to walk around in public wearing visible symbols of our non-conformity.

    I’m sorry, but the parallels are undeniable.

    This new official ideology has nothing to do with a respiratory virus or any other public health threat.  At this point, I do not have to repeat this argument.  The majority of countries around the world have finally rescinded their “emergency measures” and acknowledged the facts that we “conspiracy theorists” have been citing for the past two and a half years, and that we have been relentlessly demonized and censored for citing.

    Not even Germany’s recent independent evaluation of its “Corona Measures” could produce any evidence supporting their effectiveness. Seriously, the New Normal German authorities are basing their claim for the efficacy of mask mandates on “the Golden Syrian Hamster Model.” (You probably think I’m joking, but I’m not.) And Karl Lauterbach, the fanatical Minister of Health, has openly stated that forcing “the Unvaccinated” to wear masks in public is a “motivation” tactic to harass them into following orders and submitting to a “vaccination” that even the German government now admits has killed or seriously injured tens of thousands of people, at minimum, in Germany.

    No, this new official ideology, the New Normal — which is still very much in effect in places like Germany, China, Canada, Australia, New York, California, etc. — is nakedly, undeniably, purely ideological. It is based, not on facts, but belief. It is a belief system, as is every other ideology. It is essentially no different than an official religion … one which demonizes and persecutes all other religions, and non-religions, and all other belief systems.

    According to this new official belief system, those of us who maintain different beliefs, and refuse to convert to the new official beliefs (or pretend to convert to the new official beliefs), are dangerous, foreign elements in society. And thus, from now on, in New Normal Germany, we will be forced to wear a visible symbol of our different beliefs (our “otherness”) in public, so that the authorities and the Good German masses will be able to identify us.

    Is any of this sounding vaguely familiar?

    I’m fairly certain that someone will read this (and see the tweets I included above) and report me for “relativizing the Holocaust.” For the record, I am not “relativizing the Holocaust.” I’m comparing one totalitarian system to another. Yes, Nazi Germany and New Normal Germany are two very different totalitarian systems, and I have outlined their essential differences and similarities, but, come on, this is not that fucking hard. In Nazi Germany, the Jews were the scapegoats. In New Normal Germany, it’s “the Unvaccinated.”

    How much more blatant does it have to get before people stop pretending that this isn’t what it is? Do the authorities have to literally put us in camps? How many more people have to die or be seriously injured by “vaccinations” they did not need but were forced to submit to? I’m not talking to the New Normals now, nor to the people who have been fighting this all along. I’m talking to the people who see what is happening, and are horrified by what is happening, but, for whatever reasons, have refused to speak out … and, yes, I know there are very good reasons. Some of you have families to support, and careers to protect, and, seriously, I get it. But how far does it have to go? At what point do you feel you have to speak out regardless of the personal and professional consequences?

    Maybe take some time and meditate on that.

    Oh, and here’s a little visual aid that might help folks with their meditations. It’s some graffiti that someone painted on the wall of a courtyard here in New Normal Germany, in the Autumn of 2021, I think. I posted it back then, but it didn’t make much of an impression. Perhaps it will make one now.

    I’ll translate. It reads “GAS THE UNVACCINATED.”

    The post The Unvaccinated Question (Revisited) first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by C.J. Hopkins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/08/the-unvaccinated-question-revisited/feed/ 0 321535
    Mass Vaccination, Lockdowns and Permanent War, with Denis Rancourt and Dan Cohen https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/07/mass-vaccination-lockdowns-and-permanent-war-with-denis-rancourt-and-dan-cohen/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/07/mass-vaccination-lockdowns-and-permanent-war-with-denis-rancourt-and-dan-cohen/#respond Sun, 07 Aug 2022 16:17:55 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=132267 MintPress News‘ Dan Cohen is joined by scientist Denis Rancourt to discuss his latest research paper on mass COVID-vaccination. They will discuss lockdowns, climate and the permanent war state, and how all of these issues are related.

    See also “Academic Freedom: Redress for Denis Rancourt.”

    The post Mass Vaccination, Lockdowns and Permanent War, with Denis Rancourt and Dan Cohen first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by MintPress News.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/07/mass-vaccination-lockdowns-and-permanent-war-with-denis-rancourt-and-dan-cohen/feed/ 0 321472
    Bon Voyage? https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/07/bon-voyage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/07/bon-voyage/#respond Sun, 07 Aug 2022 16:04:51 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=132263

    COVID-19 mRNA vaccine BNT162b2, developed by Pfizer and BioNTech, points to a fast up-take of into human liver cells where BNT162b2 mRNA is reverse transcribed intracellularly into DNA in as fast as 6 h upon BNT162b2 exposure. PDF of study.

    Pfizer mRNA vaccine goes into liver and changes into DNA, Swedish study finds.

    The post Bon Voyage? first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/07/bon-voyage/feed/ 0 321476
    Public health ‘patriot’ protesters march onto central Auckland streets https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/06/public-health-patriot-protesters-march-onto-central-auckland-streets/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/06/public-health-patriot-protesters-march-onto-central-auckland-streets/#respond Sat, 06 Aug 2022 05:53:53 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=77428 RNZ News

    Protesters blocked roads in central Auckland this afternoon for the second time in two weeks, marching past the main entrance to the city’s hospital.

    The Auckland motorway onramp used by protesters two weeks ago was closed ahead of another rally at the Auckland Domain today.

    Aucklanders were warned to prepare for traffic disruption in the central city.

    The Brian Tamaki-led Freedom and Rights Coalition gathered at the Domain for a “Kiwi Patriots Day and March” before a crowd of about 1000 marched out onto the streets about 1.30pm.

    After passing Auckland City Hospital and over the Grafton Bridge, the protesters turned up Symonds St, before heading down Khyber Pass Road past the closed on-ramp and back towards the domain, where the crowd dispersed.

    Auckland City East Area Commander Inspector Jim Wilson said it was a “peaceful protest, which police monitored accordingly”.

    He said while there were no arrests or incidents of note, a review phase in the coming weeks will determine if any follow-up action is required.

    ‘Balancing the safety … with protest’
    “The police focus today remained on balancing the safety of all protesters and the public, while acknowledging the right to protest peacefully and lawfully,” he said.

    “We note the activity did disrupt traffic in central Auckland where some motorway on and off-ramps were temporarily closed by Waka Kotahi to minimise further disruption.

    “These have now reopened and there are no further network issues.

    “We would like to thank the members of the public who deferred their travel through the affected areas today and acknowledge those that were inconvenienced.”

    Counter-protesters were also in the area today.

    Two weeks ago, about 1000 coalition members swarmed onto Auckland’s southern motorway, causing significant problems for traffic.

    Ahead of today’s protest, Waka Kotahi closed both the Khyber Pass on/off-ramps — used by the protesters last time — and the Symonds St on/off-ramps, although these have now reopened.

    Protesters were demonstrating over a range of anti-government issues, including against public health measures in response to the covid-19 pandemic.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/06/public-health-patriot-protesters-march-onto-central-auckland-streets/feed/ 0 321298
    Statistics https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/06/statistics/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/06/statistics/#respond Sat, 06 Aug 2022 02:43:10 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=132200 One website headlined: “Death claims up $6 BILLION: Fifth-largest life insurance company paid out for 163% more working-age deaths in 2021 after covid ‘vaccines’ were unleashed.” In Europe, life insurance death claims are reported to have skyrocketed after, according to the European database, 40,000 deaths following COVID shots. In America, life insurance claims for 2021 […]

    The post Statistics first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    One website headlined: “Death claims up $6 BILLION: Fifth-largest life insurance company paid out for 163% more working-age deaths in 2021 after covid ‘vaccines’ were unleashed.”

    In Europe, life insurance death claims are reported to have skyrocketed after, according to the European database, 40,000 deaths following COVID shots.

    In America, life insurance claims for 2021 after COVID-19 vaccine roll outs point to a 40% rise in deaths among the 18-64 age range.

    The post Statistics first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/06/statistics/feed/ 0 321264
    Back on stage – Pacific Music Awards gig banishes covid blues https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/04/back-on-stage-pacific-music-awards-gig-banishes-covid-blues/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/04/back-on-stage-pacific-music-awards-gig-banishes-covid-blues/#respond Thu, 04 Aug 2022 22:55:11 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=77374 By Susana Suisuiki and Finau Fonua of RNZ Pacific

    The Vodafone Events Centre in Manukau, Auckland came alive with music, glitz and glam for the first live Pacific Music Awards in two years last night.

    The annual ceremony has been held online for the past two years due to covid-19 restrictions.

    Fa’anana Jerome Grey was selected as the recipient of the Manukau Institute of Technology Te Pukenga Lifetime Achievement Award.

    Grey’s iconic song We Are Samoa became the unofficial anthem of the country and his legacy was celebrated through a tribute performance by Brotherhood Musiq and Resonate.

    Grey’s honour came at the end of the night, but up first was the Ministry for Pacific People’s Special Recognition Award, the three winners being Ngaire Fuata, Tagata Pasifika and Niu FM-Pacific Media Network.

    PMN CEO Don Mann said that since its establishment in 2002, Niu FM has nurtured many well-known Pacific media personalities.

    “It’s a radio station, it’s a multimedia platform but it’s more than that, it’s a gateway for Pacific people to realise their talent,” he said.

    “You look at Sela Alo and Sandra Kailahi who’s had time at various media entities so it’s more than just a place than just a media outlet — it’s bigger than that.”

    Topped the charts
    Just over 30 years ago, Rotuman Ngaire Fuata topped the NZ music charts with her reindition of the 1967 Lulu hit “To Sir With Love”.

    Nowadays, Fuata has carved out a successful career in television, particularly producing the flagship Pacific current affairs show Tagata Pasifika.

    Futua said having a career in the music or television industry required focus and dedication.

    “It takes determination, a determination to do a job and do it right and if I say I’m gonna do something I’m quite committed and driven to complete the job and that’s really important to me.”

    East Auckland artist Jarna Parsons, known professionally as Jarna, was awarded the Phillip Fuemana Award for Most Promising Pacific Artist.

    Jarna said she was pleased she had plucked up the courage to give music a go during her teens.

    “I’ve always just loved music — with family we always did karaoke and that, and I actually didn’t start until the end of high school — I didn’t think anything of it. But then I thought, I might as well give it a go.”

    ‘Being different is okay’
    Samoan metal band Shepherds Reign took out the Creative New Zealand Award and the band members were shocked when they were announced as the winners.

    Shepherds Reign
    Shepherds Reign … “There’s always room to do crazy things no one’s done before … Do what you want to do.” Image: RNZ

    However, Shepherds Reign’s Filivaa James and Oliver Leupolu said that although the majority of Pacific people did not gravitate towards metal or rock, being different was okay.

    “There’s always room to do crazy things no one’s done before. I think that’s the biggest message is just don’t be afraid — do whatever you want to do, just like what we did, even our parents were against us but we still went against it, so do what you want to do.”

    The inaugural Arch Angel Independent Artist Award was presented to lilbubblegum.

    The 18-year-old released his debut single “af1in 2019, and it quickly became an online sensation during New Zealand’s first covid lockdown in the autumn of 2020.

    The viral hitmaker said that pursuing your dreams as a new music artist came at a cost.

    “I think the biggest challenge is definitely the tall poppy syndrome, especially in New Zealand, because when you’re doing something different people want to pull you down. You might not be bothering them but they just don’t know — that’s just the way it is in New Zealand.

    “I feel like it’s slowly shifting with the newer generation but there’s a few people that feel that way and it’s the hardest thing coming through as a new artist.”

    Several first-time finalists won their respective categories including Anthem who were recognised with 531pi Best Pacific Gospel Artist, while Sam V and Lisi were awarded Best Pacific Soul/RnB Artist and Niu FM Best International Pacific Artist respectively.

    Passion the driver for rapper
    Rapper Lisi, who was born in New Zealand before moving to Australia at the age of three, said having a music career was never part of his plan.

    “My dreams weren’t to be a rapper, but I always loved rapping and I guess it just shows passion gets you a lot far in life — the passion for rapping that I had it made me want to start making music and now I’m reaching heights that I’d never thought I’d reach. So yeah it’s massive,” said Lisi — real name Talisi Poasa.

    For their work on The Panthers soundtrack, Diggy Dupé, choicevaughan & P. Smith were recognised with the MPG/SAE Best Producer award.

    Fellow artist Kings was named for NZ Music Commission Best Pacific Male Artist, and received both the NZ On Air Radio Airplay Award and NZ On Air Streaming Award for his track “Help Me Out” featuring Sons of Zion.

    Kingdon Chapple-Wilson, aka Kings, said the awards were an opportunity for him to reconnect with his both his Māori and Samoan identity.

    “I think for us, especially for me, my mum was a solo mum, so for her the culture aspect – she was adopted into a Pakeha family so it was really hard for us to identify and so it’s awards like these — its events like these that help to ground somebody to ground me to ground myself into Pasifika, into Māori into who we are.”

    Prior to the start of the 2022 Pacific Music Awards.
    Before the start of the 2022 Pacific Music Awards. Image: Liam Brown/RNZ

    Melodownz & Summer Vaha’akolo won NZ On Air Best Pacific Music Video directed by Tom Hern and Timēna Apa, while Kas Futialo received the award for SunPix Best Pacific Language for the album Grandmasta Kas.

    Onehunga-based hip hop crew SWIDT took out three awards for Flava Best Pacific Group, Base FM & Island Base Best Pacific Hip Hop Artist and APRA Best Pacific Song for “Kelz Garage”.

    Tomorrow People were honoured with One Love Best Pacific Roots/Reggae Artist as well as the Recorded Music Te Pukaemi Toa o Te Moana Nui a Kiwa Best Pacific Music Album for their album 21.

    Group member Tana Tupai said that throughout the 10 years of its existence the band had had its fair share of ups and downs.

    “Everyone says they don’t do the music thing for awards which is true but just like anything we just worked really really hard. I’m so proud of our team, we sacrificed so much. When I mentioned before about internal struggles they were real. We’re just really proud of the music we’ve put out there.”

    Lockdown challenges overcome
    Soul and RnB singer Emily Muli, who won Best Pacific Female Artist for her track “Break”, said she did not expect to win the award, despite coming from a strong musical background.

    “I came from a Tongan family, I grew up in a Tongan church so it’s not like I had a choice to sing.”

    Cook Islands sibling group Samson Squad took home the SunPix People’s Choice Award for Best Pacific Artist.

    Tautape Samson said trying to create music during lockdown was a challenge.

    “We didn’t expect anything this time around. During covid it was a very hard time for us to produce new music so with the award, with all our friends, fans and supporters really backing us despite covid and everything, I guess we’re for the people and with the people, and we just want to thank the people as well.”

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/04/back-on-stage-pacific-music-awards-gig-banishes-covid-blues/feed/ 0 320843
    Sudden Adult Death Syndrome https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/04/sudden-adult-death-syndrome/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/04/sudden-adult-death-syndrome/#respond Thu, 04 Aug 2022 14:57:00 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=132127 What is the etiology of Sudden Adult Death Syndrome?

    The post Sudden Adult Death Syndrome first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    The post Sudden Adult Death Syndrome first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/04/sudden-adult-death-syndrome/feed/ 0 320752
    The Fuss about Monkeypox https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/04/the-fuss-about-monkeypox/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/04/the-fuss-about-monkeypox/#respond Thu, 04 Aug 2022 02:23:37 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=132150 The World Health Organization has been one of the easier bodies to abuse.  For parochial types, populist moaners and critics of international institutions, the WHO bore the brunt of criticisms from Donald Trump to Jair Bolsonaro.  Being a key institution in identifying public health risks, it took time assessing the threat posed by SARS-CoV-2 and […]

    The post The Fuss about Monkeypox first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    The World Health Organization has been one of the easier bodies to abuse.  For parochial types, populist moaners and critics of international institutions, the WHO bore the brunt of criticisms from Donald Trump to Jair Bolsonaro.  Being a key institution in identifying public health risks, it took time assessing the threat posed by SARS-CoV-2 and its disease, COVID-19.

    Little time has been spent waiting for the growing threat that is monkeypox (MPXV).  The WHO has now declared it a “public health emergency of international concern”.  The US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) global map charting the outbreak has the following breakdown of cases as of August 3: 26,208 in total, with 25,864 noted in countries that have not historically reported monkeypox.

    On June 2, the organisation published a brochure list of dot points, noting that most individuals who contracted the viral infection would “recover fully without treatment, but in some cases, people can get seriously ill.”  In a reminder that the virus is yet another example of transmission from an animal species to humans, the brochure notes that it was found in monkeys.

    The symptoms resemble those of the flu, though it is characterised by a potentially nasty rash that can last from two weeks to a month.  Lesions can be considerably itchy and painful.  Outbreaks have been noted in forested parts of Central and West Africa, but as is the case with most infections, newsworthiness only becomes apparent if transmission moves beyond that unfortunate continent.

    Just as with matters relating to war and famine, disease begins to make the newsfeeds and paper columns from Washington to Sydney once the wealthy, or at least members of wealthy societies, catch the condition or succumb.  And so it follows that the disease now has an increasingly growing profile, with 80 countries not previously reporting it.  From figures this month, Belgium has an impressive 482 cases, and Austria 145.  Otherwise, what happens on the Dark Continent, stays there in ill-reported obscurity.

    Any declaration of emergency will come with its suspicions, with the anxiety ridden clinging onto the coattails of assumption and concern.  The magic of “germ panic” is being woven, and fears of authoritarian pandemic measures are never far away from the social consciousness.

    Kathryn H. Jacobsen from the University of Richmond is one keen to keep calm on the whole issue.  Writing in mid-July, Jacobsen took a punt: “the current evidence suggests that monkeypox is very unlikely to become a global health catastrophe even if the virus spreads and becomes pandemic [sic].”

    News items about sexual activity and monkeypox are frequent, and there is a certain moral tone, as with disease generally, that underlies them.  A WHO assessment from May notes four laboratory confirmed cases in the United Kingdom “reported amongst Sexual Health Services attendees presenting with vesicular rash illness in men who have sex with men (MSM).”

    The ghost of accusation that made such a vicious impression with the outbreak of the HIV/Aids pandemic risks stirring, despite evidence at the time showing transmission via heterosexual sex, mother to infant and contaminated blood supplies. “Monkeypox,” write Boghuma K. Titanji and Keletso Makofane, “is not a gay disease and neither are any other infectious diseases.”  The authors regret having to even state that point.  “It is unfortunate that this still needs to be said, highlighting how little we have learned from previous outbreaks.”

    The WHO is effectively straddling a tightrope in this field.  “Anyone,” an advisory states, “who has close contact with someone who is infectious is at risk.  However, given that the virus is being identified in these communities, learning about monkeypox will help ensure that as few people as possible are affected and that the outbreak can be stopped.”

    While a strategy defanging homophobic narratives linking disease with disposition and conduct is a welcome thing, universalising the effect of a virus – that we are all at its mercy and will be affected equally – is an act of pious self-denial.  This response to the HIV pandemic, argue Titanjii and Makofane, encouraged a “monolithic” reading of human behaviour that “missed opportunities to attend to the particular needs of sub-groups among heterosexual people.”  Demography, class, and vulnerability remain inescapable facts.

    The WHO advice, as thing stand, is to eschew “skin-to-skin, face-to-face and mouth-to-skin contact, including sexual contact” while cleaning hands, objects, surfaces, bedding, towels and clothes regularly.  Don a mask if you cannot avoid close contact.  Such warnings are all reminiscent of the global programming that took place in response to COVID-19.  But complacency and reluctance have again set in.

    On a more positive note, it has been found that smallpox vaccines can function as an inoculant against monkeypox, with vaccines such as ACAM2000 already approved and available in a number of countries.  But as with COVID-19, the calloused warriors against the jab and the shot are again out in force, at least in a digital platform sense.  For some groups, the needle retains its Satanic, totalitarian provenance, and it will be up to public health authorities to avoid slipping, as they often did, when it came to messages about how best to cope with infectious outbreaks.

    The post The Fuss about Monkeypox first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Binoy Kampmark.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/04/the-fuss-about-monkeypox/feed/ 0 320546
    Who Do You Trust for Medical Advice: Dr. Peter McCullough or Bill Gates? https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/03/who-do-you-trust-for-medical-advice-dr-peter-mccullough-or-bill-gates/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/03/who-do-you-trust-for-medical-advice-dr-peter-mccullough-or-bill-gates/#respond Wed, 03 Aug 2022 15:02:06 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=132114 John Leake is a best-selling “experienced non-fiction, true crime author.” Having just read what must be described as an extraordinary ‘telling’ of the COVID-19 saga, The Courage to Face Covid-19 is the narration of true crime on a scale that could top the list in the history of ‘man’s inhumanity to man.’ The book chronicles […]

    The post Who Do You Trust for Medical Advice: Dr. Peter McCullough or Bill Gates? first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    John Leake is a best-selling experienced non-fiction, true crime author.” Having just read what must be described as an extraordinary ‘telling’ of the COVID-19 saga, The Courage to Face Covid-19 is the narration of true crime on a scale that could top the list in the history of ‘man’s inhumanity to man.’

    The book chronicles the unique role of national governments across the world and their health agencies, led by the USA and WHO, which followed an agenda that led to completely avoidable fatalities numbering several million. The question is why?

    The usual culprits are money and power. But to ascribe cause to these two is woefully insufficient. The sheer magnitude of the ‘dark agenda’ –  coordinated and played out by governments, health agencies, the medical establishment (hospitals, doctors and chemists) and the massive and deliberate disinformation by the legacy media – defies such easy explanations. As one journalist on Leake’s team put it, “but this is evil.”

    Dr. Peter McCullough says it will take a legion of investigators and investigative journalists to “untangle and delineate what would ultimately be revealed as a massive crime against humanity.”

    This book is in part that investigation, zeroing in on why treatment protocols (especially early treatment) were side-lined, leading to disastrous consequences. The book is an impressive, accurate and lucid telling of this crime on a global scale, with its lens on the USA.

    John Leake could not have wished for a more authoritative voice than Peter McCullough, his co-author. McCullough, a practising board certified internist and cardiologist, is the most published author in history in the field of cardio-renal medicine.

    By 2020, he had published over 60 peer reviewed academic medical papers. In addition to his medical doctorate, McCullough has been awarded eight medical certifications from various societies. He is now a published leading expert in treatment protocols, particularly early treatment for COVID-19.

    The McCullough Protocol, which has evolved over 22 months, has helped treat millions of patients worldwide, saving countless numbers of people from hospitalisation and death. Because ‘the battle’ is being fought on the grounds of medical authority, only medical doctors of the unique calibre and expertise of someone like Dr. Peter McCullough are in a position to take up the cudgels.

    McCullough also has the vital qualities of integrity and courage that allow him to take on this vastly unequal fight against the bio-pharmaceutical complex that includes the US government and its health agencies (the FDA, CDC, NIAID) and the WHO.

    The book sets out the timeline of the ‘pandemic.’ The WHO declared COVID-19 a pandemic on 11 March 2020, using a highly inaccurate and faulty RT-PCR at high CTs (cycle thresholds) above 40. Those who tested positive and had no symptoms were labelled ‘asymptomatic,’ a new category of COVID patients that ratcheted-up the numbers required for declaring a pandemic.

    Dr Fauci (assuming the mantle of the US’s chief public health officer) declared on 16 March 2020 that his institute the NIAID (National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases at the US National Institutes of Health – NIH), had developed a promising vaccine to combat SARS-COV-2 at a substantial investment. This was promoted as humanity’s only hope.

    Fauci forgot to mention that the NIH co-owned the patent. This was ‘warp speed’ indeed.

    Interestingly, during a simulation at Event 201 on 28 October 2019, it was stated that CEPI (the Coalition of Epidemic Preparedness Innovation) was already working on a corona virus vaccine, the first step of its business plan (BP) published in November 2016. CEPI was launched in January 2017 in Davos by the Gates Foundation, the WEF, the governments of Norway, Japan, and India and the Wellcome Trust.

    The book notes that treating COVID-19 with existing drugs was not part of the BP. That is why there was no interest in re-purposed drugs like hydroxychloroquine (HCQ), which had been approved since 1955 by the FDA as a malaria prophylaxis. Billions of doses had been administered over the decades. The drug is safe, cheap and easy to manufacture.

    Research teams in China were reporting favourable results for treating COVID-19. McCullough says, “the only thing in the literature is HCQ. We should take the Indian medical Council’s (ICMR) recommendation to use it.”

    The other re-purposed drug that has been successful in treating COVID-19 as a prophylactic and at every stage of the disease is the anti-parasitic drug ivermectin. It would be hard to overstate the significance of the effectiveness of ivermectin: it is an inhibitor of SARS-COV-2 in vitro. A single treatment effected “approximately 5000-fold reduction in virus at 48 h in cell cull culture” (Study by Monash University of Australia).

    Ivermectin is FDA approved and like HCQ is widely available, off-patent and inexpensive. It is on the WHO model list of essential medicines. Since its discovery in 1989, ivermectin has cured two great scourges (river blindness and elephantiasis) and has been widely prescribed.  Like HCQ, ivermectin is hugely effective at mitigating COVID-19 disease and death.

    Both drugs are derived from natural sources. HCQ (natural ancestor, quinine) is derived from the cinchona bark (discovered by the Quechua of Peru) and ivermectin is a bioactive compound derived from a soil bacterium (Streptomyces avermectinius). Its discoverer Satoshi Omura and his colleague at the Merck Institute Dr William Campbell won the Nobel Prize in Medicine for ivermectin in 2015.

    In 2017, the report from The Journal of Antibiotics reported: “enigmatic multifaceted ‘wonder drug’ continues to surprise and exceed expectations.” The journal presented ivermectin’s therapeutic properties against an array of pathogens, including viruses.

    Both HCQ and ivermectin should be of star value for India because they fit in so well with her 5,000 year history of medicinal plant science in Ayurvedic healing traditions. Both were used to great effect for treating COVID-19, especially in UP (Uttar Pradesh). Unfortunately, despite the data, the Indian government and WHO withdrew support for it.

    The authors note that the impressive evidence that both drugs were effective treatments for the virus was stonewalled by Fauci and the CDC and met with a wall of silence by the legacy media. Inexplicably, remdesivir was the only drug authorised and made available in US public hospitals; a drug without a safety profile and which could be fatally toxic, leading to kidney failure.

    Furthermore, compared to the price at ‘pennies’ of HCQ and ivermectin, remdesivir was priced at over $3,000 per treatment, but took a mere $10 to produce! The message from Gates was: “there is no treatment apart from remdesivir. Stay home — wait for the vaccine.”

    Readers are informed that health agencies told the medical profession that nothing could be done to treat COVID-19, backed by the press that emblazoned this therapeutic nihilism. A panicked public was denied any form of treatment – wait till your lips are blue and then go to the hospital. Patients were isolated and alone, no relatives were allowed to visit.

    When they reached the point where they could not breathe, they were put on mechanical ventilators, a death knell: 80% died. Ivermectin was resolutely and tyrannically denied – even when there was no hope that the patient would survive and against the pleading of husbands, wives, parents.

    Incredibly, even court orders were flouted. In the few instances where hospital doctors were explicitly ordered to stand aside and let a protocol of ivermectin be administered, such patients recovered and fast. The others? They died.

    In Texas alone, 45,000 died. Peter McCullough estimates around 70% of COVID-19 fatalities could have been prevented. By Christmas 2021, that figure was 610,000 preventable deaths. He said, “there is so much focus on the vaccine, where is the focus on people sick right now.>”

    The proven solutions to the virus in HCQ, ivermectin and other drugs, (methylprednisolone, heparin, azithromycin, zinc and orthomolecular medicine, specifically high dose vitamin C), proved that this was a most treatable virus,  or as Prof Didier Raoult pronounced – game over!

    Despite this, experimental (unapproved and untested) vaccines were rolled out at warp speed under Emergency Use Authorisation (EUA). The explicit legal, statutory requirement is that there must be no adequate, approved and available alternatives.

    Herein lies the authors’ tale of horror and fraud, with profits of trillions of dollars for vaccine manufacturers, (who are also indemnified from causing harm), through an official policy of a needle in every arm.

    At the same time, various monetary incentives came into play to boost COVID patient numbers via a hastily drafted CARES Act (Corona Virus Aid, Relief and Economic Security). Medicare has determined a COVID-19 admission to hospital will entitle the establishment a payment of $13,000. If that patient goes on a ventilator, the payment is threefold or $39,000!

    It is also acceptable to report COVID-19 on a death certificate as “probable” or “presumed” where a definite diagnosis cannot be made. From November 2020, hospitals also got an additional 20% add-on payment when a prescribed government drug was used – remdesivir.

    The book also sets out a conflict of interest so colossal that it defies credulity.

    The Gates and Fauci partnership, (with the Wellcome Trust) controls around 57% of global bio-medical research funding. The Gates foundation is invested in virtually every vaccine and also controls much of the mass media. Excluding contractual payments to the news media, in 2020, the Gates Foundation grants were of the order of $250 million. The full scope of its funding is unknown. This explains the slander, the massive disinformation and fake news.

    An intrepid battalion of medical warriors like Dr. Peter McCullough has refused to kowtow to the raging medical tyranny.  The pandemic has demonstrated that the light of consciousness has dimmed globally. Yet “we live in order to become conscious” (CG Jung).

    Doctors and medical scientists of immeasurable stature were junked, their careers ‘cancelled’ for safeguarding our medical freedom. If we should lose our medical freedom, we lose every freedom. These scientists have prevailed, however, and have thrown a lifeline to millions through early treatment protocols. This book is about them.

    In finishing, it is worth noting that we now have evidence – and it is growing – that EUA vaccines, which have been mandated by governments, the WHO and private industry, are associated with increased risk of disease and death from COVID-19. By July 2021, the CDC VAERS system recorded 6,207 deaths (quoted by Leake).

    The post Who Do You Trust for Medical Advice: Dr. Peter McCullough or Bill Gates? first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Aruna Rodrigues.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/03/who-do-you-trust-for-medical-advice-dr-peter-mccullough-or-bill-gates/feed/ 0 320393
    How an e-mail from AOC relates to the Covid death count https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/01/how-an-e-mail-from-aoc-relates-to-the-covid-death-count/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/01/how-an-e-mail-from-aoc-relates-to-the-covid-death-count/#respond Mon, 01 Aug 2022 22:54:51 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=132070 I feel fortunate to be reaching so many new people. Thank you. It inspires me to start revisiting articles I wrote before I started this Substack. For example, here are some edited excerpts from something I penned in April 2021. On April 6, 2021, I got an email from the offices of AOC (she’s my […]

    The post How an e-mail from AOC relates to the Covid death count first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    I feel fortunate to be reaching so many new people. Thank you. It inspires me to start revisiting articles I wrote before I started this Substack. For example, here are some edited excerpts from something I penned in April 2021.

    On April 6, 2021, I got an email from the offices of AOC (she’s my congressperson) informing me that “those who lost loved ones to COVID-19 will be able to apply for retroactive reimbursements for burial costs.” A little further down in the email, something really caught my eye:

    To apply for funeral reimbursement, you must provide “relevant documentation,” e.g. “a copy of the death certificate.” This certificate, we’re told, “must indicate the death ‘may have been caused by’ or ‘was likely a result of’ COVID-19 or COVID-19-like symptoms. Similar phrases that indicate a high likelihood of COVID-19 are also considered sufficient.”

    I immediately hit “reply” to ask: If “phrases that indicate a high likelihood of COVID-19 are considered sufficient,” what do you think this says about the accuracy of the official death count?

    I never heard back from AOC’s office. 

    At that point — 13 months into the “pandemic” and full swing into jab-mania — so much of the world had been conditioned to fear a virus based on the numbers: cases and deaths.

    Those paying attention already knew that the testing process was (and still is) monumentally flawed. Literally, no one knows how many individuals actually “had” Covid. That number will never be accurately known and this should count as criminal negligence.

    To add to the mix, in April 2021, we were being blatantly told that in order to be considered a “Covid death,” you only need to show something like “may have been caused by” or “was likely a result of.” Even “COVID-19-like symptoms,” they stated, are proof enough of Covid.

    How many dozens of symptoms have been associated with Covid in the past 2.5 years?

    Serious question: What isn’t a “COVID-19-like symptom”?

    Sixteen months after I wrote about AOC’s email, the powers that shouldn’t be are hiding the vaccine adverse events, creating a monkeypox scare, and still diligently invested in playing the insane game of “pandemic.”

    If you haven’t started questioning yet, what will it take?

    If you have been questioning — whether since yesterday or since March 2020 — thank you. Please keep going, never comply, and do not stop spreading the word and leading by example.

    The post How an e-mail from AOC relates to the Covid death count first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Mickey Z..

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/01/how-an-e-mail-from-aoc-relates-to-the-covid-death-count/feed/ 0 319925
    The Logic of the Vaccinated https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/01/the-logic-of-the-vaccinated/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/01/the-logic-of-the-vaccinated/#respond Mon, 01 Aug 2022 15:51:03 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=132019 Reach your own conclusion about the logic depicted in Allen Forrest's cartoon.

    The post The Logic of the Vaccinated first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    The post The Logic of the Vaccinated first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/01/the-logic-of-the-vaccinated/feed/ 0 319825
    Despite what political leaders say, New Zealand’s health workforce is in crisis – but it’s the same everywhere else https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/01/despite-what-political-leaders-say-new-zealands-health-workforce-is-in-crisis-but-its-the-same-everywhere-else/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/01/despite-what-political-leaders-say-new-zealands-health-workforce-is-in-crisis-but-its-the-same-everywhere-else/#respond Mon, 01 Aug 2022 00:34:21 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=77177 ANALYSIS: By Paula Lorgelly, University of Auckland

    Late last month, New Zealand Health Minister Andrew Little stated what most who work in health already know.

    Healthcare is all about people – the people being cared for and the people doing the caring.

    Population growth, ageing and a pandemic mean there is no shortage of those needing care, but in New Zealand and globally, there is a chronic shortage of healthcare workers.

    Little stopped short of calling it a crisis, but researchers and international agencies alike agree with a survey of New Zealand doctors that the health workforce is in crisis.

    In 2016, the World Health Organisation (WHO) projected a global shortage of 18 million healthcare workers by 2030. That was before the covid-19 pandemic. Between 80,000 and 180,000 healthcare workers have died globally during the pandemic’s first 16 months, according to the WHO’s conservative estimate.

    Add to this the impact the pandemic has had on the mental health of frontline health staff, including reports of post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), and a healthcare workforce seven times more likely to have severe covid and now carrying the burden of long covid.

    It’s clear healthcare is no longer the attractive sector it once was.

    A highly mobile workforce and a global shortage
    Like the cost-of-living crisis, the health workforce shortage is not unique to Aotearoa New Zealand.

    This year’s budget included NZ$76 million for medical training and primary care specialists, but doctors who started training this year will not be specialists until 2034.

    Meanwhile, Labour’s solution is to undertake an international recruitment drive. It is hailing New Zealand as one of the easiest places in the world for healthcare workers to come to. But are our newly opened borders attractive enough?

    In my health economics lectures I often use an anecdote about the Indian doctor who gets a job in the UK (colonial ties and a multicultural society), the British doctor who moves to Canada (less administration and more family friendly hours), the Canadian doctor who moves to the United States (specialists have much higher earning potential), and the US doctor who undertakes missionary work in India.

    This highlights two issues: the health workforce is highly mobile and employment isn’t always about money. Aotearoa New Zealand is competing in a global health workforce market, and minister Little recently acknowledged the health sector as “fiercely competitive”.

    But this isn’t a new phenomenon for New Zealand.

    The health workforce in New Zealand has one of the largest shares of migrant workers, with 42 percent of doctors and almost 30 percent of nurses foreign-born (second only to Israel and Ireland, respectively). This is much higher than the aggregate estimates showing one in six doctors practicing in OECD countries studied overseas.

    The OECD estimates the number of foreign-born doctors and nurses in OECD countries has increased by 20 percent, twice the growth rate of the overall increase across the workforce. This is what is most concerning.

    The health workforce is not equally distributed. Migration of workers from low- and middle-income countries to high-income countries like Aotearoa New Zealand is a real threat to achieving universal health coverage and sustainable development goals.

    New Zealand needs to be mindful that promoting our open borders is not at the expense of under-performing health systems with much greater need.

    Losing healthcare workers to Australia
    Outflow is also a problem in New Zealand, with New Zealand-trained doctors and nurses crossing the Tasman every year. Add to this the international recruits leaving New Zealand for Australia and there most definitely is a health workforce crisis.

    As our nearest neighbour, Australia is aggressively recruiting staff. And like pavlova and Phar Lap they are happy to claim what is ours as theirs. An easier route to citizenship and voting rights will make Australia even more desirable.

    How can New Zealand compete in this market? Minister Little refers to encouraging New Zealanders to return home, including lifting their pay. Research shows it’s not all about income. Location and professional development opportunities are important factors when choosing career moves.

    The healthcare reforms helped tempt me back to New Zealand after 22 years away. Perhaps working in a system which has equity as its focus may encourage those who are clinically trained to return as well.

    There is considerable research to inform policies around retention and recruitment. The New Zealand Ministry of Health may wish to look to the UK, which was historically dependent on EU health and care workers and now has a health workforce depleted by both Brexit and the pandemic.

    In the recent LSE-Lancet Commission on the future of the NHS, British scholars argued a sustainable workforce needed integrated approaches to be developed alongside reforms to education and training that reflect changes in roles and the skill mix, and more multidisciplinary working.

    The LSE-Lancet Commission authors flagged the need for better workforce planning. New Zealand’s approach to workforce forecasting has also been criticised previously.

    Planning aside, a possible solution worthy of discussion is the required skill mix of the workforce, particularly with technological advancements and changing health needs. For example, the introduction of non-medical prescribers has improved job satisfaction, released clinical time and increased patient access.

    New Zealand’s once-in-a-generation health reforms offer a logical time to undertake workforce reforms. We need to learn from our own historical mistakes and avoid disconnecting the workforce from the policy reforms.

    If minister Little and the ministry are to solve this, he will first need to admit there is a health workforce crisis.

    Aotearoa New Zealand is unfortunately not alone in its quest to adequately staff healthcare, but the transformation of the health sector to create a more equitable, accessible, cohesive and people-centred system means New Zealand is uniquely placed to put those people who deliver care at the centre.The Conversation

    Dr Paula Lorgelly is professor of health economics, University of Auckland. This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons licence. Read the original article.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/01/despite-what-political-leaders-say-new-zealands-health-workforce-is-in-crisis-but-its-the-same-everywhere-else/feed/ 0 319690
    Despite what political leaders say, New Zealand’s health workforce is in crisis – but it’s the same everywhere else https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/01/despite-what-political-leaders-say-new-zealands-health-workforce-is-in-crisis-but-its-the-same-everywhere-else-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/01/despite-what-political-leaders-say-new-zealands-health-workforce-is-in-crisis-but-its-the-same-everywhere-else-2/#respond Mon, 01 Aug 2022 00:34:21 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=77177 ANALYSIS: By Paula Lorgelly, University of Auckland

    Late last month, New Zealand Health Minister Andrew Little stated what most who work in health already know.

    Healthcare is all about people – the people being cared for and the people doing the caring.

    Population growth, ageing and a pandemic mean there is no shortage of those needing care, but in New Zealand and globally, there is a chronic shortage of healthcare workers.

    Little stopped short of calling it a crisis, but researchers and international agencies alike agree with a survey of New Zealand doctors that the health workforce is in crisis.

    In 2016, the World Health Organisation (WHO) projected a global shortage of 18 million healthcare workers by 2030. That was before the covid-19 pandemic. Between 80,000 and 180,000 healthcare workers have died globally during the pandemic’s first 16 months, according to the WHO’s conservative estimate.

    Add to this the impact the pandemic has had on the mental health of frontline health staff, including reports of post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), and a healthcare workforce seven times more likely to have severe covid and now carrying the burden of long covid.

    It’s clear healthcare is no longer the attractive sector it once was.

    A highly mobile workforce and a global shortage
    Like the cost-of-living crisis, the health workforce shortage is not unique to Aotearoa New Zealand.

    This year’s budget included NZ$76 million for medical training and primary care specialists, but doctors who started training this year will not be specialists until 2034.

    Meanwhile, Labour’s solution is to undertake an international recruitment drive. It is hailing New Zealand as one of the easiest places in the world for healthcare workers to come to. But are our newly opened borders attractive enough?

    In my health economics lectures I often use an anecdote about the Indian doctor who gets a job in the UK (colonial ties and a multicultural society), the British doctor who moves to Canada (less administration and more family friendly hours), the Canadian doctor who moves to the United States (specialists have much higher earning potential), and the US doctor who undertakes missionary work in India.

    This highlights two issues: the health workforce is highly mobile and employment isn’t always about money. Aotearoa New Zealand is competing in a global health workforce market, and minister Little recently acknowledged the health sector as “fiercely competitive”.

    But this isn’t a new phenomenon for New Zealand.

    The health workforce in New Zealand has one of the largest shares of migrant workers, with 42 percent of doctors and almost 30 percent of nurses foreign-born (second only to Israel and Ireland, respectively). This is much higher than the aggregate estimates showing one in six doctors practicing in OECD countries studied overseas.

    The OECD estimates the number of foreign-born doctors and nurses in OECD countries has increased by 20 percent, twice the growth rate of the overall increase across the workforce. This is what is most concerning.

    The health workforce is not equally distributed. Migration of workers from low- and middle-income countries to high-income countries like Aotearoa New Zealand is a real threat to achieving universal health coverage and sustainable development goals.

    New Zealand needs to be mindful that promoting our open borders is not at the expense of under-performing health systems with much greater need.

    Losing healthcare workers to Australia
    Outflow is also a problem in New Zealand, with New Zealand-trained doctors and nurses crossing the Tasman every year. Add to this the international recruits leaving New Zealand for Australia and there most definitely is a health workforce crisis.

    As our nearest neighbour, Australia is aggressively recruiting staff. And like pavlova and Phar Lap they are happy to claim what is ours as theirs. An easier route to citizenship and voting rights will make Australia even more desirable.

    How can New Zealand compete in this market? Minister Little refers to encouraging New Zealanders to return home, including lifting their pay. Research shows it’s not all about income. Location and professional development opportunities are important factors when choosing career moves.

    The healthcare reforms helped tempt me back to New Zealand after 22 years away. Perhaps working in a system which has equity as its focus may encourage those who are clinically trained to return as well.

    There is considerable research to inform policies around retention and recruitment. The New Zealand Ministry of Health may wish to look to the UK, which was historically dependent on EU health and care workers and now has a health workforce depleted by both Brexit and the pandemic.

    In the recent LSE-Lancet Commission on the future of the NHS, British scholars argued a sustainable workforce needed integrated approaches to be developed alongside reforms to education and training that reflect changes in roles and the skill mix, and more multidisciplinary working.

    The LSE-Lancet Commission authors flagged the need for better workforce planning. New Zealand’s approach to workforce forecasting has also been criticised previously.

    Planning aside, a possible solution worthy of discussion is the required skill mix of the workforce, particularly with technological advancements and changing health needs. For example, the introduction of non-medical prescribers has improved job satisfaction, released clinical time and increased patient access.

    New Zealand’s once-in-a-generation health reforms offer a logical time to undertake workforce reforms. We need to learn from our own historical mistakes and avoid disconnecting the workforce from the policy reforms.

    If minister Little and the ministry are to solve this, he will first need to admit there is a health workforce crisis.

    Aotearoa New Zealand is unfortunately not alone in its quest to adequately staff healthcare, but the transformation of the health sector to create a more equitable, accessible, cohesive and people-centred system means New Zealand is uniquely placed to put those people who deliver care at the centre.The Conversation

    Dr Paula Lorgelly is professor of health economics, University of Auckland. This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons licence. Read the original article.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/01/despite-what-political-leaders-say-new-zealands-health-workforce-is-in-crisis-but-its-the-same-everywhere-else-2/feed/ 0 319691
    Nick Rockel: ‘Over and out from me’ – Dr Ashley Bloomfield https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/31/nick-rockel-over-and-out-from-me-dr-ashley-bloomfield/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/31/nick-rockel-over-and-out-from-me-dr-ashley-bloomfield/#respond Sun, 31 Jul 2022 19:15:07 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=77214 COMMENTARY: By Nick Rockel

    On Friday I watched Ashley Bloomfield’s last afternoon health update. After all we’ve been through over the past couple of years, and the major role he had in communicating to us and keeping us safe, I’ve got to say I felt a bit emotional.

    The end not of an era, sadly the virus is still very much with us, but in a way a part of what has been one of the major events in all of our lives.

    His humble, calm, well informed voice was a great antidote to some of the stupidity that we saw overseas in the early days of the pandemic, I’m looking at you America, but sadly we see more and more of that here in Aotearoa.

    Maybe it was always there; I guess you’d have looked pretty stupid slagging the guy off in the comments section two years ago.

    Not anymore apparently.

    I was going to include some of the negative comments here from during his last briefing to demonstrate how full of hatred, conspiracy theories, and misinformation these people are. But when I went back and looked at them they just made me feel sad and I decided I didn’t want to repeat any of them even to mock them.

    Of course the poisonous hatred and stupid fuelled negativity aimed at Dr Bloomfield on social media is minor compared to the Tsunami of Bile frothed by those attacking Jacinda for things like — it being her Birthday the other day.

    Rewinding back
    Isn’t it reassuring to know we live among people who see red fury at people wishing the Prime Minister a Happy Birthday, or a Doctor giving medical advice?

    What must celebrations be like at their place?

    “Don’t say Happy Birthday to that little bastard he hasn’t even finished putting 100 pins in his Jacinda and Ashley dolls yet”

    “C’mon Kev he is only four!”

    But let’s rewind back to the beginning, the early days of the daily update…

    We were listening to scientists not business people. The messages were clear about putting our lives, our family’s lives, and the lives of those around us in the community first; the message wasn’t filtered through what CEOs or corporate sponsors wanted.

    We were told saving lives mattered, washing hands mattered, and commerce would just have to wait for once as much of it was put into an induced coma until it was safe to listen to business people, or certain politicians, again.

    The cryogenic switch
    And who was flicking that great cryogenic switch, who was saying “don’t go to work stay at home and chill, if you’re able work online in your underpants” as if some deadbeat mate you knew in high school had turned up to stay indefinitely.

    It was Dr Bloomfield.

    Who told us of each new outbreak, scientific break through, the vaccine rollout, or sadly life lost?

    It was Ashley. I’m sure we can all remember certain updates, I particularly remember the spread in a West Auckland old peoples home, which wasn’t far from us and brought it very close to home.

    The youngest member of our household would listen to the updates hoping there would be an increase in numbers, not too many he didn’t want people to be ill, but just enough to keep schools closed a bit longer. Funnily enough he was less enthusiastic about the restrictions applying to football and dance classes.

    Dr Bloomfield called those making racist comments about people infected with covid “gutless” — could he have been any more awesome?

    And who could forget the day we went to zero community cases – what a day! It was like we had won the World Cup except it was something that actually mattered.

    The Vaxathon spirit
    A little later there was the Vaxathon that made those of us of a certain age fondly remember Telethons of old. It even remarkably captured some of that same spirit in the age of everything on demand — or maybe it was just us oldies that thought so.

    We had this guy telling it like it is, the Doc was giving it to us straight. Of interest especially to we middle aged white guys was the fact here was a guy capturing the nation who if push came to shove and he had to take to the dance floor he’d probably dance a lot like us.

    So what turned people?

    Was it the positivity, the being well informed and not putting up with any nonsense? He didn’t outright mock “alternative theories” but it was pretty clear what he thought of them.

    Was it standing alongside The Prime Minister the two singing in unison how we could all be kind in our socialist utopia that put people first?

    Was it having certain media people and opposition politicians finding any angle to criticize the approach we were taking and attacking Dr Bloomfield for his performance? I remember one of the reporters at a press conference even asked him if he should offer his resignation.

    Or was it having a nerd tell them whether they could go out and play with their friends and their toys or not?

    The silent majority
    It struck me, as it often has looking at comments; surely the silent majority are decent people grateful for how well we have been served by Dr Bloomfield. Is it really possible that this many people are filled with anger and disinformation, or are they just the loudest and actually mainly fake?

    We saw people opposing health measures increasingly of course. First they were anti the vaccinations, then anti the mandates that were there to keep people safe and could so easily be avoided with a little prick.

    Now that life is by and large back to normal, albeit with a disturbing number of daily cases and deaths, they are anti any ongoing measures — anti the wearing of masks!

    People who genuinely believe, or at least claim, that masks not only don’t inhibit the spread of disease but will actually say until they are blue in the face that masks make the spread worse!

    The mind goggles. Imagine if the anti-mask crowd took that approach to other areas of life?

    “Don’t you throw that water on me everyone knows it only makes being on fire worse!”

    What else do people decide — meh I’ve been doing this a couple of years I can’t be bothered any more?

    Seat-belt lessons
    We didn’t decide a couple of years after seat-belts were introduced that, you know what, people are still dying in car accidents so I’m not wearing one any more — in fact if you do your research you’ll find seat-belts make car crashes more dangerous!

    People don’t say you know when I’m driving home tonight in the dark I’m going to go with Natural illumination – the light from the moon. No more artificial illumination for me, everyone knows this has worked for thousands of years.

    Walking on the footpath instead of the road or wearing a parachute jumping from a plane? Not for them, you can only hope they’re wearing condoms.

    Have these people always been around? Will they always be like this? Is this Darwin at work?

    Evolution is painful to watch.

    For the rest of us Covid hasn’t actually gone away but could it be that some us are already looking back to the height of the pandemic, the lockdowns as inconvenient as they were on occasion, as a better simpler time?

    Getting our priorities right
    A time when we got our priorities right of family and caring for each that doesn’t always occur?

    A time of people over profits – it was a bit of an adventure – it didn’t feel much like it queuing in the rain for groceries, but in hindsight….

    Didn’t he do well – Ashley, there he was yesterday getting a standing ovation, still smiling, still calm – he really did us proud!

    Thank you Dr Bloomfield, we will remember what you did.

    Nick Rockel is a “Westie Leftie with five children, two dogs, and a wonderful wife”. He is the publisher of The Daily Read where this article was first published. It is republished here with the author’s permission.

     


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/31/nick-rockel-over-and-out-from-me-dr-ashley-bloomfield/feed/ 0 319774
    Niue enters covid-19 red alert level as case numbers rise to nine https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/31/niue-enters-covid-19-red-alert-level-as-case-numbers-rise-to-nine/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/31/niue-enters-covid-19-red-alert-level-as-case-numbers-rise-to-nine/#respond Sun, 31 Jul 2022 03:17:24 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=77145 RNZ Pacific

    The government of Niue has announced the country will move to covid-19 alert level red after it recorded nine new cases of the virus in the past 24 hours.

    After recording its first cases of the virus in the community today, Niue’s government now says growing case numbers indicate community transmission is possible.

    In a statement, Niue’s Minister of Health and acting Premier Sauni Tongatule said: “These cases are from different households and four of the cases are not linked to the border. This indicates the possibility of community transmission of covid-19.”

    Tongatule announced the country would move immediately to its highest Covid-19 alert level but stopped short of an enforced lockdown

    “Following the Niue National Covid Emergency Response Plan, where there are local cases that exist in the community, and with the high possibility of community transmission, we will move to Covid Alert Code Red. This will take effect immediately.

    “However, there will be no lockdown in place as we take action to mitigate or minimise the impact of the disease in our communities as much as possible,” Tongatule said.

    Close contacts and persons of interest associated with positive cases had been informed to get tested, he said.

    Tongatule said Niue’s public service and essential government services would continue to operate.

    He advised the public to limit their movement and interactions outside of their households this weekend and asked that they practice social distancing, mask wearing and hand hygiene.

    Director-General for Social Services Gaylene Tasmania said anyone with covid-19 symptoms should go to the drive-through testing service at the Niue Foou Hospital which will be open from 9am to 6pm local time tomorrow.

    NZ covid-19 deaths top 1500
    In Wellington, the New Zealand Ministry of Health reported today that the number of cases confirmed as attributable to covid-19 had risen above the 1500 mark, as 4238 new community cases were reported.

    The ministry said in the statement that there were 1502 deaths confirmed as attributable to the coronavirus, either as the underlying cause of death or as a contributing factor.

    It said the average increase in deaths each day attributable to covid-19 over the past week was now 19.

    Another 23 deaths of people with covid-19 were also reported today.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/31/niue-enters-covid-19-red-alert-level-as-case-numbers-rise-to-nine/feed/ 0 319603
    We Are Not ‘In This Together’: The Biden Adminstration’s Covid-19 Policy Is Still Killing Vulnerable People https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/30/we-are-not-in-this-together-the-biden-adminstrations-covid-19-policy-is-still-killing-vulnerable-people/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/30/we-are-not-in-this-together-the-biden-adminstrations-covid-19-policy-is-still-killing-vulnerable-people/#respond Sat, 30 Jul 2022 10:40:47 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/338684

    I have multiple sclerosis, a disease in which the immune system attacks the central nervous system. The myelin sheath that surrounds the nerve endings hardens during these attacks, preventing nerve impulses from traveling where they should. These hardened nerve endings, or lesions, accumulate on the brains and spinal cords of people with MS. Because the central nervous system regulates the other bodily systems, MS lesions can cause an endless list of debilitating symptoms including fatigue, numbness, spasticity, pain, incontinence, blindness, cognitive dysfunction, paralysis, difficulty swallowing and breathing, and death. MS is unpredictable, progressive, and there is no cure. Frankly, it's terrifying.

    The horrors of chronic illness and disability under capitalism are too numerous to count, even in the best of times.

    I have been on several medications to slow the progression of my MS. Some have worked for a time, others not at all. I currently receive infusions that eliminate B cells, making me immunocompromised. Because of my treatment, I did not form antibodies from any of the four Covid-19 vaccines I've received. The absence of B cells and antibodies leaves me without two of three pillars of immunity against Covid-19 and puts me at risk for severe illness or death. I am between a rock and a hard place, or more precisely, between protecting myself from a devastating, incurable neurological disease and a deadly and ever-mutating virus.

    Such paradoxes aren't rare for vulnerable people in the United States. The horrors of chronic illness and disability under capitalism are too numerous to count, even in the best of times. And despite our country's intense political divisions, everyone seems to agree that in the worst of times, vulnerable people are casually expendable for the sake of the economy. Under the leadership of both Republicans and Democrats, public health policy in the US consistently espouses eugenics. The Biden administration's Covid-19 policy is no different: it culls sick, disabled, and immunocompromised people from the population as part of its pledge to "return to normal."

    The Biden administration's failure to protect vulnerable people from Covid-19 is evident in CDC director Rochelle Walensky's comments from January 7, 2022: "The overwhelming number of deaths, over 75%, occurred in people who had at least four comorbidities. So really, these are people who were unwell to begin with. And yes, really encouraging news in the context of Omicron."

    Walensky's comments caused widespread outrage in the disability community but they only hint at the magnitude of this administration's cruel and normalized failure to protect vulnerable lives. In response to our outrage, the CDC, Biden, and their Covid-minimizing pundits continue to insist that our deaths are unfortunate, but inevitable. At the same time, they wage an ongoing campaign to convince the public that implementing simple measures to protect us would be too great a burden. In lieu of protecting the high-risk community with substantive public health policy like universal masking, improved ventilation, and adequate isolation periods, the CDC has assured us that it is "committed to continuing the dialogue," and "working to help reduce health disparities… with initiatives including providing accessible materials and culturally relevant messages."

    Even in the wake of Biden's own diagnosis, his administration maintains that it doesn't need to mandate policy that would prevent Covid-19 health disparities because it "has the tools" to fix them. Yet the CDC's accessibility toolkit for people with disabilities and the White House's latest fact sheet for managing BA.5, the now dominant variant, offer the high-risk community little more than a regurgitation of their vaccination-only strategy. This is a strategy that relies on outdated vaccines that don't provide protection for many immunocompromised people and that are more easily evaded as the virus evolves. The CDC and Biden frame non-pharmaceutical interventions like masking and distancing as an imperative for the vulnerable and a choice for everyone else. Of course, non-pharmaceutical interventions are far less effective when only some members of the community use them. And allowing personal choice to guide public health behavior conditions people to believe that good outcomes are possible whether they choose to participate in the interventions necessary to achieve those outcomes.

    Two of the administration's pharmaceutical "tools," the Paxlovid test to treat program and the monoclonal antibody Evusheld, were broadcast as panaceas for high-risk people when they were rolled out in December. But shortages, confusing guidelines, and uneven distribution have made these treatments inaccessible to many in the high-risk population. Recent data on Evusheld shows it is markedly less effective against Omicron sub variants, and growing evidence suggests that a five-day course of Paxlovid may not be enough to clear some infections, contributing to relapsing Covid-19. Sick, disabled, and immunocompromised people have been left with nothing to rely on but our ability to navigate a system that is indifferent to our deaths.

    Meanwhile, Biden and the CDC have worked very hard to convince Americans that the demise of vulnerable people is an acceptable byproduct of the expression of their civil liberties. They've reassured the well and abled public that a performative gesture of pity for their sick, disabled, and immunocompromised neighbors mitigates the impact of hanging out at a bar or going maskless to the grocery store. But Biden and the CDC have also worked very hard to conceal the risks that Covid-19 poses to well and abled people. Not only has the public been convinced that it's reasonable to return to "normal" at the peril of the vulnerable, they've also been convinced that it's reasonable to return to normal at their own peril.

    In May 2021, Biden announced that the CDC no longer recommended masks for vaccinated people, despite the rise of the highly contagious Delta variant in India and the UK. Then, in July 2021, he claimed that vaccinated people would not get Covid-19, and in October 2021 he claimed that vaccinated people cannot spread Covid-19. Neither of those claims are true, but Biden's comments enabled vaccinated people to base their behavior on a (misinformed) assessment of their own safety rather than the safety of their communities. Given official permission, much of the public abandoned mitigations like masking and distancing which were previously understood to be a civic responsibility.

    Earlier this year, the CDC changed its default map metric from "community transmission levels", which reflects current cases, to "community levels'', which reflects hospital admissions. But data on hospital admissions can lag by weeks, resulting in maps that obscure, unsurprisingly, transmission at the community level. Currently, 93.14% of the US is experiencing high community transmission levels and hospital admissions have been on the rise since April. Biden and the CDC have consistently claimed that we are in a "pandemic of the unvaccinated" while 40% of those who died in February and March 2022 were, in fact, vaccinated (15% and 18% boosted, respectively). And BA.5 is 4.2 times more vaccine resistant than BA.2, which was the dominant in February and March when the data was collected. It is unforgivable for our government to hide such vital information when we've already lost more than one million Americans to Covid-19.

    Although the CDC has finally published findings that one in five people who get COVID-19 in the US will get Long Covid, data that should have set off alarms to put stronger protections in place has been largely ignored. Our government officials have made little effort to educate the public about the fact that even a mild case of Covid-19 can lead to potentially devastating, multi-organ, multi-system complications, including those of the heart, brain, and lungs. The Biden administration and the CDC have put the onus on individuals to assess risk without giving them adequate information to calculate that risk.

    As guidance from our government continues to perpetuate the myth that the pandemic is over for anyone who wishes it to be, life-saving community mitigations have all but disappeared. Perhaps this administration's most horrific act of negligence is its refusal to acknowledge that abandoning these mitigations is what ensures the continuing cycle of death and suffering from Covid-19. It has been devastating to watch the public use our government's monstrous guidance as an excuse to devalue vulnerable lives. Ending public health protections because sick and disabled people are disproportionately dying from Covid-19 is, unquestionably, eugenics.

    Unfortunately, in the US, eugenics isn't just a monstrous policy choice. It's an American ideal. The notion that individual choice can somehow be substituted for public health policy has been seamlessly integrated into our country's deep-rooted doctrine of exceptionalism. The "urgency of normal" to go to brunch has replaced the moral imperative to protect others from death and disability. This open disregard for human life has been presented by our government as a uniquely American obligation to respect each other's "choices". But having a neurological disease and compromised immune system during a pandemic is not a choice. Death and suffering have been normalized to such a horrific extent that the vulnerable are now expected remain "civil" when asking not to be disposed of so that others can keep social plans intact. The moral vacuum of the current moment is shocking.

    Those at high risk have been left to fend for ourselves. Most of us are hiding at home, looking for a meaningful way to divide up the 20,400 hours and counting we've spent trying to dodge Covid-19. Many of us have been forced to forgo essential medical care, isolate ourselves from our families and social networks, and choose between our lives and our livelihoods. In the absence of any financial support, many high-risk people who've been told that they should stay home can't afford to do so. The physical, psychological, and financial stress is overwhelming.

    In May, the Biden administration issued a statement that we could see 100 million Covid-19 cases this fall and winter due to a lack of funding. Days later, Biden urged states to spend "leftover" Covid-19 relief on funding the police. Biden and the CDC continue to acknowledge the rise in Covid-19 cases as if there is nothing that they, the arbiters of public health policy, can or should do about it.

    Our government has abandoned its responsibility to protect its citizens by blaming its failures on the very individuals it was elected to protect. This has been at the core of the Biden administration's message: bad Covid-19 outcomes are the result of individuals' bad choices. But as recent history has shown us, the most vulnerable people in our society, despite behaving the most responsibly on an individual basis, suffer the most. Biden's faulty pretext normalizes suffering by attributing it to the moral failings of its victims. The moral failure is of those in power, not those who suffer under that power.

    As we approach a winter in which one third of the U.S. population could contract Covid-19, I suspect that well and abled people will once again feel that their lives are threatened by the consequences of their irresponsible, albeit misguided, behavior. They will return to performative allyship, and to news feeds full of clichés like "we're all in this together." Public health relies on compassionate, collective commitment from the public. In our current moment, it relies on the public's commitment to holding those in power accountable. Until the public demands accountability from those in power and from one another, we are most certainly not in this together. 


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Maggie Mills.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/30/we-are-not-in-this-together-the-biden-adminstrations-covid-19-policy-is-still-killing-vulnerable-people/feed/ 0 319626
    NZ’s Ashley Bloomfield bows out – a look at his key moments as health chief https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/30/nzs-ashley-bloomfield-bows-out-a-look-at-his-key-moments-as-health-chief/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/30/nzs-ashley-bloomfield-bows-out-a-look-at-his-key-moments-as-health-chief/#respond Sat, 30 Jul 2022 00:39:30 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=77103 RNZ News

    After guiding New Zealand through two and a half years of a pandemic, Dr Ashley Bloomfield’s time as Director-General of Health has come to an end.

    We look back on some of the key moments during his time in the role:

    22 May 2018
    Dr Ashley Bloomfield was named as the new Director-General of Health while he was serving as the acting chief executive of Capital and Coast District Health Board.

    2019
    The health system faced some big challenges in 2019. Dr Bloomfield fronted health responses to both a measles outbreak and the Whakaari/White Island disaster.

    27 January 2020
    “Kia ora koutou katoa, welcome to the Ministry of Health, thank you very much attending this briefing this afternoon. My name is Dr Ashley Bloomfield, I’m the Director-General of Health.”

    After two and a half years of a pandemic, it is probably hard to remember a time when Dr Ashley Bloomfield needed to introduce himself.

    Before New Zealand had its first case of covid-19, back when it was referred to simply as a coronavirus (WHO would name it covid-19 on 12 February 2020), Dr Ashley Bloomfield and Director of Public Health Dr Caroline McElnay held a media stand-up.

    Like most of the early briefings, it was held at the Ministry of Health.

    It was two weeks after the first confirmed case outside of China had been identified and across the ditch, Australia had four cases. There had been 56 deaths worldwide.

    28 February 2020
    Almost exactly one month later, New Zealand’s first covid-19 case was confirmed in someone that had returned from overseas.

    Reminiscent of a format we would come to know more intimately as time went on, the evening news would cut to a live press conference where Dr Bloomfield and then-Health Minister David Clark would provide more details of New Zealand’s first case. (Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern was in Australia at the time.)

    The following day, supermarkets would see a rush of customers buying up toilet paper, hand sanitiser and tinned food.

    March 2020
    We would start to hear a lot more from Dr Bloomfield as the second, third and fourth (who had been at a Tool concert) cases of covid-19 were confirmed in early March.

    By the end of the month New Zealand would be in lockdown and Dr Bloomfield had become a daily part of our lives.

    “It did feel a little bit like I was having a performance review at one o’clock every day, broadcast live on television. But that’s as it should be — your job is to ensure that we’re being held accountable for our response,” he said.

    Jainda Ardern and Ashley Bloomfield, as made by Scott Savage and Colleen Pugh.
    PM Jacinda Ardern and Dr Ashley Bloomfield … creatively captured from a daily 1pm update fan. Image: RNZ

    Daily cases had jumped to numbers in the eighties and the briefings had shifted to the Beehive, against a backdrop of yellow and white striped Unite Against Covid-19 branding.

    On 29 March, during the 1pm briefing, Bloomfield would announce New Zealand’s first covid-19 death.

    4 May 2020
    “No new cases”. For the first time since New Zealand went into level 4 lockdown on 25 March, Dr Bloomfield announced there were no new cases of covid-19. It would be a phrase we would hear more of as the first community outbreak would start to slow.

    And it evoked such emotion that “There are no new cases of covid-19 to report in New Zealand today” came second place in Massey University’s Quote of the Year.

    August 2020
    In an effort to encourage people to test for covid-19, Dr Bloomfield had his first covid-19 PCR test while filmed at a community testing site.

    “It was much less painful than tackling Billy Weepu on the rugby field a couple of weeks ago.”

    *Raises eyebrows
    With millions of people stuck at home in isolation watching daily media briefings, it was no surprise that Dr Bloomfield would find himself in meme-territory.

    This was Dr Bloomfield’s response when he was asked about 5G in 2020:

    Ashley Bloomfield being asked about 5G conspiracy theories on April 8 vs Ashley Bloomfield being asked about bleach injections on April 26.
    Dr Ashley Bloomfield being asked about 5G conspiracy theories on April 8 vs Ashley Bloomfield being asked about bleach injections on April 26. Image: RNZ

    And a year later when Covid-19 Response Minister Chris Hipkins said people should go outside and “spread your legs”.


    The Guardian on the Hipkins quote.


    Festival debut
    Who would have thought Dr Bloomfield would grace the main stage at Rhythm and Vines festival?

    Unstoppable summer video.

    December 2020
    Dr Bloomfield was awarded the New Zealand Medical Association’s highest accolade — The Chair’s Award

    A lot of fan-art for Director-General of Health Dr Ashley Bloomfield was produced as a result of the Covid crisis.
    Fan art for Dr Ashley Bloomfield. Image: Sam Rillstone/RNZ

    17 August 2021
    The prime minister announced another nationwide lockdown after a case, assumed to be the delta variant, was detected. That meant the 1pm briefings, and daily doses of Dr Bloomfield, were back too.

    22 September 2021
    As New Zealand tackled the delta outbreak, Dr Bloomfield broke the news that we may never get to zero cases of covid-19.

    A portrait pie of Dr. Ashley Bloomfield.
    A portrait pie of Dr Ashley Bloomfield. Image: Devoney Scarfe/RNZ

    A portrait pie of Dr. Ashley Bloomfield. Photo: Supplied / Devoney Scarfe

    October 2021
    During Super Saturday, Dr Bloomfield was caught on camera busting a move at one of the community events.

    Dr Ashley Bloomfield’s dance moves.

    6 April 2022
    Announced he was stepping down.

    “It seems we’re at a good point in terms of the pandemic, the response is shifting, I’m also confident that the system is in good hands with the changes that are afoot, and most certainly my family will be very pleased to have a little more of my time,” he said.

    May 2022
    Dr Bloomfield tested positive for covid-19 while he was at the World Health Assembly in Geneva, Switzerland.

    Professional history

    • In May 2018, Dr Bloomfield was appointed the new Director-General of Health.
    • Dr Bloomfield was the acting Chief Executive for Capital & Coast District Health Board from 1 January 2018.
    • From 2015-2017, he was chief executive of the Hutt Valley District Health Board – the first clinician to lead the Hutt Valley District Health Board.
    • In 2017 Dr Bloomfield attended the Oxford Strategic Leadership Programme.
    • Prior to becoming chief executive at the Hutt Valley DHB, Dr Bloomfield held a number of senior leadership roles within the Ministry of Health, including, in 2012, acting Deputy Director-General, sector capability and implementation.
    • From 2012-15 he was Director of Service, Integration and Development and General Manager Population Health at Capital & Coast, Hutt and Wairarapa District Health Boards.
    • From 1999-2008 he was a Fellow of the Australasian Faculty of Public Health Medicine. Since 2008 he has been a Fellow of the NZ College of Public Health Medicine.
    • In 2010-2011 he was Partnerships Adviser, Non-Communicable Diseases and Mental Health at the World Health Organisation, Geneva.
    • Dr Bloomfield obtained a Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery at the University of Auckland in 1990.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/30/nzs-ashley-bloomfield-bows-out-a-look-at-his-key-moments-as-health-chief/feed/ 0 319469
    Micronesia to reopen borders despite covid community spread https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/28/micronesia-to-reopen-borders-despite-covid-community-spread/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/28/micronesia-to-reopen-borders-despite-covid-community-spread/#respond Thu, 28 Jul 2022 23:21:20 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=77059 RNZ Pacific

    The Federated States of Micronesia will reopen its international borders on Monday.

    President David Panuelo said anyone wishing to travel will need to be fully vaccinated, including boosters, against covid-19 and have had a PCR test 72 hours prior to departure.

    The moves comes despite the country discovering its first case of covid on July 19.

    Panuelo said community spread is increasing, and thousands of people are already infected.

    In an address to the nation, he said he would soon issue a decree requiring everyone to wear masks in public places.

    “I will require all persons who feel sick to get tested and to stay home,” he said.

    “I will request that all citizens stay home unless it is essential for them to go to work, to go shopping, or to otherwise conduct necessary errands.”

    Hard lockdown ruled out
    But he has ruled out a hard lockdown to tackle the outbreak.

    “The advice I have received from our Department of Health and Social Affairs is that the initial transition period from being covid-19 free to covid-19 infected will take about one to two months for each State.

    “We will see cases rise, plateau, and then lowered in our country. Afterwards, we should be fully emerged into our new status of covid-19 protected.”

    Starting on Friday, July 29, vaccines for infants aged between six months and four years old will be available across the country.

    Panuelo said the FSM had “significant supplies” of the antiviral drug Paxlovid, and monoclonal antibodies to treat people.

    “What is needed now is for all of us to work together in practising peace, friendship, cooperation, and love in our common humanity with each other,” Panuelo said.

    “We need to get vaccinated. We need to get tested. And we need to stay home if we are sick or if our family is sick. These are dark days, but we will endure beyond them. The sun will rise tomorrow, and, God willing, we will adapt to and overcome covid-19.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/28/micronesia-to-reopen-borders-despite-covid-community-spread/feed/ 0 319091
    Tokelau keen to get its people stuck abroad back home again https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/26/tokelau-keen-to-get-its-people-stuck-abroad-back-home-again/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/26/tokelau-keen-to-get-its-people-stuck-abroad-back-home-again/#respond Tue, 26 Jul 2022 23:52:58 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=76959 By Lydia Lewis, RNZ Pacific journalist

    Plans are underway to help Tokelauans stuck abroad, mostly in New Zealand and Samoa, to return home.

    The general manager for the office of the Taupulega (council of elders) of the atoll of Nukunonu, Asi Pasilio, said borders had been shut for more than two years with the country maintaining its covid-19 free status.

    Pasilio said no firm date had been set just yet because it depended on the reopening of Samoa’s border.

    She said officials were working towards being ready for the first repatriation flight, with quarantine restrictions to take place in late August or early September.

    “Currently in Nukunonu and Tokelau we are preparing for our first repatriation flight in a few years, mostly in New Zealand and Samoa,” she said.

    “We have essential workers that need to return home. But to do that we need to prepare this by making sure we have the quarantine houses are well set up and the support for their arrival making sure that we have enough health staff to look after the quarantine services for when our people arrive.”

    Family again refuses to get vaccinated
    A family that has been under tunoa — effectively house arrest — on Nukunonu in Tokelau for the past 11 months has once again refused to get vaccinated.

    Vaccinations are mandatory in Tokelau and local councils and village elders are making sure the rules are kept.

    Mahelino Patelesio, his wife and two adult children, have been placed under tunoa, to protect the community.

    He said it had been a struggle since they refused the vaccination and have been confined to their property on the beach.

    Tokelau’s government says it was maintaining tough measures to keep the territory covid-free.

    The Taupulega in Nukunonu has not ruled out loosening restrictions and the Patelesio family is expected to be discussed again next week.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/26/tokelau-keen-to-get-its-people-stuck-abroad-back-home-again/feed/ 0 318435
    Biden Told Not to Give Publicly Owned Covid-19 Vaccine Tech Over to Corporations https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/26/biden-told-not-to-give-publicly-owned-covid-19-vaccine-tech-over-to-corporations/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/26/biden-told-not-to-give-publicly-owned-covid-19-vaccine-tech-over-to-corporations/#respond Tue, 26 Jul 2022 17:30:21 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/338573

    A coalition of advocacy groups on Tuesday implored U.S. President Joe Biden not to give control of emerging, publicly funded coronavirus vaccine technology to profit-seeking corporations, warning such a move would double down on a privatized approach that has failed to ensure equitable vaccine access worldwide.

    Released ahead of the White House's Summit on the Future of Covid-19 Vaccines that kicked off Tuesday morning, a new open letter signed by 29 progressive organizations argues "there is no compelling reason to offer this technology on a monopoly basis to a corporation, and a profoundly compelling reason to make the technology as open and readily accessible as possible across the globe."

    "It is crucial that we learn from earlier mistakes in managing publicly funded vaccine technology."

    The technology in question is the so-called pan-coronavirus vaccine that the U.S. Army's Walter Reed Institute of Research has been developing and testing in recent months.

    Dubbed a potential "super vaccine," the Walter Reed shot is aimed at providing protection against all current and future strains of Covid-19 as well as other coronaviruses. The vaccine has reportedly yielded promising results in early trials.

    The advocacy coalition—which includes Public Citizen, Physicians for Human Rights, Health GAP, and the Revolving Door Project—wrote in their letter Tuesday that the Biden administration must "maintain public control of the Walter Reed vaccine and share its benefits and technology openly with the world."

    Such a strategy would contrast sharply with the current, deeply unequal coronavirus vaccination effort, which is dominated by a handful of pharmaceutical corporations that are reaping huge profits.

    Even though they received massive sums of federal funding and made use of government technology to develop their shots, companies such as Pfizer and Moderna have monopoly control over vaccine production, artificially constraining supply as billions of people around the world go without access to the lifesaving shots more than two years into the pandemic.

    "The public investments in coronavirus research, dating back nearly two decades and including the period after the origin of Covid-19, helped spur amazing inventions that have saved millions of lives," the new letter notes. "However, private, monopoly control over those vaccines contributed to shortages, rationing, and excessive prices. It is crucial that we learn from earlier mistakes in managing publicly funded vaccine technology."

    "To date, development of the Walter Reed vaccine has been a triumph of government investment in public health," the letter continues. "We ask for it to remain that way as the Army seeks partners for further trials and mass production."

    Related Content

    Peter Maybarduk, director of the Access to Medicines program at Public Citizen, said Tuesday that "the first task in preparing for the future of Covid vaccines is learning from the calamitous past, including the failure to share vaccines early in the pandemic and equip the world against the virus."

    "The White House has the power and responsibility to ensure publicly-developed Covid technologies are made available to everyone, everywhere," Maybarduk added.

    Revolving Door Project senior researcher Timi Iwayemi agreed, pointing out that "current production and distribution agreements have empowered corporations while limiting the promise of lifesaving coronavirus vaccines."

    "Continuing down a path that restricts widespread manufacturing and distribution of Covid vaccines," Iwayemi said, "would lead to unnecessary deaths and easier opportunities for the virus to mutate."

    In a column for The American Prospect earlier this year, Iwayemi observed that "so far, development of the [Walter Reed] vaccine has been a public triumph."

    "But this next phase is where the pharmaceutical industry can get in on a vaccine developed by and for the public," Iwayemi cautioned. "To protect the broader public, governments must adopt an open system that will support smooth transfer of vital technologies globally. This would mean choosing public funding, open-source research, and transparent nonexclusive licensing contracts over restrictive government-granted monopolies."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Jake Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/26/biden-told-not-to-give-publicly-owned-covid-19-vaccine-tech-over-to-corporations/feed/ 0 318395
    Covid and reality: Do we care enough about the common good? https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/25/covid-and-reality-do-we-care-enough-about-the-common-good/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/25/covid-and-reality-do-we-care-enough-about-the-common-good/#respond Mon, 25 Jul 2022 20:05:11 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=76896 ANALYSIS: By Frank Bongiorno, Australian National University

    The covid-19 pandemic has already generated its own mythology. In Britain, they talk of the “myth of the blitz” – the idea of a society that pulled together in the Second World War to withstand the bombs dropped by the Luftwaffe with pluck, bravery and humour.

    In Australia, our covid-19 myth is about a cohesive and caring society that patiently endured lockdowns, border closures and other ordeals. Like many myths, ours has some foundation in reality.

    It might be a poor thing when considered alongside wartime Britain’s wartime sacrifices, and you have to ignore the empty toilet paper shelves in the local supermarket, but it still has its own force. It might be especially potent in Melbourne, where the restrictions were most severe and prolonged.

    The covid-19 myth is now presenting its puzzles to true believers. If you imagined we all pulled together for the common good, and because we have the good sense to look after our own health, you are likely to find it strange that we are now apparently prepared to tolerate dozens of deaths in a day.

    Australia’s total covid death toll is now above 11,000 – New Zealand’s has topped 2000.

    More than tolerate: there has been a preparedness to pretend nothing out of the ordinary is happening.

    All of this seems a far cry from those days when we hung on the daily premiers’ media conferences and experienced horror as the number of new infections rose above a few dozen a day, a few hundred, and then a thousand or so. Have our senses been blunted, our consciences tamed?

    A product of power
    Public discourse is never neutral. It is always a product of power. Some people are good at making their voices heard and ensuring their interests are looked after.

    Others are in a weak position to frame the terms of debate or to have media or government take their concerns seriously.

    The elderly — especially the elderly in aged-care facilities — have carried a much larger burden of sacrifice than most of us during 2020 and 2021. They often endured isolation, loneliness and anxiety.

    They were the most vulnerable to losing their lives — because of the nature of the virus itself, but also due to regulatory failure and, in a few places, gross mismanagement.

    Casual and gig economy workers, too, struggle to have their voices heard. On his short journey to an about-face over the question of paid pandemic leave, Prime Minister Anthony Albanese at first said the payment was unnecessary because employers were allowing their staff to work from home.

    Yet the conditions of those in poorly paid and insecure work have been repeatedly identified as a problem for them as well as for the wider community, because they are unable easily to isolate.

    Up to his point, however, our democracy has spoken: we want our pizzas delivered and we want to be able to head for the pub and the restaurant. And we are prepared to accept a number of casualties along the way to have lives that bear some resemblance to those of the pre-covid era.

    The “we” in this statement is doing a lot of heavy lifting. There is a fierce debate going on about whether governments — and by extension, the rest of us — are doing enough to counter the spread of the virus.

    Political leadership matters
    Political leadership matters enormously in these things.

    In the years following the Second World War, Australia’s roads became places of carnage, as car ownership increased and provision for road safety was exposed as inadequate. It peaked around 1970, with almost 3800 deaths — more than 30 for every 100,000 people.

    Road fatalities touched the lives of many Australians. If not for the death of my father’s first wife in a vehicle accident on New Year’s Day in 1954, I would not be around to write this article today.

    In the 1960s and 1970s, the coming of mandatory seatbelt wearing and random breath-testing helped bring the numbers down. Manufacturers made their cars safer.

    Public campaigns urged drivers to slow down and stay sober. These were decisions aimed at avoiding avoidable deaths, despite the curtailment of freedom involved.


    A British seat belt advertisement from the 1970s.

    These decisions were also in the Australian utilitarian tradition of government, “whose duty it is to provide the greatest happiness for the greatest number” – as the historian W.K. Hancock famously explained in 1930.

    The citizen claimed not “natural rights”, but rights received “from the State and through the State”. Governments made decisions about how their authority could be deployed to preserve the common good and protect individuals — from themselves as well as from others.

    Pragmatic position
    Governments have during the present surge so far been willing to take what they regard as a pragmatic position that the number of infections and fatalities is acceptable to “the greatest number”, so long as “the greatest number” can continue to go about something like their normal lives.

    But this utilitarian political culture also has its dark side. It has been revealed persistently throughout the history of this country — and long before anyone had heard of covid-19 — as poorly equipped to look after the most vulnerable.

    The casualties of the current policy are those who have consistently had their voices muted and their interests set aside during this pandemic — and often before it, as well.

    These are difficult matters for governments that would much prefer to get on with something other than boring old pandemic management. The issue is entangled in electoral politics — we have just had a federal contest in which major party leaders studiously ignored the issue, and the nation’s two most populous states are to hold elections in the next few months.

    Governments also realise that restrictions and mandates will meet civil disobedience.

    But covid cannot be wished away. At a minimum, governments need to show they are serious about it to the extent of spending serious money on a campaign of public information and advice on issues like mask-wearing and staying home when ill.

    They usually manage to find a sufficient stash of public money ahead of each election when they want to tell us what a beaut job they’ve been doing. They might now consider whether something similar might help to save lives.The Conversation

    Dr Frank Bongiorno is professor of history, ANU College of Arts and Social Sciences, Australian National University.  This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons licence. Read the original article.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/25/covid-and-reality-do-we-care-enough-about-the-common-good/feed/ 0 318135
    ‘You’ve got to be tenacious in public health,’ says departing chief https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/24/youve-got-to-be-tenacious-in-public-health-says-departing-chief/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/24/youve-got-to-be-tenacious-in-public-health-says-departing-chief/#respond Sun, 24 Jul 2022 07:17:37 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=76757 RNZ News

    After leading the Aotearoa New Zealand’s covid-19 response for the last two years, Dr Ashley Bloomfield is stepping down from the role of director-general of health at the end of this month.

    The softly spoken public servant became a household name early in the pandemic, his image gracing T-shirts, tote bags, mugs and even tattoos.

    Having been appointed to the director-general role in mid-2018, Dr Bloomfield was officially set to finish his five-year tenure in June 2023 — but decided to resign from the “complex and challenging” role early.

    His last day on the job will be on Friday, July 29, at which time Dr Diana Sarfati will be acting Director-General of Health until a permanent appointee takes up the position.

    Covid-19 cases have been inching upwards over the last several weeks but Dr Bloomfield said he was optimistic the wave will recede.

    “We’ve seen over the last week it’s levelled off which is great,” he told RNZ Saturday Morning’s Kim Hill.

    His plans for an epic “karaoke party” farewell were already derailed by the recent rise in Omicron cases, but he said caution is the way to go until things settle down.

    Pandemic legacy
    “I didn’t want my legacy in the pandemic to be taking out some of our tip-top politicians and the leadership of the health sector at a super-spreader event.”

    But while Dr Bloomfield is leaving, the crisis he presided over is very much ongoing.

    It was announced Friday that primary schools are expected to move from encouraging mask wearing to enforcing it again when Term 3 starts Monday.

    While the change may be frustrating for some, covid-19 requires flexible responses, he said.

    “I think there will be a high level of general acceptance of the role [masks] will play, especially through winter in the future.”

    Dr Bloomfield himself caught covid-19 in May at a World Health Organisation conference in Switzerland, where he said he was surprised at the low level of mask wearing.

    “There’s this talk about the rest of the world has moved on. Well, they might have moved on in terms of what they’re doing, but the virus hasn’t moved on. It’s creating just as much havoc as it has in the past.

    Higher infection rates
    “To think in the UK, they’ve got higher rates of infection and hospitalisation than we do even in the middle of summer, that’s something to worry about.

    “There is a general commentary — not just in New Zealand but elsewhere — that we’re moving on, we’re living with covid.”

    That’s premature, he said.

    “The virus isn’t done with us yet. We’re still in a pandemic. The WHO [World Health Organisation] hasn’t withdrawn that categorisation and the virus continues to evolve,” he said.

    “We’ve just got to keep our wits about us.”

    New Zealand Director-General of health Dr Ashley Bloomfield receiving his first dose of the Covid-19 vaccine.
    Dr Bloomfield … the vaccine rollout ultimately succeeded in its goals.  Image: RNZ/Ross Giblin/Stuff/Pool

    Pressures ‘always there’
    There have been many stories about the strain on emergency rooms and doctors and nurses the past few weeks, but Dr Bloomfield defended the response.

    “The pressures that are on the health system now are always there and they’re not unique to New Zealand,” he said.

    “I would say we were better prepared this winter than we’ve ever been any winter.

    “We also knew that after two years of no flu, we would have a heavy flu season.”

    Dr Bloomfield rejected claims that the health system was caught by surprise by the omicron surge.

    “We certainly had time to prepare and did. But you can’t suddenly magic up a new workforce from somewhere, certainly not in a situation where a lot of that time the borders were closed, although we were getting new workers in from overseas.”

    “Some of the commentary has suggested there are less staff now than there were,” but Dr Bloomfield said there had been a big increase between 2021 and 2022, including nursing and medical staff.

    Shortages very localised
    Dr Bloomfield said he did not dismiss the views of people on the ground, but said shortages were sometimes very localised.

    “I might have a different view from the clinicians on the ground … What one particular clinician or service or institution or organisation might be experiencing might not be reflecting the experience across the system, which is the view I have.”

    Dr Bloomfield said for example in the case of PPE, the problem was not supply but in getting the equipment to where it was needed.

    “We also responded where we heard, ‘look, we can’t get this PPE here or there,’ then we made sure we would follow those particular problems up.”

    There have also been concerns that Māori and Pasifika were not prioritised properly in the vaccine rollout.

    Dr Bloomfield said border and health care staff and those over 65 were the first priority for the vaccine drive, but many Māori and Pasifika were also included in that uptake.

    “For our first two months of the rollout of the over-65, our highest rates of vaccinations in that group was among Māori and Pasifika. It was ahead of non-Māori, non Pacific.

    Younger Māori rates
    “We knew that the group that would take the longest, probably because it required repeated effort to build trust, the longest to get higher rates among was our younger Māori. … And that’s the group where we had to put in a lot of extra effort and it took longer to get the rates up, but we did get there.”

    That outreach had hopefully led more young Māori to take part in the health system, Dr Bloomfield said.

    “There’s now over 100,000 people who previously were not in contact with the health care system who are now on the books because of the efforts that went in through that vaccination programme, so that’s a great legacy.”

    Dr Bloomfield has stood at the podium dozens of times in the past couple of years, facing the country’s press as he updated the state of the pandemic for the nation. While at times it hasn’t been easy, he said he respects the media’s role.

    “I have to say I’m a big fan of the media being able to do its job properly. It’s a fundamental pillar of strong democracy and it didn’t always feel that way when you were up there facing the music and something had gone wrong, which I had to a few times.

    “But they’re doing their job and a big part of their job is making sure the government, including the public services, is accountable to the population.”

    Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern and director general of health Dr Ashley Bloomfield leaving after the Covid-19 response and vaccine update at Parliament
    Dr Bloomfield and Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern …  continuing to work to improve deficiencies in the health system. Image: RNZ/Pool /NZME

    ‘I was asking, why me?’

    As his term as director-general ends, Dr Bloomfield said he’s not interested in becoming a thorn in the government’s side. He’d like to continue to work to improve deficiencies in the system, however: “In my mind the currency I’m interested in is influence.”

    If he had known what the last few years held, would Dr Bloomfield have taken the job back in 2018?

    “I have to say there were a few moments early on in the pandemic, I really questioned myself on that. I was asking, why me?

    “This is a one-in-100 year pandemic and I’ve only got a five-year contract … bad timing,” he joked.

    “You quickly forget the parts that were really tough and really challenging,” he noted.

    “My abiding memory will be of what a privilege it was to be in this role at this time in this country. I have great hope for the future of this country based on my experience the last four years.”

    But he’s still leaving the job a year early, although few would say he hasn’t put in the hard yards.

    ‘Given my all’
    His last child recently left home, and he said: “I feel like I’ve given my all the last four years.”

    With big changes happening in the structure of New Zealand’s health system, it seemed a good time to leave.

    Director-General of Health Dr Ashley Bloomfield on May 19, 2020 in Wellington, New Zealand.
    Dr Bloomfield … hopeful over the changes Health NZ Te Whatu Ora may bring in one of the biggest overhauls of New Zealand’s health system. Image: RNZ/Getty Images

    ‘Very exciting’ time for health changes
    Health NZ Te Whatu Ora replaced the country’s 20 district health boards at the start of July.

    It’s one of the biggest overhauls in Aotearoa New Zealand history. Dr Bloomfield said he was hopeful for what it might bring.

    “There are features of the change that I think are very exciting,” such as the establishment of the Māori Health Authority.

    That said, he believes the DHBs served an important role in healthcare.

    “The big challenge in any health system is getting this right balance between what’s done at a national or regional level and the responsiveness to local communities, and the DHB model allowed that in some part, that responsiveness to local communities.

    “But it was very hard at times to get unity around things that were good for the system. I guess ultimately you’re looking for a system that’s unified but not uniform.

    “Certainly Health New Zealand, in the way it’s been set up, is designed to try to get a better balance between that national and local delivery — and that’s a good thing.”

    Optimistic about reforms
    Dr Bloomfield said he was ultimately optimistic about the reform.

    “There’s a risk that you can move the deck chairs around but nothing really changes. The reform has been carefully thought through.

    “The proof’s always in the eating of the pudding, so it will be interesting to see how it plays out over the next few years.”

    So if Ashley Bloomfield had not been a doctor, what might he have become?

    “I always joke with my kids I would have been a police detective. Maybe that would’ve been another career direction.

    “I really enjoy observing little bits of information and putting them together to create a picture.

    “It served me well in my current career,” he said.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/24/youve-got-to-be-tenacious-in-public-health-says-departing-chief/feed/ 0 317792
    ‘Dabai’ mass COVID-19 test workers strike over unpaid wages in China’s Shenyang https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/covid-test-workers-07212022130753.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/covid-test-workers-07212022130753.html#respond Thu, 21 Jul 2022 18:45:37 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/covid-test-workers-07212022130753.html Workers at test centers in northeastern China have been striking over unpaid wages in a nationwide COVID-19 testing industry that has expanded beyond far beyond its sources of funding.

    Unverified photos circulating on social media showed test centers in the northeastern city of Shenyang with notices in the windows reading "On strike; suspending [operations] due to unpaid wages," or "On strike, service suspended," with testing equipment visible in the background.

    Social media posts from "dabai" white-suited COVID-19 enforcement and testing staff said they were later ordered to delete the photos.

    A journalist familiar with the mass COVID-19 testing industry in China, who gave only the surname Li, said the claims of unpaid wages come amid massive profits for companies carrying out endless rounds of mass PCR tests across Chinese cities, in pursuit of ruling Chinese Communist Party (CCP) leader Xi Jinping's zero-COVID policy.

    "My personal view is that the state is subsidizing these testing companies, while some local governments are also expanding their own PCR testing capacity," Li said.

    "These more local testing [operations] aren't subsidized by the state, which is partly why they can't pay the white suits' wages."

    Employees at this nucleic acid testing site in Shenyang, China, have gone on strike. Credit: RFA
    Employees at this nucleic acid testing site in Shenyang, China, have gone on strike. Credit: RFA
    Subsidies embezzled

    Another possible reason was corruption, he said.

    "Another issue is that the subsidies from the government are being embezzled by local government officials," Li told RFA. "There are many cases of this happening."

    A resident of Shenyang who gave only the surname Wang said several of her neighbors had started out working as testers, but gave up due to the excessive stress of the role.

    She suggested the amount of testing being done was out of proportion to the number of local cases.

    "There's no longer an outbreak, and yet they're still forcing people to do PCR tests," Wang said.

    "You have to show a negative PCR test certificate just to use public transportation," she said.

    Jiangsu-based current affairs commentator Zhang Jianping said massive profits are being made from the zero-COVID policy.

     "Zero-COVID is definitely having a lot of knock-on effects," Zhang said. "It has to be supported by large-scale PCR testing, which will inevitably cause problems of its own."

    14 protests since March

    Local media reports have typically referred to the white suits as "volunteers," but the role is generally paid, involving around 12 hours a day, with wages and various social subsidies due, as well as overtime pay.

    The Hong Kong-based China Labour Bulletin has recorded 14 Covid-19-related worker protests since March, eight of which occurred in Shanghai during lockdown.

    "Poor working conditions under strict lockdown measures led to protests not only by doctors, nurses, and white-clad pandemic workers, but also factory workers, taxi drivers and others," the group cited its Strike Map database as showing.

    Social media videos have also shown dozens of white-clad pandemic workers engaged in street protests, demanding unpaid wages, in the Jingan district of Shanghai, CLB reported in late June.

    Pandemic workers also clashed with police after reportedly being promised the right to quarantine in hotels before returning home, but instead being told to use temporary fangcang hospitals used for mass isolation of thousands of confirmed and suspected Covid-19 cases, it said.

    "These types of incidents show that government pandemic relief measures do not go far enough in helping to alleviate the immense financial pressure felt by workers, small business owners and other citizens across China," CLB said.

    It said Shanghai health volunteers are paid a subsidy of between 100-200 yuan per day, according to media sources.

    The authorities sent more than 10,000 health workers to Shanghai from around the country in early April as lockdown measures intensified, the group said.

    Translated and edited by Luisetta Mudie.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Gu Ting for RFA Mandarin and Chingman for RFA Cantonese.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/covid-test-workers-07212022130753.html/feed/ 0 317096
    President Joe Biden Tests Positive for Covid-19 https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/21/president-joe-biden-tests-positive-for-covid-19/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/21/president-joe-biden-tests-positive-for-covid-19/#respond Thu, 21 Jul 2022 14:26:12 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/338468
    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Common Dreams staff.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/21/president-joe-biden-tests-positive-for-covid-19/feed/ 0 316994
    Pandemic effect on human rights ‘catastrophic’, says Samoan report https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/20/pandemic-effect-on-human-rights-catastrophic-says-samoan-report/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/20/pandemic-effect-on-human-rights-catastrophic-says-samoan-report/#respond Wed, 20 Jul 2022 22:45:12 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=76609 RNZ Pacific

    Samoa’s Ombudsman Luamanuvao Katalaina Sapolu says the human rights effects from the covid-19 pandemic have been catastrophic.

    She has just submitted Samoa’s eighth State of Human Rights Report to Parliament.

    Luamanuvao said that over the past two years families had lost loved ones, businesses suffered, unemployment rates increased, and freedom of movement was restricted.

    She said there had also been a grave impact on children’s right to education, and the right to health continues to be challenged with resources stretched to the maximum.

    But she said human rights principles continued to play an important role in addressing discrimination and inequality and providing inclusion of everyone in the prevention of, and recovery from covid-19.

    The report provided an analysis of the impact of the pandemic and government measures on the rights and freedoms of Samoans, especially on the most vulnerable groups.

    The report also included recommendations for the government to ensure its covid-19 measures were consistent with the constitution, domestic laws, and policies safeguarding human rights, as well as Samoa’s international human rights obligations.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/20/pandemic-effect-on-human-rights-catastrophic-says-samoan-report/feed/ 0 316793
    Tokelau family under house arrest for nearly a year over vaccine defiance https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/20/tokelau-family-under-house-arrest-for-nearly-a-year-over-vaccine-defiance/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/20/tokelau-family-under-house-arrest-for-nearly-a-year-over-vaccine-defiance/#respond Wed, 20 Jul 2022 06:01:18 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=76580 By Lydia Lewis, RNZ Pacific journalist

    A family has been under house arrest in Tokelau for almost a year after they refused to get vaccinated against covid-19.

    The tunoa — house arrest — was imposed on the family of four by the Taupulega (council) on Nukunonu, one of the three atolls that make up Tokelau.

    The New Zealand dependency with a population of about 1500 has had no cases of covid-19 since the global pandemic began in early 2020, according to the World Health Organisation.

    However, there are strict protocols in place to prevent the spread of the virus.

    The general manager for the office of the council of Nukunonu, Asi Pasilio, explained to RNZ Pacific why the council of 36 heads of extended families who serve the atoll’s community, decided to impose tunoa in August 2021.

    Culturally complex
    “This is a village rule, this is the decision of the local council which runs the island and the community. We have the laws of Tokelau but we also have the local council which has the authority over their village.”

    Pasilio said there were no jails in Tokelau, but when there is a serious offence the council can just ask people to stay at home. Tunoa takes the place of jail.

    She said it was a culturally complex issue.

    “It will take someone to come here and live our life here, to understand what we mean by house arrest and council authority and communal living.

    “Yes, of course, you make your own decisions here, but doing things in a communal manner is very common.”

    Family claims they have been left voiceless
    In a video posted on social media on July 3, the father, Mahelino Patelesio, said he has felt silenced.

    He said he was a member of the council before the tunoa was imposed.

    “Before we were placed under house arrest, I explained my stance and I wasn’t allowed to speak at that particular meeting, I actually went there to resign. I wasn’t allowed to do that so I was voiceless.

    “From August 3 [2021] three of us adults above 16 years old were placed under house arrest, our daughter was placed under house arrest with us about four months later, towards Christmas,” Patelesio said.

    RNZ Pacific has also contacted the family directly but has not received a response.

    Asi Pasilio said that while the family is in tunoa they are being supported by the community.

    “Their house is right beside the sea so they can go for a swim, they can move around their area but not outside their home boundary.

    “They have family members who do their shopping for them.”

    Pasilio said the family has been told they have another opportunity to get vaccinated this week following the arrival of more doses.

    She said the family had not informed the council of their decision as of Tuesday but if they do choose to get a jab, the tunoa will be lifted.

    If they do not, the council will meet again to review the situation.

    Matter up to Tokelau, says NZ
    New Zealand’s Ministry of Foreign Affairs and Trade said the former Administrator Ross Ardern had no say in the implementation of tunoa, and that mandatory vaccination was a decision taken by Tokelau’s village leaders.

    “Home-isolation has been authorised under the Tokelau customary practice of tunoa, a practice over which Aotearoa New Zealand has no direct authority,” its statement said.

    “Aotearoa New Zealand officials have engaged extensively with Tokelau’s leaders to encourage them to strike a balance between the rights of the majority to remain safe from covid-19 in their villages and the rights of the individual.”

    “Some 99 percent of Tokelau’s eligible population 12 and over is fully vaccinated (two doses of Pfizer for 12 to 17-year-olds, and three doses for those 18 and over).

    “Both doses of paediatric vaccines have been completed, with 99 percent uptake. Boosters for 18+ were successfully administered in Q1 2022 with 99 percent uptake,” MFAT said.

    Asi Pasilio said of the three atolls, Fakaofo is fully vaccinated, Atafu has had less than 10 unvaccinated people, and on Nukunonu just the family of four is unvaccinated.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/20/tokelau-family-under-house-arrest-for-nearly-a-year-over-vaccine-defiance/feed/ 0 316594
    Digital toolbox needed to counter Pacific ‘hotspot of misinformation’ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/19/digital-toolbox-needed-to-counter-pacific-hotspot-of-misinformation/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/19/digital-toolbox-needed-to-counter-pacific-hotspot-of-misinformation/#respond Tue, 19 Jul 2022 09:55:30 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=76540 ANALYSIS: By Romitesh Kant

    A shortage of resources and investment from major digital platforms has left the Pacific region battling a campaign of misinformation and under-moderation.

    Word spreads fast through the “coconut wireless”, the informal gossip network across Pacific Islanders’ social media.

    But when such rapid proliferation is spreading false or misleading news, it becomes a problem that requires resourcing and commitment to solve.

    The Pacific is currently a global hotspot for misinformation.

    The ability of Pacific island countries and territories to respond to “infodemic” risks online has been exposed by the covid-19 pandemic.

    Misinformation about the pandemic has persisted online, despite efforts by Pacific governments, civil societies, citizens, media organisations, and institutions to counter it.

    The Pacific presently has the smallest percentage of their population using the internet and social media compared with the rest of the world.

    Internet difficult, costly
    Internet provision is made more difficult and costly in the Pacific due to the region’s unique geographic features. A lack of high-capacity cables and other technical infrastructure has also held back Pacific connectivity.

    New undersea cables are arriving in the region, such as the Australian-financed Coral Sea Cable, connecting Sydney to Port Moresby and Honiara, ending decades of reliance on slow and expensive satellite connections.

    These cables, along with other planned reforms and upgrades, are expected to increase the number of mobile internet users in the Pacific by about 11 percent annually between 2018 and 2025, according to estimates by industry groups.

    Health workers offering Covid-19 vaccinations in Tonga.
    Health workers in Tonga offering to chat and answer questions about the covid-19 vaccine. Image: Tonga Ministry of Health

    More access has rapidly changed how government officials communicate with the public and shifted perceptions of politics.

    Both Kiribati and Vanuatu broadcast their national election results live on Facebook.

    In Kiribati, the 9400-member Kiribati election 2020 group posted photos of handwritten vote totals. In Vanuatu, the national broadcaster streamed the entire ballot-counting process on Facebook Live.

    Sparked by the rollout of mobile broadband across Papua New Guinea, hundreds of thousands of citizens now read the latest news and monitor happenings in Port Moresby through blogs and Facebook groups filled with lengthy discussions and heated calls to action.

    Flipside over access
    The flipside to such access is that false online rumours and scams directly targeting Pacific people have spread rapidly through Facebook groups and closed messaging applications.

    Rising internet access may be exacerbating the problem of child sexual exploitation online.

    In some regions of Papua New Guinea, hate speech, harassment, and harmful rumours can sometimes lead to actual acts of violence.

    Local politicians in the Pacific are starting to recognise the potential of social media, but unethical online influence techniques can go undetected if proper transparency measures and safeguards are not implemented.

    Facebook, for one, has implemented its transparency systems to curb hidden manipulation of its advertising features for partisan ends.

    Journalists and investigators in dozens of larger markets use these tools to reveal voter manipulation, but most Pacific island nations are yet to adopt them.

    The lack of transparency makes it very difficult for observers to track what political actors are saying online, especially as Facebook’s advertising system allows different messages to be targeted to different parts of the population.

    Fake Facebook accounts
    Social media companies make little effort to reach out to Pacific leaders, which may explain why so few public figures in the region use the “verified” badges that are useful in helping distinguish official accounts from personal ones.

    Papua New Guinea Prime Minister James Marape found that out the hard way — fake Facebook and Twitter accounts were created in his name, and his lack of verification made the real profile harder for users to distinguish.

    Papua New Guinea Prime Minister James Marape at the 76th UN General Assembly
    Papua New Guinea Prime Minister James Marape told the 76th UN General Assembly more international efforts are needed to combat misinformation online. Image: UN

    Some governments have threatened to completely block social media to curb the spread of content they deem immoral, harmful, or destructive to established norms and values.

    Nauru’s government blocked Facebook from 2015 to 2018, and Papua New Guinea and Samoa hinted at blocking the platform multiple times over the past few years.

    In 2019, Tonga considered a ban on Facebook to prevent slander against the monarchy.

    Social media bans are rarely implemented, and face fierce opposition from free speech advocates and users.

    The frequency with which such measures are proposed in the Pacific reflects a sobering reality: communities in the region often lack the protections that communities elsewhere in the world rely on to address harmful content and abuse on social media.

    Rule-breaking content
    Current systems for moderating content on social media are not effective in the Pacific. These systems rely on algorithms that flag rule-breaking content in multiple languages, human reviewers who make determinations on flagged material, users who voluntarily report content violating the rules, and legal requests from law enforcement officials.

    Social media platforms do not prioritise hiring from the Pacific region, where there are comparatively fewer people. They do not invest in developing language-specific algorithms for languages like Tongan, Bislama, or Chuukese, which have a smaller user base.

    Despite the growing importance of third-party fact-checking partnerships, no Pacific Island country is home to a dedicated fact-checking team.

    All claims in Australia and the Pacific islands are referred to the Australian Associated Press’s fact-checking unit. Pacific social media users are missing out on one of the few tools that global social media companies use to strengthen information ecosystems due to the lack of a robust local fact-checking organisation.

    All signs point to an increase in the dangers posed by false and misleading information in the months and years ahead, as both state and non-state actors attempt to steer online discourse in service of their strategic goals.

    Politically-motivated domestic and foreign actors (or proxies) regularly attempt to manipulate online platforms and social media worldwide. These efforts are highly diverse, always in flux, and frequently related to more extensive political or national interests.

    At least one organised effort to spread false information online about the West Papuan conflict has already occurred in the Pacific.

    Dangers posed
    External pressures and crises will amplify the dangers posed by these campaigns, as they did during the covid-19 pandemic when an excess of data and a lack of apparent credibility and fact checking allowed rumours to spread unchecked.

    Rising tensions between the developed world and China add to the already complex political situation, and the narrative tug-of-war for influence among significant powers on Covid-19 is likely to continue.

    There is a risk that online misinformation from foreign media will increase due to this competition for narrative dominance, leaving countries in the region vulnerable to influence operations that target online discourse, media, and communities.

    More robust local capacity (outside of government) to identify problematic content and bad actors online is necessary for the region to recover from Covid-19 and respond to future crises.

    This includes better coordination among regional institutions and governments, increased engagement between social media companies and Pacific leaders, and more thorough reporting of online problems.

    Foreseeing and preparing for future potential threats to health and safety is something that leaders can do now.

    Romitesh Kant is a Fiji PhD scholar at the Australian National University, and a research consultant with more than 10 years’ experience in the fields of governance, civic education and human rights. He is also a contributor to Pacific Journalism Review. This article was originally published on 360info under Creative Commons and RNZ Pacific. It has been republished with permission.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/19/digital-toolbox-needed-to-counter-pacific-hotspot-of-misinformation/feed/ 0 316326
    The Goal of COVID Billionaires https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/17/the-goal-of-covid-billionaires/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/17/the-goal-of-covid-billionaires/#respond Sun, 17 Jul 2022 16:38:02 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=131466 Why the unceasing pressure for people to be injected with experimental s0-called vaccines?

    The post The Goal of COVID Billionaires first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    The post The Goal of COVID Billionaires first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/17/the-goal-of-covid-billionaires/feed/ 0 315948
    Sick and tired of the sickness – some media try to downplay the pandemic https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/17/sick-and-tired-of-the-sickness-some-media-try-to-downplay-the-pandemic/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/17/sick-and-tired-of-the-sickness-some-media-try-to-downplay-the-pandemic/#respond Sun, 17 Jul 2022 00:26:16 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=76449 By Hayden Donnell, RNZ Mediawatch producer

    Covid has now killed around 1700 people in New Zealand, but much of our news reporting and commentary has focused on how we’re moving on from the pandemic. Why is there such a mismatch between that media coverage, and the reality of a virus that’s inflicting more suffering and death than ever before?

    On her show last week, Newstalk ZB’s Heather du Plessis-Allan made a momentous announcement in an almost blithe, off-hand manner.

    “The pandemic’s over for all intents and purposes but we’re still having to deal with this nonsense. Isn’t that ultimately why we’re feeling miserable because we all want a break? If I was in government what I’d do right now is ‘green setting guys, go for your life, party party, whatever’. Just for the mental break of it.”

    The announcement that the pandemic is over would have been news to the families of the eight people reported to have died with covid-19 in New Zealand that day.

    But du Plessis-Allan is far from an outlier in wanting to place a still raging pandemic in the rearview mirror.

    Recently a senior Stuff executive sent staff a memo telling them their audience is “over covid” and has “actively moved on from covid content”.

    It implored them to find cracker non-covid stories on topics including cons, crime, and safety, the cost of living, NZ culture, and stuff everyone is talking about.

    Much wider group
    Stuff’s audience is part of a much wider group that’s actively moving on from covid.

    National leader Christopher Luxon just returned from a whirlwind overseas tour with the news that most people he met were no longer even talking about covid.

    “It’s interesting to me I’ve just come back from Singapore, Ireland, and the UK. In most of those places we didn’t have a single covid conversation. In places like Ireland there’s no mask wearing at all.”

    Luxon is right. Many places around the world have dropped their covid restrictions.

    But even if we’re determined to ignore it, covid has remained stubbornly real, and is continuing to cause equally real harm.

    In the United States, hospitalisations and reinfections are rising with the increasing prevalence of the BA.5 strain of omicron.

    In the UK, about 13,000 hospital beds are currently occupied by covid patients. Hospitals are dealing with staff absences, exhaustion, persistent backlogs and problems discharging patients, and the UK government is considering bringing back restrictions if the situation gets any worse.

    Same story as here
    If that all sounds familiar, it’s because pretty much the exact same story is playing out here.

    Association of General Surgeons president Rowan French delivered some dire news to RNZ’s Morning Report about hospitals’ current troubles with scheduling elective surgeries.

    “It’s the worst I’ve ever seen it,” he said. “We don’t say that lightly but I think it is the worst we’ve ever seen it, particularly with respect to our ability to treat our patients’ elective conditions.”

    French said those issues were exacerbated by a wave of covid-19 and winter flu.

    Covid patients were taking up a lot of the beds that would normally be used by people recovering from surgery, and he couldn’t see an end in sight to the crisis.

    There’s a jarring mismatch between that kind of interview and the concurrent harping about the need to move on from covid.

    That’s producing cognitive dissonance, not just in the public, but among media commentators, some of whom are now bobbling between berating our minimal remaining efforts to mitigate covid-19 and lamenting the damage being caused by the uncontrolled spread of the virus.

    Mental oscillations
    In some cases, these mental oscillations can take place in mere hours.

    On the morning of July 6, Newstalk ZB Wellington host Nick Mills had harsh words for the epidemiologists urging caution over covid.

    “Michael Baker, let us get on with our lives. You go back to your lab. Do some intelligent work. Get paid truckloads of money doing it, and live in an extremely flash house. But for me, I don’t want to hear from you anymore. I want to get on with my life and our life.”

    On du Plessis-Allan’s panel show The Huddle later that day, he had a different message about the severity of the latest wave.

    “I’m absolutely terrified because it could be the straw that breaks the camel’s back,” he said. “If we have to go back [to a red setting] – and it will all be based on hospitals gonna have to be overcrowded — these numbers are terrifying.”

    Maybe if Nick Mills had listened more closely to Professor Michael Baker, his research on BA.5 wouldn’t have come as such a nasty surprise.

    To be fair to these hosts, their contradictory approaches to covid are pretty relatable.

    Sick of the sickness
    Even without any hard data to hand, it’s safe to say many people are sick of the sickness, and some are prepared to live in a state of suspended disbelief to act like that’s the case.

    But covid isn’t over, and now many leading experts are saying it may never be.

    Last week The Project commissioned a poll which showed 38 percent of people agree with those experts. They believe covid is here for good.

    Afterward presenter Kanoa Lloyd quizzed epidemiologist Dr Tony Blakely about whether those respondents were right.

    “It’s possible,” he said. “It’s rolling on. Remember influenza in 1918, we still get influenza every year. This is a coronavirus. It could keep coming up every year.”

    Dr Blakely is among a number of epidemiologists and healthcare workers who have gone to the media lately to deliver the message that there is still a pandemic on.

    On last weekend’s episode of Newshub Nation, the aforementioned Professor Michael Baker compared covid to the “inconvenient truth” of climate change — a global threat that demands real change and ongoing action to mitigate.

    Common sense safety
    He went on to link covid precautions to another common sense safety measure.

    “If you go out when you have this infection and infect your friends and family, you are going to be killing some people — just like drinking and driving,” he said.

    At The Spinoff, microbiologist Siouxsie Wiles stuck with the driving metaphor, imploring people to make popping on a mask as natural as clicking in your seatbelt.

    This recent flurry of cautious messaging stands in stark contrast to much of the media coverage over the last few months.

    Despite the fact 10 to 20 people per day have been dying of covid-19, that is had a muted response outside of the pro-forma coverage of the Ministry of Health’s 1pm press releases.

    When covid-19 has been covered, the death toll has usually been superseded in the news by complaints from businesses about the few restrictions that remain.

    Maybe that’s not such a surprise. News organisations have a powerful commercial incentive to give their customers what they want, and as Stuff’s executive said, audiences have moved on.

    Like drunk party guest
    But, like a drunk party guest at 3am, coronavirus does not care that you’re tired of it and you want it to leave.

    A month ago, Newsroom’s Marc Daalder made that point in a prescient piece headlined “Covid isn’t over, it’s just getting started“.

    He said the media needed to adjust from covering covid as a crisis to seeing it as an ongoing concern like the road toll or crime.

    “It’s no longer temporary. It’s here to stay with us. And I don’t think that journalists have really figured out how to cover it as a daily issue, just like we cover all of the other daily issues that are really problematic,” he said.

    “In some respects, it’s a bit bigger because it has a much more serious burden in terms of deaths and hospitalisations and long covid than something like the road toll, but just because it’s not a temporary crisis anymore, doesn’t mean that we should be ignoring it.”

    Daalder said reporters could reorientate their coverage, writing more human interest stories on issues like the impact of long covid, and looking forward at how the virus and the fight against it will evolve.

    “I think we are poorly served by media coverage, after the peak of the first omicron wave, in which there was no looking forward to what’s going to be happening in the short term or the long term.

    Omicron peaked … and then?
    “There was just this all this focus on what would happen when omicron peaked, and then it did, and, and nothing filled the void after that. And so I think it’s quite natural for people to assume that covid is over.”

    Journalists could also apply more pressure to the government over the continuing levels of preventable suffering and death being caused by cmicron’s spread, Daalder said.

    He has advocated for the return of the alert level system, which he believes was much more simple and comprehensible than the traffic light system implemented late last year.

    “There’s not really very much accountability journalism that looks at holding the government accountable for essentially abandoning vulnerable people to the whims of the virus,” he said.

    “You have this sort of very strange juxtaposition in the [parliamentary] press gallery where the covid minister will be asked by one person: ‘Are you concerned about BA.5? It’s starting to spread in New Zealand. Should we be increasing our restrictions?’

    “And then in the next breath, the question is ‘Why aren’t we in green? When will we ever get to green?’.

    Better balancing
    “I’m not sure that either of those get to the heart of the present issue, which is that the current settings aren’t aren’t even aligned with a non-BA.5 world.”

    Daalder said news organisations should find ways to balance their commercial incentives and the public interest role of journalism when it comes to important, but not always clickable, stories like covid or climate change.

    “There’s an extent to which you should follow what audiences want. And you shouldn’t necessarily be trying to force something down their throats that they don’t want.

    “But with something like covid, where it’s such a huge, important thing that’s happening, and that’s going to keep happening, regardless of whether you write about it or not.

    “I think that’s where you know that that mission of journalism to tell the truth really comes in and overrides maybe some of the audience imperatives.”

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/17/sick-and-tired-of-the-sickness-some-media-try-to-downplay-the-pandemic/feed/ 0 315931
    ‘We’ve politicised this issue too much’ – NZ expert calls for mandated indoor mask-wearing https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/14/weve-politicised-this-issue-too-much-nz-expert-calls-for-mandated-indoor-mask-wearing/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/14/weve-politicised-this-issue-too-much-nz-expert-calls-for-mandated-indoor-mask-wearing/#respond Thu, 14 Jul 2022 11:34:28 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=76368 By Craig McCulloch, RNZ News deputy political editor

    A prominent New Zealand epidemiologist is calling for much wider mask mandates, saying the roll-out of free masks, while positive, will make a “fairly small” difference to the covid-19 outbreak.

    The government yesterday announced masks and rapid antigen tests would be made freely available while the country battled a resurgence of covid-19 and other winter illnesses.

    University of Otago’s Professor Michael Baker told RNZ News much more was required to prevent the worst outcomes of a “really grim winter”.

    “We are missing the fundamental measure to stop sharing this virus widely and that is universal mask use indoors.”

    23 more deaths
    The Ministry of Health reports there were 11,382 new community cases of covid-19 yesterday and a further 23 deaths with the virus.

    In a statement, the ministry said a child less than 10 years old had died, while five other people who died were in their 70s, nine were in their 80s and eight were aged over 90. Of these people, 11 were women and 12 were men.

    All the deaths being reported occurred in the past seven days, the ministry said.

    That takes the total number of publicly reported deaths with covid-19 to 1760 and the seven-day rolling average of reported deaths is 20.

    Dr Baker said New Zealand needed to shift to becoming a “mask-using society”, which he believed could be achieved only through mandating their use in most indoor environments.

    “The very ad hoc approach to requiring mask use is eroding the social licence for them,” Dr Baker said.

    “You go to one social event, and everyone’s wearing a mask, and so you feel comfortable. Next day, you go to a different one, and no one’s wearing a mask, except you, and that feels a bit odd. We need to get rid of those inconsistencies.”

    Fear of political backlash
    Dr Baker said he believed the government had opted for a greater focus on personal responsibility for fear of a potential political backlash.

    “Unfortunately, we’ve politicised this issue too much and politics is starting to take over from the science.”

    But, speaking to RNZ Checkpoint, Covid-19 Response Minister Ayesha Verrall said it was “not simple” to implement mask mandates.

    “It impacts the running of many businesses and we need people to take a pragmatic approach to this.”

    Dr Verrall said, however, she would encourage everyone to wear a mask while indoors as much as possible.

    She rejected the suggestion the government’s approach to tackling rising covid-19 cases was based on politics over health.

    Dr Verrall would not say if the predicted peak of 1200 hospitalisations a day would be a crisis, but said the government was doing everything it could to avoid the scenario playing out.

    ‘Real health pressures’
    “I think it’s really important we respond to the very real pressures in our health system, and I’ve been in close contact with healthcare workers, as well as following the statistics we get to make sure we know what the facts are, and that we respond to them and fix the problems that exist,” she said.

    “A lot of what we set out today is designed to do that.”

    Green Party MP Teanau Tuiono said the development was “about time”, but he would have liked to see masks made mandatory in schools.

    “We’re all over it, we’re all tired… but it’s just no excuse to drop the ball because here’s the thing: there are people still in hospital, people dying from covid,” he said.

    “The numbers are going up and we are in the middle of winter, so what we need here is that leadership.”

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/14/weve-politicised-this-issue-too-much-nz-expert-calls-for-mandated-indoor-mask-wearing/feed/ 0 315415
    One Year After July 11, 2021: Washington Carries On It’s Economic War Against Cuba Despite Political Isolation https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/12/one-year-after-july-11-2021-washington-carries-on-its-economic-war-against-cuba-despite-political-isolation/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/12/one-year-after-july-11-2021-washington-carries-on-its-economic-war-against-cuba-despite-political-isolation/#respond Tue, 12 Jul 2022 01:02:05 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=131368 [T]he heroism of normality in Cuba does not generate headlines. — Cuban revolutionary journalist Rosa Miriam Elizalde July 11, 2021 in Cuba quickly went from legitimate, valid, peaceful street protests to violent provocations and destructive acts directed by US clients in Cuba. Thousands of people in many cities, towns, and working-class neighborhoods took to the […]

    The post One Year After July 11, 2021: Washington Carries On It’s Economic War Against Cuba Despite Political Isolation first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    [T]he heroism of normality in Cuba does not generate headlines.
    — Cuban revolutionary journalist Rosa Miriam Elizalde

    July 11, 2021 in Cuba quickly went from legitimate, valid, peaceful street protests to violent provocations and destructive acts directed by US clients in Cuba. Thousands of people in many cities, towns, and working-class neighborhoods took to the streets in response to harsh, deteriorating conditions — the worst of the Covid Delta infections, hospitalizations, and deaths on the island before the application of the Cuban-vaccines; the electricity blackouts in the scorching Cuban summer; on top of the existing shortages of food, gasoline, and medicines — and perceived shortcomings in government measures and action. This was accompanied by the highly orchestrated, parallel activation of longstanding counter-revolutionary networks, catalyzed and coordinated by US “social media” platforms with clear, documented threads leading to Washington and its minions. Of course, these counter-revolutionary networks are financially sustained and politically directed by US government agencies.

    While most of the protests remained peaceful, there were significant levels of violence in numerous neighborhoods, including assaults on police and other citizens; the destruction and looting of public and private homes, properties, and businesses; and overturning cars and dumping garbage in the streets. Some 1300 Cuban citizens were initially arrested and detained, with most subsequently released. Hundreds have been charged and tried over recent months in judicial proceedings that are ongoing, around 70 on relatively minor charges. Heavy sentences have been handed down for those convicted so far – based on documented evidence with the right to defense council and due process – of the violent crimes referred above.

    Fizzle and Collapse

    As the July 11 anniversary comes and goes, its ephemeral character became apparent within days — if not hours — as the “unprecedented uprising against communist tyranny” and for “freedom” fizzled out and collapsed.

    The first line of defense for the Cuban revolutionary socialist government, under the leadership of President Miguel Diaz-Canel, was not “repression” (of course, the violent riots perpetrated directly and indirectly by US clients had to be quickly contained and stopped by force) but was political, on two intertwined levels, in the historic traditions of the Cuban Revolution and the undefeated legacy of Fidel Castro and his extraordinary leadership team in defense of Cuban sovereignty and socialism.

    Within hours and days of the July 11 protests and subsequent counter-revolutionary violence, the Cuban revolutionaries and working class vanguard took to the streets in mass counter-mobilizations which made crystal clear what the actual political and social relationship of forces on the island is.

    Part of this revolutionary mobilization was the initiatives of the Diaz-Canel government to directly go to neighborhoods and communities and cities where protests erupted. President Diaz-Canel was continually present on the ground, not behind legions of heavily armed police and military, not before a staged, hand-picked audience, but rather to listen to grievances and project advances and solutions within the limitations of the asphyxiating blockade.

    The political tone taken by the Cuban president and government was not to castigate and demonize those who took to the streets on July 11 as participants, but to differentiate between legitimate and valid grievances and demands and the US-directed counterrevolutionary subversion and violence. This was complemented and intertwined with the actions of the mass organizations – the Committees for the Defense of the Revolution (CDR); Confederation of Cuban Workers (CTC), Federation of Cuban Women (FMC), and the mass organizations of small farmers, students, artists and intellectuals, and more — that are the grass-roots mass expressions of Cuba’s participatory, socialist “democracy,” which is, of course, distinct from the forms and practice of capitalist parliamentary “democracy,” a subject of great theoretical and practical-political importance (and for a different essay I would like to take up in the future.)

    A July 10, 2022 NBC News piece grudgingly states that:

    Since the protests a year ago, Cuba has taken steps to try to address discontent relating to conditions in the island, including renovating about 1,000 impoverished neighborhoods. President Miguel Díaz-Canel has also stressed the ‘urgent effort’ of addressing ‘opportunity’ — rather than ‘assistance’— aimed at the country’s youth, including tackling issues of employment, training and housing.

    (See attached speech by Miguel Diaz-Canel.

    From Trump to Biden

    After July 11, 2021 bipartisan Washington and the capitalist media oligopolies unleashed a propaganda blitzkrieg against the Cuban government. This campaign unrealistically (wildly so!) raised expectations and illusions across the board in Washington; this was especially the case with right-wing Cuban-Americans energized under the Donald Trump Administration. (President Joseph Biden’s policies and broken campaign promises to alleviate or reverse Trump’s deepening of the blockade also accelerated the growth of Puentes de Amor-Bridges of Love and the inspiring Caravan movement of Cuban-Americans against the blockade, which have spread across the US, Canada, and worldwide.)

    The Biden Administration instead shamelessly used the July 11, 2021 events as a cover for continuing and deepening the very same Trump measures. From Trump to Biden there was a seamless transition in these stepped-up “regime change” programs and economic asphyxiation.

    Perhaps most critical in this further imperialist turning-of-the-screws under Biden and US Secretary of State Antony Blinken was their decision to keep Cuba on the US State Department list of “state sponsors of terrorism,” reinstated in the last days of the Trump Administration. This obscenity is a stunningly bogus and two-faced fabrication that reversed the Barack Obama-Biden Administration’s removal of Cuba from the notorious list in May 2015. Revolutionary Cuba has been a historic and contemporary recipient of terrorism, mostly US-based, including directly and indirectly, from the US government. Inclusion on the lists makes state and private economic entities wary of economic exchanges with Cuba in fear of extraterritorial US sanctions.

    “Repression”

    Faced with the political debris from the post-7-11 failure of what had been the most concerted and coordinated stab at “regime change” in decades, Washington politicians and the capitalist media are settling on a common “explanation” for the actual course of events. The “explanation” comes down to the “exceptional” efficacy of Cuban government and state “repression.” That is, the ability of Cuba’s government and mobilized majority to defend itself and their sovereign workers state from the US blockade and US subversive projects, policies, and programs which are longstanding and well-funded. This is bipartisan Washington’s political line and rationalization for the collapse and routing of their client base and agencies…and they’re sticking to it!

    A typical account in the NBC News online piece cited above quotes Juan Pappier, a “senior Americas researcher” at “Human Rights Watch”: “Over decades, the Cuban government has been able to develop a machinery of repression, which is unique in its sophistication in the Western Hemisphere,” said Pappier. What Human Rights Watch means by “unique in its sophistication” is that the Cuban Revolution and its revolutionary Marxist leadership has been particularly effective in defending itself against ongoing US bellicosity over many decades. That is fairly unique in the contemporary history of Latin American, Central American, and Caribbean revolutionary processes which necessarily come up against US subversion and intervention.

    (See my article for a description of this notoriously anti-Cuban, Washington-echoing Human Rights Watch outfit.)

    It is an illusion and a diversion to frame the failure of Washington and its clients inside Cuba to gain serious political traction and political momentum as the result of “repression.” It is, of course, the duty and obligation of the revolutionary socialist Cuban government to counter and defeat Washington’s permanent, subversive, “regime change” schemes. And the Cuban revolutionaries are damn good at it from experience! After all, necessity is the mother of invention.

    What does not exist in Cuba for the counter-revolutionary forces under the direction of Washington is a mass base with a united organization and program. Their base is in Washington and part of the polarized Cuban-American community in Miami and elsewhere. Otherwise, inside Cuba what these forces have left are just various networks and money-laundering operations with threads that all lead to Washington. These groups do not exist to lead a mass counter-revolutionary movement for which they have no significant mass base, but to be points of support for any potential direct US military intervention and invasion under the “right” conditions of economic and social collapse from the US economic and political war.

    Anyone with the slightest familiarity with Cuba’s mass participatory decision-making political forms and electoral processes – certainly distinct from the parliamentary democratic forms of many capitalist states — knows that freewheeling debate and contention within the Revolution is a norm that exists alongside necessary and voluntary revolutionary unity under the conditions of permanent economic, financial, and political siege by the US imperialist superpower. Within that crucible – not at all what any revolutionary Marxist would consider ideal – “socialist democracy” advances and flourishes. A stunning example today is the rich and sometimes contentious, nationwide debates, within a mass deliberative process, over modernization and updating of Cuba’s renamed Families Code that includes issues of same-sex marriage, the rights of children, and much more.

    The caricature of a cowed and tyrannized Cuban population anxious to be “liberated” by a benevolent Uncle Sam is nonsense that has gained little political traction beyond the Washington and Miami policymaker’s bubble. Do most of them even believe it themselves?

    Cracks in the Blockade’s Armor?

    It is never easy for a bully to back down. Under some pressure to avoid a united boycott of the June 2022 US-hosted Summit of the Americas in Los Angeles Summit from numerous countries – including perhaps the entire bloc of Caribbean states constituting CARICOM – the Biden Administration made some limited concessions – easing family remittances (although mechanisms have yet to be established; loosening travel restrictions and allowing new airline routes; and liberalizing “people-to-people” exchanges (although normal tourist travel remains banned and hotel access for US citizens and legal residents is severely restricted) – that cushioned the Summit from a humiliating debacle. CARICOM, with the honorable exception of PM Ralph Gonsalves of the St. Vincent and the Grenadines – ended up in the room – although, once there, the remarks of CARICOM members blasted the exclusions of Cuba, Venezuela, and Nicaragua and US anti-Cuba policies from the floor.

    At the same time the Biden Administration is under mounting pressure from the growing numbers of Cubans who are emigrating under the accumulating harshness of economic conditions that Biden’s blockade has maintained in continuity with Donald Trump’s policies. This is an inevitable consequence of the US economic war against Cuba. These numbers are up to over 140,000 leaving Cuba aiming to enter the US, the largest numbers since the so-called Mariel boat lift of 1980 that reached 125,000.

    The Primary Contradiction

    The triumph of the mobilized Cuban people and revolutionary socialist government over the Washington-directed “soft coup” was already apparent in the immediate aftermath of the July 11, 2021 events. This political triumph was intertwined with the successful development and production of Cuban vaccines against COVID-19 and the highly successful mass vaccination efforts, including for children two-years and up. November 15, 2021—the announced day that Cuban schools, tourism and much else officially reopened — was touted by Washington and its counter-revolutionary networks to be a day of renewed protests, with the banging of pots in the streets and from home windows, with all the hyperbole they could muster. But the “heroism of normality” triumphed on that day and the retreat and isolation of the US-directed counter-revolutionary network again fell flat.

    We should add the incredible mobilizations – 6.5 million in the streets across the country, some one million in Havana – for the May Day celebrations which brought out the organized Cuban working class and fighting people as a whole. This was the first May Day held for two years because of COVID and the enthusiasm and determination of the marchers was evident to anyone there (as I was privileged to be).

    May Day 2022 in Havana

    All of this has also led to negative political consequences for the bipartisan US anti-Cuba aggressive policy implemented by Biden and Blinken in their first 18 months in the White House and “Foggy Bottom.” Their policy has failed to gain traction and remains isolated in the Americas, as registered at the Los Angeles Summit.  This will be further registered worldwide in the annual Fall vote in the UN General Assembly – this will be the 30th such vote since 1992! – to overwhelmingly oppose the US extraterritorial commercial, financial, and economic embargo, the blockade. (Washington, of course, has appealed for the UN General Assembly to condemn the invasion of Ukraine by the Russian Federation government of Vladimir Putin but has tried to put its head in the sand over 30 consecutive UN condemnations!) But for now bipartisan Washington is carrying on amidst the growing political wreckage.

    At the same time, the economic (and thereby social) crisis in Cuba continues to deepen with a horrific, devastating impact. The US blockade is a sadistic policy, insofar as its authors are conscious of the human consequences of the tightening of the US asphyxiation policies under Trump and Biden.

    In summary, we can say that the primary contradiction at this conjuncture in the fight for the normalization of US-Cuba relations is between the political isolation of bipartisan Washington and the political defeat – after such raised expectations and the anti-Cuba, anti-communist propaganda blitzkrieg – from July 11 to November 15, 2021 on one hand and the continuing and deepening material pounding from the blockade on the Cuban economy and people on the other.

    It is clear from eyewitness reports from recent visitors to Cuba from the US solidarity movement that we are approaching a reality where Cuban people are going to die from shortages in medicines such as insulin and many other life-saving medications and medical equipment that the blockade prevents Cuba from purchasing. (And let us never forget – or forgive – that the blockade was deepened by the Trump and Biden Administrations during the worldwide COVID-19 pandemic.)

    Everything in the next period flows from this primary contradiction which is also the primary political dynamic. There is no question that the resistance of the Cuban workers state, elected government, and fighting people will continue on every front. Biden and Blinken are going into a period where their anti-Cuba policy is more, not less, isolated. The October 2022 parliamentary elections in Brazil seem set for the ignominious ouster of the Jair Bolsonaro regime and the election of Luis Ignacio Lula da Silva. Lula da Silva, like President Andres Manuel Lopez Obrador of Mexico, is an historic friend of Cuba and a strong opponent of the US anti-Cuba blockade.

    If elected, Lula, like other newly elected left-wing governments in Honduras, Chile, and Colombia, may or may not be able to effectively counter the resistance of the capitalists and large landowners, backed by the capitalist states (military, police, courts, prisons) they will be governing, to any progressive reforms in the interests of the working class, landless peasants, oppressed nationalities, women, and youth or anti-imperialist policies they aim to carry out to significantly diminish the neoliberal capitalist order in the current, mounting world capitalist economic crisis with its permanent political volatility and instability.

    Nevertheless, none of these governments, even Chile’s President Gabriel Boric, who has tossed out some anti-Cuba boilerplate while also speaking out against the blockade, will be an ally to Biden and bipartisan Washington, in pursuing the criminal blockade.

    The remaining months of 2022 will see the UN vote, the Brazilian presidential and parliamentary elections, and the mid-term Congressional elections in the United States.

    The Cuba solidarity and anti-blockade movement must build on our significant advances in the next period to step up our solidarity aid and our political work against the blockade. Out of many fronts of struggle let us unite in one fist against the blockade. Let us support the many solidarity caravans and brigades traveling to Cuba in the coming days, weeks, and months. Support and donate to the Saving Lives Campaign for US-Cuba-Canada Collaboration and the Global Health Partners Campaign to send critically needed anesthesia machines and sutures to the Calixto Garcia Hospital main surgical trauma center in Havana. Let us unite in mass actions in New York City, across the US, Canada, and worldwide to mark the Fall UN vote!

    We Are With the World!

    Cuba Si, Bloqueo No!

    The post One Year After July 11, 2021: Washington Carries On It’s Economic War Against Cuba Despite Political Isolation first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Ike Nahem.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/12/one-year-after-july-11-2021-washington-carries-on-its-economic-war-against-cuba-despite-political-isolation/feed/ 0 314434
    Sustainability: Modelling vs. the empirical frontier https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/08/sustainability-modelling-vs-the-empirical-frontier/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/08/sustainability-modelling-vs-the-empirical-frontier/#respond Fri, 08 Jul 2022 03:10:57 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=131159 Thirty years ago I organized an International Congress on Environmental Consciousness and Mass Media, held in Dresden at the Deutsche Hygiene Museum. 1 The central concern of that conference attended by journalists, PR and advertising experts, corporate communications officers and artists from more than 23 countries, was what does the mass media do to shape our […]

    The post Sustainability: Modelling vs. the empirical frontier first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    Thirty years ago I organized an International Congress on Environmental Consciousness and Mass Media, held in Dresden at the Deutsche Hygiene Museum. 1 The central concern of that conference attended by journalists, PR and advertising experts, corporate communications officers and artists from more than 23 countries, was what does the mass media do to shape our awareness of issues and the importance we assign to them? (It took several years after the 1991 Gulf War for people to realize that what they thought was live combat reporting was in mainly televised “video game” footage.) The question was also asked what is the relationship between consciousness and action? Does the awareness of something always motivate and define action? After some thirty years of observing the way environmentalism has been transformed from a marginal fetish of opposition politics to a central dogma of multinational corporations and government policy,2 I believe the past thirty years and especially the past three years have provided me the experience to justify an empirical skepticism regarding the sincerity of this transformation.

    The title expresses that skepticism. I am skeptical about what sustainability really means. I am also skeptical about the knowledge claims underlying the so-called Global Sustainable Development Goals (GSDG or simply SDG). I especially do not believe that we should rely on models—at least not the models that have been used to justify the seriously misguided and destructive policies asserted to support those goals. I believe much of our present misery—not yet fully appreciated in its scope—is due to a superstitious belief in ”Science” and its models and a refusal or at least a severe hesitance to observe and act on the basis of what we can find at the empirical frontier.

    The most recent UN report on sustainability is the 2019 Global Sustainable Development Report, entitled The Future is Now: Science for achieving sustainable development. Written by the “independent group of scientists appointed by the Secretary General (UN)”, the report focuses on “how science can best accelerate the achievement of the sustainable development goals”.  The authors call for “sustainability science”. The authors add that, “science and technology are at the heart of the 2030 Agenda, included as one of the means of implementation under Goal 17.” 3

    This raises the question “what is science?” I believe most people would answer this question with the admission that “science is what scientists do”. There are sciences, like physics, chemistry, biology, that are called the natural sciences, sometimes the “hard” sciences. Then there are those relatively new fields like psychology and sociology or economics, which are frequently called human, or social, or “soft” sciences. The distinction implies that physical or natural sciences are somehow more scientific— by which people generally mean experimentally based, tested, fact-oriented while social sciences are not really experimental, not very accurate or lacking in universally accepted methods. I do not want to open this debate here. However, I think it is very important to recognize that even under normal conditions there is no universal answer to the question what constitutes science.

    What is meant by sustainable, especially sustainable development? The UN definition says this is development that “meets the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs.” So if we accept this definition—at least for the sake of argument—then what does science tell us about sustainable development and how best to accelerate its achievement?

    I want to argue here that “science” actually does two things. One, it provides models for interpreting reality. Two, it provides the rhetorical foundation for what must be believed. That is what we call Truth.

    At the end of the 19th century there was a change in economic theory and in the structure of the sciences as a whole. In what has been called the Marginal Revolution, led by economists like Stanley Jevons, Carl Menger, Léon Walras and Alfred Marshall, economics ceased to be the study of the allocation of surplus and became the study of scarcity.4  At the same time economists shifted their attention from the real economy and industrial development to mathematical models of the economy. This was the time when mathematics became the language of science. Science defined reality in mathematical terms and therefore reality was supposed to be the most logical, coherent and efficient mathematical formula. Today that mathematical modeling is also computer-based modeling. We are supposed to assume that the model is not just a selection or a hypothesis about reality—but that it is identical with reality.

    In the 1970s there was a series of high-level international meetings at which the human environment was debated. 5  All of these meetings focused on the claim that the world was overpopulated and that this overpopulation was causing all the social and economic disruption that had been increasing since the end of the Second World War. Then as now, supposed overpopulation and scarcity of resources was made the central policy issue to be governed by global action. However, the only way one could possibly claim that population was excessive was to build a mathematical model. Any such model requires assumptions—which cannot be proven—and a choice of parameters from a potentially infinite number of factors. The main assumption, better said concern, by those attending these international meetings was: after the world war and the independence of many European and American colonies, population was growing again. These people would want to live at least at the same level as their former colonial masters did. This problem was defined as overpopulation. A cottage industry emerged producing mathematical models to show that such development would lead to disaster—leaving it rather vague as for whom.

    Already at the 1972 Stockholm conference the People’s Republic of China objected to the population model proposed. China was justified in its objection at least because, like the Soviet Union, it had lost about 20 per cent of its population due to World War II and the subsequent civil war (fought also to prevent re-colonisation of the country as had occurred in Korea and Indochina after 1945). While world population has grown since 1945, this growth has not been uniform. While consumption has expanded, that too has not been distributed uniformly. US diplomat and “Cold Warrior” George Kennan advised the US government in the immediate post-war era that it would take military and economic coercion to assure that the US – with approximately 20 per cent of the world’s population—could continue to consume about 60 per cent of the world’s resources. In short, the main assumption of the overpopulation model was the equilibrium needed to preserve the status quo for now and “for future generations”. The model for population growth treated the non-white (including China and the Soviet Union) like a rabbit infestation. It assumed that such rabbits would naturally consume more resources and reduce that 60 per cent claim. Just as the marginal revolution seems to have coincided with the abolition of slavery in the 19th century, the basis of population science and its peculiar form of environmentalism emerged with the end of European colonialism.

    Moreover, the insistence that a necessarily finite series of factors were isomorphic with the earth’s environment requires a political decision and the power to impose it. The choice to eliminate all natural phenomena; e.g., solar or lunar influences or the movement of the Earth in the solar system (or universe) from any calculations is based on limited and in part erroneous assumptions—foremost of which is that the model is identical with reality. Add to this some of the factual absurdities like “zero carbon” or “net zero carbon dioxide emissions”. All aerobic animals—of which humans are just the most conspicuous—produce carbon dioxide by metabolizing oxygen from the atmosphere. At the same time nearly all plant life depends on the absorption of carbon dioxide. Carbon is not the foundation of fossil fuels but the foundation of life itself on this planet. Hence “carbon neutral” is just another euphemism for an equilibrium in which the status quo—for the ownership/ruling class—is preserved at the expense of respiration for the rest of the planet and osmosis for the Earth’s plant life. Systems theories also emerged together with cybernetics at the same time as these population reduction models. Why was that? It was surely no coincidence that the leading edge systems theory acolytes joined the military-industrial complex. Probably the most notorious system developed was the counter-insurgency program in Vietnam known as Phoenix. Systems theory together with CIA –funded social anthropology were developed to manage emerging populations that had previously been managed by missionaries and the colonial services. Cybernetics as well as artificial intelligence (AI) continued where Taylorism finished in the reorganization of factory labour. Despite extravagant scientific assertions and miraculous claims for improvement of work processes, the real scientific value produced by “compulsive calculators” is not beyond dispute.6

    All these models purport to predict the future (because they claim to represent the real world) but are, in fact, only tools for social management, like Tarot cards. Fortune reading can influence behavior and perceptions but that is not the same as predicting the future. That should be obvious once we ask what our particular future would mean for someone on another continent whom we do not even know. Scientists respond with statistics and measurements but these too are only structured guesses. One can only measure something one already assumes exists. We do not know therefore the possible importance of all the things we are not measuring!

    The universe or the planet might be treated as a system but there is absolutely no way to know whether it is a system or whether the description of such a system in mathematical or computer simulation is accurate. The only thing that a model can do is provide instructions for people to behave in certain ways. Thus a policy based on a model is no different from a policy based on arbitrary command or fantasy.

    The next problem we have is “the ability of future generations to meet their own needs”. If these needs are truly—their own—how can we know what they are or how they could be met? What we really mean is – assuming that the future will be like the present, preserving the ability to meet needs perceived today in some unknowable future will lend ability to those who actually live in the future. That is if they are like us. That is what “the science” tells us.

    Essentially since 1945, when the largest industrial science project in the world (at that time) the Manhattan Project, established the US as the world’s single biggest funder of all scientific activity, Science has been transformed into a new religion, complete with priests and an ecclesiastical hierarchy.7 This was possible not only because of the enormous amounts of money spent to produce the atomic bombs but because everyone involved at any level of scientific management was sworn to secrecy and loyalty.

    These priests in this religion of science also claim to know the Truth. That is they claim the right to tell us what must be believed– even if it contradicts lived experience. The church of Science is based on that access to power first obtained by the ability to make terrible weapons of mass destruction. The flows of money and privilege to universities, research centres, publications, hospitals, schools, in short everywhere where knowledge is produced or transmitted, also mean the capacity to control access to those resources and institutions.8 We are talking, in other words, not about the science that tells us how to build a house or a car but the Science that tells us what we have to believe about the world and about ourselves.

    Sustainability is not a rational question, nor is it a scientific question. It is a political question. It is a question we have to ask ourselves in real time in real space. If we use a model, we must remember that it is just a model. The CAD/CAM image is just an image and not the product. The ingredients on the package are not identical with what you eat or drink. Science cannot tell us what we need, let alone what future generations will need. These are political decisions and not scientific ones. Of course, if one abandons political criteria using real data in real time and space for whatever some authority claims is “the science” then it should be clear that any decisions that result are based on what we are told to believe not on what we know.

    The GSDGs claim to be based on Science because that has become our universal faith. Science has changed from the techniques of knowing; e.g., experimental feedback, trial and error, into the model for Truth, as religious dogma. 9 Science has become just another way of saying “the word of god”. This does not mean that everything discussed or proposed under the Sustainable Development Goals lacks empirical sense. However, the goals can really only make sense if they are subject to empirical testing and reflect the real living conditions of the people in the places where action is contemplated. In fact, careful reading of the UN documents shows a plan to convert people to a vision and persuade them to apply this vision just the way the missionaries did since exploration and colonial expansion began some 500 years ago. The stakeholder is either a financial beneficiary or someone who will be burned at the stake for the benefit of the former.

    The central premise of the official version of sustainable development—as promoted by the UN—has always been that nothing could be modified in the surviving system that could jeopardize the survival and growth of the victors in the Great War against socialism. To put it in a vulgar but more sincere form, sustainability meant (and means) sustainable profits and growth of the victors‘ system, the capitalist system, in particular finance capitalism— concentrated in the US and EU, but dominated by the tandem financial hubs, Wall Street and the City of London. Since 2000 and again 2008 and again 2020, the rhetoric of the Sustainable Development Goals, although attributed to the UN, is really verbatim the language of the World Economic Forum, the ecumenical council of finance capitalism.

    The SDG and the repeated proposals for their implementation are religious precepts. As such they lack both historical and empirical perspectives. They are dogmatic assertions. The policies and eventual laws, rules and regulations proposed or already adopted do not rely on life experience, history or local reality. While lip service is paid to participation and admissions that there is no “one size fits all” policy, the actual imposition of these dogmas has no basis in the observed empirical frontier. It is like so many other clerical dogmas, a top down regime. There is no real feedback loop or interest in what happens in daily life.

    To illustrate my point: in 2020 almost the entirety of small and medium-sized business was ordered to halt. Computer models were used to produce absurdly exaggerated projections of mortality and healthcare system risk. At the highest international level, so-called scientific experts claimed that they knew what would happen to the health and survival of the world‘s population. In fact, the historical record shows that these models were rehearsed repeatedly over the past 20 years.10

    Yet these experts at no time were able to construct a model for the survival of the SME sector. There was no risk management plan to preserve the critical employers and producers. In fact, these issues were never substantive elements of the tabletop exercises of which there were more than 20 held since 2001. We know here in Portugal how important the SME sector is for employment and survival of many families. This was not a discovery of 2020. If we are honest, we know that many people had to work covertly for fear of incurring serious financial penalties. We know that under such conditions another “illness” is promoted — corruption. The SME sector is vulnerable to the corruption regime by which one has to find favors from the local police or administration— just to work or do business. We can only guess how much it cost or would cost when people who need to work for survival are forced to pay protection to do jobs that are completely lawful.

    Although global systems planning anticipated the use of the mass media and other centrally controlled facilities in the event of a “health emergency”, none of the models and none of the policies derived from them in any way addressed the local economic conditions. Moreover while there were constant reports of alleged cases, there were no details available for how many people were unemployed (sacked) or businesses that closed permanently. There was enormous concern for the supply of medical products. However, the obvious disruption of supply chains— attenuated by virtue of years of “just in time” (JIT) downsizing and outsourcing— were disregarded— at least for the SME sector. What was clear — no later than the end of 2020– is that the global online distribution cartel had no such problems moving goods or money.11

    So if you think that the SDG are a United Nations project, supported by an international consensus of people who want to sustain a decent quality of life for humans wherever they live, then you will find you are mistaken. The SDG are a project of the most powerful business corporations in the world: it is a project to manage their risks by transferring them entirely to you.

    On the SDG website one can watch the short video introducing the 2019 GSGD Report. The narrator explains what an opportunity was created by the 2020 “pandemic”. It is praised as an opportunity to destroy much of the economy to “build it back better”.12

    1. See Gerhard de Haan, (Ed.) Umweltbewußtsein und Massenmedien: Perspektiven ökologische Kommunikation, Berlin, 1995.
    2. T.P. Wilkinson. “The Temperature Movement: The Reincarnation of a Perennial Anglo-American Obsession”, Dissident Voice, October 29, 2019.
    3. In the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development: “Science for sustainable development is the focus of Chapter 32 of Agenda 21. It calls for: strengthening the scientific basis for sustainable management; enhancing scientific understanding; improving long-term scientific assessment; and building up scientific capacity and capability.
    4. See Nuno Ornelas Martins, “Interpreting the capitalist order before and after the marginalist revolution“ in Cambridge Journal of Economics (2015), 39, 1109-1127.
    5. The 1970s were an era of great unrest, the US war against Vietnam, independence wars in Africa, domestic protests, the first “oil shocks”. In 1972, the Club of Rome issued its report The Limits to Growth. Based on the World 3 computer model the authors insisted that the world’s resources would be exhausted by continued population growth.
    6. See Joseph Weizenbaum, Computer Power and Human Reason, New York, 1976.
    7. The Manhattan Project started in 1939. By the time the atomic bombs were deployed the project was employing more than 130,000 people and spending the equivalent of approximately USD 23 billion. The project’s secrecy was so great that long after the project had formally ended the US government executed Julius and Ethel Rosenberg in 1953 for allegedly supplying the Soviet Union information about the atomic bombs. One of the project’s leading scientists, Robert Oppenheimer, was purged and deprived of his security clearances for opposing the development of the hydrogen bomb. Already “Big Science” had emerged as a combination of huge research budgets and political power.
    8. Another example is the US National Institutes of Health, originally part of the US military. The sub-unit National Institute for Allergies and Infectious Diseases, headed by Dr Anthony Fauci since 1984, has a budget of more than USD 8 billion per year to dispense as research grants, making it one of the world’s largest single funders of scientific research. A substantial portion of that money comes from the US military budget, too.
    9. See Morse Peckham, Explanation and Power, New York, 1979 and Stanley Aronowitz, Science as Power: Discourse and Ideology in Modern Society, Minneapolis, 1988.
    10. See Robert F. Kennedy Jr. The Real Anthony Fauci: Bill Gates, Big Pharma and the Global War on Democracy and Public Health, New York, 2021.
    11. “The 13 top consumer-focused e-commerce businesses increased their revenues sharply during the pandemic. In 2019, these companies made sales worth USD 2.4 trillion. Following the onset of the Covid-19 pandemic in 2020, this rose sharply to USD 2.9 trillion, and a further increase followed in 2021, taking total sales to USD 3.9 trillion … Alibaba, Amazon, JD.com and Pinduoduo increased their revenues by 70% between 2019 and 2021 and their share of total sales through all these 13 platforms rose from around 75% in 2018 to over 80% in 2020 and 2021.“ See: UNCTAD names new advocates for women in e-commerce.  This does not take profits into account.
    12. See Klaus Schwab (World Economic Forum), Covid-19 The Great Reset, 2020. “The pandemic represents a rare but narrow window of opportunity to reflect, reimagine and reset our world.” For a critical discussion of the real economics behind the past thirty years, in particular the fallout from the 2008 subprime mortgage crisis which is irradiating the world economy to this day, see the work of economist Michael Hudson, starting with Superimperialism (first published in 1968) and subsequent work.
    The post Sustainability: Modelling vs. the empirical frontier first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Angie Tibbs.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/08/sustainability-modelling-vs-the-empirical-frontier/feed/ 0 313562
    COVID, Capitalism, Friedrich and Boris https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/08/covid-capitalism-friedrich-and-boris/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/08/covid-capitalism-friedrich-and-boris/#respond Fri, 08 Jul 2022 03:00:58 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=131219 And thus it renders more and more evident the great central fact that the cause of the miserable condition of the working class is to be sought, not in these minor grievances, but in the capitalistic system itself. — Friedrich Engels, The Condition of the Working Class in England (1845) (preface to the English Edition, […]

    The post COVID, Capitalism, Friedrich and Boris first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    And thus it renders more and more evident the great central fact that the cause of the miserable condition of the working class is to be sought, not in these minor grievances, but in the capitalistic system itself.

    — Friedrich Engels, The Condition of the Working Class in England (1845) (preface to the English Edition, p. 36).

    The IMF and World Bank have for decades pushed a policy agenda based on cuts to public services, increases in taxes paid by the poorest and moves to undermine labour rights and protections.

    IMF ‘structural adjustment’ policies have resulted in 52% of Africans lacking access to healthcare and 83% having no safety nets to fall back on if they lose their job or become sick. Even the IMF has shown that neoliberal policies fuel poverty and inequality.

    In 2021, an Oxfam review of IMF COVID-19 loans showed that 33 African countries were encouraged to pursue austerity policies. The world’s poorest countries are due to pay $43 billion in debt repayments in 2022, which could otherwise cover the costs of their food imports.

    Oxfam and Development Finance International (DFI) have also revealed that 43 out of 55 African Union member states face public expenditure cuts totalling $183 billion over the next five years.

    According to Prof Michel Chossudovsky of the Centre for Research on Globalization, the closure of the world economy has triggered an unprecedented process of global indebtedness. Governments are now under the control of global creditors in the post-COVID era.

    What we are seeing is a de facto privatisation of the state as governments capitulate to the needs of Western financial institutions.

    Moreover, these debts are largely dollar-denominated, helping to strengthen the US dollar and US leverage over countries.

    It raises the question: what was COVID really about?

    Millions have been asking that question since lockdowns and restrictions began in early 2020. If it was indeed about public health, why close down the bulk of health services and the global economy knowing full well what the massive health, economic and debt implications would be?

    Why mount a military-style propaganda campaign to censor world-renowned scientists and terrorise entire populations and use the full force and brutality of the police to ensure compliance?

    These actions were wholly disproportionate to any risk posed to public health, especially when considering the way ‘COVID death’ definitions and data were often massaged and how PCR tests were misused to scare populations into submission.

    Prof Fabio Vighi of Cardiff University implies we should have been suspicious from the start when the usually “unscrupulous ruling elites” froze the global economy in the face of a pathogen that targets almost exclusively the unproductive (the over 80s).

    COVID was a crisis of capitalism masquerading as a public health emergency.

    Capitalism

    Capitalism needs to keep expanding into or creating new markets to ensure the accumulation of capital to offset the tendency for the general rate of profit to fall. The capitalist needs to accumulate capital (wealth) to be able to reinvest it and make further profits. By placing downward pressure on workers’ wages, the capitalist extracts sufficient surplus value to be able to do this.

    But when the capitalist is unable to sufficiently reinvest (due to declining demand for commodities, a lack of investment opportunities and markets, etc), wealth (capital) over accumulates, devalues and the system goes into crisis. To avoid crisis, capitalism requires constant growth, markets and sufficient demand.

    According to writer Ted Reese, the capitalist rate of profit has trended downwards from an estimated 43% in the 1870s to 17% in the 2000s. Although wages and corporate taxes have been slashed, the exploitability of labour was increasingly insufficient to meet the demands of capital accumulation.

    By late 2019, many companies could not generate sufficient profit. Falling turnover, limited cashflows and highly leveraged balance sheets were prevalent.

    Economic growth was weakening in the run up to the massive stock market crash in February 2020, which saw trillions more pumped into the system in the guise of ‘COVID relief’.

    To stave off crisis up until that point, various tactics had been employed.

    Credit markets were expanded and personal debt increased to maintain consumer demand as workers’ wages were squeezed. Financial deregulation occurred and speculative capital was allowed to exploit new areas and investment opportunities. At the same time, stock buy backs, the student debt economy, quantitative easing and massive bail outs and subsidies and an expansion of militarism helped to maintain economic growth.

    There was also a ramping up of an imperialist strategy that has seen indigenous systems of production abroad being displaced by global corporations and states pressurised to withdraw from areas of economic activity, leaving transnational players to occupy the space left open.

    While these strategies produced speculative bubbles and led to an overevaluation of assets and increased both personal and government debt, they helped to continue to secure viable profits and returns on investment.

    But come 2019, former governor of the Bank of England Mervyn King warned that the world was sleepwalking towards a fresh economic and financial crisis that would have devastating consequences. He argued that the global economy was stuck in a low growth trap and recovery from the crisis of 2008 was weaker than that after the Great Depression.

    King concluded that it was time for the Federal Reserve and other central banks to begin talks behind closed doors with politicians.

    That is precisely what happened as key players, including BlackRock, the world’s most powerful investment fund, got together to work out a strategy going forward. This took place in the lead up to COVID.

    Aside from deepening the dependency of poorer countries on Western capital, Fabio Vighi says lockdowns and the global suspension of economic transactions allowed the US Fed to flood the ailing financial markets (under the guise of COVID) with freshly printed money while shutting down the real economy to avoid hyperinflation. Lockdowns suspended business transactions, which drained the demand for credit and stopped the contagion.

    COVID provided cover for a multi-trillion-dollar bailout for the capitalist economy that was in meltdown prior to COVID. Despite a decade or more of ‘quantitative easing’, this new bailout came in the form of trillions of dollars pumped into financial markets by the US Fed (in the months prior to March 2020) and subsequent ‘COVID relief’.

    The IMF, World bank and global leaders knew full well what the impact on the world’s poor would be of closing down the world economy through COVID-related lockdowns. Yet they sanctioned it and there is now the prospect that in excess of a quarter of a billion more people worldwide will fall into extreme levels of poverty in 2022 alone.

    In April 2020, the Wall Street Journal stated the IMF and World Bank faced a deluge of aid requests from scores of poorer countries seeking bailouts and loans from financial institutions with $1.2 trillion to lend.

    In addition to helping to reboot the financial system, closing down the global economy deliberately deepened poorer countries’ dependency on Western global conglomerates and financial interests.

    Lockdowns also helped accelerate the restructuring of capitalism that involves smaller enterprises being driven to bankruptcy or bought up by monopolies and global chains, thereby ensuring continued viable profits for Big Tech, the digital payments giants and global online corporations like Meta and Amazon and the eradication of millions of jobs.

    Although the effects of the conflict in Ukraine cannot be dismissed, with the global economy now open again, inflation is rising and causing a ‘cost of living’ crisis. With a debt-ridden economy, there is limited scope for rising interest rates to control inflation.

    But this crisis is not inevitable: current inflation is not only induced by the liquidity injected into the financial system but also being fuelled by speculation in food commodity markets and corporate greed as energy and food corporations continue to rake in vast profits at the expense of ordinary people.

    Resistance

    However, resistance is fertile.

    Aside from the many anti-restriction/pro-freedom rallies during COVID, we are now seeing a more strident trade unionism coming to the fore – in Britain at least – led by media savvy leaders like Mick Lynch, general secretary of the National Union of Rail, Maritime and Transport Workers (RMT), who know how to appeal to the public and tap into widely held resentment against soaring cost of living rises.

    Teachers, health workers and others could follow the RMT into taking strike action.

    Lynch says that millions of people in Britain face lower living standards and the stripping out of occupational pensions. He adds:

    COVID has been a smokescreen for the rich and powerful in this country to drive down wages as far as they can.

    Just like a decade of imposed ‘austerity’ was used to achieve similar results in the lead up to COVID.

    The trade union movement should now be taking a leading role in resisting the attack on living standards and further attempts to run-down state-provided welfare and privatise what remains. The strategy to wholly dismantle and privatise health and welfare services seems increasingly likely given the need to rein in (COVID-related) public debt and the trend towards AI, workplace automisation and worklessness.

    This is a real concern because, following the logic of capitalism, work is a condition for the existence of the labouring classes. So, if a mass labour force is no longer deemed necessary, there is no need for mass education, welfare and healthcare provision and systems that have traditionally served to reproduce and maintain labour that capitalist economic activity has required.

    In 2019, Philip Alston, the UN rapporteur on extreme poverty, accused British government ministers of the “systematic immiseration of a significant part of the British population” in the decade following the 2008 financial crash.

    Alston stated:

    As Thomas Hobbes observed long ago, such an approach condemns the least well off to lives that are ‘solitary, poor, nasty, brutish, and short’. As the British social contract slowly evaporates, Hobbes’ prediction risks becoming the new reality.

    Post-COVID, Alston’s words carry even more weight.

    As this article draws to a close, news is breaking that Boris Johnson has resigned as prime minister. A remarkable PM if only for his criminality, lack of moral foundation and double standards – also applicable to many of his cronies in government.

    With this in mind, let’s finish where we began.

    I have never seen a class so deeply demoralised, so incurably debased by selfishness, so corroded within, so incapable of progress, as the English bourgeoisie… For it nothing exists in this world, except for the sake of money, itself not excluded. It knows no bliss save that of rapid gain, no pain save that of losing gold. In the presence of this avarice and lust of gain, it is not possible for a single human sentiment or opinion to remain untainted.

    The Condition of the Working Class in England (1845), p. 275.

    The post COVID, Capitalism, Friedrich and Boris first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Colin Todhunter.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/08/covid-capitalism-friedrich-and-boris/feed/ 0 313564
    Xian under seven-day lockdown amid surge in COVID-19 cases across eastern China https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/xian-covid-07072022123551.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/xian-covid-07072022123551.html#respond Thu, 07 Jul 2022 16:51:08 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/xian-covid-07072022123551.html Authorities across China have stepped up mass testing and COVID-19 restrictions as cases continued to surge in major cities.

    Millions stood in line in Shanghai to get tested on Thursday, as the local authorities said they had traced a renewed outbreak to an underground karaoke parlor, with residents of several districts ordered to take two PCR tests between Tuesday and Thursday.

    Rapid self-tests are already mandatory to enter shopping malls or to use public transportation, while dozens of residential compounds were under lockdown.

    Meanwhile, authorities in the northern city of Xian have imposed a seven-day lockdown from Wednesday, with the growing raft of zero-COVID restrictions already having an impact on supply chains.

    Schools, restaurants and entertainment venues will be closed for seven days, including libraries, cultural venues and other indoor public places.

    The health code tracker app will be used to ensure anyone entering other public places like supermarkets or restaurants for takeout has a green code denoting a negative PCR test from the past 48 hours.

    "Now there are people infected in every district, so starting yesterday (Tuesday), everyone has to test twice over three days," a Shanghai resident surnamed Wu told RFA. "Residents are allowed to go out, but you can't get into hospitals, supermarkets or other stores without a code showing a PCR test in the past 48 hours."

    In Wuxi city, Jiangsu province, authorities are also scrambling to prevent further community transmission after reporting 172 newly confirmed cases.

    A  health worker takes  a swab sample from a child to be tested for the Covid-19 coronavirus in Sixian county, Suzhou city, in China's eastern Anhui province,  July 4, 2022. Credit: AFP
    A health worker takes a swab sample from a child to be tested for the Covid-19 coronavirus in Sixian county, Suzhou city, in China's eastern Anhui province, July 4, 2022. Credit: AFP
    Supply concerns

    A resident of Wuxi surnamed Shen said that a number of factories are now operating in "closed-loop" bubbles, meaning that some supplies were unable to get through.

    "Many people are worried that supply chains will be disrupted again," Shen said.

    Since June 26, 13 cities in Jiangsu, Zhejiang and Anhui have reported outbreaks of cases totaling more than 1,000.

    Constitutional scholar Zhang Lifan posted video clips to his Twitter account on Wednesday showing a gathering of people and police at the Beijing Institute of Technology, in protest at current COVID-19 restrictions on campus.

    An employee who answered the phone at the university on Tuesday declined to comment when contacted by RFA.

    "Protest? Who is this?" the employee said, before hanging up the phone.

    Zhang said strict controls on people entering and leaving the campus had prompted the protest after the school authorities required anyone passing through a checkpoint at the gate to give a day's notice of their movements.

    A lecturer surnamed Zhou said staff could use the "normal channels" to complain about school policies.

    "I will listen to your suggestions at any time," Zhou said. "We have a meeting this afternoon, and we are willing to listen."

    "I would like to take public opinion into account, but some people think one thing, and the rest another; it's all different," he said.

    A 93-year-old man who was beaten up by police after he tried to get a PCR test certificate to attend a hospital appointment lies in bed explaining the incident to neighbors in the northeastern city of Dandong. The man later took his life. Credit: Citizen journalist.
    A 93-year-old man who was beaten up by police after he tried to get a PCR test certificate to attend a hospital appointment lies in bed explaining the incident to neighbors in the northeastern city of Dandong. The man later took his life. Credit: Citizen journalist.
    Police beating followed by suicide

    Meanwhile, residents of the northeastern city of Dandong were left reeling after the suicide of a 93-year-old man who was beaten up by police after he tried to get a PCR test certificate to attend a hospital appointment.

    Police beat him after he started to drop his pants to show them his hernia, then lost his grip, leading to what the police said was "indecent behavior."

    Wuhan-based activist Zhang Hai, who has campaigned for compensation after losing his father to COVID-19 at the start of the pandemic, said the treatment of the old man was unacceptable.

    "This 93-year-old man just wanted to see a doctor, and he was a bit slow and unsteady," Zhang said. "Instead of treating him like an old man, they handcuffed him, and beat him up."

    He said such police violence is very common in China.

    "When they beat someone, they call it law enforcement, but if people fight back, that's assaulting a police officer," Zhang said. "Police should be held legally responsible for beating people."

    Translated and edited by Luisetta Mudie.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By RFA Mandarin and Cantonese.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/xian-covid-07072022123551.html/feed/ 0 313441
    North Korea gives war death certificate to soldiers who died from COVID-19 symptoms https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/war-death-07062022152606.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/war-death-07062022152606.html#respond Wed, 06 Jul 2022 19:30:00 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/war-death-07062022152606.html North Korean soldiers who died of COVID-19 symptoms after participating in a military parade in April are receiving an honorable war death certificate that used to confer bereaved families with special privileges, but is essentially worthless these days, sources in the country told RFA.

    After two years of denying the coronavirus had penetrated its closed borders, North Korea in May acknowledged coronavirus had begun to spread among participants of the large-scale military parade held at the end of the previous month and declared a “maximum emergency” to fight the disease.

    The soldiers who developed symptoms of COVID-19 after the parade and died while in quarantine were quickly cremated and their remains were returned to their families along with the once prestigious “Certificate of Honor for War Death.”

    In years’ past, the certificate was given out only in the rarest of circumstances, such as when a soldier died in combat training or during the infrequent skirmishes with the South Korean military that occasionally erupt along the demilitarized zone that separates North from South. Bereaved families who received the certificate would also get extra food rations or special preference when applying for government jobs or party positions. But the sheer number of certificates sent out these days, combined with North Korea’s struggling economy, make the certificates essentially worthless, sources told RFA.

    “Immediately after the massive military parade held in Kim Il Sung Square in April, the soldiers who were confirmed to have COVID-19 received intensive treatment at an isolation facility in Pyongyang,” a resident of the North Korean capital told RFA’s Korean Service on condition of anonymity for security reasons.

    “But hundreds of the severely ill patients died and they were promptly cremated at the Obongsan crematory,” he said.

    The cremations were ordered even before families were aware that their soldier had died, the source said. When they informed the families, they said the soldiers died while receiving treatment for an “acute respiratory infection,” stopping short of calling the infection COVID-19.

    “Because the military parade was considered a success thanks to the sacrifice of the dead soldiers, the authorities awarded the families with the Certificate of Honor for War Death when they returned the ashes of their loved ones,” he said.

    “The bereaved families wept at the sudden news, and they returned home with a cremation urn and the certificate as gifts from the state. A month and a half later, many of the families are still angry at the authorities, who they say have put these young soldiers in unnecessary danger, even killing some of them, for the sake of a military parade,” said the source.

    The parade involved more than 100,000 military officers, soldiers and college students from all over the country, with students from the military university in Pyongyang participating in large numbers, another source from the city, who requested anonymity to speak freely, told RFA.

    “I heard from an official of the Capital Quarantine Committee that many of the students were among the participants in the parade who died from COVID-19,” the second source said.

    “The authorities secretly transported the dead bodies to the Obongsan crematory in Pyongyang. They cremated the bodies and gave the bereaved family an urn and the Certificate of Honor for War Death,” she said.

    The certificate this time carries less meaning than it did in the past, according to the second source.

    “It is customary to hold a public award ceremony as a national event for recipients of the Certificate of Honor for War Death, but the authorities quietly called on the bereaved families, because they want to keep secret the total number of parade participants who died from COVID-19,” she said.

    “The bereaved families… were unable to say anything and wept while receiving the certificate. They are resentful at the thought that their healthy sons died because of a military parade,” she said.  

    While technically not fighting and dying in a battle, the parade participants are eligible for the certificate because they carried their military ID cards during the parade. On this technicality the parade was designated as combat training.

    The certificate is merely a means to placate the bereaved families though, according to the second source.

    Under normal circumstances the state would give many perks to the families who received the certificate including priority in personnel decisions, because the soldier died in battle or in combat training.

    But these days, due to North Korea’s extreme economic hardship, and because most personnel decisions are decided through bribery, the certificate is no longer valued as it once was. In fact, the state has been widening the circumstances where soldiers can receive the certificate to justify giving more of them out, according to the second source.

    “If soldiers die while working at a construction site, that should be treated as a labor safety accident, but there have been many cases where the Certificate of Honor for War Death is given when soldiers die while working on the Pyongyang Household Construction project, because it is a priority of the Highest Dignity,” said the second source, using an honorific term for the country’s leader Kim Jong Un.

    Kim has vowed to build 10,000 new homes in the capital per year for a total of 50,000 homes by the end of 2025. The builders failed to reach their goal of 10,000 homes in 2021 but are still trying to hit 20,000 by the end of this year, so speed, rather than safety is the main concern, the second source said.

    Giving out the war death certificate for deaths that are clearly unrelated to combat is becoming more common, a former high-ranking military official, who has resettled in South Korea after escaping the North, told RFA on condition of anonymity for safety reasons.

    “It’s just a trick to avoid complaints from the bereaved families and residents. They are angry at the leaders who held the parade [amid the pandemic], causing so many young people to die,” he said.

    The North Korean government has only reported a handful of confirmed COVID-19 cases, but it has been tracking fever symptoms since it declared a maximum emergency after the post-parade breakout.

    According to the most recent data published by the state-run Korea Central News Agency, more than 4.75 million people have come down with fever, at least 99.9 percent of whom have made full recoveries, while 74 people have died.

    RFA was not able to determine if North Korea has counted any soldiers who participated in the parade among the 74 reported deaths.

    Translated by Claire Shinyoung O. Lee. Written in English by Eugene Whong.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Hyemin Son for RFA Korean.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/war-death-07062022152606.html/feed/ 0 313160
    Aupito to attend Pacific Islands Forum in Fiji instead of Mahuta https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/06/aupito-to-attend-pacific-islands-forum-in-fiji-instead-of-mahuta/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/06/aupito-to-attend-pacific-islands-forum-in-fiji-instead-of-mahuta/#respond Wed, 06 Jul 2022 06:00:16 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=76083 RNZ Pacific

    Pacific Peoples Minister Aupito William Sio will attend the Pacific Islands Forum in Foreign Minister Nanaia Mahuta’s stead as she recovers from covid-19.

    In a statement confirming the move this afternoon Aupito, who is also the Associate Foreign Minister, said he looked forward to the opportunity to talanoa with Pacific Island counterparts at the forum in Fiji next week.

    “This will be the first in-person meeting of Forum Foreign Ministers since 2019,” he said.

    “It has been challenging to bring all ministers together given the impact of the global pandemic and a number of national elections under way in the Pacific, but this talanoa is essential for our region.”

    Mahuta said the forum was at the heart of New Zealand’s engagement with the Pacific, and this meeting came at a “critical time” considering the climate change challenge.

    She confirmed over the weekend she had tested positive for covid-19, and would be unable to attend.

    Aupito said the response to broader security challenges — including maritime surveillance and illegal fishing — economic resilience, and natural disaster response were also pressing issues that would be discussed.

    The Forum will also be attended by heads of state, including Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern.

    Leaders’ meetings will take place from Monday to Thursday next week, July 11-14.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/06/aupito-to-attend-pacific-islands-forum-in-fiji-instead-of-mahuta/feed/ 0 313005
    The State of Neighborliness https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/03/the-state-of-neighborliness/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/03/the-state-of-neighborliness/#respond Sun, 03 Jul 2022 17:24:56 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=131133 Human relations before and after COVID-19.

    The post The State of Neighborliness first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    The post The State of Neighborliness first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/03/the-state-of-neighborliness/feed/ 0 312345
    Covid Deaths in the US (over 1 million) and China (about 5000) https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/27/covid-deaths-in-the-us-over-1-million-and-china-about-5000/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/27/covid-deaths-in-the-us-over-1-million-and-china-about-5000/#respond Mon, 27 Jun 2022 19:11:16 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=130962 In May and June of 2022 two milestones were passed in the world’s battle with Covid and were widely noted in the press, one in the US and one in China. They invite a comparison between the two countries and their approach to combatting Covid-19. The first milestone was passed on May 12 when the […]

    The post Covid Deaths in the US (over 1 million) and China (about 5000) first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    In May and June of 2022 two milestones were passed in the world’s battle with Covid and were widely noted in the press, one in the US and one in China. They invite a comparison between the two countries and their approach to combatting Covid-19.

    The first milestone was passed on May 12 when the United States registered over 1 million total deaths (1,008,377 as of June 19, 2022, when this is written) due to Covid, the highest of any country in the world. Web MD expressed its sentiment in a piece headlined: “US Covid Deaths Hit 1 Million: ‘History Should Judge Us.’”

    Second, on June 1, China emerged from its 60-day lockdown in Shanghai in response to an outbreak there, the most serious since the Wuhan outbreak at the onset of the pandemic. The total number of deaths in Mainland China since the beginning of the epidemic in January 2020 now stands at a total of 5226 as of June 19,2022.

    To put that in perspective, that is 3042 deaths per million population in the US versus 3.7 deaths in China due to Covid. 3042 vs. 3.7! Had China followed the same course as the US, it would have experienced at least 4 million deaths. Had the US followed China’s course it would have had only 1306 deaths total!

    The EU did not fare not much better than the US with 2434 deaths per million as of June 19.

    When confronted with these numbers, the response of the Western media has all too often been denial that China’s numbers were valid. But China’s data have been backed by counts of excess deaths during the period of the pandemic as the New York Times illustrated in a recent article. Actually this is old news. The validity of China’s numbers, as shown by counts of excess deaths, was validated long ago in a February 2021 study by a by a group at Oxford University and the Chinese CDC. This was published in the prestigious BMJ (British Medical Journal) and discussed in detail here.

    What about the economy?

    Clearly China put the saving of lives above the advance of the economy with its “dynamic zero Covid policy.” But contrary to what was believed in the West at the time, saving lives also turned out to be better for the economy, as shown in the following data from the World Bank:

    During the first year of the pandemic, 2020, China’s economy continued to grow albeit at a slower rate. In contrast the US economy contracted dramatically, dropping all the way back, not simply to 2019 levels, but to pre-2018 levels!

    Interestingly the plot also shows the year that the Chinese PPP-GDP surpassed that of the United States, 2017, heralding a new era for the Global South.

    The World Bank has not yet released data for 2021, but the IMF has PPP-GDP data for 2021 shown here. The U.S. economy grew at 5.97 percent and China’s at 8.02 percent. Unlike the World Bank data shown in the graph above for the years up to 2020, these data for 2021 are not corrected for inflation which for 2021 ran at 4.7% in the U.S. whereas China’s was 0.85%. So China’s growth would be even greater in comparison to the US, were inflation taken into account.

    The bottom line is that for the first two years of the pandemic through 2021, China’s growth was always positive and greater than that of the US. China’s policy not only saved lives but protected the economy. Win-win, one might say.

    Is China’s dynamic zero Covid policy “sustainable”in the face of the Omicron variant? The Shanghai Lockdown.

    The period of the recent Shanghai lockdown which we can date from April 1, 2022, ended on June 1, and was the second largest outbreak in China since the original outbreak in January, 2020, in Wuhan. Each resulted in major lockdowns, the first in Wuhan lasted about 76 days and the second in Shanghai about 60 days. The first in Wuhan was due to the original variant and the second was due to the much more infectious Omicron.

    During the recent lockdown in Shanghai, the Western press was awash with proclamations, all too many laced with an unseemly Schadenfreude, that China’s dynamic Zero Covid policy was not sustainable. This is all too reminiscent of decades of predictions that China’s extraordinary success in developing its economy to number one in the world in terms of PPP-GDP was a passing phase, a Ponzi Scheme that was – what else – “not sustainable. Recently the same press has gone silent, always a sign that China has met with success. So what are the results?

    The Shanghai Lockdown ended on June 1 and from that day until today, June 19, there have been no deaths due to Covid on the Chinese Mainland. Cases nationwide are also way down to 183 per day from the peak of 26,000 on April 15. That was the largest number of cases in a single day for the entire period of the pandemic in China. For comparison, the peak in the US was 800,000 in a single day.

    Both the Wuhan and Shanghai lockdowns demanded sacrifices and patience over the roughly two-month period for each. However, these difficulties are generally exaggerated In the West and based on anecdotes of the worst of the difficulties encountered. Such sordid journalism reached rock bottom in a NYT piece equating China’s hard working health care workers to Adolph Eichmann!

    As an antidote to this kind of hit piece and to gain a feeling of life in the cities that were under lockdown during the Wuhan outbreak, Peter Hessler’s March, 2020, account in the New Yorker, “Life on Lockdown in China,” is enlightening and will dispel many misconceptions. Hessler was living and teaching in Chengdu, Sichuan, at the time.

    For the moment China’s approach has succeeded although we cannot say what the future holds. But the public health measures that have worked so well in Mainland China should not be lightly dismissed let alone be the subject of mean-spirited attacks. Such measures may be a means of saving millions of lives when the next variant or the next pandemic strikes.

    The US Needs a People’s Tribunal on the Handling of Covid-19.

    Turning again to the US, what does it say when the US, one of the richest nations in the world, spending over $1 trillion a year on its “national security” budget, could not muster the means to deal with Covid-19 and ended up with more deaths than any other nation on earth? China’s handling of the pandemic certainly shows a completely different outcome is possible. The US death toll was not an inescapable act of nature.

    That being so, should there not be a People’s Tribunal to investigate those in charge in the US government over the course of three administrations? That, and not an official white wash, is certainly needed? And should not punishment appropriate for a crime against humanity be meted out? The one million dead deserve no less.

    The post Covid Deaths in the US (over 1 million) and China (about 5000) first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by John V. Walsh.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/27/covid-deaths-in-the-us-over-1-million-and-china-about-5000/feed/ 0 310427
    Global Access to COVID-19 Vaccines & Tests Limited by WTO Deal Pushed by Rich Countries & Big Pharma https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/23/global-access-to-covid-19-vaccines-tests-limited-by-wto-deal-pushed-by-rich-countries-big-pharma-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/23/global-access-to-covid-19-vaccines-tests-limited-by-wto-deal-pushed-by-rich-countries-big-pharma-2/#respond Thu, 23 Jun 2022 14:17:38 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=d9387845fb32a03a014f0376fb230f10
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/23/global-access-to-covid-19-vaccines-tests-limited-by-wto-deal-pushed-by-rich-countries-big-pharma-2/feed/ 0 309367
    Global Access to COVID-19 Vaccines & Tests Limited by WTO Deal Pushed by Rich Countries & Big Pharma https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/23/global-access-to-covid-19-vaccines-tests-limited-by-wto-deal-pushed-by-rich-countries-big-pharma/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/23/global-access-to-covid-19-vaccines-tests-limited-by-wto-deal-pushed-by-rich-countries-big-pharma/#respond Thu, 23 Jun 2022 12:42:06 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=085b42f01e2fa522eee453bfec2341b1 Seg4 vaccine

    Hundreds of public health and civil society organizations have denounced the World Trade Organization for approving a text last week that they say leaves in place intellectual property barriers that will continue to limit global access to COVID-19 vaccines, tests and treatments. We host an in-depth discussion about the WTO’s move, and what should come next, with two global health justice advocates, Mihir Mankad and Fatima Hassan. Mankad, who attended the WTO meeting and is a senior adviser for global health advocacy and policy for Doctors Without Borders, says the agreement “may ultimately cause more damage than good.” Hassan, founder and director of Health Justice Initiative in South Africa, believes Global South countries were “bullied into silence” by richer countries during the WTO negotiations.


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/23/global-access-to-covid-19-vaccines-tests-limited-by-wto-deal-pushed-by-rich-countries-big-pharma/feed/ 0 309360
    North Korea ends COVID-19 travel restrictions as ‘fever cases’ subside https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/travel-06222022185007.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/travel-06222022185007.html#respond Wed, 22 Jun 2022 22:52:11 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/travel-06222022185007.html North Korea has lifted COVID-19 travel restrictions nationwide, a sign the government may soon claim victory over the coronavirus pandemic, RFA has learned.

    After two years of denying the virus had penetrated its closed borders, North Korea in May acknowledged COVID had begun to spread among participants of a large-scale military parade the previous month and declared a “maximum emergency” to fight the disease.

    As part of its response, the government restricted movement between provinces and prohibited large gatherings. But now, after a partial lifting of the travel ban in late May, North Korea ended the limitations completely on June 12, a source from the northeastern province of North Hamgyong told RFA’s Korean Service on condition of anonymity for security reasons.

    “Residents are able to travel to other provinces and even to the capital city, Pyongyang,” the source said. “The new order from the National Emergency Quarantine Command was given to residents of each neighborhood in Pohang district.”

    Each neighborhood watch unit held meetings to explain the policy change to residents, the source said.

    “They have been unable to travel outside the provincial borders with only the partial lifting of restrictions, so they welcome the news,” he said. “It is especially great news for merchants who rely on long-distance travel between provinces for their businesses.

    “But even if the restrictions are completely ended, there is still a separate procedure that requires travelers to carry a COVID-19 test certificate issued by the quarantine command. We can get a travel pass only if we have the test certificate,” he said.

    North Korea requires passes for travel between provinces even under normal circumstances.

    Residents with mobile phones can access test certificates through a smartphone app, a resident of the northwestern province of North Pyongan told RFA. Others must travel to receive a paper copy.

    “In rural areas such as Pakchon county, you have to visit the town quarantine center, which is miles away, to get a COVID-19 test certificate,” the second source said. “If a resident who wants to get a test certificate does not have a mobile phone, it is inconvenient.”

    But she agreed that most residents are happy the restrictions are ending.

    “Now they hope that the residents will have their livelihoods restored as soon as possible, but also by lifting the blockade of the border with China,” she said.

    After briefly restarting rail freight shipments from China earlier this year, new outbreaks in China forced Beijing and Pyongyang to suspend trade again. Aside from the short respite, trade has been suspended since the beginning of the pandemic in January 2020, with disastrous effects on the North Korean economy. 

    The first source said that not all residents were overjoyed at the lifted restrictions, believing that the government had an underlying and unsaid motive.  

    “There are speculations that restrictions were lifted in order to mobilize the residents,” the first source said, referring to the government practice of forcing residents to provide free labor for construction, farming and other government projects.

    “The COVID-19 lockdown restricted mobilizations on national construction projects and on rice planting duties,” he said.

    Nevertheless, the government has been saying that it is the leadership of Kim Jong Un that has eradicated the coronavirus, the second source said.

    Sources told RFA that North Korean traders and their Chinese counterparts are preparing to resume trade quickly once the Sino-Korean border reopens. They anticipate that cross-border trade will resume once coronavirus case numbers subside.

    German broadcaster Deutsche Welle reported Monday, citing North Korea experts and South Korean government sources, that North Korean authorities were preparing to declare victory over COVID-19 and give the credit to Kim Jong Un.

    The North Korean government has only reported a handful of confirmed COVID-19 cases, but it has been tracking fever symptoms since the beginning of the maximum emergency. According to data published by the state-run Korea Central News Agency, more than 4.67 million people have come down with fever, at least 99.4 percent of whom have made full recoveries.

    Translated by Claire Lee. Written in English by Eugene Whong.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Jieun Kim for RFA Korean.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/travel-06222022185007.html/feed/ 0 309166
    North Korea ends COVID-19 travel restrictions as ‘fever cases’ subside https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/travel-06222022185007.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/travel-06222022185007.html#respond Wed, 22 Jun 2022 22:52:11 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/travel-06222022185007.html North Korea has lifted COVID-19 travel restrictions nationwide, a sign the government may soon claim victory over the coronavirus pandemic, RFA has learned.

    After two years of denying the virus had penetrated its closed borders, North Korea in May acknowledged COVID had begun to spread among participants of a large-scale military parade the previous month and declared a “maximum emergency” to fight the disease.

    As part of its response, the government restricted movement between provinces and prohibited large gatherings. But now, after a partial lifting of the travel ban in late May, North Korea ended the limitations completely on June 12, a source from the northeastern province of North Hamgyong told RFA’s Korean Service on condition of anonymity for security reasons.

    “Residents are able to travel to other provinces and even to the capital city, Pyongyang,” the source said. “The new order from the National Emergency Quarantine Command was given to residents of each neighborhood in Pohang district.”

    Each neighborhood watch unit held meetings to explain the policy change to residents, the source said.

    “They have been unable to travel outside the provincial borders with only the partial lifting of restrictions, so they welcome the news,” he said. “It is especially great news for merchants who rely on long-distance travel between provinces for their businesses.

    “But even if the restrictions are completely ended, there is still a separate procedure that requires travelers to carry a COVID-19 test certificate issued by the quarantine command. We can get a travel pass only if we have the test certificate,” he said.

    North Korea requires passes for travel between provinces even under normal circumstances.

    Residents with mobile phones can access test certificates through a smartphone app, a resident of the northwestern province of North Pyongan told RFA. Others must travel to receive a paper copy.

    “In rural areas such as Pakchon county, you have to visit the town quarantine center, which is miles away, to get a COVID-19 test certificate,” the second source said. “If a resident who wants to get a test certificate does not have a mobile phone, it is inconvenient.”

    But she agreed that most residents are happy the restrictions are ending.

    “Now they hope that the residents will have their livelihoods restored as soon as possible, but also by lifting the blockade of the border with China,” she said.

    After briefly restarting rail freight shipments from China earlier this year, new outbreaks in China forced Beijing and Pyongyang to suspend trade again. Aside from the short respite, trade has been suspended since the beginning of the pandemic in January 2020, with disastrous effects on the North Korean economy. 

    The first source said that not all residents were overjoyed at the lifted restrictions, believing that the government had an underlying and unsaid motive.  

    “There are speculations that restrictions were lifted in order to mobilize the residents,” the first source said, referring to the government practice of forcing residents to provide free labor for construction, farming and other government projects.

    “The COVID-19 lockdown restricted mobilizations on national construction projects and on rice planting duties,” he said.

    Nevertheless, the government has been saying that it is the leadership of Kim Jong Un that has eradicated the coronavirus, the second source said.

    Sources told RFA that North Korean traders and their Chinese counterparts are preparing to resume trade quickly once the Sino-Korean border reopens. They anticipate that cross-border trade will resume once coronavirus case numbers subside.

    German broadcaster Deutsche Welle reported Monday, citing North Korea experts and South Korean government sources, that North Korean authorities were preparing to declare victory over COVID-19 and give the credit to Kim Jong Un.

    The North Korean government has only reported a handful of confirmed COVID-19 cases, but it has been tracking fever symptoms since the beginning of the maximum emergency. According to data published by the state-run Korea Central News Agency, more than 4.67 million people have come down with fever, at least 99.4 percent of whom have made full recoveries.

    Translated by Claire Lee. Written in English by Eugene Whong.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Jieun Kim for RFA Korean.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/travel-06222022185007.html/feed/ 0 309167
    Bellis apology doesn’t mean MIQ was unjustified, says Hipkins https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/22/bellis-apology-doesnt-mean-miq-was-unjustified-says-hipkins/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/22/bellis-apology-doesnt-mean-miq-was-unjustified-says-hipkins/#respond Wed, 22 Jun 2022 03:51:18 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=75464 RNZ News

    Former Covid-19 Response Minister Chris Hipkins says his apology to journalist Charlotte Bellis does not extend to the Aotearoa New Zealand government’s MIQ system generally.

    Bellis, a New Zealand journalist based in Afghanistan at the time, had gone public in January with her struggle to secure a spot in the managed isolation and quarantine (MIQ) hotels while pregnant.

    Hipkins publicly apologised to her in a statement this morning, admitting her MIQ application was deactivated in error and some of his comments about her case had been wrong.

    He later told reporters there was no settlement payment involved, and both parties wanted to leave the matter behind them.

    “We’ve concluded the matter. I’ve conveyed to her privately and now publicly my apology and she’s indicated she wants to leave it at that — and I’m happy to do that too,” he said.

    “Right at the beginning, clearly there were a few things that got lost in communication, lost in translation. I do regret that and so my apology in that sense is a very genuine one.”

    Hipkins was removed from the covid-19 portfolio just over a week ago, taking over police instead, with Dr Ayesha Verrall taking over the pandemic response.

    Timing of the apology
    He said the timing of his apology to Bellis had been agreed with her.

    “She indicated that’s the timing that she wanted,” he said. “Obviously it would have ideally been better to have had this done before I gave up the covid portfolio rather than the week after, but ultimately MIQ’s been winding down now since February so I think everybody’s moved on from it.

    “She indicated that she wanted something more public. I was happy to do that, it took a little bit of time to negotiate that and to get all of that ironed out.”

    The National and ACT parties urged the government to also apologise over the handling of MIQ generally.

    Journalist Charlotte Bellis
    Journalist Charlotte Bellis … Hipkins said the timing of his apology had been agreed with her. Image: RNZ/YouTube screenshot

    National’s Covid-19 Response spokesperson Chris Bishop said if Hipkins could apologise to Bellis, “then the government can surely apologise to all the Kiwis caught up in the lottery of human misery that was MIQ”.

    “The High Court has found that MIQ unjustifiably breached New Zealanders’ rights from September to December 2021. The government should do the right thing and apologise for the way MIQ operated,” he said.

    “There are countless other examples that haven’t hit the headlines. Other pregnant women who couldn’t return home. Kiwis trapped offshore who watched their visas expire in the countries they were in. People who missed the deaths of cherished loved ones and the birth of new lives.”

    ‘Caught out spinning’
    ACT leader David Seymour said the government was not apologising for the misery its policy caused, just getting caught out spinning it.

    “The government has rightly apologised for spreading misinformation about a citizen’s personal circumstances, now it should apologise for running MIQ selection so inhumanely and running it four months longer than necessary at enormous cost to the taxpayer and economy,” he said.

    He said then Director-General of Health Dr Ashley Bloomfield had advised MIQ was no longer necessary in December last year, and the government should be apologising for the $178 million it cost to maintain through to March.

    “Included in that period was Charlotte Bellis’ repeated failed attempts to get a spot, forcing her to seek refuge with the Taliban,” he said.

    Hipkins said they were very different matters.

    “In this particular case there were some aspects of the information that I released that were incorrect and so I absolutely have acknowledged that and have apologised for that. In terms of MIQ I will maintain — and the courts in fact have maintained — MIQ was absolutely justified,” he said.

    “What the court did find … the way we allocated space in MIQ wasn’t right. We tried a number of different things during that time to try different booking systems, to try and make that system fairer.”

    Not contesting court ruling
    He said he acknowledged the court’s ruling and was not contesting it, but repeated that the system as a whole was justified.

    “Were MIQ ever to have to happen again in the future then those responsible for it would have to find a different way of allocating space within MIQ — but MIQ itself was absolutely justified.

    “It’s the reason that we were able to go as long as we did without having covid-19 in the community.

    “It’s also the reason why over the summer break, people managed to have a summer break and were able to have that opportunity to get their boosters before omicron arrived in the community.”

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/22/bellis-apology-doesnt-mean-miq-was-unjustified-says-hipkins/feed/ 0 308910
    Chinese reporter Zhang Weihan recounts police harassment, detention in Tangshan https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/21/chinese-reporter-zhang-weihan-recounts-police-harassment-detention-in-tangshan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/21/chinese-reporter-zhang-weihan-recounts-police-harassment-detention-in-tangshan/#respond Tue, 21 Jun 2022 19:57:45 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=202662 Taipei, June 21, 2022 – Chinese authorities should thoroughly investigate the alleged police attack on journalist Zhang Weihan and ensure that the press can work freely and without fear of harassment, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Tuesday.

    Zhang said in a video that on June 12, police in the northeastern city of Tangshan detained and roughly searched him while he was in the city to cover the aftermath of an incident in which men assaulted four women who had rejected their sexual advances at a local barbeque restaurant.

    Zhang, a reporter for the state-run broadcaster Guizhou Radio TV Station’s Common People Watch news program, said he was at that restaurant to interview people about the incident when police arrived responding to an unrelated call about a man playing music and urinating at the scene. Police did not pursue that man, but “instead, police detained me and asked me to cooperate with an investigation without giving any reasons,” he said.

    Officers confiscated his identification card and a power bank, and forced him to unlock his phone to show his chat history, he said.

    At the local Airport Road police station, an officer shouted at Zhang, held his neck with his elbow, pushed his head to the ground, and forced him to kneel while he searched him, he said in the video, adding that he was held in an interrogation room for hours while that officer insulted him for “having no quality and no culture.”

    The authorities released him at about 9 p.m. after searching him a second time, and did not provide “any explanation” or documentation for his detention, Zhang said in the video.

    “Police in Tangshan and elsewhere need to allow journalists to do their job of reporting the news and informing the Chinese people of important events, including crime,” said Steven Butler, CPJ’s Asia program coordinator, in Washington, D.C. “Police should investigate the alleged abusive treatment of journalist Zhang Weihan and discipline any officers responsible.”

    Commenting on the officer’s remarks during his interrogation, Zhang said, “I was dumbfounded and wondered what I did that lacks quality and culture.”

    Zhang originally uploaded his video to the Chinese social media network Weibo, but the video was taken down and subsequently reposted to other Chinese social media platforms and YouTube.

    Separately, he said in his video, an employee at the Tangshan Railway Station told Zhang upon his arrival on June 11 that he could not exit the station because he had not notified city community authorities of his arrival at least 48 hours in advance, citing COVID-19 restrictions.

    Zhang found the gate unattended and left the station, he said in the video, adding that it was “worth discussing whether it’s a normal disease prevention measure or an excuse to block outsiders, such as journalists, from entering the city.”

    According to news reports, other journalists going to the city to cover the aftermath of the attack were also obstructed by the city’s COVID-19 protocols, including a reporter for the state-run news app Xin Huang He, who was stopped at the railway station and asked to sign a letter promising to not go outside of the hotel or residence where they were staying.

    CPJ contacted Guizhou Radio TV Station for comment via messaging app but did not receive any reply. CPJ also called the Airport Road police station for comment, but no one answered.

    According to CPJ’s most recent prison census, at least 50 journalists were imprisoned in China as of December 1, 2021, making it the worst jailer of journalists worldwide for the third year in a row.


    This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Erik Crouch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/21/chinese-reporter-zhang-weihan-recounts-police-harassment-detention-in-tangshan/feed/ 0 308847
    The Federal Republic of New Normal Germany https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/21/the-federal-republic-of-new-normal-germany/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/21/the-federal-republic-of-new-normal-germany/#respond Tue, 21 Jun 2022 08:17:57 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=130781 So, the government of New Normal Germany is contemplating forcing everyone to wear medical-looking masks in public from October to Easter on a permanent basis. Seriously, the fanatical New Normal fascists currently in charge of Germany’s government — mostly the SPD and the Greens — are discussing revising the “Infection Protection Act” in order to […]

    The post The Federal Republic of New Normal Germany first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    So, the government of New Normal Germany is contemplating forcing everyone to wear medical-looking masks in public from October to Easter on a permanent basis. Seriously, the fanatical New Normal fascists currently in charge of Germany’s government — mostly the SPD and the Greens — are discussing revising the “Infection Protection Act” in order to grant themselves the authority to continue to rule the country by decree, as they have been doing since the Autumn of 2020, thus instituting a “permanent state of emergency” that overrides the German constitution, indefinitely.

    Go ahead, read that paragraph again. Take a break from the carnage in non-Nazi Ukraine, the show trials in the US congress, monkeypoxmania, Sudden Adult Death Syndrome, Sudden Bovine Death Syndrome, family-oriented drag queens, non-“vaccine”-related facial paralysis, and Biden falling off his bike, and reflect on what this possibly portends, the dominant country of the European Union dispensing with any semblance of democracy and transforming into a fascist biosecurity police state.

    OK, let me try to be more precise, as I don’t want to be arrested for “spreading disinformation” or “delegitimizing the state.” Germany is not dispensing with the semblance of democracy. No, the German constitution will remain in effect. It’s just that the revised Infection Protection Act — like the “Enabling Act of 1933,” which granted the Nazi government the authority to issue any edicts it wanted under the guise of “remedying the distress of the people” — will grant the New Normal German government the authority to continue to supersede the constitution and issue whatever edicts it wants under the guise of “protecting the public health” … for example, forcing the German masses to display their conformity to the new official ideology by wearing medical-looking masks on their faces for six or seven months of every year.

    In addition to a ritualized mass-demonstration of mindlessly fascist ideological conformity (a standard feature of all totalitarian systems), this annual October-to-Easter mask-mandate, by simulating the new paranoid “reality” in which humanity is under constant attack by deadly viruses and other “public health threats,” will cement the New Normal ideology into place. If not opposed and stopped here in Germany, it will spread to other European countries, and to Canada, and Australia, and the New Normal US states. If you think what happens in Germany doesn’t matter because you live in Florida, or in Sweden, or the UK, you haven’t been paying attention recently. The roll-out of the New Normal is a global project … a multi-phase, multi-faceted project. Germany is just the current “tip of the spear.”

    Sadly, the majority of the German masses will mindlessly click heels and follow orders, as they have since the Spring of 2020. They’re all enjoying a “summer break” at the moment, but come October they will don their masks, start segregating and persecuting “the Unvaccinated,” and otherwise behaving like fascists again. I hesitate to blame it on the German character, because we’ve witnessed the same mindlessly fascistic behavior all around the world over the past two years, but, I have to admit, there is something particularly scary about how the Germans do it.

    Meanwhile, Germany’s FBI (der Bundesverfassungsschutz, or BfV) is hard at work enforcing the new Gleichschaltung. According to a report in Die Welt, the BfV is not just surveilling people who use terms like “Corona dictatorship” (and presumably a long list of other “wrongspeak” words), but it is also “surveilling people and groups that disseminate conspiracy theories, or call the democratic nature of the state into question.” Politicians are insisting that the BfV “toughen up the classification of political crime, especially regarding the Corona deniers.”

    Yes, that’s right, publicly challenging the official Covid-19 narrative, or protesting official New Normal ideology, is a political crime here in New Normal Germany. It has been since May 2021, when the Bundesverfassungsschutz established a new official category of domestic extremism … “Anti-democratic or Security-threatening Delegitimization of the State.” I covered this in one of my columns at the time (“The Criminalization of Dissent” ) as did some corporate press, like The New York Times (“German Intelligence Puts Coronavirus Deniers Under Surveillance“), but, for some reason, the story didn’t get much traction.

    “Delegitimization of the State” … let that language sink in for a moment. What it means is that anyone the New Normal authorities deem to be “delegitimizing the state” can be arrested and charged as a “political criminal.” I wasn’t entirely clear on what is meant by “delegitimizing,” so I looked the word up, and the definition I found was “to diminish or destroy the legitimacy, prestige, or authority” of something, or someone, which … I don’t know, sounds a little overly broad and subject to arbitrary interpretation.

    For example, if I, right here in this column, were to propose that the German government had no legitimate reasons whatsoever for locking down the entire population, forcing everyone to wear medical-looking masks, and demonizing and segregating “the Unvaccinated,” that might make me a “political criminal.” Likewise, if I were to describe Karl Lauterbach, the Minister of Health of New Normal Germany, as a fanatical fascist, and a sociopathic liar, that might make me a “political criminal.” Or, if I were to point out how the German state media have deceived and gaslighted the German public for over two years like the proverbial Goebbelsian keyboard instrument, that might make me a “political criminal.” Or, if I were crazy enough to publish a book of essays written over the past two years documenting The Rise of the New Normal Reich, including essays about New Normal Germany, that might also make me a “political criminal.”

    Naturally, I am a little uneasy, living in a former-Nazi country where I could be classified as a “political criminal” for my activities as an author and a political satirist … which, of course, is the point of the new classification. It is meant to scare dissidents like me into silence. Or … OK, it isn’t meant for me. It is meant for German dissidents like me. I’m an American, not a German citizen. So the chances of a heavily-armed “Special Commando” team storming my apartment in the wee hours of the morning and arresting me on trumped-up weapons charges — as they recently did to Dr. Paul Brandenburg, an outspoken opponent of the New Normal Reich — are probably (hopefully) fairly remote.

    In any event, I would never do that; i.e., attempt to diminish the prestige or authority of the Federal Republic of New Normal Germany, or in any way compare it to Nazi Germany, or any other totalitarian system, or describe it as a nascent biosecurity police state wherein the rule of law has been supplanted by the arbitrary edicts of fascist fanatics, because that would just be asking for trouble. After all, if we’ve learned anything from history, the smart thing to do during times like these is to keep one’s mouth shut and follow orders, and if you hear a train coming … well, just look the other way.

    The post The Federal Republic of New Normal Germany first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by C.J. Hopkins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/21/the-federal-republic-of-new-normal-germany/feed/ 0 308624
    Monkeypoxmania https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/16/monkeypoxmania/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/16/monkeypoxmania/#respond Thu, 16 Jun 2022 05:53:23 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=130597 Beatlemania … Lock yourselves down inside your homes! Break out the masks and prophylactic face-shields! Switch off what’s left of your critical faculties and prepare yourselves to “follow the Science!” Yes, that’s right, just as the survivors of The Simulated Apocalyptic Plague of 2020-2021 were crawling up out of their Covid bunkers and starting to […]

    The post Monkeypoxmania first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    Beatlemania …

    Lock yourselves down inside your homes! Break out the masks and prophylactic face-shields! Switch off what’s left of your critical faculties and prepare yourselves to “follow the Science!”

    Yes, that’s right, just as the survivors of The Simulated Apocalyptic Plague of 2020-2021 were crawling up out of their Covid bunkers and starting to “build the world back better,” another biblical pestilence has apparently been unleashed on humanity!

    This time it’s the dreaded monkeypox, a viral zoonotic disease endemic to central and western Africa that circulates among giant pouched rats, squirrels, dormice, and other rodents and has been infecting humans for centuries, or millennia. Monkeypox causes fever, headaches, muscle aches, and sometimes fluid-filled blisters, tends to resolve in two to four weeks, and thus poses absolutely zero threat to human civilization generally.

    The corporate media do not want to alarm us, but it is their duty as professional journalists to report that THE MONKEYPOX IS SPREADING LIKE WILDFIRE! OVER 100 CASES OF MONKEYPOX have been confirmed in countries throughout the world! MONKEYPOX TASK FORCES are being convened! Close-up photos of NASTY-LOOKING MONKEYPOX LESIONS are being disseminated! The President of the United States says “EVERYBODY SHOULD BE CONCERNED!”

    The WHO is calling it “a multi-country monkeypox outbreak!” Belgium has introduced a mandatory quarantine. The CDC has gone to “Alert Level 2!” “Enhanced precautions” are recommended! In New York City, the nexus of probably the most paranoid, mask-wearing, quadruple-“vaccinated” New Normal fanatics on the face of the planet, the Department of Health is instructing everyone to wear the masks they are already wearing to protect them from both Covid and monkeypox, and smallpox, and largepox, and airborne cancer, and God knows what other horrors might be out there!

    Here in the capital of New Normal Germany, Karl Lauterbach, who, despite wasting hundreds of millions of Euros on superfluous “vaccines,” attempting to compulsorily “vaccinate” every man, woman, and child in the country, and otherwise behaving like a fascist lunatic, remains the official Minister of Health, is excitedly hopping up and down and hooting like a Siamang gibbon about “recommendations for isolation and quarantine,” and other “monkeypox containment measures.”

    As Yogi Berra famously put it, “it’s like déjà vu all over again.”

    Except that it isn’t … or it probably isn’t. Before I could even finish this column, the United GloboCap Ministries of Truth started dialing down the monkeypox panic. It appears they’re going with “it’s a gay pandemic,” or an “LGBTQ pandemic,” or an “LGBTQIA+ pandemic,” or whatever the official acronym is by the time I click the “publish” button, and making other noises to the effect that it might not be absolutely necessary this time to order a full-scale global lockdown, release the drones and robotic dogs, inject everybody with experimental drugs, and start viciously persecuting “monkeypox deniers.”

    You didn’t really believe they were launching a shot-by-shot remake of Covid, did you? The showrunners at GloboCap may be preternaturally evil, but they aren’t stupid. Only the most hopelessly brainwashed New Normals would go along with another “apocalyptic pandemic” before the current one has even been officially cancelled. No, unfortunately, odds are, we’re just getting a preview of what “life” is going to be like in the New Normal Reich, where the masses will be perpetually menaced by an inexhaustible assortment of exotic pathogens and interchangeable pseudo-pathological threats.

    The New Normal was never about Covid specifically. It was always about implementing a new “reality” — a pathologized-totalitarian “reality,” not so much ruled as discreetly “guided” by unaccountable, supranational, non-governmental governing entities, global corporations, and assorted billionaires — in which Covid, or monkeypox, or kangaroopox, or any other viral zoonotic disease, or any climate-related or economic development, or aberrant ideological or behavioral tendency, could be used as a pretext to foment another outbreak of mindless mass hysteria and impose additional restrictions on society.

    That new “reality” has been implemented … perhaps not as firmly as originally intended, but implemented nonetheless. We are being conditioned to accept this new “reality,” as we were conditioned to accept the War on Terror “reality,” to pointlessly remove our footwear at the airport, place our liquids in travel-size containers, submit to groping by “security staff,” and otherwise live in a state of constant low-level fear of a “terrorist attack,” as we are now being conditioned to wear masks where we are told, submit to mandatory “vaccination,” and live in constant low-level fear of the next purportedly deadly pathogen.

    Sadly, most of us will accept this conditioning, and adapt to the “minor inconveniences” that are being imposed on us at every turn. After all, what difference does it really make if we have to wear a little mask on an airplane, or on public transport, or at the doctor’s office? And is it really such a breach of our fundamental rights to freedom of speech, freedom of movement, association, privacy, and basic bodily autonomy if we have to allow governments and global corporations to censor our political opinions, prevent us from traveling, forbid us to protest, and force us to submit to invasive medical treatments in order to hold a job? We got used to taking off our shoes at the airport and watching the “security staff” fondle our kids’ genitals, and invading and bombing other countries and murdering whole families with drones, didn’t we? Surely, we’ll get used to this.

    Or … OK, I won’t, and neither will you, probably, but the majority of the masses will. They just demonstrated that pretty clearly, didn’t they? As they demonstrated it during the Global War on Terror. As they demonstrated it during the Cold War. As they demonstrated it … oh, never mind.

    Sorry, I really wanted to end this column on a positive note. All right, here’s one! A little good news, finally! According to the professional fact-checkers at Reuters, it turns out “there is no evidence at all that the World Economic Forum’s annual meeting [which is taking place in Davos right now] was scheduled to coincide with these outbreaks of monkeypox,” and anyone who says there is, or implies there is, or who deviates from or questions the “facts,” or the “Science,” or whatever, is a “monkeypox-denying, conspiracy-theorizing, anti-vax, Putin-loving disinformationist,” and so everything is actually hunky-dory, or it will be as soon as we teach those evil Rooskies a little thermonuclear lesson!

    I don’t know about you, but that’s a load off my mind. For a moment there, I thought we were in trouble.

    The post Monkeypoxmania first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by C.J. Hopkins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/16/monkeypoxmania/feed/ 0 307343
    Mass COVID-19 Testing in Beijing’s Chaoyang District | Radio Free Asia (RFA) https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/14/mass-covid-19-testing-in-beijings-chaoyang-district-radio-free-asia-rfa/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/14/mass-covid-19-testing-in-beijings-chaoyang-district-radio-free-asia-rfa/#respond Tue, 14 Jun 2022 22:11:55 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=49447fdecddcd2f0249e92c96fab0d4a
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/14/mass-covid-19-testing-in-beijings-chaoyang-district-radio-free-asia-rfa/feed/ 0 306967
    Cuba and China announce new Pan-Corona vaccine | News on China No. 102 https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/11/cuba-and-china-announce-new-pan-corona-vaccine-news-on-china-no-102/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/11/cuba-and-china-announce-new-pan-corona-vaccine-news-on-china-no-102/#respond Sat, 11 Jun 2022 15:50:17 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=130442 This week’s News on China in 2 minutes.

    • New Cuban-Chinese vaccine
    • Shenzhou 14 mission begins
    • Elder migrant workers
    • Documentary on a China-Africa factory

    The post Cuba and China announce new Pan-Corona vaccine | News on China No. 102 first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Dongsheng News.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/11/cuba-and-china-announce-new-pan-corona-vaccine-news-on-china-no-102/feed/ 0 306187
    Shanghai, Beijing residents give lie to claims that COVID-19 lockdowns have eased https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/shanghai-covid-06082022112856.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/shanghai-covid-06082022112856.html#respond Wed, 08 Jun 2022 16:55:22 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/shanghai-covid-06082022112856.html Despite the government's claims that a two-month lockdown in Shanghai has been relaxed, residents of some districts of the city said they have yet to regain their freedom, amid ongoing shortages of food and other daily necessities.

    A resident of Shanghai's Jing'an district surnamed Feng said some residential areas of her district, as well as some of Xuhui and Huangpu districts, remain under "closed-loop" management, while the lockdown in Yangpu district has yet to ease at all.

    "We are still locked down due to the pandemic," Feng said. "Anywhere that somebody tests positive is still being locked down."

    "The lockdown never ended in Yangpu district, where they were still installing barriers on May 29," she said.

    Shanghai resident Wang Ning many factories are now unable to operate due to shortages of supplies and road closures, while many restaurants are still only offering takeout.

    "Some people are back at work one day, then take three days off," Wang said. "We are doing PCR tests nearly every day."

    "There are rumors that there will be another lockdown from June 20, so we laid in a lot of supplies yesterday, so as to be prepared if that happens," Wang said.

    A worker padlocks fencing securing a residential area under Covid-19 lockdown in the Xuhui district of Shanghai on June 8, 2022. Credit: AFP
    A worker padlocks fencing securing a residential area under Covid-19 lockdown in the Xuhui district of Shanghai on June 8, 2022. Credit: AFP
    PCR tests

    But any trip outside one's home, even in districts where this is now allowed, must be preceded by hours of lining up to get a PCR test, Wang said.

    "There are PCR testing booths at the entrance of our community, saying that we need to show a negative test from the past 48 hours to leave," Wang said. "I did one last night, so I can go run a few errands today."

    A resident surnamed Ma said that standing in line for PCR tests is the bane of people's existence now in Shanghai.

    "It's a constant sword hanging over people's heads ... because you can't go anywhere without a negative PCR test from the past 48 or 72 hours," she said.

    "The fact that the results don't usually come out till the next day is very troublesome for people, and creates anxiety," Ma said.

    "We are constantly lining up to do PCR tests," she said. "Anyone who tests positive will be put in isolation or lockdown at home."

    "All of this is a disaster for ordinary people ... these tests cost 20 yuan a time, and they have to do one every couple of days, so how will they afford it?"

    Residents line up for COVID-19 tests outside the Sihang Warehouse War Memorial Hall in Shanghai, June 7, 2022. Credit: Reuter
    Residents line up for COVID-19 tests outside the Sihang Warehouse War Memorial Hall in Shanghai, June 7, 2022. Credit: Reuter
    Limits in Beijing

    A Shanghai resident surnamed Chang said the city isn't back to normal yet.

    "You can only say that the lockdown has been partially lifted," Chang said. "Some places haven't gotten back to normal yet."

    While authorities in Beijing also announced the easing of weeks of restrictions in the early hours of Tuesday, public transportation in the city remains suspended, and people are being told to work from home.

    A resident of Beijing's Fangshan district surnamed Guo said people without private cars can't easily get around.

    "We can only walk around the Fangshan area, as we don't have a car," Guo said. "There are parts of the subway where the trains aren't stopping, and Fengtai district is still under lockdown."

    Guo said people are being asked to pay high fees for documentation allowing them to leave their residential compounds.

    "It costs 240 yuan to get an exit pass in our compound now," she said.

    A man surnamed Guo from Haidian district said parts of the district remain under tight restrictions, with several PCR tests required from residents ever week.

    Translated and edited by Luisetta Mudie.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Qiao Long and Chingman for RFA Mandarin.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/shanghai-covid-06082022112856.html/feed/ 0 305181
    Squelching dissent on both sides of the Atlantic https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/08/squelching-dissent-on-both-sides-of-the-atlantic/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/08/squelching-dissent-on-both-sides-of-the-atlantic/#respond Wed, 08 Jun 2022 05:39:39 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=130288 The current repression of dissent in Germany is startlingly similar to that in North America. In 2019 as the virus started to spread, the government ordered drastic measures against it. Several distinguished doctors and professors, including an MD who was a former member of parliament, asked the government for evidence and explanations justifying these measures. […]

    The post Squelching dissent on both sides of the Atlantic first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    The current repression of dissent in Germany is startlingly similar to that in North America. In 2019 as the virus started to spread, the government ordered drastic measures against it. Several distinguished doctors and professors, including an MD who was a former member of parliament, asked the government for evidence and explanations justifying these measures. When they were ignored, they called a rally and gave speeches again asking the government for answers. The government ignored this too, but their press launched a smear campaign labeling these people as unscientific and incompetent. When several current members of parliament spoke out against the mandates, they were defamed and isolated.

    The government forced the mandates through, and as the effects of these turned out to be more damaging than the virus, large-scale protests broke out. Politicians warned of the danger to our democracy from right-wing fanatics whom they claimed had taken over the protests. To defend democracy by disrupting the rallies, groups of Antifa tried to drown out speakers by shouting, “Halt die Fresse!” – “Shut your mouth!” Of course, the real danger to democracy comes from trying to silence or exclude anyone, right or left.

    Establishment media refused to publish reports of severe side effects from the vaccines. A government statistician who gave evidence that the mandates and vaccines were ineffective and harmful was removed from duty, as were police officers who took part in peaceful rallies. Professors who spoke at demonstrations were shunned by their colleagues and passed over for promotion. Doctors who certified that their patients didn’t need to wear masks were suspended from practice. Some careers were destroyed, many damaged.

    People were stunned by the savagery of the response to their demand for more public input into virus policies. They discussed possible reasons for the government’s attack. Conspiracy theories began to circulate, some of them quite wild.

    The government broadened its attack. The press was full of interviews with psychiatrists discussing the dangerous psycho-pathology of conspiracy theorists. Wherever vaguely possible, parallels were drawn to Nazi Germany. Aged Holocaust victims were interviewed about their trauma caused by such people. One victim, though, Vera Sharav, made a video saying the government was behaving like the Nazis, but her statement was ignored by the mainstream and appeared only in the alternative media.

    Rationality disappeared from public discourse. A seething polarization began to spread. The government recognized a growing threat of losing its hold on the people.

    It cut back on testing. The “pandemic” faded. Russia invaded the Ukraine. A new enemy replaced the “killer virus” as a focus for fear.

    The government’s campaign of forced lockdowns, masks, vaccines, and repression has unnecessarily and massively damaged millions of people, far more than what the virus has done. But on the positive side it has also turned millions of people against the government, a prerequisite for real change. The next step is ours.

    The post Squelching dissent on both sides of the Atlantic first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by William T. Hathaway.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/08/squelching-dissent-on-both-sides-of-the-atlantic/feed/ 0 304997
    French court rejects Kanak Senate bid to annul New Caledonia referendum outcome https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/06/french-court-rejects-kanak-senate-bid-to-annul-new-caledonia-referendum-outcome/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/06/french-court-rejects-kanak-senate-bid-to-annul-new-caledonia-referendum-outcome/#respond Mon, 06 Jun 2022 03:49:24 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=74962 RNZ Pacific

    An indigenous legal challenge in a bid to annul the result of last December’s referendum on New Caledonia’s independence from France has failed.

    The highest administrative court in Paris has rejected a claim by the Kanak customary Senate that the impact of the covid-19 pandemic was such that the referendum outcome was illegitimate.

    More than 96 percent voted against independence in the third and last referendum under the Noumea Accord, but more than 56 percent of voters abstained.

    The pro-independence parties had called for a boycott of the referendum after France had rejected pleas for the vote to be postponed until this year.

    When the first community outbreak of the pandemic was recorded in September, a lockdown was imposed, which was extended into October, as thousands contracted the virus and hundreds needed hospital care.

    The court in Paris found that the epidemiological situation had improved in October and November and that by the time of the referendum on December 12, more than 77 percent of the population had been vaccinated.

    It also said the year-long mourning declared by the Kanak customary Senate in September was not such as to affect the sincerity of the vote.

    No minimum turnout
    The court added that neither constitutional provisions nor the organic law make the validity of the vote conditional on a minimum turnout.

    In the week before the referendum, 146 voters and three organisations filed an urgent submission to the same court, seeking to postpone the vote.

    They said given the impact of the pandemic, it was “unthinkable” to proceed with such an important plebiscite.

    They said because of the lockdown, campaigning had been unduly hampered as basic freedoms impinged.

    However, the court rejected the challenge and voting went ahead as intended by the French government.

    Rejecting the referendum outcome, the pro-independence side said apart from court action, it would seek to win the support for its position from the Pacific Islands Forum and the United Nations.

    A pro-independence delegate to last month’s UN decolonisation meeting said French President Emmanuel Macron had declared after the referendum that New Caledonia showed it wanted to stay French although it was known that 90 percent of Kanaks wanted independence.

    French Senate mission planned
    The French Senate is hearing experts this week as its law commission prepares work on a new statute for New Caledonia following last year’s rejection of independence.

    The commission, which is chaired by François-Noel Buffet, has also formed a team that will travel to New Caledonia in two weeks for talks with all stakeholders.

    The team is expected to stay for a week and complete its work by the end of July.

    In December, more than 96 percent voted against independence in the third and last referendum under the Noumea Accord, which had been the decolonisation roadmap since 1998.

    However, the pro-independence parties refuse to recognise the result, saying their abstention had rendered the outcome of the process illegitimate.

    Paris plans to hold a referendum next June on a new statute for a New Caledonia within the French republic.

    Buffet said his mission to Noumea was to consider the institutional situation by consolidating the dialogue initiated by the Matignon and Noumea Accords between France and New Caledonia.

    Electoral rolls issue
    A key issue will be the fate of the electoral rolls.

    The Noumea Accord, whose provisions have been enshrined in the French constitution, restricts voting rights to indigenous people and long-term residents.

    Migration this century has added about 40,000 French citizens who remain excluded from referendums and from provincial elections.

    The anti-independence parties want the rolls to be unfrozen, but the pro-independence side is strongly opposed to this.

    It told the UN Decolonisation Committee that France’s intention to open the electoral rolls to French people who arrived after 1998 was the ultimate weapon to “drown” the Kanak people and “recolonise” New Caledonia.

    It warned the Kanaks would be made to disappear, which would not be accepted but inevitably lead to conflict.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/06/french-court-rejects-kanak-senate-bid-to-annul-new-caledonia-referendum-outcome/feed/ 0 304411
    ‘Calm’ health advocate among 18 Pasifika recognised in Queen’s Birthday Honours https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/05/calm-health-advocate-among-18-pasifika-recognised-in-queens-birthday-honours/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/05/calm-health-advocate-among-18-pasifika-recognised-in-queens-birthday-honours/#respond Sun, 05 Jun 2022 20:07:31 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=74973 By Susana Suisuiki, RNZ Pacific journalist, and Eleisha Foon, journalist

    Pacific health advocate and champion Dr Collin Fonotau Tukuitonga heads the list of Pacific recipients in the Queen’s Birthday Honours List for 2022.

    This year’s Queen’s Birthday Honours coincide with the celebrations of Queen Elizabeth’s 70 years as monarch, so have been renamed the Queen’s Birthday and Platinum Jubilee Honours.

    Associate Professor Tukuitonga, a Niuean, and the the inaugural Associate Dean Pacific and associate professor of public health in the Faculty of Medical and Health Sciences, University of Auckland, has received the Knights Companion of the New Zealand Order of Merit for services to Pacific and public health.

    “Over the past two years he has been a calm and steady voice for immunisation in the Pacific,” said Pacific Peoples Minister Aupito William Sio.

    Sir Collin joins 17 other Pacific people also recognised for their contributions to health, education, sport, the arts and many other sectors.

    Sir Collin has been active in the covid-19 response information, particularly for the Pasifika community.

    He said he was humbled to have been nominated.

    “I wasn’t aware that this was happening, so it’s a humbling experience,” he said.

    “I’m thankful to be acknowledged, I should also say that it’s not just myself, I think it’s an acknowledgement of all the people involved and I’m just fortunate to have been nominated — there are lots of people in our community who do the work day and day out.”

    Sir Collin plans on celebrating his achievement with his children but hopes to be able to visit Niue soon.

    Sports
    Leaupepe Luteru Ross Poutoa Lote-Taylor has also been honoured for services to cricket and Pacific communities.

    Leaupepe retired from cricket and signed off as New Zealand’s most successful test batsman, with 7683 runs including 19 centuries from 112 matches between 2007 and 2022, with a batting average of 44.66 runs.

    “I’ve been fortunate enough to play cricket for the Black Caps for several years and thoroughly enjoyed it, and being able to help others both on and off the field,” he said.

    Ross Taylor and family after his final test for the Black Caps
    Ross Taylor and family after his final test for the Black Caps … the second test against Bangladesh at Hagley Oval in Christchurch on 11 January 2022. Image: RNZ/Photosport

    Leaupepe said contributing to the Pacific community is something he wants to continue doing.

    “I’m a proud Kiwi and I’m a proud Samoan as well. I’ve been fortunate to have the platform to give back throughout my career and now that I’m retired I look forward to giving back more.”

    Having received numerous awards throughout his cricket career, Leaupepe said being honoured by the Queen was “extra special”.

    “As a cricketer, you want to do your best to your ability but to be recognised like this — it’s not just for me, it’s my teammates who have helped me out and my family and friends who sacrificed a lot for me.”

    Arts
    New Zealand-born Samoan opera singer Jonathan Lemalu is in disbelief after being made an Officer of the New Zealand Order of Merit for his services to opera.

    Lemalu is a Grammy Award-winning bass-baritone who has been performing internationally for more than 20 years.

    He said it was a complete surprise to be awarded the honour.

    Bass Jonathan Lemalu and Virtuoso Strings rehearse
    Bass Jonathan Lemalu and Virtuoso Strings rehearse. Image: RNZ/Ana Tovey

    “I honestly didn’t believe it. I thought it was a joke,” Lemalu said.

    “Hilarious in a way because it didn’t sound like something that would be happening to me. Mum got a Queen’s Honours in 2006 for services to the Pacific community. It felt cool in a way to follow in her footsteps.”

    Education
    Mangere College Deputy Principal Melegalenuu Ah Sam was also in shock when she found out she was on the Queen’s Birthday Honours 2022 list.

    Melegalenu’u Ah Sam has become a Member of the New Zealand Order of Merit for services to Pacific language education.

    Beginning in the mid-1990s, Ah Sam established Samoan language teaching at the college, later driving the addition of Cook Islands Māori and Lea Faka-Tonga.

    She led the establishment of the Languages ‘L Block’ at the college in 2012, as a hub for Māori and Pacific learning in language and culture.

    One of the Samoan stage coordinators, Melegalenuu Ah Sam.
    Melegalenuu Ah Sam … has become a Member of the New Zealand Order of Merit for services to Pacific language education. Image: Mabel Muller/RNZ

    “I paused — and then I read the email again,” Ah Sam said.

    “And then I just said a short prayer. I feel humbled, I just want to thank the people that recognised the work that myself and my colleagues and everyone else in the education sector are doing.

    “For me personally I’m not expecting any rewards, I’m not expecting anything like this, I do it because I love working in education and I love teaching. So to be nominated is a privilege and an honour.”

    Ah Sam said growing up in Samoa, her parents were her best role models.

    “My parents played a huge part in my life. They made sure that we strived to be the best we can be — my mother was a nurse, and my dad was a Samoan judge,” she said.

    “I didn’t feel that I wanted to get into nursing, but they allowed me to come to New Zealand on a scholarship and they instilled in my sisters and brothers the importance of achievement and success in whatever field.”

    Other Pasifika people recognised in the Queen’s Birthday Honours List for 2022:

    • Officer of the New Zealand Order of Merit: Bridget Snedden, for services to people with learning disabilities
    • Member of the New Zealand Order of Merit: Lesi Atoni, for services to the Tokelau community
    • Member of the New Zealand Order of Merit: Sandra Borland, for services to nursing and the Pacific community
    • Member of the New Zealand Order of Merit: Matthew (Mataio) Brown, for services to mental health and the prevention of family violence
    • Member of the New Zealand Order of Merit: Siaosi Fa’alogo, for services to the New Zealand police and the community
    • Member of the New Zealand Order of Merit: Dr Linita Manu’atu, for services to Pacific education and the Tongan community
    • Member of the New Zealand Order of Merit: Tolupene Peau, for services to the Tokelau community
    • Member of the New Zealand Order of Merit: Bill Urale, for services to music and the community
    • Member of the New Zealand Order of Merit: Kiriovea Jasmin McSweeney, for services to the film industry
    • Queen’s Service Medal: Gabrielle-Sisifo Makisi, for services to Pacific communities and education
    • Queen’s Service Medal: Reverend Salafai Mika, for services to church ministry and the Samoan community
    • Queen’s Service Medal: Reverend Hiueni Nuku, for services to Tongan and Pacific communities
    • Queen’s Service Medal: Vaipou Saluni, for services to education and the Pacific community
    • Queen’s Service Medal: Luther Toloa, for services to the Pacific community

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/05/calm-health-advocate-among-18-pasifika-recognised-in-queens-birthday-honours/feed/ 0 304426
    China’s whirlwind Pacific tour a slight success with several signed deals https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/03/chinas-whirlwind-pacific-tour-a-slight-success-with-several-signed-deals/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/03/chinas-whirlwind-pacific-tour-a-slight-success-with-several-signed-deals/#respond Fri, 03 Jun 2022 10:17:51 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=74867 ANALYSIS: By the RNZ Pacific editorial team

    China has been successful in signing multiple bilateral agreements with almost a dozen Pacific Island nations during its Foreign Minister Wang Yi’s visit to the region.

    Chinese Foreign Minister Wang Yi started his region-wide tour last Thursday in Solomon Islands and has since met Pacific leaders from Kiribati, Samoa, Fiji, Tonga, Niue, Cook Islands and Vanuatu.

    He is on his final lap as he wraps up with visits to Papua New Guinea and Timor-Leste today and tomorrow.

    Beijing’s approach has alarmed Pacific geopolitics-watchers as well as its traditional Western partners, who are cautioning Pacific nations to tread carefully when entering into deals with China, particularly in the sensitive area of security.

    But the Asian superpower has declared its efforts to strengthen its relationship with the region does not have any political strings attached to it, even as its efforts to win-over Pacific foreign ministers over a multilateral trade and security deal received a major pushback, which is being seen as a “a big win” for the region.

    However, Wang has struck several development agreements focusing on economy, health, disaster response, and technology, among others during his whirlwind visit to enhance China-Pacific Island countries relations.

    Here is what we know so far:

    Solomon Islands
    Solomon Islands has been at the centre of regional political debate for the past few weeks because it signed up a controversial security agreement with China.

    Aside from that deal, Beijing and Honiara signed up further mutual development cooperation agreements in the areas of economic cooperation, health cooperation, sectorial cooperation. These include:

    • Non-Reciprocal Trade Arrangements.
    • Visa waiver exemption agreement for diplomats, officials/service and Public Affairs passport holders for China.
    • Civil Aviation Agreement.
    • Memorandom of Understanding (MoU) on health between Solomon Islands China .
    • Exchanged letters for construction of National Referral Hospital Comprehensive Medical Center.
    • MoU on Disaster Risk Reduction.
    • MoU between the two countries ministries of commerce on Deepening Blue Economy Cooperation to open up cooperation on infrastructure, marine industries, energy amongst other sectors.
    • Commitment to complete 2023 Pacific Games facility and training Solomon Islands sportspeople for the Games.

    “The two countries reaffirm their commitments to work together on all issues of mutual concerns,” Solomon Islands government said in a statement.

    Kiribati
    Prior to the arrival of Wang to the South Pacific, there were reports that Beijing was planning to sign up another security deal similar to the one with Solomon Islands.

    There was speculation that Kiribati was the potential target for the security pact.

    But there were agreements formalised on security.

    The Kiribati government confirmed the discussions, instead, ranged from China’s readiness to assist on climate action, covid-19, medical cooperation, and fisheries production and processing to maximise Kiribati’s benefits from our abundant resources.”

    Up to 10 bilateral agreements were signed between the two countries in a range of areas. These included:

    • Further elevating cooperation on the Belt and Road Initiaitve.
    • 2022 Economic and Development Cooperation.
    • Livelihood projects.
    • Climate Change.
    • Disaster Risk Reduction.
    • Buota Bridge and adjacent road infrastructure development.
    • Tourism.
    • Protocols on Dispatching Medical Teams.
    • Marine Transportation for the Line Islands.
    • Covid-19 medical supplies.

    “In just slightly over two years after the resumption of our diplomatic ties, both our countries have embarked on a very fruitful cooperation to cultivate our bilateral relations. These projects will deliver meaningful and tangible impacts on the lives of our people,” Kiribati president Taneti Maaau said.

    Samoa
    In his stopover at Samoan, Wang signed three agreements. These were:

    • Economic & Technical Cooperation Agreement for projects to be determined and mutually agreed between the respective Countries.
    • Handover Certificate for the completed Arts & Culture Centre and the Samoa-China Friendship Park.
    • Exchange of Letters for the Fingerprint laboratory for Police complementary to the construction of the Police Academy.

    Samoan prime minister Fiame Naomi Mata’afa said the bilateral cooperation agreements were initiated “a number of years ago” and were not new development.

    Fiame has also labelled China’s proposal to push through its multilateral economic and security deal “abnormal” and such an agreement could not be agreed to if the “region has not met to discuss it.”

    Fiji
    China has enjoyed much favour in its relationship with Fiji’s Prime Minister Voreqe Bainimarama. This trip was no different.

    According to China’s Ambassador to Fiji, the two countries signed three agreements focusing on economic cooperation but further details were not provided.

    Wang said after meeting with Bainimarama: “Our two sides agreed to further synergise our strategies, expand cooperation in economy, trade, agriculture, fisheries, tourism, civil aviation, education, law enforcement and emergency management and other areas within the framework of Blet and Road cooperation for mutual benefit and win-win outcomes.”

    Bainimarama stressed the two countries “have a solid foundation”.

    He downplayed the geopolitical tussle taking place in the region between Beijing and Western countries as the most central issue facing the region.

    He reinforced that climate change was the greatest threat facing the Pacific and sought greater commitment from China on climate action.

    “I’ve sought stronger Chinese commitment to keep 1.5 alive, end illegal fishing, protect the #BluePacific’s ocean, and expand Fijian exports,” he said via a Tweet.

    Tonga
    Wang arrived at Nuku’alofa on Tuesday, where he met with King Tupou VI, Tongan prime minister Hu’akavameiliku Siaosi Sovaleni, and minister for foreign affairs Fekitamoeloa ‘Utoikamanu.

    The Tongan government announced it had signed “several bilateral agreements” with China after discussions focusing on mutual respect and the common interest of the people of the two countries.

    • MoU on Cooperation in the Area of Disaster Risk Reduction and Emergency Response.
    • MoU on Deepening Blue Economy Cooperation.
    • Handover Certificate on the China-Aid Non-intrusive Imaging Inspection Equipment Project to Tonga Customs.
    • Letter of Exchanges on the Provision of One Fingerprint Examination Laboratory.
    • MoU on the Grant-Aid Assistance provided by Dongguan City, Guangdong Province, People’s Republic of China to the Government of the Kingdom of Tonga in 2022.
    • Agreement for the Peripheral Area of Mala’ekula Royal Tomb Improvement Project.

    According to the China’s foreign ministry, China and Tonga “reached extensive consensus on deepening cooperation in various fields and advancing Belt and Road cooperation, and signed a batch of economic cooperation agreements.”

    RNZ Pacific’s Tonga correspondent Kalafi Moala said China has been behind many development projects in the Kingdom.

    “There’s been a lot of local developments in Tonga by the Chinese, and that includes the restoration of Nukualofa since the riots of 2006 and we still have a loan from China that we still need to make payments on, it’s about $118 million dollars,” Moala said.

    Vanuatu
    Vanuatu was Wang’s sixth stopover.

    He met with prime minister Bob Loughman and his cabinet ministers on Wednesday, where the two countries finalised cooperation agreements in the areas of economic technology, medical and health case, and marine economy.

    No further details on the agreements have been provided.

    In a statement, China’s foreign ministry said Loughman “spoke highly of the strong leadership of the Communist Party of China with Xi Jinping at its core.”

    Loughman, on the other hand, said China “has proved to be a true friend of Vanuatu with concrete actions”.

    He “firmly believes that cooperation with China will better help PICs seize development opportunities, and will further enhance bilateral cooperation between PICs and China.

    Loughman has also indicated his government’s full support towards China’s “important role” in the region and its plans to expand its common development vision with Pacific Island countries.

    Cook Islands (Virtual)
    Wang met Cook Islands Prime Minister Mark Brown on Thursday.

    Brown said China was willing to discuss and plan the next step of cooperation according to the development needs of the Cook Islands.

    According to Wang, the two sides could expand cooperation in tourism, infrastructure and education at the sub-national level to help the economic recovery of the Cook Islands.

    “China is also willing to discuss and conduct more trilateral cooperation on the basis of past successful experience,” he said.

    Brown said, “the Cook Islands firmly believes that the future of the Cook Islands is closely tied to China, and is ready to work with China to push for even greater development of bilateral relations in the next 25 years.”

    “The Cook Islands attaches great importance to the China-Pacific Island Countries Foreign Ministers’ Meeting mechanism and the next cooperation initiatives proposed by China,” he said.

    Although there were no details for any formal agreements signed, China’s foreign ministry said “the two sides agreed to strengthen cooperation in Chinese language education, support and encourage young people in the Cook Islands to learn Chinese, and cultivate more friendly envoys”, adding “Both sides agreed to continue to support each other in the international community.”

    Niue (Virtual)
    Premier of Niue Dalton Tagelagi said Beijing had “made positive contributions towards Niue’s prosperity” and it is “pleased” the relationship between the two nations continues to grow.

    “We will continue to progress our close relationship and friendship with China to further advance bilateral relations and achieve common development and prosperity,” Premier Tagelagi said.

    “Joint initiatives with China, such as roading and other strategic development and investment opportunities, will ultimately improve the quality of life for everyone in Niue and are part of Niue’s key aspiration toward self-sufficiency. China has heard Niue’s call, and we are very grateful for that.”

    He said Nuie “supports in principle” China’s proposal in investing in common development and prosperity in the region.

    “We would like time to consider how the arrangement with China will support existing regional plans to ensure that our priorities are aligned and will be beneficial for all of us for regional prosperity.

    “I am confident that Niue’s officials will work together to ensure that the final document will reflect our shared vision,” he said.

    Regional reactions
    University of Hawai’is Centre for Pacific Studies associate professor Tarcisius Kabutaulaka said: “China’s rise has changed international geopolitics and its increased presence is changing the dynamics of Pacific regionalism.”

    He believed countries in the region need to work out how to better manage the power imbalance in their relationships with China.

    “The issue for me is that how do we manage that? How are we aware of that huge force in the form of China? And how do we manage that in ways that will benefit us and here I mean Pacific Island countries,” Dr Kabutaulaka said.

    Former Fiji prime minister Sitiveni Rabuka warned against “new influences” coming into the South Pacific.

    Rabuka said the Pacific was comfortable with the relationships it had had with traditional partners in Australia and New Zealand, the United Kingdom, and the United States.

    “New influences will probably take us time to get used to. I am hopeful that the government of our friends of our joint development partners will continue to help us as we try to map our way forward,” he said.

    Former Tuvalu prime minister Enele Sopoaga said the growing influence on China in the Pacific was a “scary development” for the region.

    Sopoaga said Pacific nations were being used as “canary in the coal mine.”

    “The decision to take the draft [Common Development Vision] is up to individual respective countries in the Pacific. But I think this is a rather scary development that we are hearing about now,” he said.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/03/chinas-whirlwind-pacific-tour-a-slight-success-with-several-signed-deals/feed/ 0 303962
    World Leaders Must Commit to End Covid-19 Patents: Nobel Laureate Muhammad Yunus https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/28/world-leaders-must-commit-to-end-covid-19-patents-nobel-laureate-muhammad-yunus/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/28/world-leaders-must-commit-to-end-covid-19-patents-nobel-laureate-muhammad-yunus/#respond Sat, 28 May 2022 20:02:16 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/337231

    Social entrepreneur and Nobel Peace Prize laureate Muhammad Yunus on Saturday called for a comprehensive waiver of intellectual property rules for Covid-19 vaccines and treatments, declaring that "freeing" the technology "from profit and patent is the key" to a global health system that puts human lives above corporate profit.

    In an op-ed published Saturday in Stat news, Yunus—who's previously joined with other Nobel laureates in pushing for an end to intellectual property barriers—pointed to the global inequality in access to vaccines.

    "The brutally unequal global rollout of Covid-19 vaccines and treatments is a consequence of an ever-increasing concentration of wealth and focus on profit maximization."

    He referenced Oxfam's estimate that it could take an additional two and a half years for the poorest countries to meet the World Health Organization's target of vaccinating 70% of the world's population.

    "Denied vaccines for more than a year," lower-income countries are now seeing the arrival of doses, he wrote, yet those countries will not be the ones deciding on which company's products arrive nor on what timeline, thus complicating vaccination campaigns. A similar phenomenon, he added, is now happening with antiviral pills, which are being hoarded by wealthy nations.

    "Wealth is power," wrote Yunus. "And the brutally unequal global rollout of Covid-19 vaccines and treatments is a consequence of an ever-increasing concentration of wealth and focus on profit maximization."

    The pharmaceutical industry, he asserted, is on a quest for "ever-greater profits" and thus supplies vaccines to the highest bidder.

    Yunus went on to accuse "the wealthy nations, the G10, the continuous beneficiaries of the wealth-concentrating economic machine" of gaining from the current framework at the expense of the rest of the world. But these same wealthy nations, he said, "have the resources to narrow the great vaccine gap, if they want to."

    A key step in ensuring equitable access to vaccines, according to Yunus, is the establishment of pharmaceutical companies focused on solving social problems rather than making profits, ones that could distribute the doses at cost. And that means "removing barriers like intellectual property rules."

    Related Content

    That needs to happen this month, he said, with world leaders taking a step they've so far refused to do in the pandemic—backing a comprehensive waiver of parts of the Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS) Agreement. He pointed out that the E.U. and U.K. have thus far blocked such an effort. He also called out the U.S. for backing a waiver solely on vaccines.

    "There is still time for world leaders to say never again," he wrote, "and to commit to a fairer system of global health that prioritizes human life over the profits of a handful of pharmaceutical companies."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Andrea Germanos.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/28/world-leaders-must-commit-to-end-covid-19-patents-nobel-laureate-muhammad-yunus/feed/ 0 302717
    Hundreds of students protest COVID-19 lockdown on Tianjin University campus https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/tianjin-covid-05272022153515.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/tianjin-covid-05272022153515.html#respond Fri, 27 May 2022 20:10:08 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/tianjin-covid-05272022153515.html Hundreds of students in the northern Chinese port city of Tianjin gathered on the Tianjin University campus late on Thursday, in protest at COVID-19 restrictions.

    Chanting "Down with formalism! Down with bureaucracy!", the students gathered on the university's Beiyang Square, calling on university leaders to come out and talk to them about arrangement for classes and exams amid ongoing zero-COVID restrictions.

    The scenes were eerily reminiscent of the early stages of the 1989 student movement, which later took over Beijing's Tiananmen Square for weeks on end with demands for democratic reforms and the rule of law.

    Those protests culminated in a bloody massacre of civilians by the People's Liberation Army (PLA) on the night of June 3-4, with an unknown number of casualties.
     
    Students are calling on the university administration to clarifying arrangements for online classes, final exams, and when students need to be back on campus if they decide to wait out the lockdown at home.

    The protest came after no response was forthcoming.

    Video clips posted to social media showed hundreds of young people gathered under streetlights on Thursday evening, shouting "Down with formalism! Down with bureaucracy!" and calling on management to come forward for dialogue.

    One poster called on the school to let students go back home to take online classes, only coming back for their exams, but the university authorities have refused to say when these will take place.

    It called for further protests outside Zhengdong Library on Saturday.

    Sick of confinement

    Social media posts said the students are sick of being confined to their dorms and forced to take online classes, which they could do from home.

    Posts also said the university had conceded to most of the students' demands.

    A Tianjin resident surnamed Xu said the school had to compromise to avoid larger protests ahead of the politically sensitive 33rd anniversary of the Tiananmen massacre next week.

    "The college students are knowledgeable, literate, and united, and the protests are definitely legitimate," Xu said. "The [university] made concessions, because they had to; it'll soon be the anniversary of June 4, 1989."

    The protests came after the Tianjin municipal government locked down the city's Nankai district, forcing residents to stay home, and carry out regular COVID-19 tests.

    Less stringent restrictions are already under way in Heping district.

    Tianjin University's Beiyang campus has been under COVID-19 restrictions since Jan. 8, with more than 15,000 students confined to their dorms since then.

    Students are angry that the university has made no move to explain or justify the lockdown since announcing it.

    Petty officials

    Jiangxi-based current affairs commentator Zhang Kun said the lockdowns have left regular citizens at the mercy of petty officials.

    "The country is being run by mediocre people, and the incompetent are doing evil," Zhang told RFA. "The slightly more competent ones have been purged."

    "The longer this zero-COVID policy persists, the worse it's going to get," he said. "The reality has hit everyone in the face."

    The Tianjin protest came after hundreds of students gathered at two Beijing universities earlier this week with similar demands.

    Hundreds of students at the China University of Political Science and Law (CUPL) and at Beijing Normal University (Beishida) gathered to show their displeasure with current restrictions on their movements, as the ruling Chinese Communist Party (CCP) continues to roll out its zero-COVID policy across the country following a grueling weeks-long lockdown in Shanghai.

    This year's Tiananmen massacre anniversary is all the more sensitive as it falls ahead of the 20th party congress later this year, during which CCP leader Xi Jinping is hoping to be voted in for an unprecedented third term in office.

    Translated and edited by Luisetta Mudie.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Qiao Long and Fong Tak Ho.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/tianjin-covid-05272022153515.html/feed/ 0 302498
    How Many More Seniors Will Die of Covid-19 in Los Angeles County? https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/27/how-many-more-seniors-will-die-of-covid-19-in-los-angeles-county/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/27/how-many-more-seniors-will-die-of-covid-19-in-los-angeles-county/#respond Fri, 27 May 2022 14:18:53 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/337203

    One million Americans, over 90,000 people in California, and over thirty thousand Los Angeles County residents have died of Covid-19. The most vulnerable groups are seniors and people with disabilities, especially those that are homebound. The LA County Board of Supervisors should have made homebound people a priority. Instead, it failed them throughout the pandemic and continues to fail them today.

    Our story begins with a phone call made in 2020. As the pandemic was getting more deadly, a tenant living at Barnard Way in Santa Monica died of Covid-19. Barnard Way is a 61-unit Section 8 complex with older, disabled, and poor residents. Shawn Casey O’Brien, who lives in the building, contacted the office of the LA County Board of Supervisors to request testing for building residents.

    A young staffer spoke with Shawn and Ernie Powell (one of the authors of this piece). After two meetings the staffer indicated that the County itself could not provide the testing. The staffer suggested that the residents go to a local testing location just few miles away. For many residents, who had limited mobility or simply did not want to risk exposure to Covid-19, this was not remotely helpful advice.

    We knew that Barnard Way residents were far from the only LA County residents facing a lack of response from the County. Hence, we organized and formed COMIT, the "Coalition for Mobile In-Home Testing and Vaccinations." COMIT activists in each of the five supervisorial districts lobbied the County to support homebound residents.

    Homebound people stay at home, typically for medical reasons. They need extra help with shopping and basic daily needs. A homebound person needs the help of another person or medical equipment such as crutches, a walker, or a wheelchair to get them around. The Board of Supervisors estimates that as many as 275,000 people in our county are homebound.

    As reported in Becker’s Hospital Review in August of 2021, the percentage of homebound adults increased nationally from 5 percent in 2011 to 13 percent in 2020. Latino adults were most likely to be homebound in 2020 at 34 percent compared to African American adults at 22.6 percent and white adults at 10.1 percent.  

    In March 2021, the Los Angeles County Board of Supervisors unanimously passed a resolution which created a vaccination program that served "the often forgotten homebound." The resolution asked the Los Angeles County Department of Public Health to present a plan within 21 days.

    The plan was approved unanimously. The COMIT team, along with our allies at Social Security Works California, were optimistic that the County would follow its own plan to vaccinate homebound residents quickly and efficiently. After all, Los Angeles County is the biggest county in the nation with nearly two million residents over the age of 60. The County has a budget of $1.3 billion, with the capacity to bring in more if needed.

    This is Los Angeles, the place for hopes and dreams. Our Board of Supervisors is a liberal governmental body that cares for the elderly, the poor, the disabled, and people from across the world. Especially given our large communities of color and their health disparities, we trusted that the County would be a national leader in homebound vaccinations.

    Unfortunately, our optimism was short lived. For a while, it was difficult to even receive data on how many homebound vaccinations took place. In one two-month period, four different counts were reported. For a while, the County said they could not keep count because they had outsourced vaccinations to other groups.

    Finally, on January 25th, 2022, the leader of the Department of Health reported to the County that their program had only administered 4,718 vaccinations to homebound residents. This fell massively short of the County’s March 2021 mandate to vaccinate 275,000 homebound residents. COMIT, Social Security Works California, and the public expected far more from our elected leaders.

    So, we re-grouped and moved into full advocacy mode. Our mission was, and remains, to push the County to do what it promised to do. We have four simple "asks" for the County of Los Angeles. They are:

    1) Issue a report to the public every two weeks with the number of vaccinations given through the homebound program.

    2) Promote the program through television appearances, op-eds, or announcements in the Los Angeles Times and other outlets small and large.

    3) Inform each elected official in the county of the program so that they can promote it to their constituents.

    4) Reveal the sources of funding for the program, along with dollars spent.

    To date, we have not had one clear answer to our asks. Instead, we're constantly told "we will get back to you" or "not my department." Every member of the board voted for this program—Supervisors Hilda Solis, Holly Mitchell, Sheila Kuehl, Janice Hahn, and Kathryn Barger. But getting a meeting with any of them to discuss the program is virtually impossible. The same is true for Dr. Barbara Ferrer, Director of Public Health.   

    According to a government agency in Sacramento, the funding for the County's homebound vaccination program is from the American Rescue Plan. California received a total of $22 billion from the ARP, with as much as $1.9 billion going to L.A. County. We are confident that the dollars are there for a robust homebound vaccination program.

    Yet that isn’t what is happening. As just one example, the County has told us that they plan to use channel 35 to promote the program. But that channel is known mainly by county and city employees. The County needs to flood channels 2, 4, and 7 with advertisements urging people who are homebound to make a simple phone call to 1-833-540-0473 to receive their vaccinations.

    Homebound seniors and people with disabilities can’t wait any longer for life-saving vaccines. It’s time for the Board of Supervisors and the Department of Public Health to keep their promise.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Ernie Powell, Nikola Alenkin.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/27/how-many-more-seniors-will-die-of-covid-19-in-los-angeles-county/feed/ 0 302407
    Fiji tourism back on its feet with a fresh focus on sustainability https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/24/fiji-tourism-back-on-its-feet-with-a-fresh-focus-on-sustainability/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/24/fiji-tourism-back-on-its-feet-with-a-fresh-focus-on-sustainability/#respond Tue, 24 May 2022 10:09:52 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=74553 By Sheryl Lal and Akansha Narayan in Nadi, Fiji

    Although Fiji was unaffected by the first wave of covid-19, its tourism sector — the lifeblood of the economy — has been devastated by border closure across the world due to the pandemic in the past two years.

    Thus, when the Fijian Tourism Expo (FTE) returned after a break of two years, Fiji Tourism’s CEO Brent Hill was in an upbeat mood, especially because they have been able to attract more than 500 participants to the Expo in these competitive times for the travel industry.

    But, having experienced the vulnerabilities, sustainability was very much in focus during presentations at the event here.

    In 2022, Tourism Fiji comes with a vision to “inspire the world to come and experience Fiji — where happiness finds you” and our purpose is to “ensure that Fiji is promoted and marketed as a tourist destination for the purpose of maximising sustainable and long terms benefits to Fiji”, said Hill, in presenting a brief overview of their past achievements and their two-year strategic plan to the FTE.

    The 8th FTE was held on May 11-13 at the luxury Sheraton Beach Golf and Spa Resort near Nadi, the gateway to Fiji where its international airport and many tourist resort islands are located.

    The three-day event attracted more than 88 exhibiting companies, 90 buyers and 10 media delegates eager to learn the strategic plan Tourism Fiji has set for the small island nation.

    The semi-government agency was supported by Fiji’s Ministry of Commerce, Trade, Tourism and Transport and was declared opened by Minister Faiyaz Koya, who highlighted the negative impact of covid on the tourism industry.

    ‘Guided by robust policies’
    “During this time, we were guided by robust policies that led to our border re-opening,” he said in his opening address.

    “Our out-of-work tourism workers were among those supported by half a billion dollars (US$230 million) in direct and indirect assistance paid by the Fijian government. We took the last two years as an opportunity to re-invest.

    “From upgrading our tourism facilities and renowned hospitality, to piloting new products.”

    Hill’s presentation at the FTE highlighted that during the pre-pandemic period, the tourism sector represented 38 percent of the Fijian economy bringing in 36.5 percent employment making up over 118,000 jobs in a population of just over 896,000.

    In 2019, the overseas visitor economy in Fiji was worth F$3 billion (US$1.37 billion) and had attracted 960,000 international arrivals, mainly from Australia, New Zealand, Europe and the United States.

    Fast forward two years later into the post-pandemic period, the plan of tourism Fiji is to increase the visitor economy to F$3.37 billion.

    Also, a high end goal of attracting 1 million international visitors by 2024 has been set. Hill highlighted that the two year strategic plan, 2022 to 2024, was strategised after consultations were done by meeting with tourism industry and also seeking people’s feedback on what Tourism Fiji’s priorities should be.

    Six key priorities
    From these consultations, they have pulled out six key priorities for the two year plan.

    Sustainability is a key ingredient of the plan that includes shaping perceptions of Fiji, promoting the value of tourism to Fiji and enabling an efficient, high performing and innovative team to take the industry forward.

    “For Tourism Fiji, it is very important as an organisation that we set our values. As a team, we really wanted to identify the core of who we are as a true Fijian and I’m very proud of the values that we actually came up with as a team and we want to make a difference,” said Hill.

    Citing data from the global benchmarking agency Smith Travel Research (STR), Hill said that in 30 of Fiji’s key hotels that accounts for about 8500 rooms, the occupancy was running at 20 percent levels.

    “That is a stunning rebound recovery and not to be sneezed at,” he points out, adding, “I know that there is dozens of tourism organisations around the world that would be begging to have their occupancy at those kinds of levels.”

    Many of the exhibition booths at the FTE represented luxury boutique type resorts in small “paradise” islands that surround Fiji’s main islands of Viti Levu and Vanua Levu.

    Many of these islands are so small that it may include just the resort which is usually privately owned (leased from traditional land owners).

    Resort occupies whole island
    One such resort is Beachcomber Island, just 17 km and 40 minutes by fast ferry from Port Denarau, the site of the Expo.

    The resort occupies the whole of the privately owned 8 ha island, where staff works on a 21 day shift followed by 7 days leave to go back to “civilisation”. The resort which is very popular with foreign tourists was closed from 20 March 2020 until April 1 this year.

    The resort manager, Nemia Merani, that she had to keep a skeleton staff of 5 during this time to help maintain its facilities, even though they had no income coming.

    Pre-pandemic they used to employ 50-60 staff but now they only have 15-20 staff on the island.

    “People from overseas are still hesitant to come,” she said. “Things that help us are day visitors not only weekends but weekdays too.

    “We are selling to locals everyday. During the weekend we have a surge in numbers and after this we go right down again.”

    Ironically, this resort was too expensive for local tourists pre-pandemic but the prices have been reduced for locals now.

    ‘Overseas visitors slowly picking up’
    “Overseas visitors — especially from Australia — are slowly picking up and if that continues we will survive,” Merani said optimistically.

    From presentations made at the Expo, the pandemic has also raised awareness among tourism operators here about the sustainability of the industry and the need to tap into local resources much more.

    Even the five-star Sheraton hotel where the Expo was held made a special presentation on how they are developing a supply chain of local farmers feeding into their menus.

    Since the borders were opened on December 1 last year, according to government figures, 119,000 tourists have arrived in Fiji, with 46,000 coming in April alone.

    “I believe that we can work together collectively for providing the value of tourism to Fiji,” argues Hill pointing out the networking that took place here.

    “Part of that is that we need to continue to tell the story of tourism and tell the story of what it is that we’re all about.”

    Sheryl Lal and Akansha Narayan are final year journalism students at the University of the South Pacific in Suva, Fiji. This story ror In-Depth News was initially published in USP’s student journalism newspaper Wansolwara. Both IDN and Wansolwara collaborate with Asia Pacific Report.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Wansolwara.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/24/fiji-tourism-back-on-its-feet-with-a-fresh-focus-on-sustainability/feed/ 0 301316
    What’s missing from the gun debate [sic]? https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/24/whats-missing-from-the-gun-debate-sic/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/24/whats-missing-from-the-gun-debate-sic/#respond Tue, 24 May 2022 03:11:15 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=129868 The shooting in Buffalo has once again ignited an ill-informed “debate” on the topic of guns. Thus, I feel compelled to re-share some of the missing context.  Male Violence (as usual) Must Be Factored In Please allow me to introduce some damn good reasons to consider some kind of gun control: On average, 57 women […]

    The post What’s missing from the gun debate [sic]? first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    The shooting in Buffalo has once again ignited an ill-informed “debate” on the topic of guns. Thus, I feel compelled to re-share some of the missing context. 

    Male Violence (as usual) Must Be Factored In

    Please allow me to introduce some damn good reasons to consider some kind of gun control:

    • On average, 57 women are shot and killed by an intimate partner every month in the United States
    • Over half of female victims of intimate partner homicide in the U.S. are killed with a gun
    • Over the ten-year period between 2008 and 2017, there was a reduction in intimate partner homicides of women involving weapons — except homicides by guns, which increased by 15 percent
    • When you factor in attempted murders using guns, nearly 1 million women in the Home of the Brave™ have survived being shot or shot at by an intimate partner

    Translation: Male violence remains the world’s number one problem and the omnipresence of guns makes it easier for men to commit their violent acts. The common denominator of mass shooters is not their whiteness. It’s their male-ness.

    Don’t Trust Your News Feed, part 1

    Unless you do a little digging, it would be easy to believe that the United States is the gun death capital of the world. Clickbait headlines, news feed posts, and conversations based on emotion distract from the fact that the U.S. has the 32nd-highest rate of deaths from gun violence in the world: 3.96 deaths per 100,000 people.

    In 2019, there were 37,200 reported deaths by firearm in the Land of the Free™. Is that 37,200 too many? Of course, it is. Is it comparable to, say, Guatemala, Venezuela, or El Salvador? I suppose that depends on your definition of “comparable,” but the rate per 100,000 in El Salvador is 36.78.

    Crash Course

    Meanwhile, more than 38,000 people die every single year in crashes on U.S. roadways. An additional 4.5 million (on average) are injured seriously enough to require medical attention. Road crashes are the leading cause of death in the U.S. for people 54 and under — an average of 102 per day. (Context: About 500 Americans are killed per year by rifles.)

    Let’s be clear, I’m not comparing guns to cars. But I am comparing the media coverage, public perception, and psychological manipulation. Where are the rallies and petitions related to 100 Americans needlessly dying per day in road crashes? Where’s the outrage and the legislation and the campaign speeches and the Time Magazine covers for the lives lost to the car culture? Why do we hear about mothers fearing their sons won’t come home because a cop might shoot him when, in reality, she should be WAY more nervous about him getting into a car?

    We’ve just spent two-plus years allegedly trying to keep people “safe” from a virus with a fatality rate that Lord Fauci himself says “may be considerably less than 1%.” But, if widespread safety and risk avoidance is our collective (but futile) aim, why are we still manufacturing vehicles that can attain speeds higher than, say, 30 MPH? Why is the speed limit so damn high when we all know that the fatality rate rises with a vehicle’s speed?

    Think about it: We’re obsessed with things like Covid and guns but yet we still ingest carcinogens, use toxic chemicals, and drive our death machines at dangerous speeds. If the powers-that-shouldn’t-be really gave a shit about us, they would’ve taken action to stop all of that and more. Instead, we’re being divided over flawed mitigation tactics, lethal medical protocols, and manipulated statistics.

    Back to my point: The U.S. gun fatality rate is much lower than advertised while a worse problem — road crash fatalities — is barely ever mentioned. But, that’s not it. I have one more major component of the gun debate that is tragically omitted by just about everyone.

    Don’t Trust Your News Feed, part 2

    A small number of gun-related deaths in the U.S. can be chalked up to accidents, law enforcement incidents, and other undetermined circumstances. Roughly four in ten gun-related deaths are murders. Wait… what? Yep, when we get the numbers recited to us in the name of headlines and fear-mongering, a pretty important detail is always left out: 60 percent of annual gun-related deaths in God’s Country™ are suicides. About 24,000 per year — out of about 45,000 overall per year. Let that sink in.

    Please allow me to address the statistical manipulation at work. If you subtract gun deaths related to suicide and accidents, the annual gun-related murder rate drops to about 13,000 per year. Is that 13,000 too many? Of course, it is. Is it anywhere near the death rates of cancer, heart disease, suicide, or road crashes? Nope. Why are we fixated on guns when, for example, medical error is at least the third leading cause of death in the U.S. — taking anywhere from 250,000 to one million lives per year?

    Fact: Doctors are far, far more dangerous than any AR-15.

    A Culture in Crisis

    Finally, here is my primary point: If “we’re all in this together,” why do we patently ignore the rising suicide rate? While we squabble over which lives matter or not, suicide is now the twelfth leading cause of death in the U.S. For those between the ages of 35 and 54, it is the fourth leading cause. Suicide is the second leading cause of death among individuals between 10 and 34. Suicides outnumber homicides in the U.S. by more than 2 to 1. Since 2001, the suicide rate in America has increased by 31 percent.

    Gun control won’t stop this trend. Gene therapies disguised as vaccinations won’t protect us from a culture steeped in despair and division. Marches and protests remain as impotent as ever. We like to pretend that “our way of life” is so exemplary. Meanwhile, more and more of us are choosing death over it. The solutions must be more foundational and compassionate than the so-called debates we’ve been programmed to embrace.

    When pondering hot button “issues” like gun control, I urge you to NOT surrender your capacity for critical thought. Do your own research. Make up your own mind. On a much deeper level: Collectively, we are a culture in crisis and our problems run far deeper than the current gun control debate (sic) allows. It’s long overdue that we recognize the desperate imperative to do much more than “win” a Twitter debate. Let’s choose to connect rather than compete.

    The post What’s missing from the gun debate [sic]? first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Mickey Z..

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/24/whats-missing-from-the-gun-debate-sic/feed/ 0 301198
    News on China | No. 99 https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/23/news-on-china-no-99/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/23/news-on-china-no-99/#respond Mon, 23 May 2022 16:04:02 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=129854 COVID affects economy in China; AI used in constructing hydroelectric power plant in Tibet; and China’s state-owned COMAC C919, a competitor to Boeing 737 and Airbus A320, has already received 815 orders.

    The post News on China | No. 99 first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Dongsheng News.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/23/news-on-china-no-99/feed/ 0 301069
    WHO Chief Warns Humanity Lowers Guard Against Covid-19 ‘At Our Peril’ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/23/who-chief-warns-humanity-lowers-guard-against-covid-19-at-our-peril/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/23/who-chief-warns-humanity-lowers-guard-against-covid-19-at-our-peril/#respond Mon, 23 May 2022 13:32:30 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/337080

    The head of the World Health Organization said Sunday that the Covid-19 pandemic is "most certainly not over" as he urged continued vigilance against the virus blamed for as many as 15 million excess deaths worldwide.

    WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus' remarks were delivered in Geneva where global delegates gathered for the annual meeting of the World Health Assembly—the health agency's decision-making body.

    Tedros repeated his frequent excoriations of Covid-19 vaccine and technology inequality and warnings against prematurely dropping key public health measures meant to contain the virus.

    "In many countries, all restrictions have been lifted, and life looks much like it did before the pandemic," he said, framing such moves as ill-advised when the pandemic still has its grips on the globe and new variants and sub-variants continue to emerge.

    While welcoming progress on combating the pandemic, including getting over 60% of the world’s population vaccinated, he stressed that "it's not over anywhere until it's over everywhere."

    Related Content

    "Reported cases are increasing in almost 70 countries in all regions—and this in a world in which testing rates have plummeted," said Tedros. The Ethiopia native further warned that "reported deaths are rising in my continent—the continent with the lowest vaccination coverage."

    He likened the virus to "a storm that has torn through communities again and again," whose path and intensity are unpredictable. As such, he said "we lower our guard at our peril."

    The more the virus can circulate, the more deaths there will be—"especially among the unvaccinated"—as well as "more risk of a new variant emerging," he said.

    "Declining testing and sequencing," said Tedros, "means we are blinding ourselves to the evolution of the virus."

    The WHO chief also pointed to the stark difference across the planet in terms of who has received access to vaccines and who has not—a disparity public health campaigners have denounced as vaccine apartheid.

    Related Content

    "Almost one billion people in lower-income countries remain unvaccinated," he said, "while only 57 countries have vaccinated 70% of their population—almost all of them high-income countries."

    Tedro additionally lamented other major and simultaneous crises including the climate emergency and ongoing war.

    "War is bad enough. But it is made worse because it creates the conditions for disease to spread," he said. "The Covid-19 pandemic did not cause the war in Ukraine; and the war did not cause the pandemic."

    "But," he added, "they are now intertwined."

    Highlighting the theme of this year's assembly meeting, he added: "There can be no health without peace. But equally, there can be no peace without health."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Andrea Germanos.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/23/who-chief-warns-humanity-lowers-guard-against-covid-19-at-our-peril/feed/ 0 301114
    Weeks of COVID-19 lockdown in Shanghai takes toll on residents’ mental health https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/shanghai-covid-mental-05202022142133.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/shanghai-covid-mental-05202022142133.html#respond Sat, 21 May 2022 02:01:24 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/shanghai-covid-mental-05202022142133.html The weeks-long COVID-19 lockdown in China has taken a huge mental health toll, with more than 40 percent of the city's 26 million residents reporting symptoms of depression in a recent poll.

    Shanghai residents have been battling food shortages, barriers to medical treatment, repeated mass, compulsory PCR and antigen testing, as well as the constant threat of being sent off to an isolation camp or makeshift hospital, having their pets killed and their homes ransacked by "disinfection" teams, or being welded inside their homes by local officials keen to hit the right quotas in the service of Chinese leader Xi Jinping's zero-COVID policy.

    A poll of more than 1,000 Shanghai residents conducted by the @Zhaoluming Weibo account found that more than 400 of them reported having experienced a "depressed mood" during lockdown.

    A resident of downtown Shanghai surnamed Wang said he believes the true number of depressed people could be much higher.

    "Forty percent? I would say more like 80 percent," Wang said. "Everyone has a sense of resentment and their psychology isn't quite normal, whole communities shut up like animals in a zoo."
    Photo illustration by RFA; Reuters
    Photo illustration by RFA; Reuters

    Qiu Jianzhen, director of the outpatient department of psychological counseling and treatment at the Shanghai Mental Health Center, said in a recent interview with state broadcaster CCTV that the number of calls to the center's psychological hotline had nearly tripled in the past month to more than 3,000.

    Eighty percent of callers cited the pandemic as an issue for their mental health, Qiu said.

    "If you need to see a doctor or call an ambulance, the neighborhood committee needs to sign off with a certificate and a letter of commitment," Wang told RFA. "There is a lot of anger about that, because what if it's urgent?"

    "Most of the people who live in my compound are temporary workers, so if they can't work, they get no wages," he said. "Even if they lift the lockdown, who will compensate us for the loss of more than a month's income?"

    "How can the small company bosses do that ... when they are going bankrupt themselves?"

    Visible toll

    Wang lives in a low-income district of Puxi with his family, and was mostly worried about how to feed his kids when lockdown came.

    Photo illustration by RFA; Reuters
    Photo illustration by RFA; Reuters


    "Adults can maybe get by on frozen food, but I was worried about the kids not having any milk or any fruit," Wang said. "We would try to make a 950 ml bottle of milk last a few days, but then what would we do after that?"

    And it's not just the economically marginalized who are suffering.

    Wang said the burden on working parents will likely increase now that people are gradually returning to work.

    "My former colleague was complaining that now they have to try to grab food, keep up with antigen and PCR testing, talk to their kids' teachers, all while taking part in meetings via video call," he said. "She's going crazy."

    Wang said the toll taken on people's well-being was very visible in his neighborhood.

    "There were people who jumped off the top of the building in the residential neighborhood next to us, and I saw news of people jumping from buildings, not just in text, but video clips, which have a psychological impact in themselves," Wang said.

    "It's hard not to be depressed in such circumstances," he said.

    A white-collar worker surnamed Li, who works for a large foreign company, said he has sought out psychological counseling during lockdown despite not having financial worries.

    "It's like being incarcerated for one or two months," Li said. "Loss of freedom over a long period of time will give rise to a lot of negative emotions, the most prominent of which is anger."

    Photo illustration by RFA; Reuters
    Photo illustration by RFA; Reuters

    'I totally lost control'

    A resident of Jing'an district surnamed Sun said she had a mental breakdown over the authorities' chaotic handling of mass COVID-19 tests, after she started to show symptoms on May 1, but was left without a PCR test despite requesting one.

    "On the night of May 6, I went totally crazy, calling the emergency services many times," Sun said. "I totally lost control."

    "If the ambulance hadn't come, I would have run out right there ... and started spreading the virus."

    Eventually, Sun and her symptomatic family were taken to an isolation facility, but she suspects the delay in testing them was due to a political attempt to massage new case figures.

    She pointed to repeated complaints on social media that officials appeared to hand out test results and change them at will.

    "There were people testing positives and they said they were negative, and people testing negative who they said were positive," Sun said.

    In universities students have complained of unclean food and lack of support for their mental health.

    A psychology lecturer surnamed Chen said one woman had to spend thousands of yuan to escape the city by private taxi after being stuck in a situation of food scarcity while suffering from anorexia nervosa.

    "She couldn't eat, and her mental state was very bad," he said. "She had a relapse [of anorexia] after being stuck inside the dorm building since early March."

    Serene, an international school counselor, said many of her students have gone back to their parental homes, while mental health problems have doubled among those who remained.

    "It's mostly about conflicts with parents, but since the pandemic also about difficulties with distance-learning," she said. "There is also the lack of interaction with peers and lack of social support."

    "One of my students was having difficulty with interpersonal communication, but he had bravely begun to take the first steps before the pandemic, and had formed some relationships," she said. "But when the pandemic came ... he told me he feared he would never make friends again."

    Translated and edited by Luisetta Mudie.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Kai Di.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/shanghai-covid-mental-05202022142133.html/feed/ 0 300713
    Elderly and sick die of COVID-19 complications in North Korean capital https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/covid-05202022192616.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/covid-05202022192616.html#respond Fri, 20 May 2022 23:26:32 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/covid-05202022192616.html North Korean authorities are mobilizing medical students in the capital of Pyongyang to help in hospitals suddenly overwhelmed with cases of COVID-19, sources in the country told RFA. Even so, deaths continue to rise due to lack of proper care and from counterfeit medicines as treatment options remain limited in the impoverished and isolated country.

    After more than two years of denying any North Korean had contracted the coronavirus, the country finally announced its first cases and deaths last week, saying the Omicron variant had begun to spread among participants of a large-scale military parade in late April.

    The long-term denial means doctors in the capital’s many hospitals are not up to speed on how to treat coronavirus, a Pyongyang resident told RFA’s Korean Service on condition of anonymity for security reasons.

    “As a result, some elderly people infected with Omicron and people with chronic diseases such as high blood pressure and diabetes died because they did not receive proper treatment,” said the source.

    “In addition, there are a number of people who have died due to side effects from medicines they purchased on their own without proper prescriptions,” the source said.

    Pyongyang, with 2.9 million residents living relatively closely to one another, has been hit the hardest by the pandemic.

    “They declared an emergency and mobilized doctors from each hospital in the city, then they even began mobilizing med students,” a Pyongyang resident told RFA’s Korean Service on condition of anonymity for security reasons.

    “All residents in the city are subject to intensive medical screenings. They must check their temperature and report any abnormal symptoms twice a day,” the source said.

    The demand for fever reducers and antibiotics has greatly increased. Many people travel from pharmacy to pharmacy in search of acetaminophen, ibuprofen and amoxicillin, said the source. Antibiotics have no effect on viral diseases like COVID-19.

    “Authorities began to release wartime emergency medicines and have placed uniformed military doctors at pharmacies to prevent stealing. So now it is possible to buy necessary medicines,” said the source.

    As home to most of the country’s privileged elites, Pyongyang has superior health care facilities than exist in the provinces.

    In the city of Hamhung, in the eastern province of South Hamgyong, people had been crowding hospitals weeks before the declared emergency, complaining of coronavirus symptoms, a medical source there told RFA.

    “There are provincial hospitals and city hospitals, as well as health institutions and facilities in provincial cities like Hamhung. However, in the case of county-level hospitals, there are only a few beds with poor medical equipment and facilities, and inexperienced doctors,” the second source said.

    “I am worried about whether they can cope with it. It will be of great help if the authorities receive aid from the U.N. or medicines made in South Korea, which are effective and safe,” the source said.

    About 2.2 million people have been hit by outbreaks of fever, 65 of whom have died, according to data based on reports from North Korean state media published by 38 North, a site that provides analysis on the country and is run by the U.S.-based think tank the Stimson Center. Around 1.5 million are reported to have made recoveries, while 754,800 are undergoing treatment.

    The country has only a handful of confirmed COVID-19 cases, which 38 North attributed to insufficient testing capabilities. Data published on the Johns Hopkins University Coronavirus Resource Center showed North Korea with only one confirmed COVID-19 case and six deaths as of Friday evening.

    Accurate reporting

    The numbers provided by state media are likely accurate, Ahn Kyungsoo, head of dprkhealth.org, a South Korea-based website that tracks North Korea’s healthcare situation.

    But Ahn said that not all “fever” cases are necessarily coronavirus.

    “In the middle of April is when seasons change in Korea. The North Korean authorities have released statistics since the end of April. There are inevitably a lot of people who develop fevers that time of the year due to the change of seasons…. And the main symptoms… are almost the same as those of cold patients who get ill in-between seasons,” he said.

    “The cumulative number of people with fever that the North Korean authorities are talking about is not an individual person with a confirmed case of COVID-19. Their definition of ‘cured’ does not mean the full recovery from COVID-19, but only that fever symptoms have disappeared. These are the people who have been released from quarantine,” he said, adding that test kits in North Korea are scarce, and tallies can only be kept by observing symptoms like fever, body aches, coughing and sore throats.

    Ahn said that even with a lot of help from the international community in the form of donated vaccines, North Koreans would still have trouble inoculating everyone because of a lack of cold storage and an inability to quickly transport vaccines to most parts of the country.

    “Also, it takes time for the vaccine to take effect after one is vaccinated. From the perspective of North Korea, it will take quite a while even if they get the vaccine tomorrow. So, I think getting as many oral treatments as possible would be more advantageous than the vaccine.”

    Translated by Claire Lee and Leejin J. Chung


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Chang Gyu Ahn and Soram Cheon.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/covid-05202022192616.html/feed/ 0 300686
    Beijing ramps up local COVID-19 lockdowns as Shanghai slowly starts to move again https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/shanghai-covid-economy-05202022143926.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/shanghai-covid-economy-05202022143926.html#respond Fri, 20 May 2022 19:26:23 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/shanghai-covid-economy-05202022143926.html Authorities in Beijing are ramping up COVID-19 restrictions, while some residents of Shanghai said they were able to leave their apartments on brief trips outside on Friday.

    Much of Chaoyang district in the eastern part of the Chinese capital was under lockdown on Friday, while 100 subway stations and 24 administrative districts in Fangshan district were locked down after 10 positive PCR tests among college students there.

    The Beijing municipal health commission reported 64 newly discovered local cases of COVID-19 on Thursday, of which 10 were students at the Beijing Institute of Technology's Fangshan campus.

    While the authorities haven't declared a lockdown, parts of the city are indeed in a locked-down state, a Fangshan resident surnamed Zhang told RFA.

    "We're locked down. There was a close contact in our building, so the entire building was locked in for 18, 19 days," she said.

    "They put seals on our doors and electronic dogs outside," she said, in a reference to automated devices that call the police if people move outside of their apartments.

    She said residents are now struggling to buy food.

    "It's not just that the street hawkers have gone out of business: we can't get a hold of vegetables at all," she said.

    "Five chilli peppers now cost 12.9 yuan, when they used to be 2.5, or 3.5 yuan at most," Zhang said. "Three small cabbages now cost nearly 13 yuan, while the price of cucumbers and potatoes has also gone up."

    Zhang Mingming, a spokesman for the ruling Chinese Communist Party (CCP)'s Fangshan district committee, said hundreds of students and faculty at the Beijing Institute of Technology campus and at the School of International Education are being transported out to compulsory isolation facilities.

    People queue for swab to be tested for Covid-19 coronavirus at a swab collection site in Beijing on May 18, 2022. Credit: AFP
    People queue for swab to be tested for Covid-19 coronavirus at a swab collection site in Beijing on May 18, 2022. Credit: AFP
    Even open spaces

    As of Tuesday, Beijing had 15 high-risk areas and 32 medium-risk areas, with more than 100 subway stations closed to passengers.

    Since May 1, anyone entering public places has to show a recent, negative PCR test taken in the past 48 hours.

    "You need a negative PCR to get into the park; this is an open space," a local film-maker told RFA. "I don't know why."

    PCR testing companies have been the target of widespread public anger on Chinese social media for profiteering on the back of mass, compulsory testing.

    The film-maker said: "A lot of people think it's the government, but most of the money is going to the [medical] insurance industry."

    Photos posted to social media showed Beijing residents trying to eke a living by setting up makeshift roadside stalls, while some roast duck restaurants started hawking roast duck by the side of the street.

    Meanwhile, in Shanghai, residents are slowly being allowed out to resume some daily activities.

    "They say today that lockdown will be lifted tomorrow, but when it's tomorrow, they say businesses will stay open every day starting from the day after tomorrow," a resident of Pudong district surnamed Fang told RFA. "I have no idea which is the true statement."

    "A lot of people are waiting to get passes to leave our residential compound, but they haven't been issued yet," she said. "The neighborhood committee put out a list, but our compound wasn't on it."

    "There have been no positive tests in our compound for more than two weeks, but they still won't let us out," Fang said. "They've done 30 or 40 PCR tests on every person here, but it's still not over."

    Mass layoffs and bankruptcies

    Some workers in Shanghai are being allowed to travel between work and home only, in a "point-to-point" arrangement.

    But the move could be too late for many companies, which have been bankrupted by the CCP's zero-COVID policy, with widespread mass layoffs of pre-lockdown staff.

    Mass layoffs have been predicted at major factories as well as at small and medium-sized businesses, amid a spike in departures via Shanghai's Hongqiao Railway Station, as newly unemployed migrants finally leave the city.

    Shanghai worker Zhang Wandi, said many companies have been hit with rental payments and salaries through lockdown, but with no income to fund them.

    "Currently, commercial rent deposits in Shanghai are generally three months' rent ... but nobody has paid their rent lately because they're all waiting for government subsidies," Zhang said. "I think a lot of companies are just going to go out of business when lockdown ends."

    Media worker Li Wei said the government must fear mass layoffs as a side-effect zero-COVID.

    "The thing they fear most is layoffs at big companies," Li said. "The economy is not a car, to be driven with one foot on the brake and the other on the gas; it's more like a plane, where the plane loses height when you slow it down, and you have to take off again."

    "To do that, you have to  have a runway, taxiing and acceleration, and the disease control and prevention measures have hit China's economy hard," he said.

    Translated and edited by Luisetta Mudie.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Qiao Long and Chingman.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/shanghai-covid-economy-05202022143926.html/feed/ 0 300642
    One Million American Covid-19 Deaths Is a Searing Indictment of Poverty and Policy Choices https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/20/one-million-american-covid-19-deaths-is-a-searing-indictment-of-poverty-and-policy-choices/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/20/one-million-american-covid-19-deaths-is-a-searing-indictment-of-poverty-and-policy-choices/#respond Fri, 20 May 2022 18:06:23 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/337051

    The U.S. has now reached the once unthinkable toll of 1 million deaths from COVID-19. How could this happen in the wealthiest country in the world?

    In a word, because of poverty—and the policy choices that perpetuate it. Our task now is to make different choices.

    It's not just that the poor have suffered. Equally important is that the very richest Americans have seen their wealth skyrocket.

    Americans across the country have suffered during this pandemic. But new research by the Poor People's Campaign strongly suggests the poor and low-income have suffered the most. Even controlling for vaccination rates, they found that COVID-19 death rates in poorer U.S. counties were nearly double those in wealthier counties. During the deadliest phases of the pandemic, it rose to five times as many.

    White Americans still make up the largest share of America's poor and those who've died from COVID-19. But Black, Hispanic and Indigenous Americans are significantly overrepresented in America's poorest counties, and COVID-19 casualty rates run significantly higher for many communities of color.

    Poor Americans are hit hardest for many reasons. Since they make up a large share of low-wage, frontline workers, they're more exposed to the virus and often lack paid sick leave if they contract it. They're also more likely to lack health insurance and suffer from pre-existing conditions.

    But it's not just that the poor have suffered. Equally important is that the very richest Americans have seen their wealth skyrocket.

    As of this May, America's billionaires' collective wealth had ballooned by $1.7 trillion since the pandemic began, according to the Institute for Policy Studies (IPS) and Americans for Tax Fairness. Elon Musk alone saw his wealth increase more than tenfold.

    That's not all. In 2020, more than half of America's largest low-wage employers bent the rules to give CEOs enormous pay raises even as their essential workers suffered cuts. On average, CEOs at these firms made over $15 million—more than what their median employees would make in eight centuries.

    And now, those who've benefited the most from this pandemic are trying to pull the rug out from those who've suffered the worst. They're spending big to undo some of the most important public policies our country has seen in generations.

    President Joe Biden's American Rescue Plan made testing and vaccines nearly universally accessible. It also delivered stimulus payments, expanded unemployment insurance, made the Child Tax Credit more generous and increased assistance for everything from food to health insurance.

    These life-saving provisions got hundreds of millions of Americans vaccinated and helped millions more weather an extremely difficult time. The expanded Child Tax Credit alone reduced child poverty by 30 percent—a stunning, if incomplete, achievement.

    But billionaires, executives and corporations who've seen their fortunes flourish have poured money into the campaign coffers of politicians who oppose these measures. When Democrat Joe Manchin joined every Senate Republican in opposing the renewal and expansion of these programs—and was showered with campaign cash in return—they withered on the vine.

    Now child poverty has surged, rising wages have failed to keep up with inflation and millions are at risk of losing their health insurance. So far, Congress has even failed to continue funding COVID-19 research, vaccines and testing.

    Politicians catering to the extremely wealthy at the expense of the 140 million Americans who are poor or low-income is precisely what made the pandemic so deadly in the first place. We shouldn't compound the tragedy of 1 million COVID-19 deaths by letting it continue.

    With midterms looming, Congress should act quickly to pass a "billionaires tax" and a windfall tax on pandemic profits—especially on industries, like oil companies, that keep hiking their prices. Lawmakers could use this money to help families meet their basic needs.

    Congress should also support COVID-19 vaccination efforts at home and abroad, to prevent both needless suffering and new COVID-19 variants.

    Even if Congress won't act, President Biden can. He can issue executive actions to relieve student loan debt for 43 million borrowers, lower prescription drug costs, give workers raises by increasing the overtime eligibility threshold and make it harder for companies with obscene CEO-worker pay gaps to get federal contracts.

    Finally, we need a multiracial, moral movement to make the voices of real people heard over the rustling of dollar bills. On June 18, the Poor People's Campaign and thousands of supporters will rally on the National Mall for a Moral March on Washington and to the Polls on June 18. You're invited.

    This pandemic has caused almost incomprehensible loss in our country. One thing we must never lose is our determination to treat its pre-existing conditions.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Rev. Dr. William J. Barber II, Tope Folarin.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/20/one-million-american-covid-19-deaths-is-a-searing-indictment-of-poverty-and-policy-choices/feed/ 0 300596
    Jeffrey Sachs Presents Evidence of Possible Lab Origin of Covid-19 https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/19/jeffrey-sachs-presents-evidence-of-possible-lab-origin-of-covid-19/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/19/jeffrey-sachs-presents-evidence-of-possible-lab-origin-of-covid-19/#respond Thu, 19 May 2022 20:00:50 +0000 https://theintercept.com/?p=396658

    In an article published Thursday, economist Jeffrey Sachs called for an independent investigation of information held by U.S.-based institutions that could shed light on the origins of the Covid-19 pandemic. Writing in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, Sachs and his co-author, Neil Harrison, a Columbia University professor of molecular pharmacology and therapeutics, said that federal agencies and universities possess evidence that has not been adequately reviewed, including virus databases, biological samples, viral sequences, email communications, and laboratory notebooks. Sachs and Harrison also highlighted a tantalizing scientific detail that may be an indication that SARS-CoV-2, the coronavirus that causes Covid-19, originated in a laboratory: a sequence of eight amino acids on a critical part of the virus’s spike protein that is identical to an amino acid sequence found in cells that line human airways.

    Sachs and Harrison are hardly the first to suggest that SARS-CoV-2 might have been created in a lab. Since its genetic sequence was first published in February 2020, scientists have puzzled over the furin cleavage site, an area on the virus’s spike that allows it to be cleaved by a protein on the membrane of human cells and makes the coronavirus particularly dangerous to people. Once split, the virus releases its genetic material into the cell and reproduces. While attaching to cells and spike cleavage is part of how all coronaviruses work, SARS-CoV-2 is the only one of its class, sarbecoviruses, that can use furin for the cleavage.

    As with past discussion of a possible lab origin of SARS-CoV-2, this latest theory has already been met with considerable pushback. Even some scientists who are open to the idea that a lab accident could have sparked the pandemic remain unconvinced by the particular trail of evidence laid out by Sachs and Harrison.

    The journal article offers a scientific road map for how this unusual sequence of amino acids could have made its way into the furin cleavage site, or FCS, of the virus. Sachs and Harrison acknowledge that the sequence could have arisen naturally. But they also lay out another possibility: that scientists might have purposefully inserted this particular string of amino acids into a bat coronavirus in the course of their work. They focus particularly on scientists who submitted an unfunded grant proposal to a division of the Defense Department called the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency, or DARPA, laying out plans to insert a furin cleavage site into a bat coronavirus.

    “We do not know whether the insertion of the FCS was the result of natural evolution — perhaps via a recombination event in an intermediate mammal or a human — or was the result of a deliberate introduction of the FCS into a SARS-like virus as part of a laboratory experiment,” Sachs and Harrison write. “We do know that the insertion of such FCS sequences into SARS-like viruses was a specific goal of work proposed by the EHA-WIV-UNC partnership within a 2018 grant proposal (“DEFUSE”) that was submitted to the US Defense Advanced Research Projects (DARPA).”

    EHA is a reference to EcoHealth Alliance, a nonprofit research group based in New York City that has received more than $118 million in grants and contracts from federal agencies. WIV, or the Wuhan Institute of Virology, is a Chinese research organization that collaborated with EcoHealth Alliance in the past and was listed as a subcontractor on the DARPA grant. UNC is mentioned because Ralph Baric, a molecular biologist at the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, was to have conducted part of the work pitched to DARPA. The grant proposal touted Baric’s “two-decade track record of reverse engineering [coronavirus] and other virus spike proteins.”

    The intent of the DARPA proposal was to prevent emerging pathogenic threats, but the work, if conducted, could have created a novel virus capable of infecting humans. “We will introduce appropriate human-specific cleavage sites and evaluate growth potential in [a type of mammalian cell commonly used in microbiology] and [human airway epithelial cell] cultures,” the proposal stated.

    Several scientists interviewed about the DARPA proposal in September told The Intercept that scientists often begin research before seeking funding and thus that some of the experiments described in the proposal could have already been completed. But when asked about that possibility in an interview, Peter Daszak, the president of EcoHealth Alliance, rejected it: “The DARPA proposal was not funded. Therefore, the work was not done. Simple.”

    A Rational Choice

    As Sachs and Harrison note, the part of a protein on the cell membrane that shares its amino acid sequence with the bat coronavirus is critical for lung function. Known as an epithelial sodium channel-alpha, or ENaC-alpha, it is found in human airway cells, as well as in human kidneys and colons. Intriguingly, like SARS-CoV-2, ENaC-alpha, which facilitates the absorption of fluid in cells, is also activated by the unusual furin cleavage site. Harrison, a physiologist affiliated with Columbia’s Department of Molecular Pharmacology and Therapeutics, studies ion channels, the larger category to which ENaC-alpha belongs.

    Other scientists have already pointed out the match between the amino acid series in the furin cleavage site of SARS-CoV-2 and the ENaC-alpha found in human airways. In 2020, a team from the biomedical company Nference suggested that the overlap between the virus and the sequence found in human lungs is part of the reason that Covid-19 is so damaging to the respiratory system. Those scientists described the sequence as having evolved naturally.

    Sachs and Harrison, in contrast, suggest that researchers may have inserted the string of amino acids into a bat coronavirus precisely because of its known importance to lung function. “For a research team assessing the pandemic potential of SARS-related coronaviruses, the FCS of human ENaC — an FCS known to be efficiently cleaved by host furin present in the target location (epithelial cells) of an important target organ (lung), of the target organism (human) — might be a rational, if not obvious, choice of FCS to introduce into a virus in order to alter its infectivity, in line with other work performed previously,” they write.

    Such a choice, they point out, would have been in keeping with another viral research project on which EcoHealth Alliance, the Wuhan Institute of Virology, and UNC’s Baric collaborated: a 2014 grant from the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases that involved increasing the transmissibility and pathogenicity of bat coronaviruses.

    Ralph Baric, researcher and lab leader at North Carolina's Gillings School of Global Public Health, Chapel Hill, North Carolina, U.S., Feb. 14, 2020.

    Ralph Baric, a researcher at the University of North Carolina’s Gillings School of Global Public Health, in Chapel Hill, N.C., on Feb. 14, 2020.

    Photo: Christopher Janaro/Bloomberg via Getty Images

    Growing List of Coincidences

    The intriguing theory of viral engineering hinges on two observations: that the amino acid sequences match and that experts in both the ENaC-alpha furin cleavage site and the insertion of genetic sequences into bat coronaviruses happen to work at the same academic institution: the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill.

    Baric, whose work aims to prevent and create treatments for viral outbreaks, has previously inserted segments of DNA and RNA into viruses and created an infectious clone of SARS using his own patentedNo See’m” method of inserting genetic materials without a trace. He has also collaborated on coronavirus research with scientists from a center for lung studies at UNC-Chapel Hill who are knowledgeable about ENaC-alpha. In one 2016 study, the scientists created a new virus using the spike of a bat coronavirus that had been isolated and characterized by the Wuhan Institute of Virology. The experiment found that the new virus “replicated efficiently” in human airway cells that were cultured in a lab.

    In another paper, published a year earlier, Baric, along with the Wuhan Institute of Virology’s Shi Zhengli and a lung expert UNC-Chapel Hill’s lung institute, described creating a hybrid virus using a SARS-like virus from a bat and a “mouse-adapted” coronavirus. The new virus caused mice to get sicker than those exposed to the original virus. The goal of these experiments was to prepare for the possibility that a virus might jump naturally from animals to humans, as SARS had in 2003. But even before the pandemic, the experiment drew criticism from other scientists, who were concerned because the researchers had created a virus that was able to spread in humans.

    Sachs and Harrison note that the scientists who co-authored the DARPA grant proposal would have been aware of research on coronavirus furin cleavage sites, including one 2006 experiment in which a furin cleavage site was inserted into a coronavirus. “The research team would also have some familiarity with the FCS sequence and the FCS-dependent activation mechanism of human ENaC, which was extensively characterized at UNC,” they write.

    “The list of coincidences is getting verrrrrrrrrrry long.”

    Still, both the overlap in the amino acid sequence and the fact that experts in the furin cleavage site of the ENaC-alpha and insertion of genetic material into bat coronaviruses work at the same university could be coincidental, as Harrison and Sachs acknowledge. Some virologists, though, say that the coincidence strains credulity.

    “Could be,” Richard Ebright, a molecular biologist at Rutgers University, wrote in an email to The Intercept when asked about the possibility that these things are both chance occurrences. “But the list of coincidences is getting verrrrrrrrrrry long.”

    Ebright, a vocal proponent of the lab-leak theory whom Harrison and Sachs thank “for helpful commentary on the manuscript,” spelled out some of the other Covid coincidences that he considers questionable, including its initial outbreak in a city that, well before 2019, had already been pegged as a biosafety risk. Ebright also noted Wuhan’s 1,000-mile distance from the nearest wild bats that carry the type of SARS-related coronaviruses that caused the pandemic. And he pointed to the particular coding of the amino acids in the furin cleavage site of SARS-CoV2.

    “The sequence encoding the FCS of the pandemic virus contained two consecutive CGG arginine codons,” Ebright explained in his email. (A codon, or a combination of three nucleotides, supplies the genetic code for a single amino acid, though most amino acids can be represented by multiple different codons. Each nucleotide is represented by a letter — for RNA, either A, C, U, or G.) “This codon usage is unusual for a natural bat SARS-related coronaviruses (for which fewer than 1 in 30 arginine codons are CGG) but is optimal for humans (for which most arginine codons are CGG codons).”

    Still, Ebright said that at first he didn’t see the identical amino acid sequences as particularly suspicious. “I had known for more than a year that there was a perfect match to an eight-amino acid sequence present in human ENaC. What I had not known was that the sequence was known to be a functional furin cleavage site and that it was a sequence extensively studied at UNC,” he said. “The crucial point that the ENaC sequence was a known functional site, not just that there happens to be a match to a protein that happens to be in humans. … That suddenly turned it from what I thought to be largely irrelevant to being a logical and obvious choice to proceed.”

    Ralph Baric and the University of North Carolina did not immediately respond to requests for comment.

    Photo taken in Wuhan, China, on June 24, 2021, shows the Wuhan Institute of Virology. (Kyodo via AP Images) ==Kyodo

    The Wuhan Institute of Virology in Wuhan, China, on June 24, 2021.

    Photo: Kyodo via AP Images

    Name Calling

    Other scientists dismiss the idea that the ENaC sequence might have been purposefully inserted into a coronavirus. Scientists who are already convinced that the new coronavirus emerged naturally are unlikely to be persuaded by Sachs and Harrison’s article, which appears in the opinion section of the esteemed journal. Over the past year, many scientists involved in the debate over the origins of the pandemic have settled into an increasingly acrimonious, coarse, and unyielding opposition.

    Some proponents of the natural origin theory became particularly dismissive of those open to the possibility of a lab leak after the February release of two pre-print studies mapping the early spread of the virus at the Huanan market in Wuhan. Angela Rasmussen, one of a team of virologists who worked on the project, described it on Twitter as “dispositive evidence of a zoonotic origin” that will “drive those with personal interest in the lab leak hypothesis out of their goddam minds.” In another tweet, Rasmussen referred to proponents of the lab-leak theory as a “pack of ghouls, who through gullibility, stupidity, & conspiracist thinking have decided this is their thing despite zero expertise.”

    Although the pre-prints had not been peer-reviewed and may have simply illustrated the spread of the virus rather than its original outbreak, the New York Times ran a front-page story about them that quoted an epidemiologist as saying that the origins debate “has been settled with a very high degree of evidence.” The story, which was announced by a push notification from the paper, also noted a lack of direct evidence for a lab leak.

    Meanwhile, Kristian Andersen, another co-author of the pre-prints and a virologist at the well-regarded Scripps Research Institute, used the “poop” emoji to criticize a deeply researched article by Katherine Eban about EcoHealth Alliance. On Twitter, Andersen tarred Eban, New York Times columnist Zeynep Tufekci, and others reporting on biosafety issues that could have led to the release of SARS-CoV-2 as “deep in conspiracy theories” and on the other side of “a clear split” from journalists who dismiss the possibility of a lab origin, whom Andersen referred to as “science-based.”

    Even some scientists who have been vocal about the possibility that the pandemic may have been sparked by research have expressed skepticism about the theory suggested by Harrison and Sachs. “I’m sure that these authors believe in their own hypothesis and arguments, but to me, it’s not one that is particularly convincing,” said Alina Chan, a scientist who laid out a number of possible routes for how the coronavirus might have emerged through research-related incidents in her recent book “Viral: The Search for the Origin of Covid-19.”

    “There’s no need for them to go hunting inside the human protein catalogue to look for cleavage sites to put into viruses.”

    While she is open to the possibility that the furin cleavage site might have been purposefully inserted into the coronavirus, Chan said there was no reason to think that researchers would mine humans for such material. “These scientists literally had access to hundreds of SARS-like viruses and sequences,” said Chan, referring to the vast collection of coronaviruses from bats and other animals that researchers amassed at the Wuhan Institute of Virology. “There’s no need for them to go hunting inside the human protein catalogue to look for cleavage sites to put into viruses.”

    Jack Nunberg, a virologist at the University of Montana, was also not immediately persuaded by the theory of engineering suggested by Sachs and Harrison. “It’s possible,” Nunberg said of the idea that the ENaC segment was inserted into a bat coronavirus as part of research designed to gauge the pandemic potential of a virus. “But I don’t find their evidence on ENaC compelling because furin cleavage sites have a lot of common amino acids, and therefore it may just have happened by chance.”

    Others say that the article adds noteworthy information to the public conversation about the origins of the pandemic. “The defenders of the natural origin indicate that the virus on which this type of experiment could have been done — the backbone — has never been published and that specialists in the furin cleavage sites would have chosen a more commonly used furin cleavage site like RARR rather than PRRAR. The Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences article contradicts this argument and indicates that specialists knew that the RRAR’SVAS site was efficiently cleaved by furin,” Etienne Decroly, director of virology research at the Aix-Marseille Université in France, wrote in an email to The Intercept.

    Decroly added, “It is impossible to decide on the basis of the information currently available and it is urgent that the WHO Special Advisory Group for the Origins of Novel Pathogens investigate this question.”

    On the suggestion of an investigation, Nunberg is in agreement. “You can’t argue with that,” he told The Intercept. “Who’s going to argue for burying one’s head in the sand?”

    For their part, Sachs and Harrison emphasize that they’re not saying laboratory manipulation was involved in the emergence of the pandemic virus, only “that it could have been.” They also give a nod to other possibilities, including that an airborne virus might have infected a laboratory worker. Rather than argue that any of these conceivable scenarios happened, they present the clues of the matching amino acid sequences to argue for an independent and transparent scientific investigation of the U.S.-based evidence related to the origins of the virus.

    Among the institutions that Sachs and Harrison list as possibly having “knowledge of the detailed activities that were underway in Wuhan and in the United States” are the National Institutes of Health; the Defense Threat Reduction Agency, which has provided grant funding to EcoHealth Alliance; the Department of Homeland Security; DARPA; the U.S. Agency for International Development, which funded the $200 million PREDICT program that catalogued potential pandemic viruses; and the University of California, Davis, which participated in that program.

    The authors suggest that EcoHealth Alliance and UNC may have particularly important untapped resources. “The exact details of the fieldwork and laboratory work of the EHA-WIV-UNC partnership, and the engagement of other institutions in the US and China, has not been disclosed for independent analysis,” they write. “The precise nature of the experiments that were conducted, including the full array of viruses collected from the field and the subsequent sequencing and manipulation of those viruses, remains unknown.”

    GettyImages-1230997557-covid-wuhan-peter-daszak-who

    Peter Daszak, one of the members of the World Health Organization team investigating the origins of the Covid-19, on a balcony at a hotel in Wuhan, China, on Feb. 6, 2021.

    Photo: Hector Retamal/AFP via Getty Images

    A Reversal

    The publication in the prestigious Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences marks a reversal of sorts for Sachs, the chair of the Lancet Covid-19 Commission who, in November 2020, appointed Daszak, the EcoHealth Alliance president, to lead a task force to investigate the origins of the pandemic. Earlier that year, Daszak had signed on to a public statement published in The Lancet on behalf of scientists who said they “condemn conspiracy theories suggesting that COVID-19 does not have a natural origin.”

    Yet that early certainty about the pandemic’s origins — and the sense of shared civic responsibility among members of the Lancet task force — soon disintegrated. In February 2021, emails revealed that Daszak coordinated the public statement in The Lancet tamping down suspicions of a lab leak. And by June 2021, Sachs was expressing his openness to the possibility of a lab origin, writing that NIH-funded research at the Wuhan Institute of Virology “deserves scrutiny under the hypothesis of a laboratory-related release of the virus.” Three months later, he disbanded the task force that had been organized to “carefully scrutinize the origin of the SARS-CoV-2 virus” in the hopes of preventing future disease outbreaks, explaining that he had concerns that several members of the commission had conflicts of interest because of their ties to EcoHealth Alliance.

    After leading the mainstream scientific inquiry into the origins of the pandemic, Sachs is now skewering it. “A steady trickle of disquieting information has cast a darkening cloud over the agency,” he and Harrison write of the NIH, going on to accuse the entire federal government of not doing enough to explore the possible role of its grantees in the emergence of SARS-CoV-2 and investigate “overlooked details” such as the matching amino acid sequences.

    Noting that the NIH has insisted that “the pandemic virus could not have resulted from the work sponsored by” the agency, Sachs and Harrison write that “blanket denials from the NIH are no longer good enough.”


    This content originally appeared on The Intercept and was authored by Sharon Lerner.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/19/jeffrey-sachs-presents-evidence-of-possible-lab-origin-of-covid-19/feed/ 0 300266
    Cause of Increase in Death Claims? https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/19/cause-of-increase-in-death-claims/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/19/cause-of-increase-in-death-claims/#respond Thu, 19 May 2022 17:18:53 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=129762 Allen Forrest asks: what about the reported increase in deaths following the vaccine rollout? What about these people?

    The post Cause of Increase in Death Claims? first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    The post Cause of Increase in Death Claims? first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/19/cause-of-increase-in-death-claims/feed/ 0 300189
    COVID Brain Fade at the Australian Elections https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/19/covid-brain-fade-at-the-australian-elections/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/19/covid-brain-fade-at-the-australian-elections/#respond Thu, 19 May 2022 10:46:35 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=129754 It’s the last week of an election between the uninspiring and the unspeakable.  Australia’s conservative incumbents – the unspeakable ones – are even desperate enough to concede to a lack of popularity.  Dislike us, but for heaven’s sake, vote us in.  The times are wretched, the cost of living is rising, and we are going […]

    The post COVID Brain Fade at the Australian Elections first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    It’s the last week of an election between the uninspiring and the unspeakable.  Australia’s conservative incumbents – the unspeakable ones – are even desperate enough to concede to a lack of popularity.  Dislike us, but for heaven’s sake, vote us in.  The times are wretched, the cost of living is rising, and we are going to look after you in the spiral.  The opposition, in contrast, is being stingy on detail and sparing on scope.  Memories of 2019 continue to traumatise the Australian Labor Party.

    Scouring the election platforms, statements, and town hall debates, is a glaring absence of one particular field of policy.  Virtually no candidate or major political party is mentioning that troubling issue of COVID-19 and the global pandemic.  That was the dark past, and, like released jailbirds, voters find themselves preoccupied with other matters.

    Sporadically, mention is made about the Morrison government’s tardy ordering and supply of COVID-19 vaccines – at least in the initial phase.  At that time, Prime Minister Scott Morrison, rather infamously, dismissed the slow rollout.  This wasn’t, he opined, a race.

    In his first campaign video, Morrison burnished his own credentials as a warrior against COVID-19, having been responsible for saving thousands of lives.  (The States and Territories, all far more engaged in the matter than Morrison ever was, are ignored.) But the primary message was that of,  “A choice between an economic recovery that is leading the world, and a Labor opposition that would weaken it, and risk it.”

    Despite Australia’s enviable record, the emergence of the furiously transmissible Omicron variant and a death toll this year surpassing the combined figures of 2020 and 2021, have seen a departure from previous policy.  As Raina MacIntyre of the Kirby Institute remarked in January, Australia “swung from one extreme in pandemic control to the other – having great control of COVID, to now having the world’s highest rise in daily cases.”

    Scenes of chaos ensued.  The vulnerable had to queue for hours as testing centres were overwhelmed.  A number of such centres were also closed, often without good reason.  The Commonwealth and State governments tinkered with definitions on eligibility regarding testing, all the time refusing to expand capacity.  MacIntyre was distinctly unimpressed.  “There was no planning for expedited third-dose boosters, expanded testing capacity, rapid antigen tests, hospital in the home, opening of schools or even guidance for people to protect their household when one person becomes infected.”

    None of this has made a difference in the political platform, nor, it seems, in voter interest. The COVID brain fade has well and truly set in.  According to data generated by the ABC’s Vote Compass, a mere 1 per cent of Australians consider COVID the most important issue in this election.  Vulnerable members of society are being seen as “collateral” to the overall scheme.  Living with the virus has also meant suffering and even perishing from it.

    The only party making much of COVID-19, and not from the perspective of praising vaccines and sound pandemic management, is the United Australia Party. Bankrolled by the quixotic mining magnate Clive Palmer, millions have been spent on media campaigns that have seen no discernible shift in the polls.

    By default, health officials and experts have become crying Cassandras and the concerned oracles.  Virologist Stuart Turville has observed, with exasperation, that the federal election campaign has been afflicted by “a case of COVID Fight Club.  Don’t talk about it.”  Future policies on the subject are virtually absent. “What will happen if we don’t get our third or fourth dose?” wonders Turville.  “Will we see the death rate creep up from 40, to 60, to 80 before we start to talk about this again?”

    Another figure of some woe and worry is Burnet Institute director, Brendan Crabb, who claims that politicians and governments have resolutely kept their “heads in the sand”.  There was a dangerous sense of “COVID now”.  Continuing high rates of transmission was “bad for business”.  The longer health impacts were also being neglected.  “How many of the 350,000 plus active cases in Australia right now will have chronic impacts?  Overseas data suggests 20 per cent of them.”

    Epidemiologist Nancy Baxter, based at the University of Melbourne, is another who can always be relied upon to deter any emerging complacency.  “We’re at a point,” she gravely states, “where COVID is now one of the major killers of Australians, and probably by the end of the year is going to be one of the top three.”  She adds further lashings of doom.  “And with increasing case numbers, new sub-variants [will be] coming in.  This may drive it even further, which would have a bigger impact.”

    If the current mood prevails till May 21, we can expect little purchase from such attitudes at the ballot box.  Fiscal responsibility, the consumer price index, climate change and the China bogeyman, are likely to feature ahead of the most disruptive pandemic in a century.

    The post COVID Brain Fade at the Australian Elections first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Binoy Kampmark.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/19/covid-brain-fade-at-the-australian-elections/feed/ 0 300113
    NZ Budget 2022: Record $11.1 billion post-covid boost for health system https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/19/nz-budget-2022-record-11-1-billion-post-covid-boost-for-health-system/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/19/nz-budget-2022-record-11-1-billion-post-covid-boost-for-health-system/#respond Thu, 19 May 2022 05:05:02 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=74362 By Craig McCulloch, RNZ News deputy political editor

    More than two million New Zealanders will get a one-off $350 sweetener as part of the Budget’s centrepiece $1 billion cost-of-living relief package.

    The temporary short-term support is counterbalanced by a record $11.1 billion for the health system as the government scraps district health boards (DHBs) and replaces them with a central agency.

    “Our economy has come through the covid-19 shock better than almost anywhere else in the world,” Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern said in a statement. She is in covid isolation.

    “But as the pandemic subsides, other challenges both long-term and more immediate, have come to the fore. This Budget responds to those challenges.”

    Ongoing uncertainty over inflation, covid-19 and the Russian invasion of Ukraine continue to cast a pall over the economy until at least the end of the year.

    A large $19 billion deficit is expected this year, returning to surplus in 2025.

    Treasury is forecasting house prices to ease and unemployment to drop as low as 3 percent.

    Cost-of-living sweetener
    New Zealanders aged 18 and over will be eligible for the $350 payment unless they earn more than $70,000 a year or already receive the Winter Energy Payment.

    The sum will be paid in three instalments over August, September and October, working out at roughly $27 a week.

    The temporary payment is estimated to cost $814 million — funded out of the remaining money in the covid-19 war-chest which is now being wound up.

    NZ Finance Minister Grant Robertson delivers Budget 2022. Video: RNZ News

    The support comes with a two-month extension to the fuel tax reduction and half-price public transport given the current high fuel prices.

    New Zealanders who have a community services card will continue to get half-price public transport permanently from mid-September.

    “While we know the current storm will pass, it’s important we do what we can to take the hard edges off it now,” Ardern said.

    The government will also rush through legislation under urgency over the next few days to crack down on supermarkets in an effort to reduce grocery bills.

    The legislation will ban supermarkets from using restrictive covenants to prevent competitors from accessing land to open new stores.

    Ministers flagged further announcements in response to the Commerce Commission’s recent report in the sector “in the coming days”.

    Health service
    The Budget contains “the largest investment ever in [the] health system” — $11.1 billion — as the government presses ahead with its plan to replace DHBs with a centralised health service.

    An initial $1.8b annual investment this year will help clear DHBs’ debt, giving the replacement Health New Zealand service and Māori Health Authority a “clean start”.

    Health Minister Andrew Little said the 20 DHBs had collectively run annual deficits in 12 of the 13 years since 2008.

    “As Health NZ takes over the books from the 20 DHBs on 1 July, a funding boost is being provided so the national system can start with a clean slate.”

    The Māori Health Authority will get $168m over four years to directly commission hauora Māori services.

    New Zealand’s drug-buyer Pharmac will also get an extra $191m over the next two years – in what Little says is the medicine budget’s “biggest-ever increase”.

    It brings total funding to $1.2 billion which is 43 percent higher than when Labour was elected in 2017.

    “Pharmac has assured me it will use this funding to secure as many medicines on its list as it can, with a focus on better cancer treatments, to ensure as many New Zealanders as possible benefit from this biggest-ever increase to its medicines funding,” Little said.

    More than $166 million has been put aside over four years for ambulance services, adding more than 60 vehicles to the road fleet and about 250 more paramedics and frontline staff. Another $90.7 million will go towards air ambulance services to replace ageing aircraft with modern helicopters.

    The Budget increases dental grants for low-income families from $300 to $1000 in line with Labour’s 2020 campaign promise.

    A new Ministry for Disabled People is also being established at a cost of $100 million.

    Housing support
    While the housing market is showing signs of slowing, the Budget includes more support for first home buyers with funding available for about 7000 more grants.

    House price caps across regions have been increased to line up with lower quartile market values for new and existing properties.

    It means some significant shifts — both Wellington’s cap and Queenstown’s jump from $650,000 to $925,000, and Tauranga’s jumps from $600,000 to $875,000.

    The income caps remain the same but will be reviewed every six months along with the new house price caps.

    A new $350 million housing fund has also been set up where not-for-profit developers can apply for grants to build affordable rental accommodation.

    Education equity
    Replacing school deciles is the single biggest area of new spending for education.

    The Budget provides more than $80 million a year for the equity index which replaces deciles as the measure of disadvantage in schools.

    Most of the money, $75 million a year, will go directly to schools, adding to the $150 million they currently receive through the decile-based system.

    The budget increases school operations grants and tertiary and early childhood education subsidies by 2.75 percent.

    There is also $266 million over four years to give early education teachers pay parity with school teachers.

    In tertiary education, the Budget provides $56 million a year to pay for an expected increase in enrolments next year and in 2024.

    There is also $40 million for modernising polytechnic facilities.

    Māori health, wellbeing
    More than half a billion dollars is being pumped into the Māori Health sector with $579.9 million going towards Māori health and wellbeing.

    The Māori Health Authority, Te Mana Hauora, is set to be launched July 1 and will receive $188.1 million over four years for direct commissioning of services.

    Some $20.1 million will go to support iwi-Māori partnership boards, and $30 million will be invested into Maori providers and health workers to provide support and sustain capital infrastructure.

    Lack of workforce capability has been identified as a key factor in being able to bolster Te Mana Hauora — and $39 million will be used for Māori workforce training and development to support them within the new health system.

    The $579.9 million invested in Māori health and wellbeing is on top of the $11.1 billion health allocation.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/19/nz-budget-2022-record-11-1-billion-post-covid-boost-for-health-system/feed/ 0 300010
    Morbid Matters: Estimating COVID-19 Mortality https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/18/morbid-matters-estimating-covid-19-mortality-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/18/morbid-matters-estimating-covid-19-mortality-2/#respond Wed, 18 May 2022 08:52:53 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=243672 It has dominated news cycles, debates and policies since 2020, but COVID-19 continues to exercise the interest of number crunchers and talliers.  While the ghoulish daily press announcements about infections and deaths across many a country have diminished and, in some cases, disappeared altogether, publications abound about how many were taken in the pandemic. The More

    The post Morbid Matters: Estimating COVID-19 Mortality appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Binoy Kampmark.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/18/morbid-matters-estimating-covid-19-mortality-2/feed/ 0 299679
    NZ covid deaths top 1000 with 9570 new community cases reported https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/18/nz-covid-deaths-top-1000-with-9570-new-community-cases-reported/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/18/nz-covid-deaths-top-1000-with-9570-new-community-cases-reported/#respond Wed, 18 May 2022 04:09:06 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=74282 RNZ News

    Aotearoa New Zealand has reported 9570 new community cases of covid-19 and a further 32 deaths today, bringing total publicly recorded deaths with the coronavirus 1017.

    In a statement, the Ministry of Health said the total number of deaths was up by 31 from yesterday as they had removed a case which had been previously reported twice.

    “This case was initially reported on March 10. The deaths being reported today include people who have died over the previous six weeks, since April 5.”

    The seven-day rolling average of reported deaths is 17.

    “Of the people whose deaths we are reporting today; two people were from Northland; nine from the Auckland region; two from Bay of Plenty; two from Taranaki; one from Tairawhiti; four from MidCentral; two from Hawke’s Bay; three from the Wellington region; one from Nelson-Marlborough; four from Canterbury and two from Southern.

    “One person was in their 20s; four people were in their 40s; two in their 50s; four in their sixties; nine in their 70s; nine in their 80s and three were aged over 90.

    “Of these people, 10 were women and 22 were men.”

    The seven-day rolling average of community case numbers is 8024 — last Wednesday it was 7533, the ministry said.

    It said there are 425 people in hospital, including nine in ICU.

    Yesterday, the ministry reported 9843 cases and eight deaths.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/18/nz-covid-deaths-top-1000-with-9570-new-community-cases-reported/feed/ 0 299629
    Impact of COVID-19 is likely to be with us for a decade, experts warn https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/17/impact-of-covid-19-is-likely-to-be-with-us-for-a-decade-experts-warn/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/17/impact-of-covid-19-is-likely-to-be-with-us-for-a-decade-experts-warn/#respond Tue, 17 May 2022 19:44:38 +0000 https://news.un.org/feed/view/en/audio/2022/05/1118462 Two and a half years into the COVID-19 pandemic, it may be tempting to think that for many of us, the worst is over.

    The reality is that the fallout from the coronavirus could last a decade, and not only in the health sector, scientists have said in a new UN-backed report.

    To ensure that we’re better prepared for the next global shock, governments everywhere need to take stock of the vulnerabilities that have been exposed nationally - and internationally - by the pandemic, as UN News’ Daniel Johnson hears now, from Mami Mizutori, head of the UN Office of Disaster Risk ReductionSoumya Swaminathan, Chief Scientist at the World Health Organization and first, Peter Gluckman, who’s President of the International Science Council.


    This content originally appeared on UN News and was authored by Daniel Johnson, UN News - Geneva.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/17/impact-of-covid-19-is-likely-to-be-with-us-for-a-decade-experts-warn/feed/ 0 299543
    Taiwan Navy ship grounded after a crew member tests positive for COVID-19 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/taiwan-navy-covid-05172022103824.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/taiwan-navy-covid-05172022103824.html#respond Tue, 17 May 2022 14:39:52 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/taiwan-navy-covid-05172022103824.html A Taiwanese warship has been grounded after a crew member tested positive for coronavirus, the second vessel to be hit by an outbreak of Covid-19 within just two days, Taiwan’s Navy has confirmed.

    The island is experiencing a new wave of infection, with over 60,000 new cases reported every day for almost a week and the daily tally is expected to exceed 100,000 later this week.

    Navy Spokesman Rear Adm. Feng Kuo-wei said in a statement that the Keelung-class destroyer of the 168th Fleet has just returned from a mission at sea when the crew member got sick.

    The whole crew is being isolated for PCR tests, and those who have Covid will be quarantined in accordance to the government’s regulations, Feng said, adding that the ship’s combat readiness is not affected.

    The Taiwanese Navy has four guided missile Keelung-class destroyers, bought from the U.S., each has a maximum capacity of 250 crew members.

    On Monday another ship, a Chi Yang-class frigate – the Fong Yang - was ordered to return to base after several crew members tested positive.

    The number of infected personnel has not been disclosed.

    Earlier this month, Defense Minister Chiu Kuo-cheng told a committee at the Taiwanese legislature that more than 1,000 officers and soldiers had tested positive for COVID-19, but fewer than 100 of them had been hospitalized.

    Most of the cases only have mild symptoms, Chiu said. More than 98 percent of Taiwanese military personnel have had two jabs and around 89 percent have been triple-vaccinated.

    Taiwan’s army has about 180,000 service members.

     

     

     

     


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By RFA Staff.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/taiwan-navy-covid-05172022103824.html/feed/ 0 299468
    Kanak delegate warns France against ‘recolonising’ New Caledonia with a lie https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/17/kanak-delegate-warns-france-against-recolonising-new-caledonia-with-a-lie/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/17/kanak-delegate-warns-france-against-recolonising-new-caledonia-with-a-lie/#respond Tue, 17 May 2022 06:22:06 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=74239 By Walter Zweifel, RNZ French Pacific reporter

    The Kanak people will not accept France’s attempt to “recolonise” New Caledonia, a pro-independence delegate has told the United Nations.

    Addressing a UN Decolonisation Committee seminar on the Pacific in Saint Lucia, Dimitri Qenegei said since 2020 the French President, Emmanuel Macron, and his Overseas Minister Sebastien Lecornu had been taking unilateral decisions.

    Qenegei said the signatories to the 1998 Noumea Accord stopped having their annual meetings in 2019 and the date for the referendum on independence last year was set without the consent of the Kanak people.

    Paris decided to go ahead with the third and last referendum last December under the Noumea Accord despite pleas by the pro-independence camp to delay the vote because of the impact of the covid-19 pandemic on the Kanak people.

    France insisted that the timetable for the vote had to be upheld.

    Amid a boycott by the pro-independence camp, fewer than half of the voters took part in the referendum but of those who did vote more than 96 percent were in favour of staying with France.

    Qenegei said Macron declared after the referendum that New Caledonia showed it wanted to stay French although it was known that 90 percent of Kanaks wanted independence.

    Claims of manipulation and lies
    To therefore proclaim that New Caledonia chose to stay French was not legitimate, he said, adding that it was a “manipulation and a lie” by France and the heirs of the colonial system.

    He said France, as the administrative power, had reorientated its policies to the methods of bygone centuries to hold on to its non-autonomous territories.

    Qenegei said France had reneged on its undertaking given in 1998 to accompany New Caledonia to its decolonisation.

    He pointed out that in case of three rejections of independence in the referenda under the Noumea Accord, the political parties needed to be convened to discuss the situation.

    Qenegei said nowhere did it say that in a case of three “no” votes, New Caledonia remained French.

    He said on the international stage, France had been losing influence, which prompted President Macron in 2018 to work towards an Indo-Pacific axis from Paris to Noumea that included India and Australia.

    However, he said France suffered a first humiliation when Australia backed out of a multi-billion dollar contract for French submarines.

    New Caledonia becoming independent would be another blow to the military axis aimed at containing China, he said.

    Parallel drawn with China
    Qenegei drew a parallel between China and France, saying France decried the possibility of Chinese troops in Solomon Islands as imperialism while France had placed troops in New Caledonia to “contain the Kanaks”.

    While France criticised China’s lending policies, Qenegei said France regarded its loans to New Caledonia, given with interest to be paid, as something different.

    Qenegei said the recent French policies were nothing but a return to the source of colonisation.

    He warned that France’s intention to open up the electoral rolls to French people who arrived after 1998 was the ultimate weapon to drown the Kanak people and recolonise New Caledonia.

    The Kanaks would be made to disappear and that would not be accepted but inevitably lead to conflict.

    Qenegei said his outline was not a threat a but a call for help to bring the administrative power to its senses.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/17/kanak-delegate-warns-france-against-recolonising-new-caledonia-with-a-lie/feed/ 0 299327
    ‘We’re not paid fairly for the work we do’, say striking NZ health workers https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/16/were-not-paid-fairly-for-the-work-we-do-say-striking-nz-health-workers/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/16/were-not-paid-fairly-for-the-work-we-do-say-striking-nz-health-workers/#respond Mon, 16 May 2022 07:51:48 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=74191 By Rowan Quinn, RNZ News health correspondent

    Striking New Zealand health workers have picketed around the country, saying they are fed up with being underpaid and undervalued.

    About 10,000 allied health staff who work at district health boards have walked off the job for 24 hours, with rolling demonstrations.

    They are health workers who are not doctors or nurses.

    One of the first pickets has been outside Hutt Hospital, with workers chanting and holding signs, and getting lots of beeps of support from passing cars.

    Social worker Lorraine Tetley said her team was losing social workers to higher paid jobs in the public sector.

    Those left behind felt undervalued, she said.

    “They’re essential workers who work on the frontline during the pandemic. Every day we work with risk and we work with vulnerable families and we’re not paid fairly for the work we do,” she said.

    Working hard under covid
    Dental therapist Char Blake said they had been working really hard, especially after the lockdown and covid restrictions.

    “We love caring for patients but is just really hard to pay for things with the price of things going up and we’ve waited 18 months for a pay rise,” Blake said.


    Today’s allied health workers strike. Video: RNZ News

     

    Dental assistant for the School Dental Service Faye Brown said she was paid just over the minimum wage.

    Her service was six people short, and in danger of losing more.

    “It can be quite stressful at times — we have to do more than we are supposed to at times. We don’t want to let our patients down,” she said.

    Jane McWhirter tests newborn babies’ hearing and says she is earning the same amount as her 16-year-old daughter who works at Dominoes Pizza.

    She says even though she is training on the job, she is doing important, skilled work and she and her colleagues deserves better.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/16/were-not-paid-fairly-for-the-work-we-do-say-striking-nz-health-workers/feed/ 0 299045
    Morbid Matters: Estimating COVID-19 Mortality https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/16/morbid-matters-estimating-covid-19-mortality/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/16/morbid-matters-estimating-covid-19-mortality/#respond Mon, 16 May 2022 03:05:52 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=129663 It has dominated news cycles, debates and policies since 2020, but COVID-19 continues to exercise the interest of number crunchers and talliers.  While the ghoulish daily press announcements about infections and deaths across many a country have diminished and, in some cases, disappeared altogether, publications abound about how many were taken in the pandemic. The […]

    The post Morbid Matters: Estimating COVID-19 Mortality first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    It has dominated news cycles, debates and policies since 2020, but COVID-19 continues to exercise the interest of number crunchers and talliers.  While the ghoulish daily press announcements about infections and deaths across many a country have diminished and, in some cases, disappeared altogether, publications abound about how many were taken in the pandemic.

    The World Health Organization, ever that herald of dark news, has offered a revised assessment across of the SARS-CoV-2 death toll associated either directly or indirectly with the pandemic.  Between January 1, 2020 and December 31, 2021, the global health body suggests that the mortality figure is closer to 14.9 million, with a range of 13.3 million to 16.6 million.

    The number considers excess mortality, the figure reached after accounting for the difference between the number of deaths that have occurred, and the number expected in the absence of the pandemic.  It also accounts for deaths occasioned directly by COVID-19, or indirectly (for instance, the pandemic’s disruption of society and health systems).

    The impact, as expected, has been disproportionate in terms of which countries have suffered more.  Of the excess deaths, 68% were concentrated in 10 countries – Brazil, Egypt, India, Indonesia, Peru, Russia, South Africa, Turkey, and the United States.  Middle-income countries accounted for 81% of excess deaths; high-income countries, for 15%, and low-income countries, 4%.

    The United States, if only for being ascendant in terms of power, wealth, and incompetence in dealing with the virus, finds itself in the undistinguished position of having lost a million people.  “Today,” remarked President Joe Biden, “we mark a tragic milestone here in the United States, one million COVID deaths, one million empty chairs around the family dinner table, each irreplaceable, irreplaceable losses, each leaving behind a family, a community forever changed because of this pandemic.”

    Chief Medical Adviser to the President, Anthony Fauci, rued the fact that “at least a quarter of those deaths, namely about 250,000” might have been saved by vaccinations.  He also warned about the ugly prospect of a resurgence in numbers, and not bringing “down our guard”.

    In light of such figures, WHO Director-General, Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, reiterates the line he and his colleagues have done so for months.  Pandemics demand more “resilient health systems that can sustain essential health services during crises, including stronger health information systems”.  His organisation “was committed to working with all countries to strengthen their health information systems to generate better data for better decisions and better outcomes.”  Much of this will be wishful thinking.

    Figures, certainly when they concern matters of mortality, can become the subject of bitter dispute.  COVID-19 has proved no exception.  In Africa, 41 of 54 countries reported insufficient data.  Some countries have released incomplete data sets; others, none to speak of.  This meant, inevitably, that the WHO’s Technical Advisory Group for COVID-19 Mortality Assessment could only model the missing figures to fill gaps.

    As a result scrapping and arguments over methodology duly emerged.  India, for one, has very publicly objected to the way the WHO has approached the compilation, communicating its concerns in no less than six letters between November 2021 and March 2022 and in a number of virtual meetings.  Concerns have also been registered by WHO Member States, including China, Iran, Bangladesh, Syria, Ethiopia and Egypt.

    The case with India is particularly telling, given WHO modelling showing 4,740,894 excess deaths, almost triple that of New Delhi’s own figures.  Such figures imply, as epidemiologist Prabhat Jha of the University of Toronto claimed back in January, that the authorities were “trying to suppress the numbers in the way that they coded the COVID deaths.”

    In an indignant statement from the Union Health Ministry released early this month, much is made of “how the statistical model projects estimates for a country of geographical size & population of India and also fits in with other countries which have smaller population.”  This constituted an unacceptable “one-size-fits-all approach and models which are true for smaller countries like Tunisia may not be applicable to India with a population of 1.3 billion.”

    The WHO model also returned two highly varied sets of excess mortality estimates when using data from Tier 1 countries and when using data from 18 Indian states that had not been verified.  “India has asserted that if the model [is] accurate and reliable, it should be authenticated by running it for all Tier 1 countries” and the “result of such exercise may be shared with all Member States.”

    WHO assistant director general for emergency response, Ibrahima Soće Fall, concedes that any accurate picture is only as complete as the data provided.  “We know where the data gaps are, and we must collectively intensify our support to countries, so that every country has the capability to track outbreaks in real time, ensure delivery of essential health services, and safeguard population health.”

    The degree of fractiousness that persists in public health shows that sharp fault lines remain in each country’s approach to the pandemic problem.  Disunity and factionalism, petty nationalism and self-interest, remain imperishable, even at the direst of times.  And all governments, given the chance, will err on the side of inaccuracy rather than risk acute embarrassment.

    The post Morbid Matters: Estimating COVID-19 Mortality first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Binoy Kampmark.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/16/morbid-matters-estimating-covid-19-mortality/feed/ 0 299028
    In a World of Great Disorder and Extravagant Lies, We Look for Compassion https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/14/in-a-world-of-great-disorder-and-extravagant-lies-we-look-for-compassion/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/14/in-a-world-of-great-disorder-and-extravagant-lies-we-look-for-compassion/#respond Sat, 14 May 2022 15:51:20 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=129545 Francisca Lita Sáez (Spain), An Unequal Fight, 2020. These are deeply upsetting times. The COVID-19 global pandemic had the potential to bring people together, to strengthen global institutions such as the World Health Organisation (WHO), and to galvanise new faith in public action. Our vast social wealth could have been pledged to improve public health […]

    The post In a World of Great Disorder and Extravagant Lies, We Look for Compassion first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    Francisca Lita Sáez (Spain), An Unequal Fight, 2020.

    These are deeply upsetting times. The COVID-19 global pandemic had the potential to bring people together, to strengthen global institutions such as the World Health Organisation (WHO), and to galvanise new faith in public action. Our vast social wealth could have been pledged to improve public health systems, including both the surveillance of outbreaks of illness and the development of medical systems to treat people during these outbreaks. Not so.

    Studies by the WHO have shown us that health care spending by governments in poorer nations has been relatively flat during the pandemic, while out-of-pocket private expenditure on health care continues to rise. Since the pandemic was declared in March 2020, many governments have responded with exceptional budget allocations; however, across the board from richer to the poorer nations, the health sector received only ‘a fairly small portion’ while the bulk of the spending was used to bail out multinational corporations and banks and provide social relief for the population.

    In 2020, the pandemic cost the global gross domestic product an estimated $4 trillion. Meanwhile, according to the WHO, the ‘needed funding … to ensure epidemic preparedness is estimated to be approximately US$150 billion per year’. In other words, an annual expenditure of $150 billion could likely prevent the next pandemic along with its multi-trillion-dollar economic bill and incalculable suffering. But this kind of social investment is simply not in the cards these days. That’s part of what makes our times so upsetting.

    S. H. Raza (India), Monsoon in Bombay, 1947–49.

    On 5 May, the WHO released its findings on the excess deaths caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. Over the 24-month period of 2020 and 2021, the WHO estimated the pandemic’s death toll to be 14.9 million. A third of these deaths (4.7 million) are said to have been in India; this is ten times the official figure released by the Government of Prime Minister Narendra Modi, which has disputed the WHO’s figures. One would have thought that these staggering numbers – nearly 15 million dead globally in the two-year period – would be sufficient to strengthen the will to rebuild depleted public health systems. Not so.

    According to a study on global health financing, development assistance for health (DAH) increased by 35.7 percent between 2019 and 2020. This amounts to $13.7 billion in DAH, far short of the projected $33 billion to $62 billion required to address the pandemic. In line with the global pattern, while DAH funding during the pandemic went towards COVID-19 projects, various key health sectors saw their funds decrease (malaria by 2.2 percent, HIV/AIDS by 3.4 percent, tuberculosis by 5.5 percent, reproductive and maternal health by 6.8 percent). The expenditure on COVID-19 also had some striking geographical disparities, with the Caribbean and Latin America receiving only 5.2 percent of DAH funding despite experiencing 28.7 percent of reported global COVID-19 deaths.

    Sajitha R. Shankar (India), Alterbody, 2008.

    While the Indian government is preoccupied with disputing the COVID-19 death toll with the WHO, the government of Kerala – led by the Left Democratic Front – has focused on using any and every means to enhance the public health sector. Kerala, with a population of almost 35 million, regularly leads in the country’s health indicators among India’s twenty-eight states. Kerala’s Left Democratic Front government has been able to handle the pandemic because of its robust public investment in health care facilities, the public action led by vibrant social movements that are connected to the government, and its policies of social inclusion that have minimised the hierarchies of caste and patriarchy that otherwise isolate social minorities from public institutions.

    In 2016, when the Left Democratic Front took over state leadership, it began to enhance the depleted public health system. Mission Aardram (‘Compassion’), started in 2017, was intended to improve public health care, including emergency departments and trauma units, and draw more people away from the expensive private health sector to public systems. The government rooted Mission Aardram in the structures of local self-government so that the entire health care system could be decentralised and more closely attuned to the needs of communities. For example, the mission developed a close relationship with the various cooperatives, such as Kudumbashree, a 4.5-million-member women’s anti-poverty programme. Due to the revitalised public health care system, Kerala’s population has begun to turn away from the private sector in favour of these government facilities, whose use increased from 28 percent in the 1980s to 70 percent in 2021 as a result.

    As part of Mission Aardram, the Left Democratic Front government in Kerala created Family Health Centres across the state. The government has now established Post-COVID Clinics at these centres to diagnose and treat people who are suffering from long-term COVID-19-related health problems. These clinics have been created despite little support from the central government in New Delhi. A number of Kerala’s public health and research institutes have provided breakthroughs in our understanding of communicable diseases and helped develop new medicines to treat them, including the Institute for Advanced Virology, the International Ayurveda Research Institute, and the research centres in biotechnology and pharmaceutical medicines at the Bio360 Life Sciences Park. All of this is precisely the agenda of compassion that gives us hope in the possibilities of a world that is not rooted in private profit but in social good.

    Nguyễn tư Nghiêm (Vietnam), The Dance, 1968.

    In November 2021, Tricontinental: Institute for Social Research worked alongside twenty-six research institutes to develop A Plan to Save the Planet. The plan has many sections, each of which emerged out of deep study and analysis. One of the key sections is on health, with thirteen clear policy proposals:

    1. Advance the cause of a people’s vaccine for COVID-19 and for future diseases.
    2. Remove patent controls on essential medicines and facilitate the transfer of both medical science and technology to developing countries.
    3. De-commodify, develop, and increase investment in robust public health systems.
    4. Develop the public sector’s pharmaceutical production, particularly in developing countries.
    5. Form a United Nations Intergovernmental Panel on Health Threats.
    6. Support and strengthen the role health workers’ unions play at the workplace and in the economy.
    7. Ensure that people from underprivileged backgrounds and rural areas are trained as doctors.
    8. Broaden medical solidarity, including through the World Health Organisation and health platforms associated with regional bodies.
    9. Mobilise campaigns and actions that protect and expand reproductive and sexual rights.
    10. Levy a health tax on large corporations that produce beverages and foods that are widely recognised by international health organisations to be harmful to children and to public health in general (such as those that lead to obesity or other chronic diseases).
    11. Curb the promotional activities and advertising expenditures of pharmaceutical corporations.
    12. Build a network of accessible, publicly funded diagnostic centres and strictly regulate the prescription and prices of diagnostic tests.
    13. Provide psychological therapy as part of public health systems.

    If even half of these policy proposals were to be enacted, the world would be less dangerous and more compassionate. Take point no. 6 as a reference. During the early months of the pandemic, it became normal to talk about the need to support ‘essential workers’, including health care workers (our dossier from June 2020, Health Is a Political Choice, made the case for these workers). All those banged pots went silent soon thereafter and health care workers found themselves with low pay and poor working conditions. When these health care workers went on strike – from the United States to Kenya – that support simply did not materialise. If health care workers had a say in their own workplaces and in the formation of health policy, our societies would be less prone to repeated healthcare calamities.

    There’s an old Roque Dalton poem from 1968 about headaches and socialism that gives us a taste of what it will take to save the planet:

    It is beautiful to be a communist,
    even if it gives you many headaches.

    The communists’ headache
    is presumed to be historical; that is to say,
    that it does not yield to painkillers,
    but only to the realisation of paradise on earth.
    That’s the way it is.

    Under capitalism, we get a headache
    and our heads are torn off.
    In the revolution’s struggle, the head is a time-bomb.

    In socialist construction,
    we plan for the headache
    which does not make it scarce, but quite the contrary.
    Communism will be, among other things,
    an aspirin the size of the sun.

    The post In a World of Great Disorder and Extravagant Lies, We Look for Compassion first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Vijay Prashad.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/14/in-a-world-of-great-disorder-and-extravagant-lies-we-look-for-compassion/feed/ 0 298899
    News on China | No. 98 https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/14/news-on-china-no-98/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/14/news-on-china-no-98/#respond Sat, 14 May 2022 14:55:54 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=129618 NATO sanctions have affected trade, nonetheless, China and Russia continue to co-operate on energy, military, and space technology and dedollarization; BRI partner Argentina is invited to the next BRICS summit in June; John Lee Ka-chiu will be Hong Kong’s next chief executive; there is an online exercise boom.

    The post News on China | No. 98 first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Dongsheng News.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/14/news-on-china-no-98/feed/ 0 298901
    PM Jacinda Ardern tests positive for covid-19 – NZ cases rising https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/14/pm-jacinda-ardern-tests-positive-for-covid-19-nz-cases-rising/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/14/pm-jacinda-ardern-tests-positive-for-covid-19-nz-cases-rising/#respond Sat, 14 May 2022 06:24:43 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=74092 New Zealand Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern has confirmed that she has tested positive for covid-19.

    Her daughter Neve tested positive on Wednesday, she added in the post. Her partner Clarke Gayford tested positive on Sunday.

    “Despite best efforts, unfortunately I’ve joined the rest of my family and tested positive for covid-19,” Ardern wrote on social media.

    Reports of her covid status follow a statement yesterday by Director-General of Health Dr Ashley Bloomfield that thousands of new cases of covid-19 were being reported every day in New Zealand, but this was likely to be half of the number of actual cases.

    With a further 29 deaths with covid-19 and 7441 new cases yesterday, Dr Bloomfield said the impact of the severity of omicron was still visible.

    Prime Minister Ardern has been symptomatic since Friday night, according to a statement, and has “moderate” symptoms. She returned a weak positive Friday night and a clear positive this morning on a RAT test.

    Ardern will be required to isolate until the morning of Saturday May 21.

    Missing the Budget
    Ardern, who has been isolating since Gayford tested positive, will now have to miss the Budget announcement on Thursday and the release of the government’s Emissions Reduction Plan on Monday.

    “There are so many important things happening for the government this week,” she wrote.

    “I’m gutted to miss being there in person, but will be staying in close touch with the team and sharing some reckons from here.

    “To anyone else out there isolating or dealing with covid, I hope you take good care of yourselves!”

    Ardern’s upcoming travel to the United States, scheduled for late May, will go ahead as planned at this stage. She is scheduled to give the commencement speech at Harvard University on May 26.

    Former Labour Party president Mike Williams hopes she will be well enough to travel.

    “After two years of isolation, internationally she’s a rock star attraction, and it does the country a hell of a lot of good to get her out and about.”

    Williams said Ardern, 41, was young and fit, so should be fine.

    Deputy Prime Minister Grant Robertson will take the post-cabinet press conference on Monday.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/14/pm-jacinda-ardern-tests-positive-for-covid-19-nz-cases-rising/feed/ 0 298835
    North Korean soldiers spread COVID-19 during April 25 military parade https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/covid-05132022203718.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/covid-05132022203718.html#respond Sat, 14 May 2022 00:37:32 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/covid-05132022203718.html A massive military parade in North Korea has been identified as a COVID-19 super-spreader event, after several servicemen who marched in it tested positive for the virus, sources in the country told RFA.

    Held on April 25 to commemorate the guerilla operation  that started 90 years ago and grew into the country’s military, the parade brought together about 20,000 soldiers. At the time, North Korea was still claiming that it was 100% “virus free.” This week, Pyongyang finally confirmed its first cases of COVID-19 and at least one death from the disease.

    The country’s leader, Kim Jong Un, has since declared a “maximum emergency epidemic prevention system” is in effect. 

    Several soldiers stationed as border guards in the border city of Sinuiju, which lies across the Yalu River from China, began exhibiting symptoms of COVID-19 at the beginning of this month, a border security official in the northwestern province of North Pyongan told RFA’s Korean Service on condition of anonymity for security reasons.

    “They had high fevers and acute respiratory symptoms … and after testing by the health authorities, it was confirmed that they were infected with the Omicron variant,” the source said.

    “Most of the ones who tested positive are officers and soldiers who took part in the military parade …  on April 25. The health authorities reported the incident to the national emergency quarantine command, who in turn sent it in as a No. 1 report,” he said, referring to communications of the highest level, sent across the desk Kim Jong Un.

    The revelation that the border guards could have contracted the virus at the parade and may have spread it to others upon their return led authorities in North Pyongan to declare a state of emergency.

    “As a result, the border area has been further sealed up and traffic between the border guard units has been suspended,” the source said.

    “Soldiers in each battalion, company and platoon cannot enter or exit the barracks, and movement restrictions are in place to prevent even a single solder from joining or leaving a unit. They are even prohibiting private conversations between soldiers within the same unit,” he said.

    Another border security official, in nearby Uiju county, told RFA that soldiers there have been ordered to wear gas masks to prevent the virus from spreading.

    “No one is allowed to go outside the unit barracks except the soldiers on duty in outposts who work in shifts,” said the second source, who requested anonymity to speak freely.

    “The number of confirmed cases among the border guard soldiers stationed in Uiju County has been increasing since early this month,” he said. “Most of the sick soldiers took part in the military parade to commemorate the 90th anniversary of the founding of the Korean People’s Revolutionary Army in Pyongyang on April 25th.”

    If the soldiers indeed caught the virus during the parade, then it could have spread to all branches of the military in every part of the country, the second source said.

    “The military parade mobilized a large number of personnel. Not only the border guards, but also officers and soldiers selected from the army and marines, navy, and air force across the country participated. Therefore, it should be considered that the coronavirus has spread to every military base everywhere,” the second source said.

    “The authorities quickly … started up the maximum emergency quarantine system nationwide and began locking everything down,” he said. “But it is already too late.”

    Sources told RFA that people are angry an event purely for propaganda purposes may be the source widespread illness.

    According to a North Korean state media report on Friday, there are currently 187,800 people in quarantine in North Korea, and six people have died after showing COVID-19 symptoms. One of the dead was confirmed to be infected by the omicron variant of COVID-19.

    Translated by Leejin J. Chung. Written in English by Eugene Whong.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Hyemin Son.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/covid-05132022203718.html/feed/ 0 298823
    The Plot to Keep Meatpacking Plants Open During COVID-19 https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/13/the-plot-to-keep-meatpacking-plants-open-during-covid-19/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/13/the-plot-to-keep-meatpacking-plants-open-during-covid-19/#respond Fri, 13 May 2022 19:40:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/documents-covid-meatpacking-tyson-smithfield-trump#1332028 by Michael Grabell

    ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

    As hundreds of meatpacking workers fell sick from the coronavirus that was spreading through their plants and into their communities in April 2020, the CEO of Tyson Foods reached out to the head of another major meatpacker, Smithfield Foods, with a proposal.

    Smithfield’s pork plant in Sioux Falls, South Dakota, had been hit particularly hard, and state and local officials were pressuring the company to shut it down.

    “Anything we can do to help?” Tyson CEO Noel White asked in an email.

    Smithfield’s CEO Ken Sullivan replied that he wished there was.

    But White had an idea. Would Sullivan like to discuss the possibility of getting President Donald Trump to sign an executive order to keep meatpacking plants open?

    So began a high-pressure lobbying campaign by the meat industry, according to a report released Thursday by congressional investigators, leading to one of the most consequential moments in the nation’s COVID-19 response: a presidential order that effectively thwarted efforts by local health officials to shut plants down and slow the spread of COVID-19.

    In 2020, ProPublica obtained thousands of emails and other documents showing that the meatpacking industry had ignored years of pandemic warnings, tried to overrule public health officials and exposed vulnerable workers and their communities to COVID-19.

    But the new report from the House Select Subcommittee on the Coronavirus Crisis, along with revelations in a wrongful death lawsuit, make clear that the callousness of meatpacking executives and the level of industry influence over the Trump administration were far greater than previously known.

    For example, ProPublica had reported that the meat industry’s trade group shared a draft executive order with the Trump administration that bore striking similarities to the one the president signed days later.

    Emails released by the subcommittee now show that the proposed order was drafted by Tyson’s legal department. The goal, according to Tyson’s vice president of government relations, was to shield the company from legal liability.

    ProPublica also reported that the meat industry dismissed government warnings to prepare for a pandemic by stockpiling masks and developing plans to space out workers on processing lines.

    But documents uncovered in a wrongful death lawsuit filed this week in Iowa show that while Tyson was slow to adopt safety measures to protect U.S. workers, it moved swiftly to do so at its plants in China, with extensive protocols, including a mask requirement and reduced production, in place by mid-February 2020 — more than a month before cases showed up in U.S. plants.

    The effect that the meatpacking plant outbreaks had on the early spread of COVID-19 is staggering. ProPublica and other news outlets tracked cases and deaths involving meatpacking workers. But academic researchers have found that by July 2020, about 6% to 8% of all coronavirus cases in the U.S. were tied to packing plant outbreaks, and that by October 2020, community spread from the plants had generated 334,000 illnesses and 18,000 COVID-19-related deaths.

    Within the cache of new documents are allegations that meatpacking companies tried to hide cases. As workers began calling in sick at a Tyson pork plant in Waterloo, Iowa, the company’s workplace health managers instructed plant nurses not to record the absences as “COVID-19,” but instead as “flu-like symptoms,” families of deceased workers said in their lawsuit. ProPublica reported extensively on how COVID cases at the plant spread through the community.

    Similarly, when local health officials in California investigated an outbreak at a Foster Farms chicken plant, they discovered five additional deaths that had been marked not as fatalities, but instead as “resolved cases” or “resolutions.” Health officials told the subcommittee that during a conference call with the U.S. Department of Agriculture, someone from either Foster Farms or the USDA jokingly called them “toe tag resolutions,” referring to the toe tags that are often put on corpses at morgues.

    The new emails demonstrate that the primary goal of some meatpacking leaders was not to protect their employees as they had professed, but to get them to show up to work so they could keep producing meat.

    “As an industry we’re doing everything we can to provide as sanitized an environment as possible,” Sullivan wrote to other industry executives in early April. “But, we’re not asking for N-95 masks or anything like that. The ask is for the President, as well as all levels of government, to make more explicitly clear that food and agriculture workers are front line workers fighting the pandemic. The industry needs help, straight from the bully pulpit, to reinforce our patriotic duty to produce food for the country.”

    Even after it was clear that dozens of workers were dying, an executive from Koch Foods said in late May 2020 that he thought the only safety measure the chicken industry should be using was to take temperatures. Ashley Peterson, a lobbyist for the National Chicken Council, said she agreed.

    “Now to get rid of those pesky health departments!” she replied.

    Despite the toll, meatpacking companies have faced little consequence. Several key executives, including Sullivan and White, have either retired or remain in key leadership roles. The companies faced only small workplace safety fines and have used Trump’s executive order to fight lawsuits from workers’ families. The profit margins of four of the largest meatpackers have grown more than 300% since the start of the pandemic, according to the Biden administration.

    “The meatpacking industry’s efforts — aided extensively by Trump’s USDA and White House officials — led to policies, guidance, and an executive order that, individually and altogether, forced meatpacking workers to continue working despite health risks and allowed companies to avoid taking precautions to protect workers from the coronavirus,” the subcommittee concluded.

    The meatpacking industry on Thursday pushed back on the subcommittee’s findings, saying it distorted the record and ignored the billions of dollars that meatpackers spent on safety measures.

    “The Committee could have tried to learn what the industry did to stop the spread of COVID among meat and poultry workers,” Julie Anna Potts, president of the North American Meat Institute, said in a statement. “Instead, the Committee uses 20/20 hindsight and cherry picks data to support a narrative that is completely unrepresentative of the early days of an unprecedented national emergency.”

    The National Chicken Council did not address lobbyist Peterson’s comments but said in a statement that processors “did everything they could to keep their workers safe.” Tyson and Smithfield emphasized that the unique challenges of the pandemic necessitated that they work closely with top government officials.

    “This collaboration is crucial to ensuring the essential work of the U.S. food supply chain and our continued efforts to keep team members safe,” Tyson spokesperson Gary Mickelson said, noting that the Biden administration supported the company’s effort last year to have one of the first fully vaccinated workforces in the U.S. Mickelson did not address the lawsuit allegations.

    Said Smithfield spokesperson Jim Monroe, “Did we make every effort to share with government officials our perspective on the pandemic and how it was impacting the food production system? Absolutely.”

    Foster Farms did not respond to a request for comment.

    While most of the previous reporting on the meatpacking industry’s response to COVID-19 relied on documents obtained under public records laws, the subcommittee’s report is based on 151,000 pages of documents that include an extensive trove of internal company emails.

    From the beginning, those records show, meatpacking executives used their clout with the USDA to influence health decisions made at the highest levels of the Trump administration.

    In March 2020, the industry pushed for the USDA to be involved in the White House Coronavirus Task Force and to help ensure that meatpacking workers were classified as “critical infrastructure” workers so they would be exempted from governors’ stay-at-home orders.

    The industry was fortunate to have the USDA as its “primary regulator,” Potts wrote in an email to colleagues. “Officials at USDA are moving more quickly than other agencies and representing our industry’s interests in every important interagency decision,” she said.

    Within weeks, Trump’s agriculture secretary, Sonny Perdue, set up a call between the CEOs of Tyson, Smithfield and other meatpackers and Vice President Mike Pence. That same day, during a White House press briefing, Pence heeded the industry’s request to address recent worker absences, telling meatpacking workers to “show up and do your job.”

    A spokesperson for the University System of Georgia, where Perdue is now chancellor, declined to comment on his behalf, saying Perdue was now “focused on his new position serving the students of Georgia.”

    After Smithfield’s Sioux Falls plant was shut down in April 2020, the emails show, Sullivan took a uniquely aggressive stance, one that even some of his colleagues in the meat industry bristled at.

    When the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention issued draft recommendations to reduce COVID-19 at the plant, Sullivan marked up a copy, starring in the margins strategies that he deemed “problematic” for the aging plant. In response, the CDC added multiple qualifiers saying Smithfield should implement the recommendations only “if feasible.”

    “It really muddies the guidance when we start putting these waffle words into it,” Dr. Henry Walke, then-director of CDC’s Division of Preparedness and Emerging Infections told the subcommittee, according to excerpts from an interview transcript. “I felt that was watering down our guidance.”

    Sullivan and others in the industry meanwhile misled the public about an impending meat shortage that they said would result if plants closed temporarily, the subcommittee said. After the Smithfield plant suspended operations, Sullivan said the closures were “pushing our country perilously close to the edge in terms of our meat supply.” Days later, however, Smithfield urged the North American Meat Institute to issue a statement to reassure international customers that “there was plenty of meat” for export.

    In emails, the trade group’s leaders said Sullivan was “directing the panic” and “intentionally scaring people,” creating a “mess” that they’d have to clean up.

    Smithfield spokesperson Monroe said, “The concerns we expressed were very real and we are thankful that a food crisis was averted.”

    As the coronavirus spiraled through meatpacking towns, Potts of the North American Meat Institute began to fret, noting in an email that “plants are being closed” and “health departments are showing up unannounced at plants.”

    She wrote, “It seems to be cascading and our friends at USDA and the VP’s office are not able to stop it.”

    But at almost the exact same moment, Tyson’s CEO was emailing the head of Smithfield about his idea for an executive order.

    Within two days, Tyson’s vice president and associate general counsel circulated a draft order that would invoke the president’s powers under a Korean War-era law called the Defense Production Act. And meatpacking executives agreed they should send it to the White House.

    Tyson’s vice president of government relations called it a “long shot,” but said, “I think we have a good momentum for a Hail Mary!”

    When some in the industry expressed concern that such an ask could come across as “production at any cost,” Potts once again leaned on the industry’s connections with the USDA, sending the draft to top agency officials who passed on the request to the White House.

    In the days leading up to the executive order, meatpacking industry representatives were in constant communication with the White House and USDA, the subcommittee records show. Sullivan and White held calls with Trump’s chief of staff, Mark Meadows, which were followed by a request from Meadows for White to meet directly with Trump. And the president held a call with meatpacking executives on the morning he issued the executive order.

    The order had immediate effect, as health officials in Virginia backed off a recommendation to close a plant and officials in Utah cited the order as the reason they couldn’t shut a plant down.

    Thousands of meatpacking workers would continue to crowd into processing plants, risking contracting the virus and bringing it home to their families.

    A few months later, when the Trump administration issued plans to reopen schools, executives at the North American Meat Institute privately struck a different tone. They questioned whether bringing students back together without a vaccine — what they had done with meatpacking workers — was a good idea for kids in their area.

    “This is just astounding,” wrote Bill Westman, a senior vice president for the trade group. “How can anyone guarantee that schools can ‘safely reopen’ under the circumstances as cases are surging across the USA? Why put students and extended families at risk?

    “This administration is living in an alternative and dangerous reality.”


    This content originally appeared on Articles and Investigations - ProPublica and was authored by by Michael Grabell.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/13/the-plot-to-keep-meatpacking-plants-open-during-covid-19/feed/ 0 298732
    New York Court of Appeals to Consider Animal Personhood as COVID-19 Cases Rise https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/13/new-york-court-of-appeals-to-consider-animal-personhood-as-covid-19-cases-rise/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/13/new-york-court-of-appeals-to-consider-animal-personhood-as-covid-19-cases-rise/#respond Fri, 13 May 2022 08:53:31 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=243201

    Zoonosis by Sue Coe.

    2022 marks the third successive year of a global pandemic borne of a virus transmitted to humans in the Huanan Seafood Market, where up to 75 different animal species were routinely slaughtered on site while others observed from their cages. Though unprecedented in scope, COVID-19 is merely the newest in a string of zoonotic illnesses borne of extreme suffering, including in the industrialized “wet markets” of the West known as slaughterhouses. The practices of confining, breeding, slaughtering and consuming animals have given rise to the deadliest epidemics in recent history, including Ebola, SARS, MERS, Bird Flu, Swine Flu and the seasonal flu. Scientists predict that an even more severe zoonotic disease is on the horizon. In the early months of the global shutdown, there was speculation that attendance to humans’ treatment of other species and the natural environment might finally take center stage as an imperative socio-political concern. In her essay, “The Pandemic is a Portal” (4/3/20), Arundhati Roy conjectured that COVID-19 could ignite a reckoning. Was it possible that our extractive orientation to the earth and living beings could pivot to an economy of care? With COVID-19 cases back on the rise, is there still a chance we could change course?

    As it happens, Wuhan’s caged pangolins are conceptually related to a Big Apple pachyderm, since the legal battle centered on Happy, a 52-year-old elephant in the Bronx Zoo, points in the direction of such structural transformation. Though her case has received significant media attention, it has not yet been placed it in the context of the incarceration of “food” animals that led to COVID-19 and Roy’s persuasive admonition that “Historically, pandemics have forced humans to break with the past.”

    The Nonhuman Rights Project has been advocating on behalf of Happy since 2019. On February 18, 2020, they argued before the Bronx Supreme Court that she is a person, not a thing, invoking the writ of habeas corpus to achieve her release to a sanctuary. Happy’s bio belies her name: following capture in Thailand along with six other calves, an event that almost certainly entailed killing her mother and other herd adults who would have fought to protect her, she has spent nearly her entire life either in a one-acre enclosure with an indoor holding area, or a barren, cemented, walled outdoor elephant yard, miniscule fragments of the natural home range for Asian elephants that can reach up to 600 square kilometers. Whereas elephants normally live in complex societies, forming strong, lifelong social bonds, Happy has lived in isolation since 2006. She spends much of her time standing in place, swinging her trunk and raising and lowering her feet, standard examples of “zoochosis,” defined by ethologist Marc Bekoff as the “repetitive, functionless behavior caused by the frustration of living in a highly unnatural and impoverished environment,” itself akin to “psychological torture.” While Bronx Supreme Court Justice Alice Truitt did not accede to the NhRP’s plea, she declared that she was sympathetic with their mission on Happy’s behalf and referenced New York Court of Appeals Judge Eugene Fahey’s 2018 statements that “the issue whether a nonhuman animal has a fundamental right to liberty protected by the writ of habeas corpus is profound and far-reaching” and that “Ultimately, we will not be able to ignore it.” Happy’s attorneys will appeal Tuitt’s decision on May 18, 2022, marking the first time that the highest court of any U.S. jurisdiction will hear a habeas corpus case brought on behalf of someone other than a human being.

    Habeas corpus has already been employed successfully to protect members of other species in Brazil and Argentina. The first time in history that a court agreed to consider the writ of habeas corpus on behalf of a nonhuman animal was in 2005 in Salvador da Bahia, Brazil, when attorneys representing the Animal Abolitionist Institute sought release of a chimpanzee named Suíça from solitary confinement in the Getúlio Vargas Zoo. They argued that chimpanzees are highly social creatures who exhibit stress symptoms including self-mutilation, dysfunctional sexual behavior and evidence of autism if deprived of socialization, in addition to the hardship of unrelenting exposure to onlookers. Judge Edmundo Lúcio da Cruz determined that Suíça’s case merited serious consideration — and, hence, that a nonhuman animal might indeed be recognized as a subject of the law — but Suiça was found dead in her cage before the case was concluded.

    Another habeas corpus case in Salvador da Bahia achieved direct benefit for the incarcerated. In 2010, attorneys from the Brazilian Association of Green Living Earth and Mother Cell Association represented two elephants, Guida and Maia, arguing that they were being unethically and illegally detained by the Portugal Circus. Judge Ana Conceição Ferreira determined that Guida and Maia were rights-bearing subjects and ordered their transference to a sanctuary. Ferreira affirmed their dignity and spirituality and the artificiality of the anthropocentric view that animals are inferior to humans. The court stressed the need to imagine humans in reciprocal and respectful relations of solidarity with nonhumans, lamenting “the destructive nature of human beings” and declaring that “As subjects of rights, any action that demeans or tarnishes the dignity of their lives is inherently illegal and must be repudiated and banned.” Ferreira cited philosopher Tom Regan that “any and all animal exploitation is immoral and violates a natural law: respect.”

    Other successful cases include the 2015 habeas corpus trial on behalf of Sandra, an orangutang in the Buenos Aires Zoo. Hearing testimony from the Association of Employees and Attorneys for Animal Rights and attorney Andrés Gil Domínguez regarding Sandra’s innate entitlement to freedom of locomotion and protection from physical and psychological harm, Judge Elena Libertori determined that she be relocated to a primate sanctuary in Florida. Libertori explicitly recognized that Sandra was a “nonhuman person and subject with rights.”

    Death Pit. Image: Sue Coe.

    While it did not involve habeas corpus, the 2000 Indian case of Balakrishnan et al v Union of India also demonstrates judicial commitment to abolishing the instrumentalization of animals. The court upheld a government notification prohibiting the use of bears, monkeys, tigers, panthers and lions as performing animals, stating “(m)any believe that the lives of human(s) and animals are equally valuable and that their interests should count equally” and that legal rights should be extended beyond human animals, “thereby dismantling the thick legal wall with humans all on one side and all non-human animals on the other side.”

    Legal scholar Gary Francione argues that nonhuman animals need to be classified as persons, not property, to safeguard their rights. This is because no matter how much attention is given to their welfare, as long as their status is that of property, their interests, consent and autonomy will not be meaningfully taken into account. It is important to note that legal personhood is not equivalent to human status. It is also crucial to recognize that right wingers invoke fetal personhood and that corporations are legal persons in the U.S. But by contrast with the weaponization of personhood status in the service of patriarchal and neoliberal agendas, personhood has been widely utilized as a tool for dismantling carceral logics and for redressing the commodification of the environment. Mountains, forests, rivers and ecosystems have been legally classified as persons. The rights of nature “to exist, persist, maintain and regenerate its vital cycles” were proclaimed under Ecuador’s 2008 constitution. In 2010, Bolivia passed the “Law of the Rights of Mother Earth,” designating Mother Earth as “a collective subject of public interest” with aspects of legal personhood and inherent rights specified in the law. Switzerland’s constitution contains an “animals are not things” declaration and recognizes the “dignity of living beings” in what is known as it’s “dignity of the creature” provision, while Brazil’s 1988 constitution prohibits subjecting animals to cruelty, India’s describes “compassion for living creatures” as a “fundamental duty” and German civil code includes the statement that “animals are not things.” Legal scholar Maneesha Deckha observes that, for the most part, the potential of such language has been thwarted by speciesist bias; causing harm to animals remains legally justified in the service of human interests, such that other creatures are “amenable to a cost-benefit calculation.” Deckha nonetheless affirms that inclusion in a constitution is “a significant symbolic step towards repositioning animals from exploited property to respected beings” (“Constitutional Protections for Animals: a Comparative Animal-Centered and Postcolonial Reading,” 2020).

    Rejecting human exceptionalism constitutes a moral and spiritual about face, but it’s not remotely a new idea. In the early twentieth century, Charles Darwin taught us that species are on a continuum; humans are merely one kind of animal, a member of the strata of great apes: orangutans, bonobos, gorillas, chimpanzees and humans, all part of the family Hominidae. The similarities don’t stop there; for instance, pigs and humans share approximately 98% of the same DNA. While Darwin’s scientific observations are, in theory, widely accepted, our perseverant attitudes remain tethered to pre-twentieth-century thought. They are informed by a concept known as “the great chain of being,” a hierarchical model of all matter and life, with humans at the top, thought in medieval Christianity to have been decreed by God. The second idea upon which our relationships to other species is based is the philosophy of the early 17th-century scientist René Descartes. In Descartes view, animals are objects without feelings, much less intelligence or the right to live without being held captive or subjected to gratuitous violence. His most famous experiment involved nailing a dog to a board. As he began cutting into her chest, she screamed and struggled to free herself. Descartes said that her reactions were akin to the sputtering of a mal-functioning machine; in other words, he interpreted her agony not as agony but as no different from an engine running out of steam.

    “Please don’t hurt us.” Image: Sue Coe.

    Most people would say Descartes’ vivisection of the dog is barbaric and outdated. However, our current treatment of animals, whose consent and autonomy we consistently override, resembles Descartes’17th-century mindset rather than Darwin’s. Approximately 150 billion nonhuman animals are subjected annually to the most brutal suffering in animal agriculture, while approximately 115 million nonhuman animals are used in scientific experiments annually worldwide. Most people do not know what occurs in these places. How many readers are aware that beagles are hooked up to hoses inhaling cigarette smoke until they expire, simply to determine what we already know, that tar and nicotine are indeed toxic? Or that it is standard industry practice to cut off piglets’ ears and tails and to castrate bulls, all without anesthesia? That infant monkeys are subjected to maternal deprivation experiments where they are kept in isolation without touch or contact of any kind, simply in order to determine whether they will decline and die from such deprivation? That male chicks, useless to the egg industry, are killed by feeding them into grinders while fully conscious? Or that dairy production is dependent upon forced reproduction and the repetitive, constant disruption of the mother-child bond, with mother cows wailing for calves taken from them soon after birth and auctioned, often with a few inches of umbilical cord still intact and dripping with uterine fluid, as veal? These examples are not aberrations but, rather, the norm. In short, we continue to operate according to the Cartesian idea of animals as unfeeling beings, mere commodities, regardless of what Darwin told us about our similarities. It is imperative to stress that membership within the human species is itself no guarantee of the protections from gratuitous harm and incarceration afforded by “Human” status, since whole categories of humans have, throughout history, been characterized as “animals” and, therein, subjected to legally and morally condoned confinement, commodification and death, all to uphold and preserve an ever-shifting, culturally and historically contingent “inner circle” of moral protection.

    Our adherence to the Medieval notion of the great chain of being has proven catastrophic. The current geological age, known as the anthropocene, is defined by human devastation of the earth — including burning fossil fuels, the destruction of rain forests and the pivotal impact of industrialized animal agriculture on global warming — making it increasingly uninhabitable, while the adage that “we are all connected” is borne out by COVID-19: nonhuman animals whom we subject to the bleakest of lives disseminate contagions borne of the endless suffering we inflict upon them, literally taking our breath away. Critics fret that nonhuman animal personhood is a “slippery slope”; if we acknowledge that Happy is a subject of moral concern, where would we draw the line? But what if we stopped grasping for the brakes and allowed ourselves to arrive at the passageway envisioned by Roy, abandoning our extractive approach to other-than-humans as mere commodities to entertain, feed and labor for us and to experiment upon, embracing what is in fact not such a novel way of thinking? Like the Asteroid in Adam Mc Kay’s “Don’t Look Up” (2021), zoonotic disease poses an existential threat that drives home the urgency of reorienting our relationships to other species. Darwin was ahead of his time. Can we catch up to him? Our survival depends upon it.

    Click here to watch the New York court of appeal’s livestream of arguments on behalf of Happy on May 18, 2022: https://www.nonhumanrights.org/blog/Highlight_Page/the-fight-to-freehappy/.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Alexandra Isfahani-Hammond.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/13/new-york-court-of-appeals-to-consider-animal-personhood-as-covid-19-cases-rise/feed/ 0 298544
    North Korea confirms first COVID-19 cases and at least 1 death https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/covid-05122022204111.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/covid-05122022204111.html#respond Fri, 13 May 2022 00:42:01 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/covid-05122022204111.html North Korea acknowledged its first confirmed COVID-19 cases and at least one death from the disease on Thursday, after more than two years of claiming the country was “virus free.”

    The state-run Korea Central News Agency (KCNA) reported that 187,800 people are undergoing treatment in quarantine for a fever of unknown origin that has spread throughout the country since the end of last month.

    The report did not specify how many people had tested positive for COVID-19.

    North Korean leader Kim Jong Un presided over a meeting of the Politburo where he ordered a nationwide lockdown and declared a “maximum emergency epidemic prevention system,” KCNA said Thursday.

    A resident of Pyongyang told RFA’s Korean Service that the capital Pyongyang was on lockdown after health authorities in the city confirmed a case of the virus two days before.

    “At 5 p.m. [Tuesday], an emergency directive from the national emergency quarantine command of the Central Party’s Political Bureau was issued to all parts of Pyongyang. Specific project details were delivered to the city’s various levels of units, enterprises and the neighborhood watch units in implementing the quarantine project to the maximum emergency quarantine system,” the source said on condition of anonymity for security reasons.

    “The instructions are to prohibit group gatherings, strictly observe personal hygiene, social distance, wash our hands frequently, boil water before drinking it, gargling with salt water frequently to disinfect, and properly ventilate the indoor air to prevent coronavirus,” the source said.

    There have been many instances of hospital patients exhibiting signs of COVID-19, but quarantine authorities had been diagnosing cases as pneumonia or the flu, the source said.

    “Residents are confused why the quarantine authorities are suddenly acknowledging coronavirus. Shops, restaurants and marketplaces are all closed. If the lockdown is prolonged, it will disrupt the lives of the residents,” said the source.

    In the city of Sinuiju in North Pyongan province, across the Yalu River from China, a complete lockdown was underway on Wednesday, a resident there told RFA.

    “All sectors, including the party, administrative organizations, economic organizations, the police, state security and the armed forces, emphasized the thorough implementation of the instructions of the national emergency quarantine command,” said the second source on condition of anonymity for security reasons.

    “It is the first time that we have acknowledged the influx of COVID-19 and it is the stealth Omicron variant. Authorities are reassuring residents that it is a virus similar to pneumonia or flu and can be overcome with domestically produced drugs,” the second source said.

    This source said that a relative in Pyongyang had said that that starting tomorrow an intensive medical screening for all city residents will start. Already citizens are prohibited from going to work, increasing the level of economic anxiety in the country at a time when many are already struggling to get by.

    “The people are about to fall into a period of chaos, as they cannot even make ends meet prior to the emergency,” the second source said.

    Vaccine status

    The World Health Organization (WHO) told RFA on Thursday that it has not yet received information from North Korea’s Ministry of Health regarding the confirmed COVID-19 case as reported by KCNA.

    North Korea is eligible to receive COVID-19 vaccines through the COVAX global vaccine sharing project, the WHO said. Pyongyang refused to accept vaccines from COVAX earlier in the pandemic when it was still claiming to be “virus-free.”

    Reuters reported that Washington has no immediate plans to share vaccines with Pyongyang, quoting a spokesperson for the White House National Security Council.

    Amnesty International called on the North Korean government to ensure that its people were immunized against the disease, which is now estimated to have killed more than 6 million people across the globe.

    “There is no evidence to show that North Korea has access to enough vaccines to protect its population from COVID-19,” Boram Jang, Amnesty International’s East Asia researcher, said.

    “With the first official news of a Covid-19 outbreak in the country, continuing on this path could cost many lives and would be an unconscionable dereliction of upholding the right to health,” she said. “The North Korean government should immediately establish plans to secure COVID-19 vaccines for its population by cooperating with the international community.”

    Strategy

    North Korea’s timing in acknowledging that the virus has entered its borders is “noteworthy,” Soo Kim, a former CIA analyst now with the RAND corporation, told RFA.

    “The international community never turned a blind eye toward North Korea’s coronavirus situation; it was the Kim regime that consistently rejected offers of PPE and vaccines on unjustifiable grounds,” she said.

    “It’s possible that the situation with the coronavirus in North Korea has significantly worsened to a point where the regime can no longer suppress it or cope on its own. But then the question remains — the situation could have been contained had the Kim regime accepted international assistance from the beginning. So why now?” she said.

    Soo Kim said that economic anxiety, rather than public health concerns, may have motivated North Korea to stray from its claims of having zero confirmed cases.

    “Extensive lockdown, border closures, and Kim’s already incompetent state management can only take him so far in suppressing the realities of the pandemic,” she said.

    Harry Kazianis, the president and CEO at the Rogue States project, told RFA that COVID-19 has been present in North Korea since the beginning of the pandemic. 

    “However, over the last few months as Omicron has crept into the country, North Korean officials cannot use the same brute force tactics of locking people in their homes or isolating entire villages as spread happens so fast. So now, Pyongyang must admit to their being a problem as there is no way no they can hide it,” he said.

    “Unless North Korea suffers tens of thousands of casualties I doubt the DPRK will ask for help at this point. They do not want to show any weakness at all and want to always project an image of strength and control of their population. Asking for help would be, in the DPRK’s eyes, an admission of failure,” Kazianis said. 

    Translated by Leejin J. Chung and Dukin Han. Written in English by Eugene Whong.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By RFA’s Korean Service.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/covid-05122022204111.html/feed/ 0 298429
    Vanuatu president warns against ‘dictatorship’ if Justice Ministry is abolished https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/12/vanuatu-president-warns-against-dictatorship-if-justice-ministry-is-abolished/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/12/vanuatu-president-warns-against-dictatorship-if-justice-ministry-is-abolished/#respond Thu, 12 May 2022 23:29:29 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=74016 RNZ Pacific

    Vanuatu’s outgoing president, Obed Moses Tallis, has urged the government not to abolish the Ministry of Justice, warning against a “dictatorial system”.

    His opening speech to Parliament’s first “ordinary” session of 2022 is his final duty of his mandate which will end in July.

    “In my observation during my five-year term as a Head of State, the judiciary in Vanuatu under the leadership of Chief Justice has played an important role in stability, growth and progress of the nation for it uniqueness of it its independency,” he said.

    “To cherish the stages of the third pillar of the constitution, I urge the government to carefully consider its decision to abolish the Ministry of Justice.

    “It is important that the government maintain the Ministry of Justice. Without the judiciary, there will no effective work from the government and there will be no prosecution.

    “The work of the Vanuatu Police force will have no bases and there will be a dictatorial system in place,” he said.

    In his speech, Tallis also praised the country’s frontline workers for their hard work during the community outbreak of covid-19.

    Frontline workers risked lives
    He said frontline workers risked their lives and their families by being exposed to the virus.

    He also hailed their efforts in challenging disinformation about the omicron variant.

    Tallis said the hard work of the frontline workers had contributed to stabilising the outbreak in the affected provinces.

    Meanwhile, Vanuatu’s Ministry of Health reports 37 new cases of covid-19.

    Tallis told Parliament Vanuatu had gone through several challenges because of the covid pandemic.

    He acknowledged the tourism sector for its contribution to the recovery of Vanuatu’s economy.

    “Tourism has contributed a lot to economic growth but the only problem is that it is a fragile industry and cannot sustain us during total border restrictions which restricted the mobility and the movement of the tourists.

    Tourism a ‘fragile industry’
    “We experienced a high rate of unemployment with the closure of hotels and caused financial difficulties of the family.

    “The other reason why I am saying that tourism is a fragile industry is the ongoing climate change impact across the globe which could affect this industry.

    “In my humble view, I want to see government to invest more in vibrant industry such as agriculture, fisheries and utilising the natural resources in land and marine,” Tallis said.

    He acknowledged government initiatives to redirect its focus in the agriculture sector and the programme of coconut replanting and cattle restocking and the establishment of the connection of the cooperative to the local farmers in order to participate effectively in the country’s economic growth.

    The Prime Minister, Bob Loughman, and the Leader of the opposition, Ralph Regenvanu, both thanked Tallis for his role as Head of State during his five-year mandate.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/12/vanuatu-president-warns-against-dictatorship-if-justice-ministry-is-abolished/feed/ 0 298401
    At Global Covid-19 Summit, Biden’s Silence on an Intellectual Property Waiver Speaks Volumes https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/12/at-global-covid-19-summit-bidens-silence-on-an-intellectual-property-waiver-speaks-volumes/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/12/at-global-covid-19-summit-bidens-silence-on-an-intellectual-property-waiver-speaks-volumes/#respond Thu, 12 May 2022 21:47:00 +0000 https://inthesetimes.com/article/joe-biden-covid-19-summit-white-house-vaccine-vaccination-vaccinations-fund-funds-trips-waiver-wto-who-world-trade-organization-world-health-organization-india-south-africa
    This content originally appeared on In These Times and was authored by Sarah Lazare.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/12/at-global-covid-19-summit-bidens-silence-on-an-intellectual-property-waiver-speaks-volumes/feed/ 0 298442
    At Global Covid-19 Summit, Biden’s Silence on Pharmaceutical Monopolies Speaks Volumes https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/12/at-global-covid-19-summit-bidens-silence-on-pharmaceutical-monopolies-speaks-volumes/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/12/at-global-covid-19-summit-bidens-silence-on-pharmaceutical-monopolies-speaks-volumes/#respond Thu, 12 May 2022 21:47:00 +0000 https://inthesetimes.com/article/global-covid-health-summit-trips-waiver-biden-vaccines
    This content originally appeared on In These Times and was authored by Sarah Lazare.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/12/at-global-covid-19-summit-bidens-silence-on-pharmaceutical-monopolies-speaks-volumes/feed/ 0 299174
    Covid-19 update: 28 further deaths in NZ after cases top 1 million https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/11/covid-19-update-28-further-deaths-in-nz-after-cases-top-1-million/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/11/covid-19-update-28-further-deaths-in-nz-after-cases-top-1-million/#respond Wed, 11 May 2022 00:35:35 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=73909 RNZ News

    New Zealand reported 7970 new cases of covid-19 in the community and 28 further deaths today, a day after cases in the country topped one million.

    In a statement, the Ministry of Health said 381 people were in hospital with covid-19, compared with 368 people in its previous update yesterday.

    There are 10 people in ICU.

    Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern confirmed today that the border would fully reopen from the end of July — three months earlier than planned, including for cruise ships and international students.

    It was also announced that visitor visas from the Pacific Islands would open online from Monday, May 16.

    The Health Ministry said the seven-day rolling average of reported deaths was 15.

    Of the 28 deaths reported today, two people were from Northland, five from Auckland, three from Waikato, three from Bay of Plenty, two from Whanganui, three from the Wellington region, four from the Canterbury region and six from Southern.

    One was in their 40s, one in their 50s, two in their 60s, eight in their 70s, 11 in their 80s, five in their 90s.

    Eighteen were men and 10 were women.

    Yesterday, New Zealand recorded more than one million cases of covid-19 since the pandemic began. New Zealand’s population is 5 million.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.

    Covid-19 by numbers in NZ 11052022
    Covid-19 daily cases by numbers in Aotearoa New Zealand since the 23 August 2021 delta outbreak began. Image: RNZ


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/11/covid-19-update-28-further-deaths-in-nz-after-cases-top-1-million/feed/ 0 297822
    A Monetary Reset Where the Rich Don’t Own Everything (Part 1) https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/07/a-monetary-reset-where-the-rich-dont-own-everything-part-1/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/07/a-monetary-reset-where-the-rich-dont-own-everything-part-1/#respond Sat, 07 May 2022 04:51:40 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=129429 We have a serious debt problem, but solutions such as the World Economic Forum’s “Great Reset” are not the future we want. It’s time to think outside the box for some new solutions. In ancient Mesopotamia, it was called a Jubilee. When debts at interest grew too high to be repaid, the slate was wiped […]

    The post A Monetary Reset Where the Rich Don’t Own Everything (Part 1) first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    We have a serious debt problem, but solutions such as the World Economic Forum’s “Great Reset” are not the future we want. It’s time to think outside the box for some new solutions.

    In ancient Mesopotamia, it was called a Jubilee. When debts at interest grew too high to be repaid, the slate was wiped clean. Debts were forgiven, the debtors’ prisons were opened, and the serfs returned to work their plots of land. This could be done because the king was the representative of the gods who were said to own the land, and thus was the creditor to whom the debts were owed. The same policy was advocated in the Book of Leviticus, though it is unclear to what extent this biblical Jubilee was implemented.

    That sort of across-the-board debt forgiveness can’t be done today because most of the creditors are private lenders. Banks, landlords and pension fund investors would go bankrupt if their contractual rights to repayment were simply wiped out. But we do have a serious debt problem, and it is largely structural. Governments have delegated the power to create money to private banks, which create most of the circulating money supply as debt at interest. They create the principal but not the interest, so more money must be repaid than was created in the original loan. Debt thus grows faster than the money supply, as seen in the chart from WorkableEconomics.com below. Debt grows until it cannot be repaid, when the board is cleared by some form of market crash such as the 2008 financial crisis, typically widening the wealth gap on the way down.

    Today the remedy for an unsustainable debt buildup is called a “reset.” Far short of a Jubilee, such resets are necessary every few decades. Acceptance of a currency is based on trust, and a “currency reset” changes the backing of the currency to restore that trust when it has failed. In the 20th century, major currency resets occurred in 1913, when the Federal Reserve was instituted following a major banking crisis; in 1933 following another catastrophic banking crisis, when the dollar was taken off the gold standard domestically and deposits were federally insured; in 1944, at the Bretton Woods Conference concluding World War II, when the US dollar backed by gold was made the reserve currency for global trade; and in 1974, when the US finalized a deal with the OPEC countries to sell their oil only in US dollars, effectively “backing” the dollar with oil after Richard Nixon took the dollar off the gold standard internationally in 1971. Central bank manipulations are also a form of reset, intended to restore faith in the currency or the banks; e.g., when Federal Reserve Chairman Paul Volcker raised the interest rate on fed funds to 20% in 1980, and when the Fed bailed out Wall Street banks following the Great Financial Crisis of 2008-09 with quantitative easing.

    But quantitative easing did not fix the debt buildup, which today has again reached unsustainable levels. According to Truth in Accounting, as of March 2022 the US federal government has a cumulative debt burden of $133.38 trillion, including unfunded Social Security and Medicare promises; and some countries are in even worse shape. Former investment banker Leslie Manookian stated in grand jury testimony that European countries have 44 trillion euros in unfunded pensions, and there is no source of funds to meet these obligations. There is virtually no European bond market, due to negative interest rates. The only alternative is to default. The concern is that when people realize that the social security and pension systems they have paid into for their entire working lives are bankrupt, they will take to the streets and chaos will reign.

    Hence the need for another reset. Private creditors, however, want a reset that leaves them in control. Today a new sort of reset is setting off alarm bells, one that goes far beyond restoring the stability of the currency. The “Great Reset” being driven forward by the World Economic Forum would lock the world into a form of technocratic feudalism.

    The WEF is that elite group of businessmen, politicians and academics that meets in Davos, Switzerland, every January. The Great Reset was the theme of its (virtual) 2021 Summit, based on a July 2020 book titled Covid-19: The Great Reset co-authored by WEF founder Klaus Schwab. Some of the WEF’s proposals are summarized in a video on its website titled “8 Predictions for the World in 2030.” The first prediction is, “You’ll own nothing. And you’ll be happy. Whatever you want you’ll rent. And it will be delivered by drone.”

    Schwab’s proposal would reset more than the currency. At a virtual meeting in June 2020, he said, “We need a ‘Great Reset’ of capitalism.” But as talk show host Kim Iversen observes, the proposed solution is more capitalism by a new name: “stakeholder capitalism,” where ownership will be with corporate stakeholders. You will have an account with the central bank and a mandatory federal digital ID. You will receive a welfare payment in the form of a marginally adequate basic income – so long as you maintain a proper social credit score. Your central bank digital currency will be “programmable” – rationed, controlled, and canceled if you get out of line or disagree with the official narrative. You will be kept happy with computer games and drugs.

    According to WEF speaker and author Prof. Yuval Harari, “Covid is critical, because this is what convinces people to accept, to legitimize total biometric surveillance…. We need not just to monitor people, we need to monitor what’s happening under the skin.”

    Harari is aware of the dangers of digital dictatorships. He said at a pre-Covid Davos presentation in January 2020:

    In Davos we hear so much about the enormous promises of technology – and these promises are certainly real. But technology might also disrupt human society and the very meaning of human life in numerous ways, ranging from the creation of a global useless class to the rise of data colonialism and of digital dictatorships.…

    We humans should get used to the idea that we are no longer mysterious souls – we are now hackable animals. … [I]f this power falls into the hands of a twenty-first century Stalin, the result will be the worst totalitarian regime in human history…

    In the not-so-distant future, … algorithms might tell us where to work and who to marry, and also decide whether to hire us for a job, whether to give us a loan, and whether the central bank should raise the interest rate….

    What will be the meaning of human life, when most decisions are taken by algorithms?

    Clearing the Chessboard by Controlled Economic Demolition?

    Before the game can be reset, the board must be cleared. What would make the population accept giving up their private property, surviving on a marginal basic income, and submitting to constant surveillance, internal and external?

    The global pandemic and the lockdowns that followed have gone far toward achieving that result. Lockdowns not only eliminated smaller business competitors but drove up the debts of small countries, forcing them to increase their loans from the International Monetary Fund. The IMF is notorious for onerous loan terms, including imposing strict austerity measures, relinquishing control of natural resources, and marching in “lockstep” with pandemic restrictions.

    In a June 2020 article on the blog of the IMF titled “From Great Lockdown To Great Transformation,” IMF Managing Director Kristalina Georgieva called the global policy response to the 2020 crisis the “Great Lockdown.” She is quoted as saying to the US Chamber of Commerce:

    We call the current period ‘the Great Lockdown’ because we are fighting a health emergency by bringing production and consumption to a standstill….

    In March, around one hundred billion dollars left emerging markets and developing countries—three times more than during the global financial crisis.

    But in April and May—thanks to this massive injection of liquidity in advanced economies—some emerging markets were able to go back to the markets and issue bonds with competitive yields, with total issuance of around seventy-seven billion dollars. This is almost three and a half times as much as in the same two months last year. [Italics added.]

    In other words, by bringing production and consumption to a standstill, the Great Lockdown had already, by June 2020, managed to strip emerging markets of $100 billion in additional assets and to lock them into $77 billion in new debt.

    That helps explain why so many countries acquiesced to the Great Lockdown so quickly, even when some had only a handful of Covid-19 deaths. Lockdown was apparently a “conditionality” required for getting an IMF loan. At least that was true for Belarus, which rejected the offer. Said Belarus’ President:

    We hear the demands … to model our coronavirus response on that of Italy. I do not want to see the Italian situation to be repeated in Belarus. We have our own country and our own situation. … [T]he IMF continues to demand from us quarantine measures, isolation, a curfew. This is nonsense. We will not dance to anyone’s tune.

    Unlike Belarus, most countries acquiesced, and so did households and businesses locked into the debt trap by an economy in which production and consumption were brought to a standstill. Like most emerging economies, they acquiesced to whatever terms were imposed for returning to “normal.”

    The lockdowns have now been lifted in most places, but the debt trap is about to snap shut. A moratorium on U.S. rents and student debt is due to come to an end, and cumulative arrears may need to be paid. Debtors unable to meet that burden could be out in the street, joining the “useless class” described by Prof. Harari. They may be forced into accepting the technocratic feudalism of the WEF Great Reset, but is not the sort of future most people want. However, what are the alternatives?

    A Eurasian Jubilee?

    For sovereign debt (the debt of national governments), a form of jubilee is envisioned by Sergei Glazyev in conjunction with the alternative monetary system currently being designed by the Eurasian Economic Union (EAEU), detailed in my last article here. Glazyev is the Minister for Integration and Macroeconomics of the Eurasia Economic Commission, the regulatory body of the EAEU. An article in The Cradle titled “Russia’s Sergey Glazyev Introduces the New Global Financial System” is headlined:

    The world’s new monetary system, underpinned by a digital currency, will be backed by a basket of new foreign currencies and natural resources. And it will liberate the Global South from both western debt and IMF-induced austerity.

    The article quotes Glazyev as stating:

    Transition to the new world economic order will likely be accompanied by systematic refusal to honor obligations in dollars, euro, pound, and yen. In this respect, it will be no different from the example set by the countries issuing these currencies who thought it appropriate to steal foreign exchange reserves of Iraq, Iran, Venezuela, Afghanistan, and Russia to the tune of trillions of dollars. Since the US, Britain, EU, and Japan refused to honor their obligations and confiscated wealth of other nations which was held in their currencies, why should other countries be obliged to pay them back and to service their loans?

    In any case, participation in the new economic system will not be constrained by the obligations in the old one. Countries of the Global South can be full participants of the new system regardless of their accumulated debts in dollars, euro, pound, and yen. Even if they were to default on their obligations in those currencies, this would have no bearing on their credit rating in the new financial system. Nationalization of extraction industry, likewise, would not cause a disruption. Further, should these countries reserve a portion of their natural resources for the backing of the new economic system, their respective weight in the currency basket of the new monetary unit would increase accordingly, providing that nation with larger currency reserves and credit capacity. In addition, bilateral swap lines with trading partner countries would provide them with adequate financing for co-investments and trade financing.

    That may largely eliminate the sovereign debt overhang in the EAEU member countries, but what of the United States and other Western countries that are unlikely to join? Some innovative possibilities will be covered in Part 2 of this piece. Stay tuned.

    • This article was first posted on ScheerPost.

    The post A Monetary Reset Where the Rich Don’t Own Everything (Part 1) first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Ellen Brown.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/07/a-monetary-reset-where-the-rich-dont-own-everything-part-1/feed/ 0 296880
    Global Death Toll from COVID-19 Tops 15 Million as Vaccine Inequity Continues to Prolong Pandemic https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/06/global-death-toll-from-covid-19-tops-15-million-as-vaccine-inequity-continues-to-prolong-pandemic-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/06/global-death-toll-from-covid-19-tops-15-million-as-vaccine-inequity-continues-to-prolong-pandemic-2/#respond Fri, 06 May 2022 14:45:41 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=82c0df2ddb7f77beb2962205c52d0a2a
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/06/global-death-toll-from-covid-19-tops-15-million-as-vaccine-inequity-continues-to-prolong-pandemic-2/feed/ 0 296665
    Global Death Toll from COVID-19 Tops 15 Million as Vaccine Inequity Continues to Prolong Pandemic https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/06/global-death-toll-from-covid-19-tops-15-million-as-vaccine-inequity-continues-to-prolong-pandemic/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/06/global-death-toll-from-covid-19-tops-15-million-as-vaccine-inequity-continues-to-prolong-pandemic/#respond Fri, 06 May 2022 12:16:16 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=3cd107821275f6ada4aef97a76ac269f Seg1 single guest split

    The World Health Organization says the coronavirus pandemic has now caused an excess of 15 million deaths globally. We look at how staggering death counts reveal broader political failures to protect public health and close the international vaccine gap. “Western governments and rich corporations who are based primarily in the West have done very little to advance vaccine inequity or to help the entire world end this pandemic faster,” says Achal Prabhala, coordinator of the AccessIBSA project, who adds that many poor countries have also not used all the policy tools at their disposal.


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/06/global-death-toll-from-covid-19-tops-15-million-as-vaccine-inequity-continues-to-prolong-pandemic/feed/ 0 296646
    Biden Broke His Promise to Support Generic Covid-19 Vaccines for the World https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/06/biden-broke-his-promise-to-support-generic-covid-19-vaccines-for-the-world/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/06/biden-broke-his-promise-to-support-generic-covid-19-vaccines-for-the-world/#respond Fri, 06 May 2022 10:43:29 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/336685

    Today marks one year since the Biden administration said it would support ​"waiving intellectual property protections for Covid-19 vaccines" at the World Trade Organization (WTO). At the time, the announcement was met with an outpouring of hope that such a waiver, if passed, would allow Global South countries to manufacture their own generic versions of vaccines, tests, and treatments, and thereby close the international gap in access to life-saving technologies. Because the United States wields so much power at the WTO, many public health advocates assumed that if the Biden administration wanted to get a waiver passed, it could.

    Why is it such a difficult equation for the world to understand that until we have vaccine equity, testing equity, treatment equity, we will be here, year after year after year?

    But in the year since, the Biden administration has failed to deliver. U.S. representatives have dragged their feet at the Council for Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS), the body that oversees intellectual property rules at the WTO. The Biden administration declined to support the version of the waiver (commonly referred to as a TRIPS waiver) that was initially proposed by India and South Africa in October 2020, and has not done enough to stop the European Union from obstructing progress on an agreement that has teeth. A new proposed agreement on intellectual property now circulating at the TRIPS Council has been blasted by global health activists for excluding tests and treatments, cutting off entire countries (like China and all ​"developed" nations), and imposing new barriers to the production of generics. Alongside the European Union, the United States bears responsibility for some of the harmful provisions in this proposal, though the Biden administration has not yet said whether it endorses the text.

    Overall, the picture is grim: The WTO seems far from passing a satisfactory intellectual property waiver, though global health activists aren't giving up. In the meantime, U.S. funding for global vaccinations and pandemic aid has dried up, in the face of outright GOP obstruction, and the Biden administration has fallen woefully behind in delivering on vaccine pledges. With other wealthy countries failing as well, global vaccine inequalities are staggering. Just 21.3% of the population of the entire continent of Africa has received at least one vaccine dose. This compares to 79% in the United States and Canada. In Burundi, just 0.1% of the population has been fully vaccinated, and in Haiti, just 1.1%. Researchers have identified 120 manufacturers in Asia, Latin America and Africa that have the ability to start making mRNA Covid-19 vaccines, but are unable to because Moderna and Pfizer will not share the recipes and technological know-how. And as efforts to free intellectual property falter, it's looking increasingly clear that governments will not compel those companies to do so.

    In These Times spoke with Tian Johnson, founder and strategist at the African Alliance, which works to secure social justice and dignified healthcare across the continent of Africa. Johnson is also community co-chair of the African Vaccine Delivery Alliance, which is an initiative of Africa's Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, and was ​"set up to ensure the rapid deployment of vaccines and associated supplies/​equipment," according to its organizational description. Johnson, who is based in Johannesburg, South Africa and does work across the continent, has been an activist for 20 years, focusing on public health support for people with HIV and AIDS, reproductive health and prevention of gender-based violence.

    What would the concrete effect of having a real robust TRIPS waiver be on vaccine supply across the Global South?

    Tian Johnson: A meaningful TRIPS waiver equals a step towards independence. A meaningful TRIPS waiver means that we are able to take our destiny into our own hands sooner. It means that we will no longer be beholden to pharmaceutical companies of the Global North.

    But I think, also, we have to focus our energies on initiatives like the WHO mRNA hub. The hub has already been undermined by Moderna, which has applied for patents in South Africa relating to its Covid-19 vaccine, meaning the company could seek to prevent the hub from making its own version of the mRNA shot.

    We cannot go into the next wave of the pandemic relying on Johnson & Johnson, relying on Moderna, to be benevolent, to be generous—not even generous, but to treat us as beneficiaries of their good will. That's not how justice works. We've never demanded charity, we've always demanded justice. And that means if you have the answer to reducing death and hospitalization, if you have the answer to reducing severe illness as a result of the pandemic, and you are refusing to share that with us, that tells us you are not on the side of humanity—you're not on the side of saving lives.

    We've known this: These are the same pharmaceutical companies that took the government of Nelson Mandela to court when we were struggling for access to antiretrovirals in this country. So we are not holding our breath. We're not waiting for pharma to have an ​"Aha!" moment. We're not waiting for the secret number—X billion dollars—of profits to be reached before Moderna says, ​"Okay guys, we've reached the peak of our profits. Let's now help everyone else stay alive." We're under no illusions that they will have a moment of reckoning, or that they will develop a conscience. This is what they do. They've shown us this with HIV, and now they're showing us this with Covid. And if we don't act drastically to destabilize the current status quo, this pattern will be repeated in the next pandemic.

    [Editor's note: In 1998, the Pharmaceutical Manufacturers Association of South Africa and 39 pharmaceutical manufacturers, including Merck, sued the South African government, accusing it of violating the TRIPS agreement through its legislative reforms aimed at expanding access to life-saving AIDS medicines. The lawsuit named Mandela as the first defendant. The companies eventually dropped the lawsuit, following bad publicity.]

    One year ago today, the Biden administration said that it was going to support an intellectual property waiver. Do you feel that the administration has delivered on the spirit of that promise?

    Tian: I think absolutely not, and it's a reflection of how weak the leadership has been, from all quarters, whether the Global North or the Global South. There's been leadership shown by South Africa and India in really pushing for this waiver, and when we heard that Biden had stated his support of the waiver, it really gave us hope.

    But 12 months later, it's very clear that the current Biden administration is under pressure by pharmaceutical companies not to share tech, not to share know-how. You can't help but make the links and begin to think, ​"How much influence and pressure does big pharma have on the White House?"

    It will be interesting to see how this second Covid summit next week manifests. It's stunning to us that the Biden administration can convene a global summit and not bring anything to the table. How are you expecting all of your so-called guests to put funds for the global Covid response in a bucket when your very own Congress is not only cutting Covid relief spending, but pushing back against funding the global response?

    We are ready to call on Congress to have a reality check: Your third or fourth doses are great, but in Africa, where we have yet to vaccinate even half of our healthcare workers, what does that mean? This pandemic cannot be over with Africa sitting here facing our fifth wave. It's a fifth wave of death, it's a fifth wave of destruction of livelihoods. This pandemic is anything but over.

    In the United States, there is a growing perception that the pandemic is over. Can you talk a little bit more about how it isn't over for people in South Africa and for the continent of Africa?

    Tian: In a continent where we have yet to vaccinate even half of our healthcare workers, how does anybody with a functioning mind say the pandemic is over? The reality is, the next variant will teach America, the next variant will teach Europeans—all of whom have stood in the way of expediting the end of the pandemic, and in complicity with pharma in their lust for profits over lives—that the pandemic is not over.

    So, despite all the boosters, the fact that Americans are vaccinating their zoo animals, while we do not even have access to a first shot, tells us everything we need to know about the perverted global health system. It tells us all we need to know about the urgency to decolonize global health, and reminds us again that ​"global solidarity" is a lie. So within that context, we would say to folks in America, to the world really, that it's spectacularly naive, it's spectacularly short-sighted, and it's totally unscientific to say that the ​"pandemic is over" with such large portions of this continent being unvaccinated. It's absolutely staggering that we should even have to advocate for this.

    And we're seeing key players—from U.S. lobbyists to Bill Gates—pushing a narrative that ​'we all just need to move on now.' Gates just launched a book titled, ​"How to Prevent the Next Pandemic." So, in his mind, we've already moved on. And so what does that mean in a continent like ours?

    Some seek to justify vaccine apartheid by making the argument, ​"We're giving the vaccines at the African continent, but countries are not distributing them and there was vaccine hesitancy." What is your response to those arguments?

    Tian: One of our biggest failings in the pandemic has been communication: We've left communities behind. We've seen global summits, we've seen press junkets, we've seen these high-level meetings, we've seen multi-billion dollar funding and donations to multilateral bodies. But none of them can convincingly stand in front of us and explain how they brought communities along.

    Back in the day, I used to run programs on reproductive health. We would advocate for every dollar that you spend on a condom, you need a dollar to spend on programming it. People don't just magically uptake these health interventions, right? And so, one of the biggest injustices is the lack of resources that have gone to community engagement, to ensure that those vaccines get into arms. And I think that's one of our biggest tragedies.

    It's the double standard that is shocking. No one called for a halt on vaccine supply to the U.S. or the E.U., which have significant anti-vax populations. Instead, the opposite happened. America was flooded with vaccines to the point where you had no idea what to do with them. But the minute Africans started demanding the same? ​"They're hesitant? Can they absorb it? Can they handle it? Do they know what to do with it? What will happen to the cold storage? Will they steal the fridges?"

    What are the demands that you have for the Biden administration?

    Tian: First of all, we want leadership. That means the American public calling on their elected representatives to demand that a vaccine that has been developed using their money—not Moderna's goodwill fund, not personal funding of Moderna's shareholders—their money. It is your American taxpayer dollars that have made the Moderna vaccine possible, and it should be shared if you truly believe that your destiny is tied in with mine.

    We want the Biden administration to show some leadership and take urgent and aggressive action to allow that recipe, tech and know-how to be shared. The success of the WHO's hubs depends on it. Part of our future, and part of the way we respond to the next pandemic, depends on it. Moderna needs to share the recipe because it's not theirs to keep.

    We want you to get angry about the fact that this private pharmaceutical company, that is churning out billionaires, is refusing to share a life-saving technology with the rest of the world. And if that's not good enough to move you, think about your next safari to Africa. Think about your next visit to Table Mountain. Think about the next time you go to Kenya to see the giraffes. And then think about that variant that will stare you in the face. Think about how your voice could have ensured that we never have to face another variant.

    The second issue is around Congress. And it's around ensuring that Congress meaningfully funds the domestic and the international Covid response. The fact that your Congress can refuse to support an international response to a pandemic that has done the damage it has done, and will continue to do, wave after wave after wave, is something that needs to deeply concern Americans.

    Do you have any demands around the TRIPS waiver? Would you like to see Biden support the version that was initially proposed by India and South Africa?

    Tian: Well, we would call on the U.S. to reject the leaked text. What we would like Biden to support is what South Africa and India have called for in October 2020—a full TRIPS waiver. Anything less will lock us into this pandemic. What it practically means is that we will not be able to manufacture vaccines, tests, and diagnostics to the scale that we need to.

    In this continent, if you are a teacher in Zimbabwe, half of your salary goes to a Covid test. It's unacceptable that, in the same year, a primary school child, a seven-year-old in Germany, arrives at the primary school and they're given a self test and they test themselves. And at the end of that testing period, the class raises their hand and they say who's tested positive, who's tested negative. And the children who have tested positive, they go home to rest. But the rest, they stay in that classroom and they move on with their day. So why is the right of that seven-year-old German child not comparable to the rights of a 34-year-old teacher in Harare, Zimbabwe who cannot afford a test, and who has to make the choice between knowing their Covid status or buying bread?

    Why is it such a difficult equation for the world to understand that until we have vaccine equity, testing equity, treatment equity, we will be here, year after year after year? And that is why we fight and will continue to fight for justice.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Sarah Lazare.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/06/biden-broke-his-promise-to-support-generic-covid-19-vaccines-for-the-world/feed/ 0 296635
    While 1 Million Americans Died From Covid-19, US Billionaire Wealth Shot Up by $1.7 Trillion https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/05/while-1-million-americans-died-from-covid-19-us-billionaire-wealth-shot-up-by-1-7-trillion/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/05/while-1-million-americans-died-from-covid-19-us-billionaire-wealth-shot-up-by-1-7-trillion/#respond Thu, 05 May 2022 18:54:45 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/336671
    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Chuck Collins, Omar Ocampo.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/05/while-1-million-americans-died-from-covid-19-us-billionaire-wealth-shot-up-by-1-7-trillion/feed/ 0 296382
    Candlelit Vigil Will Press Biden to Deliver Covid-19 Vaccine Patent Waiver https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/04/candlelit-vigil-will-press-biden-to-deliver-covid-19-vaccine-patent-waiver/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/04/candlelit-vigil-will-press-biden-to-deliver-covid-19-vaccine-patent-waiver/#respond Wed, 04 May 2022 22:29:16 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/336651

    To mark the anniversary of the Biden administration's support for an Indian and South African proposal to temporarily waive patent protections on lifesaving Covid-19 vaccines and treatments, activists on Wednesday geared up for a candlelit vigil outside the White House to urge President Joe Biden to do more to deliver the waiver and press Congress to increase funding for global inoculation efforts.

    Following sustained international activist pressure, U.S. Trade Representative Katherine Tai announced the Biden administration's support for a Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS) waiver at the World Trade Organization (WTO) last May 5.

    "One year later, as President Biden and world leaders prepare for next week's Global Covid Summit, the WTO has failed to deliver this important waiver."

    "Advocates across the globe are calling for the WTO to urgently deliver a waiver that can help ensure that all countries are equipped with the tools needed to save lives and bring the pandemic under control," the consumer advocacy group Public Citizen, which is co-hositng the vigil, said in a statement.

    Biden's move last year—which was welcomed as a "transformative, hopeful event" at the time—marked a departure from most rich countries' opposition to the waiver, which is backed by more than 100 mostly Global South nations.

    However, as Public Citizen noted this week, "one year later, as President Biden and world leaders prepare for next week's Global Covid Summit, the WTO has failed to deliver this important waiver, pharmaceutical companies continue to refuse to share vaccine technology, and funding for the global Covid response is drying up—all while the pandemic rages across the globe."

    According to Public Citizen:

    The candlelight vigil will include a projector and oversized screen which will play videos from Be A Hero's Ady Barkan and other videos from health providers and public health experts from South Africa, India, and Chile. They will call on President Biden to secure a true [TRIPS] waiver that covers Covid-19 vaccines, testing, and treatments and demand that Congress pass funding to vaccinate the world and save lives.

    Next week, Biden will co-host the Second Global Covid-19 Summit, a virtual gathering of world leaders to "build on the themes and commitments" of last year's conference, at which the president urged nations to work toward vaccinating 70% of the world's population within a year.

    As of April, nearly 58% of the world's population, or around 4.4. billion people, had been fully vaccinated against the coronavirus, according to the Johns Hopkins Coronavirus Resource Center. However, Global South nations had far lower inoculation rates. In 16 countries—13 of them in Sub-Saharan Africa—less than 10% of people were fully vaccinated, with rates as low as 1% in Haiti and less than one-tenth of 1% in Burundi.

    Related Content

    The vigil comes as campaigners are rejecting the WTO's corporate-friendly alternate proposal to India and South Africa's TRIPS waiver. The WTO proposal, which was leaked in March, "not only fails to remove intellectual property barriers standing in the way of global access to Covid vaccines, tests, and treatments, it actually imposes some new ones," according to Arthur Stamoulis, executive director of the Trade Justice Education Fund.

    In a statement issued Tuesday, People's Vaccine Alliance co-chair Max Lawson said that "the text as it stands continues to place pharmaceutical corporate interests over the needs of global health."

    "WTO member states must urgently deliver a genuine intellectual property waiver that will turn the tide on global vaccine, test, and treatment inequality and make a difference in controlling this virus," asserted Lawson. "If WTO negotiations cannot deliver that after two years of a deadly pandemic, then we must admit that the institution is not fit for purpose."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Brett Wilkins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/04/candlelit-vigil-will-press-biden-to-deliver-covid-19-vaccine-patent-waiver/feed/ 0 296111
    Shanghai-based Ji Xiaolong joins ranks of COVID-19 dissidents in China https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/covid-dissidents-05032022122609.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/covid-dissidents-05032022122609.html#respond Tue, 03 May 2022 16:42:08 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/covid-dissidents-05032022122609.html Shanghai-based rights activist Ji Xiaolong, who was recently released on bail by police, vowed on Tuesday to keep speaking out against rights abuses in the city, much of which remains under tight restrictions amid renewed rounds of mass testing.

    Ji, who was incommunicado for two days after tweeting "The police are here looking for me" on Saturday. He told RFA late on Monday that he had been taken to the local police station for questioning.

    Police clad in full PPE started knocking on the door of his apartment in Yanlord Riverside City, Pudong New District at 3.00 p.m. on April 30, before breaking down the door and grabbing him and his wife.

    They gave no indication of their identity or purpose, but seized one of his laptops and two cell phones, as well as some letters he had exchanged with his wife in prison, Ji said.

    They were "disinfected" and subjected to PCR tests before being taken to Meiyuan New Village police station and interrogated separately.

    "I felt that something was up, because there were 10 of them this time, including two or three regular police officers from the local police station, some state security police from Pudong and also from the Shanghai municipal police department," Ji said. "There were maybe four or five high-ranking officers."

    Repeated calls to the Meiyuan New Village police station rang unanswered on Monday.

    Ji, who has already served a three-and-a-half year jail term for writing political graffiti in a Shanghai public toilet, has been a vocal critic of the ruling Chinese Communist Party (CCP)'s zero-COVID policy of stringent lockdowns, mass isolation and quarantine facilities and wave upon wave of PCR testing that has sparked public anger over the "total chaos" of their implementation.
    People in Shanghai have repeatedly complained of shortages of food and essential supplies and lack of access to life-saving medical treatment for those sick with something other than COVID-19, during the lockdown.

    Policemen wearing personal protective equipment (PPE) stand on a street during a Covid-19 coronavirus lockdown in the Jing'an district in Shanghai, May 3, 2022. Credit: AFP
    Policemen wearing personal protective equipment (PPE) stand on a street during a Covid-19 coronavirus lockdown in the Jing'an district in Shanghai, May 3, 2022. Credit: AFP
    Out on bond
    Ji was detained alongside his wife, who was released after a few hours, while he was released the following day on payment of a 1,000 yuan bond.

    "They confiscated by ID card, my passport and my cell phone, which has my Alipay account," Ji said. "I can't get a new SIM card because they took my ID," Ji said. "So now I can't go anywhere because you have to scan the [COVID-19] health code app to go anywhere."

    "I can't go to the mall, I can't ride the subway, and I can't take the bus," he said.

    His questioning came after he posted a petition to several social media platforms calling on the central government in Beijing and the municipal authorities in Shanghai to suspend the "zero-COVID" policy, and compensate Chinese citizens and businesses for the economic losses it incurred.

    Ji had also posted a number of video clips and posts about Shanghai under lockdown.

    During the interview, police confronted him with various comments he had made to overseas media organizations including RFA, the Epoch Times and New Tang Dynasty TV, as well as the petition he started, some video clips he reposted and some social media posts he made.

    Ji said he had admitted to giving the interviews, and told them he had taken steps to verify the video clips before forwarding them.

    His bail notice says he is currently under suspicion of "picking quarrels and stirring up trouble," a charge frequently used to target peaceful critics of the government.

    He said none of his interrogators had identified themselves to him, nor had they signed a transcript of the interview.

    "I firmly believe that I am innocent," Ji said. "I won't sit idly by and watch the people of Shanghai suffer, and I will continue [to speak out]."

    An undated photo of award-winning citizen journalist Zhang Zhan, who was sentenced in December 2020 to four years' imprisonment by the Shanghai Pudong New District People's Court after she reported from the front lines of the covid lockdown in Wuhan. Credit: Zhang Zhan.
    An undated photo of award-winning citizen journalist Zhang Zhan, who was sentenced in December 2020 to four years' imprisonment by the Shanghai Pudong New District People's Court after she reported from the front lines of the covid lockdown in Wuhan. Credit: Zhang Zhan.
    Citizen journalists in jail
    Ji isn't the first to be targeted by the authorities anxious to prevent news from the front line of the zero-COVID policy reaching the internet.

    Award-winning citizen journalist Zhang Zhan, whose family has said she is close to death in Shanghai Women's Prison, was sentenced in December 2020 to four years' imprisonment by the Shanghai Pudong New District People's Court, which found her guilty of "picking quarrels and stirring up trouble," after she reported from the front lines of the lockdown in Wuhan.

    Meanwhile, private businessman Fang Bin has been incommunicado for more than two years after he reported as a citizen journalist from the early days of the pandemic in Wuhan.

    He is believed to be in Wuhan's Jiang'an Detention Center pending a trial at the Jiang'an District People's Court, according to an unconfirmed account shared with RFA in recent months.

    U.S.-based constitutional scholar Wang Tiancheng said more pandemic dissidents will likely follow in Zhang, Fang and Ji's footsteps.

    "The situation will get worse and worse, and more people will be arrested for different reasons ... some for criticizing the government, or accused by the authorities of spreading rumors when they were just telling the truth," Wang told RFA.

    Six districts and five towns in Pudong were declared COVID-free by the Shanghai authorities on Sunday, but stringent lockdown conditions remain across nine other districts of the city.

    Ji was initially jailed for scribbling "Down with the Communist Party!" in a Shanghai public toilet as well as some satirical graffiti taking aim at CCP leader Xi Jinping's removal of the two-term limit for China's highest-ranking leaders.

    He was detained in July 2018 after calling on rights activists and democracy campaigners to respond to Xi's call for a "toilet revolution" by penning political slogans on the walls of toilets in universities and hospitals that could be seen by thousands.

    Ji was sentenced to three-and-a-half years' imprisonment by the Shanghai's Pudong District People's Court in January 2019, after it found him guilty of "picking quarrels and stirring up trouble" on the same day.

    Translated and edited by Luisetta Mudie.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Jia Ao.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/covid-dissidents-05032022122609.html/feed/ 0 295635
    “Long COVID”: Economic Devastation and Quarter of a Billion Pushed Into Extreme Poverty   https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/03/long-covid-economic-devastation-and-quarter-of-a-billion-pushed-into-extreme-poverty/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/03/long-covid-economic-devastation-and-quarter-of-a-billion-pushed-into-extreme-poverty/#respond Tue, 03 May 2022 04:19:45 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=129354 There is a terrifying prospect that in excess of a quarter of a billion more people will fall into extreme levels of poverty in 2022 alone. Without immediate radical action, we could be witnessing the most profound collapse of humanity into extreme poverty and suffering in memory. That is according to Oxfam International Executive Director Gabriela Bucher. […]

    The post “Long COVID”: Economic Devastation and Quarter of a Billion Pushed Into Extreme Poverty   first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    There is a terrifying prospect that in excess of a quarter of a billion more people will fall into extreme levels of poverty in 2022 alone. Without immediate radical action, we could be witnessing the most profound collapse of humanity into extreme poverty and suffering in memory.

    That is according to Oxfam International Executive Director Gabriela Bucher.

    She adds this scenario is made more sickening given that trillions of dollars have been captured by a tiny group of powerful men who have no interest in interrupting this trajectory.

    In its January 2021 report ‘The Inequality Virus’, Oxfam stated that the wealth of the world’s billionaires increased by $3.9tn between 18 March and 31 December 2020. Their total wealth then stood at $11.95tn, a 50 per cent increase in just 9.5 months.

    In 2021, an Oxfam review of IMF COVID-19 loans showed that 33 African countries were encouraged to pursue austerity policies. This despite the IMF’s own research showing austerity worsens poverty and inequality.

    Barely days into the shutdown of the global economy in April 2020, the Wall Street Journal ran the headline ‘IMF, World Bank Face Deluge of Aid Requests From Developing World‘. Scores of countries were asking for bailouts and loans from financial institutions with $1.2 trillion to lend.

    Prior to that, in late March, World Bank Group President David Malpass said that poorer countries would be ‘helped’ to get back on their feet after the various COVID-related lockdowns. However, any assistance would be on condition that further neoliberal reforms became embedded.

    Malpass said:

    For those countries that have excessive regulations, subsidies, licensing regimes, trade protection or litigiousness as obstacles, we will work with them to foster markets, choice and faster growth prospects during the recovery.

    Two years on and it is clear what ‘reforms’ really mean. In a press release issued on 19 April 2022, Oxfam International insists the IMF must abandon demands for austerity as a cost-of-living crisis continues to drive up hunger and poverty worldwide.

    According to Oxfam’s analysis, 13 out of the 15 IMF loan programmes negotiated during the second year of COVID require new austerity measures such as taxes on food and fuel or spending cuts that could put vital public services at risk. The IMF is also encouraging six additional countries to adopt similar measures.

    Kenya and the IMF agreed a $2.3 billion loan programme in 2021, which includes a three-year public sector pay freeze and increased taxes on cooking gas and food. More than three million Kenyans are facing acute hunger as the driest conditions in decades spread a devastating drought across the country. Oxfam says nearly half of all households in Kenya are having to borrow food or buy it on credit.

    At the same time nine countries, including Cameroon, Senegal and Surinam are required to introduce or increase the collection of VAT, a tax that disproportionately impacts people living in poverty.

    In Sudan, nearly half of the population live in poverty. However, it has been told to scrap fuel subsidies which will hit the poorest hardest. A country already reeling from international aid cuts, economic turmoil and rising prices for everyday basics such as food and medicine. More than 14 million people need humanitarian assistance (almost one in every three people) and 9.8 million are food insecure in Sudan.

    In addition, 10 countries are likely to freeze or cut public sector wages and jobs, which could mean lower quality of education and fewer nurses and doctors in countries already short of healthcare staff. Consider that Namibia had fewer than six doctors per 10,000 people in early 2020.

    Prior to Covid, the situation was bad enough. The IMF had consistently pushed a policy agenda based on cuts to public services, increases in taxes paid by the poorest and moves to undermine labour rights and protections. As a result, 52 per cent of Africans lack access to healthcare and 83 per cent have no safety nets to fall back on if they lose their job or become sick.

    Nabil Abdo, Oxfam International’s senior policy advisor, says:

    The IMF must suspend austerity conditions on existing loans and increase access to emergency financing. It should encourage countries to increase taxes on the wealthiest and corporations to replenish depleted coffers and shrink widening inequality.”

    It is interesting to note what could be achieved. For instance, Argentina has collected about $2.4 billion from its one-off pandemic wealth tax. Oxfam estimates that a ‘Pandemic Profits Tax’ on 32 super-profitable global companies could have generated $104 billion in revenue in 2020 alone.

    Many governments are nearing debt default and being forced to slash public spending to pay creditors and import food and fuel. The world’s poorest countries are due to pay $43 billion in debt repayments in 2022, which could otherwise cover the costs of their food imports. Oil and gas giants are reporting record-breaking profits, with similar trends expected to play out in the food and beverage sector.

    Oxfam and Development Finance International (DFI) have also revealed that 43 out of 55 African Union member states face public expenditure cuts totalling $183 billion over the next five years.

    Oxfam says that, despite COVID costs piling up and billionaire wealth rising more since COVID than in the previous 14 years combined, governments — with few exceptions — have failed to increase taxes on the richest.

    Gabriela Bucher rejects any notion that governments do not have the money or means to lift all people out of poverty and hunger and ensure their health and welfare. She says the G20, World Bank and IMF must immediately cancel debts and increase aid to poorer countries and act to protect ordinary people from an avoidable catastrophe.

    Nabil Abdo says:

    The pandemic is not over for most of the world. Rising energy bills and food prices are hurting poor countries most. They need help boosting access to basic services and social protection, not harsh conditions that kick people when they are down.

    The ‘pandemic’ is not over for most of the world – for sure. People too often conflate the effects of COVID-related policies with the impact of COVID itself. It is these policies that have caused the ongoing devastation to lives and livelihoods.

    What it has amounted to is a multi-trillion-dollar bailout for a capitalist economy that was in meltdown prior to COVID. This came in the form of trillions of dollars pumped into financial markets by the US Fed (in the months prior to March 2020) and ‘COVID relief’.

    As the world’s richest people lined their pockets even more in the past two years, COVID IMF loans are now piling more misery on some of the world’s poorest people. For them, ‘long COVID’ is biting austerity – their ‘new normal’.

    All this resulting from policies supposedly brought in to protect public health – a claim that rings hollower by the day.

    The post “Long COVID”: Economic Devastation and Quarter of a Billion Pushed Into Extreme Poverty   first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Colin Todhunter.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/03/long-covid-economic-devastation-and-quarter-of-a-billion-pushed-into-extreme-poverty/feed/ 0 295464
    Take action, don’t just offer words, MEAA tells Australia on media freedom https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/02/take-action-dont-just-offer-words-meaa-tells-australia-on-media-freedom/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/02/take-action-dont-just-offer-words-meaa-tells-australia-on-media-freedom/#respond Mon, 02 May 2022 22:22:18 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=73575 Pacific Media Watch newsdesk

    The next Australian government must recommit to press freedom by putting in place overdue reforms to support public interest journalism, says the union for Australia’s media workers.

    On World Press Freedom Day, the Media, Entertainment and Arts Alliance is calling on all political parties to act on a range of reforms that are needed to ensure journalists can continue to perform their essential work finding facts, seeking the truth and holding power to account.

    MEAA media federal president Karen Percy said the role of public interest journalism in a democratic society had been highlighted by the covid-19 pandemic, when there has been confusion and debate about what is true and what is false, often exploited by deliberate disinformation campaigns.

    “We know from the covid-19 pandemic that the work of journalists saves lives, informs the public, improves public policy and holds the powerful to account,” Percy said in a statement.

    “But we’ve also witnessed how people have been confused about what is true and what is false with their vulnerabilities exploited by those pushing disinformation campaigns.

    “Australians have relied on journalists to accurately and impartially convey important information, but our jobs have been made all the more difficult when governments suppress information, refuse to answer questions, hide information under the pretext of national security, and when defamation laws are used to quash accountability.

    “So, on World Press Freedom Day 2022, it is timely to call for our political leaders — and those aspiring to lead us — to respect and honour public interest journalism, to put accountability and transparency at the heart of our democracy.

    “Because without a free press, democracy dies.”

    With the federal election underway, MEAA has submitted to the major parties our key priorities for reform to protect media freedom and support public interest journalism.

    Among the reforms that are needed are:

    • Boosting the Public Interest News Gathering (PING) programme for a minimum of three years with $150 million per annum available to the small and medium news sectors, with substantial funds quarantined for providers of regional news services.
    • Restoration of adequate funding to public broadcasters the ABC and SBS, with greater certainty over a five-year funding cycle.
    • Implementing reforms to protect whistle blowers who disclose confidential information to media in the public interest.
    • Conducting an urgent review of Australia’s security laws to remove impediments and sanctions against public interest journalism.
    • Harmonising journalism shield laws across all national, state and territory jurisdictions to protect journalists from identifying sources.
    • Introduce new provisions to ensure that any future media mergers meet a “diversity of voices” test before they are approved by government regulators.
    • Financial reforms to enable the costs of journalism to be offset via taxation incentives.
    • Increasing international advocacy in support of journalists and allied workers when they are exposed to arbitrary detention, imprisonment and threats to their life, and adopting the International Federation of Journalists’ International Convention on the Safety and Independence of Journalists and Other Media Professionals.

    Today, MEAA is also releasing its annual report into the state of press freedom in Australia, titled Truth vs Disinformation: the Challenge for Public Interest Journalism.

    The report examines the impact of covid-related disinformation campaigns on journalism and press freedom, including increases in violent attacks, harassment and threats against journalists.

    The report is available at pressfreedom.org.au.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/02/take-action-dont-just-offer-words-meaa-tells-australia-on-media-freedom/feed/ 0 295415
    Take action, don’t just offer words, MEAA tells Australia on media freedom https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/02/take-action-dont-just-offer-words-meaa-tells-australia-on-media-freedom-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/02/take-action-dont-just-offer-words-meaa-tells-australia-on-media-freedom-2/#respond Mon, 02 May 2022 22:22:18 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=73575 Pacific Media Watch newsdesk

    The next Australian government must recommit to press freedom by putting in place overdue reforms to support public interest journalism, says the union for Australia’s media workers.

    On World Press Freedom Day, the Media, Entertainment and Arts Alliance is calling on all political parties to act on a range of reforms that are needed to ensure journalists can continue to perform their essential work finding facts, seeking the truth and holding power to account.

    MEAA media federal president Karen Percy said the role of public interest journalism in a democratic society had been highlighted by the covid-19 pandemic, when there has been confusion and debate about what is true and what is false, often exploited by deliberate disinformation campaigns.

    “We know from the covid-19 pandemic that the work of journalists saves lives, informs the public, improves public policy and holds the powerful to account,” Percy said in a statement.

    “But we’ve also witnessed how people have been confused about what is true and what is false with their vulnerabilities exploited by those pushing disinformation campaigns.

    “Australians have relied on journalists to accurately and impartially convey important information, but our jobs have been made all the more difficult when governments suppress information, refuse to answer questions, hide information under the pretext of national security, and when defamation laws are used to quash accountability.

    “So, on World Press Freedom Day 2022, it is timely to call for our political leaders — and those aspiring to lead us — to respect and honour public interest journalism, to put accountability and transparency at the heart of our democracy.

    “Because without a free press, democracy dies.”

    With the federal election underway, MEAA has submitted to the major parties our key priorities for reform to protect media freedom and support public interest journalism.

    Among the reforms that are needed are:

    • Boosting the Public Interest News Gathering (PING) programme for a minimum of three years with $150 million per annum available to the small and medium news sectors, with substantial funds quarantined for providers of regional news services.
    • Restoration of adequate funding to public broadcasters the ABC and SBS, with greater certainty over a five-year funding cycle.
    • Implementing reforms to protect whistle blowers who disclose confidential information to media in the public interest.
    • Conducting an urgent review of Australia’s security laws to remove impediments and sanctions against public interest journalism.
    • Harmonising journalism shield laws across all national, state and territory jurisdictions to protect journalists from identifying sources.
    • Introduce new provisions to ensure that any future media mergers meet a “diversity of voices” test before they are approved by government regulators.
    • Financial reforms to enable the costs of journalism to be offset via taxation incentives.
    • Increasing international advocacy in support of journalists and allied workers when they are exposed to arbitrary detention, imprisonment and threats to their life, and adopting the International Federation of Journalists’ International Convention on the Safety and Independence of Journalists and Other Media Professionals.

    Today, MEAA is also releasing its annual report into the state of press freedom in Australia, titled Truth vs Disinformation: the Challenge for Public Interest Journalism.

    The report examines the impact of covid-related disinformation campaigns on journalism and press freedom, including increases in violent attacks, harassment and threats against journalists.

    The report is available at pressfreedom.org.au.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/02/take-action-dont-just-offer-words-meaa-tells-australia-on-media-freedom-2/feed/ 0 295416
    Nobel laureates Ramos-Horta, Ressa demand freedoms, fight for democracy https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/02/nobel-laureates-ramos-horta-ressa-demand-freedoms-fight-for-democracy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/02/nobel-laureates-ramos-horta-ressa-demand-freedoms-fight-for-democracy/#respond Mon, 02 May 2022 14:03:55 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=73561 By Sofia Tomacruz in Manila

    Nobel laureates José Ramos-Horta and Maria Ressa have urged Southeast Asians to keep working toward a better region where democratic freedoms are protected in lecture leading into World Press Freedom Day on May 3.


    Nobel laureates José Ramos-Horta and Maria Ressa have called on Southeast Asians to fight for democracy and continue demanding human rights amid growing threats to democratic freedoms in the region.

    Ramos-Horta, a longtime politician and independence leader in Timor-Leste, along with Ressa, veteran journalist and co-founder of Rappler, made the statements in an online lecture titled “Freedom in Southeast Asia” last Tuesday.

    The discussion centred on ethical issues and the future of the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) in the areas of governing democracy, human rights, freedom of speech, freedom of the press, and social media.

    “We have to keep fighting to improve democracy, perfect democracy as we have been fighting for decades, continue understanding that there will be setbacks, there will be triumphs for democracy again,” Ramos-Horta said.

    Ramos-Horta recently won Timor-Leste’s presidential election, gaining 62 percent of votes after facing off with incumbent President Francisco “Lu Olo” Guterres, who secured 37 percent.

    Ramos-Horta, one of East Timor’s best known political figures, was also president from 2007 to 2012, and prime minister and foreign minister before that.

    Ramos-Horta said part of the reason he decided to run for public office again was inadequate government response to crises like the covid-19 pandemic. The president-elect said he would work to respond to global economic pressures, including supply chain issues stemming from the Russia-Ukraine war and covid-19 lockdowns in China.

    ‘Demand good governance’
    “Don’t lose sight of what is important. Fight, but fight not with radicalism but fight with brains, wisdom, and a great deal of humility,” Ramos-Horta said.

    Ressa, who covered Ramos-Horta as a journalist, echoed this call, saying that people in Southeast Asia “must continue demanding our rights and demanding good governance.”

    “Our public officials need to realize that in the end, their struggle for power should not impede on the ability to deliver what their citizens need,” she said.


    The full media freedom lecture. Video: Rappler

    ‘Enlightened self-interest’
    Ressa, who has reported on democracy movements in Southeast Asia, said ASEAN has not been able to live up to its promises since it was founded in 1967. While advances have been made, the fight to protect democracy, she said, faces steeper challenges, including the use of social media platforms to spread lies and hate.

    Ressa challenged leaders and the public to practice “enlightened self-interest” in an effort to foster a code of ethics that could push back against corruption and abuse.

    Nobel Peace laureate Maria Ressa
    Nobel Peace laureate Maria Ressa … “I can distill almost everything wrong into two words: power and money – and how do you put guardrails around the people who have that?. Image: RSF

    “I can distill almost everything wrong into two words: power and money – and how do you put guardrails around the people who have that? Ethics, rules-based [order], and they themselves limit themselves because there is a greater good. This is not just ASEAN, it is universal,” she said.

    In fighting for democracy in the region, the Rappler co-founder also urged young people to first think of what they consider important and what freedoms they are willing to fight for.

    She said: “Because of social media, democracy now is a person-to-person battle for integrity. And so the question for you is, where do you draw the line?

    “How well will you give up some of your power to others in order to have a better world? What kind of leader not only do you want, but what kind of leader do you want to be?”

    Ramos-Horta reminded the public to “live up to the responsibility” the region has in Myanmar, where a military coup plunged the country into turmoil, derailing a decade of democratic reforms and economic gain.

    Expected to join ASEAN
    Ramos-Horta earlier said he expected Timor-Leste to become the 11th member of the ASEAN “within this year or next year at the latest.” It currently holds observer status in the bloc – and also observer status with the Pacific Islands Forum.

    “The message to the young people: You want a better Southeast Asia? You want a better region, better community that is generous, embracing of everyone because Southeast Asia is extraordinarily rich in diversity – and that makes Southeast Asia unique – then fight for it,” he said.

    “Do not abandon the people of Myanmar who feel completely abandoned. That is the absolute priority for us in Southeast Asia,” he added.

    Sofia Tomacruz is a Rappler reporter. Republished with permission.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/02/nobel-laureates-ramos-horta-ressa-demand-freedoms-fight-for-democracy/feed/ 0 295295
    Amazon Terminated Paid Sick Leave for Covid-19 Day After Union Vote Ended https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/02/amazon-terminated-paid-sick-leave-for-covid-19-day-after-union-vote-ended/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/02/amazon-terminated-paid-sick-leave-for-covid-19-day-after-union-vote-ended/#respond Mon, 02 May 2022 13:16:50 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/336563
    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Jake Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/02/amazon-terminated-paid-sick-leave-for-covid-19-day-after-union-vote-ended/feed/ 0 295309
    A Campaign Against Critical Thinking https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/01/a-campaign-against-critical-thinking/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/01/a-campaign-against-critical-thinking/#respond Sun, 01 May 2022 17:29:09 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=129328 The tools of psychology are dangerous in the hands of the wrong men. Modern educational methods can be applied in therapy to streamline man’s brain and change his opinions so that his thinking conforms with certain ideological systems. — Joost A. M. Meerloo, The Rape Of The Mind, 1956. Since the declaration of the Covid-19 […]

    The post A Campaign Against Critical Thinking first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    The tools of psychology are dangerous in the hands of the wrong men. Modern educational methods can be applied in therapy to streamline man’s brain and change his opinions so that his thinking conforms with certain ideological systems.

    — Joost A. M. Meerloo, The Rape Of The Mind, 1956.

    Since the declaration of the Covid-19 Pandemic in March, 2020, the phenomenon of “mass formation psychosis”, essentially hypnosis at population level, has become a major subject for discussion, due largely to interviews of psychiatrist Mattias Desmet. Becoming aware of it, one begins to recognize the effects of the cultivation of anxiety and mental confusion, of the steady diet of terrifying data, of constantly changing and conflicting information, of enforced compliance to shifting policies demanding physical and visual isolation.

    Joost Meerloo, in Rape Of The Mind, described totalitarian methods throughout the ages used to force obedience. Modern society, with its refined techniques in marketing and mass communication, he wrote, “tends to robotize and automatize man.” Where competing interpretations of reality are censored, what is constantly repeated “fixes patterns of thought”, which patterns assume realities of their own. “He who dictates and formulates the words and phrases we use, he who is master of the press [and TV], is master of the mind.”

    Countering totalitarian technique calls for critical thinking, a pattern of thought hesitant to accept information immediately at face value. Critical thinkers look for inconsistencies within narratives. It’s said that critical thinking can’t be taught, because accumulated life experience is a factor in its ultimate development, if it ever develops at all in a lifetime. On the other hand, critical thinking is open to cultivation, and presumably its cultivation is a feature of liberal education.

    Given that, the online search technique now advocated by the Center for an Informed Public came as a surprise for anyone used to seeing critical thinking as a positive trait. The SIFT method, so called, which boasts about the speed with which one can make quick judgments of online material — as briefly as within 30-seconds — would seem to be a recipe for superficiality that brings to mind claims that society is being “dumbed down”. The professed target of SIFT is the evil of “misinformation” — that Pandemic-era charge that is oddly vague beyond its failure to hue to an official, but conflict-riddled, story. SIFT is based on a four-step system suggesting that one often makes better decisions with less information rather than with more.

    The New York Times showcased SIFT with an opinion piece subtitled “Critical thinking, as we’re taught to do it, isn’t helping in the fight against misinformation”. One is prompted to “stop overthinking”, because “the goal of disinformation is to capture attention, and critical thinking is deep attention”, this causing people to fall prey to bad actors such as conspiracy theorists who can “warp your perspective”. An example of the SIFT method uses Robert F. Kennedy, Jr., long a target of the NY Times, which paper, remarkably, will not review Kennedy’s The Real Anthony Fauci, nor will it even post a paid ad for the book.

    In the example, Kennedy’s name is Googled — “Look how fast this is” — to a sentence on a Wikipedia page identifying Kennedy as anti-vaccine and a conspiracy theorist. Two other sources, a fact checker and the NIH, indicate Kennedy’s views as “outside the consensus”. Not being in accord with majority thinking indicates bias, “And that’s good enough to know we should probably just move on.”

    In 2016, there appeared a website, PropOrNot, claiming that Russia was manipulating US opinion online. What stands out is that examples by PropOrNot of information sources that “produce large amounts of propaganda content” are substantially a recitation of excellent sites for crucial information shunned by monopoly media, and for sources of incisive, in-depth analysis and commentary (take a look!), e.g. Corbett Report, Activist Post, Global Research, Paul Craig Roberts, and the like.

    What makes PropOrNot momentous, in this case, is that the Washington Post, in an article “Russian propaganda effort helped spread ‘fake news’ during election, experts say” included PropOrNot, describing it as “a nonpartisan collection of researchers with foreign policy, military and technology backgrounds”. Nonpartisan? Hardly! For America’s number 2 “Newspaper of Record”, famously a CIA mouthpiece, to give credence to PropOrNot was an assault against foremost sources challenging official narrative.

    Another Washington Post piece invites readers to take a confusing quiz to determine “Will you fall into the conspiracy theory rabbit hole?.” Example: Reader is to choose, from 4 items, the only one declared to be backed by evidence. However, a careful search of the items (GMO food dangers; LSD experiments; AIDS spread; Coronavirus creation) reveals that every one has at least some details open to question. The quiz, in effect, implies that certain questionable issues are “case closed,” when they truly are not. Items covered in the quiz (e.g., election fraud, JFK assassination, false flags, Russian collusion, Rothschilds, Deep State, climate change, et al.) are seemingly matched so as to delegitimize certain avenues of exploration.

    In The Rape Of The Mind, in a chapter titled “Mental Contagion And Mass Delusion,” Meerloo writes: “The lie I tell ten times becomes a half truth to me. And as I continue to tell my half truth to others, it becomes my cherished delusion.” Since the Pandemic was declared, the official framework of falsehoods has become truth for much of humanity. Yet some saw through the deception early on. How come?

    Igor Chudov, a former student of behavioral economist Richard Thaler, believes those who recognized the fraud are critical thinkers (Chudov has broken with Thaler who is now a central figure in the project to maximize “vaccine uptake” in society1 ). Chudov, cites the famous Asch conformity experiments that reveal how easily people are seduced by majority opinion. He is interested in critical thinkers, and at his Substack site he invites those who saw through the Pandemic deception to explain their experience.

    A key revelation of the Asch experiments was the importance of dissenting voices in countering projects directed toward mass conformity. The dissenter is a reminder that prevailing consensus might be absolutely wrong. This is why departure from the official pharmaceutical/governmental Covid Pandemic story line is attacked as “misinformation” with such viciousness and is pilloried in mainstream media (mass conformity having become a principle MSM aim). From the standpoint of the engineers of the Pandemic narrative, with its goal of injecting humanity with RNA technology, critical thinking is a direct threat, and it is being undercut by every means available.

    1. Thaler joined with Cass Sunstein to produce the book Nudge, which deals with techniques to influence public decision making. In 2008, Sunstein authored Conspiracy Theories, in which he advocates for “cognitive infiltration”, the sending of governmental agents into communities of dissenting citizens in order to foster thinking desired by government. Sunstein was thereafter (2009-2012) made Administrator of the White House Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs in the Obama Administration. Thaler and Sunstein use their influence in the interest of overcoming “vaccine hesitancy.”
    The post A Campaign Against Critical Thinking first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Bill Willers.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/01/a-campaign-against-critical-thinking/feed/ 0 295168
    NZ border reopens to international and Pacific visitors tonight https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/30/nz-border-reopens-to-international-and-pacific-visitors-tonight/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/30/nz-border-reopens-to-international-and-pacific-visitors-tonight/#respond Sat, 30 Apr 2022 23:32:18 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=73472 RNZ News

    For the first time in more than two years, New Zealand’s border will reopen to international visitors at midnight tonight.

    On 19 March 2020, New Zealand snapped its border shut to anyone without citizenship or residency, before any covid-19-related deaths were recorded.

    It was the first time in our history such a move was made, with the ban also including those from the Pacific.

    Today, the countdown is on to welcome back vaccinated visitors from visa waiver countries.

    New Zealand’s already reopened the border to vaccinated Australians and some international students.

    Air New Zealand chief executive Greg Foran said almost 1000 people will arrive on the first three flights, which will come from Los Angeles, San Francisco, and Fiji.

    The airline has been struggling to prepare for the influx in international visitors due to staff recruitment issues.

    The Ministry of Health reported 14 more more deaths with covid-19 and a further 8242 new community cases on Friday.

    The seven-day rolling average of case numbers was 7540, down from last week’s 8166.

    The total number of reported deaths with covid-19 rose to 737

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/30/nz-border-reopens-to-international-and-pacific-visitors-tonight/feed/ 0 295095
    Shanghai citizens bang pots and pans to protest COVID-19 lockdown https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/29/shanghai-citizens-bang-pots-and-pans-to-protest-covid-19-lockdown/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/29/shanghai-citizens-bang-pots-and-pans-to-protest-covid-19-lockdown/#respond Fri, 29 Apr 2022 17:09:44 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=d58a23b6825cbf9a045f4b18a3cfb481
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/29/shanghai-citizens-bang-pots-and-pans-to-protest-covid-19-lockdown/feed/ 0 294838
    ‘Shooting ourselves in the foot’ – NZ doctor calls for tighter mask rules https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/28/shooting-ourselves-in-the-foot-nz-doctor-calls-for-tighter-mask-rules/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/28/shooting-ourselves-in-the-foot-nz-doctor-calls-for-tighter-mask-rules/#respond Thu, 28 Apr 2022 22:10:25 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=73395 By Rowan Quinn, RNZ News health correspondent

    Wearing glasses or getting a runny nose is enough to qualify for a mask exemption under current New Zealand’s Ministry of Health criteria — and a doctor says its time for tougher rules.

    Hearing aids, hayfever or a tendency to get dry eyes are also reasons to request the legally binding card that says you do not need to wear a mask when normally required to under covid-19 rules.

    Some doctors say the reasons are far too loose, with people simply needing to tick just one of the symptoms on the ministry’s website list to get an exemption card sent to them.

    Northland medicine specialist Dr Gary Payinda said the card was a great idea for people who had legitimate reasons for not wearing a mask.

    But the current list of criteria was so wide it was absurd — almost everyone in the country would qualify, he said.

    “If we’ve made it so easy that literally anyone can click a box and say I have a ‘condition’ … we really have to ask is it still a public health measure.”

    With so many other measures relaxed, masks were one of the last lines of defence against the virus, and so everyone who could wear one, should be, he said.

    Compromising public health measures
    He told RNZ Morning Report that compromising one of the most effective public health measures was not doing the community a good service.

    “We want the right people to be protected by this law and we want masks to still be a meaningful way of reducing the burden of covid in the community.”

    “If we make an exemption process so easy to get that it’s meaningless, we’re shooting ourselves in the foot.

    “I want masks to be legitimate and used and trusted, and that won’t be the case if anyone can literally tick the box and say, ‘face coverings give me a runny nose’ and that’s enough to get a mask exemption.”

    The criteria have come under scrutiny as the government changes the process for getting a mask exemption card.

    Until now, cards were issued by the Disabled Persons Assembly but the new ones are issued by the Ministry of Health and have legal standing.

    They are intended for people to show to shops or other businesses so they do not have to explain potentially sensitive reasons why they may have an exemption.

    The ministry said it had tried to make the process for applying for a card uncomplicated to avoid marginalising vulnerable communities.

    Small minority misuses system
    The vast majority of New Zealanders had shown they wanted to do the right thing to protect their communities and only a small minority had tried to misuse the system, it said.

    A spokesperson indicated the criteria may be changed as the new card comes into effect but was not able to respond with more details before RNZ’s deadline.

    Existing cards, issued with the current criteria, can still be used when the new ones come into effect.

    The Disabled Persons Assembly welcomed the new card system, telling Midday Report the old system had been causing distress for some in the disabled community.

    Prudence Walker said people had not been believed, refused service or had the police called on them.

    She hoped the new card would improve things.

    Dr Payinda said there were many good reasons — because of both physical and mental health — that people could not wear masks and he supported them doing that but the current list was open to abuse.

    Current criteria wideranging
    The current criteria for requesting a card according to the Ministry of Health website include having the following conditions if they make wearing a mask difficult: asthma; sensitive skin or a skin condition like eczema; wearing hearing aids; getting migraines, having glasses, dry eyes or contact lenses; hay fever; difficulty breathing; dizziness, headaches, nausea or tiredness; a runny nose from wearing a face covering; a physical or mental illness, condition or disability.

    Needing to communicate with someone who is deaf or hard of hearing is also one of the criteria.

    Covid-19 modeller Dr Dion O’Neale said attempting to force those who were adamantly opposed to masks to wear one wouldn’t be effective.

    “If they want to be difficult about it they’ll manage to tick the box and say I’m wearing it, and wear it badly.”

    Most people did want to protect themselves and those around them, so it was important to keep the messaging clear on how masks work and when to wear them, he told Morning Report.

    “It’s physics. The mask, if it’s well fitted, it’s going to be filtering out small particles. If those particles are viruses you’re not going to be infected by them, or if you’re breathing in a much smaller number of those particles you’re going to have a much lower exposure dose, so your infection risk is much lower.”

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/28/shooting-ourselves-in-the-foot-nz-doctor-calls-for-tighter-mask-rules/feed/ 0 294532
    It’s About Time https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/28/its-about-time/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/28/its-about-time/#respond Thu, 28 Apr 2022 20:59:17 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=129250 Isn’t it always? With the start of World War III by the United States “declaring” war against Russia by its actions in Ukraine, we have entered a time when the end of time has become very possible.  I am speaking of nuclear annihilation. I look down at my great-uncle’s gold Elgin pocket watch from the […]

    The post It’s About Time first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    Isn’t it always?

    With the start of World War III by the United States “declaring” war against Russia by its actions in Ukraine, we have entered a time when the end of time has become very possible.  I am speaking of nuclear annihilation.

    I look down at my great-uncle’s gold Elgin pocket watch from the 19th century.  His name was John Patrick Whalen, an Irish immigrant to the U.S. who fled England’s colonialist created famine in Ireland.  It tells me it is 5:15 PM on April 21, 2022, a date, coincidentlly, with a history.  No doubt John looked at his watch on this date in 1898 when the United States, after the USS Maine exploded from within in Havana harbor (a possible false flag attack), declared war on Spain in order to confiscate Spanish territories – Cuba, Puerto Rico, Guam, and the Philippines.  One colonial power replaced another and then proceeded over the long decades to wage war and slaughter these island peoples.  Imperialism never dies.  It is timeless.

    One hundred-and twenty-four years go by in a flash and it’s still the same old story.  In 1898 the yellow press screamed Spanish devils and today it screams Russian devils.  Then and now the press called for war.  If the human race is still here in another 124 years, time and the corporate media will no doubt have told the same story – war and propaganda’s lies to an insouciant and ignorant population too hypnotized by propaganda to oppose them. This despite the apocalyptic sense that permeates our lives because of demonic technology and its use to transform humans into machines who can’t think clearly enough to perceive reality and realize the threat posed by that quintessential technological invention – nuclear weapons.

    This is not uplifting, but it’s true.  The nuclear weapons are primed and ready to fly.  The U.S. insists on its first-strike right to launch them.  It openly declares it is seeking the overthrow of the Russian government.  Russia says it will use nuclear weapons only if its existence is threatened, which has become increasingly so because of U.S. provocations over a long time period and its current expanding arming of Ukraine’s government and its neo-Nazi forces.

    The Russian President Vladimir Putin and its Foreign Secretary Sergei Lavrov have just warned the U.S. that such involvement has made nuclear war a “serious” and “real” risk, in Lavrov’s words “we must not underestimate it,” which is a mild form of diplomatic speech. Putin said that Russia has made all the preparations to respond if it senses a strategic threat to Russia and that response will be “instant, it will be quick.”  The U.S. response is to shrug these statements off, just as it has done so for many years with Putin’s complaints about NATO forces moving up to its border.  Incredibly, Biden has said, “For God’s sake, this man (Putin) cannot remain in power.”

    Despite endless media/intelligence anti-Russian propaganda – “a vast tapestry of lies,” to use Harold Pinter’s phrase – many fine writers have provided the historical details to confirm the truth that the U.S. has purposely provoked the Russian war in Ukraine by its actions there and throughout Eastern Europe, which the mainstream media avoid completely. This U.S. aggressive history against Russia is part of a much larger history of imperial hubris extending back to the 19th century.  I will therefore here follow Thoreau’s advice – “If you are acquainted with the principle, what do you care for a myriad instances and applications?” – since how many times do people need to hear lies such as “Iraq has weapons of mass destruction” in order to justify wars of aggression around the world.  The historical facts are very clear, but facts and history don’t seem to matter to many people. Pinter again, in his Nobel Address, bluntly told the truth about the U.S.’s history of systematic and remorseless war crimes: “Nothing ever happened. Even while it was happening it wasn’t happening. It didn’t matter. It was of no interest.”  Which is still the case.

    So time is my focus, for the last days have arrived unless there occurs a radical awakening to the obvious truth that the U.S. government is pushing the world to the brink of disaster in full awareness of the consequences.  Its actions are insane, yet insanity has become the norm.  Insane leaders and a catatonic, hypnotized public lead to disaster.

    I write these words with an old fountain pen, a high school graduation gift, to somehow comfort and remind myself that when we were this close once before in October 1962, Kennedy and Khrushchev miraculously found a solution to the Cuban Missile Crisis; and to find hope now, and that when my time is up and I join John Patrick in the other world, things will have changed for my children and grand-children.  It is admittedly the hope of a desperado.

    The last few years of the Covid-19 propaganda have served to further distort people’s sense of time, a distortion years in the making through the introduction of digital technology with its accompanying numerical time clicks and its severing of our natural sense of time that is tied to the rising and falling of the tides and the turning of the days and seasons, a feeling that is being lost. Such felt sense of time’s texture could be slow or faster, but it had limits.  We now live in a world without limits, which, as the ancient Greeks knew, demands payback.

    For years before Covid 19, the sense of speed time was dominant, supported by the politically-introduced state of a constant emergency after September 11, 2001 with the urgency to hurry and keep up or one would fall behind.  Keep up with what was never explained.  Hurry why?  Fast and faster was the rule with constant busyness that served the very useful social function of leaving no time for thinking, which was the point, but it made many feel as though they were engaged.  And constantly alert for “terrorists” to come knocking.  Thus the long wars in Afghanistan, Iraq, Syria, Libya, Yemen, etc., all of which continue via various subterfuges.

    Then, presto, all this frenzied time sense came to a stop with the 2020 lockdowns, when time got very slow, but not slow in the natural sense but an enforced slowness.  People were locked up.  Not only was it stupefying but stultifying and an existential drag.  This went on for two years with the prisoners allowed short respites only to be rounded back up and locked down again. Jabbed and jolted was the plan.  When will it ever end? was the common cry, as despair and depression spread and scrambled minds led to suicides and mindless screen entertainment.  This was planned education for a trans-human future in which the cell phone will be central to totalitarian control if people do not rebel.

    Those behind the Covid-19 and war propaganda are fanatical technocrats who seek total control of the world’s population through digital technology.  Now they have temporarily let the people out of one type of cell and dramatically sped up time with frantic war propaganda against Russia.  The great English writer John Berger said it perfectly:

    Every ruling minority needs to numb, and, if possible, to kill the time-sense of those whom it exploits. This is the authoritarian secret of all methods  of   imprisonment.

    Everyone is now doing time while scrolling messages on the walls of their cell phones.  A twisted, convoluted, distorted, mechanical time in which it seems that there is no history and the future is an endless road of more of the same.

    Some say we have all the time in the world.  I say no, that we have entered a new time, perhaps the end-time, when the world’s end is a very real possibility.  Hypnotized people can agree to anything, even mass-suicide, unless they snap out of it.  This can only happen with a return to slowness in the old sense, when people once felt time in their hearts, rhythms attuned to the rising and falling of nature’s reality.  Time to think and contemplate the fate of the earth when nuclear war is contemplated.  Yes, “We must not underestimate it.”

    It’s about time.

    Isn’t it always?

    The post It’s About Time first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Edward Curtin.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/28/its-about-time/feed/ 0 294501
    Son of Dalian Wanda billionaire banned from Weibo after criticism of COVID-19 policy https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/weibo-covid-ban-04282022140355.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/weibo-covid-ban-04282022140355.html#respond Thu, 28 Apr 2022 18:19:13 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/weibo-covid-ban-04282022140355.html Government censors have banned the son of Dalian Wanda billionaire tycoon Wang Jianlin from posting on a major social media platform after he cast aspersions on a traditional Chinese medicine (TCM) formula currently being distributed to homes around the country to treat COVID-19, state media reported.

    Online influencer Wang Sicong was banned for life from Weibo on Tuesday for "violating relevant laws and regulations," the Global Times newspaper, which has close ties to ruling Chinese Communist Party (CCP) paper the People's Daily, reported.

    It said the ban came after Wang's "controversial remarks on Weibo about Chinese herbal medicine Lianhua Qingwen," and that the comments have now been deleted.

    The last post to remain visible on Wang's account is dated April 14, and takes issue with the popular belief that Lianhua Qingwen has been recommended by the World Health Organization (WHO) for the treatment of COVID-19, the Global Times said.

    "The post also raised doubts about the efficacy of Lianhua Qingwen, claiming that its producer Yiling Pharmaceutical should come under scrutiny from related authorities," it said.

    The paper said Wang had also called on the China Securities Regulatory Commission investigate the medicine's makers, Yiling Pharmaceutical, but later deleted the remark.

    "Lianhua Qingwen has been widely used to treat COVID-19 patients in China and is currently being distributed to almost every household in Shanghai," it said, adding that some 15 billion yuan was wiped from Yiling Pharmaceutical share prices after Wang's post appeared.

    Wang, 34, is the only son of Wang Jianlin, one of the richest people in China.

    Residents play table tennis at a residential area under lockdown to curb the spread of the Covid-19 coronavirus in Panjiayuan, Chaoyang district, in Beijing, April 27, 2022. Credit: AFP
    Residents play table tennis at a residential area under lockdown to curb the spread of the Covid-19 coronavirus in Panjiayuan, Chaoyang district, in Beijing, April 27, 2022. Credit: AFP
    Challenging official narrative
    YouTuber and current affairs commentator Yue Ge said Wang's privileged background likely led him to believe he could challenge the official CCP narrative on social media, something that has resulted in expulsion from the party and even prison sentences for outspoken members of the elite under CCP leader Xi Jinping.

    "He mainly studied in the UK, and he was admitted to some prestigious schools, and went to University College London, which cultivates subversive thinking," Yue Ge said. "Western education has no qualms about cultivating critical minds."

    "The second generation of super-rich has a lot of wealth, but also operates outside of the [political] system, with not much in the way of official curbs," Yue Ge said.

    He said Wang had also been highly critical in online comments of the lockdowns in Shanghai that have left people struggling to get enough to eat amid stringent restrictions on the movement of trucks and delivery personnel.

    "What Wang Sicong said about any lack of access to food in the 21st century being due to politics ... can be understood as a criticism of the CCP's disease prevention policies," he said. "Some even thought he was questioning the legitimacy of CCP rule."

    Current affairs commentator Wei Xin said Wang was likely voicing simmering public discontent over lockdowns in Shanghai.

    "Wang Sicong's comments weren't just a form of personal expression, but also a form of political protest," Wei said. "What may have been a casual comment on Weibo actually reflects deep discontent among Chinese capitalists."

    "Wang Sicong was the kid who shouted out that the emperor wasn't wearing any clothes."

    Financial elite no longer safe
    Wei said the move to silence Wang comes after the CCP under Xi has rolled back privileges for the financial elite, imposing CCP committees at boardroom level and intervening in labor disputes likely to cause social unrest.

    "The second generation of capitalists, represented here by Wang Sicong, is currently at a very delicate crossroads," he said. "They are eager for political recognition, and even if that's hard for them to achieve under the current system, it will inevitably mean further conflicts in future."

    Chinese Twitter users reported on April 27 that Shanghai police had arrested Wang on suspicion of "picking quarrels and stirring up trouble." RFA was unable to verify the content of those tweets.

    Meanwhile, residents of Shanghai are continuing to report a spike in suicides by people jumping from buildings, as the ongoing lockdown is enforced with steel-link fences and panels, and amid continuing complaints about lack of food.

    Video clips showed one person falling from a building in Xizang Road, and a mother hugging the body of a dead child in Qingpu, Pudong New District.

    Meanwhile, residents banged pots and pans to express dissatisfaction during a visit by the Huangpu district party secretary and mayor to Datong secondary school on Quxi Road, according to another clip.

    Many others have been left homeless or with no access to life-saving medical treatment by the lockdown.

    "Right now I have hydronephrosis, so I want to get surgery as soon as possible," a woman from Anhui who has been living on the streets since being discharged from an isolation facility, told RFA.

    "But the hospital told me that most Shanghai hospitals are closed, their operating rooms not fully operational, and medical resources are very limited, so I have to wait for two weeks," the woman, who gave only a nickname Anna, said.

    "My hydronephrosis is getting worse, and quite painful now, and I need to get treatment as soon as possible," she said.

    Challenges for Xi
    Media reports from NetEase Finance and Phoenix Satellite TV aired a video clip from someone in the northern province of Hebei saying they had been ordered to put their front door keys outside for officials to hold, or face detention by local police, prompting online criticism over the safety implications.

    Beijing-based rights lawyer Mo Shaoping local officials have no legal right to lock residents in their homes: " I personally think that they have no legal basis for doing this," Mo told RFA.

    Veteran Democracy Wall dissident Wei Jingsheng said CCP leader Xi Jinping is currently in a difficult situation.

    "Just as he thought he'd been successful in eliminating dissidents from party ranks and in controlling public speech, the virus ... came along, bringing with it wave after wave of infections," Wei said in a commentary broadcast on RFA's Mandarin Service. 
    "Anxious to prove himself in controlling the pandemic, he listened only to flattery from a group of lickspittle scientists, and actually believed that zero-COVID was possible."

    "But the lockdowns didn't just fail [to control COVID-19]; they actually increased infections, causing public anger and resentment," Wei said. "I'm guessing he can probably see his own stupidity now, but his sycophants have no good ideas."

    Translated and edited by Luisetta Mudie.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Gao Feng, Qiao Long and Fong Tak Ho.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/weibo-covid-ban-04282022140355.html/feed/ 0 294468
    Localization and Local Futures: The Alternative to the Authoritarian New Normal     https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/27/localization-and-local-futures-the-alternative-to-the-authoritarian-new-normal/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/27/localization-and-local-futures-the-alternative-to-the-authoritarian-new-normal/#respond Wed, 27 Apr 2022 15:25:26 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=129187 ‘World Localization Day’ will be celebrated on 20 June. Organised by the non-profit Local Futures, this annual coming together of people from across the world began in 2020 and focuses on the need to localise supply-chains and recover our connection with nature and community. The stated aim is to “galvanize the worldwide localization movement into a […]

    The post Localization and Local Futures: The Alternative to the Authoritarian New Normal     first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    World Localization Day’ will be celebrated on 20 June. Organised by the non-profit Local Futures, this annual coming together of people from across the world began in 2020 and focuses on the need to localise supply-chains and recover our connection with nature and community. The stated aim is to “galvanize the worldwide localization movement into a force for systemic change”.

    Local Futures, founded by Helena Norberg-Hodge, urges us to imagine a very different world, one in which most of our food comes from nearby farmers who ensure food security year round and where the money we spend on everyday goods continues to recirculate in the local economy.

    We are asked to imagine local businesses providing ample, meaningful employment opportunities, instead of our hard-earned cash being immediately siphoned off to some distant corporate headquarters.

    Small farms would be key in this respect. They are integral to local markets and networks, short supply chains, food sovereignty, more diverse cropping systems and healthier diets. And they tend to serve the food requirements of communities rather than the interests of big business, institutional investors and shareholders half a world away.

    If the COVID lockdowns and war in Ukraine tell us anything about our food system, it is that decentralised, regional and local community-owned food systems based on short(er) supply chains that can cope with future shocks are now needed more than ever.

    The report Towards a Food Revolution: Food Hubs and Cooperatives in the US and Italy offers some pointers for creating sustainable support systems for small food producers and food distribution. Alternative, resilient food models and community supported agriculture are paramount.

    Localization involves strengthening and rebuilding local economies and communities and restoring cultural and biological diversity. The ‘economics of happiness’ is central to this vision, rather than an endless quest for GDP growth and the alienation, conflict and misery this brings.

    It is something we need to work towards because multi-billionaire globalists have a dystopian future mapped out for humanity which they want to impose on us all – and it is diametrically opposed to what is stated above.

    The much-publicised ‘great reset’ is integral to this dystopia. It marks a shift away from ‘liberal democracy’ towards authoritarianism. At the same time, there is the relentless drive towards a distorted notion of a ‘green economy’, underpinned by the rhetoric of ‘sustainable consumption’ and ‘climate emergency’.

    The great reset is really about capitalism’s end-game. Those promoting it realise the economic and social system must undergo a reset to a ‘new normal’, something that might no longer resemble ‘capitalism’.

    End-game capitalism  

    Capital can no longer maintain its profitability by exploiting labour alone. This much has been clear for some time. There is only so much surplus value to be extracted before the surplus is insufficient.

    Historian Luciana Bohne notes that the shutting down of parts of the economy was already happening pre-COVID as there was insufficient growth, well below the minimum tolerable 3% level to maintain the viability of capitalism. This, despite a decades-long attack on workers and corporate tax cuts.

    The system had been on life support for some time. Credit markets had been expanded and personal debt facilitated to maintain consumer demand as workers’ wages were squeezed. Financial products (derivatives, equities, debt, etc) and speculative capitalism were boosted, affording the rich a place to park their profits and make money off money. We have also seen the growth of unproductive rentier capitalism and stock buy backs and massive bail outs courtesy of taxpayers.

    Moreover, in capitalism, there is also a tendency for the general rate of profit to fall over time. And this has certainly been the case according to writer Ted Reese, who notes it has trended downwards from an estimated 43% in the 1870s to 17% in the 2000s.

    The 2008 financial crash was huge. But by late 2019, an even bigger meltdown was imminent. Many companies could not generate enough profit and falling turnover, squeezed margins, limited cashflows and highly leveraged balance sheets were prevalent. In effect, economic growth was already grinding to a halt prior to the massive stock market crash in February 2020.

    Fabio Vighi, professor of critical theory, describes how, in late 2019, the Swiss Bank of International Settlements, BlackRock (the world’s most powerful investment fund), G7 central bankers, leading politicians and others worked behind closed doors to avert a massive impending financial meltdown.

    The Fed soon began an emergency monetary programme, pumping hundreds of billions of dollars per week into financial markets. Not long after, COVID hit and lockdowns were imposed. The stock market did not collapse because lockdowns occurred. Vighi argues lockdowns were rolled out because financial markets were collapsing.

    Closing down the global economy under the guise of fighting a pathogen that mainly posed a risk to the over 80s and the chronically ill seemed illogical to many, but lockdowns allowed the Fed to flood financial markets (COVID relief) with freshly printed money without causing hyperinflation. Vighi says that lockdowns curtailed economic activity, thereby removing demand for the newly printed money (credit) in the physical economy and preventing ‘contagion’.

    Using lockdowns and restrictions, smaller enterprises were driven out of business and large sections of the pre-COVID economy were shut down. This amounted to a controlled demolition of parts of the economy while the likes of Amazon, Microsoft, Meta (Facebook) and the online payment sector – platforms which are dictating what the ‘new normal’ will look like – were clear winners in all of this.

    The rising inflation that we currently witness is being blamed on the wholly avoidable conflict in Ukraine. Although this tells only part of the story, the conflict and sanctions seem to be hitting Europe severely: if you wanted to demolish your own economy or impoverish large sections of the population, this might be a good way to go about it.

    However, the massive ‘going direct’ helicopter money given to the financial sector and global conglomerates under the guise of COVID relief was always going to have an impact once the global economy reopened.

    Similar extraordinary monetary policy (lockdowns) cannot be ruled out in the future: perhaps on the pretext of another ‘virus’ but possibly based on the notion of curtailing human activity due to ‘climate emergency’. This is because raising interests rates to manage inflation could rapidly disrupt the debt-bloated financial system (an inflated Ponzi scheme) and implode the entire economy.

    Permanent austerity   

    But lockdowns, restrictions or creating mass unemployment and placing people on programmable digital currencies to micromanage spending and decrease inflationary pressures could help to manage the crisis. ‘Programmable’ means the government determining how much you can spend and what you can spend on.

    How could governments legitimise such levels of control? By preaching about reduced consumption according to the creed of ‘sustainability’. This is how you would ‘own nothing and be happy’ if we are to believe this well-publicised slogan of the World Economic Forum (WEF).

    But like neoliberal globalization in the 1980s – the great reset is being given a positive spin, something which supposedly symbolises a brave new techno-utopian future.

    In the 1980s, to help legitimise the deregulated neoliberal globalisation agenda, government and media instigated an ideological onslaught, driving home the primacy of ‘free enterprise’, individual rights and responsibility and emphasising a shift away from the role of state, trade unions and the collective in society.

    Today, we are seeing another ideological shift: individual rights (freedom to choose what is injected into your own body, for instance) are said to undermine the wider needs of society and – in a stark turnaround – individual freedom is now said to pose a threat to ‘national security’, ‘public health’ or ‘safety’.

    A near-permanent state of ‘emergency’ due to public health threats, climate catastrophe or conflict (as with the situation in Ukraine) would conveniently place populations on an ongoing ‘war footing’. Notions of individual liberty and democratic principles would be usurped by placing the emphasis on the ‘public interest’ and protecting the population from ‘harm’. This would facilitate the march towards authoritarianism.

    As in the 1980s, this messaging is being driven by economic impulses. Neoliberalism privatised, deregulated, exploited workers and optimised debt to the point whereby markets are now kept afloat by endless financial injections.

    The WEF says the public will ‘rent’ everything they require: stripping the right of personal ownership under the guise of ‘sustainable consumption’ and ‘saving the planet’. Where the WEF is concerned, this is little more than code for permanent austerity to be imposed on the mass of the population.

    Metaverse future 

    At the start of this article, readers were asked to imagine a future based on a certain set of principles associated with localization. For one moment, imagine another. The one being promoted by the WEF, the high-level talking shop and lobby group for elite interests headed by that avowed globalist and transhumanist Klaus Schwab.

    As you sit all day unemployed in your high-rise, your ‘food’ will be delivered via an online platform bought courtesy of your programmable universal basic income digital money. Food courtesy of Gates-promoted farms manned by driverless machines, monitored by drones and doused with chemicals to produce crops from patented GM seeds for industrial ‘biomatter’ to be engineered, processed and constituted into something resembling food.

    Enjoy and be happy eating your fake food, stripped of satisfying productive endeavour and genuine self-fulfilment. But really, it will not be a problem. You can sit all day and exist virtually in Zuckerberg’s fantasy metaverse. Property-less and happy in your open prison of mass unemployment, state dependency, track and chip health passports and financial exclusion via programmable currency.

    A world also in which bodily integrity no longer exists courtesy of a mandatory vaccination agenda linked to emerging digital-biopharmaceutical technologies. The proposed World Health Organization pandemic treaty marks a worrying step in this direction.

    This ‘new normal’ would be tyrannical, but the ‘old normal’ – which still thrives – was not something to be celebrated. Global inequality is severe and environmental devastation and human dislocation has been increasing. Dependency and dispossession remain at the core of the system, both on an individual level and at local, regional and national levels. New normal or old normal, these problems will persist and become worse.

    Green imperialism  

    The ‘green economy’ being heavily promoted is based on the commodification of nature, through privatization, marketization and monetary valuation. Banks and corporations will set the agenda – dressed in the garb of ‘stakeholder capitalism’, a euphemism for governments facilitating the needs of powerful global interests. The fear is that the proposed system will weaken environmental protection laws and regulations to facilitate private capital.

    The banking sector will engage in ‘green profiling’ and issue ‘green bonds’ and global corporations will be able to ‘offset’ (greenwash) their environment-degrading activities by, for example, protecting or planting a forest elsewhere (on indigenous people’s land) or perhaps even investing in (imposing) industrial agriculture which grows herbicide-resistant GMO commodity crop monocultures that are misleadingly portrayed as ‘climate friendly’. Imperialism wrapped in green.

    Relying on the same thinking and the same interests that led the world to where it is now does not seem like a great idea. This type of ‘green’ is first and foremost a multi-trillion market opportunity for lining pockets and part of a strategy that may well be used to secure compliance required for the ‘new normal’.

    The future needs to be rooted in the principles of localization. For this, we need look no further than the economics and the social relations that underpin tribal societies (for example, India’s indigenous peoples). The knowledge and value systems of indigenous peoples promote long-term genuine sustainability by living within the boundaries of nature and emphasise equality, communality and sharing rather than separation, domination and competition.

    Self-sufficiency, solidarity, localization and cooperation is the antidote to globalism and the top-down tyranny of programmable digital currencies and unaccountable, monopolistic AI-driven platforms which aim to monitor and dictate every aspect of life.

    The post Localization and Local Futures: The Alternative to the Authoritarian New Normal     first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Colin Todhunter.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/27/localization-and-local-futures-the-alternative-to-the-authoritarian-new-normal/feed/ 0 294050
    China’s smaller cities also under lockdown as COVID-19 prevention drive hits Beijing https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/beijing-covid-04262022101547.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/beijing-covid-04262022101547.html#respond Tue, 26 Apr 2022 14:30:01 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/beijing-covid-04262022101547.html As a grueling lockdown in Shanghai continues to make world headlines, as many as 30 million people have been under similar measures for weeks under the ruling Chinese Communist Party (CCP)'s zero-COVID policy elsewhere in China.

    A recent video posted by the Yitiao short video content producer featured interviews with residents of the southwestern border town of Ruili, which has been locked down on and off for weeks, prompting an estimated 200,000 people to leave town.

    The city is an important trading center for the China-Myanmar border, but has been locked down nine times, making a total of 160 days, since the pandemic began, in line with the official narrative that the biggest threat of COVID-19 transmission comes from outside China.

    As people flocked to stores and supermarkets fearing an imminent lockdown in Beijing, parts of which are already under lockdown or similar restrictions, residents of port and border cities have been living under some degree of restriction for months, they told RFA.

    A Ruili hotel employee surnamed Yang confirmed the report.

    "It's true that the economy here is no good," Yang said. "The city is often locked down because of the pandemic, and most of the traders have gone to other nearby cities like Longchuan, Pingjiang and Tengchong."

    Yang said he would like to leave too, but is currently on a seven-day mandatory quarantine at home, and will need a negative PCR test before he can leave.

    A second Ruili resident said the border with Myanmar remains closed, with low occupancy rates in hotels. Asked about locals, the resident replied simply: "Everyone's gone."

    In the northeastern province of Heilongjiang, the border trading town of Suifenhe, on the Binsui railway close to the Russian border, is also locked down, a resident told RFA.

    According to Yitiao, Suifenhe was placed under lockdown in April 2020 after some cases were found to have been imported from Russia, and has been under lockdown since Jan. 25, 2022, with all delivery services, pharmacies and hospital clinics closed for business.

    A staff member sprays disinfectant at a cinema as the city starts to reopen after a Covid-19 coronavirus outbreak in Shenyang, in China's northeastern Liaoning province, April 25, 2022. Credit: AFP
    A staff member sprays disinfectant at a cinema as the city starts to reopen after a Covid-19 coronavirus outbreak in Shenyang, in China's northeastern Liaoning province, April 25, 2022. Credit: AFP
    Dozens of cities

    An employee who answered the phone at a restaurant in the town confirmed the report.

    "We're closed. We're not doing business. Since about March or April," the employee said, adding that he expected the lockdown to lift soon, and businesses to open again.

    Residents of Dongxing in the southwestern region of Guangxi on the border with Vietnam have also reportedly been under similar restrictions since Feb. 23, 2022, which were only lifted on April 23.

    Media reports show dozens of smaller towns and cities are currently under partial or total lockdown due to rising COVID-19 cases, including Baotou in Inner Mongolia, Hangzhou, home to the headquarters of Alibaba, and Tangshan in the northern province of Hebei.

    A Caixin media report also listed Changchun, Handan, Quanzhou and many cities in Jilin, Shanxi, Heilongjiang, Jiangsu and Shaanxi as locked down, with more than 30 million people affected.

    U.S.-based current affairs commentator Tang Jingyuan said hard and soft lockdowns are being used interchangeably by local governments.

    "The boundary between the CCP's notion of locked-down and semi-locked down cities, or between hard and soft city closures, is getting more and more blurred," Tang said.

    Most seem to share a few features in common, however: residents are required to stay home unless they need medical treatment or are getting tested in one of the compulsory mass-testing operations.

    Schools are closed, businesses shut down, and roadblocks are put in place to minimize non-essential traffic on the roads.

    While Shanghai's lockdown has been a major focus for Chinese state media and social media, much less is being written on any platform about the smaller cities.

    Block-and-delete operations

    Meanwhile, those in other cities are finding it harder and harder to read or watch content coming out of Shanghai, as government censors step up their block-and-delete operations.

    A directive issued by the CCP's powerful propaganda department to media editors dated April 22 orders editors and censors to remove any reference to a hard-hitting short video featuring an audio montage of the voices of people during the Shanghai lockdown.

    "Will all channels please completely remove any copies of "April Voices" or screenshots from it, as well as any images deriving from it," the directive, posted to the China Digital Times website and attributed to the Beijing Cyberspace Administration, said.

    A similar message was also attributed by CDT, which curates leaked propaganda directives under its Ministry of Truth section, to the Guangdong Cyberspace Administration.

    According to Tang Jingyuan said there has been little online complaint or protest regarding lockdowns outside Shanghai, which is home to a highly privileged and well-connected population.

    "Firstly, smaller and medium-sized cities don't get much public attention anyway, and secondly, local governments may wield stronger control over content like that, so it's hard for discontent to spread."

    He said the factional battle lines within CCP ranks have found public expression in Shanghai.

    "There is both a public and a hidden struggle going on between their two models," Tang said. "These very strong political factors have led to a high degree of non-cooperation throughout Shanghai, even publicly, which is pretty rare."

    Authorities in Beijing reported 70 new cases of symptomatic COVID-19 during the past four days, and announced they would expand mass PCR testing across most of the city.

    Supermarkets were scrambling to restock after Monday's panic-buying, but residents said basic foodstuffs were still in short supply.

    In Shanghai, authorities continued to send residents who tested negative outside of the city, mostly to Hangzhou, sparking fear among local people.

    And media reports said Meng Qinggong, the deputy chief designer of China's homegrown CR929 aircraft, died of a heart attack at his home on Sunday after attempts to save him were unsuccessful.

    Meng died after a long wait for an ambulance, which was hampered by current lockdown restrictions and couldn't reach him in time, the reports said.

    Translated and edited by Luisetta Mudie.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Kai Di, Qiao Long and Fong Tak Ho.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/beijing-covid-04262022101547.html/feed/ 0 293686
    Covid-19 in Pacific: Cook Islands reports first pandemic death https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/24/covid-19-in-pacific-cook-islands-reports-first-pandemic-death/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/24/covid-19-in-pacific-cook-islands-reports-first-pandemic-death/#respond Sun, 24 Apr 2022 10:18:40 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=73235 RNZ Pacific

    Cook Islands has reported the country’s first covid-19 pandemic death.

    The 63-year-old woman died on the way to hospital on the island of Aitutaki, Prime Minister Mark Brown said in a statement posted on Facebook.

    “It is with great sadness that I announce that we have recorded our first in-country death attributed to covid-19,” Brown said.

    “The deceased was a 63-year-old woman on the island of Aitutaki.

    “She had had all three anti-covid vaccinations, but also had several serious underlying health conditions.”

    “It is tragic, but not unexpected that we might lose someone to covid.

    “I, together with Te Marae Ora [Ministry of Health], am sending our condolences to the family who have just lost a loved one, our thoughts and prayers are with them at this time and the people of Aitutaki.”

    4727 total cases
    Rarotonga reported 73 new cases of covid-19 in the 24 hours to this morning, while Aitutaki reported 43 cases.

    The Cook Islands has had a total of 4727 cases, 3990 of whom have recovered.

    The islands had their first case of covid-19 detected only in February, far later than much of the world.

    The Cook Islands News reports that Health Secretary Bob Williams warned: “While most cases can be treated at home if matters deteriorate, people should not hesitate to seek medical attention.

    “Earlier intervention might have prevented this tragedy.

    “This is a very serious illness which has claimed many millions of lives around the world. covid-19 can be a deadly disease — particularly for elderly people, and those with underlying pre-existing health issues.

    “I want to reinforce our plea to people to take the precautions we’ve been talking about for the last two years.

    “Sanitise, wear a mask and get tested or to quickly alert the covid-19 response teams on each island should you develop symptoms.”

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/24/covid-19-in-pacific-cook-islands-reports-first-pandemic-death/feed/ 0 293201
    Rod Jackson: Why New Zealand’s response to the covid pandemic was proportionate? https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/22/rod-jackson-why-new-zealands-response-to-the-covid-pandemic-was-proportionate/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/22/rod-jackson-why-new-zealands-response-to-the-covid-pandemic-was-proportionate/#respond Fri, 22 Apr 2022 00:18:20 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=73144 COMMENTARY: By Professor Rod Jackson

    In a recent article (Weekend Herald, April 16) John Roughan wrote that the covid-19 pandemic has been an anticlimax in Aotearoa New Zealand.

    Surprisingly, he acknowledges covid-19 has killed about 25 million people worldwide, so hopefully he was referring to New Zealand’s 600 deaths. He goes on to ask how many lives we in New Zealand have saved and states that it’s “not the 80,000 based on modelling from the Imperial College London that panicked governments everywhere in March 2020”.

    I beg to differ. It is because governments panicked everywhere that the number of deaths so far is “only” about 25 million.

    A recent comprehensive assessment of the covid-19 infection fatality proportion — the proportion of people infected with covid-19 who die from the infection — found that in April 2020, before most governments had “panicked”, the infection fatality proportion was 1.5 percent or more in numerous high-income countries. Included were Japan, Belgium, Denmark, Germany, Greece, Italy, Portugal, Spain, Switzerland and the UK.

    Without stringent public health measures, covid-19 is likely to have spread through the entire population, and an infection fatality proportion of 1.5 percent multiplied by 5 million (New Zealanders) equals 75,000.

    That’s close to the estimated 80,000 New Zealand lives likely to have been saved because our “panicking” government, like many others, introduced restrictive public health measures.

    Public health successes are invisible
    What Roughan fails to appreciate is that public health successes are invisible. Unlike deaths, you cannot see people not dying.

    Without the initial public health measures and then the rapid development and deployment of highly effective vaccines (unconscionably largely to high-income countries) there would have been far more deaths.

    Roughan asks “is this a pandemic?” He states that 25 million covid deaths are only 0.3 percent of the world’s population (“only” 16,000 New Zealand deaths).

    How many deaths make a pandemic? In 2020, covid-19 was the number one killer in the UK, responsible for causing about one in 10 deaths in every age group, with each person who died losing on average about 10 years of life expectancy.

    In the US, more than 150,000 children have lost a primary or secondary caregiver to covid-19.

    So, has our pandemic response been proportionate?

    Stringent public health measures were highly effective pre-omicron, but are unsustainable long term.

    New Zealand is incredibly fortunate
    We are incredibly fortunate that highly effective vaccines were developed so rapidly.

    Even the less severe omicron variant is a major killer of unvaccinated people, as demonstrated in Hong Kong, where the equivalent of 6000 New Zealanders have been killed by omicron in the past couple of months, due to low vaccination rates.

    Unfortunately, despite our high vaccination rates, we are unlikely to be out of the woods, and it is likely a new covid-19 variant will be back to bite us. The only certainty is that the next variant will need to be even more contagious to overtake omicron.

    As long as covid-19 passes to a new host before killing you, there is no selection advantage to a less fatal variant. We are just lucky that omicron was less virulent than delta.

    Pandemics over the centuries have often taken several generations to change from being mass killers to causing the equivalent of a common cold.

    What response will we accept as proportionate to shorten this process with covid-19 without millions of additional deaths?

    As immunity from vaccination or infection wanes, we will need updated vaccines to prevent regular major disruptions to society.

    A sustainable proportionate response
    Unlike the flu, which has a natural R-value of less than two (one person on average infects fewer than two others), omicron appears to have an R-value of at least 10. That means in the time it takes flu to go from infecting one person to two, to four, to eight people, omicron (without a proportionate response) could go from infecting one to 10 to 100 to 1000 people.

    There is no way that endemic covid will be as manageable as endemic flu.

    The only sustainable proportionate response to covid-19 is for New Zealanders to embrace universal vaccination.

    It is likely that vaccine passes will be required again if we want to live more normally and for society to thrive. It cannot be difficult to make the use of vaccine passes more seamless.

    Almost every financial transaction today is electronic and it must be possible to link transactions to valid vaccine passes when required.

    Almost 1 million eligible New Zealanders haven’t had their third vaccine dose, yet few are anti-vaccination.

    Rather, thanks to vaccination and other public health measures, the pandemic has been an anticlimax for many New Zealanders and the third dose has not been a priority.

    As already demonstrated, for the vast majority of New Zealanders, a vaccine pass is sufficient to make vaccination a priority.

    Professor Rod Jackson is an epidemiologist with the University of Auckland. This article was originally published by The New Zealand Herald. Republished with the author’s permission.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/22/rod-jackson-why-new-zealands-response-to-the-covid-pandemic-was-proportionate/feed/ 0 292623
    Look Up Nursing Home Staff COVID-19 Vaccination Rates https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/21/look-up-nursing-home-staff-covid-19-vaccination-rates/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/21/look-up-nursing-home-staff-covid-19-vaccination-rates/#respond Thu, 21 Apr 2022 09:01:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/nerds/nursing-home-vaccination-rates-covid#1317089 by Ruth Talbot

    ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

    On Thursday, ProPublica added staff COVID-19 vaccination data to the Nursing Home Inspect project.

    The virus has killed more than 150,000 nursing home residents and staff since the beginning of the pandemic. Experts say that staff vaccination is a key part of protecting residents from outbreaks in their homes, but thousands of workers remain unvaccinated despite a federal COVID-19 vaccination mandate for health care employees. Some of those unvaccinated workers are claiming medical exemptions, which doctors say should be rare.

    Nursing Home Inspect already lets the public, researchers and reporters search deficiency reports and other data across more than 15,000 nursing homes in the United States. Now, users can quickly compare staff COVID-19 vaccination and booster rates across states and between nursing homes.

    Each state page allows users to sort homes by vaccination rate, making it easy to identify homes in your state with very low or very high vaccination rates. For each nursing home, a chart allows users to see how the home compares with both state and national averages.

    Additionally, we have removed the COVID-19 case and death count data from the database because the figures were reported cumulatively and do not provide an accurate picture of recent outbreaks.

    If you write a story using this new information, or you come across bugs or problems, please let us know!


    This content originally appeared on Articles and Investigations - ProPublica and was authored by by Ruth Talbot.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/21/look-up-nursing-home-staff-covid-19-vaccination-rates/feed/ 0 292414
    Indonesia’s defensive response to US human rights report bodes ill for future https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/20/indonesias-defensive-response-to-us-human-rights-report-bodes-ill-for-future/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/20/indonesias-defensive-response-to-us-human-rights-report-bodes-ill-for-future/#respond Wed, 20 Apr 2022 12:05:57 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=73063 Asia Pacific Report newsdesk

    The government has responded with a counter attack to a critical report on human rights practices in Indonesia that was released by the United States last week.

    This response is seen as a bad sign of the state of human rights in Indonesia.

    The US government released its annual report titled, 2021 Country Reports on Human Rights Practices: Indonesia on the official US Embassy website for Indonesia.

    The report discusses a number of cases of human rights violations in Indonesia during 2021.

    A number of cases were highlighted including:

    Indonesia’s Ministry of Foreign Affairs responded to the report with insinuations.

    Ministry spokesperson Teuku Faizasyah questioned the US record on human rights violations.

    “Are there no human rights cases in the US? Serious?” Faizasyah asked CNN Indonesia.

    Coordinating Minister for Security, Politics and Legal Affairs (Menko Polhukam) Mahfud MD also commented on several cases covered by the report.

    One of these was the government’s monitoring of citizens through the covid-19 tracing app PeduliLIndungi (Care and Protect).

    Mahfud responded with claims about the government’s achievements in dealing with the covid-19 pandemic in Indonesia, saying that it had performed better than the US.

    “If by parts of the world, Indonesia is included as very good, far better than America in dealing with covid,” said Mahfud in a video recording on the Menko Polhukam YouTube channel.

    Unwilling to accept criticism
    Al-Azhar Indonesia University political commentator Ujang Komarudin views the counter attack by the government as being because it is unwilling to accept criticism from foreign parties.

    He said that the government believed that it was being dictated to by the US through the report.

    According to Komarudin, the government wanted to reaffirm its authority in the eyes of the public and because of this strong denials were conveyed to the US.

    “They made these denials in order to safeguard the government’s credibility which is currently being questioned by the public,” said Komarudin last Sunday.

    Komarudin also believes that the government does not consider that it is at fault in cases of alleged human rights violations. He believes that this kind of political communication is a bad sign for the state of democracy and human rights in Indonesia.

    “Because it’s as if there’s no problem, as if there’s nothing wrong. This is what is currently being done by our officials,” he said.

    Government denials
    Commission for Missing Persons and Victims of Violence (Kontras) Deputy Coordinator Rivanlee Anandar says that every year the government responded to reports on human rights violations released by the US with denials.

    With these denials, Anandar suspected that the government wanted to cover up the human rights violations which had occurred. He is concerned that this response is a reflection on the handling of human rights cases in the future.

    “This shows an insensitivity to the report, trying to cover up the problems in Indonesia by throwing the issue back at the US. We’re concerned that this will only worsen the situation,” Anandar told CNN Indonesia.

    Anandar said that the report should be used as material for a proper evaluation by the government. He believes that the government should reflect upon the report.

    Especially since this report will be a reference for countries which are concerned about human rights in reading future trends. According to Anandar, other countries will view Indonesia based on this report.

    Anandar gave as an example the cases of violations of civil freedoms which were marked by repression by the police. In the report, the US said that these violations were triggered by government policies which gave rise to massive protest actions.

    “That is the pattern which can be seen and in the future must be fixed by ensuring that there are no more discriminative policies”, he said.

    Not obliged to respond
    National Human Rights Commission (Komnas HAM) Commissioner Beka Ulung Hapsara said that the report represented the US’s way of looking at problems related to human rights in Indonesia. According to Hapsara, the government had its own resolution and rehabilitation mechanism which could still be used.

    “It requires an official response but not as an obligation. The government and all of us can of course use the US foreign affairs report for an evaluation but not as an obligation,” Hapsara told CNN Indonesia.

    Hapsara said that several of the cases cited in the US report had come to the Komnas HAM’s attention, such as the shooting of the FPI members and cases involving the Information and Electronic Transaction Law (ITE).

    “Several cases have been of concern to the Komnas HAM and Komnas HAM has been actively involved in them, both in terms of monitoring and investigations as well as other efforts,” he said.

    Translated by James Balowski for IndoLeft News. Subtitles added during translation. The original title of the article was Laporan HAM AS dan Upaya Pemerintah Jaga Kredibilitas.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/20/indonesias-defensive-response-to-us-human-rights-report-bodes-ill-for-future/feed/ 0 292157
    ‘You feel a little bit less cautious’ – families adjusting to covid rules https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/20/you-feel-a-little-bit-less-cautious-families-adjusting-to-covid-rules/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/20/you-feel-a-little-bit-less-cautious-families-adjusting-to-covid-rules/#respond Wed, 20 Apr 2022 02:01:38 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=73052 By Soumya Bhamidipati, RNZ News journalist

    The orange light pandemic setting in Aotearoa New Zealand has brought a sense of relief for parents, as the eased restrictions mean one less thing to juggle — but some covid-related worries are still lurking.

    Lower Hutt’s biggest playground was buzzing on the first day of the school holidays, which have just begun under the covid orange traffic light setting.

    While it seems little has changed in parents’ day-to-day lives, one mother said there was definitely a small sense of relief.

    “You feel a little bit less cautious, I guess if the government’s making things a bit relaxed it eases the anxiety that you might feel around everyone mixing together.”

    Another mum, Rachel, agreed — her son was on immunosuppressants, which meant his lungs could be affected if he caught covid.

    Despite this, 10-year-old Magnus was confident about the eased restrictions.

    “Most people, when they get the covid after they have vaccines, they get only a little cold or something like that and I have already had my second jab, I had it last year.”

    Glad over masks
    Meanwhile, his younger sister, 8-year-old Lilith, said she was glad she wouldn’t have to wear a mask at school next term.

    “I have had a lot of big feelings when I went to school and I think it’ll really help me that everyone can speak clearly to me. It makes my life a lot easier.”

    For Rachel, the orange setting reflected her attempts to keep a balanced perspective.

    “We take our immuno-suppressants and those are good for us to protect our body, but then we also play in the dirt, we play with our friends, we get out there and we live our lives,” she said.

    “It really is a day-to-day balance of keeping all the parts of ourselves healthy, and that’s our heart and our mind as well.”

    Across the park, 6-year-old Sophia and her dad Karl both knew children who’d had the virus.

    They said while it was great the rules had relaxed, it was important to continue using good judgment.

    Omicron affecting youngsters
    “My school friend caught covid,” Sophia said.

    “With delta it wasn’t affecting youngsters, but omicron seems to be affecting the youngsters now,” Karl added.

    “Unfortunately we don’t know what’s going to happen now and if five and six-year-olds, and four-year-olds can now get it, I’m not going to drop my guard.”

    So, what will school holidays in the orange setting look like?

    Becka was keen on anything to get her kids outdoors — they were particularly looking forward to the pools.

    “Go to Maidstone Park, get in the fresh air,” she said.

    “Swimming is something we haven’t done for a while because you had to book in times apparently, through the (red) setting so we’re going to try and do that.”

    Parents remaining cautious, but optimistic, in this new stage of New Zealand’s pandemic response.

    13 deaths – 14 in ICU
    The Ministry of Health today reported 11,217 covid-19 community cases and 13 deaths.

    The ministry put out the numbers later in the day than usual due to an IT network issue. There are 547 people in hospital and 14 in ICU.

    It says the seven-day rolling average of cases today is 7834 — last Wednesday it was 9288; the seven-day rolling average of reported deaths is 12.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/20/you-feel-a-little-bit-less-cautious-families-adjusting-to-covid-rules/feed/ 0 292075
    Shanghai police warn bereaved families of elderly COVID-19 patients not to speak out https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/elderly-04192022142219.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/elderly-04192022142219.html#respond Tue, 19 Apr 2022 18:30:44 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/elderly-04192022142219.html Authorities in Shanghai are warning the families of elderly people who have died of COVID-19 not to talk to the media, as the omicron outbreak rips through at least one hospital in the city, causing an unknown number of deaths.

    At least 27 elderly people in Donghai Hospital in Shanghai's Pudong New District have died of COVID-19, with many more deaths suspected as a result of an outbreak among staff and patients.

    Some families have refused to have their loved ones' remains cremated, and have been warned not to talk to foreign media by police, a person who has spoken to the families told RFA.

    “A person identifying as a police officer told me that they are conveying a message to families from the internet police in Pudong; it's not the hospitals that are contacting them," Yue Ge, a Chinese YouTuber who has been following the outbreak among the elderly closely, told RFA.

    "[This person] said they would let it go as understandable if they spoke to Chinese media, but that they mustn't talk to foreign media, on pain of legal consequences," Yue said.

    The warning comes after several families of elderly people who died in the Donghai Hospital after being admitted for COVID-19 claimed that the hospital had under-reported the number of patients who have died of the disease.

    "The families counted and found [references to] 27 bodies, which basically means that there were 27 dead bodies that tested positive for COVID-19," Yue said.

    "Some of the Donghai families are saying that the Donghai Hospital has totally failed to contain an outbreak [of nosocomial infections] that started in mid-April," he said.

    "According to their account, deaths are still happening there," he said.

    'No means of controlling it'

    Yue said the hospital is understaffed, with at least 80 percent of its staff dispatched elsewhere for disease control and prevention work, and elderly people admitted there aren't being properly cared for or treated.

    He said the figure of 27 deaths didn't include people who had died there due to other causes than COVID-19.

    Yue said large numbers of elderly patients with the virus are also being sent to temporary field hospitals or designated hospitals, with fears that some may even have died due to neglect or starvation.

    "In the two weeks or more since the start of April, there have been four staff changes among the nurses on the ward where [some of the elderly patients] are," Yue said. "Three of them were due to the fact that the nurses tested positive."

    "The fourth just got there ... but the family fear that transmission is still occurring," he said. "It seems they have no effective means of controlling it."

    "The nursing staff are already in full PPE, but transmission is still taking place; they can't stop it, and the new nurses aren't paying full attention to taking care of the elderly because they're afraid of getting infected too," Yue said.

    Yue said there are also concerns that the hospital will start editing death certificates to suggest that COVID-19 wasn't the primary cause of death, and that the patients had died "with" it rather than "of" it.

    "They got the feeling that there is a certain amount of embellishment or editing of medical records going on after the event," Yue said. "The official response is that the charts have to be written up after attempts to resuscitate someone."

    In this image taken from video provided by Beibei, who asked to be identified only by her given name, residents take a rest at Shanghai's National Exhibition and Convention Center, which converted to a quarantine facility set up for people who tested positive but have few or no symptoms, April 15, 2022. Credit: Beibei via AP
    In this image taken from video provided by Beibei, who asked to be identified only by her given name, residents take a rest at Shanghai's National Exhibition and Convention Center, which converted to a quarantine facility set up for people who tested positive but have few or no symptoms, April 15, 2022. Credit: Beibei via AP
    'Who are people supposed to talk to?'


    Wuhan-based activist Zhang Hai, who has campaigned for redress after his father died in the early days of the pandemic, said the government is suppressing a huge amount of information about the current outbreak.

    "We don't have a free press in China, so there are no reasonable channels available for us to tell the rest of the world what's happening to ordinary people," Zhang said. "This is because our domestic media organizations are all controlled by the government."

    "Who are people supposed to talk to, if not foreign media? Their loved ones have been treated unfairly and lost their lives," he said.

    "Anyone with a bit of courage would find it impossible not to speak out," Zhang said.

    Meanwhile, some residents of Shanghai have been posting notices in their doors and windows refusing to take any more PCR tests after many rounds of citywide mass testing.

    "No PCR tests: negative antigen self tests," read one notice, a photo of which was sent to RFA.

    "Negative all along," read another card.

    The notices are an indicator of growing public anger at the citywide lockdown, which comes after the city's leaders were repeatedly told to pursue the ruling Chinese Communist Party (CCP)'s zero-COVID strategy, regardless of how hard it was to keep 26 million people stuck at home amid lack of resources and food shortages.

    Dozens of residents of one residential community responded with "we don't want to," after their neighborhood committee told them to line up downstairs for yet another round of PCR testing.

    Many are unclear why they need to be repeatedly tested if they haven't been outside their homes for weeks, according to Zheng Jianming, a resident of Jiading district.

    "We have done more than 20 PCR tests, so what else is there left to do?" Zheng said. "We are all negative, we can't go out, so we can't get infected."

    "And getting a PCR test could put you at risk; we think it's now the biggest source of potential infection," he said. "We've all stopped going for PCR tests in the past few days; fewer and fewer people are doing them."

    Compulsory PCR testing

    Current affairs commentator Zhang Jianping said the repeated rounds of PCR testing was "bizarre."

    "Some people have long suspected that this has to do with collusion [between government and vested interests]," Zhang said. "The director of the Beijing health commission lost his job over that, confirming the rumors."

    "We can see from the Shanghai outbreak that this is a road, this mass, compulsory PCR testing, that has led to the spread of the virus," he said.

    The CCP's disciplinary arm announced on April 16 that Yu Luming, head of the Beijing municipal health commission, is currently under investigation for "serious disciplinary violations."

    Unconfirmed media reports have said the probe is linked to Yu's involvement in PCR testing.

    Wu Zunyou, chief epidemiologist of the Chinese Center for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), said in a recent social media post that the public "misunderstands" the government's "dynamic zero-COVID" policy, saying many confuse it with having zero infections as a goal.

    "Even if community infections occur to some degree, as long as the cases account for a small proportion of the nationwide total, 'dynamic zero-COVID' can still be achieved," he wrote.

    He said the government doesn't expect the country to reach a state of zero infections.

    Jeering and negative comments on his post, with one saying it was "utopian," and "blah-blah," and another saying that most people loathe the current policy, were deleted by government censors.

    Translated and edited by Luisetta Mudie.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Gao Feng, Qiao Long, Cheryl Tung and Fong Tak Ho.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/elderly-04192022142219.html/feed/ 0 291947
    Marshall Islands gets largest number of covid border cases in Kwajalein https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/19/marshall-islands-gets-largest-number-of-covid-border-cases-in-kwajalein/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/19/marshall-islands-gets-largest-number-of-covid-border-cases-in-kwajalein/#respond Tue, 19 Apr 2022 00:53:44 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=72963 By Giff Johnson, RNZ Pacific correspondent

    Covid-19 testing of Marshall Islanders in managed quarantine has seen the largest number test positive for covid-19 since managed repatriation started nearly two years ago.

    Seven out of a repatriation group of 72 people tested positive for the coronavirus last Friday, according to a government announcement issued late Friday night.

    All are in quarantine at the US Army base at Kwajalein Atoll. This repatriation group is the first to spend only three days in quarantine in Honolulu prior to departure to the Marshall Islands on Tuesday this week.

    When the Marshall Islands first began allowing controlled entry to the country in June 2020, the government required two weeks quarantine in Honolulu followed by two weeks quarantine in the Marshall Islands — one of the strictest covid-19 prevention entry protocols in the world.

    These strict quarantine requirements have kept the Marshall Islands covid-19 free.

    “The seven positive tests represent new infections and these individuals do not pose an infectious threat to the community as they remain in secure and monitored quarantine on Kwajalein,” said Health Secretary Jack Niedenthal in statement released Friday night.

    “All individuals remain asymptomatic or have mild symptoms and in addition to the protection provided by being vaccinated will also receive oral antiviral medication to prevent progression to severe forms of covid-19.”

    Covid-19 prevention protocols
    Marshall Islands covid-19 prevention protocols require that all people entering the country through its monthly controlled quarantine programme must be fully vaccinated and boosted. A 14-day quarantine is required.

    Marshall Islands Health Secretary Jack Niedenthal, left, joins Majuro hospital staff
    Marshall Islands Health Secretary Jack Niedenthal (left) joins Majuro Hospital laboratory director Paul Lalita and Dr Robert Maddison in showing covid-19 test equipment. Image: Hilary Hosia/MIJ/RNZ

    However, due to the positive cases identified Friday, the 14-day period has been extended from Friday instead of from the group’s arrive on April 12.

    “We’ve decided that every time someone tests positive in this group, the clock starts over at 14 days — so 14 days from now,” said Health Secretary Niedenthal.

    “They get another test on day seven. If someone tests positive on day seven the clock starts again for 14 days.”

    The seven positive cases identified Friday at Kwajalein brings to 14 the number of covid-19 positive cases in managed quarantine since mid-2020.

    There has been no community transmission yet in the Marshall Islands, making it one of only a handful of countries globally to remain covid-19 free throughout the pandemic.

    After more than a year of requiring two weeks of quarantine in Hawaii, with multiple covid-19 tests prior to departing to the Marshall Islands, government authorities reduced the Hawaii quarantine late last year to one week.

    Hawai’i quarantine time reduced
    With this group that went into quarantine last Friday in Honolulu, the Marshall Islands reduced its Hawai’i quarantine time to three days.

    Two of the 74 people in quarantine in Hawai’i tested positive on their day-three tests and were not allowed to travel to the Marshall Islands.

    Kwajalein Atoll local government police officers provide security at the covid quarantine facility on Kwajalein Atoll
    Kwajalein Atoll local government police officers provide security at the covid quarantine facility at the Kwaj Lodge at the US Army base at Kwajalein Atoll. Image: Hilary Hosia/MIJ/RNZ

    These are the first border cases involving Marshall Islanders since November 2020. Three Americans in a separately managed Army repatriation group in January also tested positive for covid-19 in quarantine.

    In January, as infections around the Pacific escalated due to spread of the omicron variant, Niedenthal warned that if the Marshall Islands got cases in quarantine, “we can’t afford any mistake. If people test positive in quarantine here, we have to be perfect (to prevent the spread)”.

    Niedenthal noted that lapses in protocols governing quarantine operations in other Pacific islands led to border cases triggering community transmission.

    Since it started managed quarantine operations in October 2020, the Ministry of Health and Human Services has required that all of the doctors, nurses and security personnel involved in the quarantine process live in the quarantine facility with each repatriation group as a way to prevent possible community spread in case a person tests positive during the quarantine.

    That policy remains in effect with the current group in quarantine at Kwajalein.

    No travel restrictions
    “As these are border quarantine cases of covid-19, there are no restrictions of travel between Majuro and Kwajalein, and there are no travel restrictions between Kwajalein and neighbouring islands and between Ebeye and Kwajalein,” said the Health Secretary’s statement.

    He also urged “all individuals aged five years and above (to get) fully vaccinated, which includes being boosted if eligible”.

    The Ministry of Health and Human Services has provided booster shots as well as vaccinating people in the five to 11 age group since late last year.

    Public health teams have been flying to remote outer islands to continue covid-19 vaccination services initially begun mid-last year to provide booster shots to adults, as well as vaccinate children.

    Giff Johnson is editor of the Marshall Islands Journal. This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/19/marshall-islands-gets-largest-number-of-covid-border-cases-in-kwajalein/feed/ 0 291735
    Those Who Are Exempt https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/18/those-who-are-exempt/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/18/those-who-are-exempt/#respond Mon, 18 Apr 2022 20:32:37 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=128931 Are you one of the special people who are exempt?

    The post Those Who Are Exempt first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    The post Those Who Are Exempt first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/18/those-who-are-exempt/feed/ 0 291680
    COVID-19 Natural Immunity vs. Vaccine Induced Immunity https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/18/covid-19-natural-immunity-vs-vaccine-induced-immunity/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/18/covid-19-natural-immunity-vs-vaccine-induced-immunity/#respond Mon, 18 Apr 2022 18:56:19 +0000 https://www.projectcensored.org/?p=25672 With over 65 million people in the United States who have recovered from COVID-19, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) have released new data shifting the formerly dismissed debate…

    The post COVID-19 Natural Immunity vs. Vaccine Induced Immunity appeared first on Project Censored.

    ]]>
    With over 65 million people in the United States who have recovered from COVID-19, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) have released new data shifting the formerly dismissed debate about natural immunity against COVID-19. The new data indicate that prior infections provided greater immunity than vaccines alone, even though the CDC continues to emphasize vaccination as the safest strategy for protecting against SARS-CoV-2.

    The CDC report acknowledges what many prior studies have suggested — that surviving COVID-19 provides excellent natural immunity not only to repeat infection but also to hospitalization and death. This was especially the case after the Delta variant, with natural immunity clearly being more protective against infection than vaccination.

    This CDC acknowledgement has been slow in coming, despite the fact that multiple, large studies from around the world showed that people who recovered from COVID-19 have low rates of SARS-CoV-2 reinfection. One laboratory study of 9119 recovered people found that only 0.7 percent became re-infected. Another study conducted in Austria found that the frequency of hospitalization due to a repeated infection was five per 14,840 (0.03 percent). A large Israeli study, which was not peer reviewed, showed having Covid once conferred much greater immunity than the vaccine.

    These studies show the power of the human immune system providing protection from reinfection with a strong and persistent response for 10 months of follow-up. Yet, it is unknown how long this protective immunity will last. Many systemic viral infections, such as measles, confer long-term, if not lifelong, immunity, whereas others, such as influenza, do not (due to changes in viral genetics). Researchers are limited by the lack of current follow-up data to know the duration of this protection.

    It remains unclear how these antibody levels correlate with future protection against emerging variants. Another study highlighted the possibility of extended protection with recovered individuals showing “a robust antigen-specific, long-lived humoral immune memory response.”

    Although the CDC finally recognized natural immunity, it continues to promote vaccination as the primary recommendation for COVID prevention for nearly everyone. That may not be necessary or appropriate for many Americans with post-infection immunity. And the disadvantage of COVID-19 vaccines is that they are designed to produce antibodies that attack only one part of the virus, the spike protein. As the spike protein keeps mutating, vaccine efficacy wanes with time. On the other hand, a COVID infection provides a broader, multi-variant immune protection, including a greater ability to defend against any future SARS-CoV-2 virus variants.

    Many European countries now recognize that immunity due to prior infection is equal to vaccination. For instance, in Switzerland, residents who can prove recovery from a SARS-CoV-2 infection through a positive PCR or other test in the past 12 months are considered equally protected as those who have been fully vaccinated.

    Most corporate media failed to follow the depth and breadth of scientific studies around natural immunity. Fox News is a notable the exception. Its leading medical consultant, Marty Makary, a public health researcher at Johns Hopkins University, has included discussion of natural immunity and downplaying therapeutics as “covid mistakes” by the CDC and other medical experts.

    Sources: 

    Jeffrey Klausner and Noah Kojima, “The CDC Is Finally Recognizing ‘Natural Immunity’ — Legislators Should Follow Suit,” The Hill, February 2, 2022.

    Meredeth Wadman, “Having Sars-Cov-2 Once Confers Much Greater Immunity than a Vaccine—But Vaccination Remains Vital,” Science, August 26, 2021.

    Student Researcher: Jayda Flenory (San Francisco State University)

    Faculty Evaluator: Kenn Burrows (San Francisco State University)

    The post COVID-19 Natural Immunity vs. Vaccine Induced Immunity appeared first on Project Censored.


    This content originally appeared on Project Censored and was authored by Vins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/18/covid-19-natural-immunity-vs-vaccine-induced-immunity/feed/ 0 348836
    COVID-19 Vaccine Safety and Data Integrity Concerns https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/18/covid-19-vaccine-safety-and-data-integrity-concerns/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/18/covid-19-vaccine-safety-and-data-integrity-concerns/#respond Mon, 18 Apr 2022 18:51:55 +0000 https://www.projectcensored.org/?p=25668 While the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) advocate vaccines as the best ways to protect individuals from infection and end the COVID-19 pandemic, many countries and health…

    The post COVID-19 Vaccine Safety and Data Integrity Concerns appeared first on Project Censored.

    ]]>
    While the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) advocate vaccines as the best ways to protect individuals from infection and end the COVID-19 pandemic, many countries and health officials are acknowledging vaccine safety and efficacy issues, as Sheryl Attkisson and Paul Elias Alexander have reported. Furthermore, concerns about data integrity and regulatory oversight of vaccine trials have surfaced, as reported by Aaron Siri for Bloomberg Law and others.

    According to the CDC, vaccine development normally takes 5-10 years, while the COVID-19 vaccines were rolled out in one year, with clinical trials completed in three overlapping phases to expedite final authorization by the FDA.

    Concerns about safety issues and coverups have emerged. For example, in November 2021, the BMJ published an account of how Brook Jackson, a researcher who worked at Ventavia on the Pfizer COVID-19 vaccine trial, discovered “poor laboratory management, patient safety concerns, and data integrity issues” at her site. In September 2020, after Ventavia failed to address these concerns, Jackson emailed the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) a list of a “dozen concerns she had witnessed,” including deviations from protocol going unreported, lack of timely follow-up with patients who experienced adverse events, mislabeled lab specimens, and targeting of Ventavia staff for reporting these types of problems. Jackson was fired that same day, the BMJ reported. In December 2020, the FDA granted Pfizer the first emergency use authorization for its COVID-19 vaccine.

    “There’s just a complete lack of oversight of contract research organizations and independent clinical research facilities,” Jill Fisher, professor of social medicine at the University of North Carolina and author of Medical Research for Hire: The Political Economy of Pharmaceutical Clinical Trials, told the BMJ.

    Despite CDC, FDA and NIH claims of safety and high vaccine effectiveness against COVID-19, reports of post-vaccine injuries have not been reported openly, including adverse events documented during early trials. A study published in August 2021 by the journal Trends in Internal Medicine concluded that the three types of COVID vaccines available in the US all show a “complete lack of a health benefit and even an increase in severe (adverse) events among vaccine recipients.” The study’s author, Bart Classen, wrote, “Vaccines have been promoted and widely utilized under the false claim they have been shown to improve health. However, this claim is only a philosophical argument and not science based.” He warned that mass immunization with COVID-19 vaccines was leading to “a catastrophic public health event.”

    The federal government’s Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS) is a voluntary reporting system. According to a 2011 grant report on VAERS, between December 1, 2007 and September 9, 2020, “fewer than 1% of vaccine adverse events” were reported. Investigative reporter Sheryl Attkisson pulled together research studies from around the world to foreground “80 of the most common adverse events reported after Covid-19 vaccination.” The more common of these reported symptoms include paralysis, pulmonary embolism, thrombosis, cerebral hemorrhage, thrombocytopenia, anaphylactic/anaphylactoid systemic reactions, skin inflammation, myalgia, arthralgia, menstrual cycle disruption in women, and more. Anthony Furey of the Toronto Sun cited a report by Public Health Ontario in Canada that revealed more than 100 Canadian youth under the age of 25 had been sent to the hospital with heart complaints after vaccination.

    Attkisson also cited an October 2021 report by Reuters that Sweden and Denmark paused the Moderna COVID-19 vaccine for younger groups, as have other countries including Iceland, Finland, and Slovenia.

    There has not been a single payment for any COVID vaccine injury, according to November 2021 report for Forbes by Adam Andrzejewski. However, Thailand’s National Health Security Office has paid $45.65 million to settle COVID-19 vaccine injury compensation claims. Payouts were made to 12,714 people, including family members who died as a result of the vaccine, Cambodia’s Phnom Penh Post reported in March 2022.

    Vaccine efficacy questions are emerging as well. Paul Elias Alexander outlined these concerns in an October 2021 report for the Brownstone Institute. According to Alexander, “evidence is pouring in about Covid vaccine efficacy. The gestalt of the findings implies that the infection explosion… may be due to the vaccinated spreading Covid as much or more than the unvaccinated.” Alexander questioned whether vaccines “with limited capacity to prevent symptomatic disease may drive the evolution of more virulent strains.”

    In an August 2016 report for Science, Meredith Wadman reported that, based on data from Israel, “breakthrough” cases, where people who have previously been vaccinated come down with COVID, are “not the rare events the term implies.” Her article reported that in August 2021, 59 percent of the 514 Israelis hospitalized with severe or critical COVID-19 were fully vaccinated. Her report quoted a bioinformatician at the Israel Institute of Technology, Uri Shalit, who said, “One of the big stories” from Israel is that “‘Vaccines work, but not well enough.’”

    In a January 2022 article for Bloomberg Law, Aaron Siri reported on how a group of scientists and medical researchers, Public Health and Medical Professionals for Transparency, addressed these growing concerns by suing the FDA under the Freedom of Information Act. The group’s lawsuit calls on the FDA to release documents related to the trials and licensing of the Pfizer COVID-19 vaccine. In response, the FDA asked a federal judge for permission to wait until 2096 to “disclose all of the data it relied upon to license Pfizer’s Covid-19 vaccine.” Siri’s article described the “unprecedented need for transparency” when it comes to the COVID-19 vaccines. “A majority of Americans are now mandated to receive a COVID-19 vaccine under penalty of losing a job, or worse,” Siri wrote, suggesting that we need independent scientists to review this data now—not in 75 years.

    Corporate media have offered scant coverage of these issues. Reuters and Forbes published stories on vaccine injury claims. However, both articles relied on the official narrative that adverse reactions to the mRNA vaccine are rare. Fox News has openly discussed vaccine injury studies and Big-Pharma-Big Media collusion and censorship. However, none of these sources offered an independent overview of these complex issues.

    Sources:

    Sharyl Attkisson, “Exclusive: Covid-19 Vaccine Concerns,” Sharyl Attkisson, March 12, 2022.

    Sharyl Attkisson, “Exclusive: 80 of the Most Common Adverse Events Reported after COVID-19 Vaccination,” Sharyl Attkisson, October 13, 2021.

    Anthony Furey, “More than 100 Ontario Youth Sent to Hospital for Vaccine-Related Heart Problems: Report,” Toronto Sun, September 3, 2021.

    Meredith Wadman, “A Grim Warning from Israel: Vaccination Blunts, but Does Not Defeat Delta,” Science, August 16, 2021.

    Aaron Siri, “Why a Judge Ordered FDA to Release Covid-19 Vaccine Data Pronto,” Bloomberg Law, January 18, 2022.

    Student Researcher: Karen Lopez (San Francisco State University)

    Faculty Evaluators: Kenn Burrows and Amber Yang (San Francisco State University)

    The post COVID-19 Vaccine Safety and Data Integrity Concerns appeared first on Project Censored.


    This content originally appeared on Project Censored and was authored by Vins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/18/covid-19-vaccine-safety-and-data-integrity-concerns/feed/ 0 348840
    Establishment News Bias in Reporting Debate on COVID-19 Origins https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/18/establishment-news-bias-in-reporting-debate-on-covid-19-origins/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/18/establishment-news-bias-in-reporting-debate-on-covid-19-origins/#respond Mon, 18 Apr 2022 18:49:24 +0000 https://www.projectcensored.org/?p=25666 In a March 2022 article for City Journal, Nicholas Wade, a former science editor at the New York Times, wrote: “Few science stories are more important than understanding where the…

    The post Establishment News Bias in Reporting Debate on COVID-19 Origins appeared first on Project Censored.

    ]]>
    In a March 2022 article for City Journal, Nicholas Wade, a former science editor at the New York Times, wrote: “Few science stories are more important than understanding where the Covid virus came from. Yet the science writers’ section of the press corps has proved strangely incapable of telling the story straight.” Noting that two main hypotheses for the virus’s origins  “have long been on the table”—a natural jump from an animal host or the escape of a genetically-manipulated virus from a lab—Wade proposed that science writers ought to “report both possibilities as evenhandedly as possible until the truth emerges.” By contrast, he continued, science writers have “trumpeted any developments favoring natural emergence while downplaying or ignoring those pointing to a lab leak.”

    In August 2021, the long-awaited U.S Intelligence Assessment on Covid-19 Origins had announced that both hypotheses remained “plausible” and that the intelligence community “remains divided on the most likely origin of COVID-19.”

    Previously, in a June 2021article, investigative journalist Sheryl Attkisson had reported, “Numerous scientific insiders are signing onto the ‘lab origin’ theory for Covid-19 and a link to controversial research funded by your tax dollars.” According to Attkisson, these insiders include former head of the Centers for Disease Control (CDC), Robert Redfield, and “a sizable segment of the research community,” including French virologist Luc Montagnier, a Nobel Prize recipient, who says that COVID-19’s genetics reveal hallmarks of human “manipulation.”

    Attkisson’s report described experiments intended to make a bat coronavirus more infectious in hopes of developing a vaccine. “It’s called ‘gain of function’ research,” Attkisson wrote. Though the US had halted similar research in 2014, on the grounds that it was too risky, the work at the Wuhan lab was “reviewed and approved” by the National Institutes of Health and funded by six grants, including one from the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, which was led at the time by Anthony Fauci, Attkisson reported.

    In line with Wade’s critique of biased science writing, and by contrast with Attkisson’s reporting, in March 2022 the New Republic declared, “The lab leak theory is dead.” Earlier that month, NPR reported “striking new evidence” that the virus originated in a Wuhan seafood market. NPR’s report cited scientists who called the new evidence “very convincing” and “a ‘blow’ to the lab-leak theory.” According to Wade, the author of the City Journal article, the new data “don’t detract in any way from the substantial evidence favoring a lab leak… Not a single animal tested in the market bore the virus.”

    Wade noted other factors that also blocked open investigation. When a research group investigating COVID origins, led by Kristian Andersen of the Scripps Research Institute, concluded that the virus did not have a natural origin, NIH director, Francis Collins, immediately “decreed this view to be a conspiracy theory,” Wade reported, noting that both Collins and Fauci are longtime advocates of gain of function research. In February 2020, 27 scientists from around the world who worked in virology and related medical fields submitted an open letter to The Lancet, attesting that the lab-leak hypothesis for the COVID-19 virus was a conspiracy theory. In September 2021, the Telegraph, reported that 26 of the 27 scientists who signed the letter dismissing potential lab origins of the virus had affiliations with the Wuhan Institute of Virology. The Daily Mail noted that this revelation “calls into question” the scientists’ impartiality.

    Nicholas Wade concluded: “Science writers need to decide whether their duty lies to their readers or to their sources. One choice makes them real journalists, the other just unaccredited PR agents for the scientific community.”

    Sources:

    Nicholas Wade, “Journalists, or PR Agents? Why Science Reporters Don’t Report Fairly on the Origins of COVID-19,” City Journal, March 20, 2022.

    Sharyl Attkisson, “Exclusive Investigation: Separating Rumor from Fact on COVID-19’s Origin”, Sharyl Attkisson, June 26, 2021.

    Student Researcher: Alexis Navat (San Francisco State University)

    Faculty Evaluator: Kenn Burrows (San Francisco State University)

    The post Establishment News Bias in Reporting Debate on COVID-19 Origins appeared first on Project Censored.


    This content originally appeared on Project Censored and was authored by Vins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/18/establishment-news-bias-in-reporting-debate-on-covid-19-origins/feed/ 0 348856
    Eleven more covid deaths reported as Air NZ flooded with travel inquiries https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/18/eleven-more-covid-deaths-reported-as-air-nz-flooded-with-travel-inquiries/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/18/eleven-more-covid-deaths-reported-as-air-nz-flooded-with-travel-inquiries/#respond Mon, 18 Apr 2022 03:57:05 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=72945

    RNZ News

    Eleven 11 more people have died from covid-19, and 6242 more community cases have been detected, New Zealand health authorities say.

    The Ministry of Health said the seven-day rolling average of case numbers was on the decline, with today’s seven-day rolling average at 7986 — last Monday it was 10,169.

    There are 553 people currently in hospital with the virus, including 23 in intensive care.

    The number of new cases identified at the border is 41.

    There are 55,869 active community cases today.

    Yesterday, there were 10 new deaths reported, and 5933 new community cases.

    Air New Zealand said it has been flooded with calls from people interested in travelling as the borders open.

    Many people want to check safety precautions and what documentation and other preparations they need to make for travelling under orange restrictions, and the airline said it had brought in extra staff to cope with the demand.

    A report released by the Cancer Control Agency has shown cancer diagnosis and treatments both fell during the pandemic, with Māori and Pacific peoples most affected.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/18/eleven-more-covid-deaths-reported-as-air-nz-flooded-with-travel-inquiries/feed/ 0 291506
    Auckland’s new covid-19 case numbers not highest in NZ for first time https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/17/aucklands-new-covid-19-case-numbers-not-highest-in-nz-for-first-time/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/17/aucklands-new-covid-19-case-numbers-not-highest-in-nz-for-first-time/#respond Sun, 17 Apr 2022 00:01:34 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=72876 RNZ News

    For the first time since the start of the covid-19 pandemic, Auckland does not have the most new daily community cases reported.

    The Ministry of Health reported the region had 869 new cases yesterday, while Canterbury had the most new cases at 2255, Southern DHB coming in second with 1747, and Waikato has 1079.

    The rest of the district health boards (DHBs) reported new case numbers below 1000.

    While the proportion of cases to population in Christchurch has been higher than Auckland for some time, yesterday was the first time it had more in raw numbers.

    Auckland’s case numbers peaked in the omicron outbreak almost six weeks ago and this week, all three Auckland DHBs each reported fewer than 100 patients for the first time since late February.

    But at a meeting last week, Auckland DHB bosses said they were still only just above minimum service delivery — meaning the only operations they were doing were acute, or planned surgery that could not wait.

    Most of the major metropolitan areas in the North Island – Waikato, Bay of Plenty, Wellington and the Hutt Valley – peaked about a week later, according to Otago University epidemiologist Professor Michael Baker.

    Rural Southland looked to be last in line for cases to peak, with Canterbury and South Canterbury already having had the highest rate of new infections of any district health board region — close to 500 per 100,000 people — back in late March.

    Daily cases by DHB 170422
    Visualisation: Ministry of Health

    Professor Baker previously said geography was one of the reasons for the persistent case load in the South Island, with the wave washing out of the large cities and into regional New Zealand.

    “What we’re seeing in New Zealand is a city pattern and more of a rural pattern,” he said.

    Professor Michael Baker
    Epidemiologist Professor Michael Baker … “Having a very sharp peak in Auckland does mean there’s a lot more pressure on the system.” Image: Samuel Rillstone/RNZ

    “So at one extreme we had Auckland which had peak case numbers on March 4 and it’s really the first DHB where we’re seeing numbers go below 100 cases per 100,000 people.

    “And at the other extreme you’ve still got over 300 per 100,000 — so three times higher — in places like Southern, South Canterbury and also on the West Coast.”

    But while cases had remained persistently high in the south, deaths and hospitalisations had remained low.

    Baker said he expected the drawn-out wave had played a part in that along with high vaccination coverage.

    “Having a very sharp peak in Auckland does mean there’s a lot more pressure on the system. Whereas if you have a more prolonged epidemic, as we’re seeing in the South Island in particular, it might be the capacity to manage people at home is better because you’re not seeing so many sick people at the same time.”

    As immunity wanes in the community, more people socialising with reduced restrictions, and the possibility of new variants, cases are expected to once again increase during winter.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/17/aucklands-new-covid-19-case-numbers-not-highest-in-nz-for-first-time/feed/ 0 291386
    Owners facing COVID-19 isolation in Shanghai scramble to save pets from ‘disposal’ https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/pets-04152022162541.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/pets-04152022162541.html#respond Fri, 15 Apr 2022 20:40:15 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/pets-04152022162541.html Residents of Shanghai are banding together to save each other's pets from being killed as the COVID-19 lockdown in the city drags on, RFA has learned.

    More than 1,000 listings have been made to an online document listing people who have tested positive for coronavirus in the past few weeks, and are looking for people to take care of their pets while they are in compulsory isolation facilities.

    "I basically have tested positive ... but they haven't notified me when I will be sent to isolation," a woman surnamed Wang from Shanghai's Putuo district wrote on the page on April 12.

    "I have a five-month-old kitty at home."

    Wang was told by her neighborhood committee that her cat would need to be "disposed of," she told RFA.

    "I wanted to see if ... I could get it sent to a friend's house, but I don't know if the neighborhood committee will accept this or not, or whether they will agree to have the cat stay in my home," she said.

    "They told me that, strictly speaking, the cat should be disposed of, and that I shouldn't tell anyone about this," Wang said.

    "[They told me] if I can move the cat away, or give it to a friend, before I get sent to isolation, it would be safer [for the cat]," she said.

    Wang said she was at her wits' end to know what to do. The mutual assistance page for pet owners suggests she is far from alone.

    "I'm worried that [will also test] positive, and my pet's life will be in danger," another Shanghai resident wrote. "The neighborhood committee won't allow the cat to leave, should I want to hand it over to a friend."

    "If I go into isolation, I fear the consequences of leaving my pet at home will be unimaginable. Please help!" they said.

    Another wrote: "My family members are all ... contacts [of an infected person], and they could all test positive. I'm afraid our dog will be disposed of by the neighborhood committee."

    "Please take my dog to a foster home, with dog food, litter tray and toys."

    Seeking foster homes

    The majority of posts were labeled as being from Pudong New District, with hundreds of distraught pet owners requesting help.

    A volunteer from Shanghai surnamed Lin said she helped to arrange foster homes for three cats.

    "They are very anxious to send their cats and dogs [to a foster home], but some neighborhood committees won't help them with that, so they have to figure out what to do by themselves," Lin said.

    "Sometimes, volunteers from their community can come to their door [and take the pet] and send it to me," she said. "It's very hard for them to send their pets away, because they're not allowed out themselves."

    She said there had been a surge in requests for pet foster homes after a video surfaced on social media showing a corgi being beaten to death by neighborhood committee members with a shovel, amid loud screams from the animal and shocked comments from the person shooting the video.

    Once pets have been successfully removed from the residential community, then logistics personnel must be hired to deliver them to the foster home, Lin said, which is very expensive.

    Some pet owners have sent their pets to pet hospitals, but places are hard to secure.

    An employee who answered the phone at the Sanlin branch of the Shanghai Hanghou Pet Clinic chain said most of the pet hospitals are now full.

    "We are all full, right now; the hospital is overcrowded," the employee said. "There have been a couple of cases in Shanghai of pets being killed, this is true."

    Shenzhen shelters

    Meanwhile, authorities in the southern city of Shenzhen have set up two pet shelters, where pets of people sent into isolation are housed for free.

    There are places available for up to 300 pets, and the facility is the first of its kind in China.

    Peter Li, head of China affairs at the Humane Society International, said the humane disposal of pets isn't official policy in Shanghai.

    "The few cases we have seen in Shanghai are the result of grassroots government workers not following Shanghai government policy," Li told RFA. 
    "This failure, in addition to incompetence and lack of empathy, may also be due to the fact that they are handling situations they have never experienced before, resulting in huge psychological pressure."

    Li, whose organization is also working to save pets beleaguered by war in Ukraine, called on Chinese officials to formulate policies for pets in the event of an emergency or disaster.

    Translated and edited by Luisetta Mudie.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Mia Ping-chieh Chen.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/pets-04152022162541.html/feed/ 0 291210
    Emigration inquiries spike in China amid grueling COVID-19 lockdowns, restrictions https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/emigration-04142022145326.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/emigration-04142022145326.html#respond Thu, 14 Apr 2022 18:53:34 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/emigration-04142022145326.html As a citywide lockdown continued in Shanghai and around 100 cities imposed more limited COVID-19 curbs, immigration consultancies said they are receiving a record number of inquiries from people hoping to get out of China for good.

    Keyword searches relating to emigration spiked more than 100-fold in recent days, according to publicly available data from the Baidu search engine for the week from March 28 to April 3.

    Canada, the United States and Australia were the top three countries shown in such searches, with searches for immigration to Canada showing a 28-fold increase compared with the previous week.

    "The number of immigration consultations has skyrocketed in the past few days," an employee who answered the phone at the Beijing-based immigration consultancy Qiaowai told RFA on Wednesday.  "We are very busy every day, and waiting times are relatively long, because we don't have enough consultants."

    "This is likely the case for every other company [in the sector]," the employee said. "There are more coming from Shanghai because the pandemic is pretty bad in Shanghai right now."

    An employee who answered the phone at the Immigration 11 agency gave a similar response.

    "There are quite a lot of people inquiring," the employee said. "I need to hurry up [with this call]."

    "Is it the pandemic? We've had a lot of people consulting us from Shanghai in Guangdong, and also a lot from Beijing," the employee said.

    Senior journalist Chen Hongtao said the figures could be an indication that high-ranking officials in the ruling Chinese Communist Party (CCP) and their families are voting with their feet.

    "Anyone who has the option to leave may be thinking about how to get out," Chen said. "Those who work for the regime don't believe [propaganda], and they have access to a lot more information [than regular people]."

    "Most middle and working-class people don't have the wherewithal to get hold of comprehensive information," he said. "They're the ones who believe what the little pinks [pro-CCP commentators] tell them."

    A woman who identified herself by the pseudonym Zhang Li said she and her friends are in the process of trying to leave China.

    "I don't think this is weird at all," Zhang said. "It's normal ... because the pandemic disease control measures aren't based on scientific decisions."

    "I know a woman, a medical student, who is currently submitting her application to emigrate to the U.S.," she said. "She plans to study [English] first, then become a nurse."

    However, it looks likely that the majority of people will have trouble leaving, in the absence of political clout or existing immigration channels.

    An employee who answered the phone at the Shanghai police department's exit and entry administration said the office, which issues passports and exit permits, is currently closed.

    "You can't apply for passports, and entry-exit offices are all closed around here because of the pandemic," the employee said.

    "There are some cases where on-site review of materials is happening for emergency circumstances, for example, to visit the critically ill overseas, or to go and study overseas," they said.

    Meanwhile, residents of Shanghai said they are still struggling to source enough food and other daily necessities, with strict stay-at-home orders still in place across the city.

    "I went to the neighborhood committee to order food," a resident surnamed Xu told RFA. "It's been 20 days, and I still haven't gotten the rice I ordered. I am out of oil and soy sauce for cooking at home, and I haven't been able to buy more."

    "I have to try to get food sent from online... we have been locked down here since March 8," she said.

    A resident of Baoshan district surnamed Zheng said people who test positive are now being "sealed" inside their own apartments or buildings, as isolation and quarantine facilities are full.

    "If you test positive, the entire building will be sealed off with barbed wire, and nobody will be allowed in or out," Zheng told RFA. "The disease control people set up a hut outside to guard it."

    "Last week, they would take you away in a vehicle immediately if you tested positive," he said. "That's not the way they're doing it now."

    A resident of Xuhui district surnamed Liu said the supplies delivered to people's homes during the lockdown were nowhere near enough to last the entire length of lockdown.

    "In the first stage, some people had no food," she said. "In the second stage, Pudong was closed for four days, and then Puxi was closed for another four days, but I didn't expect the city to be locked down forever."

    "They government sent a batch of groceries, but ... the food they have distributed was far from enough," Liu said.

    A resident surnamed Zhao gave a similar account.

    "We have been locked down for more than a month, and we had food for four days," he said. "There's not enough for such a long time... all the stores are closed."

    The Shanghai municipal health commission reported a total of 27,719 newly confirmed cases on Thursday, with rapidly constructed and converted field hospitals and quarantine facilities unable to meet demand for beds.

    "You can't get into the Fangcang cabin hospitals, and a lot of people can't even get an ambulance if they call 120," Zheng said. "We have no idea how many people have died of COVID-19."

    However, reports have also emerged of people being forcibly dragged from their homes to isolation facilities, even with a negative PCR test.

    One audio recording features a young couple who have tested negative arguing with enforcement personnel.

    "Our tests were negative," one person says, while a police officer answers: "The Center for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) says you are positive."

    "No way," the person replies. "I have a negative test result. If I go to the cabin hospital I will wind up positive."

    The ongoing lockdown comes after CCP leader Xi Jinping urged local governments on Wednesday to stick to his zero-COVID policy, with a slew of reports and commentaries in state media defending the approach.

    Chen Kuide, executive chairman of the Princeton China Society, said zero-COVID has become a political slogan for Xi that he can't relinquish.

    "He thinks this is a very important representation of the correctness of his political ideology and the superiority of the Chinese system," Chen told RFA.

    "He has made it into a personal, political asset, so he can't drop it now, because it would mean he's finished, politically speaking, and a failure."

    China's economic growth is likely to slow to 5.0 percent in 2022 amid renewed COVID-19 outbreaks and a weakening global recovery,  according to a Reuters poll on Thursday.

    "A post by user @Lady_Moye titled "The people of Shanghai's patience has reached its limit" garnered more than 10 million views on the social media platform WeChat on Thursday."


    "Anyone who deletes this post should die a sorry death," one comment read. However, the post was removed by WeChat for "violating regulations," according to a WeChat notice, Reuters reported.

    Translated and edited by Luisetta Mudie.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Xiaoshan Huang, Chingman, Qiao Long and Kai Di.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/emigration-04142022145326.html/feed/ 0 290776
    Hong Kong changes law, forcing owners to give up pets ‘believed’ to have COVID-19 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/pets-04142022095659.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/pets-04142022095659.html#respond Thu, 14 Apr 2022 14:34:30 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/pets-04142022095659.html Authorities in Hong Kong have changed the law to force people to hand over pets and other animals believed infected with COVID-19 for 'humane dispatch,' as police have been tasked with investigating activists who tried to save hamsters from a cull in January, the city's top health official has said.

    "The government recently introduced amendments [including] clear provisions requiring the owner of an article (including an animal) to surrender the article upon a health officer’s direction," the city's secretary for food and health Sophia Chan said in a written response to a lawmakers' question.

    The new rules took effect from March 31, 2022, and anyone failing to comply with an order to hand over their pets for "humane dispatch" could face a fine of  up to H.K.$10,000 and six months' imprisonment, she said.

    Chan said existing quarantine law "aims to regulate matters relating to quarantine and the prevention of disease among animals and birds, etc" but doesn't specifically cover COVID-19.

    The rule change comes after Hong Kong's Agriculture, Fisheries and Conservation Department (AFCD) "strongly advised" members of the public to surrender imported hamsters bought from local pet shops for humane dispatch.

    The advice prompted widespread resistance, including spontaneous offers to take hamsters off people's hands and keep them safe from the authorities.

    Chan said a total of 145 hamsters were handed over to the authorities by the end of March.

    She said the authorities had been removing animals from local pet shops for "humane dispatch," and had banned imports of any small mammals for commercial purposes.

    "In response to some people stopping others from surrendering hamsters and taking over hamsters from members of the public intended for surrender to the [authorities], the AFCD ... reported the case[s] to the police for follow up and handling," Chan said.

    "Obstructing, or assisting to obstruct a health officer in the exercise of a power or performance of a function is a criminal offense, and offenders are liable on conviction to a fine of H.K.$5,000 and to imprisonment for two months," she warned.

    'Going too far'

    A pet owner who gave only the nickname Miss J said the rules were going too far.

    "I think it's going too far to have us hand over our animals," she said. "They already killed all of those hamsters with barely a second thought. It's totally outrageous."

    "They say that the articles will be destroyed, which means they are treating animals as inanimate objects," Miss J said.

    Miss J, who has a Shiba Inu and a dachshund she regards as "family," said she had only been walking her dogs outside once or twice a week to minimize the risk of catching COVID-19, but wasn't sure if that was now possible.

    "We have done everything we could, and they have just backed us into a corner," she said.

    A pet owner who gave only the nickname A Ting said she wouldn't hand over her two rescued stray cats if her life depended on it.

    "This is unreasonable ... You wouldn't give up your own children," she said. "People who have pets treat them as members of the family, and won't give them up just because they're sick."

    "Quite frankly, the government has brought in so many restrictions to prevent the spread of COVID-19, but have they worked?" A Ting said.

    "If they come to my home for my two cats, it'll be over my dead body," she said.

    Meanwhile, on the democratic island of Taiwan, owners of dogs, cats or mink have been told to isolate their pets at home if they test positive for COVID-19.

    Pets belonging to people sick with COVID-19 should be cared for by friends or relatives, or handed over to disease control authorities for boarding until the person has recovered.

    Translated and edited by Luisetta Mudie.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By RFA Cantonese Service.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/pets-04142022095659.html/feed/ 0 290697
    Covid-19 Death Rates in Poorer US Counties Were Nearly Double https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/14/covid-19-death-rates-in-poorer-us-counties-were-nearly-double/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/14/covid-19-death-rates-in-poorer-us-counties-were-nearly-double/#respond Thu, 14 Apr 2022 10:54:36 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/336151

    As our country approaches 1 million deaths from COVID-19, it can feel impossible to wrap our heads around such a devastating figure. But it's essential if we want to treat the pre-existing conditions that made it so deadly.

    When a public health crisis runs headlong into systemic inequities in wages, wealth, and health care, the result is mass death among those the system is rigged against.

    In the beginning, many thought the pandemic would be "a great equalizer," since the virus doesn't distinguish between rich and poor. But the tragic reality is that our economic and public health systems do discriminate.

    A coalition of researchers convened by the Poor People's Campaign recently published a report making this reality plain.

    The researchers define poverty to include all those living up to 200 percent of the official poverty measure, which has long been considered too low to capture those who struggle the hardest to make ends meet.

    Using this measure, they found that COVID-19 death rates in poorer U.S. counties were nearly double those wealthier counties.

    The gap was even bigger during the worst phases of the pandemic. During the dark winter of 2020-2021, four and a half times as many people in poorer counties died. During the Delta phase, that number shot up to five times.

    Vaccination rates tend to be somewhat greater in wealthier counties, but this study looked at counties where vaccination rates topped more than 85 percent. So vaccination can't account for the disparity.

    What can account for it is poverty. The over 300 counties with the highest death rates had average poverty rates of 45 percent.

    These counties include 30 million Americans of every color. Latinx Americans make up about a quarter of their population, while their Black population is about double the national average. What's more, these counties are home to nearly 30 percent of all Indigenous people in the United States.

    They're also home to many poor whites. Although COVID-related deaths fell disproportionately on people of color, these poorer white people suffered the most deaths.

    Experts and impacted people testified recently about these findings in Washington, D.C.

    "At times, our county's rate of COVID hospitalizations and deaths led the nation," said Bruce Grau of Wausau, Wisconsin. "In the first six months of the pandemic, nearly all of the residents in just one nursing home died penniless and alone."

    "Because I don't have money, it was 17 days before they told me I had COVID," testified Tyrone Gardner of Goldsboro, North Carolina. "We were slaughtered for the almighty dollar, and we won't be sacrificed anymore," declared Pamela Garrison of West Virginia.

    "It was hard for us to get the vaccine," recalled Vanessa Nosie, a member of the Apache Stronghold in New Mexico. "Our lives aren't valued. They look at us like it doesn't hurt that we don't survive."

    "The findings of this report reveal intentional decisions to not focus on the poor," summed up Reverend WIlliam Barber, co-chair of the Poor People's Campaign. "We cannot say that this is because of individual choices or behaviors."

    Instead, he declared, "something deeper is at work: systems that prey on the poor—poor white people and poor people of color."

    The lessons of this pandemic are brutal and myriad. One of its most important is that when a public health crisis runs headlong into systemic inequities in wages, wealth, and health care, the result is mass death among those the system is rigged against.

    The Poor People's Campaign has been mobilizing Americans across the country to un-rig this system. "This data is a wake-up call for this nation to heed the calls of the Poor People's Campaign," said John Cavanagh of the Institute for Policy Studies.

    This summer, the campaign is organizing a mass mobilization of poor and low-income people in Washington, D.C. to fight back. On June 18, thousands of poor people and their allies will arrive in the capital, calling on lawmakers to treat the pre-existing conditions of a pandemic that's killed nearly 1 million Americans.

    They welcome all to join them.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Karen Dolan.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/14/covid-19-death-rates-in-poorer-us-counties-were-nearly-double/feed/ 0 290674
    California Schemin’: Will COVID censorship of healthcare professionals become law? https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/13/california-schemin-will-covid-censorship-of-healthcare-professionals-become-law/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/13/california-schemin-will-covid-censorship-of-healthcare-professionals-become-law/#respond Wed, 13 Apr 2022 21:58:25 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=128776 California Assembly Bill #2098 was introduced on February 14, 2022. If passed, the bill would “designate the dissemination or promotion of misinformation or disinformation related to the SARS-CoV-2 coronavirus, or ‘COVID-19,’ as unprofessional conduct.” Translation: It’s corporate-sponsored censorship aimed at taking away power from health professionals who see through the COVID bullshit. Section 1 of […]

    The post California Schemin’: Will COVID censorship of healthcare professionals become law? first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    California Assembly Bill #2098 was introduced on February 14, 2022. If passed, the bill would “designate the dissemination or promotion of misinformation or disinformation related to the SARS-CoV-2 coronavirus, or ‘COVID-19,’ as unprofessional conduct.”

    Translation: It’s corporate-sponsored censorship aimed at taking away power from health professionals who see through the COVID bullshit.

    Section 1 of the bill declares the following:

    (a) The global spread of the SARS-CoV-2 coronavirus, or COVID-19, has claimed the lives of over 5,000,000 people worldwide, including nearly 75,000 Californians.

    (b) Data from the federal Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) shows that unvaccinated individuals are at a risk of dying from COVID-19 that is 11 times greater than those who are fully vaccinated.

    (c) The safety and efficacy of COVID-19 vaccines have been confirmed through evaluation by the federal Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and the vaccines continue to undergo intensive safety monitoring by the CDC.

    (d) The spread of misinformation and disinformation about COVID-19 vaccines has weakened public confidence and placed lives at serious risk.

    (e) Major news outlets have reported that some of the most dangerous propagators of inaccurate information regarding the COVID-19 vaccines are licensed health care professionals.

    FYI: Every entry above is patently and demonstrably false.

    Since the bill does not even define what “misinformation or disinformation” is, it’s obviously designed solely to squash debate and dissent. Of course, such authoritarianism is first being floated in a #woke state like California. But do not imagine — for one minute — that this is not coming to a State House near you.

    If you allow yourselves to be distracted by war propaganda or celebrity gossip, you’re making it so, so easy for the powers-that-shouldn’t-be to implement their nefarious plans. Even if you won’t fight back for yourself, how about standing up for future generations who may never know what freedom and autonomy mean?

    Three suggestions for starters:

    • Take the real time needed to educate yourself
    • Relentlessly share what you learn
    • Never comply with tyranny
    The post California Schemin’: Will COVID censorship of healthcare professionals become law? first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Mickey Z..

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/13/california-schemin-will-covid-censorship-of-healthcare-professionals-become-law/feed/ 0 290490
    NZ moves to orange: Experts respond to change in traffic light settings https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/13/nz-moves-to-orange-experts-respond-to-change-in-traffic-light-settings/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/13/nz-moves-to-orange-experts-respond-to-change-in-traffic-light-settings/#respond Wed, 13 Apr 2022 10:18:35 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=72771 RNZ News

    Covid-19 restrictions for all of New Zealand will ease from midnight tonight but a leading epidemiologist says the country is divided over its risk

    From 11.59pm tonight, all of New Zealand moves into the orange traffic light setting, Covid-19 Reponse Minister Chris Hipkins announced today.

    He said the change in alert levels was justified for several reasons, including an ongoing decline in cases.

    He said case numbers now sit below 10,000 new cases per day for the first time since February 24, and that hospitalisations in Auckland were lower, with all three DHBs each reporting fewer than 100 patients for the first time since late February.

    Epidemiologist Professor Michael Baker told RNZ Afternoons with Jesse Mulligan the move was reasonable for Auckland, which peaked almost six weeks ago.

    “But that’s not the situation in the rest of New Zealand and particularly the South Island, even some DHBs in the North Island, like Northland and some of the others in the central North Island, are still seeing case numbers reported yesterday that were about 50 percent of their peak.

    “So we are quite divided in terms of risk.”

    Face masks out in schools
    Under the orange setting, face masks are still required in some environments but not in schools.

    Professor Baker said that with only 20 percent of younger students fully vaccinated, without masks there are not many barriers that stopped the virus circulating.

    “And we do know anecdotally a lot of the way this virus is getting from one family to another is through transmission at school so this seems like a gap at the orange level.”

    Hipkins said schools have been provided with guidance, and they have access to public health guidance so they can consider the advice for themselves.

    “Ultimately looking at a school by school basis, in some schools there is still a very strong justification for masks — but not all.

    “It is very challenging for schools, it has proven to be one of the most challenging covid-19 requirements.”

    People who are young, healthy, fully vaccinated and boosted should be getting out much more because the risk from the infection is much less, Professor Baker said.

    High vaccine coverage
    “We know now of high vaccine coverage, we’ve actually pushed the fatality rate from this infection now to down to less than, it’s about 0.05 percent which is in a similar range now to seasonal flu — but it’s only because we’re highly vaccinated.”

    Prior to vaccination there was a fatality risk of 0.5 percent, he said.

    Te Pūnaha Matatini modeller Professor Michael Plank said: “It’s a good time to be relaxing the traffic light settings when cases and hospitalisations are declining in almost all parts of the country.”

    Professor Plank is partly funded by the Department of Prime Minister and cabinet for research on mathematical modelling of covid-19.

    “We have successfully flattened the curve of this Omicron wave — although hospitalisations and staff absences have put intense strain on our healthcare system, things would have been even worse without our efforts to slow the spread.”

    While New Zealand is marking the end of its omicron sprint, it is at the beginning of its marathon, Professor Baker said.

    “Covid-19 isn’t going to go away and we are very likely to have further waves of infection as immunity wanes, people’s behaviour gets back to normal, and new variants arrive,” he said.

    “As we move away from restrictions and mandates, we need to work on a long-term, sustainable set of mitigations. This should include vaccines, high-quality surveillance systems, a focus on clean air indoors, and financial support for people to isolate when sick.”

    Hybrid office/home set-up
    With a change in restrictions, Victoria University of Wellington and Umbrella Wellbeing clinical psychologist Dr Dougal Sutherland says the government will no longer encourage working from home.

    But Dr Sutherland warned there may be psychological consequences for workplaces encouraging their people to return in person.

    Flexibility and agility will be key for adjusting to this new normal, he said.

    “It seems likely many people will continue working from home, at least some of the time.

    “This presents a challenge to organisations about how they create psychologically safe teams in a dispersed environment. There is also the challenge of how to support people with different levels of anxiety associated with increased human contact.

    “Research shows that allowing people to work from home a few days a week is associated with better wellbeing and productivity, so allowing workers to continue a hybrid office/home set-up should be encouraged.”

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/13/nz-moves-to-orange-experts-respond-to-change-in-traffic-light-settings/feed/ 0 290327
    A pandemic of co-morbidities https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/11/a-pandemic-of-co-morbidities/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/11/a-pandemic-of-co-morbidities/#respond Mon, 11 Apr 2022 22:33:19 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=128732 Greg Pulles is a retired attorney in Minnesota. As anyone with the capacity for critical thought would be, Pulles is skeptical about the pandemic narrative. Unlike most, however, he’s set out to do something about it. Pulles and his team analyzed 10,984 Minnesota death certificates that bear the ICD code (International Classification of Diseases) U071 […]

    The post A pandemic of co-morbidities first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    Greg Pulles is a retired attorney in Minnesota. As anyone with the capacity for critical thought would be, Pulles is skeptical about the pandemic narrative. Unlike most, however, he’s set out to do something about it.

    Pulles and his team analyzed 10,984 Minnesota death certificates that bear the ICD code (International Classification of Diseases) U071 as assigned by the CDC for COVID-19.

    Here is just some of what they found:

    • 69.29 percent of “COVID” death certificates listed at least three co-morbidities
    • 50 percent listed at least four co-morbidities
    • 34 percent listed at least five co-morbidities
    • 21 percent listed at least six co-morbidities

    In total, only 2.67 percent of the 10,984 certificates they examined were “COVID only” — with no comorbidity listed.

    Some of the co-morbidities listed were:

    • Hypertension and throat cancer
    • Pulmonary embolism during an elective surgery
    • Sepsis-like syndrome
    • Traumatic brain injury caused by a pedestrian being struck by a car
    • Essential hypertension, GERD, dementia, cerebral infarction
    • Blunt force craniocerebral injuries caused by a fall
    • Acute kidney injury with hyperkalemia, and congestive heart failure
    • Emphysema, congestive heart failure, hypertension, and advanced age
    • Peripheral vascular disease and uncontrolled type 2 diabetes

    In addition, Pulles’ team took a close look at the ages of the deceased:

    • For those who died in 2020 with COVID-19 as the cause of death on their certificate, the average age was 80.84
    • In 2021, the average age was 74.07
    • 20 percent of Minnesotans listed by the state as COVID deaths were over the age of 90
    • 50 percent over the age of 80
    • 74 percent  over the age of 70
    • Only 209 COVID deaths occurred in those under the age of 40
    • Only eight COVID deaths occurred in those under the age of 20

    In addition, over 5,500 of those classified as having died from COVID-19 were in a nursing home. (For context, remember that at least 50 percent of people die within six months upon entering a nursing home.)

    I’ve told you about the flawed PCR test.

    I’ve told you about the deadly but lucrative COVID protocols in hospitals.

    I’ve been telling you for a long time: There is no pandemic.

    The post A pandemic of co-morbidities first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Mickey Z..

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/11/a-pandemic-of-co-morbidities/feed/ 0 289854
    PNG police chief demands covid-19 emergency funding reports from UN https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/11/png-police-chief-demands-covid-19-emergency-funding-reports-from-un/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/11/png-police-chief-demands-covid-19-emergency-funding-reports-from-un/#respond Mon, 11 Apr 2022 07:16:42 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=72664 PNG Post-Courier

    Papua New Guinea’s Police Commissioner David Manning — who is also head of the country’s Covid-19 National Control Centre — has placed United Nations agencies on notice that they must reveal how they have spent virus emergency funding over the past two years.

    Manning said Prime Minister James Marap and other Members of Parliament, and independent organisations such as Transparency International, have all called for the release of information on how covid-19 funds have been spent and they have been ignored.

    “Unfortunately, these United Nations bodies have refused to provide financial information to the government and people of Papua New Guinea,” he said.

    This matter has now come to a head with the Controller writing to the World Bank Acting Country Director in Papua New Guinea, Paul Vallely, on March 29, advising that he would no longer endorse any further increase in allocation of funds, or disbursements, under the PNG Covid-19 Emergency Response Project.

    “I have repeatedly requested both directly and through auditors, acquittals of previously disbursed funds under this and other similar projects,” the Controller said in his letter to the World Bank on the loan money.

    “The recipients of these funds have refused to provide any reasonable account for these monies.

    “There is over US$1.3 billion (K4.5 billion) identified on the self-reporting donor tracker as being committed for managing the covid-19 pandemic in PNG.

    ‘How are UN agency funds used?’
    “What our people need to know, and the global community needs to know, is how are these UN agencies using the funds allocated to them.”

    Manning advised that the project is to receive no further funds until he is satisfied that previous disbursements have been acquitted.

    “Enough is enough, I have called for the past year for this expenditure to be acquitted and they have refused, so now I am demanding compliance with transparency requirements in PNG,” he said.

    “With the country going through the height of the pandemic, these agencies were provided with some leniency, but we have heard enough excuses and misleading information.

    A substantial part of the funds being spent by these UN organisations had also become a part of national sovereign debt that must be repaid by future generations of the Papua New Guinean people, he said.

    “But the terrible irony is that we do not even know what they spent this money on, particularly in areas such as communications and awareness in which they have failed.

    “Details that have been revealed on the Covid-19 Donor Tracking Dashboard shows that UNDP, as one example, has facilitated the following funding of their own activities in PNG to an amount of K9 million (US$2.6 million).

    “This is one just source of funding that is shrouded in secrecy and there are several others for which we have demanded information but is being ignored by this global body.”

    Outraged by wording
    Manning said he was outraged by the almost identical wording from UNICEF, WHO and UNDP in response to his requirement for an independent auditor to access their records, in which these agencies essentially said they would ignore the request.

    In documents seen by the Post-Courier, UNDP Resident Representative Dirk Wagener and UNICEF PNG Representative Claudes Kamenga wrote to Manning with the same “contemptuous and arrogant” language stating that: “We would like to inform you that UNICEF, as a United Nations Agency, is submitted to the ‘Single Audit principle’ that gives the exclusivity of external audit and investigation to the United Nations Board of Auditors (UNBoA) founded in 1946 through the UN resolution 74 (I) of 7 December 1946.”

    Manning said what UNICEF and UNDP were saying to PNG is that they would spend funds that were intended for the people, and they would not tell how they used this money.

    “In other words, if these agencies have wasted money that was intended for our people, they claim they can keep it a secret,” Manning said.

    “This is exactly what we have seen with the way UNICEF uses public funding for communications and awareness and delivers limited results.

    “This is a matter that must be addressed at the highest level of the United Nations, because if this lack of transparency is happening in PNG, you have to ask how many other smaller developing countries are being treated with such contempt.”

    The Controller said he would ensure the PNG public and international support partners were kept aware of developments in the matter and if acquittals were forthcoming.

    Republished with permission from the PNG Post-Courier.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/11/png-police-chief-demands-covid-19-emergency-funding-reports-from-un/feed/ 0 289579
    Public Health Experts Raise Alarm Amid Capitol Hill Covid-19 Outbreak https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/10/public-health-experts-raise-alarm-amid-capitol-hill-covid-19-outbreak/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/10/public-health-experts-raise-alarm-amid-capitol-hill-covid-19-outbreak/#respond Sun, 10 Apr 2022 16:53:02 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/336052

    Public health experts on Sunday warned that the U.S. public may not be getting a full, accurate picture of their risk of contracting the coronavirus—and their need to take precautions like masking in public indoor spaces—as a number of high-profile Covid-19 cases were reported on Capitol Hill several weeks after mitigation efforts were largely dropped in cities across the country.

    At least 67 people who attended the annual Gridiron Club dinner last weekend—more than 10% of the guests—have now tested positive for Covid-19, including Agricultural Secretary Tom Vilsack, Attorney General Merrick Garland, Commerce Secretary Gina Raimondo, and Rep. Adam Schiff (D-Calif.).

    "We are not at endemic levels that we just need to live with. When the virus is surging we should reinstitute masks in public places."

    House Speaker Nancy Pelosi (D-Calif.) did not attend the annual gathering of politicians and media and business players, but tested positive last week after being in contact with President Joe Biden and Vice President Kamala Harris.

    Crystal Watson of the Johns Hopkins Center for Health Security told The Hill Sunday that it is "hard to tell" exactly how indicative the high-profile surge in cases is of nationwide trends, but added, "I do think we're going to see an uptick nationally," while other experts cautioned that the current status of Covid-19 transmission and case numbers in the U.S. is hard to gauge.

    BA.2, a subvariant of the Omicron variant which is more easily transmitted, now accounts for 72% of reported Covid-19 cases.

    However, due to a lack of testing and heavy reliance on at-home tests—the results of which are generally not included in tallies by state health officials or the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention—"case counts and testing are progressively becoming shaky indicators" of the state of the pandemic, Dr. Jonathan Quick of the Duke Global Health Institute told NBC News.

    "I do think we are in the middle of a surge, the magnitude of which I can’t tell you," Dr. Zeke Emanuel, vice provost of global initiatives at the University of Pennsylvania, told the outlet. "We just don't have a lot of case counts."

    With more than 66% of people in the U.S. having received at least two doses of a Covid-19 vaccine—but fewer than 30% having gotten a booster shot—the population is far better protected from severe cases, hospitalizations, and death than it was before the vaccines were widely available. But some public health experts are warning that the looming end of funding for oral antiviral treatments, vaccines, surveillance of new variants, and tests may severely weaken the country's defenses in the coming weeks.

    According to NBC News, there is not currently enough funding to purchase fourth vaccine doses for all Americans if they are needed, and testing capacity is expected to decline in the coming months.

    Some public health experts have expressed frustration with the federal government's messaging and accounting of Covid-19 cases and current risk levels, with George Washington University professor Dr. Jonathan Reiner and Scripps Research Translational Institute founder Eric Topol criticizing the CDC's "misleading" promotion of its "County-level Covid-19 Community Levels" tool.

    The tool shows whether hospitals in each county have capacity and if there is a "high potential for healthcare strain"—not whether the virus is spreading widely in communities.

    While much of the Northeast is green on the Covid-19 Community Levels map, indicating a "low" level, those counties are largely red or orange on the community transmission map, indicating at least 50 new cases per 100,000 people in the past seven days. The CDC says those counties have a "substantial" or "high" transmission level.

    "This is what individuals should use to gauge individual risk," Reiner said of the community transmission map.

    Dr. Leana Wen, a public health professor at George Washington University, argued last Thursday that while the Gridiron dinner—where guests had to show proof of vaccination but not a negative test—"was probably a Covid-19 superspreader... events like this should still go on."

    Individuals should be "thoughtful about their own risks and the risks they pose to others," she added.

    That guidance comes in absence of leadership from policymakers regarding masking and testing requirements for large events, critics said.

    "This is not the new normal," said Reiner of the Gridiron event. "Covid is surging in places like D.C. and New York. CDC’s map has hidden this. We are not at endemic levels that we just need to live with. When the virus is surging we should reinstitute masks in public places."

    While there is "nothing abnormal about socializing," said Dr. Abraar Karan, an infectious diseases physician at Stanford University, "there's something very abnormal about mass infections. If you can't understand that distinction you may have given up on the possibility that our government can do better."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Julia Conley.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/10/public-health-experts-raise-alarm-amid-capitol-hill-covid-19-outbreak/feed/ 0 289539
    Public Health Experts Raise Alarm Amid Capitol Hill Covid-19 Outbreak https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/10/public-health-experts-raise-alarm-amid-capitol-hill-covid-19-outbreak/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/10/public-health-experts-raise-alarm-amid-capitol-hill-covid-19-outbreak/#respond Sun, 10 Apr 2022 16:53:02 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/336052

    Public health experts on Sunday warned that the U.S. public may not be getting a full, accurate picture of their risk of contracting the coronavirus—and their need to take precautions like masking in public indoor spaces—as a number of high-profile Covid-19 cases were reported on Capitol Hill several weeks after mitigation efforts were largely dropped in cities across the country.

    At least 67 people who attended the annual Gridiron Club dinner last weekend—more than 10% of the guests—have now tested positive for Covid-19, including Agricultural Secretary Tom Vilsack, Attorney General Merrick Garland, Commerce Secretary Gina Raimondo, and Rep. Adam Schiff (D-Calif.).

    "We are not at endemic levels that we just need to live with. When the virus is surging we should reinstitute masks in public places."

    House Speaker Nancy Pelosi (D-Calif.) did not attend the annual gathering of politicians and media and business players, but tested positive last week after being in contact with President Joe Biden and Vice President Kamala Harris.

    Crystal Watson of the Johns Hopkins Center for Health Security told The Hill Sunday that it is "hard to tell" exactly how indicative the high-profile surge in cases is of nationwide trends, but added, "I do think we're going to see an uptick nationally," while other experts cautioned that the current status of Covid-19 transmission and case numbers in the U.S. is hard to gauge.

    BA.2, a subvariant of the Omicron variant which is more easily transmitted, now accounts for 72% of reported Covid-19 cases.

    However, due to a lack of testing and heavy reliance on at-home tests—the results of which are generally not included in tallies by state health officials or the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention—"case counts and testing are progressively becoming shaky indicators" of the state of the pandemic, Dr. Jonathan Quick of the Duke Global Health Institute told NBC News.

    "I do think we are in the middle of a surge, the magnitude of which I can’t tell you," Dr. Zeke Emanuel, vice provost of global initiatives at the University of Pennsylvania, told the outlet. "We just don't have a lot of case counts."

    With more than 66% of people in the U.S. having received at least two doses of a Covid-19 vaccine—but fewer than 30% having gotten a booster shot—the population is far better protected from severe cases, hospitalizations, and death than it was before the vaccines were widely available. But some public health experts are warning that the looming end of funding for oral antiviral treatments, vaccines, surveillance of new variants, and tests may severely weaken the country's defenses in the coming weeks.

    According to NBC News, there is not currently enough funding to purchase fourth vaccine doses for all Americans if they are needed, and testing capacity is expected to decline in the coming months.

    Some public health experts have expressed frustration with the federal government's messaging and accounting of Covid-19 cases and current risk levels, with George Washington University professor Dr. Jonathan Reiner and Scripps Research Translational Institute founder Eric Topol criticizing the CDC's "misleading" promotion of its "County-level Covid-19 Community Levels" tool.

    The tool shows whether hospitals in each county have capacity and if there is a "high potential for healthcare strain"—not whether the virus is spreading widely in communities.

    While much of the Northeast is green on the Covid-19 Community Levels map, indicating a "low" level, those counties are largely red or orange on the community transmission map, indicating at least 50 new cases per 100,000 people in the past seven days. The CDC says those counties have a "substantial" or "high" transmission level.

    "This is what individuals should use to gauge individual risk," Reiner said of the community transmission map.

    Dr. Leana Wen, a public health professor at George Washington University, argued last Thursday that while the Gridiron dinner—where guests had to show proof of vaccination but not a negative test—"was probably a Covid-19 superspreader... events like this should still go on."

    Individuals should be "thoughtful about their own risks and the risks they pose to others," she added.

    That guidance comes in absence of leadership from policymakers regarding masking and testing requirements for large events, critics said.

    "This is not the new normal," said Reiner of the Gridiron event. "Covid is surging in places like D.C. and New York. CDC’s map has hidden this. We are not at endemic levels that we just need to live with. When the virus is surging we should reinstitute masks in public places."

    While there is "nothing abnormal about socializing," said Dr. Abraar Karan, an infectious diseases physician at Stanford University, "there's something very abnormal about mass infections. If you can't understand that distinction you may have given up on the possibility that our government can do better."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Julia Conley.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/10/public-health-experts-raise-alarm-amid-capitol-hill-covid-19-outbreak/feed/ 0 289540
    Vaccine resistance has its roots in negative childhood experiences, a major NZ study finds https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/09/vaccine-resistance-has-its-roots-in-negative-childhood-experiences-a-major-nz-study-finds/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/09/vaccine-resistance-has-its-roots-in-negative-childhood-experiences-a-major-nz-study-finds/#respond Sat, 09 Apr 2022 01:54:39 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=72617 ANALYSIS: By Richie Poulton, University of Otago; Avshalom Caspi, Duke University, and Terrie Moffitt, Duke University

    Most people welcomed the opportunity to get vaccinated against covid-19, yet a non-trivial minority did not. Vaccine-resistant people tend to hold strong views and assertively reject conventional medical or public health recommendations.

    This is puzzling to many, and the issue has become a flashpoint in several countries.

    It has resulted in strained relationships, even within families, and at a macro-level has threatened social cohesion, such as during the month-long protest on Parliament grounds in Wellington, New Zealand.

    This raises the question: where do these strong, often visceral anti-vaccination sentiments spring from? As lifecourse researchers we know that many adult attitudes, traits and behaviours have their roots in childhood.

    This insight prompted us to enquire about vaccine resistance among members of the long-running Dunedin Study, which marks 50 years this month.

    Specifically, we surveyed study members about their vaccination intentions between April and July 2021, just prior to the national vaccine roll out which began in New Zealand in August 2021. Our findings support the idea that anti-vaccination views stem from childhood experiences.

    The Dunedin Study, which has followed a 1972-73 birth cohort, has amassed a wealth of information on many aspects of the lives of its 1037 participants, including their physical health and personal experiences as well as long-standing values, motives, lifestyles, information-processing capacities and emotional tendencies, going right back to childhood.

    Almost 90 percent of the Dunedin Study members responded to our 2021 survey about vaccination intent. We found 13 pecent of our cohort did not plan to be vaccinated (with similar numbers of men and women).

    A study participants undergoes an eye examination to test the health of optic nerves and the eye’s surface.
    Among many assessments, study participants undergo eye examinations to test the health of optic nerves and the eye’s surface. Image: Guy Frederick, CC BY-ND

    When we compared the early life histories of those who were vaccine resistant to those who were not we found many vaccine-resistant adults had histories of adverse experiences during childhood, including abuse, maltreatment, deprivation or neglect, or having an alcoholic parent.

    These experiences would have made their childhood unpredictable and contributed to a lifelong legacy of mistrust in authorities, as well as seeding the belief that “when the proverbial hits the fan you’re on your own”.

    Our findings are summarised in this figure.

    A graph that tracks the life history of vaccine resistance
    Vaccine resistance. Graph: Dunedin Study, CC BY-ND

    Personality tests at age 18 showed people in the vaccine-resistant group were vulnerable to frequent extreme emotions of fear and anger. They tended to shut down mentally when under stress.

    They also felt fatalistic about health matters, reporting at age 15 on a scale called “health locus of control” that there is nothing people can do to improve their health. As teens they often misinterpreted situations by unnecessarily jumping to the conclusion they were being threatened.

    The resistant group also described themselves as non-conformists who valued personal freedom and self-reliance over following social norms. As they grew older, many experienced mental health problems characterised by apathy, faulty decision-making and susceptibility to conspiracy theories.

    Negative emotions combine with cognitive difficulties
    To compound matters further, some vaccine-resistant study members had cognitive difficulties since childhood, along with their early-life adversities and emotional vulnerabilities. They had been poor readers in high school and scored low on the study’s tests of verbal comprehension and processing speed.

    These tests measure the amount of effort and time a person requires to decode incoming information.

    Such longstanding cognitive difficulties would certainly make it difficult for anyone to comprehend complicated health information under the calmest of conditions. But when comprehension difficulties combine with the extreme negative emotions more common among vaccine-resistant people, this can lead to vaccination decisions that seem inexplicable to health professionals.

    Today, New Zealand has achieved a very high vaccination rate (95 percent of those eligible above the age of 12), which is approximately 10 percent higher than in England, Wales, Scotland or Ireland and 20 percent higher than in the US.

    More starkly, the New Zealand death rate per million population is currently 71. This compares favourably to other democracies such as the US with 2,949 deaths per million (40 times New Zealand’s rate), UK at 2,423 per million (34 times) and Canada at 991 per million (14 times).

    How to overcome vaccine resistance
    How then do we reconcile our finding that 13 percent of our cohort were vaccine resistant and the national vaccination rate now sits at 95 percent? There are a number of factors that helped drive the rate this high.

    They include:

    • Good leadership and clear communication from both the prime minster and director-general of health
    • leveraging initial fear about the arrival of new variants, delta and omicron
    • widespread implementation of vaccine mandates and border closure, both of which have become increasingly controversial
    • the devolution by government of vaccination responsibilities to community groups, particularly those at highest risk such as Māori, Pasifika and those with mental health challenges.

    A distinct advantage of the community-driven approach is that it harnesses more intimate knowledge about people and their needs, thereby creating high(er) trust for decision-making about vaccination.

    A local vaccination clinic
    Community organisations can build on higher trust and better knowledge of people’s concerns and needs. Image: The Conversation/Fiona Goodall/Getty Images

    This is consistent with our findings which highlight the importance of understanding individual life histories and different ways of thinking about the world – which are both attributable to adversities experienced by some people early in life. This has the added benefit of encouraging a more compassionate view towards vaccine resistance, which might ultimately translate into higher rates of vaccine preparedness.

    For many, the move from a one-size-fits-all approach occurred too slowly and this is an important lesson for the future. Another lesson is that achieving high vaccination rates has not been free of “cost” to individuals, families and communities. It has been a struggle to persuade many citizens to get vaccinated and it would be unrealistic not to expect some residual resentment or anger among those most heavily affected by these decisions.

    Preparing for the next pandemic
    Covid-19 is unlikely to be the last pandemic. Recommendations about how governments should prepare for future pandemics often involve medical technology solutions such as improvements in testing, vaccine delivery and treatments, as well as better-prepared hospitals.

    Other recommendations emphasise economic solutions such as a world pandemic fund, more resilient supply chains and global coordination of vaccine distribution. The contribution of our research is the appreciation that citizens’ vaccine resistance is a lifelong psychological style of misinterpreting information during crisis situations that is laid down before high school age.

    We recommend that national preparation for future pandemics should include preventive education to teach school children about virus epidemiology, mechanisms of infection, infection-mitigating behaviours and vaccines. Early education can prepare the public to appreciate the need for hand-washing, mask-wearing, social distancing and vaccination.

    Early education about viruses and vaccines could provide citizens with a pre-existing knowledge framework, reduce citizens’ level of uncertainty in a future pandemic, prevent emotional stress reactions and enhance openness to health messaging. Technology and money are two key tools in a pandemic-preparedness strategy, but the third vital tool should be a prepared citizenry.

    The takeaway messages are twofold. First, do not scorn or belittle vaccine-resistant people, but rather attempt to glean a deeper understanding on “where they’re coming from” and try to address their concerns without judgement. This is best achieved by empowering the local communities that vaccine resisters are most likely to trust.

    The second key insight points to a longer-term strategy that involves education about pandemics and the value of vaccinations in protecting the community. This needs to begin when children are young, and of course it must be delivered in an age-appropriate way. This would be wise simply because, when it comes to future pandemics, it’s not a matter of if, but when.The Conversation

    Dr Richie Poulton, CNZM FRSNZ, director of the Dunedin Multidisciplinary Health & Development Research Unit (DMHDRU), University of Otago; Dr Avshalom Caspi, professor, Duke University, and Dr Terrie Moffitt, Nannerl O. Keohane University Professor of Psychology, Duke University. This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons licence. Read the original article.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/09/vaccine-resistance-has-its-roots-in-negative-childhood-experiences-a-major-nz-study-finds/feed/ 0 289365
    Homeless Students Further Marginalized by COVID-19 https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/09/homeless-students-further-marginalized-by-covid-19/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/09/homeless-students-further-marginalized-by-covid-19/#respond Sat, 09 Apr 2022 00:30:56 +0000 https://www.projectcensored.org/?p=25575 According to a joint study conducted by School House Connection and the University of Michigan’s Poverty Solutions initiative, approximately 420,000 fewer children and youth experiencing homelessness were identified and enrolled…

    The post Homeless Students Further Marginalized by COVID-19 appeared first on Project Censored.

    ]]>
    According to a joint study conducted by School House Connection and the University of Michigan’s Poverty Solutions initiative, approximately 420,000 fewer children and youth experiencing homelessness were identified and enrolled by schools at the start of the 2020-2021 school year, a reduction of 28 percent, compared with the year before. “This does not mean, however, that homelessness actually decreased during the pandemic,” Sarah Merohtra reported for The Education Trust in October 2021. Instead, the decrease reflected challenges in identifying homelessness after schools across the nation resorted to remote instruction: “Without the eyes and ears of educators, and without the ability to have in-person confidential conversations with trusted school staff, many school districts reported lower numbers,” Merohtra explained. (The Education Trust is a nonprofit that works to close opportunity gaps that disproportionately affect students of color and students from low-income families.)

    Noting that homelessness is “not an identity” but, instead, an “experience” and an “indicator of other vulnerabilities,” Merohtra reported that students of color, students with disabilities, English learners, and students who are LGBTQ+ are among the vulnerable groups that experience homelessness at “disproportionate rates.”

    COVID-19 has “exacerbated barriers” that students who are homeless face in education. School district liaisons are reporting “more fear, more trauma, and more barriers to basic needs” for students experiencing homelessness during the pandemic, as well as “reduced shelter capacity, and more fear of congregate shelter.” Lack of access to devices and the internet are further barriers to education for students experiencing homelessness under remote schooling.

    The expiration of the CDC’s eviction moratorium, in October 2021, also impacts students experiencing homelessness. In addition to the backlog of eviction cases leading eventually leading to increases in homelessness, the threat of evictions is already “creating greater anxiety among families, students, and educators,” Merohtra reported.

    Merohtra’s report concluded with detailed information for state, district, and school leaders to use to help students (and their families) who are at risk of being homeless or who are currently experiencing homelessness. Among these are detailed strategies for how schools can use funding earmarked for K-12 education by the American Rescue Plan Act to identify and support children and youth experiencing homelessness.

    Source: Sarah Mehrotra, “Understanding Students and Their Families Who Are Experiencing Homelessness or Housing Insecurity During a Pandemic,” The Education Trust, October 11, 2021.

    Student Researcher: Jaida Luck (Saint Michael’s College)

    Faculty Evaluator:  Rob Williams (Saint Michael’s College)

    The post Homeless Students Further Marginalized by COVID-19 appeared first on Project Censored.


    This content originally appeared on Project Censored and was authored by Vins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/09/homeless-students-further-marginalized-by-covid-19/feed/ 0 349041
    ‘It was clear sharing information was key,’ says resigned NZ public health chief https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/08/it-was-clear-sharing-information-was-key-says-resigned-nz-public-health-chief/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/08/it-was-clear-sharing-information-was-key-says-resigned-nz-public-health-chief/#respond Fri, 08 Apr 2022 02:56:59 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=72569 RNZ News

    Aotearoa New Zealand’s outgoing Director of Public Health says the quick sharing of scientific information and the widespread use of masks have both been critical parts of the country’s public health response.

    Dr Caroline McElnay, who is leaving the role shortly, presented the regular covid-19 update with Director-General of Health Dr Ashley Bloomfield for the final time yesterday and gave her view on the pandemic response over the past couple of years.

    She is stepping down from the role in the same week Dr Bloomfield announced he would also soon be leaving his role.

    Dr McElnay had been in the job for five years and is travelling to Europe, but plans to come back to New Zealand. She said she is looking forward to going hiking — on long walks without cell phone coverage.

    Dr McElnay said the country had learned a lot since New Zealand first went into lockdown more than two years ago.

    Masks had become part of daily lives and would continue to remain an important tool, she said.

    “They are a critical aspect of our public health response.”

    Pandemic sped up science
    The pandemic had changed the way many people worked, and also sped up science, she said.

    “Scientists effectively show progress through publishing scientific papers, which makes the information then available to the science and health communities,” she said.

    “Pre-covid that process often took months, but during covid it was clear sharing information was key. Information that could help understand the science behind the pandemic and assist in tackling it needed to be fast, so it could be used equally quickly.

    “Applying that knowledge, which has improved as time has gone on, has held New Zealand in good stead.

    “Vaccines and treatments that are effective at keeping people out of hospital were developed fast and advances in tracking and testing were equally quick.”

    Watch the covid-19 update


    The covid briefing. Video: RNZ News

     

    This had allowed the fast spread of information to the scientific community and the public within days.

    There had been frequent changes in advice and approach as experts and officials learnt more, she said.

    New Zealand was very fortunate to have had a solid foundation of trust by the public in the country’s institutions, but she said she was also aware of the impact the pandemic had had on many people’s lives.

    She noted there has also been a rise in misinformation, so officials had worked to increase the amount of trustworthy information available to the public.

    She said the media standups would continue. This was her 299th in two years, she said.

    Dr McElnay said she would travel overseas for some months. She said she was honoured to have held the role of director of public health.

    “I want to finish by thanking you all, all New Zealanders, in getting us to where we are today on what has been a rollercoaster of a ride. And I’d also like to thank you in this room, the media, for your extensive coverage throughout the pandemic, helping to keep the public informed.”

    Timing of departures
    Dr Bloomfield said there had been speculation in the past 24 hours about the timing of his and Dr McElnay’s departures. He said Dr Jim Miller had already joined to act in the public health role while Dr McElnay’s replacement was appointed, while Dr Bloomfield himself would remain for four months.

    The response to the virus had been a huge undertaking for many people, but “having said that Dr McElnay has been instrumental, and often the public face of the ministry’s response”, he said.

    “A mammoth effort indeed. Personally I just want to fully acknowledge Dr McElnay’s calm and supportive and solution-focused approach over the last five years, but in particular she’s been a real rock for me over these past two years.”

    Dr McElnay said she took on the role five years ago and decided at the time that five years would be a good length of time, and it had been challenging.

    She said she got quite a few comments about her hair, and tried to avoid engaging with social media.

    She personally did not feel burnt out but said burnout was a very real thing and workplaces and employees themselves needed to acknowledge that.

    “Talk to your family and friends and talk to your health professionals.”

    Collaboration ‘awe-inspiring’
    A highlight of her time was seeing public health experts come together to come up with a plan back when covid-19 first struck our shores, she said.

    Seeing the advice she and her colleagues gave be announced as official decisions reinforced the weight of responsibility that came with her job. She said it was “awe inspiring”.

    The death toll in New Zealand had been staggeringly low — 466 as at today — and while every death was a tragedy, New Zealand had “such an amazing response”, she said.

    “Every country has responded differently according to the context of that country.”

    It was really the early closing of the borders as an island nation that really allowed such a strong response, she said.

    Dr Bloomfield said the health system was now having to gear up to switch from responding to the acute illness from covid-19, to a longer-term care for people who have long-term symptoms.

    Pressure on the healthcare system due to covid-19 was now easing.

    Case numbers declining
    The overall situation was improving, and as case numbers continue to decline it will also mean fewer staff members being off work, he said.

    DHBs all have plans for how to catch up on care that has been deferred and ensure it is delivered, he said.

    He was concerned enough about the possibility of a perfect storm of winter illnesses as well as covid-19 to have prepared a plan to prevent that.

    Advice on a fourth booster was going to ministers this week, he said.

    “The groups that other countries are offering a fourth dose to are largely older people and immunocompromised people of all ages.”

    Dr Bloomfield also said he wanted to mark yesterday as World Health Day, the anniversary of the founding of the WHO in 1948.

    • Ten new deaths were reported today — including someone aged between 10-19 — while the daily number of new community cases in New Zealand has dropped back below the 10,000 mark.
    • There were 9906 new community cases reported today, down from the 11,634 community cases reported yesterday, while the number of people in hospital has dropped from 654 yesterday to 626 today, including 17 people in ICU.
    • The death toll of people who have died with covid-19 is now 466.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/08/it-was-clear-sharing-information-was-key-says-resigned-nz-public-health-chief/feed/ 0 288956
    Healthy Diet and Lifestyle Reduce Risk and Severity of COVID-19, Studies Find https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/07/healthy-diet-and-lifestyle-reduce-risk-and-severity-of-covid-19-studies-find/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/07/healthy-diet-and-lifestyle-reduce-risk-and-severity-of-covid-19-studies-find/#respond Thu, 07 Apr 2022 22:50:42 +0000 https://www.projectcensored.org/?p=25548 Several recent independent news reports highlight a health-oriented approach to COVID-19 that is missing from most news coverage on the pandemic. These reports  highlight how healthy diet and lifestyle can…

    The post Healthy Diet and Lifestyle Reduce Risk and Severity of COVID-19, Studies Find appeared first on Project Censored.

    ]]>
    Several recent independent news reports highlight a health-oriented approach to COVID-19 that is missing from most news coverage on the pandemic. These reports  highlight how healthy diet and lifestyle can reduce the risk of COVID-19.

    A December 2021 Harvard Health article reported on the findings of a study, published by the BMJ’s journal Gut in September 2021, on the connections between healthy diet and COVID-19. The study concluded that diets rich in “healthy plant-based foods was associated with lower risk and severity of COVID-19.” As Harvard Health reported, study participants who reported eating “the most fruits, vegetables, and legumes had a 9% lower risk of getting COVID and a 41% lower risk of developing severe COVID during the study period.” (Noting that the study was “observational” and “doesn’t prove conclusively that a healthy diet prevents COVID,” Harvard Health reported that “getting vaccinated and wearing a mask in indoor settings are still the most important approaches to ward off the disease.”)

    Notably, Harvard Health reported, the study found links between COVID,  poor diet, and socioeconomic disadvantages. “If you could remove just one of those factors — diet or disadvantage — we think nearly a third of the COVID-19 cases could have been prevented,” Jordi Merino, the study’s lead author, stated.

    A May 2020 Science Daily article reported on a study, conducted at Anglia Ruskin University, which examined the relation between Vitamin D and the prevalence of COVID-19 in twenty European countries. Science Daily quoted Lee Smith, the study’s lead researcher: “Vitamin D has been shown to protect against acute respiratory infections, and older adults, the group most deficient in vitamin D, are also the ones most seriously affected by COVID-19.” As Science Daily noted, based on comments by one of the study’s coauthors, “correlation does not necessarily mean causation” and these findings could be affected by the “different  measures taken by each country to prevent the spread of infection.”

    The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) report that age is “the strongest risk factor for severe COVID-19 outcomes.” People aged 65 years and older “accounted for 81% of U.S. COVID-19 related deaths” in 2020, the CDC noted. As individuals age, their bodies’ abilities to process nutrients declines, meaning they absorb less nutrition from the food they eat. Additionally, the elderly typically live a more sedentary lifestyle. Another high-risk population is individuals who are obese. The CDC also states, “obesity decreases lung capacity and reserve and can make ventilation more difficult”, which is a risk factor for any respiratory illnesses. Obesity also puts people at a higher risk for other health conditions, such as diabetes, heart disease, blood that is prone to clot, and lung disease. These other health conditions add to the risk factors for COVID-19.

    Global news coverage of COVID-19 has emphasized masks, vaccines, and social distancing as the most concrete actions that people can take to protect themselves (and others) from infection. Changes in health habits are more difficult to establish, and the full benefits may take years to manifest. It’s much more difficult for public health officials to advocate concrete plans to stay healthy because overall health varies significantly from individual to individual. Few news outlets covering the pandemic have acknowledged this challenge.

    Source: Heidi Godman, “Harvard Study: Healthy Diet Associated with Lower COVID-19 Risk and Severity,” Harvard Health, December 1, 2021.

    Student Researcher: Grace Gallo (Saint Michael’s College)

    Faculty Advisor: Rob Williams (Saint Michael’s College)

    The post Healthy Diet and Lifestyle Reduce Risk and Severity of COVID-19, Studies Find appeared first on Project Censored.


    This content originally appeared on Project Censored and was authored by Vins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/07/healthy-diet-and-lifestyle-reduce-risk-and-severity-of-covid-19-studies-find/feed/ 0 349123
    Health chief’s resignation: ‘He felt the pressure along with the rest of us’ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/07/health-chiefs-resignation-he-felt-the-pressure-along-with-the-rest-of-us/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/07/health-chiefs-resignation-he-felt-the-pressure-along-with-the-rest-of-us/#respond Thu, 07 Apr 2022 01:03:06 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=72537 By Rowan Quinn, RNZ News health correspondent

    Health workers in Aotearoa New Zealand are thanking Director-General of Health Dr Ashley Bloomfield for his work stopping the ailing health system from collapsing in the covid-19 pandemic — and for saving lives.

    They say they can relate to him needing a rest.

    Dr Bloomfield leaves his job in July, stepping down 12 months early after the huge stress of the past two years.

    There are few public servants who have had the same degree of fame.

    For two years he has been a regular in the living rooms of the country, particularly in the first lockdown when almost everyone was home turning in every day to hear news of the covid-19 threat.

    Emergency doctor and chair of the Council of Medical Colleges Dr John Bonning said Dr Bloomfield had to step up to communicate with the public in a role that would normally have been done by politicians.

    He exuded trust and had stellar public health credentials, as a medical doctor who had worked for the World Health Organisation and headed a district health board (DHB), Dr Bonning said.

    Engaged and communicated
    He engaged and communicated very regularly with health worker groups.

    “He felt the pain, he felt the pressure along with the rest of us,” he said.

    Frontline GP and chair of the Pacific GP Network Api Talemaitoga said the country was lucky to have a director-general with top public health skills when they were needed most.

    That meant Dr Bloomfield understood the practicalities of what had to be done — like limiting numbers, mass masking, vaccination programmes and the importance of communication, he said.

    Covid-19 Minister Chris Hipkins said Dr Bloomfield’s advice had been at the heart of the government’s decision making and he “had saved thousands if not tens of thousands of lives”.

    But not everything was perfect under his tenure. There was a blunder that meant high-risk border workers were not being routinely tested as promised, criticisms about spread in MIQ facilities, delays at times over testing, and a slow vaccine rollout for Māori.

    Delays over Māori health autonomy
    Te Whānau O Waiapareira chief executive John Tamihere said the director-general had done a decent job but he was uncomfortable with the “idolatry” that had sprung up around him.

    He had called Dr Bloomfield out over the past two years on issues like the delays giving Māori health groups autonomy to look after their communities, and of the ministry’s initial failure to hand over health data.

    Director-General of Health Dr Ashley Bloomfield
    Dr Ashley Bloomfield … “He will go down as leading a great result when compared with other nations.” Image” RNZ/Pool/Getty

    It would be mean-spirited to criticise Dr Bloomfield on his way out, he said.

    He was a highly-paid public servant who had done a decent job, particularly for mainstream New Zealand, but his copybook was not completely clean, Tamihere said.

    “But … Dr Bloomfield will go down as leading a great result when compared with other nations,” he said.

    Pacific health groups had shared the concerns about not initially being able to lead the response for their communities, who bore the brunt of early waves of the virus.

    Privy to the big picture
    GP Dr Api Talemaitoga said while that was frustrating, he and his colleagues on the frontline were not always privy to the big picture Dr Bloomfield was dealing with “in terms of the whole country, the ministry, and his political masters”.

    Senior emergency doctor Dr Kate Allan represents the College of Emergency Medicine and said Dr Bloomfield inherited a “broken health system” but led a response that stopped it from collapsing under the weight of covid-19.

    “I take my hat off to him. I think it’s been an amazing job and an incredibly difficult job and I can’t imagine how tired he must be,” she said.

    Dr Bloomfield is, in turn, quick to credit people like Dr Allan who worked on the frontline to battle the virus.

    ‘Relentless’
    The director-general of health was one of three top health chiefs to announce their resignations yesterday.

    Director of Public Health Dr Caroline McElnay
    Director of Public Health Dr Caroline McElnay … also resigned. Image: RNZ/Pool/Stuff/Robert Kitchin

    Director of Public Health Caroline McElnay and Deputy Director of Public Health Niki Stefanogiannis are also leaving the ministry.

    Health Minister Andrew Little told RNZ Morning Report they had been at the forefront of the covid-19 response and had worked tirelessly. “As Ashley said to me in the weekend, he is just exhausted.”

    Thousands of front line health workers had done a phenomenal job and would be feeling the same after two years of the pandemic, he said.

    There was still work to be done in terms of the rebuild and the nationwide health restructure “because we’ve got to create that extra capacity.”

    “I am committed to filling the gaps that are there.”

    ‘Saved thousands of lives’
    Epidemiologist Professor Rod Jackson said the key leadership group including Dr Bloomfield, the prime minister, senior ministers and others “saved thousands of lives, it saved our health services”.

    “The work that they did over the past couple of years, it’s just relentless.” Jackson said. “I’m amazed that they lasted so long.”

    All three were there at the most important stage but it was “a bit worrying” they were leaving. “The next phase is going to be messy, it’s going to be more political.”

    However, New Zealand had “fantastic” vaccines and the knowledge on how to slow down and contain a pandemic.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/07/health-chiefs-resignation-he-felt-the-pressure-along-with-the-rest-of-us/feed/ 0 288622
    Shanghai transports tens of thousands of COVID-19 cases, close contacts out of town https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/shanghai-04062022140719.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/shanghai-04062022140719.html#respond Wed, 06 Apr 2022 18:25:40 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/shanghai-04062022140719.html The mass, out-of-town relocation of thousands of people from Shanghai who have tested positive for COVID-19 is sparking a social media backlash from neighboring regions in China, according to local residents and social media posts.

    With more than 10,000 people testing positive for the virus in the city so far, and isolation and quarantine facilities in the city overflowing, the authorities have started packing thousands of local people onto mass transportation and sending them to isolation camps in neighboring provinces and cities.

    Social media user @DeliciousFishSkinCrispy called the policy "shameless," saying that some 30,000 Shanghai residents are being sent to the eastern province of Zhejiang alone.

    Others complained of a lack of containment measures during the trip to the isolation facility, saying the lax restrictions on those known to have been exposed to the virus would likely spread it to the surrounding areas.

    User @RadishTuan1971 posted a video of an isolation convoy heading to Zhejiang's provincial capital, Hangzhou.

    "The neighborhood committee told us they wouldn't be providing any protective clothing, and that large numbers of close contacts were being sent to Hangzhou," the user commented, adding that he was worried about testing positive after being put on a bus with a group of potentially infected people despite quarantining at home for four days.

    He called on the government to issue personal protective equipment (PPE) to people ordered to leave town for isolation facilities.

    Shanghai reported a cumulative total of 13,354 confirmed cases of COVID-19 on Tuesday, but officials vowed to stick to the ruling Chinese Communist Party (CCP)'s zero-COVID policy, despite skyrocketing numbers.

    "We will stick unswervingly to the overall dynamic zero-COVID policy without hesitation, step up mass testing, quarantine and treatment, and realize the goal of zero-COVID in the shortest possible timeframe," a health official told a news conference.

    Local media reported that around 10,000 people have been sent to Hangzhou, the same number to Ningbo, 6,000 sent in total to Shaoxing and Jinhua, and 4,000 in total to Huzhou and Taizhou.

    A health worker conducts a swab test for COVID-19 at a residential compound during the second stage of a pandemic lockdown in Shanghai's Jing' an district, April 6, 2022. Credit: AFP
    A health worker conducts a swab test for COVID-19 at a residential compound during the second stage of a pandemic lockdown in Shanghai's Jing' an district, April 6, 2022. Credit: AFP
    Treatment gap


    But local residents also reported a huge divide between the treatment meted out to the poorest and most vulnerable people during the current outbreak, and those living in affluent neighborhoods.

    A resident of Hongqiao Emgrand Garden in Shanghai's Changning district who gave only the surname Jiang said her residential community was well-supplied, despite reports of food shortages in other parts of the city.

    "The volunteers were delivering rapid antigen test kits door to door yesterday," Jiang said. "Nobody in the community is allowed out, not to walk the dog, not to hang out down in the courtyard; we all have to stay home."

    "[However], it is being managed very well, and everyone is behaving very responsibly," she said. "They even called us to say that proper fresh vegetables were being delivered, as well as steak and shrimp balls to every household yesterday evening."

    Yet residents of the less affluent districts of Juquan, Xinyuan, Gucun township and Baoshan faced food shortages during their lockdown, while those in isolation facilities hadn't received any government food supplies for nearly two weeks, according to social media reports.

    Instead, food supplies are dumped outside in the courtyard to leave people to fight for food in chaotic scenes that some people likened to the Hunger Games.

    He Anquan (L) and Wang Lijin (R) take part in a hunger strike opposite the Chinese Consulate in New York, April 6, 2022. Credit: He Anquan's Twitter feed
    He Anquan (L) and Wang Lijin (R) take part in a hunger strike opposite the Chinese Consulate in New York, April 6, 2022. Credit: He Anquan's Twitter feed
    Strike in solidarity


    In New York, Chinese dissidents who formed the Shanghai National Party in exile staged a three-day hunger strike outside the Chinese consulate from April 4.

    Dissident He Anquan told reporters from a tent across the street from the consulate on Tuesday that he hadn't eaten for 24 hours, and was struggling to keep warm with the temperature at a chilly nine degrees Celsius.

    "Of course it's cold, but it's still above freezing point," He, who is refusing food but taking water, told RFA.

    "As a Shanghainese, this is all I can do to express my feelings of solidarity and concern to the 25 million Shanghai residents who live, work and were born in Shanghai," he said.

    Since the citywide lockdown began, patients have died due to lack of timely medical treatment and children have been sent to separate isolation facilities from their parents, while food prices have skyrocketed.

    Some residents have committed suicide by jumping off their buildings, He told RFA.

    "The Chinese government's lockdown policy in Shanghai amounts to a massacre, because it has resulted in the death of Shanghai citizens without medical treatment, or suicide due to emotional breakdown, all kinds of tragedies," he said. "These things are already happening."

    Opposition to policy

    Fellow Shanghai National Party activist Wang Lijin said he was joining He's hunger strike.

    "[CCP leader] Xi Jinping wants to achieve national unity during these citywide lockdowns," Wang said. "We are very opposed to his cruelty to the people of Shanghai."

    "We came to oppose Xi Jinping's shutdown of the city."

    There are signs of growing dissent over Xi's preference for a zero-COVID policy within China, however.

    A recent analysis that appeared on the encyclopedia site Zhihu argued that only the strictest lockdowns were of any use whatsoever in curbing the spread of the highly transmissible omicron variant of COVID-19.

    "The omicron variant spreads 5.82 times faster than the previous variants," the article said.

    "
    "The likelihood of bringing it under control is only around 51 percent, unless the strictest possible containment and control measures are applied immediately, as soon as the first case appears [in a city]."

    Translated and edited by Luisetta Mudie.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Xiaoshan Huang, Chingman, Fong Tak Ho and Sun Cheng.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/shanghai-04062022140719.html/feed/ 0 288527
    Poverty: The Pre-Condition Underlying Covid-19 Mortality https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/06/poverty-the-pre-condition-underlying-covid-19-mortality/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/06/poverty-the-pre-condition-underlying-covid-19-mortality/#respond Wed, 06 Apr 2022 15:41:34 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/335953

    In Hinds County, Miss., where nearly half of all residents are poor or low income, about 3 in 100 people have died of covid-19. Olivia Womack, a student at the University of Mississippi who grew up in Hinds County, has lost 20 members of her extended family to the coronavirus.

    America's healing will not be complete until we address the poverty at the root of our covid catastrophe.

    About 1,000 miles north in Marathon County, Wis., about a quarter of the people live under 200 percent of the poverty line, and death rates from covid-19 are almost the same as in Hinds County. Britnie Remer, who lives in the county and is only partially vaccinated because of an allergy, worries about the impact of industrial pollution, low wages and a lack of adequate health care in her Rust Belt community.

    Womack and Remer live in communities often portrayed as polar opposites: Womack's county supported Joe Biden by a 3-to-1 margin over Donald Trump in 2020, while Remer's went almost 3 to 2 for Trump over Biden. But a new study released this week by the Poor People's Campaign and the U.N. Sustainable Development Network shows a disturbing link between the counties and covid-19 deaths.

    "Mapping the Intersections of Poverty, Race and Covid-19" presents the first comprehensive county-level picture of how poverty has shaped both the spread of covid-19 and its devastating impact on the United States. It shows that death rates in the highest-income group are half the death rates in the lowest-income group. And, when we focus on the covid waves after vaccines were made available, the disparities are even more striking: During last fall's delta wave, death rates in the United States' poorest counties were five times those in the nation's wealthiest counties.

    In almost every income group nationwide, county-by-county vaccine coverage ranges from high (85 percent and higher) to almost nonexistent (under 15 percent). Although average vaccination rates are generally higher in the highest-income counties, that doesn't fully explain the variation in death rates in the later waves of the pandemic.

    To understand why some Americans have been so much more vulnerable to unnecessary death, we have to look at the consequences of poverty.

    In Hinds County, where Womack lives, people are twice as likely to be uninsured as residents of the nation's wealthiest communities. In Remer's hometown of Wausau, Marathon's county seat, drinking wells in the municipal water system have higher levels of a pollutant than proposed state regulations allow. Like many low-income communities across America, Wausau is marked by the increased health risks that accompany industrial waste.

    Since the start of the pandemic, public health officials have tried to understand why the covid death rate in the United States has been so much higher than in other nations with comparable resources and access to vaccines. Democrats have blamed Trump and other Republicans who failed to follow the advice of public health officials. Researchers also pointed to the role of systemic racism in health-care disparities. But race and partisan politics alone do not explain the disparity. Only when we focus on the impact of poverty can we see how uniquely vulnerable America is.

    America will not be well until we invest in the communities where people like Womack and Remer live. And we will not find the political will to make that investment until poor and low-income people of every race and region unite. This is why we are organizing with poor people from every state to march in Washington on June 18 to demand equal access to health care, living wages, affordable housing, drinkable water, voting rights and a future where children in struggling communities share the promise of democracy rather than the curse of poverty.

    When a public health crisis burns through a society, poverty fuels the fire. If the nation had paid attention to the widespread poverty that preceded the pandemic, thousands of deaths might have been prevented. As preachers, we know that no nation can thrive until it cares for its most marginalized members.

    "If you spend yourselves on behalf of the hungry and satisfy the needs of the oppressed," the prophet Isaiah said, "your light will rise in the darkness, and your night will become like the noonday."

    America's healing will not be complete until we address the poverty at the root of our covid catastrophe.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Rev. Dr. William J. Barber II, Rev. Dr. Liz Theoharis.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/06/poverty-the-pre-condition-underlying-covid-19-mortality/feed/ 0 288488
    Leaked memo raises questions over NZ Health Ministry’s daily covid-19 cases https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/06/leaked-memo-raises-questions-over-nz-health-ministrys-daily-covid-19-cases/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/06/leaked-memo-raises-questions-over-nz-health-ministrys-daily-covid-19-cases/#respond Wed, 06 Apr 2022 10:03:47 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=72517 By Stephen Forbes, Local Democracy reporter

    A leading epidemiologist says Aotearoa New Zealand has no idea how many community cases of covid-19 there are in the country because so many people are not recording their rapid antigen test (RAT) results.

    Local Democracy Reporting
    LOCAL DEMOCRACY REPORTING

    University of Auckland Professor Rod Jackson said an upgrade of the testing system and My Covid Record is desperately needed.

    His comments follow the leak of a memo from the Northern Region Health Co-ordination Centre (NRHCC) to health providers in the Auckland region on March 26.

    The memo states:

    “The MoH shared the following with us this week: in the last month we have distributed 50 million RATs into the system and so far less than 1 million results have been reported.”

    The memo goes on to mention the increased number of false positives and negatives that occur with RATs (compared to PCRs) and the need to shift towards more PCR testing immediately.

    Professor Jackson said the fact that so many people are not recording their covid-19 RAT results means the Ministry of Health’s daily case numbers are meaningless.

    “Those numbers clearly demonstrate that expecting people to report the results of self-administered RAT tests was never going to happen on a consistent basis,” he said. “They are only reliable if they are done by trained people and recorded.”

    Professor Rod Jackson
    University of Auckland epidemiologist Professor Rod Jackson … “The numbers are only reliable if they are done by trained people and recorded.” Image: Ricky Wilson/Stuff/LDR

    Looking at hospitalisations
    Professor Jackson said he did not even even look at the daily case numbers.

    “I look at the hospitalisations and, sadly, the number of deaths,” he said.

    Daily new covid-19 cases in NZ 06042022
    Daily new covid-19 cases as at today. Image: Ministry of Health

    But Professor Jackson said, in the middle of an omicron outbreak, a switch back to PCR testing might not be feasible due to the sheer number of people who would need to be tested.

    “And my concern is people have got so used to easy access to RATs and now they wouldn’t want to wait in line.”

    He said RATs are a tool to help slow down the spread of omicron, but their accuracy can be as low as 50 percent.

    Auckland University associate professor of public health and Associate Dean Pacific Dr Collin Tukuitonga agrees that poor recording of RAT results highlights the shortcomings of the Ministry of Health’s daily case numbers.

    Auckland University associate professor of public health Dr Collin Tukuitonga
    Auckland University associate professor of public health Dr Collin Tukuitonga … “The reality is we have no idea of the real numbers.” Image: Ryan Anderson/Stuff/LDR

    “The reality is we have no idea of the real numbers because people are either not getting tested or, if they are, they aren’t recording their results,” he said.

    Real case numbers far higher
    “Some people say the real case numbers could be two or even four times higher.”

    He said looking at the overall trend shows case numbers are declining in Auckland.

    “But in terms of absolute numbers, we have no idea.”

    A Ministry of Health spokeswoman said it has continued to monitor and review its approach to testing throughout the outbreak.

    She said RATs are the ministry’s preferred testing method as they can be done at home, the results are available quickly and, when people upload their results, they provide an insight into the spread and size of an outbreak.

    “We are still undertaking some PCR testing. However, this is mainly focused on priority populations and those individuals who are at higher risk of the effects from covid-19.”

    According to the Ministry of Health, from February 22 to April 4 it has distributed 61.6 million RATs nationwide and between December 13 and April 5, a total of 1,614,110 million results have been recorded.

    Local Democracy Reporting is a public interest news service supported by RNZ, the News Publishers’ Association and NZ On Air. Asia Pacific Report is a community partner.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/06/leaked-memo-raises-questions-over-nz-health-ministrys-daily-covid-19-cases/feed/ 0 288334
    NZ’s Director-General of Health Ashley Bloomfield to step down from role https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/06/nzs-director-general-of-health-ashley-bloomfield-to-step-down-from-role/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/06/nzs-director-general-of-health-ashley-bloomfield-to-step-down-from-role/#respond Wed, 06 Apr 2022 00:48:54 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=72480

    RNZ News

    Aotearoa New Zealand’s Director-General of Health Dr Ashley Bloomfield — the man who has tirelessly steered the country’s covid-19 pandemic response for the past two years — is stepping down from his role at the end of July.

    Public Service Commissioner Peter Hughes revealed Dr Bloomfield’s decision in a statement today.

    Dr Bloomfield had signalled to the commissioner late last year he intended to step down before his term officially ended on 11 June 2023, Hughes said.

    He said Dr Bloomfield had done an outstanding job leading the government’s health response to covid-19 and the vaccination rollout.

    “Dr Bloomfield has worked tirelessly for more than two years to keep New Zealanders safe from coronavirus,” Hughes said.

    “Dr Bloomfield has demonstrated remarkable resilience and courage in leading the health system’s overall response to Covid-19. That response has saved lives.

    “I thank Dr Bloomfield for his commitment to public service, his spirit of service to the community and his exceptional contribution to New Zealand’s covid-19 response. I know many New Zealanders will also be thankful for the job he has done.”

    Good hold on the virus
    Hughes said Dr Bloomfield wanted to stay on until the country had a good hold on the virus, and that time was now.

    Director-General of Health Dr Ashley Bloomfield, Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern, and Deputy Prime Minister Bruce Robertson
    Director-General of Health Dr Ashley Bloomfield, Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern, and Deputy Prime Minister Grant Robertson … “central to our COVID success as a nation.” Image: Samuel Rillstone/RNZ

    In a post on Facebook, Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern said Bloomfield had been a true public servant in every sense, through his dedication, drive and calmness.

    “He has been central to our COVID success as a nation, and he’s done it with humour and grace (I’ll keep the details of his sporadic mockery of me to myself!),” she said.

    “When we spoke about his decision to move on, he mentioned that he wanted to spend time with his family, and that’s the least we owe him. So kia ora from across the Motu, Dr Bloomfield. We thank you.”

    Covid-19 Response Minister Chris Hipkins also posted on Facebook after the news was released, acknowledging Bloomfield for being a “reassuring figure” through the pandemic response.

    “The amount of pressure he’s absorbed, and the level of commitment he’s shown over the past two years make that an easy decision to understand.

    ‘Give the man a beer’
    “We thank you Ashley for all you’ve done to keep us all safe. Give the man a beer, he’s truly earned it!”


    An acting director-general will be appointed before Bloomfield finishes on 29 July, 2022.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/06/nzs-director-general-of-health-ashley-bloomfield-to-step-down-from-role/feed/ 0 288227
    How Mask-Wearing to Prevent Spread of COVID-19 Impacts Children in Speech Therapy https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/05/how-mask-wearing-to-prevent-spread-of-covid-19-impacts-children-in-speech-therapy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/05/how-mask-wearing-to-prevent-spread-of-covid-19-impacts-children-in-speech-therapy/#respond Tue, 05 Apr 2022 22:47:22 +0000 https://www.projectcensored.org/?p=25534 In a March 2022 Atlantic article, Stephanie Murray discussed how mask mandates have impacted children with speech or language disorders. When the pandemic began in March 2020, many speech pathologists…

    The post How Mask-Wearing to Prevent Spread of COVID-19 Impacts Children in Speech Therapy appeared first on Project Censored.

    ]]>
    In a March 2022 Atlantic article, Stephanie Murray discussed how mask mandates have impacted children with speech or language disorders. When the pandemic began in March 2020, many speech pathologists pivoted to teletherapy, which, while useful to slow the spread of a deadly virus, was not always as constructive for little kids. Additionally, many parents’ new work-from-home routine prevented them from being able to facilitate the weekly virtual appointments.

    “He would just completely disengage, lie on the floor, start playing with the toys, literally turn his back to the computer, try to close it,” said mother Julia Toof of her son, who, at the time, was just shy of 3-years-old. “It just didn’t work.”

    Parents of children with speech or language disorders agree this pandemic poses a classic catch-22. Experts say delaying therapy early in a child’s development can lead to long-term behavioral and social obstacles but going maskless may leave their child, and others, vulnerable to contracting COVID-19.

    While transitioning back to in-person sessions, speech pathologists realized just how difficult it was for both them and the children to wear masks and still achieve the goals of traditional speech therapy. Face shields and clear-paneled masks, which allow the speaker’s mouth movements to remain visible, were not always provided to therapists in schools or therapy practices. When accessible, therapists utilized these tools along with demonstration videos to make their in-person sessions as safe and helpful as possible, but these workarounds often posed additional challenges. Tactile cues, such as straws and tongue depressors that help with proper tongue placement or bite plates to maintain jaw alignment, are simply impossible to recreate in a COVID-safe manner.

    “There is just a lot of interference on so many levels that I think there are certainly kids whose care was impacted negatively and whose progress probably was slowed,” said Alex Levine, a speech-language pathologist at the Learning and Development Center at the Child Mind Institute.

    At the onset of the pandemic, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) granted mask exemptions to children with certain qualifying disabilities. However, children with speech and language disorders did not meet those requirements.

    The debate over requiring children to wear masks has been a common topic in mainstream media since the beginning of the pandemic, but most articles focus on staunch, politically-charged anti-masking, rather than parents’ general curiosity about possible solutions to a relatively new problem. In September 2020, the Washington Post covered the potential for developmental delays in children due to mask mandates but emphasized that risks associated with contracting COVID-19 outweigh any other concerns. The Post published a similar article in March 2022 but did not provide information on children with preexisting conditions. In January 2022, Anya Kamenetz reported for NPR on school mask mandates and how such mandates may inhibit students’ social, emotional, and cognitive development. As of April 2022, no outlet outside of The Atlantic appears to have focused on the impact mask-wearing has had on children undergoing speech therapy.

    Source: Stephanie H Murray, “Speech Therapy Shows the Difficult Trade-Offs of Wearing Masks,” The Atlantic, March 2, 2022.

    Student Researchers: Alexander Moore, Emily Kenyon, Kathleen Boulton, and Ryan Shea (University of Massachusetts Amherst)

    Faculty Evaluator: Allison Butler (University of Massachusetts Amherst)

    The post How Mask-Wearing to Prevent Spread of COVID-19 Impacts Children in Speech Therapy appeared first on Project Censored.


    This content originally appeared on Project Censored and was authored by Vins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/05/how-mask-wearing-to-prevent-spread-of-covid-19-impacts-children-in-speech-therapy/feed/ 0 349164
    New Zealand to remain at red covid-19 traffic light setting amid pandemic https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/04/new-zealand-to-remain-at-red-covid-19-traffic-light-setting-amid-pandemic/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/04/new-zealand-to-remain-at-red-covid-19-traffic-light-setting-amid-pandemic/#respond Mon, 04 Apr 2022 06:53:16 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=72410 RNZ News

    Aotearoa New Zealand will remain at the red covid-19 traffic light setting, says Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern.

    Ardern made the announcement at today’s post-cabinet media briefing.

    She said the rolling average of cases had declined 36 percent in the two weeks since the government refined the traffic light system.

    There had been early data showing an uptick since mid-March in people visiting places of retail and recreation in Auckland, as well as more people returning to workplaces, she said.

    While cases were dropping in Auckland, Wellington and Tairāwhiti, others region like Canterbury, Northland and Waikato were not experiencing the same drop. Hospitalisations in some DHBs were not expected to peak until mid- to late-April.

    “So for now, New Zealand will remain at red,” Ardern said.

    “I know there is an eagerness to move to orange, but we are still frankly amid an outbreak and there is still pressure across our hospital network.”

    Nine further deaths
    The Ministry of Health today reported 10,205 new community cases of covid-19 and nine further deaths.

    There are now 734 people in hospital, including 25 in ICU or HDU.

    In a statement, the ministry said the seven-day rolling average of case numbers was continuing to decline — down to 13,218 from last Monday’s 16,102.

    Director-General of Health Dr Ashley Bloomfield said health officials would not be looking at a specific number of hospitalisations when advising a move down to the orange setting, but would rather be considering capacity and pressure levels, which also includes staffing at hospitals.

    The next review of the traffic light settings will be on Thursday, April 14.

    Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern on the traffic light system. Video: RNZ

    The country will remain at the red Covid-19 traffic light setting, Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern says.

    Ardern made the announcement at today’s post-Cabinet media briefing from about 4pm.

    Based on health advice
    Ardern said the decision today was based on health advice, and the government did not want to move too quickly and lose the progress made.

    “It’s less about the case numbers and more about the hospitalisations.”

    Asked why Auckland could not move to orange when cases were falling, Ardern said that while there was a decline in hospitalisations, “it is off a high base, the numbers are still relatively high, the pressure on our system is still there, we want to make sure that we’re in the best possible position and we don’t lose the gains we’ve worked so hard for.

    “We’ve always said that there is the possibility of moving regions to different levels at different times … but as we’ve said, Auckland has made significant progress but we do still have a relatively high hospitalisation rate.

    “We need to look after our healthcare workforce.”

    The country needed to help the health system recover and be ready for the expected winter surge, Ardern said, requesting that people get boosted.

    “Unvaccinated and people that are not boosted make up a disproportionate number of people in our hospitals. More than 9900 people are due their booster today, please get your booster as soon as you can.”

    Looking at overall trends
    Covid-19 Response Minister Chris Hipkins told RNZ Checkpoint tonight there were a range of considerations cabinet would have to take account of in its April 14 review.

    “We’re obviously looking at the overall trends … how many new hospital admissions as well as those who are in hospital – but also the demographics,” he said.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/04/new-zealand-to-remain-at-red-covid-19-traffic-light-setting-amid-pandemic/feed/ 0 287641
    First female premier of a Solomons province pleads for NZ covid funds https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/04/first-female-premier-of-a-solomons-province-pleads-for-nz-covid-funds/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/04/first-female-premier-of-a-solomons-province-pleads-for-nz-covid-funds/#respond Mon, 04 Apr 2022 00:39:45 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=72390 RNZ Pacific

    The first female premier of a Solomon Islands province is appealing to New Zealand Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern to help her country manage covid-19 in the community.

    People travelling between Honiara and Isabel Province were being tested for the virus at four testing centres, and if they test positive they were isolated at a makeshift centre.

    The Isabel Premier, Rhoda Sikilabu, said she was desperate for funding to make improvements to the isolation centres because “they’re filling up and are run down”.

    “I really, really need support. We have no place to … isolate these people,” Sikilabu said.

    She wants New Zealand to provide funding for improvements for the centres.

    “I, as a woman and a mother, I have so many worries and concerns for families offloading with babies, children,” she said.

    “I really, really need support in covid. Please I would like to appeal to the Prime Minister.”

    Focus on environmental and women’s issues
    Sikilabu plans to focus on environmental and women’s issues, and is hopeful of bringing changes to her region as well as transform old mindsets.

    She wants women to have authority to speak about their land and property in regards to resources.

    “Reforestation is one of the priorities that I will tackle and maybe I can impact more on how women can address or say more on their property, their land ownership,” she said.

    ”The environment is very, very important to women just now.”

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/04/first-female-premier-of-a-solomons-province-pleads-for-nz-covid-funds/feed/ 0 287615
    Yap doctors, nurses resign en masse – governor declares emergency https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/03/yap-doctors-nurses-resign-en-masse-governor-declares-emergency/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/03/yap-doctors-nurses-resign-en-masse-governor-declares-emergency/#respond Sun, 03 Apr 2022 12:44:29 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=72380 By Joyce McClure of Pacific Island Times

    Yap State Governor Jesse Salalu has declared a state of emergency over a mass resignation of 40 doctors and nurses at Yap State Hospital after authorities declined to consider their grievances.

    “Due to the sudden departure of staff, the Department of Health Services is now in need of finding and recruiting qualified nurses and doctors to fill vacancies, so as to minimise disruptions to its operations and services,” stated the emergency declaration.

    “There is no sufficient pool of qualified nurses and doctors available on island for immediate recruitment to help prevent or minimise disruptions to the operation and services of the hospital,” Governor Salalu said in his emergency declaration on March 31.

    The emergency status authorises the Department of Health Services to work with Waab Community Health Center to allow the sharing and realignment of human resources to the main hospital.

    DHS will also look into the possibility of rehiring local retired medical professionals on a temporary basis.

    Led by Dr James Yaingeluo, the doctors and nurses handed in their resignations on March 29 after Salalu declined to hear their grievances.

    When Salalu failed to appear at a meeting requested by the medical staff, a representative from the Office of the Attorney-General and a cabinet member refused to discuss the matter with them.

    Severe understaffing
    Among the grievances are persistently severe understaffing, low salaries resulting in the inability to attract and keep qualified professionals, working without contracts, and the Yap State Legislature’s refusal to release JEMCO-approved Office of Insular Affairs grant funds for wage increases.

    Many of the unresolved issues that date back to 2019 have been exacerbated during the pandemic.

    Yap is reported to have the lowest pay rates in FSM’s health care sector and has difficulty recruiting qualified doctors and nurses due to the higher compensation offered by other health care institutions in the region.

    This is especially true since the onset of the covid-19 pandemic when health care professionals began receiving significantly higher offers from employers.

    A year ago, then Governor Henry Falan submitted a supplemental budget request to the Yap State Legislature. Included in the request was $108,614 for doctors’ salaries. The money had been approved by JEMCO, granted by OIA and sourced from the Compact Health Sector.

    Dr Mandela A. Bodunrin, the hospital’s then chief-of-staff who has since left, requested the grant to increase doctors’ salaries in order to fill open positions for doctors that were going unfilled.

    DHS was unable to compete in the marketplace for the talent it required at the salary levels it was offering.

    Further review needed
    The legislature has the power to approve all OIA grants prior to their release, but the finance committee stated that further review was needed.

    The doctors then on-staff signed temporary contracts at the pay level authorised in the prior budget year while they awaited the legislature’s approval of Falan’s supplemental budget request.

    Their overtime and on-call remuneration tapped out the DHS’s FY2021 budget early due to the dearth of doctors.

    The temporary contracts expired in February 2021. The money from the grant was “to ensure continuity of the compensation until September 30, 2021,” Falan said. The money would not come from the state’s general fund.

    Understaffing and the inablity to attract qualified professionals became an even larger concern as the pandemic rapidly grew in importance within the medical community and compensation ballooned worldwide.

    During one of the meetings of the state’s emergency task force addressing covid-19, it was revealed that a number of nurses stated that they would quit once the border was opened and the first case was identified, adding another layer of stress to an already overburdened organisation.

    Yap’s border has been closed since April 2020. Repatriation of the state’s citizens who are stranded off-island has been in fits and starts, challenging the small medical team to manage quarantine and testing protocols while tending to the daily needs of the hospital’s patients.

    Repatriation flight postponed
    The most recent announcement for a repatriation flight arriving from Guam on Wednesday has been postponed.

    A team from the FSM Department of Health was on Yap the week of March 27 assessing the state’s readiness to reopen its borders. Their report is being awaited but the lack of medical personnel will now undoubtedly influence that decision.

    According to the Yap State Constitution, employees “have the right to form associations for the purpose of presenting their views to the government” and to be “free from restraint or reprisal in exercising this right.

    The government shall give reasonable opportunity to representatives of such associations to present their views.”

    However, it also states that “employees, whether or not exempted by the public service system, shall not strike or cause work stoppage for the purpose of collective bargaining or presenting their views.”

    Further, “the regulations shall prescribe a system for hearing the views of employees on their working conditions, status, pay and related matters and for hearing and adjudicating grievances of any employee or group of employees.

    “These regulations shall ensure that employees are free from coercion, discrimination, and reprisals and that they may have representatives of their choice.”

    Dominic Taruwemai, the acting DHS director, has not accepted the doctors’ and nurses’ resignations as of this writing.

    Joyce McClure is an American journalist who lived on Yap for five years and is now based in Guam. She is a contributor to the Pacific Island Times. This article is republished with permission.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/03/yap-doctors-nurses-resign-en-masse-governor-declares-emergency/feed/ 0 287559
    Covid-19 in the Pacific – Nauru reports first two cases in quarantine https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/03/covid-19-in-the-pacific-nauru-reports-first-two-cases-in-quarantine/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/03/covid-19-in-the-pacific-nauru-reports-first-two-cases-in-quarantine/#respond Sun, 03 Apr 2022 01:03:36 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=72349 RNZ Pacific

    A roundup today of the covid-19 pandemic status around the Pacific.

    Nauru
    President Lionel Aingimea has announced that Nauru has recorded its first two covid-19 cases, which were detected in quarantine.

    In a public address, the President assured the community that the two cases were safely contained in quarantine. As such, Nauru remained safe and there was no cause for anyone to panic.

    The two cases both travelled on the same flight, from Brisbane on March 31.

    “Both people are well and do not have any symptoms and are being cared for by the medical team in the covid ward,” President Aingimea said.

    Two other people were also being quarantined in the Covid Ward. One of them is the spouse of one of the cases, and they had travelled together.

    The hospital laboratory has detected low levels of virus in this person which appeared to be decreasing.

    The fourth person had a borderline result on April 1. They were put in isolation in the Acute Ward. This person tested negative yesterday but will remain under observation for now.

    Samoa
    Samoa’s Ministry of Health has confirmed 245 new community cases in a 24 hour period.

    The ministry said 583 people had recovered and 1493 remained active cases.

    Upolu island still has the majority of cases with 97 percent.

    The ministry also said that covid-19 infections were significantly higher among those aged from 15 to 35, but infections among children aged 4 and below were also increasing.

    Four new border cases were recorded on a flight from New Zealand on Tuesday.

    According to the ministry, the community cases were of the BA1 sub lineage of the omicron covid variant.

    Samoa also recorded its first covid-related death this week.

    Kiribati
    The Kiribati government has extended its curfew for another four weeks.

    The Office of the President said the new curfew order was intended for South Tarawa, Betio, Buota, North Tarawa, Abaiang, Marakei, Maiana, Aranuka and Abemama.

    Travel from Tarawa to the covid-free outer islands will also resume, but with strict safety procedures in place.

    The government has also allowed church services to resume, but face masks will be mandatory.

    A Parliament session will be convened, as planned, and gatherings outdoors remain limited to 20 people.

    According to the WHO, Kiribati has had 3066 cases in total and 13 covid-related deaths.

    Tonga
    Tonga’s lockdown restrictions are easing. Restaurants and food outlets are opening for the first time in two weeks, but with only takeaway options allowed.

    According to new lockdown rules introduced by Tonga’s government, businesses can operate between 5am to 8pm until Monday.

    Since March 20 most Tongan businesses, including all shops and gas stations, had only been allowed to open on Saturdays.

    However, bars and liquor stores will still be prohibited from opening.

    The owner of the Billfish Restaurant and Bar in Nuku’alofa, Robert Sullivan, said that bars had been totally ignored.

    “Bars have not even been mentioned. We’ve closed since February 2. So bars have not been open since then in Tonga, and any bars and all their employees will be struggling quite a lot right now because we still have bills, we still have rents, we still have the products that we’ve already purchased,” Sullivan said.

    The majority of bars are still trying to pay their staff we’ve what they have, and this can’t continue.”

    Tonga has been in lockdown since February 2 and a border closure has been in effect since the onset of the covid-19 pandemic in 2020.

    The Minister of Health, Saia Piukala, announced this week that six covid-19 deaths had been recorded in the kingdom, and that more than 6000 Tongans had tested positive for covid-19.

    New Caledonia
    A total of 15 new cases of covid-19 have been recorded in New Caledonia, since Thusday afternoon.

    The covid-19 death toll remains at 311.

    Nine people are in hospital and 1 person is in ICU.

    Sixty six percent of the population is vaccinated.

    French Polynesia
    One new covid-19 related death has been recorded in French Polynesia, bringing the total number of deaths since December last year to 11.

    The total number of active cases over the territory is 381, and 123 new cases of covid-19 have been detected.

    Four people are in hospital and one person is in ICU.

    Eighty percent of the population is vaccinated.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/03/covid-19-in-the-pacific-nauru-reports-first-two-cases-in-quarantine/feed/ 0 287518
    Covid-19 in the Pacific – Nauru reports first two cases in quarantine https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/03/covid-19-in-the-pacific-nauru-reports-first-two-cases-in-quarantine-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/03/covid-19-in-the-pacific-nauru-reports-first-two-cases-in-quarantine-2/#respond Sun, 03 Apr 2022 01:03:36 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=72349 RNZ Pacific

    A roundup today of the covid-19 pandemic status around the Pacific.

    Nauru
    President Lionel Aingimea has announced that Nauru has recorded its first two covid-19 cases, which were detected in quarantine.

    In a public address, the President assured the community that the two cases were safely contained in quarantine. As such, Nauru remained safe and there was no cause for anyone to panic.

    The two cases both travelled on the same flight, from Brisbane on March 31.

    “Both people are well and do not have any symptoms and are being cared for by the medical team in the covid ward,” President Aingimea said.

    Two other people were also being quarantined in the Covid Ward. One of them is the spouse of one of the cases, and they had travelled together.

    The hospital laboratory has detected low levels of virus in this person which appeared to be decreasing.

    The fourth person had a borderline result on April 1. They were put in isolation in the Acute Ward. This person tested negative yesterday but will remain under observation for now.

    Samoa
    Samoa’s Ministry of Health has confirmed 245 new community cases in a 24 hour period.

    The ministry said 583 people had recovered and 1493 remained active cases.

    Upolu island still has the majority of cases with 97 percent.

    The ministry also said that covid-19 infections were significantly higher among those aged from 15 to 35, but infections among children aged 4 and below were also increasing.

    Four new border cases were recorded on a flight from New Zealand on Tuesday.

    According to the ministry, the community cases were of the BA1 sub lineage of the omicron covid variant.

    Samoa also recorded its first covid-related death this week.

    Kiribati
    The Kiribati government has extended its curfew for another four weeks.

    The Office of the President said the new curfew order was intended for South Tarawa, Betio, Buota, North Tarawa, Abaiang, Marakei, Maiana, Aranuka and Abemama.

    Travel from Tarawa to the covid-free outer islands will also resume, but with strict safety procedures in place.

    The government has also allowed church services to resume, but face masks will be mandatory.

    A Parliament session will be convened, as planned, and gatherings outdoors remain limited to 20 people.

    According to the WHO, Kiribati has had 3066 cases in total and 13 covid-related deaths.

    Tonga
    Tonga’s lockdown restrictions are easing. Restaurants and food outlets are opening for the first time in two weeks, but with only takeaway options allowed.

    According to new lockdown rules introduced by Tonga’s government, businesses can operate between 5am to 8pm until Monday.

    Since March 20 most Tongan businesses, including all shops and gas stations, had only been allowed to open on Saturdays.

    However, bars and liquor stores will still be prohibited from opening.

    The owner of the Billfish Restaurant and Bar in Nuku’alofa, Robert Sullivan, said that bars had been totally ignored.

    “Bars have not even been mentioned. We’ve closed since February 2. So bars have not been open since then in Tonga, and any bars and all their employees will be struggling quite a lot right now because we still have bills, we still have rents, we still have the products that we’ve already purchased,” Sullivan said.

    The majority of bars are still trying to pay their staff we’ve what they have, and this can’t continue.”

    Tonga has been in lockdown since February 2 and a border closure has been in effect since the onset of the covid-19 pandemic in 2020.

    The Minister of Health, Saia Piukala, announced this week that six covid-19 deaths had been recorded in the kingdom, and that more than 6000 Tongans had tested positive for covid-19.

    New Caledonia
    A total of 15 new cases of covid-19 have been recorded in New Caledonia, since Thusday afternoon.

    The covid-19 death toll remains at 311.

    Nine people are in hospital and 1 person is in ICU.

    Sixty six percent of the population is vaccinated.

    French Polynesia
    One new covid-19 related death has been recorded in French Polynesia, bringing the total number of deaths since December last year to 11.

    The total number of active cases over the territory is 381, and 123 new cases of covid-19 have been detected.

    Four people are in hospital and one person is in ICU.

    Eighty percent of the population is vaccinated.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/03/covid-19-in-the-pacific-nauru-reports-first-two-cases-in-quarantine-2/feed/ 0 287519
    Māori dying with covid-19 because of misinformation, says health leader https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/03/maori-dying-with-covid-19-because-of-misinformation-says-health-leader/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/03/maori-dying-with-covid-19-because-of-misinformation-says-health-leader/#respond Sun, 03 Apr 2022 00:01:44 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=72341 By Hamish Cardwell, RNZ News senior journalist

    A Māori health leader says a new international misinformation study confirms the alarm many were desperately trying to raise last year about the impact on Māori during the initial vaccine rollout.

    The article in the Journal of the Royal Society Interface shows misinformation makes it harder to stop illness spreading during a pandemic.

    It states conspiracy theories spread through communities already distrustful of authority.

    It modelled trusting individuals who seek better quality information and take precautionary measures; and distrusting people who reject quality information and have riskier behaviour.

    It found major outbreaks cannot be suppressed once the density of distrusting individuals exceeds a certain threshold.

    It says its findings highlight the importance of effective interventions to build trust and inform the public.

    Māori ‘exposed to significant misinformation for longer’
    National Māori Pandemic Group co-leader Dr Rawiri McKree Jansen said the Māori population was younger, so many had to wait to be eligible to get their vaccine dose.

    “They [were] exposed to a significant amount of misinformation for longer.

    “That’s created a problem for us in terms of getting the momentum for the vaccination programme into the right place.”

    Dr McKree Jansen said the unvaccinated were being hit hardest by the omicron wave.

    As of Friday, only 88 percent of Māori have had their second dose, and 58 percent their third compared with 95 percent and 73 (72.7) percent respectively of the general population.

    As of yesterday, 378 people have died with covid-19 and the seven-day rolling average is now 18.

    McKree Jansen said Māori were now dying with covid-19 because of that misinformation.

    He said for Māori and Pacific communities it was particularly troubling because those who were dying with the virus were in their 40s, 50s, and 60s, rather than older people in other populations.

    He said Māori and Pacific populations should have been prioritised in the vaccine rollout.

    The Waitangi Tribunal has released a scathing ruling of the government’s covid-19 response and vaccine rollout, saying Māori were put at risk.

    The tribunal said cabinet’s decision to go against official and expert advice and not prioritise Māori breached the Treaty principles of active protection and equity.

    Misinformation has disrupted families, but is resolvable
    Dr McKree Jansen said misinformation had disrupted social and familial connection but he believed it was resolvable.

    “We should actually spend the time and the effort to restore relationships with those people that have been affected by it.

    “It is being very clear that health services are here to help people.

    “I think it is conversations we’ll have within families to restore mana for people who feel that [they have] been belittled, to ensure that people know that they are loved and that they are cared for.”

    He said the focus needed to be on learning the lessons and making sure it did not happen again.

    “And making sure that when we say we are committed to equity that we do all the things necessary to achieve it.”

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/03/maori-dying-with-covid-19-because-of-misinformation-says-health-leader/feed/ 0 287512
    News on China | No. 93 https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/02/news-on-china-no-93/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/02/news-on-china-no-93/#respond Sat, 02 Apr 2022 17:58:27 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=128460 Lockdown in China’s most populous city, Shanghai; Huawei communicates an increase of 75.9% in profits for 2021, spurred by increased R&D spending.

    The post News on China | No. 93 first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Dongsheng News.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/02/news-on-china-no-93/feed/ 0 287475
    AUT’s Pacific vice-chancellor targets ‘digital divide inequality’ in education https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/01/auts-pacific-vice-chancellor-targets-digital-divide-inequality-in-education/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/01/auts-pacific-vice-chancellor-targets-digital-divide-inequality-in-education/#respond Fri, 01 Apr 2022 03:18:38 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=72269 RNZ News

    Auckland University of Technology’s new vice-chancellor — the country’s first Pasifika educator in the top role at a university — is determined to break down inequalities among students in the sector.

    Professor Damon Salesa, formerly at the University of Auckland, started in his new role this week.

    He told RNZ’s Nine to Noon programme that improving the experience of student groups that had not previously been well-catered for would be AUT’s top priority under his leadership.

    “The reason I want to be a vice-chancellor is because I don’t think universities have made this the priority it needs to be,” he said.

    “We will measure ourselves by how our Māori students do, how our working class students do, how our Pacific students do, and how they feel, because actually a positive outcome isn’t just a qualification.”

    He said the covid-19 pandemic illuminated inequities in education, with online learning hindering many students’ ability to participate.

    “That mode of teaching had an inequality in it … the digital divide is a real thing.”

    Professor Salesa said universities needed to be held to a higher standard of fair outcomes for all students.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/01/auts-pacific-vice-chancellor-targets-digital-divide-inequality-in-education/feed/ 0 286932
    NZ covid-19 update: 17 new deaths, 13,475 cases, 764 people in hospital https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/01/nz-covid-19-update-17-new-deaths-13475-cases-764-people-in-hospital/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/01/nz-covid-19-update-17-new-deaths-13475-cases-764-people-in-hospital/#respond Fri, 01 Apr 2022 01:09:24 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=72294 RNZ News

    New Zealand’s number of people in hospital with covid-19 continues to fall, but there have still been 13,475 new cases in the community and 17 more deaths reported today.

    There are now 764 people in hospital, down from 830 yesterday, with 31 people in intensive care, reports the Ministry of Health.

    Yesterday, there were 15,250 cases reported, and 22 deaths.

    The seven-day rolling average of case numbers has also continued to decline, with today’s rolling average at 14,171 cases, compared to last week’s 17,197 cases.

    The 17 new deaths of people with covid-19 include two in their 50s, four in their 60s, five people in their 70s, three in their 80s and three over 90. Fifteen were male and two were female.

    Seven were from the Auckland region, two from Waikato, one from Bay of Plenty, one from Lakes DHB (district health board), one from Hawke’s Bay, one from the Wellington region, one from Canterbury, one from the West Coast, and two from Southern.

    The deaths being reported today include people who have died over the past seven days, including 15 in the past two days. The total number of reported deaths with covid-19 is now 355.

    Auckland new cases falling
    The number of new cases in Auckland has continued to fall, with 2392 cases today, down from 2708 yesterday. The remaining cases are in the Northland (563), Waikato (1182), Bay of Plenty (688), Lakes (355), Hawke’s Bay (712), MidCentral (774), Whanganui (332), Taranaki (526), Tairāwhiti (172), Wairarapa (155), Capital and Coast (876), Hutt Valley (483), Nelson Marlborough (578), South Canterbury (267), Southern (1243) and West Coast (56) DHBs.

    There were also 49 new cases reported at the border. There have now been 671,254 cases of covid-19 confirmed in New Zealand.

    Director-General of Health Dr Ashley Bloomfield yesterday said one third of all current cases were in children and teenagers.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/01/nz-covid-19-update-17-new-deaths-13475-cases-764-people-in-hospital/feed/ 0 286942
    COVID Priorities https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/31/covid-priorities/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/31/covid-priorities/#respond Thu, 31 Mar 2022 15:06:41 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=128367 Qualifications and their importance in the age of COVID-19.

    The post COVID Priorities first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    The post COVID Priorities first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/31/covid-priorities/feed/ 0 286767
    Calls Grow for Medicare for All; Uninsured & Communities of Color Hurt Most by End of COVID-19 Funds https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/31/calls-grow-for-medicare-for-all-uninsured-communities-of-color-hurt-most-by-end-of-covid-19-funds/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/31/calls-grow-for-medicare-for-all-uninsured-communities-of-color-hurt-most-by-end-of-covid-19-funds/#respond Thu, 31 Mar 2022 14:07:58 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=79df42384d8c50fd4a8c8cddd40d3340
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/31/calls-grow-for-medicare-for-all-uninsured-communities-of-color-hurt-most-by-end-of-covid-19-funds/feed/ 0 286735
    Covid-19 Vaccine Equity Index Reveals ‘Failure of Historic Proportions’ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/31/covid-19-vaccine-equity-index-reveals-failure-of-historic-proportions/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/31/covid-19-vaccine-equity-index-reveals-failure-of-historic-proportions/#respond Thu, 31 Mar 2022 13:35:32 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/335799 Amid ongoing criticism of deeply uneven access to Covid-19 vaccines, a new index measuring G20 nations' commitment to global equity for the life-saving jabs shows the world's wealthiest countries have fallen well short of sufficient action.

    "The fair global distribution of vaccines isn't about charity; it is about justice... it is about doing what is right."

    The index—published this week by Christian Aid and the People's Vaccine Alliance—is based on research from the independent think tank ODI and focuses on three areas that "can make or break global vaccine equity."

    The three key areas explored by the analysis include: how much the G20 nations are financing vaccines and therapeutics globally; how they are procuring and sharing their doses, such as through the World Health Organization-backed COVAX initiative; and whether they back removing intellectual property restrictions on Covid-related technologies including through support for a comprehensive TRIPS waiver.

    Double weight was ascribed to a nation's position on intellectual property, Christian Aid explained, asserting that "global policy changes such as a TRIPS waiver on vaccine production and political support to require pharmaceutical companies to share their recipes with vaccine manufacturers would have game-changing significance, particularly for poorer countries."

    The graph below from the groups shows how each of the nations fared:

    Commitment to vaccine equity index from Christian Aid

    Max Lawson, chair of the People's Vaccine Alliance and head of inequality for Oxfam, said that the alliance has "continually argued rich countries must do more to tackle extreme vaccine inequality."

    But, he continued, "this index documents clearly their appalling failure to do so, a failure that has cost millions of lives. A failure of historic proportions."

    "The fair global distribution of vaccines isn't about charity; it is about justice and keeping promises," said Lawson. "It is about doing what is right."

    In an analysis of the data, Christian Aid states that South Africa—whose president is being urged to reject a weakened compromise on a proposed Covid-19 intellectual property waiver at the World Trade Organization—"is at the top of a not very impressive class."

    [South Africa's] scores are barely 70% of what we might expect a fully committed government to do to support vaccine equity. Only five countries score above 50%; thirteen cluster between 37 and 49%, with South Korea a clear laggard on just 30% of the potential of an archetypal globally-minded government. These results show that there is much for each G20 government to do individually—and that if they coordinated properly—they could collectively spur significant changes globally. Notably, the USA is the only high-income country scoring above 50%, given some benefit of the doubt over its purported support for the TRIPS waiver proposed by South Africa and India.

    The index came as the WHO stressed a need for continued measures to track and contain the virus and bemoaned the ongoing rich nation-poor nation divide in vaccination levels as not only a moral failure but a path toward extending the pandemic's economic and human devastation.

    Just 12% of the population of low-income countries have received at least one dose—well below WHO's 70% by mid-2022 global target. In high-income countries, by contrast, 74% of the population, on average, has received at least one jab.

    "As many people across G20 countries start thinking of Covid-19 in the past tense," says Christian Aid, "the stark reality of vaccine inequality should jolt us from this apparently comforting thought."

    The group takes issue with "selfish actions of rich countries" that have contributed to the inequity, such as elbowing "their way to the front of the vaccine order queue," hoarding doses, and insufficiently financially backing the WHO-led ACT Accelerator, which sought to provide equitable access to Covid-19 vaccines and other technologies.

    According to Patrick Watt, Christian Aid's interim chief executive, the index should serve as a call to action.

    "The best way to reduce the risk of vaccine-resistant variants is by ensuring universal access to vaccines," he said, urging governments including the U.K. to drop their obstruction to an IP waiver.

    "It is not promises that people need, it is vaccines," said Watt. "We must act on these lessons in real time in order to recover from the pandemic."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Andrea Germanos.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/31/covid-19-vaccine-equity-index-reveals-failure-of-historic-proportions/feed/ 0 286887
    Calls Grow for Medicare for All; Uninsured & Communities of Color Hurt Most by End of COVID-19 Funds https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/31/calls-grow-for-medicare-for-all-uninsured-communities-of-color-hurt-most-by-end-of-covid-19-funds-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/31/calls-grow-for-medicare-for-all-uninsured-communities-of-color-hurt-most-by-end-of-covid-19-funds-2/#respond Thu, 31 Mar 2022 12:42:04 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=c62588f7d5be0f678c5a7788a9016d90 M4a

    With COVID-19 coverage ending for the uninsured, we look at how uninsured people and communities of color will bear the impact of the end to free COVID-19 testing, treatment and vaccines, and how the pandemic has led to a renewed push for Medicare for All. We are joined by Dr. Oni Blackstock, primary care and HIV physician and founder and executive director of Health Justice, and Dr. Adam Gaffney, critical care physician, professor at Harvard Medical School and immediate past president of Physicians for a National Health Program.


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/31/calls-grow-for-medicare-for-all-uninsured-communities-of-color-hurt-most-by-end-of-covid-19-funds-2/feed/ 0 286745
    One third of NZ covid cases in children and teens, says Bloomfield https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/31/one-third-of-nz-covid-cases-in-children-and-teens-says-bloomfield/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/31/one-third-of-nz-covid-cases-in-children-and-teens-says-bloomfield/#respond Thu, 31 Mar 2022 01:00:47 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=72210 RNZ News

    One third of all current cases in Aotearoa New Zealand are in children and teenagers, Director-General of Health Dr Ashley Bloomfield revealed at today’s update on the omicron covid-19 outbreak.

    Dr Bloomfield gave an update on the omicron outbreak and was joined via Zoom by University of Otago’s Professor Peter McIntyre from the department of women’s and children’s health.

    Dr Bloomfield said 14.4 percent of current cases of covid-19 were aged under nine and 17.4 percent were between 10 and 19.

    The Ministry of Health reported today there had been 15,250 new cases of covid-19 in the community and 22 more deaths.

    Professor McIntyre said that even though omicron was less severe, because there were more cases, health professionals — particularly in Auckland — were seeing more cases in tamariki.

    He said early evidence from the US showed that in a group of 1000 children, those who had two doses of a vaccine had a statistically significantly reduced chance of getting an infection, but it was not as high as they had hoped.

    Another study looking at 10,000 children turning up at an emergency department found that two doses cut back emergency department presentations more effectively — by about 50 percent.

    He said the vaccine for 5-11 year olds was an insurance policy worth taking up.

    Random selection
    From late January, text messages had been sent to a random selection of the parents of vaccination children, Dr Bloomfield said.

    “For the first vaccination, there were 800,300 respondents and very similar to the Australian data 18 percent reported some sort of side effect post-vaccination. For the second dose the equivalent figure was 24 percent,” he said.

    “Most common were reaction at the injection site, headache and fatigue. All expected and commonly reported side effects that pass quickly.”

    Less than half a percent for both first and second dose had any need to seek medical advice or care, he said.

    Dr Bloomfield said the rates of paediatric vaccination were similar to what was happening in other places in the world.

    Dr McIntyre said there were two major issues: access and parents who were not yet convinced

    “I think we need to keep pushing the notion, particularly about the safety of the vaccine.”

    Comfortable with vaccine
    Parents are reasonably comfortable with the vaccine but some indicated they were waiting a month or two for the safety data, Dr Bloomfield said.

    “We can really reassure parents this is a really safe vaccine for children.’

    By far the most common locations for children getting vaccinations was a local pharmacy and a local GP, Dr Bloomfield said.

    On vaccination post-covid infection, Dr Bloomfield said they were recommending a wait of three months from the date someone tests positive. This stood for all age groups and all stages of vaccination and all vaccines.

    It has been nine weeks since omicron was first recorded in New Zealand and cases have peaked nearly everywhere but, with the wave roughly moving south, rural Southland looks to be last in line.

    Canterbury has become the country’s covid-19 hotspot, with the rates of new infections.

    Despite that, epidemiologist Professor Michael Baker believes Canterbury and South Canterbury appear to have passed their peaks.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/31/one-third-of-nz-covid-cases-in-children-and-teens-says-bloomfield/feed/ 0 286602
    Russia continues attacks on northern Ukraine despite pledge to draw down military; President Joe Biden gets 2nd COVID-19 booster, calls for greater COVID-funding; California’s first in the nation task force on reparations agrees only descendants of slaves qualify – March 30, 2022 https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/30/russia-continues-attacks-on-northern-ukraine-despite-pledge-to-draw-down-military-president-joe-biden-gets-2nd-covid-19-booster-calls-for-greater-covid-funding-californias-first-in-the-nat/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/30/russia-continues-attacks-on-northern-ukraine-despite-pledge-to-draw-down-military-president-joe-biden-gets-2nd-covid-19-booster-calls-for-greater-covid-funding-californias-first-in-the-nat/#respond Wed, 30 Mar 2022 18:00:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=6926c26543227dba9f179027170fb0a0
    This content originally appeared on KPFA - The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays and was authored by The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/30/russia-continues-attacks-on-northern-ukraine-despite-pledge-to-draw-down-military-president-joe-biden-gets-2nd-covid-19-booster-calls-for-greater-covid-funding-californias-first-in-the-nat/feed/ 0 286589
    Nick Rockel: Memories of the two-year covid safety struggle – it was worth it https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/29/nick-rockel-memories-of-the-two-year-covid-safety-struggle-it-was-worth-it/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/29/nick-rockel-memories-of-the-two-year-covid-safety-struggle-it-was-worth-it/#respond Tue, 29 Mar 2022 23:08:17 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=72169 COMMENTARY: By Nick Rockel, a reflection as Aotearoa New Zealand yesterday experienced its worst day since the covid-19 pandemic began.

    It came up in my Facebook memories that it was two years to the day on March 23 since Aotearoa New Zealand started its first lock-down. Coincidentally also the day many of the remaining restrictions and regulations relating to covid were relaxed or removed.

    On this day two years ago Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern announced, “New Zealand has moved to Alert Level 3, effective immediately. In 48 hours, New Zealand will move to Alert Level 4”. We had our first case of community transfer that could not be traced to the border.

    It would be seven weeks before we went down to level 2

    New rituals were started, the daily health update at 1pm became must watch viewing — were the numbers going up or down? There was much excitement from certain family members each time schools being closed was extended.

    We changed time zones — the kids waking hours shifted, staying up and getting up late, and while you nagged them to attend online classes it didn’t really matter.

    We spent a lot more time with our teenage children than we would have otherwise. Created lots of memories albeit mostly based in the lounge, things like playing charades and enjoying Netflix and popcorn.

    We laughed at the Aussies for buying all the toilet paper, meanwhile here shops ran out of flour, yeast, icing sugar, as everyone baked. Sourdough starter was the thing to do.

    Consciousness cooking
    Diets improved, there was little meat and what was available was wildly over priced. The kids got more involved in cooking, there was less food waste as we became more conscious than normal about what he had and needed to use up.

    A good life lesson, and of course no takeaways or Uber eats.

    The working world changed with Zoom “you’re on mute” meetings. Always interesting if the person in the meeting hadn’t put a background on, realistically we were often not in even the most casual of office attire.

    New Zealand Herald 30032022
    Aotearoa New Zealand’s “deadliest day” yesterday … as reflected in the New Zealand Herald today. Image: APR screenshot

    Teddy bears appeared in windows as people started walking or cycling round the neighborhood. There were many small acts of kindness.

    Sure we missed out on a lot of activities, dance classes and competitions, football seasons, school camps, and of course seeing friends and family.

    At the beginning of covid, as we saw things change from an event in a part of China we probably hadn’t heard of to spreading around the world, we realised planned events that had seen many hours of preparation and fund-raising could not proceed. There would be many more cancellations and disappointments along the way.

    But there were good things too.

    Team of five million
    The pride that the team of five million felt in how well the lockdown was working to stop the spread.

    The excitement the day we reached zero community cases, the PM said she did a little dance — I’m sure she wasn’t the only one.

    We moved forward with restrictions and people mostly were happy to cooperate. There was little sympathy for those breaking the rules, not following lock down restrictions, breaking out of MIQ etc. It felt like those people were letting the rest of us down by not doing their bit.

    We had periods of relative freedom then more lockdowns. We were used to this now, after the announcement of new cases we’d jump on the supermarket site and try to get a delivery window — bugger none available.

    The last of the big lock-downs was predominantly only Auckland. It was a long one and something unexpected and unprecedented happened — the rest of the country started to feel the love for Auckland.

    I have to say as a long time resident, who despite living in Tamaki Mākaurau half my life never fully considered myself an Aucklander, I felt pretty bloody proud of the people of my city.

    Vaccinations arrived and we watched the progress — could we get a high percentage vaccinated before the next wave came? The Vaxathon reminded those of us of a certain age of Telethons gone by — it was such a positive Kiwi thing. And yes, we quickly became one of the most vaccinated populations on earth.

    Along with the vaccines came the mandates and passes. Most of us got it, could see why they were necessary and were happy to go along with them — heck who wouldn’t want to get a free vaccine against a virus killing millions around the world and protect yourself and others?

    Dissent and dissatisfaction
    “Some people who were no doubt a little reluctant to got vaccinated so they could go to work or take part in things. But some people didn’t want to be told to take the vaccine.

    They wanted to be free to not take it and continue to do their jobs, take part in leisure activities, which put them into contact with those of us who had been vaccinated. Many of us had limited sympathy for this point of view.

    The dissent or dissatisfaction of some became rich material for the political opposition who had struggled for oxygen with the daily updates from the PM and the Ministry of Health.

    They and some reporters in the media found that an individual who was having a tough time as part of the restrictions, someone in MIQ unable to be with with a sick relative, someone missing a funeral, someone stuck overseas unable to get home, was given a lot of air time.

    More coverage it often seemed than was given to the vast majority who were happy with things and grateful that we weren’t seeing the serious illness and deaths occurring overseas.

    So what were the changes flagged last week?

    We’ll be keeping the traffic light system to handle new variants or pressure on the health system.

    Pragmatic steps
    From Friday red-level indoor gathering restrictions are raised to 200 people, and there will no longer be limits of for outdoor gatherings including sports events, concerts, etc. There will also be no need to scan or sign in from this time.

    From the April 5 no more use of vaccine passes will be required, and there will be no more mandates for education, police, the military, and staff in places like restaurants and bars. There will still be some mandates required in the health system.

    These are pragmatic steps given the level of community spread and the lack of measures that could realistically contain it. But we also need to continue to protect our most vulnerable people from exposure to covid, I can see why the government has kept some restrictions in place.

    Will those who have complained so much, the mandate protesters, the politicians and media, now draw a line under it? Move forward accepting that even if the government didn’t always get it 100 percent right they did bloody well most of time?

    Yeah right!

    Even after all the precautions and vaccinations my family and I eventually got covid a few weeks ago, pretty unavoidable without isolating such was the infection rate of the omicron strain.

    Isolation felt like another lockdown except everyone around you in the community carried on with life as normal, and there was no sending a designated person to queue at the supermarket. Whereas the earlier lockdowns has been quiet this one was full of noise traffic and construction.

    Remembering best of times
    As we return to life with fewer restrictions we‘ll no doubt remember those days of lockdowns, the extra time with immediate family, taking pleasure in simple things, and yes the hard times and missed events that caused us sorrow.

    This time will remain in the memories of those who are kids today and be something they annoy their own children and grandchildren with tales of many years from now.

    Some will continue to work remotely, perhaps there will be a bit more consideration for those in our community who could do with a helping hand — even if it is just dropping off a few things at the letterbox. If there is another pandemic, a more dangerous variant, or some other event, we’ll be well placed to handle it calmly.

    Dogs will remember lockdowns as the best of times; all of their people were home, even if they didn’t really go anywhere.

    Many of us will remember that feeling of the nation coming together and wonder if maybe, just maybe, we could apply that same collective effort to addressing other problems we face as a society.

    The last two years haven’t been easy but we bloody did it, we saved lives — think of the awful final hours in ICU that didn’t result for so many additional people due to those actions. It was worth it.

    Nick Rockel is a “Westie Leftie with five children, two dogs, and a wonderful wife”. He is the publisher of the Daily Read where his article was first published. It is republished here with the author’s permission.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/29/nick-rockel-memories-of-the-two-year-covid-safety-struggle-it-was-worth-it/feed/ 0 286211
    Orwell Elementary School https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/29/orwell-elementary-school/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/29/orwell-elementary-school/#respond Tue, 29 Mar 2022 19:46:03 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=128278 Schools cum SARS-CoV-2. Educators application of critically thought-out measures?

    The post Orwell Elementary School first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    The post Orwell Elementary School first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/29/orwell-elementary-school/feed/ 0 286160
    Why is the Nicaraguan Government Demonized by both Liberals and Conservatives … https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/29/why-is-the-nicaraguan-government-demonized-by-both-liberals-and-conservatives/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/29/why-is-the-nicaraguan-government-demonized-by-both-liberals-and-conservatives/#respond Tue, 29 Mar 2022 05:34:13 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=128249 [Source: telesurenglish.net] Women Have Made Particularly Significant Gains Under the Second Sandinista Government Since 2006 Women, particularly those in the Third World, often find themselves with limited ability to participate in community organizations and political life because of the poverty and their traditional sex role imposes on them. On them falls sole responsibility to care […]

    The post Why is the Nicaraguan Government Demonized by both Liberals and Conservatives … first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    [Source: telesurenglish.net]

    Women Have Made Particularly Significant Gains Under the Second Sandinista Government Since 2006

    Women, particularly those in the Third World, often find themselves with limited ability to participate in community organizations and political life because of the poverty and their traditional sex role imposes on them.

    On them falls sole responsibility to care for their children and other family members, especially when sick; they maintain the home, cook the meals, wash the dishes, the clothes, bathe the children, clean the house, mend the clothes. This labor becomes unending manual labor when households have no electricity (consequently, no lights, no refrigerator, no labor-saving electrical devices), and no running water.

    The burden of this work impedes the social participation, self-expectations, and education of the female population.

    Women in the Third World (and increasingly in the imperial First World) face problems of violence at home and in public, problems of food and water for the family, of proper shelter, and lack of health care for the family, and their own lack of access to education and, thus, work opportunities.

    In Nicaragua, before the 1979 Sandinista revolution, men typically fulfilled few obligations for their children; men often abandoned the family, leaving the care to women. It was not uncommon to hear the abuse that men inflicted on women, to see women running to a neighbor for refuge.

    It was not uncommon to encounter orphaned children whose mothers died in childbirth, since maternal mortality was high. Common illnesses were aggravated because there were few hospitals and, if there were, cash payment was demanded.

    After the 1979 Sandinista victory, living conditions for women dramatically improved, achievements the period of neoliberal rule (1990-2006) did not completely overturn. Throughout the second Sandinista period (2007- today), the material and social position of women again made giant steps forward.

    The greatest advances have been made by poor women in the rural areas and barrios, historically without safety, electricity, water and sanitation services, health care, or paved roads.

    The liberation women have attained during the Sandinista era cannot be measured only by what we apply in North America: equal pay for equal work, the right to abortion, the right to affordable childcare, freedom from sexual discrimination.

    Women’s liberation in Third World countries involves matters that may not appear on the surface as women’s rights issues. These include the paving of roads, improving housing, legalized land tenure, school meal programs, new clinics and hospitals, electrification, plumbing, literacy campaigns, potable water, aid programs to campesinos and crime reduction programs.

    Because half of Nicaraguan families are headed by single mothers, this infrastructure development promotes the liberation and well-being of women.

    Government programs that directly or indirectly shorten the hours of household drudgery free women to participate more in community life and increase their self-confidence and leadership. A country can have no greater democratic achievement than bringing about full and equal participation of women.

    Women participating in 1979 Sandinista revolution. [Source: wikipedia.org]

    Women’s Liberation Boosted with the FSLN’s Zero Hunger and Zero Usury Programs

    These programs, launched in 2007, raise the socio-economic position of women. Zero Hunger furnishes pigs, a pregnant cow, chickens, plants, seeds, fertilizers, and building materials to women in rural areas to diversify their production, upgrade the family diet, and strengthen women-run household economies.

    The agricultural assets provided are put in the woman’s name, equipping women to become more self-sufficient producers; it gives them more direct control and security over food for their children.

    This breaks women’s historic dependency on male breadwinners and encourages their self-confidence. The program has aided 275,000 poor families, more than one million people (of a total of 6.6 million Nicaraguans) and has increased both their own food security and the nation’s food sovereignty.

    Nicaragua now produces close to 90% of its own food, with most coming from small and medium farmers, many of them women. As Fausto Torrez of the Nicaraguan Rural Workers Association (ATC) correctly noted, “A nation that cannot feed itself is not free.”

    Market in Managua selling locally produced food. [Source: tortillaconsal.com]

    The Zero Usury program is a microcredit mechanism that now charges 0.5% annual interest, not the world microcredit average of 35%. More than 445,000 women have received these low-interest loans, typically three loans each.

    The program not only empowers women but is a key factor reducing poverty, unlocking pools of talent, and driving diversified and sustainable growth. Many women receiving loans have turned their businesses into cooperatives, providing jobs to other women. Since 2007, about 5,900 cooperatives have formed, with 300 being women’s cooperatives.

    Poverty has been reduced from 48% in 2007 to 25% and extreme poverty from 17.5% to 7%. This benefited women in particular, since single mother households suffered more from poverty. The Zero Hunger and Zero Usury programs have lessened the traditional domestic violence, given that women in poverty suffer greater risk of violence and abuse than others.

    Giving Women Titles to Property Is a Step Toward Women’s Liberation

    Since most Nicaraguans live by small-scale farming or by small business, possessing the title of legal ownership is a major concern. Between 2007 and 2021, the FSLN government has given out 451,250 land titles in the countryside and the city, with women making up 55% of the property-owners who benefited. Providing women with the legal title to their own land was a great step toward their economic independence.

    Infrastructure Programs Expand Women’s Freedom

    The Sandinista government has funded the building or renovation of 290,000 homes since 2007, free of charge for those in extreme poverty, or with interest-free long-term loans. This aided more than one million Nicaraguans, particularly single mothers, who head half of all Nicaraguan families.

    In 2006 only 65% of the urban population had potable drinking water; now 92% do. Access to potable water in rural areas has doubled, from 28% to 55%. This frees women from the toilsome daily walk to the village well to carry buckets of water home to cook every meal, wash the dishes and clothes, and bathe the children. Homes connected to sewage disposal systems have grown from 30% in 2007 to 57% in 2021.

    Now 99% of the population has electricity compared to 54% in 2006. As we know from experiencing electrical blackouts, electricity significantly frees our lives from time-consuming tasks. Street lighting has more than doubled, increasing security for all. Reliable home electricity enables the use of electrical labor-saving devices, such as a refrigerator.

    Today, high-speed internet connects and unites most of the country, reducing people’s isolation and lack of access to information. Virtually everyone has a cell phone, and free internet is now available in many public parks.

    Nicaragua’s road system is now among the best in Latin America and the Caribbean, given it has built more roads in the last 15 years than were built in the previous 200 years. Outlying towns are now connected to the national network. Now women in rural areas can travel elsewhere to work, sell their products in nearby markets, attend events in other towns, and take themselves or their children to the hospital. This contributes to the fight against poverty and the fight for women’s liberation.

    New roads on the outskirts of Ésteli, Nicaragua’s third-largest city. [Source: bcie.org]

    Better roads and housing, almost universal electrical and internet access, as well as indoor plumbing, greatly lessens the burdens placed on women homemakers and provide them with greater freedom to participate in the world they live in.

    The Sandinista Educational System Emancipates Women

    The humanitarian nature of the FSLN governments, as opposed to the disregard by previous neoliberal regimes, is revealed by statistics on illiteracy. When the FSLN revolution triumphed in 1979, illiteracy topped 56%.

    Within ten years they reduced it to 12%. Yet by the end of the 16-year neoliberal period in 2006, which dismantled the free education system, illiteracy had again risen to 23%. Today the FSLN government has cut illiteracy to under 4%.

    [Source: globalgiving.org]

    The FSLN made education completely free, eliminating school fees. This, combined with the aid programs for poor women, has allowed 100,000 children to return to school. The government began a school lunch program, a meal of beans and rice, to 1.5 million school and pre-school children every day.

    Pre-school, primary and secondary students are supplied with backpacks, glasses when needed, and low-income students receive uniforms at no cost. Now a much higher proportion of children are able to attend school, which provides more opportunities for mothers to work outside the home.

    [Source: creativesocietiesinternational.com]

    Nicaragua has established a nationwide free day-care system, now numbering 265 centers. Mothers can take their young children to day care, freeing them from another of the major hurdles to entering the workforce.

    Due to the vastly expanded and free medical system, the  Zero Hunger, Zero Usury and other programs, chronic malnutrition in children under five has been cut in half, with chronic malnutrition in children six to twelve cut by two-thirds. Now it is rare to see kids with visible malnutrition, removing another preoccupation from mothers.

    Schools and businesses never closed during the Covid pandemic, and Nicaragua’s health system has been among the most successful in the world addressing Covid. The country has the lowest number of Covid deaths per million inhabitants among all the countries of the Americas.

    Nicaragua has also built a system of parks, playgrounds, and other free recreation where mothers can take their children.

    Throughout the school system, the Ministry of Education promotes a culture of equal rights and non-discrimination. It has implemented the new subject “Women’s Rights and Dignities,” which teaches students about women’s right to a life without harassment and abuse and the injustices of the patriarchal system. Campaigns were launched to promote the participation of both mom and dad in a child’s education, such as emphasizing that attending school meetings or performances are shared responsibilities of both parents.

    Women receive their diplomas from the National Technology Institute INATEC, where 62% of those enrolled are women.  [Source:radiolaprimerisima.com]

    Sandinistas’ Free Health Care System Liberates Women 

    In stark contrast to Nicaragua’s neoliberal years, with its destruction of the medical system, and in contrast to other Central American countries and the United States with their privatized health care for profit, the Sandinistas have established community-based, free, preventive public health care. Accordingly, life expectancy has risen from 72 years in 2006 to 77 years today, now equal to the U.S. level.

    Health care units number more than 1,700, including 1,259 health posts and 192 health centers, with one-third built since 2007. The country has 77 hospitals, with 21 new hospitals built, and 46 existing hospitals remodeled and modernized. Nicaragua provides 178 maternity homes near medical centers for expectant mothers with high-risk pregnancies or from rural areas to stay during the last weeks of pregnancy.

    The United States is the richest country in the Americas, while Nicaragua is the third-poorest. Yet in the U.S. since 2010, more than 100 rural hospitals have closed, and fewer than 50% of rural women have access to pre-natal services within a 30-mile drive from their homes. This has disproportionately affected low-income women, particularly Black and Latino women.

    Nicaragua has equipped 66 mobile clinics, which gave nearly 1.9 million consultations in 2020. These include cervical and breast cancer screenings, helping to cut the cervical cancer mortality rate by 34% since 2007. The number of women receiving Pap tests has increased almost five-fold, from 181,491 in 2007 to 880,907 in 2020.

    In the pre-Sandinista era, one-fourth of pregnant women gave birth at home, with no doctor. There were few hospitals and pregnant women often had to travel rough dirt roads to reach a clinic or hospital. Now women need not worry about reaching a distant hospital while in labor because they can reside in a local maternity home for the last two weeks of their pregnancies and be monitored by doctors.

    In 2020, 67,222 pregnant women roomed in one of these homes, and could be accompanied by their mothers or sisters. As a result, 99% of births today are in medical centers, and maternal mortality fell from 115 deaths per 100,000 births in 2006 to 36 in 2020. These are giant steps forward in the liberation of women.

    Contrary to the indifference to women in the U.S., Nicaraguan mothers receive one month off work before their baby is born, and two months off after; even men get five days off work when their baby is born. Mothers also receive free milk for six months. Men and women get five paid days off work when they marry.

    The Question of Abortion Rights

    The law making abortion illegal, removing the “life and health of the mother” exception, was passed in the National Assembly under President Enrique Bolaños in 2006. There had been a well-organized and funded campaign by Catholics all over Latin America as well as large marches over the previous two years in Nicaragua in favor of this law.

    Enrique Bolaños in 2002. [Source: nytimes.com]

    The law, supported by 80% of the people, was proposed immediately before the presidential election as a vote-getting ploy by Bolaños. The Sandinistas were a minority in the National Assembly at the time, and the FSLN legislators were released from party discipline for the vote. The majority abstained, while several voted in favor. The law has never been implemented or rescinded.

    Since the Sandinistas’ return to power in 2007 no woman or governmental or private health professional has been prosecuted for any action related to abortion. Any woman whose life is in danger receives an abortion in government health centers or hospitals. Many places exist for women to get abortions; none has been closed or attacked, and none is clandestine. The morning-after pill and contraceptive services are widely available.

    Sandinista Measures to Free Women from Violence 

    Nicaragua has created 102 women’s police stations, special units that include protecting women and children from sexual and domestic violence and abuse. Now women can talk to female police officers about crimes committed against them, whether it be abuse or rape, making it easier and more comfortable for women to file complaints, receive counseling for trauma, and ensure that violent crimes against women are prosecuted in a thorough and timely manner.

    Nicaragua’s women in blue. [Source: breal.tv]

    Women make up 34.3% of the 16,399 National Police officers, a high number for a police department. For instance, New York City and Los Angeles police are 18% women and Chicago is 23%.

    The United Nations finds Nicaragua the safest country in Central America, with the lowest homicide rate, 7.2 per 100,000 (down from 13.4 in 2006), less than half the regional average of 19.

    It also has the lowest rate of femicides in Central America (0.7 per 100,000), another testament to the Sandinista commitment to ending mistreatment of women.  The government organizes citizen-security assemblies to raise consciousness concerning violence against women and to handle the vulnerabilities women face in the family and community. Mifamilia, the Ministry of the Family, carries out house-to-house visits to stress prevention of violence against women and sexual abuse of children.

    Nicaragua is the most successful regional country in combating drug trafficking and organized crime, freeing women from the insecurity that plagues women in places such as Ciudad Juárez, Mexico.

    Women’s Leadership in the Nicaragua Government

    The progress women have made during the second FSLN era is reflected in their participation in government. The 1980s’ Sandinista directorate contained no women. In 2007, the second Sandinista government mandated equal representation for women, ensuring that at least 50% of public offices would be filled by women, from the national level to the municipal.

    Today, 9 out of 16 national government cabinet ministers are women. Women head the Supreme Electoral Council, the Supreme Court, the Attorney General’s office, the Public Prosecutor’s Office, and account for 60% of judges. Women make up half of the National Assembly, of mayors, of vice-mayors and of municipal council members. Women, so represented in high positions, provide a model and inspires all women and girls to participate in building a new society with more humane human relations.

    [Source: ipu.org]

    No Greater Democratic Victory Than the Liberation of Women

    The progress made in women’s liberation is seen in the Global Gender Gap Index: In 2007, Nicaragua ranked 90th on the index; by 2020, it had jumped to 5th place, exceeded only by Iceland, Norway, Finland and Sweden.

    Nicaragua is a country that has accomplished the most in liberating women from household drudgery and domestic slavery because of its policies favoring the social and political participation and economic advancement of poor women.

    Women have gained a women’s police commissariat, legal recognition of their property, new homes for abused women and for poor single mothers, economic programs that empower poorer women, abortion is not criminalized in practice, half of all political candidates and public office holders are women, extreme poverty has been cut by half, mostly benefiting women and children, domestic toil has been greatly reduced because of modernized national infrastructure, women have convenient and free health care.

    In their liberation struggle, Nicaraguan women are becoming ever more self-sufficient and confident in enforcing their long-neglected human rights. They are revolutionizing their collective self-image and ensuring their central role in building a new society. This betters the working class and campesinos as a whole by improving the quality of life for all and is a vital weapon in combating U.S. economic warfare.

    As Lenin observed, “The experience of all liberation movements has shown that the success of a revolution depends on how much the women take part in it.” Nicaragua is one more living example that a new world is possible.

    • First published in CovertAction Magazine

    The post Why is the Nicaraguan Government Demonized by both Liberals and Conservatives … first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Stansfield Smith.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/29/why-is-the-nicaraguan-government-demonized-by-both-liberals-and-conservatives/feed/ 0 285930
    NZ public health chief encouraged in spite of 34 covid deaths and ‘Mexican wave’ cases https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/29/nz-public-health-chief-encouraged-in-spite-of-34-covid-deaths-and-mexican-wave-cases/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/29/nz-public-health-chief-encouraged-in-spite-of-34-covid-deaths-and-mexican-wave-cases/#respond Tue, 29 Mar 2022 01:04:28 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=72116 In spite of a record 34 covid-related deaths being reported in New Zealand today, Director of Public Health Dr Caroline McElnay says it is encouraging to see an overall and sustained drop in case numbers.

    “For three days last week, case numbers were reported at over 20,000 … today’s case number is up a bit [on Monday] but that is to be expected as testing rates are always a bit low over the weekend,” she said.

    The Ministry of Health reported 17,148 new cases of covid-19 in the community and the reported deaths were over a period of 10 days, taking the covid-19 related death toll to 303.

    One person was in their 30s, one person was in their 50s, five were in their 60s, nine were in their 70s, seven in their 80s and 11 were in their 90s.

    Seventeen were male and 17 were female.

    The reduction in case numbers has been most pronounced in Auckland. Cases have fallen from just under 4300 reported cases last Monday to 2300 yesterday.

    Dr McElnay said while numbers overall were dropping, regional spikes were occurring.

    The so-called “Mexican wave of cases” is being reflected the most in Canterbury, she said. “We’re seeing those numbers roll down the country.”

    Overall, numbers were expected to continue to decrease over the week.

    Rest of NZ lagging
    The only district health boards (DHBs) with increases in numbers are Whanganui, MidCentral, Taranaki and the South Island DHBs.

    “That probably tells us that the rest of New Zealand is about a couple of weeks behind Auckland,” Dr McElnay said.

    “It gives us a signal of where we hope to be in the next couple of weeks.”

    “We are optimistic that in the next couple of weeks the rest of the country will follow the same pattern as Auckland and we will see a drop in hospitalisation and a decrease in pressure on our health services.”

    Dr McElnay said that once a person tested positive for covid-19, they should not test again for 28 days.

    If you develop new symptoms after that, then test. If you test positive, you are considered a new case and you must isolate again.

    This weekend was the start of eased restrictions which the government announced early last week.

    Meanwhile, more than 1300 doses of Novavax’s covid-19 vaccine, which has been available since March 14 for those who cannot have the Pfizer jab or would prefer not to, have so far been administered.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/29/nz-public-health-chief-encouraged-in-spite-of-34-covid-deaths-and-mexican-wave-cases/feed/ 0 285904
    Covid trends around the Pacific – deaths, lockdown and easing rules https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/28/covid-trends-around-the-pacific-deaths-lockdown-and-easing-rules/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/28/covid-trends-around-the-pacific-deaths-lockdown-and-easing-rules/#respond Mon, 28 Mar 2022 21:59:08 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=72107 RNZ Pacific

    A snapshot of how the covid-19 pandemic is impacting on Pacific nations and territories today:

    Second Covid-19 death in American Samoa
    American Samoa has recorded its second covid-19 related death.

    The death was of a woman in her mid-50s, who also had pre-existing health conditions.

    Over the weekend, 265 cases were recorded, bringing the total number of active covid cases to 2779.

    Seven people are in hospital with covid-19.

    Vanuatu health authorities record 296 new positive cases
    Vanuatu Minister of Health Bruno Leingkon announced that 2577 covid-19 cases have been recorded.

    Five people have been hospitalised for Covid-related illnesses. But there have been no Covid-related deaths in Vanuatu, which remains under alert level 3.

    The lockdown has been extended for a further five days.

    Samoa records more community cases
    Samoa now has a total of 1239 active community cases of covid-19, as another 182 people tested positive.

    The Ministry of Health said 97 percent of community cases are located in Upolu and the remaining 3 percent in Savai’i.

    No community cases have been recorded in the islands of Manono and Apolima Tai.

    The ministry said women make up 58 percent of confirmed community cases and 15 to 35 year olds have recorded the most infections.

    No additional cases have been detected at the border.

    Mandatory testing for travellers to Tahiti to be abolished
    Although another 190 covid-19 cases have been recorded in French Polynesia in the last 48 hours, Tahiti is easing testing requirements for travellers.

    The electronic registration system for travellers, as well as mandatory tests for arriving passengers at Tahiti’s airport, will be abolished from tomorrow.

    The health authorities say six patients are in hospital, but none are in intensive care.

    The number of active cases has continued to decline and is now 516.

    The death toll stands at over 640, with most of the fatalities occuring during last year’s delta variant outbreak.

    Two in intensive care in New Caledonia
    New Caledonia has recorded another 32 covid-19 cases, confirming the trend of declining numbers.

    The latest figure, issued on Friday, brings the total number of cases since September to 60,167.

    Sixteen covid patients have been hospitalised, 2 of whom are in intensive care.

    From today it will be possible to visit patients in hospitals and care centres without a health pass, although masks must still be worn.

    Masks are no longer mandatory to be worn in public, but their continued use is recommended.

    So far the pandemic has claimed 310 lives in New Caledonia, all of them during the delta outbreak in September.

    CNMI drops indoor masking requirement
    The Commonwealth of the Northern Marianas will no longer require people to wear face masks indoors.

    The governor’s Covid-19 Task Force and the Commonwealth Healthcare Corporation (CHCC) have downgraded the US territory’s CDC community level from high to medium.

    Local health authorities have cautioned immunocompromised individuals to still wear masks indoors. The same advice stands for people whose family members are immunocompromised.

    “In Community Level Medium, people who are considered immunocompromised or at high risk for severe illness should talk to their healthcare provider about whether they need to wear a mask and take other precautions. Also, people who live with or have social contact with immunocompromised individuals should wear a mask when indoors with them,” the CHCC said in a statement.

    The CHCC also said it would continue to require visitors and clinic patients to wear masks in patient-serving areas.

    Last Thursday, the task force and CHCC also confirmed the CNMI’s 33rd Covid-19-related death.

    Twenty six additional cases have been recorded, bringing the CNMI total to 11,022 cases since March 28, 2020.

    All 26 cases were identified on March 24, 2022. As of March 25, 2022, three individuals have been hospitalised from covid-19.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/28/covid-trends-around-the-pacific-deaths-lockdown-and-easing-rules/feed/ 0 285872
    Covid-19 Vaccine Apartheid Is Exacerbating Global Inequalities: UN https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/28/covid-19-vaccine-apartheid-is-exacerbating-global-inequalities-un/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/28/covid-19-vaccine-apartheid-is-exacerbating-global-inequalities-un/#respond Mon, 28 Mar 2022 13:28:15 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/335694
    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Kenny Stancil.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/28/covid-19-vaccine-apartheid-is-exacerbating-global-inequalities-un/feed/ 0 285827
    Hundreds more may die in NZ’s first omicron wave, covid modeller says https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/28/hundreds-more-may-die-in-nzs-first-omicron-wave-covid-modeller-says/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/28/hundreds-more-may-die-in-nzs-first-omicron-wave-covid-modeller-says/#respond Mon, 28 Mar 2022 03:55:04 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=72073 By Hamish Cardwell, RNZ News senior journalist

    A covid-19 modeller says hundreds more people could die in Aotearoa New Zealand’s first wave of the omicron outbreak.

    Health officials reported today that 11 more people with covid-19 had died in New Zealand, with 12,882 new community cases reported and 861 people in hospital with the coronavirus — including 21 in ICU or HDU.

    The total death toll stands at 269, with the current average of 12 deaths a day of people with covid-19.

    Professor Michael Plank from the University of Canterbury and Covid-19 Modelling Aotearoa expected this death rate to continue for a few more weeks, and ultimately between 300 and 500 people to die by the end of the first omicron wave.

    “Because although it looks like cases have peaked, deaths [lag behind],” Professor Plank said.

    The death total was at about the lower to middle end of projections from earlier this year — which picked between 400 and 1200 deaths, he said.

    A reason for New Zealand’s low death rate high booster uptake among older people and young people comprising a large amount of those infected.

    New covid-19 variants
    But Professor Plank said there still could be new covid-19 variants or second waves which could affect the numbers.

    If the virus took hold in communities with low booster rates, for example Māori, or high risk populations such as those in aged care facilities, that could cause the rate to increase again, he said.

    Overall, there have been fewer deaths than usual in New Zealand since the pandemic started because lockdowns basically eliminated influenza.

    But with borders opening soon bringing in travellers with infectious diseases, and winter coming, there are still difficult times to come.

    University of Otago epidemiologist Professor Michael Baker said it was likely to be a bad influenza season, and it was crucial people get the flu jab.

    Big picture — NZ has done well
    Professor Baker said it was prudent that older people and those in poor health thought about cutting back on socialising for a few weeks while the omicron outbreak ran its course.

    While nationwide case numbers appeared to have peaked, many in the community were infected with the virus, he said.

    But the big picture was that New Zealand’s covid-19 response had been effective, with the death toll among the lowest in the world, Baker said.

    There were five times the number of deaths in Australia and Singapore, which also implemented strong measures to combat the spread of the virus.

    Baker said the death toll was 20 times higher in Hong Kong, Denmark and Canada and 50 times higher in the UK.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/28/hundreds-more-may-die-in-nzs-first-omicron-wave-covid-modeller-says/feed/ 0 285615
    Covid-19 modeller says NZ’s omicron death rate ‘comparable’ to other countries https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/27/covid-19-modeller-says-nzs-omicron-death-rate-comparable-to-other-countries/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/27/covid-19-modeller-says-nzs-omicron-death-rate-comparable-to-other-countries/#respond Sun, 27 Mar 2022 05:05:01 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=72040 RNZ News

    A covid-19 modeller is hopeful omicron hospitalisations have peaked and says at this stage New Zealand’s death rate is at a comparable level to other countries during an omicron wave.

    The number of people needing care dropped for four straight days until yesterday, although the number of people hospitalised did increase slightly from 841 yesterday to 848 today.

    Even with today’s slight increase there are still 168 fewer people now in hospital than early last week.

    However, 83 people have died with covid-19 in the past seven days, easily the highest toll for a week during the pandemic, with 20 deaths reported yesterday.

    Covid-19 Modelling Aotearoa project leader Dion O’Neale said New Zealand’s covid death rate is about the international standard for an omicron wave.

    He said the numbers look to be comparable to other countries: “We’re not looking outstanding in either direction for death rates.

    “One thing that’s a big risk for fatalities is if you start to get spread that starts to make its way through aged care and residential care facilities, that’s a super high risk situation and that’s going to give you these spikes, or clumps of deaths coming together.”

    258 covid-related deaths
    Overall, New Zealand has had 258 covid-related deaths since the start of the pandemic.

    O’Neale is hopeful New Zealand has seen the peak in hospitalisations.

    But he warns the descent will be “bumpy” with increases if the virus gets into vulnerable populations like rest homes.

    O’Neale said for this wave, the country appears to have avoided a health system “collapse” some people were worried about.

    “From the data I’ve seen anyway it looks like we are scraping through and managed to maybe, hopefully, get past the worst of this peak without exceeding that capacity.”

    Hospitals have gone to unusual lengths to continue operating while many of their own staff are off sick — including people doing other jobs to manage demand.

    Voluntary extra shifts
    Canterbury nurses who volunteer for extra shifts in aged care are getting $350 a night to cover ongoing covid-related staff shortages, while Auckland nurses and midwives were offered a $500 bonus for working extra overnight shifts, as staffing shortages climbed to 25 percent during the city’s omicron peak.

    In Auckland’s Middlemore Hospital staff such as doctors and medical technicians stepped in to help on the wards and in the emergency department during the omicron peak, while in Wellington non-clinical staff with clinical backgrounds stepped in to help fill staffing shortages.

    Only about half the planned care was going ahead at Wellington region hospitals last week, while Auckland hospitals put all but the most urgent care on hold during its omicron peak.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/27/covid-19-modeller-says-nzs-omicron-death-rate-comparable-to-other-countries/feed/ 0 285509
    Why Many Progressives Misrepresented and Condemned the Ottawa Trucker Protest https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/27/why-many-progressives-misrepresented-and-condemned-the-ottawa-trucker-protest/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/27/why-many-progressives-misrepresented-and-condemned-the-ottawa-trucker-protest/#respond Sun, 27 Mar 2022 04:42:05 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=128146 Canada’s “Freedom Convoy” began with protesting rules implemented in January by the Canadian and later the US governments requiring truck drivers to be fully vaccinated to enter their country. It snowballed into a demonstration against dysfunctional coronavirus restrictions. The Ottawa trucker protesters demanded: No Lockdowns, No Mandates, No Vaccine Passports, and if not, that Trudeau […]

    The post Why Many Progressives Misrepresented and Condemned the Ottawa Trucker Protest first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    Canada’s “Freedom Convoy” began with protesting rules implemented in January by the Canadian and later the US governments requiring truck drivers to be fully vaccinated to enter their country. It snowballed into a demonstration against dysfunctional coronavirus restrictions. The Ottawa trucker protesters demanded: No Lockdowns, No Mandates, No Vaccine Passports, and if not, that Trudeau resign.

    Working people are increasingly angry at the failures of the neoliberal regimes in Canada and the US to meet our needs. Unfortunately, we on the left are not positioned to effectively utilize this sentiment and grow our forces, leaving an open field for leaders with rightwing solutions to fill the vacuum. They played on public resentment to advocate getting the state off our backs rather than our demand that the state prioritize our well-being.

    Working class activists should participate and build these protests, bring working class solutions to the problems we confront and lead the people in fighting back. Instead, many on the left condemned the trucker convoy, or sat on the sidelines, seeing themselves as mere critics, not leaders in this class struggle.

    Liberal Party Prime Minister Trudeau called the truckers “a few people shouting and waving swastikas,” a “fringe minority” conspiracy theorists “with the tinfoil hats.” They “don’t believe in science.” He threatened, “Do we tolerate these people?”  These elitist anti-working class statements echo Hillary Clinton’s dubbing Trump supporters “deplorables.” The hysteria led by Trudeau and the corporate media even reached the point where a Member of Parliament absurdly declared trucker honking of horns meant Heil Hitler. Trudeau’s Big Business dictated covid policies even denied visas to vaccinated Cubans because they had Cuban, not Big Pharma vaccines.

    Anti-trucker “Leftists” Repeat Trudeau’s Smears

    Many left criticisms of the truckers follow the rulers’ talking points. For instance, they spread a corporate media cartoon smear, Bryan Palmer’s condemnation of the truckers as a “lumpen” alt-right petty bourgeois protest, as well as anti-war activist Stephen Gowans‘ early attack on the Ottawa occupation as “a far-right movement of racists, evangelicals, union-haters, and conspiracy-minded lunatics, inspired and supported by the likes of Donald Trump, Ted Cruz, and Elon Musk.” Gowans complained the Ottawa police had “done nothing to liberate the city” from what were peaceful protesters.

    Rather than refuting the rulers’ smears, many either repeated them or remained silent in face of the onslaught. They, in effect, allied with the imperial state’s attacks on the truckers and their working- class allies. They compounded their error by making only mild objections to the central rightwing feature of the Ottawa occupation: Trudeau using martial law measures to crush peaceful protests – measures which could be used against leftists in the future if we become a social force.

    What were some of the distortions so many disseminated in their unwitting role as transmission belts for ruling class propaganda against the truckers?

    1. That the protesters were racists and fascists was repeated over and over. Enough evidence shows this was not a racist protest (and here), It was claimed, with scant evidence, that the protest contained numerous Nazi and Confederate flags. A photo showed a man with a Nazi flag and another one or two with a Confederate flag. One man had the Nazi flag on a long pole underneath a sign on top saying “F*ck Trudeau,” which could mean he was equating Trudeau with Nazis. The person holding a Confederate flag was considered to be a provocateur made to leave the protest. Government agent provocateurs have played a role in other Canadian protests.

    Benjamin Dichter, who is Jewish, and key spokesperson for the protest, said “Let’s assume there were guys there who did have a Confederate flag. They believe in the Confederacy of states’ rights in a foreign nation? I don’t care. I’m not here to police people’s ideas.” In a swipe at Trudeau, Dichter added, “I want to hear unacceptable opinions because I want to challenge them.”

    Another Freedom Convoy leader was Metis, Tamara Lich. Pat King, a fanatic racist in the Nazi mold, was portrayed as convoy leader, but this was denied by the actual leaders (and here).

    1. That the Right funded the trucker protest became a key charge. Republicans do fund popular protests to further their aims. So do the Democrats, as the women’s marches testify. A protest bringing out masses of people likely involves corporate political party funding. It is a political mistake to condemn or boycott movements, MeToo, Black Lives Matter, anti-vaccine mandate, or climate change protests because they had corporate donors. To condemn a protest funded by Republican corporate donors, but not those funded by Democratic ones, given these donors serve the same ruling class owners of the US, is a double standard. To do so suggests aligning ourselves with the Democratic (or Liberal) Party faction of the ruling class.

    Reports on big right-wing funders of the trucker convoy failed to establish significant dollar contributions. PressProgress gave “a round up of some of the big money donors.” The corporate donors listed contributed merely $67,300 of the $10 million raised. That amounts to less than 1% of the total, showing corporate donors gave very minor support.

    GiveSendGo raised another $8.6 million for the protesters. The largest, $215,000 came from an anonymous donor, $90,000 from billionaire Thomas M. Siebel, and $75,000 from another anonymous donor. Even if we assume these three are by big rightwing donors, that amounts to $380,000, 4.4% of the total.

    Washington Post article on donors noted, “Only a handful of contributors gave more than $10,000 apiece,” which does not substantiate corporate and billionaire funding of the protests.

    It seems these donations do not include seed money for the Freedom Convoy, but they do show it was not “fringe,” but had gained broad support.

    The GoFundMe platform raised $10 million dollars for the convoy before being shut down. The reason given was for “violating the platform’s Terms of Service prohibiting the ‘promotion of violence and harassment.’” Yet no protester had been charged with violence. Defenders of civil liberties should have condemned that repression, not approve of it.

    1. That the trucker convoy represented a social fringe is belied simply by some news reports, such as this or this.
    2. Many falsely claimed the Freedom Convoy protesters were anti-vaxxers, pointing out that 90% of Canadian truckers are vaccinated. However, the protesters were united against vaccine mandates, not against vaccines. Benjamin Dichter and Chris Barber, two convoy leaders, said they were not anti-vaxxers but fully vaccinated.
    3. Some asserted the truckers were petty bourgeois owner-operators, therefore not working class, because they owned their instruments of production. Even assuming some of the truckers are in the petty bourgeoisie, that in itself is no reason to condemn a petty bourgeois movement in struggle with the big bourgeoisie.

    Aren’t owner-operators among the millions of workers who companies “contract out” to cut labor expenses and increase their profits? Are Uber drivers also middle-class owner operators? Or any worker hired by a business as an “independent contractor”? This new category of atomized workers is a product of the long neoliberal offensive to weaken solidarity among workers.

    1. Many used Trump’s support for the truckers as another reason to condemn it. That makes no more sense than saying if Biden or Trudeau opposes the protest, we should too. This liberal-left fear and loathing of Trump ignores a number of commendable statements he made on issues anti-imperialists advocate for.
    2. Some bolstered their attacks on the truckers by referring to the Teamsters and Canadian Labour Congress. The Canadian Teamsters condemned the trucker convoy as a “despicable display of hate lead by the political Right,” but provided no evidence to back that up. The statement said nothing against the central demands of the protest. The Teamsters represent only 15,000 long haul truck drivers of the 300,000 long haul drivers in Canada.

    The Canadian Labour Congress condemned the protest but was also silent on vaccine mandates. “This is not a protest, it is an occupation by an angry mob trying to disguise itself as a peaceful protest.” Of course protesters are angry, otherwise they do not protest. Being angry does not mean you are not peaceful. The CLC adds “This occupation of Ottawa streets…is having a devastating effect on the livelihood of already struggling workers and businesses.” Such statements could be used against the Occupy Movement in 2011, or against Black Lives Matter protests, as Trump did. “Frontline workers, from retail to health workers, have been bullied and harassed.” Yet so was at least one pro-trucker Ottawa store owner bullied and harassed for simply donating to the protest.

    True, the Freedom Convoy had no working class demands for government action to ease the hardships workers face. Neither did the CLC or Teamsters, actual workers class organizations with the social and economic weight to have their demands met.

    1. Many followed Trudeau and claimed the convoy organizers were violent and extremists. However, the police reported no physical violence, and none of the protest leaders were arrested for violent acts.

    Tamara Lich was charged with ‘counselling for the offense of committing Mischief,” convoy leader Chris Barber for the same charge, plus “counselling to commit the offense of Disobey a Police Order” and “counselling to commit the offense of Obstruct Police.” Pat King was charged with mischief, counselling to commit the offence of mischief, counselling to commit the offence of disobey court order, and counselling to commit the offence of obstruct police.

    Many had claimed they were guilty of violence, sedition, and attempting to overthrow a “democratic” government. Here they are, charged with “counseling” mischief (interfering with or destroying someone’s property), telling people to defy a court order or police order. What activists have ever been innocent of these charges?

    1. It was claimed the police had treated the protesters with kid gloves. Maybe. Yet, once the police cracked down, they used horses to trample some protesters. When the 2011 union protesters in Madison Wisconsin seized the Capitol building — not for a day but for weeks — the police were not only letting us enter and exit, but periodically joined the protest (and here). That was no sign that the Madison protests were right-wing, nor did leftists object to their solidarity.

    As Caleb Maupin pointed out, liberals and leftists took the Fox News playbook to denounce the Black Lives Matter movement and used the same methods to attack the trucker protest. Those who support Black Lives Matter suddenly were ok with police repression of the Ottawa protests. By favoring government crackdown on peaceful protests, we gave the ruling class rope to hang ourselves with.

    Working Class and Right-Wing Programs towards Covid and Health care

    Being vaccinated protects you from getting very sick if you have underlying conditions but does not protect you from being infected or infecting others. People know that, so resent government vaccine requirements.

    Mandates work when applied by governments that put the protection of citizens over the protection of corporate profits — not the case in the United States or Canada. Targeted lockdowns once covid makes its appearance, constant testing of the population, combined with a wide array of public health measures neither Canada nor the US ever instituted, has enabled China to almost eliminate deaths from Covid.

    China contained Covid long before their vaccine was even developed. China provided house to house care for those locked down, constant and widespread testing, as well as relatively free health care for all. As a result, China has had three Covid related deaths since January 2021, while the US has had one million.

    Nicaragua, which has a free, universal preventive health care system, has by far the lowest Covid death rate per million inhabitants of all the Americas, yet never instituted any sort of mandate or lockdown, beyond wearing a mask inside public buildings.

    Participate in the Ottawa Protests with Working Class Demands

    While the demands of the trucker protest had some merit, the Freedom Convoy leaders were ideologically rightwing. Their view of health care as an individual responsibility does not conflict with the neoliberal model. This benefits those with the privileges and financial resources to handle it.

    Our working class view sees the state as the protector of public health, since health is a public issue, not simply a “free” individual’s responsibility.

    We missed an opportunity to participate in the Ottawa occupation and organize working class solidarity with our message: government should meet the health and economic needs of the people affected by the pandemic; the government protects big business and big pharma super profits during the pandemic while our standard of living suffers; health care is a community issue and should be a human right. It should focus on prevention, with continuous education of the public, and establish clinics in every neighborhood, cultivating regular interaction between the health workers and the community.

    If we fail to help lead workers and popular struggles, we leave the field open for middle class or right-wing leaders. Even the sometimes liberal Nation recognized, “the far-right origins of the protest shouldn’t be an excuse for ignoring the fact it is attracting the support of a segment of the population that doesn’t identify with the far right but does feel economically marginalized and hurt by a pandemic now entering its third year… Those who have sympathy for the convoy tend to be poorer, younger, and less educated.”

    Some activists did stand for the working class approach to the Ottawa occupation. Dust James, a trucker, encouraged the left to join the protesters and explain to them that all truckers share a common problem with others: small businesses and workers are being crushed by the larger monopolies, big banks are ripping off all of us.

    Richard Wolff said leftists made a serious error by not actively participating in and solidarizing with the trucker protest, showing workers how to use their power to achieve their demands. A struggle to push back against mandates that don’t work can ignite actions against other policies that don’t serve people’s interests. Struggles often begin as a fight against a specific injustice, eventually opening the door to struggles on more fundamental issues.

    Leila Mechoui and Max Blumenthal applauded actions by working class people to improve their situation and resist impositions by private and public authorities. The truckers protest scared the rulers because they fear losing their control over who determines how society is run. They don’t want workers thinking they should have some say in societal decision-making. They don’t want workers to start thinking “why should we do what the bosses tell us to do if it doesn’t make sense.”

    Richard Wolff and Jimmy Dore emphasized we should be and can be everywhere workers are struggling. “The left should not put itself in a situation where the protesters can lump them together with the authorities as enemies of their struggle, which is the case now.” Here, the left isolated themselves from the working class by attacking the movement as a whole.

    Why Many Repeated Ruling Class Liberal Smears of the Truckers

    Being an anti-war writer like Stephen Gowans does not mean you have close connections with working class struggles at home. Likewise, many working class fighters do not possess an anti-imperialist outlook.  Unfortunately, working class and anti-war fighters often operate in distinct social and political milieus.

    Many have made critiques of the convoy and Ottawa occupation, such as a recent webinar by left intellectuals. Yet the problem we face is that the function of a working class leftwing goes beyond evaluating a movement. Our function should be to create a plan of action to participate in and help lead social struggles in a working class direction through demands that benefit the working classes as a whole. We are not there, nor are we making headway in building the army of working class activists needed to carry it out.

    At present, far too many critics of the truckers feel in their heart of hearts that our white working class is full of “deplorables.” That illustrates the current disconnect of leftists from the white working class. Too many feel the working class may be the force that will overthrow capitalism and build a just society, but not with the working class we have. This white working class today is too ignorant, bigoted, backwards, bought-off, too white privileged. If it is not kept in check, things could only get worse.

    So, where do they turn for a social power to rotate around for building progressive social change? Often it means to the more enlightened intelligentsia, the more progressive politicians. That leads to the Democratic Party or the Canadian versions: pressure them from the left and build support for them in their struggle against Trumpers. This approach became pronounced as fear of Trumpism grew.

    This may explain why many on the left repeated Trudeau’s smears and may be why they — who normally support workers — sided with the government against working people when they organized and protested. Such an approach, if not corrected, leads to more police state repression and an increasingly divided working class confused over where to turn to solve their problems.

    The post Why Many Progressives Misrepresented and Condemned the Ottawa Trucker Protest first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Stansfield Smith.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/27/why-many-progressives-misrepresented-and-condemned-the-ottawa-trucker-protest/feed/ 0 285485
    Why Many Progressives Misrepresented and Condemned the Ottawa Trucker Protest https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/27/why-many-progressives-misrepresented-and-condemned-the-ottawa-trucker-protest/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/27/why-many-progressives-misrepresented-and-condemned-the-ottawa-trucker-protest/#respond Sun, 27 Mar 2022 04:42:05 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=128146 Canada’s “Freedom Convoy” began with protesting rules implemented in January by the Canadian and later the US governments requiring truck drivers to be fully vaccinated to enter their country. It snowballed into a demonstration against dysfunctional coronavirus restrictions. The Ottawa trucker protesters demanded: No Lockdowns, No Mandates, No Vaccine Passports, and if not, that Trudeau […]

    The post Why Many Progressives Misrepresented and Condemned the Ottawa Trucker Protest first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    Canada’s “Freedom Convoy” began with protesting rules implemented in January by the Canadian and later the US governments requiring truck drivers to be fully vaccinated to enter their country. It snowballed into a demonstration against dysfunctional coronavirus restrictions. The Ottawa trucker protesters demanded: No Lockdowns, No Mandates, No Vaccine Passports, and if not, that Trudeau resign.

    Working people are increasingly angry at the failures of the neoliberal regimes in Canada and the US to meet our needs. Unfortunately, we on the left are not positioned to effectively utilize this sentiment and grow our forces, leaving an open field for leaders with rightwing solutions to fill the vacuum. They played on public resentment to advocate getting the state off our backs rather than our demand that the state prioritize our well-being.

    Working class activists should participate and build these protests, bring working class solutions to the problems we confront and lead the people in fighting back. Instead, many on the left condemned the trucker convoy, or sat on the sidelines, seeing themselves as mere critics, not leaders in this class struggle.

    Liberal Party Prime Minister Trudeau called the truckers “a few people shouting and waving swastikas,” a “fringe minority” conspiracy theorists “with the tinfoil hats.” They “don’t believe in science.” He threatened, “Do we tolerate these people?”  These elitist anti-working class statements echo Hillary Clinton’s dubbing Trump supporters “deplorables.” The hysteria led by Trudeau and the corporate media even reached the point where a Member of Parliament absurdly declared trucker honking of horns meant Heil Hitler. Trudeau’s Big Business dictated covid policies even denied visas to vaccinated Cubans because they had Cuban, not Big Pharma vaccines.

    Anti-trucker “Leftists” Repeat Trudeau’s Smears

    Many left criticisms of the truckers follow the rulers’ talking points. For instance, they spread a corporate media cartoon smear, Bryan Palmer’s condemnation of the truckers as a “lumpen” alt-right petty bourgeois protest, as well as anti-war activist Stephen Gowans‘ early attack on the Ottawa occupation as “a far-right movement of racists, evangelicals, union-haters, and conspiracy-minded lunatics, inspired and supported by the likes of Donald Trump, Ted Cruz, and Elon Musk.” Gowans complained the Ottawa police had “done nothing to liberate the city” from what were peaceful protesters.

    Rather than refuting the rulers’ smears, many either repeated them or remained silent in face of the onslaught. They, in effect, allied with the imperial state’s attacks on the truckers and their working- class allies. They compounded their error by making only mild objections to the central rightwing feature of the Ottawa occupation: Trudeau using martial law measures to crush peaceful protests – measures which could be used against leftists in the future if we become a social force.

    What were some of the distortions so many disseminated in their unwitting role as transmission belts for ruling class propaganda against the truckers?

    1. That the protesters were racists and fascists was repeated over and over. Enough evidence shows this was not a racist protest (and here), It was claimed, with scant evidence, that the protest contained numerous Nazi and Confederate flags. A photo showed a man with a Nazi flag and another one or two with a Confederate flag. One man had the Nazi flag on a long pole underneath a sign on top saying “F*ck Trudeau,” which could mean he was equating Trudeau with Nazis. The person holding a Confederate flag was considered to be a provocateur made to leave the protest. Government agent provocateurs have played a role in other Canadian protests.

    Benjamin Dichter, who is Jewish, and key spokesperson for the protest, said “Let’s assume there were guys there who did have a Confederate flag. They believe in the Confederacy of states’ rights in a foreign nation? I don’t care. I’m not here to police people’s ideas.” In a swipe at Trudeau, Dichter added, “I want to hear unacceptable opinions because I want to challenge them.”

    Another Freedom Convoy leader was Metis, Tamara Lich. Pat King, a fanatic racist in the Nazi mold, was portrayed as convoy leader, but this was denied by the actual leaders (and here).

    1. That the Right funded the trucker protest became a key charge. Republicans do fund popular protests to further their aims. So do the Democrats, as the women’s marches testify. A protest bringing out masses of people likely involves corporate political party funding. It is a political mistake to condemn or boycott movements, MeToo, Black Lives Matter, anti-vaccine mandate, or climate change protests because they had corporate donors. To condemn a protest funded by Republican corporate donors, but not those funded by Democratic ones, given these donors serve the same ruling class owners of the US, is a double standard. To do so suggests aligning ourselves with the Democratic (or Liberal) Party faction of the ruling class.

    Reports on big right-wing funders of the trucker convoy failed to establish significant dollar contributions. PressProgress gave “a round up of some of the big money donors.” The corporate donors listed contributed merely $67,300 of the $10 million raised. That amounts to less than 1% of the total, showing corporate donors gave very minor support.

    GiveSendGo raised another $8.6 million for the protesters. The largest, $215,000 came from an anonymous donor, $90,000 from billionaire Thomas M. Siebel, and $75,000 from another anonymous donor. Even if we assume these three are by big rightwing donors, that amounts to $380,000, 4.4% of the total.

    Washington Post article on donors noted, “Only a handful of contributors gave more than $10,000 apiece,” which does not substantiate corporate and billionaire funding of the protests.

    It seems these donations do not include seed money for the Freedom Convoy, but they do show it was not “fringe,” but had gained broad support.

    The GoFundMe platform raised $10 million dollars for the convoy before being shut down. The reason given was for “violating the platform’s Terms of Service prohibiting the ‘promotion of violence and harassment.’” Yet no protester had been charged with violence. Defenders of civil liberties should have condemned that repression, not approve of it.

    1. That the trucker convoy represented a social fringe is belied simply by some news reports, such as this or this.
    2. Many falsely claimed the Freedom Convoy protesters were anti-vaxxers, pointing out that 90% of Canadian truckers are vaccinated. However, the protesters were united against vaccine mandates, not against vaccines. Benjamin Dichter and Chris Barber, two convoy leaders, said they were not anti-vaxxers but fully vaccinated.
    3. Some asserted the truckers were petty bourgeois owner-operators, therefore not working class, because they owned their instruments of production. Even assuming some of the truckers are in the petty bourgeoisie, that in itself is no reason to condemn a petty bourgeois movement in struggle with the big bourgeoisie.

    Aren’t owner-operators among the millions of workers who companies “contract out” to cut labor expenses and increase their profits? Are Uber drivers also middle-class owner operators? Or any worker hired by a business as an “independent contractor”? This new category of atomized workers is a product of the long neoliberal offensive to weaken solidarity among workers.

    1. Many used Trump’s support for the truckers as another reason to condemn it. That makes no more sense than saying if Biden or Trudeau opposes the protest, we should too. This liberal-left fear and loathing of Trump ignores a number of commendable statements he made on issues anti-imperialists advocate for.
    2. Some bolstered their attacks on the truckers by referring to the Teamsters and Canadian Labour Congress. The Canadian Teamsters condemned the trucker convoy as a “despicable display of hate lead by the political Right,” but provided no evidence to back that up. The statement said nothing against the central demands of the protest. The Teamsters represent only 15,000 long haul truck drivers of the 300,000 long haul drivers in Canada.

    The Canadian Labour Congress condemned the protest but was also silent on vaccine mandates. “This is not a protest, it is an occupation by an angry mob trying to disguise itself as a peaceful protest.” Of course protesters are angry, otherwise they do not protest. Being angry does not mean you are not peaceful. The CLC adds “This occupation of Ottawa streets…is having a devastating effect on the livelihood of already struggling workers and businesses.” Such statements could be used against the Occupy Movement in 2011, or against Black Lives Matter protests, as Trump did. “Frontline workers, from retail to health workers, have been bullied and harassed.” Yet so was at least one pro-trucker Ottawa store owner bullied and harassed for simply donating to the protest.

    True, the Freedom Convoy had no working class demands for government action to ease the hardships workers face. Neither did the CLC or Teamsters, actual workers class organizations with the social and economic weight to have their demands met.

    1. Many followed Trudeau and claimed the convoy organizers were violent and extremists. However, the police reported no physical violence, and none of the protest leaders were arrested for violent acts.

    Tamara Lich was charged with ‘counselling for the offense of committing Mischief,” convoy leader Chris Barber for the same charge, plus “counselling to commit the offense of Disobey a Police Order” and “counselling to commit the offense of Obstruct Police.” Pat King was charged with mischief, counselling to commit the offence of mischief, counselling to commit the offence of disobey court order, and counselling to commit the offence of obstruct police.

    Many had claimed they were guilty of violence, sedition, and attempting to overthrow a “democratic” government. Here they are, charged with “counseling” mischief (interfering with or destroying someone’s property), telling people to defy a court order or police order. What activists have ever been innocent of these charges?

    1. It was claimed the police had treated the protesters with kid gloves. Maybe. Yet, once the police cracked down, they used horses to trample some protesters. When the 2011 union protesters in Madison Wisconsin seized the Capitol building — not for a day but for weeks — the police were not only letting us enter and exit, but periodically joined the protest (and here). That was no sign that the Madison protests were right-wing, nor did leftists object to their solidarity.

    As Caleb Maupin pointed out, liberals and leftists took the Fox News playbook to denounce the Black Lives Matter movement and used the same methods to attack the trucker protest. Those who support Black Lives Matter suddenly were ok with police repression of the Ottawa protests. By favoring government crackdown on peaceful protests, we gave the ruling class rope to hang ourselves with.

    Working Class and Right-Wing Programs towards Covid and Health care

    Being vaccinated protects you from getting very sick if you have underlying conditions but does not protect you from being infected or infecting others. People know that, so resent government vaccine requirements.

    Mandates work when applied by governments that put the protection of citizens over the protection of corporate profits — not the case in the United States or Canada. Targeted lockdowns once covid makes its appearance, constant testing of the population, combined with a wide array of public health measures neither Canada nor the US ever instituted, has enabled China to almost eliminate deaths from Covid.

    China contained Covid long before their vaccine was even developed. China provided house to house care for those locked down, constant and widespread testing, as well as relatively free health care for all. As a result, China has had three Covid related deaths since January 2021, while the US has had one million.

    Nicaragua, which has a free, universal preventive health care system, has by far the lowest Covid death rate per million inhabitants of all the Americas, yet never instituted any sort of mandate or lockdown, beyond wearing a mask inside public buildings.

    Participate in the Ottawa Protests with Working Class Demands

    While the demands of the trucker protest had some merit, the Freedom Convoy leaders were ideologically rightwing. Their view of health care as an individual responsibility does not conflict with the neoliberal model. This benefits those with the privileges and financial resources to handle it.

    Our working class view sees the state as the protector of public health, since health is a public issue, not simply a “free” individual’s responsibility.

    We missed an opportunity to participate in the Ottawa occupation and organize working class solidarity with our message: government should meet the health and economic needs of the people affected by the pandemic; the government protects big business and big pharma super profits during the pandemic while our standard of living suffers; health care is a community issue and should be a human right. It should focus on prevention, with continuous education of the public, and establish clinics in every neighborhood, cultivating regular interaction between the health workers and the community.

    If we fail to help lead workers and popular struggles, we leave the field open for middle class or right-wing leaders. Even the sometimes liberal Nation recognized, “the far-right origins of the protest shouldn’t be an excuse for ignoring the fact it is attracting the support of a segment of the population that doesn’t identify with the far right but does feel economically marginalized and hurt by a pandemic now entering its third year… Those who have sympathy for the convoy tend to be poorer, younger, and less educated.”

    Some activists did stand for the working class approach to the Ottawa occupation. Dust James, a trucker, encouraged the left to join the protesters and explain to them that all truckers share a common problem with others: small businesses and workers are being crushed by the larger monopolies, big banks are ripping off all of us.

    Richard Wolff said leftists made a serious error by not actively participating in and solidarizing with the trucker protest, showing workers how to use their power to achieve their demands. A struggle to push back against mandates that don’t work can ignite actions against other policies that don’t serve people’s interests. Struggles often begin as a fight against a specific injustice, eventually opening the door to struggles on more fundamental issues.

    Leila Mechoui and Max Blumenthal applauded actions by working class people to improve their situation and resist impositions by private and public authorities. The truckers protest scared the rulers because they fear losing their control over who determines how society is run. They don’t want workers thinking they should have some say in societal decision-making. They don’t want workers to start thinking “why should we do what the bosses tell us to do if it doesn’t make sense.”

    Richard Wolff and Jimmy Dore emphasized we should be and can be everywhere workers are struggling. “The left should not put itself in a situation where the protesters can lump them together with the authorities as enemies of their struggle, which is the case now.” Here, the left isolated themselves from the working class by attacking the movement as a whole.

    Why Many Repeated Ruling Class Liberal Smears of the Truckers

    Being an anti-war writer like Stephen Gowans does not mean you have close connections with working class struggles at home. Likewise, many working class fighters do not possess an anti-imperialist outlook.  Unfortunately, working class and anti-war fighters often operate in distinct social and political milieus.

    Many have made critiques of the convoy and Ottawa occupation, such as a recent webinar by left intellectuals. Yet the problem we face is that the function of a working class leftwing goes beyond evaluating a movement. Our function should be to create a plan of action to participate in and help lead social struggles in a working class direction through demands that benefit the working classes as a whole. We are not there, nor are we making headway in building the army of working class activists needed to carry it out.

    At present, far too many critics of the truckers feel in their heart of hearts that our white working class is full of “deplorables.” That illustrates the current disconnect of leftists from the white working class. Too many feel the working class may be the force that will overthrow capitalism and build a just society, but not with the working class we have. This white working class today is too ignorant, bigoted, backwards, bought-off, too white privileged. If it is not kept in check, things could only get worse.

    So, where do they turn for a social power to rotate around for building progressive social change? Often it means to the more enlightened intelligentsia, the more progressive politicians. That leads to the Democratic Party or the Canadian versions: pressure them from the left and build support for them in their struggle against Trumpers. This approach became pronounced as fear of Trumpism grew.

    This may explain why many on the left repeated Trudeau’s smears and may be why they — who normally support workers — sided with the government against working people when they organized and protested. Such an approach, if not corrected, leads to more police state repression and an increasingly divided working class confused over where to turn to solve their problems.

    The post Why Many Progressives Misrepresented and Condemned the Ottawa Trucker Protest first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Stansfield Smith.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/27/why-many-progressives-misrepresented-and-condemned-the-ottawa-trucker-protest/feed/ 0 285486
    Why Many Progressives Misrepresented and Condemned the Ottawa Trucker Protest https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/27/why-many-progressives-misrepresented-and-condemned-the-ottawa-trucker-protest/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/27/why-many-progressives-misrepresented-and-condemned-the-ottawa-trucker-protest/#respond Sun, 27 Mar 2022 04:42:05 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=128146 Canada’s “Freedom Convoy” began with protesting rules implemented in January by the Canadian and later the US governments requiring truck drivers to be fully vaccinated to enter their country. It snowballed into a demonstration against dysfunctional coronavirus restrictions. The Ottawa trucker protesters demanded: No Lockdowns, No Mandates, No Vaccine Passports, and if not, that Trudeau […]

    The post Why Many Progressives Misrepresented and Condemned the Ottawa Trucker Protest first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    Canada’s “Freedom Convoy” began with protesting rules implemented in January by the Canadian and later the US governments requiring truck drivers to be fully vaccinated to enter their country. It snowballed into a demonstration against dysfunctional coronavirus restrictions. The Ottawa trucker protesters demanded: No Lockdowns, No Mandates, No Vaccine Passports, and if not, that Trudeau resign.

    Working people are increasingly angry at the failures of the neoliberal regimes in Canada and the US to meet our needs. Unfortunately, we on the left are not positioned to effectively utilize this sentiment and grow our forces, leaving an open field for leaders with rightwing solutions to fill the vacuum. They played on public resentment to advocate getting the state off our backs rather than our demand that the state prioritize our well-being.

    Working class activists should participate and build these protests, bring working class solutions to the problems we confront and lead the people in fighting back. Instead, many on the left condemned the trucker convoy, or sat on the sidelines, seeing themselves as mere critics, not leaders in this class struggle.

    Liberal Party Prime Minister Trudeau called the truckers “a few people shouting and waving swastikas,” a “fringe minority” conspiracy theorists “with the tinfoil hats.” They “don’t believe in science.” He threatened, “Do we tolerate these people?”  These elitist anti-working class statements echo Hillary Clinton’s dubbing Trump supporters “deplorables.” The hysteria led by Trudeau and the corporate media even reached the point where a Member of Parliament absurdly declared trucker honking of horns meant Heil Hitler. Trudeau’s Big Business dictated covid policies even denied visas to vaccinated Cubans because they had Cuban, not Big Pharma vaccines.

    Anti-trucker “Leftists” Repeat Trudeau’s Smears

    Many left criticisms of the truckers follow the rulers’ talking points. For instance, they spread a corporate media cartoon smear, Bryan Palmer’s condemnation of the truckers as a “lumpen” alt-right petty bourgeois protest, as well as anti-war activist Stephen Gowans‘ early attack on the Ottawa occupation as “a far-right movement of racists, evangelicals, union-haters, and conspiracy-minded lunatics, inspired and supported by the likes of Donald Trump, Ted Cruz, and Elon Musk.” Gowans complained the Ottawa police had “done nothing to liberate the city” from what were peaceful protesters.

    Rather than refuting the rulers’ smears, many either repeated them or remained silent in face of the onslaught. They, in effect, allied with the imperial state’s attacks on the truckers and their working- class allies. They compounded their error by making only mild objections to the central rightwing feature of the Ottawa occupation: Trudeau using martial law measures to crush peaceful protests – measures which could be used against leftists in the future if we become a social force.

    What were some of the distortions so many disseminated in their unwitting role as transmission belts for ruling class propaganda against the truckers?

    1. That the protesters were racists and fascists was repeated over and over. Enough evidence shows this was not a racist protest (and here), It was claimed, with scant evidence, that the protest contained numerous Nazi and Confederate flags. A photo showed a man with a Nazi flag and another one or two with a Confederate flag. One man had the Nazi flag on a long pole underneath a sign on top saying “F*ck Trudeau,” which could mean he was equating Trudeau with Nazis. The person holding a Confederate flag was considered to be a provocateur made to leave the protest. Government agent provocateurs have played a role in other Canadian protests.

    Benjamin Dichter, who is Jewish, and key spokesperson for the protest, said “Let’s assume there were guys there who did have a Confederate flag. They believe in the Confederacy of states’ rights in a foreign nation? I don’t care. I’m not here to police people’s ideas.” In a swipe at Trudeau, Dichter added, “I want to hear unacceptable opinions because I want to challenge them.”

    Another Freedom Convoy leader was Metis, Tamara Lich. Pat King, a fanatic racist in the Nazi mold, was portrayed as convoy leader, but this was denied by the actual leaders (and here).

    1. That the Right funded the trucker protest became a key charge. Republicans do fund popular protests to further their aims. So do the Democrats, as the women’s marches testify. A protest bringing out masses of people likely involves corporate political party funding. It is a political mistake to condemn or boycott movements, MeToo, Black Lives Matter, anti-vaccine mandate, or climate change protests because they had corporate donors. To condemn a protest funded by Republican corporate donors, but not those funded by Democratic ones, given these donors serve the same ruling class owners of the US, is a double standard. To do so suggests aligning ourselves with the Democratic (or Liberal) Party faction of the ruling class.

    Reports on big right-wing funders of the trucker convoy failed to establish significant dollar contributions. PressProgress gave “a round up of some of the big money donors.” The corporate donors listed contributed merely $67,300 of the $10 million raised. That amounts to less than 1% of the total, showing corporate donors gave very minor support.

    GiveSendGo raised another $8.6 million for the protesters. The largest, $215,000 came from an anonymous donor, $90,000 from billionaire Thomas M. Siebel, and $75,000 from another anonymous donor. Even if we assume these three are by big rightwing donors, that amounts to $380,000, 4.4% of the total.

    Washington Post article on donors noted, “Only a handful of contributors gave more than $10,000 apiece,” which does not substantiate corporate and billionaire funding of the protests.

    It seems these donations do not include seed money for the Freedom Convoy, but they do show it was not “fringe,” but had gained broad support.

    The GoFundMe platform raised $10 million dollars for the convoy before being shut down. The reason given was for “violating the platform’s Terms of Service prohibiting the ‘promotion of violence and harassment.’” Yet no protester had been charged with violence. Defenders of civil liberties should have condemned that repression, not approve of it.

    1. That the trucker convoy represented a social fringe is belied simply by some news reports, such as this or this.
    2. Many falsely claimed the Freedom Convoy protesters were anti-vaxxers, pointing out that 90% of Canadian truckers are vaccinated. However, the protesters were united against vaccine mandates, not against vaccines. Benjamin Dichter and Chris Barber, two convoy leaders, said they were not anti-vaxxers but fully vaccinated.
    3. Some asserted the truckers were petty bourgeois owner-operators, therefore not working class, because they owned their instruments of production. Even assuming some of the truckers are in the petty bourgeoisie, that in itself is no reason to condemn a petty bourgeois movement in struggle with the big bourgeoisie.

    Aren’t owner-operators among the millions of workers who companies “contract out” to cut labor expenses and increase their profits? Are Uber drivers also middle-class owner operators? Or any worker hired by a business as an “independent contractor”? This new category of atomized workers is a product of the long neoliberal offensive to weaken solidarity among workers.

    1. Many used Trump’s support for the truckers as another reason to condemn it. That makes no more sense than saying if Biden or Trudeau opposes the protest, we should too. This liberal-left fear and loathing of Trump ignores a number of commendable statements he made on issues anti-imperialists advocate for.
    2. Some bolstered their attacks on the truckers by referring to the Teamsters and Canadian Labour Congress. The Canadian Teamsters condemned the trucker convoy as a “despicable display of hate lead by the political Right,” but provided no evidence to back that up. The statement said nothing against the central demands of the protest. The Teamsters represent only 15,000 long haul truck drivers of the 300,000 long haul drivers in Canada.

    The Canadian Labour Congress condemned the protest but was also silent on vaccine mandates. “This is not a protest, it is an occupation by an angry mob trying to disguise itself as a peaceful protest.” Of course protesters are angry, otherwise they do not protest. Being angry does not mean you are not peaceful. The CLC adds “This occupation of Ottawa streets…is having a devastating effect on the livelihood of already struggling workers and businesses.” Such statements could be used against the Occupy Movement in 2011, or against Black Lives Matter protests, as Trump did. “Frontline workers, from retail to health workers, have been bullied and harassed.” Yet so was at least one pro-trucker Ottawa store owner bullied and harassed for simply donating to the protest.

    True, the Freedom Convoy had no working class demands for government action to ease the hardships workers face. Neither did the CLC or Teamsters, actual workers class organizations with the social and economic weight to have their demands met.

    1. Many followed Trudeau and claimed the convoy organizers were violent and extremists. However, the police reported no physical violence, and none of the protest leaders were arrested for violent acts.

    Tamara Lich was charged with ‘counselling for the offense of committing Mischief,” convoy leader Chris Barber for the same charge, plus “counselling to commit the offense of Disobey a Police Order” and “counselling to commit the offense of Obstruct Police.” Pat King was charged with mischief, counselling to commit the offence of mischief, counselling to commit the offence of disobey court order, and counselling to commit the offence of obstruct police.

    Many had claimed they were guilty of violence, sedition, and attempting to overthrow a “democratic” government. Here they are, charged with “counseling” mischief (interfering with or destroying someone’s property), telling people to defy a court order or police order. What activists have ever been innocent of these charges?

    1. It was claimed the police had treated the protesters with kid gloves. Maybe. Yet, once the police cracked down, they used horses to trample some protesters. When the 2011 union protesters in Madison Wisconsin seized the Capitol building — not for a day but for weeks — the police were not only letting us enter and exit, but periodically joined the protest (and here). That was no sign that the Madison protests were right-wing, nor did leftists object to their solidarity.

    As Caleb Maupin pointed out, liberals and leftists took the Fox News playbook to denounce the Black Lives Matter movement and used the same methods to attack the trucker protest. Those who support Black Lives Matter suddenly were ok with police repression of the Ottawa protests. By favoring government crackdown on peaceful protests, we gave the ruling class rope to hang ourselves with.

    Working Class and Right-Wing Programs towards Covid and Health care

    Being vaccinated protects you from getting very sick if you have underlying conditions but does not protect you from being infected or infecting others. People know that, so resent government vaccine requirements.

    Mandates work when applied by governments that put the protection of citizens over the protection of corporate profits — not the case in the United States or Canada. Targeted lockdowns once covid makes its appearance, constant testing of the population, combined with a wide array of public health measures neither Canada nor the US ever instituted, has enabled China to almost eliminate deaths from Covid.

    China contained Covid long before their vaccine was even developed. China provided house to house care for those locked down, constant and widespread testing, as well as relatively free health care for all. As a result, China has had three Covid related deaths since January 2021, while the US has had one million.

    Nicaragua, which has a free, universal preventive health care system, has by far the lowest Covid death rate per million inhabitants of all the Americas, yet never instituted any sort of mandate or lockdown, beyond wearing a mask inside public buildings.

    Participate in the Ottawa Protests with Working Class Demands

    While the demands of the trucker protest had some merit, the Freedom Convoy leaders were ideologically rightwing. Their view of health care as an individual responsibility does not conflict with the neoliberal model. This benefits those with the privileges and financial resources to handle it.

    Our working class view sees the state as the protector of public health, since health is a public issue, not simply a “free” individual’s responsibility.

    We missed an opportunity to participate in the Ottawa occupation and organize working class solidarity with our message: government should meet the health and economic needs of the people affected by the pandemic; the government protects big business and big pharma super profits during the pandemic while our standard of living suffers; health care is a community issue and should be a human right. It should focus on prevention, with continuous education of the public, and establish clinics in every neighborhood, cultivating regular interaction between the health workers and the community.

    If we fail to help lead workers and popular struggles, we leave the field open for middle class or right-wing leaders. Even the sometimes liberal Nation recognized, “the far-right origins of the protest shouldn’t be an excuse for ignoring the fact it is attracting the support of a segment of the population that doesn’t identify with the far right but does feel economically marginalized and hurt by a pandemic now entering its third year… Those who have sympathy for the convoy tend to be poorer, younger, and less educated.”

    Some activists did stand for the working class approach to the Ottawa occupation. Dust James, a trucker, encouraged the left to join the protesters and explain to them that all truckers share a common problem with others: small businesses and workers are being crushed by the larger monopolies, big banks are ripping off all of us.

    Richard Wolff said leftists made a serious error by not actively participating in and solidarizing with the trucker protest, showing workers how to use their power to achieve their demands. A struggle to push back against mandates that don’t work can ignite actions against other policies that don’t serve people’s interests. Struggles often begin as a fight against a specific injustice, eventually opening the door to struggles on more fundamental issues.

    Leila Mechoui and Max Blumenthal applauded actions by working class people to improve their situation and resist impositions by private and public authorities. The truckers protest scared the rulers because they fear losing their control over who determines how society is run. They don’t want workers thinking they should have some say in societal decision-making. They don’t want workers to start thinking “why should we do what the bosses tell us to do if it doesn’t make sense.”

    Richard Wolff and Jimmy Dore emphasized we should be and can be everywhere workers are struggling. “The left should not put itself in a situation where the protesters can lump them together with the authorities as enemies of their struggle, which is the case now.” Here, the left isolated themselves from the working class by attacking the movement as a whole.

    Why Many Repeated Ruling Class Liberal Smears of the Truckers

    Being an anti-war writer like Stephen Gowans does not mean you have close connections with working class struggles at home. Likewise, many working class fighters do not possess an anti-imperialist outlook.  Unfortunately, working class and anti-war fighters often operate in distinct social and political milieus.

    Many have made critiques of the convoy and Ottawa occupation, such as a recent webinar by left intellectuals. Yet the problem we face is that the function of a working class leftwing goes beyond evaluating a movement. Our function should be to create a plan of action to participate in and help lead social struggles in a working class direction through demands that benefit the working classes as a whole. We are not there, nor are we making headway in building the army of working class activists needed to carry it out.

    At present, far too many critics of the truckers feel in their heart of hearts that our white working class is full of “deplorables.” That illustrates the current disconnect of leftists from the white working class. Too many feel the working class may be the force that will overthrow capitalism and build a just society, but not with the working class we have. This white working class today is too ignorant, bigoted, backwards, bought-off, too white privileged. If it is not kept in check, things could only get worse.

    So, where do they turn for a social power to rotate around for building progressive social change? Often it means to the more enlightened intelligentsia, the more progressive politicians. That leads to the Democratic Party or the Canadian versions: pressure them from the left and build support for them in their struggle against Trumpers. This approach became pronounced as fear of Trumpism grew.

    This may explain why many on the left repeated Trudeau’s smears and may be why they — who normally support workers — sided with the government against working people when they organized and protested. Such an approach, if not corrected, leads to more police state repression and an increasingly divided working class confused over where to turn to solve their problems.

    The post Why Many Progressives Misrepresented and Condemned the Ottawa Trucker Protest first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Stansfield Smith.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/27/why-many-progressives-misrepresented-and-condemned-the-ottawa-trucker-protest/feed/ 0 285487
    ‘Utter Travesty’: Uninsured Americans Will Now Be Charged $125 for a Single PCR Covid-19 Test https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/26/utter-travesty-uninsured-americans-will-now-be-charged-125-for-a-single-pcr-covid-19-test/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/26/utter-travesty-uninsured-americans-will-now-be-charged-125-for-a-single-pcr-covid-19-test/#respond Sat, 26 Mar 2022 15:44:42 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/335676
    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Jon Queally.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/26/utter-travesty-uninsured-americans-will-now-be-charged-125-for-a-single-pcr-covid-19-test/feed/ 0 285413
    Iwi leader warns Māori to take extreme care under ‘dangerous’ new covid-19 strategy https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/24/iwi-leader-warns-maori-to-take-extreme-care-under-dangerous-new-covid-19-strategy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/24/iwi-leader-warns-maori-to-take-extreme-care-under-dangerous-new-covid-19-strategy/#respond Thu, 24 Mar 2022 09:02:09 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=71972 By Moana Ellis of Local Democracy Reporting

    A Whanganui iwi leader says the Aotearoa New Zealand government’s decision to ease covid-19 measures at this time is a disgrace and shocking.

    He is warning Māori to stay vigilant against omicron and prepare for more to come.

    Tūpoho chair Ken Mair says Māori must continue to be extremely careful and take precautions against covid-19, despite the government’s new strategy to begin living with the virus.

    Local Democracy Reporting
    LOCAL DEMOCRACY REPORTING

    Yesterday, Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern said gathering limits would ease before the weekend, with no limit for outside venues and gatherings of up to 200 allowed inside.

    Vaccine passes and scanning would no longer be needed from April 4, and mandates would be scrapped for all except those in the health and aged care sectors, Corrections and at the border.

    But Mair said the country was far from out of the woods, as shown by the number of daily covid-19 cases being reported — with 11 new deaths and 18,423 infections.

    “It just seems crazy that the government are putting in place this strategy right now, at the worst time in regard to the high numbers of omicron within our community. It’s extremely dangerous,” Mair said.

    Radio NZ News reports that Director-General of Health Dr Ashley Bloomfield said Māori had the highest rate of community cases of covid-19, overtaking Pacific people at 28 per 1000. Rates for NZ European and Asian ethic groups is 21 per 1000.

    ‘Where’s the Māori lens?’
    “Where’s the Māori lens over this? Certainly, within our community there are hundreds [of cases] and there are a number in hospital.

    “I just can’t understand a strategy where there hasn’t been any real analysis with substance in regard to the impact upon iwi, hapū and Māori, noting that we’re an extremely vulnerable community in the context of respiratory and asthma ailments.”

    Mair said he understood some Māori leaders had been in discussion with the government and had made recommendations for the new strategy, but it appeared they had been ignored.

    “I’ve been deeply concerned over the last couple of months where there doesn’t appear to be a strong Māori voice coming through or anything that might indicate that the government have a clear understanding of the ramifications of their decision around the covid strategy.

    “This is a classic example — decisions being made right in the midst of cases going up, new variants around the corner, without understanding the impact and implications for Māori. I just think that’s a disgrace and shocking.”

    Mair said he thought the strategy had been politicised, with Labour’s polling and political pressure the key factors.

    “What motivates you to put in place an extremely dangerous strategy? You can only assume the motivation’s around political expediency and the impact upon economic wellbeing, without having the health lens driving your decision making.

    Risk for vulnerable ignored
    “The decisions by the prime minister and the government clearly have not taken into account the real vulnerability of Māori, and I think Māori, iwi and hapū have to be extremely careful in this precarious time.”

    Yesterday, the prime minister said restrictions were being eased because it was safe to do so. Mair said this ignored the risk that remained for the vulnerable and sent the wrong message.

    “I think because of the government’s strategy, people are saying things like: well, we’re going to get it anyway, it doesn’t matter, let’s get on with it and get back to normality as quickly as possible.

    “The problem with those comments, of course, is the vulnerability of our Māori community, hapū and iwi is extremely high.

    “I think our community in general is beginning to take a kind of defeatist approach and we should be, I think, extremely careful and vigilant in regard to dealing with this omicron.

    “I have no doubt in my mind there’ll be more variants around the corner and we should always be prepared.”

    Local Democracy Reporting is Public Interest Journalism funded through NZ On Air. Asia Pacific Report is a community partner.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/24/iwi-leader-warns-maori-to-take-extreme-care-under-dangerous-new-covid-19-strategy/feed/ 0 284685
    Iwi leader warns Māori to take extreme care under ‘dangerous’ new covid-19 strategy https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/24/iwi-leader-warns-maori-to-take-extreme-care-under-dangerous-new-covid-19-strategy-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/24/iwi-leader-warns-maori-to-take-extreme-care-under-dangerous-new-covid-19-strategy-2/#respond Thu, 24 Mar 2022 09:02:09 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=71972 By Moana Ellis of Local Democracy Reporting

    A Whanganui iwi leader says the Aotearoa New Zealand government’s decision to ease covid-19 measures at this time is a disgrace and shocking.

    He is warning Māori to stay vigilant against omicron and prepare for more to come.

    Tūpoho chair Ken Mair says Māori must continue to be extremely careful and take precautions against covid-19, despite the government’s new strategy to begin living with the virus.

    Local Democracy Reporting
    LOCAL DEMOCRACY REPORTING

    Yesterday, Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern said gathering limits would ease before the weekend, with no limit for outside venues and gatherings of up to 200 allowed inside.

    Vaccine passes and scanning would no longer be needed from April 4, and mandates would be scrapped for all except those in the health and aged care sectors, Corrections and at the border.

    But Mair said the country was far from out of the woods, as shown by the number of daily covid-19 cases being reported — with 11 new deaths and 18,423 infections.

    “It just seems crazy that the government are putting in place this strategy right now, at the worst time in regard to the high numbers of omicron within our community. It’s extremely dangerous,” Mair said.

    Radio NZ News reports that Director-General of Health Dr Ashley Bloomfield said Māori had the highest rate of community cases of covid-19, overtaking Pacific people at 28 per 1000. Rates for NZ European and Asian ethic groups is 21 per 1000.

    ‘Where’s the Māori lens?’
    “Where’s the Māori lens over this? Certainly, within our community there are hundreds [of cases] and there are a number in hospital.

    “I just can’t understand a strategy where there hasn’t been any real analysis with substance in regard to the impact upon iwi, hapū and Māori, noting that we’re an extremely vulnerable community in the context of respiratory and asthma ailments.”

    Mair said he understood some Māori leaders had been in discussion with the government and had made recommendations for the new strategy, but it appeared they had been ignored.

    “I’ve been deeply concerned over the last couple of months where there doesn’t appear to be a strong Māori voice coming through or anything that might indicate that the government have a clear understanding of the ramifications of their decision around the covid strategy.

    “This is a classic example — decisions being made right in the midst of cases going up, new variants around the corner, without understanding the impact and implications for Māori. I just think that’s a disgrace and shocking.”

    Mair said he thought the strategy had been politicised, with Labour’s polling and political pressure the key factors.

    “What motivates you to put in place an extremely dangerous strategy? You can only assume the motivation’s around political expediency and the impact upon economic wellbeing, without having the health lens driving your decision making.

    Risk for vulnerable ignored
    “The decisions by the prime minister and the government clearly have not taken into account the real vulnerability of Māori, and I think Māori, iwi and hapū have to be extremely careful in this precarious time.”

    Yesterday, the prime minister said restrictions were being eased because it was safe to do so. Mair said this ignored the risk that remained for the vulnerable and sent the wrong message.

    “I think because of the government’s strategy, people are saying things like: well, we’re going to get it anyway, it doesn’t matter, let’s get on with it and get back to normality as quickly as possible.

    “The problem with those comments, of course, is the vulnerability of our Māori community, hapū and iwi is extremely high.

    “I think our community in general is beginning to take a kind of defeatist approach and we should be, I think, extremely careful and vigilant in regard to dealing with this omicron.

    “I have no doubt in my mind there’ll be more variants around the corner and we should always be prepared.”

    Local Democracy Reporting is Public Interest Journalism funded through NZ On Air. Asia Pacific Report is a community partner.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/24/iwi-leader-warns-maori-to-take-extreme-care-under-dangerous-new-covid-19-strategy-2/feed/ 0 284686
    Iwi leader warns Māori to take extreme care under ‘dangerous’ new covid-19 strategy https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/24/iwi-leader-warns-maori-to-take-extreme-care-under-dangerous-new-covid-19-strategy-3/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/24/iwi-leader-warns-maori-to-take-extreme-care-under-dangerous-new-covid-19-strategy-3/#respond Thu, 24 Mar 2022 09:02:09 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=71972 By Moana Ellis of Local Democracy Reporting

    A Whanganui iwi leader says the Aotearoa New Zealand government’s decision to ease covid-19 measures at this time is a disgrace and shocking.

    He is warning Māori to stay vigilant against omicron and prepare for more to come.

    Tūpoho chair Ken Mair says Māori must continue to be extremely careful and take precautions against covid-19, despite the government’s new strategy to begin living with the virus.

    Local Democracy Reporting
    LOCAL DEMOCRACY REPORTING

    Yesterday, Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern said gathering limits would ease before the weekend, with no limit for outside venues and gatherings of up to 200 allowed inside.

    Vaccine passes and scanning would no longer be needed from April 4, and mandates would be scrapped for all except those in the health and aged care sectors, Corrections and at the border.

    But Mair said the country was far from out of the woods, as shown by the number of daily covid-19 cases being reported — with 11 new deaths and 18,423 infections.

    “It just seems crazy that the government are putting in place this strategy right now, at the worst time in regard to the high numbers of omicron within our community. It’s extremely dangerous,” Mair said.

    Radio NZ News reports that Director-General of Health Dr Ashley Bloomfield said Māori had the highest rate of community cases of covid-19, overtaking Pacific people at 28 per 1000. Rates for NZ European and Asian ethic groups is 21 per 1000.

    ‘Where’s the Māori lens?’
    “Where’s the Māori lens over this? Certainly, within our community there are hundreds [of cases] and there are a number in hospital.

    “I just can’t understand a strategy where there hasn’t been any real analysis with substance in regard to the impact upon iwi, hapū and Māori, noting that we’re an extremely vulnerable community in the context of respiratory and asthma ailments.”

    Mair said he understood some Māori leaders had been in discussion with the government and had made recommendations for the new strategy, but it appeared they had been ignored.

    “I’ve been deeply concerned over the last couple of months where there doesn’t appear to be a strong Māori voice coming through or anything that might indicate that the government have a clear understanding of the ramifications of their decision around the covid strategy.

    “This is a classic example — decisions being made right in the midst of cases going up, new variants around the corner, without understanding the impact and implications for Māori. I just think that’s a disgrace and shocking.”

    Mair said he thought the strategy had been politicised, with Labour’s polling and political pressure the key factors.

    “What motivates you to put in place an extremely dangerous strategy? You can only assume the motivation’s around political expediency and the impact upon economic wellbeing, without having the health lens driving your decision making.

    Risk for vulnerable ignored
    “The decisions by the prime minister and the government clearly have not taken into account the real vulnerability of Māori, and I think Māori, iwi and hapū have to be extremely careful in this precarious time.”

    Yesterday, the prime minister said restrictions were being eased because it was safe to do so. Mair said this ignored the risk that remained for the vulnerable and sent the wrong message.

    “I think because of the government’s strategy, people are saying things like: well, we’re going to get it anyway, it doesn’t matter, let’s get on with it and get back to normality as quickly as possible.

    “The problem with those comments, of course, is the vulnerability of our Māori community, hapū and iwi is extremely high.

    “I think our community in general is beginning to take a kind of defeatist approach and we should be, I think, extremely careful and vigilant in regard to dealing with this omicron.

    “I have no doubt in my mind there’ll be more variants around the corner and we should always be prepared.”

    Local Democracy Reporting is Public Interest Journalism funded through NZ On Air. Asia Pacific Report is a community partner.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/24/iwi-leader-warns-maori-to-take-extreme-care-under-dangerous-new-covid-19-strategy-3/feed/ 0 284687
    NZ’s omicron outbreak: PM Ardern heralds changes to traffic light strategy https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/23/nzs-omicron-outbreak-pm-ardern-heralds-changes-to-traffic-light-strategy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/23/nzs-omicron-outbreak-pm-ardern-heralds-changes-to-traffic-light-strategy/#respond Wed, 23 Mar 2022 03:59:04 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=71933 RNZ News

    New Zealand Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern has revealed cabinet’s decisions about when and how covid-19 restrictions will be eased.

    She said the traffic light system would remain to help manage any future outbreaks.

    However, Ardern said things had changed since the system was introduced:

    • New Zealand is now dealing with the omicron variant, rather than delta;
    • there is more more data available now and the government is better able to identify which environments are high risk; and
    • there are high rates of vaccination coverage.

    The changes came as the Ministry of Health reported today that the national death toll had risen above 200 — to a record 210 — with 11 further deaths, and 20,087 new community cases of covid-19.

    With that in mind, Ardern said she was announcing that all outdoor gathering limits would be removed from the traffic light system.

    She said indoor gathering limits would increase from 100 to 200 under the red light setting.

    Ardern said data showed hospitality had a relatively low secondary attack rate of 6.7 percent, which was backed up by other research.

    She said it was the view of public health officials that hospitality gathering limits could be increased in the red setting from 100 to 200 without having a significant impact on the health system, particularly when retaining the seated and separated rules.

    She also announced that vaccine passes would no longer be required from 11.59pm on April 4.

    Watch the announcement

    Video: RNZ New

    Businesses and events would still be able to use them, if they chose to do so, but they would no longer be mandated, she said.

    Ardern said masks were vital, and while people did not like them — for good reason — a study from the British Medical Journal late last year showed mask wearing reduced new cases by 53 percent.

    In the orange setting, outdoor events will also be limitless. Close contact is higher risk for indoor events, however, so organisers of events over 500 people are encouraged to either add extra capacity or provide seating.

    Green will not have restrictions but there will be guidance, and will not change.

    “These changes are based on the best available evidence we have right now in real time. We believe they will make the Covid Protection Framework easier to maintain while also still being very effective,” Ardern said.

    She said the changes could be made almost immediately and would come into effect at 11.59pm on March 25.

    The next review of the traffic light settings and which setting the country sits in will happen on April 4.

    Mandates needed for delta
    On mandates and vaccine passes, Ardern said she was initially not in favour of their use but after months of delta it became clear that mandates were needed to achieve vaccination levels required for safe reopening, and passes had a role to play too.

    She said these were undoubtedly one of the reasons the country reached 95 percent of the eligible population vaccinated, and achieved the near elimination of delta over summer, but omicron had changed things.

    Almost all of New Zealand’s more than 500,000 cases of covid-19 had been in the omicron wave, she said. Many cases do not show symptoms and testing did not catch every case, so modellers expected total cases now could be as high as 1.7 million.

    For the unvaccinated, the illness could be severe, she said.

    Ardern said these people would have built some immunity from the illness itself, and as New Zealand had come down off the peak the need for passes changed.

    The isolation period for household contacts remained at seven days, Ardern said.

    On QR codes, she said there was no plan for New Zealand to contact trace more widely with the exception of high-risk environments like aged care facilities or residential facilities for the vulnerable.

    QR codes use relaxed
    From this weekend people would no longer be required to scan everywhere they went, and businesses were no longer required to provide the means to do so.

    Ardern said businesses should stand ready to stand up QR codes again and people should not yet delete the app from their phone, in case of a new variant that evaded vaccines or was more deadly, in which case contact tracing would provide again a more critical role.

    “Scanning has been a really important part of what we’ve achieved, so thank you for everyone for playing your part,” she said.

    Finally, cabinet has also reviewed the role of vaccine mandates. As rates increased, they sought advice from Professor Sir David Skegg, who said the case for or against was now more finely balanced.

    Skegg said: “Because of our relatively high vaccination coverage and increasing natural immunity as well as the apparent lowering of vaccine effectiveness of the omicron variant, while vaccination remains critically important in protecting New Zealanders from covid-19 we believe that several of the vaccine mandates could be dropped once the omicron peak has passed.”

    The government will no longer require mandates for education, police and defence workforces and businesses operating vaccine passes from 11.59pm on April 4. They will continue to be used in health, aged care, corrections staff and border and MIQ workers.

    Ardern said the government had also asked whether the mandates in the health sector could be narrowed, and expected to provide more updates on advice to the private sector on their use more broadly.

    However, she asked people to still get vaccinated and boosted, saying it would continue to be central to the stability and strength of New Zealand’s recovery.

    Looking back
    Ardern said that after two long years of living in a pandemic it was easy to lose sight of how far New Zealand had come.

    “This exact day two years ago, Director-General of Health Ashley Bloomfield announced from over at the Ministry of Health that we had 36 new cases of covid-19. Half at that time were from overseas travel, with the exception of the Queenstown World Hereford Cattle conference … we could contact trace 50 new cases a day back then. We hadn’t locked down yet, but the early signs were there.”

    She said two new community cases were announced on 23 March 2020, one in Wairarapa with no link to the border.

    Within days New Zealand was in a nationwide lockdown, a decision Ardern said was not a hard one.

    “We had no other defence, no other way to protect each other. There was no vaccine, no antiviral medicines, there was very little data to tell us which public health restrictions worked and which did not, so we built our own defences and we hunkered down.”

    The transition had not been easy but it had worked, she said. New Zealand successfully eliminated the first wave and recorded the lowest number of deaths in the OECD for two years in a row.

    She said the response was also the best economic response, but while New Zealand had been successful “it was also bloody hard … everyone has had to give up something to make this work and some more than others”.

    She said she imagined every family would have had a difficult conversation about vaccines, mandates or passes but among the different opinions there was also fatigue.

    Ardern said New Zealand was now able to keep moving forward safely, but it had to be kept in mind that covid was here to stay.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/23/nzs-omicron-outbreak-pm-ardern-heralds-changes-to-traffic-light-strategy/feed/ 0 284241
    Samoa extends lockdown as spread of covid-19 cases jumps to 467 https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/22/samoa-extends-lockdown-as-spread-of-covid-19-cases-jumps-to-467/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/22/samoa-extends-lockdown-as-spread-of-covid-19-cases-jumps-to-467/#respond Tue, 22 Mar 2022 22:56:31 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=71901 RNZ Pacific

    The Samoa government has extended its alert level three lockdown for another two weeks, due to the rapid spread of the covid-19 in the community.

    There are 467 confirmed covid-19 cases, 15 of which are imported cases of passengers on the repatriation flight from New Zealand in early March.

    As case numbers climb there is real concern frontline workers will be most at risk of contracting the virus.

    Prime Minister Fiame Naomi Mata’afa said the surge in the community cases was expected and would continue to increase due to the transmissibility of the virus.

    “However it is clinically proven, that promoting the practices of simple protective behaviours that can reduce risk to ourselves, our friends and families; such as staying home, to reduce contact, and adhering to the preventative health measures will help reduce new infections, and subsequently contain community transmission,” she said.

    Fiame added that these were crucial components of Samoa’s national response to covid-19 which would support the Ministry of Health to undertake all necessary health measures to contain the spread of the virus and respond to cases requiring hospital care.

    She said enhancing surveillance and maintaining high surveillance rates needed the rollout of the paediatric Pfizer vaccine for children 5-11 years old, expected to start in Savai’i this week.

    Vaccination rollout
    “And the continuation of the vaccination rollout for everyone including booster does once the bulk supplies arrive over next week.”

    The Prime Minister said their message at the outset of the covid-19 national response is that vaccines are highly effective in protecting against severe disease.

    Unfortunately, the tests conducted this week, showed that some had not even started their vaccination or completed their second vaccine.

    “This is a concern,” said the Prime Minister.

    Fiame said every phase of Samoa’s journey would present new difficulties but they must remain resilient and unified and accept that everyone contributed to maintaining the well-being and health of the nation.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/22/samoa-extends-lockdown-as-spread-of-covid-19-cases-jumps-to-467/feed/ 0 284120
    Tens of millions under lockdown in China amid rising COVID-19 wave https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/covid-lockdown-03222022145821.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/covid-lockdown-03222022145821.html#respond Tue, 22 Mar 2022 19:07:15 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/covid-lockdown-03222022145821.html China's latest COVID-19 wave continued to rise on Tuesday, with confirmed and locally transmitted cases in Shanghai rising for the fifth day in a row, as the authorities struggled to contain the highly contagious omicron variant of the SARS-CoV-2 virus.

    Shanghai has been pressing ahead with the ruling Chinese Communist Party (CCP)'s favored "dynamic zero-COVID" policy, carrying out more than 30 million door-to-door tests.

    Officials have turned Shanghai's Zhoupu Hospital into a dedicated COVID-19 facility, a Shanghai resident told RFA.

    "Zhoupu Hospital has become an isolation hospital, and everyone has left," he said. "They were given until 12 o'clock to leave, or they would be shut up inside."

    An estimated 50 million people had been placed under lockdown in various cities and districts across the country as of last week.

    Ji Xiaolong, a resident of Yanlord Garden in Pudong New District, said his residential compound has been locked down for the past four days.

    "The iron gates are locked and blocked with metal guardrails, and the iron sheets have been welded together," Ji told RFA. "Nobody in the compound, which is two or three thousand people, is able to leave."

    "We have been locked down for four days," he said. "There are foreigners who want to get out, but they can't."

    A man is tested as a measure against the Covid-19 coronavirus near the Shanghai Jin'an Central Hospital in Shanghai, March 21, 2022. Credit: AFP
    A man is tested as a measure against the Covid-19 coronavirus near the Shanghai Jin'an Central Hospital in Shanghai, March 21, 2022. Credit: AFP
    Stretched medical resources

    A Shanghai resident surnamed Feng said there are now barriers to people seeking medical attention.

    "Shanghai's medical resources are close to collapse," she said. "They're not taking COVID-19 patients at the hospitals now."

    "There was an 80-year-old patient with complications and a high fever, which is very dangerous, but the hospital wouldn't take them," Feng said.

    "I called the center for disease control and prevention, and they said I wouldn't be able to get them into a hospital."

    Meanwhile, tens of millions of people remain under strict lockdown as the local government tries to eliminate an outbreak in the northeastern province of Jilin.

    Video footage from Jilin showed truck drivers being isolated in their cabs, or diners isolated on the spot at restaurants or other businesses temporarily requisitioned for quarantine or isolation purposes, including convenience stores, inside private cars, grocery stores, and even hospitals.

    A resident of the northeastern port city of Dalian surnamed Liu, said partial lockdowns are also being imposed there, too.

    "We are all under lockdown, with seals pasted on the door," Liu told RFA. "The local residential committee members say that we will have to order takeout if we need to buy food."

    "Then, they break the seal on your door and deliver the food, before pasting a seal back on again," she said.

    Jilin lockdown

    In all, 2,281 newly confirmed, locally transmitted cases were reported in China on Monday, compared with 1,947 a day earlier, the National Health Commission said, with the majority clustered in Jilin.

    Transportation links in and out of the province have been shut down, as well as intraregional trips, with residents only allowed to travel if given prior approval by the authorities.

    Cases in the provincial capital Changchun have also risen for five days straight, and the city authorities have suspended indoor shopping for three days, calling on residents to order online instead.

    Meanwhile, police in the northern city of Sanhe are investigating 15 people who failed to submit to mass testing without a legitimate reason, city authorities said.

    Government censors also appear to be deleting online comment criticizing the CCP's COVID-19 policy, with financial blogger Liu Haiying's article questioning the economic impact of the zero-COVID policy removed from Weibo on Monday.

    Liu, who has more than 340,000 followers, had complained that a two-week lockdown could cost a Chinese city around 32 percent of its GDP growth for the month, pointing to slowing economic growth around the world.

    "Almost 100 percent of the economic cost of fighting the epidemic is borne by the private sector," Liu's post said. "Countless families and tens of millions of small and micro enterprises have countless stories of sweat and tears, but there is no place to publish them."

    "It's impossible for China to maintain zero-COVID because it needs to have dealings with other countries," he wrote, in an article that garnered more than 2,000 likes before it disappeared.

    Translated and edited by Luisetta Mudie.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Qiao Long and Jojo Man.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/covid-lockdown-03222022145821.html/feed/ 0 284069
    NZ’s covid-19 case numbers past their peak in Auckland, says Bloomfield https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/22/nzs-covid-19-case-numbers-past-their-peak-in-auckland-says-bloomfield/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/22/nzs-covid-19-case-numbers-past-their-peak-in-auckland-says-bloomfield/#respond Tue, 22 Mar 2022 08:35:44 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=71891 RNZ News

    New Zealand’s Director-General of Health Dr Ashley Bloomfield says covid-19 case numbers have passed their peak in Auckland, the country’s largest city, but that people should remain vigilant.

    Dr Bloomfield said there were 20,907 new community cases of covid-19, a further 15 deaths and 1016 people in hospital in today.

    He said the latest analysis showed covid-19 case numbers had passed their peak in Auckland, and were tracking down in all three district health boards.

    Dr Bloomfield said that analysis also showed case numbers nationally — not including Auckland — were also slowing. They increased just 1 percent in the seven days to March 20, compared to a 44 percent increase in the week ending March 13.

    The pattern did differ by DHB, with cases still increasing in the South Island, although there were encouraging signs they were peaking in the Midland region and in the Wellington region.

    He said case numbers appeared to be largely now following the modelling for a high-transmission scenario. Case numbers were higher than the modelling suggested, and Dr Bloomfield said this may be because most cases in New Zealand were the BA.2 subvariant.

    Hospitalisations in the northern region were also levelling off.

    “We’re watching carefully and the expectation is that they will start to drop as the week progresses,” Dr Bloomfield said.

    “The average length of stay for people on wards in the Auckland hospitals who have been discharged is now 3.2 days compared to just over two days last month, and the average stay in intensive care is five days.

    “This increase in average length of stay reflects that we’re now seeing that people who are needing longer care, they may even be over their covid infection but they have symptoms that need to be managed, often from underlying conditions.”

    Watch the update 


    Video: RNZ News

    Dr Bloomfield said that even though cases in hospital in Auckland were staying high, the number of new admissions each day was dropping quickly. But because those being admitted now were sicker and required longer care in hospital, the total number of people in hospital remained fairly steady.

    Emergency department admissions testing positive remain highest at Middlemore, but they had fallen from 40 percent last month to 28 percent now. Auckland Hospital was down from 30 percent to 22 percent, while Waitematā was steady about 18 percent.

    Whangārei’s ED positivity rate was still increasing, he said.

    “Admissions in the rest of the country are growing and we will continue to see them grow.”

    Dr Bloomfield said hospitalisation rates during the delta outbreak was about 8 percent, whereas the omicron outbreak had been about 0.9 percent.

    “That hospitalisation rate will appear to increase over coming weeks, because as the cases drop yet people remain in hospital we’ll see the denominator decline much quicker … hospitalisations will decline but more slowly,” he said.

    “The number of deaths each day is also likely to increase and will take longer to decline.”

    He said staffing shortages were a major pressure on the health system, and there was real pressure in hospitals as well as care in the community, including rest homes.

    ‘Covid isn’t done with the world just yet’
    Dr Bloomfield said New Zealand could expect ongoing waves of covid, and looking across the Tasman was instructive.

    “The number of people hospitalised with covid in New South Wales never dropped below 950 after their first omicron wave … it’s now back over 1000 as cases started to increase again.

    “In contrast, in Victoria the number of hospitalisations declined down to around 200 and remained steady there … so two quite different pictures.”

    He said this showed New Zealand should expect to see a residual number of cases and people in hospital.

    The UK had seen increased case numbers with the BA.2 subvariant, with Scotland hit hardest.

    “Case numbers there are just below their previous peak, and hospitalisation figures the highest they have been since 2020. Globally it’s likely there will continue to be further waves of omicron and likewise there will be new variants of concern.”

    He said New Zealand would face these just as other countries would.

    “Covid isn’t done with the world just yet.”

    Looking ahead
    Tomorrow the government is due to announce if it will relax mandates, vaccine passes and the traffic light system as the omicron outbreak passes its peak in Auckland. Cabinet discussed reducing the restrictions yesterday.

    Ahead of the announcement, Dr Bloomfield said New Zealand was still in the middle of a global pandemic which had thrown curveballs before and would continue to.

    “We need to be prepared to redeploy the measures that we already have in place or have used in the past.”

    He said there was a balance between protecting the population — particularly vulnerable groups — and only using restrictions for the extent they were needed.

    At the moment, total ICU and HDU beds were about 60 percent occupied, he said. Each day hospitals were looking at the number of beds available and staffing those accordingly.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/22/nzs-covid-19-case-numbers-past-their-peak-in-auckland-says-bloomfield/feed/ 0 283872
    A New Science Book by Dr Fauci https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/22/a-new-science-book-by-dr-fauci/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/22/a-new-science-book-by-dr-fauci/#respond Tue, 22 Mar 2022 01:04:45 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=127935 Dr Facuci has a new book.

    The post A New Science Book by Dr Fauci first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    The post A New Science Book by Dr Fauci first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/22/a-new-science-book-by-dr-fauci/feed/ 0 283801
    Laughter and Forgetting https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/22/laughter-and-forgetting/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/22/laughter-and-forgetting/#respond Tue, 22 Mar 2022 00:46:50 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=127925 A guest op-ed appeared in The New York Times this week. Its headline read, “We will forget most of the pandemic. And that’s a good thing.” This odd submission was penned by Scott Small, an executive at, of all things, an Alzheimer’s foundation. Small has also written a book called, Forgetting: The Benefits of Not […]

    The post Laughter and Forgetting first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    A guest op-ed appeared in The New York Times this week. Its headline read, “We will forget most of the pandemic. And that’s a good thing.” This odd submission was penned by Scott Small, an executive at, of all things, an Alzheimer’s foundation. Small has also written a book called, Forgetting: The Benefits of Not Remembering, which sounds awfully strange in the context of the pandemic. Small seems to mean well, and reasonably encourages an eventual letting go of some of the emotional trauma of the pandemic, if just for one’s own mental health, to use forgetting of some emotional turmoil to bring a little laughter back into our lives. Yet he writes within a framework that necessarily repurposes his narrative to its own design. A design that regularly denies responsibility for crimes and encourages forgetting or the rewriting of essential history. That is the track record of this illustrious bourgeois outlet.

    A flurry of social media responses followed in predictable succession. One that resonated with me was from Jenin Younes, civil liberties attorney and author, and also a former lefty who has moved into the political wilderness with millions of progressives disillusioned by the lockdown and mandates mania of liberals. Younes simply pointed out events that likely wouldn’t—and shouldn’t—be forgotten. Among them, some 50M laid-off workers; the millions around the world thrown into poverty; the 200,000 entrepreneurs whose businesses failed through no fault of their own; the families physically barred from seeing dying loved ones; those who discovered they had been carrying metastasizing fatal illnesses because hospitals refused to see them; and powerless and confused children “tormented for two years to pacify hysterical and irrational adults.”

    Younes is dead right. The Times attempts to blithely sweep these crimes under the proverbial rug along with their own complicity in cheerleading the unconscionably authoritarian behavior and selectively publishing data to keep their readers largely uninformed. Uninformed about what? About the raging debate happening across the country and world, a collision that cleaved society after society in half, wounds that won’t heal anytime soon. Nor should the swift action by countless governments be forgotten. Should we chalk up the hundreds of thousands of adverse and perhaps permanent adverse reactions to a mandatory vaccine as the price of progress? Should we cavalierly pull an Obama who, when faced with Bush administration’s war crimes, straightened his azure tie, cleared his throat, and silkily purred that he preferred to look forward not backward. Should we give Oz a pass for its internment camps and universal discrimination? Should we send a plaque to every ruined small business owner acknowledging the state crushed their livelihoods unnecessarily before hastily filing the entire calamity in the ‘lost causes’ drawer? Can we forget the enthusiastic police violence against rightful protesters, the very people whose rights they are paid to uphold? Perhaps we can if we were are on the other side of all this, first in line for the latest injection, triple masked in the CVS, dutifully observing a personal curfew, clapping madly out the window each day at dusk to make ourselves heard (and possibly to thank heroic healthcare workers). Perhaps we can.

    One hesitates to invoke Orwell anymore because it feels increasingly like flogging a dead horse. We need new cultural references. Our reality has outstripped our fiction. Future children reading Orwell will call him “Covidian.” But we can briefly recall that the strength of the state of Oceania in 1984 owed much of its success to the practice of revising history post-hoc and throwing the actual facts of history down the “memory hole.” “Newspeak,” “doublethink,” and “thoughtcrime” were all unnervingly apt over the last two years.

    A lesser referenced cultural touchstone is Milan Kundera’s Book of Laughter and Forgetting. In post-war Czechoslovakia the Czech Communist Party was chaired by Klement Gottwald. A famous photo from 1948 featured Gottwald giving a speech in Prague, standing next to Foreign Minister Vladimír Clementis. Later on, Clementis was evidently jailed for being a “bourgeois nationalist” and eventually hanged for allegedly participating in a conspiracy against communism. In the wake of this embarrassment, the state propaganda ministry seized the photograph, among thousands of others, and visually erased Clementis from the photo. The hat on Gottwald’s head, however, belonged to Clementis, who had handed it to Gottwald to warm him on that bitterly cold February afternoon. For Kundera, it was a warning of the dangers of totalitarian overreach and the erasure of history.

    Like Gottwald didn’t want to be associated with his disgraced colleague, neither does The Times and the bourgeois liberals of the Professional Managerial Class (PMC) want to be associated with the now discredited policies they so enthusiastically supported during the pandemic. In this dim light, and from the perspective of the guilty, one can understand the manifold “benefits of not remembering.”

    Of course, it is no surprise that the NYT would nonchalantly slip this view onto its op-ed page. It was already whitewashing the historical record in real-time when—according to The Spectator—a top editor at the paper forbade staff to investigate the origins of Covid19. They were to exclusively promote a zoonotic origin. This is, in miniature, all that is wrong with mainstream media: it has abdicated journalism in favor of public relations on behalf of its owners and advertisers, whose interests, it must be said, are almost always contrary to those of the majority. And the better half of sundering the prosperity of the masses lies in the act of forgetting what was done to them yesterday, the better to repeat it tomorrow. Who did what to whom and for whom is the “danger in remembering too much,” as our admonishing guest contributor tells us. And yet, even as The Times itself is the empty husk of a paper that once claimed all its news was fit to print, it continues to churn out daily deceits. As the Riddler asks in The Batman, What does a dead liar do? He lies still.

    There’s plenty that’s fit to remember about this pandemic. Small says we should remember lost loved ones and heroic healthcare workers. But what of our own complicity in sanctioning repression and our almost mindless slide into an authoritarian enforcement corps? Or the complicity of peers? Sometimes in modern society it seems the most urgent need is to ensure that everyone is left blameless. All culpability wiped from the ledger. The tag of guilt thrown thoughtlessly round the neck of “well-meaning overreach” and “the system.” Sorry to say, but that’s how history repeats itself, isn’t it? Or maybe I’m misremembering.

    Image credit: Wall Street Journal.

    The post Laughter and Forgetting first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Julien Charles.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/22/laughter-and-forgetting/feed/ 0 283803
    Hong Kong to lift COVID-19 flight bans, open schools despite soaring death toll https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/lift-03212022112820.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/lift-03212022112820.html#respond Mon, 21 Mar 2022 16:29:54 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/lift-03212022112820.html Hong Kong leader Carrie Lam on Monday said the city would lift some flight bans and stall plans for compulsory mass testing favored by the ruling Chinese Communist Party (CCP), as the city ran out of coffins amid spiraling COVID-19 deaths.

    Lam said the new rules would allow Hong Kong residents stranded in those countries to get home sooner, but added that they will still have to undergo quarantine on arrive.

    "We're not relaxing measures on inbound control," Lam said. "We're just straightening out the arrangements, to allow many Hong Kong residents stranded in these nine countries to return in a gradual and orderly manner.

    "The prevention and control measures when they get here will be more stringent than many places."

    Meanwhile, the government will relax social distancing requirements, allowing some businesses to reopen from April 21 in the absence of a further wave of COVID-19 infections, she said.

    The move comes as the city's health authorities confirmed that a total of 11,103 COVID-19 patients are currently being treated in public hospitals. The city has has reported more than a million infections and nearly 5,700 deaths since the omicron COVID-19 outbreak began in December 2021.

    Lam said it was too soon to relax all public gathering restrictions, however.

    "There are tens of thousands of cases every day, which has come to seem normal," she said. "There are more than 10,000 or 20,000 cases every day, which brings with it great risks and puts great pressure on the whole of society."

    Morgues are overflowing and there is a shortage of coffins.

    The city's food and environmental hygiene department said some 1,700 coffins had arrived in Hong Kong via sea and land by March 20, while crematoria would keep running during the annual grave-tending festival of Ching Ming on April 5, which is generally a public holiday.

    Hong Kong Chief Executive Carrie Lam listens to reporters' questions during a news conference in Hong Kong, March 21, 2022. Credit: Reuters
    Hong Kong Chief Executive Carrie Lam listens to reporters' questions during a news conference in Hong Kong, March 21, 2022. Credit: Reuters
    Testing suspended


    Lam said her government will be stepping up its vaccination program in the coming weeks, adding that the mass testing program was being suspended after consulting with mainland Chinese medical experts, who concluded that Hong Kong doesn't have the same capacity for social control via local neighborhood committees as the CCP does.

    "We need to ensure the right timing for mass compulsory testing, because there will be a lot of people inconvenienced by the whole process," Lam said, adding that the best time to do mass testing was either at the start or the end of an outbreak.

    She said limited compulsory testing combined with overnight mandatory lockdowns of residential blocks or communities will continue as before.

    Stringent travel restrictions imposed since 2020 have taken their toll on local and international businesses, as well as creating mental health issues as large sectors of the economy are shut down, with lower-income families bearing the brunt of the restrictions.

    Lam said schools would reopen for in-person teaching after the Easter break, on April 19, with public venues including sports facilities would follow suit two days later.

    "We ... need to take account of the social and economic impacts [of these restrictions]," she said.

    Vaccination concerns

    According to an analysis of 5,167 cases by the Hospital Authority obtained by the Ming Pao newspaper, more than 70 percent of those who died hadn't been vaccinated at all, while 87 percent of the vaccinated dead had received the Chinese-made Sinovac vaccine.

    "The poor protection offered by the Sinovac jab is one of the reasons the outbreak in Hong Kong is out of control," Taipei thoracic surgeon Su Yi-feng told RFA.

    Studies have shown that the protection offered by the jab wanes rapidly, with neutralizing antibody levels at just 16.7 percent, six months after vaccination.

    Former public doctors' union leader Arisina Ma, now based in the U.K., said lack of public trust in Chinese-made vaccines, the only ones available to the public, was likely behind the low vaccination rate.

    She said there are also public concerns about the use of imported mRNA vaccines like Pfizer and Moderna, yet the government has never ordered recombinant protein vaccines made by Novavax and Medigen of Taiwan.

    "Some people worry that mRNA vaccines could affect their genes, so the recombinant vaccines should ease their concerns," Ma told RFA. "I could be hard for them to get through to other sectors of the population without offering them."

    Hong Kong has one of the best-performing public healthcare systems in the world, raking eighth overall in the 2021 World Healthcare Innovation Index in 2021.

    Yet its COVID-19 deaths have surpassed the officially recorded deaths in the early days of the pandemic in the central Chinese city of Wuhan.

    Translated and edited by Luisetta Mudie.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Cheryl Tung, Raymond Chung and Fong Tak Ho.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/lift-03212022112820.html/feed/ 0 283716
    Hong Kong to lift COVID-19 flight bans, open schools despite soaring death toll https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/lift-03212022112820.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/lift-03212022112820.html#respond Mon, 21 Mar 2022 16:29:54 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/lift-03212022112820.html Hong Kong leader Carrie Lam on Monday said the city would lift some flight bans and stall plans for compulsory mass testing favored by the ruling Chinese Communist Party (CCP), as the city ran out of coffins amid spiraling COVID-19 deaths.

    Lam said the new rules would allow Hong Kong residents stranded in those countries to get home sooner, but added that they will still have to undergo quarantine on arrive.

    "We're not relaxing measures on inbound control," Lam said. "We're just straightening out the arrangements, to allow many Hong Kong residents stranded in these nine countries to return in a gradual and orderly manner.

    "The prevention and control measures when they get here will be more stringent than many places."

    Meanwhile, the government will relax social distancing requirements, allowing some businesses to reopen from April 21 in the absence of a further wave of COVID-19 infections, she said.

    The move comes as the city's health authorities confirmed that a total of 11,103 COVID-19 patients are currently being treated in public hospitals. The city has has reported more than a million infections and nearly 5,700 deaths since the omicron COVID-19 outbreak began in December 2021.

    Lam said it was too soon to relax all public gathering restrictions, however.

    "There are tens of thousands of cases every day, which has come to seem normal," she said. "There are more than 10,000 or 20,000 cases every day, which brings with it great risks and puts great pressure on the whole of society."

    Morgues are overflowing and there is a shortage of coffins.

    The city's food and environmental hygiene department said some 1,700 coffins had arrived in Hong Kong via sea and land by March 20, while crematoria would keep running during the annual grave-tending festival of Ching Ming on April 5, which is generally a public holiday.

    Hong Kong Chief Executive Carrie Lam listens to reporters' questions during a news conference in Hong Kong, March 21, 2022. Credit: Reuters
    Hong Kong Chief Executive Carrie Lam listens to reporters' questions during a news conference in Hong Kong, March 21, 2022. Credit: Reuters
    Testing suspended


    Lam said her government will be stepping up its vaccination program in the coming weeks, adding that the mass testing program was being suspended after consulting with mainland Chinese medical experts, who concluded that Hong Kong doesn't have the same capacity for social control via local neighborhood committees as the CCP does.

    "We need to ensure the right timing for mass compulsory testing, because there will be a lot of people inconvenienced by the whole process," Lam said, adding that the best time to do mass testing was either at the start or the end of an outbreak.

    She said limited compulsory testing combined with overnight mandatory lockdowns of residential blocks or communities will continue as before.

    Stringent travel restrictions imposed since 2020 have taken their toll on local and international businesses, as well as creating mental health issues as large sectors of the economy are shut down, with lower-income families bearing the brunt of the restrictions.

    Lam said schools would reopen for in-person teaching after the Easter break, on April 19, with public venues including sports facilities would follow suit two days later.

    "We ... need to take account of the social and economic impacts [of these restrictions]," she said.

    Vaccination concerns

    According to an analysis of 5,167 cases by the Hospital Authority obtained by the Ming Pao newspaper, more than 70 percent of those who died hadn't been vaccinated at all, while 87 percent of the vaccinated dead had received the Chinese-made Sinovac vaccine.

    "The poor protection offered by the Sinovac jab is one of the reasons the outbreak in Hong Kong is out of control," Taipei thoracic surgeon Su Yi-feng told RFA.

    Studies have shown that the protection offered by the jab wanes rapidly, with neutralizing antibody levels at just 16.7 percent, six months after vaccination.

    Former public doctors' union leader Arisina Ma, now based in the U.K., said lack of public trust in Chinese-made vaccines, the only ones available to the public, was likely behind the low vaccination rate.

    She said there are also public concerns about the use of imported mRNA vaccines like Pfizer and Moderna, yet the government has never ordered recombinant protein vaccines made by Novavax and Medigen of Taiwan.

    "Some people worry that mRNA vaccines could affect their genes, so the recombinant vaccines should ease their concerns," Ma told RFA. "I could be hard for them to get through to other sectors of the population without offering them."

    Hong Kong has one of the best-performing public healthcare systems in the world, raking eighth overall in the 2021 World Healthcare Innovation Index in 2021.

    Yet its COVID-19 deaths have surpassed the officially recorded deaths in the early days of the pandemic in the central Chinese city of Wuhan.

    Translated and edited by Luisetta Mudie.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Cheryl Tung, Raymond Chung and Fong Tak Ho.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/lift-03212022112820.html/feed/ 0 283717
    Threat Inflation: Biden’s Recovery Plan Did Not Cause the Ukraine War or COVID-19 in China https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/21/threat-inflation-bidens-recovery-plan-did-not-cause-the-ukraine-war-or-covid-19-in-china/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/21/threat-inflation-bidens-recovery-plan-did-not-cause-the-ukraine-war-or-covid-19-in-china/#respond Mon, 21 Mar 2022 08:45:07 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=237498 T he debate over inflation has taken a bizarre twist in the last couple of weeks. Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, and the threat of much of its oil being removed from world markets, has sent the price of oil and other commodities soaring. In addition, a new outbreak of COVID-19 in China has led to More

    The post Threat Inflation: Biden’s Recovery Plan Did Not Cause the Ukraine War or COVID-19 in China appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Dean Baker.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/21/threat-inflation-bidens-recovery-plan-did-not-cause-the-ukraine-war-or-covid-19-in-china/feed/ 0 283614
    Samoa’s covid positive cases surge tops 196, report health officials https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/20/samoas-covid-positive-cases-surge-tops-196-report-health-officials/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/20/samoas-covid-positive-cases-surge-tops-196-report-health-officials/#respond Sun, 20 Mar 2022 23:21:27 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=71821 By Alexander Rheeney in Apia

    Samoa’s total number of active covid-19 cases has increased to 196 with the government confirming 192 cases in Upolu and 4 cases in Savai’i.

    The Government Press Secretariat’s community transmission update, which was distributed to the local media today, advised that health authorities had identified 85 new community cases by 2pm Sunday.

    The new community cases, when added to the 15 imported active cases, pushes Samoa’s total active cases to 196.

    The Ministry of Health confirmed that a total of 2207 tests were carried out since 18 March 2022 in six designated covid-19 screening sites, in addition to tests conducted at health facilities.

    Out of the 181 active community cases reported, 62 positive cases were confirmed from the six screening sites with 119 cases confirmed in health facilities.

    The Red Cross Headquarters at Tuanaimato screening site has so far recorded the highest percentage of positive cases at 47 percent of total covid-19 positive cases confirmed, according to the Press Secretariat.

    The ministry has also identified 428 close contacts who are currently under investigation.

    Summary of cases
    A summary of the statistics provided by the Press Secretariat is that there are 192 active cases in Upolu and 4 in Savai’i with both Manono-Tai and Apolima-Tai still recording zero cases since the first community case was recorded last Thursday.

    Current active imported cases stand at 15 (including 3 frontline workers); active community cases total 181; while those currently in the isolation ward at the Tupua Tamasese Meaole National Hospital at Moto’otua total 11.

    According to the Press Secretariat update, there are currently no covid-19 positive cases in the national hospital’s intensive care unit.

    The number of community cases are expected to increase following the detection of the country’s first community case last Thursday.

    The authorities are yet to ascertain where the individual picked up the infection, as she has been a resident in Apia and did not travel abroad after her arrival in Samoa.

    On Saturday, the ministry uploaded an instructional video onto its official Facebook page to show families how they could safely manage home isolation for a family member who tested positive for covid-19 in their own homes.

    Impact being felt
    The publishing of this instructional video confirmed Samoa’s health apparatus was beginning to feel the impact of the rise in covid-19 cases and now sees home isolation as an alternative to managed isolation in hospitals.

    Lalomanu District Hospital’s first community case, which was recorded on Saturday when a man went in and got tested to return positive results, is now in isolation at home with his family which include children.

    Staff at the district hospital told the Samoa Observer that he got sick and began to show symptoms of covid-19 after his return to the village from Apia the previous weekend.

    Alexander Rheeney is an editor (development) with the Samoa Observer. Republished with permission.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/20/samoas-covid-positive-cases-surge-tops-196-report-health-officials/feed/ 0 283517
    Omicron peak not right time to relax public health measures, says professor https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/20/omicron-peak-not-right-time-to-relax-public-health-measures-says-professor/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/20/omicron-peak-not-right-time-to-relax-public-health-measures-says-professor/#respond Sun, 20 Mar 2022 22:41:55 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=71811 RNZ News

    The clamour in New Zealand to ditch vaccine passes and change the traffic light setting is poorly timed, an epidemiologist says.

    The number of covid-19 deaths is on the rise, with nine reported yesterday.

    Nine hundred and fifty seven people are now in hospital, including 26 in ICU, the highest number yet in intensive care.

    University of Auckland epidemiologist Professor Rod Jackson said the worst may be yet to come.

    It is “too soon to relax”, although the country is nearing its peak, Professor Jackson said.

    He said the push for change is “politicking” and not many businesses want to remove vaccine passes at present.

    He told RNZ Morning Report that looking around the world other countries did not go straight up and down with their peaks and New Zealand would be at risk of “yo-yoing around” if vaccine passes and other public health interventions were removed too soon.

    Vaccine passes should be retained until it was clear that the omicron outbreak was just about over, he said.

    ‘We’re at the top’
    “We’re at the top at the moment. It makes absolutely no sense to remove any effective public health measures when we’re still at the top.

    “It’s crazy. I think it’s political nonsense to be pushing to take them away now.”

    Professor Jackson said more than 1 million New Zealanders still needed to get their booster. As well, the unvaccinated were twice as likely to catch covid-19, three times as likely to transmit it than fully boosted people and five times more likely to be in hospital.

    “We’re not over it yet … those relatively small numbers of people, when you do all of those multiplications, they are sufficient to overwhelm our health system.”

    He referred to what was happening in the UK and parts of Australia where there were rising case numbers.

    “I know there’s huge pressure to take away the vaccine passes but I think it’s a mistake.”

    Professor Jackson said it was business which forced the government to introduce vaccine mandates and he did not believe they were hugely in favour of taking them away now.

    “I think this is politicking.”

    Makes no sense
    It did not make sense to change the traffic light setting in the next few days either.

    “We’ve got more people in hospital today than we’ve ever had. We’ve got more deaths than we’ve ever had.

    “It just doesn’t make any sense to be relaxing public health measures that have proven to be incredibly effective at the peak of an outbreak.”

    Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern told Morning Report that the traffic light system must be “no more restrictive” than needed and mandates would not be as necessary after the first omicron wave.

    Cabinet was meeting today to review vaccine mandates, vaccine passports and the traffic light system, though any decisions will not be announced until Wednesday.

    Watch the PM talking to Morning Report

    Video: RNZ News

    The changes will mark the biggest domestic shake up to covid-19 restrictions since omicron arrived on Aotearoa’s shores.

    “We know that in the future we’re likely to have have additional waves of omicron… We’re already seeing that in other countries,” Ardern said.

    “So let’s make sure we get the covid protection framework, that traffic light system, right for the future.

    “We want it to be no more restrictive than it needs to be, so if there are areas we can pare it back, we will.”

    She said that with a highly vaccinated population the government believed mandates and vaccine passes would no longer be as necessary once the omicron outbreak had peaked.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/20/omicron-peak-not-right-time-to-relax-public-health-measures-says-professor/feed/ 0 283519